[This question 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1350 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
paper contain_ 4 printed pages. ] 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Your 
Roll No....... 
2492011101 
: Biomolecules 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Maximum Marks : 60 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
There are 6 questions. Attempt any 4 questions. 
AIl questions carry equal markS. Question no. 1 is 
compulsory. 
(a) Identify the following statements as true or false 
and justify your answer : 
(i) Al other amino acids eXCept proline are 
optically active. 
(i) Melting point of DNA is directly related to 
GC content. 
P.T.0. 


1350 
2. 
(ii) Glycine acts 
physiological pH. 
(iv) Chitin 
2 
is 
an 
p o l y s a c c h a r i d e s . 
stearic acid. 
as 
(vi) Oleic acid has a 
(b) Name the following : 
biological buffer at 
(v) At pH more than pi amino acids exits in 
negatively charged form. 
of 
example 
higher melting point than 
(i) 
Methyl donor in biological reaction 
(i) Most abundant polysaccharide in biosphere 
(i) Active form of vitamin B1 
(iv) An unusual base found in tRNA 
(v) An example of w-3 fatty acid 
storage 
(vi) A hormone derived from amino acid 
Differentiate between the following : 
(a) Proteoglycans and Glycoproteins 
(c) Standard and non-standard amino acid 
(9,6) 
(b) Glycerophospholipids ana Spingophospholipids 


1350 
3. 
4. 
(d) B-DNA and Z-DNA 
(e) Water soluble and Fat- soluble vitamins 
(a) Explain why : 
3 
(1) Glucose is not stored in monomeric form. 
(1) Glycosaminoglycans have gel like consistency. 
(111) Amino acid can act as both acid and base. 
(iv) Arginine is highly soluble in water however 
tryptophan is poorly soluble. 
(v) DNA is resistant to alkali hydrolysis. 
(3×5-15) 
(vi) Vitamin K is called an anti-hemorrhagic 
vitamin. 
(b) Give the active form of vitamin D along with its 
deficiency diseases. 
(a) Draw the structure of the following : 
(i)) N- acetyl D glucosamine 
(ii) Trehalose 
(ii) Lysine 
(12,3) 
P.T.0. 


1350 
5. 
6 
(iv) Aspartic acid 
(v) Phosphatidyl Choline 
(vì) 7 methyl Guanosine 
(b) Triglycerides are considered as an ideal storage 
molecule. Comment. 
4 
(c) What do you mean by mutarotation? Explain with 
the help of example. 
(9,3,3) 
(a) What are eicosanoids? Briefly describe the function 
of three classes of eicosanoids. 
(b) Give the biological function of different forms of 
RNA. 
(c) Draw the titration curve of glycine and discuss 
the information you obtained from the titration 
Curve. 
Write short notes on the following: 
(a) Lectins 
(b) Biologically important nucleotides 
(c) Glycolipids 
(d) Waxes 
(5,5,5) 
(3,5,4,3) 
(200) 


[This 
Sr. No. of Qucstion Paper : 1389 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
question paper contains 4 printed pages.J 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
1. 
2492011103 
There are 6 questions. 
Your 
Roll No..... 
Biochemical Techniques 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt any 4 questions. 
Maximum Marks: 60 
(a) Justify the following : 
All questions carry equal marks. Question no. 1 is 
compulsory. 
i) Gass cuvettes are n0t used to measure 
absorbance of DNA solutions. 
P.T.0. 


1389 
2. 
(ii) A denser particle will have a higher 
sedimentation coefficient. 
2 
(ii) All fluorescence compounds have 
structures. 
(iy) Why can be molecular weight of proteins not 
be estimated by Native-gel electrophoresis but 
can be calculated by SDS-PAGE? 
(v) A spacer arm is interposed between ligand 
and the matrix in affinity chromatography. 
(vi) Electrophoresis cannot be used for separation 
of lipids. 
(b) The absorbance of a 12x10-5 M solution at a 
wavelength of 280 nm is 0.5. The pathlength of 
the cuvette is l cm. Calculate the molar extinction 
coefficient. 
(12,3) 
(a) Define the following: 
(i) Void volume 
cyclic 
(ii) Partition coefficient 
(iii) Exclusion limit 
(iv) Chromophore 


1389 
(v) Molar extinction coefficient 
(vi) Stoke's shift 
(vii) Retention factor 
(b) Derive Beer-Lambert's Law and discuss its 
limitations. 
(c) Describe the different types of rotors used for 
centrifugation. 
3 
3. 
Mention the role of the following in SDS-PAGE : 
(a) SDS in the sample buffer 
(b) B -mercaptoethanol 
(c) TEMED 
(d) Ammonium persulphaie 
(e) Coomassie Brilliant Blue 
() Separating gel 
(g) Bromophenol blue 
(h) Glycerol 
i)) Glycine 
(7,5,3) 
P.T.O. 


1389 
4. 
() Tris buffer 
6. 
4 
Differentiate between the following pairs : 
(a) Cation and anion exchangers 
(b) Fixed angle and swinging bucket rotors 
(c) Paper and thin layer chromatography 
(d) Extrinsic and intrinsic fluorophores 
(15) 
(e) Isopycnic and rate zonal gradient centrifugation 
5. (a) Describe the principle and applications of affinity 
chromatography. 
(15) 
(b) Explain the working of a double beam spectrophotometer 
with the help of a diagram. 
(c) Write the principle of ion-exchange chromatography 
and write two applications of this technique. 
(5,5,S) 
(a) What are the properties of good matrix used in 
chromatography? Write two examples of matrices 
used in gel filtration chromatography. 
and cite two examples of its applications. 
0) Elaborate the principle of isoelectrie focusing 
technique. 
(c) Explain the principle of agarose electrophoresis 
((208)

S. No. of Question Paper
Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 2 Hours

: 5293 Gy
: 24940012038 Ee,

: Techniques in Biochemistry ~~

: B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry (NEP)

: Il

Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

There are six questions.

Attempt four questions in all.
All questions carry equal marks.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Explain the following terms :

(z) Electromagnetic spectrum

(ii) Svedberg coefficient

(wu) Electrophoretic mobility

(iv) Salting out

(v) Native gel

(vi) Chromatography.

P.T.O.


(b)

(b)

(a)

(b)

(c)
Write
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)

(b)

( 2 ) 5293
Briefly describe the contribution of the following scientists :
(7) Antonin Prandtl
(1) Arne Tiselius
(tu) Mikhail Tsvet. 12,3

Define the working of double beam UV-visible spectrophotometer with

suitable diagrams.

Discuss the working principle and application of paper

chromatography. 8,7

Briefly. describe the principle of centrifugation and different factors

affecting it and discuss the various types of centrifuges.

What is the role of Ethidium bromide, TEMED, stacking gel and

bromophenol blue in the process of electrophoresis ?

What is hypsochromic, hyperchromic and hypochromic shifts ? 8,4,3
short notes on the following :

Cell lysis methods

Factors affecting the migration of DNA in agarose gel electrophoresis
Types of rotors. | 5x3
Give a brief overview of Lambert-Beer law and its limitations.

Explain the importance of molecular sieve chromatography.


( 3) 5293

(c) A mixture of three amino acids was analyzed with paper
chromatography. The paper is extensively hydrated. The solvent
system is n-propanol : water (70:30 ratio). Predict the order of mobility

of these three amino acids on the chromatogram and draw it. i.e. low

to high Rf of the three amino acids, given that they are Aspartic acid,
Alanine and Phenylalanine (mentioned here in the order of decreasing

polarity). 6,5,4
6. Differentiate between the following :
(1) Ion exchange and affinity chromatography

(i) Density gradient and differential centrifugation

(iii) PAGE and AGE. 5x3

5293 3


Vile
This question paper contains 3 printed pages] AO HY

Roll No. ti
S. No. of Question Paper : 5770 be oN
Unique Paper Code : 2492011201 . ~ as «|
Name of the Paper : Enzymes <i a of
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry (NEP)
Semester :
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

There are stx questions.
Attempt any four questions
All questions carry equal marks.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.
1. (A) Comment on the following statements
(@) Covalently bound cofactors are classified as prosthetic groups.
(ii) Creatine kinase used in clinical diagnosis.
(uz) A purified enzyme has maximum specific activity.

(tv) Enzymes lowers the activation energy of a reaction to speed up the

reaction rate.
(v) Competitive inhibition is a reversible form of enzyme inhibition.

(vt) Keat/Km ratio used as a measure of catalytic efficiency.

P.T.O.



(2) 5770

(B) Give a suitable example for each of the following :

(t) Metalloenzyme
(ui) Ribozyme

12,3
(i) Therapeutic enzyme.

(A) Explain the following types of inhibition using Lineweaver-Burk plots :
(t) Competitive inhibition
(uw) Mixed inhibition
(iii) Uncompetitive inhibition.
What effect does these above-mentioned inhibitors have on K,, and Vinax ?

(B) Describe the enzyme regulation by covalent medication with the help of

a suitable example. 9,6
Differentiate between the following :
(4) Lock and key and Induced fit hypothesis of enzyme catalysis
(ti) Discontinuous and Continuous enzyme assays
(wz) Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes plots
(tv) Single displacement and double displacement bisubstrate reactions.
3,4,4,4

(A) Explain how are enzymes classified ? Give suitable examples.


(B)

(C)

5. (A)

(B)

(C)

6. (A)

(B)

5770

( 3.) 5770
For an enzyme catalyzed reaction, if Keat = 600s~!, [E,] = 20nM and

V, = 9.6 uMs"!. Calculate V and K,, when [S] = 40uM.

max

Explain the allosteric regulation of ATCase enzyme. 7,3,5

Explain general acid-base and covalent catalytic mechanism of enzyme

action with suitable example.

Derive Michaelis-Menten equation. Under what condition is K,, = [S] ?

Write the role of enzymes in research. Explain with two examples.
6,6,3

Explain the role of the following coenzymes in enzyme-catalysed reactions

with examples :

(1) TPP

(i) NAD.

Write short notes on the following :
(t) Immobilized enzymes

(it) Isoenzymes

(iu) Zymogens. 6,9


This question paper contains 4 printed pages] P[¢/o-5 —

S. No. of Question Paper
Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 2 Hours

Write vour Roll No.

Roll No}, | | | | |
5791 a ay
2492011202 \*. g

~~

Metabolism of C arbohydrates

B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry (NEP)
Il

Maximum Marks : 60

on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

There are six questions.

Attempt any four questions.

All questions carry equal marks.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. ‘A) Justify the following statements :

(1) Glycogenin is the primer involved in glycogen synthesis.

(a) Intermediates of glycolysis are not able to leave the cells in which

they are formed.

(uz) Metabolic pathways are irreversible.

(tv) Liver glycogen contributes to blood glucose but not muscle glycogen.

(v) Lactate accumulation takes place in muscles during strenuous

exercise.

(vt) Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficient persons show resistance

to malarial parasite.

P.T.O.


i)

(B)

(A)

(2) 5791

Give the reaction for the following :

7) Committed step of glycolysis

(1) Reaction catalyzed by Branching enzyme

(uz) Reaction involved in substrate level phosphorylation in TCA cycle
iv) Conversion of galactose 1-phosphate to glucose 1-phosphate

(v) Reaction catalyzed by phosphoglucomutase

(vt) Conversion of pyruvate to phosphoneol pyruvate. 9,6

Why does glycolysis and gluconeogenesis not occur simultaneously ?

Explain the reciprocal regulation of glycolysis and gluconeogenesis with

respect to PFK I and PFK II.

Give the biochemical basis and symptoms of the following diseases

(any four) :

(t) Von Gierkés
(it) Cori disease
(tu) Pompe disease

(iv) McArdle disease

(v) Lactose intolerance.

7,8

Explain why ATP is the most suitable form of energy currency in the

cell.


(B)

(A)

(C)

( 3) 5791

Differentiate between the following :

(1) Autotrophs and Heterotrophs

(i) Lactate fermentation and alcohol fermentation

(iit) Hexokinase and Glucokinase

(tv) Oxidative phosphorylation and substrate level phsophorylation
3,12

What is the significance of Pentose Phosphate Pathway ? Describe the

fate of glucose-6-phosphate when the need for NADPH exceeds that of
ribose 5-phosphate.

Describe how increased level of the following molecules will affect the

glycolysis rate ?

(‘) Increased level of F-6-P

(i) Increased ATP

(ui) Increased Citrate.

Write down the reactions affected by the following inhibitors/drugs :
(1) Arsenate

(wz) Fluoride

(vii) Todoacetate

(iv) Malonate. 5,6,4



( 4 ) 5791

Write short notes on the following :

(1)
(iz)
(ii)
(iv)

6. (A)

(C)

5791

Cori cycle

Anaplerotic reactions

Regulation of Pyruvate Dehydrogenase complex

Any two feeder pathways for glycolysis | 4,3,4,4

What are the advantages of storing glucose in the form of glycogen ? How

does the glycogen breakdown occur under hypoglycemic conditions ?

Describe in detail the role of three enzymes and give coenzymes involved

in the conversion of pyruvate to acetyl CoA by Pyruvate dehydrogenase

complex.
TCA cycle provides substrate for several biosynthetic processes. Justify.

6,5,4



This question paper contains 3 printed pages]

S. No. of Question Paper

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 2 Hours

Roll No. | | | | | |- LL
5811 ff | %

(C3 4 j : <7
2492011208 \e *
Basic Concepts of Cell Biolo Ney, New 02 i

B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry (NEP)
II

Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

There are six questions.

Attempt any four questions.
All questions carry equal marks.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) State True or False and justify your answer :

(t) Chloroplast is also called a semi-autonomous organelle.

(ii) Glycosylation of proteins takes place in only endoplasmic reticulum.

(iii) Lysosomal enzymes function at neutral pH.

(iv) Microfilaments play a major role in nutrient absorption.

(v) Integrins are important components of cell membrane.

(vi) Emerin is located on inner membrane of mitochondria.

P.T.O.



(b)

(a)

(b)

(c)

( 2 ) 5811

Define the following :

@) MTOCs

(iz) Formin

(zz) Focal adhesion

iv) Lysosomal storage disease. 9,6
Describe briefly the polymerization and organization of microtubules.

Draw a well labelled diagram of mitochondria and write down its

functions.

Describe briefly on histochemical staining techniques. 6,5,4

Differentiate the following :

(t)

(UU)

(itL)

(a)

(b)

(c)

Mitosis and meiosis

Desmosomes and hemidesmosomes

Pinocytosis and phagocytosis. 5,5,5
Describe the structure of light microscope and elaborate on its working
principle.

Explain the transport of proteins to nucleus.

Draw a well labelled diagram of nuclear pore complex. 6,5,4


(1)

(iz)

(tit)

6. (a)

(b)

(c)

5811

( 3.) 5811

5. Write short notes on the following :

Biogenesis and functions of peroxisomes
Actin binding proteins
Protein glycosylation in endoplasmic reticulum. 6.5.4

Describe briefly structure, assembly and functions of intermediate

filaments.

Describe briefly structure and functions of cell matrix proteins with at

least two suitable examples.

Elaborate on connexin proteins and plasmodesmata with the help of

diagrams. 6,5,4

[This question paher contins 4 pnted 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of 
Question Paper:"1071 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
LIRRARY 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
1 
4. 
of this question paper. 
There are 6 questions. 
Your Roll No..... 
2492012301 
: Metabolism of Lipids (DSC) 
BSc (Hons) Biochemistry 
(NEP) 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Attempt any 4 questions. 
(a) Justify the following: 
Maximum Marks : 60 
AlI questions carry equal markS. Question no. 1 is 
compulsory. 
à Triacylglycerol is especially suitable as a 
storage fuel. 
P.T.0. 


1071 
2. 
2 
(ii) An individual with a genetic defect 
(ii) An 
enoyl 
CoA isomerase will have difficulty in 
metabolizing oil. 
(ii) Linoleic and linolenic acids are essential to 
mammals. 
(iv) Two isoenzymes of HMG CoA synthase are 
known. 
(v) Fatty acid biosynthesis in rat liver homogenate 
is severely added. inhibited when avidin is 
added. 
(vi) Brain, erythrocytes and adrenal medulla 
cannot utilize fatty acids for energy 
requirements. 
(b) Write the reactions catalyzed by the following 
enzymes : 
(i) HMG CoA Lyase 
(ii) Acetyl CoA carboxylase 
Differentiate between the following : 
(a) Alpha and omega oxidation. 
(12,3) 
(b) Endogenous and Exogenous pathway of lipid 


1071 
3. 
4. 
5. 
transport. 
3 
(c) Fatty acid oxidation in 
mitochondria and 
peroxisome. 
(a) Calculate the net number 
of 
ATP generated on 
complete oxidation of oleic acid. 
(5×3) 
(b) Give an overview of the digestion and absorption 
of lipids. 
(c) With the help of a diagram explain the process by 
which a fatty acid is transported to mitochondria 
for its complete oxidation. 
Give the following conversions : 
(a) Acetyl CoA to mevalonate 
(Sx3) 
(b) Dihydroxyacetone phosphate to phosphatidic acid 
(c) CDP-diacylglycerol to phosphatidylethanolamine 
(Sx3) 
(a) 
What are the various classes of lipoproteins? How 
do they differ from each other in terms of linid 
composition? 
(b) What are Ketone bodies and what are their uses9 
What is the significance of ketone bodies during 
P.T.0. 


1071 
6 
4 
diabetes and starvation? 
(c) What are the various ways by which cholesterol 
biosynthesis is regulated? Elaborate. 
Write short notes on the following: 
(a) Plasmalogen Synthesis 
(b) Fatty Acid Synthase Complex 
(c) Artherosclerosis 
(5x3) 
(5x3) 
(200) 


|This questiginaper 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of QuesiÐN Papcr : 1128 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
BRAR 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
printed'pages. | 
Your Roll No.... 
: 2492012302 
Bioenergetics 
: B.Se. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Maximum Marks : 60 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
(a) Explain the following : 
There are six questions in this question paper. 
Attempt any four questions. All questions carry equal 
marks. Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
(i) Many thermodynamically favorable reactions 
like hydrolysis of ATP do not occur readily 
at room temperature. 
(ii) Accessory pigments tunnel ighl energy to the 
reaction center. 
P.T.O 


1128 
2. 
(ii) Ox ygen 
1S 
2 
photophosphorylation. 
during ischemia. 
not 
(iv) An inhibitory protein inhibits ATP hydrolysis 
evolved 
In 
(v) Each cytochrome present in the ETC has a 
different reduction potential. 
(ii) Uncoupler 
(vi) Bioluminescence 
is 
the 
reverse 
of 
photosynthesis. 
(b) Define the following terms : 
(ii) Action spectrum 
(i) Standard reduction potential 
(a) Give the role of the following : 
(b) Describe the stru 
cyclic 
() Isoprenoid chain in ubiquinone 
(1) 
Brown fat in newborn mammals 
(ii) ANT in mitochondria 
(12,3) 
ATP synthase. 
mechanism of the enzy me. 
uc sInding change 


1128 
3. 
4. 
3 
(C) Plant mitochondria have an alternate rotenone 
insensitive NADH dehydrogenase and a cyani 
resistant oxidase that constitutes an alterna 
pathway to oxidize NADH, Comment on the role 
of this alternate pathway in plants. 
(6,6,3) 
(a) What is the role of cytochrome bf complex in tne 
photosynthesis carried out by plants. Depict the 
flow of electrons and protons through th1s 
complex. 
(b) A thermodynamically unfavorable reaction can be 
driven in forward direction by coupling it to 
hydrolysis of ATP. 
(c) Differentiate between the universal electron 
carriers and the mitochondrial electron carriers. 
(6,6,3) 
(a) With the help of a diagram explain the Z-scheme 
of photosynthesis. 
(b) Calculate the standard free-energy change for the 
reaction 
at 
oxidation-reduction 
pH 
7.0 
Acetaldehyde + NADH + H* ’ Ethanol + NAD+ 
Given that the standard reduction potential of 
acetaldehyde/ethanol redox pair-= -0.197 and the 
standard reduction potential of NAD+/NADH redov 
pair= -0.320V. 
P.T.O. 


I128 
6. 
ic) Give the mode of action of the following inhibitors 
() Amytal 
() Aractyloside 
(v) DCMU 
4 
bacteria. 
(i) Dinitrophenol 
(a) Explain the chemiosmotic theory and discuss two 
evidences in support of the theory. 
(iv) Cyanide 
(b) Deseribe the photosynthetic machinery of purple 
(c) Calculate the Standard Free Energy change of the 
following reaction 
(6,4,5) 
Glucose-1-phosphate ’ Glucose-6-phosphate 
Given that starting with 20 mM of GIucose- 1 
phosphate and no Glucose-6-phosphate, the final 
cquilibrium mixture at 25°C and at pH 
= 7.0, 
contains 1.0 mM Glucose-1-phosphate and 19m M 
Glucose-6-phosphate. 
(b) Complex || of ETC 
Does the reaction proceed with a loss or gain ot 
energy? 
(5,5,5) 
Write short notes on the following: 
(c) Q-Cycle 
(a) Cyclic photophosphorylation 
(5,5,5) 
(200) 


[This 
Sr. No. of Queiôg Papet 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
questo paper cQnjaifs 4 printedpages.J 
LIBRARY 
Semester 
Duration : 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
Instructions for Candidates 
of this question paper. 
1272 
: 2493012003 
: DSE - Microbiology 
Your Roll No....... 
: III 
There are 6 questions. 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Attempt any 4 questions. 
I 
Maximum Marks : 60 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Question no. 1 is compulsory. 
P.T.O. 


1272 
1. (a) Give the contribution of following Scientists. 
2 
(i) Alexander Fleming 
(i) Louis Pasteur 
(ii) Paul Ehrlich 
(iv) Sergei Winogradsky 
(v) Martinus W. Beijerinck 
(b) Justify the following statements: 
) Agar-Agar is a better solidifying agent as 
compared to gelatin. 
(11) Blood agar is both selective and enriched 
medium. 
(11) Archaebacteria is similar to both prokaryoteS 
and Eukaryotes. 
(iv) Chlorine treatment should be avoided in water 
containing organic matter. 
(c) What 
do you mean 
by 
"fermented food" and 
discuss 
with two suitable examples. 
(5,6,4) 


1272 
2. 
3. 
4. 
(a) Compare the Gram positive and Gram-negative cell 
wall of the bacteria. What is the mechanism of 
Gram staining? 
3 
(b) What are psychrophile and mesophiles? Discuss 
briefly dry heat and wet heat method O1 
sterilization. 
(c) Why would microbial cells that are vigorously 
growing when inoculated into fresh culture medium 
have a shorter lag phase than those that have 
been stored in a refrigerator? 
(6,6,3) 
(a) Discuss transduction and transformation bacterial 
gene transfer methods with suitable diagram. 
(b) What do you mean by gene mapping in bacteria? 
Discuss the method and significance. 
(c) Give the mechanism of action and application of 
Ethanol and UV in controlling microbial growth. 
(6,6,3) 
(a) What do you understand by Human Microbiome 
How does it influence gut health? 
Schematically explain the industrial preparation of 
wine. 
P.T.O 


1272 
(c) Discuss the characteristic features 
of Prions and 
Viriods? Give examples of any two diseases caused 
by them. 
4 
(a) Describe the basic design of a fermenter. 
(6.5,4) 
Differentiate between continuous and discontinuous 
culture? 
(b) Diagrammatically explain the following : 
(i) Two methods of isolation of a pure culture 
(ii) Effect of temperature on microbial growth 
(9.6) 
6. 
(a) Explain the various processes involved in the 
treatment of sewage. Mention the role of microbes 
In the wastewater treatment. 
(b) Define the doubling time and the mean growth 
rate constant. Calculate the mean growth rate and 
generation time of a culture that increases in the 
CXponential phase from Sx10² to |x10 in 12 hours. 
of it. 
(c) What is Biogenesis? Give an experiment in support 
(7,5,3) 
(200)

This question paper contains 3 printed pase 7 My. 99.2- Re

Rall No TTT LTT LT
& o

S. No. of Question Paper : 5522 I 7 Ry )

Unique Paper Code : 2492012401 ©, ae Rs

Name of the Paper : Metabolism of Amino Acids and Nucleotides

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry (NEP)

Semester : IV

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
There are six questions.
Attempt any four questions.
All questions carry equal marks.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
1. (A) Justify the following statements : |

(a) Alanine and glutamine are present in much higher concentrations

than any other amino acids.
(6) Nitrogen fixation is energetically expensive.

(c) S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) has a higher methyl group transfer
potential than N®5-methy] tetrahydrofolate.

P.T.O.


(B)

(A)

(B)

(A)

(B)

( 2 ) 5522

(d) Branched chain amino acid metabolism is affected by Vitamin B12

deficiency.

(e) dATP is toxic to mammalian cells.

(f)

Von Gierke’s disease results in hyperuricemia.

Give one significant contribution of the following scientists :
(1) P. Reicherd

(it) A. Folling

(iii) John Buchanan. (12,3)

Write down the role of pyridoxal phosphate in amino acid metabolism.
Differentiate between the following :
(i) Transamination and oxidative deamination

(ii) Positive and negative nitrogen balance

(iii) Carbamyl phosphate synthetase I and II. (6,9)

Explain the defective enzyme, biochemical basis and any two symptoms

of the following metabolic disorders :
(a) Maple syrup urine disease

(b) Alkaptonuria

(c) Lesch Nyhan syndrome

(d) Gout.

Elaborate on the mechanism of nitrogen fixation. (3x4,3)


4. (A) Discuss four major biosynthetic reactions which utilize PRPP.
(B) Write the steps to accomplish the following conversion :
(i) Methionine to cysteine
(i) Tyrosine to norepinephrine
(wz) Glutamate to proline
(tv) dUMP to dTTP.
(C) Explain Purine nucleotide cycle and its significance. (4,8,3)

5. (A) Give the reaction catalyzed by enzyme glutamine synthetase. Explain the

regulation of glutamine synthetase by covalent modification.
(B) List the mode of action of the following inhibitors :
(a) Allopurinol
(6) 5-fluorouracil
(c) 6-mercaptopurine
(d) Trimethoprim. (7,8)
6. Write short notes on the following :
(a) Liver as a ‘metabolic hub’ of our body

(b) Inherited defects of urea cycle

(c) Salvage pathway of nucleotide biosynthesis. (4,5,6)

5522 3


This question paper contains 4 printed pages| Css WV

S. No. of Question Paper : 5582 i : | ‘

Unique Paper Code — : 2492012402.

Name of the Paper ' : Hormones : Biodhéaiotry and Function

Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) Biochemistry

Semester : IV

Duration : 2 Hours | Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
There are 6 questions.
Attempt any four questions.
All questions carry equal marks.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
1. (A) Mention the location and function of the following cells :
(a) Leydig cells
(6) Zona reticularis cells
(c) Alpha cells of Islet of Langerhans
(d) Trophoblastic cells

(e) PVN.

P.T.O.


(B)

(A)

(B)

(A)

(B)

(C)
(D)

( 2) 5582
Comment on the following :
(a) Urine of patients with diabetes insipidus contains no sugar.
(b) Women have relatively higher chances of fractures after menopause.
(c) Stress can lead to hyperglycemia
(d) Vitamin D is actually a hormone
(e) Hyperpigmentation is seen during pregnancy. (5,10)
Differentiate between :
(a) Diabetes mellitus Type I and Diabetes mellitus Type II
(6) Hyperthyroidism and Hypothyroidism
(c) Adrenal cortex and Adrenal medulla.

Explain the physiologic basis for administering a posterior pituitary

extract to induce or facilitate labour. (12,3)
Discuss the regulation of PTH in maintaining calcium homeostasis.

What is Parturition ? Explain the four stages of parturition. Explain why
Progesterone causes low uterine contraction ? How does increasing
Estrogen levels initiate parturition ? Explain the feed forward mechanism

that increases strength of uterine contractions.
Draw and explain the action of the Hypothalamic-pituitary axis.

Elaborate upon the type of sexual dysfunction that might arise in men
taking drugs that inhibit sympathetic nervous system activity as part of

the treatment for high blood pressure ? Explain the biochemical

mechanism. (4,4,4,3)



5582

(A) List the cause and characteristic symptoms of the following diseases -

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

—

Cushing’s syndrome

Acromegaly

Conn’s syndrome

Cretinism

Dwarfism

Graves’s disease.

(B) Tapping the facial nerve at the angle of the jaw in a patient with

moderate hyposecretion of a particular hormone elicits a characteristic

grimace on that side of the face. What endocrine abnormality could give

rise to this so-called Chovstek’s sign ?

Write short notes on :

(a) Hormone based contraceptives

(6) Fight or Flight response

(c) RAAS

(d) Lactation

(e) Regulation of insulin secretion.

(12,3)

(3x5=15)

P.T.O.


wy

(A)

(B)

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

( 2.)
~
Comme_nt on the following :

(a) Urine of patients with diabetes insipidus coftains no sugar.
/
(6) Women have relatively higher chances of fpactures after menopause.
(c) Stress can lead to hyperglycemia
id) Vitamin D is actually a hormon

(e) Hyperpigmentation is seen during /pregnancy. (5,10)
/

Differentiate between : /

(a) Diabetes mellitus Type I and Diabetes mellitus Type I
(6) Hyperthyroidism and Hypothyroidism
(c) Adrenal cortex and Adrenal medulla.

Explain the physiologic basis for administering a posterior pituitary
extract to induce or facilitate labour. (12,3)
Discuss the regulation of PTH in maintaining calcium homeostasis.
What is Parturition ? Explain the four stages of parturition. Explain why
Progesterone causes low uterine contraction ? How does increasing
Estrogen levels initiate parturition ? Explain the feed forward mechanism
that increases strength of uterine contractions.

Draw and explain the action of the Hypothalamic-pituitary axis.

Elaborate upon the type of sexual dysfunction that might arise in men
taking drugs that inhibit sympathetic nervous system activity as part of
the treatment for high blood pressure ? Explain the biochemical

mechanism. (4,4,4,3)


5582

(A)

(B)

(C)

pe
or
Or
QO
NG)

Diagrammatically discuss the biosynthesis of thyroid hormone.

Show the hormonal changes occurring in ovarian and uterine phase

during menstruation in a graphical format.

What actions of growth hormone would induce a full-grown athlete to
take supplemental doses of this hormone ? What are the potential

detrimental side effects ? (5,6.4)


This question paper contains 4 printed pages| a a :

S. No. of Question Paper

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper .
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 2 Hours

|

Roll No. { aL rf tif

iA = Ven \
c aaa vk
2492012403 \G, | R J

Gene Organization: ‘Replication and Repair
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry (NEP)
IV

Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

There are six questions in this question paper.

Attempt four questions in all.
All questions carry equal marks.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Comment on the following :

(i) Prokaryotes have a special type-II topoisomerase that introduces,

rather than removes, negative supercoils.

(ii) Methylated cytosines are hotspots for mutations.

(iii) There is an inverse relationship between organism complexity and

gene density.

(iv) RNase H plays a critical role in DNA replication.

(v) DNA polymerase I is no suitable for replication of EF. coli genome.

P.T.O,



(b)

(a)

(c)

( 2) | 5661
Name the following :
(1) Decondensed/relaxed form of genome
(it) Enzyme that replicates the ends of eukaryotic chromosomes.

(iii) Two ends of the broken DNA are joined to each other by
misalignment between single strands protruding from the broken

ends.

(vu) Sequences that are hotspots for recombination in E. coll. .
(v) Replication inhibitor used as an antiviral agent. . 10,5

(i) What do you understand by superhelical density ? Discuss with

respect to positive and negative supercoiling of DNA.
(ii) Discuss the Trombone model for coordinating replication.
(iit) Elucidate a biological role of site-specific recombination.
Discuss the role of the following proteins in DNA replication (any two) :
(1) Topoisomerase
(it) Helicase
(iii) Primase
Elaborate on the mode of action of these drugs ;
(a) Cisplatin
(b) Cytosine Arabinoside
(c) 5-FU

(d) Azidothymidine. 9.2.4


3.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(a)

(b)

(c)

( 3) 5661
What is the replicon model of Replication Initiation ? Discuss the key
features of initiator sequences of Prokaryotes.
Predict whether the loss of the following E. coli genes would lead to
lethality. Justify your answer :
(t) dnaB
(it) recBCB
(iti) ruvC.
A relaxed circular double stranded DNA molecule of 1600 bp is in solution
where it has 10 bp per turn. Calculate the linking number (L,) of this

DNA. A DNA topoisomerase introduces 12 negative supercoils in this
DNA. What are the values of L, W and T ?

What are split genes ? What are the advantages of split genes in the

eukaryotic genome ? 4,4,3,4
Explain the following :
(1) Direct reversal of DNA damage

(it) The proper structure of the double helix depends on an aqueous
environment, but DNA undergoes spontaneous damage from the

hydrolytic action of water.

It is likely that the linear genomes might get shorter after every round

of replication. How is this problem overcome in eukaryotes ?

What are transposable elements ? Comment on different classes of

transposable elements. 6,5,4


5. (a)

(b)

(c)

6. (a)

(b)

5661

(4) +5661

Differentiate between the following :
(i) Type-I and Type-II topoisomerases
(i) B-DNA and Z-DNA.

Elaborate the key steps in homologous recombination, eleborating the

functions of different participating proteins in a prokaryote.

Explain how the mifsiuiatch repair system operates in prokaryotes.
6,5,4

Write short notes on the following :

(i) Chi sites

(ii) SOS response

(tii) Ames Test

What is a replication fork ? Draw a well labelled diagram of the same,

highlighting the function of the major proteins. 96



S.No. of Question Paper : 5685

Unique Paper Code : 2493012005

Name of the Paper : Nutritional Biochemistry

Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) Biochemistry (NEP)

Semester : IV

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
There are six questions.
Attempt any four questions.
All questions carry equal marks.

. Question No. 1 is compulsory.
1. (A) Explain the following terms (any five) :
(i) Amino acid imbalance
(ii) RDA
(iit) UL of nutrients
(iv) Calorific value of food
(v) Lipotropic factors

(vi) Artificial sweeteners.

P.T.O.



(B)

(A)

(B)

(C)

(2) 5685

Give reasons for the following (any five) :

(i) Alcohol isn’t a nutrient

(ii) Vitamin B12 deficiency leads to folic acid deficiency

(iii) Vitamin E has anti-atherosclerotic properties.

(iv) It is always advised to take rice along with pulses.

(v) During convalescence from illness the body has positive nitrogen
balance.

(vi) Respiratory quotient falls in diabetes mellitus. 5,10

What is the role of dietary fiber in the following :

(i) Colon function

(ii) Gastric emptying

(iii) Gut microbiota.

Mention four important indices that can be used to assess the quality of

protein. Which one is better and why ?

Why is consumption of hydrogenated and reheated oils considered
harmful ? What are the recommended proportions of different fatty acids

. ‘° 9 4
in the diet ’ 6.5.4


( 38.) 5685

Differentiate the following (any five) :

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

(E)

(F)

(A)

(B)

(C)

Lactose intolerance and gluten intolerance

Positive nitrogen balance and negative nitrogen balance

Wet Beri-beri and Dry Beri-beri

Macrocytic anemia and Megaloblastic anemia

Essential fatty acid and Non-essential fatty acid

Prebiotics and Probiotics. 3x5=15

Discuss the factors affecting the bio-availability and absorption of calcium
in the gastrointestinal tract. What would be the effects of having excess

calcium in the diet ?

A chocolate has a glycemic index of 62 and the carbohydrate content is
40 gm whereas watermelon has a glycemic index of 80 and contains about
7 gm carbohydrate. Calculate and compare the glycemic load of the two
food items. Also discuss the utility of GI and GL in dietary management

of diabetics.

Discuss the consequences of the following :
(i) Low protein diet

(ii) High protein diet

(iii) Vegan diet. 6,3,6



-_

Oo.

5685

(A)

(B)

(A)

(B)

(C)

( 4 ) 5685

Define BMR. Discuss the various factors affecting the BMR.
Discuss the deficiency and clinical signs in the following cases :

(1) Marasmus

(ii) Pellagra

(iii) Wilson’s diseases

(iv) ‘Rickets

(v) Keshan disease. 5,10
Mention the significance of the following reactions inside the body :
(i) Gamma-carboxylation by Vitamin K

(ii) Post-translation modification of proteins by vitamin C

(iii) One-carbon metabolism by folic acid.

Discuss the Muscosal Block theory for regulation of iron absorption.

What do you mean by thermogenic effect of food (TEF) ? How does the

meal composition influence the TEF ? 6,6,3

RY Y, ea
aa
%

[This question ne contaiths 8 phinted pages. ]

\®> ~ » Nour Roll NO... ceeeeeeerees
Sr. No. of Question Paper :_ 1052 I
Unique Paper Code : 2492013501
Name of the Paper : Molecular Cell Biology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : V
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates
aaettions tor Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. There are 6 questions.
3. Attempt any 4 questions.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

P.T.O.


2
1052

1 (a) Explain the following statements (Any FOUR):

(i) Steroid hormones can act-as transcription

regulators.

(ii) Mutation in KDEL sequence of a resident
ER protein may lead to its loss from the

cell.

(iii) Cancer patients undergoing chemotherapy

often need bone marrow transplantation.
(iv) DAG and iP, act as second messengers.

(v) Pre-sequences of mitochondrial proteins are
positively charged whereas the transit

peptides of chloroplast proteins are not.

(b) Discuss the contribution of following scientists :

(1) Tim Hunt


1052 4

(i) Gunter Blobel

(iii) Yoshio Masui and Clement Marker

following

(c) Write the biological functions of the

proteins :
(i) SNARE
(ii) PDE
(ii) STAT

(iv) Caspases (8,3,4)

2. (a) Explain the structure of G-protein coupled
receptors and their mechanism of action with an

example. How does intake of caffeine affect

GPCR signaling?

P.T.O.


4
1052

(b) Comment on the following :

(i) Conventional chemotherapeutic drugs
usually target all dividing cells, leading to
common side effects like hair loss, nausea,
and vomiting whereas oncogene- targeted

drugs specifically act against cancer cells.

(ii) Treatment of cells with a drug that makes
membranes permeable to protons, affect

the function of lysosomes.

(c) Describe the events by which APC/c promotes

the separation of sister chromatids at anaphase.

(6,4,5)

3. (a) Predict the effects of the following mutations on

the ability of the cell to undergo apoptosis:


1052 5
(i) Mutation in Bad such that it cannot

phosphorylate protein kinase B.

(11) Mutation in Bax such that it cannot form

dimers.

(i) Mutation in adaptor proteins such that it

cannot form dimers.

(iv) Overexpression of Bcl-2.

(b) Explain the process of N-linked glycosylation of a
secretory glycoprotein. What is the role of Dolichol
phosphate in the synthesis of membrane

glycoproteins?

(c) Explain the molecular mechanism that leads to
cancer when Rb protein and p53 protein are

inactivated by mutation. (4,6,5)

P.T.O.


1052 6

4. (a) Elaborate on the four major mechanisms

of regulation of CDK activity during the cell

cycle.

(b) Write the mechanism of action of the following

drugs/inhibitors:

A. Chemotherapeutic drugs :
(i) Herceptin and
(ii) Imatinib
B. Inhibitors of intracellular signaling :
(i) Sildenafil and
(11) Phorbol esters
(c) Explain the role of CDK2/cyclin-A complex in

ensuring that the DNA is replicated only once per

cell cycle in the S-phase. (5,4,6)


1052 7
5. (a) With the help of diagram, explain the following :

(1) Role of BiP in post-translational

translocation of protein into the ER lumen

(ii) Nitric oxide signaling cascade leading to

vasodilation

(b) How do ATR and ATM proteins regulate the DNA

damage checkpoint of the cell cycle?

(c) What is oncogene addiction? Why is this concept
important for selecting molecular targets for cancer

therapy? | (6,5,4)

6. (a) Explain with a diagram, the steps involved in the

progression of a genetically altered cell into a

cancerous cell.

(b) Explain the differences between the process of

autophagy and necrosis.

P.T.O.


1052 8
(c) Explain the Ras/MAPK signaling pathway and its
activation, How docs the dysregulation of this

yathway lead to cancer?
| \ mcer’ (5,4,6)


At ha 0. DOM
[This questi fo *
q a aper est printed pages. ]

Is <a vee
ye ye 3 Vour Roll No...--++++
ci S ay
- No. of Question. Paper : a “1990 I
Unique Paper Code : 2492013502
Name of the Paper : Concepts of Genetics and
Evolution
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : V
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates
nee ections tor Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. There are 6 questions.
3. Attempt any four questions.
4. Q. No. 1 is compulsory.

5. AI questions carry equal marks.

P.T.O.


1090

(1)

(1)

(iii)

(iv)

2

(a) Give one word for the following :

A gene present on Y chromosome
responsible for a human embryo to develop

as a male.

An allele that causes death frequently at
an early developmental stage, resulting in
missing of one or more genotypes as well

as phenotypes of a cross.

The test/tool used for analyzing genetic”
crosses in which one individual of unknown.
genotype is crossed with another individual
with a homozygous recessive genotype for

the trait in question.

The phenomenon’ responsible for
appearance of white-cyed females and red-
eyed males in the Fl progeny of Drosophila
flies in a cross between a white-eyed

female and a red-eyed male.


1090 3

(v) A short Stretch of DNA that has a higher
frequency of methylation of cytosine than
the rest of the genome as represents an

epigenetic mark.

(vi) A method for estimating the age of
evolutionary divergence between two
Species by comparing the differences in
mutation rate in their DNA or protein

sequences.

(vii) A condition in which the heterozygous
genotype has a higher relative fitness than
either the homozygous dominant or

homozygous recessive.

(vii) A region of DNA that is shown to
statistically be associated with a specific
phenotype or trait that shows polygenic and

continuous variation within a population.

(ix) A phenomenon in genetics where one or

more genes modify or mask the expression

of another gene

P.T.O.


4
1090

(x) The situation that occurs when one copy
of a gene Is inactivated or deleted and the
remaining functional Copy of the gene is
not adequate to shown the complete

phenotype.

(xi) A condition where an organism has both

male and female reproductive organs

(x1) A technique used to study genetic linkage
in fungi and other lower eukaryotes which
can define the position of the centromere -

in a chromosome.

(b) Comment on the following statements :

(i) In the experiments conducted by Carl
Correns on Mirabilis jalapa, the variegated
branch produce progeny with three

different phenotypes.

(ii) Bridges experiment was conclusive proof

for the chromosomal theory of inheritance.


1090 5

(ut) Ina dihybrid cross a ratio of 9:3:3:1 can
be both a Mendelian as well as Non-

Mendelian inheritance.

(iv) Recombination frequency cannot exceed
50%,

(v) Complementation tests are used to identify

gene interactions.

(vi) Genetic imprinting is an example of a
nonrandom monoallelic expression.
(6,9)
2. (a) Differentiate between:

(i) Uniparental inheritance and uniparental

disomy.
(ii) Continuous and discontinuous variation
(iii) Hemizygous and heterozygous
(iv) Incomplete dominance and codominance

(v) Chromosomal sex determination and genic

sex determination

P.T.O.


6

1090

Us

(vi) Pre and post reproductive isolation

(b) Albinism in humans is a recessive condition. What
would be the probability of two out of the five
children having albinism if both of their parents

(12,3)

are carriers?

(a) What is dosage compensation? Differentiate
between the dosage compensation mechanism in

humans and Drosophila.

(b) With a suitable example explain how the alleles
encoding different traits separate independently.

Show the genotypes as well as phenotypes.

(c) Two plants with white flowers, each from true
breeding strains, were crossed. All the F1 plants
had red flowers. When these Fl plants were
intercrossed, they produced F2 plants consisting
of 177 plants with red flowers and 142 with white
flowers. (i) Propose an explanation for inheritance
of flower color in this plant species and (11) Propose
a biochemical pathway for this flower

pigmentation.


1090 7

(d) A color blind man married a homozygous normal
woman, After 2 years they had 2 children but
unfortunately, they both had Turners syndrome,
although one had normal vision the other was
colorblind. What accounts for this situation.

4. (a) The first chromosome to be mapped is the X
chromosome of Drosophila. Why does mapping
the X chromosome not require a tester while for
an autosomal map a test cross is essential? What
do you understand by the terms map function and

Lod score?
(b) What are different modes of speciation? Explain.

(c) Four alleles of the Agouti gene are known to
contro! coat colour in mice. The alleles form a
dominance series Ay > A > al >a. A researcher
investigating mouse genetics traps a wild male
mouse showing yellow coat colour. If the wild
mouse’s coat is due to Ay, describe and explain a

single mating experiment that would identify the

other Agouti allele.

P.T.O.


1090

(d) What is somatic cell hybridization? The following

5.

Cell

line

A

B

8

data shows different cell lines which were created
from human mouse somatic cell fusions. Each line
was examined for the presence of human
chromosomes and for the production of human

haptoglobin. The following results were obtained:

Homan Human chromosomes

haptoglobin 1 2 3 14 15 16 21

_ Se t+ -— =
~ t+ —~ + — +
+ $F $+ fF
= t+ oF FL HO

Based upon the data, locate haptoglobin gene

to its respective chromosome and justify your

answer. (4,4,3,4)

(a) In D. melanogaster, cherub wings (ch), black body

(b). and cinnabar eyes (cn) result from recessive
alleles that are al] located on chromosome 2. A

homozygous wild-type fly was mated with a cherub,


1090

black, and cinnabar fly, and the resulting Fy

females were test-crossed with cherub, black, and

cinnabar males. The following progeny were

produced from the testcross :

ch

ch

ch

+

ch

ch

ch

ch*

ch

b |

b*

b*

cn

cn

cn

cn

cn

cn

cn

cn*

109

757

45

761

45

105

(i) Determine the order of the genes on the

chromosome. Justify which gene is in the

middle.

(ii) Calculate the distance between the three

loci.

P.T.O,


1090 10

(it) Determine the coefficient of coincidence
and the interference for these three

loci.

(iv) What does the interference tell us
about the effect of one crossover on

another?

(b) Differentiate between sex determination in humans

and Drosophila.

(c) What is Broad-sense heritability and how does it
differ from Narrow-sense heritability? A study
of quantitative variations for abdominal bristle
number in female Drosophila yielded estimates of
VT = 7.08, Vg = 4.17, and Ve = 2.91. Calculate
broad-sense heritability from the given data?

(7

3)

Nn
"

6. (a) What is the probability of getting a female with
Pattern baldness from a bald man and a
heterozygous normal female? (Pattern Baldness
lrait_ is sex influenced) If a man shows pattern
baldness and his father is not bald, what are the

~

possible genotype(s) of the mother? Ifa woman's


1090

(b)

11

parents are not bald, she is not bald, and her
husband and older daughter are both homozygous
for pattern baldness, then what is the genotype of
both the woman and her parents? What is the
probability that the woman and her husband would
have the bald daughter.

In the following pedigree, the individual 1-2 and
her daughter are suffering from an autosomal
dominant condition Neurofibromatosis(n) and
individual 1-3 and his two children are suffering
from a rare autosomal dominant condition (d) and
individual III-1 is suffering from both conditions.
If the penetrance of n is 0.5 and the penetrance
of d is 0.8. Based on the above, answer the

following :

What is penetrance? How is it different from

variable expressivity?

What is the probability that the IV-1 would be

suffering from both condition.
What does the arrow represent? Explain.
What is the genotype of the parents in Generation

1?

P.T.O,


1090 12

& werd ye
8 res.
R ss % }
> j
}
a 4 (
4 3 j
\ vA \ 4
\ Bay ed

(c) What is maternal effect? The shell coiling in snail
is a maternal effect. A snail produced by a cross
between two individuals has a shell with a dextral
(right-handed) coil. This snail produces only
sinistral (left-handed) progeny on selfing. What

are the Senotypes of the snail and its parents?
(5,5,5)

(200)


AMAT AM,

CB
¢

[This gudaion papergebntais 4 vine MLZ

ape
2 4 ~&
ae a

"Mages A ay

a \ ee ee
\@ at Your Roll No...........000-
* ¢ a’ uf
Sr. No. of ‘Question Paper : 1109 — I
Unique Paper Code : 2492013503
Name of the Paper : Gene Expression and Regulation
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : Vv
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

austi see

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. There are 6 questions.
3. Attempt any 4 questions.

4. All questions carry equal marks. Question No. 1 is

compulsory.

1. (a) Briefly explain the function of following proteins/

terms:
(1) Abortive transcription

(ii) CAP
P.T.O.



1109
(iii) RNA Pol III

(iv) EF-Tu
(v) RISC
(vi) Polycistronic mRNA
(vii) Enhancers
(vili) Insulators
(ix) Mediator complex
(x) Release factors
(b) Briefly explain the following statements :

(i) RNA polymerase core enzyme is catalytically

active but non-specific.

(ii) Transcriptional regulation in eukaryotes is

primarily positive. (10,5)

2. Differentiate between the following (any 5):
(a) Group I and Group II introns

(b) Rho dependent and independent transcription

termination.


1109 3
(c) RNA Pol I and RNA Pol Il
(d) Transcription and Replication

(ce) SIRNA and miRNA

(f) Lac Repressor and Trp Repressor (15)

wy)

(a) What are the different consensus sequences in
the promoter region of prokaryotes and

eukaryotes? Explain with the help of a diagram.

(b) You are provided with two proteins (X and Y),
one of which can potentially bind onto the promoter
sequence of gene Z and help RNA polymerase in
regulating gene expression. Describe a technique
with which you can confirm which one out of X

and Y does bind to the promoter sequence.

(c) Briefly explain how mRNA ends are processed

with the help of a diagram. (5,4,6)

4. (a) Diagrammatically explain how one eukaryotic gene

can give rise to two functional proteins.

(b) Explain the phenomena of attenuation with the

example of the Trp operon in bacteria.

P.T.O.


1109 4

(c) Discuss the importance of GTP in the translation
process. Explain how tRNA Synthetases play the
most crucial roles in determining the fidelity of

translation. (4,6,5)

5. (a) Discuss the salient features of the Genetic code.

(b) Explain four mechanisms by which eukaryotic
repressors repress transcription.

(c) Write the mechanism of action of the following :
(i) Rifampicin
(11) a- Amanitin
(iii) Puromycin

(iv) Actinomycin D (5,6,4)

6. Write short notes on the following :
(a) DNA binding domains

(b) Spliceosome

(c) Sigma Factor

(d) Regulation of Gal genes in Yeast

(ce) Histone modifications (15)

(200)


| a oat s t6; > ‘<e: C eo
é, x ; ‘.
Thigh Uestion pq a. OV) oI \903!
§ rN. RerContains 8 printed pages.]
is ee
‘e. a Your Roll NO...-.sceeeeee**
Sr. No Son Question Paper: 1169 I
Unique Paper Code : 2493010006
Name of the Paper : Biochemical Applications in
Forensic Sciences
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
(DSE-NEP)
Semester : vo
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
. There are 6 questions.

3. Attempt any 4 questions.
All questions carry equal marks.

5. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

P.T.O,


1169 2

|. (a) Discuss the methods used for identification,

collection of following items at crime scene.
(i) Latent blood
(ii) To differentiate pigment and dye
(iii) Latent fingerprints
(iv) Shoe print in mud

(v) A smudged hand written document on the

table

(vi) Tire marks in soft earth

(b) Expand the following and their significance in crime

investigation (any five) :
(i) RFLP

(ii) NHRC


1169 3

(i) CODIS

(iv) AFIS

(v) STR

(vi) EEG (10,5)
2. (a) Discuss the appearance and causes of Cast-off

spatter, Impact spatter, and Arterial Spray Spatter

form during a crime.

(b) List several skeletal features that can be used to
estimate adult age when growth and tooth eruption

processes have ended.

(c) Discuss the principle of Brain Mapping and give

its significance in forensic science. (6,4,5)

(a) Describe two methods for drug screening
and mention disadvantages of each in forensic

biology.

P.T.O.


4

4
1169

(b) Discuss the one method for development of

following fingerprints from crime scene ;
(i) Patent
(ii) Plastic
(iii) Latent
(c) Distinguish between polygraph and narco-analysis

(a) What are the different approaches that can be

used to recover original writing in the following

Cases:

(i) The document obliterated with a different

ink than that composed the Original.

(ii) The document demolished by chemical

Crasure,


1169 5
(iii) The document has been charred OF burned.

IV Lac ay ~ 4 141
(iv) Recovery of indented writing

(b) Discuss the use of DNA profiling technology
and facial reconstruction methods in identification

of victi
ctims of mass disaster such as, plane crash.

(c) Write down the one method in each case for
analysis of following body fluids available at crime

scene:
(i) Blood
(ii) Saliva
(iii) Vaginal fluid
(iv) Semen

(v) Urine (4,6,5)

P.T.O.


1169 6

5 (a) Differentiate between the following :

(i) Manual strangulation and ligature

strangulation.
(ii) Presumptive and confirmatory test

(iii) RFLP and STR

(b) Rigor mortis, livor mortis, and algor mortis are
used to help determine time of death. Discuss the’
relevance of each method along with one condition
that would render that method unsuitable or

inaccurate for determining time of death.

(c) Discuss the important information that can be
derived from following parts of hair during forensic

investigation :
(1) Cortex
(ii) Medulla

(iii) Cuticle (6,6,3)


6. (a) Define food adulteration, What are the common
food adulterants present in milk, spices, ghee and
sugar? How are they tested?

(b) A woman reported that she was attacked by a
masked assailant while she was walking back to

home in the night. In this encounter, she scratched

the arm of the assailant with her hand. The victim

was not sure if the attacker was male or female.
Forensic DNA analysts extracted and amplified
the amelogenin gene from the epithelial cells under
the victim’s fingernails (supposedly belonging to
the attacker) and from a buccal swab of the victim.
Given below is the picture of the samples separated
by gel electrophoresis. The victim’s amelogenin
UNA is in lane 2, and the amelogenin DNA
from the fingernail scraping is in lane 4. What

conclusion can you draw about the attacker from

this result?

P.T.O.


1169 8 :

(c) Discuss the applications of following Biochemical

techniques in forensic investigation.

(i) PCR

(ii) TLC

(iii) GCMS (4,2,9)

(200)


=e &
caved

phd % Yes’ % _

ie * 23101 4

pana ateston Paper contains 4 Pea) pages. |

‘s Your Roll NO...---++sseee9*
4 rs “St. No, of Question Paper : 5920 I
Unique Paper Code : 32497901
Name of the Paper : Nutritional Biochemistry
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Biochemistry
(LOCF)
Semester : Vv
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
There are 8 questions.

Attempt any 5 questions.

All questions carry equal marks. Question No. 1 is

compulsory.

(a) Give the full form and explain the significance of

following terms:
(i) BY

P.T.O,


5920 2
(ii) RDA
(iii) EFA
(iv) SDA
(v) SCFA

(vi) GTT

(b) Briefly comment on any 2 of the following :

(i) Role of Calcium and vitamin D in

achievement of peak bone mass.
(ii) Vitamin C as a cofactor in amino acid
modification.

(iii) Energy content of carbohydrates rich foods
needs to include dietary fibre values.
(1.5x6=9, 2x3= 6)

2. Differentiate between on any 5 of the following :

(a) Essential and non-essential amino acids

(b) Macrocytic and pernicious anaemia
(c) Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids
(d) Marasmus and Kwashiorkor

(c) Glycemic index and Glycemic load

(f) Rickets and Osteomalacia (5x3=15)


5920 3

3. Give the basis for following statements -
(a) Calcium promotes Blood clotting.
(b) Copper deficiency leads to hypopigmentalion
(c) Vitamin E as an antioxidant.
(d) °4 Ds* in relation to Niacin.
(e) Fluoride prevents dental caries.
(f) Eating raw egg can cause biotin deficiency

(6x2.5=15)

4. (a) Give the medicinal properties of the following

foods :

(i) Asafoetida (ii) Cumin
(iii) Ginger (iv) Turmeric
(v) Garlic

(b) How nutrient interactions affecting ADME of
drugs? Explain with suitable examples.

(2x5=10,5)

5 Critically evaluate the RDA for any 3 of the following

nutrients :

(a) Iron for pregnant and lactating women
(b) Vitamin A for adult men

(c) Iodine for children

(d) Niacin for adult men (5x3=15)

P.T.O,


5920

6.

4

(a) What is omega fatty acids? What is th
significance of omega 3 /omega 6 ratio for _ e
man

health? Mention their sources and RDA valy fi
e for

adult men and women.

(b) Define BMR? Write about the factors that affects
the BMR?

(c) What is anemia? What are different types of anemia
caused by nutritional deficiencies. (5,4,6)

Write short notes on the following :
(a) Role of Gut microbiome in Human health.

(b) Role on Unsaturated fatty acids in risk of
cardiovascular diseases.

(c) Nitrogen Balance.
(d) Vitamin A toxicity.

(e) Drug induced nutrient deficiency. (5x3=15)
Give the significance of following assessments -

(a) Anthropometric measurement

(b) ROS Assessment

(c) Dietary intake assessment

(d) Glycosylated Hb (4,4,4,3)

(200)


‘>
(This ques fs rai, cong ates
A ;

ee ea,

4 on Lol al

\
‘ “yr | roll Nowe
Ve, i S| Your Roll °
yy, J
Sr. No. of Qinion. Paper 4 6034
Unique Paper Code : 32497901
Name of the Paper - Nutritional Biochemistry
Name of the Course - B.Sc. (H) Biochemistry
(LOCF)
Semester - VY
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

There are 8 questions.
Attempt any 5 questions.

All questions carry equal marks. Question no. 1 is
compulsory.

(a) Define the following :

(v) BY (vi) SDA
Vv
(viii) Prebiotics
ii A
(vii) SCF
(ix) Calorific value (x) ROS

P.T.O,


6034 2
(b) Justify the following :

(1) GTT curve is affected in a diabetic as opposed
to a normal person.

(ii) PUFAs exhibit an anti-atherogenic effect.
(10, 2.5x2=5)

2. (a) How does phosphorus affect calcium homeostasis?

(b) Discuss any three functions of ascorbic acid in
the body ?

(c) Discuss the biochemical basis for the medicinal

properties of turmeric and garlic. (5,5,5)

3. (a) What are the types of dietary fiber. Explain the
physiological role of dietary fiber.

(b) Define glycemic index and glycemic load. Explain
why though watermelon and chocolate pie both
are high glycemic index foods but glycemic load
varies considerably for both?

(c) What are the essential and non-essential fatty
acids? What are the harmful effects of trans fatty
4. (a) Define amino acid antagonism and explain the

biochemical basis with two examples.


6034 ,

ial
a sentla
(b) What are essential and conditionally cs |

. ‘ S
; . Lo ndice
amino acids? Discuss the various nutritional 1

sed ¢ | ins and
used to assess the quality of dietary proteims
which amongst them is most preferred.

) method

(5,5,5)

(c) Explain the doubly labelled water (DLW

for measuring energy expenditure.

5. Differentiate between Any 3:

(a) Marasmus and Kwashiorkor.

(b) Plant-based proteins and animal-based proteins.
(c) Fat soluble versus water soluble vitamins.

(d) Anthropometric assessment and Clinical

assessment. (5, 5, 5)

6. Write short notes on:
(a) Wald’s visual cycle
(b) Hypervitaminosis
(c) Nitrogen balance (5,5,5)

7. (a) Discuss the physiological role and the deficiency

manifestations of vitamin K.

P.T.O,


6034 4

(b) Discuss the dietary absorption of vitamin Ble.
What happened in case of pernicious anemia?
Suggest a suitable treatment approach for the
same,

(c) Why are alcoholics more prone to thiamine

deficiency? (6,6,3)

8. (a) Discuss the synergistic role of vitamin E and
selenium.
(b) Mention the cause of the following :
(i) Keshan Disease
(ii) Menke’s Disease
(iii) Wilson’s disease
(iv) Pellagra

(v) Rickets

(c) Discuss the physiological role of magnesium and the
biochemical basis of the symptoms that occur because

of the deficiency of magnesium. (5,5,5)

(200)


whl
tains 4 printed pages. |

4
h 4

a .. Ms ee Your Roll NoO.......ceree
Sr. No. of Guivbtion Paper : 6035 I
Unique Paper Code : 32497906

Name of the Paper - Advanced Cell Biology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. There are 8 questions.
3. Attempt any 5 questions.

4. All questions carry equal marks. Question no. 1 1s

compulsory.

1. (a) Explain the following terms :
(i) Caspases
(ii) Karyopherin
(iii) Quiescent Cell

P.T.O.


6035
(iv) Glycocalyx
(v) Protooncogene

(b) State true/false and justify your answer.

(i) Carbohydrate groups of glycoproteins are
always exposed on the surface of the cell

(ii) Apoptosis does not harm nearby cells whereas

necrosis does.

(iii) Ran GTP concentration is higher in nucleus

than in cytoplasm.

(iv) Phosphorylation of CDK | at threonine 161

is required for its activity.

(v) Phosphatidylserine is mainly present on inner

leaflet of plasma membrane. (5,10)

2. Differentiate between the following :
(a) Microtubule and Microfilament
(b) Autophagy and Phagocytosis
(c) Tumor Suppressor genes and Oncogenes
(d) Actin network and actin bundles

| x5=15)
(e) Apoptosis and Necrosis ©


6035 3

).

(a) Explain the mechanism of COP I mediated
selection and transport of cargo protein from ER.

(b) How does p53 activation in response to DNA
damage affect cell cycle progression?

(c) How is the import ana export of nuclear protein
regulated? (5,5,5)

(a) What types or proteins are encoded by proto-
oncogenes and how do mutations in each type of

proto-oncogene cause cell to become malignant.

(b) What is unfolded protein response (UPR)? Explain
in detail the molecular mechanism of UPR

pathways.

(c) What are the potential advantages of embryonic
stem cells as compared to adult stem cells for

therapeutic application? (5,5,5)

(a) How does the cytoskeleton contribute to cell

division?

(b) What are the hailmarks of transformed (Cancer)
cells?

(c) Explain with the help of a flow diagram the
cotranslational pathway of protein synthesis.
(5,4,6)

P.T.O.


6035 4

6. (a) Describe the experiment used to identify MPF.

(b) What is treadmilling? How would Cytochalasin and
phalloidin affect treadmilling of actin filaments?

(c) Describe the molecular Strategies to treat Cancer.
(6,5,4)

7. (a) Mention the subcellular location and function of

the following proteins :
(1) Bip
(i) Mannose 6-P Receptor
(ii) Signal Peptidase
(iv) Catalase
(v) Cytochrome C

(b) Explain the mechanism of spindle assembly
checkpoints. (10,5)

8. Write short notes on following:
(a) Actin Binding Proteins
(b) Regulation of Meiosis

(c) Role of Bcl2 family proteins in apoptosis (5,5,5)

- (200)

® \cre\
[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

Wylsias p-

Your Roll Now... snenpaet
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5055 fe Py @\
Unique Paper Code : 2494000022 \B, eg
Name of the Paper : Biochemical Corretatio#-of
Diseases
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
(NEP)
Semester : VI
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. There are 6 questions.
3. Attempt any 4 questions.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

P.T.O.


5055 2

1. (a) Expand and explain the following terms:
(i) MDR-TB
(ii) SLE
(iii) HDL
(iv) SCID
(v) COVID

(b) Justify the following statements:

(i) Diabetes Mellitus Type II is considered a
lifestyle disorder, but not Diabetes Mellitus

type I

(ii) Gout is observed in a patient of Von Gierke’s
disease. .

(iii) Lipid profile is a parameter to assess
cardiovascular health.

(iv) A deficiency in calcium levels cannot be
elevated without Vitamin D.

(v) Hemagglutination is the basis of Widal test.
(5,10)


5055 3

2. (a) Identify the most probable cause and explain the
biochemical basis of the following symptoms/

clinical manifestation:
(i) Loss of vision in dark
(ii) Polydipsia, polyuria, polyphagia
(iii) Frequent fractures in elderly women
(iv) Fairer skin, hair, eyes than other siblings

(b) What do you understand by a balanced diet? What
are the macronutrients and micronutrients required
to maintain it?

(c) What are autoimmune diseases? Explain with the
help of an example. (8,4,3)

3. Differentiate between the following:
(i) Kwashiorkor and Marasmus
(ii) Naked and Enveloped Virus
(iii) Hashimoto’s Disease and Grave’s Disease
(iv) Antigenic Shift and Antigenic Drift

(v) Rickets and Osteomalacia (15)

P.T.O.


055 4

ie

4. (a) Draw and explain the life cycle of malarial parasite.

(b) Explain the structure of HIV with the help of a

diagram.

(c) Briefly discuss the pathogenesis, symptoms and
any one diagnostic method for tuberculosis.
(6.3.6)

nm

(a) An excess of cortisol in the body can create an
imbalance. Justify this statement by elaborating

on its cause, symptoms, and treatment.

(b) Which genetic disease is caused by a deficiency
of glucocerebrosidase? Elaborate on the cause,
manifestation and treatment of the disease.

(c) What are glycogen storage disorders? Explain with
the help of an example. (15)
6. Write short notes on the following:
(i) Types of vaccines
(ii) Atherosclerosis
(ii) Tetanus
(iv) Rheumatoid Arthritis
(v) Leishmaniasis (15)

(100)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. | 0 M
‘ pa Poy HOS fh

Your Roll NO diced saevee.
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5502 fir J |
Unique Paper Code 2492013601,
Name of the Paper : Human Physiology Ms
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Biochemistry

(NEP)

Semester : VI
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1.. Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. There are 6 questions.

3. Attempt any 4 questions.

4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

P.T.O.


§502 2
1 (a) Explain the following terms:
(a) ECG
(b) Anatomic dead space.
(c) Podocytes
(d) Vital capacity
(e) Platelet plug
(f) Pacemaker potential
(b) Name the following:
(a) Anticoagulant
(b) Blood buffer

(c) Precursor cells of thrombocytes (2x6, 3)

2 (a) Give the control mechanisms maintaining body

Homeostasis.
(b) Detail out the extrinsic pathway of blood clotting.

(c) Show the changes in the permeability of various
ion channels that result in the generation of cardiac

muscle action potential.


§502 3
(d) Exercise increases Cardiac output. Explain
(2, 4, 4, 5)

3. (a) What changes stimulate the central and peripheral
chemoreceptors? How do these receptors regulate
rate of respiration.

(b) Draw a diagram of the brain labeling the following
regions: Parietal lobe of Cerebrum, Somatic
sensory cortex area. Cerebellum, pons, and
medulla oblongata.

(c) Contrast the somatic and autonomic divisions of
the efferent nervous system. Give supportive
diagrams. (5, 5, 5)

4. (a) Define GFR. Give one method of GFR
determination. What are different factors affecting
GFR?

(b) Explain how kidneys produce hyperosmotic urine

via the Countercurrent Multiplier System.

(c) Draw a fully labeled diagram of a sarcomere
showing different filaments and bands. (6, 6, 3)

5S. (A) Write short notes on the following:

(a) Enterohepatic circulation.

P.T.O.


nN
mn

(b) Hepatic lobule

(B) Give the mechanism of secretion of hydrochloric
acid by parietal cells in the stomach. Give one
positive and one negative regulator of HCl

secretion.

(C) What is cephalic phase of gastrointestinal system?
(4 x 2, 5, 2)

(a) Explain how?

(a) The female reproductive organs develop in

the absence of Y chromosome.
(b) The fertilized egg blocks polyspermy.

(c) Sperm is protected from toxins, drugs and its

own immune system.

(b) Explain the significance of Feto-placental maternal
axis. (4 x 3, 3)

(300)


This question paper contains 3 printed pages] +2] J 09s t-

S. No. of Question Paper : 5542 fo? “OD
Lo; Net
Unique Paper Code : 2492013602 gy Ose
Name of the Paper : Basics of Immunology<s., | ee
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : VI
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
There are 6 questions.
Attempt any four questions.
All questions carry equal marks.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
1. (a) Write true or false for the following statements with justification :
(1) Hen egg albumin is a better immunogen for chicken than for goat.

(ii) When anti bovine gamma globulin monoclonal antibodies from
Balb/c mice are injected into another Balb/c mice, idiotypic antibodies
are produced.

(iti) Unlike Tc cells, NK cells can kill IgG coated target cells.

(iv) Factor H binds to C5b67 and inhibits the complement pathway.
(v) Fixed macrophages found in the kidney are called Kupffer cells.
(vi) Membrane bound Immunoglobulin G is a marker for mature B cells.

P.T.O.


(b)

(a)

(6)

(c)

(a)

(b)

(c)

5542

Name the following :

(‘) The cells playing a major role in controlling the early stages of viral

infection.
(7) An acute phase response protein.

(ii) The split products C3a and C5a released during activation of

complement system.
(iv) Most potent professional antigen presenting cells (APC).

(v) An enzyme that triggers generation of reactive oxygen species (ROS)

by macrophages.

(vi) A co-stimulatory signal molecule on the surface of T-cell that

interacts with B7 on APC. (9,6)

Diagrammatically represent and explain the structure of IgG.
Explain key points of interaction between innate and adaptive immunity.

Explain how inflammation helps in combating the early stages on
infection. (5,5,5)
What are T dependent and T independent antigens ? Explain how each

of them activates B cells ?

Draw a neat well labelled structure of lymph node and depict the

localization of immune cells within the lymph node.

Explain how IgM can exist both as membrane bound and secreted

antibody. (6,4,5)


Qr
wt
~~
&

( 3)

4. (a) Elaborate on the mechanisms used by cytotoxic T cells for killing a target
cell,
(6) Explain the structure and function of TCR-CD3 complex.
(c) Explain how membrane attack complex (MAC) is formed via classical!
pathway ? (645)
5. (a) What is an immunogen ? Describe briefly the characteristics a molecule
should have to be an immunogen.
(6) Explain the Cytosolic pathway for antigen presentation.
(c) Describe the sequence of events involved in the differentiation and
maturation of progenitor B cell (pro-B cell) to an immature B cell m the
bone marrow. 654
6. Write short notes on : (3x5
(i) Opsonization

(uz) Adjuvants

(wu) TLRs

(iv) NK Cells

(v)

5542

Class Switching.


This question paper contains 3 printed pages] Gy)yor ,

vx
‘ <,.
” iy

S.No. of Question Paper : 5562 [er _ |

Unique Paper Code —:_ 2492013603 eo | | a)

Name of the Paper - Fundamentals of Recombinant DNA Technology
Name of the Course - B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry (NEP)

Semester : VI

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
There are 6 questions.
Attempt any four questions.
All questions carry equal marks.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
1. (A) Write the contributions of the following :
(i) Kary Mullis
(ii) Paul Berg
(iii) Bolivar and Rodriguez.
(B) State True/False and justify (any six) :
(i) Hybrid promoters are preferred for expression vectors.
(ii) Blunt ends increase the efficiency of ligation.

(ii) All three types of restriction endonucleases are useful in genetic

engineering.

P.T.O.


( 2) 5562
(iv) Factor VIII cannot be expressed in FE. colli.
(v) Bacterial cells are naturally competent.
(vi) Lambda replacement vectors are used to make genomic libraries.

(vu) Any E. coli strain can be used for recombinant DNA technology.

(3,12)

Differentiate between the following :

(z)

(iz)

Real time PCR and Multiplex PCR

Genomic and cDNA library

(iii) Linker and Adapter

(tv) pUC18 and Ti-Plasmid

(v)
(A)

(B)

YAC and BAC. (15)

200 DNA molecules were used as a template in a PCR reaction. Calculate

the number of amplicons produced after 30 cycles.

What are the uses of the following in genetic engineering ? Explain with

the help of a diagram :

(t) BAL31

(wi) T4 Polynucleotide Kinase
(wi) Alkaline Phosphatase
(ww) EcoRI

(v) S1 Nuclease

(vi) DNA ligase. (3,12)


(B)

( 3) 3562
What are the different classes of viral vectors ? Discuss their advantages

and disadvantages in genetic engineering.

Describe the principle of Sanger’s method of DNA sequencing. List two

limitations of Sanger’s method.

(C) What are the essential features of a typical expression vector ? Give two
examples. (6,45)
5. (A) Discuss the factors that affect the efficiency of a PCR reaction.
(B) Briefly explain two methods of DNA uptake by cells.
(C) Draw a labelled diagram of pGEM3Z vector. How is it different from
pBR322 cloning vector ? (5.5.5)
6. Write short notes on the following (any five) : (15)
(i) Pyrosequencing
(ii) Site directed mutagenesis

(iit)

(ww)

(v)

(UL)

5562

Homopolymer Tailing

Colony Hybridization

Fusion tags and their role in purification of recombinant proteins

Blue-White Selection.


This question paper contains 8 printed pages! nica
ames pews CHE de

S. No. of Question Paper

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 2 Hours

Roll No. Lid

5608 ea a

2493010012 x6) ,

Research Methoactte (DSE)
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry (NEP)
VI

Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

There are six questions.

Attempt four questions in all. A// questions carry equal marks.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

The use of a simple calculator is allowed.

1. (A) Explain the following terms :

({) Null Hypothesis

(i) Patent
(iu) Mode

(iv) Control

(v) Dependent variable

(vi) Regression.

(B) What are the different steps in Report writing ? 12,3

P.T.O.


Nw

(v)

(A)

5608

Experiment and Survey

Random and non-random Sampling.

3x5=15
What do you mean by the

tricted freedom in research, or should there
Y grounds ?

be ethical limits on biosafet

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

What is intellectual property

right ? Briefly mention any two |
governing it.

aws

What do you mean by the term corrleatio

n ? What are the different types
of correlation ?

What do you mean by standard deviation ? How is it calculated ?

5,5,2,3


5608

(A)

(B)

(C)

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

( 38.) 5608

Write a short note on literature review.

T > . : ‘ . . . . °
What is plagiarism ? List two risks caused by plagiarism. How can it be

detected ?

Describe the problems encountered by researchers undertaking empirical

research. . 5,5,5
What do you mean by the terms : Standard deviation and coefficient of
variation. Find the coefficient of variation for the following data :

24, 26, 33, 37, 29, 31

Explain the concept of central tendency giving example. What purpose

does it serve ?
Define impact factor and mention its significance.

Explain the significance of “references” in research articles. 5,4,3,3

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1541 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
1. 
Your Roll No2024. 
2492011101 
: I 
of this question paper. 
: Biomolecules (DSC-1) 
: B.Se. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
There are six questions. 
3. 
Attempt any four questions. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
G 
5. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Maximum Marks : 60 
All questions carry equal marks. 
LIEARY 
Kaika 
Identify the following statements as true or false and 
justify your answer : 
(a) All Amino acids are optically active. 
(b) Histidine acts as biological buffer at physiological 
pH. 
P.T.0. 


1541 
2. 
2 
(c) Proline gives yellow color with Ninhydrin. 
(d) Trehalose is non reducing disaccharide. 
(e) Fatty acids when put in aqueous solution make 
micelles. 
() DNA does not show increase in absorbance on 
heating. 
(g) Chitin is an example of storage homopoly 
saccharides. 
(h) At a pH more than the pl, amino acids exist in 
negatively charged form. 
(i) 
Vit K has antioxidant activity. 
() Glycosaminoglycans have a slippery consistency. 
Differentiate between the following: 
(a) B-DNA and A-DNA 
(1.5x10=15) 
(b) Essential and Nonessential Amino acids 
(c) Glycerophospholipid and Sphingophospholipid 
(d) Anomers and Epimers 
(e) Water soluble and Fat-soluble vitamins 
(3×5=15) 


1541 
3. 
4. 
3 
(a) \Why is tryptophan poorly soluble but arginine is 
readily soluble in water?' 
(b) The pKa value of carboxylic group in amino a 
is lower than that in acetic acid. Explain. 
(c) Sucrose is non-reducing sugar. but lactose is 
reducing sugar. Why? 
(d) Why do animals store glycogen but not glucose 
for their energy need? Explain in brief. 
(e) Why TAG is better form of storage in comparison 
to Glycogen? 
(3x5=15) 
(a) Discuss the titration curve of glycine, indicating 
pka. pl and buffering zone 
acids 
(b) What are glycosaminoglycans? Explain their role 
with help of examples. 
(c) Draw the structure of following: 
(i) Sulphur containing amino acid 
(ii) 7 methyl Guanosine 
(ii)) Phosphatidylethanolamine 
(iv) Beta D galactosamine 
(v) Lactose 
(5,6,4) 
P.T.0. 


1541 
S. 
(a) Salient features of Watson and Crick DNA double 
helix model. 
(b) Name the vitamin deficiency and write identifying 
symptoms of the following conditions : 
(i) Scurvy 
4 
(ii) Pellagra 
(iii) Rickets 
(iv) Megaloblastic anaemia 
(c) Distinguish between Glycoproteins and Proteoglycans 
giving suitable examples. 
(5,6,4) 
6. 
(a) Discuss the role of Lipids as signalling molecule. 
(b) List out the various roles of nucleotides. 
(c) Give reactions for the following : 
(i)) Action of alkali on RNA 
(ii) Reaction of monosaccharides with cupric 
ions 
(iii) Action of phospholipase A on lecithin 
(iv) Action of enzyme sucrase on sucrose in 
presence of HCL 
(3,4,8) 
(500) 


|This question paper contains 4 printed pages.) 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1617 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
5. 
1. 
Your Roll Nol024. 
2492011103 
: Biochemical Techniques 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
There are six questions. 
3. 
Attempt any four questions. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
G 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
(a) Explain the following: 
Maximum Marks : 60 
K 
GANDU 
4RY 
Dolhi 
19 
()) Proteins are eluted from ion exchange 
column by increasing salt concentration 
P.T.0. 


1617 
3. 
(iü)) During electrophoresis, a tracking dye is 
loaded along with the sample 
2 
(iii) Globular proteins have higher sedimentation 
velocity than fibrous proteins 
(iv) Glass cuvettes are not suitable for 
measuring the absorbance of DNA 
solutions 
(b) Define the following terms : 
(i) Relative Centrifugal Force 
(i) Quantum yield 
(ii) Exclusion limit 
2. 
(a) Explain how SDS-PAGE is used to determine the 
molecular weight of a protein. 
(12.3) 
(b) Diagrammatically explain the working o 1 
spectrophotometer. 
chromatography. 
(c) Compare the techniques of TLC and paper 
two applications. 
(6,4,5) 
(a) Discuss the principle of flourescence and give any 


1617 
4. 
(b) Compare the features of a table top centrifuge 
and a high-specd centrifuge. 
(c) Explain why large molecules move faster as 
compared to smaller molecules in gel permeation 
chromatography. 
(a) Explain the role of the following: 
() Spacer arm in affinity chromatography 
(ii) EtBr in agarose gel electrophoresis 
(b) What are the different ways to elute a protein 
from an ion exchange column? 
(5,5,5) 
(c) A solution of UTP of concentration 87.9 mg/litre 
has an absorbance of 0.75 at 260nm. If the light 
path is 1.0cm and the molecular weight of UTP is 
586, calculate the molar absorbance coefficient of 
UTP. 
(6,5,4) 
5. (a) Differentiate between the following: 
(i) Cation and anion exchanger 
(iü) Extrinsic fluor and intrinsic fluor 
P.T.0. 


1617 
6. 
(b) Discuss the principle of affinity chromatography. 
What is the ligand used for purification of the 
following : 
(i) Histidine-tagged protein 
(ii) Avidin 
4 
(iii)) mRNA 
(c) Explain the technique of density 
gr 
centrifugation. 
Write short notes on the following : 
(a) Lambert-Beer Law 
(b) Staining methods in electrophoresis 
(c) Isoelectric focussing 
(6,5,4) 
(5.5,5) 
(500) 


(This question paper contains 8 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1579 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
1. 
: 2492011102 
Your Rol No.2024 
Proteins (DSC-2) 
: 
I 
: B.Sc. (Hons) Biochemistry 
There are 6 questions. 
Attempt any 4 questions. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Question no. 1 is compulsory. 
A. Choose the best choice: 
G 
Maximum Marks : 60 
within a polypeptide? 
NDHU COLLE 
OEGHBA 
RY 
Wow Do 
(a) What accounts for peptide bond planarity 
P.T.0. 


1579 
2 
(i) The fully double bonded peptide bond. 
(ii) Electronegativity differences between 
nitrogen and carbon. 
(ii) Hydrogen bonding between amino acid side 
chains and water. 
(iv) Partial double bond character of the peptide 
bond. 
(v) Rotation around ð and 
bonds. 
(b) Which of the following is most correct : 
(i) Charged anmino acids are never buried in 
the interior of a protein. 
(ii) Charged amino acids are seldom buried in 
the interior of a protein. 
(iii) All hydrophobic amino acids are buried 
when a protein folds. 
(iv) Tyrosine is only found in the interior of 
proteins. 


1579 
(v) Glycine is rarely found in proteins because 
it is too destabilizing. 
(c) Proteins are classified within families or 
super-families based on similarities in : 
3 
(1) Evolutionary origin. 
(ii) Physico-chemical properties, 
(iii) Structure and/or function. 
(iv) Subcellular location. 
(v) Subunit structure 
(d) The oxygen bound to hemoglobin or myoglobin 
is directly attached to the: 
(i) Helix-F in the protein 
(ii) Proximal Histidine 
(ii) Fe (I) 
(iv) Heme N 
(v) Fe (II) 
P.T.0. 


2. 
1579 
B. Give rcasons for the following : 
(a) Glycine and proline are found in ß turns. 
4 
(b) Silk fiber has high tensile strength. 
(c) Hydropathy plots are used to determine 
membrane protein topology. 
(d) Disulphide bonds make proteins thermostable. 
C. Give an example and one function of the following: 
(a) Conjugated protein 
(b) Dipeptide 
(c) Basic protein 
structure. 
(4,8,3) 
(a) Give salient features of a helix and ß pleated 
(b) Describe the primary, secondary, tertiary and 
quaternary structure of collagen. Elaborate on the 


1579 
3. 
role of Vitamin C in collagen biosynthesis. 
(c) Ramachandran plot is also referred to as a 
dihedral plot. Explain. 
(4.8,3) 
(a) Describe in detail, the steps involved in Solid phase 
peptide synthesis. What are the two major 
advantages of this method? 
(b) An oligopeptide was analyzed. Given the data 
below, what is its sequence? 
(i) Amino acid analysis revealed the 
composition Asp, Asn, 2Glu, Gly, Lys, 
2Met Phe, 2Pro. 
(ii) Carboxypeptidase digestion gave the results 
as Glycine. 
(iii) N-terminal analysis afforded the DNP 
derivative of glutamic acid 
(iv) Treatment of the peptide with cyanogen 
bromide gave three fragments. Sanger N 
terminal analysis of these three fragments 
P.T.0. 


1579 
4. 
6 
gave the DNP derivatives of Glu, Pro, and 
Asp. 
(v) Cleavage of the oligopeptide with trypsin 
gave two fragments. Sanger analysis of 
these two fragments both gave the DNP 
derivative of Glu. 
(vi) Cleavage of the oligopeptide with 
chymotrypsin gave two fragments. Sanger 
analysis of these two fragments gave DNP 
derivatives of Glu and Lys. 
(c) Give the role of the following reagents with the 
associated reaction in Protein chemistry: 
(i) Dansyl chloride 
(ii) B-Mercaptoethanol 
(8,4,3) 
(a) What are Hill plots? Myoglobin has a linear plot, 


1S79 
5. 
whereas hemoglobin plots are non-linear with 
variable slope. Explain. 
(b) How do the following affect O, binding curves of 
hemoglobin? What is the biological impact of it. 
(i) 2, 3 BPG 
7 
(ii) CO, 
(iii) pH 
(c) In brief, give the Sequential or Induced Fit Model 
of Cooperative O, Binding to Hemoglobin. 
(a) Give the biochemical basis and manifestation of 
the following diseases : 
(i) Alzheimer's disease 
(6,6,3) 
(ii) Sickle cell anemia. 
(b) Protein S will fold into its native conformation 
only when protein Q is also present in the solution. 
However, protein 
Q can fold into its native 
conformation without protein S. Detail 
he 


1579 
6 
folding mechanism of protein Q and protein s 
Give short notes on the following: 
(a) Protein domain 
(b) ß barrel proteins 
(c) Protein sequence databases 
(d) Supersecondary structures 
(e) Protein denaturation 
(8,7) 
(3x5) 
(500)

(This qucstion Daper contains 4 printed pages 
Sr. No. of 
r: 6030 
Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
1. 
Duration: 2 Hours 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
5. 
1. 
of this question paper. 
Your Roll 
. 
There are 6 questions. 
2494001202 
: Protein and Enzymes 
Atempt any 4 questions. 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
H 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Naw 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Question no. 1 is compulsory. 
Pelhi-19 
Maximum Marks : 60 
(a) State weather True or False with justification 
(i) Hydrophobic interaction drive protein folding. 
P.T.0. 


6030 
2. 
(ii) Lactate dehydrogenase is an example of 
isOZyMe 
(ii) Glycine is found in the turn of a-helix. 
2 
(iv) K is inversely proportional to the substrate 
concentration. 
(v) Enzymes decrease the activation energy of 
the reaction. 
(vi) Competitive inhibitors are useful as antibiotics. 
(b) Mention the contribution of the following 
scientists : 
(i) Linus Pauling 
(ii) James B. Sumner 
(ii) Max Perutz 
(12,3) 
(a) Give various kinds of covalent modifications with 
example? 
(b) Discuss various non-covalent interactions involved 
in stabilizing a protein structure. 
(c) Write enzyme classification with one example of 
each class. 
(5,4,6) 


6030 
4. 
5. 
Write short nofes o: 
(a) Zymogens 
(b) Alzhcimer's discase 
(c) Parallcl and Anti-parallcl beta sheets 
(d) Tertiary structure of protcin 
(e) Allosteric regulation 
(a) Explain the significance of Ramchandran plot in 
determining the structure of proteins. 
(b) Explain the following with examples : 
(3×5=15) 
)) Competitive and Noncompetitive inhibitors. 
(ii) Conjugated proteins. 
(iii) Restriction endonucleases. 
(6,9) 
(a) What is irreversible inhibition in enzymatic 
reaction? Explain by giving example of fdUMP. 
(b) Write the characteristics feature of a-helix. 
(c) What is Lineweaver Burk double reciprocal plot? 
Discuss its significance. 
(5,5,5) 
P.T.0. 


6030 
6. 
(a) Differentiate between the following : 
() Diagnostic enzymes and Therapeutic enzymes. 
4 
(ii) Lock- key mnodel and induced fit model. 
(iii) Prosthetic group and coenzyme. 
(b) Explain the Michaelis-Menten plot and give 
significance of K and 
V. 
and show under what 
m 
conditions K. -[S]. 
m 
max 
(9,6) 


[This gue 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6031 
Unique Paper Code 
question 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Paper contains 4 printed 
Duration : 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
of this question paper. 
: 2494001203 
Your Roli 
RRY 
: Techniques in Biochemistry 
There are six questions. 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Attempt any four questions. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
in electrophoresis: 
5. 
Question no. 1 is compulsory. 
H 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Talkaji 
Ngw Oeini-
Maximum Marks : 60 
(a) Mention the role of the following chemicals used 
(i) Ammonium persulphate 
P.T.0. 


6031 
(ii) TEMED 
(ii) Glycerol 
2 
(iv) Ethidium bromide 
(v) Bromophenol blue 
(vi) N, N'- Methylene bis (Acrylamide) 
(b) Write reasons for the following : 
(i) Quartz or fused silica cuvettes are used when 
working with a UV- Spectrophotometer. 
(ii) Swinging bucket rotors allow better separation 
during centrifugation. 
(iii) Electrophoretic migration of molecules 
depends on their charges and mass. 
(iv) Absorbance is a unitless parameter. 
(v) Gel filtration chromatography can be used for 
the determination of molecular mass of a 
protein. 
(vi) Dialysis can be used for the purpose of the 
de-salting. 
(3,12) 


6031 
2. 
Differcntiate Ibetwccn: 
3. 
4. 
3 
(a) Tsopycnic and ratc zonal gradicnt ccntrifugation 
(b) SDS-PAGE and Native PAGE 
(c) Salting-in and salting-out 
(d) Single beam and double beam spectrophotometer 
(e) Cation and anion exchange chromatography 
(a) Write a short note on types of rotors used in 
centrifugation. 
(3x5=15) 
(b) Derive Beer-Lambert's law and discuss its 
limitations. 
(c) Discuss the role of the following: 
(i) Sucrose in centrifugation 
(ii) Ethidium bromide in electrophoresis of DNA 
(6,5,4) 
(a) Write the principle of paper chromatography and 
mention its limitations. 
P.T.0. 


6031 
5. 
6. 
(b) Discuss 
the 
4 
chromatography and cxplain how can a sample be 
principlc of ion cxchange 
clutcd-out from the ion exchange column. 
(c) Seplhadex G-200 has a fractionation range of 5. 
600 kDa. Draw and explain the Elution profile 
obtained on separation of Myosin (212 kDa), 
Ovalbumin (45kDa) and BSA (66.2kDa). (5,5,5) 
answer. 
(a) Define sedimentation coefficient and write about 
the factors that affect sedimentation coefficient. 
(b) If a solution has absorbance of 1.0 and is diluted 
1:1, what will be absorbance change? Justify your 
(c) Write a short note on the staining procedures for 
protein sample in electrophoresis. 
(5,5,5) 
Write the principle and any two applications of the 
following 
(a) Agarose gel electrophoresis 
(c) Ultrasonication 
(b) Affinity chromatography 
(d) Molecular sieve chromatography 
(e) Thin-layer chromatography 
(5x3=15) 
(200) 


[This auestion paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No., of 
Question Paper : 4109 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
Instructions for Candidates 
3. 
4. 
contains 4 printed 
5. 
1. 
of this question paper. 
Your RollNo... 
There are 6 questions. 
"ABAND 
249201 1202 
Attempt any 4 questions. 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
: II 
alkaji. 
: Metabolism of Carbohydrates 
RARY 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Question no. 1 is compulsory. 
H 
Wite your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
New Qelhi-19 
Maximum Marks : 60 
(a) Give the biochemical basis of the following : 
) Fructose 2, 6-bisphosphate activates glycolysis 
but inhibits gluconeogenesis. 
(i) Glycogenesis needs a primer to initiate itself 
P.T.O. 


2. 
4109 
2 
(ii) Paticnts suffering fron Von (Gierke's discase 
manifest hypoglyccmia. 
(iv) lodoacetate is a suicide inhibitor of Glycolysis 
(b) Give the reaction for the following: 
(i) Give the reaction generating NADH ¡n 
Glycolysis. 
(i) Reaction catalyzed by phosphoglucomutase. 
(ii) Dehydration reaction in Glycolysis. 
(iv) Reaction involved in substrate level 
phosphorylation in TCA cycle. 
(v) Reaction that introduces branching in 
Glycogen. 
(a) Differentiate between the following: 
()) Catabolism and Anabolism 
(ii) Aldolase A and Aldolase B 
(2.5x4,1x5) 
(ii) Lactose fermentation and alcohol fermentation 
(iv) Hexokinase and Glucokinase 
(3,4,4,4) 


4. 
5. 
4109 
3. 
3 
(a) Show schematically thc role of 3 enzymatic 
activitics and 5 Cocnzymcs in the conversion of 
Pyruvate 
to 
Acetyl CoA 
by 
Pyruvate 
dehydrogenase complex. 
(b) Show how Pyruvate is converted to Phosphoenol 
pyruvate. Give the enzymes, coenzymes and the 
regulators involved in the reactions. 
(c) Conversion of galactose 1- phosphate to glucose 
1- phosphate requires two nucleotide derivatives. 
Explain. 
(6,6,3) 
(a) Give the steps involved in Glycogenolysis with the 
generation of Glucose-1-P and glucose. 
(b) Show how Glycogenolysis and Glycogen synthesis 
are counter regulated to prevent futile cycles. 
(c) Give the ATP utilizing steps in Gluconeogenesis. 
(6,6,3) 
(a) What are Anaplerotic reactions? Give examples. 
(b) Give the reactions of Oxidative phase of Pentose 
phosphate pathway. Give the biological importance 
of these reactions. 
P.T.0. 


4109 
6. 
(c) Name the key rcgulatory chzymcs of TCA Cycle 
Show how they are rcgulatcd by product inhibition 
and allosteric fecdback regulation,. 
4 
diseases: 
(a) Give the cause and symptoms of the following 
(i) Lactose intolerance 
(ii) Pompe's disease 
(iii) Cori's disease 
(4,5,6) 
(b) Give an overview of Starve feed cycle. 
(3×3, 6) 


[This question pa 
Sr. 
No, of Question P'aper r: 4147 
Uniquc Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 2 Hours 
Papcr contains 4 printed pagAN 
RofLTBRARY 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
5. 
1. 
: 2492011203 
Your 
Basic Concents ofK 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
of this question paper. 
There are 6 questions. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Attempt any 4 questions. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Question no. 1 is compulsory. 
(a) Name the following: 
Maximum Marks : 60 
19 
(i) An actin binding protein 
(i) 
A protein forming nuclear lamina 
(iii)) A Lysosomal storage disease 
P.T.0. 


4147 
(iv) Thc placc of ribosome asscmbly 
(v) The discasc causcd due to 
defcct in 
peroxisome biogenesis 
(b) Define the following: 
()) Magnification 
(i) Importin 
(iii) Fixative 
(iv) MTOC 
2 
(v) 
Cell adhesion molecules 
(c) Give the location and function of the following : 
(i) Integrin 
(iü) Catalase 
(iü) Connexin 
(iv) Succinate Dehydrogenase 
(v) Keratin 
(5,5,5)) 


4147 
2. 
3. 
4. 
Differentiate betwccn the following : 
() Mitosis and Mciosis 
(ü) Animal cell and plant ccll 
(iii) Peroxisomes and Lysosomes 
(iv) Endocytosis and Exocytosis 
(v) Gap junctions and Plasmodesmata 
(5x3=15) 
(a) Chloroplast is a semi-autonomous organelle that 
has prokaryotic origin. Comment. 
(b) Give the structure and function of Nuclear Pore 
Complex. 
(c) What are actin binding proteins and how do they 
regulate the organization of Microfilaments. 
(d) What property of Glycosaminoglycans allows them 
to form hydrated gel? 
(3,5,5,2)| 
(a) Define Resolution and what factors affect 
Resolution of a Microscope. Describe the different 
types of stain used in Light microscopy. 
P.T.0. 


4147 
5. 
(b) What arc thc different Components of extraccllular 
atrix? Explain briclly. 
(c) Explain the proccss of asscmbly, organization and 
role of intermediate filaments. 
(5,5,5) 
(a) Give principle and merits of Phase contrast 
microscope over Bright field microscopy. 
4 
(b) Explain the role of Ran GTP in the regulation of 
nuclear import and export. 
(c) Describe the organization of Tight Junctions and 
why are tight junctions important for Maintaining 
the integrity of polarized cell? 
(5,5,5) 
6. 
Write Short notes on: 
(i) Mitochondrial Genome 
(ii) Functions of SER 
(iii)) Focal adhesions 
(iv) Treadmilling of Microfilaments 
(v) Phagocytosis 
(5x3=15)

This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ly, 9 %

Qi) Your Roll No.2O24H

sr. No. of Question Paper: 1522 G

Unique Paper Code : 2492012301

Name of the Paper : Metabolism of Lipids

Name of the Course | : B.Sc. (Hons) Biochemistry
NEP

Semester : Ill

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
There are 6 questions.
Attempt any 4 questions.

All questions carry equal suits \

Question no. 1 is compulsory.

P.V.O.


1522 . ?

(a) Answer the following

(1) Odd chain fatty acid Oxidation

gluconeogenic in nature.

(1) Cholesterol is made from acetyl-CoA

four major stages.

(iii) C'4 labeled CO, is not incorporated into

fatty acids synthesis.

(iv) Bile helps in digestion and absorption of

lipids.

(v) Statins are used in the treatment of

hypercholesterolemia.

(vi) Two additional enzymes are required 'n

polyunsaturated fatty acid breakdown

. (b) Writa the reactions catalyzed by the follow

enzymes

as

(i) Methyl malonyl-CoA mutase

. (ii) Acetyl-CoA carboxylase


1522

ANGEL PY ¢

Differentiate between :
(a) Fatty acid oxidation in mitochondria and peroxisome

(b) Chylomicron and HDL

(c) Alpha and omega oxidation (5x3)

Explain the following :

(a) Reciprocal regulation of fatty acid oxidation and
synthesis

(b) Oxidation of odd chain fatty acids leads to net
Synthesis of Oxaloacetate.

(c) Carnitine plays an important role in fatty acid
oxidation. (5x3)

(a) Give the total number of ATP produced in the

complete oxidation of palmitic acid with

reactions
Involved.

(b) Describe synthesis of triacylglycerol from glycerol.

(c) How is HMG-CoA reductase regulated”
(7,4, 4)

PTO.


1822 4

‘shi

Give the following conversions :
(@ Acetyl-CoA to Mevalonate
(>) Glycerol-3-phosphate to phosphatidic acid

(c) Palmitoyl-CoA to Ceramide ($x}

Write short notes on:
(2) Ketone bodies
(b) Fatty Acid Synthase Complex

(c) Atherosclerosis (5s-)


a
[This question paper contains 4 printed pages, 90 >

(22) Your Roll NoLOL4H

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1525 G

Unique Paper Code : 2162012301

Name of the Paper : Phycology - The World of
Algae

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany

Semester : Hl

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1,

tO

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Attempt four Questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.

Draw well labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

(a) Provide a suitable example (genus) of the following
(any five): (1x5=5)

(1) Spermocarp
(ii) Watermelon algae

(iii) Red tides Am Q\


1§25 2
(1v) Endophytic algae
(v) Wanderplasm
(vi) Cup-shaped chloroplast

(vit) Hormogonia

(b) Fill in the blanks (any five) : (1~5=5)

(1) Bioremediation of soil using Blue Green
algae was studied by

(ii) _mmuww§ is an example of prokaryotic
algae.

(iii) Algal division which do not have any motile

Stages in their life cycle are ___ and

(iv) Multinucleate and multiflagellate zoospores

are called

(v) The term algae was coined by ————

1s

(vi) The reserve food material of red algae

ij reve allus
(vii) Having erect and prostrate system 10 tha

Organization is known aS —————


1525 3

(c) Match the following : (175=5)
(i) Sea lettuce (a) Diatoms
(ii) Rolling alga (b) Sargassum
(11) Laminarin (c) Ulva

(iv) Diatomaceous earth (d) Dunaliella

(v) Halophilic alga (e) Volvox

2. Differentiate between (any three): (5~3=15)
(i) Carposporophyte and tetrasporophyte :
(ii) Cyanophyceae and Chlorophyceae

7 ,
(iii) Unilocular and plurilocular sporangia of ,

Ectocarpus ;

—_—_——
~~

(iv) Zoospore and Aplanospore

(vy) Nucule and Globule

—_ 2

| labelled diagram of any three of the

3 Draw a wel
(5x3=15)

following :

(ij) EM. of Chlamydomonas / Chlorella

(ii) VS Receptacle of Sargassum showing bisexual
conceptacles

(iii) Single trichome of Nostoc
P.T.O.


a , GEa—22 of 2

1828 4

4-

(av) Pennate diatom
(vy) Thallus showing sex organs of Vaucheria

Write short notes of the following (any three) :

3=1

sa"

)

(3%
ai) Asexual reproduction in Volvox
(a) Criteria of classification by Fritsch
(iii) Evolutionary significance of Prochloron
(iv) Chlamydomonas as model system

ignificant contributions of R.N. Singh and

17 4)

iv)

7

{.0.P. Iyengar

(a) What are phycocolloids. Give their economic

importance with suitable examples. (7)

(b) Explain the cell division in Oedogonium. Give av
- . . oweal
account of the special features and sexua:

\
reproduction in Oedogonium. (s

(or)

s ecologica
(8)

Define ocean acidification. Discus

importance of algae.

(1000.


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.| Qo9" ~~

(23) Your Roll Nod.d2-4

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1560 G
Unique Paper Code > 2492012302

Name of the Paper : Bioenergetics (DSC)

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : ll

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

l.

i)

tad

4)

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

There are 6 questions.

™

Attempt any 4 questions, eer <>
¢
All questions carry equal marks. |
~)

Question no. I is compulsory. \a

(a) Explain the following terms :
(i) Iron sulfur Protein
(i) Biochemical Standard tree energy change

(ili) Nernst equation

(iv) Energy charge
P.T.O.


1560 2

(v) Accessory pigments
(vi) GFP
(vii) Uncoupler

(viii) State function

(b) Give the contribution of the following scientists :
(i) Albert L. Lehninger
(ii) Paul Boyer
(iii) Efraim Racker (12,3)

(a) Calculate AG°’ for the reaction A+B C+D
at 25°C when the equilibrium concentrations are
[A] = 10 uM, [B] = 20 uM, [C] = 4 uM, and [D]
= 6 uM. Is the reaction exergonic or endergonic
under standard conditions?

(b) If AH and AS for a reaction are both positive, can
the reaction be spontaneous. If so then under what
conditions?

(c) Phosphocreatine is an energy source in skeletal
muscle during heavy exercise. Explain.

ain,

(d) ATP transfers energy by group transfers. a

“ogenase
(a) The reaction catalyzed by malate dehydroge

is,


1560 3

Malate + NAD* > oxaloacetate + NADH + H’

NAD* + H* +2 e- = NADH g’= -0.315
Oxaloacetate- + 2H’ + 2e- = malate- &’= — 0.166

Calculate AG°’ for the reaction. Is the reaction

Spontaneous?

quinone is a two-electron carrier

(b) Explain how Ubi
electron carrier.

and cytochrome ¢ is a one

Chemiosmotic theory, proposed by

(c) Explain the
proofs in

Peter Mitchel
f this theory.

1. Give two experimental

support 0
(d) Give the role of Brown adipose Tissue in new
born. (4,4,5,2)

f electron transport

schematic diagram 0
electrons

tochondria for transport of 2
gen. Show the complexes

4. (a) Give the
chain in mi

m NADH to Oxy

fro
n translocation

involved in proto
hat is Malate Aspartate shuttle? Give its

(b) W
portance.

functional im

ed diagram of FF )-ATPsynthase.

(c) Draw 4 label
Mention the subunits that are static, subunits that

nd which change conformation.

rotate a
P.T.O.


1560 4

(d) Explain how do the following inhibit ATP synthesis :
(i) Rotenone

(ii) DCCD (4,4,5,2)

5. (a) Calculate the free energy change for moving a
proton from the thylakoid lumen to the stroma when
ApH = 3.4, AY = 0.5, and T = 25°C.

(b) Give a diagrammatic representation of electron
carriers in PSII from Reaction Center to

Plastoquinone.

(c) Compare the cyclic electron transport in Purple
and Green Sulfur photosynthetic bacteria.

(d) Give the role of phycobilisome in red algae.
(4,4,5,2)

6. (a) Explain how firefly Luciferin / Luciferase system
is used for ATP assay.

(b) How are ROS species generated in mitochondria.
Give an account of the ROS scavenging
mechanism present in mitochondria.

(c) Give an account of water splitting complex 'n

5,5,5)
thylakoid membrane. (5,

[R=8.314J/mol.K, F=96,480J/V.mol, ]
(300)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. | 90> > =

(24) Your Roll No.2.

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1598 G

Unique Paper Code : 2492012303

Name of the Paper Membrane Biology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Biochemistry

Semester : Ill

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. There are 6 questions. con Y aos
(e “o
4 "a.
3. Attempt any 4 questions. 3 yan ‘
3 err
S\N

4. All questions carry equal marks. \

5. Question no. J is compulsory.


1598 2

| (a) Justify the following statements (ANY FIVE) ;

(1) Phosphatidylcholine is found predominate}

in outer (extracellular) side of the bilaye

(li) Critical micellar concentration Of toni
detergents decreases with the addition o/

electrolytes.

(iii) Vanadate inhibits P-type ATPases,

(iv) Rate of uncoupling by valinomycin is
temperature dependent whereas gramicidin

is not.

(v) Transport proteins present on the apical
side of membrane cannot diffuse to the
basolateral side of the membrane in the

intestinal epithelial cells.


1898 3

(vi) Halobacterium salinarum can survive under

very high salt concentrations,

(6) Give the contributions of the following scientists
(Any Two):
(i) Peter Agre

(ii) Jens Christian Skou

(iii) A.D. Bangham

(c) Identify the following :

(i) Technique used to determine transition

temperature of membrane

(11) Cardiac glycoside that blocks the Na'-K'

pump.

PTO.


1598 4

qu) A family of proteins which help ial
transportation of glucose across the RBC :

membrane. (10.2.3) —

5

-. (a) How is membrane fluidity affected by the

following?
(i) Change in temperature
(i) Lipid composition

(b) What are lipid anchored membrane proteins”

Explain different types of lipid anchored membrane

Proteins.

(C) Explain the sttucture of acetylcholine receptor

How does the ligand binding open the acetylcholine

receptor
Plor at Neuromuscular Junction?

}

iH



5
1598

d) What do you understand by homeoviscous
(d) V

adaptations? Mention one example. (4,4,5,2)

3. (a) Differentiate between (any two) :

(1) COP I and COP II coated vesicles
(iil) Carrier and Channel forming Ionophores

(iii) Primary active and Secondary active

transport

(b) Diagrammatically represent the architecture of
RBC membrane.
'

(c) Explain the structure of the CFTR protein. What

IS the molecular basis of development of the

disease Cystic Fibrosis?

P.T.O.


1598 6

4. (a) Explain the structure and function of following :

(i) Lipid rafts in membranes

(ii) Potassium ion channels

(b) Explain the structure and mechanism of calcium ©

ATPase present on the plasma membrane.

(c) Explain the TNBS labeling expetiment to

+ ‘demonstrate the flip-flop movement of membrane

lipids.

(d) State the function of the following :
(i) SNARE Proteins

(ii) Flippase (5,4,4,2


1598 7

5. (a) Calculate the free energy change for transporting
4

1 mole of glucose into the cell from blood at 37°C.
{

Given that the concentration of glucose outside
the cell is 10 folds higher than intracellular

concentration. (R=8.314 J/mol.K)

(b) Justify the following statements :

(i) Rate of glucose transport can be compared

with enzyme catalysed reactions.

(ii) Defected aquaporins may lead to diabetes

insipidus.

(c) What is the mechanism of acid secretion in gastric
Cc / -

n? How does cimetidine inhibit the process

Jume

of gastric acid secretion?

(d) Cholestero! plays 4 dual role in maintaining nuidity.

ry the statement. (3,4,5,3)
]

Jusul

P.T.O.


1598 8

6. Write short notes on the following :

(a) FRAP

' e

4
(b) Patch clamp Technique
(c) Receptor Mediated Endocytosis of LDL

(d) Group translocation in bacteria (4,3,4.4

(300)


. —
This question paper contains 8 printed pages. JRO pe

(25) Your Roll Nord

sr. No. of Question Paper: 1641 G
Jnique Paper Code : 2493012003

Name of the Paper : DSE- Microbiology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : Iii

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

AAU S>s
v vans “< »
2. There are 6 questions. he? o
3. Attempt any 4 questions. \a ul |
| Kc
4. All questions carry equal marks, Sp wae

Question no. 1 is compulsory,

P.T.O.


1641 2

1. (a) Choose the correct option :

(i) The acellular entity which causes the

Creutzfeldt Jacob disease is

—————<< +

(ii) The scientist who helped in introducing the
use of agar for the first time in the

microbiology laboratory is

(iii) The process by which one bacterium
transfers genetic material to another

through direct contact is called

(iv) ____- cannot be. sterilized by

autoclaving.

be

(b) Give reason for the following :

(i) 75% ethanol is preferred over absolute

ethanol for sterilization.



1641 3
(1) Gelatin is not a preferred solidifying agent

for culture medium.

(iii) D- amino acids are present in the cell wall

of bacteria.

(iv) Mannitol Salt agar is both selective and

differential media.

(c) Define Gut Microbiome. Discuss its role in human

health. (4,8,3)

2. (a) Define generation time and the mean growth rate

constant. Calculate the mean growth rate constant

and generation time of a culture that increases in

the exponential phase from 5x10 to 1x108 in 12

hours.

P.1T.O.


1641 4

(b) Briefly describe the role of following environmental

factors on the growth of micro-organism (give

appropriate examples wherever applicable) -

(1) Temperature
(ii) Oxygen concentration
(iii) Water Activity
(iv) pH
(c) Discuss the contribution of following scientists -
(i) Elie Metchnikoff
(ii) Sergei Winogradsky

(iii) Charles Chamberland (4,8,3)


1641 8

(a) Differentiate between the following

4) Gram-positive and Gram-negative cell

wall

(ii) Continuous and Discontinuous culture
(111) Bacterial Transformation and Transduction

(b) Compare and contrast between Viruses and

Viroids.

(c) What advantages does microbial growth confer to

the soil? (9,3,3)

(a) Discuss with the help of a suitable diagram
flowchart all the steps involved in the production

oft beer

P.T.O.


1641 6
(b) Compare and contrast the characteristic features

between eubacteria and archaebacteria.

(c) What is gene mapping and its significance?

(7,5,3)

(a) What is the Germ Theory of Diseases? How was

it proved experimentally?

(b) Discuss general characteristic features of the

following microorganisms by giving suitable

example:
(i) Algae

(ii) Protozoa


1641 7

>

(c) What do you understand by a ‘Pure Culture’:
Explain with the help of a diagram, any one method
of obtaining a pure culture. (5.6.4)
6. (a) Define the following :
(i) Bioremediation
(ii) F factor

(iii) Biochemical Oxygen Demand

(b) Write short notes on:

(i) Physical methods of microbial control

(ii) Nutritional types of micro-organisms

P.T.O.


1641 8

(c) Describe Briefly the Primary, Secondary and
Tertiary Wastewater Treatment processes.

(3,6,6)

(300)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. | J ?

(26) Your Roll No. 2A

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4339 G
Unique Paper Code : 32491301
Name of the Paper - Metabolism of Carbohydrates

and Lipids

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Biochemistry
(CBCS)

Semester : Ill

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

nstructions for Candidates

Instructions for Candidates

1.

to

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

pn

1 7 \ a —,

There are 8 questions. sow aS

. r a
Attempt any 5 questions. ‘3 Sh

iL ; ps
All questions carry equal marks\3 wes
a
Question no. 1 is compulsory. \e x
Noes @ z4 XN ~w
et

(a) Comment on the following :

(i) Glucose-6- phosphate is not administered
intravenously

P.T.O.


4339 2

(ii) High NADPH/NADP ratio decreases the
rate of pentose phosphate pathway

(iii) Fatty acids cannot cross mitochondrial
membrane to carry out beta oxidation in
mitochondrial matrix

(iv) Fructose 2.6 bisphosphate is a potent
activator of glycolysis

(v

—

Water soluble vitamins play a crucial role

in the citric acid cycle

(v1) Bile helps in digestion and absorption of
lipids

(b) Identify the defective enzyme in the following
disorders

(1) Gaucher's disease
(1) MC Ardles syndrome

(ui) Galactosemia (12,3)

Differentiate between :

(a) Substrate level Phosphorylation and oxidative
Phosphorylation

(b) Glycogen synthesis and Glycogen breakdown


4339 3

(c) Malate Aspartate shuttle and Glycerol 3 phosphate
shuttle (5,5,5)

3. Give the following conversions with enzymes involved
in:

(a) Acetyl CoA to Mevalonate
(b) Galactose to glucose-6- phosphate
(c) Glucose to ribose 5 phosphate

(d) Glycerol-3-phosphate to phosphatidic acid

4. (a) Explain bypass reactions of gluconoegenesis.
(b) How does mannose enter glycolytic pathway?

(c) What do you understand by anaplerotic reactions
of TCA Cycle? Give examples. (5,5,5)

5. Explain the following :

(a) Reciprocal regulation of gluconeogenesis and
glycolysis with specific reference to Glucokinase,
pFK I and PFK II.

(b) Oxidation of odd chain fatty acids leads to net
synthesis of oxaloacetate.

P.T.O.


4339 4
(c) Regulation of Rubisco enzyme.
(d) Liver glycogen contribute to blood glucose but not

muscle glycogen (6,3,3,3)

6. (a) Give the total number of ATP produced in the
complete oxidation of Palmitic acid with reactions

involved.
(b) Give synthesis of triacylglycerol from glycerol.

(c) Explain Pasteur Effect (7,5,3)

7. (a) Explain digestion and absorption of lipids.

(b) Describe the regulation of fatty acid oxidation by
malonyl CoA.

(c) Carnitine plays an important role in fatty acid
oxidation. Discuss. (5,5,5)

Write short notes on:

(a) Pyruvate Dehydrogenase Complex
(b) Starve Feed Cycle

(c) Ketone bodies

(d) CAM plants (4,4,4,3)

(200)


‘+

; a wy 7 cRn ted ay 97, <y
Ths queshom paper contains & printec Pages | c

(27 Your Roll No.2.024
Sr. Ne. of Question Paper: 4393 G

Laigue Paper Code > 32491302
Membrane Biology and
Bioenergetics

Name of the Course B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry

‘fi

emester : Il

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates
tons tor Candidates

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

~

erate - \
5 — as ~
-- There are 8 questions. ‘s ; :
to,
y a \<
i ' CARAS
; ny 5 questions. V3 ra \>
°- Attempt an} :
cs. G
: arKs. NY
+. All questions CaIry equal m i ..
Isory.
J is compu
- O
>. Question 8
-giculators are allowed.
alc
6. Simple ¢

P.T.O.


4393 2

1.

Explain the following terms :

(a) Energy charge of the cell

(b) Hills reaction

(c) Phycobilisomes

(d) Critical packing parameter

(e) Polarized cells

(f) Antenna pigments

(g) Cystic fibrosis

(h) Proton motive force

(i) CMC

(j) BAT (1.5*10)


4393 3

2. Give an experimental proof of the following :
(a) Bilayer structure of membranes.

(b) Membrane fluidity

(c) Singer and Nicolson mosaic model of

membranes.

(d) Transbilayer movement of membrane

molecules (4,3,4,4)

(a) Consider the following interconversion, which
occurs in glycolysis

Fructose 6-phosphate = glucose 6-phosphate K’ eq

= 1.97

What is AG’° for the reaction (K’eq measured at

25°C)?

P.T.O.


4393 4

If the concentration of fructose 6-phosphate is
adjusted to 1.5 M and that of glucose 6-phosphate

is adjusted to 0.50 M, what is AG‘

(R = 8.314J/mol.K)

(b) Electron transfer in the mitochondrial respiratory

chain may be represented by :
NADH + H* + 1/20, = H,O + NAD'

(i) Calculate AE®° for the net reaction of

electron transfer

(ii) Calculate AG° for the net reaction of

electron transfer

(iii) How many ATP can be theoretically be
generated by this reaction if free energy
of ATP synthesis under cellular conditions

is 52 KJ/mol.


4393 S

A E°' NAD/NADH = -0,320V
A E°' 0,/H,0 = 0.820V

(F = 96.5KJ/V.mol)

(c) Give the basis of high energy of hydrolysis of the

following molecules :
(i) ATP

(ii) Phosphoenol pyruvate (5,6,4)

4. (a) State the chemiosmotic theory. Give an

experimental proof validating the theory.

(b) Give the binding change mechanism of

ATP synthesis catalyzed by F\F,ATP synthase.

P.T.O,


4393 6
(c) Calculate the proton motive force generated across
the inner mitochondrial membrane per pair of
electrons transferred through the respiratory chain
from NADH to O,. Assume Ay is 0.15V and pH

difference is 0.3 units. (6,5,4)

[R = 8.314J/mol.K, F = 96,480J/V.mol]

5. Differentiate between the following :
(a) PSI and PSII
(b) Cyclic and non-cyclic photophosphorylation

(c) Flippases and Floppases (6,5,4)

6. Explain the mechanism of the following membrane

transporters :

(a) Phospho transferase system


4393

(b) Aquaporins

(c) Na” K* ATPase (5.5.5)

7. (a) Mention the site and mechanism of action of the

following Inhibitors -
(i) Cyanide
(ii) DCMU
(iii) Oligomycin
(iv) Antimycin A

(b) What are the different mechanisms to scavenge

reactive oxygen Species in mitochondria.

(c) Explain the Malate aspartate shuttle. (8,4,3)

8. Write short notes on the following :

(a) Lipid rafts

P.T.O.


4393

(b) Porins
(c) RBC membrane

(d) Ionophores (4,4,4,3)

(200)

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2994

Unique Paper Code : 32491402

Name of the Paper : Gene Organization, Replication
and Repair

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry

Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. There are 8 questions.

3. Attempt any 5 questions.

4. All questions carry equal marks.
5. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Justify the following statements :

(i) The melting curve of the DNA increases by
increase in ionic strength of the solution.

(i) Transposition causes rearrangement of
segments of DNA.

(iii) Ames test is called reversal of mutation.

P.T.O.


2994 :

(iv) There is inverse correlation between or

1 , Zanic
complexity and gene density, Zanisn

(v) DNA replication is coupled to P¥Tophosphas.
hydrolysis. 7
(b) Define the following :
(i) Chi sequences
(ii) Processivity
(iii) SSB proteins
(iv) Topoisomers

(v) Primase . (10,5)

2. Differentiate between the following :

(i) Nucleotide Excision Repair and Base Excision
Repair.

(i) DNA Pol I and DNA Pol III.

(iii) Topoisomerase Type I and Topoisomerase Typé
Il.

(iv) Centromere and Teleomere.

(v) Poly A retrotransposons and virus like retrotranspo
(3%>

. srcular
(a) Telomerases are not required for cure

a ecde
chromosome replication however they are ?
for linear chromosomes, why?


2994 3

(b) Mention various factors that stabilize the structure
of DNA.

(c) How the DNA repair machinery ensures that the
error correction is done on the newly made strand

not on the parental strand during repair of
replication errors.

(d) Water is an important component of DNA structure
yet it can cause damage to DNA. Explain.

4. (a) Explain the mechanism of translesion synthesis
during DNA damage.

(b) Comment on various enzymes/proteins required for
DNA replication in prokaryotes.

(c) What does superhelical density means biologically?
(55753)

(a) Explain the mechanism which ensures that DNA
is replicated only once per cell cycle in eukaryotes.

(b) What is the need for packaging of DNA into the
chromosomes? Describe the condensation of DNA
at “beads on string” level.

(c) How is the Holliday junctions resolved in
prokaryotes? Explain diagrammatically. (5.5.5)

P.T.O.


2994 4

(a) What would be the consequences, if Uracil was ,

natural base in place of Thymine in DNA?

(b) What would be the change in absorbance at 260
nm when DNA is heated? Explain.

(c) Compare A, B and Z forms of DNA.

(d) What is a replicator? Explain its importance in
initiation of replication by giving examples.
| (3,3,4,5)

7. (a) Give the mechanism of action of following chemical
compounds and their use in medicine.
(i) Novabiocin
(ii) Cisplatin
(111) Azidothymidine
(iv) 6 mercaptopurine
(v) Acyclovir

(b) Write down the steps of DNA processing by Rec
BCD enzymes. (10,5)

8. Write short notes on the following : (3,4,4,4)
(i) Serine recombinase
(ii) Polymerase Switching in eukaryotes
(iii) Direct reversal of mutation

(iv) Mechanism of transposition
(200)


This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

Your Roll No. $e

cr. No. of Question Paper: 3105

Unique Paper Code of 32491403

Name of the Paper : Metabolism of amino acids and
nucleotides

Name of the Course _ ! B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry

Semester | : IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

- Instructions for Candidates
sistructions tor Candidates

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. There are eight questions.
5, Attempt any five questions.
4.

All duestions carry equal marks.

Question no. 1 is compulsory.


3105

(a) Explain the following statements

2

(Any Five).

(i) Purine biosynthesis is impaired in Vitamin 1,

(11)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

deficiency.

‘pinine 18 essential in childre |
Arg Idren but not 7
adults.

Orotic aciduria is treated by feeding uridine

to patients.

Individuals with a genetic defect in
phenylalanine hydroxylase require tyrosine in

their diet for normal growth.

Serine is synthesized from glycolytic

intermediates.

Isoleucine is both glucogenic and ketogen'«

amino acid.

(b) Write the metabolic reactions inhibited by ™

following inhibitors :

(1)

5-fluorouracil


3105 3

(ii) Allopurinol
(ii) Trimethoprim

(c) Write the scientific contributions of the following

(Any Two):
(i) John Buchanan
(ii) Archibald Garrod

(iii) G Elion & G Hitchings (10,3,2)

2. (a) Differentiate between:
(i) Transamination and oxidative deamination
(ii) Carbamoyl phosphate synthetase I and Il

(iii) De novo synthesis of purine and pyrimidine

nucleotides

(b) Why patients of phenylketonuria are not advised

to take artificial sweeteners?


3105 4

(c) Write down the common reactions and enzymes
associated with the breakdown of branched chain
amino acids. Name the metabolic disorder. causeg
by the genetic deficiency of branch chain keto

acid dehydrogenase complex. (9,2,4)

3. (a) Explain why :

(i) Plants do not possess 6-amino levulinic acid
synthetase activity yet they require porphyrins
for the synthesis of chlorophyll and other

tetrapyrroles.

(ii) dATP at low concentration is an activator of
ribonucleotide reductase whereas at higher

concentration it inhibits its activity.

(b) Regulation of glutamine synthetase is the primary
point in bacterial nitrogen metabolism. Elaborate

on the regulation of Glutamine synthetase in £.

coli.


| . 5

resulting when each of the following amino acids

draw the structure of alpha-keto acids

undergoes transamination :

(i) Aspartate

(i1) Phenylalanine

(ili) Arginine

(4,7,4)

(iv) Glutamate

(a) What are different pathways for the breakdown
| and synthesis of glycine? Explain the protein
| components of glycine cleavage system and
| elaborate on the function of each these proteins

of glycine cleavage system.

(b) Name the enzymes which are the part of a single
trifunctional protein in pyrimidine biosynthesis and

Outline the reactions catalysed by them.

(c) Discuss the gamma-glutamyl cycle and write about

is physiological significance. (7,3,9)

P.T.O.


3105 6

5. (a) Explain the biochemical basis and sym,
- 7™Ptomi

the following metabolic disorders -
(i) Hartnup’s disease
(ii) Alkaptonuria
(iii) Hyperammonemia/Hyperinsulinemia (HA
(iv) SCID

(b) Explain the urea cycle with reactions inyolyeg

discuss its physiological significance.

(c) What is FIGLU excretion test? How «

performed? (8.

6. (a) Write down the steps for the following met?

conversions :

(1) Inosine to uric acid

(ii) S-adenosy] Homocysteine to cystein®
(iii) Homogentisate to Fumarate

(iv) Glutamate to proline


3105 ’
(b) Explain the regulation of biosynthesis of

deoxyribonucleotides from ribonucleotides

(c) L-asparaginase is an effective chemotherapeutic

agent. Justify. (8,5,2)

- (a) Explain the following with reactions :
(i) Krebs bicycle
(ii) Activated methyl cycle

(b) Discuss three major biosynthetic reactions which

utilize PRPP.

(c) Explain why many patients with glucose
6- phosphatase deficiency have high serum levels

of uric acid. (8,3,4)

’. (a) Elaborate on the mechanism of nitrogen fixation.
Why do nitrogen fixing bacteria use a large amount

of ATP to fix nitrogen? How do anammox bacteria

Contribute to nitrogen cycle?


3105 8

(b) Explain the regulation of heme biosynthesis

(c) Why are alanine and glutamine present in m h
uc

higher concentrations in plasm
a 7 a than any other

amino acids?
(8,4,3)


[This question paper containg 4 Printed pag

(omonin
Your Roll yy . #
Sr. No. of Question Paper ; 4959 5 W4kyo
A
Unique Paper Code | 249201249) 3

OA

“Soy mr,
Metabolism of Amino Acids
and Nucleotides

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course B.Sc, (Hons.) Biochemistry

Semester : IV

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates
ee )

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
There are six questions.
Attempt any four questions.

All questions Carry equal marks.

A FF WwW LY

Question no. 1 is compulsory.

(a) Explain the following :

inine are essential in
(i) Cysteine and arginine are essentia
children but not in adults. ;

P.T.O.



4052 2

(ii) L-asparaginase is an

effective
chemotherapeutic agent.

(iii) S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) has a highe;
methyl group transfer potential than N3.
methyl tetra hydro folate.

(iv) Branch chain. amino acid metabolism js
affected by Vitamin 12 deficiency.

(v) dATP is toxic to mammalian cells.
(b) Write the mode of action of the following inhibitors
(Any three):
(i) 6-Mercaptopurine
(ii) 5-fluorouracil
(iii) Methotrexate
(iv) Allopurinol
(c) Give one significant contribution ofthe following
scientists (Any two):
(i) John Buchanan
(ii) P. Reichard
(iii) A. Foiling (10,3,2)

2. (a) Explain the mechanism of transamination reaction

with the help of one example.


4052 3

(b) Draw Gamma-glutamyl cycle and explain its
physiological significance.

(c) Explain the biochemical basis and symptoms of
the following metabolic disorders (any three) :
(i) Maple syrup urine disease
(ii) Orotic aciduria

(iii) Homocystinuria

(iv) SCID | (4,5,6)

9

(a) Differentiate between the following :
(i) Transamination and oxidative deamination

(ii) Carbamoyl phosphate synthetase I and II

(b) What are the different pathways for the break
down and synthesis of glycine? Describe the

function of each protein of glycine cleavage
system.

(c) What is FIGLU test? How is it performed?

(6,6,3).
4,
(a) How is nitrogen from the biosphere assimilated
into biomolecules?


4052 4

(b) Explain the regulation of biosynthesis of
deoxyribonucleotides.

(c) Write a short note on activated methyl cycle.
(5,5,5)

5. (a) Explain the regulation of Glutamine synthetase by
covalent modification.

(b) Write the role of pyridoxal phosphate in amino
acid metabolism.

(c) Explain urea cycle and discuss its physiological
significance. (5,5,5)

(a) Explain Glucose-Alanine cycle. What is its
Significance in cellular metabolism?

(b) Write the Steps to accomplish the following
conversion :

(i) (UMP to dTTP
(ii) Phenylalanine to Homogentisate
(iii) Tryptophan to NAD

(iv) Arginine to creatine


sr. No. of Question Paper: 4090

Unique Paper Code > 2492012402

Name of the Paper : Hormones: Biochemistry and
Function

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry

Semester : IV

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

There are six questions.
Attempt any 4 questions.
All questions carry equal marks.

Question no. 1 is compulsory.

(a) Justify the following statements (any 6) :
(i) Thyroxine is called a permissive hormone.
(ii) POMC is a prohormone.

P.T.O.


4090 2

(iii) Somatomedins have a role in bone growth

(iv) Beta-blockers are administered to Cardiac
patients.

(v) Cholecalciferol plays a dual role in
physiology.

(vi) Hyperglycemia is not a confirmatory
symptom of diabetes mellitus.

(vil) Oral contraceptive pills contain synthetic

estrogen & progesterone like steroids.

(b) Define the following (any 3):
(i) Incretins
(11) Paracrine
(iii) Synergestic effect
(iv) Tropic hormone (12,3)
2. (a) Explain the role of oxytocin, estrogen &
progestrone during parturition?

iC
(b) Draw a well labeled diagram of hypothalam!
hypophyseal portal system.


4090 °

(c) What are the consequences of increased growth

hormone secretion? . (6,4,5)

3 (a) Describe the effect of epinephrine and cortisol in

stress.

(b) Discuss the pathophysiology associated with

hypersecretion of adrenocortical hormones.

(c) Differentiate between diabetes insipidus and

diabetes mellitus. (6,4,5)

4. (a) Describe the role of insulin in regulating the fuel

metabolism.

(b) Discuss the role of calcitonin and PTH in

maintaining calcium homeostasis.

(c) Explain why TSH levels are low in Grave’s disease

and high in Hashimoto’s thyroditis? (6,5,4)

>. (a) Discuss the interplay of hormones in the follicular

and luteal phases of the ovarian cycle.

(b) Explain the direct and indirect effects of growth
hormone.


4090 4

(c) With example explain the long loop and short loop

feedback regulatory mechanisms of hormone
secretion. (6,5,4)
6. Write short notes on the following :
(i) Biochemical action of thyroxine
(ii) Renin-Angiotensin system

(iii) Secretin family hormones (5x3)


sr. No. of Question Paper : 4128

Unique Paper Code : 2492012403

Name of the Paper Gene Organization, Replication

and Repair

Name of the Course | : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : IV
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. There are six questions.
3. Attempt any 4 questions.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Name the prokaryotic protein and its eukaryotic
counterpart with the following function in DNA

replication and repair:

(i) Primer synthesis

P.T.O.


4128 2

(ii) Leading strand synthesis
(iii) Mismatch repair
(iv) DNA unwinding

(v) Lagging strand synthesis

(b) State True or False and explain:

(i) Eukaryotic chromosomes have multiple

origins of replication.

(ii) Transposition is also termed as illegitimate

recombination.

(iii) Sliding clamp increases DNA polymerase
processivity.

(iv) Microsatellites are mutational host spots

that can serve as biomarkers for diseases.
(v) Linking number of an unwound DNA

molecule equals to Twist. (5,10)

2. (a) Differentiate between the following :

(1) Topoisomerase I and Topoisomerase Il
(11) Replicative and Non-replicative Transposition

(ii) Z-DNA and A-DNA


4128 3
(iv) Translesion Repair and NHEJ
(v) Serine and Tyrosine recombinase
(b) Briefly explain the following terms :
(i) Okazaki Fragments
(ii) Hypochromicity
(iii) Superhelical density
(iv) Replicator

(v) Cooperative binding (10,5)

3. (a) With the help of a diagram, explain how mismatch

repair removes errors that escape proofreading.

(b) Explain how eukaryotic chromosomes are

replicated exactly once per cell cycle.

(c) What is the end-replication problem and how is it
solved? (5,4,6)

4. (a) Briefly describe the features of B form of DNA

structure and explain the forces that contribute to
its stability.

(b) Explain how the following chemicals or conditions
Cause mutations?

(ij) 5-Bromouracil

P.T.O.


4128 4
(ii) Exposure to UV radiations
(111) Deamination of 5-methyl Cytosine
(iv) Depurination of Guanine
(v) Ethidium bromide

(c) Diagrammatically explain the key steps of

Homologous recombination. (5,5,5)

5. (a) What is a Replisome? Explain the sequence of
events that take place at the replication fork in an
E. coli cell that allow DNA to replicate.

(b) With the help of a diagram, explain the principle
behind Ames Test.

(c) Explain two mechanisms of direct repair of DNA.
(6.4.5)
6. Write short notes on the following :
(a) Polymerase switching
(b) Xeroderma pigmentosum
(c) DNA Glycosylases
(d) Positive and Negative supercoiling of DNA

ie 424.4)
(e) Inhibitors of DNA replication (2,2.


NS! oe ws h6mF

/
i ins 4 printed pages. | _
[This question paper contains p ee

Your Roll NB-...c-ceererre’ Pp

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4170

Unique Paper Code 2493012005 %,

7// x»)
/ At
“~% Now 0%

Name of the Paper - DSE Nutritional Bioch ry
Name of the Course - B.Sc. (H) Biochemistry
Semester : IV

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

There are 6 questions.
Attempt any four questions.

Q1 is compulsory.

wn & WwW Ww

All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) Define
(i) SDA
(ii) BMI
(ii) PEM
(iv) RDA


4179
(vy) SCFA
(b) Comment on the following (any 5)
(i) The active form of vitamin D act.

as a
hormone

(ii) The respiratory quotient of fats js lowe
‘ r

than that of carbohydrates

(iii) Hypomagnesia can cause neuromuscular

irritability and changes in a normal ECG

(iv) Chronic alcoholics are more prone to

thiamine deficiency
(v) Newborns are often deficient in vitamin K
(vi) Leafy vegetables inhibit calcium absorption

(vii) PUFAs exhibit an anti-atherogenic effect
(5,10)

2. (a) Elaborate on the various classes of dietary fiber
and explain the advantages and disadvantages ot

including too much or too little fiber in the dict

(b) Explain amino acid antagonism with examples
ther folic
(c) Megaloblastic anaemia is caused by cite! ihe
; . i » 1S
acid or Vitamin B12 deficiency: —" ficie™
. . -¢ + Ae
differential diagnosis done to identify the 539

micronutrient?


4170
(a) whi

amino
used to assess
ongst them is most preferred.

are essential and conditionally essential
acids? Discuss the various nutritional indices

the quality of dietary proteins and

which am

(b) Define glycemic index and glycemic load. Explain
why though watermelon and doughnut both are
high glycemic index foods (GI of watermelon: 80;
GI of doughnut: 75); consumption of 25 g of both
leads to a varied glycemic load in the body.

(c) Write a short note on how calcium is involved in
bone mineralization and the various bone metabolic
disorders. (5,5,5)

4. (a) What do you understand by essential fatty acids?
Mention their sources and their physiological role.

(b) A 3-year-old boy was presented with dry flaky
skin, mild pitting edema in both legs, cheliosis,
Pale and easily pluckable hair. The mother
complained that the child frequently suffered from
“te Watiins Biochemical examination revealed
reduces a levels of 1.2 g/dl and markedly
Dietary han levels of the essential amino acids.
just rice-wate, revealed that the child was fed
the biochens Diagnose the condition and explain
supees nonical basis of the symptoms. Also

ment of the disease.

P.T.O.


4
4170

(c) Elaborate the role of vitamin A in Wald’. Visual
c) Ele <

cycle. (5,5,5)

(a) A 54-year-old male was admitted with moderate
cognitive impairment and diarrhoea. His vital Signs
were normal and there were no abnormalities j,
electrolytes and blood counts. He had Prominent
pigmentation around the neck. He was given
antipsychotics but without any improvement. In
fact, after three days, his diarrhoea worsened and
he became more mentally unstable. Give reasoning
for the symptoms, diagnose the condition and
suggest a probable treatment approach.

(b) Discuss the biological role of selenium and
physiological manifestations of its deficiency. How
is selenium related to vitamin E?

(c) What is BMR? Discuss the factors affecting it.
(5,5,5)

(a) What is meant by Specific Dynamic Action of
food? How does it vary for the various
macronutrients?

(6) Differentiate between Wilson’s disease and
Menke’s disease.

. 9Y

(C) What is the RDA of Vitamin C? Describe |

important functions of vitamin C with bie
explanation. (5,5,

(200)

[This question paper contains 12 printed pages. ]

3) Your Roll no. 20H

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4321 G
Unique Paper Code : 32491501

Name of the Paper : Concepts in Genetics

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry

(CBCS-LOCF)

Semester : V
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75
Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
s gaond “ ;

: f Qc

2. There are 8 questions. i ae

3. Attempt any 5 questions. a Lis RAKY ,
. 4%

4. All questions carry equal marks. \ ty

5. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

6. The use of simple calculator is allowed.

P.T.O.


4321 2

1. (a) Give a term that best describes the following :

(i) Phenotype of heterozygote is intermediate
between the phenotypes of the two

homozygotes.

(ii) An autosomal trait expressed in one gender

only.

(iii) A cross between an F1 individual and one
of the parental homozygous recessive

genotype.

(iv) Mode of inheritance observed in LHON

disease.

(¥)’Non-coding RNA involved in dosage

compensation in mammals.

(vi) The region of homology between X and Y

chromosome.


4321 3

(b) Comment on the following :

(i) In the experiments conducted by Carl
Correns on Mirabilis jalapa, the
variegated branch produces progeny with

three different phenotypes.

(ii) Incomplete penetrance can lead to
confusing transmission patterns in pedigree

analysis.

(iii) Rare male calico cats are the feline

equivalent of Kleinfelter’s syndrome.

(c) Discuss the application of the following in genetics :
(i) Molecular clock
(ii) LOD score

(iii) Karyotyping (6,6,3)

P.T.O.


4321 4

2. Differentiate between the following (any five) :
(a) Allopatric and sympatric speciation

(b) Specialized transduction and _ generalized

transduction

(c) Maternal effect and maternal inheritance
(d) Genetic map and physical map

(e) Translocation and inversion of chromosome

segments

(f) Broad sense and narrow sense heritability

(3x5)

3. (a) Aryan is colour blind. Both his parents have normal
vision. His maternal grandfather is colour-blind,
while both his paternal grandparents have normal
colour vision. Aryan has three elder sisters Gita,
Reeta, and Meeta (in the given order). All three

sisters have normal colour vision. Aryan’s oldest


4321 5

sister, Geeta is married to a man with normal
colour vision; they have two children, a 10-year-
old colour-blind boy and a 6-year-old girl with

normal colour vision.

(i) Using standard symbols and labels, draw a

pedigree of Aryan’s family.

(ii) What is the most likely mode of inheritance
for colour blindness in Aryan’s family?

Justify your answer.

(iii) If Geeta and her husband have another
child, what is the probability that the child

will be a colour-blind boy?

(b) In four Hfr strains of bacteria, all derived from an
original F* culture grown over several months, a
group of hypothetical genes was studied and shown
to be transferred in the order shown in the

following table.

P.T.O.


4321 6

Hfr Strain Order of Gene Transfer
1 ERIUMB
2 UMBACT
3 CTERIU
4 RETCAB

(i) Assuming that B is the first gene along the
chromosome, determine the sequence of all

genes shown.

(ii) One strain creates an apparent dilemma.
Which one is it? Explain why the dilemma

is only apparent, not real.

(c) Explain how in a heterozygous individual, a single
’ ; : . . : > )
crossover within a pericentric inversion leads '
: . scation
abnormal gametes. Briefly explain how duplicat

may lead to the evolution of new genes.
(6.4.5)


4321 7

3. (a) The following genotypes were crossed :
Aa Bb Cc dd Ee x Aa bb Cc Dad Ee.

What will be the proportion of the following

genotypes among the progeny of this cross?
(i) Aa Bb Cc Dd Ee
(ii) Aa bb Cc dd ee
(iii) aa bb cc dd ee

(iv) AA BB CC DD EE

(b) What do you understand by trinucleotide

expansion? How is it responsible for genetic

anticipation? Explain with the help of a suitable

example.

(c) Waxy endosperm (wx), shrunken endosperm (sh),

and yellow seedling (v) are encoded by three

recessive genes in corn that are linked on

P.T.O.


4321

8

chromosome 5. A corn plant homozygous for al]
three recessive alleles is crossed with a plant
homozygous for all the dominant alleles The
resulting F, are then crossed with a Plant
homozygous for the recessive alleles in a three-

point testcross. The progeny of the testcross

are:

Wx sh V 87
Wx Sh v 94
Wx Sh V 3,479
wx sh Vv. 3478
Wx sh V 1,515
wx Sh v 1531
wx Sh V 292
Wx sh v 280

Total 10,756


4321 9

(i) Determine the order of these genes on the

chromosome.

(ii) Calculate the map distances between the

genes.

(iii) Determine the coefficient of coincidence

and the interference among these genes.

(iv) What does the interference tell us about

the effect of one crossover on another?
(4,4,7)

4. (a) With the help of suitable examples, explain the

ar basis which gives rise

d 15:1.

phenomenon and molecul

to the phenotypic ratio of 12:3:1 an

(b) State the Hardy Weinberg law. Calculate allelic,

genotypic and phenotypic frequencies in a
population of 30,000 individuals in which 65

individuals are diagnosed positive for autosomal

recessive disorder.

P.T.O.


10

4321
(ce) Explain how Benzer used the complementation tes:

to determine the structure of rll locus of T
(O.4.5

bactenophage.

(a) What do you mean by complementation test? The
dominant mutation Plum in the fruit fly causes
brownish-purple eyes. Is it possible to determine
by complementation test whether Plum is an allele

of the drown or purple genes? Justuty your

swer.

i

(b) Explain the underlying mechanism during
development, which leads to the differentiation ot

Drosophila embryo into anterior-posterior anc

Gorsal-ventral axes.

(c) What will be the result of the following conjugate

between cells with different F-factors :
i) F7 x F-
(uu) F’ x F

(ai) Hfr x F-



4321 11

6. (a) Species A has 2n = 14 and species B has 2n = 20.
Give all possible chromosome numbers that may

be found in the following individuals.
(i) An autotriploid of species A
(ii) An autotetraploid of species B

(ui) An allotriploid formed from species A and

species B

(b) Phenylketonuria, a metabolic disease in humans.
is caused by a recessive allele, k. If two
heterozygous carriers of the allele marry and plan

a family of five children :

(i) What is the chance that four children will
be unaffected and one affected with

phenylketonuria?
(ii) What is the chance that the first child will

be an unaffected girl?

(c) Explain the molecular mechanism of dosage
compensation in humans and compare it with that

of the fruit fly.

P.T.O.


4321 12

A normal female has an inactivated X chromosome
as Barr body. However, if she does not have both
X chromosomes, she exhibits a genetic disorder

Explain. (3.4.8)
7. Write short notes on the following (any five) :
(a) Neutral theory of evolution
(b) Quantitative Trait Loci and their identification
(c) Robertsonian Translocation
(d) Mechanisms of genetic transfer in bacteria
(e) Genetic markers

(f) Homeotic genes of Arabidopsis

(g) Somatic hybridization (35)

(200)


Se ,,,,,,,,  ——————————_—_———
CE

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

(14) Your Roll No.20.2.4

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4375 G

Unique Paper Code : 32491502

Name of the Paper : Gene Expression and Regulation
(Core)

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry

Semester : Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates
sseeettions jor Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

. paOnT
2. There are eight questions. OS <e\
ag
tf
3. Attempt any five questions. cf fa |= Ww X,
|, LIBRARY 7
4. All questions Carry equal marks. ‘% .*

5. Question no. 1 is compulsory. & - ne

(a) Explain the following :

(i) In prokaryotes the ribosome is able to

differentiate between internal and initiator
methionine.

(ii) The eukaryotic mRNAs are more stable
than prokaryotic mRNAs.

P.T.O.

P.T.O.


4375 2

(iii) Peptide bond formation takes place without
ATP hydrolysis.

(iv) Sigma factor is not associated with the
elongating RNA polymerase.

(v) Genetic code is universal and degenerate.
(b) Define the following terms :
(i) Promoter “a
(ii) Abortive initiation 7
(i111) Enhancer a
(iv) Polyribosome 4

(v) Operon 7 (10,5)

2. (a) Describe the activity of lac operon in each of the
folloWing cases :

(1) Both lactose and glucose are present
(11) Glucose is present, lactose is absent
(ii) Both lactose and glucose are absent

(iv) Lactose is present, glucose is absent

(b) Describe how the enzyme poly A polymerase is.

different from RNA polymerase. | ‘

(c) Explain the role of transcription factors TFIID and
TFIIH in transcription. (8,3,4)


4375 3
&X (a) Give the mode of action of the following :
(i) Cordycepin
(ii) Actinomycin D
(iii) Rifampicin
(iv) Puromycin
(v) Cycloheximide

(b) Discuss the mechanism of alternate splicing with
the help of a suitable example. (10,5)

oa (a) Describe the salient features of a prokaryotic
promoter. Compare with the promoter elements of
a eukaryotic promoter.

_{b) Describe how the initiation of translation takes

place in eukaryotes.

(c) Write the sequence of the coding strand and non-
coding strand of DNA for the following mRNA
molecule :

5’AAGCUUUAACCCAUUGG3' (6,6,3)

-~ Differentiate between the following :
(4) Group | and Group II self-splicing introns
(b) Class I and Class If aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases

P.T.O.

P.T.O.


4375 4
(c) Activator and repressor (5.5.5)
6. (a) Discuss the process of polyadenylation and capping
of mRNAs in eukaryotes.

(b) Explain the elongation phase of translation with
the help of a diagram.

(c) Explain the regulation of expression of gal genes
in yeast. (6,5,4)
7. (a) What are the salient features of genetic code.

(b) Describe the technique used to identify sequences
on DNA that binds RNA polymerase.

(c) Explain the autoregulation of ribosomal protein

synthesis. (5,5,5)

7a Write short notes on the following (any 3):
(a) DNA binding domains

(b) Assembly of spliceosome

(c) Attenuation

(d) Riboswitches (5,59)

(200)


Gs)

[This question paper contains & printed pages. |

seb edwoere

™ <
Your Roll No. tox |

A

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4420 ia _ G

Unique Paper Code : 32497901 ‘S,,

Name of the Paper : NUTRITIONAL
BIOCHEMISTRY

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry

Semester : V (LOCF)

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

eet ON AOI ates

i)

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Attempt five questions in all, including Question

No. I which is compulsory.

All questions Carry equal marks.

P.T.O.


4420 2

1. (a) Name the following (Any five) :
(i) Reference protein
(ii) A tripeptide with antioxidant activity
(iii) An incretin
(iv) Essential fatty acid
(v) An antagonist of Vitamin K
(vi) Transport protein for retinoids

(vii) Vitamin that improves iron absorption

(b) Justify the following statements (any five):

(i) Fats have low respiratory quotient

compared to carbohydrates

(ii) Dietary fiber can be a source of energy


4420 3
(iii) Folate supplementation masks vitamin B12

deficiency

(iv) Alkalosis can affect the tonic calcium level

in blood
(v) Fructose has a low glycemic index

(vi) Iron supplements can cause copper

deficiency (5,10)

2. (a) Anemia is known to be a multifactorial disease.

Discuss the various nutritional factors contributing

to the development of anemia.

(b) Explain the biochemical basis for the following

(any five):

(i) Vitamin E serves as an antioxidant

aling.

(ii) Vitamin C facilitates wound he

P. 1.0.

P. VO.


4420 4

(iii) Repeated blood transfusions can Cause

hemosiderosis
(iv) Acute bone rigidity in Fluoride Toxicity

(v) Selenium deficiency precipitates Vitamin E

deficiency.

(vi) Eating raw eggs can cause Biotin

deficiency (5,10)

3. Compare and contrast the following :
(i) Omega 3 and omega 6 PUFA
(ii) Wet and dry beriberi
(iii) Processed and Preserved foods
(iv) BV and NPU

(3x5)
(v) Chylomicrons and VLDL


4420 5

4. (a) How do antibiotics and anti-malarial drugs induce

nutritional deficiency?

(b) Explain the following :
(i) NEAT
(ii) GLUTS
(iii) Mutual Supplementation
(iv) Bioelectric impedence
(v) Specific dynamic action

(vi) Lysine-Arginine antagonism (6,9)

Give the cause and biochemical basis and nutritional
Management if any, for the following symptoms

diseases -

(i) Glossitis

P.L.O.


4420 6

(ii) Night blindness
(iii) Pellagra
(iv) Goitre

(v) Keshans disease (3x5=15)

6. (a) Discuss the mucosal block and iron regulation at

the level of translation with suitable diagrams.

(b) Rachitic rosary, bow legs, and stunted stature are
some of the symptoms of Vitamin D deficiency.
Give the biochemical basis for these symptoms.
Why are these symptoms seen only in children?

What happens if adults have vitamin D deficiency?

(c) Give the importance of the following assessments :
(i) HbAlIec

(ii) CRP


4420 7

(iii) Xanthurenic acid in urine

(iv) MMA (6,5,4)

Write short notes on the following :
(a) Nitrogen Balance

(b) Anthropometry

(c) Oxidative stress

(d) Functions of Zinc (4,4,4,3)

Discuss the relationship between the following :
(a) Trans fats and atherogenesis
(b) Lipotropic factors and fatty liver

(C) Vitamin B6 requirement and dietary protein

p.T.O.


4420 8

(d) Vitamin K and bone health

(e) Veganism and Vitamin B12 deficiency

(200)


eis nae cane ees

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. |

Your Roll No.u..............
2024
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4421 1c GiR

-

Unique Paper Code : 32497906 G,

“a

Name of the Paper Advanced Cell Biology (DSE)

Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : V
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. There are 8 questions.

3. Attempt any 5 questions.

4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Question no. I is compulsory.

P.T.O.


4421 2

1. (a) Explain the following statements (Any FIVE) -

(1) Inactivation of “BRCAI” protein may lead

to tumor formation.

(ii) Taxol and colchicine are toxic for dividing
cells despite their opposite effects on

microtubule assembly.

(iii) Ran GTP concentration is lower in cytosol

than in nucleus.

(iv) Pre-sequences of mitochondrial proteins are
positively charged whereas the transit

peptides of chloroplast proteins are not.

(v) Cancer patients undergoing chemotherapy

often need bone marrow transplantation.

(vi) Mutated cyclin A can cause DNA

reduplication during S-phase.


4421 3

(b) Name the following :

(1) Technique used for the separation of

subcellular organelles
(11) Protein that helps in nucleation of G-actin

(iii) Protein that initiates the UFP response in

yeast
(c) Discuss the contribution of following scientists :
(i) Ginter Blobel

(11) Yoshio Masui and Clement Markert

(10,3,2)

'4) Write the mechanism of action of the following

drugs -
Q) Cytochalasin
(11) Herceptin

P.E.O.


4421 4

(iii), Phalloidin

(iv) Tamoxifen

(b) Explain the process of N-linked glycosylation of a
secretory glycoprotein. How does N- linked

glycosylation help in quality control function of

R?

™

(c) Comment on the following :

(1) Concept of Oncogene addiction helps in

Selection of molecular targets for cancer

therapy.

(i) Concentration of GTP controls growth and

shrinkage of Microtubules. (4.0.9)

3.

(a) Explain, with help of diagram, the molecula
mechanism that leads to cancer WhED RB protein

and p53 protein are mutated


4421 5

(b) Elaborate on the four major mechanisms of

regulation of CDK activity during the cell cycle.

(c) Compare the structure and function of Myosin,

kinesin and dynein motor proteins. (5.4.6)

4. (a) What are stem cells? What are the advantages of
embryonic stem cells as compared to adult stem

cells for therapeutic applications?

(b) Illustrate the structural features of SRP. Explain
the co-translational translocation of secretory

proteins into the lumen of ER.

(C) What is the mode of action of imatinib? How do

tumors develop resistance to this drug? — (5,6,4)

(4) How does APC/c promote the separation of sister
chromatids at anaphase. Explain with the help of

a diagram.

P.T.O.


4421 6

(b>) Explain the structure of the sarcomere Of a skelet

muscle myotibril. Describe the Sliding filamen

theory of muscle contraction.

(c) Predict the effects of the following mutations on

the ability of the cell to undergo apoptosis:

(1) Mutation in Bad such that it cannot

phosphorylate protein kinase B. |

|
(ii) Mutation in Bax such that it cannot form
dimers.

(iii) Mutation in adaptor proteins such that it

cannot form dimers.

(iv) Overexpression of Bcl-2. (5.6.4)

6. (a) Illustrate the steps involved in the progression of

a genetically altered cell into a tumor cell.


4421 7

(b) What is the molecular basis of the following

diseases?
(i) I-cell disease
(ii) Zellweger disease
(iii) Gaucher’s Disease
(c) How do ATR and ATM proteins regulate the DNA
damage checkpoint of the cell cycle? (5,6,4)
7. (a) Differentiate between the following (ANY TWO) :
(i) COP I and COP II coated vesicles
(ii) Actin Bundles and Actin Networks
(iii) Apoptosis and necrosis

(b) With the help of a diagram, explain the role ot
“BiP” in post-translational translocation of

secretory protem into ER lumen

PoL.O.


4421 8

(c) Explain the role of CDK2/cyclin-A complex in

ensuring that the DNA is replicated only once per
cell cycle in the S-phase. (6.45)
g Write short note on the following :
(a) Role of Caspases in Apoptosis
(b) SCNT in therapeutic cloning
(c) Applications of ultracentrifuge

(d) Structural and function of MTOC (4.4.3.4)

(200)

|This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1015 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
of this question paper. 
4. 
2492011 101 
: Biomolecules (DSC-1 ) 
Instructions for Candidates 
Your Roll No20 
: 
I 
2. 
There are six questions 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
3. 
Attempt any four questions. 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Maximum Maks : 60 
L I B R A R Y 
D 
All questions carry equal marks. 
e 
5. 
Question No. I is compulsory. 
P.T.0. 


1015 
2 
(a) Explain the following: 
(i) Sucrose is referred to as a non-reducing 
sugar. 
(ii) DNA absorbs more at 260nm with increase 
in temperature. 
(ii) Population that primarily consumes corn rich 
diet often suffers from pellagra. 
(iv) Oleic acid has a lower melting point than 
Elaidic acid. 
(v) Lactose exists in two anomeric forms but no 
anomeric forms of sucrose have been 
reported. 
(2x5=10) 
(b) Write the reaction involved for the following: 
(i) RNA is treated with an alkali 
(iü) Phosphatidyl choline is treated with 
phospholipase A2 
2. 
Differentiate between the following: 
(a) Thromboxanes and Leukorienes 
(b) Essential and non-essential amino acids 
(2.5x2=5) 


1015 
3. 
4. 
(c) Homopolysaccharides and Heteropolysaccharides 
(d) Chitin and Cellulose 
(c) Glycoproteins and Protcoglycans 
() tRNA and mRNA 
3 
(a) An investigator isolated two DNA samples (A 
and B) of same genome size but found that the 
melting point was different. The melting point of 
B was determined to be higher than A. Can you 
explain the reason behind it? 
(b) Explain the different ionic forms of Histidine us ing 
à titration curve. 
(c) Discuss any three types of membrane lipids. 
(2, 2, 2.5, 2.5, 3, 3) 
(i) Impaired blood clotting 
(ii) Bleeding gums 
(a) Identify the vitamin deficient in the following 
conditions and mention the symptoms: 
(ii) Night blindness 
(iv) Anemia 
(4, 5, 6) 
P.T.0. 


1015 
5. 
6. 
(b) Comment on the importance of waxes. 
(c) Compare and contrast the various forms of DNA. 
(6, 3, 6) 
(a) Draw the structure of the following: 
(i) Histidine 
(ü) Cellobiose 
(ii) Plasmalogen 
4 
(iv) Phosphotyrosine 
(v) Sphingomyelin 
(vi) Estradiol 
(vii) Keratan Sulfate 
(viii) Selenocysteine 
(b) What are Lectins? Discuss their biological role. 
Write short notes on the following: 
(a) Vitamin A 
(b) Watson and Crick model of DNA 
(c) Role of storage lipids 
(1.5x8=12) 
(d) Storage polysaccharides 
(3) 
(3, 4, 4, 4) 
(200) 


Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of 
Question Paper : 1034 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
his qucstion papcr contams 6 printed pages.| 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
) 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
of this question paper. 
Vour Roll No3 
2492011|02 
: Protcins (DSC-2) 
There are 6 questions. 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
both bonds? 
Question no. I is compulsory. 
A. Choose the best choice : 
D 
LIBRARYM 
Attempt any 4 questions. All questions carry equal 
marks. 
S: 60 
(a) Which of the following pairs of bonds within a 
peptide backbone show ree rotation around 
P.T.0. 


1034 
(i) Ca 
C and NCu 
(ii) C=0 and NCa 
2 
(iii) 
C=0 and NC 
(iv) NC and C-Ca 
(v) NCa and NC 
(b) A bond generally absent in cytosolic proteins 
but present in extracellular proteins is known 
as 
() Hydrogen bond 
(ii) Disulfide bond 
(ii) lonic bond 
(iv) Hydrophilic bond 
(v) Van der 
Waal interactions 
(c) An integral 
membrane protein 
solubilized by extraction with: 
(i) A buffer of alkaline or acid pH. 
be 


1034 
(i) A solution of high ionic strength. 
(iii) A chelating agent that removes divalent 
cations. 
(iv) A detergent solution 
(v) An organic solvent 
(d) A repeating structural unit in a multimeric 
protein is known as a(n): 
(i) Domain 
(ii) Motif 
3 
(ii) Oligomer 
(iv) Protomer 
(v) Subunit 
B. 
Write an example and one function of the following: 
(a) Tripeptide 
(b) Glycoproteins 
(c) Metalloprotein 
P.T.0. 


1034 
2. 
3. 
4 
C. Give reasons for the following: 
(a) The peptide bond is a semi-rigid bond 
(b) CO is a silent killer. 
(c) Alzheimer's disease is a proteopathy. 
(d) Collagen possess very high tensile strength 
(4.3.8) 
(a) Differentiate between the following : 
(i) Fibrous and Globular proteins 
(ii) Motifs and domains 
(iii) Parallel and Anti-paraliel ß strand 
(iv) Tertiary and Quaternary structure 
(+.+t.3) 
(a) Caleulate the length of a linear peptide in nm having 
200 amino acids, out of which 60% of residues 
are in a-helix and rest are in B-pleated sheets. 
b Deseribe Edman degradation method of protein 
seauencing in detatl. What are its advantages over 
Sanger's method? 


l034 
4 
()Cie an acCount of a-Keratin structure and what 
makes them mechanically durable? 
relevance? 
5 
(a) Explain the Boh Effect and give its physiological 
(b) The following steps were performed on a peptide 
using enzyme cleavage. Determine the amino acid 
sequence of the peptide. 
(4.6,5) 
(i) Step 1. Treatment with trypsin yields three 
fragments with the following sequences 
WGA, AGTK, YLDR. 
(ii) Step 2. Treatment with chymotrypsin gave 
the following three peptide fragments: GA. 
LDRW, AGTKY. 
(c) Give the basis of the following statements : 
Oxygen 
(i) Fetal hemoglobin has higher affinity for 
anemic 
(ii) Hemoglobin S homozygous individuals are 
(ii) Hemoglobin Hill plots give variable HillsN 
cocfficient 
(5,2.5,7.5) 
P.T.O. 


1034 
6. 
(a) Write the mechanism for the denaturation of 
proteins by cach of the following reagents or 
conditions. 
(i) Urea 
(ii) High temperature 
(ii) Detergent 
(iv) Low pH 
(b) Explain the energy 
folding. Explain how chaperones assist in protein 
foiding. 
entropy diagram for protein 
Write short notes on the following : 
(a) Ranachandran plot 
(b) Prion diseases 
(c) Protein structure prediction tools 
(8.7) 
(5.5,5) 
(200) 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1053 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
5. 
Your Roll No.d03 
: 2492011103 
of this question paper. 
: Biochemical Techniques 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
There are six questions 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
D 
Attempt any four questions. 
MERAya60 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Question No. I is compulsory. 
P.T.O. 


1053 
1. 
2. 
2 
(a) Answer / Explain the following: 
(i) Agarose gel is preferred over polyacrylamide 
for electrophoresis of DNA 
(ii) Two methods used to check the purity of 
DNA sample 
(iii) Sedimentation rate depends on the shape and 
density of a molecule 
(iv) TLC 
is 
advantageous 
Over 
paper 
chromatography 
(b) Give an example of 
(i)) A substance used for density gradient 
chromatography 
(ii) A stationary phase used in TLC 
(iii) An extrinsic fluor 
(a) Write the role of the following: 
(i) Vacuum pump in ultrc entrifuge 
(12,3) 
(ii) Monochromator in a spectrophotometer 
(ii) TEMED in electrophoresis 


1053 
3. 
(b) Define the following: 
(i) Sedimentation cocfficier 
(ii) Bathochromic shift 
3 
(ii) Partition coefficient 
(iv) Exclusion limit 
(v) Electrophoretic mobility 
(vi) SicKes shift 
(a) Discuss the principle of affinity chromatography. 
What is the ligand used for purification of the 
following: 
(i) Immunoglobin G 
(ii) Glycoprotein 
(ii) mRNA 
(9.6) 
(b) Explain the process of fluorescence and give two 
applications. 
(b) What are the features of an ideal chromatographic 
gel matrix? 
(6,5,4) 
P.T.0. 


1053 
4 
6. 
4 
(a) Discuss the working of a spectrofluorimeter with 
the help of a diagrani. 
(b) Explain the principle of 
gel filtration 
chromatography and give two applications. 
(c) Explain the technique of density gradient 
centrifugation. 
(5.5.5) 
(a) Differentiate between the following: 
(i) Cation and anion exchanger 
(ii) SDS-PAGE and native gel electrophoresis 
(ii) Extrinsic and intrinsic fluor 
(b) A solution of UTP of concentration 29.3 mg/litre 
has an absorbance of 0.25 at 260nm. If the light 
path is 1.0cm and the molecular weight of UTP i 
586, calculate the molar absorbance coefficient of 
UTP, 
(12, 3) 
Write short notes on the following: 
(a) Different type's of rotors 
(b) Iscelectric focussing 
(c) Lamberts-Beer Law 
(5, 5, 5) 
(200)

[This question paper contains 6 printed pages. |

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4537 E
Unique Paper Code > 32491201

Name of the Paper : Proteins

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : I

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper. a

There are eight questions.

Attempt any five questions.

All questions carry equal marks.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

(a) State whether true or false with justification:

(i) Proline is rarely present in an alpha-helix.

P.T.O.


(ii) Fibroin, the silk protein is rich in Al
. | | ‘
Gly residues. -

(iii) Persons living at high altitudes have highe
. ; 7
levels of BPG in blood.

(iv) Myoglobin is abundant in the muscle of

diving mammals such as seals and whales

(v) French press is used for homogenizing

fibrous proteins.

(vi) Dialysis is used for desalting of protein

preparations.

(b) Give one example of each of the following proteins’

peptide :
(i) Glycoprotein
| (ii) Hormone
| (ii) Metallo-protein
(iv) Storage protein
(v) Transport protein

iotl 12,3
(vi) Antibiotic (12,3)


4337 3

2. (a) Two peptides are to be separated by ion exchange
chromatography. At the pH of the mobile phase
to be used on the column, peptide A has a net
charge of —3 and peptide B has a net charge of
+1. Which peptide would elute first from the
cation-exchange resin and anion-exchange resin?
Explain why?

(b) Describe Anfinsen’s experiment, concerning the

denaturation and renaturation in ribonuclease A.
(c) Comment on the following :

(3) Woolen clothes shrink when washed in hot

water but silk items do not.

(ii) 2D gel electrophoresis is used for the

resolution of complex mixture of proteins.

(111) Ammonium sulfate is the preferred salt for

salt fractionation of proteins.

(iv) Glycine in proteins does not have restricted
psi and phi dihedral angles. (3,4,8)

3 (a) Differentiate between the following :

(i) Integral and peripheral membrane proteins

P.T.O.


4537 4
(ii) Salting in and salting out
(iii) Globular and fibrous proteins
(iv) HPLC and FPLC
(v) Concerted and sequential model (15)

4. (a) Describe the solid phase peptide Synthesis method
given by Merrifield. Also give its advantages,

(b) Explain the principle of affinity chromatography.
Discuss its advantages over other column
chromatographic methods of protein purification.

(c) Write down the functions of the following reagents

in Protein chemistry :

(i) Performic acid

(ii) Phenyl isothiocyanate

(1i1) 1-fluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene

(iv) Urea (6,54)
brane

5. (a) Explain how hydropathy plots predict transmem

domains of proteins.


4537 5

| t.
(b) Explain the molecular basis of the Bohr effec

sis é disease
(c) Discuss the molecular basis and

manifestation of the following diseases :

(i) Sickle cell anemia
(ii) Prion disease (3,4,8)
s. (a) Give the various steps involved in the Edman

degradation method of determining the sequence

of a given protein.

(b) Discuss the various bonds which lead to the
stability of a protein.

(c) Carbon monoxide binds to free heme molecules
more than 20,000 times better than O, but it binds
only about 200 times better when the heme is
bound in myoglobin. Explain why?

(d) Define the following :
(i) Sedimentation coefficient
(ii) Exclusion limit
(ili) Isopycnic centrifugation (5,4,3,3)

P.T.O.


4537 6

7. (a) What are protein databases? Na

an me any one
explain its uses. "

(b) Compare ras indi |
pare and contrast the O, binding curves c
Myoglobin and Hemoglobin. )

(c) Differentiate between a helix and B pleate

structure. (4.6.:

8. Write short notes on the following :
(a) Ramachandran map
(b) Lyophilization
(c) Fetal hemoglobin
(d) Molecular chaperones

(e) Antibody structure (1:

(500.


)

> question paper contains 6 printed pages. ]

Your Roll No Zl dernd

No. of Question Paper : 4657 K
jue Paper Code : 32491202

e of the Paper : Enzymes

e of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
ester : Il

ation : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

ructions for Candidates

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

There are 8 questions.
Attempt any 5 questions.

All questions carry equal marks.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

(a) Explain the following :

(3) At very high substrate concentrations the

enzyme activity becomes constant.

P.T.O.


4657 2

(ii) A purified enzyme has maximum Specific

activity.
(iii) Penicillin is an enzyme inhibitor.

(iv) Enzymes can be regulated by irreversible

covalent modifications.

(v) Streptokinase is used in enzyme therapy.
(b) Define the following terms :
(i) Turnover Number
(ii) Activation energy
(iii) Initial velocity
(iv) Specific activity
(v) Isozyme (10,5)

2. (a) What are the features of enzymes that make them

remarkable biological catalysts?

(b) Pyridoxal Phosphate is a versatile coenzyme.

Explain with the help of three examples.


3

4657

ain why ser-195 in chymotrypsin has a lower
(4,6,5)

(c) Expl
pKa than other serine residues.

(a) Explain why ATCase is an important regulatory
enzyme. Describe how this enzyme is regulated

by allosteric modulation.

(b) Using lineweaver-Burk plots explain the following

types of enzyme inhibitions:
(i) Competitive
(ii) Non-competitive

(c) How do you express activity of an enzyme? Explain
why enzyme activities are measured under

saturating substrate concentration. (6,6,3)

(a) Discuss the catalytic mechanism of lysozyme.

(b) How are enzymes classified? Explain giving an

example of each class.

(c) What is the ratio of the [S] to K,, when the

velocity of an enzyme catalyzed reaction is 80%

of its V_? (6,63)
max

p.T.O.


4657 4

5. (a) Specific activity of an cnzyme is an Import
Tan |
parameter in following the progress of eny

7 MUL Y The
purification. Comment.

(b) Name the cofactor and give the structure of +

1 tne

following enzymes :
(i) Transaminase

(ii) Pyruvate carboxylase

(c) Give an example of the following :
(i) A metalloenzyme
(ii) An allosteric enzyme

(iii) An therapeutic enzyme

(iv) An enzyme present in tears (6

. / 26 how
6. (a) Discuss with the help of examples

sible covalent

enzymes can be regulated by rever

modification.


4657 5

(b) Differentiate between the following :
(i) Holoenzyme and apoenzyme
(ii) Active site and regulatory site

(c) How will you differentiate between single and
double displacement reactions kinetically?

(6,5,4)

7. (a) Explain the importance and the regulaory
mechanism of the enzyme aspartate

transcarbmoylase.

(b) Derive the Michaelis-Menten equation. Show how
it can be transformed to LB plot. Compare the

LB plot with Eadie-Hofstee plot.

(c) The drug allopurinol is used in the treatment of

gout. Explain. (66,3)

g Write short notes on the following :
(a) Immobilized enzymes

p.T.O.


4657

(b) Protease inhibitors

(c) Zymogens

a
ws
wm


question paper CONLAINS 4 PETE PeBveorg

(q) Your Roll volley 2,023

[This

sr, No. of Question Paper : 1211 F

Unique Paper Code » 2492011202

Name of the Paper : Metabolism of Carbohydrates

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
DSC-—4

Semester : I

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. There are 6 questions.

3. Attempt any 4 questions.

4. All questions carry equal marks§@
5. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Give reasons for the following :

(i) Fructose is metabolized more rapidly than

glucose.

(ii) Glucose 6-Phosphate Dehydrogenase

deficiency results in hemolytic anemia.


1211 2

(iii) Gluconeogenesis is an endergonic pathway

(iv) In the absence of oxygen, Pyruvate is

converted into lactate in the muscle.

(b) Give the reaction for the following :

(1) Oxidative decarboxylation reaction in TCA

cycle.

(ii) Reaction involved in substrate level

phosphorylation in Glycolysis.
(iii) Reaction catalyzed by Enolase.

(iv) Reaction of TCA cycle which is also a part

of Electron transport chain.

(v) Reaction requiring Biotin as coenzyme.
| (2.5x4, 15)

2. (a) Differentiate between the following :

(i) Autotrophs and Heterotrophs

(ii) Post absorptive state and early fasting stat

(iii) Branching enzyme and debranching enzyme

(iv) Pasteur effect and Crabtree effect


3.

JY”

(a) PFK-1 is the key regulatory enzyme of glycolysis.

Explain the mode of regulation.

(b) Give the pathway of Galactose entry into

glycolysis.

(c) Give the mechanism how Arsenate blocks ATP

synthesis in Glycolysis.

(d) Fluoride in tooth pastes prevent dental caries.
Explain. (6,4,3,2)

(a) Gluconeogenesis involves two compartments:
mitochondria and cytosol for the synthesis of

glucose from pyruvate. Explain.

(b) Elaborate on the Non-oxidative phase of HMP
pathway. How does it feed into glycolysis?

(c) Hexokinase IV (glucokinase) in the liver differs
from hexokinase (I) in the muscle in its kinetics

and biological role. Explain. (6,6,3)

(a) Elaborate how Glycogen phosphorylase is activated
by Glucagon.

(b) Give the role of Glycogenin in initiation of Glycogen
synthesis.


1211 4

(c) Give the steps involved in the addition of new
glycosyl units to the non-reducing end of glycogen
starting with Glucose-6-phosphate. Also state the
type of bond formed. (6,3,6)

6. (a) Krebs cycle is an Amphibolic pathway. Explain.

(b) Describe the Cori cycle. What is its physiological

function?

(c) Explain the process of alcohol fermentation.
(6,5,4)

7. (a) Give the cause and Biochemical and physiological

manifestation of the following diseases.
(i) Galactosemia

(11) Von Gierke disease

(iii) McArdle Disease

(b) Give the mechanism of inhibition of the following

TCA cycle inhibitors :

(i) Fluoroacetate

(ii) Malonate (3x3, 2x3)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]

(10) Your Roll Now ULY 202.3

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1230 F

Unique Paper Code > 2492011203

Name of the Paper : Basic Concepts of Cell Biology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry —
DSC-5

Semester : II

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

There are 6 questions.
Attempt any 4 questions.
All questions carry equal marks.

Question no. 1 is compulsory.

On BE Wi bo

1. (a) Fill in the Blanks :

enzyme is defective in

(i)

autosomal recessive disorder | cell disease.

(ii) _____ cytoskeletal element is found
in flagella of Euglena.

(iii) _______- microscope Is best suited for
.
visualizing a live cell without using any stain.


(c) Give the steps involved in the addition of new

1230 2

(iv) ——_———_ !S__ primary © structura|
component of basal lamina.

(v) In animal cells, lipids like steroidal hormones
are synthesized in
(b) State True or False and Justify (any 5):

(i) Lysosomes are formed by process of
packaging in the endoplasmic reticulum.

(ii) Glycosylation completes in Endoplasmic

reticulum

(iii) Gap Junctions are present in neurons and

cardiac cells.
(iv) Vesicles are moved by Cytoplasm.

(v) Proline and Glycine are two amino acid that
forms triple-stranded helix of Elastin.

(vi) Deficiency of vitamin C causes weakened

connective tissue. (5,10)

2. Differentiate between the following >
(i) Pinocytosis and Phagocytosis
(ii) Upright and Inverted MicroscOP®

(iui) SER and RER


3.

(iv) Dyes and Fixatives

(v) Tight junctions and Adheren Junctions
(5x3=15)
(a) Comment on the following statements :

(i) Vincristine is a common chemotherapeutic

agent used to treat cancer.

(ii) In a couple, if father suffers from LHON
and mother does not, son will not be affected
with this disease.

(iii) Polarity of epithelial cells is maintained by
tight junctions.

(iv) Liver cells contain abundant amount of
Peroxisomes.

(v) Golgi bodies are dynamic in nature.

(b) Define the following :
(i) Magnification
(11) Pinocytosis
(iii) Plasmodesmata
(iv) MTOC

(v) Cell adhesion molecules (10,5)


1230 4

an

(a) Describe the process of Receptor mediated
endocytosis with the help of suitable example.

(b) What is the role of GTP in the assembly of
microtubules? Explain the term Dynamic instability

and what role does it play in cellular activity?

(c) Explain two activities of Lysosomes. Draw the
structure of axoneme of cilia and flagella.
(5,5,5)

(a) How does Endoplasmic reticulum perform the
Quality check of the newly synthesized
Glycoproteins?

(b) Compare Mitochondrial Genome with Chloroplast

Genome.
(c) Describe the mechanism of proteins import inside
the nucleus. (5,5,5)
Write short notes on the following (any 3):
(i) Lysosomal storage diseases
(ii) Glycosaminoglycans
(iii) Endosymbiotic theory

(iv) Meiosis (5,5,5)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

(13) vowr rot nok 2A

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1370 C

Unique Paper Code : 32491301

Name of the Paper : Metabolism of Carbohydrates &
Lipids

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Biochemistry

Semester : Ill

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates Deshdananu College Library
Kaikaji, New Oelhi-15

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. There are 8 questions.
3. Attempt any 5 questions.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Comment on the following :

(i) Sugar nucleotides are required for synthesis

of glycogen.

P.T.O.


1370 2

(ii) High NADPH/NADP ratio decreases the

rate of hexose monophosphate shunt

(ili) Fatty acids cannot cross mitochondria]

membrane to carry out beta Oxidation in
mitochondrial matrix

(iv) Fructose 2,6-bisphosphate is a potent
activator of glycolysis

(v) Water soluble vitamins play a crucial role
in the citric acid cycle.

(vi) Bile helps in digestion and absorption.

(b) Identify the deféctive enzyme in following :
(i) Niemans pick disease
(ii) Mc Ardles syndrome

(iii) Lactose Intolerance (12,3)

Differentiate between :

(a) Substrate level phosphorylation and oxidative

phosphorylation
(b) Fatty acid synthesis and breakdown

(c) Malate Aspartate shuttle and Glycerol 3 phosphate

5,5
shuttle (5,5)


1370

3.

3

Give the following conversions with enzymes involved
in:

(a) Acetyl CoA to Mevalonate

(b) Galactose to glucose-6- phosphate

(c) Glucose to ribose 5 phosphate

(d) Glycerol-3-phosphate to phosphatidic acid
(4,4,4,3)

Answer the following :

(a) Animals cannot convert-fatty acid into glucose but
plants can. Explain by giving suitable reactions.

(b) C3 plants are different from C4 plants.

(c) Arsenate does not affect glycolysis but effects
ATP synthesis.

(d) Glucose-6-phosphate is not given intravenously.

(e) HDL is a scavenger of cholesterol. (4,4,3,2,2)

Explain the following :

(a) Reciprocal regulation of gluconeogenesis and
glycolysis with specific reference to Glucokinase,
PFK I and PFK II.

(b) Oxidation of odd chain fatty acids leads to net
synthesis of oxaloacetate.

P.T.O.


1370 — 4

6.

(c) Carnitine plays important role in fatty aciq
oxidation.

(d) Liver glycogen contribute to blood glucose but not
muscle glycogen.‘ (6,3,3,3)

(a) Give the total number of ATP produced in the
following :

(1) Complete oxidation of Palmitic acid.
(ii) Alpha ketoglutarate to malate.

(b) Give synthesis of triacylglycerol from glycerol.
(7,5,3)

(a) Explain digestion and absorption of triacylglycerol.

(b) Describe the regulation of fatty acid oxidation by
malonyl CoA.
(c) Give action of the following :
(i) Aspirin
(11) Statins
(d) Give the regulation of Rubisco enzyme.
(4,4,4,3)
Write short notes on:
(a) Amphibolic nature of TCA Cycle
(b) Starve Feed Cycle
(c) Omega oxidation

(d) Ketone bodies (4,4,4,3)
(500)


question paper contains 6 printed pages. |

(19) Your Roll No. aD.

[This

sr. No. of Question Paper : 1387 C

Unique Paper Code » 32491302

Name of the Paper - Membrane Biology and
Bioenergetics

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Biochemistry

Semester : Il

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Deshbandnu. College Libr

Instructions for Candidates natkail, New Delhi-1S$

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. There are 8 questions.
3. Attempt any 5 questions.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Give explanation for the following (any 6)

(i) Integral membrane proteins require
detergents for their solubilisation.

P.T.O.


1387 2

(ii) Many thermodyanamically favorable

reactions do not occur at room
temperature,

(iii) Phosphotidylserine is found predominantly

on the cytosolic side of the membrane.

(iv) PEP has high standard free energy change
of hydrolysis.

(v) Cholesterol plays a dual role in maintaining
membrane fluidity.

(vi) Oxygen is not evolved in cyclic
photophosphorylation.

(vil) MDR pumps are referred as molecular
vacuum cleaners.

(viii) Digitoxin is used in the treatment of

congestive heart failure.

(b) Explain the role of the following :

(i) Bacteriorhodopsin in Halobacteriun halobium
(ii) Brown fat in newborn mammals

6
(iii) Tight junctions in membrane (9,6)


1387 3

SY
he +

(a) Explain the key developments leading to the

elucidation of the structure of biomembranes.

(b) What is the role of CFTR? How does CFTR differ

from ABC transporters?

(c) Give the structural composition of F,F,ATP
synthase. Explain the mechanism of ATP synthesis

by rotational catalysis. (6,4,5)

(a) Explain Peter Mitchell’s chemiosmotic theory. Give
two experimental evidences in support of the

chemiosmotic theory.

(b) Explain the use of Liposomes as drug delivery

system.

(c) Define CMC. Explain different parameters that
can be used to measure CMC. (6,4,5)

(a) What type of transporter is GLUT1? Elaborate
upon the membrane topology and function of
GLUT 1.

(b) Explain the structure and function of water

channels?

P.T.O.


1387 4

(c) Give the mode of action of the following :
(i) Amytal
(ii) DNP
(iii) Oligomycin

(iv) Azide (5,4,6)

5. (a) What are membrane rafts. Why are they called
detergent resistant domains? Give the physiological

significance of these rafts.

(bo) What do you understand by Homeoviscous

adaptation.

(c) What is the significance of cyclic photophos-
phorylation in plants. (6,4,5)

(a) Elaborate upon different types of membrane
proteins. Give examples of membrane proteins with

alpha helix and beta barrel structures.

(b) Differentiate between P-Type and V-Typ¢
ATPases.


1387 5

_ . .
(c) What are reactive oxyen species? Enumerate th

hondria.
(6,4,5)

ROS scavenging mechanisms in mitoc

7, (a) Give a diagramatic representation of RBC

membrane skeleton. Label the major RBC

membrane proteins.

(b) How do you determine the topology of a membrane

protein? Give two methods.

(c) Depict the Z-scheme of photosynthesis in plants
_ with the help of diagram. (5,6,4)

(a) Calculate the actual free energy change of ATP
hydrolysis in the human erythrocytes in which the
ATP, ADP and Pi concentrations are 2.25,0.25
and 1.65mM respectively.

Assume that pH is 7.0 and the temperature is 37

degree Celsius.
(R = 8.315 J/mol. K; Standard free energy change
of ATP hydrolysis = —30.5KJ/mol)

(b) Elaborate upon photophosphorylation in purple

bacteria and green sulphur bacteria.


1387 6

(c) Explain the role of following In the sty

dy of
membrane dynamics:

(i) FRAP

(ii) TNBS cphis question pa
(iii) SPT
(4, 5,6 )

Sr. No. of Questic


[This question paper contains 6 printed pages |

(20) Your Roll No.ddl.

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1416 C

Unique Paper Code > 32491303

Name of the Paper : Hormone: Biochemistry and
Function

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry

Semester : Hl |

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates Deshbandhu.Coflege Libraty

1.

nalkaii, New Defhi.19
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

There are 8 questions.
Attempt any 5 questions.
All questions carry equal marks.

Question no. 1 is compulsory.

(a) Explain the following statements :

(i) Signal transduction pathways result in

amplification of signal.

P.T.O.


1416 ,

(i) Steroid hormones regulate gene EXprecc:
SS1on

by binding to intracellular receptors
(iii) TSH levels are high in Hashimoto’s disease
(iv) Ghrelin is often known as hunger hormone

(v) Corpus luteum is a transitory endocrine
gland.

(b) Explain the following terms :
(i) Paracrine hormone
80° Gi) Goitrogens
(iii) Inhibin
(iv) POMC peptide

(v) Menarche (10,5)

‘ : ‘ ase lar

2. (a) NO (nitric oxide) does not have a specific cellu
. . ¢ 12
receptor. How, then, does it act as a signaling

molecule?

_. the
(b) How do DAG and IP3 originate? Give !

. . m
mechanism of one action that each of the
mediate.


3 e

1416 3

(c) Cholera toxin and Forskolin cause increased
production of cAMP. Give the mechanism of action

(a) Schematically give the signal transduction events

that follow when Insulin binds to its receptor.

(b) Give mechanism of short term and long term

regulation of hormone receptors.

(c) Diagrammatically explain the biosynthesis steps

involved in Thyroid hormone synthesis. (5,5,5)

(a) Taking an example each explain the positive and
negative feedback regulation mechanism of

hormones.

(b) The hypothalamus communicates differently with
the anterior pituitary and the posterior pituitary.

Explain with the help of a diagram.

(c) Elaborate on the direct and indirect actions of
Growth hormone. Name the diseases associated

with GH excess.

(5,5,5)

P.T.O.


1416 4

Give the role of the following :

(a) Renin-Angiotensin system in Maintainip
8

electrolyte balance
(b) Insulin in glucose homeostasis.

(c) Vitamin D in Ca?* homeostasis. (5,5,5)

(a) What are fight-or-flight responses? How are they
triggered?

(b) Summarize the role of Gastrin, Cholecystokinin and

Secretin following a meal.

(c) What are oral contraceptives? Discuss their

mechanism of action? (5,6,4)

(a) What changes happen in males during puberty’

(b) Every month, the uterus prepares itself to receive
a fertilized egg. Give the role of estrogen and
progesterone in bringing about changes in the
uterine lining to nourish the embryo. Also giV®

details of the menstruation process if the egg !8
not fertilized.


1416 S

(c) Show how interplay of hormones bring about
development of lactating mammary gland.

(4,6,5)

8. (a) Patients suffering from Hypothyroidism often suffer

from cold intolerance. Explain Why?

(b) Thirty year old man underwent surgery for cystic
pituitary adenoma. Three weeks post operation he
developed increasing thirst and was drinking 4-5
L of fluid in 24 h. He was waking up four to five
times at night to pass urine. What further tests

would you recommend to confirm diagnosis of

Diabetes Insipidus?

(c) Common signs and symptoms of Cushing syndrome
include weight gain and fatty tissue deposits,

particularly around the midsection and in the face.

What causes Cushing syndrome and give the basis

of the symptoms observed. Also state the

biochemical] parameters observed in Cushing
Syndrome.


1416

(d)

6

What stimulates the release of PDGF? Discuss ;
its

biological role. (3.4.5.3

estion paper contains + + pr TiINntee PayEes-)

ae eho ae

Your Roll Noadven.

sr. No. of Question Paper : 1139 A
Unique Paper Code - 32491401

Name of the Paper - Human Physiology

Name of the Course : B.Se. (H) Biochemistry
Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all including Q. No. 1 which

is compulsory. .
Deshbaads. ~o \ege-Lib

(a) Explain the following statements : (Any four)

(i) Neurons cannot divide but can regenerate

(ii) Inappropriate clot formation does not occur
in blood vessels of healthy individuals

(iii) Action potentials are all-or-none events

(iv) Mullerian Inhibiting Substance influences

the development of gonads

P.T.O.


2.

1139 2

(v) Surfactants increase the lung compliance
(vi) Stomach wall is not digested by its
secretions
(b) Explain: (Any two)
(i) Stroke volume
(ii) Synapse

(iii) Sperm capacitation (10,5)

(a) Describe the structure and functions of the

placenta.

(b) Describe the sequence of events leading to the

formation of sperms from spermatogonia.

(c) What are the functions of Sertoli cells? — (5,5,5)

(a) With the help of a flow diagram show how arterial

baroreceptor reflex compensates for blood loss
during hemorrhage?
(b) What is the role of thrombin and tissué

thromboplastin in blood clotting?


1139

4.

(C) Exnta:;
Plain how an action potential 1s generated in

SA .
node and why the SA node does not show 4

idy state resting potential? (5,5,9)
(a) Explai : :
xplain the sequence of events in the left atrium,

eft ventricle, and aorta during the cardiaccycle.

(b) What do the P wave, QRS complex and T wave
represent in ECG? Explain.

(c) What causes thé heart murmurs in diastole? In
systole? (7,4.4)

(a) Discusscountercurrent multiplier system in control

of url Nach! bees Oe
urine volume. Desheaadnu, Coliege-Libsy

(b) What do you understand by renal clearance? How

is it determined?

(c) Explain how the kidneys reabsorb bicarbonate, and
how the kidneys contribute to the regulation of

acid-base balance. (6.4,5)

(a) Give the characteristic features and significance

of submucosal and myenteric plexus.

b) Explain how the secretion of HCl in stomach is
° ntrolled? Why is the stomach wall normally not
co |
digested by the acid ‘present In the lumen?
ig »
P.T.O.


1139 4

(c) Deseribe the effect of secretin and CCK on the

bile duets and gall bladder. (4,6,5)

(a) The chemical composition of the CNS extracellular
fluid is different from that of blood. Explain how
this difference is achieved? What is the significance

of this difference?

(b) Differentiate between excitatory and inhibitory

postsynaptic potentials.

(c) Explain the role of ionic channels in initiating action
potential in nerve fiber and muscle fiber. Discuss
the various factors which could alter this action
potential. . (4,4,7)

(a) Discuss the regulation of respiration through
chemoreceptors.

(b) The Haldane effect approximately doubles the

amount of carbon dioxide released from the blood
in the lungs

(c) What is Bohr effect? How it effects the transport

of oxygen in blood? (6,4,5)
QBAkony
Ce °.
aa e\
LiBp <|
Apy *
Y »
> (300)


(19
on paper contains 6 printed pages. |

Your Roll No. Ld. drcd-

[This quest!

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1366 A

Unique Paper Code » 32491402

Name of the Paper : Gene Organization, Replication
and Repair

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry

Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates fbashibaadhu College Librapy
Kalkali, New Delhi-19~=

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) State True or False and justify your answer:

(i) The melting temperature (Tm) of DNA
increases with the increase in its GC

content.

(ii) H1 histone is half as abundant as the other

histones.

P.T.O.


1366

(iii) Tautomerization is believed to contrih
Ute

to mutation.

(iv) There is inverse Correlation betweer
i

organism complexity and gene density.

(b) Fill in the blanks :

(i) Linking number is the sum of two

geometric components called

and

(ii) Decondensed/relaxed form of genome is

known as

(iii) _m enzyme replicates the ends of the

eukaryotic chromosome.

(iv)

sequences are the hotspots ter

recombination in E coli.

(c) Give contributions of the following (any five):
(i) Frederick Meischer
(i) E. Chargaff

(iii) Charles Yanofsky


1366 3

(iv) Barbara MeClintok
(v) Arthur Kornberg

(vi) Elizabeth Blackburn (6.4.5)

> (a) What is gene density? Why is it higher

prokaryotes in comparison to eukaryotes?

(b) What are transposons? What are the various
classes of transposable elements? Explain the cut

and paste mechanism of DNA transposition.

(c) What is a replisome? State the function of the

following proteins during replication :

Tbandhu Céllege L™

(i) Primase
js,

(ii) Tau protein (4.6.5)

3. (a) Describe the salient features of the Watson and’

Crick model of DNA.

(b) Describe the structural Organization of chromatin

according to the nucleosome model.

pT ry


1366 4

(c) Describe the key steps of homol
Z0ug

recombination. (5
5,5)

4. (a) Write the steps involved in mismatch repaj, |
r in

E.coli.

(b) What are base analoges and intercalating agen:
Explain with the help of examples how they cay;-

mutations.

(c) How do Etoposide and Novobiocin affect DNA

replication? Write down their clinical applications.

(5,5,5)
5. Differentiate between the following :
(a) Euchromatin and Heterochromatin
(b) DNA Polymerase I and DNA Polymerase Ill
(c) NER and BER
(d) Frameshift mutation and point mutation
(3x9)

(ec) A and B-forms of DN&.


1300

\\

—

~—e

-

(bp)

(c)

PITC

SHO \

: eplreation
ryfrerent modes at rel

Ames Test

o.
—~
—

Virus like Retrotransposon
What are topoisomerases’! Differentiate between

A AAk

che two types of topoisomerases,

What do you understand by the SOS response?

Flaborate. — Heshbandhu.CoWege > >v
Naika, New Dethi- 1%
What is site specific recombination.? Distinguish

between serine and tyrosine recombinases.

a
‘a
‘sri
‘mn
—

low does the action and mutagenic effect of 5-

oromouracil differ from that of nitrous acid?

-xplain the molecular mechanism underlying the

syn : . ay ; .
ymptoms of Xeroderma pigmentosum.

ug inhibits the activity of the enzymatic

Inorganic pyr ; 73
Sante pyrophosphatase. What effect would the

drug have on DNA synthesis?


1366 6

(d) Predict whether the loss of the following £

genes would lead to lethality. Justify your answ
answer :

(i) dnaB
(ii) Pol I

(iii) recA (4,4,2.5,4.5)



[This question paper contains 6 printed pa |
ages.

Your Roll No.Z.0.2-2

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1384
: A
Unique Paper Code > 32491403
Name of th a
e Paper : Metabolism of Amino Acids and
Nucleotides
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Biochemist
. ry
(CBCS)
Semester : IV
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Answer only five questions.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

|. (a) Explain the following (any 6) :

rmal component of DNA,
eotide reductase has

t UDP to dUDP

(i) dUTP is not a no
despite that ribonucl

the capacity to conver

as redox buffer

(i1) Glutathione functions
P.T.O.


1384 2

(iii) N-acetyl glutamate is a POSItive alloster:
Steric

regulator of Urea cycle

(iv) Purine biosynthesis is impaired jp Vitamin

B12 deficiency
(v) Isoleucine is both glucogenic ang ketogenic

(vi) Glutamate plays a pivotal role jp the

metabolism of amino acids

(vil) Serine is synthesized by glycolytic

intermediates

(vill) SGPT has an important diagnostic value

(b) Give scientific contributions of the following

scientists (Any 3):
(i) John Buchanan
(i) Hans Krebs and Henseleit
(iii) David Shemin
(iv) P. Reichard

(v) Joanne Stubbe


1384 3
2. Differentiate between the following (any 5)-
(a) Transamination & oxidative deamination
(b) Carbamoyl phosphate synthetase | & II
(c) Positive and Negative Nitrogen balance
(d) Kwashiorkor and Marasmus
(e) Glucogenic and Ketogenic Amino Acids
(f) Denovo and Salvage pathway for Nucleotide

Biosynthesis (3x5)

3. Give the reactions for the following conversions (any

5):

(a) Tryptophan to NAD" gat? Ca.
yar “€
; = oe
(b) Succiny! CoA to Protoporphyrin {8 an’ ~
| a >
(c) Homocysteine to Methionine t ~
i , owe r
(d) Ornithine to spermine
(ec) Phenylalanine to Homogentisate
(3x5)

(f) Serine to Glycine
p.T.O.


1384 4

4.

Describe the process and the biochemica] .
faction

where these drugs are effective (any 5)-

(a) Hydroxyurea

(b) Trimethoprim

(c) Allopurinol

(d) 6-mercaptopurine

(ce) Methotrexate

(f) Azaserine (3x5)
(a) Inhibition of ornithine transcarbamoylase leads to

orotic aciduria. Explain the metabolic basis for

this.
(b) Birds are uricotelic in nature.
(c) Write the degradation pathway of Proline.

(d) Write various reactions that utilize PRPP (at least

three).

; he
(e) How does the deficiency of HGPRT affect !

e synthesis?

rate of pyrimidine nucleotid
(22,25


1384 )

6 Discuss the following :
(i) Urea Cycle

(ii) Nitrogen Cycle and Nitrogen fixation

(iii) Regulation of Ribonucleotide Reductase
(5x3)

- Describe the defective process, enzyme and symptoms

of the following disorders (any 5):
(a) Gout
(b) Maple syrup urine Disease

(c) Intermittent acute porphyria

(d) Hartnup disease
(e) SCID

(f) Alkaptonuria (3x5)

Write short notes on the following (any 5):
(a) Glucose alanine cycle

(b) Krebs bicycle


1384 6

(c) Glycine cleavage system
(d) Purine nucleotide cycle
(e) Gamma Glutamyl Cycle

(f) Leg Hemoglobin (3x5)

(300)

|This question paper contains 6 printed pages.I 
Sr. No, of Question Paper : 1038 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
:32491502 
There are 8 questions. 
Your Roll 
V 
: Gene Expression and Regulation 
B.Se. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Attempt any 5 questions. 
Roll No.go 
[nstructions for Candidates Deshbandnu.College Lihrañ 
naikail, New Delhi-19 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
C 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Question no. 1 is compulsory. 
(a) Explain the following: 
Maximum Marks : 75 
() Oligonucleotides containing the Shine 
Dalgamo sequence inhibit translations in 
prokaryotes but not in eukaryotes. 
P.T.O. 


1038 
2. 
(ii)) Cells carrying suppressor tRNA 
less viable than wild-type cells. 
iii) The RNA polynerase Core enzvme 
catalytically active but non-specific 
(iv) The ribosome is a ribozyme 
(v) 
Role of the C terminal domain of RNA 
polymerase is crucial 
eukarvotes 
(i) Enhancers 
genes are 
(b) What do your understand by the following tern 
(ii) Insulators 
(iii) Inducer 
(iv) Promoter escape 
(v) Guide RNA 
for transcription it 
(10.3 
(a) Differentiate between the following: 
(any 
threel 
(i) Group I and Group II introns 


038 
(i)i Rho 
3 
dependent 
and 
transcription termination 
(ii) RNA Pol I and RNA Pol II 
synthetase 
(iv) Class I and Class II Aminoacyl tRNA 
independent 
(v) Negative and Positive Regulation 
(b) The following mRNA nucleotide sequence is 
provided to you : 
5'AGUUCUAACGCUACAGUCUACCAGCUCGGA3* 
Write the sequence of the coding and non-coding 
strand of the corresponding DNA. Also indicate 
the sense, antisense, plus and minus DNA strand. 
(9.6) 
(a) What are the core promoter elements in 
prokaryotes and eukaryotes? What do you 
understand by a consensus sequence? 
(b) Discuss the importance of GTP in the translation 
process. Explain how and why tRNA synthetascs 
play the most crucial roles in determining the 
fidelity of translation? 
P.T.0. 


10.38 
4. 
5. 
4 
factor. 
the specificity 
(c) Why is Sigma factor called the 
factor? 
Describe the structure and function 
of Sigma 
(5,4,6) 
(a) Diagrammatically explain how one eukaryotic gens 
can give rise to two functional proteins. 
(b) Discuss the biochemical and genetic experiments 
to prove that the genetic code is triplicate. 
(c) Describe a technique that can be used to 
demonstrate the promoter binding activity of any 
transcription factor. 
(4.6,5) 
(a) Discuss the experiment that showed that the 
direction of protein synthesis is from N to C 
terminal. 
(b) Describe the regulation of Lac operon in bacterla. 
Contrast it with the regulation of the galactose 
operon in yeast cells. 
(c) Explain the significance of Cap and Poly-A ta 
eukaryotic mRNA. 
(3.5,7.5,4) 


1038 
6. 
5 
(a) In Eukaryotes, a transcript can be broken explicitly 
nto pieces for reducing its expression. Describe 
the mechanism by which this phenomenon takes 
place and write the possible applications associated 
with it. 
(b) Explain how cooperative binding facilitates 
regulation? 
(c) With the help ofa diagram, explain how pre-rRNA 
transcripts are processed in bacteria? 
(7,4.4) 
7. 
(a) Explain the regulation of gene expression by 
Chromatin remodelling. 
(t) Write the mechanism of action of the following 
(i) Chloramphenicol 
(ii) Tetracycline 
(ii) Rifampicin 
(iv) Fusidic acid 
(v) Actinomycin D 
(7.5,7.5) 
P.T.0. 


1038 
8. 
Write short notes on (any three) 
(a) Riboswitches 
(b) RNA Editing 
6 
(c) DNA binding domains 
(d) Attenuation 
(e) Salient features of genetic code 
(500) 
(15) 


Unique Paper Code 
question paper contans 6 printcd pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1083 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
(10) 
Instructions for Candidates 
Your Rol No,.go 
: 32497901 
: NUTRITIONAL 
BIOCHEMISTRY 
of view: 
(i) RDA 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
:V (LOCF) 
C 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Deshbandnu.College Libea' 
nalkajl, New Delhi- fe 
Attempt five questions in all, including Question No. 
1 which is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
1. 
(a) Discuss the following terms from a nutritional point 
(ii) Nitrogen balance 
P.T.0. 


1083 
2. 
(ii) Lipotropic facto 
(iv) BMI 
2 
(v) Prebiotics 
(b) Comment on the following (any five) : 
(i) Patients with liver cirrhosis often presens 
with night blindness 
(ii) Thiamine deficiency results in lactic 
acidosis. 
apeil 
(iii) Plant products aren't good quality protein 
(iv) Alcohol is not a nutrient 
(v) Selenium has antioxidant function. 
(vi) Deficiency of manganese leads to impaired 
skeletal growth 
(vii) Ascorbic acid is required for ro 
absorption. 
(5,10) 
(a) 38-year-old vegetarian female 
presented to her 
doctor with fatigue and tingling/numbness in her 
extremities. Her blood smear 
showed large 
immature red blood cells. Suggest 
biochemical tests 
to accurately diagnose her condition. 


1083 
3. 
(b) In a study on experimental diets a group of rats 
was given only maize, which was found to hamper 
their growth. What amino acids should be 
supplemented in their diet to increase the body 
weight and why? 
(c) Why does Vitamin B6 requirement increases with 
protein intake? Compare BV and NPU as an index 
of protein quality. 
(5,4,6) 
Give the biochemical basis, symptoms and nutritional 
management if any, for the following disorders: 
(i)) Hemochromatosis 
(iü) Keshan Disease 
(ii) Wilson's disease 
(iv) Familial Hypercholesterolemia 
(v) Fluorosis 
(1s) 
4. (a) Why is consumption of hydrogenated and 
reheated oils considered harmful? What are the 
recommended proportions of different fatty acids 
in the diet? 
P.T.O. 


1083 
4 
(b) Discuss the factors affecting the bio-availability 
and absorption of calcium in the gastrointestinal 
tract. What would be the effects of having exee 
calcium in the diet? 
(c) Intravenous administration of glucose does not 
cause the same insulin release as oral glucose 
administration. Explain. 
(6,5,4) 
5. 
(a) How is resting metabolic rate different from basal 
metabolic rate? Discuss the various factors which 
affect the resting energy expenditure. 
(b) How do nonessential amino acids become 
conditionally essential? Explain with example. 
(c) Watermelon has a glycemic index of 78 and it 
contains about 7gm carbohydrate in a serving 
whereas pasta has a glycemic index of 45 and the 
carbohydrate content in a helping is 54gm. 
Calculate and compare the glycemic loads of the 
two food items. Also discuss the utility of GI and 
GL in dietary management of diabetics. 
(5,4,6) 
6. 
(a) Discuss the role of liver in regulation or 
metabolism. 


1083 
5 
0) A dug can prevent nutrient absorption by changing 
the gastrointestinal environment; Explain, giving 
two examples. 
(c) What is the role of dietary fiber in: 
(i) Lipid metabolism 
(ii) Colon function 
(iiüi) Gastric emptying 
(iv) Gut Microbiota 
(6,5,4) 
7. (a) What is PEM? Differentiate between the 2 types 
of PEM. 
(b) 56-year-old male following a sedentary lifestyle 
(weight 94 Kilos, height 170 cm) had the following 
lab findings: fasting blood sugar-1 14mg/dl, total 
cholesterol- 240mg/dl, Triacylglycerol 165 mg/dl, 
VLDL 31 mg/dl, LDL 122mg/dl and HDL 39mg/ 
dl. Dietary analysis indicated that the total caloric 
intake was 2300 Kcal/day where carbohydrate, 
fat and protein provided 78%, 12% and 9% of the 
calories respectively. Fibre intake was 5gm/day. 
What is your assessment of his risk of lifestyle 
disorders? What dietary changes could be 
recommended to reduce his risk? 
P.T.0. 


1083 
(c) What do you mean by thermogenic effect of food? 
Can a meal composition influence the TEF : 
how? 
(i) Fenugreek 
6 
(ii) Turmeric 
8. 
(a) What is a nutraceutical? 
Mention the health 
benefits of the following foods: 
(iii) Cloves 
(5,6,4) 
stress. 
(b) Discuss the salient features of Vitamin-D toxicity. 
Can overexposure to sun cause vitamin-D toxicity:m
Give reason for your answer. 
(c) Discuss the 
the oxidative 
11 
the parameters to assess 
( 6 . 5 , 4 1 8 6


his question paper contains 8 printed pages. 
nique Paper Code 
. 
No. of Question Paper: 1093 
lame of the Paper 
lame of the Course 
emester 
Duration:3 Hours 
L. 
1 
1. 
Your Roll No.&D 
of this question paper. 
: 32177902 
nstructions for Candidatec Deshbandnu. College Library 
nalkail, New Delhi-19 
DSE- Inorganic Materials of 
Industrial Importance 
B.Sc. (Hons) 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
as required : 
Attempt SIX questions in all. 
Question 1 is compulsory. 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Attempt any five other questions. 
(a) Give one word for the following / Fill in the blanks 
P.T.0. 


1093 
(i) A device which converts fuel directly into 
2 
electricity without combustion. 
(ii) The process of applying a protective Zinc 
coating to iron. 
(ii) Notation on a bag of fertilizer signifying 
that it contains 12% N, 10% P (P,0.), and 
10% K (K,0). 
(iv) Presence of the compound in urea 
fertilizer that can result in toxicity to 
plants. 
(v) Low 
refractive 
index 
materials, 
generally white in color, which are added 
to a paint formulation to increase ls 
volume. 


1093 
(vi) The protecting power of a sur face 
3 
coating increases with 
porosity. 
expansion. 
(vii) Borosilicate glasses are known for having 
coefficient 
of 
thermal 
(b) Distinguish between the following : 
(i) Silicate and non-silicate glass 
(ii) 
Oil based and Water based paints 
(c) Write short notes on : 
in 
(i)) Potassium fertilizers 
(ii) Heat resistant paints 
(7,4,4) 


1093 
2. 
3. 
(a) Explain the working of lithium-ion 
Describe the intercalation and deintercalation 
process taking place in this battery. 
reactions involved. 
4 
(b) How does a hydrogen fuel cell works? 
Give the 
battery? 
(c) What do you mean by a solid-state battery? 
What are the advantages of a solid- state 
electrolyte battery over the liquid electrolyte 
(4,4,4) 
compound to be 
-ion battery. 
(a) What is a fertilizer? What are the requisites for a 
good fertilizer? 
(b) Explain the manufacture, 
properties, and 
applications of Urea as a fertilizer. 
(c) Discuss the importance of Super alloys giving at 
least two examples. 
(4,4,4) 


1093 
4. 
5. 
(a) 
What are ceramics? 
Why is glazing done for 
ceramic articles? 
(b) What is Portland cement? What makes the cement, 
a quick setting cement? 
(c) Discuss the characteristics and applications of the 
following: 
5 
(i)) Photochromic glass 
(ii) Safety glass 
(a) Describe the formation, and applications of the 
following forms of carbon: 
(i) Fullerenes 
(ii) Carbon fibers 
(4,4,4) 
examples. 
(b) What are semiconducting oxides? Explain giving 


1093 
6. 
(c) How are nanomaterials different 
bulk counterparts? Explain with reference to 
naomaterials? 
the changes 
in properties shown hy at 
Two): 
(i) Thinner 
6 
(ii) Plasticizer 
(a) Define Pigment Volume Concentration (PVC) 
and Critical Pigment Volume Concentration 
(CPVC). 
Mention the 
functions 
of the 
following additives in a paint formulation (Any 
(ii) Fillers 
from their 
by the 
coatings. 
(4,4,4) 
(b) What is the principle of electroplating? 
Discuss 
the process and utility of electroplating for melam 


1093 
7. 
8. 
(c) Discuss the technique by which coatings employing 
7 
metal spraying are applied on a surface. 
mechanism? 
(a) What are emulsion paints? What is their drying 
(4,4,4) 
(b) Why is it necessary to add a retardant to cement? 
Give an example of a retardant and explain with 
chemical reactions how it functions in retarding 
the setting of cement. 
and copper. 
(c) What are alloys? Discuss the alloys of aluminium 
giving example in each case. 
(4,4,4) 
(a) What are thermosets and thermoplastics? Explain 
(b) What are optical fibres? How do signals travel 
hrough them? 


1093 
(c) What are primary and secondary batteries? 
What 
are the characteristics of an ideal battery? 
(4,4,4)

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4502

Unique Paper Code > 32491601

Name of the Paper > Genetic Engineering and
Biotechnology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

bo

There are eight questions.
3. Attempt any five questions.

4. All questions carry equal marks.

UN

Question no. | is compulsory.

1. (a) State True or False and justify for your answer:

(i) Cosmids do not form plaques.

P.T.O.


14502 2

(ii) DNA is treated with alkaline phosphatase

before cloning.

(iii) Ligation of DNA with sticky ends js
difficult compared to blunt ended DNA.

(iv) Electroporation does not require the

preparation of competent cells.

(v) Recombinant Factor VIII expression can

be easily done in prokaryotic host.

(b) Enlist the uses of the following enzymes in genetic
engineering :
(i) T4 polynucleotide kinase
(ii) Klenow fragment
(iii) Reverse transcriptase
(iv) Terminal deoxynucleotidy! transferase

(vy) Sequenase (10,5)

2 (a) Discuss chemical and physical methods of DNA
introduction into cells.


4502 3

(b) What do you mean by o-complementation?
How can tt be used for differentiation between
transformants from tecombinants?

(c) Why is 4grobacteruim tumefaciens known ag
the nature’s smallest genetic engineer? Give the
salient features Ti plasmid? How is the vector

disarmed? (5,4,6)

too
—

(a) With the help of an example, explain fusion proteins.

Enlist the advantages of preparing recombinant

fusion proteins.

(6) A student carried out PCR amplification, but did
not observe any amplification of required gene
sequence. What are the errors that may occurred
while designing the primers, which may
have caused this? If the primer sequence is
S*AGACTCAGAACCC 37’, Calculate its T,.

(c) Write a short note on vectors based on M13

bacteriophages. What is a phagemid? (6,5,4)

4. (a) What do you understand by linkers and
adapters? How are they useful in ligating blunt
ended DNA?

P.T.O.


4502

4

(b) What is the principle of Sanger’s method of

(c

—

DNA sequencing? What are the advantages of

automating the technique?

A purified, linear piece of DNA is cut with EcoR]
and BamHI separately (single digestions) and then
with both enzymes together (double digestion). The
horizontal lines under the digestion conditions
represent schematically the locations of the DNA
fragments (bands) in the lanes of the gel after
electrophoresis and Staining of the DNA with
ethidium bromide. The numbers denote the lengths
of the digestion products (fragments) in base pairs.
Draw a restriction map of the linear DNA.

ORI BamHI EcoRI and Ram]

4,000  mmussesstenens

1,000 taianariaticedsaat

(4,6,5)


4502 rs)

5.

Differentiate between the following :

(a) CDNA and Genomic libraries

(b) A-insertion and A-replacement vectors

(c) Binary and cointegrate Ti plasmid-based vectors
(d) Type I and II restriction enzymes

(e) Southern and Northern hybridisation (3x5)

(a) What the different types of yeast cloning vectors?
Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of any

three.

(b) Why do bacteria have Restriction modification
systems? How do bacteria protect themselves from

these restriction endonucleases present in the cell?

(c) Discuss site-directed mutagenesis and its
applications. Describe any one method of site-

directed mutagenesis. (6,3,6)

(a) What are the major difficulties encountered in

ex pressing animal genes in bacteria? How are

these overcome?

P.T.O.


4502 6
(b) What do you mean by Next generation sequencing?
Discuss its applications.
(c) Explain the industrial production of Insulin using

recombinant DNA technology. (6,3,6)

Write short note on following (Any 3):
(i) Primer designing for PCR

(1) Gene therapy

(1) Bt cotton

(iv) High-capacity vectors (5,5,5)


Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4697

Unique Paper Code > 32497904
Name of the Paper : Molecular Basis of Infectious
Diseases

Name of the Course B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry

Semester Vi

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. There are 8 questions.
3. Attempt any 5 questions.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Give reason for following :
(i) The sickle cell mutation can offer protection

against malaria
P.T.O.


4697 2

(ii) ID50 dose of cholera is very high

(iii) Dimorphic nature of C. albicans helps in
its pathogenesis

(iv) Reinfection of dengue can be fatal

(v) Vaccination for influenza is required every

year

(b) Define the following terms :
(1) Hemozoin
(11) Herd immunity
(iii) Pathogenicity island
(iv) Nosocomial infection

(v) Morbidity rate (10,5)

2. (a) Why do fungal diseases mostly cause opportunistic
infections? Explain with help of an example.

(b) What are the causes and symptoms of amoebiasis?
Mention two common methods to prevent this

infection.

(c) What are the various biosafety levels? Explain.
(13)

3. (a) Give the diagnostic test for following diseases :

(1) Typhoid


4697 3

(ii) Diphtheria
(iii) HIV
(iv) Malaria
(v) Tuberculosis
(b) Draw the structure of hepatitis B virus. What are

the differences between hepatitis A and hepatitis
B viral diseases? (10,5)

4. Draw the life cycles of following pathogenic organisms.
(a) Leishmania donovoni
(b) Mycobacterium tuberculosis

(c) HIV (15)

5. Differentiate between the following :
(a) Antigenic shift and antigenic drift
(b) Latent and active tuberculosis
(c) Sporozoites and trophozoites
(d) Cholera toxin and diphtheria toxin

(e) Gram positive and Gram negative bacteria

6. (a) Compare and contrast the pathogenesis of :
(i) Malaria and Derigue
| P.T.O.


4697 4

7.

(ii) Rabies and Tetanus
(b) What is the mechanism of action of following
drugs !
(i) Isoniazid
(ii) Amphotericin B
(iii) Chloroquine

(iv) Tamiflu (7,8)

(a) What are the various classes of vaccines? Explain

with help of examples.

(b) What do you mean by reservoir, vector and
intermediate host? Explain with the help of

examples.

(c) What is the cycle of infectious disease? Also

describe the course of an infectious disease.

(15)
Write short notes on:
(a) Emerging and re-emerging diseases
(b) Koch’s postulates
(c) Baltimorean classification
(d) Aspergillosis |
(15)

(e) Trypanosomal infections
(500)


Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4698

Unique Paper Code - 32497907

Name of the Paper > Plant Biochemistry

Name of the Course : B.Se. (H) Biochemistry
Semester : Vi

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

i)

There are 8 questions.
3. Attempt any 5 questions.
4.  AIl questions carry equal marks.

5. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Write true or false and justify your answer (Any
Six) :

(i) Somatic embryogenesis is a process in

which zygotic embryos resemble somatic

cells.
P.T.O.


4698 2

(ii) Succinyl-CoA synthetase in plants differs

from that in animals.

(iii) Electron transport chain continues even in

presence of potassium cyanide in plants.
(iv) C4 pathway can exist in single cells.
(v) VLFR are photoreversible.

(vi) Nitrogen fixation requires aerobic

environment.

(vil) CAM plants show slow rate of mass

production.
(b) Discuss the contribution of following scientists :
(1) Robert Hill

(11) Guha and Maheshwari (12,3)

2. (a) Define the following terms :
(i) Totipotency

(ii) Red drop effect


4698 3

(iii) Callus

(iv) Bacteroids

(v) Apical dominance

(vi) Absorption spectrum
(vii) Symbiosome
(vill) Photosynthetic efficiency

(ix) Saponins

(b) Alternative reactions provide flexibility to plant
glycolysis. Discuss. (9,6)
3. (a) Explain the role of following :
(1) Leghaemoglobin
(1) GOGAT

(il) Glycine decarboxylase: Serine OH-methyl

transferase

(iv) Vacuole in plant system

P.T.O.


4698 4

(v) Malic enzyme
(vi) Ethylene
(b) How do plants cope up with an abiotic stress
caused due to floods? (12,3)
4. Illustrate the following diagrammatically/schematically :

(i) Photochemical reactions occurring in light

reaction
(ii) Nitrogen cycle
(iii) Photorespiratory pathway (5,5,5)

5. (a) Explain the regulation of phosphoenol pyruvate
carboxylase in C4 and CAM pathway.

(b) Explain the structure, mechanism and regulation

of Nitrogenase enzyme.

(c) List and describe briefly about any five metabolite
translocators of the mitochondrial inner

membrane. (5,5,5)


5
4698

Differentiate between the following (amy three) :
6. JI

(i) Form | and Form 2 of Rubisco
i

(ii) Micropropagation and plant cell culture

Nitrate reductase and Nitrite reductase

(iil)

(iv) NADP-ME and NAD-ME pathway

(5x3=15)

-. (a) Explain how atmospheric inorganic nitrogen
from the biosphere is assimilated into bio-

molecules.

(b) How do nodules control the internal concentration

of oxygen in rhizobia infected cells?

(c) Classify alkaloids and discuss their important role
in plants? (4,5,6)
8. Write short note on:
(i) Non-phosphorylating electron transport chain

(11) Role of Terpenoids in plants

P.T.O.


4698 6

(itl) Controlled infection

(iv) Phytoalexins

(u,4,4, 3)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages, ne vw
p pag Ana $e

LIBR
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4782 wn E
Unique Paper Code 30491602 NA ee 8
Name of the Paper : Immunology |
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : VI
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

tus

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. There are 8 questions.
3. Attempt any 5 questions.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

(a) Fill in the blanks with appropriate answers ;

(i) _____ are the first cells to reach the

inflammatory site.

(ii) ___—s mediators are released in the

development of type I hypersensitive
reactions.

P.T.O.


4782 2

(iii) Colostrum is rich in

(iv) —_________ comp ement component acts as
an opsonin.

(v) ______ most potent professional
antigen-presenting cells

(b) Comment on the following statements :

(i) Levels of IgG antibody rise sharply in
secondary response.

(ii) Passive immunization is fast but lasts for a
short duration.

(iii) Human skin is resistant to colonization by

E.coli despite constant exposure to it.

(iv) Unlike CTLs, NK cells can kill IgG-coated
target cells.

(v) Activation of complement cascade results
in the development of inflammatory

reactions. (5,10)

2. Differentiate between:
G4) MHC I and MHC II
(ii) T cell and B cell epitope

ves Lo, Loo. soa ynization
(iii) Active immunization and Passive imm


4782 3

(iv) Primary and Secondary lymphoid organs

(4,4,4,3)

3. (a) Describe the Alternate Pathway for complement

activation till MAC formation.

(b) Innate immunity collaborates with adaptive
immunity to protect the host. Discuss this
collaboration, naming key points of interaction

between the two systems.

(c) Explain with the help of a diagram, the mechanism
of class switching of B cells. (5,5,5)

4. (a) Explain different phases of development of

Delayed type hypersensitivity response.

(b) Briefly describe B cell development and

differentiation in the bone marrow.

(c) Elaborate briefly on major events in the

inflammatory response. (5,5,5)

5. (a) Describe the cytosolic pathway for processing and

presentation of antigen to T lymphocytes.

(b) Discuss briefly all the characteristics of an antigen

to be immunogenic.

P.T.O.


4782 4

_(c) Draw a well-labelled cross-section of a portion of
the thymus. Depict the location of different types
of cells in different regions of the thymus.

(6,5,4)

6. (a) Name the autoantigens, major effectors and explain

_the immunological mechanism of the following
diseases along with the symptoms.

(i) Systemic lupus erythematosus

(1) Hashimoto’s thyroiditis
(6) Explain the cytotoxic activity of CD8+ T cell.
(c) Describe how the adjuvants enhance the immune

response. (6,5,4)

/. (a) Describe the Immunological basis of allograft
acceptance and rejection. Why autografts are
generally accepted?

(b) Draw a neat well labelled diagram of the T cell
receptor along with its co-receptor

(c) Explain the technology used to produce monoclonal
antibodies. (5,5,5)

CO

Write short notes on:

(1) Superantigens

(11) Erythroblastosis fetalis

(il) DNA vaccines

(iv) TLR (4,4,4,3)
(500)


[This question paper contains 4 printed ee
&

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4820

Your Roll Bo.

Unique Paper Code : 32497904

Name of the Paper : Molecular Basis of Infectious
Diseases

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

—_—_———— eee

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

There are 8 questions.
Attempt any 5 questions.
All questions carry equal marks.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

(a) Give reasoning for following :
(1) Diphtheria is diagnosed Clinically
(ii) ID50 dose of cholera is very high

a PTYQD



4820 2

(iii) Zoonotic diseases are majorly rising as new

emerging diseases
(iv) Candidiasis is common in AIDS patients

(v) Rabies can be prevented by vaccination

(b) Define the following terms :
(i) Recrudescence
(ii) Dimorphic fungi
(111) Pathogenicity island
(iv) Nosocomial infection

(v) Tetanospasmin (10,5)

2. (a) Answer the following questions :

(i) There are various immunological tests for

tuberculosis. Describe any two.
(ii) Describe the Widal test.

(iii) Which antigenic proteins are first detected
during HIV infection? What is their

significance in diagnosis?

(iv) How are parasitic diseases historically
diagnosed? Describe Montenegro test.

(v) What are Koch’s postulates? (15)


4820 3

o>)

Ls

(a) Describe the drugs used in the DOTS therapy?
What is MDR-TB and XDR-TB?

(b) What is HAART? How can AIDS be cured

completely?

(c) Draw the structure of influenza virus. What is the

function of hemagglutinin and neuraminidase?

(15)

Draw the life cycles of following pathogenic
organisms :

(a) Plasmodium
(b) Entameoba histolytica

(c) HIV (15)

Differentiate between the following:

(a) Antigenic shift and antigenic drift

(b) African sleeping sickness and chagas disease
(c) Endotoxin and exotoxin

(d) Hepatitis A and hepatitis B

(e) Oral and injectable polio vaccine (15)
(a) How was the BCG vaccine developed? Why is it

ineffective in adulthood?

P.T.O.


~

4820 4

(b) Which discases are prevented by DPT Vaccine?

What ts the composition of DTaP?
(c) Why is there no vaccine for HIV till now?

(d) Which mechanism prevents vaccine development

for dengue?

(e) What is the difference between active and passive

immunization? (15)

7. (a) Which are the 3 major toxins involved in

pathogenesis of anthrax? Describe their mechanism

of action.

(b) What are the three types of leishmaniasis? How

are amastigotes different from promastigotes?

(c) What is the cycle of infectious disease? Also

describe the course of infectious diseases.

(15)

Write short notes on:

(a) Re-emerging diseases

(b) Biosafety levels

(c) Source, reservoir and transmission of pathogen

(d) Sporotrichosis

(ec) Giardiasis (15)
(500)


(This question paper contains 6 printed pages. |

(20 Your Rol

cr, No. of Question Paper : 4821

Unique Paper Code > 32497907

Name of the Paper : Plant Biochemistry

Name of the Course : B.Se. (HM) Biochemistry
Semester : Vi

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks - 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. There are 8 questions.

oe)

Attempt any 5 questions.
4. AIl questions carry equal marks.

5. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Indicate whether True or False with justification

(Any six):
(i) Meristem cultures are infected with viruses,

P.T.O.


2

(ii) Plant respiration is completely inhibited by
inhibitors like cyanide and azide.
(ii) Low. fluence responses are non-
_ photoreversible.

(iv) Migration of bacteria towards roots of the

host plant is a chemotactic response.

(v) Atmospheric nitrogen is directly accessible

to the living organisms.

(vi) In plants the control of glycolysis comes
from the “bottom up”.

(vil) Stomata remain ciosed during daytime in
CAM plants.

(b) Discuss briefly the contribution of the following
scientists :

(i) Emerson and Arnold

(ii) Murashige and Skoog (12,3)

2. (a) Define the following terms :
(1) Rhizosphere

(ii) Enhancement effect


3
482!
(iii) Callus
(iv) High irradiance response
(v) Apical dominance
(vi) Absorption spectrum
(vii) Infection thread
(viii) Elicitors
(b) Discuss the unique features of the Electron
transport chain found in the inner membrane of
the plant mitochondria. What flexibility does it

impart to the plants in coping up with stress?
(8,7)

3. Explain the role of following in plants (any six) :
(1) Nitrite reductase
(ii) GOGAT

(ii) Glycine decarboxylase: Serine OH-methy!l
transferase

(iv) Rubisco inhibitor
(v) Vacuoles in plant system

P.T.O.


4821 4

Cn

(vi) PEP carboxylase

(vit) Auxin

(vit) Allelopathy (15)

Illustrate the following diagrammatically/schematically :
(i) Nitrogen cycle
(i) Flow of electrons in Z scheme
(ii) Different phases of CAM pathway (5,5,5)
(a) Discuss in detail, how Calvin cycle is regulated in
the presence of light?

(b) Explain the structure, mechanism and regulation

of Nitrogenase enzyme.
(c) What is the significance of oxidative pentose
phosphate pathway in plants? (5,5,5)
Differentiate between :
(i) PS 1 and PS 2

(ii) Organogenesis and Somatic embryogenesis


4821 5
(iii) Nitrite reductase and nitrate reductase
(iv) C3 and C4 plants

y ») “4 ' “ND TAR "mo . * * . .
(v) Primary and secondary ammonia assimilation in

7 (a) What is the significance of nitrogen fixation?
Mention the different ways by which nitrogen
fixation occurs in the environment? Give an

example of each of the following :

(i) an aerobic free-living nitrogen-fixing

bacteria

(ii) an anaerobic free living nitrogen-fixing

bacteria
(iii) a symbiotic nitrogen-fixing bacteria
(iv) a symbiont with woody plants

(b) Explain the role of secondary metabolites in the

defence mechanism of plants.

(c) Discuss the various physical and biochemical
mechanisms that help the plants to create
anaerobic environment for carrying out nitrogen
fixation. (5,5,5)

P.T.O.


4821 6
8. Write short note on:
Qi) Protoplast culturing
(i) Xanthophyll Cycle
(iui) Q cycle

(iv) Process of nodule formation

[4,3,454]

(1S 
IThis question paper contains 6 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No..21 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 7363 
J 
Unique Paper Code 
32491301 
Name of the Paper 
Metabolism of Carbohydrates 
& LipidsS 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc.(Hons.)/Biochemistry 
Semester 
III 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt Five questions in alI 
2 
GLE 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory 
3 
DHU 
BRARY 
Kalka 
1. 
(a) Comment on the following: 
e w 
Da 
(i) Metabolism of a Ci fatty acid can lead to 
the net synthesis of glucose, but the 
metabolism of a Ci fatty acid cannot. 
P.T.O. 


7363 
2 
(i) Fatty acid biosynthesis in a rat liver 
homogenate is severely inhibited when 
avidin, a protein found in egg white, is 
added. 
(ii) Phosphofructokinase catalyzed step is the 
committed step of glycolysis. 
(iv) Livers of Jamaican vomiting sickness 
victims are usually depleted of glycogen. 
(v) Phosphorylation of glucose inside the cell 
is advantageous. 
(vi) Glycogen is an efficient storage form of 
glucose. 
(b) State whether the following statements are true 
or false. If False, justify- 
(1) Liver does not utilize ketone bodies for 
energy even during starvation. 
(ii) a oxidation is an obligatory step in the 
oxidation of odd chain fatty acids. 


3 
7363 
(i) Fats cannot be converted to glucose. 
(iv) The Pentose phosphate pathway is present 
(12,7) 
in plants, not in animals 
(a) What is substrate level phosphorylation? Explain 
2. 
with an example. How it is different from 
respiration linked oxidative phsophorylation? 
(b) Explain the regulation of Rubisco in Calvin cycle. 
(c) Describe how increased level of the following 
molecules will affect the glycolysis rate? 
) 
Increased level of F-6-P 
(i1) Increased ATP 
(4,4,6) 
(iii) Increased Citrate 
(a) Name the enzyme responsible and the associated 
3. 
symptoms for the following disorders- 
G) Niemann Pick Disease 
(ii) Von Gierke disease 
(ii) Pompe disease 
(iv) Tay Sach Discase 
P.T.O. 


4 
7363 
(b) If 4c-acetyl -CoA (labeled in both carbons) 
and a large excess of malonyl CoA are added to 
a sample of purified fatty acid synthase complex, 
the palmitate that results are labeled at only two 
positions. Which are they? Explain. 
(c) Describe the B-oxidation of fatty acids in 
peroxisomes. 
(6,4,4) 
(a) Describe and calculate the total number of ATP 
4 
produced from the complete oxidation of palmitic 
acid. 
(b) Describe citric acid cycle & indicate its control 
points, activators & inactivators. 
(5,9) 
(a) Heart muscle and renal cortex prefer acetoacetate 
5. 
as a fuel over glucose. Write the sequence of 
reactions and the overall reaction for the process 
whereby these tissues transform acetoacetate to 
acetyl CoA for entry into TCA cycle. 
(b) Describe the reactions and the enzymes involved
in the following synthesis (any 2). 


7363 
5 
(i) Biosynthesis of Ceramide 
(i) Biosynthesis of Phosphatidyl Choline 
(iil) Biosynthesis of Triacylglycerol 
(c) Describe the advantages of C4 plants over C3 
plants. 
(3,8,3) 
6. 
(a) Describe the digestion, absorption and transport 
of dietary fats. 
(b) Describe the action of the following inhibitors 
(i) Aspirin 
(ii) Fluoride 
(iii) lodoacetate 
(6,8) 
(iv) Arsenate 
7 
Explain the following pathways alongwith its regulation 
(i) Fatty acid synthesis and breakdown 
(14) 
(ii) Glycogenesis and glycogenolysis 
P.T.O. 


7363 
6 
S. 
Write short notes on (any 4): 
) 
Pasteur Effect 
(ii) Glyoxylate Cycle 
(iii) Cori Cycle 
(iv) Cholesterol Synthesis 
(v) Role of carnitine in fatty acid metabolism 
(3.5x =14) 


HBAND 
BANDA 
/This question paper contains 6 printed pages.] 
LIBRARY 
COL 
1 
Kalikai 
9lhi-19 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 7364 
Your Roll No...al.. 
J 
Unique Paper Code 
32491302 
Name of the Paper 
: Membrane Biology and 
Bioenergetics
Name of the Course 
B.Sc (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Semester 
III 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt any five questions in all, including 
2 
Question No. 1 which is compulsory. 
3. 
Log tables and /or scientific calculator may be 
provided. 
1. 
(A) Explain the following terms: 
1. 
(a) CMC of a detergent 
(b) Critical packing parameter of a lipid 
(c) Resonance energy transfer 
P.T.O. 


7364 
2 
(d) Homeoviscous adaptation 
(e) Polarized cells 
(f Proton motive force 
(1.5x6) 
(B) Give reasons for the following: 
(a) Phosphatidyl choline is found predominantly 
on the outer (extracellular) side of the bilayer 
(b) Rate of uncoupling by valinomycin is 
temperature dependent whereas gramicidin is 
not 
(c) Rafts are detergent insoluble membrane 
domain 
(d) Cardiac glycosides increase the intensity of 
heart muscle contraction 
(e) Iron sulfur clusters are single electron carriers 
(2x5) 
2 
(A) For the reaction A ®B at 298° K, the change 
2 
in enthalpy is 8 kJ. mol" and the change in entrop 
is 30 J.K-, mol. ls the reaction spontaneous? 
If not, then should the temperature be increased 
or decreased to make it spontaneous? 


7364 
3 
(B) Describe the anti-oxidant mechanism present in 
the mitochondria to destroy ROS. 
(C)Give the basis of high energy of hydrolysis of the 
following compounds: 
(a) 1,3 
- Bis phosphoglycerate 
(b) GTP 
(D) Give one contribution of the following scientists: 
(a) Albert L. Lehninger 
(b) Paul Boyer 
(c) Deisenhofer and Michel 
(4,3,4,3) 
3 
(A)Compare the composition of eukaryotic and 
prokaryotic plasma membranes. 
(B)Give one experimental proof of the following: 
(a) Bilayer structure of membranes 
(b) Lateral diffusion in membranes. 
(C)Give one application of the following membrane 
models: 
(a) Monolayer in Langmuir trough 
P.T.O. 


7364 
A 
(b) 
(b) 
Planar bilayer at tip of patch pipette 
(c) Liposomes 
(D) Explain how Brown adipose tissue (BAT) 
generates non-shivering thermogenesis. 
(2,4,6,2) 
4. 
(A) Explain how the passage of protons through the 
FF-ATPase induce the rotation of the C- ring 
resulting in the synthesis of ATP. 
(B) What is effect of the following molecules on the 
electron transport chain in intact mitochondria with 
respect to ATP generation and O, utilization? Give 
justification of your answer. 
(a) DNP 
(b) Oligomycin 
(c) Cyanide 
(C) Show how malate aspartate shuttle transports 
NADH from cytosol to mitochondria.
(5,8.3) 
(A)Draw the schematic model of PSII showing 
5 
electron transport from H,0 molecule to Qa 
(B)Calculate the energy of one mole of photon of 


7364 
5 
light of wavelength 680 nm. How many moles of 
ATP could theoretically be synthesized if 100% 
energy is conserved under standard conditions? 
(C) What is the efficiency of non-cyclic photosynthetic 
light reaction? Compare it to the efficiency of 
cyclic photosynthetic reaction. 
(4,5,5) 
6. 
Differentiate between: 
6. 
(a) Photosynthetic
electron transport
in Purple 
photosynthetic bacteria and green sulfur bacteria. 
(b) NAD and FAD as electron carriers 
(c) Rotenone sensitive and rotenone resistant NADH 
dehydrogenase 
(4,4,4,2) 
(d) LHCI and LHCII. 
7. 
(A) Show diagrammatically, how Na* Glucose 
transporter and GLUT-2 together are involved in 
the absorption of glucose from the intestinal lumen 
into the blood stream. Also contrast between the 
functioning of the two glucose transporters 
(B) Explain how, does the anion exchanger in the RBC 
operates in one direction in the tissues and in the 
opposite direction in the lungs. 
P.T.O. 


6 
7364 
(C)Give the schematie representation of transport of 
Ca2 
out of the cell via plasma membrane Ca2+ 
(6,5,3) 
ATPase pump. 
Give diagrammatic explanation of the following: 
(a) RBC membrane architecture 
(b) Membrane fusion 
(c) Iron uptake by cells via receptor mediated 
endocytosis 
(d) Caveolae 
(4,4,3,3) 
Note: Standard values: [R =8.314L/mol.K, 
F 
96,480J/V.mol] 
BAND 
NDHU 
GOLLE 
LIBRARY 
alkail Ne 
Eel 
(300 


IThis question paper conlains > printed pages. 
1 
Your Roll No..A, 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 7365 
32491303 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Harmone Biochemistry and 
function 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc(Hons.) Biochemistry 
Semester 
III 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
2 
Attempt Five questions in all. 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
3. 
1. 
(a) Expand the following and give their physiological 
significance. 
(7x2) 
CO 
LEGE 
(i) MAP kinase OHU 
LIBRARY 
Kalkat 
(ii) PH domain 
P.T.O. 
N e 


7365 
2 
(iii) COMT 
(iv) CCK 
OLLEG 
(v) IGF-1I 
ADHU 
CO 
(vi) FSHI 
BRAR 
LNav 
Kalka 
(vii) POMC 
(b) Define the following terms: 
(5x1) 
(i) 
Natriuresis 
(ii) Autocrine 
(ii) Polydipsia 
(iv) Agonist 
(v) Cross phosphorylation 
(vi) 
Neurotransmitter 
2 
Differentiate between the following: 
(i) Cretinism and Myxedema 
ii) IDDM and NIDDM 
AUVYa 


7365 
(ii) PKA and Pki 
(iv)Conn and Cushing syndrome 
(4x3.5) 
3 
(i) Deseribe the role of various hormones in menstural 
cycle. 
(i) Explain the model for control of GH secretion by 
somatostatins and somatomedins. 
(ii) Explain the effect of PTH on osteoblast and 
osteoclast activity. 
(6,4,4) 
4. 
(i) What is Baroreceptor hypothesis? How does Renin 
secretion affect the blood pressure? 
(i) Illustrate the major effects of cortisol on 
carbohydrate and lipid metabolism. 
(iii) Explain the role of testosterone
on male 
reproduction. 
(5,5,4) 
5. 
Diagrammatically illustrate the following: 
(1) Oxidative coupling scheme for lodothyronine
formation in the follicular cell 
P.T.O. 


7365 
4 
(ii) Glucagon activation of hepatic adenylate cyclase 
and glucose formation 
(ii) Feedback control of Vitamin D synthesis 
(iv) JAK-STAT pathway 
(4x3.5) 
6. 
Comment on the folloWing: 
1) Catecholamines regulate carbohydrate and fat 
metabolism. 
(1) The gut is considered a neuroendocrine organ. 
(iii) Oxytocin action during Parturition is an example 
of feed forward response. 
(iv) The Pituitary is considered 
a 
dual gland, 
anatomically and functionally 
(4x3.5) 
7. 
i) Explain the mechanism of action of Insulin 
hormone. 
(ii) Explain signal transduction pathway utilizing DAG 
and calcium as second messenger. 


7365 
5 
(ii) lllustrate the role of V1tamin D, Calcitonin and 
Estradiol in controlling bone mineralization and 
demineralisation 
(5,5,4) 
8. 
Write short notes on:
ANT 
(i) Lactation 
(i) NO as a vasodilator 
(ii) Scatchard plot 
V e w 
e l 
(iv)Leptin 
(3.5x4) 
(300) 
Kalk

(S)

[This question paper contains 6 printed pages. ]

Your Roll No

Cees eeeesereune

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 2183 IC
Unique Paper Code : 32491601

Name of the Paper Genetic Engineering and

Biotechnology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) / Biochemistry
Semester : Vi
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) State true or false and explain.

(i) Plasmid pUC 8 is preferred over pBR322
for cloning of DNA.

(ii) Lambda replacement vectors are used to
make genomic DNA libraries.

P10:


183 2

(ii) The enzyme sequenase is a genetically

modified version of T4 DNA polymerase.

(iv) If a given DNA fragment is cut with a
four — base cutter restriction enzyme, it
will always yield fragments that are 256
bp long.

(v) Disarmed vectors donot possess any

virulence genes.

(vi) IPTG is the gratuitous inducer of lac

operon. (1.5x6=9)
(b) Explain the following briefly :
(1) Shuttle vectors
(11) Star activity
(111) Direct selection
(iv) Helper phage

(v) Adapters (2x5=10)


2183 3

2. (a) What are fusion tags? Explain with the help of

examples and emphasize on their usefulness.

(b) Compare the mega-primer and overlap extension

methods of site directed mutagenesis.

(c) Discuss a physical method of DNA transformation.
(5,6,3)

3. (a) Draw the slab gel profile of the DNA fragment
whose sequence by the Sanger’s dideoxy method
has been found to be 5’°- ATG CAG TTA AGT
TCC TCC GAG-3’. Also draw the slab gel profile

of its complementary strand.

(b) What are the transient and permanent protection
groups in the phosphoramidite method of DNA
synthesis? What are the differences between the

chemical and enzymatic methods of DNA

synthesis?

(c) Describe the salient features of the Ti

Plasmid. _ (5,5,4)
yA p ill Cor
[x “®)
Lu G3
l, Lei RY |
P.T.O.

\+
e


2183

4. (a) The following gel profile is obtained on digesting
a linear DNA fragment with two restriction

enzymes:
EcoRV4, 12, 34
Hind III 7,15,28

EcoRV + Hind III 4,5, 7, 11, 23 (all fragment

sizes are in kilobases)

Draw the restriction map of the given linear

DNA.

(b) Who invented the technique of PCR? Explain

technique.

(c) What are factors that are kept in mind while

designing the primers for PCR? (5,5,4)

5. Write short notes on the following:
(i) Protein engineering
(ii) Plaque hybridization

(iii) cDNA library (5,4,5)


2183 5

6. (a) What are probes? Discuss any two methods of

DNA probe preparation.
(>) What is pyrosequencing?

(c) What is sequence independent library screening?

Explain in detail. (5,3,6)

(a) What are pET vectors? Why are they successful
in ensuring tight regulation of expression from a

gene of interest?

(b) Which enzymes are preferred for each of these

and why :
(1) Labeling of 5° end of DNA.
(11) Joining blunt ended molecules
(iii) Adding homopolymer tails to DNA ends

(iv) Protecting the sequence 5’-GATC-3’ in any
DNA fragment from getting cleaved by

restriction enzyme. (6,8)

8. (a) What are GM crops? Give two examples of
different types of GM crops that are already

PLEO:


2183 6

available around the world, with the details of
recombinant DNA technology which Were used to

create them.

(b) What do you understand by in-vitro packaging of

DNA? Explain. (8,6)
on SHl ps
SETI A
(s “
“J si
Aff G)\
ay mI
‘ i



(6)

[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.]

Your Roll No.u........ceeee
Lolf

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 2184 IC
Unique Paper Code : 32491602
Name of the Paper : Immunology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : VI
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all, including Question No.
1 which is compulsory.

1. (a) Write true or false for the following statements,

(correct the false statement).

(i) The heavy chain variable region is twice

as long as the light chain variable region.

S>\ (ii) Antigen presenting cells express both class
I and class II MHC molecules on their
membrane.

PTO,



2184

(111)

(iv)

—

(Vv

(vi)

(vii)

(vill)

(ix)

2

A single molecule of membrane bound IgM
can activate the Clq component of the

classical complement pathway.

Antihistamines are effective for the
treatment of delayed type hypersensitivity

reactions.

Mast cells possess surface receptors for

IgD antibodies.

Carbohydrate antigens generally do not take

help from T cells.

Cytotoxic Tcells are identified by

monoclonal! antibodies against CD 4

Infection has no influence on the rate of

hematopoiesis.

A large protein antigen can combine with

many different antibody molecules. (9)

(b) Explain the following statements briefly :

(i)

(11)

Antibodies can act as antigens.

Human skin is resistant to colonization by

Escherichia colt.


2184 3

(il) Patients suffering from DiGeorge’s

syndrome suffer from recurrent infections.
(iv) B cells exhibit allelic exclusion.

(v) Hyper acute rejection reactions occur
within 24 hours after transplant. (10)

(a) What are the hallmark characteristics of localized
inflammatory response? How do_ these
characteristics contribute to the mounting of an

effective immune response?

(b) Draw a schematic diagram of IgG immunoglobulin
and indicate the function of each domain. How
would you modify the diagram of IgG to depict an
IgA molecule isolated from saliva?

(c) Explain isotype, allotype and idiotype? (5,6,3)

(a) The mucous membrane lining the digestive and
respiratory systems are the major sites of entry
for most pathogens. How are these surfaces
defended from attack by pathogens?

(b) For each pair of antigens listed below, indicate
which is likely to be more immunogenic when

injected in rabbit? Explain your answer.

PTO.


2184 4

(i) Native BSA and denatured BSA
(ii) Hen egg white lysozyme and hen collagen

(iii) A protein with molecular weight of 30,000

and a protein with molecular weight of
150,000

(iv) Homopolymers and heteropolymers

(c) Highlight the role of TAP, Calnexnin, invariant
chain and HLA-DM in antigen processing.
(4,4,6)

4. (a) Explain why a V,, segment cannot join directly
with a J,, segment in a heavy chain gene
rearrangement?

(b) What is the importance of somatic hypermutation
and the enzyme terminal deoxy transferase in

generation of antibody diversity?

(c) The microenvironment provided by the bone
marrow stromal cells is essential for the

differentiation of Pro B cells into a mature B cell.
Why? (4,5,5)

5 (a) Discuss the sequence of events that are
responsible for destruction of target cells by T
cytotoxic cells.


2184 5

(b) What are the advantages and disadvantages of

using attenuated organisms as vaccines?

matically show the structure of BCR

(c) Diagram
(7,4,3)

coreceptor complex.

y of complement

6. (a) Explain the Classical pathwa
t from Lectin

activation. How is it differen

Pathway?

(b) State the biological role of DAF, HRF, Factor H

and C4BP.

lass IIMHC.

(c) Differentiate between class I and c
(6,4,4)

(a) Explain the cause of following clinical conditions :

(i) A person developed redness on skin with

pustules and severe inflammation after

coming in contact with Poison oak.

(ii) A patient developed severe anaemia
symptoms after having Penicillin to cure a
microbial infection. The anaemia symptoms

disappeared with discontinuation of

Penicillin.

AS



2184 6

(b) Describe al least three different mechanisms by
which a localized viral infection might contribute
to the development of an organ specific

autoimmune disease.
(c) Explain how NK cells lacking TCR recognize
infected cells? (4,6,4)
8. Write short notes on the following (any four) :
(a) Thymic education
(b) DNA vaccines

(sc) SLE

(d) Adjuvants

(e) TLR (3.5x4=14)

(300


This question paper contains 4 printed meg

S. No. of Question Paper : 2626 201g

Unique Paper Code : 32497906 IC
Name of the Paper : Advanced Cell Biology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry : DSE-3

Semester : Vi

Duration : 3 Hours : Maximum Marks : 75

a
" =

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this questio

Attempt five questions in all including ry
Q. No. 1 which is compulsory.  N©
\o V
| (a) Fill in the blanks : \%
GY sexenenenstnanieananes coated vesicles transport proteins from——~

Golgi apparatus to lysosomes.

(ii) The transmembrane proteins namely ............-.sssse

mediate cell-matrix contact in focal adhesions.

CHE) shcasssnscavesegpersnases. microscopy cannot be used for live

cell imaging.

(iv) The presence of KDEL sequence directs the

localization of polypeptide iN ........c.scscceesensenees

(v) The anticancer Gras Called scssvvnsesecneswssen inhibits

cell division via stabilization of microtubules. 1x5=5

P.T.O.


(d)

(a)

(5)

(a)

Give
(7)
(il)

(iii)

(7v)

(v)

(vi)

(vil)

Give

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)
(v)

reasons for (any seven) :

Skeletal muscles show striated appearance,

Ran GTP concentration is higher in nucleus than
in cytoplasm.

The synthesis of phospholipids takes place on the
cytosolic side of the SER membrane.

Gap junctions play a role in intercellular

communication in animal cells.

Oocytes can remain arrested at diplotene stage for

long periods of time.

Cancer patients undergoing chemotherapy often

need bone marrow transplantation.

The presequences of mitochondrial proteins are
positively charged whereas the transit peptides of

chloroplast proteins are not. 2x7=14
subcellular location and function of the following :
Emerin

Protein Disulfide Isomerase

Axonemal Dynein

TOC complex

Catalase. 2x5=10

Describe four major differences between transformed cells

and normal cells. 4

Explain how a polypeptide synthesized in cytosol moves

to mitochondrial matrix. 4


( 3) 2626

(5) A mature human gamete has C amount of DNA. How
much DNA does a somatic cell have :
() In G, phase
(ii) In G, phase
(iif) At the end of mitosis. 1x3=3
(c) Explain how does one develop primary and secondary
cell cultures using intact tissues. What is the purpose
of addition of serum in culture growth medium ? 4
(d) Explain how tight junctions help in maintaining cell
polarity. 3
(a) Explain biochemical basis of lysosomal storage diseases.
Discuss two examples. 4
(b) Explain the significance of the following :
(i) Flippase
(ii) Centrosome econ ON
(iit) Dolichol ee Q)
[o> | a
(iv) Caspases = 3 Wohi
(vy) MPF. ke a 2x5=10
\F o/
Differentiate between : N4377 ow OF
(a) SEM and TEM.
(6) Differential centrifugation and Density gradient
centrifugation.
(c) | Hemidesmosomes and Desmosomes
(d) Actin Bundles and Actin Networks
(ec) COPI and COPII coated vesicles. 3333.2

P.T.O.


ALOL

(a)

Co)

(c)

Write
(!)
(ii)
(iii)
(7)
(v)
(a)

(5)

(c)

(4)

( 4)
2626

Discuss the contribution of the following Scien

() Ginter Blobel “
(if) Robert Horvitz

(ii) Alan Smith. ee

Explain actin binding proteins. List four examples with
their specific functions. 5

Discuss the organization and functions of golgi
apparatus. Give a list of final destinations of the proteins

leaving golgi apparatus. 6
short notes on :

Cell cycle checkpoints.

Induced pluripotent stem cells.

Endosymbiotic theory of origin of organelles.

Laser scanning confocal microscope.

Cadherins. 3,3,3,3,2

Compare and contrast structure, assembly, organization
and function of microtubules and intermediate

filaments. 3
Discuss the metabolic significance of peroxisomes. What
3

is Zellweger syndrome ?

Explain the principle of phase contrast microscopy.

Discuss one limitation of this technique. <

Explain briefly the application of the following :

(() FRET

(ii) Herceptin. 2x1=2
200


This question paper contains 4 printed pages] (2)

1219

S. No. of Question Paper : 2759

Unique Paper Code : 32497904 IC
Name of the Paper : Molecular Basis of Infectious Diseases
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry : DSE-4
Semester : Vi

Duration : 3 Hours | Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt five questions in all including;
Question No. 1 which is compulsory.

l. (A) Name the pathogen, symptom and treatment of the

following diseases :

(a) Cholera

(b) Ringworm

(c) Giardiasis < 2

(d) Chickungunya. i New © wy 3x4=12

(B) Give the full form of the following :

(a) BOG
(6) DPT
(c) XDR

P.T.O.


( 2 ) 2759

(d) INF
(ec) STR
(} HBsA
(g) HCC. Tx1=7

Comment on the following :

(a)

(6)

(¢)
()
(e)
(

(g).

The virulence of C. diphtheriae is dependent on its

potent exotoxin.

Anti-Tubercular therapy of Rifampicin, Isoniazid and

Ethambutol is carried out for at least 9 months.
Many DNA viruses can cause cancer.

HAV shows hepatotropism.

Thrush is a common symptom of Candidiasis.
Patients suffering from Malaria show recurring cycles
of chills, fever and sweats.

Kaposi sarcoma and opportunistic pneumonia are seen

in patients with AIDS. 2x7-14

Explain the mechanism behind the following. :

(a)

(5)

Muscular spasms in patients suffering from tetanus
infection.
Seizures, hallucination, muscular spasms and excessive

salivation in rabies patients.


( 3) 2759

(c) After an episode of dengue infection, subsequent
infection with other dengue serotypes increases the
severity of dengue haemorrhagic fever.

(d) Femoral edema in patients of filariasis. 3.5x4=14

Differentiate between :

(a) Vector and reservoir Host

(6) Primary and Secondary Viremia

(c) Antigenic shift and Antigenic drift

(d) Chagas disease and African sleeping sickness

(ce) Hepatitis A and C virus. 25253,5:5

Schematically outline the steps in the following conditions :

(a) Pathogenesis of Polio virus

(b) Life cycle of E. Histolytica

(c) Action of Pertussis toxin

(d) — Endotoxic shock. 3.5x4=14

Explain the following terms with an example :

A2xF=14

(a) Granuloma

(6) Dimorphic Fungi fs

; ; 1
(c) Bacteriostatic drug Th

Ne “PTO,


(@) Nucleotide analog
(ec) Facultative parasite
(/) Intermediary host

(zg) Latent virus.

7. Explain the mechanism of action of the following drugs :
2x%=14

(a2) Sulphonamide

(+) — Artemisin “x oN

(c)  Tetracyclin = |
(¢) Metronidazole \e_* S
. 2

(e) Amphotericin BO Ss
(fj Ramatadine
(g) Tamiflu.

8. Write short notes on the following :
SS x4 =1Yy

(a) Pathogenesis of Influenza
(b)  Leshmaniasis
{c) Antiretroviral therapy

(d) Diagnosis: and treatment of Tuberculosis.


Unique paper code: 107693

aol}

Name of the paper: Genetics and Genomics II], GGHT 602
Name of the course: B.Sc. (H) Zoology, Botany, Anthropology, Microbiology, Biochemistry,

Biomedical Sciences LA=¥y
Semester: VI

Duration: 3 hours
Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll no. on the top immediately on receipt for this question paper.

Answer five questions in all.
Question 1 is compulsory.

we}
.
2

Q.1 a) Detine any five of the following terms:

1. Allele
ii. Sexduction
ili. Conjugation
iv.  Indel

v. Hybrid dysgenesis
vi. _Retro-transposons
vii. Inbreeding depression

b) Differentiate between any five the following pairs:

i. Simple and Composite transposon

ii. | Sequence Identity and Sequence Similarity

iii. Transformation and Transduction
lv. Genomics and Proteomics

v. Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic genome

vi. Sympatric and Allopatric Speciation
vii. | Episomes and Plasmids
c) State the contributions of: (any two)

i. Barbara McClintock
ii. E Wollman and F Jacob
it. J Lederberg and N Zinder

d) Expand any four of the following-
i. LINEs

li, VNTR

ili. ORF

TT,
L
Ore ~O¢>
a “Oo 5x1=5
SA GES
- (x 3 )
4 \\ col
(5x2=10)
(2x1=2)

(4x 1=4)


v. NCBI

e) Enumerate the features that allow the following organisms to serve as model systems in
biology (any two) (2x2=4)

i. Sachharomyces cerevisiae,
ii Arabidopsis thaliana
iii Drosophila melanogaster

f) Cystic fibrosis is an autosomal recessive disorder with an incidence 4 in 10.000 in people of

northen European ancestry. Calculate all the genotypic frequencies assuming that this
population is under Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium. (2)

Q.2 Explain generalized and specialized transduction (include suitable diagrams). (12)

Q.3a) State the principle of Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium. What are the basic assumptions of

this theorem? (2+4=6)
b) Explain the role of Zygotic genes during development of Drosophila. (6)

( 4 a) Give an account of Ac-Ds system in maize. (6)
b) How is Interrupted mating technique employed for gene mapping in bacteria? (6)

Q 5 a) Define bioinformatics.Briefly describe various types of databases. (8)
b)What are the key characteristics for identifying ORF from a given sequence? (4)

Q.6 Discuss the reproductive isolative mechanisms and their role in speciation. (12)
().7 Write short notes on any three: (4,4,4)
a) Microarray

b) Genetic Drift

c) Gene annotation

d) Class ABC genes of Arabidopsis
¢) Homeotic genes



ce Le)

C4 nte ) (\ f° Lino 4

tintque Paper code | 249160]

“she Pane
Name of the Paper a TE
l4 Concepts of Genetics

Name of the COUrSS : B.Sc. (Hons) / Biochemistry

Semester : Somesier Vi
Duration ‘ 3 Hours
Maximum Mark: : 75

Instructions for Candidates

Attempt five questions in all. Question No. ] is compulsory:

Use of scientific calculator / log tables may be allowed.


\

(B)

iC)

2{A)

(B)

Fill un the blanks:

a) The number of barr bodies in 4 patient with Klinefelters syndrome
re
b) H antigen is absent in _ phenotype.
Pe Bacterial strain with F plasmid integrated within its genome is termed as
d) A Chromosome inversion that includes the centromere in the inverted region is
a inversion.
e) is the phenomenon whereby a cross of red flowered snap dragon
with white flowered snap dragon produces only pink flowered offspring.
f) 4 chemical agent used to arrest mitoticaliv dividing cells in metaphase is
3) Cx zological condition in which chromosomes fail to separate at the time of cell
division is
hi} Normally esi bacterial Strains having two alleles of a gene are termed as
(1x8=8)
Mazch the following:
a) T.H. Morgan 1) Chromosomal theory of inheritance
b} Sutton and Boveri fl) Induced mutations
c) Boris Ephrussi ill) Sex linked inheritance
d) H J Muller iv) Blood group antigens
e) Karl Landstemer v) Mitochondrial inheritance
(1x3=5)
Define the following (arr i#ree):
a} Heterosis
c) Monosomy
d} Frameshift mutation
(2x3=6)
(a)  Penetrance and Expressivity
(b) Sex linked inheritance and Sex influenced inheritance
{c)  Autopolypicidy and Allopotypleidy
fe) Allopatric and Sympatric speciation
(3x4= 12)
A man and woman are heterozygous for a gene and if they have four children, what is

the chance that all four will also be heterozygous?

(2)


A) Explain the basis of construction ofa genetic map. What are its limitations?

(3)
(Ba) xplain epistasis giving two suitable examples,
(4)
(Cc) Define transduction. Explain how specialized transduction differs from generalized
transduction.
(4)
(D) How doesa complementation test enable a geneticist to determine whether two
mutations affecting a given function are allelic or non-allelic?
(3)

4(A) Give two examples of extensions of Mendelian inheritance and explain the basis of the
observed ratio.

(5)
(B) Explain the inheritance of leaf colouration in Mirabilis jalapa (4'O clock) plant.
— (5)
Ew COLTS
(C)  Explaia briefly: i Q\
IL) ~/ \
Ps ee jc A. F
a) Consanguinity In We SN i
b) Heterosis Ye ay
\ SS 2x2=4
5(A) What are homeotic genes? Explain using Drosophila as an example.
(3)

(B) 7Explain the basis of non-disjunction as a proof for chromosomal theory of inheritance.

(5)

(C) Explain the-basis of sex determination in Drosophila. How does it differ from humans?

(6)

6.(A) Propose thé most likely mode of-inheritance for the following pedigree. Justify your
choice.

(4)



(B)

(C)

7.(A)

(B)

(C)

(a)
(b)

State Handy Weinberg law, What are the assumptions underlying Hardy Weinberg
equilibrium.

(S)

EXplain somatic cell hybridisation and state its applications.

(5)

In D. melanogaster, cherub wings (ch), black body (b), and cinnabar eyes (cn) result
trom recessive alleles that are all located on chromosome 2. A homozygous wild-type
(lk was mated with a cherub, black, and cinnabar fly. and the resulting Fl females were
test-crossed with cherub, black. and cinnabar males. The following progeny were
produced from the test-cross:

ch btcn ~=105 PA C6
ch*b* cn* 750 [oO “SEN
cht b cn 40 Lay ron
ch* b*cn 4 \° LIBE mm)
ch ben 753 ‘all me)
ch ben” 41 \z wy
ch*b cn* 102 eS
ch ben™ 5 ee

Determine the order of these genes.

Construct the genetic map.

(2.3)

Discuss the role of segmentation genes in Drosophila development giving examples for
each class.

(6)
Explain the basis of quantitative traits giving suitable example.

(3)

Write short notes on (any four):

a) Genomic Imprinting

b) X chromosome inactivation

c) Saccharomyces cerevisae as a model organism
d) Lethal! Alleles

e) Familial Down's Syndrome

(3,5 x 4= 14)


| sera (lb Ing
Sf Al My GF GO]U

Unique paper code 2491602

Name of paper Immunology

Name of the course B.Se. (Hons ) Biochemistry

Semester VI
Duration 3 hours
Maximum Marks é 75

Instructions for candidates

Write vour roll no. on top immediately on receipt of this question paper,
Atiempt five questions in all.
Question No.1 is compulsory.


\(a)

(b)

(c)

2(a)

(b)

{c)

(d)

State whether the following statements are true or false and justifV your choice:

(\) Innate immunity is deployed during the primary response and adaptive
immunity during a secondary response.

(a) All immunoglobulins on the surface of a given B cell have same idiotype.

(iii) lsografis are gralls transplanted between two identical species.

QV) TV eell epitopes tend to be accessible amino acid residues that can combine with
L eell receptor.

(v) Synthesis of antibody in a primary response to thymus dependent antigens
occurs predominantly in the blood.

(vit) Eosinophil play a role in late- phase response in asthma.

Wwii) == C4 deficient individuals have difficulty in eliminating immune complexes.

(vii) Ty) cells have been associated with development of autoimmunity.

(ix) Corneal grafis are not rejected because they have no lymphatic drainage

(1x9=9)

Give one significant contribution of each of the following Scientists:
(i). — Jules Bordet A> {,>
Gi). = W. Dreyer & J. Bennett {= ‘o\
(iii). Rodney R. Porter & Gerald M. Edelmann he ; |
(iv). Ishizaka lo \'

\+
Answer brietly the following: NG,
(i) Cytochrome c is a poor immunogen, —

(11) MHC class I molecules are associated with 82 microglobulin on the cell surface.
(iii) IgA class of antibody has a secretory component.
(iv) Serum IgM can’t activate complement.

(6)
What two primary features distinguish hematopoietic stem cells from mature blood
cells?

(2)

Define antigen and immunogen. What properties a molecule should have to act as an
immunogen?

(4)
Define the terms pleiotropy, synergy, redundancy and antagonism with reference to
cytokine action.

(4)
Describe the difference between early and late phase of asthma.
(4)
List the five classes of antibodies and give key biological properties of each.
(8)

Briefly discuss immunoglobin allolypic, isotypic and idiotypic determinants. Give
example of cach

(6)


dia)

s(a)

(b)

6(a)

(b)

Describe the steps tor immunoglobulin heavy ch

ain class switchi
hese events antigen dependent? switching from IgM to tpgG.,

Are l
How cylotonic I cells mediate killing of virus infected cell? 0)
(8)

Describe any [two mechanisms that generate three hypervariable regions of
immunoglobulin heavy and light chain.

. ae . (6)
Summarize four major functions of complement system.
(8)
How endogenous antigens are processed in MHC class | pathway?
(6)

What are the different therapeutic strategies used for the treatment of autoimmune

diseases?
(8)

Write short notes on (any four)

( Hematopoeitic stem cell transplantation (HCT)
(b) Secondary lymphoid organ

(c) | Mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR)

(d) Antibody dependent cel] mediated cell cytotoxicity
(

e) Vaccines
(3.5x 4=I+)

Differentiate between (any four)
(i) MHC class I and MHC class II
(ii) Positive and Negative thymic selection
(iii) NKT cells and Treg cells
(iv) | Monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies
(v) Myasthenia Gravis and Multiple sclerosis
(vi) Hyperacute Rejection and acute rejection

(3.5x 4 = 14)

Paco Ld ce
PE QOHU Gr.
Zr %

(oy

[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 18 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
(19) 
3. 
Instructions for 
Candidates 
1. 
32491101 
Molecules of Life 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
(a) Name the following : 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all. Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Use of scientific calculator/log tables may be allowed. 
Your Roll No... 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
(i)) A deoxy hexose 
(iü)) A standard imino acid 
(iv) An eicosanoid 
+|12|18 
Maximum Marks : 75 
(v) A storage polysaccharide 
(ii) A storage lipid found in planktons 
OANDT 
Li 
ARY 
Detni49 
P.T.0. 


18 
2. 
2 
(vi) An amino acid that can be phosphorylated 
(vii) A modified amino acid found in muscle protein 
(vii) A modified pyrimidine 
(ix) An essential fatty acid 
(b) Explain the following : 
(i), Elaidic acid and oleic acid both are 18 carbon 
monounsaturated fatty acids, however elaidic acid 
(9) 
is solid at room temperature whereas oleic acid 
is liquid. 
(ii) Base composition of DNA affects its melting 
temperature. 
(iii) Alpha carboxylic group of alanine is a stronger 
acid than the carboxylic group of acetic acid. 
(iv) Nucleosides are more soluble in water than 
corresponding bases. 
(v) Glucose, Mannose and Fructose are inter 
convertible in an alkaline solution. 
Draw structures of the following : 
(a) Platelet activating factor 
(2x5=10) 


18 
3. 
(b) Glycine at pH 12 
(c) Sorbitol 
(d) Tryptophan 
(e) Pseudouridine 
() 1.2 diacylglycerol 
(g) Lactose 
(h) cAMP 
(i) D-Glucuronic acid 
(i) 
Vitamin D, 
(k) N-Acetyl galactosamine 
(1) Ascorbic acid 
(m) Phosphatidyl choline 
(n) Ornithine 
3 
(a) Write reactions for the following 
(i) Fructose is reduced 
(ii) RNA is treated with an alkali 
A2 
(14) 
(ii) Phosphatidyl choline is treated with Phospholipase 
P.T.O. 


18 
4. 
(iv) Cystine is treated with a reducing agent 
(v) Acid hydrolysis of Sucrose 
(b) Identify the following amino acids : 
4 
(i) An arómatic amino acid with highest absorbance 
at 280 nm 
donor 
(i) An amino acid which acts as a methyl group 
(iii) A modified amino acid found in prothrombin and 
other calcium binding proteins 
(iv) Ap amino acid that contains an imidazole group 
(4) 
(a) Name the vitamin deficient in the following conditions: 
(i) Night blindness 
(2x5) 
(ii) Impaired blood clotting 
(iii) Megaloblastic anemia 
(iv) Bleeding gums 
(v) Beri Beri 
(vi) Pellagra 
(6) 


18 
6. 
7. 
(b) Discuss the role of proteoglycans in extra cellular 
matrix. 
5. Comnpare the following : 
5 
(o) How are oligosaccharides linked to proteins in 
glycoproteins? 
(i) Phospholipids and galactolipids 
(ii) Cellulose and Amylose 
(iii) Thromboxanes and leukotrines 
(iv) tRNA and mRNA 
(4) 
(4) 
(3.5x4) 
(a) Compare the membrane lipids in Archaea, plant cell 
and mammalian cell. 
(6) 
(b) Calculate the pH of a solution when lml of 10M NaOH 
is added to 1L of pure water at pH 7.0. 
(4) 
(c) What information can be derived from the titration curve 
of an amino acid? 
(4) 
(a) Discuss the role played by nucleotides other than 
formation of nucleic acids. 
(4) 
P.T.0. 


18 
8 
(b) Why are triacylglycerols (TGs) best suited for long term 
storage of energy? 
(c) How is the pH of blood maintained? 
6 
Write short notes on the following : 
(i) Waxes 
(d) Discuss the structural features of the peptidoglycan coat 
of a bacterial cel1. 
(ü) Glycosaminoglycans 
(iiüi) Sterols 
(3) 
(iv) Watson& Crick model of DNA 
(4) 
(3) 
(3.5x4) 
(300) 


This question paper contains 4 printed pagesi/9 A) 
S. No. of Question Paper : 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Roll No. 
Duration:3 Hours 
1. 
(A) 
19 
32491102 
: Cell Biology 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt five questions in ali, 
including Question No. I is compulsory. 
State true or false 
LIBRARY 
Gelkajl 
New 
Maximum Marks: 75 
muscle contraction. 
(a) 
Microvilli are mierotubule based struetures. 
(b) The polarity 
of actin filament is important for 
connective tissue 
(c) 
Deficiency of vitamin C causes weakened 
P.TO. 


(6) 
(A) 
(e) 
(g) 
(À Intermediate filamnents play a major role in 
cytokinessis. 
The luminal membrane of endoplasmic reticulum is 
topologically equivalent to the outer leaflet of the 
plasma membrane. 
( 
Mitochondria is the largest organelle of animal cell. 
following : 
Adjacent plant cells are linked by plasmodesmata. 
(a) 
PDI 
Write the localization and function of each of the 
(6) 
Emerin 
2 
) 
(c) 
Connexin 
(d) 
Integrin 
Separase. 
(e) 
Succinate dehydrogenase 
19 
Differentiate between the following 
() 
Mitosis and 
Meiosis. 
centrifugation. 
(ii) 
Differential centrifugation and Density gradient 
(iii) Hemidesmosomes and Desmosomes. 
7,12 
4×3 


4 
5. 
(A) 
(B) 
Mitochondria are semi-autonomous organelles Comment. 2 
(B) 
(C) 
(A) 
(B) 
(C) 
(A) 
its significance. 
Draw a well labeled structure of nuclear pore complex. 
Draw and describe the 
mitochondrial genome and give 
( 3 
) 
Comment. 
E. 
coli is widely used as an experimental 
model. 
and actin filaments. 
Differentiate between microtubules, intermediate filaments 
Give a brief account of MAPs present in the cell. 
How much DNA does a somatic cell have ? 
() 
In 
GI phase 
A mature human egg/sperm has X amount of DNA. 
(i) 
In G2 phase 
19 
(iii) At the end of mitosis 
(iv) 
At the end of meiosis II. 
Draw well labeled diagrams of the tollowing 
(a) 
Chloroplast genome 
(c) 
(b) 
Structure of axoneme of flagella 
S,5,4 
Adherence Junctions. 
6,44 
P.TO. 


7. 
19 
(B) 
(A) 
(B) 
(C) 
(A) 
(C) 
An egg is injected with two globular proteins, one 
1S k Da and the other I00 k Da both of which lack 
nuclear localization signals. 
Will either protein enter the 
nucleus ? Give reasons. 
(c) 
Explain the salient features of transformed cells. 
polarity. 
(d) 
Explain how tight junctions help in maintaining cell 
apparatus. 
4 
Compare and contrast the composition and structure of 
primary and secondary cell 
wall of plants. 
Write short notes on 
(B) 
Explain the functions of smooth endoplasmic reticulum. 
(a) 
Apoptosis 
Discuss the organization and functions of Golgi 
(b) 
Plastids 
4,4,42 
19 
Discuss briefly endosymbiotic origin of organelles. 5,54 
MPF 
Zellweger syndrome. 
5,4,5 
4 
3.5x4 
300

(This question paper contains 6 printed pages.] 
LIB 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 2178 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
BAND 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Your Roll No.. 
atkajl 
32491201 
: PROTEINS 
IC 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
2o19 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
(a) Provide reasons for the following: 
Attempt five questions in all. Question No. 1 which 
is compulsory. 
(i) Dialysis is used for desalting of protein 
preparations. 
(ii) The y and 
plot for glycine is scattered 
about 
the 
four 
quadrants 
of the 
Ramachandran plot. 
P.T.0. 


2178 
(iii) Persons living at high altitudes have higher 
levels of BPG in blood. 
(iv) Protein at its PI (Isoelectric point) does 
not move in electric field. 
(v) In eukaryotes disulfide bonds in proteins 
are found primarily in secreted extracellular 
proteins. 
(vi) Hydrophobic interactions are the major 
stabilizing iteractions in soluble globular 
proteins 
(vii) Osmotic shock can cause cell disruption. 
(b) Cite one example of the following proteins/peptide : 
(i) Glycoprotein 
(i) Phospho protein 
(iii) Hormone 
(iv) Fibrous protein 
(2x7) 
(v) Oligomerie protein 
(Ix5) 


2178 
2. 
3. 
(a) Provide definitions of the following 
3 
(i) Protein denaturation 
(ii) Motif 
(iii) Quaternary structure 
(iv) B turns 
(v) Superfamilies of proteins 
(b) Write the following reactions : 
LIBRARY 
Kalkaj 
New Delni 
(1x5) 
(i)) Reaction of N-terminali giycine with dansyl 
chloride followed by hydrolysis with 6N 
HC1. 
(ii) Edman degradation reaction for protein 
sequencing. 
(iii)) Reaction of a protein linked by disulfide 
bonds with performic acid. 
(3,4,2) 
(a) Determine the sequence of small peptide based 
on the following observations : 
(1) Complete hydrolysis revealed that the small 
peptide contain the following amino acids: 
Ala, Lys, 2Met, 
Gly, Leu, Asp. 
P.T.0. 


2178 
(i) Reaction with dansyl- chloride gave dansyl 
Ala 
(ii) CNBr treatment released : 
4 
a. Tertrapeptide having Ala, Met, Lys and 
Asp 
b. Dipeptide having Gly and Met 
c. Free amino acid was released as Leu 
(iv) Trypsin treatatent released: 
a. Tripepetide containing Ala, Lys and Asp 
a. Tetrapeptide containing Gly, Leu, 2Met 
(5) 
(b) Write the salient structural features of the 
following proteins : 
(i) a keratin 
(i) Immunoglobulin 
(iüi) Bacteriorhodopsin 
4. 
Mention the role of the following: 
(i)) SDS in SDS PAGE 
(3x3) 


2178 
S. 
6. 
(ii) Ampholytes in IEF 
(iii) DEAE in DEAE-cellulose chromatography 
(iv) Ammonium sulfate in salt fractionation 
(a) Explain and compare the O, binding curves of 
Myoglobin and Hemoglobin. 
(b) Explain the Bohr effect. 
(c) Diagrammatically show how heme interacts with 
myoglobin molecule. 
(d) Name the scientists who 
WOn the Nobel 
prize for structure determinaton of globin proteins 
in 1962. 
(5,4,3,2) 
Write the basis of the following : 
(a) Huntington's disease 
(4x3.2) 
(b) Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease 
(c) Scurvy 
(d) Sickle cell anemia 
P.T.O. 


2178 
(c) CO poisoning 
8. 
7. 
(a) Describe the mechanism of the following: 
6 
(i) ATP activated actin-myosin contractions. 
(ii) Chaperonins assisted protein folding. 
(ii) Solid phase peptide synthesis. 
(b) Write the contribution of the following scientists : 
(i)) Christian Anfinsen 
(ii) Peuling and Corey 
Write short notes on the following: 
(a) Protein databases 
(3×4.2) 
(b) Sedimentation coefficient 
(c) MALDI (TOF) MS 
(d) a helix 
(e) Lambert Beer's Law 
(4x3,2) 
(3x4,2) 
(300) 


|This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2179 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
() 
3. 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
Q. 1 is compulsory. 
32491202 
Your Roll No... 
Enzymes 
: II 
(a) Explain the following 
enzyme. 
Attempt 5 questions in alI. 
B.Sc. (Hons.)/Bio-Chemistry 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Qo19 
IC 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Kalkajl New D 
LIBRARY m 
(i) Effect of temperature on the activity of an 
(ii) Allosteric enzymes have oligoneric 
structures. 
(ii) Michaelis constant does not always reflect 
the affinity of the enzyme for the substrate. 
P.T.O. 


2179 
(iv) Transition state arnalogs are used in the 
active site characterization in enzymes. 
(v) Allosteric enzymes show different kinetics 
as compared to non-allosteric enzymes 
(Vi) A purified enzyme has maximum specific 
activity 
2 
description : 
(b) Identify the enzyme based on the following 
() An enzyme that is conmpetitively inhibited 
by malonate 
(i) The first enzyme to be crystallized 
(1) An enzyme with the highest turnover 
number 
(111) A non-proteinaceous enzyme 
(iv) A marker enzyme for lysosome 
(6x2=12) 
food 
(v) An enzyme that is involved in digestion of 
modification 
(vi) An 
enzyme regulated by covalent 
(i) Active Site and Regulatory Site 
2. (a) Differentiate between the following pairs (any 4) : 
enzymes 
(7) 
(u) Metalloenzymes and Metal activated 


2179 
3. 
4. 
5 
3 
(ii) Multienzyme complex and Multifunctional 
enzymes 
(iv) Holoenzyme and Apoenzyme 
(v) Reversible and Irreversible inhibition 
(b) Define "specific activity". 
(a) Describe any 3 different ways of enzyme 
regulation citing an example in each case. 
(b) What are isoenzymes? How do you distinguish 
isoenzymes experimentally? 
(9,5) 
(a) Explain and describe graphically the following 
types of inhibition in enzymes: 
i) Competitive inhibition 
(12,2) 
(i) Non-competitive inhibition 
(iii) Uncompetitive inhibition 
(b) Explain allosteric enzymes with examples. 
(9,5) 
(a) 
What are the important catalytic residues of the 
enzyme lysozyme? Explain its mechanism of action. 
(b) What are bisubstrate reactions? Explain single and 
double displacement reactions with suitable 
examples. 
(7,7) 
P.T.O. 


2179 
7. 
8. 
(a) Describe application of any 3 enzy mes in 
diagnostics. 
(b) Write 
applications of HRPO 
1n enzyme 
immunoassay. 
4 
(c) ldentify the coenzymes utilized by the following 
enzymes, 
(i) Transaminase 
(i) Pyruvate carboxylase 
(ii) Succinate dehydrogenase 
(iv) Dihydro folate reductase 
(a) What are immobilized enzymes? Describe the 
various methods of enzyme immobilization. 
(b) Derive Michaelis Menten equation using the steady 
state assumption. What is the ratio of [S] to K.. 
when the velocity of an enzyme catalyzed reaction 
is 80% of V.. ? 
(7,4,3) 
max 
(i) Zymogens 
Write short notes on the following: 
(6.4.4) 
(i) Immobilized enzymes 
(iii) Induced fit hypothesis 
(4,4,6) 
(300) 


SL. 
No. of Q.P. 
Unique Papcr Code: 21725I 
Name of Paper: Chemistry-ll (CHCT-402) 
Name ofCourse: B.Se (H) Biochemistry/Botany/Biomedical Science/Microbiology 
Semester: Il 
Duration: 3 hrs 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
1. Write your roll number on top immediately on receipt of this question. 
2. Attempt all questions. 
1. Answer the following: 
3547 
a. What do you understand by concepts of stereoisomerism and chiral centre? 
b. In gas phase the order of incrcasing basicity is: 
e 
Ammonia< Primary Amine (CH;NH,) < Secondary Amine (CH;)NH« Tertiary 
Amine (CH;);N 
Account for this observation 
a. 
Would this order remain the same or change in water? 
Which is most stable and why? 
Primary Carbocation 
Secondary Carbocation 
d. Salicylic acid is 15 times more acidic than benzoic acid. Explain why. 
Tertiary Carbocation 
2. Explain any six the following with examples 
Draw all possible conformations of cyclohexane and specify which is the most stable 
form giving reason. 
a. 
Conformation 
b. Meso form 
c. 
d. 
e. 
Chiral Centre 
Enantiomers 
Diastereomers 
f. 
Reducing sugar 
g. Erythro and threo-pretixes 
3. Write short notes on the following: 
Conformational Isomerism 
b. Resonance 
c. Merrificld synthesis 
(5x3=15) 
d. Edmann Degradation 
B R A R Y 
aj 
(6 x 3=18) 
(5 x 4= 20) 


e. 
4. How would you accomplish the following conversions? 
a. 
b. 
Racemic mixture 
D-Glucose to D-Fructose 
D-Arabinose to D-Fructose 
S. Give an account of the following with the help of mechanism: 
9. 
Osazone Formation of glucose 
6. Can you explain why Fructose is a reducing sugar? 
oLIER 
7. Write the structure of Ninhydrin reagent explaining its use. 
8. Discuss the use of D.C.C. and t-BOC in peptide synthesis. 
Kalka 
Kaw Del 
related to cach other? 
(3x2-6) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
How many stereoisomers are possible for tartaric acid? Draw structures in Fischer 
Projection formula. Apart from this, also explain how would these stereoisomers be 
(4)

ANDA 
ANDA 
HU 
oLLEG 
13) 
o3|13| 
eARYm 
This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No. 
uNe 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 
20 
Deihi 
Unique Paper Code 
:32491301 
Name of the Paper 
:Metabolism of Carbohydrate and 
Lipids 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Biochemistry 
Semester 
:III 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
1. 
Attempt five questions in all including Question No. 1 is 
2. 
compulsory. 
(a) Justify the following statements: 
1. 
() HDL delivers Cholesterol to the Liver. 
(ii) Intermediates of Glycolysis are not able to leave 
the cells. 
(ii) Patients have fruity breath in uncontrolled 
diabetes mellitus. 
(iv) Gluçose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficient 
persons show resistance to malarial parasite. 
P.T.O. 


2 
20 
(v) Fatty acids cannot enter the mitochondria on their 
Own. 
(vi) Glycogenin is the primer involved in Glycogen 
synthesis. 
(vii) Fatty acid synthesis requires a three carbon 
intermediate. 
(viil) Thiamine deficiency leads to accumulation of 
Pyruvate. 
(b) Mention the contribution of the following scientists: 
(i) Cori and Cori 
(i) Franz Knoop 
(ii) Hans Krebs 
(16,3) 
2. 
Differentiate between the following: 
2. 
() Fatty acid oxidation in Mitochondria and Peroxisomes 
(i) Hexokinase and Glucokinase 
ii) Glycogen synthesis and Glycogen breakdown 
(5,4,5) 
3. 
Give reactions for the following and calculate the number 
3. 
of ATP needed/ generated. 
) Acetyl CoA to Palmitic acid 
(i) a- Ketoglutarate to Malate 
(iii) Oxaloacetate to Glucose 
(5,4,5) 


20 
3 
4. 
(a) Discuss the fate of Glucose-6-Phosphate when the cell 
requires both NADPH and Ribose-5-Phosphate. 
(b) Write the reactions for the following: 
i) Synthesis of Ceramide 
(ü) Synthesis of Phosphatidyl ethanolamine and 
Phosphatidyl choline in mammals 
(ii) Synthesis of Sucrose 
(5,9) 
(a) What is the importance of Glyoxalate cycle in plants? 
5. 
Give the reactions of this cycle which are different 
from TCA. 
(b) Diagrammatically represent the Malate Aspartate 
shuttle. Give its advantage over the Glycerol-3-phosphate 
dehydrogenase shuttle. 
(c) Indicate the site of action of the following: 
) Aspirin 
(i) Fluoroacetate 
(ii) Statin 
(5,5,4) 
(iv) Arsenate 
6. 
(a) Match the allosteric effectors in column A with enzyme 
in column B Also indicate the effact (positive or 
negative): 
P.T.O. 


20 
4 
Column A 
ColumnB 
) 
Fructose 1,6 bisphosphate Acetyl CoA carboxylase 
() Citrate 
Glycogen Synthase 
(ii) Glucose-6-Phosphate 
Pyruvate Kinase 
(iv) Palmityl CoA 
Carnitine acyl transferase I 
(v) Malonyl CoA 
Pyruvate Carboxylase 
(vi) Acetyl CoA 
Phosphofructokinase 
(6x1.5) 
(b) How is Acetyl Co-A transported from Mitochondria to 
cytosol for fatty acid biosynthesis? 
(5) 
7. 
Answer the following 
) 
How does Fructose enter the glycolytic pathway in 
hepatic and non-hepatic tissues? 
(ii) Discuss the amphibolic nature of TCA cycle. 
ii) How are ketone bodies synthesized? 
(4,5,5) 
8. 
Write short note on the following (any 4) 
6) Regulation of Calvin cycle 
(ii) Starve feed cycle 
(ii) Lipoproteins 
(iv) RUBISCO 
(v) C4 plants 
(3.5x4) 
(300) 


13) 
1a19o 
LS 
[This question paper ¢ontains 6 printed pages.]1 
Kalka 
Dalh 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 21 
Your Roll No... 
I 
Unique Paper Code
:32491302 
Name of the Paper 
Membrane Biology and Bioenergetics 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Semester 
III 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
1. 
2. 
Attempt five questions in al1, including Q. No. 1 which is 
compulsory. 
2. 
3 
Use of scientific calculator/log tables may be allowed. 
1. 
(a) Explain the following 
i) Di-nitrophenol acts as an uncoupler of oxidative 
phosphorylation. 
(i) Non-ionic detergents are preferred over ionie 
detergents for solubilisation of membrane 
proteins. 
P.T.O. 
vVa 


L 
DNU 
IBRAR 
Kelk 
21 
2 
(iii) Energy charge is buffered. 
i 
(iv) Accessory pigments funnel light energy to 
reaction centre. 
(v) A reaction with a positive AE can proceed in 
the forward direction. 
(vi) Cholesterol plays a dual role in maintaining 
fluidity of membranes. 
(vii) Plasma membrane is asymmetric in nature. 
(7x2=14) 
(b) Name the following : 
() A technique to demonstrate flip-flop movement 
of lipids in membrane 
(ii) A mobile electron carrier in electron transport 
chain 
(ii) Active transporter of calcium ions in membrane 
of Sarcoplasmic reticulum 
(iv) Photon dependent ion transporter in prokaryotes 
(v) Inhibitor of photophosphorylation used as 
herbicide 
(5x1) 
ONGN 


21 
(a) Give schematic representation of path of electron flow: 
2. 
) Through Cytochrome bcl complex and Q cycle 
(ii) Cyclic flow of electrons in Purple bacteria 
(3x4) 
(ii) Through Photo system-II 
(2) 
(b) Porins act as molecular sieve. Explain. 
3. 
(a) Justify the following statements: 
) 
Tight junctions maintain polarity in polarised cells. 
(ii) There is no evolution of oxygen in cyclic 
photophosphorylation. 
(ii) Electrical gradient is dissipated across thylakoid 
membranes of chloroplasts. 
(3x3) 
(b) Explain the binding change model for ATP synthesis. 
(5) 
(a) How do Cyanobacteria and red algae harvest light 
4. 
energy? 
(b) When do the production of superoxide radicals increase 
in mitochondria? What are mitochondrial defence 
mechanisms against it? 
P.T.O. 


21 
(c) How is ATP hydrolysis prevented during hypoxia? 
(5,5,4) 
5(a) Comment on the following 
(i) Anion porter system for 
bicrbonate-chloride is 
electrically neutral. 
(i) 
Halobacterium halobium survive in very high 
salt concentrations. 
(ii) On addition of succinate, reduction of O, occurs 
even in the presence of rotenone and amytal. 
(3x3) 
(b) What is chemiosmotic theory? Discuss an experimental 
evidence in support of it. 
(5 
6. 
(a) Write short note on the following: 
) FRAP technique 
(ii) Caveolae 
(ii) Thermogenesis 
(iv) Phosphorylation potential 
(4x3)


5 
21 
(b) What is the role of V-Type ATPase? Where are they 
(2) 
present? 
7. 
(a) Give contribution of the following scientists: 
7. 
(i) Paul Boyer 
(ii) John E Walker 
(iii) Efrain Racker 
(4x3) 
(iv) Gortel and Gendel 
(b) Name the two integral proteins which enrich the lipid 
(2) 
rafts. 
8. 
(a) Calculate the free energy change for transporting 1 mole 
8. 
of Nat out of the cell into the blood at 37°C. Given that 
the concentration of Na* inside the cell is 12 mM and 
that in blood plasma is 145 mM. The transmembrane
potential of a typical animal cell is -0.07V (inside 
negative). 
(b) Explain the mechanism of specific fusion of two 
membranes.
P.T.O. 


6 
21 
(c) Explain the factors which contribute to large, negative, 
standard free energy of hydrolysis. Which is the highest 
(5,5,4) 
energy intermediate? Justify. 


T) 
1alao 
This question paper contains 4 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
IIIL 
N 
S. No. of Question Paper 
22 
Unique Paper Code 
32491303 
Name of the Paper 
Hormone: Biochemistry and Function 
Name of the Course 
B.Se. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt five questions in all, including Question No. 1 which is 
compulsory. 
. 
(A) 
Explain the following terms 
BANDAY 
BANDA 
(a) 
GOLLE 
Hormone response elements 
b) 
SH2 domains 
(c) 
Paracrine hormones 
LIBRARY 
Kaike 
Kaikail 
(d) 
G proteins 
N e 
D e 
() 
PH domain 
Hormone therapy 
1.5x6 
P.T.O. 


2 
2 
(b) 
Give explanation for the following 
(b) 
(a) 
Ghrelin is a hunger hormone. 
(b) 
Glucose when taken orally stimulates higher insulin 
release as compared to when taken intravenously. 
(c) 
Polydipsia is observed in Diabetes insipidus. 
(d) 
Vitamin D is a sunshine hormone. 
(e) 
Dogs lick their wounds to facilitate healing. 2x5 
2. 
Give a diagrammatic representation of the following 
Activation of PKA by activated GPCR. 
(a) 
(b) 
Gene regulation by steroid hormone. 
(b) 
Activation of Ras protein by EGF. 
(d) 
Activation of STAT proteins by JAK kinases. 3.5x4 
3. 
Give the detailed mechanism of the following 
(a) 
Thyroid hormone synthesis. 
(6) 
Regulation of Ca" homeostasis by PTH. 
(c) 
Regulation
of Aldosterone
secretion
by renin- 
(c)
5,4,5 
angiotensin system. 


3 
22 
4 
(A) 
Show the role of interplay of hormones in the following 
processes 
(a) 
Ovulation 
(6) 
Parturition 
(c) 
Maintenance of pregnancy. 
4x3 
B) 
Give the basis of hormone contraception. 
2 
5 
Give reasons for the following 
(a) 
Ketonuria is observed in IDDM and not in NIDDM. 
(b) 
TSH levels are low in Graves' disease but high in 
Hoshimoto's disease. 
()Hyperpigmentation is associated with Addison's disease. 
(d) 
Development of Osteoporosis 
(e) 
Cretinism is associated with severe mental retardation. 
3,3,3,3.2 
6. 
Give the role of the following 
(a) 
CCK in fat digestion 
(b) 
Gastrin in protein digestion 
(c) 
Cortisol in carbohydrate metabolism 
P.T.O. 


4 
2 
GH in Growth 
(e) 
Prolactin in lactation. 
3,3,3,3,2 
7 
Explain the following 
(a) 
Flight and fright response 
(6) 
Down regulation of receptors 
(c) 
Hypothalamic 
-
pituitary axis 
(c) 
(d) 
IP3 
as a second messenger. 
4,43.3 
8. 
Give important functions associated with the following 
(a) 
Endorphins 
b)Erythropoietin 
(c) 
PDGF 
(d) 
Somatostatin 
(e) 
Inhibin 
Secretin 
2x7 
(e) 
Calmodulin. 
22 
4 
300

—

1.4

13

)

[This question paper contains 6 printed pages. |

Sr. No. of Question Paper :
Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll No...............
2180 IC |
32491401

Human Physiology
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
IV

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all including Q. No. 1 which

is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following : lor a nl

(i) Homeostasis

(ii) End diastolic Volume

(iii) Transpulmonary Pressure

P.T.O.


2180 2
(iv) Regurgitation
(v) Receptor desensitization
(vi) Osteoclast

(vii) Implantation

(b) Justify/Give Reasons :

(1) Hemoglobin functions as “tissue oxyzs:
buffer”

(11) The left ventricle of the heart shows

physiological hypertrophy

(iii) Osteoblasts help to build up the bone.

(iv) Gastric mucosa is resistant to autodig

(v) RBC count is less in females

{S.

“ V2 1}
all-or-none ©¥*
6)

D

(vi) Action potentials are

2. Differentiate between the following :

(a) REM and NREM


. amerntee™

2180 3

2

(b) Heterometric and homometric regulation of cardiac

output

(c) Gastric and Intestinal phase of gastrointestinal

regulation

(d) Peripheral and Central chemoreceptors (3.5%4)

(a) What is CSF? Explain how the chemical
composition of the CSF is different from that of
blood.

(b) What will happen if:
(i) PCT of tubular segment is removed

(ii) Thin segment of loop of Henle is removed

(c) Describe sequence of events that occur during

swallowing. (3,6,5)

(a) Give the physiological basis of following : (any 4)
(i) Anemia
(ii) Peptic ulcer

P.T.O.


2180 4
(ii) Renal alkalosis
(iv) Emphysema

(v) Atherosclerosis

(b) Explain how plasticity of neurons helps in |

l€afnins

5. (a) Give one word for the following :
(1) Receptors for the pain stimulus

(ii) Supporting cells of peripheral nervou,

system

(iii) Sensation from the skin, muscles, 50°

tendons and joints

(iv) The ability to recall past events 2) ~
conscious or unconscious level

(b) A person’s cardiac output (CO) is 7 litre/minuls

and Mean Arterial Pressure (MAP) }

. . ay? sisté i!
What is person’s total peripheral re

we?

componenl®

) . “4 S
c) What are the variou called

Countercurrent multiplier systel

so?


2180 5

(d) Why a testis 18 considered to be immunologically

privileged site? (4,3,5,2)

6. Explain the following with the help of diagram and

flow chart:

(a) Tracheo-bronchial tree

(b) Different layers of GI tract

(c) Ovarian and uterine changes during menstrual
cycle (4,5,5)

Write short notes on the following:

(a) Role of vitamin K in coagulation

(b) Blood flow into the liver

(c) Regulation of arterial pressure

(d) Transport of carbon-dioxide in the blood
(3,3,4,4)

Explain the following mechanisms :
(a) Voluntary contro! of micturition

P.T.O.



2180 6

(b) Capacitation and transport of Sperm

(c) Ionic channels and their role ip iMitiating action

potential in skeletal muscle (5.5.4)

nm
‘mA


4.Y)

[This question paper contatts 6 printed pages. }

Your Roll NoO.....ceceerevee
Sr. No. of Question Paper ; 2181 IC
Unique Paper Code » 32491402
Name of the Paper - Gene Organization, Replication

and Repair

Name of the Course - B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : IV
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

DSU ee

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all. fxs‘ HELEN

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory. fee

1. (a) Comment on the following :

(i) Transposition causes rearrangement of

segments of DNA.

P.T.O.


2181

(11) Deamination of

(ili)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(vill)

(b) Explain the following ter!

2

S met '
| ¢ hy| CylOging lead
SPOtS for gspontanec,..
POontaneous MULAtioys

more than deamination Of cytogs,
4 YITIe f

The A form of DNA is wider
than B form DNA.

and flatter

The melting curve of DNA is affected by

changes in ionic strength.

Nucleosome remodeling complexes facilitate

nucleosome movement.

Linking number is composed of twist and

writhe.

Ames test is called reversal of mutation.

The DNA polymerase is released a!

the end of DNA synthesis and jor"s
again at new replication fork in the lags

strand.

ns in brief.

(i) Chi sites


2181

(11) Holiday junet on

(2%8,3)

(iii) Primase

>. (a) Compare and contrast the various types of
DNA polymerase in prokaryotes and mention the

function of RNA type III holoenzyme various

subunits.

(b) Differentiate between point mutation and

frameshift mutation.

(c) How does E. coli identify the mismatch strand for

repair during replication? (6,5,3)
3. (a) Provide reason for the following to act as
anticancer agent. -
(1) Novabiocin
(ii) Compactothecin
(iii) Cisplatin
(iv) Azidothymidine

(v) 6 mercaptopurine

P.T.O.


2181

7 2)

(b)

(a)

(b)

(a)

(b)

(c)

Explain the kev. steps of homologous

recombination.

Differentiate between base excision repair and
(6.4.4)

nucleotide excision repair,
Explain the mechanism of translesion synthesis

during DNA damage.

Write down the steps of DNA processing by Rec

BCD enzymes.

Compare and contrast serine recombinases with
tyrosine recombinases with their mechanism.
(4.5.5)

How does A integrase promote integration

and excision of a viral genome into host

chromosome?

Explain the mechanism of mismatch repair in

prokaryotes.

Explain the role of methy! transferases and acety!
transferases in nucleosome assembly and
(5,4,5)

disassembly.


2181 5

6 (a) Name the various classes of transposition and

explain cut and paste transposition.

(b) Eukaryotic DNA has higher Cot value than
prokaryotic DNA. Explain.

(c) Discuss the roles of various types of

topoisomerases. (6,4,4)

(a) Justify the following statements -

(i) The sliding DNA clamp makes DNA

polymerase more processive.

(ii) D loop mode of replication is different from

rolling circle model of replication.

(iii) Ethidium bromide affects the topology of
closed circular DNA

(iv) The fidelity of replication is ensured.

(ob) How does DNA renature? Briefly explain its

correlation with DNA complexity.

(2.5x4,4)

P.T.O.


2181 6

8. Write short notes on the following

(a) Replicon model of two components for ‘eplication

initiation
(b) Telomerase enzyme in eukaryotes

(c) Replicative transposition (4,$,3)


(Thi (Ls)
| “MN paper contains 6 printed pages. |

Your Roll No

SOOO ee eas

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2182
Unique Paper Code > 32491403

N m
ame of the Paper Metabolism of Amino Acids and

Nucleotides
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) / Biochemistry
Semester : IV
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper. ao

2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

] (a) Justify the following statements.
(i) Threonine is both glucogenic and ketogentc.
(ii) Serine is synthesized from glycolytic

intermediates.

P.T.O.


182

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(viii)

2

Kwashiorkar leads to depigmentat;
; ; On of
skin and hair.

S-adenosyl methionine igs involved in
a
number of biologically important
transmethylation except for the synthesis
, 31S

of methionine itself.

Individuals undergoing chemotherapy with
FdUMP or methotrexate temporarily go
bald.

Sulfonamide drugs do not interfere with
human purine synthesis.

Branched chain amino acid metabolism is
affected by vitamin B12 and biotin

deficiency.

L-asparaginase is an effective chemotherapeutic
(2x8)
agent. -

(b) Identify the following :

(i) This amino acid formed from serns

(ii) A multifunctional enzyme

ot

key building block in the biosynthests
heme.

of pyridimins

biosynthesis.


2182 ,

(iii) This natural catecholamine is used as a
drug to treat Parkinson's disease. (3)

2
«. (a) Discuss the mode of action of the following

inhibitors and their roles as medicine -
(i) Allopurinol
(11) Hydroxyurea
(111) Methotrexate
(iv) 5-fluorouracil
(v) 6-mercaptopurine (10)

(b) Provide one significant contribution of the following

scientists :
(i) P. Reichard

(ii) John Buchanan

(iii) A. Foiling

(iv) Hans Krebs and Henseleit (4)

Name the defective enzyme(s), biochemical basis and

owing disorders (any four):

a,
symptoms of the foll

P.T.O.


2182
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

(v)

Alkaptonuria
Severe combined Immunodeficiency

Maple syrup urine disease
Hartnup’s disease

Lesch Nyhan Syndrome 61

~

Write down the steps to accomplish the following

conversions (any seven):

(i)
(11)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)

(vill)

5. (a) Describe the structure and regulatiol

ribonucleotide reductase.

Tyrosine to epinephrine

Methionine to homocysteine . or~
Arginine to creatine
Xanthine to uric acid
IMP to AMP

Proline to a-ketoglutarate
Succinyl CoA to porphobilinogen

(14)

dUMP to dTTP

f the


2182 5
(b) Indicate the role of creatine in energy shuttle

(c) Give an example each of a reaction requiring the

following coenzyme/cofactor :

(1) N°N'® methylene tetrahyrdofolate

(ii) Molybdopterin (5,5,4)

6. (a) Explain how atmospheric inorganic nitrogen from

the biosphere is assimilated into biomolecules.

(b) Differentiate between the following :

(i) Carbamoyl phosphate synthetase I and Il

(ii) Positive and negative nitrogen balance
(iii) Oxidative deamination and transamination
(iv) Erythropoietic porphyria and acute
intermittent porphyria (6,8)
7. (a) Explain the regulation of Glutamine synthetase

(GS) in E. coll.

(b) Write the role of Pyridoxal phospahte in amino

acid metabolism.

P.T.O.


2182 6

(c) Describe the key steps of urea cycle along wig,
& With

their subcellular localization.
(5,4,5)

8. Write short notes on:
(i) Glucose alanine cycle
(ii) Glycine cleavage system
(iii) Salvage pathways for nucleotide pathways

(iv) Purine nucleotide cycle (14)

(300)


- EY A
Cf (No C)) Wf 107485

Unique ag NO Rae Gh Bee II (MBE 402)

Name of tf Course Nrediaal nt Otany/ZOology/Biochemist, M3)

Nanve of the & vy ica Icrobiology/Anthropolopy) yBio-
Semester 3 hours i
Duration 7 : 75

Maximum Marks

jdates: bo
SE ane your Roll No. on the top immediately On receipt of this questions paper
5 Attempt five questions In all, including Question No. 1 which 1S CF

ly

HIpUlsory ,

Q1. (a) Define the following: | 7 ;
Gi) Transcription unit a SHU >
(ii) — Allostery FAs Uy oe
(iii) Polysome fx ¢ *
(iv) — Intron A ay ral
(v) Insulator PO LLB

(b}) Expand the following: vi wy F
(ii) STAT —

* (iv) snRNP

(vy) RISC

(¢) Write the contributions of the following:
() Jacques Monod

(i) Thomas Cech .

Ky Distinguish between, i Ee h genmbeae 2S Ah REY, Ga ERTS
2. .,Posltive and negative regulation ¢ .

oy? 2 tive r¢é fc)

t) “MRNA and miRNA Re
Histone acetylation and histone methylation

Q2. {4 ) Describe the

Mechanisms by which transcription is terminated (8 PS

(b) What <3 hair
lunctions he different types of RNA molecules in eukaryotes, Disc
3
3 a Explain transop a: .

) EsCribye the + IPLON attenuation in Trp operon, fay of reanstatio”. .

Q4 Deserib aminoacy|] tRNA synthetases 1 11s

« and represset

t .
“Ption, Ways by which eukaryotic activatol


role of ribosomes in protein synthesis,

QS. (a) Explain in detail the )
» of N-chromosome inactivation in mammals 6

ib) Describe the mec hanist
(Wb. What is the role significance of the following: ae

(4) pO | wence

(a) Spf ye machinery
(b) Riboswiteltes

«c) RNA edit
(d) Exon
(e) Gene cing ‘


Unique Paper Code: 2172501
Name of paper: Paper-2, Thermodynamics, Equilibrium and Electrochemistry

Name of Course: B-Se-t) Biochemistry : Allied Course ~~

Semester: TV
Duration; 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 75

Attempt six questions in all including Question No. 1 which is compulsory

Scientific calculators are allowed
Qi. Explain the following (any five):
(a) Aqueous solution of NaCl is neutral but NH.Cl is acidic.
(b) In alkali metal increasing order of conductivity is Na‘<K*<Rb’<Cs* and not the reverse.
(c}) Differentiate between exothermic and endothermic reactions.

(d) lf pOH ofa solution is 9, calculate its H* ion concentr ation at 25 C.

(e) Differentiate between AG and AG*.
(£) Explain the role of salt bridge in electrochemical cell.
- vn (3X 5=15)

Q2. (a) Write the statoment of first lah it thermodynan:cs pai illustrate its usefulness and
limitations.

(b) "Write expression for q, W, AE, AH for reversible expansion of an ideal gas under
isothermal condition.

(c) Enthalpy of neutralization of strong acid with strong base is always equals to -57. 36
kJmol*, Comment,

(4, 4, 4)

(3. (a) Calculate enthalpy of formation of sucrose from the following data nr
ONS YUL

(i) Enthalpy of formation of water AH= -285.77 KI js

(u) Enthalpy of formation of CO,(g) AH= -393.71 kJ

(iii) Enthalpy of combustion of sucrose AH= -5665.0 kJ

(b) Explain Hess’s law of constant heat summation with suitable example.
(c) Calculate the bond energy for C=C bond, from the following reaction:

HC=CH,(g) + H.(g) > H,C-CH,(g), 4H = -125.5 kJ


and H-H bonds are 347.3 kJ mol", 414.2 kJ mo}:

“C.-C. C-H ‘and 4
The bond energy of © “ 35, ky

respectively.
mor (4,4, 4)

O4. (a) How does butter resist any change in pH ofa g D hthe hy ,
(b) Define solubility product and calculate the solubility product of following compound:
{Oo Lath Si j J .

(i). AgCl (solubility = 1.0x10*mol/L)

(ii). BaSO, (solubility = 0.0023 g/L) |
(c) Derive the following expression for the pH of a solution of a salt formed from strong aciq
and weak base:

pH = 1/2pK,,-1/2log(c)-1/2pK,
(4,4,4)

Q5. (a) Derive the relation between the equilibrium constants between K,, K., K,. Under what
conditions K, = K.= Ke where p, c, x stands for partial pressure, molar concentration & mole
fraction?

(5) The reaction between gaseous sulphur dioxide and oxygen is
280,(g)+0.(g)+280.(e)
A mixture of SO, and O., was maintained at 800 K until the system reached equilibrium. The
coulibrium mixture contained 5.0x10?M SO), 3.5x10°M O, and 3.0x10°M SQ).
Caleulate (i) K.and (ii) K, at 800 K.

(c) Explain how Le Chatelier principle helps in understanding the effect of change of
concentration, pressure and temperature on chemical equilibrium.
(4, 4, 4)

Q.6 (a) Write short note on standard hydrogen electrode.

(6) What is e.m.f. of a cell? Describe the method of measuring the e.m,.f. of an
electrochemical cell using a potentiometer,

(c) Given the E° value for the electrodes Cu*(aq)|Cu(s) and Cu'(aq)|Cu(s) as +0.340 V and
+0.522 V respectively, calculate the E° for the electrode Cu’(aq)|Cw'(aq).

(4, 4,4)
Q7. (a) Define extensive and intensive properties and classify the following into intensive 2"°
exleasive properties. Justify your choice.

Heat capacity, concentration, colour and temperature


integrated form of Kirchhoff's equation.

(b) State and derive
ding factor in predicting the

(c) Gibbs free energy is the deci

Comment. | |
Aw COLE (4, 4,4)

e

spontaneity of the given reaction.

f ‘g » “Nes ~
@ £ » * :
y ae!
8 ans
- pans
: aul
Ww \ o <i
hed : i
a 4
¥
*e et Oe
i ea
4isyeg _
en, + boast

1o1 
[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No.. 
( 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 23 
I 
Unique Paper Code 
32491501 
Name of the Paper 
Concepts in Genetics 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Biochemistry 
Semester 
V 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
1. 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all. 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Use of scientific calculator/log tables may be allowed. 
4. 
(a) Define the following and explain their significance in 
1. 
genetic studies: 
NDHU 
DHUC 
LEGE 
GOL 
i) Maternal effect 
IBRR 
Ka 
, 
(ii) Con_anguinitY 
(iii) Merozygotes 
Kalka 
(iv) Variable expressivity 
P.T.O. 


2 
23 
(v Random genetic drift 
(vi) QTL 
(vii) Hemizygous 
(vii) Phenocopy 
(ix) Pseudoautosomal region 
(x) TDF 
(1.5x10=15)
(b) Fill in the blanks 
(1) Chromosome fragment lacking a centromere is 
known as 
(ii) A phenotypic trait coded by an autosomal gene 
that shOws zero penetrance in one sex is called 
ii) A statistic used to test the goodness of fit of 
data to the predictions of a hypothesis is known 
as 
iv). 
is a cross between F1 and a 
homozygous parent. 
(1x4) 
Differentiate between the following 
2. 
1) Translocation and inversion of chrômosome segmen 
i) Incomplete dominance and Co-dominance


3 
23 
(ii) Uniparental inheritance and Sex-linked inheritance 
(iv) Allopatric and sympatric speciationn 
(v) Broad sense and narrow sense heritability 
(3,3,3,3,2) 
3. 
(a) In Drosophila, Lyra (Ly) and Stubble (Sb) are 
dominant mutationslocated at loci 40 and 58, respectively,
on chromosome III. A recessive mutation with bright 
red eyes was discovered and shown also to be on 
chromosome II. A map is obtained by crossing a female 
who is heterozygous for all three mutations to a male 
homozygous for the bright red mutation (br). The data 
in the table are obtained. 
Number 
Phenotype 
404 
(1) Ly Sb br 
GOLL 
EG 
422 
DHU 
(2) + 
+ 
+ 
18 
(3) Ly + 
+ 
RA 
16 
(4) + Sb br 
alkai 
ew 
75 
(5) Ly + br 
59 
(6) +Sb + 
(7) Ly Sb + 
2 
(8) + +br 
P.T.O 


4 
23 
) 
Determine the linear order of the genes on the 
chromosome. 
() Construct the chromosomal map. 
Cii) Determine the coefficient of co-incidence and 
(2,3,2) 
interference. 
b) What do you understand by trinucleotide expansion? 
(4) 
How is it responsible for genetic anticipation? 
(4) 
(c) The most important aspect of CIB technique in 
Drosophila is the absence of cross over between CIB 
(3) 
and normal chromosome. 
4. 
(a) The following pedigree has been provided to you. Answer 
4. 
the following questions. 
11 
2 


23 
5 
) 
What does the individual with the arrow signify? 
(ii) What is the most likely mode of inheritance of 
the trait and why? 
iii) What is the genotype of the affected individuals, 
(1,3,2) 
II 4, III 2, and III5? 
(b) In a family with 7 children, what is the probability of 
the following? 
(i) All the children are girls 
(ii) Five of the children are boys 
(3) 
(c) Explain how Benzer used complementation test to 
determine the structure of rlI locus of T4 bacteriophage. 
(5) 
5. 
Comment on the following statements : 
(i) Rar 
male calico cats are the feline equivalent of 
Kleinfelter's syndrome. 
(ii) In certain types of genetic crosses, the genotype of 
the female parent determines the phenotype of the 
progeny, regardless of its own genotype. 
(ii) In the experiments conducted by Carl Correns on 
Mirabilis jalapa, the variegated branch produce 
progeny with thrae different phenotypes. 
P.T.O. 


23 
6 
(iv) Bridges experiment was conclusive proof for the 
chromosomal theory of inheritance. 
(v) Different phenotypes can result from different 
mutations in the same gene. 
(vi) Polyploidy in plants helps in gaining economically 
beneficial characters. 
(vii) The genetic map distance measured over a long interval 
of chromosome is generally underestimated. 
(2x7 14) 
6. 
(a) Explain somatic cell hybridization. 
6. 
The following grid of data is provided to you. 
Assign genes to their gene products based on the given 
data. Give reasons. 
ADCO 
23 
34 
(5) 
(b) Name the disorders associated with the following
karyotype:


23 
1 
BAND 
i) 47, +21 
IBRARY 
(i) 47, +13 
Deih 
i, No 
Kalkai 
(ii) 47, +118 
iv) 47, XX 
(v) 47, XXY 
(vi) 46, 5p 
(3) 
(c) Protein and mRNA gradients are responsible for 
determining the A-P and D-V axis of the Drosophila 
embryo. Explain. 
(3) 
(d) Below is the flower diagram of the wild type Arabdopsis 
flower and 2 mutants. Identify the three flower types. 
Explain the genetic basis for the mutations. 
(3) 
7. 
(a) Explain the basis of deviation from Mendelian dihybrid 
ratio. Taking a suitable example, discuss the biochemical 
pathway by which the following ratios may arise 
(i) 9:7 
(ii) 12:3:1 
(5) 
P.T.O. 
oLLEG OLLEG 


23 
8 
(b) ) 
A new born infant has ambiguous genitals and 
chromosomal studies shows that the karyotype 
was 46 XY. Based on your knowledge of sex 
determination in humans, propose a reason for the 
ambiguous genitals. 
(i) How is sex determination in drosophila different 
from humans? 
3,3) 
(c) Discuss the mechanism of conjugation. Which of the 
following matings cannot occur? 
Fx HFr; F* x F+ 
(3) 
8. 
Write short notes on the following: 
8. 
) 
Mechanism of X chromosome inactivation 
(i) Hardy-Weinberg Law 
(ii) Genomic imprinting 
(iv) Mechanisms of gene transfer in bacteria 
(3.5x4) 
ABANDA 
BAND 
m 
OLLEGA 
HU 
LIBRARY 
aji, 
Ne Del 
aikail 
w Delh 
(300) 


1a|112o 
[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No.... 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 24 
32491502 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
:Gene Expression and Regulatioon 
B.Sc. (H) Biochemistry 
Name of the Course 
V 
Semester 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Instructions for Candidates
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
1. 
this question paper. 
Answer five questions in all including Question No. 1 which 
is compulsory. 
1. 
(a) Explain the following : 
1 
OLLEG 
G) The tRNA molecyles måst have both unique and 
OLLEG 
common structural features.
NDHU 
ii) Oligonycleotides containing Shine Delgarno 
sequences inhibit translation in prokaryotes but 
LIBRARY 
Kalko 
not in eukaryotes. 
kai, Ne 
P.T.O. 


24 
2 
) 
Exons are shuffled by recombination to produce 
genes encoding new proteins. 
(iv) Eukaryotic mRNAs have a longer half-life than 
prokaryotic mRNAs. 
(v) Likely effect of a mutation that would prevent 
sigma factor from dissociating from the RNA 
polymerase core. 
(b) What do you understand by the following terms 
(i) Catabolite repression 
(ii) Translocation 
iii) Promoter escape 
(iv) Inducer 
(v) Attenuation 
(c) The following sequence of a duplex DNA segment in a 
DNA molecule is transcribed by the enzyme RNA 
polymerase. 
5'-ATCGCTTGTTCGGA---3' 
5'-TAGCGAACAAGCCT---3 


24 
3 
to give the RNA with the following sequence 
5-UCCGAACAAGCGAU---3' 
Giving reason state whether the following statement 
about the DNA segment are True or False. 
(1) The top strand is the coding strand 
(ii) The bottom strand is the sense strand 
(iii) The top strand is the template strand 
(iv) The bottom strand is the antisense strand 
(10,5,4) 
2. 
(a) Differentiate between the following : 
(i) Lytic and lysogenic cycle 
ii) Class I 
and class II Aminoacyl tRNA 
synthetases 
(iii) RNA polymerase I and RNA polymerase II 
(b) Discuss the two types of transcriptional control 
mechanism for tryptophan biosynthesis. 
(9,5) 
3. 
(a) Give the experiment that were the basis for the 
3. 
P.T.O. 


24 
4 
following: 
) The ribosome is unable to discriminate between 
correctly and incorrectly charged tRNA 
i) Protein synthesis proceeds from N-terminal to 
C-terminal 
(ii) The codon UUU was assigned to phenylalanine 
(b) Give the anticodon sequence on tRNA molecule for the 
following codons 
CAG 
GCU 
(12,2) 
4. 
(a) Explain the significance of the following: 
4. 
) 
Elongation factors in translation 
(ii) The genetic code is degenerate 
(iii) Cap structure of eukaryotic mRNA
(h) Elaborate the steps involvea in the initiation of translation 
in prokaryotes. 
(9,5) 


24 
5 
(a) Lac operon is under negative as well as positive control. 
5. 
Explain with the help of examples. 
(b) Aminoacyl tRNA synthetases are the only component 
of gene expressión that decódes the genetic code. 
(c) How would you use a DNA endonuclease and RNA 
polymerase to locate a promoter site? 
5.5,4) 
(a) Write the mode of action of the following: 
6. 
() Puromycin 
(ii) a-Amanitin 
(ii) Chloramphenicol 
(b) How does eukaryotic RNA polymerase II escape 
promoter and enter into elongation phase. 
(c) Synthesis of hemoglobin subunit is coupled to availability 
of heme. Explain. 
6,4,4) 
LEGE 
GOLLS 
7. 
(a) Write the role of the following: 
SNDHU 
) 
Rho factor in transcription 
(ii) Riboswitches in gene regulation 
LIBRARY 
w 
De 
Naw 
D 
(ii) GTP in protein synthesis 
P.T.O. 


24 
6 
(b) Ribosomal proteins are translational repressor of their 
own synthesis. Explain. 
(9,5) 
Write short notes on the following (any four) 
8. 
(a) Gene silencing by RNA interference 
(b) SOS response in bacteria 
(c) Processing of tRNA 
(d) RNA editing 
(e) CI repressor of lambda phage 
(3.5x4) 
OLLEGN 
NDHU 
AR 
aikaj 
LEGE

Io / 5) &
SEA

Unique Paper code 2491601

Name of the Paper ‘ DC 1.14 / Concepts of Genetics

Name of the Course : B. Sc (Hons) / Biochemistry

Semester é Semester VJ />- a
\.

Duration : 3 Hours if

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

Attempt five questions in all. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

Use of scientific calculator / log tables ntay.be allowed.


1A)

(B)

(C)

2(A)
(B)

(C)

3(A)

(B)

Cover pty Wi Géeutkes

Give a term that best describes the following:

a) A gene that has multiple phenotypic effects.
b) Donor bacteria with high frequency of recombination,
¢) Heterozygote at an advantage over both homozygotes.
d) Non-coding RNA involved in dosage compensation in mammals.
e) Region of homology between X & Y chromosomes.
f) An affected individual who first brings attention for pedigree analysis.
(1x 6=6)
Match the following:
a) T.H. Morgan (i) Natural Selection
b) Mary Lyon (ii) Sex linked Inheritance
c) H. Nilsson-Ehle (iii) Microbial genetics
d) Joshua Lederberg (iv) Barr Body
) Alfred Wallace (vi) Quantitative inheritance
(1x5 =5)
Define the following (any four) <a
a) Trisomy >
b) Codominance =)
c) Linkage \2
d) Karyotype S
e) Consanguinity Ys >
“LS (2x4=8)
Give reasons for Mendecl’s success in genetic crosses with pea plant.
(3)
Explain epistasis giving two suitable examples.
(3)

Discuss the applications of the following in genetics giving suitable examples:

(a) Genetic markers
(b) Molecular clocks
(d) Test cross

(e) Tetrad analysis

(2x4=8)
Differentiate between:
(a) Specialized and Generalized transduction.
(b) Maternal effect and Maternal Inheritance.
(c)  Autopolyploidy and Allopolyploidy
(e) — Allopatric and Sympatric speciation
(3x4 = 12)

A man and woman are heterozygous for a gene and if they have four children, what is
the chance that all four will also be heterozygous?

(2)


4.(A)

(B)

(C)

3(A)

(B)

(C)

6(A)

(B)

(C)

The genetic map distance measured over a long interval of chromosome is generally

underestimated. Explain why?
(3)

Give two examples of extensions of Mendelian inheritance and explain the basis of the
observed ratio.

(6)
Explain the inheritance of leaf colouration in Mirabilis jalapa (4°O clock) plant.

(5)
What are homeotic genes? Explain using Drosophila as an example.

(3)

Explain the basis of non-disjunction as a proof for chromosomal theory of inheritance.

(3)

Explain the basis of sex determination in Drosophila. How does it differ from humans?

(6)

Propose the most likely mode of inheritance for the following pedigree. Justify your
choice. _—

,
4

Ba.

(4)

State Hardy Weinberg law. What are the assumptions underlying Hardy Weinberg
equilibrium.

(5)

Explain somatic cell hybridisation and state its applications:
(3)


TA) In D. melanogaster, cherub wings (cht), black body (4), and cinnabar eves (cn) result

(B)

(C)

from recessive alleles that are all located on chromosome 2. A homozygous wild-type
fly was mated with a cherub, black, and cinnabar fly, and the resulting Fl females were

test-crossed with cherub. black. and cinnabar males. The following progeny were
produced from the test-cross:

ch b’cn = 105

ch’b’ cn” 750 foe Oo’
cho bocn 4 la Lit Q\
ch'b cn” 102 NG
ch ben 5 4A pe
(a) Determine the order of these genes.
(b) Construct the genetic map.
(2,3)
Discuss the role of Segmentation genes in Drosophila development giving examples for
each class.
(6)
What is phenocopy? Explain giving suitable example,
(3)
Write short notes on (any four):
(a) Familial Down's Syndrome
(b) Genomic Imprinting
(c) Complementation test
(d) Arabidopsis as a model organism
(e) Lethal Genes
(3.5x4 = 14)


16

~.

~~

SERA
St No OD Gf €2SE

Unique paper code 2491602
Name of paper : Immunology
) ys ~
Name of the course B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
oe. Lil ~~
Semester : Vi “i
12) } \ »\
Duration : 3 hours ‘
a ee pre
Maximum Marks ; 75

Instructions for candidates

Write your roll no. on top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
Attempt five questions in all.
Question No.1 ts compulsory.


Write true or false for the following statements. If false. give the correct answer.

a. Hen egg albumin is a better immunogen for chicken than for goat.
b. When anti bovine gamma globulin monoclonal antibodies from Balb\c mice

are injected into another Balb\e mice, idiotypic antibodies are produced.

¢ IgG functions more effectively than IgM in bacterial agglutination.

d. Transfer of antibodies to an individual generates active immunity.

ei UV killed viral preparation will not activate T cytotoxic cells.

f. IgM is the first immunoglobulin produced in a primary immune response to an
antigen.

2. VH is twice the length of VL.

h. Factor H binds to C5b67 and inhibits the complement pathway.

i. A graft transferred between different species is isograft.

}. Fixed macrophages found in the kidney are called Kupffer cells.

(1x10=10)

Fill in the blanks

a. Skin secretes ---------- . an antimicrobial protein that kills FE. coli.

b. —-------- are substances that when mixed with an antigen and injected with it help
to enhance the immunogenicity of the antigen.

c. A congenital birth defect in which NK cells are absent is called --------- -.

d. Mechanisms that permit Immunoglobulins to be synthesized either as
membrane bound or secreted form are called---------- “--,

e. ---------cells express CD 8, ;

fr Toll like receptors have an exterior region that contains many -------- repeats.

The strength of multiple interactions between a multivalent antibody and
antigen is called-----------.

(fr

hh, weneeeenn=== tumor cell lines are unable to express Class | MHC molecules,
i. Somatic hypermutation is targeted to the ----------- rezion of antibody.
-o— class of antibody can cross the placenta.
(3)
Give one significant contribution of each of the following Scientists:
AQ Cop
a. Jules Bordet Jw Ls
b.. W. Dreyer & J. Bennett /. ,
& Rodney R. Porter & Gerald M. Edelmann fe
d. Ishizaka 5
\) (4)

Define antigen and immunogen. What properties a molecule should have to act as an
immunogen?

(4)

Explain the steps of inflammation and how it helps to overcome infection?
(4)


4A.

B.

oF

tn
>

6A.

Describe the structure of Thymus and explain the two step selection process that
thymoestes undergo in the thymus

(6)

Explain the formation of MAC complex by the complement pathways using flow chart
and explain the altemate pathway for activation of complement.

(7)

The epithelial cells of mucous membrane lining the gastrointestinal tract have certain
specialized cells called M cells. Explain their structure & function.

(3)

Explain the sequence of events that occur in the development of type III hypersensitive
reaction.

(4)

What are recombination signal sequences (RSS)? What is their function in gene
rearrangement of antibodies?

(6)

What are the consequences of differential RNA processing of heavy chain primary
transcript?

(4)

Define the terms pleiotropy, synergy, redundancy and antagonism with respect to
cytokine action,

(4)
What is the role of interleukin 2, perforins and Fas ligand in cell mediated immunity?

(7)
What do you understand by Antibody dependent cell mediated cytotoxicity?

(4)

Describe the mechanism of action of commonly used immunosuppresive drugs,
azathioprine, cyclosporine and FK 506.

(3)
What is the function of bone marrow stromal cells in the maturation of B cells?

(4)
Draw the structure of TCR CD3 complex. What is the function of CD3 complex?

(4)
Explain the structure of immunoglobulin G and function of its various domains.

(6)

uy


7A.

Discuss in detail how endogenous antigens are processed in the cytosolic pathway?

(5)
Explain the structure of Class | MHC molecules.
(4)
Explain the alternate pathway of complement activation.
(5)
ye .
fo “fs
~\
Write short notes on the following , 5
: pu
a. Grave's Disease iO |
b. DNA Vaccines \*
c Oxidative burst in macrophages
d PAMP
(3.5x4)


0

(This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ] jofsf 8

Your Roll NoO........0+see0
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6435 HC
Unique Paper Code : 32491601
Name of the Paper : Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Biochemistry

Semester : WI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper. a

2. Attempt five questions in all. As aN

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory. & 6

1. (a) Comment on the following statements. en S

(i) M13 based vectors are suitable for DNA
sequencing.
(ii) E.coli strains used as hosts for recombinant DNA

technology are devoid of restriction systems.

(iii) Taq DNA polymerase may not be the best enzyme
for PCR.

(iv) Adapters are different from Linkers.
P.T..0,


6435 -

(v) It is better to use an expression vector with an
inducible promoter rather than a strong promoter.

(vi) CaCl, treatment is given to E£. coli cells before

transformation.
(b) Write the application of the following enzymes :
(i) Reverse Transcriptase
(ii) Terminal transferase
(i111) Polynucleotide Kinase
(iv) Bal31

(v) RNase H (9,10)

2. (a) Differentiate between :
(1) Cosmid and Phagemid
(ii) PCR and Reverse transcriptase PCR
(iii) Cointegrate and Binary vector of Ti plasmid

(b) Compare and contrast the various plasmid vectors used
in yeast. (3,3,2,6)

(a) =e are the parameters kept in mind while designing
primers for PCR?


643

=, 3

(b) How can PCR be used for:
(1) Site directed mutagenesis

(11) Gene Amplification

(c) Describe the principle of blue-white selection for screening
of recombinant clones. (5,6,3)

(a) Draw the slab gel profile of the DNA fragment whose
sequence by the Sanger’s dideoxy method has been found
to be 5’- TAC TGG TTA TTT ACC TCC GAG-3’. Also
draw the slab gel profile of its complementary strand.

(b) Which restriction modification system is preferred in
genetic engineering? Explain why?

(c) Explain Real time PCR in detail. (5,5,4)

(a) Explain the procedure of pyrosequencing. How it is more
sensitive than Sanger’s dideoxy method?

(b) Justify why recombinant factor VIII gene of eukaryotes
could not be expressed in prokaryotes while insulin can?

(c) Name any two fusion tags used in expression vectors
and how they help in purification of recombinant proteins.
(5,4,5)

(a) What is gene therapy? Explain with the help of a suitable

example.
PTO.


6435 4

(b) Discuss the unique features of Ti plasmid used for

transformation of plant cells.

(c) Discuss two sequence independent methods of screening
recombinant clones. (5,5,4)

7. (a) Diagrammatically explain different steps of cDNA
synthesis for library preparation.

(b) Discuss two methods of gene transfer in animal cells.

(c) A linear DNA is digested with EcoRI and HindIII
separately and then in combination. The following
fragments are observed on the gel. Use this information
to draw a restriction map

EcoRI 8.5Kb 5.0Kb 3.0Kb
Hindi 9.5Kb 6.0Kb 1.0Kb
EcoRI and Hindill 6.0Kb 4.0Kb 3.0Kb 2.5Kb 1.0Kb

(S,5,4)
8. Write down short notes on the following :
(a) Oligonucleotide synthesis
(b) Sanger’s DNA Sequencing method
(c) Protein Engineering (4,5,5)

(200)


@

[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.]

Your Roll No..........+0++.
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6436 HC
Unique Paper Code : 32491602
Name of the Paper : Immunology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Biochemistry
Semester : VI
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all, including Question No. 1 which
is compulsory.

1. (a) Indicate whether each of the following statements is true

or false. Provide the correct answer if false.

(i) Monoclonal antibodies can precipitate protein

% antigens more effectively than polysaccharides.

°
2)
~™

di) Colostrum is rich in IgG.

WV (iii) A DNA vaccine only induces a response to a

single epitope.
Pel


6436 2

(iv) All immunoglobin molecules on the surface of a

given B cell have the same idiotype.

(v) Interaction of B7 with CTLA-4 leads to activation
of T cells.

(vi) Antihistamines are effective for the treatment of

delayed type hypersensitivity reactions.

(vil) Human skin is resistant to colonization by E.coli

despite constant exposure to it.

(vill) Nucleated cells tend to be more resistant to

complement mediated lysis than RBCs.

(ix) Mast cells express receptors for IgA on their

membranes.

(x) RBCs express MHC class I molecules on their

membranes. (10)

(b) Name the following :

(i) A cell surface molecule that initiates respiratory

burst.

(ii) A cellular component of the immune system that

is impaired in old age.


6436 3

(i) A molecule expressed on T cells but absent on

Macrophages & B cells.
(iv) An acute phase protein.
(v) Specialised macrophages found in brain.
(vi) A cytokine that is an endogenous pyrogen.

(vii) Scientist who gave the role of phagocytosis &

antitoxins in immunity.

(viii) Cells that can reconstitute the entire immune
system, if all of an animals immune system is

destroyed.
(ix) The first immune cells that extravasate to the site

of infection. (9)

2. (a) Give an overview of induction of immune response,
showing co-ordination between Innate and Adaptive

immunity. (Only Flow Chart depicting each step)

(b) Discuss briefly how Tc cells result in the destruction of

target cells (calcium dependent manner).

(c) Draw a neat well labelled diagram of IgG. (6,5,3)

P10,


6436 4

3. (a) Mention different pathways responsible for the activation
of complement. Explain any one pathway that results in
the formation of membrane attack complex. Discuss key

activators and major activities generated.

(b) Draw a neat well labelled diagram of Lymph node

depicting the location of different immune cells.

(c) Discuss briefly all the characteristics for an antigen to be

immunogenic. (6,4,4)

4. (a) Discuss briefly T cell development and differentiation.
(b) Discuss briefly clinical manifestations of graft rejection.

(c) Discuss antigen independent phase of B Cell development.
(5,5,4)

5. Differentiate between: (Any four)

(i) Primary immune response and secondary immune

response

(ii) T dependent antigens and T independent antigens
(iii) B cell epitope and T cell epitope

(iv) MHC-I and MHC II


6436 5

(v) Active immunization and passive immunization
(3:5x4)

6. (a) Explain the pathway for presentation of antigen by virus

infected cells to T lymphocytes.

(b) Mention the mechanisms used for generation of antibody

diversity. Explain any three.

(c) Dendritic cell is the most potent antigen presenting cell.

Discuss briefly. (6,5,3)

7. (a) Discuss briefly the sequence of events involved in the
development of allergic reactions. Mention its clinical

manifestations.

(b) Mention autoantigens, major effectors and the associated

symptoms for the following diseases: a
(i) Myasthenia gravis i e <«\
(ii) Type I diabetes mellitus |. ~~ _ i |
(iii) SLE
(c) Define PAMPs and PRRs. (6,6,2)

PLT.


6436 6

§ Write short notes on: (Any four)

(i) Erythroblastosis fetalis

(ii) Adjuvants S ON

(iii) Natural killer cells {us | \\

(iv) Inflammation cs

(v) DNA vaccine

(vi) TLR4 5x4)

(200)


jee xvA

I J

(This question paper contains 6 printed pages. ] \\| ¢\ \%

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll No...............
94054 HC
32497904

Molecular Basis of Infectious
Diseases

B.Sc. (Hons) Biochemistry :
DSE-4

VI

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of

this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all including Q. No. 1 which is

compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following: (i \t oa _

(1) Vector

(11) Zoonosis

(iu) Viremia

>
f=: o>
‘

P-T..0.


9405A Z
(iv) Parasitism
(v) Bactericidal
(vi) Antigenic drift
(vii) Viroid
(viii) Epidemic
(ix) Definitive host (1x9)

(b) Give full forms of the following and explain their

significance in biology of infectious diseases :
(i) LPS
(ii) AZT
(iii) DPT
(iv) DOTS

(v) PAMPS (2x5)

+ Differentiate between the following :
(a) Endotoxin and exotoxin

(b) Attenuated and recombinant vaccines


9405A 3

(c) Trophozoite and cystic stage

(d) Naked and enveloped virus

(3.5%4=14)
3. Schematically outline the following : WA WOOLEN.
(a) Replication of HIV virus les ‘
(b) Lifecycle of Plasmodium vivax :
(c) Action of cholera toxin “Stkayl.
(d) Pathogenisis of Candida infection (3,5x4=14)

4. Explain the mechanism behind the following :
(a) Formation of pseudomembrane in Diphtheria patients

(b) Characteristic recurring episodes of chills, fever and
sweats in Malarial patients.

(c) Formation of a tubercule and a subsequent granulomas

in patients of pulmonary tuberculosis.

(d) HCV mediated hepatocellular carcinoma.

(3.5x4=14)

P.T.O.


9405A

a

Comment on the following :

(a) Opportunistic infections and malignancies are common

in patients of untreated HIV infection

(b) Eosinophilia and high IgE titre are observed during

helminthic infections

(c) Researchers have not been able to synthesize effective

vaccine against Influenza virus

(d) One of the major concerns today is the development of

MDR tuberculosis

(e) Victims of road and field accidents are immediately

treated with ATS

(f) Interferons are used in effective antiviral therapy.

(g) Infection and recovery from one serotype of dengue

confers lifelong immunity that is serotype specific
(2x7=14)

Explain the mechanism of action of following drugs -

(a) Ampicillin

(b) Chloroquin


9405A 5

(c) Acylovarin ‘OLL

TaN GOLLE »
he ae
(d) Rifampicin le aN
as) a
(e) Flucytosin A NY

(f) Piperazine

(g) Tamiflu (2x7=14)

Discuss the symptoms, diagnosis and treatment of the
following diseases :

(a) Typhoid
(b) Amebiasis
(c) Rabies

(d) Pertussis (3.5x4=]4)

8. Discuss the following :

(a) Compare and contrast the pathogenesis of HAV and
influenza.

(b) Pathogens have developed strategies to evade the host
immune response,

Fit 4,


9405A 6

(c) Poor inflammatory response to ringworm leads to a

chronic infection. (5,5,4)


f)
kK. an) ‘Ly

W
[| This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

)9)¢//8

Your Roll No

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 9406 HC

Unique Paper Code : 32497906

Name of the Paper : Advanced Cell Biology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Biochemistry :
DSE-3

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

ty

Attempt five questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Give subcellular location and significance of (any five) :
(i) Catalase Ao T Com
(ii) Glycocalyx
(iii) Axonemal Dynein je 1F
(iv) Lamins |
(v) Alpha-actinin

(vi) TOC Complex (2x5=10)
P.T.O.


9406 2

(b) Give reasons for:

(i) Apical and basolateral domains of an intestinal

cell membrane are functionally distinct.

(ii) Cancer patients undergoing chemotherapy often
need bone marrow transplantation.

(iii) Inner mitochondrial membrane is analogous to
chloroplast thylakoid membrane.

(iv) Weel kinase mutant yeast cells are smaller in
size than normal cells. (2,2,2;3)

2. (a) Define the following terms :
(1) Restriction Point
(11) Proto-oncogene
(i11) Treadmilling
(iv) Karyopherin
(v) Facillitated Diffusion (2x5=10)

(b) List the properties and therapeutic use of embryonic

stem cells. How can pluripotency be induced in somatic
cells? (4)

3. (a) What does MPF consist of? Describe the three

experimental approaches that led to the discovery of
MPF. (6)


9406 3

(b) Illustrate how acid hydrolase enzymes are targeted to
lysosomes. (5)

(c) What is kinetochore complex? How does the function
of kinetochore complex vary in mitosis versus meiosis

I? (3)

4. Differentiate between:
(i) Microfilaments and Intermediate filaments
(ii) SEM and TEM

(iii) Anaphase A and Anaphase B mechanism of
chromosome movement

(iv) Gap junctions and Plasmodesmata

(v) Focal adhesion and Adherens Junctions  (3,3,3,3,2)

5. (a) Explain the process of cotranslational translocation of
proteins into ER. Why are these two processes coupled?

(5)
(b) Explain the intrinsic pathway of apoptosis with diagram.
List two signals that can initiate this process. (5)

(c) If the number of chromosomes is 20 and the amount
of DNA is C in a mammalian gamete, how many
chromosomes and what amount of DNA will be present
in a somatic cell at:

(i) End of S phase
(ii) End of Cell division (2x2=4)

Pel @,


9406 4

\é
\C
~ I

6. (a) Explain how proteins are targeted to mitochondrial matrix
from cytoplasm. (5)
(6) Give the basis of following diseases (any two):
(i) Gaucher’s disease
(ii) Zellweger syndrome
(iii) Epidermolysis Bullosa Simplex (2x2=4)
(c) Explain how confocal microscopy gives images of better

contrast and detail over conventional fluorescence
microscopy. (5)

7. (a) Explain the basis of two regulatory points in the meiosis
of vertebrate oocytes. (4)

(b) Explain the structure and function of nuclear pore
complex. Draw a well labelled diagram. (5)

(c) What are motor proteins? Explain the correlation
between their role in vesicular transport and the direction
of movement with examples of each class. (5S)

8. Write short notes on the following :

(a) Role of different coat proteins in vesicular transport
(b) FACS
(c) Quality contro] pathway in ER
(d) Role of integrins in cell-matrix interactions
(3.5x4=] 4)
(100)

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Instructions for Candidates

(Ib)

[This question paper contains 6 printed pages. ]

Al *]

Your Roll No...........-++
5542 ee H
249103
Biophysics ~

fs A?
d/

B.Sc. (H) Biochemistry
I

Maximum Marks : 75

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of

this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. Question 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Indicate whether True or False with justification.

(i) Dark field microscopy 1s used tg examine cells
that are difficult to see in bright field.

(ii) 'H NMR spectra of proteins show no change

upon denaturation.

(iii) Glass cuvettes are not used to measure absorbance
of DNA solutions.

PTO.


5542 2

(iv) The brightness of an image increases as the

magnification decreases.

(v) Gamma rays are used to study crystallographic

diffraction.

(vi) The triplet state is lower in energy than the singlet
state.

(vii) Dissolving glucose but not groundnut oil in water
is an energetically favorable process.

(vii) Two monochromators are used in a fluorimeter.

(b) Name the microscopic technique that can be used for
the following applications :

(i) To look at bacterial cells
(1i) To visualize fluorescently labeled lymphocytes.

(ui) To visualize surface morphology of cells.
(16,3)

2. (a) Differentiate between the following (any 4) :
(1) Metallic conductors and electrolyte conductors.
(ii) Scanning and transmission electron microscopy.

(iii) Weak electrolytes and Strong electrolytes with
one'example of each.

(iv) Fluorescence and phosphorescence.
(v) CD and ORD spectroscopy

(vi) Differential and density gradient centrifugation

(b) What do you understand by the solubility product of a
salt? Will a precipitate of AgCl form if 20 ml of 0.01M
AgNO, and 20 ml of 0.0004 M NaCl are mixed. (K,, of

AgCl = 1.7 x 10°!°) (12,2)

s. A(a) Explain the following statements :

(i) Phase contrast microscopy can be used to study

living cells.

(ii) Fluorescence emission always has a longer

wavelength than the incident light.
(iii) X-ray crystallography is a form of elastic

scattering.

(iv) Live samples cannot be visualized under an

electron microscope.

principle of light field microscopy with a ray
e of dark field microscopy
(10,4)

(b) Explain the
diagram. Write one advantag

over light field microscopy.

E:F.0;


5542

(a) What are the major postulates of Arrhenius theory of |

ae . . .
jation? Mention the limitations of the

electrolytic dissoc

same.

(b) What do mean by the term birefringence? Write two

applications of polarization microscopy.

(c) Explain one application each of intrinsic fluorescence

and extrinsic fluorescence. (6,4,4)

(a) What is the basis and procedure of separation of

organelles by differential centrifugation?

(b) A solution containing 2g/litre of a light absorbing
substance in a 1 cm cuvette transmits 75% of the incident

light of a certain wavelength. Calculate
(i) Transmittance of a solution containing 4g/litre

(ii) If the molecular weight of the compound is 250,

calculate the molar extinction coefficient.

(c) What is the theory of Spontaneous Generation? List the
experiments that disapproved it. Briefly comment on the

contributions of the following (any 2) scientists :

(i) Miller and Urey

5542 5

roa

(ii) Eigen .

(iii) Haldane and Oparin (4,4,6)

(a) Draw a simple geometric construction to deduce Bragg’s

law of diffraction.

(b) What is the purpose of growing protein crystals in the
presence of heavy atoms like Cu, Co for X-ray diffraction

studies?

(c) How are neutron diffraction studies complementary to

X-ray diffraction studies? (6,4,4)

(a) Write the principle of radioactive measurement by
the liquid scintillation counter and indicate any
one biologically relevant radioisotope which can be
measured.

(b) Give a brief account on the Geiger Mueller counter and
its use.

(c) Lambert Beer’s law is not obeyed at high concentrations

Explain. (6,5,3)
Write short notes on the following :
(a) Flow cytometry and its applications
P.T.O.


5542 6
(b) Biological applications of the radioisotopes

(c) Ultracenttifugation and its applications (4,5,5)

(1


peas |

Tits question paper contains 7 pr | pages] \\ \) \\

Roll No.

S. No. of Question Paper : 6421

Unique Paper Code 32491101 | ; ae y,
Name of the Paper - Molecules of Life t

Name of the Course: B.Se. (H) Biochemistry

Semester | L

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write vour Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt five questions in all.

Question No. | is compulsory.

Subparts of the questions should be attempted together.

Use of scientific calculator/log tables may be allowed.

I. (A) Fill in the blanks :

is biologically active form of folic

is an amino acid containing an
imidazole ring.

P.1.0.


(B)

(e)

(h)

( 2 ) 6421

is a glycolipid.

is an unusual structure formed by

DNA _ sequences.

is a parent molecule for all the

sphingolipid.
Optical activity is shown by all amino acids

EXCEPT eee .

is a water soluble vitamin having

an antioxidant property.

type of DNA predominantly exists

in dehydrated state.

is an example of lung surfactants. 9

Explain the following :

(a)

(6)

Nicotinamide coenzyme can be used to study the

progress of enzymatic reactions.

Nucleosides are more soluble in water than

corresponding bases.

Draw

(a)

(6)

(c) .

(a)

(2)

(g)

(A)

(7)

”)

(c) Amino acids do not give biuret reaction.

(d) Vitamin D is a hormone.

(e) a-D galactopyranose rotates the plane of polarized

light, but its reduction product does not. 10

r)

the structures of (any 14) :
Triacylglycerol

Glutamic acid at pH 7.0
Lactose

Pseudouridine

cAMP

NADPH

D-Glucuronic acid

Retinol

Vitamin D;

N-Acety! galactosamine

P.T.O.


175)

(k)

(m)

(7)

(0)

@)

(9)

What

(a)

(6)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(g)

S-Adenosyl methionine

Pyridoxal

Methyl uracil

D-Mannitol

Ascorbic acid

Phosphatidyl choline

Ornithine 14
are the products formed when :

Alanine is treated with ninhydrin and then heated
RNA is treated with alkali

Phosphatidy! serine (PS) is treated with phospholipase
A,

Glucose is treated with phenylhydrazine

Cystine is treated with a reducing agent

Cardiolipin is hydrolyzed completely

Oxidation of galactose 4

(A)

(B)

©

(A)

( 5S) . 6421
Name the deficiency disease for the following :
(a) Niacin
(b) Ascorbic acid
(c) Thiamin
(da) Vitamin D
(e) Folic acid
(Retinol

Draw the titration curve of glycine. Explain why its shape

changes in the presence of formaldehyde ? 5

Draw structures of three non-standard amino

2
i 3
acids.

Define the following and give one example of each :
(a) Enantiomers
(b) Diastereoisomers

(c)  Epimers

(d) Anomers.

P.T.O. ©


6.

(B)

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

(A)

(B)

ODI

Diagrammatically show how phosphodiester bond links

successive nucleotides in nucleic acids. 4

What are essential fatty acids ? Write structures of two

essential fatty acids 4

What are waxes ? Discuss their biological roles. 4
Describe the clover-leaf model of tRNA. 4
Explain why the absorption of UV light by double
stranded DNA increases when the DNA is
denatured ?
Name the repeating units of two structural
homopol ysaccharides.

Describe different non-covalent interactions which

arc crucial for the structure and functions of

macromolecules. 5

Caiculate the approximate molecular weight of a protein

in kilodaltons (KD) with 55 amino acids.

to

6421

yn r ace qc Ka-4.76) and

(C) Given 0.1 M_ solutie of cetic acid (p

soqgium f escribe bou

sodiu acetate lescribe how you would zo abe
cere

of 0.1 M acetate buffer of oH 40

preparing | I

(D) Draw the structure and write the functions of any ‘wo
glycosaminoglycans 4
Write short notes on the following
(a) | Watson and Crick mode! of DNA
(b) Phospholipids
(c) Role of nucleotides
14
(da) — Glycogen.
300


(is

This question paper contains 442 printed pages] fC (>f/ }
P

Roll No.

S. No. of Question Paper ; 6422

Los
Unique Paper Code > 32491102 f ~ HC
Name of the Paper : Cell Biology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons)/Biochemistry —-
Semester oe | ~
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write vour Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt five questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.

l. (A) Fill in the blanks :

(a) The progression of animal cells through cell
cycle stops at restriction point in the absence

Of voce ccccceceececeeeueee .

() ee allow communication between adjacent

(C) ceceeeeseeereetseeeeeees is the largest organelle in an animal

PLEO,


to

(B)

©

(A)

( 2 ) 6422
(d) Enzyme catalase is a marker enzyme for oo (B
(C)  cesseseereeeseetttets is a technique that analyses cells on
the basis of their size and internal complexity.
1x5=5
Explain the significance of the following :.
(a) Caspases
(6) Nuclear Lamina s &
(c) Cadherins
(d@) PDI
(e) MPF. 2x5=10
B
Comment on the following statements : “
(a) Golgi complex disappears as an organized structure
if vesicular transport from ER is blocked.
oo ©
(6) E.coli is widely used as an experimental model
organism. 2x24
4. (A)
yy with

Give principle of laser scanning confocal microscop,

ray diagram. Why is it better over conventional

fluorescence microscopy ? 6

A422
Write the localization and function of the following :
(a) Emerin

(6) Glycophorin

(c) Integrin

(d) Kinetochore complex. 2x4=8

Explain biochemical basis of the following diseases :

(a) Gaucher’s Disease

(6) Zellweger Syndrome

(c) Scurvy. 2«3=6

Compare and contrast the structure, organization

and role of microfilaments and intermediate filaments

5

in cell.

Define resolution of a microscope. Discuss factors that

limit resolution of a light microscope. 3
Draw the structure of axoneme and explain the
mechanism of movement of cilia and flagella. ~

P.T.O.


(B)

(B)

( 4°) 642

Explain why

(a)

(>)

(c)

(a)

(e)

Mannose 6-phosphate receptors are found in TGN

as well as on cell surface.

Extracellular surfaces of transmembrane and

secretory proteins often undergo glycosylation

The presequences of mitochondrial proteins are
positively charged whereas the transit peptides of

chloroplast proteins are not.

Tight junctions are important for maintaining

integrity of polarized cells.

Bright field microscopy cannot be used for live

cell imaging 2x5=10

Discuss the principle of differential centrifugation. Give

one limitation of this technique. 3

Which of these proteins will have a ER signal

sequence 7

(a) RNA polymerase
(b) Bip Chaperone
(c) Insulin

(a) Actin

nm

6422

(C) Discuss five sahent features of transformed cells. 5

(D) Explain the function of smooth endoplasmic reticulum

and correlate it with its positioning within the cell 4

(A) Differentiate between

(a) Adherens Junctions and Desmosomes

(b) SEM and TEM

(c) Actin bundles and Actin networks

(ad) Primary and Secondary plant cell
(B) Explain the process of nuclear import
Write short notes on
(a) Oncogenes
(b) — Orgamzation of skeletal musele
& Checkpoints th cell cycle

(d) —_ Endosymbioue onguy of organelles

wall, 2.5x4=10

of proteins. 4

3 5x4 14

PTO.


6422

(A)

(B)

(C)

( 6 ) 6422

Explain the process of cotranslational translocation
of proteins into ER. Why are these two processes

coupled ? 6

If the number of chromosomes is 10 and the amount
of DNA is C in a gamete, how many chromosomes

and what amount of DNA will be present in a somatic

cell at : |
(a) End of § phase

(6) End of Cell division. 2x2=4

Discuss the process of formation of lysosomes in «

cell.

Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration 
Maximum Marks 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Q2. 
217251 
Q1. (a) Explain the following: 
:B.Sc (H) Biochémistry/Botany/Biomedical 
Science Microbiology 
CHEMISTRY -I(CHCT-402) 
All questions carry equal marks. 
3hrs 
75 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
Attempt any FIVE questions. 
Roll no. 
(ii) Homolytic and heterolytic bond fission. 
(ii) In water the order is 
LIBRARY 
() Relative stability of primary, secondary and tertiary carbocations. 
(c) Account for the following observations: 
Kalkt 
(b) Although p-hydroxy benzoic acid is less acidic than benzoic acid, salicylic acid 
(o-hydroxy benzoic acid) is fifteen times more acidic than benzoic acid. Explain. 
(i) In the gas phase the order of increasing basicity is 
NH3 < CH,NH2 << (CH:)2NH 
< (CH);N 
NH3 < CH:NH: x (CHs)sN < (CH:)2NH 
(a) Giving priority order assigns E-Z- to the following: 
(6,4,5) 


i) 
Q4. 
Br 
(b) Giving priority order assigns R-/S- to the following: 
H 
H 
of 3-bromo-2-butanol. 
CHO 
()) Enantiomers 
-OH 
(ii) Diasteriomers 
CH,OH 
(ii) Chiral centre 
H,C 
ii) 
H,C 
(c) Explain the term 'meso form' with suitable example 
CHa 
(d) Define any two of the following with examples 
H,C 
(d) Draw all possible conformations of cyclohexane. Which amongst these is most 
stable? Give reasons for your answer. 
H 
COOH 
Q3. 
(a) How many stereoisomers are possible for tartaric acid? Draw structures in Fischer 
projection formula. Also explain how these stereoisomers are related to each other. 
OH 
(b) Define configuration and differentiate between relative and absolute configuration. 
(c) What do you understand by ery1hro and threo-prefixes? Explain by taking the example 
CH, 
(4, 4, 2, 5) 
(a) Define primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure of protein. 
(b)Write a short note on Merrifield synthesis. 
(c) What are D.C.C. and (-BOC? Discuss their use in peptide synthesis. 
(4, 3.3. 5) 


Q5. 
(d) What is ninhydrin Reagent? Write down the structure. 
(a) Explain osazonce formation of glucose with mechanism. 
(b)Explain why fructose is a reducing sugar 
(c) Write the structural formula of a-anomer of glucose. 
(d) Carry out the following conversions: 
(i) D-Arabinose to D-Glucose 
(ii) D-Glucose to D-Fructose 
Q6. Write a short note on any THREE of the following: 
(a) Mutarotation 
(b) Edmann degradation 
(c) Hybridization 
(d) Conformational isomerism 
(4. 4, 4. 3) 
(5.3. 2. 5) 
(5,5,5) 


OESHA 
This question paper contains 4 printed pages] 
S. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
RDHDSOLIE 
Roll No. 
LIERY 
aikaj 
New De 
(A) 
() 
(Write your Roli No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
(ii) 
: 6430 
:3249 1201 
Proteins 
(v) 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Explain the following statements briefly : 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Answer five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
HC 
The SDS-PAGE technique is used to determine the 
number of subunits in a protein. 
The Edman procedure is automated. 
(iii) Membrane proteins are difficult to solubilize. 
(iv) 
Proteins having one type of secondary structure 
are fibrous in nature. 
Haemoglobin cannot bind oxygen when its iron is 
in the ferric state. 
(vi) 
Small peptides can be synthesized by solid phase 
peptide synthesis. 
PT.O. 


2 
3 
(B) 
(A) 
(B 
(A) 
(B) 
(vi) The solubility of a protein is least at its isoelectric 
(viii) Cis peptides conformations are disallowed in 
proteins. 
() 
pH. 
Write the contributions of the following Nobel Laureates 
to the field of protein chemistry : 
(ii) 
(2) 
F. Sanger 
(iüi) 
J. Kendrew. 
430 
L. Pauling 
() 
(ii) 
Myoglobin and Haemoglobin are similar in structure but 
serve entirely different roles in oxygen binding. Explain 
with oxygen binding graphs. 
16.3 
Sickle celled anaemia is considered as a molecular 
disease. why ? How can the disease be diagnosed by 
peptide fingerprinting ? 
7,7 
Using chemical structures explain the Edman degradation 
method of determining the sequence of a peptide. If a 
protein is made up of multisubunits how this protein would 
be sequenced ? 
Study the following data and derive the sequence of the 
given peptide : 
On N-terminal analysis no amino terminal was found. 
C-terminal analysis similarly resulted in no C-teminal 
amino acid. 
4. 
5 
(A) 
(B) 
(C) 
(A) 
(B) 
(iin) 
(iv) 
(v) 
(vi) 
(3 ) 
6430 
Amino acid analysis after HCl treatment resulted 
in the following amino acid composition: A2. K2, 
G2. P2. 
F2. 
Treatment of the peptide with chymotrypsin 
resulted in two peptides with the same composition 
A, K, G, P. F. 
Treatment of the peptide with trypsin also yielded 
two peptides with similar composition. 
Treatment of the peptides released after trypsin 
treatment resulted in A as the N-terminal amino acid. 
86 
Differentiate between integral and peripheral membrane 
proteins. Give rwo unique features of integral membrane 
protein structures citing any one exampie you have learned. 
Describe the Ramachandran plot and explain why glycine 
in proteins has no restricted psi and phi dihedral angles. 
Briefly outline Anfinsen experiment concerning the 
denaturation and renaturation in Ribonuclease A. 
5.5,4 
Write the principle of gel filtration chromatography and 
indicate its use in determining the molecular weight of 
a 
protein. 
What are molecular chaprerones ? Indicate their role in 
protein folding. 
PT.O. 


7. 
8. 
6430 
(A) 
(C) 
Define the terms : Exclusion limit, fractionation range, water 
(B) 
() 
With examples differentiate between the following : 
() 
(v) 
(vi) 
(ii) 
Destructive and non-destructive protein analysis 
(4 ) 
regain value, void volume. 
(iii) 
N-terminal and C-terminal analysis 
() 
(ii) 
What are prion based diseases ? Indicate with an example 
the mechanism involved. 
(iii) 
Briefly indicate the principle of the use of mass 
spectrometry in the determination of peptide sequence. 
Is this method better than traditiona! sequencing 
methods ? 
Simple and conjugated proteins 
Salting in and salting out of proteins 
Write short notes on 
Basic and acidic proteins 
(vi) Proteinaceous amino acids and modified amino acids in 
proteins. 
Amino acid sequence and amino acid composition of 
proteins 
430 
Solid phase peptide synthesis 
6,4,4 
Structure of keratins or collagen 
Ammonium sulfate fractionation of proteins. 
4 
6.8 
72-14 
5,4,5 
300 


LIB 
Tiiis question paper contäins 4pinted pages] 
Naw 
S. 
No. of Question Paper 
: 6431 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Roll No0. 
1. 
ABA DHO 
(A) 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
() 
32491202 
Enzymes 
Attempt 5 questions in all. Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
(i) 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Bio-chemistry 
(v) 
State whether true or false with justification 
Maximum Marks: 75 
HC 
Kcat/Km is a measure of catalytic efficiency. 
(ii) 
PALA can act as an inhibitor of ATCase. 
(iv) 
Allosteric enzymes obey Michealis-Menten kinetics 
at high substrate concentration. 
Enzymes lower activation energy by releasing 
binding energy. 
Only charged amino acids in the active site are 
known to participate directly in enzymatic reactions. 
(vi) 
Suicide inhibition is reversible. 
the active site. 
(vi) Catalysis by lysozyme requires a catalytic triad in 
PTO. 


2 
3 
(B) 
(A) 
(B) 
(A) 
Give examples of each 
(i) 
(i) 
(iii) 
() 
(v) 
() 
(ii) 
(iii) 
(iv) 
(v) 
Differentiate between the following (any 4) : 
(vi) 
An enzVme bigger than the substrate 
An 
(a) 
enzyme regulated 
by reversible covalent 
modification 
(c) 
A lyase 
A serine protease 
An enzyme with high turnover number. 
Apoenzyme and Coenzyme 
Uncompetitive and Non-competitive Inhibition 
Substrate analogs and Transition state analogs 
Metalloenzymes and Metal activated enzymes 
Proteolytic enzymes are often synthesized as inactive 
zymogens. Explain why ? 
Transition state and Activation energy 
Acid base catalysis and Covalent catalysis 
(643| 
Give the applications of the following enzymes in 
diagnostics/medicine 
Acid Phosphatase 
(b) 
Creatine kinase 
(14, 5) 
Streptokinase. 
(12, 2) 
4 
5. 
(B) 
(A) 
(B) 
(A) 
(B) 
Give an example of enryme that requires the following 
coenzyme. Also write the reaction catalysed by each 
enzyme 
(in) 
Pyridoxal phosphate 
(iv) 
(iü) Tetrahydrofolate 
() 
Define the follewing 
(in) 
(iii) 
TPP 
(iv) 
(v) 
Biotin. 
3 
) 
Specific activity 
(i) 
S.I. unit of enzyme activity 
Turnover Number 
Ki 
Marker Enzymes 
6431 
(6, 8) 
Discuss the dependence of enzyme activity on the pH of 
the reaction. 
(10, 4) 
Derive Michaclis-Menten equation and show under what 
conditions Km 
Using the Line Weaver Burk plot, draw curves that would 
be obtained when 
Competitive Inhibitor is added to an enzyme. 
P.T.O. 


6. 
7. 
8. 
6431 
(A) 
(B) 
(ii) 
(B) 
A non-competitive Inhibitor is added to an enzyme. 
( 4 
) 
(i) An uncompetitive Inhibitor is added to an enzyme. 
Indicate how V. 
and K change in each case. 
(5, 9) 
max 
What are immobilized enzymes ? Describe two methods 
of immobilization. 
Explain different methods of regulation adopted by 
enzyme with suitable examples. 
(6, 8) 
(A) 
Why is Aspartate transcarbamoylase considered an 
allosteric enzyme ? Explain its importance and briefly 
indicate its mechanism of action. 
6431 
Write short notes on : 
What do you mean by isotope exchange and how can 
we use it to distinguish single and double displacement 
reactions ? 
(8. 6) 
(B) 
Isozymes 
(A) Multienzyme complexes 
(C) 
Enzyme Classification 
(D) 
Proximity Effect. 
4 
(3,344) 
300

(7 
This question paper contains 4 printed pages) 
LLLLLLLL 
Roll No. 
S. No of Question Paper 
6423 
Unique Paper Code 
32491301 
HC 
Name of the Paper 
Metabolism of Carbohydrates and 
Lipids 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 
75 
(W'rte your Roll No on the 1op immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
LLEG 
AU COL 
Attempt five questions in all 
ANDH 
LIBRARY 
Kalke 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
. 
(a) 
Justify the following statements 
() 
HDL delivers cholesterol to the liver. 
ew 
Del 
(ii) 
Intermediates of glycolysis are not able to leave 
the cells in which they are forned. 
(i) 
Ketone bodies synthesis increases in uncontrolled 
diabetes 
PTO 


2 
6423 
() 
Possible hemolysis is observed in Glucose-6- 
phosphate dehydrogenase deficient persons. 
(V) 
Glucokinase is an inducible enzyme. 
(vi) 
A liver homogenate can't oxidize fatty acids unless 
some ATP is present. 
(vii) Glycogenin is the primer involved in glycogen 
synthesis. 
(viii) Branched chain fatty acids undergo a oxidation. 
(b) 
Name the following 
Regulatory enzyme of prostaglandins synthesis. 
(ii) 
The first committed regulatory enzyme in glycolysis. 
(ii) 
Amino acid required for the synthesis of ceramide. 
16,3 
2 
Differentiate between the following 
Fatty acid oxidation in mitochondria and peroxi_ome 
(ii) 
Glyoxylate cycle and TCA cycle 
(ii) 
C3 and C 
plants. 
5,5,4 


3 
6423 
3 
() 
Explain how is RUBISCO enzyme regulated? 
(b)
Write down the following conversions 
(i) 
Acetyl CoA to Mevolanate 
(i) 
Glucose-6-phosphate to Ribulose-5-Phosphate 
5.9 
(iii) 
Dihydroxy acetone phosphate to Plasmalogen. 
5.9 
A. 
Answer the following 
(i) 
Why liver glycogen and not muscle glycogen contributes 
to blood glucose ? 
(i) 
How are fatty acids transported to mitochondria ? 
(ii) 
How is acetyl CoA transported from cytosol to 
mitochondria ? 
4,55 
5. 
(a) 
How are glycogen synthesis and breakdown regulated 
reciprocally ? 
Give the biochemical reasons of the following diseases 
( 
Von Gierkés 
Tay-Sachs 
(iin) 
Galactosemia. 
(c) 
How does fructose get catabolized in liver and muscle ? 
4,6,4 
P.T.O. 


6423 
6 
Discuss the process by which a saturated. fatty acid is 
(a) 
converted to an unsaturated fatty acid. 
(b) 
Explain regulation of fatty acid biosynthesis. 
() 
Describe substrate level phosphorylation with an example. 
How is it different from oxidative phosphorylation? 5,4.5 
7 
(a) 
TCA cycle provides substrate for several biosynthetic 
processes. Justify. 
(b) 
How are ketone bodies catabolized ? 
(c) 
Explain the reactions of pentose phosphate pathway when 
NADPH is not required. 
5,5,4 
8 
Write short notes on 
CAM plants 
(i) 
Malate aspartate shuttle 
(iii) 
Starve feed cycle. 
4,5,5 
300 
4 
6423 


This question paper contains 4+2 printed pages| 13 12117 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 6424 
Unique Paper Code 
: 32491302 
HC 
Name of the Paper 
Membrane Biology and Bioenergetics 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Semester 
Duration :3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 75 
OLLEG 
(W'rite your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question pape 
CO> 
ANDA 
Attempt five questions in all, 
L I B R A R Y 
including Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Kekai 
Del 
New 
Log tables and/or scientific calculators may be provided. 
. 
(A) 
Give explanation for the following 
(a) 
Phosphatidylserine is found predominantly on the 
cytosolic side of the bilayer. 
P.T.O. 
LEG 


2 
6424 
(b) 
Cholesterol and sphingolipids associate in membrane 
to form lipid rafts. 
(c) 
Vanadate is an inhibitor of Na K* ATPase. 
(d 
Succinate restores O, consumption in rotenone 
blocked electron transport chain. 
() 
Integral membrane proteins require detergents for 
their solubilization. 
When energy charge is low, the cell is in catabolic 
mode. 
(g) 
Lipids with critical packing parameter< I do not 
form stable bilayerTs 
(h) 
DCMU is a potent herbicide. 
(B) 
Give the basis of the following diseases 
(a) 
Cystic fibrosis 
16,3 
(b) 
Diabetes insipidus. 


3 
6424 
2 
(A) 
(A) 
For a reaction A 
B. AH is 10 kJ.mol, AS is 
25 JK-.mol 
Under what conditions the reaction is 
spontaneous ? 
(B) 
Phosphoenolpyruvate has very high standard energy of 
(B) 
hydrolysis. Why ? 
C) 
Consider the sequential reaction 
Glucose-1-P-> Glucose-6-P 
AG°-7.3 kJ.mol 
Glucose-6-P 
Fructose-6-P 
AG 
1.7 kJ.mol- 
( 
What is the net reaction ? What is the AG° of the 
net reaction ? 
(ii) 
Calculate Keu of the coupled reaction. 
D) 
Differentiate between NAD and FAD as electron 
carTiers. 
3,3,4,4 
3. 
(A) 
State the chemiosImotic theory. Give experimental proof 
3 
in support of the theory. 
P.T.O. 


4 
6424 
(B) 
State whether creatine kinase will operate in the 
direction of ATP synthesis or phosphocreatine synthesis 
at 25°C when [ATP] = 
4 
mM, [ADP] = 
0.15 mm, 
[phosphocreatine] = 2.5 mM, and [creatine] = 
I mM. 
C) 
Give the detailed mechanism of ATP synthesis by 
FoF ATP synthase. 
5,4,5 
4. 
Explain the mechanism of the following processes 
(a) 
Generation of proton gradient by complex Ill of ETC, 
transporting electrons from Ubiquinone to cytochrome C. 
(b) 
Transport of reducing equivalents by malate aspartate 
shuttle. 
(c) 
Phosphotransferase system. 
The antioxidant mechanism in mitochondria to scavenge 
Reactive oxygen species. 
4,4,3,3 
5. 
Show how ? 
(a) 
Frye and Edidin's cell fusion experiment and Moor and 
(a) 
Mühlethaller's freeze fracture technique formed the basis 
of Singer and Nicolson's fluid mosaic model. 


424 
(6) 
RBC membrane skeletal protein spectrin forms a mesh 
like pattern restricting lateral diffusion of membrane 
components. 
(c) 
Tight junctions demarcate apical and basolateral regions 
of a polarized intestinal epithelial cell membrane. 
(d) 
FRAP technique is used in the study of membrane 
dynamics. 
6,3.3,2 
6. 
Give the functional role of the following: 
(a) 
Phycobilisomes in red algae. 
(b) 
Anion exchanger in RBC membranes 
(c) 
Bacteriorhodopsin in Halobacterium Halobium. 
() 
Caveolae in membranes. 
(e) 
Brown adipose tissue in new born infant. 
V type H* ATPases in osteoclasts. 
2.5x4,2x2 
P.TO 


6 
6424 
(A) 
Detail out the Z-scheme of photosynthesis in plant 
7. 
chloroplast. Also give the net light reaction of 
photosynthesis. 
(B) 
Show how the photosystem of green sulfur bacteria is a 
prototype of PSI in plant chloroplast. 
C) 
Give the significance of segregation of PSII and PSI in 
grana and stroma lamellae respectively. 
5,54 
8. 
Give the mechanism of the following 
(a) 
Voltage sensing by voltage gated Na chan :l. 
(6) 
Clathrin mediated endocytosis. 
(c) 
Membrane fusion. 
(d) 
Liposomes as a drug delivery system. 
(e) 
Dissipation of ionic gradient by valinomycin. 
3x4,2 
[R 
8.314 J/mol.K, F = 96, 480 J/V.moll 
6424 
6 
300 


Tnis question paper contains 4 printed pages thl19/17
Roll No.LI 
S. No. of Question Paper 
6425 
Unique Paper Code 
32491303 
HC 
Name of the Paper 
Hormone Biochemistry and Function 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc. (H) Biochemistry 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
. 
(A) 
Define the following terms 
1.5x6-9 
() 
Polyuria 
CoLLEG 
(i) 
Endocrine Response 
(iin) Receptor Desensitization 
NDHU 
(iv) Negative Feedback 
BRARY 
(v)Hypophosphatemia 
LIBRARY 
(vi) 
LH surge. 
New D 
(B) 
Comment on the following statements 
5x2-10 
Goitre is seen in both hyper and hypothyroidism
(in 
Breast feeding acts as a natural contraceptive 
P.T.O 


2 
6425 
(iii) Acromegaly is seen only in adults 
(iv) Pregnant women show hyperpigmentation 
Hyperglycemia is not confirmatory of Diabetes 
mellitus 
2 
Diagrammatically outline the following 
5,5,4 
(a) 
Blood pressure regulation by Rennin Angiotensin System 
(b) 
Synthesis of thyroid hormone 
()Mechanism of action of steroid hormones 
(c) 
3 
(a) 
What are somatomedians ? What is their role in bone 
growth ? 
(b) 
Obese people are more prone to NIDDM. Explain. 
(c) 
What is receptor crosstalk ? Illustrate with one 
example. 
5,5,4 
4. 
(a) 
Give the full forms for the following and explain their 
significance 
1.5x6-9 
( 
RxR 
(i) 
NGF 
(ii) MAO 
(v) TRH 
(v) 
ANF 
(vi) PH domain. 


3 
6425 
(b) 
Outline the hormonal changes that occur during 
5 
gestation and parturition. 
Compare and contrast 
5. 
4.33.22 
(a) 
Adenohypophysis and Neurohypophysis 
(6) 
Osteomalacia and Osteoporosis 
(c) 
Oxytocin and prolactin 
() 
Neuroendocrine and paracrine response 
() 
PKA and PKC. 
6. 
Give the location and significance of the following cells of 
the endocrine glands 
2x7 14 
() 
Beta cells of Islet of Langerhans 
(6) 
Sertoli cells 
() 
Chromaffin cells 
() 
S cells of Gastrointestinal Tract 
() 
Thecal Cells of the Ovary 
Zona Reticularis 
(g) 
Supra optic Nuclei. 
7. 
Differentiate the following:
4x3.5 
(a) 
Cushing's Disease and Addison's disease 
(b) 
Diabetes Insipidus and Diabetes Mellitus 
P.T.O 


4 
6425 
(c) 
Rickets and Osteomalacia 
(d) 
Graves Disease and Hashimotos Disease. 
8. 
Write short notes on the following 
: 
3.5x4=14 
(a) 
Adipose tissue as an endocrine gland 
(6) 
Gastric hormones 
Stress response 
() 
Calcium homeostasis. 
6425 
4 
300 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Jel7 
Your Roll No...... 
H 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 
5519 
Unique Paper Code 
216/223/381 
Name of the Paper 
:Cell Biology - I (CBHT-301) 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Honours) 
Semester 
III 
Duration 
3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt FIVE questions in all. 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
ABAND 
(10) 
A N D H D 
1. 
(a) Differentiate between the following: 
i) Hetrochromatin and Euchromatin 
LIBRARY 
a ikaj 
kaji. NO 
N e w 
Deln 
(ii) Trans face and cis face 
(iii) Active and Passive transport 
(iv) RER and SER 
(v) Strach and Glycogen 
P.T.O. 


5519 
2 
(b) Defines the following: 
(5) 
() Cotranslational translocation 
(i) Intron 
(ii) Glycosylation 
(iv) Tight junction 
(v)Microfilament 
(c) Write on the significance of the following: 
(6) 
i) Prions 
(ii) Urate oxidase 
(iii) Gram staining 
(iv) Glucose-6-phoshphatase 
(v) Lamin 
(vi) Mannose-6-phosphate 
(d) Expand the following: 
(3) 
i) NPC 
(ii) TOM 
(iii) NADH 
(100) 


5519 
(e) Mention the contribution of the following: 
(3) 
(i) F. Sanger 
(ii) Hartwell 
(ii) Christian de Duve 
Define the resolution of a microscope. What are the factors 
2. 
decide the resolving power of a microscope. Compare the 
functional principle of the electron microscope and light 
microscope. 
(12)
3. 
(a) Describe the process of r-RNA biogenesis. 
(6) 
(b) Write briefly about the Nucleosome model. 
(6) 
4. 
(a) Why Mitochondria and chloroplast are considered semi 
4. 
autonomous organelles. 
(6) 
(b) Write briefly the principle of Spectrophotometry. 
(6) 
5. 
(a) Describe the mechanisms by which protein is imported 
into mitochondrial membranes and matrix. 
(8) 
(b) Write about the Nuclar pore complex and its function. 
(4) 
P.T.O. 


5519 
6. 
Compare differential centrifugation technique with Density 
6. 
gradient centrifugation for cell fractionation. 
(12) 
7. 
Write short notes on three the following 
(4x3) 
(a) Phase Contrast microscopy 
(b) Golgi complex 
(c) Microtubule associated proteins 
(d) Glycosylation in RER 
(e) Peroxysome 
(100) 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No. 
H 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 5547 
Unique Paper Code 
:249303 
Name of the Paper 
Metabolism of Carbohydrates and 
Lipids 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc. (Hons) Biochemistry 
Semester 
:III 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
LLEG 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all. 
2. 
ANDHU 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
3. 
L I B 
Kalka 
1. 
(a) Explain the following statements:
Vew 
13 
i) Glucose is immediately phosphorylated in the cell. 
(1i) Lactate accumulation takes place in muscles during 
strenuous exercise. 
(ii) HMP pathway is essential for nucleotide 
biosynthesis. 
P.T.O. 
EANDA 


5547 
2 
(iv) Gluconeogenesis does not occur in adipocytes. 
(v) Muscle glycogen does not contribute to blood 
glucose. 
(vi) We need to supplement our diet with essential 
fatty acids. 
(vii) Ketone bodies are not utilized in liver. 
(vii) TAG hydrolysis is increased in adipose tissue 
during fasting state. 
(b) Give the contributions of the following scientists: 
(i) Hans Kreb 
(ii) Cori 
(iii) M. Calvin 
(16+3) 
2. 
(a) Describe the malate aspartate shuttle. 
(b) Explain the amphibolic role of the TCA cycle. 
(c) Write the B-oxidation of palmitic acid in the mitochondria. 
(4,5,5) 
Write the reactions and regulations of the following enzymes 
3 
) 
Pyruvate dehydrogenase complex 
(ii) Fatty acid synthase complex 
(ii) RUBISCO 
(5,5,4) 


5547 
3 
4. 
Differentiate between: 
i) C, and C, plants 
(ii) Hexokinase and glucokinase 
(ii) Glyoxalate and TCA cycle 
(iv) Oxidative Phosphorylation and substrate level 
phosphorylation 
(4,4,4.2) 
5. 
(a) Describe the different classes of lipoproteins and their 
functions. 
(b) Enumerate the steps involved in the non-oxidative phase 
of HMP pathway. 
(c) How are fatty acids transported from cytosol to 
mitochondria for ß oxidation? 
(5,5,4) 
6. 
(a) How are ketone bodies synthesised in the liver? What is 
their physiological significance? 
(b) Explain how calvin cycle is a light dependent process. 
(c) When gluconeogenesis is on, glycolysis is off. Justify. 
(5,4,5) 
(a) Write down the reactions affected by the following 
inhibitors/drugs 
(i) Arsenate 
P.T.O. 


5547 
4 
(ii) Flouride 
(ii) Aspirin 
(iv) lodoacetate 
(b) Describe the hormonal regulation of blood glucose level. 
(c) Name the enzymes responsible for the following 
disorders: 
(i) Me Cardie disease 
(ii) Pompe's disease 
(iii) Refsum disease 
(iv) Gaucher disease 
(v) Von Gierke disease 
(4,5,5) 
8. 
Write short notes on: 
G) Regulation of cholesterol biosynthesis 
(i) Glycogenolysis 
(ii) Fermentation 
(iv) Cellulose biosynthesis 
(3.5x4) 
(100)

This question paper contains 4 printed 
S. No. of Question Paper: 6432 
1 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
(a) 
(6) 
Roll No. 
() 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
(i) 
(v) 
() 
: 32491401 
Define the following : 
() 
:Human Physiology 
Attempt five questions in all including 
(ii) 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
(ii) 
Depolarisation 
pages] 
Q. No. 1. which is compulsory. 
Cardiac Output 
Renal Plasma Flow 
Enteric Reflex 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Total Lung Capacity. 
KSANDA 
HC 
LIBRARY 
What is the physiological term for the following : 
6LEGE 
alkal 
New Delhi-
The molecule used to detect the GFR. 
Increase in platelets number. 
5x| 
P.TO. 


(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(c) 
(ii) 
(iv) 
() 
(v) 
(v) 
(ix) 
(v) 
Rhythmic movements in the small intestine. 
(viii) Onset of menstrual cycle in women. 
(vi) Measurement of electrical conductivity of the brain. 
(2 ) 
The molecule responsible for decreased FSH 
secretion only. 
JGA 
(i) 
EDV 
A blood clot flowing through the circulation. 
Give the full form of the following : 
(iii) 
IPSP 
(iv) 
BOG 
Amount of blood pumped out of the heart per cycle. 
Amount of air remaining in the lungs after a normal 
tidal expiration. 
ANE. 
6432 
Give the importance of brain stem. 
system ? Describe them. 
How many kinds of cells are present in the central nervous 
How is cerebrospinal fluid different from blood ? 
9x| 
S,5,4 
3. 
4 
S. 
() 
Explain the following with the help of diagram/flow chart : 
(i) 
(iv) 
(ii) 
Cardiac cycle 
() 
(ii) 
Differentiate between the following : 
(iv) 
(3 ) 
Juxtaglomerular apparatus in the kidney 
() 
Hepatic lobule of liver 
(i) 
Mature Graafian Follicle. 
Bohr's effect and Haldane effect 
(ii) 
Parasympathetic and Sympathetic nervous system 
Explain how/why ? 
(vi) 
Hemostasis and homeostasis 
Alkalosis and Acidosis. 
EEG waves change in sleep awake cycle 
(iii) 
Only one sperm can fertilize an egg 
There is need for acclimatization at high altitude 
6432 
(v) 
Cardiac muscle does not undergo tetany 
3.5x4 
(iv) 
Premature infants often suffer from respiratory distress 
syndrome 
Bile juice helps in fat absorption 
(vi) 
Edema occurs in glomerulonephritis. 
3.5x4 
2x7 
P.T.O. 


7. 
8. 
6. 
6432 
Write short notes on the following : 
() 
(in) 
Kidney Failure 
(iii) Anemia 
(iv) 
Hypertension. 
() 
Jaundice 
Give the mechanism of action of the following : 
(v) 
(i) 
Sliding theory of muscle contraction 
(ii) 
Fibrinolytic system of blood clotting. 
(ii) 
following receptors : 
Counter current multiplication system of urine formation 
(i) 
Baroreceptors 
Nociceptor 
(4 ) 
Give the location, function and mechanism of action of the 
Thermoreceptor 
(iv) 
Chemoreceptors 
Stretch receptor 
(vi) 
Gustatory receptor. 
4 
GOLLEGA 
LIBRARY 
(432 
Kalka 
3.54 
Ethi-19 
5,4,5 
12 
300 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages| 
CANDNO 
alkaji 
S. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Roll No. 
1. 
(a) 
LIBRARY 
() 
6433 
(i) 
: 32491402 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
(iv) 
: Gene Organization Replication 
and Repair 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Answer any five questions. Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
IV 
State True or False. Justify your answer 
HC 
Maximum Marks : 75 
The polarity of DNA helicase is defined by the DNA 
strand that is displaced. 
RNA primer. 
The enzyme RNaseH is able to remove the entire 
(iii) 
The stability of a DNA helix increases in IM NaCl 
as compared to an aqueous solution. 
A larger stretch of DNA is synthesized in E.coli 
by DNA Polymerase I than by DNA Polymerase Il1. 
PTO. 


2 
3. 
(6) 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
() 
(ii) 
(i) 
An 
E.coli strain that is dam (DNA adenine 
methylase minus) has a higher frequency of 
mutations than a dam 
host. 
a natural base ? 
6433 
Why does DNA have thymine instead of uracil as 
the cell to survive DNA damage. Explain. 
5×2-10 
SOS response is considered to be a last resort by 
3 
components. 
What is the significance of the sequence 
3 
STTAGGG3? in eukaryotic chromosomes ? 
3 
What is a replisome ? Explain the role of each of its 
DNA associated with nucleosomes. 
Outline and compare the steps involved in mismatch repair 
and nucleotide excision repair. 
5 
Describe an experiment used to determine the length of 
4 
(a) 
A relaxed, circular, double stranded DNA molecule 
(2000 bp) has 10 bp per turn. What is the Lo value ot 
this molecule ? DNA gyrase introduces l6 negative 
Supercoils in this molecule., What is its value of L now ? 
What is the superhelical density of this molecule ? 3 


4. 
5. 
(b) 
(c) 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
What are the factors that contribute to a decreased gene 
density in eukaryotic cells ? 
(3 ) 
enzyme. 
What are the various domains of the DNA polymerase 
enzyme ? Discuss their rolesin the functioning of the 
resolution. 
6433 
medicine ? 
Explain in detail the Holliday model of recombination 
illustrating the two sets of outcomes that arise from its 
5 
What is the replicon model ? 
Discuss 
the 
agents 
that cause 
inhibition of 
DNA replication. How are these inhibitors useful in 
more than once in the cell cycle ? 
6 
What is the effect of alkylating agents on DNA ? 
6 
How does the eukaryotic cell ensure that not even one 
of its several hundred origins of replication is activated 
3 
3 
Explain in detail the role of Rec BCD in choosing 
between recombination or destruction of DNA that enters 
the E.coli cell ? 
6 
P.T.O. 


7. 
8. 
6433 
(a) 
() 
(c) 
(a) 
(6) 
(c) 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(d) 
Explain in detail. 
What is conservative site specific recomnbination ? 
4 
) 
in the absence of topoisomerases ? 
What problem would arise in the process of replication 
Describe the Ames test and its applications. 
their genetic organization. 
Write short notes on the following : 
genome ? 
What are the different classes of transposons ? Explain 
What is polymerase switching ? 
Translesion repair 
6433 
How does Lambda DNA integrate into the E.coli 
Nucleosome assembly 
Factors stabilizing the DNA double helix 
6 
Rolling circle replication. 
4 
3 
5 
6 
3 
3,5,3,3 
300 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages] 
S. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Kalko" 
Roll No. 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
O LIBRAF 
() 
6434 
() 
32491403 
Explain the following : 
Metabolism of amino acids and 
Nucleotides 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
V 
Maximum Marks:75 
Atempt five questions in all. 
HC 
Question No. 1 is compuslory. 
Use of scientific calculator/log tables may be allowed. 
Alanine and glutamine are present in much higher con 
centration in blood than any other amino acids. 
Glutathione functions as a redox buffer. 
Aiii) Plants do not possess & amino levulinic acid synthetase 
activity yet porphyrins are required for the synthesis of 
chlorophyl. 
(iv) 
L-asparaginase is an effective chemotherapeutic agent. 
PT.O. 


2 
3. 
(v) 
(v) 
(|x) 
(vi) Nitrogen fixation is energetically expensive. 
(viii) Genetic defects in enzymes involved in urea cycle can 
be life threatening. 
6434 
In humans, the consumption of PRPP by salvage pathway 
is greater than the consumption of PRPP for de novo purine 
biosynthesis. 
S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) has a higher methyl group 
transfer potential than N'-methyl tetra hydro folate. 
() 
Von Gierke's disease results in hyperuricemia. 
(2 ) 
Conversions 
() 
IMP to Uric acid 
Sulfonamide drugs do not interfere with mammalian purine 
synthesis. 
Write the steps involved in the following enzymatic 
() 
(i) 
Carbamoyl phosphate to UMP 
(a) 
(iii) Histidine to N-formimino glutamate 
(iv) 
dUMP to dTTP 
(6) 
(c) 
9x2,1 
3-phosphoglycerate to serine or Glutamate to proline 
3,3,3,3,2 
Draw a well labelled diagram of nitrogen cycle and name 
any two nitrogen fixing organisms. 
Discuss the regulation of heme biosynthesis. Why does 
lead toxicity cause anemia ? 
ryidoxal phosphate is a versatile cofactor. Support your 
answer with suitable examples. 
4,5,5 


(. 
() 
SCD 
Give the biochemieal basis and clinical symptoms associated with 
the following metabolic disorders (any four) 
(M) 
(i) Orotic aciduria 
() 
() Maple syrup urine disease 
() 
Hartnup disease 
Diagrammatically explain the following : 
(a) 
(b) 
Lesch Nyhan Syndrome. 
(i) 
Glucose-A lanine cycle 
(ii) Urea cycle. 
() 
Purine nucleotide cycle 
(3) 
trunsamination : 
() 
Aspartate 
(ii) 
Alanine 
(iii) 
Glutamate 
ADHU cOLLEG 
(iv) 
Phenylalanine 
(v) 
Arginine. 
Name and draw the structure of alpha keto acid resulting 
when each of the following amino acid undergoes 
LiL ARY 
6434 
Kalka 
4x3.5 
New 
De 
4,5,5 
What are the difterent pathways for the breakdown and 
synthesis of glycine ? Explain. 
Draw a purine ring and mark the origin of Carbon and 
Nitrogen atoms. 
5.6,3 
P.TO. 


8. 
7. 
6434 
(a) 
(6) 
(a) 
(b) 
scientists 
Give one scientific contribution of the following 
() 
(i) 
(üi) A. Garrod 
David Shemin 
(i) 
Jo Anne Stubbe. 
(i) 
Thomas Sydenham 
Write the mode of action of the following inhibitors and 
highlight their use in medicine : 
() 
Allopurinol 
(4 ) 
(ii) 
6-mercaptopurine 
(iv) 
5-fluorouracil 
() 
Azaserine 
(v) 
Methotrexate. 
(i) 
Compare the following pairs 
(iv) 
Kwashiorkor and Marasmus 
6434 
Transamination and Oxidative Deamination 
(ii) Carbamoyl phosphate synthetase I and Carbamoyl 
phosphate synthetase Il 
4.10 
De novo synthesis of purines and pyrimidines. 
Since dUTP is not a normal component of DNA, why do 
you suppose ribonucleotide reductase has the capacity 
to convert UDP to dUDP ? 
4 
12,2 
300 


[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2180 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duratin: 3 Hours 
(13) 
1. 
2. 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
Your Roll No.. 
32491401 
Human Physiology 
(i) Homeostasis 
B.Se. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
(a) Define the following : 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt five questions in all including Q. No. 1 which 
is compulsory. 
(ii) End diastolic Volume 
IC 
Maximum Marks: 75 
O A N D U 
2o19 
aikaji 
(iii) Transpulmonary Pressure 
LIBRARY 
cOLE 
New Dethi 
P.T.0. 


2180 
2. 
(iv) Regurgitation 
(v) Receptor desensitization 
(vi) Osteoclast 
(vii) Implantation 
2 
(b) Justify/Give Reasons : 
buffer" 
(i) Hemoglobin functions as "tissue oxyger 
(ii) The left ventricle of the heart shows 
physiological hypertrophy 
(17) 
(iii)) Osteoblasts help to build up the bone. 
(iv) Gastric mucosa is resistant to autodigestien 
(v) RBC count is less in females 
(vi) Action potentials are all-or-none events. 
Differentiate between the following 
(a) REM and NREM 
(2x6) 


2180 
3. 
4. 
(b) Heterometric and homometric regulation of cardiac 
output 
Gastric and Intestinal phase 
of gastrointestinal 
regulation 
3 
(d) Peripheral and Central chemoreceptors 
(3.5x4) 
(a) What is CSF? Explain how the chemical 
composition of the CSF is different from that of 
blood. 
(b) What will happen if: 
(i) PCT of tubular segment is removed 
(ii) Thin segment of loop of Henle is removed 
(c) Describe sequence of events that occur during 
swallowing. 
() Anemia 
(a) Give the physiological basis of following : (any 4) 
(3.6,5) 
(ii) Peptic ulcer 
P.T.0. 


2180 
(ii) Renal alkalosis 
(iv) Emphysema 
4 
(v) Atherosclerosis 
(b) Explain how plasticity of neurons helps in learning? 
5. (a) Give one word for the following : 
so? 
(344) 
(i) Receptors for the pain stimulus 
(c) What 
(2) 
(i) Supporting cells of peripheral nervous 
system 
(iii) Sensation from the skin, muscles, bon 
tendons and joints 
(iv) The ability to recall past events at the 
conscious or unconscious level 
(b) A person's cardiac output (CO) is 7 litre minute 
and Mean Arterial Pressure (MAP) is 140 mmHg 
What is person's total peripheral resistance? 
are 
the 
various 
Components 
of 
Countercurrent multiplier system? Why it is callcd 


2180 
7. 
8. 
(d) Why a testis is considered to be immunologically 
privileged site? 
6. 
Explain the following with the help of diagram and 
5 
flow chart : 
(a) Tracheo-bronchial tree 
(b) Different layers of GI tract 
cycle 
(c) Ovarian and uterine changes during menstrual 
Write short notes on the following : 
(a) Role of vitamin K in coagulation 
(b) Blood flow into the liver 
(c) Regulation of arterial pressure 
(d) Transport of carbon-dioxide in the blood 
(4.3,5,2) 
Explain the following mechanisms: 
(a) Voluntary control of micturition 
(4.5,5) 
(3,3,4,4) 
P.T.0. 


2180 
6 
(b) Capacitation and transport of sperm 
(c) lonic channels and their role in initiating action 
potential in skeletal muscle 
(5.5,4) 


[This question paper contatns 6 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2181 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
(1) 
2. 
3. 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
Your Roll No... 
: 32491402 
: IV 
of this question paper. 
Gene Organization, Replication 
and Repair 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
IC 
(a) Comment on the following: 
2o19 
Maximum Marks : 75 
segments of DNA. 
pHU 
o 
COLLEG 
LIBRARY 
Kalkajl 
New 
(i) Transposition causes rearrangement of 


2181 
4. 
5. 
4 
(b) Explain 
the 
key 
steps 
recombination. 
of 
homologous 
(c) Differentiate between base excision 
nucleotide excision repair. 
during DNA damage. 
repair and 
(6,4,4) 
(a) Explain the mechanism of translesion synthesis 
(b) Write down the steps of DNA processing by Rec 
BCD enzymes. 
(c) Compare and contrast serine recombinases with 
tyrosine recombinases with their mechanism. 
(4.5.5) 
(a) How does 2 integrase promote integration 
and excision of a viral genome into host 
chromosome? 
(b) Explain the mechanism of mismatch repair in 
prokaryotes. 
(c) Explain the role of methyl transterases and acetyl 
transferases in nucleosome assembly and 
disassembly. 
(5,4,5) 


2181 
6. 
7 
5 
(a) Name the various classes of transposition and 
explain cut and paste transposition. 
(b) Eukaryotie DNA has higher Cot value than 
prokaryotic DNA. Explain. 
(c) Discuss 
the 
roles 
of various 
types 
of 
topoisomerases. 
(a) Justify the following statements : 
(6,4,4) 
(i) The sliding DNA clamp makes DNA 
polymerase more processive. 
(ii) D loop mode of replication is different from 
rolling circle model of replication. 
(iii) Ethidium bromide affects the topology of 
closed circular DNA 
(iv) The fidelity of replication is ensured. 
(b) How does DNA renature? Briefly explain its 
correlation with DNA complexity. 
(2.5x4,4) 
P.T.0. 


2181 
8 
6 
Write short notes on the following: 
(a) Replicon model of two components tor replication 
initiation 
(b) Telomerase enzyme in eukaryotes 
(c) Replicative transposition 
(H5.)

[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.] \C\ :
Ww \
Your Roll No.....sscccees
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5524 H

Unique Paper Code : 216/223/589

- Genetics and Genomics | (GGHT-
501)

: B.Sc. (Hons.) Anth./Biochem./
Biomed./Bot./Microbio./Zoology

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester : V

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

2. Attempt 5 questions in all including Question No. 1 which
is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following terms (Attempt any five) :

(i) Codominance SD

>
~~
|

(ii) Missense Mutation

ee

| ~r
—

(iii) Dosage compensation \\*

(iv) Allele
PTO.


5524
(v) Pleiotropy
(vi) Aneuploidy (1x5=5)
(b) Expand the following :
(i) TDF
(ii) EMS
(iii) F,
(iv) HGPRT

(v) QTL (1x5=5)

(c) Give contributions of the following scientists in the field

of genetics (Attempt any five) :
(i) Sutton and Boveri
(ii) H.J. Muller
(iii) Barbara McClintock
(iv) Bateson and Punnet
(v) Karpachenko

(vi) Mary Lyon (1x5=5)


5524 3

(d) Answer the following in one word :
(i) Virus used for fusing somatic cells in vitro.
(ii) Intercalating agent that cause mutation.
(iii) Experimental — on which Morgan worked.

(iv) Number of Barr bodies found in human suffering

from Turner syndrome.

(v) Sex of Drosophila having chromosomal constitution
2A+XXY. (1x5=5)

(e) Write the phenotypic ratios for the following interactions :
(i) Recessive Epistasis
(ii) Complementary factor

(iii) Incomplete dominance (1x3=3)

(f) A plant with tall stem and red flowers was crossed with
the plant having dwarf stem and white flowers. Write
the genotype of F, plants and predict the result of
testcrossing these F, plants. (4)

2. Differentiate between the following pairs (Attempt any
Four) :

P.T.O.


5524 4

Us

(a) Epistasis and Dominance

(b) Paracentric and Pericentric inversion
(c) Autopolyploid and Allopolyploid

(d) Cis and Trans heterozygote

(e) Somatic and Germinal mutation

(f) Back cross and Test cross (3x4=12)

Given below is the test cross data:

Phenotpe Number
— + + 80

+ + Cc 344

+ b c 95

= + + 110

a b + 296

a b c 70

+ b + ‘

a + c


§524 5

(a) What are linked genes? Are the genes a, b and c in the
above data linked? Justify. (3)

(b) Determine the sequence and distance between the three

genes a, b and c. (6)

(c) Calculate the coefficient of coincidence and interference.

(3)

4. (a) Explain maternal influence with a suitable example. How
is it different from cytoplasmic inheritance? (8)

(b) What is multiple allelism? Explain with suitable examples.

(4)

5. (a) Define spontaneous mutations? Discuss the molecular
mechanism of spontaneous mutations. (6)

(b) What is dosage compensation? Describe the mechanism
of dosage compensation in Drosophila. (6)

6. (a) Give an experimental evidence to prove that crossing
over occurs at four-strand (tetrad) stage. (6)

(b) Device an experiment to demonstrate that X-rays cause
mutation. (6)
7. Write short notes on any three of the following :

(a) Conditional lethal mutations

P.T.O.


5524 6

(b) Mendel’s laws of inheritance
(c) Somatic cell hybridization
(d) Penetrance and Expressivity

(e) Role of environmental factors in sex determination
(4x3=12)


[This question paper wo ahs 4 printed pages. |

C7 <

Your eon KD
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 5550 H
Unique Paper Code : 249501
Name of the Paper : Membrane Biology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : Vv
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. Comment on the following:
(i) Proteins cannot move across the membrane.

(ii) Gap junctions are regulated by cellular Ca’? ion
concentration.

(iii) Digitalis is a cardiotonic drug.
(iv) Alpha helices are more common than beta barrels in

transmembrane proteins.
P.T.O.


Nm

(v) Valinomycin kills microbial cells by dissipating

transmembrane ion gradients.

(vi) Phosphatidyl serine is found predominantly on the
cytosolic side of the bilayer.

(vii) Lipid rafts are insoluble in nonionic detergents.

(vill) Spectrin, a red cell protein controls membrane shape
and movement.

(ix) Facilitated transport system shows saturation
kinetics. (16,3)

(a) What are micro-domains? Give the functional significance
of lipid rafts.

(b) Diagrammatically outline the mechanism of transport by
Na*K*ATPase. Why is it called an electrogenic pump?

(c) Differentiate between primary and secondary active
transport. Give one example of each. (5,5,4)

(a) Give the Structure of Fo-F ATPase. How does the
Passage of protons through this system induce the
rotation of C-ring and Synthesis of ATP? Explain.

(b) Explain the use of following techniques to study the
membrane structure :

(i) FRAP


(ii) Patch - clamp

(iii) Freeze fracture (5,9)
4. (a) Draw the diagram of fluid mosaic model of membrane.

Give the salient features of the same.

(b) How is membrane fluidity affected by any three of the

following? _
(i) Cholesterol AS BAN
(ii) Temperature b9 3
(iii) Anaesthetics ei i,
(iv) Lipid composition
(c) Explain the basis of ion selectivity of Potassium
Channels. (5,6,3)

5. Explain how :
(i) Bone remodeling is done by osteoclast proton pumps.

(ii) The neuronal Na* ion channel is a voltage gated
channel.

(ii) Phosphotransferase system phosphorylates Sugar during
transport across the membrane.

(iv) Aquaporins provide highly selective channels for rapid
movement of water molecules across the plasma
membranes. (3,3,4,4)


3550 +

6. Write short notes on the following :
(1) Cystic fibrosis
(11) Pore forming toxins
(iii) Hydropathy plots
(iv) CMC (4,4,3,3)
(a) Give the structure of nicotinic acetyl choline receptor.
How does it act as a ligand gated channel ?
(b) Define the following :

(i) Nernst equation
(ii) Resting membrane potential
(iii) Porins
(iv) Antiport (6,8)
8. (a) How does SNARE protein bring about membrane
fusion ? Show diagrammatically.

(b) Give the structure and mechanism of transport of Ca‘?
by SERCA pump. How is it inhibited by vandate ?

(c) Differentiate between mediated and non mediated
transport. (5,6,3)

(100)


GI

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. | Vq /*)

Your Roll No

Aeeeeeeseeaease

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5551 H

Unique Paper Code > 249503

Name of the Paper : Hormone Biochemistry

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : ¥

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper. i

7 VY ~
*

2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. Q. No. 1 is compulsory.

}. (a) Explain the following terms :
(i) Paracrine response
(ii) Organification of iodine
(iii) Cross phosphorylation
(iv) Biphasic secretory response

(v) Natriuresis
P.T.O.


(vi) LH surge

(vii) Polyuria (1,2,1,2,1,2,1)
(b) Give the location and function of the following cells.

(i) Chromaffin cells

(ii) Zona reticularis

(iii) Sertoli Cells

(iv) Parafollicular cells of the thyroid

(v) Trophoblasts

(iv) SON (1.5x6=9)

2. Comment on the following statements.
(a) Steroid hormones act as transcriptional regulators

(b) Hyperglycemia is not a confirmatory diagnosis of Diabetes
Mellitus

(c) Cholecalciferol plays a dual role in bone physiology
(d) Thyroxine is called a permissive hormone

(¢) Vasopressin regulates blood pressure and blood volume
(f) There is crosstalk between Ca2* and cAMPs

(g) Hypokalemia and alkalosis are seen in persons suffering
from Conn’s syndrome. (2x7=14)


5551 3

2.

Give the full form and their physiological significance:

(a) BMR and thyroxine
(b) GHRH and feedback regulation

(c) BARK and regulation of hormonal response

—

(d) POMC and Hyperpigmentation 3)
(e) DHT and 5a reductase i:

(f) SH2 and adaptor proteins

(g) EGF and wound healing Ay ; (2x7=14)
(a) Compare and contrast the effect of PTH and Calcitonin

on plasma Ca?* levels. How does calcium itself regulate
the secretion of the two hormones?

(b) Explain how G proteins mediate dual control of adenylate

cyclase

(c) Certain gasses act as primary messengers. (5,5,4)

Outline with the help of a neatly labelled diagram the
following :

(a) Hypothalmic Hypophysial Axis.
(b) The signal transduction pathway of the insulin receptor.

(c) Regulation of blood volume by Renin Angiotensin System
P.T.O.


5551 4

(d) The neuroendocrine integration of gastric acid secretion.
(3.54)

6. Discuss briefly :

(a) Role of hormones in the initiation and progression of

Parturition.
(b) Epinephrine regulates the flight and fight response

(c) Leptin regulates food intake. (5,5,4)

7. (a) Explain the role of the following toxins/ drugs.
(i) Pertussis toxin
(ii) Yersinia toxin
(iii) Phorbolesters

(iv) Sildenifil (2.5x3=7.5)

(b) Growth hormones show both a direct and indirect effect
and excess secretion of growth hormone shows different
symptoms in children and in adults. Explain. (3.5)

8. Write short notes on: (14)
(a) Scatchard analysis.
(b) Goitre.

(c) Type II diabetes Mellitus:

(d) Cushing’s Disease
(100)


This question paper contains 4 printed pages.

Si. No. of Ques. Paper
Unique Paper Code
Name of Paper

Name of Course
Semester

Duration

Maximum Marks

o

DOl/

Your Roll NO. socsccsesersesess

: 6427 HC

: 32491502

: Gene Expression and Regulation
: B.Sc. (H) Biochemistry

: 3 hours or

: 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately — ;

on receipt of this question paper.) ‘

Answer five questions in all, including

Q. No. I which is compulsory.

1. (a) Explain the following:

(i) Anticodon of many ‘RNA molecules can interact

with more than one codon.

(ii) Cells carrying suppressor tRNA genes are less
viable than wild type cells.

(iii) Fidelity of transcription is lower than that of

replication.

(iv) Transcription in eukaryotes is more complex than

in prokaryotes.

(v) Diphtheria toxin inhibits protein synthesis in

eukaryotes.

Turn over


(b) What do you understand by the following terms?
(i) Transcriptome
(ii) Lysogen
(iii) Guide RNA
(iv) Exon Shuffling

(v) Repressor.

(c) The following sequence of a duplex DNA segment in a
DNA molecule is transcribed by the enzyme RNA
polymerase:

3’— ATCGCTTGTTCGGA —3’

s°— TAGCGAACAAGCCT —3°

to give the RNA with the following sequence:

s° — UCCGAACAAGCGAU — 3"

Giving reason state whether the following Statements
about the DNA segment are True or False:

(i) The top strand is the coding strand.

(ii) The bottom Strand is the sense Strand.

(iii) The top strand is the template strand.

(iv) The bottom Strand is the antisense strand. 10,5,4

2. (a) Differentiate between the following:
(i) Group I and Group II self-
(ii) Core RNA Polymerase an
(iii) Translational Initiation

Splicing introns
d Holoenzyme

in Prokaryotes and
eukaryotes.

(b) Explain how cells ensure the fi

delity of protein
synthesis.

9,5
6427


(a) Give the experiments that were the basis for the following:
(i) The ribosome is unable to discriminate between
correctly and incorrectly charged tRNA.
(ii) Protein synthesis proceeds from N-terminal to
C-terminal.
(ii1) The codon UUU was assigned to phenyl alanine.
(b) Give the anticodon sequence on tRNA molecule for
the following codons: |
CAA GGU 12.2

(a) Explain the significance of the following:
(i) GTP-GDP cycle of EF-Tu
(ii) Shine Dalgarno sequence
(iii) Poly A tail of eukaryotic mRNA

(b) Predict the expression of lac operon genes under the
following conditions:
(i) In the presence of glucose: and absence of lactose
(ii) In the presence of glucose and presence of lactose
(iii) In the absence of glucose and absence of lactose

(iv) In the absence of glucose and presence of lactose

(c) Write the sequence of —10 and -35 elements of a

prokaryotic promoter. 5.4,5

. (a) With the help of a diagram explain the conserved
elements required for splicing.

(b) Fine control of tryptophan operon is mediated by
attenuation. Explain.

6427 3 Turn over


(c) What is a lariat structure? What is unusual about the
phosphodiester bond in a lariat structure?
(d) Describe a technique that can be used to identify a

promoter sequence. 4,4,3,3

6. (a) Write the mode of action of the following:
(i) Tetracyclin
(ii) Rifampicin
(iii) Actinomycin D.
(b) What are suppressor (RNAs? With the help of an example
explain how they suppress nonsense mutations.
(c) Describe different DNA binding. motifs. 6,4,4

7 (a) Write the roles of the following:
(i) Ubiquitin in protein degradation
(ii) Initiation factors. in protein synthesis
(iii) cAMP in regulation of lac operon
(b) What are the ways in which transcription is terminated

in prokaryotes? 9,5

8. Write short notes on the following (any four):
(a) Alternative splicing
(b) Features of genetic code
(c) Charging of RNA
(d) RNA interference

(e) Lytic cycle of lambda phage. 3.5x4

6427 100


* “This question paper contains 6. printed pages.

Si. No. of Ques. Paper + 8424 | He
Unique. Paper Code +, 32497903
Name of Paper’ : Molecular Basis of Non-infectious
. : Diseases
> Nante of Cottrse rt Biochemistry ; bigetpline
SE ey ; - Specific Blective for Hononrs
<a ‘Sehnester ye oe
‘ - Duttation yShours: xO E>
“ Masintuen “Maik: jae Os fas *%

te ap idey dae _
(a) Tinnitus |
4 ii) What ‘ctiterion: is roquited for the diagnosis of

“fe
Ne yi “yh . ib it oa as ‘v pls

“i Aleheliaer! s' ‘deise!

Turn aver


aii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

{a) Dementia

(>) Hallucination

(C) Agitation and anxiety

(a) Undergoes metastasis
(b) Develops blood supply
(c) Cells divide an unlimited number of times

(d) Grows without needing a growth signal
(d) Changes im personality

(wii)

A 20 year old male with hypertension has been
Deficiency of enzyme a-keto acid decarboxylase

prescribed a drug that inhibits the synthesis of
is Observed in which of the following disorders?

catecholamines. Which of the following vitamins
(a) Phenyl ketonuna

participates in the synthesis of catecholamines?
(b) Alkaptonuria (a) Vitarnin C
(c) Hartnup’s disease (b) Vitamin D
(d) Maple Syrup Urine disease (c) Vitamin B,

Huntington’s chorea disease results due to (d) Vitamin K

; (viii) Atherosclerosis occurs due to the presence of
accumulation of:

(a) Branched»chain amino acids ~ (a) potassium, in arteries

(b) Misfolded: protei (b). calcium in arteries
ns

(c) Hemoglobin in-the blood
(d) Fatty acids

(c) proteins in arteries

(d) magnesium in arteries

: BH 32 (ix) A-symptorn that distinguishes between Marasmus
All are appetite stimulating honnone except: a: a al aid inigebecKor:

(a) Leptin (a) “Qedema

(b) Glucagon : (b). Fatigue

(c) Ghrelin (c) Bleeding in gums

(d) Peptide YY ~ @) Memory. loss

Which of the following is charkcteriatie of a (B) State whether the following statements are true or false.
malignant rather than a benign tumor? ‘: i ! If false, justify. .

Lurie over


qi) All cancers ate malenant,

ii

») Decreased BMI 1s associated with NIDDM.

YS LDL os pood cholesterol.

avy Caleram channel blockers are used to treat heart

patients

v) Megaloblastic anaemia is caused by folate

\

deliciency

(C) Expand the following: iS
iy PCOS 2
(i) ALS , r
Gii) DOPA < ive: eos
(iv) PEM
(v) IBD 95.5
2. (A) Differentiate. between the following Kany) five): ;
(i) Anorexia nervosa and-Bullimia =
Gi) Wet beriberi and Dry beriberi
(iii) Osteoporosis and Osteomalacia,
(iv). Oncogenes.and Tumor suppressor genes
(v) ‘Xerophthalmia and Night-Blindness
(vi) Marasmus and Kwashiorkor
(B) Describe Thalassemia. 10,4
3. {A) Explain the mechanism of action of follawing drugs

(any four):—
G) B-Blockers

(ii) .Statins

(i\) Tamoxifen
(iv) Hereeptin
(v) Methotrexate

(Vi) Warfarin.
(B) What dietary interventions should be done in |

following diseases?
(i) Rickets
Gi) Night-Blindness.

4. Elaborate on the following:
(i) Ras is an oncogene
(ii) The 4Ds of Pellagra
(iit) The etiology of Pheny! ketonuria

(iv) The Black Urine disease. 4,43

5. (A) What are lifestyle disorders? Explain the causes of ad
obesity.
(B) What are protein misfolding diseases? Describe (hx

molecular basis of Alzheimer’s disease.

6. Write short notes on:

(i) Cystic Fibrosis or Prions
(ii) Familial hypercholesterolemia or Heart Attack

(iit) Schizophrenia or Parkinson’s disease.

7. (A) Describe the relationship of diabetes mellitus

hypertension, obesity, hypothyroidism and stress.

BA24\> 5 ae


OO) What is Atherusslerosis! Elaborate the stapes of

development of atheroselerahe plaque. $40

D, (A) What dd @ balanced viet? What aie he (ajor and minor
components of nutrients in a balanced diet?
(B) Explain:
G1) Causes and stages of cancer

Gi) Molecular approaches to cancer treatment. 5,9

Car
& ‘GN
i> ON
C : \
Us x
oO \.\ o>}
Ye af
Noy ;
“as 2


(B
This question paper contains 4 printed pages.

Your Roll No. cof AAAI
HC

SI. No. of Ques. Paper: 8428
Unique Paper Code : 32497908

Name of Paper : Basic Microbiology

Name of Course : Biochemistry : Discipline
Specific Elective for Hons.

Semester o¥

Duration : 3 hours

Maximum Marks © 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.)

Attempt five questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (A) Explain the following: y <pHU

< “iN
(a) Plaque (e S\
(b) Viroid [c (IBF \ m
(c) Superinfection \y. nf
(d) Amoebiasis SEU Naw’

(e) Zoospores

(f) Mycelium. 1x6
(B) Mention contribution of the following scientists:

(a) Felix D’Herelle

(b) Anton von Leeuwenhoek
P. TO.


8428

2. (a)

(b)

3. (a)

(b)

(c)

(c) Paul Ehlrich
(d) Fredrick Twort
(e) Alexander Fleming 1x5

Comment on the following:

(i) Gram positive bacteria do not disrupt easily
by sonication

(ii) Viruses have variable genetic material

(iii) Deuteromycetes are known as_ Fungi
imperfecti

(iv) Agar is preferred as a solidifying agent over
gelatin. 2x4

Differentiate between:

(i) Helical capsid and Icosahedral capsid
symmetry of viruses

(it) Rhodophycophyta and Phaeophycophyta
(iii) Poxvirus and Poliovirus

(iv) Rickettsia and Chlamydia. 1.5x4

Which period is known as the golden era of
microbiology and why? |

How was the theory of spontaneous generation
disapproved?

How were pure cultures first obtained and what is
their significance? 5.5.4


3 8428

4. Explain the following with the help of diagram:

(a)
(b)
(c)

5. (a)

(b)

6. (a)

(b)

(c)

Life cycle of Basidiomycetes
Ultrastructure of algal cell

Structure of HIV. 5,5,4

Explain the following:
(i) Isogamy and Anisogamy
(ii) Ectocommensalism and Endocommensalism

(iii) Classification of Protozoa (upto phylum

level)
Discuss the various types of reserve food material
in different classes of algae. 3x3,5

What are temperate phages? Explain the factors
responsible for the decision between lytic cycle
and lysogeny.

Name the algae from which the following products

———s,

Wetayn

ei
SerA\ 5
. es a, _
ve ¢
{2%}
. \ J
YJ \

(ii) Agar tis
(iii) Alginates

are obtained:

(i) Carrageenan

(iv) Iodine. Ne
Explain the habitat and structure of hyphae of

ascomycetes. 5,4,5

PTO.


8428

7. Write s

(a)
(b)
(c)

8. (a)

(b)
(c)

4
hort notes on the following

Applications of Archaebacteria
Thallus Organization

Mycoplasma. 554

Name one disease caused by following:

(i) Prions

(ii) Claviceps purpurea

(iii) Rickettsia.

How do euglenoids and diatoms reproduce?

Explain (with diagram) various modes of asexual
reproduction in Fungi. 3,3,8

100

SI. No of Question Paper : | 64 Eg Cy

Unique Paper Code . : 249 160) | s] i)
Name of the Paper : A AA > M
Name of the Course: : A aA te
Semester : v \
Fd
Semester : Semester VI
Name of the Paper : 2 DC 1.14/ Concepts of Genetics
Unique Paper code ; 2491601

Medium of setting the Questi Enalish

Time : 3 Hours
Maximum Marks ; 75
Specific instructions ; Attempt five questions in all. Question

No. I is compulsory.

Use of scientific calculator / log tables may be allowed.


Comecpts um Arusthes

1. (A) Give a term that best describes the following:

(a) A gene that has multiple phenotypic effects,

(b) Donor bacteria with high frequency of recombination.

(c) Heterozygote at an advantage over both homozygotes.

(d) Non-coding RNA involved in dosage compensation in mammals.
(e) Region of homology between X & Y chromosomes.

(f) Substance that controls developmental events in a concentration dependent manner

(1x6=6)

(B) Give reasons for the following:

(a) Neurospora crassa is extensively used for centromere mapping.
(b) Human having XXXY genotype is a male.
(c) LHON is maternally transmitted.

(d) Founder effect can result in genetic drift.

(¢) The phenotypic variation in complex traits often follows normal-distribution.

(2x 5 =10)
Je UES
(C) Give contribution of the following scientists: {: ; “
‘
(a) Alfred Sturtevant \
(b) Mary Lyon
(c) Lederberg and Zinder
(1 x 3=3)

2. (A) Give reasons for Mendel’s success in Senetic crosses with pea plant

(3)


(B) A boy with Klinefelter’s syndrome is born to a phenotypically normal female parent and
the male parent suffering from an X-linked skin disease called dysplasia. Explain the

occurrence of patches of normal and abnormal skin on the body of the son.

(3)

(C) A man and woman are heterozygous for a gene, and if they have four children, what is

the chance that all four will also be heterozygous?

An Oe (2)
. Kors COf aN
(D) Discuss the applications of the following in genetics: ica e\
lw ane: 7)
(a) Genetic markers ea \) ~
(b) Molecular clocks ‘ =, oy”

(c) Heteroplasmic cells
(d) Test cross
(1.5x4=6)
3. Differentiate between:

(a) Specialized and Generalized transduction.
(b) Maternal effect and Maternal Inheritance.
(c) Dominance and Epistasis
(d) Sex linked inheritance and sex influenced inheritance
(e) Allopatric and Sympatric speciation

(3, 3,.4,2:5, 2.5)

4. (a) The genetic map distance measured over a long interval of chromosome is generally

underestimated. Explain why? How can this problem be solved?

(4)

(b) Give two examples of extensions of Mendelian inheritance and explain the basis of

observed ratio.

(6)


(c) Explain the inheritance of leaf colouration in Mirabilis jalapa (4’O clock) plant.

(4)

5. (a) Differentiate between paracentric and pericentric inversion,

(3)

(b) Explain the mechanisms underlying gene duplication? Discuss the implication of gene

duplication in evolution,
(3)
(c) A strain of yeast requiring both tyrosine ({yr-) and arginine (arg-) is crossed to the wild-

type. After meiosis, the following ten asci are dissected. Classify each ascus as to
segregational type (PD, NPD, TT).

1 ag” tyr” arg’ yet oarg* tyr* arg” yr

00 2 arg’ tyr* —arg* tyr* arg” tyr arg” tyr
3 arg” yr? arg prt arg* yr argt tyr

4 ary tyr” arg tyr” arg tyr* arg’ tyr*

5 aR” pr arg” or? arg’ tyr” —_arg* tyr*

6 arg’ tyr” arg’ tyr* arg tyr arg” tyr

7 arg” yr” arg* tyr* arg” tyr* —argt tyr

8 arg’ tyr* —argt tyr* arg” tyr” arg tyr

9 arg’ tyr* arg pr arg” yr —aarg* pyr*

100 arg” yr” aarg* tyr* —arg* tyr* age tyr

(2)

(d) Explain the basis of sex determination in Drosophila. How does it differ from humans?

(6)
6. (a) Explain the basis of non-disjunction as a proof for chromosomal theory of inheritance.
(5)

(b) Propose the most likely mode of inheritance for the following pedigree, Justify your

choice,



(3)
(c) State Hardy Weinberg law. What are the assumptions on which it is based?
(3)

(d) Explain somatic cell hybridisation and state its application.

(3)

7. (A) In D. melanogaster, cherub wings (ch), black body (5), and cinnabar eyes (cn) result
from recessive alleles that are all located on chromosome 2. A homozygous wild-type fly was
mated with a cherub, black, and cinnabar fly, and the resulting F1 females were test-crossed

with cherub, black, and cinnabar males. The following progeny were produced from the

testcross: es

ch b’ cn 105

ch” b cn 40 ) |
ch” b* cn 4

ch b cn 733

ch b* cn 4]

ch” b cn 102

ch b cn’ 5

(a) Construct the genetic map of these three genes.

(b) Determine the coefficient of coincidence and interference.

(3, 2)


f
*

(By Discuss (Me role of segmentation genes in Drosuphila development ois tis:

And i u lass

' re EY AD BR vO ex a] , s Citar! '
(Cj A hat is phenoLops ‘ Explain BIVINE Suitasic esaliple

Q.8 Write hort aotes on Cany fours:

a hamitiial Down's Syadrome

(i) Gren he Spreng

coe Complementalion test
lr drabadapses as a madel organisin

icy Pethal crea


~

.

(1 Discuss the role of segmentation genes in Drosophila development

v re 2 Lexx

\ | i ; ' 5 f es . . .
(Oo Whatas phenocopy? Explain giving suitable example.

bi amilial Down's Syndrome

Cty) Cwcere Mads am prmnuing

Complementation test
» model organism

r prebntopsts ap a

‘ ! @rye?®
Cr tt ‘(yott Gee


€1B aa\ell}

eo Wp ths 1648
Unique Paper Code : 2491602
Name of the paper: Immunology
Name of the course : Bieehemistry 8 &C (Hou ) b Armia
Semester >: H26+6 Vi

Duration : 3 Hours

Maximum Marks : 78

Instructions for Candidates

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

2. Attempt 5 questions in all.
3. Question No. | is compulsory. <t
Zenon ex,
£52 On,
he Gn
fag “a
ic} i itcemeea:
SG. &/

Nd
Ney bi

re


BRARY a
2/

G, 4

.

1. (A) Indicate whether each of the following statements are true or false with justificaftion.

i) Babies can acquire IgE mediated allergies by passive transfer of maternal antibodies.

ii) The alternate pathway of complement is activated by properdin. '

iii) Type III hypersensitivity reactions develop when antigen activates sensitized T DTH

cell.

iv) Both CTLs and NK cells release perforins after interacting with target cells.

v) Contact sensitivity is a skin reaction mediated by IgA antibody. 7

vi) Allograft is a tissue transferred between genetically identical individuals. .

vii) Attenuated vaccines are more likely to induce humoral immune response than killed
vaccines,

viii) The splenic white pulp is populated by macrophages and numerous red blood cells.

ix) Dendritic cells express both class | and class II MHC.

x) CD 4 isaco-receptor having two polypeptide chains. 10

1. (B) Explain the following statements :

i) All immunoglobulin molecules on the surface of a given B cell have the same idiotype.
ii) Bcellepitopes generally loose their immunogenicity when heated.

iii) Passive immunization with horse anti venom for snake bites sometimes leads to
anaphylactic reactions.

iv) Patients with Di George’s syndrome suffer from recurrent infections.

v) | Skin serves as an important component of innate immune system. 1.5x6=9

2. (a) Differentiate between an antigen and immunogen. What properties a molecule should

have to act as an immunogen?

(b) What are the two primary characteristics that distinguish hematopoietic stem

ceils from
progenitor cells?

(c) Describe the structure of Thymus and explain the two step selection process that
thymocytes undergo in the thymus.

3. (a) Explain how cytotoxic T cells cause destruction of target cells?

(b) Briefly explain the role of HRF, Factor H, Clnh, $ protein and C3a in the

complement pathway.

(c) What are superantigens?

77)
’
{J


4. (a) Explain the alternative pathway of complement activation.

(b) What is autoimmunity? Describe at least three different mechanisms responsible for the
development of autoimmune diseases.

(c) Name any two immunosuppressive drugs with their mode of action. 5.54

5. (a) What are recombination signal sequences(RSS)? What is their function in gene
rearrangement of antibodies?

(b) Junctional flexibility can generate antibody diversity. How?

(c) Discuss in detail how endogenous antigens are processed in the cytosolic pathway.
5,4, 5
6. (a) What is the function of bone marrow stromal cells in maturation of B cells?
(b) Draw the structure of TCR CD3 complex. What is the function of CD3 complex?

(c)Explain the structure of immunoglobulin G and function of its various domains. 4,4, 6

7. (a) Explain the sequence of events that occur in the development of type III hypersensitive

reaction.

(b) Explain the different categories of graft rejection that can occur during kidney

transplantation?

(c) What are the various cells and mediators involved in a local acute inflammatory

response?

SD <e
1 f\
8. Write short note on ( Any four ) ac LIBRARY rTt}
i) Systemic lupus erythematosus Ness, wy
AG Ne >

ii) Natural Killer cells

iii) Somatic hypermutation
iv) DNA vaccines

v) PAMPs

vi) RAST (3.5 x4=12)


qu

SET R-
Cp. No Oy VP! 1610

Unique Paper Code ; 2491604

Name of the Paper : Advanced Techniques and Technologies
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Biochemistry

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 hours
Maximum marks ; f go"
Instructions for candidates : Attempt any five questions.

Q.No.1 is compulsory.


1.(a)

(b)

(c)

Give reason for the following

(i)

TUNEL assay is commonly used to detect apoptotic programmed cell death.

(ii) ' IEF gels are treated with trichloroacetic acid (TCA) before staining with
Coomassie brilliant blue.
(iii) Brightness of an image decreases with the increasing magnification.
(iv) FRET efficiency is extremely sensitive to the distance between the donor and
acceptor
(v) Solid scintillation counting is particularly useful for the quantification of y-
emitting isotopes
(2X5)
What do you understand by the following terms -"
(i) Magnification we’ COLE
(ii) Curie fay £0
(iii) Alpha decay ie ies g
(iv) Resolution eo oy
(v) Scattering of light Bait wo” (1X5)
Name the technique for the following applications
(i) To differentiate neutrophil and granulocytes
(ii) To study cell death
(iii) | To isolate a DNA binding protein
(iv) To study a cell surface receptor
(1X4)
(a) Differentiate between the following
(i) Light microscopy and electron microscopy
(ii) Alpha radiation and beta radiation
(iii) | PFGE and DIGE
(iv) | SEM and TEM (2X4)
(b) Explain the principle of confocal microscopy. What are its advantages over

fluorescence?

(6)


Write down the principle and two applications of the following techniques

(a)
(b)
(c)

(a)
(i)
(ii)
(ill)
(iv)

(b)

(a)

South western blotting
FACS
FISH

Explain the role of the following \ f
Primary flour in scintillation counting QA
Flourophores in flow cytometry a
Cyanin dyes in DIGE

Osmium tetraoxide in EM

Differentiate between SEM and TEM. Give their applications.

(5, 5, 4)

(2X4)

(6)

Define half life of a radioisotope. What are the advantages and disadvantages

of working with a short half-life radioisotope?

(b)

(c)

(a)

What are carrier ampholytes. Why are they preferred over conventional

mixing of two buffers in establishing a pH gradient in isoelectric focusing

What are the commonly used flours (primary and secondary) in liquid

scintillation counting.

(5, 5, 4)

Briefly describe protein microarray. What are its advantages over other

methods to study protein-protein interactions?

(b)
(c)

(a)
(1)

(ii)

Explain the applications of fluorescence-in-situ hybridization in diagnostics

Differentiate between shadow casting and freeze fracture.

Justify the following statements

(5, 5, 4)

Conventional Y2H assay cannot be used to study the interactions between

membrane bound proteins. Explain

The technique of signal FRET has been routinely used to study transduction

2


(iii) Chip-on-chip is a power ful tgghnique to study DNA protein interactio
ns

—— 3X3
(b) Explain the technique of DNA footprinting. What are the applicati _
ions.
Write short notes on the following es
(a) Immunohistochemistry
(b) Pulse Field Gel Electrophoresis
ic) —E lectron-microscopic autoradiography
(d) EMSA Loy. .
(3, 3, 4, 4)


[This question paper contains po pages. ]

Sr. No. of Question Paper
Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

24/7
Your Roll No...............
680 G
107693

Genetics and Genomics II (GGHT
602)

B.Sc. (Hons) Anthropology,
Biochemistry, Biomedical
Sciences, Botany, Microbiology
and Zoology

VI

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates:

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of

this question paper.

2. Attempt five question in all including Question No. 1 which

is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following

Se me Se
aN — &S \
fas fa
Ae SA
Ae) a

(i) Target site duplication \ _

(ii) Competent cells

(iii) Selection coefficient

P.T.O.


680 2

(iv) Reverse Genetics
(iv) Clade
(b) Describe the function of the following :
(i) Transposase
(ii) Resistance transfer factor
(iii) F factor
(c) Distinguish between:
(i) Local and Global Sequence Alignment
(ii) Temperate and Virulent phages
(iii) Auxotroph and Prototroph
(iv) Genomics and Proteomics
(d) Expand the abbreviations:
(i) EST
(ii) SINE
(ii11) UTR

(iv) LTRs.

(ec) Write important contributions of the following:

(1) Davis Bernard
(ii) Seymour Benzer

(iii) Craig J. Venter

(3)

(8)

(4)

(4)


680) 5

(iv) Th. Dobzhansky
(f) Fill in the blank with appropriate word: (3)

(i) The bithorax mutation in Drosophila is an example
ofa mutation.

(ii) Lederberg and Zinder used _________ as an
Organism in the transduction experiment.

(111) A map based on recombination frequency is called
map.

2. (a) With suitable diagram, describe phage 4 mediated
specialized transduction.

(b) Explain Hfr. Describe conjugation process between Hfr
and F bacteria. (6+6)

3. (a) With suitable diagrams explain the distinctive features
of various types of prokaryotic transposable elements.

(b) Describe the role of transposons in genome organization.
(9+3)

(a) Describe key features of Drosophila melanogaster which
allow it to be used as a model organism.

(b) Describe the function of homeotic genes in plants and
animals.

(c) Write the phenotype of the following homeotic mutants
of Arabidopsis
| P.T.O.


680 4

Wn

(1) Loss of B function
(ii) Loss of C function \o ° s
(111) Loss of A function ai ey
(iv) Complete loss of A, B, and C functions (4+4+4)
(a) Differentiate between ‘Bottleneck effect’ and ‘Founde
effect’,

(b) Explain ‘Allopatric speciation’ with the help of suitable
examples.

(c) The incidence of recessive albinism in a human
population is 0.0004. If mating for this trait is random
in the population, find out the frequency of the recessive
allele and carriers. (4+4+4)

(a) Explain and compare ‘Structural Genomics’ and

‘Functional Genomics’.

(b) Give a comparative account of distinctive features of

eukaryotic and prokaryotic genome. (6+6)
Write short note on any three of the following:
(a) Retrotransposons
(b) Human Genome Project
(c) NCBI
(4+4+4)

Hardy-Weinberg’s law
a : (1000)


[This question paper contains 4 wiki i

Your Roll vl IND.

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 932 G

Unique Paper Code >: 249601

Name of the Paper : Molecular Physiology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Bio-chemistry
Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all including Q. No. | which is
compulsory. SEO CG, i
VA On

f - I~

1. (a) Define the following. a

‘ iy

(i) Polycythemia or
(ii) Bohr's effect |
(iii) Residual volume
(iv) Systole

(v) Micturition (5x1)
P.T.O,


932 2
(b) Explain how/why?

(i) Peristaltic waves of digestive tract regulate
swallowing of food.

(11) SA node generates pacemaker potential,

(iii) Reduced extracellular Calcium ion concentrations
leads to tetanic convulsions in muscles.

(iv) Nitroglycerin is used to treat angina.
(v) Osteoclasts are bone desorbing cells.
(vi) Surfactants increase the lung compliance.
(vii) Creatinine can be used to measure Glomerular

Filteration Rate (GFR.). (7x2)

(a) Compare parasympathetic and sympathetic nervous
system.

(b) Sensations from skin, muscle, tendons and bone are
initiated by a variety of somatic receptors? Explain.

(c) Why is the action potential of the cardiac muscles
different from the skeletal muscles? Explain. (6,4,4)

Explain with the help of diagram/flow chart

(a) The events in the clotting of blood through extrinsi¢
pathway


(b) Juxtaglomerular apparatus

(c) The structure of GI tract wall ($54)

4. (a) Explain the various events of cardiac cycle
(b) How does Aldosterone control the blood pressure?
(c) How is HCl secreted in the stomach lumen? Explain
the mechanism. | (6,4,4)
5. (a) Explain the following

(1) The mechanism of counter current multiplier system
for the concentration of urine

(ii) The mechanism of excitation-contraction coupling

in muscles
(111) Respiratory acidosis and alkalosis (5,5,4)
6. (a) How does the 'Y' chromosome control the determination
of the male phenotype.
(b) What is sperm capacitation? Explain.

(c) How does ovulation take place from the follicular cells?

P10,


932

Write short notes on the following diseases.

(a) Asthma
(b) Diabetes mellitus

(c) Liver cirrhosis

(d) Ischemia (4 X25)

Differentiate between the following (any four)
(a) Afferent neurons and efferent neurons

(b) Pulmonary and systemic circulations

(c) Depolarization and repolarization

(d) Skeletal and smooth muscles

(e) Short-term and Long-term memory/irx35)

AS é
a) ;


?)

[This question paper contains 4 ane pages. ]
ss")

Your Roll NoO.......eeeceees
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 933 G
Unique Paper Code : 249603
Name of the Paper : Recombinant DNA Technology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester : VI
Duration : 3 Hours Maximym Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

2. Attempt Five Questions in all. | < SOA
3. Question no 1 is compulsory. (¢ =
ui! a
yc At
1. (a) Explain why? Sai }

(i) M13 phage is useful for sequencing work.

(ii) Inducible promoters are preferred for expression

vectors.

(iii) Phage vectors are preferred over plasmid vectors

for Genomic library preparation.

P...0,


(iv) DNA is treated with alkaline phosphatase before

cloning.

(v) Agarose gel electrophoresis is important in DNA

analysis.

(vi) Blue white colony selection is done for screening

of recombinant clones.
(vii) Taq Polymerase is used for PCR.

(viii) CaCl, treatment is given to E.coli cells before

transformation.
(b) Write down the use of following enzymes
(i) Exonuclease
(ii) Terminal transferase

(iii) T4 DNA ligase (16,3)

2. (i) Differentiate the following:
(a) Genomic and cDNA library
(b) PCR and RT-PCR
(c) Colony and plaque

(11) Explain the principle of DNA finger printing. (9,5)


ISS J

3

(i) A purified piece of DNA is cut with EcoRI and BamHI
separately and then with both enzymes together. The
following are the observations in gel electrophoresis

(fragments in bp).

Ce

EcoRI and BamHI 300, 400, 600

Use this information to construct a restriction map of

the DNA

(ii) Give the characteristics of Ti plasmid.

(iii) What do you understand by replica plating? Explain

with one example. (5,5,4)

(i) Bacteria are able to defend themselves against bacterial

viruses. How do bacteria protect their own DNA from
endonucleases?

(ii) What are the major difficulties encountered in

expressing animal genes in bacteria? What are the ways

to overcome these difficulties?

(iii) Write the use of shuttle vectors in cloning experiments.

Give an example of a shuttle Vector. (4,5,5)

P.T.O.


933

(i) Differentiate between Southern and Northern
Hybridization.

(ii) How is mRNA purified from eukaryotic cells?

(iii) Draw a diagram to show the relative electrophoretic
mobility of relaxed, supercoiled and nicked plasmid on
an agarose gel. (6, 4, 4)

(i) What is site directed mutagenesis? Explain how this is

Ney As aa WAS

achieved. EGE
(ii) Differentiate between the following: / .
(a) Linkers and adapters A
(b) Recombinants and Transformants
(c) Type I and Type II Restriction endonucléases™
(5,9)

(i) What are the various steps involved in gene cloning’
(ii) Write down the steps of Polymerase chain reaction.

(iii) Explain industrial production of Insulin using
recombinant DNA Technology. (5,5,4)

Write short notes on the following:
(i) Two methods of screening of recombinants clones
(ii) Dideoxy method of sequencing

(iii) Chromosome walking (5,5,4)
(200)


y )

[Vhis question paper contains Oo pages. | (ry 9¢/")

Your Roll NG..cccccrcseres
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 934 G
Unique Paper Code > 249605
Name of the Paper - BCHT-613/Immunology-lI]
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Biochemistry
Semester . VI
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top maf on 98a t of

m >,"

this question paper. (2
ui.
2. Attempt five questions in all. ie
et
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory. Ney;

4. Use of scientific calculator/log tables may be allowed.

1. (a) State whether true or false with justification.

(i) A pepsin digest of anti-SRBC antibodies can
agglutinate SRBC.

(ii) In humans, grafts from parents to children are

usually rejected.

P.T.O.


™

934

(iii) Indirect immunofluorescence is a more sensitive

technique than direct immunofluorescence.

(iv) Antihistamines are effective for the treatment of

type III hypersensitivity

(v) Multiple Sclerosis is a T cell associated autoimmune

disease

(vi) Most immunosuppressive drugs are also used as

anticancer drugs.

(vil) The reaction to poison ivy is classified as DTH

reaction. (14)
(b) Mention the contribution of the following scientists-
(1) Edward Jenner
(11) Karl Landsteiner
(iii) Gell and Coombs
(iv) Rosalyn Yalow


934 3

2. Differentiate between the following pairs- (any 7)
(i) RIST and RAST
(ii) Precipitation and Agglutination i“ | of, >
(iii) Affinity and Aviity Mek x

(iv) Direct and Indirect ELISA XS

(v) Active and passive immunization
(vi) Primary and Secondary Immunodefeciency
(vii) Toxin and Toxoid
(viii) TATA and TSTA
(ix) Oncogene and Protooncogene (14)
3. (a) What are monoclonal antibodies? Describe their method
of production.

(b) Name one organ-specific and one systemic autoimmune

disease. Indicate their symptoms and possible

treatments. (5,9)

P.T.O.


934

6.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(a)

(b)

(a)

(iii) X-linked Agamma globulinema

4

Indicate four properties of cytokines with suitable

examples.

What are the advantages of the Sabin polio vaccine
compared with the Salk vaccine? Why the Sabin vaccine

is no longer recommended in most parts of the world?

Describe the possible mechanisms for the induction of

autoimmunity. (4,5,5)

Describe Type I hypersensitivity reaction. Name some
allergens that mediate this type of hypersensitivity.

For each of the following immunodeficiency disorders
indicate the primary cause and the associated symptoms
(i) Di George's syndrome

(ii) Chronic Granulomatous Disease (CGD)

(8,6)

Describe briefly the following
(i) Xenograft

(ii) Privileged sites


934

(b)

(a)

(b)

(111) Alloreactivity

(iv) GVHD Y
(v) Immunoelectrophoresis

For each of the antigen or antibody below, indicate an
appropriate assay method keeping in mind the
sensitivity of the assay and the expected concentration

of the protein.
(a) IgG in serum

(b) Complement component C3 on glomerular basement

membrane.
(c) IgE in serum.

(d) Anti A antibodies to blood group antigen A in
serum. (10,4)

Explain the protective mechanisms for combating
infection by extracellular bacteria and how do bacteria

evade host defense mechanism?

Describe some ways by which tumors evade the immune

system. (9,5)

ga


934 6

Write short notes on-

(i) Attenuated Vaecine or DNA vaccine

(i1) Direct Immunofluorescence or Complement Fixation
Test

(iii) Immunosuppressive Drugs

(iv) SLE or Rheumatoid Arthritis (3,3,4,4)

[This 
Sr. No. of Question Papcr 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
questiopapggsontaigs 4 
Semester 
Duration : 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
: 
1373 
: 
: 2162011 102 
(a) Write at 
4 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No.... 
and Biomolecules 
Cell Biology : Organelles 
Botany 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Ouestion No. 1 is compulsory. 
Attempt four questions in all. 
Attempt all the parts of a question together. 
(ii) Robert Brown 
(i) Maurice Wilkins 
(iv) Fritz Lipmann 
Maximum Marks: 60 
least one contribution 
contribution of the following 
scientists (Attempt any five): 
(ii) Singer and Nicolson 
(1×5=5) 


1373 
2 
(v) Gunter Blobel and David Sabatini 
(vi) George Palade 
(b) State whether the following statements are true 
or false (any ten) 
(sx10-5) 
(i) Tertiary structure of proteins involves more 
than one polypeptide. 
(ii) Sucrose is a disaccharide and has alpha 
(1-4) bond. 
(ii) Nucleus communicates with the cytoplasm 
through nucleopores. 
(iv) Cell membranes are composed of amylose 
and amylopectin. 
(v) Cellulose form the lipid component of the cell 
walls. 
(vi) Phosphodiglycerides are a part of cell 
membranes. 
(vii) Golgi bodies are seat of N-glycosylation of 
lipids. 
(viii) Cholesterol is major constituent of plant cell 
membrane. 
(ix) Pectin is a constituent of bacterial cell wall. 
(x) Phosphodiester bonds link nitrogenous bases 
to sugars. 
(xi) Ribosomes are single membrane bound 
organelles. 


1373 
2. 
3. 
(X1) 
Ly SOSome helps in protein folding 
3 
(c) Fill in the blanks (Attempt any five) · 
(i) 
amino acid participates in the formation 
of disulphide bonds. 
present on the 
(ii) Enzymes for oxidative phosphorylation 
of mitochondria. 
(111) The reticular network which traverses the 
cytoplasm is known as 
five): 
(|x5=5) 
(iv) Digestion of old cell organelles like 
mitochondria is called 
(V) The stage at which crossing over of 
chromosomes takes place during meiosis I is 
called.. 
(vi) Hydrophobic proteins 
ten 
to have 
structure 
Differentiate between any three: 
(a) B DNA and Z DNA 
(b) Microfilament and Intermediate Filament 
(c) Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Lysosome 
(d) Heterchromatin and Euchromatin 
Write short notes on any three . 
(a) Semiautonomous Organelles 
(5x3=15) 
(5x3=15) 
P.T.O


1373 
4. 
(b) Cell Wall 
6. 
(c) 
Biological Significance of 
(d) Structure and Function of ATP 
(a) Fluid mosaic model 
(b) Chloroplast 
4 
Draw well labelled 
any three: 
4 
(d) Flagella 
ultrastructure of 
(c) Nuclear Pore complex 
5. 
(a) Garbage disposal or suicidal bags is a popular 
expression for one of the cell organelle. Name the 
organelle and comment on its function. 
(5x3-15) 
(b) Golgi apparatus is the export house of the cell. 
Comment. 
(C) Explain the process of regulation of cell cycle in 
eukaryotes. 
nucleolus. 
(5x3=15) 
(a) 
What is the role of mitosis in living organisms. 
Importance of protein 
glycosylation 
and where does 
it take place? 
(c) Write an account of structure and 
function of 
(5x3=15) 
(1200) 


(This questio papercantain4 printed pago 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1392 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
2. 
3. 
4. 
1. 
: 2162011 103 
Your Roll No.... 
páges.] 
: B.Sc. (H) Botany 
Basic Laboratory and field 
skill in Plant Biology 
Attempt any four questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
molecular size. 
Maximum Marks : 60 
I 
Attempt all parts of a question together. 
(a) State True or False of the following (any five) : 
(i) Agarose gel electrophoresis mainly used to 
separate nucleic acids based on the 
data is 44, 49, 44, 54, 42 is 42 
(5x1=5) 
(i) The median and the mode of the following 
P.T.O 


392 
(iii) Using a fume hood without ventilation is 
an example of bi0-$atety measures. 
PCR is a technique to amplify the DNA of 
a sample. 
(v) Number of moles of solute present in one 
liter of the solution is called Molality. 
(vi) The goal of fixation is to keep the cells or 
specimen in the living state for longer 
duration. 
(vii) Condenser lens collects the electron beam 
coming out of specimen after interaction 
and bends them to magnify the image in 
electron microscope. 
(b) Expand the following (any five) : 
(i) HEPA 
(ii) SEM 
(v) HPLC 
(vi) YEB 
(() 
(ii) 
BOD 
(iv) 
PAGE 
(vi) 
EDTA 
(c) Fill in the blanks (any five) : 
(5x1=5) 
the focal point. 
(5x1=5) 
in confocal 
microscope 
blocks 
out-of-focus light from 
above and 
below 


1392 
2. 
(ii) 
To prepare 500 mL 
solution, you would need 
(ii) 
(iv) 
(v) 
(vi) 
(vii) 
ethanol. 
3 
dispersion. 
of a 2% (v/v) ethanol 
is a measure of data spread or 
mL of 
is a catalogue to collect and 
preserve plant specimens. 
is used to analyses and present 
the data in organized manner. 
is a workstation used to create 
contanination-free and sterilized 
environment through filters to capture all 
the particles entering the cabinet. 
incubator is a specialized 
equipment used to measure the amount of 
oXygen consumed by microorganisms in 
wastewater samples. 
Differentiate between any five : 
(i) LR grade and AR grade chemicals 
(5x3=15) 
(ii) Light microscope and Electron 
Microscope 
(iii) Pour plate and spread plate technique 
(iv) 
MS excel and power-point 
(v) 
Micrometer and Hemocytometer 
(vi) 
Agarose and SDS-PAGE gel electrophoresis 
P.T.O. 


1392 
3. 
4. 
5. 
Write short notes On any three : 
() Disposal of hazardous wast 
ii) 
Culture media: types and applicatione 
(iii) 
Herbarium 
(iv) 
Fire extinguisher 
4 
(a) Explain the process of serial dilution and h0w it 
is used to estimate the concentration of 
microorganisms in a sample. Include the steps 
involved and an example calculation. 
(b) Detail the working principle of Spectrophotometer 
and writes its applications. 
Observation 1 
Length of 
4.25 
pod 
(a) What is sampling? Briefly describe the different 
sampling methods? 
(7) 
4 
(b) What is standard error? Compute the mean, 
Standard deviation, standard error and coefficient 
OT variation of the following data that showed 
Increase in the length of pods of a plant atter 
treatment with a hormone. 
(3x5=15) 
5 
6 
7 
(8) 
8 
(7) 
l0 
4.20 
4.153.353.25 
4.70|3. 25 
3.753.703.90 
(8) 
(1500) 


Unique Paper Code 
[This question påper comaiÁs 4 printed pages.l 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 135 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
4. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
Your Roll No..s... 
216201101 
: I 
09%ps 
Plant Diversity and Evolution 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
2. 
Attempt four Questions in all. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Maximum Marks : 60 
Draw well labelled diagrams wherever necessary. 
P.T.O. 


1353 
1. 
(a) Name the genus having the following (Attempt 
any five) : 
(i) Air bladder 
(ii) Ligule 
(iii) Fairy Ring 
(iv) Foliose Lichen 
(v) 
Gemma cup 
2 
(vi) Maidenhair fern 
(vii) Spiral Chloroplast 
(b) Fill in the blanks (Attempt any five): 
(1x5=5) 
(1) The term algae was coined by 
(15=5) 
(ii) The reserve food material of red algae is 
(11) Engler and Prantl system of 
classification is 
an example of 
classification. 
1s 
(iv) Infectious piece of RNA without 
protein coat 
(vi) True 
system of 
(v) The number 
of 
Capsomere in 
TMV is 
vessel is 
found in the 
Gymnosperm 


1353 
2. 
3. 
(vii) Obliquely placed septa 
of 
(c) Match the following : 
(i)) Peltate Columella 
3 
(ii) Heterotrichous thallus 
(ii) Scales 
(iv) Collar 
(v) Operculum 
five) : 
found in rhizoids 
(ii) TMV and Bacteriophage 
(a) Polysiphonia 
(b) Funaria 
(1×5-5) 
(c) Rhiz op us 
Differentiate between the following (Attempt any 
(d) Marchan tia 
(i) Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms 
(Attempt any three): 
(e) Gnetum 
(iv) Natural and Artificial classification 
(iii) Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria 
(5x3=15) 
(v) Megasporophyll and 
Microsporophyll of 
Selaginella 
Draw the welI labelled diagram of the following 
() Diagrammatic sketch of Bacterium 
(5x3=15) 
P.T.0. 


1353 
4 
(i) Rhizopus showing asexual reproduction 
(i) V.S Receptacle 
conceptacle 
4 
(iv) Morphology ot Basidiocarp of Agaricus 
of Sargassum showing bisexual 
(v) Morphology of Male cone of Gnetum 
three): 
Write short notes on the following (Attempt any 
() Scalariform conjugation of Spirogyra 
(i) 
Bacterial genetic recombination by Transduction 
(i) Characteristic features of Fungi 
(iv) Bryophytes as amphibians of plant kingdom 
(v) General features of Viruses 
5. 
Attempt any two from the following: 
Fungi. 
(a) Explain the affinities of Slime 
(5x3=15) 
gametophore of Marchantia. 
(b) With the help 
of diagramns, explain brietly the 
(c) What is heterospory? 
example. 
(7.5) 
Explain giving 
(7.5) 
One 
(7.5) 
(500)

[This question paper contains 2 printed pages. ]

Your Roll No.............04
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5305 J
Unique Paper Code 2164001204 << , COF;
Name of the Paper : Ethnobotany :
Name of the Course : Botany
Semester : I
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60
Instructions for Candidates
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

2. Attempt any four questions. All questions carry equal marks.
3. Question 1 is compulsory.

4. Attempt all parts of a question together

1. (a) Define the following (any five) : (1x5=5)
(i) Traditional Medicine
(ii) Biopiracy
(iii) Ethnoveterinary
(iv) Herbarium
(v) Intoxicants

(vi) Pharmaceutical

(b) Match the following :
(i) Winter cherry
(li) Neem
(ili) Pashmina
(iv) Gonds and Santhals

(v) Plant Press

(1x5=5)
Bio piracy
Indian Tribes
Used to flatten a dry plants
geographical indication

Ashwagandha

P.T.O.


5305 2

(c) Fill in the blanks : . (15=5)
(i) Herbarium helps in ______________ and classification of plants.
(ii) ______ Is an initiative to protect traditional knowledge.
(iii) _____ is the scientific name of Tulsi.
(iv) ___ is a traditional intoxicant made from Cannabis.
(v) ____________ are drugs that dull pain and induce sleep.

2. (a) Write down the role of field work and herbarium in Ethanobotanical
studies. (7.5)

(b) How can Ethanobotanical data be used for sustainable resource
management. (7.5)

3. (a) What are narcotic plants? Mention their beneficial and harmful effects. (5)
(b) Write the botanical name, family, important plant part and traditional uses of
the following (any two) (2x5=10)
(i) Neem
(ii) Matura tea
(iii) Nirgundi

(iv) Puncture vine

4. (a) How do archeological findings compare to Ethanobotanical knowledge from
living communities. (7.5)
(b) Explain how Ethanopharmacology be used to protect biodiversity and
Traditional knowledge. (7.5)

5. (a) Mention some challenges that encountered while practicing folk magic.

(7.5)

(b) Describe how the belief systems and ecological wisdom of ethnic groups
support conservation of plant species in their native regions. (7.5)

(200)


Tor 7°"

[This question paper contains 2 printed pages. ]

Your Roll No...........0006
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5773 J
Unique Paper Code > 2162011201
Name of the Paper : Microbiology and Plant — Microbe Interactions
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany
Semester : I S& OH
Duration : 2 Hours eS a i Maximum Marks : 60
Instructions for Candidates \&, . a

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on teceipt of this question paper.
2. Attempt any four questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Attempt all parts of a question together.

1. (a) Define the following: (any five) (5x1=5)
(i) Proteobacteria
(ii) Firmicutes
(iii) Viroid
(iv) Bacteriorhodopsin
(v) Biofilm
(vi) Plasmid
(vii) Phytoplasma

(b) Match the following : (5x 1=5)
(i) Bacillus sp. a. Taq polymerase
(ii) Rhizobium b. Rod-shaped bacterium
(ili) Mycoplasma c. Symbiotic nitrogen fixation
(iv) T1 phage d. Wall-less form
(v) Thermus aquaticus 'e. DNA virus

P.T.O.



5773 2

2.

(c) Write true or false against the given statements : (5x1=5)

(i) Angular leaf spot of cotton is caused by Xanthomonas citri pv.

malvacearum.
(ii) Tobacco mosaic virus is a ds DNA virus.

(iii) Mycorrhiza is an association between a fungi and the roots of higher
plants.

(iv) Louis Pasteur discovered the Koch’s postulates.

(v) Aquaspirillum magnetotacticum perceives magnetism.

Differentiate between : (any three) (3x5=15)
(a) Prototrophs and Auxotrophs

(b) F+ and Hfr strains

(c) Archaebacteria and Eubacteria

(d) Spheroplasts and Protoplast

(e) Gram-positive and Gram-negative cell wall

Write short notes on the following : (any three) (3x5=15)
(a) Generalized transduction

(b) Economic importance of viruses

(c) Plant growth promoting rhizobacteria

(d) Citrus canker disease

(e) Endomycorrhiza

Draw well labelled diagrams of any three of the following : (3x5=15)
(a) Bacterial cell structure

(b) T2 Bacteriophage

(c) Lysogenic cycle

(d) T.S. of root nodule

Answer the following : (any two) (2x7.5=15)

(a) Explain genetic transformation in bacteria. What is the transformation
frequency reported for Eubacteria?

(b) What are the types of mycorrhiza and mention their effects on plant growth.
(c) Give a detailed account of any one viral disease of plants.

(1200)


[ This question paper contains 2 printed pages. ]

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5794

Unique Paper Code > 2162011202

Name of the Paper : Plant Resources and Economic Botany
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany

Semester a ||

Duration : 2 Hours

Instructions for Candidates

76! r$ i

Your Roll No

Maximum Marks : 60

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

2. Attempt four questions in all including Question Number 1 which is compulsory.

3. AM parts of a question must be answered together.

4. All questions carry cqual marks

5. Draw labelled diagrams and write the botanical name wherever necessary.

1. (a) Mention the botanical name and family of the following (any five) : (1<5=5)

(i) Black pepper
(ii) Fennel

(iii) Tea

(iv) Soybean

(v) Flax

(vi) Groundnut

(b) Expand the following (any five) :

(i) IARI
(ii) CDRI
(iii) IRRI
(iv) SBI

(v) NBPGR
(vi) CPRI

(1x5=5)

P.T.O.


5794 2

No

(c) Match the following (any five) : (1x5=5)
(i) Cotton (a) Retting
(ii) Millet (b) Ginning
(iii) Jute (c) Saffron
(iv) Sugarcane (d) Ratooning
(v) Rice (e) Ragi
(vi) Shahi Zafran (f) Caryopsis
Differentiate between the following (any three) : (5x3=15)

(i) Fatty oils and essential oils
(ii) White jute and tossa jute
(ui) Black tea and green tea

(iv) Cereals and millets

Write short notes on the following (any three) : (5x3=15)
(i) Products and by-products of Sugarcane Industry

(ii) Vavilov’s concept of centres of cultivated plants

(ii) Importance of legumes to man and ecosystem

(iv) Curing of tobacco

(v) Processing of coffee

Draw well-labelled diagrams of the following giving botanical name and family
(any three) : (5x3=15)

(i) L.S. of Clove bud
(ii) C.S. of Potato tuber
(ili) L.S. Wheat grain
(iv) T.S. Citrus fruit

(i) Coconut is a multi-purpose plant. Comment on the statement. (5)

(ii) Write botanical name, family, plant part used and chemical constituents of
any two drug yielding plants you have studied. (5)

(iii) Tapping of latex from para rubber tree. (5)

(1200)



[This question paper contains 2 printed pages. |

Your Roll NO..........ee000
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5814 J
Unique Paper Code > 2162011203
Name of the Paper : Plant Systematics
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Botany
Semester : I COLLE
Duration : 2 Hours le | x . : Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates
1.

vn & W NN

\
|
>

ra

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
Attempt FOUR questions in all. alka

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

All questions carry equal marks.

Attempt all parts of a question together.

(a) Fill in the blanks : (any five) (1x5=5)
(i) Indian Botanical Garden is situated at ______ city.
(ii) Father of Botany
(iii) Pinax theatri botanici is written by ________ taxonomists.

(iv) Theorie elementaire de la Botanique, author of the book
(v) Standard size of a herbarium sheet is
(vi) Carlous Linnaeus was given the award of

(b) Name the following : (1x5=5)
(i) Name the Authur of Systema naturae.
(ii) Name a plant name with Genus epithet, named after a place
(iii) Name Basal Angiosperm
(iv) An angiosperm which lacks vessels
(v) Publishing year of Binomial nomenclature
(c) Define the following : (any five) (1x5=5)
(i) Vasculum
(ii) Out group
(iii) Manual
(iv) Monophyly

P.T.O.


5814 2
(v) Heterobathmy
(vi) Taxonomic literature
2. Differentiate between : (any three) (5x3=15)
(a) Homonym, Basionym and Tautonym
(b) Natural and Phylogenetic system of Classification
(c) Holotype, lectotype and Paratype
(d) Phenetic and Cladistic
3. Write short notes on (any three) : (5x3=15)
(a) Herbaceous origin of angiosperms
(b) Secondary metabolites in relation to Taxonomy
(c) Importance of Herbarium
(d) Biological species concept
(e) Floras
4. (a) Write a note on Characters and character coding in cladistics
methodology. (7)
(b) Discuss the role of Palynology in relation to Taxonomy with suitable
example. (8)
5. (a) What is type method? Give an account of different ‘types’ mentioned in
plant nomenclature. (5)
(b) What is APG Classification and discuss about the various versions of APG
system of classification. (5)
(c) Interpret the following : (3)
(i) X Triticosecale
(ii) Triticum aestivum L. 1753
(ili) Rosa floribunda cv. Blessings
(d) Write alternate name and type genus of Labiatae and compositae. (2)

(1200)

This queues PEP Vertes T pi ileu pages. ]

Your Roll No.2Q24

[

cr, No. of Question Paper: 1525 G

Unique Paper Code : 2162012301 |

Name of the Paper : Phycology - The World of
Algae

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany

Semester > Ul

Duration : 2 Hours . Maximum Marks : 60

\

{Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Nm

Attempt four Questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Draw well labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

|. (a) Provide a suitable example (genus) of the following
(any five): (1x5=5)

(1) Spermocarp
(ii) Watermelon algae

(111) Red tides



1525 2
(iv) Endophytic algae
(v) Wanderplasm
(vi) Cup-shaped chloroplast

(vii) Hormogonia

(b) Fill in the blanks (any five) : (1x5=5)

(i) Bioremediation of soil using Blue Green

algae was studied by

(ii) __ «dis an example of prokaryotic

algae.

(iii) Algal division which do not have any motile

stages in their life cycle are _______ and.

(iv) Multinucleate and multiflagellate zoospores

are ‘called
(v) The term algae was coined by

(vi) The reserve food material of red algae is

-- ‘'.(vil) Having erect and prostrate system in thallus
_ Organization is known as


1525 3

(c) Match the following :

(1x5=5)
(i) Sea lettuce (a) Diatoms
(ii) Rolling alga (b) Sargassum

(iii) Laminarin (c) Ulva
(iv) Diatomaceous earth (d) Dunaliella

(v) Halophilic alga (e) Volvox

2. Differentiate between (any three): (5x3=15)
(i) Carposporophyte and tetrasporophyte
(ii) Cyanophyceae and Chlorophyceae

(iii) Unilocular and plurilocular sporangia of |

Ectocarpus .
(iv) Zoospore and Aplanospore
(v) Nucule and Globule
3. Draw a well labelled diagram of any three of the
following : (5x3=15)
(i): E.M. of Chlamydomonas / Chlorella

(ii) V.S Receptacle of Sargassum showing bisexual

> conceptacles

(iii): Single trichome of Nostoc


1525 4

mn

(iv) Pennate diatom

(v) Thallus showing sex organs of Vaucheria

4. Write short notes of the following (any rhea) 4
(5x3=15)

(i) Asexual reproduction in Volvox
‘

(ii) Criteria of classification by Fritsch

(iii) Evolutionary significance of Prochloron

(iv) Chlamydomonas as model system

(v) Significant contributions of R.N. Singh and

M.O.P. Iyengar

(a) What are phycocolloids. Give their economic

7)

importance with suitable examples. ~ GP)

(b) Explain the cell division in Oedogonium. Give an
account of the special features and sexual
reproduction in Oedogonium. (8)

(or)

Define ocean acidification. Discuss ecological
importance of algae. . (8)

(1000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

Your Roll No. 2a

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1563 G
Unique Paper Code : 2162012302
Name of the Paper : Bryophytes, Pteridophytes

and Gymnosperms

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany
Semester : Ill
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any Four questions in all.
3. All questions carry equal marks.

4. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

5. Draw diagrams and write botanical names wherever

necessary.

6. All parts of a question must be answered together.

P.T.O.


1563 2

1... (a) Fill in the blanks (any five) : (5x1=5)

(i) The water conducting Cells found in
bryophytes are called

(ii) Catapult type of spore dispersal mechanism

is seen in t="

(iii) Apogeotropic and dichotomously branched

roots of Cycas are called .

(iv) In Marchantia, the protective covering

surrounding a group of archegonia is

(v) Gnetum has —____ type of female
gametophyte.

(vi) The fossil of Rhynia was discovered by

(b) Match the following (any five): (5x1=5)
Oy Sago palm (a) Anthoceros
(ii) “‘Coenosorus (b) Pinus
(ii) Pseudoelaters (c) Cycas
(iv) Resurrection plant (d) Selaginella
(v) Sulphur shower (e) Marchantia

(vi) Appendiculate scale (f) Pteris


1563 3

(c) Give the botanical name of the following (any
five) : (5x1=5)
(i) Chilgoza pine
(ii) Incipient heterospory
(iii) Fossil pteridophyte
(iv) A gymnosperm without archegonium
(v) An aquatic bryophyte
(vi) Bryophyte with pyrenoid

2. Draw well labelled diagrams (any three) : (3x5=15)
(a) L.S. ovule of Cycas
(b) L.S. capsule of Funaria
(c) V.S. Marchantia thallus passing through gemma
cup
(d) T.S. intemode of Equisetum
(e) L.S. female cone Pinus

(f) L.S. strobilus of Selaginella
3. Differentiate between the following (any three) :
(3x5=15)
(a) Leptosporangiate and Eusporangiate sporangial
development
(b) Antheridiophore and Archegoniophore of

Marchantia
P.T.O.


1563 4

(c) Male and Female plants of Cycas
(d) Apospory and Apogamy
(e) Elaters of Equisetum and Marchantia

(f) Sporophyte of Anthoceros and Funaria

4. Write short notes on (any three) : (3x5=15)

(a) Hydrophytic and xerophytic characteristics of
Equisetum

(b) Heterospory and seed habit

(c) Cycas is a living fossil

(d) Affinities of Gnetum

(e€) Morphological nature of rhizophore

(f) Sporophyte of Anthoceros

(a) With the help of suitable diagrams, describe the
different types of steles in pteridophytes. (8)

(b) Discuss the significance of Physcomitrella or
Ceratopteris as a model system. (7)

(a) Explain progressive sterilization of sporogenous

tissue in the sporophyte of genera studied by you.

(8)

(b) Write the economic importance of Pteridophytes.
(7)
(1000)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. |

GD Your Rott No.2.0.24

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1601 G

| Unique Paper Code
_ Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
| Semester

Duration : 2 Hours

2162012303
Genetics and Plant Breeding

B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany (NEP)

III

Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

of this question paper.
2. Attempt four questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. All parts of a question should be answered

together.

P.T.Q.


1601 2
1. (a) Define (any five) :
(i) Frameshift mutation

(ii) Pleiotropy

(iii) Trisomy

(iv) Test cross

(v) Heterosis

(vi) Epistasis

(b) Give the important contribution of (any five) :

(5x1=5)
(i) ‘Carl Correns

(ii) “HJ. Muller

(iii) A. Strutevant

(iv) G.H. Hardy and W. Weinberg


1601 3

(v) W. Bateson and R. Punnett

(vi) H. Nilsson-Ehle

(c) Answer the following in one word (any five)
(5x1=5)

(i) Number of Barr bodies in a female with

chromosomes 44 + XO

(11) Number of gametes formed in the cross

AABbCc x aabbCc

(iii) When a purine is replaced by another purine

in DNA

(iv) Number of linkage groups present in

Drosophila
(v) Name a manmade cereal crop

(vi) The movement of genetic material from one

region to another within the genome

P.T.O.


saa7--=

1601

2s

4

Differentiate between (any five) (5x3=15)
(a) Pure line selection and mass selection

(b) Maternal inheritance and maternal effect

(c) Allopatric and sympatric speciation

(d) Sex-linked and sex-limited characters

(e) Missense and nonsense mutation

(f) Codominance and incomplete dominance

Write short notes on any three of the following :
(3x5=15)

(a) Lethal alleles
(b) Chemical mutagens
(c) Introduction of plant species

(d) Sex determination in humans


1601 5

(ec) CIB method for detection of mutation in

Drosophila.

(a) What is polygenic inheritance? Explain with the
help of a cross using suitable example. Write any
three characteristic features of this mode of

inheritance. (7)

(b) Explain the origin of amphidiploid Gossypium
hirsutum (New world cotton) and hexaploid wheat
from their progenitors with the help of suitable

crosses. (4+4=8)

A mutant stock of Drosophila homozygous for three
sex linked genes -sc(scute), ec(echinus) and
cv(crossveinless) was crossed to a wild type. A
female F, heterozygous for all the three genes when
test crossed with a homozygous recessive parent, gave

the following result:

P.T.O.


1601

(i) Which classes represent the parental types, singl¢

(3)

cross overs and double cross overs.

(ii) Determine the recombination frequenc!©s

between each pair of genes, their order and map

s on the

(6)

the distance between the gene

chromosome.


- Tope tases prep

1601 7

(iii) Define coefficient of coincidence and
interference. Calculate the value of coefficient

of coincidence for the given data. (6)

6. (a) Compare and contrast paracentric inversion with
pericentric inversion with the help of suitable

diagrams. (7)

(b) A man with type O blood marries a woman with
type AB blood. What proportion of their children
would you expect to have blood types same as
either of their parents? What are the possible blood
types of the children? Explain with the help of

cross. (5)

(c) What is the expected sex of Drosophila with the

following chromosome arrangements? (3)

(i) 4X4A

P.T.O.


1601 8

(ii) 2X3A

(iii) 1X3A

(1000)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

2) Your Roll No.2.Q24.

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1665 G
Unique Paper Code : 2163012002
Name of the Paper : Biostatistics and Bioinformatics

for Plant Sciences

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany (DSE)
Semester : Il
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

uu) P m
1. Write your Roll No. on thdQoLiinied tel receipt
of this question paper. d
4-
2. Attempt Section A and SectYe#=8 on separate

sheets.
3. Question no. 1 of both the sections is compulsory.

4. Attempt any three questions from Part A and three
questions from Part B including Q. No. 1 of both the
sections.

5. Attempt all parts of a question together.

P.T.O.

NT


1665 2

Section A

1. (a) Define the following (any five) : (5x1=5)
(i) Metabolomics
(11) Composite database
(iii) Paralogous sequence
(iv) Bioinformatics
(v) Alignment
(vi) Monophyletic clade
(b) Give an example of each of the following (any
five) : (5x1=5)

(i) Nucleotide sequence database


1665 3

(11) Chemical database

(iii) Literature database

(iv) Alignment tool

(v) Protein database

(vi) File format

2. Differentiate between the following (any four):

(2.5x4=10)

(a) Primary and Secondary database

(b) Genomics and Proteomics

(c) NCBI and PDB

(d) Pairwise sequence and Multiple sequence

alignment

P.T.O.


1665 4

(ce) Maximum likelihood and Maximum Parsimony

method

3. Write short notes on (any two): (5x2=10)
(a) PlantPepDB
(b) Applications of bioinformatics in drug discovery

(c) Concepts of gaps and penalty in alignment

4. (a) Elaborate on various types of standard

BLAST. (5)

(b) Draw and label the various parts of a phytogenetic
tree. What do each of these parts signify.

Comment. (5)


1665 5
Section B
1. (a) Define the following (any five) : (5x1=5)
(i) Inferential statistics
(ii) Skewness
(iii) Alternate hypothesis
(iv) Secondary data
(v) Dispersion

(vi) Mean deviation
(5x1=5)

(b) Fill in the blanks (any five) :

(i) The formula for coefficient of variation is

P.T.O.


1401 “

1665 6

(ii) In sampling, the population jg

divided into subgroups, and then samples

are randomly selected from each subgroup.

(iii) In the process of data analysis,

involves organizing data into tables to make
it understandable and informative for the

audience.

(iv) The _____ is the simplest measure of |
dispersion and is calculated as the
difference between the highest and lowest

values in a dataset.

(v) —__ correlation is a relationship between
two variables that move in opposite

directions.


1665 7

(vi) ________ is a measure of the tailedness of

a distribution.

2. Differentiate between the following (any two) :

(5x2=10)
(a) Student’s t test and chi-square test
(b) Karl Pearson method and Spearman Rank method

(c) Descriptive and inferential statistics

3. Write short note on (any two) : (5x2=10)

(a) Limitations and applications of biostatistics
(b) Presentation of data

(c) Quartile deviation—merits and demerits

P.T.O.


1665 8

4, (a) Discuss various similarities and dissimilarities

between correlation and regression. (4)

(b) Calculate standard deviation & standard error from

the given dataset : (6)

Marks 29 12 26 33 25 17
obtained

(1000)

frome (at


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

3 Your Roll No.2-OQ244

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4341 G
Unique Paper Code > 32161301

Name of the Paper : Anatomy of Angiosperms
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany
Semester : Til

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Question No. 1 is compulsory and attempt five

questions in all.

3. Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever required and

answer all parts of question.

1. (a) Define the following (Any five): (5x1=5)
(i) Adcrustation
(ii) Dermatogen

(iii) Aleurone grains



=~awwe

434] 2
(iv) Reaction wood
(v) Styloids

(vi) Errera’s rule

(b) Match the following :

(Sx1=5)
1) Salt gland a) Intrafascicular Cambium
2) Carnuaba wax b) Atriplex
3) Included phloem c) Cucurbitaceae

4) Bicollateral vascular d) Salvadora persica

bundles
5) Procambium €) Copernicia nucifera
(c) Fill in the blanks : (Sx1=5)

(1) Vascular bundles localized in the pith region
are called

(ii) Epidermal cell giving rise to root hair is
known as

(ili) Inulin is an example of

(iv)

is an unbranched B-1, 3-gluca”.

: . : leaf
(v) Time interval between successive t**

primordia is called



4341 3
2. Write short notes on: (Any three) (3x5=15)

(ij) Applications of Plant Anatomy in

Pharmacognosy
(ii) Parenchyma
(11) Hydathodes

(iv) Periderm

3. Differentiate between: (Any five) (5x3=15)
(i) Storied and non-storied cambium
(ii) Simple and bordered pits
(iii) Dicot and monocot root
(iv) Tunica Corpus and Kérper-Kappe theory
(v) Ring porous and diffuse porous wood

(vi) Sclereids and fibres

4. Draw well labelled diagrams of (Any three):
(3x5=15)

(i) V.S. Zea mays leaf
(ii) T.S of Ficus leaf showing lithocyst

P.T.O.


4341 4

(iii) V.S. Shoot apical meristem

(iv) T.S Hydrilla stem

5. (a) What do you understand by the seasonal activity
of cambium? Explain with the help of a well-
labelled diagrams, (8)

(b) Explain with examples various types of vascular
bundles in plants. (7)
6.

(a) Describe epidermal tissue system with special

reference to various types trichomes in plants.
(8)
(b) Phloem wedges are formed as a result of

anomalous secondary growth. Discuss the
statement with the help of well labelled diagram.

(7)

7. (a) Along with suitable examples, describe the

anatomical adaptations shown by xerophytes.

(8)

(b) Describe the structure and function of tracheary
elements with the help of suitable diagrams.

(7)

(1000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]

Your Roll no.2-O24Y

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4395 G
Unique Paper Code : 32161302

Name of the Paper : Economic Botany (LOCF)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Botany
Semester > Tl

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates
—eettons tor Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any five questions.
3. All questions carry equal marks.

4. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Expand any five of the following : (5x1=5)
(1) CIMAP
(ii) NBPGR
(iii) IRRI
(iv) ICRISAT
(v) CDRI
(vi) SBI
(vii) CPRI

P.T.O.


2

4395
(b) Fill in the blanks (any five) ; (5x1=5)
(i) A major plant source used as a substitute
of coffee is
(ii) Hashish and Charas are obtained from
(iii) Paper used in cigarette wrapping is obtained
from
(iv) __ is an example of bast fibre.
(v) A drug plant used as myocardial stimulant
iS
(vi) Fruit mature underground in
(vii) Practice of ratooning is used for
propagating
(c) Match the following : (5x 1=5)
(1) Cocos 1. Parboiling
(ii) Gossypium 2. Tapping
(iii) Oryza 3. Kalpavriksha
(iv) Hevea 4. Stimulant
(v) Camellia 5. Ginning

2. Differentiate between any five of the following :
(5x3=15)


4395 3

(i) Charas and Ganja

(ii) Flue curing and Air Curing
(iii) Animal Fibre and Plant Fibre
(iv) Indica and Japonica Rice

(v) White Jute and Tossa Jute

(vi) Drying and Non-drying Oils

3. Draw well-labelled diagrams of the followings (any
three): (3x5=15)

(i) T.S of Fennel fruit

(ii) T.S. of Hesperidium

(iii) L.S. of Wheat Caryopsis

(iv) L.S. of Coconut fruit

(v) Portion of sugarcane stem

4. (a) Give a detailed account of processing and uses of
coffee. (5)

(b) Write brief note on economic importance of

Legumes. (5)
(c) Discuss health hazards and uses of Tobacco.
(5)
5. (a) What is nobilisation? Explain the phenomenon
highlighting its genetic explanation. (5)

P.T.O.


4395 4

(b) Discuss the various methods of extraction of

essential oils. (5)

(c) What is alternate bearing in mango? Give probable
reasons and remedies for this. (5)

6. (a) How are millets different from cereals? List major
millets and their economic importance.

OR
Discuss the origin of Hexaploid Wheat. (5)
(b) What do you understand by centre of origin of
crop plants? Discuss in light of Vavilov’s

concept and list major centres given by him with
examples. (5)

(c) Give a brief account of tapping and uses of
rubber. (5)

(a) Mention the scientific name, chief chemical
constituents and uses of the following :

(i) Quinine
(ii) Hemp
(iii) Clove
(iv) Opium
(v) Mustard (5x 1.5=7.5)

(b) Write an account of harvesting and processing of
black tea. (7.5)

(1000)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

(35) Your Roll No.2.024

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4509 G
Unique Paper Code > 32161303

Name of the Paper : Genetics

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany
Semester : Il

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. All Questions carry equal marks.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

Attempt five questions in all including Question
No. 1.

P.T.O.



4509 2

1. (a) Define the following (any five)
(i) Criss-cross inheritance
(i1) QTL inheritance
(i111) Transposons
(iv) Penetrance

(v) Lethal alleles (1x5=5)

(b) () What are linkage groups? How many linkage

groups are present in Drosophila?

(1i) What are the antigen and antibody components

of blood groups A and B?
(ili) Name a manmade cereal crop.
(iv) What do you understand by genetic drift?

(v) Define speciation. (1x5=5)


4509 :

(c) A man with blood type O marries a woman with
blood type AB. Among their children, what
proportion would you expect to have blood types
parents of either of the two. What proportion

would you expect to have blood types different

from both parents. Explain. (5)

2. A mutant stock of Drosophila homozygous for three
sex linked genes -sc(scute), ec(echinus) and
cv(crossveinless) was crossed to a wild type. A
female F, heterozygous for all the three genes when
test crossed with a homozygous recessive parent, gave

the following result :

P.T.O.


(i)

(ii)

+++ 370

5
8
la Bl

Which classes represent the parental types, single

0
0
3

cross overs and double cross overs? (3)

Determine the recombination frequencies
between each pair of genes, their order and map
the distance between the genes on the

(6)

chromosome.


'
; Se)

5
4509

(iii) Define coefficient of coincidence and
interference. Calculate the value of coefficient

of coincidence for the given data. (6)

3... (a) Explain the genic balance theory of sex

determination in Drosophila. What is the expected

sex of an individual with the following chromosome

(8)

arrangements?
(i) 4X4A
(ii) 2X3A
(iii) 1X3A
(iv) 3X4 A

(v) 2X1A

(b) What is epistasis? Explain dominant and recessive

epistasis with one suitable example each.

(7)

P.T.O.


4509 6
4. (a) What are mutagens? Briefly explain the use of

physical mutagens in crop improvement. (5)

(b) Explain the mechanism of inheritance in shel]

coiling of snails. (5)

(c) Explain the cytological basis of crossing over in

maize. (5)

5. Differentiate between the following (any five)
(i) Deletion and duplication
(ii) Auto and allopolyploidy
(iii) Test cross and back cross
(iv) 2-point and 3-point test cross
(v) Segregational and neutral petites

(vi) Gene and genotype frequency (3x5=15)


4509 7

6. (a) In poultry, the genes for rose comb R and pea

comb P together produce a walnut comb. Alternate
alleles of both in a homozygous condition (rrpp)
produce a single comb. What would be the possible

phenotypes and their ratios in the following crosses :
(i) RrPp X RrPp
(ii) RrPp X Rrpp
(iii) Rrpp X rrpp
(iv) RRPP X Rrpp

(v) rrPP X RRpp (5)

(b) What are Barr bodies? What would be the number
of such bodies in the human cells of normal male,
Turner’s syndrome and a female with Down’s

syndrome. (5)

(c) Differentiate between para-and pericentric

inversions with suitable diagrams. (5)

P.T.O.


4509 8

7. (a) Elaborate on the experiment performed by

Seymour and Benzer to understand the fine

structure of gene.

(8)
(b) What is sex linked inheritance? Explain with a

suitable example.

(7)

(1000)

SL NO of OP: 1194 (93) 7 a

Unique Paper Code: 32161402

Name of the Paper: Ecology (LOCF)

Name of the Course: B. Sc. Hons. Botany (CBCS) |

Semester: IV ; x Ley, .

Time: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: i

(Write your University Roll Number on top immediately on receipt of this question paper)

Attempt five questions in all. Question No. 1 is compulsory. All questions carry equal
marks. All parts of a question must be answered together.

1. (a) Match the following 1 x 5=5
Column A Column B
i) Lux meter a) Soil transported by wind
ii) Total stem parasite b) Succession occurring on sand
iii) Holard c) Cuscuta
iv) Psammosere d) Total water in soil
v) Eolian e) Light intensity
(b) Define any five of the following z . 1 x 5=5
i. Ecotone

ii. Pedogenesis
iii. | Homeostasis
iv. Endemism

v. Community
vi. Vegetation

vii. Ecesis
(c) Give one word for the following 1 x 5=5

i. The partially decomposed organic matter in soil

ii. Interconnected network of food chains

iii. | Shade loving plants

iv. Breakdown of parent rock material by any agent into smaller particles
v. Instrument used to measure wind velocity


. Differentiate between the following (Attempt any five): 3x5 =15

i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Vv.
Vi.

Capillary and Hygroscopic water

Niche and Habitat

Mor humus and Mull humus

Primary succession and Secondary succession
Food Chain and Food web

Natural ecosystem and Artificial ecosystem

. Write short notes on the following (Attempt any three): 5x3=15

i.

ii.
iii.
iv.

Age Pyramids

Fire as‘an ecological factor
Vegetation of India
Ecological Pyramids

(a) Describe various stages of a hydrosere with the help of suitable diagram. 8
(b) Comment briefly on the various types of survivorship curves with proper

examples.

(a) Define soil profile. Discuss along with a diagram. — _ 5
(b) Differentiate between the qualitative and quantitative characteristics
of a community. :

(c) Comment on light as an ecological factor.

(a) Discuss the various positive and negative interactions amongst organisms with
8

suitable examples.
(b) What are biogeochemical cycles? Briefly describe Nitrogen cycle and the

microorganisms involved in various transformations.


CIP

32151403
iV
AA

laximum Marks:

~ 2 2 a f.... YN as QP

i immediately on receipt.

« Attempt aay five quest
3. Quest:

nm No. 1 is com

qrraathas aaah ny
» yews 30g Cait cd Cqua. mai "KS

Ay

Aitempi ail parts of a auiestion t together,

Give one word for the following: (Any five)

+

eo a baat the

noo apes sites 15 j2f/ineh
Sari a./
nan So weeteaii, Ul ba

WULIIEN CHL. fh a 2 DLO ORs Huo
or syniyee.
i A label affixed to an herbarium specimen that verifies or changes the ideniity
of a specimen or that docum Ignis the eTeroova! of ‘plant material from the scecimen.
sh, Cine of the two or inc: rf

oe; a oreaK ny
iv, oe 238

ve anaaatae and ali lime
Ma AMOOSTOTY ATA All insages

v. The orincipie which h states that the cladogram exhibiting the fewest number of

evolutionary steps is accepted as the desi estimate of phylogeny.
vi, The study of spores and poilen grains.

2} Define the following: {Any five)

i. Species cover
ii, Lectotype

F ill. Basionym
iv. Monograph
vy. Sibling species
vi. Paranhyly



z. Differentiate between: (Any five) (2K

Pnenogram and Cladogram
li. Gdge-punched and Body-puncned carcs
iu. Natura! classification and Phylogenetic classification
iv. Apomorphy and Piesiomorphy

De and Syntype

iii. Roles of botanical gardens
iv. APG classification

4 2) Explain amy ome type of the species concept you have studied. 5)

©) interpret the following:

Desmodium gangeticuim (L.) DC. 1825.
Hedvsarum gangeticum L. 1753.

ie)

Ty

OF

Andropogon aromaticus Sisber ex Schuit.

ii. x Pyronia (ij
ii. Myosotis L. emend. BR. Br. (i
iv. Hosia ‘Decorata’

a) Give a short account on flora as a tool in plant identification.
examples of different types of flora — one each from local,
continental flora

5 2) Enumerate end discuss the various steos avoly yed inp. sone Hon OF: ba:
specimen. Give one example each of an international and 2 national herbarium 2iong with
the places where they are situated. (3+3)

5) Explain Principle of Priority and discuss its limitations. )

6. 2) Explain the role of phytochernistry OI cyto:ogy as scarce of evidence in plant

taxonomy with the help of any two examples. (3)

b) Discuss the role of taxonomic keys in plant identification? Exciain any swo

‘
single-access Keys.



Define numerical taxonomy. Enumerate the principles based on which numericei

hae

taxonomy Operates.



[This question paper contains 2 printed pages. ] vy)
Your Roll No.....4.....0

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5525 ao J

Unique Paper Code > 2162012401 2 |

Name of the Paper : Mycology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany

Semester : IV—- DSC SL

Dnration : 2? Hours Maximum Marks : 69

bilsivuctiois tor Caididates

le

Loy)

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
Attempt four questions in all. Kirst question 1s compulsory.

All parts of questions must be answered together.

(a) Define the following citing an example (any five). (1x5=5)
(i) Capillitium (ii) Soredia
(iii) Rhizomorph (iv) Biotrophic fungi
(v) Croizer formation (vi) Dolipore septa
(vii) Haustoria
(b) Fill in the blanks. (0.5x10=5)

(i) Parasexuality was discovered by .
(ii) __.____ is also known as the Drosophila of the fungus world.

(iii) Amphigynous antheriadial development is seen in the genus

(iv) Perfect stage of Penicillium is
(v) Spore bearing layer of fungal tissue is called
(vi) Potato wart is caused by
(vii) Neurospora is commonly known as .
(viii) _______ is an example of fungus that forms fairy rings.
(ix) __ sis the most common fungicide for control of fungal

disease in plants.

(x) _____ is a common fungus used for myco-remediation.
(c) Match the follwing. (1x5=5)
(i) Nematophagous fungus Trichoderma
(ii) Mycoparasite Penicillium
(iii) Edible Ascomycete Arthrobotrys
(iv) Blue mould Rhizopus stolonifer
(v) Fumaric acid Morchella

P.T.O.



5525 2

tN

6.

Draw a well labeled diagram of the following (any three) : (5x3=15)

(i) Sectional view of sexual reproductive structure of Peziza.

(ii) An enlarged view of sporangium of Stemonitis.
(iii) Section through basidiocarp of Agaricus showing enlarged view of gills.
(iv) V.S. of leaf showing asexual reproductive stage in Albugo.

(v) Saccharomyces vegetative cell - Electron micrograph.

er diagrams wherever

Write notes on any three of the following. Draw prop
(9%3=15)

necessary.
(i) Hyphal modifications in fungi.
Gi) Mushroom cultivation.
(iii) Bioluminescence.
(iv) Sexual reproduction in Rhizopus sp.
(v) Mycotoxin.

Differentiate between the following (any three) : (5x3=15)

(i) Cleistothecium and Perithecium
(ii) Zygospore and Oospore
(iii) Holocarpic and Eucarpic Fungi
(iv) Ectomycorrhizae and Endomycorhizae
(v) Unstratified and stratified thallus in Lichens

(a) “Black Stem Rust Disease” caused by a fungus, completes its life cycle on
two different host plants. Elaborate with the help of illustrations. Write the
name of the fungus, its two different host species (Botanical name), symptoms
and all the spore stages. Write the main reason for the re-occurrence of

wheat rust in India? (10)
n reference to

(5)

(c) Write a short note on different species of edible mushrooms i

their nutrition value.

(a) Elaborate the role of fungi in pharmaceutical industry. (5)

(b) Explain the vegetative state of myxomycetes and its various types with

examples. (5)
(c) Oomycetes are considered as a separate group of organisms from the true
(5)

fungi? Elaborate.

(1200)


(This guestion paper contains 4 printed “Wd |
Cc aU), Your Roll ,

Sr. No, of Oa Paper : 5585 J
Unique Paper Code : 2162012402

Name of the Paper : Ecology and Conservation
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Botany

Semester : IV

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates
eons tor Candidates

1. Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt four questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. All parts of a question should be answered

together.

l. (a) Define the following (any six) : (1.5x 6=9)

(a) Pedogenesis

PLT.O.



2

nN
nN
oe)
aN

(b) Carrying capacity
(c) Photoperiodism
(d) Water table
(e) Sacred groves
(f) Continental drift
(g) Field capacity
(h) Phytogeography
(b) Match the following : (1x6=6)
(i) Ecotone (a) Cryopreservation

(i) Gene banks (b) Genetically fixed

variations
(iii) Ecotypes (c) Partially decomposed litter

(iv) Mortality rate (d) Mangroves

(v) Duff (e) Edge effect
(vi) Halophytes (f) Survivorship curves
2. Differentiate between (any five) : (3x5=15)

(a) Primary productivity and secondary productivity


5585. 3

(b) Food chain and food web

(c) Artificial and natural ecosystems

(d) Heliophytes and sciophytes

(e) Gravitational water and capillary water
. (f) Palaeoendemics and neo-endemics

(g) Alluvial and colluvial soil

3. Write short notes on the following (any three) :
(5x3=15)

(a) Theory of tolerance

(b) Synthetic characters of a community

(c) In situ and ex situ conservation strategies

(d) Negative biotic interactions

(e) Thermal stratification in water bodies

(a) What is ecological succession? Explain the general
process of succession. (7)

(b) What is soil profile? Explain the various horizons
with the help of a suitable diagram. (8)

P.T.O.



5585 4

5. (a) Give a brief account on regulation of population
density. Discuss in detail r-selected and k- selected
populations. (3+4=7)

(b) What are biogeochemical cycles? What roles
biogeochemical cycles play in an ecosystem?
Discuss carbon cycle in detail with the help of a
well labelled outline diagram. (1+2+5=8)

(1200)



13/6) 95 Wr

[This question paper contains 2 printed pages. ]
Your Roll NoO...........+00+-

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5664 J
Unique Paper Code : 2162012403
Name of the Paper : Developmental Biology of Angiosperms: Form,

Anatomy and Function
Name of the Course : Botany ’

Semester : IV : “4
Duration : 2 Hours . ’ Maximum Marks : 60

ot :

~

Instructions for Candidates cael

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
2. Attempt Four questions in all. All questions carry equal marks.

3. All parts of questions must be attempted together.

4. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

5. Draw well labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. A. Fill in the blanks (any five):
(a) is a commonly used clearing agent.

(b) Sclereids with dilated ends resembling bones are called

(c) Lateral roots originate from

(d) Histogen theory was given by .

(e) Sugarcane leaves show special type of anatomy known as

(f) Water secretion from margins of leaves occur through pores called

(g) is a specialized parenchyma cell which is
associated with a sieve tube element and arises from the same mother
cell. (5x1=5)

B. Define the following (any five):
(a) Transfer cells
(b) Rhytidome
(c) Bulliform cells
(d) Phloem wedges
(e) Periderm
(f) Maceration

(g) Quiescent centre (5x1=5)

P.T.O.


5664
c.

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)

5. (a)

(b)

6. (a)

(b)

2
Give one word for the following (any five):

(a) Needle shaped crystals of calcium oxalate found in many plants.

(b) The time interval between the formation of one leaf primordium and
the next

(c) In wood, elements of xylem are blocked by balloon-like ingrowths.

(d) Vascular bundles with phloem on either side of xylem.

(e) A multicellular epidermal layer found around orchid roots consisting of
dead cells with lignified secondary cell walls.

(f) Suberin thickening bands in endodermal cells.

(g) Phloem patches enclosed within secondary xylem. (5x1=5)

Write short notes on the following (any three):

Classification of stomata by Metcalfe and Chalk

Seasonal activity of cambium

Secretory system in plants

Korper-Kappe theory

Application of Plant Anatomy in Forensics (3x5=15)

Differentiate between the following (any three):

Monocot and dicot stem

Tracheids and Vessels

Sapwood and Heartwood

Stratified and Non-stratified Cambium (3x5=15)

Draw well labelled diagrams of the following (any three):

V.S. Zea mays leaf

T.S. Helianthus root

V.S. of Ficus leaf showing lithocyst

L.S. of Root Apex (3x5=15)

Describe the structure and function of simple tissues with well labelled
diagrams. (8)

Discuss secondary growth in dicot stem along with suitable diagrams. (7)

What are the characteristic features of meristematic cells? Give a brief account
of any three theories for the organization of Shoot Apical Meristem. (8)

Give a detailed account of anatomical adaptations in stem of a xerophytic
plant with well labelled diagram. (7)

(1200)


[This question paper contains 2 printed pages. ]

Your Roll NO........+-++++
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 8048 J
Unique Paper Code : 2163012004
Name of the Paper - Industrial and Environmental Microbiology
Name of the Course : DSE - Botany
Semester : IV

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

2. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

3. Attempt any four questions in all.

4. Attempt all parts of the question together.

5. Draw diagrams wherever required.

1. (a) Fill in the blanks : (any five) (1x5=5)

(i) ____ processing involves a series of steps to recover,
concentrate, and purify a product from fermentation broth.

(ii) Microorganisms play a vital role in tt treatment of wastewater
by breaking down organic matter.

(iii) The process of obtaining pure cultures from natural sources is known

as

(iv) In fermentation, the culture is not disturbed until the end
of the process.

(v) ________- is a technique used to separate components based on
their size and density by spinning them at high speed.

(vi) Enzyme immobilization can increase the ________ of the enzyme,
making it more resistant to environmental changes like temperature
and pH.

(b) Define the following (any five) (1x5=5)
(i) Lyophilization

(ii) CSTR

(iii) Serial Dilution

(iv) GRAS

(v) Immobilization
(vi) Coliforms

P.T.O.


8048 2

(c) Match the followings : (1x5=5)
Column A Column B

A. Protease 1. Concentrating and purifying proteins by size
exclusion

B. Agricultural Runoff 2. Breaking open cells to release intracellular
products

C. Industrial microbes 3. Enhances protein breakdown in detergent
formulations

D. Ultrafiltration 4. Uses upward gas flow for mixing

E. Cell Disruption 5. Microorganisms utilized for product
synthesis and bioprocessing.

F. Air-Lift Fermenter 6. Source of water pollution from fertilizers

and pesticides

2. Differentiate between the following (any three) (5x3=15)
(i) Batch and Continuous Fermentation.
(ii) BOD and COD.
(iii) Upstream and Downstream processes.
(iv) Stationary and submerged liquid-state fermentations.
(v) Selective and Differential media.

3. Write short notes on any three of the following : (5x3=15)
(i) Basic components of Bioreactors.
(ii) Scope and importance of microbes in the environment.
(iii) Applications of industrially important enzymes.
(iv) Cell disruption.

(v) solid-state fermentation and its applications.
4. (a) Describe the scope of microbiology in industry and the environment. Give
examples of how microbes are utilized for human benefit. (8)
(b) Explain in detail the industrial production of Amylase. (7)

5. (a) Write a comprehensive note on the advantages of enzyme immobilization

in industrial processes. How does immobilization improve enzyme
performance? (8)

(b) Discuss the stages of wastewater treatment and the role of microbes in each
stage. (7)

(600)

a

T | | _
[This audigon paper, gaptatns 4 srimed ZA /

Lye
\% A 3)

>

\. @. oe"
Sr. |

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 2 Hours

No. of Question Paper :

Your Roll Nowe
1055 |

2162013501

Molecular Biology of the
Cell

B.Sc. Botany NEP (UGCF-
2022)

Vv

Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2 Attempt four questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4 All parts of a question should be answered together.

1. (a) Defi
(i) Codon

(ii) Split gene

ne the following (any five) : (1x5=s5)

P.T.O.


105°

(iii) Inducer
(iv) Primosome
(v) Okazaki fragment

(vi) Glycosylation

(b) Expand the following (any five) :

(1*5=5
(i) ORF |
(ii) PCNA

(i) miRNA

(iv) TBP

(v) Tm

(vi) CRP

(C) Answer the following in one word (any five).

(i) Enzyme encoded by the lacZ gene

(il) Sequence of 5’ and 3° splice sit®

7 Ay during
(iii) Enzyme involved in charging tRNA‘

Protein synthesis.

in

. ; -esenl
(lv) Give the percentage of adenine P in
. . 0
4 DNA molecule having 30%

Its base composition.

yamine

gl


1055 4

(v) RNA polymerase subunit required to initiate

transcription in prokaryote.

(vi) Name the enzyme involved in removal of
RNA primer during eukaryotic DNA
replication process.

2. Differentiate between the following (any five) :
(3x5=15)
(a) A- DNA and B-DNA

(b) Topoisomerase-I and Topoisomerase-II
(c) Denaturation and Renaturation of DNA

(d) Negative and Positive Gene Regulation in Lac

Operon
(e) Monocistronic and Polycistronic RNA

(f) Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Ribosome

3. Write short notes on (any three) : (5x3=15)
(a) Mechanism of splicing
(b) Attenuation in 7rp operon

(c) Theta mode of DNA replication

(d) Central Dogma

(e) Transcription termination in eukaryotes
e

P.T.O.


1055 4

4 (a) With a well labeled diagram, discuss
of initiation in prokaryotic translatio
it with that of eukaryote.

the Mechanism

(8)

(b) Explain the salient features of £enetic code (5)

(c) Name two unusual bases present in tRNA. (2)

5. Attempt any two of the following : (7.5x2=15)

(a) With the help of a well labelled diagram, explain
the mechanism of RNA interference.

(b) How did Fraenkel — Conrat proved that RNA is

genetic material in some viruses?

(c) What are consensus sequences? Explain them with
reference to prokaryotic and eukaryotic promoter

regions,

; , a ination
6. (a) Discuss the mechanism of transcription termina )
in prokaryotes.

cuss end

(6) With a well labelled diagram, dis (7)

replication in eukaryotes.

(1500)


Ii fa coi S 4 printed pages]
a ° Your Roll Noe
r. No. of Questidn: Paper: 1093 I

Unique Paper Code 2162013502

Name of the Paper Reproductive Biology of

Angiosperms
Name of the Course : Botany
Semester : Vv
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

a

1 Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2 Attempt four questions in all, including Question
| Number | which is compulsory.

rts of a question must be answered together.

3, All pa
All questions carry equal marks.
4.
w well- _Jabelled diagrams and write the botanical
7 pe S wherever necessary.
name


1093 2

1. (a) Give significant ©Ontributions of the folloy:
‘ IWin (A

two):
(i) Jensen
(ii) $.G. Nawaschin

(iii) P. Maheshwari

(b) Name the species/ plant in which the following
occurs: (1x5=5)

(a) Largest seed

(b) Pseudo embryo sac

(c) Smallest angiosperm flower
(d) Cleistogamous flowers

(€) Tristyly

(1x5=9)

(C) Fill in the blanks:

_f ily
(1) Pseudomonads are characteristic

ee a SS ee oe

i) In Litchi, the edible part is —


1093 3

(iii) Ruminate endosperm is found 1n

; fect
. . . ng ef
ee is responsible for crowding
in pollen germination.

. ; intra-
(v) Reproductive barriers can be overcome by

oo, , il
ovarian pollination in members of the family

2. Differentiate between the following (Any three):
5x3=15

(i) Homomorphic and Heteromorphic Incompatibility
(11) Amoeboid and Secretory tapetum

(i)Monosporic and Tetrasporic embryo

sac
development
(iv) Endothecium and endothelium
(v) Ornithophily and Anemophily
3. Attempt any two of the following: (7.5x2=15)

(a) Elaborate upon the significance of reproduct
: - : . Clive
biology in the conservation of plants.

(b) How is a seed designated as a Storage
. . Or ye «
Explain with relevant examples, San?


1093 4

(c) Short-distance transport occurs ,
‘ )

‘volovical tiss ‘ Various
embryological tissues, ( omment .

4. Write short notes on the following (Any three):
(S%3 15)

(i) Female Germ Unit
(ii) NPC system

(iii) Polyembryony
(iv)Endosperm haustoria

5. Draw well-labelled diagrams of the following (any
three): (5x3=15)

(i) T.S. of a mature anther

(ii) Bitegmic, anatropous ovule with Fritillaria type

embryo sac

(li) Steps involved in the entry of pollen tube in the

embryo sac

(iv) Ultrastructure of Egg Cell

; aot embry?
(a) Trace the development of a typical dicot © 8)

and elaborate on embryo patterning.

(b) What is a Male Germ Unit, and why '° it 1m} a)
in double fertilization?
(1000)


P\ ane

®
oe?
aooeeee®
oe?

J
Unique Paper Code : 2162013503
Name of the Paper : Plant Physiology
Name of the Course. : B. Sc. (Hons.) Botany
Semester : V
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Only four questions are required to be attempted in

all.
3. Question | is compulsory.

All questions carry equal marks.

4.

5. Attempt all parts of every question together,
Illustrate your answers wherever possible.

6.

P.T.9.


112 ?

; followi
i @) pefine the following briefly (any five).
| (S xy 5
(i) Osmosis

(ii) Aeroponics
(iii) Etiolation
(iv) Photomorphogenesis
(v) Bolting effect
(vi) Bioassay
(b) Fill in the blanks (any five): (5 x 1 =5)

(i) The water potential of pure water is

(ii) is also called as_ stress

phytohormone.

See : . . {
(iii) Membrane channels that facilitate transpor
of water are called ___ __
pt in

(iv) A cell becomes flaccid after bein’ kep

solution.

FT
(full name of F

(v) Gene expressed before FT « know!
ng

i
mention her------ ) during flowet
as


1112 3

elopment

(vi) Ordinary companion cells with dev alle

of finger-like wall ingrowths are C

(c) Name any five of the following: (5% 1% °)
(i) A synthetic antitranspirant
(ii) An ethylene-releasing compound
(iii) Donnan equilibrium
(iv) Photoreceptor
(v) Chelating agent

(vi) One example of photoblastic seed

2. Differentiate between the following (any five): |
(S x 3 = 15)

(i) Passive and active transport

(ii) Phloem loading and unloading
(iii)Scarification and stratification
(iv)Apoplast and symplast

(v)Climacteric and non-climacteric fruits

(vi)Guttation and transpiration


1112 4

3,

>

Write short notes on (any three): (3x 5 =]

(i) Hydroponics
(ii) Brassinosteroids
(iii) Cohesion? tension theory

(iv) Aphid stylet technique

(a) Write an explanatory note on structure and mode
of action of phytochrome. (8)

(b) Explain the mechanism of stomatal opening and
closing with reference to proton transport theory.

(7)

(a) What is photoperiodism? Discuss three general
categories of photoperiodic responses with

reference to day length. (3)

(b) Describe the physiological role of auxins in Plants
with suitable diagram. (3

(c) Discuss the criteria of essentiality of elements

id calcium in
and biological roles of phosphorus ane ¢ o

plants.

(1000)


[This uest Rt
question Danegasnaitins £ sini

ae

; : “e, C
| * 6907 909
a

yes.
\o °
\e rr
\t4 AY, Your Roll NO.eerertt””
we ax, Kee ua
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1179
Unique Paper Code : 2163013005
Name of the Paper - Plant Pathology (DSE)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Botany / B.SC.
Life Science
Semester : Vv
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Attempt four questions in all, including question number

1, which is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.

Draw diagrams wherever required.

(a) Define the following (any five) (1x5=S)
(i) Hyperparasite

(ii) Appressorium

P.T.O.


2

1179
(iii) Hypersensitive response (Hr)
(iv) Cenocentrum
(v) Epidemiology
(vi) Haustorium
(b) Match the following (any five) : (1x5=5)
(i) Bengal famine (a) SAR
(ii) Heteroecious life cycle (b) Zoospore
(iit) Salicylic acid (c) Phytophthora
infestans
(iv) Motile spore (d) Trichoderma
(v) Biocontrol fungus (e) Alternaria solani

(vi) Early blight of potato  (f) Puccinia graminis
f. sp. ¢ritic!

'C) Fill in the blanks - (i

- one due
() Enlargement of an organ oF tissue °

: ‘ . . - * . . 48 calles
an increase in size of its cells !
ey .
ing
Qi) _ sig the network of hypha

up the body of fungi.


1179 3

S
(ili) The interactions of the three comp

enn

of disease, i host and
isease, i.e. pathogen, alled the

are represented as a triangle ©

disease triangle.

(iv) A disease is classified as 22 ———

d
disease when it is constantly present an

confined to a particular region.

(v) Vein clearing of Bhindi is caused by

2. Differentiate between (any two) (7.5x2=15)
(a) Yellow and brown rust of wheat
(b) Downy and Powdery mildew
(c) Early blight and Late blight of Potato

(d) Pandemic, epidemic and sporadic diseas
es

3. Draw diagrams (any three)
| O*3=15)
(a) Life cycle of citrus canker

(b) Various structures formed by Predat
Or fu .
Ng)

(c) V.S. of barberry leaf showing ust ;
On


4

1179

(d) Events that takes place during penetrat;

1 TAtt 7
pathogen into the host On of g
Write short notes on (any three) (53-15

(a) Physical methods of disease contro]
(b) Contributions of Louis Pasteur

(c) Forecasting of Plant diseases

(d) Koch’s postulates

(a) What is Biological control? Discuss various terms

like- antibiosis, ISR and hyper-parasitism. (7.5)

(b) Briefly describe the role of plant quarantine in

control of diseases and its significance. (7.5)

. disease
Discuss about the causal organism, symptoms,

Cycle and control measures for Late blight o!
disease.

potato

(15)

(1000)


SS aa

?

[This
Is que oh apy ipigRey a printed pages:

Va peewee
NS s, Your Roll Now"
\ wt, » »

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5823 I
Unique Paper Code : 32161501

Name of the Paper : Reproductive Biology of

Angiosperms

Name of the Course - B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany
Semester / Mode : V (CBCS)

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Attempt five questions in all including Question

r 1 which is compulsory.

io)

Numbe

All parts of a question must be answered together,

4 All questions carry equal marks.

Ww well-labelled diagrams and write the botanical

5. Dra

ame wherever necessary.
n

P.T.O.


5823 9)

1. (a) State whether the following statements are true

or false. (1*5=5)

(i) Tapetum forms the outermost anther
wall layers that surround the sporogenous

tissue.

(ii) Monosporic embryo sac is 7 celled and 8

nucleate structure.

(111) Cheiropterophily is the pollination by

insects.

(iv) S.G Nawaschin discovered the double

fertilization.

(v) G.B. Amici has been given the credit

of revealing the role of pollen in

fertilization.


323 3

(b) Fill in the blanks : (1x5=9)

(i) Pollination that takes place with the help

of beetles is called

(ii) The explusion of seed, brought about by

the turgidity is called

(iii) Nutrient rich nucellar tissue that persists

in mature seed is called

(iv) ____ demonstrated the possibility of
raising large numbers of haploids from

pollen grains of Datura innoxia.

(v) The megasporangium together with

integuments is called


5SdLI a 2

(c) Match the following : xs
x =5)

Column A Column B

a. Aristolochia elegans i. Pseudocopulation

b. Quinchamalium ii. Five types of microspore
chilense tetrads

c. Plumbago ii. Finger like projections in
zeylanica egg cell

d. Ophrys speculum _ Ww. Synergid and antipodal

haustoria

e. Fritillaria y. Bambacioni effect

2 Write short note on any five of the following :

(3x5=15)

(i) Role of synergids in fertilization


5823 5

(ii) Importance of polyembryony

(iii) Helobial endosperm

(iv) Nemec phenomenon

(v) Obturator

(vi) Pollen Wall

3. Differentiate between (any three) (3x5=15)
(i) Egg cell and Synergids
(ii) 2-celled and 3-celled pollens

(iii) Gametophytic and Sporophytic © self-

incompatibility

(iv) Hyphydrophily and ephydrophily


0

5823

Briefly explain the following -

(a) Give the biological significance of seed disp
Spersal

phenomenon.
(5)

(b) Describe briefly apomixis and its significance

(5)

(c) List six types of embryogeny and explain the

embryo development in Paeonia. (5)

5. Answer the following :

(a) Write briefly on transformation of egg cell through
5)
pollen tube pathway method. -

5)
(b) Role of tapetum in pollen development. (

rercome >
(C) Describe any two methods to overs’

incompatibility in plants.


5823 "
6. (a) Describe in detail any two methods to test Pollen

viability. (5)

(b) Briefly explain any two types of Germline

transformation methods. (5)

(c) Comment on Male Germ Unit and its structure

with examples. (5)

7. Draw well labelled diagram of the following

(any two): (2x7.5=15)

(i) L.S. of anatropous, bitegmic, crassinucellate

ovule showing Polygonum type of embryo

sac.

(ii) T-S. young tetrasporangiate anther showing

sporogenous tissue.


5823

(ii) Describe the structure of matu
Te Poly
ype of embry “
' ryO Sac with the help of |
abeleg

diagram.

nnd)


ve "€y .

j 2 e
ja aoa hRyYt &
[This questibm paper coNtainss4 printed pages. | fz Ly
WS. 3 4 | ar
Se ce win’. Your Roll Now”
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5877 I
Unique Paper Code > 32161502
Name of the Paper : Plant Physiology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Botany
Semester : Vv
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt Five questions in all including Question 1
which is compulsory.

3. All questions carry equal marks.
4. Attempt all parts of the question together.

5. Illustrate your answers wherever possible.

1. (a) Define any five (Sx 1=5)
(i) Osmosis
(ii) Bioassay

(iii) Critical day length

P.T.O.


6877

(iv) Etiolation
(v) Senescence

(vi) Photomorphogenesis
(b) Fill in the blanks :

(i) Precursor of Hormone ethylene

1g

(i) The protein part of phytochrome is know,
as

(ii) Membrane channels which facilitate

transport of water are called

(iv) The hydrostatic pressure which develops
in a cell from time to time due to osmotic

diffusion of water is called __--_~__-..

(v) The water potential of pure water !s

(vi) Hormone that could replace th

vernalization

(C) Write the significant contribution of an) ee
the following : oh
(i) J. Levitt

(i) F.W. Went


5877 3
(i) Bennet-Clark
(iv) A. Fick
(v) Priestley
(vi) Garner and Allard
2. Differentiate between (Any five) (5~3=15)
(a) Guttation and Transpiration
(b) Simple and facilitated diffusion
(c) Phloem loading and unloading
(d) Micro and macro elements
(e) Apoplast and Symplast

(f) Hormones and enzymes

3. Write short notes on (any three) (3x5=15)
(a) Brassinosteroids
(b) Hydroponics
(c) Cohesion-tension theory
(d) Phytosiderophores

(e) Apical dominance

P.T.O.


5877 4

6,

rscuss the conce ann

(a) Disc cept and importance of water
potential. Describe different components of water

potential. (5)

(b) Write an explanatory note on discovery and

physiological roles phytochrome. (5)

(c) Describe the most widely accepted mechanism of
phloem translocation in angiosperms with the help

of suitable diagram. (5)

Attempt any two from the following : (7.5%2=15)

(a) What is photoperiodism? Discuss three general
categories of photoperiodic response with

reference to day length.
(b) Describe the physiological role of auxin in plants.

(c) Discuss essential nutrient elements, criteria of
essentiality and role of Nitrogen and Calcium tn

plants.

(a) Give an account of classification of enzymes.

(5)
(b) Elaborate the carrier concept of mineral uptake,
(5)
. .: . . . . a a ¢ “ae i y
(C) Give a brief account of factors affecting
(5)

transpiration.

(200)

ps K- SET :1

Unique Paper Code : 32161602

Name of the Paper : Plant Biotechnology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Botany

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for the Candidates
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following: {x “OY 5

i. Isoschizomers
ii. Totipotency

iii. Cybrids
iv. Expression vectors
v. Cosmid
(b) Expand the following: 5
i. 2,4-D
ii. pBR
iii, Taq
iv. pUC
v. PAGE
(c) Fill in the blanks (any five). 5
i. The technique used to amplify molecule of DNA is called -----------------
jj,  -----------is used to localize specific DNA sequences on chromosomes.
iii. | Shoot tip explants are used to recover --------- plants through tissue culture techniques.
iV. -woeeeennnnnn= -- is used to confirm the identity of criminals.
y. The insertion of gene for production of pigment -------- sourced from petunia, has been
used to produce Moondust carnations
Vi, -neeoeeennn----- are restriction enzymes that recognize and bind to the same nucleotide

sequence in DNA and cut at the same site.
2. Differentiate between (any three): 3x5=15
i. RAPD and RFLP
ii. Microinjection and electroporation
iii. | Haploid plantlets and triploids
iv. Primary and secondary metabolites
v. | Organogenesis and somatic embryogenesis


3. (a) Write a brief note on PCR mediated gene cloning 5
(b) Describe types of Restriction Endonucleases and their applications
(c) Discuss in brief the use of probes - oligonucleotide and heterologous in clone
identification. 5

4. (a)What are various components of nutrient medium used in plant tissue culture? Describe the
role of phytohormones/growth regulators for organogenesis? 8

(b) Write in detail about generation of a transgenic crop developed for the purpose of
biofortification. 7

5. Write short notes on (any three): 3x5=15
i.  Protoplast isolation
ii. Superbug
lii. | Glyphosate tolerant plants
iv. Southern Hybridization
v. Reporter genes

6. (a) What are synthetic seeds? Briefly explain their production and applications. 8

(b) Briefly describe any two methods of direct gene transfer in plants. 7

7. (a)Describe briefly the following terms 5x2=10
i. TiPlasmid

ii. cDNA library

iii. | Blue-White Screening

iv. Biosafety concerns regarding transgenic crops
v. Cryopreservation

(b) The following set of fragments were obtained in single and double digest reactions on a
plasmid, when treated with EcoRI and BamHI.

EcoRI : 6.5kb 7.5kb
BamHI : 5.0kb 9.0kb
Double digest (EcoRI + BamHI) : 2.0kb 3.0kb 3.5kb 5.5kb

Construct a restriction map of the plasmid using the given data. 5



xy fos.

ROWNO
SL. No, Of Q. paper : fia
Unique Paper Code 32167608
Name of the Paper : Bioinformatics
Name of the Course : B.Sc, (Hons.) Botany
Semester : VI
Duration: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 75

23structions for the Candidates:

Write your Toll no. on top immediately On receipt of this question paper.
Attempt five questions in al].

- Question No, j is compulsory,

All parts of the question must be answered together.

bo on

AN Gao

1. (2) Expand the following (any five): SX1=5
@ PMC
Gi) CDs
Gi) INSDc
(iv) EBT
(vy) NIG
vi) GTOP
(vii) QSAR
(b) Define the following (any Sive): 5X1=5
() Proteomics
(ii) SAKURA

{ili) Query Sequence

(iv) Promoter

{v) Microarray

(vi) Dendrogram

(vii) Expressed Sequerice Tags

sok aw!


(c) Write an example of each (any jive): SX1=5
(i) Microarray Database

Gi) Structure Database

(Gu) Literature Database

Gv) Metabolic Database

(v) Chemical Database

(vi) Disease Database

2. Write short notes on (any three) : 3X5=15
(vii) RasMol
(vili) NGS and WGS
(ix) DDBJ
(x) Drug Bank
{xi) PubMed
3. Differentiate between any three of the following 3XK5=15

(i) Needleman —Wunsch and Smith-Waterman algorithm
(ii) FASTA and BLAST

(iii) | Rooted aad Unrooted phylogenetic tree
(iv) Maximum parsimony and Maximum likelihood methods
(v) Primary and Secondary data bases
4. (a) What is the scope of Bioinformatics in functional genomics and crop improvement?
4+4=8
(b) What are Nucleotide databases? Discuss the main features and tools of NCBI.

1+6=7

5. (a) What are the different types of Protein databases? Discuss the main features of either PDB
or PIR. 2+6=8

(d). What do understand by sequence alignment? Differentiate between PAM and BLOSUM
2+5=7

matrices.
6. (a) Explain the Quantitative Structure-activity relationship (QSAR) techniques in drug

discovery. 4+4=8

(b) Write a note on the aim and scope of bioinformatics. Enlist and explain its branches. 3+4=7


[This question paper contains 2 printed pages. ]

ay
WV be
may WPS pe

Your Roll NoO......-++++++++
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5505 J
Unique Paper Code : 2162013601
; Name of the Paper : Plant Biotechnology
Name of the Course : Botany: DSC 16
Semester : VI
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

1.

Instructions for Candidates

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
Attempt any four questions in all. fi
Question number one is compulsory.

Attempt all parts of a question together.

Answer the following questions NG licaii, ey (15)
(a) Expand the following (any five) (1x5=5)
(i) GUS (ii) TALEN
(iii) NIPGR (iv) CRISPR
(v) pUC (vi) IAA
(b) Match the following (any five) : (1x5=5)

a) Gottlieb Haberlandt
b) Anand Mohan Chakrabarty

(i) Androgenesis
ii) Enzymatic method for protoplast isolation

(iii) Father of Plant Tissue Culture

(iv) Scorable marker

(v) Superbug

(vi) Selectable marker

d) Sipra Guha and S.C. Maheshwari
e) GFP gene
f) nptlT gene

(c) Define the following (any five) : (1x5=5)
(i) Explant (ii) Redifferentiation
(iii) Probe (iv) Alkaline Phosphatase
(v) Totipotency (vi) Protoplast

P.T.O.


5505 2

to

Differentiate between the following (any three) : (5*3=15)
(i) Direct gene transfer and Indirect gene transfer

(ii) Cloning vector and Expression vector

(iii) Blunt-end and Sticky-end restriction endonucleases

(iv) Somatic hybrid and Cybrids

(v) Selectable marker genes and Reporter genes.

Write short notes on the following (any three) : (5x3=15)
(i) Edible vaccines

(ii) Restriction endonucleases

(iii) Agrobacterium-mediated transformation

(iv) Somatic embryogenesis

(v) Biosafety of transgenic plants

Discuss in detail. (15)

(a) Give detailed account of the process involved in development of transgenic
Bt-cotton with the help of suitable diagram. Discuss its advantages and

limitations. (8)
(b) Enumerate the detailed process of protoplast isolation and culture, along
with its applications. (7)
Answer the following questions : (15)

(a) A researcher working with a gene obtained the following DNA fragment
sizes after digestion with the restriction enzymes EcoRI and HindllII:

¢ EcoRI: 8.5 kb, 5.0 kb, 3.0 kb
¢ HindIII: 9.5 kb, 6.0 kb, 1.0 kb
¢ EcoRI + HindIII (double digestion): 6.0 kb, 4.0 kb, 3.0 kb, 2.5 kb,

1.0 kb
Using the above data, construct a restriction map. (8)
(b) Draw well-labelled diagram of (any two) : (3.5x2=7)

(i) Biolistic gene gun
(ii) Androgenesis

(iii) YAC (1000)


[This question paper contains 2 printed pages. ] A i be /¢f. e }

Your Roll NoO..........00++
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5545 J
Unique Paper Code : 2162013602
Name of the Paper : Plant Biochemistry and Metabolism
Name of the Course : Botany
Semester > VI
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1.

2.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

Attempt four questions in all. Question Number 1 is compulsory. Answer all
parts of a question together.

(a) Fill in the blanks : (5x1=5 )

(i) Chemiosmotic theory for the synthesis of ATP was proposed by

(ii) The number of ATP produced when a molecule of acetyl-CoA is
completely oxidized is equal to

(iii) Enzyme that catalyzes the cleavage of isocitrate into glyoxylate and
succinate in glyoxylate metabolism is __

(iv) Emission of light of higher wavelength light by chlorophyll pigments
when exposed to blue light is called _,

(v) Glycolysis takes place in _____._of the plant cell.

(b) Expand the following : (5x1=5)
(i) FAD
(ii) LHC
(iii) GTP
(iv) RUBISCO
(v) ACP

PTO:


5545

(c)

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(c)

4. (a)

(b)

5. (a)

(b)

Define (Any five)
(i) Reaction centre
(ii) Alpha oxidation
(ii) Apoenzyme
(iv) Absorption Spectrum
(v) Michaelis Menten Constant
(vi) Fermentation

(vil) Saturated fatty acids

Differentiate between the following (Any five) :

Cyclic and non-cyclic photophosphorylation

Competitive and allosteric enzyme inhibition

Substrate level phosphorylation and oxidative phosphorylation
Nitrate reductase and nitrite reductase

Light reaction and dark reaction of photosynthesis

Synthesis of sucrose and starch

Write short notes on the following (Any three) :

Coupled reaction

Ammonia assimilation
Photorespiration

Emerson enhancement effect

Cyanide resistant respiration

(5x1=5)

(5x3=15)

(5x3=15)

Explain the carbon fixation process in C4 plants. How is it different from C3

plants?

Describe the Citric acid cycle (with the help of flowchart).

(8)
(7)

Explain oxidative pentose phosphate pathway through a schematic diagram.

Give its significance to plants.

(8)

Discuss the process of Beta-oxidation of fatty acids ina plant cell. (7)

(1000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ] (a5 2s —

Your Roll No................
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5565 J
Unique Paper Code : 2162013603
Name of the Paper : Advanced Tools and Analytical Techniques in Plant

Biology

Name of the Course : B. Sc. (Hons) Botany
Semester : VI SOONERS
Duration : 2 Hours e a Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
2. Attempt four questions in all.
3. Question No. | is compulsory.

4. All questions carry equal marks

1. (a) Write the role of (any five): (5)
(i) Bis-acrylamide in PAGE
(ii) Monochromator
(iii) Immersion oil

(iv) Electron gun

P.T.O.


5565 2

(v) Osmium tetraoxide
(vi) Primer
(b) True or false (any five): (5)

(i) Separation of molecules in paper chromatography is based on liquid-

liquid partitioning.
(ii) SEM require higher electric power (voltage) than TEM.

(iii) In isopycnic centrifugation the maximum density in the gradient exceeds

the density of the particles to be separated.
(iv) Western blotting is used for the separation and analysis of RNA.
(v) Both, Zaq and Pfu DNA polymerase are thermostable.

(vi) G-banding shows darker bands at G/C rich region of the chromosome.

(c) Match the following:

(5)
(i) Spectrophotometer (a) Tswett
(ii) Electron Microscope (b) Edwin
(iii) Chromatography (c) Knoll and Ruska
(iv) Ultracentrifugation (d) Beer and Lambert


nm
nm
a>
nN

hw

3
(v) Southern blotting (c) Svedberg
Discuss the following (any three): (3x5= 15)

(a) Selection of cuvette during Visible, UV and IR spectrophotometry.

(b) How and why temperature, pH and osmotic potential are regulated during

tissue homogenization?

(c) What is centrifugation force? Discuss the factors on which it depends.

(d) FISH Technique and its application.

Discuss the following (any three): (3x5= 15)
(a) Discuss the importance and limitations of freeze fracture technique.
(b) What is negative staining? Give an example.

(c) Selection of sucrose or caesium chloride as density gradient medium.

(d) Discuss the key steps involve in PCR Technique

(a) With the help of suitable diagram briefly discuss the principle, functioning

and applications of Column chromatography. (10)

(b) What are radioisotopes? Name any three radioisotope elements used in

biological research. Give an example for each. (5)

P.T.O.


§565 4

5. (a) What is DNA polymorphism? Briefly explain the techniques and applications
of RFLP, and AFLP. (10)

(b) Role of SDS and TEMED in PAGE. (5)

6. What are the differences between Southern, Northern, and Western blotting

techniques? Briefly describe their applications. (15)

(1000)



0/25 Th

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

Your Roll No...........0000
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 8047 J
Unique Paper Code : 2163010009
Name of the Paper : RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Name of the Course : Botany
Semester : VI {: |
Duration : 2 Hours e \! o Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates ee

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
2. Attempt any four questions in all.

3. Question No. | is compulsory.

4. All parts of a question should be answered together.

5. Draw graphics wherever required.

1. (a) Name the appropriate research tool/method (any five): (1x5 =

an

)
(a) A commonly used data analysis software/package.

(b) Statistical test for comparing means of two groups.

(c) An author-date format used for citations.

(d) A bibliographic database for science that retrieves author information.

P.T.O.


8047 2

(c) A plagiarism checking software/tool.
(f) A method of data collection.
(b) Fill in the blanks (any five): (1x5 = 5)

(a) The ________ section is where the author thanks individuals or

organizations that helped with the research.

(b) Any attempt/s where exclusive permission from the copyright owner is

not sought is referred to as
(c) A______ is an exclusive right granted for an invention.
(d) Identification of ________ is the first step in any research process.
(e) Data is often presented visually using ____s and

(f) The _______ strategy is used to choose a subset of population
under study for data collection.

(c) Define the following terms briefly (any five): (1x5 = 5)
(a) Plagiarism
(b) Citation
(c) Geographical Indication
(d) Validation

(e) Research Design

P.T.O.


8047 3

2. (a) Define research and discuss the different methods of data collection with

suitable examples. (10)

(b) Explain the Protection of Plant Varieties and Farmers’ Rights Act in India

with reference to intellectual property rights. (5)
3. Write short notes for any three (cite examples): (3x5 = 15)
(a) Data representation
(b) Literature review and its significance
(c) Biopiracy

(d) Importance of grants and fellowships in research

4. Differentiate between the given terms (any three): (3x5 = 15)
(a) Research Methods and Research Methodology
(b) Trademark and Copyright
(c) Research Paper and Review Paper

(d) Correlation and Regression

5. Discuss the key features of the IMRAD format of research paper explaining the
content of each section. (15)

6. Answer the following questions based on the following graphic:
(a) Write a paragraph explaining the graphic (200 words). (9)

(b) Interpret the data highlighting key findings. (6)


8047 4

SHARE OF GLOBAL FOREST PRODUCT EXPORTS, BY PRODUCT CATEGORY, 2022 °

PAPER
AND PAPER

USD 576 BILLION

wood
AND WOOD
PRODUCTS
32%
NON-WOOD FOREST PRODUCTS
5%
@ Natural rubber @ Bamboo
Honey ®@ Cork
@ Forest nuts © Gums and resins

Wi Forest mushrooms @ Rattan
@ Tannings extracts

16%

NOTE: Wood = unprocessed wood (roundwood, also called “wood in the rough”; it includes logs, pulpwood, other industrial roundwood and woodtuel):

wood products = all transformed/processed products except furniture (charcoal, chips, pellets and briquettes, sawnwood, panels and further processed
wood products such as prefabricated wooden houses, doors and window frames). Wooden furniture is also a wood product but is shown here asa
separate category.
SOURCES: FAO. 2023. FAOSTAT: Forestry Production and Trade. (Accessed on 29 December 2023). https://www tao.org faostaten. tdata FO,
Licence: CC-BY-4.0.;

anc UN Comtrade. 2023. United Nations Commodity Trade Statistics Database. (Accessed on 29 December 2023).

nttps “comtradeplus un oR

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages l9673 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1544 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
5. 
Your Roll 
2162011 101 
: I 
: Plant Diversity and Evolution 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
answer. 
No2.024 
Maximum Marks : 60 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
G 
Attempt four questions in all, including Question No. 
1 which is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
All parts of question must be answered together. 
Draw diagrams wherever required in support of your 
ANDHT 
LIBRARY 
P.T.0. 


1544 
1. 
(a) Define the following terms (any five): (1x5=5) 
(i) Prophage 
(ii) Pyrenoid 
(ii) Dolipore septum 
(iv) False indusium 
(v) Apophysis 
(vi) Inflorescence 
(b) Fill in the blanks (any five) : 
2 
(i) The theory of natural selection was proposed 
by 
(ii) Bryophytes are known as 
kingdom. 
(vi) 
developed 
(i11) Pteridophytes are cryptogams with well 
(iv) Ephedra is the source of 
system. 
for the treatment of asthma. 
(v) Colony of Volvox is known as 
(1x5=5) 
fungal cell wall. 
of plant 
used 
is the main constituent of the 


1544 
(c) Give an example (scientific name) (any five): 
(i) Bread Mould 
3 
(ii) ss-RNA virus causing disease in plant 
(ii) Gymnosperm with vessels in secondary wood 
(iv) Maiden hair fern or Walking fern 
(v) Cord Moss 
(vi) Marine brown algae with pneumatocysts 
2. 
Differentiate between the following (any three) : 
(a) Eubacteria and Archaebacteria 
(b) Bryophytes and Pteridophytes 
(c) Chlorophyceae and Phaeophyceae 
(1x5=5) 
(d) Zygomycota and Basidiomycota 
(any three) : 
3. 
Draw the well-labelled diagram for the following 
(a) Structure of bacteriophage 
(5x3=15) 
(5x3=15) 
(b) VS passing through gills of 4garicus sp. 
P.T.0. 


1544 
4. 
5. 
4 
(c) VS of sporophyll-Adiantum sp. 
(d) Stages in sexual reproduction (conjugation) in 
Spirogyra sp. 
Answer the following (Attempt any three) : 
(5×3=15) 
(a) What is heterospory? Discuss the evolution of seed 
habit in Selaginella. 
(b) What are Myxomycetes? Discuss its affinities with 
Fungi. 
(c) Discuss the various systems of classification in 
angiosperms. 
(d) Discuss the various means of reproduction in 
Marchan tia. 
Write short notes any three : 
(a) Transforrhation in Bacteria 
(b) Types of Lichens 
(c) Lytic cycle iD bacteriophage 
(d) Male ánd Female Strobilus of Gnetum 
(5x3=15) 
(1000) 


(This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1582 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
4 
: 2162011102 
(a) Define (any five) 
Your Roll No.2024 
: 
Cell Biology: Organelles and 
Biomolecules 
: B.Sc. (Hons) Botany 
: I 
(ii) Actin 
3. Attempt four questions in all. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
(i) Heterochromatin 
(iii) Hydrogen bond 
Maximum Marks : 60 
G 
LISRARY 
ke. New 
Delhl 
(1x5=5) 
P.T.0. 


1582 
(iv) Essential fatty acids 
(v) Disaccharide 
(vi) Nuclear lamina 
(b) Match the following enzy mes with the cell 
organelle in which they are localized. 
() RUBISCO 
(ii) Acid Phosphatase 
(ii) Succinic dehydrogenase 
2 
(iv) DNA polymerase 
(v) Cytochrome b, oxidase 
(i) SnRNA 
(ii) NOR 
(iii) mRNA 
(iv) NADH 
(v) ATP 
(c) Expand the following (any five) 
(vi) ORF 
(a) Mitochondria 
(b) ER 
(1x5=5) 
(c) Nucleus 
(d) Chloroplast 
(e) Lysosome 
(1x5=5) 


1582 
2. 
3. 
Write short notes on (any three) : 
3 
(i) Nucleosome model 
(ii) Cytoskeletal elements 
(ii) Cell cycle and its regulation 
(iv) Double helical structure of DNA 
Differentiate between (any five) : 
(i) SER and RER 
(ii) Cell wall and Cell membrane 
(111) Lysosome and Peroxisome 
(iv) Nucleoside and Nucleotide 
(v) Saturated and Unsaturated fatty acids 
(vi) Endocytosis and Exocytosis 
three) : 
(513-15) 
4. 
Draw well labelled diagrams of the following (any 
(a) Ultrastructure of Mitochondria 
(3×5=15) 
(5x3=15) 
P.T.0. 


1582 
4 
6. 
(b) Nuclear Pore Complex 
(c) Fluid Mosaic model of cell membrane 
(d) Ultrastructure of Chloroplast 
5. 
(a) Discuss in detail the structure and role of ATP as 
(7) 
energy currency of the cell. 
(b) Discuss the role of Golgi apparatus in processing, 
packaging and sorting of proteins. 
(8) 
(a) What are different types of chemical bonds? 
Discuss about their significance in biology. 
(7) 
(b) Discuss different stages of cell division in a 
gametic eukaryotic cell. 
(8) 
(1000) 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]o 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Papcr 
No. of Question Paper: 1620 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 2 Hours 
3. 
: 216201|103 
Your Roll No.2024 
Instructions for 
Candidates 
5. 
:I 
Basic Laboratory and Field 
Skills in Plant Biology 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
of this question paper. 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
2. 
Attempt four questions in all. 
G 
Maximum Marks : 60 
All questions carry equal marks. 
4. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
ANDHD 
LJSRARY 
New Qelhi-1 
All parts of a question must be answered together. 
GE
P.T.0. 


1620 
1. 
(a) Expand the following (any five) : 
()) HPLC 
(ii) BLAST 
(ii) BOD 
(iv) HEPA 
(v) EDTA 
(vi) TEM 
(b) Define the following (any five) : 
i) Catalogue. 
(ii) Mordant 
2 
(iii) Central tendency 
(iv) Buffer 
(v) Serial dilution 
(vi) Microtome 
(c) Fil in the blanks (any five) : 
() 
(541-5) 
(5x1=5) 
molecules. 
(5x]=5) 
nm is the wavelength range of 
a visible range spectrophotometer. 
(ii) SDS-PAGE is used for the 
separation of 


20 
3 
(iii) An electric device used to measure 
hydrogen-ion activity (acidity or alkalinity) 
in solution is called 
(iv) The chemical molecules that have the 
ability to absorb light of a certain 
wavelength and then re-emit light at a 
longer wavelength is called 
(v) YEB media is used for culturing 
(vi) 1 ml solution is equal to 
microliters. 
Differentiate between the following (any five) : 
(1) Fluorescence 
microscope 
microscope 
(iii) 
MS Excel and MS PowerPoint 
(1) Primary data and Secondary data collection 
(iv) Molarity and Normality 
and 
Electron 
(5×3=15) 
(V) Samnple mean vs population mean 
(vi) Pour plate vs spread plate method 
P.T.0. 


1620 
3 
4. 
5. 
S. No. 
Write short notes on the tollowing (any three) 
() Agarose Gel Electrophoresis 
(iii)) Autoclave 
(ii) Laboratory safety symbols 
(iv) 
Replica plating 
Length 
(em) 
(a) Define resolution. Describe different factors that 
influence the resolution and resolving power of a 
microscope. 
(b) What is a biological database? Explain different 
types of databases with examples. 
(7) 
20 
(a) The length in cm of 10 Vernonia plants is given 
below. Calculate the standard deviation, standard 
error and coefficient of variation. 
2 
3 
Year 
Production of 
wheat (Tons) 
22 
2016 
4 
27 
320 
2017 
4 
360 
30 
(b) Draw a bar diagram of the given data : 
2018 
440 
31 
32 
2019 
7 
880 
35 
2020 
40 
680 
þxs-5) 
2021 
850 
(8) 
45 
(10) 
10 
48 
(5) 
2022 
550 
(1000) 


This question paper contains 4 printed 
Sr. No. of 
Question Paper: 3581 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
5. 
1. 
of this question paper. 
: 32165102 
Botany 
: I 
Your Roll No.202 
Plant Anatomy and Embryology 
Attempt any five questions 
no. 1 which is compulsory. 
so93 
mainly 
pages. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
All questions carry equal 
marks. 
G 
Maximum Marks : 75 
allyfcluding Questo 
LISRARY 
(a) Fill in the blanks (any eight) : 
All parts of a question must be atted sogeher. 
Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary. 
(8x1=8) 
(i) The plane of cell division in the tunica is 
(1) Nymphaea petiole shows the presence of 
type of sclereids. 
P.T.0. 


3581 
(ii) 
Waxy layer above the epidermis is known 
as 
(iv) Scattered closed vascular bundles are found 
(vi) 
2 
in 
(v) The contents of the pollen tube are 
cell of the embryo 
discharged in 
sac. 
is a fleshy outgrowth of 
integument at the micropylar region of the 
seed which helps in dispersal and gemination. 
(vii) The exine is chiefly made up of. 
(viii) True ovules are absent in family 
(ix) eaves of C, plants are characterized by 
the presence of 
(b) Give one-word answer (any seven) : 
(7x1=7) 
(i) A carbohydrate composed of B-1,4-linke 
glucan. 
(ii) A 1eaf where stomata are present on both 
abaxial and adaxial surfaces. 
(ii) Vascular bundle with phloem on either side 
of the xylem. 


3581 
2. 
3. 
(iv) Pollen tube entry into ovule through 
micropyle. 
(V) Development of zygote from egg without 
syngamy. 
(vi) 
A mechanical tissue rich in lignin. 
3 
(vii) Pollen grains in the family Cyperaceae. 
(vi) A mechanism to promote cross pollination. 
Differentiate between (any five): 
(a) Synergid and egg cel1 
(b) Parenchyma and collenchyma 
(c) Monocot and dicot root 
(d) Amoeboid tapetum and secretory tapetum 
(e) Ray initials and fusiform initials 
(f) Heartwood and sapwood 
Write short note on (any three) : 
(a) Dendrochronology 
(b) Male germ unit 
(c) Entomophily 
(5x3=15) 
(d) Types of ovules in angiosperms 
(3x$=15) 
P.T.0.

|This question paper contains 2 printed pages.] 
Name of the Paper 
Sr. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
1 
3 
Instructions for Candidates 
6 
Duration: 3 Hours 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all. 
5. 
4 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
1. (a) Fill in the bianks (any five): 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
(i) Pseudomycelium is formed by 
All parts of a question must be answered together. 
(i) A fungus used for flavouring cheese is 
Draw 
well labelled diagrams wherever necessary. 
(iv) 
4539 
(b) Define the following (any five): 
32161201 
(iüi) Loose Smut of wheat disease is caused by 
(i) Sclerotia 
(ii) Hypertrophy 
Mycology nd PhytopalowE 
B.Se. (Hons.) BOTANY 
(ii) Fairy rings 
(iv) Haustoria 
Your Roll 
is an edible mushroom. 
(v) A propagule containing fungal mycelium loosely interwoven with algal cells is...... 
(vi) In Basidiomycota, the septal pore complex is known as 
(vii) An example of mycotoxin producing fungus is. 
No2023. 
LIBRARY 
Maximum Marks:75 
5 x1=5 
5x1=5 
P.T.0. 


4539 
(v) Anamorph 
(vi) Appressorium 
(vi) Capillitium 
c) Match the following: 
ColumnA 
() Red bread mold 
(i) Zygospore 
(ii) Phaneroplasmodium 
(iv) Muriform conidia 
(v) Bioluminescent fungus 
2. Write short notes on any three of the following: 
i) Sexual reproduction in Rhizopus 
(i) Mushroom cultivation 
(i) Germination of sporangia in Phytophthora 
(iv) Economic importance of Lichens 
3. Differentiate between any five of the following: 
(i) Biotrophs and Necrotrophs 
(i) Cleistothecium and Perithecium 
2 
(iü) Early Blight and Late Blight of Potato 
(v) Uses of fungi in the fermentation of food and enzyme production 
(iv) Loose Smut and Covered Smut 
(v) Ectomycorrhiza and Endomycorrhiza 
(vi) Foliose and Fruticose Lichens 
(vii) Oospore and Zygospore 
Column B 
(ii) V. S. of Agaricus gill 
Physaruin 
Alternaria 
Mycena lux- coeli 
Neurospora 
Rhizopus 
4. Draw a well labelled diagram of any three of the following: 
() E. M. of Saccharomyces cell 
(iiü) T. S. leaf showing an asexual stage in Albugo 
(iv) V. S. of Peziza apothecium 
5. (a) Briefly explain asexual mode of reproduction in Penicilliun. 
(b) Explain different types of fruiting bodies present in Myxomycetes. 
(c) Explain why Neurospora is considered as Drosophilaof the plant kingdom. 
6. (a) Discuss the development of ascus in Ascomycota. 
(b) Explain the various stages of Puccinia graminis tritici on the secondary host. 
(c) Discuss the role of fungi in the biological control of nematodes and insects. 
5x1=5 
3 x5=15 
(c) Discuss the importance of plant quarantine in relation to fungal contanination. 
5x3= 15 
3x5=15 
5 
7. (a) Write the causal organism, symptoms and control measures of Citrus canker disease. 5 
(b) Describe the geographic distribution of plant discases with example. 
5 
5 
(200) 


(fhis question paper contains 2 printed papes. 
. No. of Question Paper 
jnique Paper Code 
Name of the Pa)er 
Name of the Couse 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Instructions for Candidates 
This question paper has 7 questions. 
3.Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
4. Attempi 3 questions in all. 
3. All questions carry equal marks. 
1. W 
rite your Roli No. on the top of Qucstion Paper immediately. 
6. Answer all parts of a question together. 
Q1. (a) Define the following terms (Any ten) 
i. 
1i. 
7. ilustrate you answers with suitable diagram wherever necessary. 
1. 
ii. 
iv. 
V. 
vi. 
Vji. 
Vili. 
iX. 
X. 
Xi. 
xii. 
CoenoSorus 
Transfusion tissues 
Stomium 
Pseudoelaters 
Carinal canal 
Sulphur shower 
Haplostele 
Synangium 
Protonema 
Manoxylic wood 
Sporophyte 
Leaf traces 
(b) Fill in the blanks: (Any five) 
4659 
gymnosperms. 
32161202 
Archcgoniatac 
The basal part of ligule is called.. 
Botany 
LIBRARY 
Your Roll 
type of pollination is observed in 
(10x1=10) 
Maximum Marks:75 
No.2.023 
(5x1=5) 


4659 
0. 
iv. 
V. 
vi. 
VÙ. 
Presence of claterophores is tlhe characteristic feature of .... 
Riccia bclongs to class 
.. 
of Bryophyta. 
.is thc pteridophyte comonly known as " lorsc Tail" 
....... in ylary clcmCnts. 
In bryophyes rosette habit is charcieristie of 
Gymnosperms lack 
a. V.S. A farchania thallus 
Q2. Drav well labcled diagrams of' the following (Any thrce) 
b.TS. Equisetum stem - internode 
c.TS. Ccas coralloid root 
d. L.S. Male cone of Pinus 
Q3. Write short notes on the following (Any three) 
a. Adaptations to land habit in bryophytes 
b. Dehiscence of sporangium in Pteris 
c. Gametophyte of Porella 
d. Polyembryony in Pinus 
2 
e. Sporophyte of Anthoceros 
Q4. Differentiate between the following (Any three) 
2. Sporophyte of Marchantia and Funaria 
b. Spore bearing structure of Psilotum and Equisetum 
c. Bryophytes and Peridophytes 
d. Apogamy and Apospory 
.. 
05. a. Describe in detail about the stelar evolution 
(3x5=15) 
06. a. Discuss heterospory and seed habil in pteridophytes. 
(3x5=15) 
(3x5=15) 
b. Mention the ecological and economical significance of Sphagnum 
c. Discuss about the early Vascular land plants Cooksonia and Rhynia 
(5) 
(5) 
(5) 
(7) 
b. Describe spore bearing structure of Selaginella with suitable diagram. (8) 
Q7. a. Discuss the concept of double fertilization in some gymnosperms. Mention 
the similarities of Gnetum with angiosperms and gymnosperms. 
b. Elucidate the economical importance of gymnosperms. 
(10) 
(5)

[This question paper conta:
paper contains 4 printed pages. ] 203% —
Your Roll No.dL2Y
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1525 G
Unique Paper Code > 216201230]

Name of the Paper Phycology - The World of

Algae
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany
semester : Il
Duration : 2 Hours | Maximum Marks : 60

(Instructions for Candidates

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt four Questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Draw well labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. (a) Provide a suitable example (genus) of the following
(1x5=5)

(any five):
(i) Spermocarp
(ii) Watermelon algae

(iii) Red tides



5 2

(iv) Endophytic algae

(vy) Wanderplasm

(vi) Cup-shaped chloroplast

(vii) Hormogonia

(b) Fill in the blanks (any five) : (1x5=5)

(i) Bioremediation of soil using Blue Green

algae was studied by

(ii) sis an example of prokaryotic

algae.

(iii) Algal division which do not have any motile

stages in their life cycle are ______ and
(iv) Multinucleate and multiflagellate zoospores
are ‘called
(v) The term algae was coined by ————-

(vi) The reserve food material of red algae 1s

> (wii) Having erect and prostrate system in thallus

organization is known aS ————"'


1525 3

(c) Match the following : (1x5=5)
(1) Sea lettuce (a) Diatoms
(ii) Rolling alga (b) Sargassum
(iii) Laminarin (c) Ulva

(iv) Diatomaceous earth (d) Dunaliella

(v) Halophilic alga (e) Volvox

2. Differentiate between (any three) : (5x3=15)
(i) Carposporophyte and tetrasporophyte
(ii) Cyanophyceae and Chlorophyceae

(iii) Unilocular and plurilocular sporangia of |

Ectocarpus .
(iv) Zoospore and Aplanospore

(v) Nucule and Globule

3. Draw a well labelled diagram of any three of the
following : | (5x3=15)

(i)) E.M. of Chlamydomonas / Chlorella

(ii) V.S Receptacle of Sargassum showing bisexual
' conceptacles

(iii): Single trichome of Nostoc
: P.T.O.


1525 4

(iv) Pennate diatom

(v) Thallus showing sex organs of Vaucheria

4. Write short notes of the following (any three) :
(5*3=15)

() Asexual reproduction in Volvox
(ii) Criteria of classification by Fritsch
(iii) Evolutionary significance of Prochloron
(iv) Chlamydomonas as model system
(v) Significant contributions of R.N. Singh and

M.O.P. Iyengar

5. (a) What are phycocolloids. Give their economic

importance with suitable examples. (7)

(b) Explain the cell division in Oedogonium. Give an
account of the special features and sexual
reproduction in Oedogonium. (8)

(or)

Define ocean acidification. Discuss ecological
importance of algae. (8)

(1000)


This question paper contains 4 printed pages. | 2:

Your Roll No.drl eed

G

[

cr. No. of Question Paper: 1563
unique Paper Code 2162012302

Bryophytes, Pteridophytes

and Gymnosperms

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany
Semester : Ill
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt any Four questions in all.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

4, Question No. 1 is compulsory.
Draw diagrams and write botanical names wherever
Necessary,

6,

All
Parts of a question must be answered together.


1563 9)

1. (a) Fill in the blanks (any five) :
(i) The water conducting Cells

fo
bryophytes are called und in

(ii) Catapult type of spore dispersal mechanism

is seen in

(iii) Apogeotropic and dichotomously branched
roots of Cycas are called

(iv) In Marchantia, the protective Covering

surrounding a group of archegonia is

(v) Gnetum has —_____ type of female
gametophyte.

(vi) The fossil of Rhynia was discovered by

(b) Match the following (any five): | (5x1=5)
wy Sago palm (a) Anthoceros
(ii) ‘Coenosorus (b) Pinus
(ili) Pseudoelaters (c) Cycas
(iv) Resurrection plant (d) Selaginella
(v) Sulphur shower (e) Marchantia

(vi) Appendiculate scale (f) Pteris


1563 3

(c) Give the botanical name of the following (any
five) : (5x 1=5)
(i) Chilgoza pine
(ii) Incipient heterospory
(iii) Fossil pteridophyte
(iv) A gymnosperm without archegonium
(v) An aquatic bryophyte
(vi) Bryophyte with pyrenoid

2. Draw well labelled diagrams (any three): (3x5=15)
(a) L.S. ovule of Cycas
(b) L.S. capsule of Funaria
(c) V.S. Marchantia thallus passing through gemma
cup
(d) T.S. intemode of Equisetum

(e) L.S. female cone Pinus

(f) L.S. strobilus of Selaginella

3. Differentiate between the following (any three) :
(3x5=15)

(a) Leptosporangiate and Eusporangiate sporangial
development

(b) Antheridiophore and Archegoniophore of

Marchantia
P.T.O.


1563 4
(c) Male and Female plants of Cycas
(d) Apospory and Apogamy
(e) Elaters of Equisetum and Marchantia

(f) Sporophyte of Anthoceros and Funaria

4. Write short notes on (any three): (3x5=15)

(a) Hydrophytic and xerophytic characteristics of

Equisetum
(b) Heterospory and seed habit
(c) Cycas is a living fossil
(d) Affinities of Gnetum |
(e) Morphological nature of rhizophore

(f) Sporophyte of Anthoceros

(a) With the help of suitable diagrams, describe the
different types of steles in pteridophytes. (8)

(b) Discuss the significance of Physcomitrella or
Ceratopteris as a model system. (7)

(a) Explain progressive sterilization of sporogenous
tissue in the sporophyte of genera studied by you:

(8)

(b) Write the economic importance of Pteridophytes.

(7)
(1000)


|
|

|

[This question Paper contains 8 printed pages] 202 >

2D) Your Roll No. 2024

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1601 G

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 2 Hours

2162012303

Genetics and Plant Breeding
B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany (NEP)
III

Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates
—eerions tor Candidates

of this question paper.
2. Attempt four questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

together.

All parts of a question should be answered

P.T.O.


1601 2

1. (a) Define (any five) : (5x1=5)
(i) Frameshift mutation
(ii) Pleiotropy
(iii) Trisomy
(iv) Test cross
(v) Heterosis
(vi) Epistasis
(b) Give the important contribution of (any five) :
(5x1=5)
(i) Carl Correns
(ii) H. J. Muller
(iii) A. Strutevant

(iv) G.H. Hardy and W. Weinberg


1601 3

(v) W. Bateson and R. Punnett
(vi) H. Nilsson-Ehle
(c) Answer the following in one word (any five)
(5x1=5)

(i) Number of Barr bodies in a female with

chromosomes 44 + XO

(ii) Number of gametes formed in the cross

AABbCc x aabbCc

(iii) When a purine is replaced by another purine

in DNA

(iv) Number of linkage groups present in

Drosophila
(v) Name a manmade cereal crop

(vi) The movement of genetic material from one

region to another within the genome

P.T.O.


1601 4

2. Differentiate between (any five)
(a) Pure line selection and MASS selectioy,
(b) Maternal inheritance and maternal] effect
(c) Allopatric and Sympatric speciation
(d) Sex-linked and sex-limited characters
(e) Missense and nonsense mutation
(f) Codominance and incomplete dominance

3. Write short notes on any three of the following:

(3x5=15)

(a) Lethal alleles
(b) Chemical mutagens
(c) Introduction of plant species

(d) Sex determination in humans


(601 )

(ec) CIB method for detection of mutation in

Drosophila.

(a) What is polygenic inheritance? Explain with the
help of a cross using suitable example. Write any
three characteristic features of this mode of

inheritance. (7)

(b) Explain the origin of amphidiploid Gossypium
hirsutum (New world cotton) and hexaploid wheat
from their progenitors with the help of suitable

crosses. (4+4=8)

A mutant stock of Drosophila homozygous for three
sex linked genes -sc(scute), ec(echinus) and
cv(crossveinless) was crossed to a wild type. A
female F, heterozygous for all the three genes when
test crossed with a homozygous recessive parent, gave

the following result:

P.T.O.


1601

Phenotypic class No. of progeny

(1) Which classes represent the parental types, single

(ii)

cross overs and double cross overs. (3)

. . . . > “1es
Determine the recombination frequent

i , . ¢ ma
between each pair of genes, their order and map

on the

(6)

the distance between the genes

chromosome.


1601 7

(iii) Define coefficient of coincidence and
interference. Calculate the value of coefficient

of coincidence for the given data. (6)

(a) Compare and contrast paracentric inversion with

pericentric inversion with the help of suitable

diagrams. (7)

(b) A man with type O blood marries a woman with
type AB blood. What proportion of their children
would you expect to have blood types same as
either of their parents? What are the possible blood
types of the children? Explain with the help of

Cross. (5)

(c) What is the expected sex of Drosophila with the

following chromosome arrangements? (3)
(i) 4X4A

P.T.O.


1601 8

(ii) 2X3A

(iii) 1X3A

(1000)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

(2) Your Roll no. 2-O24,

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1665 G
Unique Paper Code : 2163012002
Name of the Paper - Biostatistics and Bioinformatics

for Plant Sciences

Name of the Course - B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany (DSE)
Semester : Il
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates ‘x
(7 @
uy - ABY m
1. Write your Roll No. on thé QoLitamediate y @qy receipt
of this question paper. a

2. Attempt Section A and Sec tei®@%~on separate
sheets.

3. Question no. 1 of both the sections is compulsory.

4. Attempt any three questions from Part A and three
questions from Part B including Q. No. 1 of both the
sections.

5. Attempt all parts of a question together.

P.T.O.


1665 )

1.

Section A

(a) Define the following (any five) -

(1) Metabolomics

(11) Composite database
(111) Paralogous sequence
(iv) Bioinformatics

(v) Alignment

(vi) Monophyletic clade
(b) Give an example of each of the follow!
five) :

abase
(i) Nucleotide sequence data

(S*]x5,

(any

\


1665 3

(ii) Chemical database
(iii) Literature database
(iv) Alignment tool

(v) Protein database

(vi) File format

2. Differentiate between the following (any four) :

(2.5x4=10)
(a) Primary and Secondary database
(b) Genomics and Proteomics
(c) NCBI and PDB

(d) Pairwise sequence and Multiple sequence

alignment

P.T.O.


1665 4

(ec) Maximum likelihood and Maximum p

method
3. Write short notes on (any two): (5S
x2=1f)
(a) PlantPepDB

(b) Applications of bioinformatics in drug discover,

(c) Concepts of gaps and penalty in alignment

4. (a) Elaborate on various types of stancav

BLAST.

2 a ¥
ogels

(b) Draw and label the various parts of a phyt

er,
|

, ey ols
tree. What do each of these parts s!>

Comment.


1665 5
Section B
1. (a) Define the following (any five) : (5x1=5)
(i) Inferential statistics
(ii) Skewness
(iii) Alternate hypothesis
(iv) Secondary data
(v) Dispersion

(vi) Mean deviation

(b) Fill in the blanks (any five) : (5x 1=5)

(i) The formula for coefficient of variation is

P.T.O.


1665

(ii) In

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

6

————. sampling, the Population ;,
divided into subgroups, and then Samp]
‘ es

are randomly selected from each Subgroup

In the process of data analysis
9 —
involves organizing data into tables to make

it understandable and informative for the

audience.

The _____ is the simplest measure of
dispersion and is calculated as the
difference between the highest and lowest

values in a dataset.

correlation is a relationship betwee

yosile
two variables that move 11 Opk

directions.


1665 7

(vi)

IS a measure of the tailedness of

a distribution.

2. Differentiate between the following (any two):

(5x2=10)
(a) Student’s t test and chi-square test
(b) Karl Pearson method and Spearman Rank method

(c) Descriptive and inferential statistics

3. Write short note on (any two): (5x2=10)

(a) Limitations and applications of biostatistics

(b) Presentation of data

(c) Quartile deviation—merits and demerits

P.T.O.


1665 8
4. (a) Discuss various similarities and dissimilarit;
“* les

between correlation and regression. (4
)

(b) Calculate standard deviation & standard error from

the given dataset : (6
)

74000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

(33 Your Roll No.2Q24

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4341 G
Unique Paper Code > 32161301

Name of the Paper : Anatomy of Angiosperms
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany
Semester > Til

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Question No. 1 is compulsory and attempt five
questions in all.

3. Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever required and

answer all parts of question.

1. (a) Define the following (Any five):
(i) Adcrustation
(ii) Dermatogen

(iii) Aleurone grains



4341 2
(iv) Reaction wood
(v) Styloids

(vi) Errera’s rule

(b) Match the following : (S*1=5)
1) Salt gland a) Intrafascicular cambiur,
2) Carnuaba wax b) Atriplex
3) Included phloem c) Cucurbitaceae

4) Bicollateral vascular d) Salvadora persica

bundles
5) Procambium e) Copernicia nucifera
(c) Fill in the blanks : (5x1=5)

(i) Vascular bundles localized in the pith region

are called

(ii) Epidermal cell giving rise to rool hair !s

known as

(iii) Inulin is an example of ———— °

2. sJucal.
ig an unbranched B—-1, 3-8

(iv)

-a jeal
(v) Time interval between succe

primordia is called ———


4341 3
2 Write short notes on: (Any three) (3~5=15)

(i) Applications of Plant Anatomy in

Pharmacognosy
(ii) Parenchyma
(iii) Hydathodes

(iv) Periderm

3. Differentiate between: (Any five) (5x3=15)
(i) Storied and non-storied cambium
(ii) Simple and bordered pits
(iii) Dicot and monocot root
(iv) Tunica Corpus and Korper-Kappe theory
(v) Ring porous and diffuse porous wood

(vi) Sclereids and fibres

4. Draw well labelled diagrams of (Any three):
(3x5=15)
(i) V.S. Zea mays leat

(ii) T.S of Ficus leaf showing lithocyst

P.T.O,


4341 4

(iii) V.S. Shoot apical meristem

(iv) T.S Hydrilla stem

5. (a) What do you understand by the seasonal activity
of cambium? Explain with the help of a well-

labelled diagrams. (8)

(b) Explain with examples various types of vascular

bundles in plants. (7)

6. (a) Describe epidermal tissue system with special
reference to various types trichomes in plants.

(8)

(b) Phloem wedges are formed as a result of
anomalous secondary growth. Discuss the
statement with the help of well labelled diagram.

(7)

(a) Along with suitable examples, describe the

anatomical adaptations shown by xerophytes.
(8)

(b) Describe the structure and function of tracheary

elements with the help of suitable diagrams.
(7)

(1000)


aie

i i a ame

| This questio ‘ : ®) p) ——
‘ : n paper Contains 4 pri p S p ee ~
en € if ~ /,

(34) Your Roll No. Z-O2-4

St. No. of Question Paper : 4395 G
Unique Paper Code > 32161302

Name otf the Paper : Economic Botany (LOCF)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Botany
Semester : Ti

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

bo

Attempt any five questions.

All questions carry equal marks.

~ Wo

Question no. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Expand any five of the following: (5x1=5)
(i) CIMAP
(ii) NBPGR
(iii) IRRI
(iv) ICRISAT
(v) CDRI
(vi) SBI
(vii) CPRI

P.T.O.

= wo nT ff.


2.

4395 2

(b) Fill in the blanks (any five) : (5x1. 5)

(i) A major plant source used as a substitute

of coffee 1s

(ii) Hashish and Charas are obtained from

(iii) Paper used in cigarette wrapping is obtained

from
(iv) is an example of bast fibre.

(v) A drug plant used as myocardial stimulant

is
(vi) Fruit mature underground in

(vil) Practice of ratooning is used for

propagating
(c) Match the following : (5x1=5)
(1) Cocos 1. Parboiling
(ii) Gossypium 2. Tapping
(ili) Oryza 3. Kalpavriksha
(iv) Hevea 4. Stimulant
(v) Camellia 5. Ginning

Differentiate between any five of the following:
(5x3=15)


4395

(1) Charas and Cianja
(11) Flue Curing and Air Curing
(in) Animal Fibre and Plant Pibre

(iv) Indica and Japonica Rice

(v) White Jute and Tossa Jute

(vi) Drying and Non-drying Oils

3. Draw well-labelled diagrams of the followings (any
three) : (3+5 15)
(i) T.S of Fennel fruit
(ii) T.S. of Hesperidium
(iii) L.S. of Wheat Caryopsis
(iv) L.S. of Coconut fruit

(v) Portion of sugarcane stem

4. (a) Give a detailed account of processing and uses of
coffee. (5)

(b) Write brief note on economic importance ot

Legumes. (>)

(c) Discuss health hazards and uses of Tobacco.

(3)

(a) What is nobilisation? Explain the phenomenon
highlighting its genetic explanation. (5)
P.T.O.

i am Tn ee | : | memes;


4395 4

(b) Discuss the various methods of extraction of
essential oils. (5)

(c) What is alternate bearing in mango? Give probable
reasons and remedies for this. (5)

6. (a) How are millets different from cereals? List major
millets and their economic importance.

OR
Discuss the origin of Hexaploid Wheat. (5)
(b) What do you understand by centre of origin of
crop plants? Discuss in light of Vavilov’s

concept and list major centres given by him with
examples. (5)

(c) Give a brief account of tapping and uses of
rubber. (5)

(a) Mention the scientific name, chief chemical
constituents and uses of the following :

(i) Quinine
(11) Hemp
(iii) Clove
(iv) Opium
(v) Mustard (5x 1.5=7.5)

(b) Write an account of harvesting and processing of
black tea. (7.5)

(1000)


[This question Paper contains x» Printed A “) °2

(35) Your Row No.2.024

Sr. No. of Question Paper ; 45()9

(;
Unique Paper Code > 32161303
Name of the Paper > Genetics
Name of the Course : .
of the Course : B.Se, (Hons.) Botany
Semester : Hl
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. All Questions carry equal marks.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Attempt five questions in all including Questtot

No. 1.



4395 4

4509 2

1. (a) Define the following (any five) :
(i) Criss-cross inheritance
(ii) QTL inheritance
(111) Transposons
(iv) Penetrance

(v) Lethal alleles (1*x5=5)

(b) (i) What are linkage groups? How many linkage

groups are present in Drosophila?

(ii) What are the antigen and antibody components

of blood groups A and B?
(iii) Name a manmade cereal crop.
(iv) What do you understand by genetic drift?

(v) Define speciation. (1x5=5)


4409 A)

>

(eo) Aman with blood type O marries a woman with
blood type ABW Among their children. what
proportion would you expect to have blood types
parents of either of the two, What proportion
would you expect to have blood types different

from both parents. Explain, (5)

A mutant stock of Drosophila homozygous for three
sex linked genes -se(scute), ec(echinus) and
cv(crossveinless) was crossed to a wild type. A
female F, heterozygous for all the three genes when
test crossed with a homozygous recessive parent, gave

the following result :


4509

(i)

(il)

Which classes represent the parental types, single

cross overs and double cross overs? (3)

Determine the recombination frequencies
between each pair of genes, their order and map
the distance between the genes on the

(6)

chromosome.


4509 5

(ii) Define coefficient of coincidence and

interference. Calculate the value of coefficient

of coincidence for the given data. (6)

3. (a) Explain the genic balance theory of sex
determination in Drosophila. What is the expected
sex of an individual with the following chromosome

arrangements? (8)
(i) 4X4A
(ii) 2X3A
(iii) 1X3A
(iv) 3X4 A

(v) 2X1A
(b) What is epistasis? Explain dominant and recessive

Pa , € > C sh.
epistasis with one suitable example eac

(7)

P.T.O.


4509 6

4. (a) What are mutagens? Briefly explain the use of

physical mutagens in crop improvement. (5)

(b) Explain the mechanism of inheritance in shell

coiling of snails. (5S)

(c) Explain the cytological basis of crossing over in

maize. (5)

5. Differentiate between the following (any five)
(i) Deletion and duplication
(ii) Auto and allopolyploidy
(iii) Test cross and back cross
(iv) 2-point and 3-point test cross
(v) Segregational and neutral petites

(vi) Gene and genotype frequency (3x5=15)


509 7

(a) In poultry, the genes for rose comb R and pea
comb P together produce a walnut comb. Alternate
alleles of both in a homozygous condition (rrpp)
produce a single comb. What would be the possible

phenotypes and their ratios in the following crosses :
(i) RrPp X RrPp
(ii) RrPp X Rrpp
(iii) Rrpp X rrpp
(iv) RRPP X Rrpp

(v) rrPP X RRpp (5)

(b) What are Barr bodies? What would be the number
of such bodies in the human cells of normal male,
Turner’s syndrome and a female with Down’s

syndrome. (3)

(c) Differentiate between para-and pericentric

inversions with suitable diagrams. (5)

P.T.Q.


4509 8

7. (a) Elaborate on the experiment performed 4
y
Seymour and Benzer to understand the fine

structure of gene. (8)

(b) What is sex linked inheritance? Explain with -

suitable example. (7)

14 NNN)

2. 
rhis cUesiion paper COntams 8 prutcd pates.i 
3. 
4 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 
$emesier 
nique Ppe (ode 
Durauon: ours 
Ins.ructçons for Candidates 
4504 
of this questiOn paper. 
32161o0| 
Plant Mctabotsii 
VI 
B.Sc. (Hons) Botanyk, xo 
2023 
Write vour Roii No. on the top immediately on receip: 
Al! questions carry equal marks. 
Question 
No. I is compulsory. 
LIBRAR
Maxinum Marks : 75 
(a) Fili in the blank: (any five) 
Atiempt five questions in all including Question 
No. 1. 
(5x5) 
P.T.O. 


4504 
() 1f respiratory quotient is 1, the respiratory 
(iii) 
2 
substrate is 
(i) The enzymc first isolated and purified in 
(v) 
the crvstalline form 
wa 
received the noble prize 
for tracing the path of carbon 1n 
photosynthes is. 
(iV) Bacteroids are surrounded by 
membrane in nodules. 
number of molecules of Acetyl 
Co A are produced after B-oxidation of I4 
Carbon tatty acid 


4504 
(vi) The breakdown of complex moiccules 
3 
simpler molecules with the release of 
energy 1s called 
(b) Detine the following (any five) 
() Absorption spectrum 
(ii) Isoenzymes 
(ii) Uncouplers 
(iv) Triglycerides 
(v) Hill reaction 
(vi) Anaerobic respiration 
(Sx1=5) 
P.T.O. 


4504 
(c) State True or False (any five) 
(i) Psin is a non-protcinaccous cnzyme. 
(i) Mangancse is the central atom in the 
porphyrin head of the chlorophyll molecule. 
(5x|-5) 
(i) Starch biosynthesis begins with production 
of ADP glucose. 
(iv) Oxidative phosphorylation occurs in inner 
membrane of mitochondria. 
(v) The nitrate reductase is an inducible 
enzyme. 
{vi) GIycolate cycle is also known as EMP 
pathway. 


4504 
2. 
5 
Write cxplanatory notes on (any tlhrec) 
Cvanidc resistant respiration 
(b) Sucrose synthesis in plants 
(c) Enzvme classification 
(d) Tricarboxylic acid 
3. 
Differentiate between the following (any thr 
(a) Synthesis and degradation of fatty acids 
(35-15) 
(b) CAM and C4 cycle 
(3x$=15) 
(c) Competitive and Non competitive inhibition 
P.T.O. 


450.4 
4. 
5. 
id) Respiration and Photorespiratkon 
Write short noiCs 0n the following (any Iive) 
6 
a) Emerson cnhancemcnt and its significancc 
(b) Effect of pH on enzyme activily 
c) Leghemoglobin 
te) Nitrate assimilation 
d) Roie of acetyl CoA in cellular metabolism 
f) Kranz anatomy 
(5x3 15) 
acids? 
a) Explain B-oxidation pathway of breakdown of fatty 
(7) 


4504 
6. 
7. 
(b) Explain the process of rhizobial infection and root 
nodulation in legumes. 
7 
(a) What is gluconeogenesis ? Write an accou:nt of 
the glyoxylate pathway. 
ATP Svnthase. 
(h) Explain the structure and mechanism of action of 
electron transport. 
(8) 
(a) Schematically represent and explain Z-schene of 
scientists (any four) 
) Blackman 
(7) 
(ii) Hans Krebs 
(8) 
(b) Give the contributions made by the following 
(7) 
(4> 2=8) 
P.T.0. 


4504 
(i)) Emil Fischer 
(iv) Beijerinck 
(v) Peter Mitcheil 
(vi) Stephen Hales 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Papcr: 4705 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
2. 
3. 
(19 
Duration:3 Hours 
4. 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Your Roll No... 
32167601 
: VI 
E 
DSE-III (Industrial and 
Environmental Microbiology) 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
B.Sc. (Honours) Botany 
(v) PDA (vi) CFU 
2023 
LIBRARY 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Attempt five questions in all including Question 
number 1 which is compulsory. 
(a) Expand the following (any five) : 
All parts of a question must be answered together. 
Draw well labelled diagrams wherever necessary. 
(i) BOD (ii) MPN (iii) UASB (iv) HFCS 
(1 x5=5) 
P.T.0. 


4705 
(b) FilI in the blanks (any five): 
(i) ln trickling filters 
(i1) 
(ii) 
(v) 
slime 
(vi) 
2 
vortexing. 
matrix, that can 
heterogenous microbial community. 
of cellulose. 
by 
(15-5) 
are plates in the bioreactor 
that enhance aeration cfficiency and prevent 
forms a 
accommodatc 
(iv) Process of fermentation was first described 
fungi catalyses the breakdown 
is a method used to reduce 
the concentration of a substance in a solution 
by repeatedly diluting it with a solvent. 
fungal species are used for 
alcohol production as they can tolerate high 
levels of alcohol. 
(c) Read the following statements carefully and write 
True ox False. 
(1x5=5) 
(i) 
Gravimetric method is used to measure TOC. 
(ii) Millipore filters are used for sterilization. 


4705 
(ii1) a-Amylase. is an endogenous cnzyme of 
Bacillus subtilis. 
(iv) In liquid state surface fermentations, no 
agitation is carried out and thus the moulds 
grow as mycelial mats on the surface of the 
medium. 
3 
(v) Cell disruption is a mandatory step in 
intracellular product recovery. 
2. 
Write short notes on the following (any three) : 
) Components of a Bioreactor 
(ii) Isolation of microbes from Air/water 
(ii) GRAS 
(iv) Algal Blooms 
3. 
Differentiate between the following (any five) : 
(5x3=15) 
(iii) COD and BOD 
(i) Enrichment medium and differential medium 
(3x5=15) 
(ii) Solid state fermentation and Liquid state 
fermentation 
(iv) Lyophilization and Spray drying 
P.T.0. 


4705 
6. 
4 
(v) Extracellular microbial cnzymcs and Intraccllular 
microbial enzymes 
7. 
4 (a) Discuss in detail the production and estimation of 
amylase using microorganisms. 
(vi) Laminar air flow and Autoclave 
(8) 
(b) Discuss various methods of down stream 
process1ng. 
5.! (a) What do you understand by enzyme immobilization? 
What are the different methods of enzyme 
immobilization? 
(8) 
(7) 
(b) What is the industrial importance of glucose 
isomerase? What are the advantages of 
semisynthetic penicillin over natural penicillin? 
(7) 
(a) What are coliforms? Discuss methods (any three) 
for detecting coliforms in drinking water. 
(8) 
(b) Discuss the secondary methods for treatment of 
(7) 
Sewage water. 
(a) Discuss the scope of microbes in Industry. 
(8) 
(b) What are the different components of synthetic 
(7) 
culture media? 
(1000) 


IThis question paper contains 8 printed pagcs.] 
Inique Pancr Code 
Name of the Papcr 
N, ei (estion Paper: 4784 
Name of the Course 
Scmester 
DratiOn: 3 iours 
1 
2 
3. 
Instructious for Candidates 
: 3216I602 
2023 
our Rol 
No, 
Piant Biotechnology 
: V! 
cf this question paper. 
B.Sc. (H) Botany 
(i) PAGE 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediatcly on recet 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Maximun MarKs: 7: 
Question No. I is compulsory. 
LIBRAL 
(a) Expand the abbreviations (any five): 
P.T.0 


4784 
(ii) Ti-plasmid 
(iii) scFv 
(iv) PEG 
(v) BAC 
(vi) Taq 
(b) Define (any five) 
() Superbug 
(ii)) Phagemid 
(iii) Somaclonal variations 
(iv) Genetically modified crop 
(v) Probe 
(vi) Restriction endonucleases 
(1x5=5) 


4784 
(c) Fili in the blanks (auy fivc) 
(i) Synthetic insulin 
(iv) 
recombinant DNA technology was called 
(ii) The bacterial cells which are modified for 
devcloped ising 
the uptake of foreign DNA are calied 
cells. 
is 
(i1) The gene which was siienced in Flavr SavrR 
transgenic crop. 
is an example of biofor ified 
(v) The plant-based antibodies developd for 
dental caries is against bacteria 
(vi) High cytokinin and low auxin ratio pronotes 
production in plant tissue culture. 
P.T.0. 


$784 
2. 
Draw labelled diagrams of (any thrcc) 
4 
(b Pol merase chain rcaction 
(c) Gene construct of Golden rice 
di BAC 
Differentiate belween (any five) 
(b) Somatic Hybridization and cybridization 
(a) Seiectable marker gene and reporter gene 
(c) Hapioid and Triploid plantlets 
(d) cDN iibrary and genomic DNA Library 
(e) Primary and Secondary metabolites 
(i) RAPD and RFLP 
(3x3-15) 
(g) Zygotic and somatic embryogenesis 
(3×5=15) 


4784 
4. 
5. 
Write short notes on (any three) 
(a) iolecular marhers 
(b) Anther cuiture 
e) kound Up ready Soyabean 
(d) Applications of tissue culture 
(a) What are osmoprotectants? Provide examples of 
any twO OSmoprotectants and their role in abiotic 
Stress tolerance in plants. 
(5x3=15) 
(b) Discuss the role of plants as bioreactors from the 
(3) 
view point of producíion of biopolymers 
GR 
(3) 
olewin2 restriction ezymes: 
A incar molecuie of DNA was cut with the 
(5) 
Ecoití - 2 fragments produced . 3.7 kb, 2.3 kb 
Smal - 3 iragnents produced - 4.3 kb, 1.2 kb, 0.5 kb 
P.T.O. 


.784 
6 
Doubie digestion with both enzymes - 4 fragments 
produced: 2.5 kb, 1.8 kb, 1.2 kb, 0.5 kb 
(i) What is the size of DNA? 
(ii) Draw a gel profile from the data proviBed 
(ii) Makc a resiriction map 
{0 ) 
(iv) What can you conclude from this data? 
(2) 
over the traditionally grown crops? 
Answer the following : 
(c) Deseribe the mechanism of acuon of cry gene in 
(i.5) 
Bt cotton. What were the advantages of Bt crop 
(5) 
(a) Describe the Agrobacierium- mediated method oi 
gene transfer in plarts with the hely of suitabie 
illustrations (binary and co-iniegrate me thods). 


4784 
(D) Give a detailed account of purpose and strategy 
used in developing Golden rice. 
(c) Provide any one (Key) application of following : 
()) Lipase 
(ii) Cryopreservation 
(iii) Meristem culture 
(iv) Recombinant DNA technology 
(v) Phyto hormones in Plant tissue culture 
(5) 
vectors. 
(1 x$=5) 
(a) Give a brief account of any two prokaryotic 
OR 
(8) 
(b) Describe the biosafety and bioethical concerns in 
development of transgenic plants. 
(7) 
P.T.0. 


4784 
Give roie of genetic transiormatiun in 
changing 
the floral characters in carnations. 
(7) 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.J 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4828 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
1. 
: 32167608 
Your Roll 
: Bioinformatics 
: VI 
: B.Sc. (H) Botany 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt any five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
E 
LIBRARY 
2023 
Maximum Marks : 75 
(i) Gene annotation 
All parts of the question must be answered together. 
(a) Define the following (any five): 
(1x5=5) 


4828 
(i) Conserved domain 
(iii) Database 
(iv) Metabolomics 
; 
(v) e-value 
(vi) Dendrogram 
(b) Expand the following (any five): 
(i) SNP 
(ii) NGS 
(iii)) PDB 
(iv) NCBI 
(v) MEGA 
(vi) OMIM 
2 
(c) Fill in the Blanks (any Five) 
(ii) 
botanist 
(i) The term genome was used by German 
(1x5=5) 
which allows 
different data. 
(5x1=5) 
is an integrated search engine 
users to search and retrieve 
(i) A web server designed tor identifying protein 


4828 
2. 
3. 
coding region in expressed sequence tag 
(vi) 
derived sequences is 
(iv) A graphical 
method 
1S 
two sequences to identify region of similarity 
3 
(v) The first protein database was generated 
by 
is a tool used to align mRNA 
sequence and gene sequence. 
Write short note on (any five) : 
() Python in bioinformatics 
(ii) Swiss Modelling 
(ii) RasMol 
(iv) Transcriptomics 
for 
comparing 
(v) Microarray 
(vi) Whole Genome Sequencing 
(5x3=15) 
Differentiate between the following (any three): 
(i) GenBank and FASTA file format 
(3x5=15) 


4828 
4. 
5. 
6. 
4 
(ii) Secondary and composite database 
(ii) Webin and Sequin 
(iv) Structural and functional genomics 
(a) DDBJ is a widely used bioinformatic resource. 
Discuss the various tools available at DDBJ." 
(8) 
(b) Explain the main features of PDB and PIR. How 
the PDB and PIR protein databases different from 
each other. 
(7) 
(a) What is a phylogenetic tree. Discuss the three 
methods used in construction of phylogenetic tree. 
(8) 
(b) Briefly discuss the role of bioinformatics in 
microbial genomics and crop improvement. 
(7) 
(a) Explain the key points of Local and Global 
sequence alignment and describe various methods 
used for alignment. 
(8) 
(b) Discuss the main features of computer aided dru 
design and its role in 
medical science. 
(7)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1018 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
5. 
(Q3) Your Rol No.2023 
1. 
: 2162011101 
: Plant Diversity and Evolution 
Botany 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
(ii) Air bladders 
D 
Attempt four questions in all, including question number 
1, which is compulsory. 
(a) Match the following: 
cOL() 
x 2 R A R Y 
Marks b0 
Draw diagrams wherever required. 
All parts of a question must be answered together. 
) Ribbon shaped chloroplasts (a) Selaginella 
(b) Gnetum 
(1x5) 
P.T.0. 


1018 
(ii) Resurrection Plant 
(iv) Presence of vessels 
2 
(v) Rod Shaped Bacteria 
(b) Fill in the blanks : 
scales. 
(c) Sargassum 
(d) Bacillus 
(i) Viruses are composed of a central core of 
nucleic acid surrounded by a protein coat 
cálled a 
(e) Spirogyra 
(ii) The ventral surface of the thallus of 
Marchantia bears 
(v) Bentham 
(iv) Ephedra is the source of 
(iii) Protein monomer of bacterial flagella is 
called 
the treatment of asthama. 
(i) Transduction 
and 
Hooker's 
classification is an example of 
system of classification. 
(1x5) 
and 
(c) Define any five of the following : 
used for 
system 
of 
(1 x5) 


1018 
2. 
3. 
(ii) Plasmid 
(iii) Heterospory 
(iv) Mycelium 
(v) Dolipore septum 
(vi) Pollen grain 
3 
Distinguish between any three of the following in a 
tabular manner and draw diagrams wherever required : 
(5×3=15) 
(a) Antheridiophore and archegoniophore of 
Marchantia 
(b) Lytic and Lysogenic cycle of bacteriophage 
(c) Gram positive and Gram negative bacteria 
(d) Gymnosperns and Angiosperms 
Write short notes on any three: 
(a) Binary fission in bacteria 
(b) Natural selection 
(c) Fairy rings 
(d) Asexual reproduction in Marchantia 
(5x3=15) 
P.T.0. 


1018 
4. 
Draw a 
well labeled diagram of followings: (any 
5. 
three) 
4 
(a) LS strobilus of Selaginella 
(b) LS basidiocarp of Agaricus 
(c) EM Bacteria 
(d) LS capsule of Funaria 
(5x3=15) 
(a) Describe the Asexual reproduction in Rhizopus. 
(b) Discuss heterospory and seed habit in Selaginella. 
(c) Give an account of general characteristics of 
Angiosperms. 
(5x3=15) 
(2000) 


|This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1037 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Your Roll Nol023 
: 2162011102 
of this question paper. 
Cell Biology: Organclles and 
Biomolecules 
Botany 
the 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Attempt four questions in all. 
D 
(a) Fill in the blanks (any five) 
IBRARY 
Maximum Marks: 60 
(1x5=5) 
) 
Gunter Blobel and David Sabatini proposed 
P.T.0. 


1037 
(i) Marker enzy me for mitochondria is 
(ii) 
(iv) A non-membranous cell organelle is 
is a lysosomal storage disease. 
(v) Fluid mosaic model of plasma membrane 
model is proposed by 
2 
(vi) Disulphide bonds are formed in 
(b) Define any five 
(i)) Reducing sugars 
(ii) Chromatin 
(ii) Hydrogen bonds 
(i) Essential Fatty Acids 
(ii) Nucleoid 
(iii) Heterophagy 
scientists 
(c) Write at least one contribution of the following 
(i) Linn Margulis 
(1x5=5) 
(1x5-5) 


1037 
2. 
3. 
(ii) Rosalind Franklin 
(iii) C Benda 
(iv) George Palade 
(i) Fritz Lipmann 
(ii) Christian De Duve 
(iii) Camillo Golgi 
Differentiate between any three 
(i) 
Prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell 
(iü) RER and SER 
(iii) Primary and Secondary cell wall 
(iv) Microtubule and Microfilament 
(v) Mitosis and Meiosis 
Write short notes on any three 
(i) Nuclear Pore Complex 
(ii) ATP as energy currency molecule 
(iii) Peroxisome 
(5x3=15) 
(5x3=15) 
(iv) Semi-autonomous nature of chloroplast 
P.T.0. 


1037 
$. 
6. 
Draw Ultrastructures of 
() Mitochondria 
(ü) Nucleus 
(ii) Fluid Mosaic Model 
Attempt any three 
4 
(5x3=15) 
() Explain the process of regulation of cell cycle 
(5x3-15) 
(ii) Give an account of polymorphic forms of 
lysosomes. 
Attempt any three 
(iii) What are the constituents of cell wall? Describe 
its structure and function. 
(iv) Explain the role of microtubule in the transport of 
nacromolecules and organelles in the cytoplasm 
(5x3=15) 
() Describe the various levels of protein structure. 
(ii) What are the salient features of DNA structure? 
bonds. 
(ii) Write a note on lipids as cell memot 
constituents. 
(iv) Write a note of biological significance of chemical 
(2000) 


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.) 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1056 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
25) Your Roll No 
3. 
4. 
Instructions for Candidates 
: 2162011103 
:I 
of this question paper. 
: Basic Laboratory and Field 
Skills in Plant Biology 
B.Sc. (H) Botany (CBCS) 
2023 
Attempt any four questions in all 
D 
Question No. 1 is compulsory 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
iggAMark 
Attempt all parts of a question together 
60 
P.T.0. 


1056 
1. 
(a) Fill in the blanks (any five) 
(i) 
(iü) 
2 
between the coverslip and the slide. 
(iii) A 
holds the specimen in place 
using chemicals producing toxic fumes. 
(iv) A 
(1*5=5) 
is a device for ventilation while 
solution to be diluted to some lower 
concentration for actual use. 
is defined as a concentrate 
a 
is a solid or liquid preparation 
used to propagate microorganisms under 
controlled conditions. 
(v) A characteristic that may differ from one 
individual to another in a population is called 


1056 
(vi) A computerized archive used for the storage 
3 
and organization of data in such a way that 
information can be retrieved easily is known 
as a 
(vii) A value of logl00 is 
(b) Select the True/False statement (any five) 
(5x1=5) 
(i) A sample of five body weights (in pounds) is 
as follows: 116, 168, 124, 132, 110. The 
sample median is 130. 
(ii) In MS excel, the formula Average (number 
1, number 2, ..) gives the mean of all 
values. 
Size. 
(ii) 
A standard herbarium sheet is 10 x 20 cm in 


1056 
4 
(iv) Serial dilution is done to increase the number 
of bacterial cells per unit volume 
of 
a 
bacterial culture. 
(v) Formalin is an alternative name for an aqueous 
solution of formaldehyde. 
(vi) Condenser is a glass lens and used to gather 
the light coming from the source. 
(vii) The concentration of a substance present in 
a solution can be quantified by measuring light 
absorbed by it at a particular wavelength. 
(c) Match the following 
Column A 
Electron microscope 
Silver nitrate gel 
Autoclave 
Pie chart 
|Gram equivalent 
Excel 
Normality 
Sterilization method 
(5x1=5) 
ColumnB 
Ultrastructure 
First-Aid 


1056 
2. 
Differentiate between.the following (any 5) 
(a) Compound microscope and Electron microscope 
(b) Sample mean and Population mean 
(c) LB medium and MS medium 
(d) Micrometer and Haemocytometer 
(e) MS Excel and MS Powerpoint 
(t) Molar and Percent Solutions 
3. Briefly describe the following (any five) 
(a) Sampling methods 
(b) Classes of laboratory chemicals 
(345=15) 
(c) Laminar Air Flow 
(Sx3=15) 


1056 
4. 
(d) Replica plating 
6 
(e) Stains in microscopy 
() Graphical representation of data 
Write short notes on the following (any three) 
(a) Identification, collection, cataloging 
preservation of plant specimens 
(b) Bacterial culture techniques 
(c) Agarose Gel electrophoresis 
(d) Confocal microscopy 
(e) Biosafety measures 
(3x5=15) 


1056 
5. 
Answer any three of the following: 
7 
(a) The height of Wheat plants in 10 plots is given 
below. Calculate the mean and standard deviation 
of the mean of the height of the wheat plant. 
Plot 
1|2 3 4 
5 
number 
(cm) 
(3×5=15) 
7 
Height9 10 |12|86|7|11|13 12|12 
9 10 
meter, 
(b)Explain disposal of hazardous chemicals and 
laboratory waste. 
(c)Diagrammatically explain image formation in 
Fluorescence microscope. 
(a) Discuss the pH of solutions and use of pH 
(e) Draw a bar 
dataset. 
diagram for the following 
P.T.0. 


1056 
Delhi 
Haryana 
Arunachal Pradesh 
Punjab 
States 
Himachal Pradesh 
Assam 
Jammu & Kashmir 
Orissa 
Tamil Nadu 
Tripura 
8 
Rainfall (mm) 
617 
617 
2782 
649 
1251 
2818 
1011 
1489 
998 
1881 
(2000)

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.]

Your Roll NoO...ecseeeeeeers

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1372

Unique Paper Code 32161301

Name of the Paper Anatomy of Angiosperms

Name of the Course B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany

Semester III

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates ngshbandnu.College Library
Kaltkall, New Delhi-19

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Question no. 1 is compulsory, attempt five questions

in all.

3. Draw well labelled diagrams wherever required and

answer all parts of question

P.T.O.


1372 2

1. (a) Define the following (Any five) (Sx1=5)

(i) Casparian strips

(11) Bulliform cells

(111) Exodermis

’ (iv) Plasmodesmata

(v) Dendrochronology.

. (v1) Callase

(b) Match the following: (5x1=5)


1372 3

(1) Commercial cork

(2) Raphides |

(3) Lateral root

(4) Endarch xylem

(a) Trochodendron

(b) Quercus suber

(c) Helianthus stem

(d) Pericycle

(5) Veselless angiosperm (e) Calcium oxalate

(c) Give suitable examples where following are present

(Any five)

(i) Brachysclereids

(5x1=5)

(ii) Amphicribal vascular bundle

P.T.O.


1372 4
(iii) Angular collenchyma
(iv) Druses
(v) Lysigenous cavity
(vi) Anisocytic stomata
2. Write short notes on: {Any three) (Sx3=15)

(i) Applications of Plant Anatomy in Forensic

science

(ii) Kranz Anatomy

(iii) Reaction wood


1372 | S

(iv) Phloem as a dynamic tissue

3. Differentiate between: (Any five) (3x5=15)

(i) Heart wood and sap wood

(ii) Vessels and tracheids

(iii) Collenchyma and parenchyma

(iv) Articulated and non-articulated laticifers

(v) ‘Cutinization and cuticularization

(vi) Paratracheal and apotracheal parenchyma

P.T.O.


1372

4. Draw well labelled diagrams af (Any three): (5x3=15)

(i) T.S. Periderm showing lenticels
(ii) T.S of Dicot stem

(iii) V.S of Nerium leaf

(iv) L.S. Xylem Vessels showing tyloses

5. (a) Early and late wood are formed as a result of
seasonal activity of the cambium. Justify the

Statement with the help of well labelled diagrams.

(8)


1372 7

(b) Included phloem is the outcome of anomalous:
secondary growth. Elaborate the statement Citing

suitable example with the help of well labelled

diagram.

(7)

6. (a) Classify stomata according to Metcalfe and Chalk

along with well labelled diagrams and examples.

(8)

(b) Explain briefly with the help of well labelled
diagrams the process of secondary growth in dicot

roots F | (7)

7. (a) Along with suitable examples, describe the

anatomical adaptations shown in hydrophytes.

(8)

P.T.O.



1372 8°

(b) Explain the organization of root apex with th
e
help of any three suitable theories. Illustrate with

well labelled diagrams. , (7)

(1500)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages,]

Your ROT Nov scccsccoeeee
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1400 C
Unique Paper Code : 32161302
Name of the Paper : Economic Botany(LOCF)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Botany
Semester > II
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

: Deshbandnu.College Litraty
Instructions for Candidates xalkall, New Dethi-1¢

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any five questions.
All questions carry equal marks.

4. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Give the botanical names of any five of the
following : (Sx1=5)

(i) The source of “Shahi Zafran”
(ii) Leaf fibres used in making tea bags

(iii) A major plant source used as a substitute
of coffee

(iv) Leaf used in making bidi

(v) Plant roots used for making screens in
coolers

(vi) Source of broth used for microbial] cultures

P.T.O.


1400 ?

(b) Define any five of the following terms :
(i) Retting
(ii) Ratooning
(iii) Iodine number
(iv) Lancing
(v) Caryopsis
(vi) Pharmacology (Sx1=5)
(c) Expand and write the place where the institutes
are located (any five) :
(i) ICRISAT
(ii) RRIM
(iii) IARI
(iv) SBI
(v) CIMAP
(vi) IRRI (5x1=5)

2. Differentiate between the following (any three):
(i) Essential oils and Fatty Oils
(ii) Black Tea and Green Tea
(iii) Flue curing and Sun curing
(iv) White Jute and Tossa Jute
(v) Indica and Japonica Rice

(vi) Millets and Cereals (3x5=15)


1400 3

Draw labelled diagrams of any three of the following.
Write botanical name and family also. (3x5=15)

(i) L.S. cotton seed

(ii) L.S. Clove flower bud

(iii) T.S. Hesperidium

(iv) L.S. wheat grain

Write short notes on any three of the following :

(3x5=15)

(i) Products and By-products of sugarcane industry
(ii) Extraction methods of fatty oils

(iii) Importance of legumes

(iv) Cannabis as multipurpose crop

(v) Green Revolution

(a) What is tapping? Explain different types of tapping
and processing of rubber. (1+6+2=9)

(b) Write botanical name, family, part used and

active constituents of any three of the following.
(3x2=6)

(i) Poppy
(ii) Saffron
(iii) Fever bark tree

(iv) Tea

P.T.O.


1400 4

6. (a) Explain Vavilov’s work on origin of cultivated

plants. List all the centres of origin with examples.

(2+8=10)
(b) Which state in India is the chief producer for the
following (any five): (5*1=5)

(i) Black pepper
(11) Cotton

(111) Coconut

(iv) Groundnut
(v) Rubber

(v1) Wheat

7. (a) What is retting? Explain the process of retting

taking jute as an example. Write economic

importance of jute. (1+5+2=8)
(b) Match the following: (7x1=7)
(i) Golden tip 1. Mustard
(ii) Solanin 2. Linum usitatissimum
(iii) Multipurpose crop 3. Potato
(iv) Corymbose raceme 4. Tea
(v) Flax 5. Glycine max
(vi) Wonderbean 6. Clove
(vit) Eugenol 7. Coconut

(1500)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages, |

Sr. No. of Question Paper

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration: 3 Hours

Your Roll NoOv.ccsscccueeees
1418 C
32161303

Genetics

B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany

Il

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates Deshbandhu.Coflege Librar

naikail, New Delhi-19

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Nw

All Questions carry equal marks.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Attempt five questions in all including Question No.

1.

1. (a) Define (any five) of the following:

(i) Pseudodominance

(ii) Frameshift mutation

P.T.O.


1418 2

(ii) Trisomy

(iv) Epigenetics

(v) Dicentric chromosome

(vi): Transposon (1x5=5)

(b) Give one contribution of (any five) of the following
(i) Garl Correns
(ii) Barbara McClintock

(iii) Sutton and Boverj

(iv) R. C, Punnett
(v) Hugo de Vries

(vi) Alfred Strutevant (1x5=5)

(c) Fil] in the blanks:

(i) Human females have linkage

froups,


1418 3

(ii) Double monosomy is represented as

(iii) Short legged breed of sheep was named as
by Seth Wright.

(iv)

is an example of sex- linked

recessive trait.

(v) When a gene affects many aspects of
phenotype, it is said to be

(1x5=5)

2. Write short notes on (any five) of the following

(i) Photoreactivation repair

(ii) Base Analogs

(iii) Dominant Epistasis

(iv) cis trans complementation test

P.T.O.


1418 4

(v) Retrotransposons

(vi)Reciprocal translocation

(vii) Mitochondrial inheritance in Yeast (3x5=15)

3. Differentiate between (any five):
(i) Penetrance and Expressivity
(ii) Codominance and Incomplete Dominance
(i1) Test cross and Reciprocal cross
(iv) Paracentric and Pericentric inversion
(v) Allopatric and Sympatric speciation.
(vi) Down's Syndrome and Klienefelter's syndrome

(3x5=15)


1418 . 3
4. (a) In pea plant, Tall (T) is dominant over dwarf (t),
| Yellow seed (Y) is dominant over green (y) and
Round seed (R) is dominant over wrinkled seed
(r). A homozygous dwarf, green and wrinkled pea
plant is crossed to a homozygous tall, yellow and
round plant. Using forked line method give the
genotypes and phenotypes of parents, F, and F,

progenies. ; (8)

(b) Give an account of the inheritance of Kappa

particles in Paramecium with diagrams. (7)

5. (a) In a population of 5000, cystic fibrosis is seen in
125 individuals. How many individuals in the
population are the carrier of the gene for cystic

fibrosis? (5)

° e
(b) Mutations are caused by both environmental and
chemical insults. Describe how chemical mutagens
induce mutations. Give two examples of useful

induced mutations in crop improvement. (10)
P.T.O.



1418 6

6.

(a) An individual heterozygous at three gene locj Aa.

Nn, Rr is crossed with the homozygous recessive

parent aa nnir. The frequency of progeny with

different genotypes is as follows:

ANr
Anr
Anr
AnR
AnR
a NR

a Nr

Total pro geny

347

52

357

90

49

92

1000


1418

7
(i) Which classes represent the parental types?

(2)

(ii) Which classes reflect the occurrence of single

cross overs and double cross overs? (2)

(111) Construct the genetic map of the 3 loci

involved indicating both map distance and

correct gene sequence. (5)

(iv) What is the coefficient of coincidence

involved? Also find out the degree of

interference.

(3)

(b) What is Position effect? Explain with the help of
a suitable example.

(3)

(a) Explain the inheritance of skin color in humans
(S)
(b) What do you understand by ABO blood group
series? Explain its genetic basis of inheritance.

(S)
P.T.O.


1418 os 8
(c) How can you distinguish between the t
| erm
haploidy and monoploidy? How can haploid
Olds be

produced and- utilized in plant breeding?

(5)

(1500)

(This question paper contains 6 printed pages.]

Your Roll No2.07)_

sr. No. of Question Paper: 1141 A
Unique Paper Code : 32161401
Name of the Paper : Molecular Biology
Name of the Course >: B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany
(C.B.C.S)
Semester : IV
* Duration : 3:30 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. All parts of a question should be answered together.

1. (a) Expand (any five) :

(i) RISC

(ii) TBP

P,T.O,


1141 2
(iii) ORF
(iv) miRNA
(v) CAP

(vi) snRNA

(b) Write the contributions of (any five) : (1x$=5)

(i) John Cairns

ee

(ii) Francis Crick fowertine
Py OS 7 y

(iii) H. G. Khorana

(iv) Fire and Mellow

(v) R.W. Holley

(vi) Fraenkel-Conrat

(c) Define the following (any five) : (1x5=5)
(i) Spliceosome
(ii) Repressor
(iii) Hyperchromicity

(iv) Polysome


to

pi4l

(i)
(it)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)

(vi)

(i)
(ii)
(iii)

(iv)

Write short note on (any three) :

Col

(v) Processivity

(vi) Split pene

Differentinte between the following (any five) :

(3*5=15)
B-DNA and Z-DNA

DNA Polymerase | and DNA Polymerase III
Constitutive and Facultative Heterochromatin

Rho-dependent and Rho-independent termination

Primosome and Replisome

Repression and Derepression

(5x3=15)

Attenuation in Trp Operon
DNA packaging in eukaryotes
Post-translational modification of proteins

Mechanism of RNAi


1141 4

4, (a) Discuss in detail, the role of genera] transcription
io
factors involved in initiation of transcription ;

in

eukaryotes.

(9)

(b) Describe the events that help in modification of

eukaryotic RNA. (6)

5. (a) Describe the mechanism of positive and Negative

regulation in lac operon. (10)

(b) Name two unusual bases present in tRNA.

(1x2=2)

(c) Write down the location for the following (any

three) : (1 x3=3)
(i) Pribnow Box
(ii) Polyadenylation signal

(iii) Shine-Dalgarno Sequence

(iv) 3’splice site

6. (a) With the help of a well labelled diagram, explain

_ , er ‘cation 12
semi-discontinuous and bidirectional replicati0



2 |
* linear show 3°
a replication bubble of linear DNA. Also

& Sorientation of template, leading & lagging

1141 |

strands and direction of two replication forks.

Deshbaadhi. Clegow Hein ©)
KXalkall, New @elhl-19*

(b) Discuss how genetic code was deciphered? Explain

the degeneracy of genetic code. (5)

(c) List the target site and consequences of any three

antibiotics inhibiting translation. (5)

7. (a) What is tRNA charging? Discuss in detail,

initiation of translation in prokaryotes. (9)

(b) If the percentage of cytosine in double stranded
DNA molecule is 20, determine the percentage of
other 3 bases. (3)

(c) Give the possible reasons for the following (any
three) : (1x3=3)

(i) DNA polymerase cannot initiate replication

on its own.

(ii) Transcription has lower fidelity than

replication.

P.T.O.


6
{141

(iii) Mitochondrial and chloroplast DNA

| 8
similarity with bacterial DNA a

(iv) Genetic code is triplet in nature

(800)


r contains 6 printed pages.]

Your Roll No.2.02 2 .

[This question PaP®

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1368 A
Unique Paper Code : 32161402

Name of the Paper : Ecology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany (CBCS)
Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
di Attempt any five questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. All parts of a question must be answered together.
Deshbandnu, Céllege Library
Kaikay:, New Delhi-19

1. (a) Define the following terms (Attempt any Seven) :
(1x7=7)

P.T.O.


1368 2
(i) Soil texture
(il) Pedogenesis
(iii) Hydrological cycle
(iv) Sciophyte
(v) Homeostasis
(vi) Autecology

(vii) Glacial soil

(viii) Thermocline

(ix) Ecological amplitude

(b) Give one word for the following : (1x8=8)
(i) Interlocking food chains

(ii) A process of nutrient enrichment in water

bodies

-_<

(iii) Soil transported by running water,

(iv) Organisms which feed on the dead bodies

of other organisms


3
1368

(v) An angiosperm which grows as a total stem

parasite

(vi) A process of nutrient enrichment in water

bodies.

(vii) Small organisms which feed on dead bodies

of other organisms.

(viii) Transition zone of a species

1. Differentiate between the following (Attempt any
five) : (5x3=15)

(i) Autotrophic and Heterotrophic Succession
(ii) Analytical Characters and Synthetic Characters
(iii) Commensalism and Ammensalism

(iv) Gravitational Water and capillary water

3

(v) Predator and Parasite
(vi) Ecads and Ecotypes

(vii) Tropical forest and Temperate Forests


1368 4

3. (a) Discuss the sequence of processes occurring during

(5)

a primary succession.

(b) Nitrogen Cycles are perfect cycles, Explain

nitrogen cycling in nature with the help of a wel]

labelled diagram showing all the reservoirs and

(5)

processes.

(c) Briefly comment on the influence of light on the

distribution of plants. (5)

4. Write short notes on (any three) : (5x3=15)
(1) Biological spectrum
(ii) Shelford’s law of Tolerance
(ii) Soil organisms
(iv) Mutualism

~ (v) Growth curves

e: > ’
*% ©
ees 5. (a) What are ecological pyramids? Who gave
4 « v Se,
\ * the concept? Discuss in brief the Pyramids of
.
\e

\. biomass and the limitations of these pyramids.
a (5)


5

1368

(b) Mention the theories proposed for climax. How

are the theories different? (5)

) Give a detailed account of vegetation in Tropical

(c

Rain Forests in India. (5)

(a) Discuss the various trophic levels in an ecosystem.

Why are the number of trophic levels limited?

(5)

(b) Give a brief account of seasonal Vegetation of

Delhi. Sashbandhu.Céllege Litary._ . (5)
Kaikaji, New Delhi-19
(c) Define the theory of continental drift. What

are the various types of endemics? Discuss in
brief, (5)

(a) Explain the cycling of Phosphorus in nature. Is it

a sedimentary or a gaseous cycle? (5)

(b) What is water holding capacity? How is it different
from field capacity? Suggest two methods that
can help in improving the water holding capacity
of soils. (5)

P.T.O.


1368 6

C |

shaped =
nergy flow model? Explain the main feat -
this model. ome
(5)

[This questio

|
|
|
|
|


his question paper contains 6 printed pages, |
This ques

(16) Your Roll Nowded) deed

sr. No. of Question Paper : 1386 A
Unique Paper Code > 32161403

Name of the Paper : Plant Systematics

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (A) Botany
Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours 30 Minutes Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates
ern

l,

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

All questions carry equal marks.

Question Number 1 is compulsory. Attempt total 5
questions in all,

Attempt all parts of a question together.

Draw diagrams wherever necessary.

(a) Expand the following (any five) : (1x5=5)
(i) ICN

(ii) IAPT

P.T.O.



1386 2
(iii) APG
(iv) OTU
(v) UPGMA

(vi) R. Br.
(b) Define the following terms (any five) :
(i) Manual

(11) Homoplasy pone cae

ay 4

&
(iii) Monophyly /

~

(iv) Synonym

(v) Taxa

(vi) Clade

(c) Fill in the blanks (any five) : (1x5=5)

(i) The starting date for botanical

nomenclature is

(ii) The taxonomic category indicated by the
suffix ‘-phyta’ 1S

v "
*


1386 3

2.

(iii) Carolus Linnaeus authored the book

(iv) The concept to binomial nomenclature was

given by

(v) Free central placentation is considered as
an _____. character compared to axile

placentation.

(vi) The standard size of a herbarium sheet is

Write note on following (any three) : (5x3=15)

(a) Herbaceous origin theory of angiosperms

(b) Principles of ICN 3=2eshbandny College
Naikali, New Dethi-19

(c) Biological species concept

(d) Contributors of phylogenetic Systems of

classification

Differentiate Between (any five): (3x5=15)
(a) Artificial and Phylogenetic systems of classification

(b) Phenogram and Cladogram

P.T.O.


1386 4

(c) Holotype and Syntype

(d) Regional flora and Local flora

(e) Parallelism and Convergence

(f) Diagnosis and Description

Give a detailed account of a natural OR a Phylogenetic |
classification. Also enlist the merits and demerits |

(a) Discuss the role of palynology OR phytochemistry
in plant systematics with suitable examples.
(7.5)

(b) What are taxonomic keys? Discuss various

types of single access keys with their features

and utility. (7.5)

(a) Give an example of following (any five) :
(1x5=5)

(i) Genus named after a person

(ii) A database that consists of images of

herbarium

(iii) Tautonym



ns)

1386
(iv) Most primitive living angiosperm
(v) Journal devoted to taxonomy

(vi) Regional Flora

(b) What are the merits of numerical] taxonomy over
conventional taxonomy? (6)
OR BEshbandnu Colleg

Katkali, New Delhi-4

Discuss Principle of Priority and its limitations?

(c) Interpret the following (any four) : (1x4=4)

(i) Acacia nilotica (Linn.) Del. Ssp. nilotica
(ii) Gossypium tomentosum Nutt, ex Seem

Gi) Salix aurita x §. caprea

(iv) Phyllanthus Linn, emend. Mull.

(v) X Triticale

(a) What are the roles of Botanical Gardens? Name

any one national and one international botanical
garden of repute and briefly highlight their key

features. (2+2+2=6)

P.T.O.


6

1386
(b) Write alternate name and type geny
S
following families (any five) : Of the
(S)
Cruciferae, Umbelliferae, Labiatae, Co
+ m .
Gramineae, Palmae POSitae,
(c) Write a note on characters and characte
in cladistics methodology. * Coding
ae (4)

(900)

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. |

Your Roll NO....cceseseeeee
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1004 C
Unique Paper Code : 32161501
Name of the Paper : Reproductive Biology of
Angiosperms
Name of the Course : B. Sc. (Hons.) Botany
Semester : Vv
Duration: 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates Deshbandhu. College Library
—— oo Kalkall, New Delhi-1°

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all including Question

Number 1 which is compulsory.
3. All parts of a question must be answered together.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Draw well-labelled diagrams and write the botanical

name wherever necessary.

P.T.O.


1004 2

1 (a) State whether the following statements are true

or false. (1x5=5)

(i) Tapetum forms the outermost anther wall

layers that surround the sporogenous tissue.

(ii) Monosporic embryo sac is 7 celled and 8

nucleate structure.

(iii) Cheiropterophily is the pollination by insects.

(iv) S.G Nawaschin discovered the double

fertilization.

(v) G.B. Amici has been given the credit of

revealing the role of pollen in fertilization.


1004 3

(b) Fill in the blanks (1*5=5)

(i) Pollination that takes place with the help of

beetles is called

(ii) The expulsion of seed brought about by the

turgidity is called

(iii) The persistent nucellus is called

(iv) demonstrated the possibility of

raising large numbers of haploids from pollen

grains of Datura innoxia.

(v) The megasporangium together with

integuments is called $$

P.T.O.



1004

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)
(f)
(g)

(h)

(i)

()

4

(c) Match the following: (0.50*10=5)

Column A

J. Heslop-

Harrison

Sasa paniculata

Aristolochia

elegans

Quinchamalium

chilense

Column B

(i) Ultrastructure of egg

apparatus

(ii) Five Types of microspore

tetrads

(iii) Highest number of antipodals

(iv) Pollen wall proteins

Ophrys speculum (v) Endothelial thickenings

a -cellulose

2,3,5 triphenyl
tetrazolium
chloride

Plumbago
zeylanica

Fritillaria

W.A. Jensen

(vi) Pollen viability

(vii) Finger like projections in egg
cell

(vili) Pseudocopulation

(ix) Synergid and antipodal
haustoria both present

(x) Bambacioni effect


1004 rs)

2.

Write short note on any five of the following:

(3x5=15)
(i) Importance of synergids
(ii) Parthenocarpy
(iii) Integumentary tapetum
(iv) Hellobial endosperm
(v) Nemec phenomenon

(vi) Pollen Wall

Differentiate between (any five) (3x5=15)
(i) Wet stigma and dry stigma

(ii) Composite and Ruminate endosperm

(iii) Egg cell and Synergids

(iv) 2-celled and 3-celled pollens

P.T.O.


1004 6

(v) Simultaneous and successive wall formation

(vi) Endothelium and endothecium

4. Briefly explain the following:

(a) Give the biological significance of seed dispersal

phenomena. (5)

(b) List the various causes of polyembryony and

explain any two types. (5)

(c) List five types of embryogeny and explain the

Onagrad type. (5)

5. Answer the following

(a) Write briefly on transformation of egg cell through

pollen tube pathway method. (5)

(b) Role of tapetum in pollen development. (5)


7
1004
(c) Elaborate on the importance of apomixis in crop

improvement. (5)

6. (a) Describe the structure of mature Polygonum type

of embryo sac with the help of labeled diagram.
(5)

(b) Define self-incompatibility among plants and

discuss the factors which are involved in
establishing it, List any five methods which can
overcome self-incompatibility among flowering

plants and describe any one of them. (5)

(c) Discuss with diagrams any two methods of floral

mechanisms that favor cross pollination. (5)

7. (a) Draw well-labelled diagram of the following:
(2x2.5=5)

(i) L.S. of anatropous, bitegmic, crassinucellate
ovule showing Oenothera type of embryo sac

P.T.O.



1004 8

(ii) T.S. of a tetrasporangiate anther Showing
pollen tetrad stage

(b) "Endosperm provides nutrition to embryo",

Elaborate the statement with suitable examples.

(5)

(c) Comment on Male Germ Unit and its structure

with examples. (5)

(1500)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.]
Your Roll NO--ceersrerrrre’

Sr. No. of Question Paper > 1040

Unique Paper Code 32161502

Name of the Paper Plant Physiology

Name of the Course B.Sc. (H) Botany Part III

V

Semester
Maximum Marks : 75

ates Deshbandhu. GoWege Library

Instructions for Candid
natkail, New Dethi-19

Duration: 3 Hours

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all. Answer all parts of a

question together.
3. Question Number 1 is compulsory.

4. Draw well-labeled diagrams wherever necessary.

P.T.O.


1040 :

1. (a) Match the following:
(i) Jasmonate (a) Secondary metabolite

(ii) Zeatin (b) Chelating agent

(111) Antiauxin (c) ABA

(iv) Antitranspirant (d) TIBA
(v) EDTA (e) Cytokinin (1x5=5)

(b) Give one word for the following:

(i) The technique of growing plants in aqueous

(nutrient) culture-


1040 3

(ii) Pulling away of plasma membrane from the

cell wall in a hypertonic solution-

Gii) Yellowing of leaves due to lack of chlorophyll-

(iv) Channels in the cell membrane for the passage

of water-

(v) A gaseous hormone- © ((1*5=5)

(c) Give reasons for the following:

(i) Addition of solute in water decreases its

water potential.

(ii) Germination in lettuce seed is promoted by

red light.

P.T.O.


1040 : 4

(iii) Some seeds germinate only when they pass

through the gut of an animal,
(iv) Removal of growing apex from the main axis
results in faster growth of lateral branches.

(v) Leaf discs incubated in cytokinin solution

remain green. (1x5=5)

2. (a) What is photoperiodism? How are plants classified

on the basis of their photoperiodic responses?

(3)

(b) Transpiration is a necessary evil. Comment. (5)

(c) Discuss the mechanism of stomatal opening and

closing with a suitable diagram. (5)


1040 - J

3. Write short notes on the following (Any three)
(i) Brassinosteroids
(ii) Mycorrhizae
(iii) Commercial applications of auxins

(iv) Vernalization

(v) Root pressure (5x3=15)

; 4, Differentiate between the following (Any five)
(i) Antiport and symport

(ii) Low fluence response (LFRs) and High irradiance

responses (HIR)

P.T.O.



1040 6

(iii) Transpiration and guttation

(iv) Active absorption and passive absorption

(v) Macro and micronutrients

(vi) Simple and facilitated diffusion (5x3=15)

5. (a) Define the different:component of water potential

and how are these correlated. (5)

(b) Critically comment on the role of phytohormones

in any two of the following:

(i) Apical dominance '
(ii) Bolting

(iii) Abscission (5)


7
1040

(5)

yj . . . .

of Absciste acid,

f flowering with

(5)

T lo
6. (a) Explain the CO-FI1 mode

suitable diagram.

(b) Describe the criteria of essentiality of an element.

(5)

(c) How does water form a continuous column from

the root to the tree canopy? What happens if the

column breaks?

(3)

7. (a) Discuss the role of Gibberellic Acid in inducing

seed germination in cereals.

(5)

(b) How does long-distance translocation in phloem

lake place? Explain.

“J
O
°


1040 8

(c) What are phytosiderophores? Discuss th
i! “ Cir role ;
In

nutrient uptake.
(5)

(1500)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.]

Your Roll NoO.......eeeeeee
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1091 C
Unique Paper Code : 32167503
Name of the Paper : Analytical Techniques in

Plant Sciences

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Botany
Semester | : V

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

. ; Deshbandn 5 Lakea
Instructions for Candidates | u.College Libea
Kalkail, New Delthi-: ”

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all, including Question 1

which is compulsory

3. Attempt all parts of a question together

P.T.O.


1091 2

1. (a) Fill in the blanks (any five) (1x5=5)

(i) The pore size can be regulated by increasing
or decreasing the concentration of

in AGE.

(ii) __ sis the commonly used material
as stationary phase in thin layer

chromatography.

“““Gii) The marker enzyme for mitochondria is

(iv) The magnification of a microscope having 4X
ocular lens and a 40X objective lens would

be ___—O™>*X.

(v) Osmium tetraoxide is used in electron

microscopy as a


a

1091 3

(vi) DNA molecules are immobilized on a

in Southern blotting technique.

(b) Expand (any five) | (1x5=5)

(i) SDS-PAGE

(ii) EtBr

(iii) HPLC

(iv) RCF

(v) TEM

(vi) ELISA ©

(c) Name the technique used for the following (any

five) (1x5=5)

P.T.O.


1091

a

(i) To isolate chloroplast from the spinach

leaves.

(ii) To separate monosaccharide sugars with

different carbon numbers from the mixture.

(iii) To detect the presence of specific protein in

a cell.
(iv) To determine the 3-D structure of proteins.

(v) To confirm the presence of a specific DNA

‘sequence.

(vi) To examine the detailed surface topography

of microscopic specimens.

Write short notes on the following (any three):


1091 | 5

(i) Density-gradient centrifugation
(ii) X-ray crystallography

(iii) Ion exchange chromatography
(iv) Autoradiography

3. Differentiate between the following (any five):
(3x5=15)

(i) Chromosome banding and painting
(ii) Northern and Southern blotting

(iii) Positive and Negative staining

(iv) Thin layer chromatography and Column

chromatography

(v) Sucrose and Caesium chloride gradient

chromatography

p.T.O.



1091 6

(vi) Light and Electron microscopy

4. ‘Explain the following along with its applications in

biological sciences (any three) (5x3=15)
(i) FISH

(ii) Agarose gel electrophoresis

(iii) FACS

(iv) UV-Visible Spectrophotometer

>. (i) Explain the principal and application of molecular

Sieve and affinity chromatography? (8)

(i) What is "resolution". Describe different factors

. ; r
that influence the resolution and resolving pow®

of a microscope. _ (7)


7

1091
. Name five radioactive elements used in biological
research along with their applications. (5)
(ii) Explain the following briefly (2.5x4=10)

(a) Role of APS and TEMED in.PAGE.

(b) Why vacuum is required in electron

microscopy but not in light microscopy?

(c) Role of monochomator in spectrophometer.

(d) What is the significance of positioning of
metal emitting electrode at an angle to the

specimen in shadow casting?

7. Describe the following techniques and their

applications (any three) (3x5=15)
(i) Sample preparation in electron microscopy

(ii) Mass spectrometry

P.T.O.



1091 8

(iii) Analytical centrifugation

(iv) Western blotting

(1500)

[This question paper containg 6 Printed pages, |

l

(L.3) Your Roll No./ eh Ay biol

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1106 A
Unique Paper Code : 4216160]

Name of the Paper : Plant Metabolism

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany
Semester : VI

Duration : 3 hours + 30 minutes Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any five questions in all, including question
number 1, which is compulsory.

3. Attempt all parts of a question together.

(a) Fill in the blanks (any six) : (6x0.5=3)

(i) Conversion of ammonia to nitrite and then

to nitrate is called

into

(ii) Triacylglycerols are cleaved by
glycerol and fatty acids,

P.T.O.


2
1106
(ii) —— catalyzes the first step in glycolyg;,

pathway:

(iv) The enzyme succinate dehydrogenage i

of mitochondria,

present on

(v) Charles Bames coined the term

1893.

——_ in

(vi) Cramps caused by heavy exercise result in

accumulation of

(vii) The synthesis of glucose from non-

carbohydrate source is known as

(b) Briefly explain the following terms (any four):
(4x2=8)

(i) Hill’s reaction
(ii) Bacteroids
(iii) Coupled reaction

(iv) Michaelis Constant (Km)

oxidation



1106 3

(c) Expand the following : (4x1=4)
(i) FAD
(11) PEPC
(1) DCPIP
(iv) PUFA

Differentiate between the following (any five) :
(5x3=15)

(a) Lock and key hypothesis and induced fit model
(b) Anabolism and Catabolism

(c) Substrate level phosphorylation and oxidative

phosphorylation
(d) Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids
(e) Nitrate reductase and nitrite reductase

(f) Aerobic and anaerobic respiration

Write explanatory notes on the following (any three) :

(3x5=15)

P.T.O.


4
1106

(a) Mobilization of lipids during seed Berminatio,

f Limiting Factors

(b) Blackman’s law ©

Ms \ val ¢ ic ” a ) ;
(c) Chemiosmoltic mechanism of AT] synthesis

(d) Classification of enzymes

(ce) Emerson enhancement effect and its Significance

(a) Give the contributions of the following Scientist,

(any five) : (5)
(i) TW Engelman
(ii) Hans Kornberg
(iii) E Racker
(iv) Peter Mitchel
(v) CB van Niel

(vi) Louis Pasteur

(b) Write a short note on synthesis and catabolism of
(5)

SUuUCrOSE,


7)

5

1106

(c) Explain the flow of electron during light reaction

of photosynthesis, with the help of flowchart.

(5)

(a) Explain the various factors affecting enzyme

(8)

activity.

(b) Describe Pentose phosphate Pathway and give its
(7)

significance.

(a) Give an account of B-oxidation of fatty acids along

with its energetics. (8)

(b) Discuss the amphibolic pathways of Citric acid
cycle with the help of flow chart. (7)

(a) Explain the carbon fixation process in CAM plants.

How is it different from C4 cycle? (8)

(b) Discuss in details the assimilation of ammonia by

plants. (7)

(a) Give an outline of the Calvin cycle, showing the
substrates, product and enzymes for each of the

important steps. (8)

P.T.O.


1106 6

b) Discuss the process of ATP
( | ATP synthesis w;
ith

i re to structure of ATP
ATP synthase and
C

reference

Boyer’s conformational model
(7)

(1000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]

(5) Your Roll No.&s\« ole
A

Sr. No. of Question Paper - 1169

Unique Paper Code : 32167601

Name of the Paper - Industrial and Environmental
Microbiology

Name of the Course - B.Sc. (H) Botany (CBCS)

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any five questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Attempt all parts of a question together.

1. (a) Fill in the blanks (Any five) : (5x1=5)

(i) _____ medium is designed to suppress
the growth of some microorganisms while

allowing the growth of others.


1169

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(v1)

is an enzyme that
hydrolyzes a-1,4 glycosidic linkages in

starch,

The word

———_—_________ comes from the

Latin verb ‘fervere’ which means to boil.

Industrial amino acids are obtained in

—__________ stage of microbial growth

——_——_________. 1S one of the common

bacteria found in sewage.

Mixing or agitation of medium to maintain

uniformity in a fermenter is achieved by

(b) Define any five of the following :— (5x1=5)

(i) Trickling filter

(11) Sparger

(iii) Filter aids

(iv) Industrial Microbiology

(v) Lyophilization

(vi) Enriched medium


1169 3

(c) Expand any five of the following abbreviations :
(5x1=5)
(i) PDA
(ii) NBAIM
(i) ATCC
(iv) NRRL

(v) EMB
(vi) GRAS
2. Write short notes on any three of the following:

(3x5=15)

(1) Ideal media for industrial fermentation
(11) Enzymes used for industrial applications
(ii1) Microbial growth phases

(iv) Role of microbes in environment

Differentiate between any three of the following:

(3x5=15)
(i) Solid and liquid state fermentation

(ii) Filtration and centrifugation

P.T.O.


1169 4

(iii) Casein and starch hydrolysis

(iv) Airlift and continuously stirred tank fermenter

4. (a) What are the various causes of water pollution?

Discuss the various control measures to reduce

(7)

it?

(b) What are coliform bacteria? Elaborate upon the

various steps used to detect the presence of

coliform bacteria in drinking water. (8)
(a) Discuss different steps involved for recovery and

purification of fermentation products? (8)
(b) Discuss in detail the industrial production of

(i) Ethanol

(ii) Citric acid useing microbes. (7)

6. (a) Discuss the role of microbes in sewage treatment.

(8)

(b) Name at least four soil borne microbes. Discuss

various methods for their isolation? (7)

(700)


on paper contains 6 printed pages. ]

rphis ques" |
(16) Your Roll No. 2elidred-

sr. N

Unique Pa

Nam

Name of the Course

« of the Paper

o, of Question Paper : 1256 A
per Code : 32167608
DSE Bioinformatics

B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany

VI

Semester

Duration : 3.5 Hours

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
Attempt five questions in all.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

All parts of the questions must be answered together.

(a) Give the full form (any five) : (1x5=5)
(i) MIAME
(ii) QSAR
(iii) PDB

(iv) PIR

P.T.Q.


1256
(v) MSA
(vi) NIH
(vii) ORF
(b) Match the following (any five) : (1x5=5)
Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(i) MegaBLAST Unique identifier of a given
protein or DNA sequence
Gi) TrEMBL A web based sequence
submission tool of NCBI
(iit) GCG A PDB database which
- owe) | wg PrOvides annotation and three-
Desh! ~~ ‘nu College Libra imensional structure of

natkaji, New Delhi-19_ - ;
| protein sequences

(iv) Barcode A computer-annotated protein
sequence database supple-
menting the Swiss-Prot

(v) Accession number Program for aligning long

sequences

(vi) NRL_3D Practical Extraction and
. Report Languages

(vil) PEARL » Genetic Computer Group


2.

) pefine the follo
c

3
wing (any Five) : (1x5=5)
(i) SRS

(ii) Rooted and Unrooted Tree

uDiy >
pupil
(iii) Python an “ee
(2 qi
ei
(iv) MEGA Vr SIBRARY «.
€

(v) Conserved sequence omen a

(vi) Rasmol

(vii) GeneScan

Write short notes (any three): (5x3=15)

(a) NGS and WGS

(b) Sequence File formats

(c) Gene prediction methods

(d) Molecular docking

PYEO.


1256 4

5.

(e) Transcriptomics

Differentiate the following (any three) :

(3x5=15)
(a) Cladogram and Phylogram

(b) PAM and BLOSUM

(c) BLAST and FASTA

(d) Genbank and Genpept

(ce) CATH and SCOP

(a) Discuss metabolic pathways database and describe

any two small molecule databases. (3+4=7)

(b) Discuss one protein sequence database and one

protein structural databases? (4+4=8)

(a) What is sequence alignment? Explain pairwise
and multiple sequence alignment with their

significance. (2+6=8)

Deshbandhu. College Library
Kalkaji, New Delhi-19


5

1256

6.

7.

8.

(b) Discuss different level of protein structures and
desc

prediction. (3.5+3.5=7)
Oeshbandnu College Library
Nalkaji, New Delhi-19

(a) What do you understand by Computer-aided drug

ribe computational method of protein structure

designing and also mention various phases of

clinical trials? (5+2=7)

(b) What is Molecular phylogeny and compare
Neighbour Joining, Maximum Parsimony and
Maximum Likelihood methods of phylogeny

reconstruction. (2+6=8)

(a) Give a comparative account on the various
data submission and retrieval tools of NCBI and

EMBL. (3.5+3.5=7)

(b) What do you understand by bioiniormatics?

Discuss its applications, scopes and limitations.
(2+6=8)

(a) What do you understand by biological databases?
Discuss about Primary, Secondary and Composite

database. (2+6=8)

P.T._O.


1256 6

b) What do understand by s aan, on
(b) y sequence homology”

and explain local and global alignment with

diagram?

(2+5=7)

[This que:

Sr. No. of
Unique P
Name of
Name of
Semester

Duration

-Instructi

1. Writ
of tl

2. Atte

3. Que

1. (a)!
(


[This question paper contains 6 printed pages. ]

Your Roll No..2-2.2-

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1351 A
Unique Paper Code : 32161602

Name of the Paper : Plant Biotechnology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Botany

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) List any one contribution of the following Scientists
(1x5=5)

(any five)
(i) Ingo Portykus and Peter Beyer
(ii) Charles Amtzen

(iii) Anand Mohan Chakraborty



1351 2

(iv) Werner Arber and Daniel Nathan
S

(v) Haberlandt

(vi) Guha and Maheshwari

(vii) E. C. Cocking

(b) Expand the abbreviations (any five) (1x5=5)
(i) EPSPS

(1) nptll

(iii) GUS

(iv) CaMV 35S

(v) pBR 322
(vi) MCS
(vii) ICP
(c) Define (any five) (1x5=5)
(i) Superbug
(ii) Blue-White Screening

hue. | (iii) Isoschizomers


1351 3
(iv) Artificial Chromosome Vectors
(v) Totipotency
(vi) Androgenesis

(vil) Plantibodies

2. Differentiate between any three:

(5x3=15)
(i) Phagemidsand Cosmids

Gi) Genomic DNA Library and cDNA Library
Gil) Microinjection and Electroporation

(iv) RAPD. and RFLP -

(v) Primary and Secondary Metabolites

3. Write short notes on (any three) (5x3=15)

(i) Methods of Screening of libraries for gene
localization

(ii) Colony hybridization
(iii) CDNA library preparation

(iv) Cryopreservation



1351 4

(v) Transgenics for Biodegradable plastic Product;
On

4. (a) With the help of illustrations, describe the structure
of a yeast artificial chromosome (YAC) cloning
vector. Explain the process of gene cloning using

a YAC vector. (4+6=10)

(b) What do you understand by molecular farming?
How have transgenic plants been utilized to produce

industrial enzymes? (5)
Or

Discuss about the development of transgenics for

increasing the shelf life of tomatoes. (5)
Deshbandnu. College Library
B

naikaji, New Delhi-19
5. (a) Describe in detail the process that led to the

development of transgenic Bt cotton. What are its
advantages and limitations? (7+3=10)

(b) Give a short account of the ethical concerns
associated with the development and releas¢ of
transgenic crops. (9)
Or

, Ww
Taking one Suitable example, illustrate ho

transgenics have been useful in horticultur (5)


5
1351

detailed account of the reporter genes used
‘ve ade
6. (a) Give a

. oy - Co” AICS Py (12
0 x

(b) Mention the essential requirements for performing
») Me

qa PCR reaction. , ' | (3)
Deshbandhu C loge | TR
OF Ratkaji,. New Dalpij-i5 id

Discuss the advantages of artificial seeds. (3)

7. (a) Give a detailed account of the types, biological
role and applications of restriction endonucleases.

(10)
Or

A linear DNA molecule is subjected to single and

double digestions with restriction endonucleases,

and the following results are obtained: (10)
Enzymes Fragment Sizes (in kb)
EcoRI 8.5, 5.0, 3.0

HindIl 9.5, 6.0, 1.0

EcoRI and Hindi 6.0, 4.0, 3.0, 2.5, 1.0

Draw the restriction map defined by these
data.

P.T.Q.


6

1351
(b) Briefly enumera re applications of plant tissy
culture. .. .
-
;®
x
\
‘t

(800)

[Thi ~ quc~tion paper l'l)nta ins 4 print~d pages .] 
@ 
-LOl1r Ron N o .. J,nJ..9 .. 
Sr. No. of Question Pu per : 7 3 8 2 
J 
32161102 - oc 
Unique Paper Code 
Nan1e of the Paper 
Bio1nolecules 
and 
Cell 
Biology 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
B.Sc. (H) Botany 
I 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum _\,farks : 
~ 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receip: 
of this question paper. 
2. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
4. 
Attempt five questions in all including Question No. 
1. 
1. 
(a) Define the following (any five) : 
(i) Buffer 
(ii) Hydrophobic interactions 
(iii) Glycosylation 
(1 x5=5) 
P.T.O. 


7382 
2 
(iv) Activation energy 
(v ) Ketose 
(vi) Kinetochorc 
(b) Expand the fo llowing (any five) : 
(i) MTOC 
(ii) CGN 
(iii) MPF 
(iv) SER 
(v) SnoRNA 
(vi) NOR 
(I x5=5) 
(I x5=5) 
( c) Match the following : 
(i) Emil Fischer 
(a) Structure of insulin 
(ii) Carl Benda 
(b) Lysosomes 
(iii) Frederick Sanger 
( c) Endosymbiotic hypothesis 
(iv) Christian de Duve ( d) Mitochondria 
(v) Lynn Margulis 
( e) Lock and Key model 
7382 
3 
2. 
Write short notes on the following (any three) : 
(5x3=15) 
(i) Semiautonomous organelles 
(ii) Triglycerides 
(iii) GERL complex 
(iv) Double helical structure of DNA 
3. 
(a) Describe the relationship between nucleolar 
organizing region of chromosome and biogenesis 
of rRNA. 
(5) 
(b) Discuss the role of carrier proteins in membrane 
transport. 
(5) 
(c) Give a brief account on storage polysaccharides. 
(5) 
4. 
Differentiate between the following (any five) : 
(3x5=15) 
(i) Active and passive transport 
(ii) Mitosis and Meiosis 
(iii) Primary and secondary cell wall 
(iv) Endergonic and exergonic reactions 
P.T .O. 


7382 
4 
and non-competitive enzyme 
(v) Competitive 
inhibition 
(vi) Peptide and glycosidic bonds 
5. 
Comment on the following (any three): 
(5 x 3=IS) 
(i) Cell secretion by Golgi Apparatus 
(ii) Types of protein structure 
(iii) Coated vesicles 
(iv) Fluidity of plasma membrane 
(v) Allosteric enzymes 
6. 
(a) What is cell cycle? Discuss the role of check 
points in regulation of cell cycle with the help of 
suitable diagram. 
(7) 
(b) Lysosomes are known as suicidal bags. Comment. 
(3) 
(c) What properties of water makes it the most 
significant biomolecule? 
(5) 
(400) 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
@ 
¥.ear Roll No .. ~ 
. .L9 .. 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 8589 
J 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
32161101 
MICROBIOLOGY AND 
PHY CO LOGY 
B.Sc. (Hons.) BOTANY 
(Admission 2019 onwards) 
I 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on tne top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
2. 
All parts of a question must be attempted together. 
3. 
Illustrate your answers with suitable diagrams 
wherever necessary. 
4. 
This question paper has six questions. 
5. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
6. 
Attempt any FIVE questions, including Question No. 
1, which is compulsory. 
P.T.O. 


8589 
2 
1. 
This Question is COMPULSORY. 
(a) Fill in the blanks : 
0 >< 5==5) 
(i) 
. 
----- corned the term 'Algae'. 
(ii) Rust of Tea is caused by ____ _ 
(iii) A colony with a definite number and 
arrangement of cells is called ----
(iv) The principle component of bacterial cell 
wall is ____ _ 
(v) Smallest known infectious agents that lack 
protein coat are called ____ _ 
(b) Briefly explain the following terms: 
(i) Clump formation 
(ii) Cystocarp 
(iii) Synzoospore 
(iv) Air bladders 
(v) Fimbriae 
(2x5=10) 
2. 
Differentiate between any THREE of the following : 
(5x3=15) 
8589 
3 
(a) Unilocul.ar sporangium & plurilocular sporangium 
(b) Gongrosira stage & palmella stage 
( c) Phaeophyta & rhodophyta 
(d) Gram positive bacteria & gram negative 
bacteria 
3. 
Give labelled diagrams for any three of the following : 
(5 >< 3=15) 
(a) Lytic cycle 
(b) Chara - L.S. globule 
(c) Chlamydomonas - E.M. 
(d) Polysiphonia - Thallus bearing Cystocarp 
4. 
Write short notes on any three of the following : 
(5x3=15) 
(a) Structure of TMV 
(b) Morphology of Fucus 
(c) Sexual reproduction in vaucheria 
(d) Cell division in Oedogonium 
P.T.O. 


8589 
4 
5. 
Discuss any three of the following : 
(a) Unusual habitats of Algae 
(b) Industrial products from Algae 
( c) Bacterial growth curve 
(5x3=1 5) 
(d) Symptoms & control measures of any two plant 
viral diseases 
6. 
Explain any three of the following : 
(a) Thallus organization in coleochaete 
(b) Vegetative reproduction in BGA 
( c) Binary fission in bacteria 
(5x3=15) 
(d) Importance of viruses in the field of medicine 


l'l'hiN qu~~tioll pnp<·r vont:rin8 ·'1- printed page8I 
'Yont l{uJJ No:-' 
: .... l o.Lq ....... . 
: 8609 
J 
: .32 1(,lJ0'.2 
SJ. No. of Q. Paper 
llniqur Pnp<'r <..'ode 
Nn111t• of th<· Course 
NnnH· pf tlu· Pnpcr 
: B.Sc.(Hons.) Botany 
: 13iotnolccu lcs and cell 
Binlogy 
8 c n1<.·s1 er 
: I 
Tlmc : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates : 
(o) Wr ite your Roll No. on lhc lup in1n1ediatcly 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attcn1pt any five questions in all, including 
Question No. l which is compulsory. 
(c) All parts of o qut:stion n1ust' be ntt e111pted 
t'ogc lhcr . 
1. (a) lJcfinc (uny five) : 
(i) 
Buffers 
(ii) Peptide l>ood 
(iii) Pro~th<'f i<' Kn>up 
Ov) l~oclf'l·{n(' poiul 
lx5=5 
l') 'I' 0 
. . . 


8609 
(v) 
Free energy 
(vi) Nuclear lamina 
(b) Give structures of the following (any five) : 
lx5=5 
(i) 
Lactose 
(ii} Cellulose 
(iii) Amino acid with positively charged R 
group 
(iv) Adenin e 
(v) 
Sterol 
(vi) Isoprene 
(c) Match the following : 
(i) Acid Phosphatase 
(ii) Ribosome 
(iii) Beta Sheet 
(iv) SER 
lx5=5 
(a) Lipid synthesis 
(b) Lysosome 
(c) Carrier protein 
(d) Nucleolus 
(v) Facilitated transport (e) Silk Protein 
2. Differentiate between the following (any five) : 
(i) Globular and Fibrous protein 
(ii) Euchromatin and Heterochromatin 
(iii) Primary and Secondary,cell wall 
(iv) Endergonic and Exergonic reactions 
2 
3x5=15 
(v) Competitive and Non competi't·· 
. . _, . 
1ve mr_C!".:t-.~ 
(vi) Band Z DNA 
-· 
3. Write short notes on (any three) : 
(i) Nuclear pore complex 
(ii). Regulation of cell cycle 
(iii) tRNA 
(iv) Water as a universal solvent 
4. Draw well labelled diagrams (any three) : 
3x5=15 
(i) Ultrastructure of mitochondria 
(ii) Ultrastructure of primary cell wall 
(iii) Metaphase II stage of meiosis 
(iv) Fluid mosaic model 
5. (a) Discuss the role of endoplasmic reticulum 
in folding, processing and quality control of 
protein. 
10 
(b) Name a marker enzyme for the following 
organelles : 
;:) 
(i) Inner mitochondrial membrane 
(ii) Lysosome 
(iii) Peroxisomes 
(iv) Golgi bodies 
(v) Chloroplast stroma 
3 
P.T.O. 


8609 
6. (a} Define 
activation 
energy. 
Explain 
mechanism of enzyme action with the help 
of various theories. 
8 
(b) Give structure and function of lysosomes. 
7 
1 0()Q·
.!. 0
1.,,-

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages]

Your Rolt NG. S séewns AL LY sacees

Sl. No. of Q. Paper : 2192 IC

Unique Paper Code : 32161201

Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) Botany

Name of the Paper : Mycology and
Phytopathology

Semester . :

Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates :
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.
(b) Attempt any six questions in ail including
question No.1 which is compulsory.
(c) Please attempt all parts of a question

together.
(d) Draw suitable diagrams wherever
necessary.
1. (a) Fill in the blanks: 1x10=10
(i) cece ee eee is a coprophilous fungus.
(| oe is commonly known as red mold.

P.T.O.


2192

(iii) A fungus used in flavouring of cheese

IS ..e.ceseeeees
(iv) Yellow stripe rust of Wheat is causeq
DY scsccccvcesees
(v) Coenocentrum is found in...
(Vi)... eee. is an example of a holocarpic
fungus.

(vii) Thallus of slime mold is called ........

(viii) Isidia are vegetative propagules of

(ix) Angular leaf spot of cotton is caused
by ....... cee: eaeee |

(x). Perfect stage of Aspergillusis ...............

(b) Define any five of the following : 1x5=
(i)  Capillitium
(ii) Appresorium
(iii) Myxamoeba
(iv) Hymenium
(v) Arbuscles
(vi) Soredia
(vii) Sporodochium
2. Differentiate between any three of the following :
4x3=12
(i) Amphigynous and paragynous antheridial
development

2


4.

2192

(ii) Cleistothecium and Perithecium
(111) Endomycorrhiza and Ectomycorrhiza
(iv) Homoeomerous and Heteromerous lichen

Write short notes on any three of the following :
4x3=12

(i) Spermatization

(11) Fairy ring of mushroom

(i11) Plant quarantine regulations

(iv) Chytridiomycetes

(v) Sexual reproduction in Rhizopus

Discuss briefly any two of the following :
6x2=12

(i) Classification of plant discases

(ii) External symptoms of viral diseases

(iii) Bioluminiscence in fungi

Write notes on any three of the following :
4x3=12

(i) Asexual reproduction in Albugo
(ii) Sexual reproduction in Phytophthora

(iii) Sexual reproduction in Neurospora
‘ le ve Velo comyces
(iv) Sexual reproduction In Saccharomy
cerevisiae
(vy) Parasexual cycle in a fungus. ao


2192

6. Draw well labelled diagrams of any three of the __
following : 4x3=12 a
(i) V.S. thallus of lichen
(ii) V.S. apothecium of Peziza
(iii) L.S. of a gill of Agaricus
(iv) Sporangium of Stemonitis

7. (i) Explain the life cycle of Puccinia graminis tritici

with well labelled diagrams. 6

(ii) Discuss role of fungi in agriculture and food
industry. — 6 eae
8. Explain any three of the following:  4«3=12
(a) Symptoms of bacterial diseases a
(b) Conidiophore of Penicillium
_(c) Hyphae modification in fungi
(d) Asexual reproduction in Alternaria
(e) Types of Plasmodium .


(b
[This question paper contains 4 printed pages]

Your Rolt-No.—- : soot Odal decree

Sl. No. of Q. Paper : 2193 IC

Unique Paper Code ‘= :32161202

Name of. the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany
Name of the Paper : Archegoniatae
Semester | : I

Time : 3 Hours _ Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates :

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.

(b) Attempt five questions in all.

(c) Question No.1 is compulsory.

(d) Attempt all parts of question together .
(

e) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever
necessary.

1. (a) Fill in the blanks: 1x5=5

(i) The term gymnosperms was coined


2193

(iii) coccceeeeeeereeeeeeeeeereeeeeees is a gymnosperm
showing double fertilization.

(iv) Kidney shaped sporangia are seen
IN... epee

(v) Canada balsam is obtained from...........

(b) Match the following : 1x5=5
(i) Retort cells Cycas
(ii) Synangium Pteris
(iii) Amphigastria Sphagnum
(iv) Stomium =. Porella |
(v) Diploxyliccondition Psilotum
(c) Give the botanical names of : 1x5=5

(i) Whisk fern
(ii) Peat moss
(111) A living fossil
(iv) Hornwort

(v) Scouring rushes

2. Differentiate between any three of the following :
3x5=15
(i) Thallus of Riccia and Pellia
(11) Gametophyte of Equisetumand Pteris
2


2193

(iii) Stem of Cycas and Pinus

(iv) Gametophyte of Porella and vegetative

Sporophyte of Selaginella

(v) Capsule of Marchantia and Riccia

Draw neat labelled diagrams of any three of the
following : 3x5=15

(i) T.S. internode of Equisetum stem

(ii) V.S. needle of Pinus

(iii) T.S. coralloid root of Cycas

(iv) L.S. capsule of Funaria

(v) V.S. sporophyll of Pteris

Write short notes on any three of the following :
— 3x5=15

(i) Spore dispersal in Pteris

(ii) Hydrophytic characters of Equisetum

(iii) Primitive features of Cycas

(iv) Asexual reproduction in Marchantia

3 P.T.O.


:

2193 f
5. (a) Enumerate the general characteristics |
Pteridophytes. How are they different from |
Bryophytes P io) 4

(b) Enumerate the morphological features of i

(c) What is a seed-scale complex ? Explain. 3

6. (a) What are the differences between the ovule © |

of Cycas and Pinus at the time of fertilization?
Draw diagrammatic sketches to support your __
answer. 7 =

(b) Briefly enumerate the evolution of stelar —

-_

system in Pteridophytes. 52

(c) Discuss the ecological importance of
Bryophytes. 3

7. (a) What are the evolutionary tendencies of

Gnetum ? 5 &

(b) The sporophyte of Anthoceros is partially
independent. Comment. ~)

(c) What is the significance of heterospory ?
Explain. 5

4 1300


SI. No. of Q.P. : 3547 | A® | dol4

Unique Paper Code: 217251

Name of Paper: Chemistry-II (CHCT-402)

Name of Course: B.Sc (H) Biochemistry/Botany/Biomedical Science/Microbiology
Semester: II

Duration: 3 hrs

Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates:

1. Write your roll number on top immediately on receipt of this question.
2. Attempt all questions.

1. Answer the following: (5x3=15)

a. What do you understand by concepts of stereoisomerism and chiral centre?
b. In gas phase the order of increasing basicity is:

Ammonia< Primary Amine (CH3NH2) < Secondary Amine (CH3)2NHo< Tertiary
Account for this observation
Would this order remain the same or change in water?
c. Which is most stable and why?
Primary Carbocation
Secondary Carbocation
Tertiary Carbocation . i
d. Salicylic acid is 15 times more aciilic than benzoic acid. ‘Explain why.
e. Draw all possible ‘conformations of cyclohexane and specify which is the most stable

form giving reason.

2. Explain any six the following with examples (6 x 3=18)
a. Conformation
. b. Meso form
c. Chiral Centre
d. Enantiomers
e. Diastereomers
f. Reducing sugar .
g. Erythro and threo-prefixes,

3. Write short notes on the following: (5 x 4= 20)
Conformational Isomerism
Resonance
Merrifield synthesis
Edmann Deeradation

ao So pf


e. Racemic mixture

4. How would you accomplish the following conversions? (3x2=6)
a. D-Glucose to D-Fructose

b. D-Arabinose to D-Fructose

5. Give an account of the following with the help of mechanism: (3)

IN

Oo oo

Osazone Formation of glucose

Can you explain why Fructose is a reducing sugar? | (3)
Wnite the structure of Ninhydrin reagent explaining its use. (3)
Discuss the use of D.C.C. and t-BOC in peptide synthesis. (3)

How many stereoisomers are possible for tartaric acid? Draw structures in Fischer

Projection formula. Apart from this, also explain how would these stereoisomers be
related to each other? (4)

~ ee

[This questio n paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No ... ~19. 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 7383 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
32161301 
'. ·, 
..... -. ., ft'\ 
. ~-
... -. , 
... ' 
......, 
·-; L \ b • '- ;-\ f'\ 
1 *
Anatomy of 
Rg1osperms 
?-.. 
' 
B.Sc. (Hons) Bo _'"" .... i , . 
e"', 
'i Ne'/11 O 
III 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on' the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
2. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory and attempt five 
questions in all. 
3. 
Draw well labelled diagrams wherever required and 
answer all parts of question together. 
1. 
(a) Define the following (any five) 
(i) Passage cell 
(ii) Plastochrone 
(iii) Tension wood 
(Sxl=S) 


7383 
2 
l iv) Angu lnr cc""'llenchyma 
(v) Ray tracheid 
(vi) Lysigenous cavity 
(b) Match the following: 
(5xl=5) 
(a) Ficus 
(i) Vesselless angiosperms 
(ii) Casparian strip 
(iii) Bulliform cells 
(iv) Trichoblast 
(v) Cystolith 
(b) Root hair 
( c) Trochodendron 
( d) Endodermis 
(e) Grasses 
(c) Give suitable examples where following are present 
(any five) 
(5xl=5) 
(i) Brachysclereids 
(ii) Amphicribral vascular bundle 
(iii) Lacunar collenchyma 
(iv) Velamen 
(v) Glandular trichome 
(vi) Articulated Ja ticifer 
7383 
3 
2. 
3. 
4 . 
Write short notes on any three of the following: 
(3x5=15) 
(a) 
KorperKappe theory 
(b) 
Application of plant anatomy in systematics 
( c) 
Origin of lateral roots 
( d) 
Lenticels 
(e) 
Hydathodes 
Differentiate between (any five) 
(5 x3=5) 
(a) Storied and Non storied cambium 
(b) Ray and fusiform initials 
(c) Heart and sap wood 
(d) Vessel and tracheid 
(e) Simple and bordered pits 
(f) Collenchyma and sclerenchyma 
(g) Ring porous and diffuse porous wood 
(a) Elaborate the process of secondary growth in 
cl icot stem. 
(1 0) 
(b) Define qui escent centre ;rnd its significance. (5) 
n ' 1 r, 


7383 
4 
5. 
Draw well labelled diagrams (any three) 
(a) T.S. Dicot root 
(b) V.S. shoot apex 
( c) Kranz anatomy 
(d) T.S. wood showing tyloses 
( e) Periderm 
(5x3==15) 
6. 
(a) Elucidate the anatomical adaptations in xerophytes. 
(10) 
(b) Explain seasonal activity of cambium 
(5) 
7. 
(a) Discuss various types of stomata present in 
angiosperms with suitable examples. 
(10) 
(b) Elaborate cytodifferentiation of sieve tube 
elements. 
(5) 


[This question paper contains 5 printed pages. J 
@ 
Your Roll No .. dd).1B .. 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 7384 
~~C',-\~ C~ 
'<J 
. \.>') 
Unique Paper Code 
32161302 
~ 
'1 (C' 
C/) 
-, (\ ~, 
-ti 
W 
r ' '. · 1' 
o 
\v '' 
Name of the Paper 
Economic Bot ~ 
\_ 
, 
, 
,--s-
~ 
0?.; 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) B ~ 1 ~/ 
Semester 
III 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 
75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt Five questions 1n all including question 
No. 1 which is compulsory. 
3. 
All parts of a question must be answered together. 
4. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
5. 
Draw labelled diagrams and write the botanical name 
wherever necessary. 
1. 
(a) Give botanical name and family of the following: 
(Sx l) 
P.T .O . 


7384 
2 
(i) Plant that causes Lathyrism 
(ii) Plant roots of which are used for making 
screen in coolers 
(iii) Plant that yields digital in 
(iv) Plant leaves of which are used for 
wrapping tobacco in bidi 
(v) Plant that is known as "King of Spices" 
(b) Match the following: 
(5 x 1) 
(j) Papaver sominiferum 
(ii) Corchorus capsuJaris 
(iii) Linum usitatissimum 
(a) Ginning 
(b) Ratooning 
(c) Lancing 
(iv) Gossypium hirsutum 
(d) Retting 
( v) Saccharum officinarum 
( e) FL ax 
(c ) Expand any five of the following: 
(5 x l) 
(i) JP R 
(ii) CRRI. 
3 
7384 
2. 
( ... ) CTRI 
111 
(iv) NBPGR 
(v) IARI 
(vi) CPRI 
three of the following 
Draw labelled diagrams of any · 1 ) . 
(3 x 5= 15) 
. 
and fam1 y . 
(Write botanical name 
(i) L.S. of clove 
(ii) Portion of sugar cane stem 
(iii)T.S. of schizocarpic fruit 
(iv)L.S. cotton seed 
3. 
Differentiate between any five o f the following: 
(5>< 3= 15) 
(i) Fatty oils and essential oils 
(ii) Porous wood and non-porous wood 
(iii) C. capsularis and C. ol itori us 


7384 
4 
4 . 
(iv) Flue curing and sun curing 
(v) Black tea and Green tea 
(vi) Millets and Cereals 
Write short note on any five of the follow· 
. (5 3-
mg. 
X -15) 
(i) V avilov's concept of centres of origin of cultivated 
plants 
(ii) Bi-products of sugarcane industry 
(iii) Tapping of latex from para rubber tree 
(iv)Tobacco and its Health hazards 
(v) Extraction methods of essential oils 
(vi) TPS technology 
5. 
Write botanical name, family, part used and economic 
importance of any five the following: 
(5 x3=15) 
(i) Saffro n 
(ii) Linseed 
(iii)Teak 
(iv) Cotton 
5 
7384 
(v) Mustard 
(vi) Wheat 
6. 
(vii) Groundnut 
lant Comment on 
(a) Coconut is a multi- purpose p 
. 
(5) 
the statement. 
(b) Write note on importance of legum es to man and 
(5) 
ecosystem. 
(c) Give a detailed account of the morphology and 
economic importance of wheat. 
(5) 
7. 
(a) What is retting? Explain this process in jute. (5) 
(b) Write botanical name ,family,par t u s e d and 
chemical constituents of any two dru g yielding 
plants you have studied 
(5) 
(c) Comment on the advantages and d' 
d 
1sa vantages of 
Green Revolution. 
(5) 
(1300) 


[This question paper contains 6 printed pages .] 
Your Roll N o .. d--lJLq .. 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 738 5 
11 C 
t 
' 
J ( \. 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
32161303 
Genetics 
.-< 
.,., 
, 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
Semester 
III 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 
75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll-No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt Five questions in all. 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
1. 
(a) Give contributions of the following scientists 
(any 5) : 
(1 x5) 
(i) Nilsson-Ehle 
(ii) R. C. Punnett 
P.T .O. 


4 
5. 
7385 
2 
(iii) L . Cuenot 
(iv) H. J. Muller 
(v) Hugo de Vries, K. Correns, E . Tschermark 
(vi) S. Benzer 
(b) Defi ne the following terms (any 5) : 
(i) Holandric genes 
(ii) Allele 
(iii) Chi-square test 
(iv) Recon 
(v) Karyotype 
(vi) Allopatric speciation 
(c) Expand the following (any 5) : 
(i) SRY 
(ii) QTL 
(iii) 5-BU 
(1 x5) 
(1 x5) 
73 85 
3 
(iv) Fl 
(v) NTG 
(vi) cM 
2 . 
Write short notes on the follo wing (any 3): 
(5x3) 
(a) M ultiple Alleles 
(b) ClB experiment 
( c) Cis-trans complementation test 
( d) Kapp a particle inheritance in Paramecium 
3. 
Differentiate between the fo llowing (any 3) : (Sx3) 
4. 
(a) Physical and Chemical mutagen 
(b) Euploidy and Aneuploidy 
( c) Dominance ,md Epistasis 
. 
. 
us variations 
( d) Continuous and discontrnuo 
·th an example. 
n r · bera Law wi 
(a) Explain H ardy- v\ em 
O 
(8) 
P.T.0 . 


73 85 
4 
(b) Discuss maternal influence with the help of an 
exampl e. 
(7) 
5. 
(a) Describe pre-zygotic and post-zygotic mechanisms 
of reproducti \·e isolation in Angiosperms . 
(8) 
(b) \\ .ha t do you und erstand by express iYity and 
penetrance? 
(5) 
(c ) Explain test cross . 
(2) 
6. 
( a) Explain lethal all eles and their inheritance with 
I • 
examoles. 
(6) 
(b) \Vh a t 1s chromosomal inversion? D iscuss its 
consequence during gamete formatio n. 
(9) 
(a) In Drosophila, Lyra (L y) and Stubble (Sb) are 
ciominant mutations located on two separate loci 
on chro:nosome 3. A recessive mutation with bright 
red eyes was z.lso shown to be on chromosome 3. 
Progeny is obtained by crossing a fem ale who is 
heterozygous for all three mutations to a male 
homozygous for bright red mutation (br). The 
7385 
5 
following data is oenerat d . 
o 
e . 
Phenotype 
Number 
Ly 
+ 
Ly 
+ 
Ly 
+ 
Ly 
+ 
Sb br 
404 
+ 
+ 
422 
+ 
+ 
18 
Sb br 
16 
+ 
br 
75 
Sb 
+ 
59 
Sb 
+ 
4 
..L 
br 
2 
(i) Calculate N on crossover, Siruzle crossoYei 
and Double crossover frequencies. 
(6) 
(ii) Determine the correct gene sequence anc 
the map distance between each loci. 
(3 ) 
(iii) Calcu1 ate Coefficient of coinc idence (C) 
and Interference <I) . 
P.T .O . 


6 
( h ) l \ p l n ll l g t ~ I ll ~ I I (' d r i n i I l l d i ls i n1 p J i Ca t j On s . 
( 3 )

or'u co?;" 
~ 
® 
~~ 
I~ 
c~" .,.? t\R'< 
~ 
. 
. 
~-uu'"'-' 
~ 
[This question paper contains 4 pt"lftted page, 
Your Roll No .. 
S1. No. of Q. Paper 
Cnique Paper Code 
~ arne of the Course 
>lame of the Paper 
Seme s ter 
Time : 3 Hou.rs 
r✓// 
,,. J 
~ -
• 
,I 
..:.!.L ' ' t-. "J "' 
, 
,,. (j 
• • •• ••••• •••• •••••••• ••••• 
~i 
: 2194 
IC 
: 32 161401 
: B.Sc. (Hons .. ) Botany 
: Molecular Biology 
: IV 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates : 
(a ) Write your Roll No . on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question p aper . 
.. 
(b ) Qu estion No, l is compulsory and attempt 
five questions in all. 
(c ) Attempt all parts of the question together. 
1. 
(a ) Give major contributions of the follo~ling 
(any five): 
5x1=5 
(i) M. Meselson and F. W. Stahl 
(ii) H. G. Khorana 
(iii) F. Meischer 
(iv) J . H. Taylor 
(v) R. W. Holley 
P.T.O. 


2194 
(vi) C. Yanofsky 
(vii) M. Kozak 
(b) Expand the following (any five) : 
5x 1=5 
(i) SSB 
(ii) GTF 
(iii) CRP 
(iv) IGS 
(v) UTR 
(vi) ORC 
(c) Define (any five)· : 
(i) Hyperchromicity 
(ii) Ribozyme 
(iii) Shine-Dalgarno sequence 
(iv) Operon 
(v) Okazaki fragment 
(vi) Catenation 
5 x 1=5 
2. Differentiate between any five of the following 
with the help of labelled digrams : 
5 x3=15 
(i) A-DNA and Z-DNA 
(ii) Pribnow box and Hogness box 
(iii) Constitutive and facultative Heterochromatin 
2 
2194 
(iv) Nucleotide and Nucleoside 
(v) DNA Pol I and DNA Pol III 
(vi) Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic ribosome 
3. Write short notes on any three of the following 
and draw labelled diagrame : 
3 x 5= 15 
(i) Nucleosome structure 
(ii) Inhibitors of protein synthesis 
(iii) Rolling circle model of DNA replication 
(iv) Mitochondrial genome 
(v) Gene silencing 
4. (a) Briefly describe the regulation of 
Tryptophan synthesis in E. coli. 
10 
(b) Discuss the experiments that helped 111. 
deciphering the genetic code. 
5 
5. (a) Discuss the role of various proteins that 
assemble at the replication fork during 
prokaryotic DNA replication. 
9 
(b) Describe Fraenkel-Conrat's cxperi1nent 
which proved that RNA is the gen etic 
material. 
6 
3 
P.T.O . 


2 194 
6. (a) Explain in detail the initiation of 
translation in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes. 
9 ·
(b) Name and compare the three classes of 
RNA splicing. 
6 
7. (a) Explain transcription termination in 
prokaryotes and eukaryotes. 
1 O 
(b) Briefly describe exon shuffling. 
5' 


[This question paper contains 4 pririte,9 pages] ·; 
J 
Your Roll No. 
: ....................... : i(,_J: ,, ~1 q 
: 2195 
IC 
: 32161402 
SJ. No. of Q. Paper 
Uniqu e Paper Code 
Name of the Course 
Nrune of tl1e Paper 
Semester 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
: Ecology 
: IV 
Time : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates : 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt five questions in all. 
(c) Question No.tis co1npulsory. 
( d )~ All questions. carr~y equal marks. 
( e) All parts of questions must be attempted 
together. 
1. (a) Define any five of the following : 
(i) Endemism 
(ii) Carrying capacity 
(iii) Soil ,texture 
5xl=5 
P.T.O. 
I 


'. 195 
(iv) Ecotone 
(v) Weathering 
(vi) Ecesis 
(vii) Ecological amplitude 
(viii) Mortality 
(b) Fill in the blanks : 
Sx 1 =5 
(i) The amount of inorganic substances 
present in the environment of an 
ecosystem is called ... ........... .... .... .. ... . 
(ii) .......... ......... ... ..... is an instrument used 
to measure light intensity. 
(iii)Th e soils transported by wind is called 
as ........... ...... . 
(iv) .. .. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . is an example of 
stem parasite. 
(v) The a bility of a,n organism for s elf 
regulation \vhich enables them to adjust 
to 
changing 
environment 
is 
called ...... .. ..... . 
(c) Match the following : 
Sxl=S 
Column A 
(i) Holard 
{ii) Epiphyte 
( iii) Sero tiny 
2 
ColumnB 
(a) Pinus 
(b) Warmer 
upperm ost layer 
of water body 
(c) Total water in 
soil 
2195 
(iv) Psarnmosere 
(d) A plant growing 
on another plant 
(v) Epilimnion 
( e) Succession 
occurring on sand 
2. Write short notes on any three of the follmving : 
(a) Habitat and Ecological Niche 
(b) Vegetation of Delhi 
{c) Raunkiaer's life forms 
(d) Survivorship curves 
(e) Precipitation types 
3x5=15 
3. Differentiate bet\veen any five of the following : 
5x3=15 
(a) Net primary productivity & Gross primary 
productivity 
(b) Mor humus & Mull humus 
(c) Primary succession & Secondary succession 
(d) Food chain & Food web 
( e) Heliophytes & Sciophytes 
(f) Natural ecosystem & Artificial ecosystem 
4. (a) Define Bio geochemical cycle . Exp lain 
nitrogen cycle with suitable diagram. 
5 
(b) Discuss the beneficial effects of fire . 
5 
3 
P.T.O. 


2195 
(c) Define age pyramid. Descri_be briefly t_he 
different types of age pyramids along with 
the suitable diagrams. 
5 
So 
(a) Define Endemism. Give a brief account. of 
any two phytogeographical zones of India . 
5 
(b) Write 
an 
account 
on 
analytical 
characteristics of a community. 
5 
(c) What is soil profile ? Briefly explain with 
the help of suitable diagram. 
5 
6. (a) Briefly discuss the "Thermal Stratification" 
in a sta.11ding water body. 
5 
(b) Expiain the different forms of water in soil. · 
5 
(c) Give an account on Y- sl1aped energy flo\;v 
model. 
S 
OR 
Comment on "Wind as an ecological 
factor". 
7. (a) Wh_at is Ecological Succession ? E.xplain 
various stages of hydrosere with the help of 
suitable diagram. 
8 
(b) Describe various types of positive interactions 
am ~1:-gst . t he 
living 
organism s 
by citing suitable examples. 
7 
4 


@) 
[This question paper contains 4 printed pages] 
Your Roll No. 
• . ························ 
~ 
: 2196 
IC 
: 32161403 
SI. No. of Q. Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Nrune of the Course 
Naine of the Paper 
Semester 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
: Plant Systematics 
: IV 
Time : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates : 
. (a) Write your Roll-No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt five questions in all. 
(c) Question No.1 is compulsory. 
(d) Attempt all parts of a question together. 
( e) All questions carry equal marks. 
1. (a) . Fill in the banks : 
5 
has given sexual 
(i) 
\ 
I 
........................... 
system of classification. 
(ii) 
... .... .. ... ............. .is the author of 
Theorie elementaire de la botanique. 
(iii) ......... ........ .. .. .... is the alternative 
name of Umbelliferae. 
P.T.O. 


2196 
(b) 
(iv) 
.... .. ................... .is the author of' The 
Flora of Delhi'. 
(v) 
• • •. • • • .. .. .. .. ... .. ..... is the father of Genus 
Concept. 
· (vi) 
Th e taxonomic category indicated by the 
suffix '-opsida' is .... .......... . 
Expand the following (any five): 
5 
(i) 
nom. nud. 
(ii) 
IAPf 
(iii) ICN 
(iv) 
DC. 
(v) 
nom. cons. 
(vi) ICNCP 
(c) Where are the following located : 
2 
(i) 
National Botanical Research Institu te 
(ii) 
Royal Botanical Garden 
(d) Define the following (any three) : 
(i) 
Holotype 
(ii) 
Heterobathn1y 
(iii) Plesiomorphy 
(iv) Taxon 
3 
2. Write short note on any three of the following: 
3x5=15 
(a) Principle of priority and its lim itations 
(b) Polyclaves 
2 
2196 
(c) Roles of a herbarium 
(d) Co-evolu tion of angiosperm s and animals 
3. 
(a) Describe the system of classification given 
by Bentham and Hooker for seed plants u pto 
series. Explain the merits and dem erits of 
this classification system. 
7 +4= 11 
(b) What is a flora ? Give one example each of 
local, regional and continental flora with 
their authors. 
4 
4. Differentiate between any three : 
3x5=15 
(i) Phenetic and phylogenetic classification 
(ii) Primitive and Advanced characters 
(iii) Parallelism and Convergence 
(iv) Phenogram and Cladogrc!.m 
5 . 
(a) What cytological data are used in plant 
systematics ? Discuss their role in solving 
taxonomic problems ¼ith examples. 
8 
(b) 
Write Principles of numerical taxonomy. Give any three 
merits and demerits. 
7 
6. Briefly discuss any three : 
3x5=15 
(i) The herbac eous origin hypothesi s of 
angiosperm. 
(ii) Rejection of scientific names. 
3 
P,T.O. 


2196 
(iii) Biological species concept. 
(iv) APG (III) classification 
7. (a) Interpret the following : 
(i) 
Delphinium viscosumHook. et. Thomson 
1 
(ii) 
X Triticose-cale 
l 
(iii) Rosa webbiana + Rosafloribenda 
l 
(iv) 
Cynodon dactylon (Linn.) Pers. Panicum 
dactylon Linn. 
2 
(b) Name the authors who have used the 
following groups name in their classification 
(any five): 
5xl=5 
(i) 
Ordines anomali 
(ii) 
Liliopsida 
(iii) Gamopetalae 
(iv) Heteromerae · 
(v) 
Diandria 
(vi) 
Embryoph~y7ta 
(c) Give an example for the following (any five) : · 
5xl=5 
(i) 
Autonym 
{ii) 
Species name after the name of a 
taxonomist 
(iii) Generic name based on a place 
(iv) 
Monotypic familv · 
_, 
(v) 
Monograph 
(vi) 
Index 
4 
1,300

!This qu L:stion pa per co ntai ns 6 pr111 kd page;) .] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 
Un ique Paper Code 
N an1c of lhe P ap er 
N a1ne of the Course 
Se1nes ter 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Yo ur Ro ll e~l ft 
~C:; 
~ 
Q 
00 
7 3 s 6 
• t..1 l /~, .I 
~ 
32 161 501 
~ 
l/1,Yy ~ 
i . 
f"l] 
/ 
Reprodu cti ~d~}8i?J;~~6" 
Angiosperms 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
V 
Maxim um Marks 
7 5 
Instructions for Candidates 
l. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt five Questions in all including Question N o . 
1, which is co1npulsory. 
3. 
All parts of a question must be attempted together. 
4. 
Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necess ary . 
1. 
(a) Fill in the blanks (a ny six) : 
(6x 1 =6) 
(i) Rejection reaction occurs at the stigma 
surface in ____ self-incompatibility. 
P.T. O . 


7386 
2 
(ii) Pseudo-embryo sac 1s a characteristic 
(iii) 
feature of the family ___ _ 
1s a fleshy outgrowth of the 
integument at the micropylar region of 
the seed which helps in dispersal and 
germination. 
(iv) Coconut milk is an example of----
(v) The presence of composite endosperm is 
a characteristic feature of the family 
(vi) The contents of the pollen tu be are 
discharged in ____ cell of the embryo 
sac. 
(vii) Hypodermal position of megaspore mother 
• · 
f 
ovules 
cell is charactenstlc o ----
· 
(b) Define any six of the following terms : 
(i) Cleistogamy 
(ii) Hypostase 
(iii) Palynology 
(6 Xl=6) 
7386 
3 
(iv) Cybrids 
(v) Aril 
(vi) Nemec Phenomenon 
(vii) Diplospory 
(viii) Helobial Endosperm 
(c) Write the contributions of the following 
embryologists (any two) : 
(2 x l.5=3) 
(i) G.B. Amici 
(ii) E. Strasburger 
(iii) B. M. Johri 
2. 
Differentiate between any five of the followinrr · 
C, • 
(5 x3=] 5) 
(i) Anemophily and Hydrophily 
(ii) Simultaneous and Success ive Cytokin es is 
(iii) Vegetative and Generative cell 
(iv) Autochory and Anemochory 
P.T .O. 


7386 
4 
(v) Gametophytic 
and 
Sporophytic 
Self-
Incompatibility 
(vi) Endothecium and Endothelium 
3. 
Write short notes on the following (any three) : 
(3 x5=15) 
(i) Bisporic Embryo sac development 
(ii) Germ line transformation 
(iii) Embryogenesis in Paeonia 
(iv) Pollen wall structure 
4. 
Answer the following (any three) : 
(3x5=15) 
(a) What are the different methods used to overcome 
incompatibility? Explain any two methods in 
detail. 
(b) Describe the floral mechanisms favouring cross-
pollination in bisexual flowers. 
( c) What are the various methods used for pollen 
storage? Briefly outline the practical applications 
of the technique of pollen storage. 
73 86 
5 
(d) Explain the development of Plumbago type d 
embryo sac diagrammatically and mention thc: 
ploidy of primary endosperm nucleus. 
5. 
Attempt any three : 
(a) Define apomixis. What is the differen ce between 
apospory and adventive embryony? 
(b) Write briefly about the functions of the anther 
tapetum. 
( c) Explain the structure and the role played by the 
synergids in double fertilization. 
(d) What is unique about the microsporogenesis m 
Cyperaceae? 
6. 
Answer the following (any three): 
(3 x5=15) 
(a) What are the different pathways taken by the 
pollen tube to enter the ovule? 
(b) E x p 1 a in the di ff ere n t fa ct ors a ff e c t in g the 
germination of pollen grains. 
P.T.0. 


7386 
6 
(c) What 
1s the difference between cleavage 
polyembryony and adventive polyembryony? 
(d) Draw well-labelled diagrams of : 
(i) Male Germ Unit of Plumbago zeylanica. 
(ii) T . S . tetras p o rang i at e ant h er s h o w i n g 
secretory tapetum and microspore tetrads. 


[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No ... k.Li .. 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 7 3 8 7 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
32161502 
Plant Physiol 
B.Sc. (Hons.) 
V 
(.IS 
'Yr1 .~ 
I ... . 
;· ( y 
ny 
elr.· 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
4. 
Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary. 
1. 
(a) Give the term used for the following. Attempt any 
five. 
(5xl=5) 
(i) The transport mechanism in which two 
different solutes are moved across the 
membrane simultaneously. 
(ii) The loss of water in the form of vapours 
from the aerial parts of the plant. 
P.T. O. 


73 87 
2 
(iii) The requirement of cold temperature for 
fiowering. 
(iv) Dark-grown seedlings. 
( v) The continuous system of plant cell protoplasts 
interconnected by plasmodesmata. 
(vi) Gas bubble formation in the xylem. 
(b) Write True or False against the following. Attempt 
any five. 
(5xl=5) 
(i) The dissolved solutes in a cell contribute 
to the osmotic potential of the cell. 
(ii) Magnesium is a micronutrient required by 
plants. 
(iii) Gibberellins bring about bolting in rosette 
plants. 
(iv) Channels require ATP to transport solutes 
across membranes. 
(v) Brassinosteroids are recently discovered 
plant hormones. 
7387 
3 
(vi) Sucrose is the most abundant sugar in the 
phloem. 
(c) Fill in the blanks. Attempt any five. 
(5xl=5) 
(i) .. ... ..... ... is the fruit ripening hormone. 
(ii) The water potential of pure water is .............. . 
(iii) The hard seed coat can be rend er ed 
permeable to water and oxygen by ........ .. 
(iv) .. . . . . .. . .. is referred to as the roo ting 
hormone. 
(v) The concept of forigen w as put fo rth 
by ........ .. ......... . 
(vi) Cytokinins delay .. ... .... .... . .. . .. . 
2. 
Write short notes on any three of the following. 
(3x5=15) 
(i) 
Root pressure 
(ii) Cholodny-Went Hypothesis 
(iii) Phloem loading 
(iv) Role of ABA during embryogenesis 
P.T .O . 


7387 
4 
3. 
Differentiate between the following. Attempt any 
three. 
(3x5=15) 
(i) Passive transport and active transport 
(ii) Long-day plants and day-neutral plants 
(iii) Hydroponics and aeroponics 
(iv)Macronutrients and micronutrients 
4. 
Attempt any three of the following : 
(3 x5=15) 
(i) Discuss the mechanism of action of auxins. 
(ii) Write an account on phytochrome and its 
significance. 
(iii)Explain the effects of any two factors on 
transpiration. 
(iv) Describe the Avena coleoptile curvature bioassay 
for auxins. 
5. 
Answer any three of the following. 
(3x5=15) 
(i) Write an account on aquaporins. 
(ii) What are mycorrhizae? Explain the role of 
mycorrhizae in nutrient uptake. 
7387 
5 
(iii) Discuss stomata! movements in the light of Proton 
Transport Theory. 
(iv)Describe Munich's Mass Flow Hypothesis. 
6. 
Attempt any three of the following. 
(3x5=15) 
(i) Using a suitable diagram explain how water 
moves from the soil to the root up to the xylem. 
(ii) Write an account on jasmonic acid. 
(iii) Discuss the ABC model of flowering. 
(iv) Discuss the role of Gibberellic Acid in induction 
of a-amylase activity in cereal grains. 
7. 
Give brief answers to any five of the following. 
(5x3=15) 
(i) What is meant by Triple Response in the context 
of ethylene? 
(ii) Give one important function each of Ca, S and 
K. 
(iii) Why are cytokinins called cell cycle regulators? 
(iv) Explain why chelating agents are used in the 
nutrient media. 
P.T.O 


7387 
6 
(v) \Vh:11 :irt' ringi n~-!~irdlin~ l'Xpl·rit11~n1 s·.> \Vli:11 1s 
th~ir signi ri cnncc? 
(vi) Explain the d'fcd l ) t" hlu l' light 011 the ~tnninl al 
ltll) Vl~ll1L'I\IS . 
(1300) 
' 1
j 


_y,..SANOAJ 
...-i • 
• 'v 
ot..,,;,-
" 
@ 
.. (1 
9-
\ 
~ 
Sly 
~ 
~ 
--1,9L, Q 
~-
r l"I? 
[This question paper contains 7 I'i:iqte~ p~ e,Y 
. ~ l 9 ~ 
Your Roll No. 
SI. No . of Q. Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Course 
Name of the Paper 
Semest er 
Time : 3 Hours 
• •• ••••••••••••••••• ••••• 
: 7866 
J 
: 32167501 
: B.Sc.(Hons.) Botany : 
DSE- 1 
: Analytical Techniques in 
Plant Sciences 
: V 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for candidates : 
(a ) Write your Roll No. on the top immediate: y 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Question N0.1 is compulsory . 
. (b) Attempt five questions in all, inclu ding 
Question No. 1. 
(d) Attempt all parts of the question together. 
1. (a) Name a marker enzyme for the following 
organelles (any five) : 
lx5=5 
(i) 
Lysosomes 
P.T.O. 


7866 
(b) 
(ii) Mitochondria 
(iii) Chloroplast 
(iv) Golgi Apparatus 
(v) 
Endoplasmic Reticulum 
(vi) Nucleus 
Fill in the blanks (any five) : 
(i) 
. lx5=5 
Sedimentation rate of a particle at a 
specific RCF depends on its .... · ... ~ and I 
I 
(ii) Stepwise · isolation of sub-cellular 1 
I 
particles 
during 
successive ; 
centrifugation is called . . . . . . . . . • 
I 
(1·1·1·) 
· 
· 1 · 
d k' d of 
. . . .. . . . . 1s a spec1a 1ze 
1n 
1 
chromatography performed under high I 
pressure. for better resolution of 
1 
components. 
I 
(. ) 
· 
h 
h. · 
sed fo :t 
1v . . .. . . .. .. . .. 1s t e tee n1que u 
determining the age of fossils. 
2 
(c) 
7866 
(v) 
Radioisotopes have neutron : proton 
ratio greater than . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
(vi) .............. is the ability to distinguish two 
close objects as distinct. 
Explain the function/use of the following 
(any five) : 
lx5=5 
(i) 
Deuterium Lamp 
(ii) Osmium Tetroxide 
(iii) Lead Sheild 
(iv) Electron Gun 
(v) 
Probe 
(vi) SDS 
2. (a) Explain the working of spectrophotometer 
with reference to the Beer- Lambert law. 
What are the applications of UV and visible 
spectrophotometer? 
9 
(b) Discuss the technique of autoradiography. 
List five radioisotopes that can be used to 
study biomolecules/ biological processes. 
6 
3 
P.T.O. 


7866 
3. (a) What is Blotting? Explain- the technique of 
West.em/ Southern Blotting in detail. 
10 
(bJ What are the measures of central tendency ? 
Discuss briefly Arith':!matic Mean, Med.ion 
and Mode. 
5 
4. 
(a J Write an account of chromosome banding 
technique. Mention the applicatjon of th js 
technique. 
8 
(hJ Using a ray diagram explain the working of 
a confocal microscope. 
7 
5. Differcntiat.e between (any three) : 
Sx3=1 5 
fo) Paper chromatogr aphy and thin layer 
chromatography 
(h) Positive staining and negative staining 
4 
(c} AGE and PAGE 
(d) SEM and TEM 
{e) HPLC and GLC 
6. Explain why (any five) : 
(a) Column of electron miCTcscope is p1accc. 
under vacuum. 
(b) TEMED and APS should be added jus: before 
casting of gel. 
(c) Salts of heavy m etals are used a s stain in 
electron microscopy. 
(d) Resolution of ele~tron microscopy is higher 
than ligh t microscope. 
( e) Acrylamide gel are used for DNA Sequencing 
5 
P.T.O. 


7866 
(f) Small amount of bisacrylarnide is added in 
acrylamid e 
for 
Polyacrylamid e 
gel 
polymerization. 
(g) Glycerol and bromophenol blue is added to 
the DNA while loading it onto the gel. 
7. Attempt (any three) : 
5X3=15 
(a) In garden pea, Smooth seeds are (R) is 
dominant to wrinkled seeds (r). In a cross 
between a plant homozygous for smooth 
seeds and winkled seeds, the following 
progeny was obtained in F2 generation 
Smooth seeds 54 7 4 
Wrinkled seeds 1850 
Perform chi-square analysis to see if the data 
fits into the expected results of the cross. 
6 
7866 
(b) With the h elp of diagram explain affinity 
chromatography. 
(c) Briefly explain the pulse chase experiment 
used in biological research. 
(d) Write a short note on X-ray Crystallography. 
7 
1300 


HB 
@ 
(~~ 
\::::3) 
'"'1 
':J 
[This question paper contains 7 _,., ....... ed : 
,-1 
Your Roll No. 
: .... 2-.o.J.;. ....... ~:-1q 
SI. No. of Q. Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Course 
Name of the Paper 
Semester 
: 8006 
J 
: 32167502 
: B.Sc.(Hons.) 
Botany : DSE - 2 
: Biostatistics 
:V 
Time : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for candidates : 
(i) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(ii) Attempt any five questions in all. 
(iii) Question N0.1 is compulsory. 
(iv) Nonscientific calculator allowed. Statistical 
· tables provided by the college may be used if 
required. 
1. (a) Define (any five) : 
(i) 
Mode 
(ii) Null hypothesis 
lx5=5 
P.T.0. 


800b 
(ui} Ccnuul tendcnC) 
(&V} 
QU llr11lc 
1, l 
Frequency poly i."!cn 
(vi} Norn1ni d1stnbutto n curve 
(b) True ,1n d false (u n) five l 
{ l I 
JxS 5 
The father of Biosta ti<;tic~ 1s Frunci~ 
Galton. 
(iit Range is not represented as diffe t ence 
between highest and lowest valut' 01 the 
variable. 
(1i 1) Relative frequency is percentage of ea~h 
specific frequ e n cy out of t h e tnta l 
frequency. 
(iv) The varia bl t' which influ ences the 
va lues is called as an independen t 
variable. 
2 
(v) 
Standard deviation wa 9 first su;;,J1;eRtr>d 
by Karl Pearson. 
(vi) The conclusions obtained sta t1~,t1< ally 
are universally true. 
(c) Iden tify the symbol and abbreviation c, used 
in statistics (any five) : 
1 xS=5 
(i) 
cr 
(ii) lo 
( j I j) u 
(iv) p 
(v) 
Ql 
(vi) SE,.,, 
2. (a) \Vhat do you mean by sampling? \.\'hat are 
the different types of samplin g ? Point out 
the merits and d em e ri ts of s a mp lin g 
techniques. 
2~3-+2=7 
(b) What do you understand by data? Describe 
va rious methods of classification of data Wlth 
su itable examples. 
3 
2+(;=8 
P.T.O. 


8006 
3. Differentiate between (any five) : 
3x5 =15 
(a) Mean deviation and quartile deviation 
(b) Diagram and Graph 
(c) Linear and Non-linear correlation 
(d) Paired and Unpaired t test 
(e) Class interval and Class frequency 
(f) Sampling and Non-sampling.error 
4. (a) What do you understand by Standard 
deviation? How to calculate S.D? Discuss 
its merits and demerits. 
1+2+2=5 
(b) Calculate the standard deviation and mean I 
deviation and interpret results of the given 
data: 
2+2+1=5 I 
I 
(c) 
X=lO, 13, 17,22,27,30,31,32 
I 
Calculate the median from the given data : 
Yield (kg) 
0-3 
3-6 
6-9 
9-12 
12-15 
No: or 
4 
8 
22 
10 
4 
Plants 
4 
I 
8006 
5. (a) Following results obtained in a dihybrid 
cross, involving shape and color of the seeds 
X 
y 
Round/ 
Round/ 
Wrinkled/ 
Wrinkled / 
yellow 
Green 
Yellow 
Green 
317 
109 
102 
32 
If the dihybrid ratio is 9:3:3: 1, the plants 
should have been 315 Round/ Yellow, 105 
Round/Green, 105 Wrinkled / Yellow, 
35 wrinkled/ green. Calculate X,
2 (Chi-square) 
value and draw your conclusion. 
5+2=7 
(b) Calculate regression coefficient of the 
following data. Find out the regression 
equation: 
8 
16.5 11.6 11.4 14.3 14.0 12.2 9.8 14.0 13.!'> 8.0 12.6114.41 
--. 
--
6.4 
6 .5 
6.6 
8.7 
6.5 
5.9 
3.9 3.4 '3.0 s.1
1
1.s I ().s : 
I 
-l-
I ___J 
s 
PT.0. 


8006 
6. (a) The body weight (kg} of 8 adult males & of 8 
adult females is presented in the given table. 
-
Find out whether or not the mean weight of 
males is significantly _ higher than that of 
females. Calculate student's t-test at 5% 
level of significance. 
6 
Males 
50 58 60 
55 59 56 54 64 
wt. (kg) 
Females 49 52 
51 
56 55 
53 52 
48 
wt. (kg} 
(b) Calculate the Karl Pearson's correlation 
coefficient of the given data : 
4 
X 57 42 40 38 42 45 42 44 40 46 44 43 
y 10 26 30 41 29 
27 27 19 18 
1g 31 29 
6 
8006 
(c) Write short note (any two) : 
2.Sx2=5 
(i) 
Scatter method of studying correlation 
(ii) Regression lines 
(iii) Questionnaire with suitable example 
7 
1300

BAM 
LIBRARY 
This question paper containspinted pages] 
Your Roll No. 
SI. No. of Q. Papeer 
:2198 
IC 
Unique Paper Code 
32161602 
Name of the Course 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
Name of the Paper 
:Plant Biotechnology 
Semester 
:VI 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt any FIVE questions in all. 
(c) Question No.1 is compulsory. 
1. (a) Fill in the blanks 
5 
()
Artificial seed is generally encapsulated 
by... 
(ii) Flavr savr tomato was developed by 
... 
biotechnology company. 
(iii) The genetically modified organism 
developed for bioremediation by A. M. 
Chakraborty is known as ... 
P.T.O 


2198 
(iv)..... is known as the Father of Plant 
Tissue Culture. 
(v)The bacterial cells are made competent 
(v) 
for uptake of foreign DNA by treatment 
with 
. 
(b) Expand the following (any five): 
5 
(i) 
HGH 
(i) NBPGR 
(ii) GGDPP 
(iv) MAC 
(v) GFP 
(vi) PEG 
(c) Match the following 
5 
) 
Lipase 
ii) Protoplast isolation 
(ii) Ligase 
Eli-Lilly 
Kary Mullis 
Stain remover 
in detergents 
iv) PCR 
Seals nicks in 
DNA 
(vHumulin 
E. C. Cocking 
2. (a) Briefly discuss any three of tn 
y three of the following: 
3x3-9 
) Production of secondary " 
metabolites by 
tissue culture 
ii) Roundup ready 
yabean 
2 


2198 
(iii) Microprojectile bombardment 
(iv) Reporter genes 
(b) Givethe contributions of any three: 
2x3-6 
i) 
Sipra Guha 
S. C. Maheshwari 
(ii) 
T. Murashige 
(ii) F. Laibach 
(iv) Morel & Martin 
3. Write short notes on any three 
3x5 15 
(i) Screening of DNA library to obtain gene of 
interest by colony hybridization 
(ii) Cryopreservation 
(ii) Edible vaccines 
(iv) Phagemid 
4. Differentiate between any five of the following: 
5x3-15 
(i) Plasmid and Cosmid 
(ii) Cybrid &Hybrid 
(iii) Micropropagation and vegetative propagation 
(iv) Genomic DNA library and cDNA library 
(v) Electroporation and microinjection 
(vi) BAC and YAC 
3 
P.T.O. 


2198 
5. (a) Describe the structure of Ti plasmid. With 
suitable illustrations explain Agrobacterium- 
mediated transformation via cointegrate OR 
4+6 10 
binary vector approach. 
(b) Discuss the role of growth regulators in plant 
tissue culture. Name any two commonly 
used auxins and cytokinins each. 
3+2-5 
6. (a) (i) What are restriction endonucleases? Give 
two examples with their restriction sites. 
5 
(i)How are restriction endonucleases used 
in recombinant DNA technology ? Explain 
with suitable diagram. 
5 
(b) Give the components of an ideal cloning 
vector. What is an expression vector ? 
3+2-5 
7. (a) Describe the strategy by which golden rice 
9 
was developed. 
(b) Discuss the bioethical issues related to the 
use of GM crops. 
6 
1300 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
2541 
2019 
Unique Paper Code 
32167608/42167905 
IC 
Name of the Paper 
Bioinforatics 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany/ 
B.Sc. (Prog.): DSE-2B 
Semester 
VI 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 775 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt five questions in al. 
Question No. I is compulsory. 
Attempt all parts of a question together. 
(a) 
Define the following (any five): 
. 
5x1=5 
SHBAM 
LIBRARY m 
CO 
NDH 
Affine Gap Penalty. 
(in 
Scoring Matrix 
(ii) 
Xenologous 
(iv) 
Genomics 
Vew D- 
() 
ClustalX 
(vi) 
Phylogram. 
P.T.O 
COL 
alkai 


2 
2541 
(6) 
Expand of the following (any five) 
Sx-5 
() 
NIH 
(i) 
SNP 
EST 
(iv) 
PHYLIP 
(v) 
QSAR 
(vi) 
OTU. 
(c) 
Give an example of each: 
5x1-5 
( 
Metabolic database. 
(i) 
Composite database 
(ii) 
Chemical database 
iv) 
Disease database 
(v) 
Gene expression database. 
5x3-15 
2 
Differentiate between the following (any five): 
(a) 
Primary and secondary database 
(6) 
BLASTx and BLASTn 


3 
2541 
BankIT and Sequin 
(d) 
PAM and BLOSUM 
(e Monophyletic 
and Polyphyletic trees 
Accession number and Version number. 
3. 
Write short notes on (any three): 
3x5-15 
(a) 
Salient features of Swiss-Prot 
(6) 
Resources of DDBJ 
(c) 
Sequence submission to EMBL 
(d) 
Bioinformatic analysis of microbial genome 
() 
Branches of bioinformatics. 
4 
Comment on the role of structural bioinformatics in drug 
() 
9 
discovery. 
(b) 
Give an account of various resources available 
(b) 
6 
at DDBJ.. 
(a) 
Give a brief account of information available in biological 
5. 
9 
databases. 
6 
(b) 
Elaborate sequence retrieval system of NCBI. 
P.T.O. 


2541 
4 
(a) 
Comment on molecular phylogeny and give comparative 
6. 
account of Maximum Parsimony, Maximum Livelihood 
and Neighbor Joining method of piylogenetic tree 
9 
construction. 
What is multiple sequence alignment ? Enumerate its 
(b) 
6 
significance. 
7. 
() 
Provide an overview of bioinformatics use in biology. 9 
6 
(b) 
Write characteristic features of PIR. 
1,200 
4 
2541 


This question paper contains 4 printed pagesf 
Roll No. 
219 
S. No. of Question Paper 
2634 
Unique Paper Code 
32167601 
IC 
Name of the Paper 
Industrial and Environmental Microbiology 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany : DSE-3 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt five questions in all and Q. No. 1 is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Attempt all parts of a question together.
. 
(a) 
Fill in the blanks any five of the following: 
5x1=5 
( 
Ectomycorrhizae produces 
.. enzymne 
during the process of association. 
(i) Impellers are an essential part of the 
(ii) Oxygen suppresses 
processes. 
(v) Organism responsible for Casein Hydrolysis 
IS....***** 
P.T.O 


2 
2634 
medium is used for the 
() 
Suppression ot unwanted microbes.
(vSulphur cycle was studied first time in the 
organism .. 
(6) 
Define the following any five of the following: 5x1=5 
)Bioreactor 
(i) Sparger 
(ii) Lypholization 
(iv) COD 
() Autoclave 
(vi) Bacteroid 
(vii) Sauekraut. 
c)Expand the following any five of the following: 5x1-5 
TDS 
(i) 
CFU 
(ii) IMTECH 
iv) NRRIL 
(vi) YEMA. 


2634 
3 
2 
Write short notes on any three of the following: 3x5=15 
AM and its significance 
(i) 
Chemical methods of cell disruption 
(ii) 
Bioremediation of soil 
(iv) 
Air lift fermenter. 
3. 
(a) 
Discuss in detail the industrial production and estimation 
3 
10 
of antibiotic Penicillin. 
(b) 
What are the sources and factors responsible for water 
5 
pollution? 
4 
Enumerate the different types of microbes present in 
5 
air and discuss methods for their isolation. 
Microorganisms act as indicators of water quality. 
) 
5 
Comment. 
Define Environmental Microbiology. What is its scope ? 
5 
Comment. 
5. 
Explain the role of microbes in domestic waste treatment. 7 
Explain different methods of enzyme immobilization. Write 
(b) 
8 
its advantages and applications.
P.T.O. 


4 
) 
2634 
What are the characteristics of an ideal production 
(a) 
6. 
medium ? Discuss. 
(6) 
Explain in brief any wo types of bioreactors studied 
8 
by you. 
. 
(a) 
Discuss various methods to detect Coliform in water. 10 
5 
(6) 
Explain the Sulphur cycle with suitable diagram. 
Or 
Explain the various steps and processes involved in recovery 
of the industrial products. 
15 
2634 
4 
1,20 


LL 
2019 
SEA 
Unique paper code: 107693 
Name of the paper: Genetics and Genomícs II, GGHT 602 
Name of the course: B.Sc 4H) Zoology, Botany. Anthropology. NígobiologyS6chemistry 
Biomedical Sçiences lKE 
LIBRARY 
Semester: VI 
Duration: 3 hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. Write your Roll no. on the top immediately on receipt for this question paper. 
2. Answer five questions in al. 
3. Question 1 is compulsory. 
Q.1 a) Define any five of the following terms: 
(5x1-5)
1. 
Allele 
. 
Sexduction 
Conjugation 
Indel 
11. 
iv. 
v.lybrid dysgenesis 
vi. 
Retro-transposons 
vii. 
Inbreeding depression 
b) Differentiate between any five the following pairs: 
(5x2-10) 
i. 
Simple and Composite transposon 
ii. 
Sequence Identity and Sequence Similarity 
ii. 
Transformation and Transduction 
iv. 
Genomics and Proteomics 
Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic genome 
vi. 
Sympatric and Allopatric Speciation
vii. 
Episomes and Plasmids 
V. 
c) State the contributions of: (any two) 
(2x1-2) 
Barbara McClintock 
E Wollman and F Jacob 
. 
ii. 
iii. 
J Lederberg and N Zinder 
d) Expand any four of the following-
(4x1=4) 
i. LINEs 
ii. VNTR 
ii. ORF 


iv. DTRs 
v. NCBI 
e) Enumerate the features that allow the following organisms to serve as model systems in 
biology (any two) 
(2x2-4) 
i. 
Sachharomyces cerevisiae, 
ii. Arabidopsis thaliana 
ii. Drosophila melanogaster 
fCystic fibrosis is an autosomal recessive disorder with an incidence 4 in 10,000 in people of 
northern European ancestry. Calculate all the genotypic frequencies assuming that th is 
population is under Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium. 
(2) 
Q.2 Explain generalized and specialized transduction (include suitable diagrams). (12) 
Q.3a) State the principle of Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium. What are the basic assumptions of 
this theorem? 
(2+4 6) 
b) Explain the role of Zygotic genes during development of Drosophila. (6) 
Q4 a) Give an account of Ac-Ds system in maize. 
(6) 
b) How is Interrupted mating technique employed for gene mapping in bacteria? (6) 
Q5 a) Define bioinformatics.Briefly describe various types of databases. (8)) 
b)What are the key characteristies for identifying ORF from a given sequenec? (4) 
Q.6 Discuss the reproductive isolative mechanis1ms and their role in speciation. (12) 
Q.7 Write short notes on any three 
(4,4,4) 
a) Microarray 
b) Genetic Drift 
c) Gene annotation 
d) Class ABC genes of Arabidopsis 
e) Homeotic genes 


(11 
Roll No.. 
19 
356 
LIBRARY 
Sr. No. of question paper 
Name of course 
B. Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
SchemeAode ef Examinatiens:- 
Semester 
Name of the Paper: 
Reproductive Biology of Angiosperms 
UPC Sttbject Eode: 
BTHT-6114216603). 
Semester 
VI 
Duration: 3 hours 
Maximum marks - 75 
Ins uctions for candidates: 
. 
Write your roll number on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2. Attempt five questions in all including Question Number 1 which is compulsory. 
3. All parts of a question must be answered together. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Draw well-labelled diagrams and write the botanical name wherever necessary. 
1 a) 'ssociate the family with a distinctive embryological feat. e 
(5 x1 5) 
iCactaceae 
1) Euphorbiaceae 
ii) Orchidaceae 
v) Loranthaceae 
v) Cyperaceae 
(10x0.5 5.0) 
b) Match the following
Column A 
aS Nawaschin 
Column BB 
Observed pollen tube in Portulaca 
ii. 
Five types of microspore tetrads 
b. Sasa paniculata 
CArlstolochia elegans 
ii. 
Highest aumber of antipodals 
iv. 
Double fertilization 
d. Quinchamalium chilense 
V. 
Endothelial thickenings 
eOphrys speculum 


f. 
a-cellulose 
vi. 
Pollen viability 
g. 2,3,5 triphenyl tetrazolium chloride 
h. Plumbago zeylanica 
vii. 
Finger like projections in egg cell 
Pseudocopulation 
viii. 
Fritillaria 
Synergid and antipodal haustoria 
both present 
IX 
j. G. B. Amici 
Bambacioni effect 
X. 
cFill in the blanks. 
(5 x1=5) 
i) 
Antipodals are absent in 
1i) 
ii) 
-is formed by oxidative polymerization of carotenoids. 
iii) Adventive polyembryony is found in -
iv 
are characteristic feature of cyperaceae. 
-----embryony. 
v) CitruS microcarpa shows 
2 Differentiate between the following (any five). 
(5 x3 = 15) 
i) 
Amoeboid and Secretory Tapetum 
ii) Monosporic and Bisporic type of embryo sac development 
iii) Porogamy and Chalazogamy 
iv) Simultaneous and successive wall formation 
v 
SSI and GSI 
vi) Mixed pollination and bud pollination 
3 a) Define pollen viability and briefly desoribe methods to test pollen viability. 
5) 
b) Withthe help of diagrams only, trace the development of Oenothera 
and Peperomia type of embryo sac. 
(2x2.5-5) 
c) Describe briefly apomixis and its significance. 
(5) 
(5x3-15)
Write short notes on the following (any FIVE) 
i) Hypostase 
ii) Ruminate endosperm 
i) Obturator 
iv) Egg apparatuus 
vSuspensor 
vii) Male germ unit 
4 


5 a) Draw well labelled diagram of the following: 
(2x2.5 5 
i) L.S. of a1atropous, bitegmic, crassinucellate ovule showing Polygonum type of emb ryo 
sac 
ii) T.S. tetrasporangiate anther showing pollen tetrad stage 
b) Write briefly about ultrastructure of pollen wall. 
(5) 
c) Explain the different factors affecting pollen germination in vitro. 
(5) 
6 a) Describe various types of suspensor haustoria in angiosperms. 
5) 
b) Write in detail about the development of dicot embryo. 
c) Define polyembryony. Give types of polyembryony. Discuss the practical applications of 
nucellar polyembryony. 
(5) 
(5x3=15) 
7 Briefly describe the following: 
i) NPC system 
ii) Importance of pollen storage 
ii) Characteristic features of ornithophilous plants 
iv) Role of tapetum 
vOperculum 


(1.2 
HDA 
LIBRARY 
sOLL 
2019 
SI. No. of Q.P. : 35662 
ABLDN 
Unique Paper Code: 216605 
Name of the Paper: Plant Biotechnolgy (BTHT-612) 
Me 
Thi- 
Name of the Course: B.Sc. (Hons) Botany 
Semester : VI 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Attempt any five questions in all Question no. 1 is compulsory 
Q1.(A) Expand any five of the following: 
(a) Br 
(b) RFLP 
(c) SDS 
(d) AGE 
(c) RAPDD 
(0 pUC 
(B) Give major contribution any five of the following scientists: 
(a) Haberlandt 
(b) Guha & Maheshwari 
(c) Miller Skoog 
(d) Kary Mullis 
(e) Alec Jeffery 
()Smith and Nathans 
02. Write short notes on any three of the following: 
3X5-15 
(a) Organogenesis 
(b) Electroporation 
(c)Ierbicide resistant plants 
(d) DNA sequencing 


(e) PCR 
Q3. Ditlerentiate betw een any five of the following 
5X3-15 
(a) Phagcmid and Cosmid 
(b) BAC and YAC 
(c) Northern and Western Blotting 
(d) Marker and Reporter Gene 
(e) Somatic and Zygotic Embryogenesis 
() AGE and PAGE 
Q4. (b) Give two examples of transgenic crops. Describe the methodology involved in the 
production of any onc. 
3+5 
(b) Write a note on microprojectile bombardment method of gene transfer and give its 
applications 
7 
Q5. (a) Describe haploid production in plants with an example. Enumerate its applications in 
crop improvement. 
4+4 
(b) Explain the technique of cryopreservation. Give its applications. 
5+2 
Q6. (a) What are edible vaccines? Elaborate their methods of production and give their 
advantages. 
7.5 
(6) Define molecular markers. Discuss their applications in Biotechnology. 
7.5 
07. (a) Briefly discuss Agrobacterium mediated transformation. 
7 
(6) Enlist the steps involved in construction of genomic library with the help of suitable 
diagrams. 
8

[Thi s quest ion pa pe r conta ins 4 printed pages .] 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr . No. of Question Paper : 3 2 
I 
Unique Pa pe r Cod e 
Na1ne of the P aper 
Na1ne o f the Course 
Se1nester 
321611 0 1 
Microbiology and Phycology 
B.Sc. (Honours) Botany 
I 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 
75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Atten1pt any five questions including Question No. 1 which 
is compulsory. 
I. 
(a) Fill in the blanks: 
(1 X 10=10) 
(i) ..... . ..... 1s an exan1ple of prokaryotic alga. 
(ii) Iodine is derived from 
(iii) ............... 1s an unicellular motile green alga. 
(iv) Transduction 1n bact eria was· describ ed by 
............ 
(v) Largest animal virus 1s .......... . 
P.T.0. 


32 
2 
(vi) Biogas can be produced with the help of 
... ......... bacteria 
(vii) 
is the reserve food material of Red 
algae. 
(viii) Colony of Volvox is calledas .............. . 
(ix) Female gametangia in Polysiphonia is known 
as .... ......... . 
(x) Unilocular sporangia is found in ........ . .. . 
(b) Define the following : 
(i) _Gongrosira stage 
(ii) Fimbriae 
(iii) Virusoids 
(iv) Hormogonia 
(v) Stigma 
(vi) Akinetes 
(vii) Synzoospores 
(I x7=7) 
(c) Explain the following terms: 
(i) Cap cells 
(2x5=10) 
(ii) Heterotrichous thallus 
32 
3 
(iii) Chernoorganotrophs 
(iv) Palmella stage 
(v) Attenuated vaccines 
2. 
Write notes on the following: 
(a) Formation of daughter colonies in Volvox 
(b) Internal organization of thallus in Fucus 
( c) Mycoplasma 
(d) Structure of TMV 
(3 x4= 12) 
3. 
Draw well labelled diagrams of the following : 
(3 x4= 12) 
(a) EM of Chlamydomonas 
(b) VS of endospore 
( c) EM of bacteriophage 
(d) Sex organs of Chara 
4. 
Differentiate between the following : 
(a) Lytic and lysogenic cycle 
(b) Gram positive and Gram negative bact eria 
( c) Cyanophyceae and Phaeophyceae 
(d) Prions and viroids 
(3 x4=1 2) 
P.T .O . 


32 
5. 
4 
Explain any three of the following : 
(a) Replication of bacteriophage 
(b) Alternation of generation in Polysiphonia 
( c) Conjugation in bacteria 
(d) Sexual reproduction in Ectocarpus 
(4x3=12) 
6. 
Discuss any three of the following : 
(4x3=12) 
(a) Evolutionary significance of Prochloron 
(b) Significant contributions of F E Fritsch or H D Kumar 
(c) Role of virus in biotechnology 
( d) General features of Chlorophyceae 
7. 
Explain briefly any two of the following : 
(6x2=12) 
(a) Special features of Balti1nore classification of virus 
(b) Macrandrous and Nanandrous species of Oedogoniun1 
( c) Economic importance of algae 
I


UY 
This question paper contains 4 printed pag~s] 
aell No. I I I I 1-I I I~, 0 I iJ g I 
S. No. of Question Paper 
33 
Unique Paper Code 
32161'102 
I 
Name of the Paper 
Biomolecules and Cell Biology 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
Semester 
I 
/ 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt frve questions in alJ, including question No .. 1 which is 
compulsory. All parts of questions must be attempted together. 
I. 
(a) 
Name the organelle in whic~ the following enzymes are 
located : 
5x}=5 
(1) 
Cytochrome oxidase 
(ii) 
Catalase 
(iii) Acid phosphatase 
(iv) Signal peptidases 
(v) 
Rubisco. 
P.T.O. 


2 
(,.,) 
(c) 
\ 
, 
) 
-
33 
.\1.Hch !.he follO\\ ing 
5x \==5 
·•,;\' 
'B' 
(il 
Pol~ saccharide 
rRNA transcription 
(ii) 
Nucleolus 
Tubulin 
(iii) Gaucher"s diseaS-e 
Chloroplast 
(iv) 
Endos)'mbiont 
Lysosome 
(v) 
Microrubule 
Glycogen. 
State true or false 
5xl=5 
(1) 
Solid particles are ingested by pinocytosis. 
(ir) 
Cellulose is a kind of polysaccharide. 
(iii) Lipids in cell membranes are amphipathic. 
(iv) Plasmids are extrachrosomal DNA present in all 
eukaryotic cells. 
(v) 
Nucleolus is a membrane bound structure. 
Differentiate between (any three) 
3x5=15 
(1) 
Facultative 
heterochromatin 
and 
constitutive 
heterochromatin. 
(ii) 
Mitosis and Meiosis. 
3. 
(iii) 
(iv) 
(v) 
( 
1 
) 
Lndocyto~i<i and Fxoc.ytosi'> 
Lyc,oc,0me c1nd Glyoxy<wmc 
DNA and RNA . 
Write short notes on (any three) 
(r) 
Biological role of proteins 
(it) 
Semiautonomous nature of mitochondria 
(iii) 
Glycosylation 
(iv) 
Structure of Flagella. 
33 
J xS=lS 
4. 
Draw 
well 
labelled 
diagrams 
of 
the 
foll owing 
5. 
(any three) : 
(t) 
Ultrastructure of chloroplast 
(ir) 
Double helical structure of DNA 
(iii) 
Nuclear Pore Complex 
(iv) 
Structure of tRNA 
(a) 
Describe the structure, composition and futh'l il°Hi 1.'' ,"'t· 
wall. 
(b) 
Describe the structure and functi0ns l,f rn: .. -n,:\Jt• .:·.,-;; 
(c) 
Golgi apparatus is the export house 0r the ,·c11 t\,1·\r.r,· ·~ 


( 
4 
) 
33 
(a) 
Discuss the molecular organization of chrom . 
6. 
atin. 
(b) 
Discuss the role of endoplasmic reticulum in fold' 
· 
ing and 
processing of proteins. 
(c) 
Explain the structure and function of mitochondria. 
3x5::::J 5 
33 
4 
I,3C

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3 4 
I 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Nan1e of the Course 
Semester 
32161301 
/4 
Anatomy of AnJt'sperms 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Bo\a~Y 
III 
. . . -
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maxin1un1 Marks : 75 
mstructions f!l.r C?-:JtdJ.g~ates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top imn1ediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt five qtJestions in all including Question No. 1 which 
is compulsory. 
3. 
All parts of a question n1ust be atten1pted together. 
1. 
(a) Define the following (any five) : 
(5x2=10) 
(i) Casparian strips 
(ii) Aerenchyma 
(iii) Bull if orm Cells 
P.T.0. 


34 
2 
(iv) Dendrochronology 
(v) Cystolith 
(vi) Phellem 
(vii) Plasmodesmata 
(b) Fill in the blanks (any five): 
(5Xl=5) 
(i) Calcium carbonate crystals found in leaves of 
Ficuselastica are called ....... .. 
(ii) C oncentric vascular bundle in which phloem 
surrounds xylem is called as ............ 
(iii) In wood, elements of xylem are often blocked 
by balloon-like ingrowths known as ............ . 
(iv) Sclereids with d'l t d 
1 a e ends resembling bones are 
called as .................. 
(v) Histogen theory was . . 
given by ............. .. 
(vi) Sugarcane leave 
h 
. 
s 8 ow special type of anatomy 
known as ................... 
(vii) Water secretion fro 
. 
th . 
m margms of leaves occurs 
rough pores called ...... ... ... ... ... ... 
34 
3 
2. 
Write short notes on the following (any three) : (Sx3=15) 
(i) Applications of Plant Anatomy in pharmacognosy 
(ii) Types of trichomes in plants 
(iii) Kranz anatomy 
(iv) Tunica Corpus Theory 
(v) Laticifers 
3. 
Differentiate between (any five) : 
(Sx3=15) 
(i) Primary and secondary xylem 
(ii) Cork cambium and vascular cambium 
(iii) Lenticels and stomata 
(iv) Ring porous and diffuse porous wood 
(v) Fibers and sclereids 
(vi) Tracheids and vessels 
(vii) Amphivasal and amphicribal vascular bundles 
4. 
Draw well labelled diagrams of (any three) : 
(Sx3==15) 
(i) T.S. monocot stem 
P.T.0. 
tai1
r :
!


34 
4 
(ii) V.S. Zea mays leaf 
(iii) T. S. di cot stem with secondary growth 
(iv) T.S. Nymphaea petiole 
(v) V.S. lenticel 
5. 
(i) Discuss secondary growth in dicot root along with 
suitable diagrams. 
(7.5) 
(ii) Describe the structi1re and fuhction of sieve elements. 
(7.5) 
6. 
(i) Describe the structure and function of simple tissues 
7. 
0 
with well labelled diagram. 
(7.5) 
(ii) Give a b r i e f i 11 u $tr ate d a cc o u 11 t O f anatomic a 1 
adaptations of xerophytic plants. 
(7.5) 
(i) Discuss the organization of root apex with suitable 
theories. Illustrate with diagran1s. 
(7.5) 
(ii) What is wood? Discuss. different types of wood: 
Reaction wood, tension wood, t:arl y n nd 1,1tc wood,
heart wood and sap wood. 
(7.5) 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3 5 
32161302 
Economic Botan .. 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the ·Paper 
Name of the Course 
Sen1ester 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Bo 
III 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Question paper has SEVEN questions. All questions carry 
equal marks. 
3. 
Attempt FIVE questions In ALL. Question No. 1 Is 
compulsory. 
4. 
All parts of a question must be attempted together. 
I. 
(a) Mention Botanical Name of any five of the following : 
(i) Poppy 
(ii) Otto of Roses 
(iii) Vegetable Gold 
(1 x5=5) 
·P.T.O. 


3 5 
(iv) Saffron 
(v) Noble Cane 
(vi) Linseed 
2 
(b) Define any five of the following terms : 
(i) Iodine Number 
(ii) Bagasse 
(iii) Dimorphic Branching 
(iv) Parboiling 
(v) Geocarpic Fruit 
(vi) Adjunct 
(1 X5=5) 
( c) Expand any five of the following abbreviations : 
(i) IRRI 
(ii) NBPGR 
(iii) SBI 
(iv) RRlM 
(v) IARI 
(vi) CPRI 
(1 x5=5) 
35 
3 
2. 
Differentiate between any five of the following: 
(3x5=15) 
(i) Drying Oil & Non-Drying Oil 
(ii) Cotton Fibre & Jute Fibre 
(iii) Flue Curing & Fire Curing 
(iv) Heartwood & Sapwood 
(v) Enfleurage & Maceration 
(vi) Gynophore & Carpophore 
3. 
Mention the Botanical Name, Family Name, Plant Part 
Used, Chemical Const~tuents and Economic Uses of any 
five of the following: 
(1 +0.5+0.5+ 1 +2=5) (3 xS=l 5) 
(i) Foxglove 
(ii) Tea 
(iii) Sarpagandha 
(iv) Tobacco 
(v) Clove 
(vi) Fever Bark Tree 
4. 
Explain any three of the following : 
(5x3=15) 
(i) Retting of Jute 
(ii) Properties of Wood 
P.T.O. 


35 
4 
(iii) Nobilization 
• 
(iv) Chemistry and Processing of Coffee 
5. 
Mention Botanical Nan1e, Family Name and Draw Well 
Labeled Diagran1 of any three of the following : 
(1+1+3=5) (5x3=15) 
(i) L.S. Cotton Seed 
(ii) T.S. Fennel Mericarp 
(iii) T. S. Potato Tuber 
(iv) Stalk of Sugarcane 
6. 
Write short notes on any three of the following : 
(5x3=15) 
(i) Millets 
(ii) Processing of Edible Vegetable Oil 
(iii) Importance of Legun1es 
(iv) Tobacco and Health 
7. 
Discuss any three of the following : 
(i) Processing and Uses of Rubber 
(5x3=15) 
(ii) Vavilov' s work on Origin of Cultivated Plants 
(iii) Evolution of Bread Wheat 
(iv) Classification of Aromatic Vegetable Products 
{1300) 


Th is qu~stion pap~r ClHlla ins 4+ 2 pri11h.'d pag..:·s I 
I{ ti II N o. I I I I I I I I I I I l 
S. No. of Qu~st ion P~p~r 
J6 
Unique Paper Code 
32161303 
Name of the Paper 
Genetics 
Name of the Course 
B.S(·. (H) Botany 
Semester 
111 
\ I 
', ~-
, 
I 
) 
(/) 
I''' 
' ' 
Duration : 3 Hours 
M aximum Marks : 75 
(Write your Roll No. on !he lop immedialely on receipl r?f' !his </lll!slion papn.) 
Attempt Jive questions in all. 
Question No. I is compulsory. 
I. 
(a) 
Define the following (any five) 
5xl=5 
(i) 
Pseudoallele 
(ii) 
Plaque 
(iii) 
Alkylating Agents 
(iv) 
Hemizygous 
(v) 
Polygenic Inheritance 
. 
(vi) 
Test Cross. 
P.T.O. 


.). 
(a) 
(b) 
4. 
(a) 
(b) 
5: 
(a) 
36 
Write short notes on any two 
2x5=10 
(,) 
Hardy Weinberg·s Law 
(ii) 
rll locus in bacteriophage T4 
(iii) 
Genetic mechanism of leaf variegation in Four 
o'cl?ck plant. 
An allele W, for wh"ite wool is dominant over allele w for 
black wool. In a sample of 900 sheep, 891 are white and 
9 are black. Calculate allelic frequencies within this 
population, assuming, the given population is in Hardy-
Weinberg equilibrium. 
4 
Elaborate CIB method for ~erecting mutations. 
7 
Using a forked line method list the genotypes for the 
following dihybrid crosses 
7 
DdGg X DdGg 
Did Plant height (Tall and Dwarf) 
Gig Seed color (Yellow and Green) 
How has polyploidy contributed towards evolution of 
agriculture crops ? Elaborate with any two suitable 
examples. 
10 
6. 
7. 
( 5 ) 
(b) 
Describe criss-cross in'her,·tance 
giving a suitable 
36 
example. 
4 
(a) 
Explain the experiment that provided cytological proof of 
crossing over. 
(b) 
8 
Discuss base excision repair mechanism of DNA 
damage repair. 
6 
Ebony body colour (e), rough eyes (ro), brevis bristles (bv) 
are · three recessive mutations in fruit flies. A wild type fly 
(e+ ro+ bv+ ), was crossed with tripte mutant fly (e ro bv). F 
1 
progeny were heterozygous and they were crossed with mutant 
homozygous recessive males. The results of the test cross are 
as follows 
Wild type 
e+ ro+ bv+ 
625 
Ebony, rough eyes, brevis bristles 
e ro bv 
634 
Ebony 
e ro+ bv+ 
165 
Rough eyes, brevis bristles 
e+ ro bv 
158 
Brevis bristles 
e+ ro + hv 
93 
Ebony, rough eyes 
e ro hv + 
91 
Rough eyes 
t?; ro bv+ 
5 
Ebony, brevis bristles 
e ro+ hv 
4 
P.T.O. 


( 6 ) 
36 
(a) 
Are the above genes linked 9 Give reasons for your 
answer. 
") 
(b) 
Diagram the crosses g1v1ng the genotype of parents 
3 
(c;) 
What is the. order of the g~nes ? 
2 
(d) 
Calculate the map distance bet\veen the genes and 
construct the linkage map. 
(e}. · Calculate· the coefficient of coincidence. 
. 
.... 
2 
.. 
(j) -
Calculate the interference and comment on its 
significance. 
2

@ 
This question paper contains 4 printed pages. 1 ) l .§1 'q; 
Your Roll No . ................................. . 
SI. No. of Ques. Paper: 6472 
Unique Paper Code 
: 32161401 
IIC 
Name of Paper 
: Molecular Biology 
D 
Name of Course 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Bo••-....-, 
Semester 
: IV 
Q 
~-
IBf?ARy 
Duration 
MaxiJnu,n Marks 
: 3 hours 
1. 
: 75 
Iv-. 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately---
on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
All parts of a question must be attempted together. 
Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary. 
(a) Define any five of the following terms: 
(i) 
Primer 
(ii) Repressor 
(iii) Consensus sequence 
(iv) Spliceosome 
(v) 
Intron 
(vi) Transformation. 
lx5=5 
(b) Expand the following terms ( any five): 
(i) 
TBP 
(ii) BRE 
P. T. 0 . 


6472 
2 
(iii) UTR 
(iv) snRN A 
(v) 
lNR 
(vi) CAP 
lx5=5 
(c) List the most significa n l con l ribu tion of the 
following scientists ( any five): 
(i) 
J.D. W atson 
(ii) John Cairns 
( iii) Francis Crick 
(iv) Andrew F ire and Craig Mello 
(v) 
Robert Holley 
(vi) Marshall Nirenberg. 
l x5=5 
(d) For the 
sequence of single stranded 
DNA 
provided: 
5' -ATTGCCAGATCATCCCAATAGAT-3 ' 
(i) 
Write 
the 
sequence 
of comple mentary 
strand. 
(ii) 
Write the sequence of the R NA transcribed 
from the template strand, marking its 5' and 
3' e nds. 
2 
(c) List any two unusual bases of tRNA. 
2 
2. Differentiate between the following terms (any four, 
tabulate the comparison): 
(a) Nucleosidc and Nucleotide 
,, ., . 
4. 
3 
6472 
(b) Splicing in Group I intron and Splicing in G roup 
II intron 
(c) DNA polymerase I and DNA Polymerase III 
(d) Constitutive and Facultativc Hetcrochro matin 
(c) Positive gene 
regulation and Negative gene 
regulation 
([) 
Polycistronic and Monocistronic mRNAs. 
3.5 x4 =14 
Write short notes on any four of the following: 
(a) Ribozymes 
(b) Charging of t-RNA 
(c) Exon shuffling 
(d) mRNA transport 
(e) 5' and 3' modification of eukaryotic RNA 
(f) Inhibitors of protein synthesis. 
3.5x4=14 
(a) Discuss 
the 
mechanism 
o f 
regulation 
o f 
tryptophan synthesis in E. coli. 
8 
(b) Explain the salient features of genetic code. 
6 
5. (a) Discuss in detail, the two major mechanisms of 
transcription termination in prokaryotcs. 
8 
(b) Discuss how guide R NA e dits the 
informa tion on mRNA. 
seq uence 
P. T 0 . 


Mn 
4 
(c) The percentage of cytosine in a double stranded 
DNA molecule is 18. Determine the percentages 
of the other three bases. 
3 
6. (a) Con1pare the three modes of replication- theta, 
rolling circle and semi-discontinuous with suitable 
diagrams. 
9 
(b) Explain with illustrations the structure of DNA as 
proposed by Watson and Crick. 
5 
7. (a) Discuss in detail, initiation of translation in 
eukaryotes. 
9 
(b) Discuss in detail the experiment which proved 
that RNA can also be the genetic material. 
5 


S f. No. of Ques. Paper: 6473 
Unique Paper Code 
: 3161402 
Nam e of Paper 
: Ecology 
HC 
~)\ND 
~ 
e,,..y\ 
1Vame of Course 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Bo{l!,Y" 
Sem ester 
Duration 
'. ~hours 
~->', --/ S.t?;i ", . ' 7 
Maxim um Marks 
. 75 
;.:>'/ . 
)/ 
'(/ ,l 
. <:O 
.... 
, 
-
. 
' 
-
\ 
\ 
' 
..:_ ~~ ____;,..,,, 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
All parts of a question must be attempted together. 
1. (a) Define any five of the following: 
(i) 
Ecotone 
( ii) 
Trophic Species 
( iii) Succession 
(iv) Food Web 
(v) 
Ecosystem 
(vi) Water Holding Capacity. 
l x5 ==5 
(b) Give one word for any five of the fallowing: 
(i) 
Shade loving plants 
P. T 0 . 


6473 
(c) 
(i) 
( ii) 
2 
(ii) 
Instrument used to measure light intensity 
(iii) Water held by the surface forces of soil 
particles 
(iv) Description of sum total of plant population 
covering a region 
(v) 
Breakdown of parent rock matter by any 
agent into smaller particles 
(vi) The earth and atmosphere m which the 
organisms live. 
lx5=5 
Match the following: 
Column A 
Column B 
Hygrometer 
Pedon 
Epiphyte 
Relative Humidity 
( iii) 
Root Parasite 
Cuscuta 
(iv) 
Soil Horizon 
Vanda 
(v) 
Total Stem Parasite 
Orohanche 
5+5+5=15 
2. Briefly explain any five of the following: 
(a) Endcmism 
(h) Podsolization 
( c) Light in relation lo plants 
( d) Physica I e ffects of wind 
(c ) Ecologica l amplitude 
(f) Dccomroscrs. 
~x 5= 15 
3 
3. Differentiate between any five of the following: 
(a) Analytical Characters and Synthetic Characters 
(b) Primary Production and Secondary Production 
(c) Mor Humus and Mull Humus 
( d) Crown Fire and Ground Fire 
(e) Niche and Habitat 
6473 
(f) Soil Texture and Soil Structure. 
3x5=15 
4. Write short notes on any three of the following: 
(a) Soil Profile 
(b) Continental Drift Theory 
(c) Food Chains 
( d) Ecological Pyramids. 
5. Describe any three of the following: 
( a) Vegetation of Delhi 
(b) Carbon Cycle 
(c) Productivity of Ecosystem 
( d) Raunkiaer's Life Forms. 
5x3 = 15 
5 x 3= 15 
6. (a) What is Energy Flow in an eco syste m? Exp lai n th e 
Line ar Ene rgy F low Mmlcl. 
8 
PT 0 . 


6473 
4 
(b) With the help of a suitable diagram, explain the 
process of Succession in an aquatic environment. 
7 


J'his quest ion 
fIJ 
pnrcr cont<1ins 3 printed prtgcs I 
s 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Q 11cst ion Paper 
64 7 4 
l J II iquc Paper Code 
Nu111<..: of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
32161403 
Pian t Systcnrn tics 
B.Sc. (If ons.) Botany 
IV 
HC 
Sc111cst<.:r 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
( J,t,',.ite ·yollr Rn/I No. on the tup J111ml'diately 011 r ece1pl (~/ this question paper.) 
I. 
(a) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. I is compulsory. 
A II quest ions carry equal marks. 
Answer all parts of a question together. 
Expand the fo llowing abbreviations 
A.DC.; ICNCP~ nom. cons. 
3 
(h) 
Write the alternative name and ty pe genus of the 
fol lowing : 
Compositac? Umbclliferi1e, Labiatae. 
( c) 
Exp I a in th c sign i fi can c e of May I , I 7 5 3 m PI ant 
Systematics. 
(c() 
(e) 
Define the fo llowing : 
.._ 
Paraphyly, Monograph, ·raxon, I lornonym. 
1-'ill in the blanks : 
4 
. (i) 
. ., 
.J 
1 
l""',ngl<:r consiuerc(1 .... .... ..................... pol linated 
flowers to he primitive. 
P.T.O. 


2. 
4. 
( 2 ) 
6474 
(ii) 
.......................... is known as the Father of Botany. 
(iii) 
...................... is the author of Flora of British India. 
(iv) 
T he standard size of a herbarium sheet is 
Write short notes on the following (any three) 
J x5 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(cl) 
(e) 
(a) 
(b) 
(a) 
Rejection of names 
Single-Access keys 
Ranalian concept of a primitive flower 
Serology as a taxonomic tool 
Importance of herbaria in the field of systematics. 
Differentiate between the following (any three) 
(i) 
Apomorphy and Plesiomorphy 
{ii) 
Edge punched and body punched card keys 
(iii) 
Parallelism and Convergence 
(iv) 
Autonym and Tautonyrn. 
Interpret the following : 
(i) 
(ii) 
Capparis lasiantha R.Br. ex DC. 
Lupinus [Toume.] Linn. 
(iji) 
X Triticosecale 
(iv) 
Rosa jloribunda "Blessings" 
(v) 
Fumaria solida (L.) Miller 
Fumaria bulbosa var. solida L. 
J xJ 
2 
Discuss the role of flavonoids in improving the 
classification of Centrospermae. 
5 
5. 
6. 
• 7. 
&-i74 
( 3 ) 
6474 
(b) 
Explain the hypothesis of Herbaceou s Ori g in of . 
Angiosperms. 
5 
(c) 
Write a short_. note on the Taxo nomi c Spee ies 
Concept. 
5 
(a) 
Differentiate bet\veen Phylogenetic and Natura l systems 
of classifica~ion. 
3 
(b) 
(i) 
Outline the system of classification proposed by 
Engler and Prantl. 
(ii) 
Discuss (ts merits and demerits. 
(a) 
Name the authors of the following 
4 
8 
5 
(b) 
(c) 
(a) 
(h) 
(!) 
Pinax theatri botanici 
(ii) 
Theorie elementaire de la botanique 
(iii) 
Genera Plantarum 
(iv) 
Flora of Delbi 
(v) 
Die Evolution der Angiospermen. 
Palynological information is considered reliable Ill 
establishing the . evolutionary history of angiosperms. 
Discuss with the help of suitable examples. 
Explain Heterobathmy with suitable exarn+;1les. 
8 
:2 
What is typification ? Expl ain any f ive kinds of 
types. 
G 
List the Neo-Adansonian Principles. Outline the steps 
involved in Numerical Taxonomic Analys i-;. 
3 
1300

\.!.:.) 
This question paper contains 4+ 2 printed pages J 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
37 
Unique Paper Code 
32161501 
I 
. 
. Name of the Paper 
Reproductive Biology of Angiosperms 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Botany 
Semester 
V 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt jive questions in all including 
Question No. f which is compulsory. 
= I
All the parts of a question must be attempted together. 
Draw well-labelled diagrams and 
write botanical names wherever necessary. 
1. 
(A) 
Fill in the blanks : 
l0x0.5=5 
(i) 
Egg c e II 
~ it h fi I i form a pp a rat us 
I s seen 
1n .................................... . 
P.T.O. 
·.o


( 2 ) 
37 
(ii) 
........... ......................... scic.:mi--.1 ga, c Flunrnchrnmatic 
reaction as pollen viahilit:, test. 
(iii) 
· An Introd uction to Embryology or Angiosperms' 
\\ aS authored by ............... ................. .... . 
Persistent middle layers are seen in 
. 
. ........ ............ . 
(r) 
Composite endosperm js a family character 
of .................................... . 
(vi) 
Circinotropous ·ovule is seen in ····························. 
(1·ii) 
Rejection 
reaction 
occurs 
rn 
sty le 
of 
.................................... type of self-incompatibilty. 
( i·iii) Seed dispersal by wind is known as ................... . 
(ix) 
.................................... type of embryo sac does not 
have antipodals. 
(x) 
A hydroph i I ic substance that fo rms the po lien 
coat material is ····································. 
(B) 
Define any jive 
SxJ=S 
(1) 
Stomium 
(ii) 
Pollinium 
2. 
( 3 ) 
37 
(iii) 
Geitonogamy 
-
(iv) 
Herkogamy 
(v) 
Self-incompatibility 
(vi) 
Suspensor. 
(C) 
Find the odd one out (with reason) from each group of 
terms : 
Sx l=S 
(1) 
Egg cell, polar nucleus, synergid, antipodal 
(ii) 
Pollenkitt, pectocellulose, tryph ine, orbicules 
(iii) 
Operculum, aril, endothelium, caruncle 
(iv) 
Syngamy, po~ogamy, chalazogamy, mesogamy 
(v) 
Calcium, boron, callose, lignin. 
Write short notes on any jive : 
Sx3=15 
(I) 
Endothelium 
(ii) 
Reduced OVl,\les 
(iii) 
Pseudomonad 
(iv) 
Pollen embryo sacs 
(v) 
Amoeboid tapetum 
(vi) 
lntraovarian pollination. 
P.T.O. 


.., 
J. 
4. 
5. 
( 4 ) 
37 
(A) 
Callose plays an important role in microsporogenesis . 
Discuss. 
5 
(B) 
Discuss the significance of seed dispersal. Add a note 
on zoochory. 
5 
(C) 
Explain Polygonum type of embryo sac development with 
ii I lustrations. 
5 
Discuss 
(A) 
The rol e of mentor po ll en Ill overcoming self-
incompatibility. 
5 
(B) 
The ro le of synergids in ferti I i'zation. 
5 
(C) 
Tapetum is involved in proper deve lopment of pollen 
grains. 
5 
(J\) 
Gi ve the dctai led organi zation of germ uni t 111 th e 
pollen tube. 
5 
((3) 
Define rolycmbryony and write a note Oil Nucd lar 
f>o lycmbry1llly 
5 
(( ') 
J) j <,ClJ \<; the embr yo ckvclorment in f
1<1t'1Jll i t l . 
) 
( 5 ) 
37 
6. 
(A) 
Define apomi xis and comment on gametophytic 
apomixis. 
5 
(B) 
Write an explanatory note on 
5 
FGU or Pollen storage. 
(C) 
Differentiate between any two of the fo11owing: 2x2.5=5 
Tum pipe mechanism and Fly trap mechanism 
(ii) 
Gametic transformation and pollen tube pathway 
transformation 
(iii) 
Vegetative cell and Generative cell. 
7. 
(A) 
Draw neat well labelled diagrams of any two of the 
following : 
2"-2.5=5 
(,) 
L.S. bitegmic, Crassinucellate, Anatropous ovuk 
with Oenothera type of embryo sac 
(ii) 
T.S. Tetrasporangiate anther showing \oculcs \\ ith 
spore mother cells 
(iii) 
Structure of pollen tuhe tip. 
P.1.0. 


37 
(B) 
Associate the fo llowing structures with family/genus 
(any five) : 
5x1=5 
(i) 
Mamelon 
(ii) 
Polysiphonous pollen grams 
(iii) 
Aril 
(iv) 
Massulae 
(v) 
Nucellar beak 
( vi) 
Pseudoembryo sac. 
(C) 
Briefly describe different types of endosperms with 
examples. 
5 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages] 
RoH No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
38 
Unique Paper.Code 
32161502 
Name of the Paper 
Plant Physiology 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Botany 
Semester 
V 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
I 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
All questions ca~ equal marks. 
(a) 
Nam·~ . any five of the following : 
5x}=5 
(,) 
. A macronutrient responsible for osmoregulation and 
stomatal movement. 
(ii) 
A cytokinin extracted from maize grams 
(iii) A synthetic antitranspirant 
P.T.O. 


2 
38 
(iv) Membrane spanning protein channel that facilitate 
water transport 
(v) 
An ethylene releasing compound 
2. 
(vi) Term for cold temperature requirement for flowering. 
(b) 
Fill in the blanks : 
5x1=5 
(,) 
Gamer and Allard are associated with ... ...... ... ...... . 
(ii) 
Most accepted theory of ascent of sap .. ......... ... . 
(iii) A cell gets plasmolysed after being kept m 
3. 
solution. 
(iv) A honnone that prevents precocious gennination 
is ..... .. ..... ....... . 
(v) 
Fungal association that helps · in phosphorus 
uptake ....... ....... . 
4 
(c) 
Define any five of the following 
5x1=5 
(i) 
Cavitation 
( i,) 
Osmotic potential 
(iii} Florigen 
( iv) 
Etiolation 
3 
) 
38 
(v) 
Symport 
(vi) 
·Aeroponics. 
Distinguish between any three of the following : 
3x5=]5 
(i) 
Carrier proteins and Channel proteins 
(it) 
Apoplastic and Symplastic water uptake 
(iii) 
Macroelements and M icroelements 
(iv) 
Transpiration and Guttation. 
Write explanatory notes on any three of the fo llowing : 3 x5= 15 
(t) 
(it) 
(iii) . 
(iv) 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
Role of sulphur and magnesium in plant nutrition 
Hydroponics 
Polar auxin ttansport 
starch- sugar hypothesis of stomata! movement. 
What is water potential ? Explain the sign ificance and 
factors (any three) affecting it. 
5 
Describe CO-FT model for long distance transport of 
flowering stimulus. 
Give the criteria of esscntiality of mineral nutrients. S 
P.T.O. 


( 
4 
) 
38 
5. 
(a) 
What 1s seed dormancy ? Explain the factors that 
( 
cause it. 
5 
J
(b) 
Comment _ on the physiological roles of Cytokinins or 
t
Ethylene. 
5 
(c) 
Write 1n brief ' the role of brassinosteroids 1n plant !
signaling. 
5 :
6. 
(a) 
What are phytochromes ? Explain their mechanism of -
action. 
5 
(b) 
What do you understand by 'source-sink' relationship i
in phloem transport ? Explain it in the light of Munch ;
•
Hypothesis. 
5
(c) 
Expand the following 
5xl-5 
\ 
TIBA, ACC, LFR, BAP, EDTA

BAM 
LIBRARY 
This question paper containspinted pages] 
Your Roll No. 
SI. No. of Q. Papeer 
:2198 
IC 
Unique Paper Code 
32161602 
Name of the Course 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
Name of the Paper 
:Plant Biotechnology 
Semester 
:VI 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt any FIVE questions in all. 
(c) Question No.1 is compulsory. 
1. (a) Fill in the blanks 
5 
()
Artificial seed is generally encapsulated 
by... 
(ii) Flavr savr tomato was developed by 
... 
biotechnology company. 
(iii) The genetically modified organism 
developed for bioremediation by A. M. 
Chakraborty is known as ... 
P.T.O 


2198 
(iv)..... is known as the Father of Plant 
Tissue Culture. 
(v)The bacterial cells are made competent 
(v) 
for uptake of foreign DNA by treatment 
with 
. 
(b) Expand the following (any five): 
5 
(i) 
HGH 
(i) NBPGR 
(ii) GGDPP 
(iv) MAC 
(v) GFP 
(vi) PEG 
(c) Match the following 
5 
) 
Lipase 
ii) Protoplast isolation 
(ii) Ligase 
Eli-Lilly 
Kary Mullis 
Stain remover 
in detergents 
iv) PCR 
Seals nicks in 
DNA 
(vHumulin 
E. C. Cocking 
2. (a) Briefly discuss any three of tn 
y three of the following: 
3x3-9 
) Production of secondary " 
metabolites by 
tissue culture 
ii) Roundup ready 
yabean 
2 


2198 
(iii) Microprojectile bombardment 
(iv) Reporter genes 
(b) Givethe contributions of any three: 
2x3-6 
i) 
Sipra Guha 
S. C. Maheshwari 
(ii) 
T. Murashige 
(ii) F. Laibach 
(iv) Morel & Martin 
3. Write short notes on any three 
3x5 15 
(i) Screening of DNA library to obtain gene of 
interest by colony hybridization 
(ii) Cryopreservation 
(ii) Edible vaccines 
(iv) Phagemid 
4. Differentiate between any five of the following: 
5x3-15 
(i) Plasmid and Cosmid 
(ii) Cybrid &Hybrid 
(iii) Micropropagation and vegetative propagation 
(iv) Genomic DNA library and cDNA library 
(v) Electroporation and microinjection 
(vi) BAC and YAC 
3 
P.T.O. 


2198 
5. (a) Describe the structure of Ti plasmid. With 
suitable illustrations explain Agrobacterium- 
mediated transformation via cointegrate OR 
4+6 10 
binary vector approach. 
(b) Discuss the role of growth regulators in plant 
tissue culture. Name any two commonly 
used auxins and cytokinins each. 
3+2-5 
6. (a) (i) What are restriction endonucleases? Give 
two examples with their restriction sites. 
5 
(i)How are restriction endonucleases used 
in recombinant DNA technology ? Explain 
with suitable diagram. 
5 
(b) Give the components of an ideal cloning 
vector. What is an expression vector ? 
3+2-5 
7. (a) Describe the strategy by which golden rice 
9 
was developed. 
(b) Discuss the bioethical issues related to the 
use of GM crops. 
6 
1300 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
2541 
2019 
Unique Paper Code 
32167608/42167905 
IC 
Name of the Paper 
Bioinforatics 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany/ 
B.Sc. (Prog.): DSE-2B 
Semester 
VI 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 775 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt five questions in al. 
Question No. I is compulsory. 
Attempt all parts of a question together. 
(a) 
Define the following (any five): 
. 
5x1=5 
SHBAM 
LIBRARY m 
CO 
NDH 
Affine Gap Penalty. 
(in 
Scoring Matrix 
(ii) 
Xenologous 
(iv) 
Genomics 
Vew D- 
() 
ClustalX 
(vi) 
Phylogram. 
P.T.O 
COL 
alkai 


2 
2541 
(6) 
Expand of the following (any five) 
Sx-5 
() 
NIH 
(i) 
SNP 
EST 
(iv) 
PHYLIP 
(v) 
QSAR 
(vi) 
OTU. 
(c) 
Give an example of each: 
5x1-5 
( 
Metabolic database. 
(i) 
Composite database 
(ii) 
Chemical database 
iv) 
Disease database 
(v) 
Gene expression database. 
5x3-15 
2 
Differentiate between the following (any five): 
(a) 
Primary and secondary database 
(6) 
BLASTx and BLASTn 


3 
2541 
BankIT and Sequin 
(d) 
PAM and BLOSUM 
(e Monophyletic 
and Polyphyletic trees 
Accession number and Version number. 
3. 
Write short notes on (any three): 
3x5-15 
(a) 
Salient features of Swiss-Prot 
(6) 
Resources of DDBJ 
(c) 
Sequence submission to EMBL 
(d) 
Bioinformatic analysis of microbial genome 
() 
Branches of bioinformatics. 
4 
Comment on the role of structural bioinformatics in drug 
() 
9 
discovery. 
(b) 
Give an account of various resources available 
(b) 
6 
at DDBJ.. 
(a) 
Give a brief account of information available in biological 
5. 
9 
databases. 
6 
(b) 
Elaborate sequence retrieval system of NCBI. 
P.T.O. 


2541 
4 
(a) 
Comment on molecular phylogeny and give comparative 
6. 
account of Maximum Parsimony, Maximum Livelihood 
and Neighbor Joining method of piylogenetic tree 
9 
construction. 
What is multiple sequence alignment ? Enumerate its 
(b) 
6 
significance. 
7. 
() 
Provide an overview of bioinformatics use in biology. 9 
6 
(b) 
Write characteristic features of PIR. 
1,200 
4 
2541 


This question paper contains 4 printed pagesf 
Roll No. 
219 
S. No. of Question Paper 
2634 
Unique Paper Code 
32167601 
IC 
Name of the Paper 
Industrial and Environmental Microbiology 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany : DSE-3 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt five questions in all and Q. No. 1 is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Attempt all parts of a question together.
. 
(a) 
Fill in the blanks any five of the following: 
5x1=5 
( 
Ectomycorrhizae produces 
.. enzymne 
during the process of association. 
(i) Impellers are an essential part of the 
(ii) Oxygen suppresses 
processes. 
(v) Organism responsible for Casein Hydrolysis 
IS....***** 
P.T.O 


2 
2634 
medium is used for the 
() 
Suppression ot unwanted microbes.
(vSulphur cycle was studied first time in the 
organism .. 
(6) 
Define the following any five of the following: 5x1=5 
)Bioreactor 
(i) Sparger 
(ii) Lypholization 
(iv) COD 
() Autoclave 
(vi) Bacteroid 
(vii) Sauekraut. 
c)Expand the following any five of the following: 5x1-5 
TDS 
(i) 
CFU 
(ii) IMTECH 
iv) NRRIL 
(vi) YEMA. 


2634 
3 
2 
Write short notes on any three of the following: 3x5=15 
AM and its significance 
(i) 
Chemical methods of cell disruption 
(ii) 
Bioremediation of soil 
(iv) 
Air lift fermenter. 
3. 
(a) 
Discuss in detail the industrial production and estimation 
3 
10 
of antibiotic Penicillin. 
(b) 
What are the sources and factors responsible for water 
5 
pollution? 
4 
Enumerate the different types of microbes present in 
5 
air and discuss methods for their isolation. 
Microorganisms act as indicators of water quality. 
) 
5 
Comment. 
Define Environmental Microbiology. What is its scope ? 
5 
Comment. 
5. 
Explain the role of microbes in domestic waste treatment. 7 
Explain different methods of enzyme immobilization. Write 
(b) 
8 
its advantages and applications.
P.T.O. 


4 
) 
2634 
What are the characteristics of an ideal production 
(a) 
6. 
medium ? Discuss. 
(6) 
Explain in brief any wo types of bioreactors studied 
8 
by you. 
. 
(a) 
Discuss various methods to detect Coliform in water. 10 
5 
(6) 
Explain the Sulphur cycle with suitable diagram. 
Or 
Explain the various steps and processes involved in recovery 
of the industrial products. 
15 
2634 
4 
1,20 


LL 
2019 
SEA 
Unique paper code: 107693 
Name of the paper: Genetics and Genomícs II, GGHT 602 
Name of the course: B.Sc 4H) Zoology, Botany. Anthropology. NígobiologyS6chemistry 
Biomedical Sçiences lKE 
LIBRARY 
Semester: VI 
Duration: 3 hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. Write your Roll no. on the top immediately on receipt for this question paper. 
2. Answer five questions in al. 
3. Question 1 is compulsory. 
Q.1 a) Define any five of the following terms: 
(5x1-5)
1. 
Allele 
. 
Sexduction 
Conjugation 
Indel 
11. 
iv. 
v.lybrid dysgenesis 
vi. 
Retro-transposons 
vii. 
Inbreeding depression 
b) Differentiate between any five the following pairs: 
(5x2-10) 
i. 
Simple and Composite transposon 
ii. 
Sequence Identity and Sequence Similarity 
ii. 
Transformation and Transduction 
iv. 
Genomics and Proteomics 
Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic genome 
vi. 
Sympatric and Allopatric Speciation
vii. 
Episomes and Plasmids 
V. 
c) State the contributions of: (any two) 
(2x1-2) 
Barbara McClintock 
E Wollman and F Jacob 
. 
ii. 
iii. 
J Lederberg and N Zinder 
d) Expand any four of the following-
(4x1=4) 
i. LINEs 
ii. VNTR 
ii. ORF 


iv. DTRs 
v. NCBI 
e) Enumerate the features that allow the following organisms to serve as model systems in 
biology (any two) 
(2x2-4) 
i. 
Sachharomyces cerevisiae, 
ii. Arabidopsis thaliana 
ii. Drosophila melanogaster 
fCystic fibrosis is an autosomal recessive disorder with an incidence 4 in 10,000 in people of 
northern European ancestry. Calculate all the genotypic frequencies assuming that th is 
population is under Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium. 
(2) 
Q.2 Explain generalized and specialized transduction (include suitable diagrams). (12) 
Q.3a) State the principle of Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium. What are the basic assumptions of 
this theorem? 
(2+4 6) 
b) Explain the role of Zygotic genes during development of Drosophila. (6) 
Q4 a) Give an account of Ac-Ds system in maize. 
(6) 
b) How is Interrupted mating technique employed for gene mapping in bacteria? (6) 
Q5 a) Define bioinformatics.Briefly describe various types of databases. (8)) 
b)What are the key characteristies for identifying ORF from a given sequenec? (4) 
Q.6 Discuss the reproductive isolative mechanis1ms and their role in speciation. (12) 
Q.7 Write short notes on any three 
(4,4,4) 
a) Microarray 
b) Genetic Drift 
c) Gene annotation 
d) Class ABC genes of Arabidopsis 
e) Homeotic genes 


(11 
Roll No.. 
19 
356 
LIBRARY 
Sr. No. of question paper 
Name of course 
B. Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
SchemeAode ef Examinatiens:- 
Semester 
Name of the Paper: 
Reproductive Biology of Angiosperms 
UPC Sttbject Eode: 
BTHT-6114216603). 
Semester 
VI 
Duration: 3 hours 
Maximum marks - 75 
Ins uctions for candidates: 
. 
Write your roll number on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2. Attempt five questions in all including Question Number 1 which is compulsory. 
3. All parts of a question must be answered together. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Draw well-labelled diagrams and write the botanical name wherever necessary. 
1 a) 'ssociate the family with a distinctive embryological feat. e 
(5 x1 5) 
iCactaceae 
1) Euphorbiaceae 
ii) Orchidaceae 
v) Loranthaceae 
v) Cyperaceae 
(10x0.5 5.0) 
b) Match the following
Column A 
aS Nawaschin 
Column BB 
Observed pollen tube in Portulaca 
ii. 
Five types of microspore tetrads 
b. Sasa paniculata 
CArlstolochia elegans 
ii. 
Highest aumber of antipodals 
iv. 
Double fertilization 
d. Quinchamalium chilense 
V. 
Endothelial thickenings 
eOphrys speculum 


f. 
a-cellulose 
vi. 
Pollen viability 
g. 2,3,5 triphenyl tetrazolium chloride 
h. Plumbago zeylanica 
vii. 
Finger like projections in egg cell 
Pseudocopulation 
viii. 
Fritillaria 
Synergid and antipodal haustoria 
both present 
IX 
j. G. B. Amici 
Bambacioni effect 
X. 
cFill in the blanks. 
(5 x1=5) 
i) 
Antipodals are absent in 
1i) 
ii) 
-is formed by oxidative polymerization of carotenoids. 
iii) Adventive polyembryony is found in -
iv 
are characteristic feature of cyperaceae. 
-----embryony. 
v) CitruS microcarpa shows 
2 Differentiate between the following (any five). 
(5 x3 = 15) 
i) 
Amoeboid and Secretory Tapetum 
ii) Monosporic and Bisporic type of embryo sac development 
iii) Porogamy and Chalazogamy 
iv) Simultaneous and successive wall formation 
v 
SSI and GSI 
vi) Mixed pollination and bud pollination 
3 a) Define pollen viability and briefly desoribe methods to test pollen viability. 
5) 
b) Withthe help of diagrams only, trace the development of Oenothera 
and Peperomia type of embryo sac. 
(2x2.5-5) 
c) Describe briefly apomixis and its significance. 
(5) 
(5x3-15)
Write short notes on the following (any FIVE) 
i) Hypostase 
ii) Ruminate endosperm 
i) Obturator 
iv) Egg apparatuus 
vSuspensor 
vii) Male germ unit 
4 


5 a) Draw well labelled diagram of the following: 
(2x2.5 5 
i) L.S. of a1atropous, bitegmic, crassinucellate ovule showing Polygonum type of emb ryo 
sac 
ii) T.S. tetrasporangiate anther showing pollen tetrad stage 
b) Write briefly about ultrastructure of pollen wall. 
(5) 
c) Explain the different factors affecting pollen germination in vitro. 
(5) 
6 a) Describe various types of suspensor haustoria in angiosperms. 
5) 
b) Write in detail about the development of dicot embryo. 
c) Define polyembryony. Give types of polyembryony. Discuss the practical applications of 
nucellar polyembryony. 
(5) 
(5x3=15) 
7 Briefly describe the following: 
i) NPC system 
ii) Importance of pollen storage 
ii) Characteristic features of ornithophilous plants 
iv) Role of tapetum 
vOperculum 


(1.2 
HDA 
LIBRARY 
sOLL 
2019 
SI. No. of Q.P. : 35662 
ABLDN 
Unique Paper Code: 216605 
Name of the Paper: Plant Biotechnolgy (BTHT-612) 
Me 
Thi- 
Name of the Course: B.Sc. (Hons) Botany 
Semester : VI 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Attempt any five questions in all Question no. 1 is compulsory 
Q1.(A) Expand any five of the following: 
(a) Br 
(b) RFLP 
(c) SDS 
(d) AGE 
(c) RAPDD 
(0 pUC 
(B) Give major contribution any five of the following scientists: 
(a) Haberlandt 
(b) Guha & Maheshwari 
(c) Miller Skoog 
(d) Kary Mullis 
(e) Alec Jeffery 
()Smith and Nathans 
02. Write short notes on any three of the following: 
3X5-15 
(a) Organogenesis 
(b) Electroporation 
(c)Ierbicide resistant plants 
(d) DNA sequencing 


(e) PCR 
Q3. Ditlerentiate betw een any five of the following 
5X3-15 
(a) Phagcmid and Cosmid 
(b) BAC and YAC 
(c) Northern and Western Blotting 
(d) Marker and Reporter Gene 
(e) Somatic and Zygotic Embryogenesis 
() AGE and PAGE 
Q4. (b) Give two examples of transgenic crops. Describe the methodology involved in the 
production of any onc. 
3+5 
(b) Write a note on microprojectile bombardment method of gene transfer and give its 
applications 
7 
Q5. (a) Describe haploid production in plants with an example. Enumerate its applications in 
crop improvement. 
4+4 
(b) Explain the technique of cryopreservation. Give its applications. 
5+2 
Q6. (a) What are edible vaccines? Elaborate their methods of production and give their 
advantages. 
7.5 
(6) Define molecular markers. Discuss their applications in Biotechnology. 
7.5 
07. (a) Briefly discuss Agrobacterium mediated transformation. 
7 
(6) Enlist the steps involved in construction of genomic library with the help of suitable 
diagrams. 
8

Thi:. question r aper co;;~ i7",5 3 µ:.-u:~:,d 
Rolf ~ o. 
~62 
L nique Paper Code 
321611 02 
- -- ' • 
/ 
t 
oc 
~ame of the Paper 
Biomolttttle5 aJKi Celt Bio~ 
"'arr e of the C ours.e 
B.SC. (Hom..) 'Boltll) 
S-emesrer 
I 
Duration: 3 Huurs 
All parts of a q~c :ion must be 
I. 
(a) 
Define ( an: fn-e) .: 
f i) 
Ess.ential fart) ~cids 
( ii) 
Prosih~:ic group 
( iii) ~ ucleos.o~ e 
(fr) 
H~ drogen bonds 
(\·) 
pH 
(n) 
Reducinf! sugar . 
.... 
' 
·~-..:,-- ..:,-
.,.._.~ ..... - - '-' . -


(c) 
( 
2 
) 
Give the structure of the following (any jive): 5xl==S 
(I) 
a-D-glucose 
(ii) Sucrose 
(iii) Adenine 
(iv) Sterol 
(v) 
Monomeric unit of chitin 
(vi) D-deoxyribose. 
Match the following 
5xJ=5 
A 
B 
(!) 
Prokaryotic cell 
(a) 
Translation 
(ii) 
tRNA 
(b) 
Mesosomes 
(iii) lsoelectric point 
(c) 
Di saccharides 
(iv) Lysosomes 
(d) 
Proteins 
(v) 
Lactose 
(e) 
Hydro lases 
Write short notes on the following (any three) 
5x3=15 · 
(a) 
Enzyme inhibition 
(b) 
Mitochondria and chloroplast as sem iautonomous 
organelles 
-: 
(c) 
Lipid synthesis in smooth ER 
(d) 
ATP as high . energy molecule. 
( 
3 
) 
6462 
3. 
Compare the following (any three) 
(a) 
Microfilaments, intermediate filaments and microtubules 
(b) 
Primary, secondary and tertiary lysosornes 
(c) 
A-DNA, 8-DNA and Z-DNA 
(d) 
Starch, glycogen and chitin. 
4. 
Draw well labelled diagram of the following (any three) : 
5><3=15 
(a) 
Ultrastructure of mitochondria 
(b) 
Fluid-Mosaic model 
(c) 
Nuclear pore complex 
(d) 
Ultrastructure of flagella. 
5. 
(a) 
Explain the structure and functions of plant cell wall. 
6. 
6462 
(b) 
What is protein denaturation ? Discuss the biological 
roles of proteins. 
(c) 
Explain in detail the structure and functions of 
peroxisomes. 
Sx3=\5 
Give a detailed account of the following (any two) : 7½x2=15 
(a) 
Role of golgi apparatus as processing, sorting and export 
centre of proteins. 
(h) 
What are lipids ? Describe in detail the major classes 
of storage and structural lipids, and their roles in living 
system. 
(c) 
Different phases m eukaryotic cell cycle and their 
regulation by cyclin-cdk complex. 
3 
1300 


[.This question paper co ntain~
inted pages.] ~ \ , ~ \ 
1
'7 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5 5 71 
H 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Sen1ester 
216101 
BTHT-101: Biodiversity-I 
(Algae and Microbiology) 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
I 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2 . ' Attempt Section A and B on separate sheets. 
3. 
All parts of question must be attempted together. 
Section A 
Attempt FOUR questions in all from Section A 
including Question No. 1, which is compulsory. 
1 . 
(a) Fill in the blanks : 
(1 xS=S) 
(i) The book entitled "The Structure and Reproduction 
of the Algae was written by ................ . 
P.T.0. 


5~7 f 
2 
(ii) ............ ... is an alga that helps in Nitrogen fixation. 
(iii) '(hick walled vegetative cells rich in food material 
are known as ... .. ............ .. •. 
(iv) Pond silk or water silk is the common name given 
to : the members of .............. . 
(v) Trumpet hyphae are found in ........... .... .... . 
(b) Define any four of the following: 
(i) Eyespot 
(ii) Palmella stage 
(iii) Coenobium 
(iv) Fucosan vesicle 
(v) Nannandrium 
(c) Match the following: 
(i) Parasitic alga 
(ii) Isomorphic alternation 
of generation 
(a) Fritschiella 
(b) Polysiphonia 
(} X4=4) 
(1 x5=5) 
(iii) Pit connections 
(iv) Primary protonerna 
(v) Fucoserratene 
( c) Cephaleuros virescens 
(d) Chara 
(e) Fucus 
5571 
3 
2. 
Write short notes on any three of the following : 
(4x3=12) 
(a) Heterotrichous habit 
(b) Gongrosira stage 
( c) Heterocyst 
(d) Cell division in Oedogonium 
3. 
Differentiate between any three of the following pairs : 
(4x3=12) 
(a) Zoospore and synzoospore 
(b) Unilocular and plurilocular sporangia 
( c) Nucule and globule 
(d) Carposporophyte and tetrasporophyte 
4. 
Draw well labelled diagrams of any three of the following : 
(4x3=l 2) 
(a) E.M. of Chlamydomonas 
(b) Volvox coenobium showing autocolonies 
(c) V.S of female conceptacle of Fucus 
(d) Vaucheria thallus with reproductive structures 
P.T.C


5571 
4 
5. 
. 
t·he economic importance of blue green 
(a) Write a note on 
algae. 
(4x3=12) 
a note 011 the post fertilization changes in 
(b) Write 
Coleochaete. 
(c) Mention the contribution of the following phycologists 
(any two) : 
(i) F.E. Fritsch 
(ii) G.M. Smith 
(iii) M .O.P. Iyengar 
Section B 
Attempt THREE Questions in all from this section, 
including Question No. 6 which is compulsory. 
6. 
(a) Define a~y five of the following: 
(i) Firmicutes 
(ii) Prototrophs 
(iii) Chemoorganotrophs 
(iv) Proteobacteria 
(v) L-forms 
(vi) Replica plating 
(1 x5=5) 
5 
(b) Give characteristic features of the following bacterial 
forms : 
(1 x5=5) 
(i) Aquaspirillium magnetotacticum 
(ii) Haloquadra walsbyi 
(iii) Nanoarcheum equitans 
(iv) Gemmata obscuriglobus 
(v) Diplococcus pneumoniae 
( c) Match the following : 
(i) Rhizobium 
(l x3=3) 
(a) Budding 
(ii) Hyphomicrobium 
(iii) TMV 
(b) Symbiotic bacteria 
(c) RNA virus 
7. 
Draw well labelled diagrams of any two of the following : 
(3 x2=6) 
(a) E.M. of a bacterial cell 
(b) E.M. of T2 bacteriophage 
( c) Bacterial endosopre 
( d) Gram+ve cell wall 
P.T.O. 


~~ 7 1 
\\ r,tf• ~horf notch o tl af1) two o f the toll ow 111g · (3,...2 t,) 
lb J J -Pl:1.snud 
(('I <,cncrnl1scd tran~duct1on 
{ d t V trotcb 
Q 
(a> Do you think Archaea should be separate from Bacteria 
although both the groups are prokaroytes? 
(3 x2=6) 
OR 
(inc two important functions of Corn proteins 1n the 
cr;snsforrnation machinery of Hemophilus influenzae. 
(b} \Vh;u are the functio ns of Braun's lipoproteins and 
"porins·· in the outer membrane of Gram - ve bacterial 
~ell wa ll? 
OR 
\\'hy <lo we consider multiple auxotrophic markers while 
den1onstrating transformation in laboratory? What is the 
transforrnation freq uency reported for Eubacteria? 
(100) 


"LL/ 
[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.] 
~/7 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6461 
HC 
Unique Paper Code 
Na1nc of the Paper 
Na1ne of the Course 
Scrnester 
32161101 
MICROBIOLOGY AND 
PHYCOLOGY 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
. I 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 7 5 
Instructions for Candidates 
2. 
3. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
All parts of a question must be attempted together. 
Illustrate your answers with suitable diagrams wherever 
necessary. 
4. 
This question paper has SEVEN questions. 
5. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
6. 
Attempt any Five questions in all. 
7. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
P.T.0. 


6461 
2 
~461 
3 
I . 
(a) Name the Genus associated with the f I 
o lowing 
(any TEN): 
(lxJO==IO) 
(i) Coenobium 
(ii) Gongrosira stage 
(iii) Cap cells 
(iv) Hormogonia 
(v) Amylum stars 
(vi) Rust of Tea 
(vii) PaJmella stage 
(viii) Triphasic life-cycle 
(ix) Root nodule 
(x) Crown Gall 
(xi) Citrus canker 
(xii) Leaf Mosaic 
(b) Fill in the blanks : 
(l/2x6=3) 
(i) Cells rn Polysiphonia thallus are interconnected 12· 
by 
(ii) In Nostoc filament, the hetcrocyst is ____ _ 
in position. 
(iii) The fruiting body rn Co/eochaete 1s cal led 
(iv) Multi flagellated asexual spore 1n Vaucheria l S 
called 
(v) Bacterium with flagella present on two opposite 
poles is ~alled 
(vi) The sub-units of protein coat 1 n T.M.V are 
called 
(c) Give contributions of any TWO of the following: 
(1 x2=2) 
(i) G.M. Smith 
(ii) F.E. Fritsch 
(iii) W.M. Stanley 
(iv) J. Lederberg and E. Tatum 
' 
(a) Comment on the acellula~ nature of Vaucheria. 
(5) 
P.T.O. 


6461 
4 
6461 
5 
(b) Elaborate on the evolutionary trends in Chlamydomona.15. 
or Coleochaete. 
(5) 
(c) Discuss the affinities of Red Algae. 
(5 ) 
OR 
Gi ve a brief account of Baltimore' s system 0 1 
classification. 
Give well-labelled diagrams for any THREE of the 
following: 
(5x3=15) 
(a) Chara-Detailed structure of a dissected Globule 
(b) Chlamydomonas- E.M. Cell 
(c) Vaucheria- Thallus bearing sex organs 
(d) T2 Bacteriophage 
3. 
(a) Explain Isomorphic Alternation of Generation, witll 
6 
Differentiate between any FIVE of the following: 
Ectocarp us as c·'. 
"'Xample. 
(5) · 
(b) Comment c . .. 
c. f Bacteria in industry. 
(5) 
(a) Hormogonia and Akinetes 
(c) \Vith the help of diagrams, explain the post-fertilization 
(b) Zoospore and Oospore 
chanaes in Polvsiphonia. 
(5) 
:::, 
✓ 
( c) Unilocular sporangiurn and Plurilocular sporangiurn 
(d) Macrandrous and Nannandrous 
4. 
Write short notes on any THREE of the following : 
(5x3=15) 
( e) Prions and Virion 
(a) Asexual reproduction in Volvox 
(f) Transduction and Transformation 
(3x5=15) 
(b) Thallus organization in Chara 
(c) Sexual reproduction in Fucus 
(a) Describe the symptoms, causal organism and control 
measures of any ONE viral disease. 
(5) 
(d) Bacterial Growth curve 
P.T.0. 


o-46 1 
6 
{b) Elabo rate on the role of Algae in Agriculture and 
B iot echno logy. 
(5) 
( c) Discuss the fine structure and proposed functions oi 
Heterocys t. 
(5) 
OR 
Explain Lysogenic Cycle.

[Th . .,.... 
. 
. 
4 fj)d ] 
1s question paper contains 
pnnte pages. 
;/ Jr;/ 11 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2 790 
32161401 
MOLECULAR 
C 
W.P-~" !) 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
B.Sc. (Hons.) B 
y ----
· 
IV 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all, including Q. No. 1 which is 
compulsory. 
3. 
Illustrate you}answers with appropriate diagrams wherever 
necessary. 
1. 
(a) Define any five of the following terms : 
(1 X5=5) 
(i) Central dogma 
(ii) Transcription unit 
( ... ) R'b 
_111/ 
1 ozy!lle 
(iv) Enhancer 
\~ 
P.T.O. 


!790 
(v) Snurps 
(vi) Exon 
2 
(b) Expand the following terms (any five) : 
(i) GTF 
(1 X5=5) 
(ii) CPSF 
(iii) MTE 
(iv) hnRNP 
(v) ORF 
(vi) SSB 
( c) Match the following terms from column A with column B : 
(1 x5=5) 
Column A 
(i) H. Khorana 
(iJ.") H. Fraenk:el-Conrat 
(iii) A. Kornberg 
(iv) F. Jacob & J. Monod 
( v) E. Chargaff 
Column B 
(a) DNA polymerase I 
(b) Lac operon 
( c) Genetic code 
(d) Base composition 
(e) RNA as genetic material 
2790 
3 
2. 
Differentiate between the following terms (any five, tabulate 
the comparison): 
(3 x5=15) 
(a) Purine and Pyrimidine bases 
(b) Euchromatin and Heterochromatin 
(c) Pribnow box and Goldberg-Rogness box 
(d) Left handed DNA and Right handed DNA 
(e) Inducible gene regulation and Repressible gene regulation 
(f) Eukaryotic and Pro·karyotic Ribosomes 
3. 
Write short notes on any five of the following: (3 x5=15) 
(a) Telomerase 
(b) Gene silencing 
(c) Organelle DNA 
( d) Nucleosome model 
( e) Cot curve 
(f) Wobble Hypothesis 
(g) Structure of tRNA 
4. 
(a) Briefly describe the lac operon and how it controls the 
metabolism of lactose in bacteria. 
(9) 
P.T.0. 


4 
2790 
5. 
• f 
count of different types of RNAs found 
(b) Give a br1e ac 
. 
. 
, 
. 
ll nd discuss their functions. 
(6 .I 
1n the ce 
a 
1 · · d tai'l the process of transcriptional initiation 
(a) Exp a1n 1n e 
, 
in eukaryotes. 
(9) 
(b) Write the consensus sequence of the following (any two) 
(i) Shine-Dalgarno sequence 
(ii) 5' -splice site 
(iii) Kozak sequence 
(1.5x2=3) 
( c) Define alternative splicing and disc_uss its significance. 
. 
(3) 
6. 
(a) Illustrate and list the various prote~ns that ·asse1nble 
at the replication fork in prokaryotes. Discuss their 
functions. 
(9) 
(b) Discuss the different ways by which proteins are 
modified after translation. 
(6) 
7. 
(a) Explain in detail the initiation of translation in 
prokaryotes. How does. it differ from that of eukaryotes ? 
(List three key differences) 
(9) 
(b) D iscu ss in d t ·1 
h 
e ai 
t e experiment th at e1np loyed 
radioactive isotopes and conclusively proved that DN.A 
is the genetic material. : 
__ 
(6) 
(1200) 


[This question paper contains'Cptinted pages.] i<JtJ n 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2 7 91 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hour~ 
32161402 
ECOLOGY. 
B.Sc. 
IV 
Instructions for Candidates 
GC-4 
Jvla.ximum Marks : 75 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt FIVE questions in all. Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
3. 
All questions carry EQUAL marks. 
4. 
All parts of a question MUST be attempted together. 
1 . 
(a) Define any five of the following: 
(1 x5=5) 
(i) Biome 
(ii) Pedogenesis 
(iii) Ecological Pyramids 
(iv) Detritus 
P.T.0. 


2791 
2 
(v) Soil Texture 
(vi) Key Stone Species 
(b) Give one word for any five of the following: (1 x5=5) 
(i) Instrument used to measure ·wind Velocity 
.(ii) Light Loving Plants 
(iii) Water held between the pore spaces of soil 
particles and angles between them 
(iv) Listed species content of plants in an area 
(v) Total water present in the soil 
(vi) More or less decomposed finely divided organic 
matter in the soil 
(c) Match the following: 
Column A 
(i) Ecotone 
(ii) Xerophyte 
(iii) Insectivorous Plant 
(iv) Eluvial Zone 
( v) Luxmeter 
Column B 
Light Intensity 
Zone of Leaching 
Opuntia 
Nepenthes 
(1 x5=5) 
Transition Zone of Communities 
(5+5+5=15) 
2791 
3 
2. 
Briefly explain any five of the following : 
(a) Hydrological Cycle 
(b) Adaptations to Fire 
(c) Precipitation-types 
( d) Homeostasis 
(e) Trophic Structure 
(f) Principles of Phytogeography 
(3 x5=15) 
3. 
Differentiate between any five of the following : (3x5=15) 
(a) Grazing Food Chain & Detritus Food Chain 
(b) Standing State & Standing Crop 
( c) Stratosphere & Troposphere 
(d) r-,Selection & k-Selection 
(e) Autecology & Synecology 
(f) Primary Succession & Secondary Succession 
4. 
Write short notes on any three of the following: (5x3=15) 
(a) Age Pyramids 
P.T.O. 


2791 
(b) Theory of Tolerance 
( c) Soil Formation 
( d) Ecological Speciation 
4 
5. 
Describe any three of the following : 
(a) Humus 
(b) Niche 
( c) Structure of Ecosyste1n 
( d) Y-Shaped Energy Flow Model 
(5x3=15) 
6. 
(a) What are Biogeochemical Cycles? Explain cycling of 
Nitrogen. 
(8) 
(b) Explain the process of Succession in a xeric environment 
with the help of a suitable diagram. 
(7) 


~·[This' question paper contain: ~
~inted pages.] j)'\"'/ ~ ( 1 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2 792 
. GC-4 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
l\Jame of the Course 
Semester 
32161403 
Plant Systematics 
C' 
B.Sc. (Hons.) 1Botany 
IV 
G, 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top imrnediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
,, 
A 
t· 
· 
· 
11 
k,. 
.ttempt 1ve questions 1n a ,_ .... 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
4. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
5. 
Apswer all parts of a question together. 
1 . 
(a) Fill in the blanks : 
(10) 
(i) .............. is known as the father of Genus Concept. 
(ii) Takhtaj an represented his system of classification 
in the form of a . . . . . . . . . .. . . . diagram. 
(iii) .............. is the author of Theorie Elementaire de 
la Botanique. 
P.T.O. 


2792 
2 
(iv) Angiosperms were given the taxonomic rank of 
.. ........ .... by Cronquist. 
(v) .... ...... .... is the name of a genus commemorating 
a person. 
(vi) .............. is a journal dedicated to the publication 
of research in Plant Systematics. 
(vii) .............. is an angiosperm lacking vessels. 
(viii) The occurrence of similar features in different species 
with common ancestry is known as .............. . • 
(ix) A binomial with identical generic name and specific 
epithet is known as a .............. . 
(x) The occurrence of both advanced and primitive 
characters in a tax on is known as .............. . 
(b) Give the alternative name and type genus of the 
following : 
(5) 
Labiatae, Guttiferae, Umbelliferae, Palmae, Gramineae. 
2 . 
(a) Outline the system of classification proposed by Bentham 
and Hooker. 
(7) 
(b) Exp lain why this system is considered a major 
improvement over earlier systems. 
(c) Expand the following (any three) : 
ICN·, IAPT, nom.r..ud. , APG. 
(5) 
(3) 
• 
2792 
3 
3. 
( a) Explain the importance of Botanical Gardens in the fi eld 
of systematics. 
(5) 
(b) Name any one national and one international Botanical 
Garden. 
(2) 
(c) What are secondary metabolites? Di scuss their ro le 
in solving taxonomic problems citing s uitabl e 
examples. 
(2+6) 
4. 
(a) Explain the Principle of Priority in Nomenclature. 
Discuss the limitations to the application of thi s 
principle? 
(3 +3) 
(b) Differentiate between apomorphic and plesiomorphic 
characters. 
(3) 
( c) Discuss any two theories regarding the most probabl e 
ancestors of angiosperms. 
( 6) 
5. 
Write short notes on the following (any three) : 
(i) Biological species concept. 
(ii) Valid publication of names. 
(iii) Multi-access keys. 
(iv) Use of computers in plant systematics. 
(v) Englerian concept of primi tivc fl ower. 
P.T.O . 


'f 
4 
2792 
6. 
. 
b 
n the f ollo"'wing ( any three) : 
(a) Differentiate etwee_ 
(i) Indented and Bracket_ed Keys 
(ii) Holotype and Lectotype 
(iii) 
Phylogram and Phenogram 
(iv) Flora and Monograph 
(3 x3) 
(b) Interpret the following : 
(i) Gossypium tomentosum i'Iutt, ex Seein. 
(1 ) 
(ii) Phyllanthus Linn, emend. Mull. 
(1 ) 
(iii) Salix X capreola 
(l) 
(iv) Delphinium viscosum Hook.f. et Thomson 
(1) 
( v) Dudley a var i e g at a 
(Wat s . ) 
1-1 or an Se du ni 
variegata \Vats. 
(2) 
7. 
(a) Explain the use of molecular data as a modern taxonomic 
tool with suitable examples. 
(5) 
(b) Outline the steps of numerical taxonomic analysis. 
(5) 
( c) Write a short note on the contributions of Linnaeus in 
classification and nomenclature of plants. 
(5) 
(1200)

[This question paper contains 6 printed p 
• 
Yo 
Roll i~~ .. 
\-,~~ 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6463 
HC 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Sen1ester 
· 32161301 
Anatomy of Angiosperms 
B.Sc. (Hons) Botany 
III 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top i1nmediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory and attetnpt five questions in 
all. 
3. 
Draw well labeled diagrams wherever required and answer 
all parts of question together. 
1. 
( a) Define any five of the following : 
(5xl=5) 
(i) Paratracheal Parenchyma 
(ii) Dermatogen 
P.T.0. 


6463 
2 
(iii) Cutinization 
(iv) Tension wood 
(v) Intercalary meristem 
(vi) Periderm 
(vii) Brachysclereids 
(b) Fill in the blanks (any five) 
(5Xl=5) 
(i) Root hairs are the extensions of .... .............. . . 
(ii) Cambium 
11 
d. ·d 
· 
ce s 
1v1 e primarily in ................. . 
plane. 
(iii) Rods like sclereids with dilated ends are known 
as ......... ..... ... .. . 
(iv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . is an unbranched /3-1,3 glucan. 
(v) Latex yielding cells are called ···················· 
(vi) In wood, elements of xylem are blocked by balloon 
like ingrowths called ···················· 
(vii) Concentric vascular bundle in which phloem 
surrounds xylem is ................ ... . 
6463 
3 
2. 
bl 
examples where following are present 
( c) Give suita e 
(any five) : 
(5 x1=5) 
(i) Multiple epidermis 
(ii) Asterosclereids 
(iii) P-Proteins 
(iv) Sunken stomata 
(v) Bicollateral vascular bundle 
(vi) Glandular trichome 
(vii) Bulliform cells 
Write short notes on the following (any three): 
(5 x3=15) 
(i) Korper- Kappe theory 
(ii) Ergastic substances 
(iii) Adcrustation and Incrustation 
(iv) Lenticels 
(v) Applications of plant Anatomy in Pharmacognosy 
P.T.0. 


4 
3. 
Answer the following : 
(5X3==}5) 
(i) What are growth rings ? Discuss their formation with 
suitable diagrams. 
(ii) Explain the changes 
that take place during 
transformation of sap wood into heart wood. 
(iii) Give a detailed account of types of stomata present in 
angiosperms with suitable example. 
4. 
Differentiate between any five : 
(i) Sclereids and Fibres 
(ii) Endodermis and pericycle 
(iii) Dicotyledonous and monocotyledonous leaf 
(iv) Perforation plate and Sieve plate 
(v) Fusiform and R~y initials 
(vi) Resin duct and Oil cavity 
(vii) Early and Late wood 
(5X3=}5) 
5. 
Draw welI-labeIIed diagrams of any three : 
(5x3=15) 
(i) Structure of Bordered pit in L.S 
6463 
5 
6. 
7. 
(ii) T.S of monocotyledonous root 
(iii) V .S of a leaf showing Kranz anatomy 
(iv) T.S of Cucurbita stem 
(v) V.S of leaf showing lithocyst 
Give a detailed account of any two : 
(7.5x2=15) 
h 
that are involved m 
(i) Trace the sequence of c anges 
the cytodifferentiation of tracheary elements. 
(ii) Give a detailed account of the anatomical adaptations 
in leaf and stem of xerophytes with suitable 
examples. 
(iii) Describe the origin of lateral root. 
Answer any two of the following : 
(7.5 x2=15) 
(i) Describe the various theories of shoot apex 
organization. 
(ii) Describe the secondary growth m a dicotyledonous 
stem. 


6463 
6 
(iii) Describe the characteristic features of n1eriste111atic 
tissues ? What are the various types of meristem and 
their function ? 


@ 
This question paper contains 4 printed pages] · f J ,~, f 7. 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the- Course 
Semester 
6464 
32161302 
Duration: 3 .Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
. . 
- (Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt · any five questions. 
Questi_on No. I is compulsory. 
Draw diagrams and write botanical names wherever necessary. · 
All parts of a question must ·be answer~d together. _ 
1. 
(a) 
Give the botanical ·names of the following. Attempt ·any 
five · of the following 
·5xl=5 
(i) 
Plant used in treatment of· circulatory disorders. 
(ii) 
Clearing agent · for· histology 
(iii) Goloen fibre of India 
(iv) · Leaf used in making bidi 
(v) 
The legume causing lathyrism 
(~i) The source of ·"Shah~ Zafran". 
P.T.O. 


( 
2 
) 
Exp~md and write the place where the 
llwated (any jive) 
(i) 
CRRJ 
(ii) 
NBPGR 
(iii) RRIM 
(fr) CIMMYT 
(,·) 
FRI 
(,·i) 
CIP. 
6464 
institutes are 
5xl==5 
(c) 
Explain the following t_erms. · Attempt any five of the 
following : 
(1) 
Psychedelic drugs 
(it) 
Ratooning 
(iii) Ginning 
(iv) Tapping 
(v) 
En!leurage. 
Differentiate between the following (any five) 
(I) 
Heart wood and Sap wood 
(ii) 
Bast fibre and Leaf fibre 
(ii,) 
Essential oils and Fatty oils 
(iv) 
Assam tea and China tea 
(v) 
Nicotiana tabacum and Nicotiana rustica 
( vi) 
Charas and Ganja 
5x1==5 
5x3=15 
( vii) 
Primary and secondary centres of origin of c:ultivated 
plants. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
( 
3 
) 
6464 
Write short notes on any three of the following 
J x5=15 
(,) 
Processing of black tea 
(i,) 
Uses of Quinine tree 
(iii) 
Methods of extraction of fatty oils 
(iv) 
TPS 
(v) 
Classification of fibres on the basis of origin. 
Draw well-labelled diagrams of the following giving botanical 
riame and family (any three) . . 
Jx5=15 · 
(1) 
{it) . 
(iii) 
(iv) 
(v) 
(a) 
T.S. of Jute stem 
L.S. of Clove flower bud 
Branching patte_m of Coffee 
Cross-section of Potato tuber 
L.S. of Peppercorn. 
Give the botanical name and the principal state of India 
where the following are extensively grown. Attempt any 
five of the following 
5x2=10 
(,) 
Saffron 
(ii) 
Cotton 
(iii) Rubber 
(iv) Tobacco 
(v) 
Sugarcane 
(v,) Coconut 
(vii) Coffee. 
P.T.O. 


6. 
L 
" 
( 
4.· ) 
6464' 
(b) 
Describe the health hazards and uses of 
. 
opmm. 
5 
(a) 
Comment upon the statement that groundnut flowers 
are aerial but fruits develop underground. 
5 
(b) 
What are millets ? How are they important to mankind? 5 
(c) 
Write botanical name, family and active constituents of 
any nvo· of the following : 
(I) 
Black pepper 
(ii) Tea 
(iii) Tobacco 
(iv). Fennel. 
2x2.5=5 
7. 
. (a) 
What is cane sugar ? Write an account of the 
commercial production of sugar. 
(b) 
Briefly describe the uses of rubber. 
(c) 
~atch the following 
(,) 
Kalpavriksha 
Euphorbiaceae 
(ir) Golden ti'p 
Lancing 
(iii) Para-rubber . 
Coconat 
(iv) Multipurpose crop 
Tea 
(v) 
Papaver 
Cannabis species. 
6464 
4 
1,300 
5 
5 
5 


. ~}) 
'! lils 'question paper l'ontains 4+ I printed pages l 
Jf /7 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
Unique PapL'r Code 
6465 
32161303 
l l 
HC 
- \. 
~·~ 
Name ilf the Pa11cr 
Name of the Course 
Genetics 
ll.Sc. (II) Hot.any 
Ill 
. 
0.:\ 
g;;' 
V 
Semester 
al\-<0\°' 
Duration : J Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. 011 the top i111111ecliately 011 receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt Jive~ questions in all. 
I. 
(a) 
Question No. I is compulsory. 
Give the technical term used to describe the following: 5 
(i) 
The pheno_menon in which a cross between a recl-
tlowered and a white-flowered snapdragon results 
in pink-flowered progeny. 
(ii) 
Inactivated X-chromosome m mammalian female. 
(iii) When the expression of a trait in the progeny ts 
less or more· than that of the parents. 
(iv) 
Drosophila individuals expressing both male and 
female sextml characteristics.. . 
(v) 
A cross between an individual of unknown 
genotype and a recessive homozygote. 
P.T.O. 
.c 


(b) 
(c) 
2. 
(a) 
(b) 
2 
) 
6465 
Explain any five of the following terms briefly 
5 
(,) 
Alleles 
(i1) 
Pseudodominance 
(iii) Homologous chromosomes 
(iv) Frameshift mutations 
(v) 
Penetrance 
(v,) Non-disjunction. 
Match the following 
(,) 
Lethal genes 
(ii) 
ABO blood groups 
(ii,) Cytoplasmic inheritance 
(iv) 
Polygenic inheritance 
(v) 
Cytological evidence of 
crossing over 
Karl Landsteiner 
Creighton & 
McClintock 
Nilsson-Ehle 
Boris Ephrussi 
Lucien Cuenot · 
5 
Explain with the help of diagrams why recombination 
never exceeds 50%. 
8 
What are pleiotropic genes ? Explain with the help of 
two examples. 
5 
3. 
4. 
5. 
( 
3 
) 
6465 
(c) 
What will be the chromosome constitution of an 
individual with 
2 
(1) 
Turner syndrome 
(ii) 
Down syndrome. 
Write short notes on any three 
J x5=15 
(a) · 
Hardy-Weinberg law 
(b) 
Cis-trans complementation test for functional allelism 
(c) 
Variegation in Mirabilis jalapa 
(d) 
Chromosome theory of inheritance. 
Differentiate between any five : 
(a) 
Multiple alleles and multiple genes 
(b) 
Alkylating and intercalating agents 
(c) 
(d) 
(e) 
(j) 
Epistasis and dominance 
Paracentric and pericentric inversions 
Euploidy and aneuploidy. 
X-linked genes and holandric genes. 
Sx3=15 
(a) 
Explain the CIB method for detection of mutations. 8 
P.T.O. 


I •) 
,, 
\ ) 
\ '·' 
h-lM 
In 11\'•I l,111 111.1111 
1 I 
II 
I 
1t I 
I ' 
Ill\ 1'111 ' 
lll, ' .111111111,1111 IHl1h 
\ I.ill 11,',\ 1•1.1111 
11 11h \ \·lf,," 1•,•d, 
11 ,h 
111,,wd \\ lfli 
., d1,.,, 1 1·,-.1 ,,1,1111 
11 nit 1'1 ,\ ' 11 1•1•d, 1111d i,•,11111•,I 11, llw 
h\11111\ II\\' fll111'1 ll\ 
l 1,111 \ \'!hi\\ I I.I~ ,.,,,,.,, 
I ·11, 11 1 ' •II I 
I I 
11 
I 
• 
\ 
l \\ 
i \\ ,I 
jll\\'I\ 
It,," ll 1..11 I\ d itl, 1,·111 1, p,·, ,,, r ,1111.•1,·, 11 ,•11td '" ' l'""h,,-.,,t 
,,\ lh,· t,1lf.1\1 111 ~• 
111,!11 1d11.1I, 
., 
( I ) 
\ .1l \I'( I 
( I 
\ \l \l'( ,·I 11 )I,. 
( I ,l 
\ .1l\lll \ ddl ,· 
( 
I \ 
.utll,;,.\ l\11 ,· 
l ' t•l.1111 
1111' 
.-.·ti.·11,· 
h ,1,1, 
11( 
1' , 111111 \\III II, 
\ ,\I t,IIH\11 111 
\ 
11\,111 \\ 1th .Ill .111(.1,,111,.II , f,1111111.1111 (1,111 1, 111,11111',f 1,1 
,I 11.,1111.d 11.•111.111 
11 ,, . l.111~ h1 .-, l' \ I'"'''''' !ht ll.111 11111 
lu, "''' ,!,,,•, ,11,1 
I h,' d,ll l;' lll , 1 111.1111,, ., 11111111.11 111.111 
.. 
I II l 
' 
I 11t1, itl1 11 I' 'I 111111 I 
l!l l•1• 11111·1• 1 ,·1 ,•~11ivr 111111 111 lull', 
lit /11' 11, ,,.1,1/,1 1\ 11 j I k 11111h• h,•l1'l1l/ ) j\\lll'I 1111 
11 11 11i, 1'•1 
h11 I \I th l,•111 
1 I l 1•, ~1, ,I ,111d 
1 h 11 
111111,11 11111 pt 11p,1111 
I I' 
,, , 
I •I 
I 
II l 
/l ., ' 
n,'I 
I' 
I 
I 
\.I I 
, , i/ 
I 
1N 
I , 
\.I 
' ,J 
t 
\(\'I 
I' 
I 
I 
N 
l\ ,1111 
llllhl 
\ 1) 


~ 
This question p~per contains 4 printed pages] 
)J 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
6981 
· Unique Paper Code 
· 32 J-63302 · 
Name of the Paper 
Intellectual Pr(!perty ~ig 
Narne of the ·Course 
Semester 
DI 
·Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum M.arks: 75 
r JI "rite your Roll :\'o. 011 the top immediately_ on receipt of this cjuestion paper.) 
.Attempt any .five questions. · · 
Question No. 1 is ~ompulsory. 
A II questions carry ~qua I marks. 
Atten1pt all· parts· of a. question together. 
· I. . 
(A) 
Expand the foJlowing abbreviations (any jive) : I x5=5 
(i) . TRIPS 
(ii) 
WIPO 
(iii) USPT.O 
(iv) NBPGR 
(,·) 
TKDL 
(vi) CBD 
(vii) CGPDTM 
P.T.O. 


.... ' 
( 
2 
) 
6981 
S 1,1te True or False : 
I x5-==5 
l: i) 
;\!) sore agarbathi is a GI. 
Photog raphs do not 
have . copyright protection. 
Dl'1mai n names 
may be protected under the 
Tr.-iJemarks Act in India. 
. .\gricultural methods are not patentable in India. 
I·.·) 
F 
. 
d 
\ 
urrnturt:! 
esign comes under IPR 
\!~~h the (ollowing 
.) 
l(l.£0 
u,) 
Darjeeling tea 
l ifn Photographs 
( _:._., 
Cemral P_otato Research 
Institute 
(q 
Central Rice Research 
Institute 
Ix5=5 
(a) Simla 
(b) Copyrights 
(c) Cunack 
(d) Trademark 
(e) Geographic Indication 
(A ) 
Define the fo llowing with one example each (any five): 
. 2x5=10 
( ( ) 
Patents 
(i1) 
Copyrights 
(ht) Trademarks 
(fr ) 
Biological Database 
3. 
4. 
5. 
3 
(v) 
Industrial design 
(vr) 
GM crops 
(vir) Concept of novelty. 
6981 
(B) 
Write a brief note on rights of farmers under the Plant 
Varieties and Faffi!ers Act in India. 
5 
Write sho_rt notes on: any three . of the following 
3.,,5=15 
(a) 
Domain name protection 
(b) 
Non-patentable inventions 
(c) 
Types of Trademarks 
(d) 
Subject matter. of Copyright Act 
(e) 
Protection of semi-conductor chips. 
-
Differentiate between any _ three of the following 
.(a) 
Process patents t.}nd Product pa_tents 
(b) 
Trademarks and GI 
(c) 
(d) 
Bio-piracy and Bio-prospecting 
Infringement · and Passing off. 
Attempt any two of the following : 
3x5=15 
2 ><7.5=\5 
(a) 
Define · Gl. Discuss the criteria for granting GI to a 
product. Give two examples. 
P.T.0 . 


6. 
6981 
( 
4 
) 
6981 
(b) 
What is traditional knowledge ? Why does it need 
protection ? Discuss the role of TKDL m protecting 
traditional knowledge. 
(c) 
Discuss the · impo11ance of Pate.1iting Biotech Jnventions. 
Attempt any two of the following : · 
2x7.5=15 
(a) 
What are the.- rights associated with registration · of 
trademarks ? Discuss the grounds of refusal of 
registration of trademarks. 
(b) 
Industrial design· is protected by patents, trademarks and 
copyrights. Explain. 
- (c) 
Comment on The Patents Act, 1970 and its Amendments. 
4 
1,000 


i 
[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.] 'A)l~f 7 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 557 6 
216301 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
BTHT 304 : Plant Resou_rq,e 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Utilization 
\ . 
: B.Sc. (H) Botany 
III 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt any five questions. 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
4. 
All questions carry equal n1arks. 
5. 
Attempt all the sub questions together. 
1 . 
(a) Fill in the blanks : 
(10><0.5=5) 
(i) ............ .is a geocarpic fruit 
P.T.O. 
\ - \ 


lH) ....... .... .... . .'~I n n m ndc ccrenl 
(iii) ......... .. .. .... source of myocardial glycosides 
(iv) Source of drying oil.. ................ . 
(v) ...... ... fruit is a hesperidium 
(vi) Center of origin of potato is ........... . 
(vii) Tetraploid cotton is .................. . 
(viii) Noblelization is used in improving of.. ........ . 
(ix) Curing is used in improving of .................... . 
(x) Quinine is obtained from ................. . 
. 
and family of the following : 
(b) Give botanical name 
(lx5=5) 
(i) Mango 
(ii) Cassava 
(iii) Fennel 
(iv) Para-rubber 
(v) Teak 
5576 
(c) Match the following: 
(i) lemongrass 
(ii) oryza 
(iii) porus wood 
(iv) pepper 
(v) Fatty oil 
(vi) Cannabis 
(vii) TPS 
3 
(Q.Sx 10=5) 
a) ginning 
b) potato 
c) female plant 
d) chicory 
e) stigma 
f) teak 
g) antioxidant 
h) perisperm 
i) parboiling 
(viii) Coffee 
(ix) Saffron 
(x) cotton 
j) Mosquito repellent 
2. 
Write short notes on any three of the following: 
(3x5=15) 
(i) Importance of legumes to men and economy of nature 
(ii) Millets 
(iii) Tobacco and health hazards 
(iv) Seasoning of timber 
(v) By-products of sugarcane industry 
P.T.O. 


5576 
4 
3. 
Differentiate between any three of the following : 
4. 
5. 
(3x5=15) 
(a) Essential oils and fatty oils 
(b) Heartwood and softwoods 
(c) lndica and Japonica rice 
(d) Bast fiber and surface fibers 
(e) Green tea and black tea 
family, part/parts and uses of the 
Write botanical name, 
(5X3=15) 
following (any five) : 
(a) Coconut 
(b) Poppy 
(c) Turmeric 
(d) Papaya 
(e) Cotton 
(f) Plant showing cauliflory 
three of the following: 
Write brief account of any 
(Sx3==15) 
(i) Retting of jute 
5576 
5 
(ii) Origin of hexaploid wheat 
(iii) Centers of origin of crop plants 
(iv) Processing of coffee 
6. 
(a) Comment on the following statement. Attempt any four 
of the following:. . 
(3x4=12) 
(i) Hydrogenated end product of fatty oil has better 
keeping quality than the fatty oil itself 
(ii) Dwarf varieties have played an important role in 
increasing the productivity in wheat and rice 
(iii) Opium is both useful and problem for mankind 
(iv) Spiral method ::of tapping is the superior most 
method 
(v) Domestication has results in loss of genetic diversity 
(vi) Cannabis is a multi-purpose plant. 
(b) Expand any three of the following : 
(i) IRRI 
(ii) CRRI 
(iii) CTRI 
(1 x3=3) 
P.T.O. 


5576 
6 
7. 
(iv) NBPGR 
(v) CIMAP 
Write an account of morphology, br.eeding and processing 
of sugarcane. 
{15) 
OR 
Write an account of morphology and processing of tea ( or) 
tobacco. 
(100) 
J 
'j 
·l 1

[Th . .,.... 
. 
. 
4 fj)d ] 
1s question paper contains 
pnnte pages. 
;/ Jr;/ 11 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2 790 
32161401 
MOLECULAR 
C 
W.P-~" !) 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
B.Sc. (Hons.) B 
y ----
· 
IV 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all, including Q. No. 1 which is 
compulsory. 
3. 
Illustrate you}answers with appropriate diagrams wherever 
necessary. 
1. 
(a) Define any five of the following terms : 
(1 X5=5) 
(i) Central dogma 
(ii) Transcription unit 
( ... ) R'b 
_111/ 
1 ozy!lle 
(iv) Enhancer 
\~ 
P.T.O. 


!790 
(v) Snurps 
(vi) Exon 
2 
(b) Expand the following terms (any five) : 
(i) GTF 
(1 X5=5) 
(ii) CPSF 
(iii) MTE 
(iv) hnRNP 
(v) ORF 
(vi) SSB 
( c) Match the following terms from column A with column B : 
(1 x5=5) 
Column A 
(i) H. Khorana 
(iJ.") H. Fraenk:el-Conrat 
(iii) A. Kornberg 
(iv) F. Jacob & J. Monod 
( v) E. Chargaff 
Column B 
(a) DNA polymerase I 
(b) Lac operon 
( c) Genetic code 
(d) Base composition 
(e) RNA as genetic material 
2790 
3 
2. 
Differentiate between the following terms (any five, tabulate 
the comparison): 
(3 x5=15) 
(a) Purine and Pyrimidine bases 
(b) Euchromatin and Heterochromatin 
(c) Pribnow box and Goldberg-Rogness box 
(d) Left handed DNA and Right handed DNA 
(e) Inducible gene regulation and Repressible gene regulation 
(f) Eukaryotic and Pro·karyotic Ribosomes 
3. 
Write short notes on any five of the following: (3 x5=15) 
(a) Telomerase 
(b) Gene silencing 
(c) Organelle DNA 
( d) Nucleosome model 
( e) Cot curve 
(f) Wobble Hypothesis 
(g) Structure of tRNA 
4. 
(a) Briefly describe the lac operon and how it controls the 
metabolism of lactose in bacteria. 
(9) 
P.T.0. 


4 
2790 
5. 
• f 
count of different types of RNAs found 
(b) Give a br1e ac 
. 
. 
, 
. 
ll nd discuss their functions. 
(6 .I 
1n the ce 
a 
1 · · d tai'l the process of transcriptional initiation 
(a) Exp a1n 1n e 
, 
in eukaryotes. 
(9) 
(b) Write the consensus sequence of the following (any two) 
(i) Shine-Dalgarno sequence 
(ii) 5' -splice site 
(iii) Kozak sequence 
(1.5x2=3) 
( c) Define alternative splicing and disc_uss its significance. 
. 
(3) 
6. 
(a) Illustrate and list the various prote~ns that ·asse1nble 
at the replication fork in prokaryotes. Discuss their 
functions. 
(9) 
(b) Discuss the different ways by which proteins are 
modified after translation. 
(6) 
7. 
(a) Explain in detail the initiation of translation in 
prokaryotes. How does. it differ from that of eukaryotes ? 
(List three key differences) 
(9) 
(b) D iscu ss in d t ·1 
h 
e ai 
t e experiment th at e1np loyed 
radioactive isotopes and conclusively proved that DN.A 
is the genetic material. : 
__ 
(6) 
(1200) 


[This question paper contains'Cptinted pages.] i<JtJ n 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2 7 91 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hour~ 
32161402 
ECOLOGY. 
B.Sc. 
IV 
Instructions for Candidates 
GC-4 
Jvla.ximum Marks : 75 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt FIVE questions in all. Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
3. 
All questions carry EQUAL marks. 
4. 
All parts of a question MUST be attempted together. 
1 . 
(a) Define any five of the following: 
(1 x5=5) 
(i) Biome 
(ii) Pedogenesis 
(iii) Ecological Pyramids 
(iv) Detritus 
P.T.0. 


2791 
2 
(v) Soil Texture 
(vi) Key Stone Species 
(b) Give one word for any five of the following: (1 x5=5) 
(i) Instrument used to measure ·wind Velocity 
.(ii) Light Loving Plants 
(iii) Water held between the pore spaces of soil 
particles and angles between them 
(iv) Listed species content of plants in an area 
(v) Total water present in the soil 
(vi) More or less decomposed finely divided organic 
matter in the soil 
(c) Match the following: 
Column A 
(i) Ecotone 
(ii) Xerophyte 
(iii) Insectivorous Plant 
(iv) Eluvial Zone 
( v) Luxmeter 
Column B 
Light Intensity 
Zone of Leaching 
Opuntia 
Nepenthes 
(1 x5=5) 
Transition Zone of Communities 
(5+5+5=15) 
2791 
3 
2. 
Briefly explain any five of the following : 
(a) Hydrological Cycle 
(b) Adaptations to Fire 
(c) Precipitation-types 
( d) Homeostasis 
(e) Trophic Structure 
(f) Principles of Phytogeography 
(3 x5=15) 
3. 
Differentiate between any five of the following : (3x5=15) 
(a) Grazing Food Chain & Detritus Food Chain 
(b) Standing State & Standing Crop 
( c) Stratosphere & Troposphere 
(d) r-,Selection & k-Selection 
(e) Autecology & Synecology 
(f) Primary Succession & Secondary Succession 
4. 
Write short notes on any three of the following: (5x3=15) 
(a) Age Pyramids 
P.T.O. 


2791 
(b) Theory of Tolerance 
( c) Soil Formation 
( d) Ecological Speciation 
4 
5. 
Describe any three of the following : 
(a) Humus 
(b) Niche 
( c) Structure of Ecosyste1n 
( d) Y-Shaped Energy Flow Model 
(5x3=15) 
6. 
(a) What are Biogeochemical Cycles? Explain cycling of 
Nitrogen. 
(8) 
(b) Explain the process of Succession in a xeric environment 
with the help of a suitable diagram. 
(7) 


~·[This' question paper contain: ~
~inted pages.] j)'\"'/ ~ ( 1 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2 792 
. GC-4 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
l\Jame of the Course 
Semester 
32161403 
Plant Systematics 
C' 
B.Sc. (Hons.) 1Botany 
IV 
G, 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top imrnediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
,, 
A 
t· 
· 
· 
11 
k,. 
.ttempt 1ve questions 1n a ,_ .... 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
4. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
5. 
Apswer all parts of a question together. 
1 . 
(a) Fill in the blanks : 
(10) 
(i) .............. is known as the father of Genus Concept. 
(ii) Takhtaj an represented his system of classification 
in the form of a . . . . . . . . . .. . . . diagram. 
(iii) .............. is the author of Theorie Elementaire de 
la Botanique. 
P.T.O. 


2792 
2 
(iv) Angiosperms were given the taxonomic rank of 
.. ........ .... by Cronquist. 
(v) .... ...... .... is the name of a genus commemorating 
a person. 
(vi) .............. is a journal dedicated to the publication 
of research in Plant Systematics. 
(vii) .............. is an angiosperm lacking vessels. 
(viii) The occurrence of similar features in different species 
with common ancestry is known as .............. . • 
(ix) A binomial with identical generic name and specific 
epithet is known as a .............. . 
(x) The occurrence of both advanced and primitive 
characters in a tax on is known as .............. . 
(b) Give the alternative name and type genus of the 
following : 
(5) 
Labiatae, Guttiferae, Umbelliferae, Palmae, Gramineae. 
2 . 
(a) Outline the system of classification proposed by Bentham 
and Hooker. 
(7) 
(b) Exp lain why this system is considered a major 
improvement over earlier systems. 
(c) Expand the following (any three) : 
ICN·, IAPT, nom.r..ud. , APG. 
(5) 
(3) 
• 
2792 
3 
3. 
( a) Explain the importance of Botanical Gardens in the fi eld 
of systematics. 
(5) 
(b) Name any one national and one international Botanical 
Garden. 
(2) 
(c) What are secondary metabolites? Di scuss their ro le 
in solving taxonomic problems citing s uitabl e 
examples. 
(2+6) 
4. 
(a) Explain the Principle of Priority in Nomenclature. 
Discuss the limitations to the application of thi s 
principle? 
(3 +3) 
(b) Differentiate between apomorphic and plesiomorphic 
characters. 
(3) 
( c) Discuss any two theories regarding the most probabl e 
ancestors of angiosperms. 
( 6) 
5. 
Write short notes on the following (any three) : 
(i) Biological species concept. 
(ii) Valid publication of names. 
(iii) Multi-access keys. 
(iv) Use of computers in plant systematics. 
(v) Englerian concept of primi tivc fl ower. 
P.T.O . 


'f 
4 
2792 
6. 
. 
b 
n the f ollo"'wing ( any three) : 
(a) Differentiate etwee_ 
(i) Indented and Bracket_ed Keys 
(ii) Holotype and Lectotype 
(iii) 
Phylogram and Phenogram 
(iv) Flora and Monograph 
(3 x3) 
(b) Interpret the following : 
(i) Gossypium tomentosum i'Iutt, ex Seein. 
(1 ) 
(ii) Phyllanthus Linn, emend. Mull. 
(1 ) 
(iii) Salix X capreola 
(l) 
(iv) Delphinium viscosum Hook.f. et Thomson 
(1) 
( v) Dudley a var i e g at a 
(Wat s . ) 
1-1 or an Se du ni 
variegata \Vats. 
(2) 
7. 
(a) Explain the use of molecular data as a modern taxonomic 
tool with suitable examples. 
(5) 
(b) Outline the steps of numerical taxonomic analysis. 
(5) 
( c) Write a short note on the contributions of Linnaeus in 
classification and nomenclature of plants. 
(5) 
(1200)

[Th. 
. 
. (9 d 
C 
1s question paper contains 4 pnnte page 
' 
I 
~ 
/ 
Your 
I No ..... ~~ -
,~~JX 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6 4 6 6 
\.- H C 
Unique Paper Code 
32161501 
·· ni~ 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Reproductive Biology of Angiospenns 
B.Sc. (H) Botany 
V 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt Five questions 1n all including Question No. 1 
which is compulsory. 
3. 
All the parts of a question must be attempted together. 
4. 
Draw well-labelled diagrams and write botanical names 
wherever necessary. 
1. 
(a) Give the contribution of any three of the following: 
(1 x3=3) 
(i) E. Strasburger 
(ii) G.B. A1nici 
(iii) P. Maheshwari 
(iv) B.M. Johri 
P.T.O. 


6466 
2 
(b) Explain the following terms : 
(i) Tristyly 
(1 X4=4) 
(ii) Integumentary tapetum 
(iii) Tenuinucellate 
(c) Fill in the blanks with suitable term/word: 
(1 X8=8) 
(i) Highly specialized outermost layer of endosperm 
in cereals is the 
(ii) 
type of embryogeny is where the first 
di\·ision of the zygote is vertical. 
(iii) Persistent nucellus in the seed is called 
(iv) Pollination by bat is kno,,;n as 
(v) Cyperaceae are characterized by 
type 
of pollen grain. 
(vi) Synergids are absent in 
embryo sac. 
(,i i) ·when the pollen tube enters the ovule from the 
micropylar end it is called ---
(viii) Ovular structure which guides the pollen tube 
inside the embryo sac is called the ---
6466 
3 
2. 
Draw well-labeled diagrams of the following: 
(3x5=15) 
3. 
4. 
(a) T.S. of young anther 
(b) Ultrastructure of MGU or FGU 
(c) Bitegmic anatropous ovule 
(d) Helobial endosperm 
(e) Ultrastructure of pollen wall 
Write short notes on any three of the following: 
(5x3=1 :5) 
(i) Anemophily 
(ii) Double fertilization 
(iii) Intra-ovarian pollination 
(iv) Pollenk.itt 
(v) Pseudo-embryo sac 
Differentiate between any three of the fo llo\Ying : 
(i) Bisporic embryo sac and T etra sporic emr :-yC' sa,~ 
(ii) Egg cell and Synergid 
(iii) 2-celled pollen and 3-celled pollen 
P.T .O 


6466 
4 
(iv) A111oeboid tapetum and secretory tapetun1 
5. 
(a) What is self incompatibility? What are the two efficient 
ways to overcome this phenomenon? 
(5) 
(b) What is palynology and mention its application? Discuss 
NPC system. 
(5) 
( c) Define po lyembryony and give its classification. 
( 5) 
6. 
(a) What is monosporic embryo sac development? Discuss 
in detail with any one example. 
(5) 
(b) What is germline transforn1ation? Substantiate your 
answer with any one 1nethod. 
(5) 
( c) Briefly discuss the various means of seed dissemination 
with exa1nple. 
(5) 
7. 
(a) What is apomixis? Elaborate on its role 1n crop 
breeding. 
(b) Briefly discuss the types of en1bryogeny. 
(5) 
(5) 
( c) \Vhat is the significance of callose in megasporogenesis? 
(5) 
( 1 fr'V'\) 


-g) 
[T. •' 
. 
~ 
lus question paper contains 4 printed pages.] , ~-;1
·· --:~ ~ 
/ ·r.--· 17( 
,>-. •/ > 
tY 
~ 
'· 
~\ 
Your 
5,'ll No ............ T. ... \ 
Sr. No. or Question Paper : 6467 
Unique Paper Code 
32161502 
I 
, 
0' 
I 
r\ 
l 
II 
-" D ;\ ~ 
\J I 
._ D I i. 
_, V ·; 
I 
HC 
f ' 
-
* 
\, ~ 
~,....., 
"""-,: 
\~ 
,. 
,r)/·• 
· / 
, /_ . 
. 
, ,· .. 
---
. 
_...,...... 
----
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester I 
Plant Physiology 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Botany 
V 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 7 5 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all. 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
4. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
1. 
(a) Comment on any five of the following: 
(i) Calcium binding regulatory protein 
(ii) A synthetic chelating agent 
(5xl=5) 
(iii) Hormone associated 1vvith foolish seedling disease 
P.T.O. 


6467 
2 
(iv) A disease associated with Zn deficiency 
(v) A continuous system of cell walls, interercellular 
air spaces and xylem vessels in water)and mineral 
transport 
(vi) Inhibitor of active transport of minerals 
(b) Fill in the blanks : 
(5xl=5) 
(i) Skoog and Miller are associated with the 
discovery of .................. . 
(ii) Precursor of ethylene is ................ . 
(iii) Pigment responsible for blue light mediated 
responses is ................. . 
(iv) .................. is a natural plant antitranspirant. 
(v) Region of soil surrounding the root system is 
called .................. . 
(c) Define any five of the following: 
(i) Uniport 
(ii) Chelating agents 
(iii) Embolism 
(iv) Aeroponics 
(5x 1=5) 
64'67 
3 
(v) Apical dominance 
(vi) Necrosis 
2. 
Distinguish between any three of the following: (5 x3=15) 
(i) Scarification and Stratification 
(ii) Short Day Plant and Long Day Plant 
(iii) Simple and Facilitated diffusion 
(iv) Chlorosis and Etiolation 
3. 
Discuss briefly any three of the following : 
(i) Proton ATPase pump in nutrient uptake 
(ii) Acid growth hypothesis 
(iii) J asmonates 
(iv) ABC model of flowering 
(5 x3=15) 
4. 
(a) Illustrate the role of Gibberellic acid in a-amylase 
synthesis in cereal aleurone layer. 
(5) 
(b) Discuss the concept of water potenti al and its 
components. 
(5) 
P.T.O. 


6467 
4 
( c) How does water rise from the root to the top of tall 
trees in the form of a continuous column? Explain with 
reference to the most accepted theory. 
(5) 
5. 
(a) Give a brief account of factors affecting transpiration. 
(5) 
(b) List the physiological roles of Auxin OR Abscisic 
acid. 
(5) 
(c) Enu1nerate the biological responses controlled by 
phytochrome. 
(5) 
6. 
(a) Comment on the role of Phytosiderophores in overcoming 
the Iron deficiency. 
(5) 
(b) Explain the structure and role of aquaporins in regulation 
of cellular water flow. 
(5 ) 
(c) Write the significant contribution of any five of the 
following: 
(i) Bennet-Clark 
(ii) A. Fick 
(iii) S. B. I-Iendrick and I-I. A. 
Borth\vick 
(iv) E. Munch 
(v) J. Levitt 
(vi) F. W. Went 
(Sx 1=5) 


~ 
--· -
. 
'-.__.....-
- - ..:.: s i:;t.:es:10:: paper contain5 6 printed p3ges.] 
Sr. ~ o. of Question Paper ! 
843 ➔ 
,,1 ;)//0 
Your Roll ~o ...... ~
•·· I 
<~~f'~DHU Co 
vB C 
<< 
Cnique Paper Code 
32167502 
f
""-' 
l . 
0 
c-
• LIBRARY ~ 
t 
~ame of the Paper 
Biostatistics 
'f~ ·. 
I . 
~ ame of the Course 
BOT ANY : DSE for Honours 
Semester 
V 
Duration : 3 Hours 
:r.1aximum :\1arks 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No . on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt any five questions in all. 
3 . 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
4. 
Nonscientific calculator allo\ved. Statistical tables proYided 
by the college may be used if required. 
1. 
(a) Define any five: 
(l x5=5 ) 
(i) Secondary data 
P.T.G. 


8434 
2 
(ii) Scatter diagram 
(iii) Quartile deviation 
(iv) Degree of freedom 
(v) Range 
(vi) Paired t- test 
(b) Fill in the bl~nks : 
(1 x5=5) 
(i) Average o f position 1s called ..... .......... ........ . 
(ii) The average of the upper and lower limit of a 
cl ass is known as ...... ... .... .......... • 
(iii) Arrangement of data into raw and column is called 
(iv) Number of observations falling within a particular 
class interval is called .. .. .. ......... ..... .. . . 
(v) In a symmetric distribution the relation between 
mean, median and mode is as follo:ws, Mode = 3 
M·cdi an -
.. .. .... ... ....... ... .. . 
( c) Maleh the following : 
(5) 
8434 
3 
A 
B 
(i) 0 2 
I. Mode 
(ii) ~ 
II. Mean Deviation 
(iii) p 
III. Median 
(iv) 8 
IV. Summation 
(v) Mo 
V. Spearman Correlation coefficient 
2. 
Discuss any three of the following: 
(5x3= 15) 
(a) What is da ta ? D escrib e 
various method s 
o f 
classification of data. Discuss significance of data 
classification. 
(b) What do you mean by sampling ? Discuss the different 
sampling methods used in biostatistics. 
(c) What is arithmetic mean ? How to calculate arithmetic 
mean ? Discuss its merits and demerits. 
(d) What is correlation coefficient? E xpl ain any tw o 
methods to calculate correlation coefficient. 
3. 
Di fferentiatc between any five of the following : 
(3 1/ 5-=15) 
(a) Random and non-random sampling 


8434 
4 
(b) Pie chart and histogram 
( c) Positive and negative correlation 
(d) Variable and attributes 
( e) t-test and chi square test 
(f) Standard deviation and Standard error 
4. 
(a) Make a bar diagram for following data of a country 
representing the population in different year. 
(3) 
I 
1880 1900 1920 
1940 1960 1980 
Year 
1840 1860 
Population 17 .1 
31.4 
50.2 76.0 105.7 131.7 176.3 220.1 
in Million 
(b) In a city total rainfall during the month of July 2017 
were recorded day wise. With the help of x,2 test explain 
if there is any significant difference. 
(5) 
Day 
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 
Total 
15 
17 
12 
10 
14 
20 
17 
Rainfall 
(mm) 
I -
8434 
5 
( c) Calculate the student t-test of the following data of leaf 
length of a plant species and check the significance. 
(7) 
Plant A (in cm) 
20 24 
20 28 
22 20 24 32 24 26 
Plant B (in cm) 
12 
10 
8 
10 
6 
4 
14 20 10 
6 
5. 
(a) Define biostatistics·? Mention its aims and application 
in biological research. 
( 4) 
(b) Explain significance of standard deviation and coefficient 
of variance. 
(4) 
(c) Calculate the standard deviation fo r height of plant 
"Withania somnifera" from following three different 
locations. 
(7) 
Delhi 
36 
56 
41 46 54 59 55 51 52 44 
37 
59 
Meerut 
58 
54 
21 
51 59 46 65 31 68 41 70 
36 
Jaipur 
65 
55 
26 40 30 74 45 29 85 32 
80 
39 
5. 
(a) Defin e regression coefficient. Why there are two 
regression lines ? Discuss its sim ilariti es and 
dissimilarities with correlat ion coefficient. 
(7) 


8434 
6 
f:>J Calculate the regression coefficient for the following 
data. Calculate the expected ash content is 
Carbohydrate content is 60. 
(5+3=8) 
Ca:oohvdrate 
44 56 47 48 55 
41 
54 58 
45 
46 
,; 
:011tent (% dw) 
.~s:. Content (% dw) 
16 
14 
15 
17 
15 
19 
12 
11 
17 
14

SIT7 
Sle P 
16SJ 
Unique paper code: 2161601 
Name of the paper: Plant Metabolism 
Name of the Course: B.Sc. (H) Botany 
Semester: 
Vi 
( 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Time: 3 Hours 
Instruction for Candidates 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Answer five questions in all, including Q.No. I which is compulsory. 
OLLEG 
COLEE 
1.5x10=15 
1. Define the following (any ten): 
) 
Kranz Anatomy 
(ii) Redox Potential 
(ii)Action Spectrum 
(iv)Uncouplers 
(v) Essential Fatty Acids 
(vi)Anaplerotic reactions 
(vii) 
Desaturases 
(Vii) aGluconeogenesis
(ix)Nitrite Reductase
(x) Allosteric Enzymes 
(xi) Transamination 
(Nn) Substrate Level Phophorylation 
Kalika 
3 
5x3=15 
2 
Differentiate between the following (any three) 
(i) C3 plants and C4 Plants 
(ii) Anabolic and Catabolic Pathways 
(iii)Cyclic phosphorylation and Non-cyclie phosphorylation 
(iv)Respiration and photorespiration 
(V) Symbiotic and non-symbiotic nitrogen fixation 
3x5-15 
3. Write short notes (any five): 
(i) Nitrogenase 
(ii) a-oxidation of fatty acids 
(iii)Cyanide-resistant respiration 
(iv) CAM plants 
(v) Racker's experiment 
(vi)ATP synthase 
(vi) 
Regulatory enzymes 
4. i) Briefly discuss the organization and structure of the four major protein complexes of 
the thylakoid membrane. 
(ii) Explain B oxidation of fatty acids. 
(8) 
(7) 
(8) 
5. i) Write the chemiosmotic mechanism of A TP synthesis. 
iy Discuss glyoxylate cycle and its role in mobilization of lipids during seed 
permination. 
(7) 


Set-A 
6. (i) Write the contribution of following scientists (any four): 
2x4-8 
a) Van Niel 
b) A.T. Jagendorf 
c) Robin Hill 
d) Robert Emerson 
e) Peter Mitchell 
(ii) Discuss briefly the interaction of carbohydrate metabolism with lipid and protein
metabolism (with suitable examples). 
(7) 
(i) Describe oxidative decarboxylation of Pyruvate. 
7. 
(8) 
(ii) Discuss briefly covalent modulation of enzymes and its role in the regulation of 
metabolism. 
(7) 


SETA( 
SNe 
RP, 16S6 
Unique Paper Code 
2161602 
Name of the Paper 
Advanced Cell and Molecular Bjology 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Honours) Botany 
Semester 
VI 
Duration 
3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 
75 
DHU 
E 
alkail. 
e w 
D e 
Instructions for the candidates: 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt Five questions in all including Question No. 1 which is compulsory. 


SETA 
U'nique Paper Code 
: 2161602 
Nane of the Paper 
: Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology 
Name of the Course 
: B.Sc. (Honours) Botany (FYUP) 
Semester 
: VI 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Hrite your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
to tal 
Attempt Five questions in pli, including Question No. 1 which is compulsory. 
Comment on 
Q1. (a) Define any five of the following: 
5 (5x 1) 
ANDH 
oAU COLL 
(i)Calmodulin 
(ii) 
Peptide bond 
LL 
LIBRARY 
(ii) Shine-Dalgarno Sequence 
Kalkail 
iv) Translocation 
(v) 
Polysome 
(vi) Myosin 
MAOT 
(b) Give one cohtribution of any five of the following scientists:
5 (5x1) 
(i) 
Christian de Duve 
LLEG 


(i)C2amenick 
(i) lan Gibbons 
Yanots 
(iv) Charles Yonofsky 
() Hartwell and Weinert 
(vi) Thomas R. Cech 
(c) 
Expand any five of the following: 
5 (5x1) 
) 
CRP 
ii) ORF 
(ii)SRP 
(iv)RTKs 
(v) UTR 
(vi)NLS 
Q.2 
Write notes on any five: 
15 (5x3) 
(i) 
Inhibitors of protein synthesis 
(ii) Receptor mediated endocytosis 
(ii) G-protein 
(iv) Release factor 
(v) Charging of tRNA 
(vi) Attenuation 
Q.3 (a) What is lac operon? Explain the role of cyclic AMP in the synthesis of B-galactosidase? 
(10)-
(b) Describe the process of protein trafficking through the endomembrane system. (5) 


(10) 
Q. 4 (a) Explain the mechanisnm of gene regulation by RNAi? 
(5) 
(b) Elaborate on the protein export through the Nuclear Pore Complex. 
Rlonqakon amd Temn natt 
Q5 (a) Describe the various steps of the initiation of translation in prokaryotes? (10) 
(5) 
(b) Explain the role of riboswitches in expression of a gene? 
15(3x5) 
Q.6 Attempt the following: 
(a) Role of cyclins in the regulation of cell cycle. 
(b) Role of NO as an intracellular signaling molecule 
(C) Uptake of proteins in chloroplast 
15 (5x3 
Q.7 Differentiate between any five of the following: 
() Endocrine and Paracrine signaling 
(i) Microtubules and Microfilaments 
(il) Base excision repair and Nucleotide excision repair 
(iv) TIM complex and TOM complex 
(v) Homeodomain proteins and Helix Loop Helix proteins 
(vi) Entropic catalysis and Substrate assisted catalysis 


5 
This question paper contains 4 printed pages. 251117 
Your Rell No. . 
St. No. of Ques. Paper 1657 
Unique Paper Code :2161603 
Name of Paper 
F-8 
Plant Biotechnology 
Name of Course 
: B.Sc. (H) Botany 
Semester 
:VI 
Duration 
3 hours 
Maximum Marks 
75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
COLLE 
1. (a) Define: 
Totipotency 
Kalka Ne 
(ü) Microprojectile bombardment 
(ii) Reporter gene 
Nai 
Civ) Edible vaccines 
() Isoschizomers. 
1x5=5 
(b) Expand the following: 
() pUC 
i) NPTII 
(ii) GFP 
(iv) 2,4-DD 
PTO 


1657 
2 
(v) HAC 
1x5 5 
(c) State whether the following are True or False: 
(i) 
The delayed ripening tomato was created by 
biotechnological strategies to silence the 
B-gal:actosidase gene. 
Ci) 
insertion of a petunia gene for production of 
pigment delphinidin. 
Moondust carnations have been produced by 
(iii) A plasmid is always circular piece of DNA 
which is dependent on host for replication. 
(iv) Type-I restriction endonucleases are most 
commonly used restriction endonucleases in 
molecular biology experiments.
(v) 
PCR can be used for cloning of a particular 
gene. 
1x5=5 
2. Write short notes on (any three): 
(a) Organogenesis in tissue culture 
(b) Virus free plants 
(c) Bacterial transformation 
(d) Types of probes used for screening clones 
(e) Golden rice. 
5x3=15 
3. (a) Discuss briefly physical methods of gene delivery. 
5 
(b) Discuss PCR as a technique and its components in 
amplification of DNA. 
5 


3 
1657 
(c) Describe in bricf the techniques of cryopreser 
vation and its applications. 
4. (a) Describe the use of restriction enzymes in rDNA 
technology. 
5 
(b) What is the role of plant growth regulators in 
plant tissue culture? 
5 
(c) Diagrammatically explain the steps involved in 
preparation of a cDNA library. 
5 
S. Differentiate between (any three): 
(a) Somatic embryogenesis and 
Zygotic embryo- 
genesis 
(b) Plasmids and Cosmids 
(c) Cloning and Expression vectors 
5x3=15 
(d) pBR322 and pUC series of vectors. 
6. Describe briefly the following (any three): 
(a) YAC 
(b) Colony hybridization 
(c) Humulin 
(d) Phagemid 
5x3=15 
() Androgenesis. 
7. (a) Justify the statement: "Surge in biotechnology in 
P.TO. 


1657 
developing new improved organisms also led to 
major biosafety concerns." 
5 
(b) Differentiate between the cointegrate and binary 
vector 
strategy 
of Ti 
plasmid 
transformation. 
mediated 
5 
(c)Explain briefly the technique of protoplast fusion 
and its use. 
100 


6 
SNo. of Question Paper: 6S& 
Unique Paper Code: 2161604 
Name of the Paper: Eunctional Plant Biology 
Name of the Course: B.Sc (Hons.) Botany 
Semester: VI 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Question No. 1 is compulsory 
Aftempt any f+ve questions in all. 
QL(a) Detine the tollowing (any five): 
oHU CO 
Abiotie stress 
Query 
Chaperones 
Clade 
. 
ANDHU 
LERARY 
Kals 
ili. 
iv. 
Phytoalexins 
Gap penalty 
. 
51-5 marks) 
VI. 
aike 
Nsw 
(b) Expand the following: (any five) 
MALDI 
EST 
. 
iii. JA 
INSDC 
iv. 
OTU 
HSP 
(5x1=5 marks) 
. 
(c) 
Fill in the blanks: 
simultaneously activate specific stress response pathways and 
suppress other pathways that are not needed or could even damage the plant 
during stress. 
mechanisms lead to heritable protection against stress. 
Sequences that,gHer because they-are fount-in different-speeies- are called 
(Ahe nlalls hy Speeialton even) 
depict the amount of evolutionary change that has occurred along 
iii 
different branches. 
is a Literature database. 
V. 
_and 
(5x1=5 marks) 
vi. 
2-D gel electrophoresis separates proteins on the basis of their 
Q.2. Write short notes on: (any three) 
i. Osmotie adjustment 
ii. Types of standard BLAST 
ii. Reactive oxygen species 
iv. Salient features of Human genome project 
v. Site-directed mutagenesisS
(3x5-15 marks) 
Q.3. Difterentiate between: (any three) 
i. Acclimation and Adaptation 
ii. Chromosome walking and chromosome jumping 
iii. Local sequence alignment and Global sequence alignment 
LLEGS 


iv. Banklt and Sequin 
v. Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic genome 
(3x5-15 marks) 
Q.4. (u) What is hyperscensitive reaction? Discuss its role in response to environmental 
stress.
what 's 
(b) Brietly describe teatures of a biological database. 
(3x5-15 marks) 
adapiv 
(c) Bethne|Systems Biology. Enumerate its applications. 
Q.5. (a) Give brief account of heat stress in plants and describe the súrvival strategies 
dapted-tocope-Hp-withi. 
(b) Describe
a methodology to find differences at transcriptome level between a 
stressed and control plant. 
() Classify the databases on the basis of type of data. Give at least one example of 
cach category. 
(5x3-15 marks) 
Q.6. (a) Discuss the role of Jasmonates as signaling agent in plant defense response. 
(8 marks) 
(b) Explain clone by clone method of genome sequenc1ng. Draw suitable diagrams. 
(7 marks) 
Q7) Explain the following: 
(a) Membrane composition in chilling sensitive and chilling resistant plants. 
b) Scoring Matrices with emphasis on PAM. 
(e) Arabidopsis as a model organism. 
(5x3 15 marks) 
2 


[This question paper contains 4printed pages.] 
Your Roll No.... 
Sr. No. of Question Paper 680 
G 
Unique Paper Code 
107693 
Genetics and Genomics II (GGHT 
602) 
Name of the Paper 
:B.Sc. (Hons) Anthropology 
Biochemistry, Biomedical 
Sciences, Botany, Microbiology 
Name of the Course 
and Zoology 
Semester 
VI 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
1. 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt five question in all including Question No. 1 which 
2 
is compulsory. 
EGE 
GOL 
NOHU 
1. 
(a) Define the following 
(5) 
Kalkaji 
New 
D 
(i) Target site duplication 
(ii) Competent cells 
(iii) Selection coefficient 
P.T.O. 


2 
680 
(iv) Reverse Genetics 
(iv) Clade 
(b) Describe the function of the following 
(3) 
(i) Transposase 
(ii) Resistance transfer factor 
(ii) F factor 
(c) Distinguish between: 
(8) 
i) Local and Global Sequence Alignment 
(ii) Temperate and Virulent phages 
(iii) Auxotroph and Prototroph 
(iv) Genomics and Proteomics 
(d) Expand the abbreviations: 
(4) 
i) EST 
(ii) SINE 
(iii) UTR 
(iv) LTRs. 
(e) Write important contributions of the following: 
(4) 
(i) Davis Bernard 
(ii) Seymour Benzer 
(iii) Craig J. Venter 


680 
3 
(iv) Th. Dobzhansky 
(f) Fill in the blank with appropriate word: 
(3) 
(i) The bithorax mutation in Drosophila is an example 
of a . 
-
mutation. 
(ii) Lederberg and Zinder used 
as an 
organism in the transduction experiment. 
(iii) A map based on recombination frequency is called 
map. 
2. 
(a) With suitable diagram, describe phage 
mediated 
2 
specialized transduction. 
(b) Explain Hfr. Describe conjugation process between Hfr 
(6+6) 
and F bacteria. 
(a) With suitable diagrams explain the distinctive features 
3. 
of various types of prokaryotic transposable elements. 
(6) Describe the role of transposons in genome organization. 
(9+3) 
. 
(a) Describe key features of Drosophila melanogaster which 
4. 
allow it to be used as a model organism. 
6) Describe the function of homeotic genes in plants and 
animals. 
Write the phenotype of the following homeotic mutants 
of Arabidopsis 
P.T.O 


680 
4 
(i) Loss of B function 
(ii) Loss of C function 
(iii) Loss of A function 
(iv) Complete loss of A, B, and C functions (4+4+4)
5. 
(a) Differentiate between Bottleneck effect' and 'Founder 
effect 
(b) Explain 'Allopatric speciation' with the help of suitable 
examples. 
(c) The incidence of recessive albinism in a human 
population is 0.0004. If mating for this trait is random 
in the population, find out the frequency of the recessive 
(4+4+4, 
allele and carriers. 
6 
(a) Explain and compare Structural Genomics' and 
Functional Genomics'. 
(b) Give a comparative account of distinctive features of 
eukaryotic and prokaryotic genome. 
(6+6) 
Write short note on any three of the following: 
1. 
(a) Retrotransposons 
(b) Human Genome Project 
(c) NCBI 
(d) Hardy-Weinberg's law 
(4+4+4) 
(1000) 


18 
This question paper contains 3 printed pages 191 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
717 
Unique Paper Code 
216601 
G 
Name of the Paper 
Plant Metabolism and Biochemistry 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Botany 
Semester 
VI 
Duration :3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt five questions in all, including question n0. I which is 
compulsory. All questions carry equal marks. 
1. 
(a) 
Explain the following (any five) 
5x2-10 
() 
Km 
NDHU CO 
(i) 
Photosystem I 
(ii) RQ 
(iv) 
Red Drop Effect 
Kaikaii 
Delhi 
Delhi 
Ne 
() 
Coupled reactions 
(vi) 
Nitrification
(vii) Active Site. 
P.T.O. 
LLEG 
LLEG 
ZNvGH 
Kel 


717 
2 
(b) 
Write down the major contribution of the Scientists 
5x1=5 
(any fire): 
() 
R. Hill 
(ii) 
Koshland 
(ii) Melvin Calvin 
() Van Niel 
)P. 
Mitchell 
(v/) 
Hatch and Slack 
8 
2 
Give a detailed account of regulatory enzymes. 
(a) 
(b) 
Elaborate on the electron transport chain 
in 
1 
mitochondria. 
3x5-15 
3 
Differentiate between the following (any three) 
Action spectrum and Absorption spectrum 
(i) 
Cyclic and Non-cyclic Photophosphorylation 
(ii) 
Catabolic and Anabolic reactions 
Nitrate reductase and Dinitrogenase 
A 
Write short notes on the following (any three) 
3x5-15 
() 
Leghemoglobin
(i) 
Synthesis of fatty acids 
(i) Structure of starch 
(iv) 
Secondary metabolites 
(v) 
Emerson enhancement effect and its significance 


3 
717 
5. 
Write explanatory notes on (any three) 
3x5-15 
( 
Krebs Cycle 
(i) 
C4 pathway 
(i) 
Factors affecting enzyme activity 
(i) 
Root nodulation in legumes 
(a) 
Explain the synthesis of ATP based on Chemiosmotic 
6. 
hypothesis. 
7 
(b) 
Provide an account of Calvin cycle with the help of 
flow diagram mentioning the enzymes involved. 
8 
7 
(a) 
Write a note on the Crassulacean Acid Metabolism. 5 
Give an account of Enzyme Inhibition. 
5 
( 
Explain the three fates of pyruvate. 
5 
3 
1200 
717 


(9 
This question paper contains 4 pfinfed pages 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
718 
Unique Paper Code 
216603 
G 
Name of the Paper 
Reproductive Biology of Angiosperms: 
BTHT-611
LLEGS 
DHUC 
COL 
Name of the Course 
AND 
B.Sc. (H) Botany 
Semester 
. 
V 
LIBRARY 
* 
Duration :3 Hours 
(W'rite your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Deih 
Maximum Marks: 75 
ke 
Attempt five questions in all, including question no. 1 which is 
compulsory. All the parts of a question must be attempted 
together. Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary. 
. 
(a) 
Fill in the blanks 
6x1-6 
() 
Absence of distinct ovule is a characteristic feature 
of. 
family. 
(i) 
Microspore mother cells are generally surrounded 
by an impermeable wall made of . 
(ii) Vacuolated micropylar region is present in . 
cell of embryo sac. 
P.T.O. 


718 
2 
(h) Endosperm haustoria are generally found in 
..type of endosperm. 
(1) 
Rejection reaction during GSI generally takes place 
in 
.. part of pistil. 
** 
(vi) 
TTC is a compound used to test 
(b) 
Write any one important contribution of the following 
(b) 
3x1-3 
embryologists 
( 
W. A. Jensen 
(i) 
P. Maheshwari 
(ii) G. B. Amici 
(c) 
Define (any sir): 
6x1=6 
0 
Polyspory 
(i) Filiform apparatus 
(ii) Syngamy 
(v) Cheiropterophily 
() Aril 
(vi) Xenogamy 
(vi) Endothelium
(vii) Parasexual hybridization 
(ix) Apomixis 
2 
Differentiate between (any three) 
3x5-15 
(a) 
Amoeboid and glandular tapetum 
(b) 
Tetrasporic and bisporic embryo sac development


3) 
718 
(c) 
Exine and intine 
Nuclear and helobial endosperm development 
() 
Cleavage polyembryony and adventive polyembryony 
(e) 
3. 
Write short notes on (any three) 
3x5-15 
(a) 
Antipodals 
(b) 
Suspensor 
(c)Endosperm 
() 
Apospory 
(e) 
Microsporogenesis 
Comment on (any hwo) 
2x7.5-15 
(i) 
Homomorphic self-incompatibility 
(i) 
Development of Polygonum type of embryo sac 
(ii) 
Role of tapetum in pollen development 
3x5-15 
5. 
Answer the following (any Ihree): 
(a) 
Describe in detail, any two methods of pollen storage. 
(6) 
Write a note on role of synergids in the process of 
fertilization. 
(c) 
Elaborate on the importance of apomixIS in crop 
improvement. 
() 
Enumerate the characteristic features of plants pollinated 
by wind. 
P.T.O. 


718 
4 
35-15 
6. 
Attempt the following (any three) 
Write brietly on the factors affecting pollen germination 
(b) 
Draw well-labelled diagrams of 
) 
T.S. tetrasporangiate anther at microspore mother 
cell stage 
(i) 
L.S. anatropous, bitegmic ovule with Polygonum 
type of embryo sac. 
(c) 
Describe the development of dicot embryo from a zygote 
(d) 
Elaborate on any two methods to overcome
sexuai 
incompatibility in plants. 
4 
1200 
718

(This qheslon 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1354 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
pper centains 8 printed pages.] 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
Instructions for Candidates 
of this question paper. 
Your Roll No... 
2172011101 
equal marks. 
: DSC: Atomic 
Structure and 
Chemical Bonding (Inorganic 
Chemistry - I) 
: B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
:I 
Write vour Roll No. on the top immediately on receint 
Maximum Marks : 90 
Attempt 6 questions in all. All the 
C 
the 
number in the question paper. 
questions carry 
The questions should be numbered in accordance to 
Calculators and log tables may be used. 


1354 
1. 
2. 
2 
Explain the following (Any Five) 
i) The bond angle of OF, < H,0 whereas CI,0 > 
H,0. 
(ii) 
NE, has a dipole moment, while BF, has zero 
dipole moment. 
(iii) PF, exists but PH, does not. 
(iv) Though the radii of Ag* is comparable with the 
radii of 
K*, but the melting point of AgCl is 
much lower than that of KC1. 
(v) The first electron gain enthalpy of 0 is 
exothermic, whereas its second electron gain 
enthalpy is endothermic; still, it exists as 0 in 
oxides. 
(vi) Electronic configuration of Cr is 3d54s' and not 
3d4s2. 
(5x3) 
(a) Name the quantum numbers which arise as a 
consequence of the solution of the wave equation 
for H-atom. What idea do you get from all these 
quantum numbers? 


1354 
3. 
(b) Write the Kaputinskii equation for 
lattice 
energy 
and define the terms involved. 
What are the 
advantages and disadvantages Over 
equation? 
3 
(c) 
What do you understand by 
partial ionic 
character 
in 
a covalent bond? The electronegativity 
y drogen and bromine are22 and 3.0 respectively . 
ver Born-Lande 
Calculate percent ionic character of HBr. Also 
predict the nature of HBr molecule. 
(a) Given the equation : 
4,1,0 
(d) On the basis of the Slater's rule, explain why 4s 
orbital is filled before the filling up of 3d orbitals 
1n potassium atom? 
(4,5,4,2) 
of 
= R 
0 
o 
() Name the equation. 
Based upon the equatto, answer the followino 
questions. 
(ii) 
Define the terms involved in the equation. 
(iii) Which orbital is related with the equation? 


4. 
1.354 
covalent radius of 
Ge (122 pm) is almost 
the same as that of Si (I17 pm) even thouh Cie 
has I8 electrons more than Si? 
(b) Why the 
4 
(c) Arrange the following in order 
of increasing bond 
angles X -P-A and justify your answer 
PE, PCI,, PBr, and PI, 
(d) The dipole moment of HX molecule is 1.92 D and 
the bond distance 1.2 Å. Calculate the percent 
ionic character of HX. (1D = 3.336 x 10 Cm. 
charge on one electron = 1.6 x 10-C). 
(a) Draw the radial probability distribution curves tor 
(b) Calculate the 
(4.3.4.4) 
3s, 3p, and 3d orbitals. Based on these plots explait 
their shielding effect and penetration power. 
limiting radius ratio of cation to that 
of anion when coordination number is SIX. 
geometry of AB. 
Given r A = 59 pn and 'B2 = 170 pm, predict the 


1354 
5. 
(c) 
Using VSEPR theory, predict 
the 
s h a p e s 
of 
the 
following species : 
I;, CIF, PCI, SF, 1Cl,. 
(a) Give the mathematical expression 
of orthogonality and normalization 
wave 
f u n c t i o n . 
What is meant by 
wave 
f u n c t i o n ? 
by well-behaved 
(b) Write the following in order of as 
mentioned in 
each case with suitable reasons: 
(c) 
, and Y 
y 
for the 
conditions 
() Increasing acidity -
Acetylene, ethane and 
ethene. 
( 5 , 5 , 5 ) 
(ii) Decreasing melting points  KF, KCI, KBr, 
KI 
orbitals when 
are 
wave 
of two atomic 
(i) %A = XB 
orbitals A and 
B. 
Draw the molecular orbital 
diagrams obtained by combination of the atomic 
functions 
atoms A and B. 
where XA and XR are the 
electronegativities 
of 
(6,63) 


7. 
1354 
6. 
(a) () What is a radial node? 
How many radial 
6 
nodes are there in a 3s orbital? 
(ii) What is is radial probabiliy distribution function? 
Explain it for Is orbital. 
N sin case of B 
and N, molccules s-p, mixing 
eannot be neglected while in case of 0. and e 
MO diagrams explain most of the characteristics 
of these molccules without considering 
mixing." Justify the statement. 
Draw MO diagram of N, molecule using s-p, 
mixing. 
(C) On which law is the Born-Haber cycle based?' Set 
up a Bom Haber cycle for the formation of Mg0 
from magnesium metal and oxygen, 1.e. 
Mg(s) + ½ 0, (g) ’ MgO (s) 
(a) The bond 
molecule is 1045 
angle in water 
(5.6.4) 
bonded orbitals. 
Calculate the S character used by the 
directed to the two bonded orbitals 
and two non-
oxYgen atom 


I354 
7 
ange the followiny in inct 
order of 
dipole 
moment: BE,, NH, NE, 3 
RE, N,, NE. ustily yo 
(C) Detine Bent'N Rule, How 
the bond anples of CH,F,? 
() 0, ’ 0, +e 
(d) What is the expected chango 
the following ionization processes 
(ii) N, +te 
’N, 
(iii) N0’ NO +e 
your answer. 
does it help lo 
d e c i d e 
(b) Differentiate between : 
(i) Orbit and orbital. 
in 
Bond 
order 
during 
8. 
(a) What do you understand by the term effective 
nuclear charge? Calculate the shielding constant 
(4,4,4,3) 
and effective nuclear charge (Zelte) for the electron 
present in 4s and 3d of Scandium (Z = 21). 
(ii) Electronegativity 
electron affinity 


1354 
(c) Give 
reasons for the following : 
() LiF flouts the radius ratio rules. 
(i) 
Half-filled 
filled orbitals 
are 
associated with extra stability 
(5.5,5) 


[This qüestion paper contains 4 printed pages] 
Your ROll No. 
SI. No. of Q: Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Time : 2 Hours 
: 1393 
:2172011103 
: DSC 3: Gaseous and 
Liquid State (Physical 
Chemistry - I 
:I 
Instructions for Candidates : 
N, =6.023x1 023) 
I 
B.Sc.(Hons.) Chemistry 
Maximnum Marks : 60 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt four questions in all. Question NO.1 
is compulsory. 
(c) The questions should be numbered in 
accordance to the number in the question 
paper. 
(d) Use of Scientific Calculator is permitted. 
k= 1.38x 10-23JK-1 
(R=8.314 J 
K- mol-! 
1. Answer any 5 of the following : 
lal 
Why are viscosity of gases increases with increase 
in temperature whereas viscosity of liquids 
with increase in temperature ? 
decreases 
3 


1393 
b 
Explain the 
cj At same ternperature 
molecular speeds 
sarme. Ezpiain. 
atrnosphere variess with heta? 
iei Dáscss the effect of deet unHIan n 
the surface tension oi wE Gng gyA 
representation. VWhy surte tsia sm 
nearly constant at hizne 
detergent ? 
Explain the dependencE cf sraz 
riperature and wiy the guece tsn t 2 
liquid beones ZErO 8t its czitical te 
2. la) Starting frorn the postulates of the inetic hecry 
gas derive the followirz 
equation 
PV=-mN< 
3 
Httms 
(bj Calculate the root mean 
probable speed of H moiec 
es 
speed and most 
at 298K. 
Ezplain thes 
labelled diagrarn of P.V 
i s o t h e r m s of CO 
isotherms and con 
tínuíty of states 
2 
8quare speed, average 


3. (a) 
Using the van der Waals equation of state, 
derive 
the following relation : 
P= 
8T, 
3 
3V,-1 v, 
State law of corresponding states based on 
relation and significance of this relation. 
(b) Calculate the fraction of oxygen gas molecules 
at 27°C and I atm possessing velocities between 
400+1Om/s. 
4. (a) Derive the expression of Barometric law : 
Mgh 
RT 
5 
(c) Derive an expression for the coefficient of 
viscosity of a gas, n in terms of the mean free 
path, 2, and show that n of a gas is dependent 
on temperature, but is independent of pressure. 
p= Po exp 
5 
5 
Explain the effects of temperature and molar 
mass of the gas on the variation of pressure with 
height. 
5 
3 
(b) Determine the molar mass of a gas if its pressure 
falls to one - fourth of its value in a vertical 
distance of 8 km at 270C 
5 
(c) The Critical constants for water 
Te =647K, P. =218 atm and V. = 0.05 dm³ mol-l. 
Calculate the van der Waals constants and 
critical compressibility factor. 
are 
5 
P.T.0. 


1393 
6. (a) Starting with the Clapeyron equation, derive the 
expression for Clausius- Clapeyron equation that 
explains the effect of temperature on pressure of 
a liquid. 
(b) The vapour pressure of water at 90°C is 70.13 
kPa and the molar enthalpy of vaporization 
between 90°C and 100°C is 2.268 kJ/g. 
Calcualate the vapour pressure of water at 100°C. 
(c) Calculate the surface tension of liquid toluene 
and the radius of the capillary tube, if the level 
of water and toluene rose in the capillary is 9.8 
cm and 5.2 cm, respectively. Given surface 
tension of water at 20°C = 72.75 dyne cm-, 
density of water = 998.2kg m³ and density of 
toluene = 890.5 kg m. 
(c) (i) 
5 
6. (a) Define coefficient of viscosity. Write SI unit of 
viscosity. 
Derive 
the 
expression 
for 
determination of viscosity of a liquid by using 
Ostwald's viscometer method. 
(ii) 
5 
(b) The viscosity of a liquid is 5x104 Nsm² at 27°C 
and 2.5x104 Ns m² at 327°C. Calculate the 
energy of activation of viscous flow assuming it 
to be constant in this temperature range. 
5 
Explain. 
*** 
5 
The heat of vaporization of water is 1.5 times 
that of CCI,. Which liguid will have the 
higher surface tension and why ? 
2 
4 
Comment on the effect of addition of 
sucrose on the viscosity of water ? 
5 
(iii) Is it possible to liquify an ideal gas ? 
2 
1 
1500 


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages) 
UTARY 
Your Roll No. 
SI. No. of Q. Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
-Name of the Paper 
res 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Time : 3 Hours 
Instructions for Candidates : 
: 1374 
: 2172011102 
: DSC 2 - Basic Concepts 
and Aliphatic 
Hydrocarbons (Organic 
Chemistry-1) 
I 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) 
I 
Maximnum Marks: 90O 
(a) 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt any six questions. 
(c) Al1 questions carry 15 marks. 
1. (a) An alcohol A having molecular formula 
C,H0, when treated with conc. H,SO, gives 
an alkene B. When B is bubbled through 
P.T.0. 


1 3 7 4 
anine waler D,/H0) and the product 
Dined is dehydrohalogenated with an 
esS 
of Strong base sodamide a new 
C is obtained. Compound C is also 
compound 
obtained by reacting calcium carbide 
ater. Compound C gives D when treated 
with 
with dilute H,S0, 
H,SO, in presence of Hgs0, 
Identify A to D. 
Write the Sequence of 
chemical reactions involved. 
) 
(b) Out of following pairs, which is more stable ? 
Give reason. 
-H. 
(i) (CH)3C 
an example. 
CH, CH, 
4 
;CF3 
5 
inactive. 
5 
(c) Define the terms 
Demonstrate the 
chemical method for 
resolving a 
racemic mixture of an acid, using 
racemic mixture. 
5 
2. (a) How many 
stereoisomers are 
possible tor 
tartaric acid ? Draw their 
Fischer 
projection 
structures, describe th 
between them and 
i d e n t i f y 
which are 
optically active and 
which are 
optically 
the relationships 
5 


(b) (1) 
A 90º in the plane ro 
is not 
HC 
in a Fischer 
rotation is permitted. 
CH3 
statement with a suitable 
example. 
following molecule : 
BrH2C 
(ii) Assign E/Z configuration at 
stereogenic centre(s) 
present in the 
IH,C 
projection, 
C=C 
CHg 
rotation is not 
a l l o w e d 
C=C 
CH3 
increasing order of 
suitable reason. 
Hac 
1 3 7 4 
CHO 
3 
while 
a 180° 
Justify this 
CH,CH, 
(c) Define the term hyperconjugation effect and 
the following free 
arrange 
radicals in the 
2.5 
CH 
at all the 
2.5 
their stability, giving a 
CHs 
5 
HycCH, 
PTO. 


1 3 7 4 
from rotation about the C2-C3 bond and 
arrange them 
order of increasing stability. 
3. (a) 
Draw all, conformations 
oOviding reasons 10r the stability order 
Also, 
the potential energy diagram 
illustrate 
(b) (i) 
the following into Electrophiles 
Classify 
COOH 
or Nucleophiles with explanation. 
of n-butane resulting 
(ii) Define the terms optical rotation 
AICl,, BE;, CN, NH,, SO, 
(Do any two). 
CH3 
specific rotation, Explain the factors on 
which they depend. 
(c) Assign the R/S 
nomenclature at all the chiral 
centre(s) 
present in the following molecules 
CHO 
HO. CH,0H 
H 
ii 
H 
HO 
5 
2.5 
COOH 
iii 
COOH 
5 
OH 
5 


4. 
(a) Complete the 
reactions : 
Br, Ihv 
S. 
A Alcoholic KOH 
H-CEC-H 
following set of 
c h e m i c a l 
be 2-bromo-2-methylpropane. 
suitable explanation. 
(b) 2-Methylropane is 
brominated at 
the presence of light. What % of product will 
HzC=CH2 
involved). 
B 
The relative 
reactivity for 1°. 20, 3 hvdrogens are 1, 82 
and 1600, respectively. 
(ii) How will you 
dis 
(c) (i) Arrange the following in the decreasing 
order of their acidic strength and give 
chemical reaction. 
1 3 7 4 
NBS 
Give suitable 
explanations with 
5 
5 
C 
(a) 3, 3, 
3-Trifluoropropene 
at 125°C in 
distinguish between 
1-butyne and 2--butyne ? Provide the 
2.5 
H,C-CH3 
5 
with mechanism (if 
HBr gives bromo-l, ,umuoropropane 
2.5 
PT 
when treated with 


1374 
1. 
(b) trans-2-Butene upon 
dibromo p product, while cis-2-butene gives 
racemic mixture 2 
(c) Bromination 
is 
more selective than 
bromination gjves meso 
chlorination of alkanes ? 
COOH 
la) 
COOH 
you nean by inductive effect ? 
Arange the followWing carb0xylic acids in the 
inereasing order of their acidity strength. 
COOH 
F 
iii 
(c) Draw and name v 
Cyclohexane and arrange 
Energy diagram. 
5 
(D) 2, 3-Dimethylbut-2-ene is more stable than 
2-methylbut-1-ene. Explain. 
5 
Write the Structure of product(S) )A to J: 
Cold alkaline KMnO4 
5 
various Conformations of 
l arrange them in increasing 
Stability. 
A 
COOH 
order of their 
Draw their potential 
5 
5 
1 0 x 1 . 5 = 1 5 


(b) 
(c) 
HC-
CH3 
(d) CH,=CH-CH=CHz 
(e) 
() 
(g) 
(h) 
BH, THF 
Br 
8. Write 
three) : 
+ 
Na 
Lig NH3 
(i) Hg(OAc)2 
(üi) NaBH4 
-coOC,Hs 
(a) Wurtz-Fittig 
Alcoholic KOH 
1 mole Br2 
short note on the 
(b) E l c b r e a c t i o n 
HgSO4 + dil HzSO4 
B 
reaction 
G 
7 
H,0, 
+ 
NaOH 
-80 °C 
+80 °C 
H 
137 
C 
the following (attempt any 
E 
F 
5x3=15 
P.TO. 


1374 
(c) Resonance Effect 
(d) Diels-Alder reaction 
*** 
1500

[This question paper cont

a>

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

ee

ains 8 printed pages. ]

Your Roll NoO.eeeeeerrrrtt’’
1132 I

2172012302

DSC: Carbonyls, Carboxylic
Acids, Amines, Nitro
Compounds, Nitriles, Isonitriles

and Diazonium Salts
B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry
Il

Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt any SIX questions out of EIGHT.

3 All parts of a question should be attempted together.

4 Each question carries 15 marks.

P.T.O.


ped
pot
‘an
iw
t

¥ - > — be ~~ moOrec >
Wrfe SHOT HUIS ¢

mn any ; .
Y three of the following

Name Reactions
(i) Wittig Reaction
(11) Aldol Condensation
(it) Baeyer-Villiger Oxidation
(iv) Perkin Reaction
(0) Write the mechanism involved in acid catalyzed

addition of methyl amine to benzaldehyde.

(2) Write final product when nitro benzene undergo

reduction with following reagents
(i) Sn/HCl
(ii) Zn/NH,Cl
(iii) Zn/NaOH

; ; . ry and
(b) How will you distinguish primary, secondary

; victor
'€rtiary nitro alkanes on the bas!s of

Meyer’s test,


1132 4

rgoO

| | : unde
(c) Explain Why aldehydes and ketone ylic

os, box
nucleophilic addition reactions easily but cat

acid and their derivatives not.

dic
(d) Why do @ -hydrogens in nitroethane show acid!
behaviour ? Write the product when nitro ethane

reacts with Br, in alkaline medium.

(e) Write reactions involved in the catalytic reduction
and MPV reduction of benzaldehyde.
(3,3,3,3,3)

3. (a) Suggest the reactions for the synthesis of any two
of the followings using diethylmalonate (DEM):

(i) CH,CH,COCH,COOH
(ii) HOOC(CH,),COOH

(iii) Barbiturate

(b) Suggest a method for the synthesis of any tw

the following using ethyl acetoacet of

ate (EAA).
(i) Butane-1,4-dioic acid
(11) 3-Methylpentan-2-one

(iii) Pent-3-en-2-one


11

4.

32 4

-

(c) Distinguish between the given acids on the basis

of action of heat:

(1) Propane-1,3-dioic acid and Pentane-|.5-

dioic acid
(ii) Fumaric acid and maleic acid

(d) Explain why EAA does not give a positive

lodoform test in spite of having a methyl keto
eroup" (4,4,4,3)
(a) Explain the following :

(i) p-Nitro benzoic acid is more acidic than

m-nitro benzoic acid?

(ii) Acid anhydrides undergo hydrolysis more

readily than acid amides?

(b) Discuss the mechanism of the followings :

(i) Curtius Rearrangement

(ii) Acid catalyzed hydrolysis of an ester


1132 P

(c) Give the product formed.

t and CH,

(i) When CH,CH(Br)COOE Name

react in presence of Zinc catalyst.

the reaction involved.

(ii) When phthalic acid combines with excess

of ammonia. Write the structure of the
compound formed when this product 1S
heated at 300°C.

(d) Write a reaction to distinguish between the a-

hydroxycarboxylic and 8-hydroxycarboxylic acid.
(4,4,4,3)

5. (a) Give reasons for the followings with proper
justification :

(i) Aromatic amines are much weaker bases

than aliphatic amines.

(ii) Benzene diazonium salts are stable
whereas alkane diazonium salts are

unstable.

(b) By the use of diazotization how will you Perform

the following conversions (any two) :

(i) 2,4,6-Tribromophenol from aniline.

P.T.O.


6
p132

(ii) P Poluic acid from
| P-loluidine (py.
aminotolucne) ;

(iii) Nitrobenzene to Pheno|}
(c) n-Butylamine when methylated exhaustively with
methyl iodide gives COmpound A, When compound
A is treated with silver hydroxide gives compound
B. Compound B on £-elimination gives compound
C. Write structures of compound A, B, C and

name of reaction involved.

(d) Write all reactions involved in distinguishing
primary, secondary and tertiary amines using

Hinsberg’s method. (4,4,4,3)

6. (a) Explain the followings :

(i) Coupling reactions of arenediazonium salts

with phenol is carried out in mild basic
conditions.
iW F ’ ' . . . ‘CL ea yroups
(ii) Tertiary amines with three different
optical
attached to nitrogen do not show OP

activity,


Xv! yn M ve $ . 7 win:
(b) Give increasing order of basicity fF follo

O2N V6 HCO

(c) How will you prepare ethylamine from followings:
(i) Acetaldehyde

(ii) Acetyl chloride

(d) What do you understand by diazotization and
coupling reactions? (4,4,4,3)

7. (a) Write preparations of alkyl cyanide from
followings :
(i) Acid amides
(ii) Acid halides

(b) Explain acidic and alkaline hydrolysis of ethyl
cyanide.
Explain Thorpe nitrile condensation,

(Cc)

P.T.O.


1132 8

(d) How will you prepare acetaldehyde by hydrogen
cyanide. (4,4,4,3)

sg. (a) Explain mechanism of reaction when primary

amine reacts with chloroform in presence of KOH.
(b) Write reactions given by nitriles and isonitriles.

(c) Write the name and structure of product when

(i) Methyl isocyanide is reduced with platinum

in presence of H,(g).

(ii) Hydrolysis of methaneisonitrile undergoes

in presence of acid
(d) Write at least four important physical properties

of isocyanide. Write significance of ambident ion.
(4,4,4,3)

(2000)


[This question paper Contains 8 printed pages. |

Your Roll No 7114 4

sr. No. of Question Paper : 1075 |
Unique Paper Code : 2172012301
Name of the Paper : DSC 7: Chemistry of d and f

Block Elements & Quantitative

Inorganic Analysis (NEP-

UGCF-2022)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry
Semester : Ul
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt four questions in all.

3. All questions carry equal marks.


1075 2

1. Explain:

(a) (i) The factors responsible for formation of a
€
large number of complexes by transition

metals.

(ii) Actinides have a greater tendency to form

complexes than lanthanides. (5)

(b) Electronic spectra of Ln3' complexes are similar

irrespective of change of ligand. (5)

(c) The coordination numbers of the elements of
second and third transition series tend to be greater

than for the first transition series. (5)

Explain why:

(a) (i) Fewer number of oxidation states are
available at each end of the first transition

series than in the middle?


1075 3

(ii) Transition metals in high oxidation states are
generally available as fluorides or oxides?

(5)

(b) Lanthanides predominantly exhibit a +3 oxidation

state while actinides exhibit other than +3 oxidation

states. (5)

(c) (i) Transition elements and their compounds act

as good catalysts.

(ii) Absorption spectra of transition metal ions

are broad. (5)

3. (a) (i) Write the number of unpaired electrons in

Ce**(At. No.=58) and Eu?*(At. No.=63).

ii) Why aqueous solutions of Eu** is pale pink
(i) Why p

while Ce** is orange red? (5)

(b) Calculate the magnetic moment of Europium (III)
(L=3). Explain the discrepancy between observed

(3.4-3.6 BM) and calculated value. (5S)


1075

(c) Explain (any one):

(i) Micas are harder than Clay,

(ii) Structure of cyclic phosphazene (trimer).

(2.5)

(d) Advantages and disadvantages of digestion in

gravimetric analysis. (2.5)

4. (a) Given below are the Latimer diagrams of Mn
(Reduction potential, E° in Volt) in acidic medium

and basic medium:
Acidic medium:

+ 2.27 + 0.95 +151

_ +0.56 5 -1.18
MnO; ——— Mnoj~- —— MnO, —— Mn3+ —— Mn?* —— Mn

Basic medium:

_ +0.58 +0 ae ~1.56
MnO, —— MnOj7 —— Mno, +O Mn3* Paha Mn(OH), —— Mn


1075

)

Answer the following questions with the help of

above diagrams :

(1)

(ii)

(iii)

Write the balanced half reaction for the
reduction of MnO, to Mn?! in acidic
medium. Find the standard reduction

potential for the reaction.

In which of the medium, acidic or basic
Mn(III) is more stable? Justify your

answer.

Using the given Latimer diagram for
manganese in acidic medium, construct the
Frost diagram to determine the most stable
oxidation state of manganese. Explain your
reasoning based on the diagram.

(2+1.5+4=7.5)

(b) (i) Explain the reason for the validity of spin

only expression to calculate the magnetic

moment for ions of first transition series,


1075 6

(ii) A M?' ion of first transition series has been
observed to have four unpaired electrons.
Calculate its magnetic moment using spin only

formula,

(iii) What is the effect of curie temperature in

ferromagnetism? (2.5x3=7.5)

5. (a) (i) Write a short note on borates.

(ii) Discuss the primary differences in the general
properties of inorganic and organic polymers

(any three). (2.52)

(b) (i) What is the structural difference between

Ppyroxines and amphiboles?

(ii) Draw the structures of following ions:

Si,O,?, Si,0,°

30,° (2+3)

(c) (i) Mention the criteria while selecting a wash

solution in the gravimetric analysis.


1075 7

(i) Which is more effective for washing a
precipitate in the gravimetric analysis: using
two portions of 50 mL or ten portions of 10

mL of each? Justify your answer. (2+3)

6. (a) (i) What are silicones? What are the chain

building and chain stopping units in silicones?

(ii) Identify the industries from the following

which use silicones:

Rubber, Glass, Oil, Cement (5)

(b) Match the uses with the polymers

Gemstones montmorillonites
Textiles orthosilicates
Fertilizers polyphosphazenes
Paints phosphates

Corrosion protection Borates (5)

P.T.O.


ne s
eta: Mat

od

@
aaa) / m
[a \ k
Serial No. of Question Paper \ y »
Unique Paper Code 321714 ey
NS NOW -
Name of the Paper Core: Inorganic Chemistry HE: Coordination Chemistry
Name of the Course » B.Se CH) Chemistry
Semestei -1V
Duration : 3 hours Maximum marks: 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper)

Attempt any six questions

1. (a) Give reasons for any five of the following 2.5 x 5 = 12.5 marks
(i) All the octahedral complexes of Ni(II) must be outer orbital complexes.
Gi) Higher oxidation states are more common for actinoids compared to
lanthanoids

(iii) The densities of third transition series are almost twice that of
corresponding metals of second transition series.

(iv)  [Fe(CN)s}* is a low spin complex whereas [FeFs]* is a high spin
complex

(v)  Zinc(II) ions are colourless and diamagnetic while copper (II) ions are
coloured and paramagnetic

(vi) Transition elements can form complexes in zero or even negative
oxidation states,

2. (a) Name the following complexes according to TUPAC system of nomenclature
1. Lis{Fe(CN)e]

il. ONO
ili. [Ag(NH3)2]2 [PtCle]
(b) Write the formulae of the following complexes
(i) Hexaamminechromium(I!) hexanitrochromate(III)

(ii) Dichloridobis(ethylenediamine) platinum(IV) chloride
(iii)Potassium dicyanidodioxalatonickelate(I1)

(c) A solution containing 2.674 g of CoCl;.6NH3 was passed through a cation
exchanger. The solution obtained gave 4.305 g of AgCl precipitate with AgNO3;


solution. Determine the formula of the complex (Molar mass of the CoCh.6NH, =
267.4 gmot') ee

(4.5, 4.5, 3.5 marks)

3 (a) What is Jahn Teller theorem, Discuss the Jahn Peller distortion in [Cu(NO.), \'

(b) Using the valence bond method, 1) assign the valence shell electronic
configuration to the central metal atom, 11) predict the type of hybridization involved
and iii) the magnetic moment (in Bohr magnetons) for the following complex:
[CrCN)s]* and [Cr(H20)o)*"

(c) For a complex [Col]* where L tsa uninegative monodentate ligand, the values of
Ap and mean paring energy are 15,000 and 20,000 cm’ respectively. Calculate the
crystal field stabilization (CFSE) of the complex

(4.5,4.5,3.5 marks)

4.(a) What happens when

(i) SOz is passed through acidified K2Cr07
Gi)KI is added to KMnOs in acidic medium
(ii)Kz[Fe(CN)s] is treated with H202

(b) Compare the molecular orbital diagram for the n- donor ligand with respect to
pure o-donor ligand . Explain the effect on the Ao

(c) On the basis of crystal field theory predict whether MnCr7O would adopt normal
or inverse spinel structure. Explain

(4.5,4.5,3.5 marks)

5 (a) Giving reasons, explain which of the following pairs show higher value of the property
mentioned.

(i) Lability: [Cr(CN)e]** or [Hg(CN)4]”
(ii) Higher value of Ao [Fe(CN)s ]* or [Fe(H20)o ~
(iii)Colourless ion: Ti?* or Ti”

(b) An orange compound A on heating gives a green compound B and oxygen. On
acidification of B, a compound C is formed which on treatment with zinc in the presence of
dilute HCI gives a blue compound D. Compound D on treatment with sodium acetate gives a
red compound E. Identify A, B, C, D and E. Discuss the structure and magnetic behaviour of
Compound E.

(c) Using trans effect, predict the products of the following reactions


(i) icy» NOY yg NE
ss ». +2 .
(ii) [Pt(PPh )4]°* _ cr

(iii) [PtCly]? + 2PPh;. ——————>

(4.5, 4.5, 3.5 marks)
6 (a) Consider the Latimer diagram for Manganese in acidic medium
{20 +0.50V , £2.26V +0.95V +1.51V -1.19V
MnOg ———»> MnO,*———> MnO, ———> Mn3+ ———> Mn?+ ———» Mn
Answer the following questions
(i) Calculate skip EMF for MnO,” to Mn**

(ii) Which oxidation state of Mn will disproportionate?
(iii) | Which is the most stable species

(b) Give all the possible geometrical isomers of

(i) [Co(gly)2(H20)2] and (ii) [Cr(H20)s(py)s]. Also indicate which one of these will be
optically active

(c) Arrange the following complex ions in the order of increasing Ao giving
reasons[M(CN)«]*, [MFe]* [M(H20)6]°* [M(NHs)o]”
(4,5,4.5,3.5 marks)

7(a) Which complex ion is more stable: [M(en)3]** or [M(dien)2]** and why where en=

ethylene diamine and dien = diethylenetriamine.
(b)Compare and contrast the magnetic and spectral properties of elements of d- and f- block

element.
(c) What are outer and inner orbital octahedral complexes. Explain giving one example of

each
(4.5,4.5,3.5 marks)

8(a)A compound Co(en)2(NO2)Cl has been prepared in a number of isomeric forms A, B,
and C. A undergoes no reaction with AgNOs or ethylenediamine and is optically inactive, B
reacts with AgNO; but not with ethylenediamine and is optically inactive. C is optically
active and reacts with both AgNO; and ethylenediamine . Identify A, B and Cand draw their

structures.

(b) Co(II) is stabilized in the presence of strong field ligands while Co(II) is stabilised in the
presence of weak field ligands. Explain with the help of crystal field theory

(c) Ce** ion with 4f! electronic configuration is colourless while Ce** ion with 4f° electronic

configuration is red. Explain
(4.5,4.5,3.5 marks)


Your Roll wo(23/ Sk

Sr No. Of the Question Paper, 2044

Unique Paper Code : 32171402
Name of the Paper: OC Hl-Hetcrocyclic Chemistry

Name of the Course —_B.Se. (Hons) Chemistry

Semester : IW aN \

Duration 3 hours [2 "|
aly \

Maximum Marks : 75 _ nal

Instructions for Candidates
e White your Roll No. on the top on receipt of this question paper.
e Attempt six questions in all.
* Question No. 1 is compulsory and carries 15 marks.

e All other questions are of 12 marks each.

1. a Three isomeric pyridine carboxylic acids X, Y, and Z are known. The following
experiments were performed to decide their structures. Oxidation of quinoline with hot
KMnOs gave a dicarboxylic acid which upon pyrolysis gave an acid X. similarly.
Isoquinoline upon oxidation followed by pyrolysis of the resulting acid gave a mixture of
acid X and Y. Assign structure to X, Y, and Z.

b. Indicate the direction of the dipole moment of each compound and explain.

Y\CS €N\ ES LS E&Y
Ss N N O S O
HO
c. What is the special isoprene rule? Indicate the isoprene units in the following

compounds.


d. Anthracene and phenanthrene are two isomeric polynuclear hydrocarbons with three
ortho-fused benzene rings.Explain why phenanthrene is thermodynamically more stable
than anthracene.

(6, 3, 3, 3)
2. a. Carry out the following conversions (any two):
1) Quinoline to 8-Hydroxyquinoline
i) Furan to 2-Phenyl furan
iil) Benzene to 1,3,5-tribromobenzene

b. Oxidation of 1-nitronaphthalene yields 3-nitrophthalic acid while that of I-

aminonaphthalene yields phthalic acid. Why?

c. Describe the correct order of the basicity of the following compound:
H

d. How would you prepare 2-bromo-3-methylbenzoic acid which is otherwise very

difficult to prepare by usual substitution reaction?
(3, 3, 3, 3)

3. a. What will be the structure of A and B? Give reason for the different product formation.
4 CH;COCI, AICI, eee CH;COCI AIC
A << ea
CH,Cl, Nitrobenzene

b. Explain why 2-Ethyl-1-naphthol couples with Benzenediazonium chloride, whereas | -
ethyl-2-naphthol does not.

c. Explain why phenanthrene undergoes electrophilic addition of dichlorocarbene in its
C-9/C-10 position but anthracene does not.

d. Pyridine-2-carboxylic acid upon heating gives pyridine. However, when this reaction
is carried out in the presence of acetone, a tertiary alcohol is formed. Explain.

(3, 3, 3, 3)
4. a. Elucidate the structure of the citral with isomerism. Also, give a synthesis of citral and
how many stereoisomers of citral are known to occur in nature.
b. How cis and trans-citral can be converted into Geraniol?

c. Using suitable reactions how will you indicate the position of linkage between pyridine

and N-methyl pyrrolidine in nicotine?


d. What happens when:
1) Citral is reacted with alkaline KMnO, followed by CrO3

1) Nicotine is treated with Br/HBr followed by Ba(OH). in the presence of heat

5S. a. Outline the synthesis of 4-methylpentanamine using the Gabriel synthesis. Give the

mechanism of synthesis involved.
b. Arrange the following in increasing order of their reactivity towards electrophilic

Substitution reactions with suitable explanation.

(a) (b) (c) (d)
Write the final products formed in the reaction of Isoquinoline using following
reagents:
i) Na inlig. NH3
ii) C2HsMgBr/Ether

iii) Alkaline KMnOu/heat

d. How would you distinguish between methyl cyanide and methyl isocyanide?
(3, 3, 3, 3)

6. a. N-ethyl-N-methylamine is chiral but non-resolvable however, 2-aminobutane is

resolvable. Explain giving of all the structures involved.

b. How will primary, secondary, and tertiary nitroalkanes react with nitrous acid. Give

the involved reactions.
c. Between methyl cyanide and methyl isocyanide which one is more soluble in water

and why?
d. Give the structure of the mononitration product of the following compound and

explain why it is formed.

S O 268 K
O

(3, 3, 3, 3)


7, Complete the following reactions (any 4):

SL. SH/HCl Aq. Kl
) | > | i)
). NaNO,/HCl

NO,

L.CL,CCOCIELO, rt 2, 90% HNO, D
3 ey

{\ 223 K

n)
R
1.CH,MgBr 2, PhCH,Cl
iii) CN ee ie ae — ——— > Ft G (Isomers)
N
H
t NaHCO;/MeOH
2. Na e warm
1.CH . 3 ’
iv) oyon™ _GHT qe
——
y) —a~d 1. O; then Zn/H,O M 2.Conc. NaOH x
3. H,0*
. CrO.,/AcOH
v1) . J Heat p 3 0
Za Zn dust
CHC1;/KOH H,/Pt
vil) CH;NH, ——————> R———_ §
EtOH/Heat
CH,N, Sy, CH;I/NaOH
vill) T <——_———__ | L ——_—— © U
N OH

(6 x 2)
Write a short note on the following (any three):
1) Thorpe Nitrile Condensation
il) Hantzsch synthesis for substituted pyridine
iii) | Chichibabin reaction
(3 x 4)

iv)  Paal-Knorr pyrrole synthesis


ROU NO, seccsecevsssssosccteconseeoeee

Unique Paper Code: 32171403
: Physical Chemistry IV: Conductance & Chemical Kinetics

Name of Paper

Name of Course : B.Se. (H) Chemistry 7;

Semester :IV [e <A\
ly . ea Th

Duration ;3 hours [OQ pyar { .
\* ‘

Maximum Marks +75 \ 4

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

Attempt amy six Questions in all.

NO

Question No.! is compulsory.

1e%)

Use of scientific calculator is permitted.

as

Qi. Answer any Five of the following: (5x 3)

(a) What is the difference between order and molecularity of a reaction? Explain.

(b) H* ion and OH" ions have abnormally high conductance values in aqueous solutions. Explain.
(c) How does photochemical reactions differ from thermal reactions?
(d) Elementary reactions with molecularity greater than three are unknown. Explain.

(e) Write the difference between fluorescence and phosphorescence.

(f) Explain conductometric titration curve of mixture of strong and weak acid against strong base.

Q2.
(a) Kinetics of enzymes catalyzed reactions is studied by Michaelis- Menten mechanism. Using

the Steady State approximation, relate enzyme and substrate concentration to rate of the
reaction. Show that the enzyme reaction is |“ order and zero order with respect to substrate S

at low and high concentration of S respectively. (6)


(0) AL 380 °C, the half-life petiod for the first order decomposition of H202 is 360 min. The
energy of activation of the reaction is 200 kJ mol'!, Calculate the time required for 75%
decomposition of H20} at 450 °C. (©)

Q3.
(a) Consider two consecutive tirst order reactions:
A ky B kp C
——_— oF

Where X) = & and at time t = 0 only A is present. Derive expressions for [A], [B] and [C] at time
tin terms of the rate constants k) and kz. Show graphically the concentrations of A, B and C as
function of time for the condition ky >> ky. (6)

(b) The following table gives the kinetic data for the reaction between Na2S203 and CHs3l at
298K. the concentration being expressed in arbitrary units.

Time 0 4.75 10 20 35 55
Na28:03 | 35.35 | 30.5 | 27.0 23.2 | 20.3 | 18.6
CHsI 18.25 | 13.4 | 9.9 | 6.1 | 3.2 | 1.5 |
Show that the reaction follows second order kinetics and calculate its rate constant.

(6)
Q4,
(a) Discuss the collision theory of biomolecular gaseous reactions and derive the rate expression.

(6)

(b) For the decomposition of acetone di-carboxylic acid, the rate constant is 2.46 x 10° s" at
273 K and 1.63 x 10° s"! at 303 K. Calculate the activation energy of the reaction. (3)

(c) In the reduction of nitric oxide 50% of the reaction was completed in 140 sec when initial
pressure was 258 mm Hg and in 224 seconds when initial pressure was 202 mm Hg. Find the

order of the reaction. (3)

Q35.

(a) Discuss qualitatively the Debye-Hiickel-Onsager's theory as applied to the variation with dilution
of molar conductivity of a dilute solution of a strong electrolyte. (6)

(b) The specific conductance of 0.011 M solution of acetic acid was found to be 0.016 S m' at 25°C.


Calculate the degree of dissociation of the acid, The molar conductance of acetic acid at infinite

dilation is 391.0% 0S av mot! at 28°C, (3)
(©) Desenbe the moving boundary method for determining the transport number of ions. (3)

Q6.
(a), State and explain Kohlrausch Law of independent migration of lons. How does it help in

(6)

determining the molar conductivity at infinite dilution of weak electrolyte?

(b) A conductivity cell was filled with 0.01 M KCI which was known to have specific
conductivity of 0.1413 Sm’! at 298 K. Its measured resistance at 298 K was 94.3 ohms. When the
cell filled with 0.02 M AgNOs its resistance was 50.3 ohms. Calculate (i) the cell constant (ii) the
specific conductance of AgNO; solution. (3)

(3)

(c) Explain Asymmetry effect and Electrophoretic effect.

a
le

) What is Quantum yield or quantum efficiency? Write down the reasons for high and low quantum

Q
| (6)

vield.

(5) State and derive Lambert-Beer’s Law. ; (3)
(c) A cermin substance in a cell of length ‘L’ absorbs 20 per cent of the incident light. What fraction
(3)

of the incident light will be absorbed in a cell of length “4L’ ?

Oa
Uo.
(a) Derive Stern-Volmer Equation. What is its significance? (6)

(b) The quantum yield for the photochemical reaction

H, (g) + Br.(g) —> 2HBr (g) is ~ 0.01 while that for the reaction

H2 (g) + Cl2 (g) — 2HCL(g) is ~104 — 109.
(3)

Explain.

(c) In the photochemical combination of Ho(g), and Ch(g), a quantum efficiency of about
2 x 10° is obtained with a wavelength of 480 nm. What amount of HCI(g) would be produced

(3)

under these conditions per calories of radiant energy absorbed?


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. (@

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll Noy a Al ee

\e "
\-K Sd /
2172012401 ( we

DSC 10: Coordination Chemistry

and Reaction Mechanism

B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry
(NEP-UGCF-2022)

IV

Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt six questions in all.

3. Question 1 is mandatory.

4. All questions carry equal marks.

P.T.O,


520 2

"si

1. Explain the following piVINg appropriate reasoning :

(a) dd and Sd clements form low spin octahedral

complexes.

(b) Square planar complexes do not exhibit optical

isomerism.
(c) [PtF,] is stable, whereas NiF, does not exist.

(d) Fe(II) and Fe(III) form complexes with CN” but

not with NH,.

(e) The crystal field splitting in tetrahedral complexes
is smaller than in octahedral complexes.

(3,3,3,3,3)

2. (a) Name the following complexes according to the

IUPAC system of nomenclature.

(i) [PU(NH,),] [PtCl,]


A)
si
tw
=m
~~

(ii) K,[Fe(CN),]
(iii) [Co(NH,),(NO,),]
(iv) [(H,N),Co-NH,-Co(NH,),(H,0)ICI,

(v) [Co(en),]Cl,

(b) What is the chelate effect? Chelate effect
is predominantly due to entropy change.

Explain.

(c) Which of the following have higher A, value and

why?
(i) [Fe(H,O),]** or [Fe(CN),]°

(ii) [Cr(NH,),]?" or [Cr(NH,),]°' (5,5,5)

POLLO,


526 5

oA)

ae : ae of the fol ing complexes
3. (a) Write the rormulac of the following plexes

according to the IUPAC system of nomenclature :
(1) pentaamminenitrito-O cobalt(III) sulphate

(ii) potassium amminedicyanidodioxidoperoxido-

chromate(VI)

(ili) u-amido - u-hydroxido bis[tetraammine-

cobalt(III)}

(iv) tetrapyridineplatinum(I!) tetrachlorido-

platinate(II)

(v) Potassium tetrafluridoargentate(I)

(b) Define the terms transition state and intermediate

state using reaction pathways.

(c) What is the effect of m acceptor ligand and 1

donor ligands on A,? Explain on the basis of ligand

field theory. (5,5,5)


S426 5

(a) Pxplam why square planar complexes of Pt(Tl)

while octahedral complexes of Crd) typically

undergo dissociative mechanisms.

;

offen undergo associative substitution mechanisms,
' (b) Draw and explain Crystal Field Splitting diagram
;

for octahedral complexes.

- (c) How will you distinguish between the following

pairs of isomers?
(i) cis and trans [Pt(NH,)Cl,]

(ii) [Co(NH,),SO,] I and [Co(NH,),1] SO,
(5,5,5)

| (a) Predict and sketch all the possible isomers of

:

[Cr(gly),].

P.T.O.


526 6

si

(b) Describe the factors responsible for strong
distortion in the octahedral complexes. Square
planar complexes are a special case of octahedra]

geometry. Justify your answer.

(c) (i) F and CO have higher trans effects than Cl, |

Explain.

(ii) Predict the products when [PtCl,]}* is treated r

with NH, followed by C,H,. (5,5,5)

6. (a) On the basis of VBT, account for the magnetic

properties of [Ni(NH,),}** and [Cr(CN),}*.

(b) Determine the CFSE of a d° octahedral complex
having 10Dq = 25000 cm and P = 15000 cm!

(mean pairing energy).


5526 7
(c) The formation of [CdBr,]* from [Cd(H,0),]°*
exhibits the successive equilibrium constants K,,
K,, K, and K, as 1.56, 0.54, 0.06 and 0.37,

respectively. Explain why K, is larger than K,.

(5,5,5)

7. (a) Cr(II) fluoride and Mn(II) fluoride, both have a
central metal ion surrounded by six F-ions. The
. Mn-F bond lengths are equidistant but four of
the Cr-F distances are long and two are short.

Explain.

(b) What are labile and inert complexes? Explain giving

one example each, on the basis of CFT.

(c) Differentiate between inner orbital and outer orbital

octahedral complexes. (5,5,5)

8. Write short notes on (Any three) :

(a) Crystal Field theory and its limitations

P.T.O.


5526 8

(b) Macrocyclic Effect
(c) Werner’s theory of Coordination Compounds

(d) Factors affecting stability of the complexes

(5,5,5)

(4£00)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages
Your Roll Lesvyensess oy

fr'

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5586 {rv J “\
Unique Paper Code > 2172012402" /
Name of the Paper : DSC: Carbohydrates, Lipids

and Heterocyclic Compounds

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons)

Semester : [IV
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt six questions in all.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

P.T.O.


os)

§

86

2

(a) An aldopentose(A) gives an optically active aldaric

acid (B). (A) on Ruffs degradation gives an
aldotetrose (C) which can be oxidised to an
optically inactive aldaric acid (D). Give the
reactions involved, structure and names of (A)

(B) (C) and (D).

(b) When crystals of pure a - D-glucose are dissolved

in water, the specific rotation gradually changes
from + 112.2 to + 52.7. When crystals of pure
B-D-glucose are dissolved in water, the specific
rotation gradually changes from + 18.7 to + 52.7.
Name the phenomena involved and discuss its
mechanism. Explain why this phenomenon is faster
in 2-hydroxypyridine as compared to that in a

mixture of phenol and pyridine.

(c) Convert D-arabinose to D-glucose & D-mannose.

Name the reaction involved in it. (5,5,5)


5586. 3

2. (a) Explain Inter-conversion of D-glucose, D-mannose

and D-fructose in a basic solution.

(b) Give Haworth proof (using Fisher Projection) for

cyclic structure of D-glucose.

(c) Carry out the following conversions (give complete

reaction involved in it) :
(1) D-glucose to n-hexane
(ii) D-glucose to sorbitol

(iii) D-fructose to 2-methyl hexanoic acid

(5,5,5)

3. (a) An unknown disaccharide gives a positive Tollens’
test. A glycosidase hydrolyses it to D-galactose
and D-glucose. When the disaccharide is treated
with methyl iodide (excess) and Ag,O and then
hydrolysed with dilute HCl, the products are
2,3,4,6-tetra-O-methylgalactose and 2,3,6-tri-O-
methylglucose. Give structure and name of the

disaccharide. Give complete reaction.

P.T.O.


5586 4

(b) Compare the structure of sucrose & maltose baseq
on composition, reducing nature, type of bonding
S>

nature of anomeric carbon.

(c) What are polysaccharides? Give two differences
between starch and cellulose based on
monosaccharide units present & glycosidic linkage?
Write the Haworth projection of cellulose.

(5,5,5)

4. (a) Define Iodine value of an oil. Draw the structure

of glyceryl trioleate and calculate its iodine value.

(b) What are glycolipids? Write the structure of a
glycolipid derived from one molecule each of

spingosine, palmitic acid and a-D-glucose.
(c) Differentiate between:
(1) fats and oils

(ii) © - 3 & w - 6 fatty acids (give example)

AV

(5,5,5)


S886 5

SS. (a) Explain electrophilic substitution in quinoline takes
place more readily at the benzene ring rather than
the pyridine ring. At which position electrophilic

substitution take place.

(b) Explain Why is pyridine more reactive
towards nucleophilic substitution compared to
benzene? What product forms when pyridine
reacts with sodamide? Explain using chemical

reactions.

(c) Explain the following :

(i) Why nitration and sulphonation reactions of

furan are carried out under mild conditions.

(ii) Why pyridine does not show Friedel-Craft
reactions. (5,5,2.5x2)

6. (a) Arrange pyrrole, furan and thiophene in order of
their reactivity towards electrophilic substitution
reactions. Explain and justify by drawing suitable

Structures.

P.T.O.


5586 6

(b) How will you synthesise quinoline by Skraup
synthesis? Explain with the help of a suitable

mechanism,
(c) Explain the following :

(i) Compare pyrrole and pyridine based on

basicity.

(ii) Discuss the aromaticity of thiophene and

compared it with benzene. (5,5,2.5x2)

7. (a) Complete the following reactions :

1. S BuLi
| | —____»

N 100 °c

A.

2.

; On C,H,ONO,
———

N
\
H

C)
, oY CéH NAC!”

-
H KOH


CH;
P.O
5 O ai
O Heat
CH,

NaNH,
S a
6 COS Liq NH;
N
, / \ H,/Ni

(b) How will you carry out the following

conversions?

(i) 3-Bromopyridine from pyridine
(1) Thiophane from acetylene
(ii) Piperidine from pyridine
(iv) Furfural from furan (1x7,2x4)

8. Write short notes on (Any three):

(a) Paal-Knorr synthesis for thiophene

P.T.O.


A
oA)

So 8

(b) Friedlander synthesis for Quinoline

(¢) Hantzsch synthesis for pyrrole

(d) Doebner-Miller synthesis of quinoline

(5,5,5)

(1700)


c5}ilfae3 Me

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages) eae
LQ 4

Your Roll No. 5 sedsbeesssasscun ! (2 anes . \
SI. No. of Q. Paper : 5665 I ee 3)
Unique PaperCode ——:- 2172012408,
Name of the Paper : DSC : Electrochemical

Cells, Chemical
Kinetics and Catalysis

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry

Semester : IV
Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates :

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.

(b) Attempt (SIX) Questions in all. First
question is Compulsory.

(c) Use of a Scientific calculator is permitted.

(d) Graph paper will be provided.

1. Attempt any Five parts.

(a) What is liquid junction potential ? Why is
NH,NO, salt a good choice for making a salt
bridge ?

P.T.O.


5665

(b)

(c)

(d

—

(e

—

(g)

Construct the cell in term of cell notation
using the following cell reaction :

Fe(OH),(s) - Fe** (aq) + 3OH (aq)

The standard redox potential of the water

oxidation to dioxygen is -1.23 V.

2H,O + O,+4H*+4e. Calculate the redox

potential of the same reaction at pH = 7

The acid hydrolysis of the same quantity of

ester is done separately with equal normal

solutions of HCl & H,SO,, it is given
Lar

that [H | - kiso,? explain whether the

H,SO,

value of Ky /kKuso, iS less than, equal or
greater than one.

What are stationary and non-stationary chain
reactions ? Discuss briefly.

Ionic reactions are fast while molecular
reactions are slow. Why ?
Discuss, using potential energy barrier graph,

the effect of catalyst on rates of the reaction.
9x3=15


_
r
77

—

(C}

(a)

5665

Given that:

Fe*+(aq) + 3e > Fe(s); E) = - 0.04 V
Fe?*(au) + 2e + Fe(s); E) = - 0.44V
Determine the potential of the following half-

cell reaction.
Fe*(aq) te — Fe** (aq)

What is the basic principle of potentiometric
titration ? How is it applied to acid - base
titration ?

The standard potential of a cell
"Pt| H,(g)| HBr(aq)| Ag" was found to vary as
E°(volt) = 0.01 - 1 x 10% (T- 298) - 2 x 10° (T
— 298). Calculate the standard reaction

entropy, as? and enthalpy, AH? at 25°C.
7 3x5=15

Given that the standard potential of the
following half - cell reaction at 25°CK

Cu’ (aq)+e" > Cu(s); E) =0.52V
Cu* (aq) +e > Cu'(aq); — E, = 0.16V

Calculate AG’ (in kJ) for the following
reaction :

2Cu* (aq) > Cu(s)+Cu™

3 P.T.O.


5665

(b)

(c)

A platinum electrode is immersed in a
solution containing 0.1 M Fe?" and 0.1 M Fe**,
Its potential is found to be 0.77 V against
SHE. Under standard conditions, the activity
coefficient is unity. What is the potential of
the electrode when the concentration of Fe**
is increased to 1 M at 25°C.

The cell constructed by the half cells.

E° =—~0.403V & E? =—0.152V

(Cd**jCd) (I |AgliAg)

has the potential of 0.29V at 25°C. Determine

the activity of Cdl, solution.
3x5=15

Determine the formation of the complex,
Zn(NH,),*°, Provided that

(a) Zn(s)+4NH, > Zn(NH,),” +2e7; E° =1.03V
(b) Zn(s)—> Zn* (aq) + 2e°; E° =0.76V
How do we use quinhydrone electrode for
determination of pH ofa given solution ? What

are advantages and disadvantages of
quinhydrone electrode ?

4


5.

(c)

0665

Construct a concentration cell without
transference using silver — silver chloride
electrode and derive the equation for
determination of cell potential of the
concentration cell. 3x5=15

(a) The reaction

(b)

(c)

VA +v,B > Products

is a first order reaction with respect to A &
B. Write down its differential rate law &
deduce from it the Integrated rate law. What

is the unit of rate constant in this case ?

Suppose that in a consecutive reaction

A—, p—4¢k, >>k, Prove that reaction

with the smaller rate constant is the rate
determining step. Given :

[C]=[A], f ~— [ke -e')

| 1

Write a short note on Lindemann
Mechanism. 3x5=15

5 P.T.O.


9665

6.

(a) Compare the rate constants as given by

(b)

(c)

(a

—

Arrhenius equation & the collision theory and
there by show that

Z
Ey =Ey +e & A=pN,—AB-e'”
2 NNp
Using the following data, obtain the
differential rate expression for the following
reaction & the value of rate constant
CO+Cl, > COCI,

[ Experiment No. l 2

| oo 3 . 7 =
/[CoCl,],/moldm? | — 0.16 0.16 0.04 0.04
[cl,],/moldm? | 0.16 | 004 | 0.16 | 0.04 |
__%)/mol dm™ s" | 1.92x107 | 9.6x10° 4.8x10" |

Discuss the conditions under which the
equilibrium approximation & steady state
approximation is used while elucidating the
mechanisms of the complex reactions.
Support your answer with any general
reaction in each case 3x5=15

The following mechanism has been proposed
for the decomposition of N,O.:

(i) N,O,>== = NO, + NO,


(b

(c

—

—

—

9665

(ii) NO, +NO, “2-NO+NO, +0,

(iii) No, +NO—42 NO,

Show that rate law is ‘1°3) =k[Nj05 |

The bimolecular decomposition of Hydrogen
lodide is given by the equation

2HI > H, +1,

Assuming a collision diameter of 0.35 x 10°
cm and an activation energy of 183.90 kJ mol
| for the reaction, calculate (i) the collision
rate, (ii) the rate of reaction and (iii) the rate
constant for the above reaction at 500 K and
one atmosphere pressure.

Write a short note on Theory of Absolute
Reaction rates. 3x5=15

An acid, HA catalyses the substrate, S to
products as follows :

k
S+ HSH +A)
|

7 P.T.O.


9665

(b)
(c)

SH* +H,O—2->P+H,0"

Derive the rate law for the reaction. State
when it becomes an example of "general acid
catalysis" and it is "specific hydrogen ion
catalysis".

Describe any five characteristics of catalyst.

The reaction rate of enzyme - catalysed
reaction changes from first - order to zero —
order as the substrate concentration is
increased. Discuss the reason on the basis
of active sites & Explain using the graph of
rate versus substrate concentration.

3x5-=15

KKK

8 1500


This question paper contains 3 printed pages]

Roll No. | |

S. No. of Question Paper : 5696

Unique Paper Code : 2173012010
Name of the Paper : DSE : NUCLEAR AND ENVIRONMENTAL
CHEMISTRY Ke Dy
{Bp Kasi:

f

fea
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry’ Lip TY af

Semester : IV Wes e)
Maximum Marks : 90

Name of the Course

Duration : 3 Hours
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt six questions in all.

All questions carry equal marks.

In what way is the mode of decay of a particular nucleus related to

1. (a)
the ratio of neutrons to protons ? Explain on the basis of Stability
Curve.
(6) Calculate the energy released per fusion in MeV per fusion 2D, 7

1H, —> 3H). Given the atomic masses are 2D = 2.01410 amu,

1H = 1.007825 amu, 3H = 3.01603 amu.

What percentage of the original
5,5,5
P.T.O.

(c) The half-life period of 32P is 8 days.

radioactive material will be present after 40 days ?


bo

Os

Explain the following ;

(a)
(b)
(c)

(a)

(b)

(c)

(a)

(c)

(a)

(b)

Disposal of nuclear waste and its management
Different theories on the Stability of nucleus.
Nuclear fission and fusion reactions. 5,5,5

Explain the construction and working principle of Geiger Muller

Counter.

What are fast breeder reactors ? How are they different from
conventional thermal reactors ? Describe the main components of a fast

breeder reactor.

How are isotopes separated for use in nuclear reactors ? Explain using

at least three different methods. 5,5,5

What are air pollutants and how are they classified ? Elaborate on

the major sources contributing to air pollution.

Discuss the major regions of Earth's atmosphere. Describe the

characteristics of each region.
Explain different air pollution control methods. 5,5,5

Discuss the chemistry and environmental consequences of
photochemical smog. How is it formed and what are its main

components ?

What is ozone depletion ? Explain the mechanisms involved,
highlighting the role of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and other ozone-

depleting substances.


5696

(a)

(b)

(c)

(a)

Write
(a)
(b)
(c)

(d)

( 3) 5696
Describe the greenhouse offect and the role of greenhouse gases in
global warming, Explain the chemical nature and environmental

IMpaet of mayor greenhouse gases. 5,5,5

What is water pollution ? What are its impacts on the hydrological

ecosystem ?

What are the key physicochemical Parameters used to assess water

quality ? Explain the significance of each parameter.

Explain the working principles and applications of two different water

purification methods. 30,9,
Explain the sources and causes of water pollution.

Describe the various stages of the hydrological cycle and explain how
each stage contributes to the continuous movement and transformation

of water within the Earth's system.

Explain the effluent treatment process. How is the effluent from

different industries treated ? 5,5,5
short notes on any three of the following : 5,5,5
a, B and y

Chernobyl disaster
Nuclear reactors in India

Radioactive Series.

[This question paper contains 8 printed Pages. |

Seeeewanasaasare®

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1056 I

Unique Paper Code - 2172013501

Name of the Paper : DSC: Inorganic Chemistry
V — Basics of Organometallic
Chemistry

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (MH) Chemistry

Semester : V

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt six questions.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

P.T.O.


1056 2

1. (a) Define the following with Suitable exa
Mmple :

(1)

Organometallic ©OMpounds anq ;
| its

application

(il) Hapticity. Give examples of ligands with
hapticities of 3, 4 and 5.

(6) What is meant by Synergic effect? How does it



1056

; | ] 1 , 1
(c) What is Wilkinson’s Catalyst? Explain its structure
1d how it ig an effective homogenous cat

alyst
drogenation of alkenes

for hy
(5,5,5)

8. (a) Give two methods of synthesis of ferrocene and

how does it react with the following :

(i) Buty! Lithium,

Romy

he tAN rule:



1056 8

(c) How ft
| vithesized Zeise’s salt? Pj
yonding in | | oo
uN i “!
2 in Zejse’s salt on the bagi "
sis of D
ewar-

(2000)


[

This
Sr.
Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper

Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 2 Hours

No.
of Question Paper ;

- DSC: Nucleic acids.

\a\ 21

Your Roll No _—n
I
1094
2172013502
Amino

es
acids, Proteins and Enzym

B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry
V

Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1 Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2, Attem

3. A

How would y

a)
. Ala-Gly DY

down

|] questions carry e€q

ou differentiate between Gy
Edman's degradation Metho

the reactions involved.

pt four questions in all.

ual marks.

-Ala and


vill you synthesize

yy) Hen thod? “ling |
e method’ Gop.
pnchatinntd brie,
cou differentiate be
eo) How 8 ly between RNA,
kaline hydrolysis. Giye And Dy,

b) What

ANism a¢
aetion involved, of
Ae

the

ste Structure of NAD‘, Exp Vin) ite
Write Plain its ole in an

enzyme catalyzed reaction,

Discuss the effect of urea and heat On secondary

structure of protein. (5x3)

The reaction of nonapeptide "A" with dansy|
chloride gives dansyl derivative of Cysteine.
Peptide "A" on reaction with cyanogen bromide
gives tripeptide containing Cys, Met, Lys and
hexapeptide containing Try, Gly, Ala, Phe, Leu
and Asp. Partial hydrolysis of "A" yields Lys-Met-
Leu, Ala-Gly-Try, Cys-Lys, Leu-Phe-Ala, Gly-Try-
Asp and Met-Leu- Phe. Deduce the structure ot
ns a down the
Give all the reactions involved. Write ¢*
Products obtained when B is !
“arboxypeptidase and Chymotrypsit

eated with

dre the structures of lysine at
9 4,
14 and 129 To which electrode


1094
3 e will
mior: - the gtructl
rate at cach pH? Which of (10,

Ne) > “AR A H { ‘
© present at Isoelectric point?

| resin

3. a ; ation
) Name the Monomers used In prea” Ww would
used in Solid Phase Merrifield methoc- y this

-Lys }
YOu synthesize a tripeptide Leu-Ala a net
method? Give its advantages over geners
of synthesis.

hod

b) Discuss the following about the Trypsin:
1. Specificity
ll. Catalytic Triad
lili. Pocket at the active site

c) Explain the various types of forces that are
responsible for the stabilization of tertiary

(6,6,3)

structures of proteins.

4. a) Discuss the different types of reversible enzyme
inhibition with examples.

b) Explain different classes of enzymes w

Ith on
example each. e

c) What do you understand by Kin

reaction? Discuss its significance. YMatic

(6,6,3)

PT oa


4
1094
4) Write the structures Showing the

Yd tog
between the following Nucleotide ., Len " bonding
ase

Pairs:

— Thymine and Adenine

; Guanine and Cytosine

b) Write short note on the types of RNA and their
biological functions.

c) Discuss the different steps involved in DNA
Replication. (5,5,5)

Write down short notes on any three of the following:
a) Electrophoresis

b) Ninhydrin test

C) Genetic code

d) Factors affecting the enzyme activity (-

(1 000)


Paper Contains 4 printed pages: | Ih l174 WM

°
oe?
aoooere”
oof

Your Roll No

ye
Sr. N
0. of Question Paper : 5824 |
U i »
hique Paper Code > 32171501

Name of the Paper - DSC (Organic Chemistry-

IV) Biomolecules

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry
Semester - V
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Attempt Six questions. All parts of a question should

2.
be attempted together.
3. Each question carries 12.5 marks.
l (a) List any two reactions that were not explained by

the open chain structure of glucose, How do
es

tic hemiacetal structure of gluco.
the cyclic he B'UCOse explain
them.

P.T.O.


5824

What is I
) é
(b h

t is It Signific

nplete name ance?

4) Give the co! I and Structure Of dAyy

\ . | p
and | DP (4.5 4

which form of alanine Would yoy exp
predominate under (i) Strongly acidic ¢
Strongly basic solution (111) At its isoele

Indicate which part of the dipolar ion

ution (ii)
Ctric point
behaves as
a potential acid or potential basc and also find out
the isoelectric point of alanine (pKal=2,3. pKa2 =

9.7)
(b) How will you convert:
(1) D-glucose to the D-arabinose
(ii) D-glucose to D-fructose

(c) Discuss the secondary structure of a 4)
(4.5, 4,

a

. e give the

>. (a) Explain, why D-glucose and Dirac vyone
os

‘ame Osazone? Give the mechanism ©

formation for D-glucose. the
re of
sequence ©

(b) Draw the complementary DNA se4 5-ATGC-

Vrection >
elven fragment specifying the direct
3

“ats.
(c) Explain the term rancidity of oils § ind fats’

; ils ¢
_ Ly: . in O! - 4 4)
many lypes of rancidity occur (4.9; 4,
Discuss.


5824

in

3

. .9
cleotide

u
and N nate:

_ triphosP
i) HNO;

(a) Differentiate between nucleosides
Give the Structure of guanosine-5

y . 4 (
(b) Write down the reaction of glucosé with

(ii) HIO,

; xplain.
(c) Provide the full form and structure of ATP ESP of
why ATP is called the universal umn

5 +
cellular energy. (4.5, 4. )

(a) How will you synthesize the dipeptide Gly-Val
using Merrifield resin. Discuss its advantages OveT
other methods?

(b) Differentiate between competitive and non
competitive enzyme inhibition using suitable

examples.

(c) List four important characteristics of Watson and

Crick model of DNA. (4.5. 4. 4)

(a) What is fermentation? Write down the fate of
. 5
pyruvate in alcoholic and lactate fermentation .
Ww
enzymes involved. ith

(b) Explain Dansyl Chloride method of N

i i ~termj
analysis. What is the advantage of this Mina]
over other methods of N-termina} analy ™ethod

Sis?

(c) Discuss replication of DNA,
4.
S, 4, 4)


4
5824

; (a) A pent
/. Phe, Thr, Leu, Ag

apeptide A having empir
"ical
CK

MPOSitign

Lys: Bave fj

; Np.

treatment with DNFB followeg Thr op
as

Asp. Treatment of A with trypsi, released

tripeptide, (Lys, Leu, Thr) ang a dipe
Phe). Elucidate the sequence of amino

N gave g

acids in A.

(b) Write down three irreversible steps in the glycolysis
process. Write all the structures and the name of
enzymes involved.

(c) Give the synthesis of proline by phthalimide malonic
ester method. (4.5, 4, 4)

8. (a) Define saponification value and give its
significance. Calculate the saponification value of
glyceryl tripalmitate having molecular weight 806
(molecular weight of KOH= 56).

(b) Write short notes on any two of the following:

(1) Genetic code
(ii) Reversion and rancidity

. \ A es of
(c) Using Haworth projection draw the structur
yranoside
_D-
tu) 4-O-( B -D-Galactopyranes?  s 4, 4)
Glucopyranose

(a -D-Glucopyranosyl- -D-fructo

(500)


[This Gestion 3 MO wg) ™M
| dper CONtaing Q ibid say .s. |

Sr. N
NO. of Question Paper :

Unique

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

.
oe?
eeeeee’
.
o**

Your Roll N°

FA)

9

wn)
eee
—

32177902

- . > . . . “| fic-1 :
Elective Discipline SPes!

: sale ot istrial
Inorganic Materials of Indt

Importance
B.Sc. (H) Chemistry
V

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

tN

3. Question

4. Attempt any fh

Attempt SIX questions in all.
1 is compulsory.

ve other questions.

PTO.


<930)

.

4 pill in the BlAnkS/Write True oF pa
(i a18e -

aS re
* Teduired

(i) A secondary battery CANNOt be peop
: “Char

should be discarded after Sing

f

Bed and

le Use, (True/

False).

(ii) The shorter the annealing Period, the more

durable the glass article. (True/False)

(iii)

is the process of

transformation of a molten mass of materia!
into a non-crystalline, amorphous anc

transparent solid.

: - fel direct!)
uv) A cell converts fuel ¢

s{LOn.
Into electricity without combustlo

ety made
(Vv) Bronze is a metal alloy that !s pr

of



mn
\O
loo
So

3 of
: jaye!
(v1) Sa fety a

rlass has two
B

en
ied betwee

———se—=gandwicl

layers of glass.

(vil) Urea is an example of oe

fertilizer.

; hich
(viii) The additives used in paint formulation Ww

i in
prevent excessive foam formation during

manufacturing are called as _____—_———_

(ix) The process of surface hardening caused due
to diffusion of boron into the base metal or

alloy is called

(b) Give one word for the following:
(i) Full form of MAP

(ii) A paint which can withstand high wy
Orkin
g

temperature

PT oa


-) Nutrients which are pa.
(iil Wired ir

1 Ver,
amounts by plants TY Smal

iv) The process OF applying , Prot
: ) CCti ve

coating tO iron or stee|

(v) Fibrous glass composed of intermingled fj

threads or filaments of glass (ins

2. (a) What is a battery? Differentiate between primary

and secondary batteries.

working ane

(b) Explain briefly the principle,

applications of lithium ion battery

l , ia a 50

cell? What are the advantages ° 4)
(4, 4,


5930 s

. ‘, of
pertill2™
tive
an ef tect! a
3. (a) How does urea function as 4" © pacturine
, ma
~ . 4 ro}
for plants? Give one method f0! th
of urea.
in any
; 9 Explal
(b) What are superphosphates of lime:
one method of its preparation
; their
(c) What are composite materials. Discus®
important applications. (4, 4, 4)

4. (a) Discuss the importance of ‘annealing’ in the

manufacturing of glass

(b) Briefly describe the formation, characteristics d
an

applications of carbon fibers

(c) Discuss the composition,

Properties 4
applications of alloys of aluminium nd
(4, 4
) 5 4)
Py.


«930

are SUpeTCONdUctorgy p.
,) What a Discus,
(<

plications of SUPETCONductorg
ap

») Write down the uses of Ceramic Products a

sjazing of ceramics done?

(c) What are thermosets and thermoplastics? Explain

siving examples in each case. (4, 4, 4)

(a) How does a flame retardant paint work? Mention

the functions of the following additives in a paint

formulation.
(1) Plasticizers

(1) Anti-skinning agents

stroplating ane
(b) What is the difference between electP

see plLalins
Clectroless plating. How electroless |

beneficial] Over electroplating.


5930
7

. wan’
cemi-dt) De

(4. 4, 4)

(c) Different;
1 x P . ‘

oils,

( hat are the causes of failure of 4 paint film.

oW can it be prevented?

b W . .
(b) Why is it necessary to add a retardant [0 the

cement? i
Give an example of a retardant and
explain wi - ;

p with chemical reactions how it functions

in retarding the setting of cement

(c) State the alloying elements added to steel t
O get

alloy steels and the effect they produce. Gj
. Give at

least one example of each.
(4, 4, 4)

8 (a) What are mixed fertili
ertilizers? RB
XPlain

th
advantages and disadvantages e
- Ses of .
fertilizers. Mixed
(b) Differentiate between Sh
dizing

Chromising.

PT.o.


5930

(c) What are the advantages And dis

Advant
‘ “Wages 6
lead acid battery. fa

(4, 4, 4)

(500)


ay Nv

[This wl
WUEstior
" Pape er Contains 8 vrinlell pages:|

Your Roll NO
St. No. of Questio |
nN Paper : 5878
U .
mde Paper Code 32171502
N ;
ame of the Paper DSC-Physical Chemistry V:
Quantum Chemistry
Spectroscopy
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry
Semester | _V
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Attempt 3 questions from Section A and 3 questions

from SectionB. A total of 6 questions to be

attempted.
3 Please indicate the section you are attempting at the

ropriate place and do notintermixthesections The
PF tions should be number edinaccordance to the
que

r in the question paper.

numbe

P.T.O.


Z
5978

joulator and log tables May he
Cael”

\

Used

physical Constants
Planck's constant 6.626 « |(Q-14 Is
Velocity of light 3 x 10° m/s

Atomic mass unit 1.661 x 107; kg

Avagadro's number 6.023 x 10” mol!

Mass of electron 9.109 x 10°?! kg

SECTION A
Attempt any 3 questions from this section
(a) Explain the following terms:

(i) Linear operator
(li) Laplacian operator

(i) Hamiltonain operator.


5878

3
; els
. ¢ rious .
(b) Draw the W and W? patterns for va one gions
the Simple Harmonic Oscillator: Whe
i,
can be drawn from these patterns’
: lowing:
(c) Write short notes on any two of the fo
(i) Bohr correspondence principle
(ii) Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle
(iii) Rigid rotator approximation (4.5,4,4)

2. (a) Indicate which of the following will lead to an
eigen value equation. Report the eigen value, if

any.

. ad .
— Wx
(i) exp (iwx)
.. ad? in3x)
— (sinsx
(ii) = (

(iii) s (5x)

(b) Giving reason, state which of the follow;

acceptable wave functions in the indicated ;

Nteryval-

(i) sin x (0,2)

PT.o.


e* (-0, w )

(11)
(c) calculate the wavelength in
C
{rom HOMO to LUMO in I,
rhe C-C and C = C bond fe

[35pm respectively.

(a) For a particle of mass 'm!' in a cube of edge lengts
'a', the energy of a quantum level jg found to be
17 h?/ (8ma?). What are the quantum numbers i”
the degeneracy of the level?

(b) Show that two eigen functions of a Hermitian
operator having different eigen values are

orthogonal to each other.

(c) A particle of mass 'm' is confined to 4 0m
dimensional box with the origin at centre of the
box. The box extends from -a/2 to ta/2, The
Potential energy function V(x) is v(x) = 8
and V(x) = & (outside).

(inside)

(4.5.4.7)

eystelll
for the SY
Write the Schrodinger equation a pside th
a. and oul
owing separate equation inside and 4.5,4
Ox,


5878 P

pydroee"

for
yn g the

4. (a) Write the Schrodinger wave equal’ a

. ‘ ; ‘ €
atom in polar coordinates whil

Significance of the terms involved.

. tation
(b) What do you understand by the commu

between two operators?

Show that position and linear momentum operator

do not commute with each other.

(c) Why do we need to employ approximate methods
to determine solution for multi- electron atoms?
Explain Variation principle as an approximate
method to determine approximate wave function.

(4.5,4,4)

SECTION B
Attempt any 3 questions from this Section

5. (a) Briefly explain Rule of Mutual excly

Sion .
; ar
role in structure elucidation, \d

its

PTo


6

sg78
colain the different modes 0
psjjowing {wo polyatomic tole “wt the
son dioxide. Are they both a. ter and
. > Explain your answer. Raman

The rotational spectrum of 79g, F shows ;
| SeTie
of - equidistant lines 0.71433 em: apart. Calculate

the rotational constant B, the moment of

Inertia
and bond length of the molecule. (45.44

®. (2) What is Raman effect? Explain the origin of Stokes
and Anti-Stokes line.
(0) Which of the following molecules will give mse t
observable rotational and vibrational spectra HC!.
N,, CO, H,O? Explain giving reasons.

a] lines
‘C) The 'H35¢C] molecule shows pure rotational !
- 4]. 5, 62.0 ,
“tthe following frequencies (em') 20.

83.0, 103.8.

‘onal trans!
0) Assign the lines to the rotational

J~4 J+].


5878 7

Cl.
; of H
(i) Calculate the bond distance

27k g)
x 10
(m,, =1.673 x 10°*’kg, m, =58.06 (4.5,4,4)

of
7. (a) What is the effect on the microwave sp

C'%O if 169 jg substituted by !80?

tional
(b) Calculate the number of translational, rota
and vibrational] degrees of freedom for

(i) CO,
(ii) H,O
(i111) Benzene

(iv) CH,

(c) The force constant for 'H"F is 966 Nol Calculate.
Cc

i) The zero-point vibrationa| energy of this
(1

lecule when it follows harmonic m
mo

Otion.

The frequency of the electromagnetic radiation
(il) :

PT o


C8

5978 |
ip excite IMS Molecule rom 4
|
io the FFs excited stat, round st
‘tg
h the hel W544
(a) indica’ wn P of the Jablong,, |
t ’ ‘ * ,AYg S04 di,
ine various Processes by whey Hasan
. ¢ wal . e . :
clectronie states get deactivated €XCitey
“yy ,p » 36 p ' at ig .
differences between Muorescencg the
phosphorescence? in

(b) Arrange the following groups in increasing orde
of their absorption frequencies: Give justification

(i) CF, CCI, CBr, CH

(11) C-C, C=C, C=C

(c) What are the characteristics of TMS which make

it useful as a reference in NMR spectrum?
(4.5,44)

(200)


- No. of Q. Paper
Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

: 1186 I
: 2173010006

: Application of Comp
in Chemistry

uters

Name of the Course : B.Se.(H.)

Semester Vv

Time : 3 Hours

Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates :
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately

1.

(b)

(c)
(a)

on receipt of this question paper.

Question No.1 is compulsory. Do any five
questions from the rest of the questions.
Answer six questions in all.

All questions carry equal marks.
Explain with examples, what each of the
below functions do: 5
(i) chr ()
(ii) ord ()
(iii) round (m, n)
(iv) min ()
P.T.0.


1186

(b) What would be the output of the below lines

of code : 2x5=19
(i) print ("chemistry" * 2 + ©. join (['p’, 'y!
't', 'h', ‘o', 'n']))
(ii) if (abs (-2)> = 2 and (5 % 3 = = 2)):
print (‘Yes’)
else :
print (‘No’)
(iii) for x in range (2):
y=0
while y < 2:
print (x * y)
y=ytl
(iv) import numpy as np
list] = ["He", "Li", "B"]
list2 = [“F’, “Cl”, “Br”]
nparray = np. array ([list1, list 2\)
print (nparray. shape)
(v) import matplotlib. pyplot as plt
import numpy as np
x = np. linspace (-10, 10, 1000)
y=2*x+s50
pit. plot (x, y)

2


2.

(a) Write the full form of below act

(b

—

(c)

1186

Ss -
ony™ 1x579
(i) NUMPY
(ii) HDD
(iii) AI
(iv) DOS
(v) ALU

Write the below algebraic/s¢!
expressions in Python friendly format - ?
1x=

~b+ vb? = 4ae

entific

(1)

2a

, ( _

3/2 _Mv"

(ii) an( =| vel 2RT
2nRT

(iii) (2 + 3i)
(iv) RT InK

Six parts of the below program are miss;
and shown as underlines. Find all the ing
S1x

missing part : x

—
def throw_dice ( ):
4 Simulate throwing two dice by randomly

3
PTO.


| 180

3. (a

—

electing a number from | to ¢
, )

player! throw =

player 2 throw =

snt ("Player 1 thr va
print | Play 1TOWS : ‘Player | throw)
# Determine the winner based ¢
the larger number

print ("Player 2 throws :
hrow)

N who Lets

ot SA hei ‘nn eemeue,

print ("Player 1 wins !")

—

print ("Player 2 wins !")

print ("It's a tie !")
# Run the dice — throwing game

throw _dice ( )

. . 5=5
What is the difference between: !*

(i) Storage and Memory

(1i) Interpreted Language and Com
Language

lili) plt. bar and pit. barh ()

(iv) str. find () and str. rfind () nace ()

(v) numpy. arange () and numpy: linspé

piled


(b)

(c

~~"

(a)

(1)

1180

Write python programs to :

. ns
(i) plot a simple sine curve fro™ 2 ra 5
to + 2 radians |
(ii) convert any given angle from degrec®
to radians using function
aluate the

Write a Python program to ev

10

integral [ (x? -3x +2) dx using the
5

Trapezoidal method of numerical
integration. There is no need to show the
output. fe)

Which of the following is a valid Pyth
variable name. Wherever you mention tie
invalid, please provide a one - line —
why it is invalid. lnee
*O=5

include

(ii) theta % 2

(iii) 2 sigma

(iv) Print

(v) ima eally_really long python yay;
~Yaniab]

5
PTO


1186

(b) Write a Python program to identify

(c)

Armstrong numbers using String
manipulations. An Armstrong number is a
number that is equal to the sum of its own
digits each raised to the power of the
number of digits in the number. 5

OR

Given the periodic table of elements in the
dictionary format as follows :

P={1:”H”,2: ”He”, 3: ”Li’,...... , 11.8:” Og}
Write a Python program to find the first 8

Prime Numbers and then print the symbols

of elements corresponding to these numbers
from the above periodic table P as a list. For
example, the list's first two elements would
be [“He”, “Li”....] | 5

The below program produces FIVE lines of
output. Provide all 5 lines of output in the

correct sequence : rs)
a = (2, 3)

b = {3, 4, 5}

c = (2, 3, 4, 5]

d = {2: "He", 10: "Ne", 18 : "Ar"

6


(a

—

(b)

j 18°

PFINE (C. pop ())

Print (c)

b. add (4)

b. add (6)

Print (b)

a =a ™* len (b)

print (a)

print (len (d.keys () ))

Find and correct the errors in the below lines
of code : 1x5=5
(i) s=python

(ii) x=y+zZ;

(iii) print "quantum"

(iv) for i= 1 to 4 print i

(v) import numpy into up

Do any two parts from the below 3 parts ¢
Or

Ss uestion :
this q 25x20

write python programs (withoy t the
numpy/ scipy /statistics) to © Use of

7
PT,


1 186

Sta

deviation of a given ligt Of num *Ndar,
Mberg
(ii) To Print the first 19 term
S of 5

Fibonacci series

(iii Print the difference between the firs
10 odd numbers and the first 19 even
numbers and show that it will be ze;,
Please exclude 0O from your

computation.

(c) Write a Python program to solve the equation
x° +x? +2 = 0 using Newton-Raphson method
with the guess value as -2. 5

6. (a) Write the output of the below lines of code :

(i) print (["chemistry", "physics,
[:1])

(i) print ([4, 5, 6, 7] [1 :2])

(i) print (‘quantum chemistry" |"

(v) print ("python" [-5 : -1))

VY) print ((2, 3, 4] [0 :] [2])

8


(b) Give the following pH metric ¢

(c)

(a

ae

tra atio

ce m
employ the forward finite differe” valence’
to evaluate the first differ ential le ”
point).

V_base = np.array ([1, 2, 3

pH = np. array ({0.1, 0.2, 0, 3,
0.1})

Write a Python program to find the product
of two matrices, taking the matrices as input
from the user. Any dimension of the matrices
should not be less than 3 or more than. 5; if
the dimensions exceed these limits, print
an error message. 5

Explain the below terms in one line each -

1x5=5
(i) operand

(ii) function
(iii) token
(iv) NameError

(v) debugging

PT.Q


pp) For the below program ;
)
for j in range (3, 6) ;

for k in range (4, 7):
print (j*k)
(i) Write the output of the program
2
(ii) Convert the program so that it uses

while loops instead of for loop.
3
(c) Write a program to print the sum of first n

terms of the Taylor expansion of the sine
function. Take n as input from the user.

ra) —1)" x2nt! .
R = ——_— )
ecall that sin(x) yy Ona)

8. arts :
(a) Answer any two of the below 4p 5 5x25

. l
(i) Convert Hexadecimal XF34 to Octa

base
(ii) Convert Octal 7143 to Bina? base
- omin
(iii) Explain why Python is fast beatific

the language of choice for

work

10


(b)

(c)

1186

(iv) Explain how to set up aad C from

environment on a Windows r
Scratch.

The below program will print 4 lines of output.
Provide all 4 lines of output i = 0

def my_function (a=0, b = 3):

i=7

return i *a+b

print (my_function () )

print (my_function (1, 2) )

print (i)

i=4

print (my_function (3) )

The following is the kinetics data obtained

from a second - order reaction. Plot the graph
(inverse of the concentration of the reactant
ys. time) in Python and perform a linear at
on the data. Print the slope, intercept,
equation of the mode] and the correlation
coefficient coefficient (R°).

. P.T.O.


1186

t = np.array ([0, 2,5, 9, 14, 20, 27 35] )

conc_inv = np.array ( (0.746. 4
2.463, 3.417, 4.562, 5.898, 7/494)) libs

kkk

12 1000


[This question p

apet. cons py f I HW 4)

Mins & printed ‘pages. |

Your Roll NO.sseceeereeres
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6046
é M4 ]
Unique Paper Code 32177908

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

DSE: Green Chemistry

BSc. (H) Chemistry, BSc.
(Prog) Analytical Chemistry/
Industrial Chemistry

Semester - Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

l.

Instructions for Candidates

Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Attempt any six questions. First question is

compulsory.

All questions carry equal marks,

Attempt all parts of a question together.

Take molecular mass of C = 12, N= 14, O= 16, § -
32, H= 1

P.T.O.


odo

hich of the following ore.
ay Whiel Fe AMON the 12

principles of Green Chemistry’

(a) Design commercially viable Producte

(b) Use only new solvents
(c) Use catalysts, not stoichiometric reagents
(d) Re-use waste

(il) Green chemistry is more expensive than

traditional chemistry?
(a) True
(b) False

(iii)

The term which refers to the breakup within

: ‘ aD)
¢ ‘ . ¢ . y S /
4 Compound due to microbial activity |


6046

(iv)

3

(a) Microbial degradation
(b) Agro-degradation

(c) Photo-degradation
(d) Decomposition

What is the U.S. Presidential Green

Chemistry Challenge Award?
(a) An award related to recycling
(b) An award for industry only

(c) The only chemistry award given by the

President

(d) Challenges companies to become fuel

efficient

P.T.O.


6046

(by)

itl in the blanks with the 'ppropr

(i)

(ii) —__

(iii)

(iv)

MWe word:

Benzene, a ou Substance. iS an

important industrial Solvent used in the

production of pharmaceuticals. Plastics, and

dyes?

is an excellent ‘green’ solvent as

well as a greenhouse gas?

was a co-founder of the worldwide
green chemistry movement and the first
director of the Green Chemistry Institute, now

part of ACS?

—_____ is fulfilling the needs of the present
i isi » ability
£eneration without compromising the abilit

)
~ op ‘ ha wr reeds’
of future generations to meet therr |

: “ar lioxide?
(C) What do you mean by supercritical carbon ¢


046 5

‘ ~ =) ‘ ‘ AC i of
Discuss the chemistry of cleaning action
surfactant assisted supercritical CO,-

(4,4, 4.5)

2, (a) Define green chemistry. Discuss some important

environmental laws that leads to green chemistry.

(b) Elaborate in detail the limitations in pursuing the

green chemistry.

(c) Define the role of green chemistry in sustainable

development? (4, 4, 4.5)
3. Give the Green Synthesis of following compounds:
(a) Catechol
(b) Adipic Acid

(c) Citral

P.T.O.


6046 6

(d) Methyl methacrylate

(e) Furfural

4. (a) What are the problems ASSOCciated with inorganic

pigments and organic dyes? How these problems

can be solved?

(b) Explain the efficient green Synthesis of plastic

made from corn

(c) Sonochemical Simmons-Smith reaction is a better

alternative to conventional method Elaborate.

(4, 4, 4.5)

5. (a) What do you mean by supercritical carbon

dioxide? Discuss the chemistry of cleaning
i ; sritical
action of surfactant assisted supere

CO

2°


6046 7

nomy:

0%

,; 10
(b) How % yield is different from atom ©

Discuss any one reaction where % yield

but not the atom economy.

in
(c) Calculate the atom economy of the following

reactions:

(Mol mass: C=12, H=1, O=16, Br=80)

0
CO + 450, —————» O + 2002 + 2H20
O

(ii)
Br
IN + HBr

Nn

(4, 4.5, 4)

6. Discuss the following microwave assisted reactions.
(a) Hofmann elimination reaction

(b) Oxidation of Alcohol

P.T.O.


6046

) pecarboxylation

(a Explain the enzymatic INter-este, :

" 7 i Cation r
for the production of healthie, fate Caction
> aNd oj]s.

4) Discuss briefly the limitations Of tin —
a ©d Marine
anti-foulant. How are they 9,

: . ‘elcome Using
environmentally safe anti-foulant?

(c) Explain how cradle to cradle recycling concept is
applied to carpets? (4, 4.5, 4)

8. (a) Give chemical reaction for solvent free synthesis
of azomethine in the laboratory. What are its

advantages over conventional methods?

(b) Compare heterogeneous and homogeneous

Catalysis in terms of green chemistry.

a i s

(C) What are biocatalysts? What are the savant ;
oe ‘ample of

of bio-catalytic conversions? Give one exa i .
4,4, 4.5
the reaction. }

(500)


This question Paper cont

sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

ains 8 printed ayy at

17) 94

Your Roll NO.’
1113 I
2172013503

Quantum Chemistry and

Covalent Bonding
B.Sc. (Honours) Chemistry
V

Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt only six qu

3. Use of scientific calculators an

allowed.

4. Attempt all pa

rts of a question tog

estions out of eight.

d Logarithmic tables is

ether.

P.T.O.


1115
Physical Constants
Planck ‘s constant 6.626 » 19% 5
Velocity of Light 3 x10 me
Avogadro’s Number 6.022 x 1923 _
Mass of Electron 9.1 x1Q3! kg
Boltzmann Constant 1.38 x 19235 K

[. (a) A particle of mass m. in a one-dimensional box of

ws Wi

length a can be represented by the function.

. eX
P(x) = sin—— (n=1,2,3...). Normalize the given

fo
is
cy

function w(x) and find whether it is -

function of (i) Pp, (ii) p?.

(6) Write four properties of a function to make it
acceptable as a solution of Schrodinger equation.
Determine whether the following functions are
acceptable or not acceptable as State functions
OVer the interval indicated, giving 4Pppropriate

reasons.


Function _

(c) Evaluate the commutator (Ly, [| where Ly and Ly,
are the angular momentum operators along the x

and y-direction respectively. (5.5.5)

(a) Are the following functions eigen functions of the

ee

2 .
operator _ If so, give the eigen value.
ax

2
(i) f(x) = exp (|

(ii) cos 2x

(b) Consider a particle of mass ‘m’ in a cubic box of
edge length ‘1’. What is the degeneracy of the
level that has energy three times the lowest energy
2 Write the mathematical expressions for the

degenerate wavefunctions.

P.T.O.


1113

(c) if A and B are two atoms bonding

4

along the 7-
asonsg ls

. s Which of the following
atomic orbitals can combine:

axis predict, giving re

(i) %s and 93,
(ii) Pts and 93,

(iii) 4, and p%, (5,5,5)

(a) Write the expression for the Hamiltonian operator

for the helium atom explaining briefly all the terms
involved. Simplify this expression using the Bom
Oppenheimer approximation. Write the expression

for the corresponding Schrodinger’s equation.

(b) Evaluate the expectation value of the radius, (r),

at which the electron in the ground state of
Hydrogen atom (Z=1) is found. Given the wave

function for this state is

= -e a, is the Bohr
Yr00 = (—)*?exp (-2) where a) IS the

Th:
. =- —_—_—_o CL
radius and f r"™ exp(—ar) dr = qt)


iris 5

cc) Write the Clectronic G9

Niguration of Hy, HH,’ and
hypothetical 4

“Pectes using molecular orbital

theory, Explain Why He!

€Cxist whereas He, does
not. .
(5,5,5)

4 (a) A diatomic molecule can be treated as a simple

quantum mechanic

Schrodinger Wave

al oscillator. How is the simple

Equation (SWE) modified for
this system? Show that

(1) exp(-Bx?) iS a solution to this SWE and

. 1 {k ; .
(i) E= a here k is the force constant

and wt is the reduced mass)

(b) What is the degeneracy of each of the following

energy levels of H atom?

2

* —-e ae
a il

) 72NE go ( ) T2ene odo

(c) Explain and calculate zero point energy (ZPE)
of an electron in a one dimensional box of
infinite height and 1 A length. State the Bohr’s

Correspondence principle. (9,9,5)

P.T.O,


6
(113

that the wave functions descrip
~-<Mding the Is
atomic

hydrogen atom are Orthogonal

(a) Show

atomic orbital and the 2s
‘ Orbital for the

Given that

Uys = (ag)-” exp(—r/a,) and

W2s = (2) {2 - (r/ao)} exp (=)

where a) 1s Bohr’s radius and

I r® exp(—ar) dr = n!/q%+1)_

(b) Set up the Hamiltonian operator for a Particle
oscillating about a mean position (a simple
harmonic oscillator). Explain the significance of

zero-point energy of a simple harmonic oscillator.

(c) Why the quantum number ‘n’ cannot be assigned
a zero value while solving for the particle in a |-

D box? Give the units of wy? for a particle in a 1-
)

D box. (5,5,

an

6. (a) A particle of mass m exists in a one-dimensional

box of length L. Using the tr

. , age N15 1
— ) ¢ , energy assoctatec

Wiriay = Nx(L—x) evaluate the g
vel and comment on

al wave function

with the lowest energy le
Whether this trial wave funct

i . * 4 ; t, i
function according to the varial

ion is au acceptable

on theorem.


1113 7

(b) Show that operators corresponding to x and p,
do not commute. Give the physical significance of

vour result.

(c) What do you understand by Hermitian operators?
Prove that all the eigen values of Hermitian

Operators are real numbers. (5,5,5)

7. (a) Write the LCAO-MO trial wave function of H,,
using Molecular Orbital approach. Derive the
expressions for molecular orbital wave functions
corresponding to the bonding and anti-bonding

energy levels of Hj}.

(b) Plot the radial probability distribution functions for
an electron in hydrogen atom where n=1 and

n= 2. Explain the plots briefly.

(c) Explain the significance of orthonormality principle

giving relevant mathematical expressions.

8 .
8. Write short notes on any three:
(a) Postulates of Quantum Mechanics

PTQ


1113 8

(b) Pauli’s Exclusion Principle (
approach)

(c) Configuration Interaction

(d) Variation Theorem

quantum mechanical

(5,5,5)

(2000)

ba

op!

This question paper contains 8 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1545 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
1. 
(19 
2. 
4. 
Instructions for Candidates 
of this question paper. 
Your Roll No.2024 
: 
2172011101 
Attempt six questions. 
DSC: Atomic Structure & 
Chemical Bonding 
(Inorganic Chemistry I) 
: B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
:I 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Maximum Marks : 90 
3. 
Question no. 1 is compulsory. 
G 
All questions carry equal marks. 
DHO C 
LIBRARY M 
alkaj 
Delhi 
New D 
P.T.0. 


1545 
1. 
2 
Attempt any five of the following 
(i) What is meant by Dipole moment? Can its 
magnitude give an idea about the structure of 
molecules? Explain. 
(ii) Why NaCl is soluble in water but AgCl is not? 
(ii) The first electron ionization enthalpy of boron 
(B) is smaller than that of carbon (C) whereas 
the second electron ionization enthalpy of carbon 
is smaller than boron. 
(iv) Orbitals of lp, 2d, 4g not possible. 
(v) The electron gain enthalpy of chlorine (C1) is 
greater than fluorine (F). 
(Vi) Calculate the effective nuclear charge of 4s and 
3d electron in Scandium using Slater's rule. 
(5x3) 


1545 
2. 
3 
() Write the time independent Schrödinger wave 
equation for hydrogen atom and explain the terms 
used in it. 
(ii) Why half filled and fully filled configurations are 
more stable than the other configurations. 
(ii) Draw Born Haber Cycle and calculate the enthalpy 
of formation (A H,) for MgF, using following data, 
Sublimation Enthalpy of Mg = 146. 4 kJ/mol 
lonization Enthalpy of Mg to Mg 2+ = 2184 
kJ/mol 
Dissociation Energy of F, = 158.9 kJ/mol 
Electron gain enthalpy of F(g) = -334.7 kJ/mol 


1545 
3. 
Lattice Energy of MgF, = -2922.5 kJ/mol 
4 
(iv) Calculate the limiting radius ratio (r*/r) of an ionic 
lattice having the octahedral geometry with co 
ordination number 6 around cation. 
Write 
the 
(i) What is normalized and orthogonal wave function? 
mathematical 
(2.5x2,5,5) 
normalization and orthogonality of wave function. 
VSEPR theory. 
expression 
for 
(ii) The bond angle in CH,F,, HCH = 112.3° and FCF 
= 108.3°. Calculate the s character used by carbon 
atom in the orbital directed to the hydrogen and 
fluorine. Discuss the result in terms of Bent rule. 
(ii) Draw the shape of the following molecules using 
CIF,, BrF, +, PC1, SnCl,, OF, 
(5,5,5) 


1545 
4. 
5 
i) Calculate ionic radii for 
Na & K* ions if the 
internuclear distance in NaF is 231 pm. 
(i) The so-called Ly man series of lines in the 
emission spectrum of hydrogen corresponds to 
transitions from various excited states to the n 
1 orbit. Calculate the wavelength of the lowest 
energy line in the Lyman series. In what region of 
the electromagnetic spectrum does it occur? 
(iüi) Draw the molecular orbital diagram of N, and O, 
molecules and explain their magnetic behavior. 
(5,5,5) 
- () Based on their positions in the periodic table, 
arrange these ions in order of increasing radius: 
CI, 
K*, S?-, and 
Se?: 


1545 
4. 
5. 
5 
(i) Calculate ionic radii for Na & K jons if the 
internuclear distance in NaF is 231 pm. 
(ii) The so-called Lyman series of lines in the 
emission spectrum of hydrogen corresponds to 
transitions from various excited states to the n 
1 orbit. Calculate the wavelength of the lowest 
energy line in the Lyman series. In what region of 
the electromagnetic spectrum does it occur? 
(iii) Draw the molecular orbital diagram of N, and O, 
molecules and explain their magnetic behavior. 
(S,5,5) 
(i) Based on their positions in the periodic table, 
arrange these ions in order of increasing radius: 
CI, K*, S, and Se?: 
P.T.0. 


1545 
6. 
6 
(ii) The bond distance between H and F in HE 
molecule is 91.7 pm and the experimentally 
observed dipole moment of this molecule is 
6.6 x 10-30 Cm. Find out the percent ionic 
character. 
(ii) Write the Born Lande equation and the 
Kapustinskii equation for lattice energy and 
define the terms involved. What is the 
advantage of Kapustinskii over Born Lande 
equation? 
(5,5,5) 
(i) Calculate the electronegativity of F from the 
following data, electronegativity of hydrogen is 2.1, 
Egg bond dissociation energies = 36.6 kcal/mol, 
Ey-H 104.2 kcal/mol, E,= 136.6 kcal/mol. 
(ii) Draw the radial distribution curve of ls, 2s, 2p. 
3p, and 3d. 


. 
1545 
7 
(ii) Draw the MO diagram of C0 with sp mixing. On 
the basis of it, explain it is an electron pair donor. 
7. 
(i) What is resonance? Draw the resonating structure 
of NO,, CO and O,. 
(5,5,5) 
(ii) Write the conditions for a wave function y 
acceptable to the Schrodinger wave equation. What 
is the physical significance of y and y 2. 
(i11) How 
will you convert the Cartesian co 
ordinates (x, y, z) into polar co-ordinates (r, 0, ¢) 
(1) Write short notes (any two) 
(a) Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle 
(5,5,5) 


1545 
(b) Equivalent and Non-equivalent hybrid orbitals. 
8 
(c) Different scales of electronegativity. 
(ii) Which of the following combinations are allowed 
in LCAO (considering Z axis as molecular axis) 
and sketch the shapes of molecular orbitals formed 
by their addition and subtraction 
(a) s and p, 
(b) p, and p, 
(ii) List the limitations of: 
(a) Bohr's Theory of atomic structure. 
(b) Radius ratio rule. 
(5,5,5) 
(1000) 


[Thís question paper contains 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1583 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
2. 
3. 
(15) Your Roll No2.024 
% printed pages.) 
: 217201|102 
Instructions for Candidates 
of this question paper. 
(i) 
Aliphatic 
COOH 
Br 
DSC - Basic Concepts and 
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Attempt any six questions. 
J. Complete the following : 
(Organic Chemistry l) 
: B.Se. Hons. (Chemistry) 
Each question carries 15 marks. 
G 
Hydrocarbons 
Maximum Marks: 90 
ANDHO 
LIBRARY 
Ikajt, 
New Dehi19 
A 
P.T.O. 


2. 
1583 
(i) Hyc-
-CH 
(ii) F 
HBr, Peroxide 
(iv) 
HC-CEC-C-CH,-C#CH 
H 
Br, 
H2 
(v) HyC--c CH3 
HgC 
2 
H3C 
O 
Zn/H,0 
NaNHz 
CzHsONa 
H2 CHs 
-C -
-CH3 
CH3 
B + 
CH, 
G 
HBr 
(1.5 marks for each product 
(i) Predict the proportion of isomeric products 
obtained at room temperature from chlorination 
of the given molecule. The order of reactivity ot 
hydrogen for chlorination is 3° (5.0): 2° (3.81: 
1°(1.0) 
rotation of compound 'A. 
CHs8r 
J 
(ii) 
Define specific rotation. A solution of compound 
'A' (7.14 g in 100 mL) in chloroform was taken 
In a polarimeter tube (5 cm) and its 
optical 
rotation at 25°C is -1.3°. Calculate the sppecitic 


. 
1583 
(ii) Explain the formation of different products, (A) 
and (B) in the given reactions given below : 
H3 
H,c 
3 
H 
CH-C=CHz 
Hg0t 
1. B,H, 
2. Hz02, NaOH 
'A' 
Major 
'B' 
Major 
.(5,5,5) 
() 1,3-Butadiene on treating with HBr at low 
temperature gives 3-bromobut-]-ene (major 
product), whereas at high temperature, it gives 
1-bromobut-2-ene (major product). Explain with 
mechanism. 
(1) An alkyl halide 'A' (C,H,Br) reacts with ale. 
KOH and gives an alkene, B. Compound B reacts 
With bromine to give compound 
C' Compound 
'C' on treatment with excess of sodamide forms 
compound 
D'. Further, compound 
D on 
P.T.O. 


1583 
4 
reaction with ammoniacal AgNO, solution. 
a precipitate (E). 
Write the structures 
of 
A, 
B. 
C, D and E. 
4 
(ii) Write the structure of X' and 
mechanism for its formation. 
Gc-ç=cHz 
H 
Br2 
Hz0 
CHcOOH 
give the 
{i) Draw the Fischer projections formula of threo 
and eythro-2,3-butanediol and convert them into 
corresponding Sawhorse projection formula. 
X 
(1) Draw the possible chair conformations of -
methylcyclohexane and compare their stabil1ty 
order of acidity and explain the order. 
HCOOH 
(5.5.5 
(ii) Arrange the following compounds in increasing 
CH,COOH 
(5.55) 


1583 
the Fischer projection of all the possible 
) 
Draw the Fischer projection 
5 
stereoisoners ot 
2,3-dichlorobutan-1,4. dioic hcid. 
Comment on optical activity of each isomer. 
) 
How would you resolve a racemic mixture of a 
primary amine (#RNH,) using the formation of 
diastereomeric salt? 
(i) Arrange the following carbocations in increasing 
order of stability and explain the order. 
CHe 
conformations. 
(S,5,5) 
() Considering the C2-C3 bond rotation in n-butane, 
draw the potential energy profile for its various 


1583 
7. 
(ii) (a) 
Why maleic acid has lower 
than fumaric acid? 
6 
(b) Arrange the 
Compounds 
increasing order of their boiling points 
explain the order. 
pentane. 
following 
2-methylbutane, 2,2-dimethylpropane and 
given molecule. 
melting 
(ii) What is allylic halogenation? Give the reason 
for the products obtained when propen: 
reacts with a) NBS/CC1, and b) Br, at room 
temperature. 
OHC. 
() Find the number of sigma and pi bonds in the 
CHO 


1583 
8. 
(ii) 
Which of the following compounds is more stable 
and why? 
(i) How Corey-House synthesis overcomes the 
limitation of Wurtz reaction? 
7 
(iv) Assign the priority order and find R/S or E/z 
configuration for the given molecules: 
CHO 
HBr 
Br-t-CHg 
H 
ClsC 
NC 
CHO 
COCH3 
(3,3,3,6) 
() Write the reaction for hydration of 2-pentyne. 
() Give,a test to differentiate between 1-bufyne 
and 1-butene. 
(1) Which of the following will exhibit geometrical 
ISomers? Explain by drawing structures. 
2-Butene; 2-methyl-2-butene and 2-pentene 
P.TO. 


1583 
8 
(iv) Differentiate between the 
examples (any two) : 
following with 
(a) Inductive effect and electrometric eft: 
(b) Relative and absolute configuation 
(c) Electrophile and nucleophil 
(3.33) 
100) 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions tor Candidates 
1. 
Your Roll No.202H. 
1621 
: 
2172011103 
: DSC: Gaseous and Liquid 
State (Physical Chemistry I) 
:B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry 
Maximuk Marks : 60 
LI 
G 
ARY 
G 
Write your Roll No. on the tap immediately s/receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt any Five of the following : 
Use of a scientific calculator andlagFabe is allowed. 
Attempt four questions out of six, question number 
one is compulsory. 
(R= 8.314 KJ moH 
k=138x10-2 KJH 
N,6.023 x102 mol) 
(a) An ideal gas is not expected to show any cooling 
on free expansion. Explain. 
(b) Define the mean free path. Predict mean free 
path at high vacuum. 
(c) Explain why the viscosity of ethyl alcohol is greater 
than that of ether. 
P.T.0. 


1621 
2. 
2 
(d) Addition of detergent decreases the surface tension 
of water while NaCl addition increases the surface 
tension of water. Comment. 
ia) Show that van der Waals Constant b for a real 
gas is four times its molecular volume. 
( Write the formula of average speed, most probable 
speed, root mean square speed and arrange them 
in increasing order. 
(3x5) 
(a) Derive an expression for the kinetic gas equation. 
in terms of the mass of a molecule (m), the total 
number of molecules (N), and the velocity of the 
molecule (c). 
(5) 
(b) Derive the reduced equation of state for a real 
gas using the expressions of the critical constants 
assuming that gas follows van der Waals equation 
of state. Is this equation applicable to all gases? 
(5) 
(c) For a gas containing 1023 gas particles each of 
mass 1025 kg in a container of volume 10 m'. 
Calculate 
() The pressure exerted by the gas. 
The total kinetic energy of molecules. 
(iii) Temperature of the gas. 
Given: Root mean Square speed is 10 cm s. 
(5) 


of 
( 
621 
3 
(a) For Oxyge 
gas at 25 °C and 1 atmn 
pressUre 
calculate. 
(i) Mean free path, 
(i) Number of collisions per second per molecule 
The collision diameter of oxygen molecule is 361 
(5) 
picometre. 
(b) Discuss the effect of height, temperature and 
molecular mass of the gas on barometric 
distribution of gases. 
(5) 
(c) i) Write the 
mathematical exXpression for 
Maxwell's distribution of molecular speeds 
for a gas explaining briefly the terms involved. 
(ii) Derive the expression for the average speed 
of a gas. 
(5) 
(a) The critical constants for water are 647 K, 22.09 
MPa and 0.0566 dm² mol-!, Calculate the values 
of van der Waals constants a, b and R and also 
explain the abnormal value of R. 
(5) 
(b) Write the van der Waals equation in the 
Virial form and evaluate the second viriat 
coefficient. 
(3) 
(c) Explain the Andrews isotherms for a real gas. 
Derive the relations between van der Waals 
COnstants and critical constants. 
(5) 
PO 


1621 
6. 
4 
(a) Define the surface tension of a liquid, give its unit 
and describe in detail its determination using a 
stalagmometer. 
(5) 
(b) When a capillary is dipped in a liquid, some liquids 
rise in the capillary whereas some others fall 
Explain the reason behind this phenomenon, What 
are these liquids called? Give one example of cach. 
Give one example from your daily life where this 
phenomenon is observed. 
(5) 
(e) Benzene has a density of 0.879 g cm and has 
surface tension of 0.02888 N m'. What 
will be 
the difference of its heights in two capillaries of 
radii 0.10 mm and 0.15 mm, respectively? 
(5) 
(a) Calculate the pressure exerted by one mole of 
Oxygen gas at 298 K, contained in a container of 
volume 5 litres, if the gas is a) ideal, b) van der 
Waals gas. Given a = 5.5 L² atm mol-, b= 63.8 
cm² mol!, R = 0.082 L atm K-
mol!. 
(3) 
(b) How is vapour pressure of a liquid related to its 
boiling point? Discuss the effect of external 
pressure and non-volatile impurities on the boiling 
(5) 
point ofa liquid. 
(c) Explain how the viscosity of a liquid varies With 
temperature ? Support your answer wIth the 
mathematical relation between viscosity knd 
lemperature. Does viscosity of a gas also show 
the same variation with temperature? 
(5) 
(1000)

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.

i

Your Roll

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2907

Unique Paper Code : 32171201

Name of the Paper : Organic Chemistry-I : Basics
and Hydrocarbons I

Name of the Course : B.Sc.(H) Chemistry —I
Semester : Il
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any six questions in all.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) An organic compound A (molecular formula
C,H,,) upon hydroboration-oxidation, mercuration-
demercuration and acid catalyzed hydration gives

same compound B . (molecular formula C,H,,0).

P.T.O.


2907 2
The reductive ozonolysis of A yields a
dicarboxaldehyde C (molecular formula C,H ,,0,).
Write the structures of A, B and C. Also write
the mechanism of ozonolysis reaction to obtain

compound C from compound A.

(b) Complete the following reaction with product(s)

including stereochemistry wherever applicable.

(i) CF;CO3H
a

W) (ii) H,O/H*

(ii) H,C—CH—CH=CH,

NO,

(iv) | H, + Pd/BaSO,

Conc. HCl

(6.5,6)


2907 3

2. Give reasons for the following statements :

(i) The chair conformer of cyclohexane is more

stable than its boat conformer.
(ii) Stability of alkanes increases with branching.

(iii) Benzyl carbocation is more stable than isopropyl

carbocation.

(iv) Toluene undergoes electrophilic substitution

reactions more easily than nitrobenzene.

(v) Ortho-nitrophenol is more volatile than para-

nitrophenol. (2.55)

3. (a) Write the structure of product, assign E/Z
configuration and state the type of elimination

reaction in the following.

Br
C,H;
HC KOH + C,H,OH
H Heat
CoH (Elimination reaction)
H

P.T.O.


2907 4

(b) Draw structures of all the mono-chloro derivatives
of 3,4-dimethylhexane.

(c) When benzene reacts with n-propylchloride in the

presence of anhydrous AICI, it gives iso-

propylbenzene (cumene) as major product. Write
the mechanism.

4. (a) Assigning priorities determine the configuration
(R/S or E/Z) for the following compounds.
foon yr
H—C—OH C
| H~ 4 NH
CH; ‘CH,OH
(i) Gi)
ON 4s ~~ AHO
Id
“Oo™
HO H NC~ ar
(iii) (iv)


2907 5

(b) Classify with reason the aromatic and non aromatic

compounds from the following.

(i) ® (ii) >
O-
(iii) Cy OL | (6.5,6)

N

5. (a) How can you chemically differentiate between the

following?
(i) But-l-yne and But-2-yne

(ii) Benzene and Toluene

(b) Write the products obtained on ozonolysis of 1,2-

Dimethylbenzene.
(c) How can you convert the following?
(i) 1-Bromopropane to 2-Bromopropane
(ii) Bromoethane to Butane

(iii) Propene to 3-Bromopropene (4,4,4.5)

P.T.O.


2907 6

6. (a) Arrange the following alkenes in increasing order
of stability, also give suitable reason for your

answer.

lsobutene, Cis-Butene, 7rans-Butene, 1-Butene

(b) How can you differentiate between the cis- and
trans-isomers on the basis of their physical

properties?

(c) Discuss the order of stability of 1°, 2° and 3° free

radicals.

(d) Arrange the following compounds in increasing
order of their acidic behavior. Also give plausible

reason of your answer.
(i) CH,CH,CH(Cl)COOH
(ii) CICH,CH,CH,COOH

(iii) CH,CH(CI)CH,COOH

(ec) Draw Newmann projection of all conformers ol

1,2-Dibromoethane. (2.5%9)

Ar lo ANY


2907 7

7. (a) A solution of organic compound (2.5 g) dissolved
in acetone (100 mL) was taken in a polarimeter
tube of length 10 cm and its optical rotation at
25°C was observed at +1.4°. Calculate the specific

optical rotation.

(b) Write the mechanism of electrophilic aromatic

substitution (ArES) reaction on arene.

(c) Define enantiomers and diastereoisomers with

suitable example. (4.5,4,4)

8. (a) Complete the reaction by writing structure of

product(s).
(i) HyC—C==CH BH;, THF
H,0>, NaOH
HBr
(11) H;C—CH=CH), HBr, Peroxide

P.T.O.


2907 8

(b) Carry out the following conversions :

——_+ O (2.5x5

(200)


) as Bo/s/Py

[This question paper @.. printed pages.

Your Roll Ya@r.......--- a
W *
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 2961 . LIBRARY ,
Q
Unique Paper Code > 32171202 ‘>
L Now
Name ot the Paper : Physical Chemistry II:

Chemical Thermodynamics

and its Applications

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry
Semester : Il
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

to

Attempt six questions in all.
3. Question number 1 is compulsory.

4. Use of scientific calculators is allowed.

1. Explain, giving reason, any five of the following :

(a) Enthalpy of neutralization of MgO(s) with HCl(aq)
is very much higher than the accepted value

—~§7.32 kJ mol!.

P.T.O.


2961 2

(b) Why gases cool on expansion?

(c) Define the standard enthalpy of fo
TMation

Compare the values of standard entha|
alpy o

formation for graphite and diamond

(d) Why nitric oxide does not possess Zero entropy ay
ya

OK.

(e) Define Reaction Potential. Also write itd

expression.

(f) The thermal compressibility, © is equal to th

reciprocal of temperature for a perfect gas.

ss be spontaneous if there is decreas

(g) Can a proce
ystem? Explain givin

in the entropy of the s g on

(5x3

example.

of an ideal gas at 293 K are expande

2. (a) Five moles
ally from an initl

al pressu!

)

arc expanded-isotherm
dis ME

of 0.4053 MPa to a final pressure of 0.1
; ao ot U 0!
against a constant external pressure ol

MPa. Calculate q, w AU and AH.


2961 3

(b) Show that the work involved in a reversible

adiabatic expansion of an ideal gas from P, & V;,

to P, & V, is given by w=nC,T, [2
f

(c) Prove that the ratio of thermal compressibility (a)

a
and compressibility factor (B) is a_(2 .
B \oT)y
(4,4,4)

3. (a) For an Ideal gas C, , = 5/2R. Calculate the change
in entropy for 3 mol of the gas on being heated

from 300 K to 600 K at:
(i) constant pressure and

(ii) constant volume.

(b) Give the Kelvin-Plank and Clausius statement of
second law of thermodynamics. Also write one

importance of second law over the first law of

thermodynamics.

P.T.O.

———eee——————————————eEeEY]!_ _S_.-S-stl a ttti<C=S=i‘“—stststsSS


4

2961
(c) Describe the Joule-Thomson experiment. Show thay
at
the expansion in this experiment is an Isenthalpi
c
(4.4.4)

process.

4. (a) Calculate A,H®, +4. for the reaction

1/2Noy) * Og)  NO,,, AH? -4y 33.18 kJ mol |

Given :

C,_ (NO,, g) = 37.20 JK © mol

C4 (Oy g) = 29.36 JK * mol

Cy (Nyy g) = 29.13 JK S mol”

utor

a

nthalpies (s0!

(b) Explain why Differential ¢
Partial Mola

and dilution) are also called as

Enthalpies.

(c) Enthalpy of neutralization of HC! by N20H }

“13.66 keal mol, HCI by NH,OH is 12°
) kes

mol-! and CH,COOH by NaOH '* 12.7



2961 5

mol !. Calculate the enthalpy of neutralization of

CH,COOH by NH,OH and also calculate the

enthalpy of dissociation of NH,OH. (4,4,4)

5. (a) Prove that change in Gibbs free energy is non-PV

work at constant temperature and pressure
(b) Starting with A = U — TS, prove

(22) al
av J aT },’

Also write one importance of this equation.

oU
(c) Prove that the quantity (=) is equal to the
OV Jr

internal pressure for Van der Waal gas equation.

(4,4,4)
AA
6. (a) Prove (207) = AU.
a YA y
P.T.O.


2961 6

(b) Calculate the AmixGs AmigH and A,.S when 10 mol
9
of gas A is mixed with 10 mol of gas B at 29 K

and 1 bar pressure.

os) _ l
(c) Prove =P : 1) . (4.4.4
P

7. (a) Why chemical potential is also known as escaping

tendency?

is the chemical potential when the initial pressur

of the gas is | bar.

y rul

(b) Prove p = p° + RTIn(p) of an ideal gas, where :
(c) What is Additivity rule. Write the Additivit

for free energy, entropy and enthalpy. |
444]

8. (a) Write the Gibbs Helmholtz equation and derty§

the relation :



2961 7

(“ae )\ _ AH
dT), RT?

(b) The equilibrium reaction N,O,(g) = NO,(g) +
NO(g) was studied at 25°C with initial amount of
N,O, equal to 1.0 mol. At equilibrium the extent
of reaction is found to be 0.3 mol for a total

pressure of | bar. Calculate K° and A.G° for the

reaction.

(c) Differentiate between Q’, and K° (4,4,4)

9. (a) When 0.1 M aqueous solution of K,[Fe(CN),] is
separated from 0.1 M FeCl, solution by a
semipermeable membrane predict whether the blue
color will appear in either of the compartments as
a result of the reaction between K,[Fe(CN),] and
FeCl, due to osmosis. Give reason in support of

your answer.

P.T.O.


2961 8

(b) Explain by use of phase diagram why the none
al
boiling point of water is raised by addition of
a
non-volatile solute while the freezing point |
Is

lowered. Label all pertinent points explicitly

(c) Derive thermodynamically :

2
at, -Rh

m

(200)



r question Paper contains 8 printed pages. ] p2/t/? y

4 Your Roll No...

& No. of Question Paper: 4113

Pque Paper Code : 2172011202

Bite of the Paper

;
:

Haloalkanes, Arenes,
Haloarenes, Alcohols, Phenols,

Ethers and Epoxides

© of the Course B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry

hisiter : II

bron : 2 Hours Maximum Marks - 60

huctions for Candidates

_ Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Attempt all parts of a question together.
Attempt any four questions in all.
Question no. 1 is compulsory.

gach question carries 15 marks,


4113 2
1. (a) Complete the following reaction as indicated.

identity and write their names-

NaNO, + HCl A CuBr/HBr

Sy Aniline. > 8B

(1) Aniline 05°C : |
CHs CHs HS0,

(11) HsC CHs a —eeererermcemctin  C
QH OH

(b) Write products of the following reactions and

identify the mechanism involved-

\
D \
H
H3C——C-——CHs
s
Cl E
CH,OH \

(c) Write various steps in the reaction of given epoxide

in the given conditions :

_easowers!


CH,OH/H*

aN CH,07

CHs G
(5x3=15)

tify the given statements (any three)
1

Ethyl bromide reacts differently with KNO, and
AgNO,

Aryl halides have very low reactivity towards
Nucleophilic Substitution reaction as compared to

Alkyl halides and Benzyl halides.

Di-tertiary Butyl ether cannot be prepared by

Williamson’ s ether synthesis.

Cleavage of Phenyl alkyl ether with HI gives phenol

— Ndalkyliodide, (Sx3=15)

P.T.O.



4113 . 4

3. (a) Giving reasons arrange the following compounds

as mentioned in parentheses

(i) t-butanol, n-butanol and isopropanol

(towards lucas test)

(11) o-methyl phenol, p-methy! phenol and m-

methyl! phenol (increasing order of acidity)

(b) Define aromaticity. Classify the following as

aromatic or antiaromatic giving suitable explanation —

(i)

(11)


4113

(i11)

(iv)

(c) Carry out the following conversions (Give complete

chemical equations)
(i) Benzene to m-Dinitrobenzene

(i) Methyl chloride to Ethanoic acid

Tile rea 4:
“action mechanism for the given reactions (aly

p | QO


(a) Cumene is oxidized in air and the resulting
compound undergoes rearrangement in presence
of an acid catalyst. Why is this method an industrial

method of preparation?

(b) Esterification of ethyl alcohol with acetic acid in

acidic medium.

(c) Reaction of ortho-bromotolucne with NaNH, in

liq. NH,.

(d) A compound ‘A’ reacts with CH,MgBr to give
Ethanol which upon oxidation with PCC gets
converted to ‘B’. Identify A and B. Write all the
steps involved in the given reaction.

(5%3°15)

5, (a) What happens when 2-Butanol is treated with
Thiony!l chloride in presence and in absence of

Pyridine?


4113 7
(b) Out of C,H,CH,Cl and (C,H,),CHCI which is more
easily hydrolyzed by aqueous sodium hydroxide

under S,1 and S,2 conditions and why?

(c) What are the limitations of reaction of benzene
with CH,Cl? Why these limitations are not there

in reaction of benzene and CH,COCI?

| (5x3=15)

6. (a) Explain why Halogens in haloarenes are (i) weakly

deactivating (11) ortho/para directing.

(b) Taking Nitrobenzene as an example explain how a
Nitro group deactivates the benzene ring towards

| electrophilic substitution eoaction but at the same
time it activates the ring towards Nucleophilic

substitution reaction

P.T.O.


4113 8
(c) What happens when phenyl acetate is treated with
AICI, in presence of aq. HCI? Name the reaction

and give mechanistic details. (5x3=15)

(2000)


qD Tre 2

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4151

Unique Paper Code : 2172011203 4

Name of the Paper : CHEMICAL
. THERMODYNAMICS AND
ITS APPLICATIONS

Name of the Course ©: B.Sc. (H) Chemistry
Semester : Il
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt six questions in all.
3. Q.1 is compulsory.

4. Use of scientific calculators is allowed.

1. Attempt any five:

(a) Why is the Helmholtz free energy called as work
function?

P.T.O.


4151 2

(b) Freezing occurs spontaneously below the freezing
point although it leads to a more ordered state.

Explain.

(c) Two liquids A and B are mixed in the ratio 1:2 in
one solution and in the ratio 1: 3 in the second
solution. Will the partial molar volume of A be

same or different in the two solutions? Explain

qualitatively.

(d) Efficiency of Carnot engine cannot be one or more
than one. Why? Explain the implication of this in

terms of second law of thermodynamics.

(e) Endothermic reactions are entropy driven

processes. Explain.

(f) Is Hess’s Law valid for heat exchanged ‘q’ in a

process? Is it valid for entropy change ‘AS’? Give
reason for your answer.
(g) Why do gases diffuse spontaneously to form 4

homogeneous mixture? (5x3=15)

(a) Derive the relation Cp - Cy = {V - 2) (Ay

starting from the relation H = U + PV.


4151 3

(b) Show that the magnitude of work involved in a
reversible adiabatic expansion of an ideal gas is
less than in isothermal expansion when the
€xpansion is carried out between same initial and
final volumes.

(c) An ideal gas at 30 Pa and 298K is expanded
reversibly and adiabatically from a volume of
1.43dm? to 2.86dm?. If Com = 29.1JK"' mol",
calculate the final T and P of the gas and q, w
and AU for the process. (5,5,5)

3. (a) Using an indicator diagram show that more work
has to be done by the surroundings in compressing
a gas in an irreversible process than in a reversible
process.

(b) Prove that the criterion of AG < 0 for predicting
the spontaneous nature of a process is completely
equivalent with that of AS, > 0.

total

(c) Define enthalpy of combustion.

Calculate the enthalpy of formation of methane
from the given data:

Enthalpy of combustion of methane = —890 36 kJ
mol!, enthalpies of formation of carbon dioxide
and water = —393.13 kJ mol! and —285.58 kJ
mol"! respectively. (5,5,5)

P.T.O.


4151 4

4. (a) For an isothermal reversible expansion of a van

der Waals gas show that

V2 ad nb
w = —nRTIn
-

2 (F -)
— a —
V,-nb | on
(b) Describe the Joule-Thomson experiment. Show that

the expansion in this experiment is an isenthalpic

process. Define Joule Thomson coefficient.

(c) Using the given data, calculate the enthalpy of

formation of acetic acid:

(i) Enthalpy of sublimation of graphite = 718.39
kJ mol,

(ii) Enthalpy of dissociation of hydrogen gas =
435.97 kJ mol!

(iii) Enthalpy of dissociation of oxygen gas ~
495.04 kJ mol"!

(iv) &4, = 413.38 kJ mol", e.. = 347.69
mol', & 4 = 728.02 kJ mol ', &o ©

351.46 kJ mol, ¢,, = 462.75 kJ mol '.
(5,5.5)


4151 5

S. (a) Show that AG has minimum value and AS

Mix mix

has maximum value for a binary mixture of ideal

gases when the mixture is equimolar.

(b) Predict if AS,, 18 positive, negative or zero in

Ss

each of the following giving reason
(1) CaCO,(s) + CaO(s) + CO,(g)
(ii) N,(g) + O,(g) + 2NO(g)

(iii) Reversible adiabatic expansion of an ideal
gas

(iv) Reversible isothermal expansion of ideal
gas

(v) Stretching of a rubber band

(c) Calculate AS for the transformation HO (s, 0°C,
lbar) > H,O (g, 100°C, Ibar) if T= 90°C, A,,,H =
6.01kJmol', T,= 100°C, C.(H,0, 1) = 75.243K-
mol! and AH,, = 40.65kJmol"'. (5,5,5)

6. (a) Show that for an isothermal change in an ideal

gas
P2 Vv;
= nRT In— = nRT In—.
a6 Pi V.

2

P.T.O.


4151

6 4]

Glucose is oxidized to CO, and water according

to the equation:
C,H,,0, (s) + 60,(g) > 6 CO,(g)+ 6H,0 (1)

In this process AU = —2810 kJmol-! and AS =
182.4 JK-! at 25°C. How much of this energy

change can be extracted as (a) heat (b) work?

(b) The enthalpy of neutralization of HCl with NaOH

is —57.3 kJmol-!; enthalpy of neutralization of

b)

CH,COOH with NaOH is —49.86 kJmol"' and
enthalpy of neutralization of NH,OH with HCI is ,

—51.34 kJmol".

(i) How much heat will be evolved when 50mL

of IN HCI is mixed with S5SOmL 0.9N
NaOH?

(ii) Calculate enthalpy of ionization of

CH,COOH and of NH,OH.

(iii) What is the enthalpy of neutralization of
NH,OH with CH,COOH?


win navable as re oe

4151 7

(c) Derive the relationship between A,G° and A,A°

for a chemical reaction. At 298K AG for the

reaction C,H, (1) + Bs 0,(g) > 6CO,(g) + 3H,O(1)

is -9.26 kJmol-!. Find AA for the same reaction

at 298K. (5,5,5)
. , aérs
7. (a) Derive the relation | =A-H.
T /p

(b) The free energy change of a reaction, AG is
positive. Is there any way by which this reaction

can be made to proceed? Explain with examples.

(c) Calculate A,H° at 373K for the reaction

+N,(g) + O,(g) > NO,(g) Given that A,H° at
298K = —33.18 kJ mol"!

C,m(NO,, g)/J K-! mol! = 27.78 + 30.85 x 10°3(T/K)
Com No» g)/J K! mol! = 28.46 + 2.26 x 10°(T/K)

Cm Or» g)/J K! mol! = 26.85 + 8.49 x 10 (T/K)

(S,5,5)

P.T.O.


4151 8

®& (a) Derive the relation AS = Coin + =(Vy - V1)

starting from dU = dq + dw.

(b) How are extremely low temperatures achieved?
Why is it not possible to attain absolute zero ina

finite number of steps?

(c) A solution of 60 mole% ethanol in water has to be
prepared. The partial molar volumes of ethanol
and water in this solution are 57cm’ mol! &

. 16cm? mol"! respectively. The molar volumes for
pure water and ethanol are 18.0 and 58 cm’mol! I
respectively. Calculate the volumes of ethanol and
water that should be mixed to get 3 m? of this
solution. (5,5,5)

(2000)

This question paper contains 4 printed pages. [p92 —

| (QP Your Roll No.2

wy, No. of Question Paper : 1526 G

Unique Paper Code » 2172012301
DSC: Chemistry of d- and
f- Block Elements &

Quantitative, Inorganic

name of the Paper

Analysis
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry
Semester Ill
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Att Xa
empt four questions in all. 3 Or
. SRARY o|
3. All Questions carry equal marks. \# LIER *]
Sy /
ra w/

Ray. , D Sy

Explain the following giving reasons:
(4) Transition elements generally show variable

Oxidation states.
P.T.O.



1526 2
(b) CrO, is strongly oxidising while Wo, is Stable.

(c) Titanium(III) ions are attracted by the Magnetic
field, while titanium(IV) ions are repelled.

(d) Clay minerals cleave easily into thin sheets.

(e) Lanthanides show sharp bands in the absorption
spectra while transition elements show broad
bands. (5x3)

2. (a) Give reason:

(i) Mn(II) ion shows the maximum magnetic
character amongst the bivalent metal ions of
the 3d series.

(ii) Cu(II) salts are blue while Zn(II) salts are
colourless.

(b) Write the electronic configuration and give the
number of unpaired electron(s) present in 4f orbitals
of the following:

(i) Gadolinium (Atomic number 64)
(ii) Terbium (Atomic number 65)

(c) Actinides have a greater tendency to form

complexes than lanthanides. Explain. (3x5)


13526 3

3. (a) Explain the catalytic Properties of transition
elements with the help of suitable examples

(b) Construct the Latimer diagram for Cr in acidic
medium:

Cr,0§> > Cet Fo=4+133y
Cr* > Cr+ E°=—0,4] V
Cr+ — Cr °=—091V

(i) Write half cell reaction for the conversion of:

Cr,0$- —> Cr**

(ii) Is there any tendency of Cr+ to reduce to
Cr? Give reason.

(iii) Calculate skip step emf forCr*— Cr
change.

(c) Define Digestion. What is the importance of

digestion in gravimetric analysis? (3x5)

4. (a) Explain the separation of lanthanides by ion

exchange method.

(b) What are silicates? Briefly describe various types

of silicates with suitable example.
P.T.O.


1526 4

(c) What are the conditions of good wash liquid in
gravimetric analysis? How will it be ensured that
the washing of the precipitate is complete by means
of qualitative method? (3x5)

5. (a) What is Lanthanide contraction? What are the
major consequences of lanthanide contraction?
(b) Write a short note on Silicones.
(c) Compare the magnetic properties of transition

elements and lanthanides. (3x5)

6. (a) Draw the structures of the following:
(i) Borax
(ii) cyclic-[NPC1,],

(b) What is supersaturation? How it can be kept in
low value?

(c) Choose the correct option and give reason for the
same.

Greater number of oxidation states: Fe or Mn
Good reducing agent: Ce(II) or Sm(II) (3x5)

(1000)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.] 7013 —_—

Your Roll No.2.02,Y4

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4342 G

Unique Paper Code >: 32171301

Name of the Paper : Inorganic Chemistry-II: s- and

p- Block Elements

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry
| (LOCF)

Semester : I

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Ths Cr MLN
2. Attempt five questions in all. a No ‘e 1s
\
compulsory. <= cy!

3. All Questions carry equal markg’s pve" 2]

1. Explain the following giving reasons : (any five)

(a) CCl, does not act as a Lewis acid while SiCl,
does.

P.T.O.


4342 2

(b) Borazine is more reactive than Benzene,

(c) Amongst the alkali metals Lithium has got the
highest ionisation enthalpy, despite this it is as
good a reducing agent as cesium in aqueous

solution.

(d) Carbon is a versatile reducing agent used in the
extraction of metals, but it is unsuitable sometimes

as a reducing agent.

(e) Phosphorus, arsenic and antimony form

pentahalides, but nitrogen and bismuth do not.

(f) B** ion doesn’t exist in solid or solution state.

(g) Zeolites are used as water softeners.

ayy oy ren
(a) Select the correct answer in each category £!°S

below and justify your answer. (any four)


4342 3

(i) A halogen which does not exhibit positive

oxidation state: Flourine or chlorine

(ii) Better lewis base: Trimethylamine or

trisilylamine
(iii) Stronger reducing agent: CH, or SiH,

(iv) Hydride having higher thermal stability:
NH, or PH,

(v) Stronger oxidising agent: HOCI or HClO,

(b) Explain with the help of Ellingham diagram,
the reducing nature of carbon and carbon

monoxide.

(c) Graphite is soft, has low density and is a good
conductor of electricity but diamond is extremely
hard, has high density and is a non-conductor of

clectricity. Explain why? (6,4,5)


4342

3.

4

Justify the following statements, giving reason:

(a) Methane, ammonia and water have same

hybridisation but different structures.

(b) Nitrogen is an inert gas while phosphorous is a

highly reactive solid.
(c) CO, is a gas while SiO, is a high melting solid.

(d) Rubidium as compared to sodium has greater

electrical conductivity in aqueous solution.

(e) Dilute solution of sodium in liquid ammonia is blue

coloured, paramagnetic in nature and behaves as

a true solution. (3x5)

(a) What is Inert pair effect? How does it vary down

the group 14 elements? Explain.


5
4342

the structure of Se molecule and explain t
- W yok’

rfect of heating on Sulphur.
€

) Discuss the structures of any two of the

following :

(i) Phosphorous pentoxide
(ii) Basic beryllium acetate

(iii) Xenon hexaflouride

(d) Silicon analogues of alkene and alkyne are not

known. Give reason. (4,4,4,3)

5. .
(4) Which has greater bond angle and why? NH, or
NF,

greater ionic radius and why?

Gan:
Jallium or Aluminium.


4342 6

(c) A group 2 metal (M) occurs naturally in great
abundance as carbonate. Metal (M) reacts with
cold water forming compound (A), which is a
strong base. Aqueous solution of (A) is used in
the qualitative test for carbonate ion. Metal
(M) combines with H, to give a saline hydride
(B), which behaves as a drying agent. Identify
(M), (A) and (B) giving balanced chemical

reactions.

(d) Write short notes on any two of the following :
(i) van Arkel de Boer Method
(ii) Clathrate compounds
(iii) Phosphonitrilic halides (3,3,3,6)
6. (a) Potassium permanganate which is insoluble in

benzene, dissolves readily in it in the presence of

18-crown-6-ether. Explain giving reason.


4342 7
(b) Which is oxidising in nature

and why? PbO or

PbO,

(c) Discuss the structure of XeF, using Molecular

orbital theory.

(d) Justify the statement: Unlike ethane, diborane is
an electron deficient compound. How do you

explain the structure of diborane then?

(e) Write balanced chemical reactions for any three

of the following :

(1) Diborane reacts with ammonia in the ratio

1:2 at 200°C.
(ii) Borazine reacts with methanol.

(iii) Sulpur dioxide reacts with acidified solution

of potassium dichromate.

P.T.O.


4342 8

(iv) Lithium nitrate is heated. (3~5)

(1000)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. | foy2—

029) Your Roll No. 22H

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4510 G
Unique Paper Code : 32171303
Name of the Paper : Chemistry C — VII Physical

Chemistry III : Phase Equilibria
and Electrochemical Cells

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry
Semester : Il
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75
ae ery
Instructions for Candidates fg e
+ 2 LIBERA Ry ™
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately an heceipt
of this question paper. hy, wy

<4 Ne Ww Ds ae
2. Attempt six questions in all, selecting at least two

questions from each section.

3. Question number 1 is compulsory.

4. Use of scientific calculator, log tables and graph paper

is permitted.

P.T.O.


4510

2

R= 8.314) K" mot’ and | F = 96500 C mol!

E’cu2* |cu = 0.337 V5 Boe }cr=— 0.774 V

Be? re" |p = 0.771 V3 E Mnos | mnetlat = 1.51 V5
E°cd | [Cd(NH3)4] 2+ = 0.61V; E'ca* |ca= — 0.40 V.

Section A

1. Answer any five questions given below :

(i)

(il)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

In water system, fusion curve of ice is inclined

towards pressure axis. Explain. (3)

Ice and common salt mixtures can be used for
producing temperatures as low as —21.1°C.
Explain. (3)

Is it possible to separate an azeotropic mixture
into two pure components by isobaric fractional
distillation? Explain. (3)

What are reversible cells? Explain with an
example. (3)

The effect of temperature and pressure on
adsorption process is in accordance with Le
Chatelier’s principle. Explain. (3)


4510
(vi)
(vii)
2 (i)
(ii)
(iii)

Polarities of cathode and anode in a galvanic
cell are opposite to those in an electrolytic cel]

Explain giving reasons. (3)

The e.m.f. of the hydrogen electrode is linearly
dependent only on the pH of the solution.

Explain. (3)

The absence of a few components in some
phases does not alter the phase rule relation,

F =C - P + 2. Derive the above conclusion by
taking the following system of three components
distributed over four phases: (4)

B+C A+C+B A+B+C A+B+C
Phase I Phase II Phase III Phase IV

The steam distillation of a liquid X with molar
mass 120 g mol-! is observed to occur at a
temperature of 89.0°C when the total pressure
is 0.911 bar. Assuming complete immiscibility of
this liquid with water, calculate the mass of X in
200 g of distillate. The vapour pressure of water
at 89.0°C is 0.6747 bar. (4)

Derive the Langmuir adsorption isotherm for a
gas on a solid and discuss the limiting cases.

(4)

P.T.O.


4510

3,

4

(i) Starting with the Duhem-Margules equation,

(ii)

(iii)

derive a relation to show that the vapour phase
is richer in the more volatile component for a
binary system A-B. (4)
With the help of a suitable diagram, discuss the
fractional distillation process of a two-component
system which exhibits negative deviation from

ideal behaviour. (4)

On heating a mixture of m-toluidine and glycerol,
turbidity appears at t, and on further heating
turbidity is lost at t,. Plot the phase diagram on
the basis of the data and report the upper and
lower consolute temperatures. Label the various
regions with the number of phases and degrees
of freedom. (4)

State and derive Lever rule. (4)

Solute (X) shows normal molecular mass in
water and is associated in benzene. Find the
order of association from the following data


4510
(iii)

5 (i)
(11)

rs)

on the distribution of (X) between water and

benzene : (4)
Concentration in 20, g LS Concentration in Benzene, g L-!
0.020000 10.1025 ea
0.042 0.452 : :

Derive the integrated form of Clausius-Clapeyron

equation for liquid-vapour equilibrium. (4)

Explain, giving reasons : (4)

(a) A eutectic mixture has a definite
composition and a sharp melting point yet

it is not a compound.

(b) Succinic acid alters the C.S.T of phenol-
water system when added as impurity at

constant pressure.

Au and Sb melt at 1060°C and 630°C
respectively and form a compound AuSb,, which
melts congruently at 850°C. Two eutectic points
are observed — one at 10 mol % Au at
temperature 530°C and the other at 50 mol %
Au at 700°C. Sketch the simplest phase diagram
consistent with the information and label all the
phase regions. Draw a cooling curve for a melt
containing 60 mol % of Sb. (6)

P.T.O.


4510 6

dit) Explain the statement “physisorption does hot
occur at temperatures that are much aboy

e

critical temperature of adsorbate”,

(2)

Section B
6. (i) Find the cell reaction and calculate the Potentia|
of the following cell at 298 K. (4)

Zn (s) | ZnClo( m1, 1) | AgCl | Ag-Ag | AgCl | ZnCl ( mo, ¥2) | Zn(s)
m; = 0.02 mol kg" ,y1 = 0.643
m2,= 0.5 mol kg"! , y2 = 0.290.

(i) Derive an expression for calculating liquid
junction potential for a cell in which electrodes
are reversible with respect to cation. (4)

(iii) Predict whether following data of adsorption of
acetic acid over 1 g of charcoal at 25°C follows
Freundlich adsorption isotherms. Also determine
its constants k and n. (4)

[acid]/mol L~! 0.05 O01 O05 10
Mass adsorbed/g 0.04 0.06 0.12 0.16

7 (1) Using Gibbs-Helmholtz equation derive the
)
“xpressions for AG and AH. C


4510

5

(ii) The emf of the cell (4)

(iii)

8. (1)

(11)

Ag | AgCl(s) | KCI (aq) | Hg,Cl(s) | Hg

is 0.0421V at 298 K and the temperature
coefficient is 3.4x10 “4V K '. What is the reaction
taking place in the cell and what are the free

energy, enthalpy and entropy changes at 298 K.

Describe a glass electrode. What are its
limitations? Explain, how the pH of a solution is
determined using a glass electrode. (4)

The potential of Hamed cell (4)
Pt (s) | H,(g) | HCI (aq,m) | AgCl (s) | Ag

at 25°C has the following values. Determine the
standard electrode potential of silver-silver

chloride electrode.

m/10~° 3.215 5.619 9.138
E_.,,/V 0.520 0.49257 0.46860

cell

Discuss the criteria of spontaneity of a cell
reaction in terms of cell potential. In which
direction will the following reactions be
spontaneous when all concentrations are unity?

Give reason. (4)

(a) 2Cr + 3Cu2* = 2Cr*t + 3Cu
P.T.O.


4510
(iii)

9. (i)
(ii)
(iii)

8

Derive the following relation between the
pressure required to produce a fixed amount of
adsorption and the enthalpy of adsorption.
Explain how it can be used to determine the

enthalpy of adsorption of a gas on solid.

A.a.H 1
In (J, 7 a + constant (4)

Determine the standard equilibrium constant for
the following reaction at 298 K.

Cd?* + 4 NH, © [Cd(NH,)],2* (4)

What is a reference electrode? Give one
example; write its cell representation and Nernst
equation. (4)

Justify the following statements : (4)

(a) If the standard potential of Evia iS

positive, then M"™ ions can be reduced to
M by hydrogen gas under standard
conditions.

(b) Instead of pieces of charcoal, activated
charcoal is used in adsorption studies.
(1000)

(This quest 2 printed pager /O/ Y
1S question paper contains 8 printed pages x on™
UY

er ;
Your Rolb3No........00000- c\
io 0 aN
Q
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 2997
| 6
Unique Paper Code > 32171402 4,

Name of the Paper Organic Chemistry III:

Heterocyclic Chemistry

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry
Semester : IV
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt six questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory and carries 15 marks.

4. All other questions are of 12 marks each.

1. (a) An organic compound A (C,H,NO) on treatment
with bromine and aqueous NaOH forms a
compound B (C,H,N). B on treatment with NaNO,
and dil. HCI gives C (C,H,O) along with the

P.T.O.


2997 2

evolution of N, gas. C forms iodoform with iodine
and aqueous Na,CQ,. Identify ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘Cc.
Give the sequence of the reactions involved. Name
the reaction involved in the conversion of A to B

With mechanism.

(b) Sulphonation of Naphthalene gives different
products at low and high temperatures. Give

reactions and explain.

(c) Explain the order of reactivity of furan, thiophene,
and pyrrole towards electrophilic substitution
reaction. Draw suitable structures to justify your

answer.

(d) Citral forms two semicarbazones with different
melting points. Justify your answer with structures
and their names. (6,3,3,3)

(a) Describe Haworth’s method for the synthesis of
Phenanthrene.

(b) Electrophilic substitution reaction in Anthracene
occurs preferably at C-9. Explain by drawing the
relevant resonating structures.

(c) C,-C, bond in Naphthalene is shorter than C,-C,
bond. Explain.


2997 3

(d) Write the sequence of reactions which establish
that naphthalene consists of two benzene rings
fused together. (3,3,3,3)

3. (a) How do primary, secondary, and tertiary
nitroalkanes react with nitrous acid? Give the
reactions involved.

(b) Arrange the following compounds in order of
decreasing basic strength. Give reason to justify

your answer:

Cyclohexylamine; Aniline; p-Toluidine

(c) How will you distinguish between nitriles and

isonitriles? Give relevant reactions.

(d) Write the mechanism of base catalysed hydrolysis
of alkyl] nitriles. (3,3,3,3)

4. (a) Carry out the following conversions (any three) :
(i) Naphthalene into B-naphthol

(ii) Thiophene into thiophene-2-carboxylic acid

(iii) Aniline into p-bromoaniline

(iv) Nitrobenzene into m-bromophenol

P.T.O.


2907 4

(b) Coupling reactions of diazonium salts take place
in either mild acidic or mild alkaline Condition.
y,

ain using suitable reactions, 3.3.4.

Expl |

; Write the products formed: (any 12)

».

0,/V;0s

(1) 450°C

160 °C

(> (i) O,/C,H;OH
(iti) © (ii) reduction

K,Cr,0,/H"
(iv) oo

Ns KMnO,

(v) _

(ii) CHyCOCH,CH,COCH;



LIZ! 5

loo°c °C
(vii) on _SOypyridine
D080 °C
ono CHaCH.COOCHs
vay)  NaOGH.
H,/Raney Ni
(ix) [ \ 180°C
S
250°C
(x) CH;NC
CH
Zn/NH,CI
(x1)
NO.
aid

(xii) CH,CN + Ns
p.T.O.


6

2997
xiv) ( \ n dil NaOH ae
H

N,*Cr

6. (a) Define ‘Isoprene rule’. Mark out the isoprene units
in the following compounds with dotted lines.

OH

(i) (ii)

(b) How the positions of two double bonds in citral is

established? Give the relevant reactions.


2997 7

(c) Give synthesis of nicotine from Nicotinonit il
; Nitry é,

(d) Explain the reaction which indicates

the posit;
of linkage between Pyridine on

meee and N-methy|
pyrrolidine in nicotine.

(3,3,3,3)

~

(a) Explain the fact that Pyridine reacts With
electrophiles as well as nucleophiles with th

€ help
of resonating structures.

(b) Electrophilic substitution reaction in Indole occurs

at C-3. Explain by drawing suitable resonating
structures.

(c) Pyrrole undergoes ring expansion with CHCl, and

NaOH. Give the reaction and its mechanism.

(d) The reactions of furan cannot be done in the acidic
medium. Give reason and the reaction involved.

(3,3,3,3)
8. (a) Write short notes on the followings (any two) :
(i) Skraup synthesis of quinoline
(ii) Hantzsch-pyridine synthesis
(ili) Hinsberg method

P.T.O.


2007 |

(b) Outline the reaction sequence involved |,

Hoffmann exhaustive methylation proced,,.

th,

hydrogenated pyridine. ba


[This question paper Containg

Sr. No. of Question Paper ; 3108

Unique Paper Code - 32171403

Name of the Paper > Physical] Chemistry

Name of the Course

Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours

Maximum Marks - 75

Instructions for Candidates

l.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Attempt six questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
Attempt at least one question from each Section.

Use of scientific calculators 1s permitted.

NOTE:
~k = 1.381
R = 8.314 JK'mol", h = 6.626 x 10°" Js, k, =!

* 103 JK F = 96485 C mol”

p.T.O.


3108 2

1.

Explain any five of the following :

(a) Quantum efficiency of Fluorescence decreases

with the increase in concentration of the solution

(b) Role of Uranyl ion in photochemical decomposition

of oxalic acid.
(c) The first order reaction never achieves completion.

(d) The activation energy of a reaction cannot be zero

or negative.

(e) The molar conductivity of Li* ion is less than that

of Cs* ion in aqueous medium.

(f) The transport number of Cd’* in concentrated

solution of Cdl, is negative. (5x3)
SECTION A

(a) Compare the rate constants as given by Collision
Theory and the Activated Complex Theory. Hence,
the steric factor p of collision theory may be

interpreted in terms of entropy of activation.

(5)


3108 3

(b) The reaction SO,CL(g) —» SO,(g) + CL (g)

is first order and has a rate constant 2.24 x 10-5
s'' at 320°C. What fraction of a sample of
SO,C1,(g) remains after being heated for 5 Hrs.
at 320°C? How long will a sample of SO,Cl, (g)
take to decompose 92.0% of the initial amount

present at 320°C? (4)

(c) Derive an expression for half-life time of a n®

order reaction. (3)

(a) Considering the following mechanism for the

thermal decomposition of acetaldehyde :

CH3CHO —»+ cH + CO
CH;CHO * ‘CH; + CHO
(CH; + CHsCHO % CHy +  -CHsCHO
‘CH2CHO 5 ‘CH; + CO

k ;
‘CH; + -CH3 4+ CH3CH;

P.T.O.


3108 4

Derive the differential rate law for the formation
of CH, using steady state approximation and
also determine the chain length for the same

reaction. (4)

(b) For a reversible first-order reaction

Bleq

k, = 10 gs"! q [Blea _ If [A], = 0.01 mo!
, an [A]eq [A], m
L*! and [B], = 0, what will be concentration of B

after 30s? (4)

(c) The rate constant for the dissociation of ethane

C,H, —> 2CH,

is given by k=5x]0° exp( a).

} . ~ action
Calculate the entropy of activation for this reactlo!

4)
at 850 K. (


3108 5

4. (a) The initial rate

( {
vw aly QQ

form sodium fumerate ;
crate in pre
SCNCe Of the @
Ne enzyme
succinate dehydropenage at different godj
| sodium

succinate concentration

518 given below

| Sodium succinate conc | 10.
| «10° /mol dm?

Determine the Michaelis constant and the limiting

rate of equation. (5)

(b) Given below is the mechanism of acid-base

catalysis

ky 7
S+HA @SHt+A
key

p.T.O.


3108 6
Derive the expression for the rate of formation of

product.

dP kak, [S][HA]

dT k_4[A-]+kz
Show under what conditions a given catalytic
reaction may be classified into general acid

catalysis and a specific hydrogen ion catalysis.

(4)

(c) Define Turnover number of enzymes. (3)
SECTION B
5. (a) (i) The amide ion in liquid ammonia has

an abnormally high transference number.

Explain.


3108 7
(ii) In the conductometric titration, the solution
to be added from the burette is much stronger
than the solution taken in the conductometric

cell. Why? (2+2)

(b) Discuss Hittorf’s method to determine the

transference number of ions. (4)

(c) The specific conductance of a saturated solution
of BaSO, is 3.48 x 10-4 S/m. The conductivity of
pure water is 0.50 x 10+ S/m. Calculate the
solubility and solubility product of BaSO , (Limiting
ionic conductance of Ba2* and SO,?- are 127.26 x
10“ and 160.04 x 10-4 Sm2mol-! respectively).

(4)

(a) At 25°C, the specific conductance of distilled
water is 58.0 x 10-7 Sm”! and the A° , values of
H” and OH ions are 349.8 x 10“ and 198.5 x 10“
Sn*mol"', respectively. Assuming that A. differs

very little from d° » calculate the ionic product of

water at 25°C. (4)

(b) What is Transference number? How the

P.T.O.


3108

(c)

7. (a)

8

transference number is related to the absolute
velocity of the ion. Derive the related expression.

(4)

A solution of 0.10 M in LiCl with conductivity
1.06 x 10°? S/em 1s placed in a moving boundary
cell of cross-sectional area 1.17 cm?. It was
electrolyzed for 131 minutes with a constant
current of 9.42 milliamperes. The Li” was observed
to move a distance of 2.08 cm. What is the

transport number of Li* in the solution? (4)

(i) State Faraday’s Laws of Electrolysis.

(11) How does ionic mobility differ from ionic

speed? What is the unit of ionic mobility?

(2+2)

(b) State Kohlrausch Law of independent migration

Of Ions. How will you calculate the molar


3108
conductance and equivalent conductance at infinite
dilution of Potash alum [K,SO,.AL,(SO,),.24H,O]?

How are they related to each other? (4)

(c) At 25°C a solution of KC] having a conductivity
of 0.14088 S/m exhibits a resistance of 654 ohm
in a particular conductivity cell. In this same cell,
a 0.10 mol/L solution of NH,OH has a resistance
of 2524 ohm. Calculate

(i) the cell constant
(ii) the molar conductivity of NH,OH solution

(iii) the degree of dissociation of the 0.10 mol/L
NH,OH

(iv) the dissociation constant of NH,OH.
(Limiting molar ionic conductivities of NH,” and
OH” are 73.55 x 10-4 and 198.3 x 10-4 Sm? mol”!
respectively) (4)

SECTION C

P.T.O.


3108 10

g(a) Given the following mechanism

1
(i) Hi+hv ———— H +1

k

(i) H+ HI ——— 2 +1
k3

ii) J +) —

k
(iv) H+ 1, ——> HI +1

Show that the quantum efficiency of the

decomposition of HI is

Vyasa TT.

ka [le (5)
1+ Pai

2
2

, . . oo * ’ {
(b) A mixture of hydrogen and chlorine was irradiates

. . . . ; : ren
with radiation of wavelength 400 nm. In a g!¥*


3108 11

interval of time, 7 * 10 * J were absorbed by the
reactant chlorine. If @,,,.. is 2.6 x 10° J, how many
moles of HCI are formed per joule of energy

absorbed. (4)

(c) The quantum yield for the photochemical reaction
H,(g) + Br, (g) —> 2HBr (g)
Is ~ 0.01 while that for the reaction.
H, (g) + Cl, (g) —> 2HCI (g)

is ~104— 10°. Explain. (3)

9. (a) A monochromatic light of certain wavelength was
passed through a solution of certain concentration
using a cell of 0.5 m and 25% of the incident light
was absorbed. What is its absorbance? If the
concentration of the solution is doubled, what will
be the length of the cell which absorbs 60% of
the incident light. (4)

(b) Discuss the asymmetric effect and electrophoretic

P.T.O.


3108 12

effect. How these effects can be minimizeq?

(4)
(c) Write short notes on any one of the following -

(i) Pseudo-unimolecular reactions

(ii) Chemical Actinometer (4)

(500)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. |

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4132
Unique Paper Code > 2172012403

Name of the Paper : Electrochemical

Chemical Kinetics

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry
Semester : IV
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Attempt (SIX) Questions in all. First question is

i)

Compulsory.

3. Use of a Scientific calculator is permitted.

4. Graph paper will be provided.

P.T.O.


4132 2

1. (Attempt any Five Parts)

(a) First-order reaction never goes to completion

Explain.

(b) It is rare for a reaction to have a molecularity of

more than three.

(c) A first order reaction, A — products, has a rate
of reaction of 0.00250 M s’ when [A] = 0.484

M.
(i) What is the rate constant, k, for this

reaction?

(ii) Does t,,, depend on the initial

concentration?

(d) Polarities of cathode and anode in a galvanic cell
are opposite to those in an electrolytic cell.

Explain.

(e) Why can we not use a voltmeter for determining

the e.m.f. of a galvanic cell?

(f) Set up the galvanic cell for the following reactions:
Fen + Chg = FeClug

2Cis) + 3Hg2Clas) — 2Cr3* (aq) + 6Ch (aq) + 6Hg 0

al

Seinen


4132 3

(c) What is the difference between the Turnover

Number (k,,,) and the Michaelis constant

(K,,)? (5x3)

2. (a) Describe briefly the potentiometric method for the

a.

determination of emf of a cell.

(b) Determine the cell reaction and EMF for the cell
at 25°C

Mg(s) | MgI,(0.1 M) | I,(s) | Pt(s)

Given that: E°-,, = 0.535 V and E®° Mg Me™ ~
2.363 V

(c) Describe the calomel half cell and derive its Nemst

equation. (3x5)

3. (a) Determine the cell reaction and E__,, for the given

cell
cell at 25°C. Assume activity and fugacity equal
to molar concentration and pressure (atm),

respectively
Ag | AgBr(s) | HBr (0.02 mol dm™*) | H,(0.5 bar) | Pt

E°. | AgBr| Ag = 0.0713 V

°
Br

P.T.O.


4132

4

(b) The emf of the cell

Ag | AgCl(s) | KCI (aq) | Hg,CL(s) | Hg

is 0.0455V at 298 K and the temperature
coefficient is 3.38 x 10% VK"!. What is the
reaction taking place in the cell and what are
the free energy, enthalpy and entropy changes at
298 K?

(c) Describe the glass electrode. Explain, how the pH

of a solution is determined using the glass

electrode. Also mention its limitations. (3x5)

(a) Derive the expression for calculating liquid junction

potential for a cell in which electrode are reversible

with respect to anion. How can it be eliminated?

(b) Determine the standard equilibrium constant for

the following reaction at 298 K.

2Fe** + Sn2* <> 2Fe2* +Sn4+

Given, B°n.3, pe" | pp = 0.771 V and E°,.* s,*| », =
0.150V

(c) What is the principle of potentiometric titration”

Briefly discuss the potentiometric titration curve
for acid-base titration. (3x5)


4132 5

Js

(a) What is the difference between order and

molecularity of the reaction?

(b) Derive the integrated rate equation for the zero-
order reaction. How the value of rate constant

can be determined using the graphical method?

(c) In the reduction of nitric oxide 50% of the reaction
was completed in 140 seconds when the initial
pressure was 258 mmHg and in 224 seconds when
the initial pressure was 202 mmHg. Find the order

of the reaction. (3x5)

(a) Describe the collision theory of bimolecular
gaseous reactions Show that it leads to the rate

expression
r= p{z 07aB( (— V2 Na * Np* ) exp RT)

(b) Discuss the effect of temperature on reaction
rates. How is the activation energy of a reaction

calculated?

(c) Lindemann mechanism for the first order reaction

is as follows:

P.T.O.


4132 6

A+A hs A‘+A (in rapid equilibrium)
k

-1

A* an product (slow)

Show that it leads to

d(product) —- kk, {A]?
dt k_,[A] + kz

Under what conditions will the order of the reaction

be equal to one? (3x5)

7. (a) For the reaction
C,H, + OH” > C,H,OH + I-

The rate constant was found to have a value
of 5.03 x 10° mol dm? s"! at 289 K and 6,71
mol’ dm? s"! at 333K. What is the activation
energy of reaction. What is the rate constant at
305K.

(b) For the reaction :

2NO+ 0, #2N0,

Two mechanisms have been proposed:


4.42 7

4
\
(US V — (rapid equilibrium)

Ny
— 7 (slow)

Ry
G0 NO + Og * NO,

| (rapid equilibrium)

Ny

NO + NOQg > 2NO,

(slow)

Show that both the mechanisms lead to the same
rate law,

(c) Write short note :
(i) Chain Reactions

(ii) Steady State Approximation (3x5)

8. (a) The mechanism of an acid-base-catalyzed reaction

is given below. Derive the corresponding rate law
Ky
S+HA <— SH+ A’
ky
ka .
SH +. H20 —> P+ 430

d(P) kak, [S][HA]
“dt. -k_-y[A-] + k2

P.T.O.


4132
tinder what conditions a given Catalytic re;
AChign
may be classified into a general acid Catalys;
8 ary q

specific hydrogen ion catalysis?

(b) (i) Differentiate between Homogeneoy,
anc

heterogeneous catalysis.

(ii) The use of a catalyst provides an alternat,.

path. Comment.

(c) Discuss briefly the kinetics of Heterogeneoy:
catalysis for unimolecular surface reactions
(3x5)


uestion paper contains 3 printed pages, | | p / b / Yo rag)

ano of Question Paper: ri
Unique Papet Code: 21730; a -
Se ote Cours DSE: Reactions Rea * theeeeeessrseseee,
— B.Sc, (Hons) Chemise nts and Chemical Proce
Semester: wv fen

oe :
Duration: z

imum Marks:
Piliections for candidates: |
1. Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on rece ipt of
2 Attempt any six questions. All parts of a question shoul
3. Each question carries 15 marks. .
|. Explain the following reaction with suitable mechanism.
(a) Bischler-Napieralski Reaction -
(b) Darzens reaction
(c) Demjanov rearrangement
2. (a) The most suitable reagents for performing the following transformation are? (1x5, 2x5)

Oo OH
-O— O
OH

this question Paper
be attempted together

(5, 5, 5)

LO “NY —_
ii) or ; MN Goon:
N~ ~COOEt Lon
Ph _—
COOH CH20H
iti) —_—___»
NO, NO,

a") H,c~\—COOEt ———> ,,¢~\—CH,0H

OE

(b) Write the structure of following reagents
(i ) Tebbe's reagent
(ii) TPAP reagent —
1 ABNO reagent
iv) PMHS reagent ith suitabl
; in with suitable
(v) DEAP reagent -. organic synthesis epiae ‘ie 5)
3 (a) What is synthetic utility of DAIBAL-H and LAH in ons “
example, . ents
; . ng reag
(b) Write the structure and synthetic application of followin
(i) Swern Reagent
(ii) Jones Reagent


4. (a) What is Wacker oxidation. Explain role of catalyst and co-catalyst used in Wacker
oxidation with suitable example. (5, 5, 5)

(b) Which reagent/ catalyst used in the following reactions
(i) Wittig reaction
(ii) Corey Kim Oxidation reaction
(iii) Prevost Reaction

(c) Explain the Heck reaction with suitable mechanism.

5. (a). Complete the following reaction by giving major product. (12, 3)
: CgHsCH2N
i) ZA BITIBYEI2IN3
CoHso-~ A
COOH
Na/ NH ()

i)

POCI,
see ——
) NIGCCHs Toluene / Reflux

. e) ‘BuO

‘BuOH

O
1. NaOH
v) “sen:

2. HCl
Cl
os P 2®
Ph CH30, Et,O

(b) What is Birch reduction? Explain with suitable example.

6. (a) What is Suzuki coupling reaction? Write the steps involves in the mechanism of involves in
Suzuki coupling reaction. . (5, 5, 5)
(b) Write the reaction and mechanism of Julia olefination reaction?
(c) Which reactant and reagent is used in Chugaev Reaction.
7. (a) Explain large scale process with at least two suitable examples? (5, 5, 5)
(b) Explain validation of large-scale process with suitable examples?
(c) Explain the stages of scale up process with suitable examples?
8. Write short notes on following (5, 5, 5)
(a) Halogenation & types of halogenations
(b) Swern Oxidation.
(c) Fenton's reagent.

4 
} 
[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Ouestion Paper: 4324 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
Instructions for Candidates 
3. 
: 32171 501 
of this question paper. 
Your Roll No..202Y 
G 
Organic Chemistry IV: 
Biomolecules 
: V 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
Attempt any 6 questions. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Maximum Marks : 75 
All 
Questions carry equal marks. 3LIERÅKY 
1. 
(a) (i) Give the sequence of reactions to establish 
the pyranose ring size in glucose? 
(3) 
(ii)) Draw Fisher projection and Haworth structure 
of B-D-Fructofuranose. 
(3) 
(b) A pentapeptide, X with empirical composition, Phe 
2, Lys, Trp, Tyr was recovered unchanged on 
treatment with Trypsin. DNFB treatment of X 
P.T.0. 


4324 
2. 
followed by hydrolysis gave DNP-Tyr. Partial ant. 
hydrolysis of X gave two tripeptides with the 
following amino acid composition : 
1. Phe,Tyr,Trp 
2 
2. Phe, Trp, Lys 
acid 
Elucidate the sequence of amino acids in X. Give 
the products of treatment of X with ChymotryDsin 
(6.5) 
(a) Draw the complimentary DNA sequence of 
the given fragment specifying the direction 
5'-ATGC-3'. 
(4.5) 
(b) Draw the structure of glyceryl trilinoleate and 
calculate its iodine value. 
(4) 
(c) Fructose contains a ketonic group, yet it reduces 
Tollens' reagent and Fehling's solution. Why? Give 
the mechanism and name of reaction involved. 
(4) 
3. (a) () How is pyruvate converted to ethanol under 
anaerobic conditions? Name the enzyme and 
give the reaction involved. 
(3.5) 
(11) ATP is called the universal currency o 
cellular energy. Explain giving its hydrolytie 
pathway. 
(3) 


4324 
4. 
5. 
6. 
(b) Give the complete name and structure of 
(i) dAMP 
(ii) UDp 
3 
(c) What are cofactors? 
Give an example. 
(4) 
(a) Give the structure of the disaccharide sucrose. 
What is its IUPAC name? Account for the 
observation that it does not reduce Fehling's 
solution and it does not mutarotate. 
(3) 
(2) 
(b) Give the mechanism of osazone formation for D 
glucose. D-Glucose and D-Fructose give the same 
osazone. Explain. 
(3.5) 
(c) How would you synthesize the tripeptide, Ala-Gly 
Ala using solid phase peptide synthesis. 
(6) 
(a) Explain the mechanism of action of chymotrypsin. 
ructure/s of X. 
(b) What are drying and non-drying oils? Give one 
example of each type. 
(4) 
(6) 
(c) What is denaturation of protein? How it is caused? 
(2.5) 
4 
(a) An a- D - methylglycoside, X, with molecular 
formula C,H,,0,, consumes 2 moles of HI0, and 
gives one mole of HCHO. Arrive at possible 
(4) 
P.T.0. 


4324 
7. 
8. 
4 
(b) Define genetic code. Give at least three 
(4.5) 
characteristics of genetic code. 
(c) Differentiate between competitive and non 
competitive enzyme inhibition and give examples 
(4) 
of cach kind. 
(a) Discuss various steps involved in the glycolysis 
cycle, giving the names of enzy mes and structures 
of intermediates. 
(6) 
(b) List any two reactions that were not explained by 
the open chain structure of glucose. How does 
the cyclic hemiacetal structure of glucose explain 
them. 
(4) 
(c) Define o -fatty acids giving suitable example. 
(a) How will you convert : 
(i) D-Glucose to D- Arabinose. 
(ii) D-Glucose to D-Fructose. 
Crick model of DNA. 
(2.5) 
(b) List four important characteristic of Watson and 
(c) Discuss the 2° structure of proteins. 
(4.5) 
(4) 
(4) 
(1000) 


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4378 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
Your Roll No.024 
:32171502 
5. 
: Physical Chemistry V: Quantum 
Chemistry & Spectroscopy 
V 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) CHEMISTRY 
G 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Write your Roll No. on the top-îymediatelyonreceipt 
of this question paper. 
LIERAY 
3. 
Attempt all part of a question together. 
Attempt six questions in all; three questions each 
from sections A and B. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Use of a non-programmable scientific calculator is 
allowed. 
P.T.0. 


4378 
1. 
Physical constants 
Atomic mass unit 
Planck's constant 
Velocity of Light 
Boltzmann constant 
Mass of Electron 
Avogadro's number 
Nuclear magneton 
Bohr magneton 
Sin 
2 
=1.66 x 102" kg 
respectively. 
=6.626 x1034J s 
=3 x 10 ms! 
TUX 
=1.381 x10-23 JK-! 
L 
=9.1 x 103 kg 
=6.023 x 102 mor! 
(Quantum Chemistry) 
= 5.05 x 10-" JT 
Section A 
(a) The uncertainty in a quantity, represented by 
operator A is given as under, 
=9.274 x 10-24 JT! 
For a particle in the ground state of a one 
dimensional box having length, L, represented by 
o;=(4')-(A 
determine o, , 
where X and P represent position and 
momentum, 


4378 
2. 
Use standard integral 
x sin 
[x' sin? 
TtX 
L 
orthogonal. 
H 
(c) Starting from 
identities to find 
() [2, p²] 
v(:)-(2 
(b) Prove that the functions having different real eigen 
values for linear momentum operatOr are 
d 
3 
sin 
4' 
nTtX 
3 
L 
*-l, 
TTX L4 
and 
2T 
(ii) [2, & ,# is Hamiltonian for a one-particle, 
three-dimensional system. 
(4.5,4,4) 
4 
(a) Demonstrate that the Eigen functions for the 
particle in a one-dimensional boX are orthonormal. 
use the commutator 
P.T.0. 


4378 
3. 
4 
(b) Write Hamiltonian operators for a particle moving 
under constant potential 
V in a (i) one 
dimensional box and (ii) three-dimensional box 
(c) As a crude treatment for the Tt electrons of a 
conjugated polyene, the n electrons of the 
conjugated chain are considered as moving in a 
one-dimensional box across the end to end 
conjugated chain. Considering 1,3-butadiene as a 
one-dimensional box of box length, 7.0 ¢, calculate 
the wavelength of light absorbed when a r electron 
is excited from the highest-occupied to the lowest 
vacant level of the molecular electronic ground 
state. 
(4.5.4,4) 
(a) Construct the Hamiltonian operator for Simple 
Harmonic oscillator and write the Schrodinger 
equation. What is the zero-point energy of this 
type of system? 
(b) A molecule X has 10 pi electrons and it is assumed 
to have cubical shape with edge length 10 pm. 
Give the quantum numbers corresponding to the 
highest occupied energy levels. Based on the free 
electron model, calculate the longest wavelength 
required for transition. 


4378 
4. 
(c) Normalize the following functions : 
(i) f(r) -r exp (-a r) 
(ii) f(@)-N exp(im¢) 
(a) Using lincar momentum operator P,P, and p,, 
derive angular momentumn operators, L,, L, and 
L,. Using L, =-i 
(4.5.4.4) 
h 
Determine 
2T do) 
equation dependent on variable Í only. Write a 
possible solution as an eigen function and determine 
eigen values. 
(b) Using normalized ground state wave function for 
hydrogen atom 
v()-21exp 
(0) (E) 
nstruct the Schrodinger 
(i) The radius of maximum radial density 
distribution of electron 
P.T.0. 


4378 
5. 
589 
1285 
2224 
(c) Why do we need to employ approximate methods 
6 
to determine solution for multielectron atoms9 
Explain Variation principle as an approximate 
method' to determine approximate wave function 
(4.5,4,4) 
Section B 
Wave number (cm') Infrared 
(Molecular Spectroscopy) 
(a) A molecule AB, has the following infra-red and 
Raman spectra : 
Active (POR) 
Active (PR) 
Active (PR) 
Raman 
Inactive 
Active (polarized) 
Active (depolarized) 
Giving proper explanation and arrive at the 
geometry of the molecule. 
Assign the 
wavenumbers to specific vibrations. 
(b) The intensities of Stokes and anti-Stokes lines 
are similar in rotational Raman spectra. However, 
in the vibrational Raman spectra, the Stokes 
lines are more intense than the anti-Stokes lines. 
Explain. 


4378 
6. 
7. 
7 
(c) DiscUss how a simple harmonic oscillator system 
differs from a homonuclear diatomic molecule 
undergoing anharmonic Oscillations in terms of 
energy relation and energy vs displacement curve 
(4.5,4,4) 
from mean position. 
(a) Given that the spin quantum numbers of 2C, 
H, 
and 2D, are zero, half and one, respectively, how 
many different energy states do these nuclei have 
in a magnetic field? Which of these atoms will 
show peak in the NMR spectra? 
(b) Draw and discuss, the low and high-resolution 
NMR spectrum of CH,CHO showing the peak 
corresponding to the reference standard TMS. 
(c) The pure microwave spectrum for 
H'CI is 
observed as a series of lines at 20.7, 41.5, 62.0, 
83.0, 103.8 cm'. Evaluate the rotational constant 
and the internuclear distance for this molecule. 
(4.5,4,4) 
(a) What do you understand by the terms, 'singlet' 
and 'triplet'? On the basis of these terms explain 
why fluorescence is a rapid phenomenon as 
compared to phosphorescence. 


4378 
8. 
8 
(b) Explain Larmor precession of a spinning nucleus 
and derive expression for precessional frequency. 
(c) The spacing between the successive lines of Raman 
rotational spectrum of 0, molecule is 8B while for 
H. molecule it is 4B (where B is the rotational 
constant). Explain. 
(4.5,4,4) 
(a) What is Fermi Resonance and hot bands in IR 
spectroscopy. 
(b) Write short notes on the following: 
(i) Dissociation and Predissociation 
(ii) Franck Condon principle 
(4.5,4+4) 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4430 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
(23) 
4. 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
:32177902 
Your Roll No.2024 
G 
: DSE - Inorganic Materials of 
Industrial Importance 
B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry 
DSE 
: 
V 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt SIX questions in all. 
Question 1 is compulsory. 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Attempt any five other questions. 5 LIERARY 
(a) Give one word for the following / Fill in the blanks 
as required: 
) A battery that cannot be recharged and 
must be discarded after single use. 
(1) Glassware which is preferred for laboratory 
apparatus that is graduated or needs to be 
strongly heated. 
P.T.0. 


4430 
2. 
2 
Additives in an emulsion paint 
formuBation 
which prevent excessive foam formation 
during manufacturing. 
(iv) Nutrients which 
amounts by plants. 
(v) Urea is an example of a 
are required in very small 
(vi) The process of surface hardening Caused 
due to the diffusion of boron into the base 
metal or alloy is called 
(vii) Safety glass has a layer of 
sandwiched between two layers of glass. 
(b) Distinguish between the following : 
(i) Physical Vapor Deposition and Chemical 
Vapor Deposition. 
(c) Write short notes on: 
fertilizer. 
(11) Wet and Dry process for the manufacture 
of cement. 
(i) Nitrogenous Fertilizers 
(ii) Fire Retardant Paints 
works. 
(a) What 
are the various components of a battery? 
Differentiate between prinmary and secondary battery. 
lead acid battery and explain 
(7,4,4) 
(b) 
Write the discharging and charging 
reactions of a 
how the battery 


4430 
4. 
(c) How do photons initiate the reactions in a solar 
eell? Describe the working of a solar cel| with a 
diagrammatic representation. 
3. 
(a) How does urea function as an cffective fertilizer 
for plants? Give one method for the manufacture 
of urea. 
3 
(b) How is ammonium nitrate fertilizer prepared? What 
are the drawbacks of using ammonium nitrate 
fertilizer? 
(c) Define alloy steel? Discuss the effects of Nickel. 
Chromium and Manganese on steel. 
(4,4,4) 
(a) What are composite materials? Discuss their 
importance as engineered materials giving 
examples. 
(4,4,4) 
(b) Write down the uses of ceramic products. How is 
glazing of ceramics done? 
following: 
(c) Discuss the characteristics and applications of the 
(i) Soda lime glass 
(ii) Borosilicate glass 
(b) 
What are 
D. 
(a) What are carbon nanotubes? Describe the 
mation, characteristics, and applications of 
carbon nanotubes. 
examples. 
(4,4,4) 
superconducting oxides? Explain giving 
P.T.0. 


4430 
6. 
7. 
8. 
4 
(c) Discuss the various types of cast iron. 
Write their 
composition and applications. 
(a) 
Write different constituents 
of a paint. 
What are 
the requisites of a good paint? 
(4,4,4) 
(b) What is the purpose of applying surface coatinos 
to objects? Discuss the process of galvanization. 
(c) Explain electroless plating with an example. 
What are the advantages of electroless plating? 
(4,4,4) 
(a) Describe the steps involved in the manufacture of 
glass and give the reactions involved. 
(b) Explain the process of setting and hardening of 
cement. Give the reactions involved. 
(c) What are zero and two-dimensional nanomaterials? 
Explain giving examples. 
(4,4,4) 
(a) What is CAN? Give the general steps involved in 
the manufacture of this fertilizer. 
cell. 
(b) What is the significance of pigment n d 
paint? Define Pigment Volume Concentration 
(PVC) and Critical Pigment Volume Concentration 
(CPVC). 
(c) What is a fuel cell? Explain the working of a fuel 
(4,4,4) 
(1000)

Your RAAT NoO....cccsseeeee
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3216

Unique Paper Code : 32177908

Name of the Paper : DSE-8: Green Chem

Name of the Course - B.Sc. (H) Chemistry
Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
/ of this question paper.

| ' 9' Attempt Six questions. All parts of a question should

3

‘ * be attempted together.

by

3, Each question carries 12.5 marks.

t
u

1. (a) What is interesterification of oils? Differentiate

between chemical and enzymatic interesterification.

(b) Write an account on environmentally advanced
wood preservatives.

conomy.

(c) Percentage yield is different from atom ¢
| (4.5,4,4)

Explain.
“P.T.O. |

Scanned with CamScanner


3216 2

2. (a) Give the green synthesis of the following (Any

three):
(i) Adipic acid
Gi) Hoffmann elimination reaction using
microwave .
(iii) Disodium diiminodiacetate
(iv) Catechol
(b) Write down the reaction involved in the carbaryl

synthesis at UCIL factory. Also, Suggest a preener
alternative to the synthesis. .

(c) Explain with suitable example, why ultrasound
assisted reactions are green. Mention any two "1
advantages of ultrasound assisted reactions. .

| (4.5,4,4) 3
3. (a) What is the green alternative of PERC in dry” L :
cleaning of clothes? List the demerits of PERC

and the merits of the Breener substitute.

(b} Discuss the following microwave assisted reactions
(Any two):

(i) Hydrolysis of benzyl chloride
(ii) Oxidation of toluene
(iii) Diels Alder reaction
(c) Why ionic liquids are also termed as designer
Solvents. List two advantages and two limitations
of ionie liquids, | (4,5.4.ck2
tate Sedat : ee

a a

Scanned with CamScanner


3216 3

4. (a) What is pollution prevention hierarchy? Explain
using suitable diagram.

(b) Explain, why CO, is a solvent of choice over other
supercritical liquids?

(c) Explain, green chemistry and sustainable
development are inter-related. Explain. Also:
highlight any two business benefits of green
chemistry. . (4.5,4.4)

5, (a) What is E-factor. How is it determined? And how
is it related to green chemistry?

(b) What are photocatalysts? How photocatalytic
reactions are different from photochemical

ee

reactions?

(c) How does the use of protection/de-protection
group(s) reduce the atom economy of the reaction?
Explain using appropriate example. (4.5,4,4)

. bao |

e layer? Discuss its role. Name the

6. (a) What is ozon
depletion of ozone layer

chemicals which causes
and explain various reactions involved.

(b) What do you mean by the term PEG? Discuss its
applications in green chemistry.
ichiometric

(c) The catalytic reagents are superior to sto
(4.5,4,4)

reagents? Discuss giving one example.

[eee

Scanned with CamScanner


-f
(a) — - 8 most versatile, blodepraduble
thermoplastic polyester. Ilow is it synthesized in a
preener way’
(6) Risk @ /(llavard » exposure). Justify using suitable
example
(c) Write

short notes on (Any two):

(1) Cradle to cradle carpeting

(it) Co-crystal controlled solid state synthe
(iii) Flixborough accident

(4.5,4,4)
8.

(a) Differentiate homogenous and. heterogenous

catalysis and state whether biocatalysis is
homogenous or heterogenous.

--(b) Classify and justify the following types of reactions

using suitable examples as atom economical and
atom uneconomical reactions

@ Addition reaction

_ (ii) Elimination reaction .
(c) Enlist the major advantages of biodiesel over

diesel. Also discuss the principle of green
chemistry involved in its preparation.

. (700)

Scanne d with CamScanner


ans 8 printed sageal 4 [s/oy

{This question paper cont

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3027

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Chemistry
Name of the Course

B.Sc. (Hons) CHEMISTRY
Semester

Vi
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

nN

Attempt any Six questions in all including Q. No. 1,
which is compulsory.

The questions should be numbered in accordance to
the number in the question paper.
Attempt any five of the following:

(a) Explain the basic principle of pH metric titrations.

Give name and explain any one indicator electrode.

P.T.O.

Scanned with CamScanner



ble
‘so
tn

i~

3027

araction is more efficient ag COmn.
er extra (1 Dareg
ny OM UTEISTC]

(b)

oote step extraction, Justify it
to simgyee |
ion chromatography differc ¢.
) How Adsorption chromatogray Y differs trom
(ec ‘
Partition chromatography.

(d) Explain the origin of spectra. How Molecula,
4! sic ‘

spectra differs from atomic spectra,

(c) How Furnace heating rate and Furnace atmosphere
affect the thermo gravimetric results?

Explain it.

(f) Explain how tests of significance are helpful in

the statistical quantitative analysis.

(g) What are the variables that affect the column

efficiency? How column efficiency can be

increased? (5x3)

Scanned with CamScanner


3027

| Attempt any three from the following:

Pe)

(a) Classify electro-analytical methods or thermal

methods of analysis.

(b) What are the various methods of introduction of

sample in atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS)?

(c) What are different types of wavelength selectors

used in UV-VIS spectrophotometer. Explain any

one.
(d) Define Thermo Gravimetric Analysis (TGA)?

Discuss decomposition analysis of CuSO,.5H,O

using TGA curve. (3x4)

3. Attempt the following:

(a) Explain the various processes involved in Flame

Emission Spectroscopy (FES).

P.T.O.

Scanne d with CamScanner


SUpeTCcrilical liquids?

4,

3027 4

(b) Explain redox potentiometric titration with electrode

system with suitable example.

(c) Explain the preparation of TLC plates and Zive its -

analytical applications. (3x4)

Attempt any three of the following:

(a) Prove that A=2-log % T. Why absorptivity remains
same while absorbance changes within the Beer's

law. What is the absorbance range of Beer's

law?

(b) Define determinate errors? What are the sources

of determinate errors?

(c) Define background absorption. Explain any one

background Correction method..

(d) State and explain Nernst Distribution law and give
two limitations of the law.

Scanned with CamScanner


3027

sr

5. Attempt the following:

(a) Define Accuracy and Precision. What are the

Various ways of expressing accuracy and

precision?

(b) Define ion exchange chromatography? Explain the

action of cation exchange resin.

(c) Write the difference between line source and

continuous source with examples of each. (3x4)

Attempt any three of the following:

(a) How Refractory compound formation affects the
results in AAS/AES. How can we avoid such

situation in analysis.

_ (b) What is meant by the term sampling. Define Grab

sample and Gross sample.

P.T.O.

Scanned with CamScanner


3027 6

(c) Draw and explain the Conductometric Titration

Curve of the following:
(i) Strong Acid vs Strong Base
(1) Weak Acid vs Strong Base
(iii) Mixture of Acids vs Strong Base

(d) Explain classical methods of analysis. Describe

the terms: ’
(i) Proximate analysis,
(ii) Partial analysis,

(111) Complete analysis (3x4)

7. Distinguish between the followings (any three):

(a) Batch extraction and continuous extraction

Scanne d with CamScanner


(b) Single beam spectrophotometer and double beam

spectrophotometer
(c) Plate number and plate height

(d) Standard deviation of mean and relative standard

deviation

(ec) Prism and Gratings (3x4)

8. Attempt the following:
(a) The mean Xof four deviations of the copper content
of a sample of an alloy was 8.27% with standard
deviation s= 0.17%. Calculate the 95% confidence

limit for the true value. (t for 95% confidence for

3 degrees of freedom is 3.18).

(b) Discuss the various burner designs used in AAS

and FES? Why turbulent flow burners never strike
back?

Pad

Scanned with CamScanner


3027 8

(c) Discuss the frontal, elution and displacem
Cnt
methods of the development of chromatograms

(3x4)

ofs.

Scanned with CamScanner


a,
"printed pages. |

GS) Tine 209K
paper cantains t

(This question

cr, No. of Question Paper: 3138

Unique Paper Cade 32177903

Name of the Paper DSE: Applications of Computers

in Chemistry

Name of the Course B.Sc. (H) Chemistry

VI

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Attempt any Six questions.

i)

3. All questions carry equal marks (12.5).

4. Attempt all parts of a question together.

P.T.O.

Scanned with CamScanner


(1)

N

Fill in the blanks :

(a) BASIC is ———— level language.

(b) Point of intersection Of a row and a Column

in a graphic screen is known as ——

command allows the numeric

(c)

data to be printed in decimal format.

(d) 2 Kilo Byte = _____ Byte

(e) A loop within another loop, in BASIC, ev

termed as

(f) ____ command is used to see a

selected portion of the screen in graphics.
(g) ______ is a non-executable statement.

(h) _ Ss statement allows the same data

to be reused for various variables.

Scanned with CamScanner



3138 3
(11) Write a user friendly program in BASIC to read
(READ....DATA) text and count and print how
many times letters ‘A’ and ‘a’ occur in this

text. (8,4.5)
A (1) Write the full form of the following :
(a) ASCII
(b) VIRUS
(c) ALU
(d) HTML

(ii) Give the syntax and functions of the following

commands :
(a) LEFTS

(b) LOCATE

P.T.O.

Scanned with CamScanner


NTI 209

This question paper contains printed pages. ]

sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper : DSE: Applications of Computers
in Chemistry
B.Se. (H) Chemistry

Name of the Course

Semester Vi

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt any Six questions.
3. All questions carry equal marks (12.5).

Attempt all parts of a question together.

P.T.O.

Scanned with CamScanner


3138

I.

(1)

7 So ©

Fill in the blanks:

(a) BASIC is level language,

(b) Point of intersection of a row and a column

in a graphic screen is known as

_ Hs

(c) _______ command allows the numeric

data to be printed in decimal format.
(d) 2 Kilo Byte = ______ Byte

(e) A loop within another loop, in BASIC, -is

termed as

(f) __ ss scommand is used to see a

selected portion of the screen in graphics.
(g) ______ is a non-executable statement.

(h)

statement allows the same data

to be reused for various variables.

Scanne d with CamScanner


3138 3

(1) Write a user friendly program in BASIC to read
(READ....DATA) text and count and print how

Many times letters ‘A’ and ‘a’ occur in this

text. (8,4.5)

2. (1) Write the full form of the following :

(a) ASCII
(b) VIRUS
(c) ALU

(d) HTML

(ii) Give the syntax and functions of the following

commands :
(a) LEFTS

(b) LOCATE

P.T.O.

Scanned with CamScanner


3138

(iil)

3. (1)

(il)

(iii)

+

Write a program to READ two matrices A(MxN)
and B(NxP) using (READ----- DATA) and find
their product. The matrices ‘A’ and ‘B’ ang

their product ‘Cc’ should be printed in matrix
form. (4,4,4.5)
Explain the following terms giving examples :
(a) Subscripted Variable
(b) Operating System

Convert the following as asked, show working

too.
(a) (229.25), = (+)

(b) (1110110.1), = (ie

Using following data, which were collected as

part of a quality control study for the analysis

e
: : ‘ned wel
sodium in serum; results obtaine

‘te a
; . write
concentrations of Na’ in mmol/L,

Scanne d with CamScanner


4.

3138

5

program to estimate the mean, variance and

standard deviation of the following data set of

10 samples.

; 1 son 7
Variance = — >,._,(%:-%)
n =|

Standard deviation = variance (4,4,4.5)

Differentiate between the following, explaining

(a) Library functions and User defined

(b) RAM and ROM

[Ne Jmol. |
l n
Mean = -)>. Xj
nN i=]
(i)
functions :
functions
(ii)

Which of the following are valid BASIC

variables? Correct the invalid ones.

P.T.O.

Scanned with CamScanner


3138 6

jay ASYS

(by “VOLUME”
co) NEWTON-RAPHSON

cad) 1 Os

(ul) The following data for Concentration ac,
, and

Absorbance of a coloured solution js

Eiven

If the solution follows Lambert Beer's law

A = ecl, find the molar extinction coefficient

using least square curve fitting method. Assume

f=],

ny Xlyl — y xid, yl 445)
Given slope = —— a (4,44.
ny xi -()°xi)

Scanned with CamScanner


3138

5.

7

(i) Write the output of the following program :

(il)

(iii)

10 FOR 1 = 1 TO 3
20 SUM = 0

30 FOR J =1T02

40 SUM = SUM+14+]
50 NEXT J

60 PRINT SUM

70 NEXT I

80 END

Write a program in BASIC to print first “N’

members of FIBONACCI series, N is to be input

by the user.

Write a Program to plot Van der Waals

isotherms in BASIC GRAPHICS for CO, gas

2
molecule having 4 = 3.610 dm® atm mol and

p.T.O.

Scanne d with CamScanner


8

» — 0.0429 dm! mol! in the volume range fp

|
0.06 to 0.55 dim! at the difference OF 0.005 Lon
the Van der Waals equation for Lempert
between 290 K and 350 K, at intervals of 20) k

(R = 0.082 dm* atm K ! mol !), (44.45)

Identify the errors in the following BASIC
constants and correct them.

(a) 6.6E%23

(b) COMPUTER “APPLICATIONS”

(c) 4.0 x 104(-34)

(d) 9.4E2.5

(ii) Find errors in the following BASIC statements

and correct them.

(a) FOR A$ = B$ TO C$

Scanned with CamScanner


4138

9

(b) 90 GOTO %°

(c) ON c$ GOTO 100,200,300

(d) DATA, 10, 12, 30, 14, 25

(iii) Write a program in BASIC, Using Simpson s

method, to determine the change in molar
enthalpy of Oxygen gas when heated between

298 K and 373 K

Given: C= a + bT + c/T?

——————

s=[0 Cr(T) gy
1 «OT

a = 29.96; b = 4.18 x 10°; c = —1.67 x 10°

(4,4,4.5)

(i) What are the values given by the following

functions when X = -5.78

P.2-Q,

Scanne d with CamScanner


10

eo)
i
od
Co

(a) FIX(X)
(b) INT(X)
(c) CINT(X)
(d) SGN(X)
(ii) Give the output of the following program:
10 LET X = ]

20 LET Y = 2

30 IF (2*X+Y‘2) > Y+3 THEN PRINT “TRUE”
ELSE PRINT “FALSE”

40 IF X > Y OR X = 0 AND Y = 0 THEN PRINT
“T” ELSE PRINT “F”

50 IF NOT(NOT(X = 0) AND Y = 0)) THEN PRINT
“T” ELSE PRINT “RF”

60 END

Scanne d with CamScanner


11
3138
write a program ‘1 BASIC to calculate the pH
of a 10°

method. Use the following equation for hydrogen

(iil) | |
M acetic acid solution by Bisection

‘on concentration (H*] for a weak acid :
(H+ K fH? - (CK, + K,) [A] - BBY

Given K, = .8 x 10° and K, = Ale
(4,4,4.5)

8. (i) Write the following mathematical expressions in

BASIC:

(a) y = elx Sin Bt + x Cos Bt)

b v= sin
(b) .

(ii) Write a program in BASIC to generate a
rectangle with diagonal coordinates (10, 20) and

(180, 150).

P.T.O.

Scanned with CamScanner

i

ne
—S


12

3138
(ill) Write a program to calculate Sin(x) given by the
series
3 5 7
X X Xx
= ae 4

(1000)

Scanned with CamScanner

[This question paper contains 6 printed pages. ]

a Your Roll Nod dd

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 730 B
Unique Paper Code > 32171201

Name of the Paper : Organic Chemistry — |
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry
Semester : I

Duration : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

l.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Attempt six questions in all.

All questions carry equal marks.
Cesnbandnu. College Library.
Kxalkaji, New Delhi-19

Give reasons for the following statements. Attempt
any five:

(a) Methyl group in Toluene is ortho-para directing.

(b) Chair conformation of cyclohexane is more stable

than boat conformation.

(c) Both racemic mixture and meso compound are

optically inactive.
P.T.O.


730 2

(d) Phenols are less acidic than carboxylic acids.
(e) Terminal alkynes are acidic in nature.

(f) Alkenes are more reactive than alkynes towards

electrophilic addition reactions. (2.5x5=12.5)

2. (a) Assigning priorities, determine the configuration
(E/Z or R/S) for the following compounds

CHO OCH; Br
Pwo OHC——-C—C(CH3)5 —— 4
H~ %0H | / \

‘CH,OH Cc==CH F
(I) (Il)

(b) An alkene on reductive ozonolysis yields a mixture
of two isomers with molecular formula C,H,O.
Identify the structure of the alkene and the
products. Write the product of the reaction
between alken e with HBr. (8,4.5)

3. (a) Comment on the aromaticity of the following

compounds
(i) Naphthalene
(ii) Cyclopentadienyl! cation
(iii) Cycloheptatriene

(iv) Pyridine


730 3

(b) A compound (4.25 g in 100 mL)’s solution in
chloroform was taken in a polarimeter tube of
length 5 cm and its optical rotation (at 25°C) was

observed to be -1.2°. Calculate the specific

rotation. (8,4.5)

4. (a) Carry out the following conversions :

(i) Propane to 2,3-Dimethyl butane
(ii) Propyne to Pent-2-yne
(iii) But-l-yne to Butan-2-one

(iv) But-l-ene to But-2-ene

(b) Write down the mechanism involved in Friedel

Craft’s alkylation of benzene with propyl chloride.

(8.4.5)

5. (a) Draw the Fischer projection for all the possible
stereoisomers of butane-2,3-diol. State the

correlation among these stereoisomers? Comment

on the optical activity of these isomers.

(b) In halogenation of alkanes why chlorination is more

reactive but less selective than bromination’

P.T.O.


730 4

(c) Why peroxide effect is observed in case of

addition of HBr? (5,4.5,3)

6. (a) Complete the following reaction with product(s)

(including stereochemistry wherever applicable)

Na

O
se (7 Heat
(1i) C + (> —

O
- dil. aq. KMnO,
uy C) Cold

(iv) HyC—C—C=CH,
CH;

(i) HyCC=CCH,

HCl

(b) Calculate the percentage of isomers formed on
monochlorination of n-butane. Relative rates of
hydrogens 3°:2°:1° towards chlorination at room

temperature are 5.0:3.8:1. (8,4.5)


730

5

7. (a) Comment on the stereochemistry of the products
formed when cis and trans isomers of but-2-ene
reacts with bromine solution. Explain the reaction
with mechanism.

(b) State limitations of Wurtz reaction. How Corey-
House synthesis overcomes these limitations? Give
with suitable examples.

(c) Which is more acidic, p-nitrophenol or o-
nitrophenol? Give reasons. (5,4.5,3)

8. (a) How will you chemically distinguish between 1-
butyne and 2-butyne?

(b) Convert the following structures to standard
Fischer projections :

Ph
_ COOH
Br H
H3,CO

e
NAW? ococts

be Br

COOH
(I)

(MN)

(c) Explain why 1,3-pentadiene is more stable than

1 .4-pentadiene?

P.T.O.


730 6

(d) Why nitration of toluene is faster than nitrat

lon
benzene? of

9. Write short notes on the following: (any four)
(a) El and E2 reactions (including mechanism)
(b) D,L system of configuration (including limitations)

(c) Oxymercuration — Demercuration Reaction

(including mechanism)

(d) Allylic Halogenation using NBS (including,

mechanism)

(e) Nucleophilic addition reactions in alkynes
(3.5,3,3,3)

(600)


npn intact ia —

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. |

(2) Your Roll Noel Dd

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 748 B
Unique Paper Code : 32171202

Name of the Paper : Physical Chemistry Il
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.)

Semester : i

Duration : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper. |
- eshbandhu.College Lion

2. Answer any six questions. xalkall, New Delhi-19

3. Use of calculator 1s allowed.

(a) Why AG is used more compared to AA to express

dition of spontaneity of the reaction?

(2)

the con

reversible processes are ideal

be carried out in practice.

(2)

(b) Give reason why

processes & cannot


748 2

(c) How equilibrium constant K, is a dimensionles.
quality? (2)

(d) Why it is necessary to make standard solutions jp
standard flasks instead of a beaker? (2)

(e) Explain Q is a path function and not a state

function. (2)

(f) Predict whether the following variables are

intensive or extensive :

mass, enthalpy, mole fraction, boiling point, entropy
(2.5)

2. (a) A 25 g mass of ice at 273 K is added to 150 g of
liquid water at 360K at constant P. What is the
final state of the system? Calculate AS for the
process. Given AH,,.. (H,O) = 6.0095 kJ mol",
C, (H,O, 1) = 75.29 JK"! mol" & T,, (H,O, S) =
273 K. (4)
(4)

(b) Derive the relation:

a). (5

iS

(c) Show that entropy is a state function & dst
0

an exact differential using firs! on 5)

thermodynamics.



748 3

3. (a) Prove the Kirchhoff s relations: (4)
(i) AH,— AH, = AC,(T, - T,)
(i) AU,—AU, = AC (T,-T,)

(b) Calculate the enthalpy change for the following
reactions :

(i) C,H,(g) + Cl,(g) > C,H,C1,(g)
(ii) CH,(g) + 2C1,(g) > C,H,Cl,(g) + 2HCI(g)
Given B.E. (C-C) = 348 kJ mol"!
B.E. (C=C) = 610 kJ mol!
B.E. (C-H) = 413 kJ mol"
B.E. (CI-Cl) = 242 kJ mol!
B.E. (C-Cl) = 328 kJ mol!
B.E. (H-Cl) = 432 kJ mol! (4)
(c) Define enthalpy of neutralization. Enthalpy of
neutralization of HCl by NaOH is 257.32 kJ mol"

and by NH,OH is 51.34 kJ mol"!. Calculate the
’ enthalpy of dissociation of NH,OH. (4.5)

P.T.O.


748 ‘

4. (a) Prove thermodynamic equation of state -

U 4
bee =T| —
(A) + (7 V (4)

(b) For an ideal gas oa = (5/2 R). Calculate the
change in entropy when 3 moles of gas is heated
from 300K to 600K at

(1) constant pressure

(i) constant volume (4)

(c) Show that:

(i) (I. =0 for an ideal gas. |

(ii) C, - Cv = R for one mole of an ideal gas.

(4.5)
5. (a) Derive Gibbs — Helmholtz equation,
AG aH,
TO TO
Where | ig the constant of integration. (4)



Pre ann Me co

6.

748 5

(b) Starting from the fundamental expressions of first

and second laws of thermodynamics derive the
following relations

(i) dA = -SdT ~ pay

Il

(ii) dG = -saT + Vdp (4)

(c) Derive Gibbs Duhem equation and prove:

> NidV; om = 0
1

hbandnu. College
Katkall New Delhi-19

(a) (i) Show that the pressure for a gas obeying

4.5)

v2

[p+ 5, \(vy=rr
is a state function. (2)

(11) Prove that:

oH) _
(#) =0 (2)

(b) In the following reactions, involving change in

number of mo], what will be the effect of increase

P.T.O.


748 6

in pressure from external source on the equilibrium

of the reactions :
N,0O,(s) > 2NO,(g)

(c)1 mole of an ideal gas at 300K expands
isothermally and reversible from an initial volume
of 2 litres to a final volume of 20 litres. Calculate
q, w, AU, AH, AS and AG. (4.5)

7. (a) The boiling point of chloroform was raised by
0.325K when 5.141 x 10-4 kg of anthracene was
dissolved in 3.5 x 10-* kg of chloroform. Calculate
the molar mass of solute.

K, = 3.9 K kg mol, (4)

(b) van’t Hoff factor, i, for aqueous solution of both
NaCl and CH,COOH depends on the concentration
of the solution. Explain. (4)

(c) At 480K and a total pressure of 1 atmosphere, 4
mixture consisting of nitrogen and hydrogen in the
mole ratio of 1:3 contains 16% ammonia at

equilibrium. Calculate K, for the reaction.
(4.5)


748 7

8.

(a) What is the Osmotic pressure at 25°C when 72.5
mL of a solution containing 4.25 grams of

electrolyte CaCl, (molar mass = 111 g/mol) is

prepared?
(4)

(b) How much heat (in kJ) is needed to convert 100.0

grams of ice at —10°C to steam at 115°C?

(4)
(c) Prove that:
(i) TV™! = constant
(ii) PV’ = constant (4.5)

(a) How many grams of non-electrolyte sucrose
(molar mass = 342 g/mole) must be added to
450 g of water (molar mass = 18.0 g/mole) to

change its vapour pressure of 745 mm Hg at

100°C? (4)

(b) State the third law of thermodynamics. Write

the expressions for the change in entropy per

mole of a substance undergoing each of the

n, vaporization and

(4)

phase transitions — fusio
sublimation.

p.T.O.


748 8
(c) Explain :
(i) Criteria for spontaneity and equilibrium

(ii) Le Chatelier’s principle. (4.5)

(600)

Eas

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Instructions for Candidates

Your Roll No.2.0.2-éen
1373 C

32171301

Inorganic Chemistry II:

s- and p-Block Elements

B.Sc. (H) Chemistry — CBCS
(LOCF)

Il

Maximum Marks : 75

Deshbandnu.College | ‘brary
natkali, New Delhi-1%

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all. Question number 1 is

compulsory.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

1. Explain any five of the following, giving suitable

reasons :

P.T.O.


2
1373

. min 1 > «+ tcole .
(a) In spite of the ring strain in P, molecule, White

; , ‘re ive ) FP.
phosphorus is stable relative to P,

is required for the extracti<

metals from HgO and Ag,O.

(c) Helium and Neon do not form clathrate

compounds.

(d) Carbon shows much greater tendency for

catenation in comparison to silicon and nitrogen.

(€) The colour of halogens deepens down the

group.

(f) Lithium forms predominantly the monoxide, sodium
forms peroxide whereas potassium, rubidium and

cesium form superoxides,

(8) lonisation enthalpies of group 13 elements show

irregular trends, (3x3)


1373 3

2. (a) Name the hydrides of group 15 elements and
discuss the variation in their properties with

reference to:
(1) Basic character
(ii) Thermal stability

(iii) Reducing character

(b) Carbon is capable of reducing all metal oxides
provided the temperature of reduction is
sufficiently high, however the use of carbon as
reducing agent becomes impractical for metal
oxides towards the bottom of Ellingham diagram.
Comment and also explain why most of the lines

slope upwards in the Ellingham diagrams.

(c) Draw the structure of diborane and discuss the
bonding involved using molecular orbital theory.
Also, give experimental evidences in support of

the structure. (4,5,6)

P.T.O.


1373 4

3. (a) What is diagonal relationship? Giving a; least
three examples explain how boron resemble<

silicon.

(b) Give the oxidation sates of sulphur in Caro’s acig
and Marshall’s acid. Draw their structures
and write one reaction by which both can be

differentiated.

(c) Arrange the following in the increasing order
of their acidic strength and Justify your

answer.
(i) H,PO,, H,PO,, H,PO,
(ii) HBr, HI. HCl, HF
(iii) HClO, HC1O,, HCIO,, HClO, = 4®)

; ite
(a) Draw and discuss the structure of P,Ojo and WT

the mechanism for its hydrolysis.


1373

5

(b) Discuss the structure of 3-dimensional silicates

with reference to zeolites and their application as

ion exchanger.

(c) Comment on any three:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

XOX bond angle in Cl,O is greater than
that in F,O.

Cesium iodide is much less soluble in
water than Cesium fluoride, but Lithium
flouride is less soluble than Lithium

iodide.

Solubility of sulphates of alkaline earth
metals decreases whereas it increases

for their hydroxides on descending the

group.

Chlorine has greater electron gain enthalpy
than fluorine, yet fluorine is a stronget

oxidizing agent.

P.T.O.


1373 6

(v) Thallium doesn’t exist in (ITT) OXidat;
Ion

>, vet TH, exists,
state, ve ’ (4,5,6)

5. (a) Explain the dissimilarities between the tw
oO
allotropic forms of carbon, namely graphite and

diamond.

(b) Complete and balance the following equation :

(any four)
(i) H,PO, + HgCl, >
(ui) nPCl, + nNH,C] —Velso’c ,
(ii) B,NJH, + H,O 4,
———

(iv) BCI, + LiAlH, ether

(v) BUH
2H, + N -120 °C
6 Hy Cexcess) —~!20"C

(vi) SiH, + AgNo, + H,0 >


1373 7

(c) Draw the structure of any three:
(i) Basic beryllium nitrate
(ii) Mg-EDTA complex
(iii) iodine heptafluoride
(iv) 2,2,2-cryptand (5,4,6)

6. (a) Discuss at least three points of similarities between

halogens and pseudohalogens.

(b) Alkaline earth metals are harder, denser and have

high melting points as compared to alkali metals.

Explain.

(c) Write short notes on: (any three)
(i) Cyanide Process
(ii) Zone refining

(iii) Interhalogen compounds

p.T.O.


1373 8

(iv) Solutions of alkali metal in liquid a
mmoni
a

(3,3,9)

(2000)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. |

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll Nod Odror

1401 C
32171302

Organic Chemistry —- II
(Oxygen Containing Functional
Groups)

B.Sc. (H) Chemistry
III

Maximum Marks : 75

Peshbendnu College Library

Instructions for Candidates K gjkaji, New Delhi-19

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.

1. (a) An organic compound A (C,H,,O,) on reduction

with lithium aluminium hydride (LiAIH,) forms
organic compounds B (C,H,O) and C (C,H,Q).
B on oxidation followed by heating with calcium
oxide gives D (C,H,,O). C on reaction with NaOQH/

P.T.O.


1401 2

b forms E and a yellow precipitate of CHI,.
Identify the organic compounds A, B, C, D and E.
Give the name reaction involved during the

conversion of C to E along with mechanism.

(b) Identify A having molecular formula (C,,H,,0,)
_in the following reaction. Give the name of the
reaction and mechanism involved. Write down the

role of cyanide ion in the following reaction :

( \-e0 1 (9,6)

2. (a) Carry out the following conversions (any three) :

0 Q—ODXD

(ii) Propanal + Propan-2-ol.
(iii) Ethane nitrile + Butan-2-one.

(iv) Ethanal —> Butane.

(b) Identify A anq B in the fo

llowing reaction and
Justify your answer :


1401 Ks

(9,6)

3. (a) Carry out the synthesis of any three following
compounds either from EAA (Ethyl acetoacetate)
or DEM (Diethyl malonate) :

(i) Methylsuccinic acid
(ii) 4-Oxopentanoic acid
(iii) Crotonic acid
(iv) Antipyrine

(b) Differentiate between the following (give visible
test only) and write down the reaction involved

(any three):
(i) Acetaldehyde and acetophenone
(ii) Ethanol and propan-2-ol
(iii) Benzoic acid and p-cresol

(iv) Ethylchloride and chlorobenzene (9,6)

P.T.O.


1401

4,

4

(a) Give reason for the following (any four) :

(i) The rate of hydrolysis of the carboxylic

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

acid derivatives is:
CH,COCI > (CH,CO),O > CH,CONH,

S,l reactions are accompanied by
racemization, while S,2 reactions result in

the inversion of the configuration.

2,2-Dimethylpropanal gives Cannizzzaro’s
reaction, while 2-methylpropanal does not.

Carboxylic acid does not form oxime though

they have carbonyl] group (>C=0) in their
Structure.

Malonic acid and B-keto carboxylic acid

decarboxlate readily on heating 200°C.

Ketones cannot be prepared from acid
chloride and RMgxX although they can be

Prepared from acid chloride and R,Cd/
R,CuLi.

(b) Prepare the following Organic compound using
Wittig reaction :


1401 5

CHa (12,3)

5S. (a) Identify the organic compounds (A, B) and explain

their formation with the help of mechanism.

O

R

Identify the organic compound (A) formed in the
following reaction and explain its formation with

the help of mechanism.
° fe)
ll . i} () CHsCH2COO'Na*
H3C——C——OCH,CH, H——C——OCH,CHs or ie

(b) Benzene on reaction with propene in the presence
of a Lewis acid forms A (C,H,,). A on aerial
Oxidation forms B (C,H,,0,). B on acidic
hydrolysis gives C (C,H,O) and D (C,H,O).
Identify the organic compounds A, B, C and D.

P.T.O.


1401 6

(c)

(i) Write down the products obtained on heating

a, B and y-hydroxycarboxylic acid separately,

(ii) Tertiary alkyl halides are not good substrates
for nucleophilic substitution reactions, Explain.

(iii) p-Chlorotoluene on reaction with NaNH, in
liq. NH, forms m-toluidine along with p-

toluidine. Explain.
6. Complete the following reactions :

(i) CH3CH,COOH —C/RedP_

fe)
(ii) Cp ptow —— KOH |
(iii) ( Vue Zor

CeHs
>c==n Conc. H2SO,4 ;

(iv)

(VY) PhCHO + CHsCOCH,COoEr’ Na" OCzHs


1401

(vi)

(vii)

(vill)

(ix)

(x)

(xi)

(xii)

oO

| | .
HyC——— am OHsOHy alee!

OH
(r CH3OH/H*
—_—__———P
COOH

COOC2Hs; HN A
cH + Sco —

COOC2Hs; HoN~.

CH3CH,CH,CH,OH ——PCC

CH3CH,CHO (i) Dil, NaOH’.

(ii) A
CH
Hso—O—Br + NaSH ————>

H ,

CF,COOOH

P.T.O.


1401

(xiii)

(xiv)

(xv)

Ch3
HyG-— BF + CH30'Na* ———>
H
—_—_—P
CH,COOH
CHO (15)

Conc. NaOH.
sanamemmiage nammeismmmmanmememer Seed

CHO

(1500)


ecnvety

[This question paper contains 12 printed pages.]

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll No 2 Lond

1419 C
32171303

Chemistry C-VII Physical
Chemistry III: Phase Equilibria
and Electrochemical Cells

B.Sc. (H) Chemistry
Ill

Maximum Marks : 75

Deshbandnu.College Library

Instructions for Candidatesnaikaji, New Delhi-19

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt six questions in all, selecting at least two
questions from each section.

3. Question number 1 is compulsory.

4. Use of scientific calculator, log tables and graph paper

is permitted.

R= 8.314) K7 mot and | F = 96500 C mol"
Bo erica = — 0-403 V 5 Ef-tagijag = ~0-1522 Vi Epyariee = — 044 V3

Ee = ~0,036 V; Ee, s+ pg2rypy = 0771 V3 Boarice = —0-74V

Fe**|Fe

ECat*\ca

= -0.40V; E8ici~ = 1.3595 V5 Bearicy, = 0.337 Vi Bgyrjag = 0-799V

P.T.O.


1419

1.

2

Answer any five questions given below :

(i) How does the addition of naphthalene affect the

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

CST of the phenol-water system at constant

pressure. Explain giving reason. (3)

Azeotropic mixtures have definite composition
and definite boiling points yet they are not

compounds. Explain. (3)

Show that it is not possible to have more than

three phases in equilibrium with each other in a

-One component system. What is the number

of degrees of freedom when two phases are

present? (3)

Enthalpy of chemical] adsorption of H, on the
surface of Nickel is slightly positive yet the

adsorption is spontaneous. Explain. (3)

Given the E° values for the electrodes
Fe**(aq)|Fe(s) and Pt(s) |Fe3*(aq), Fe?*(aq) as
—0.44 V and +0.77 v respectively, calculate the

E° value for the electrode Fe?*(aq)|Fe(s).
(3)


1419 3

(vi) How can liquid junction potential in a
concentration cell be eliminated? Explain giving

examples. (3)

(vii) Why can’t we use a Voltmeter for determining

the emf of a galvanic cell? (3)
SECTION A
2. (i) Find the number of components in the following
cases:

(a) HCl(g) and NH,(g) in equilibrium with
NH,Cl(s) when the equilibrium is
approached by starting with HCl and NH,
only.

(b) KCl-KBr-H,O system. (4)
(ii) Derive the Duhem-Margules equation from

Gibbs-Duhem equation for a binary system.

(4)

P.T.O.


1419

4

iti temper
(iii) On the basis of the critical temperatures, T. of

(ii)

the gases given below, predict and explain
which of the following gases wil] exhibit

maximum adsorption on | g of charcoal at room

temperature. (4)

Derive the relation between the number of

phases (P), components(C) and degrees of
freedom (F) for a non-reactive System in which
one component is present in all but one phases,
and another one is present in only two phases.

Rest of the Components are present in all the

' phases. (4)

Metals X and y exhibit a simple eutectic

diagram, Following table gives the break and

halt Points for various mixtures of X and Y.


1419
(iii)

4. (i)
(ii)

mn

Mass%ofY [0 [20 [40 [50 _|70 [85 | 100 _|
Break temp./°C | 800 [600 [400 |- [415 | 500_| 600
Halt temp. °C [350 | 350 | 350 | 350 [350 [350 | 350

Draw the phase diagram and label all the regions.

What is the maximum percentage of Y that can
be recovered by crystallization of a mixture

containing 85% of Y? (4)

What is the basic principle underlying steam
distillation? A substance X, immiscible with water
is distilled using this method. Derive an
expression to calculate the relative mass of
substances in the vapour phase in terms of their

molar mass and vapour pressure. (4)

With a suitable derivation, show that a multistage
solvent extraction is more efficient than a single
stage extraction using the same amount of

solvent. (4)

To 100 mL of an aqueous solution of aspirin
with concentration 3g / L, 50 mL of ether were

added. The mixture was shaken and allowed to

P.T.O.


1419

6

equilibrate at 293 K. The distribution COCfficiens

of aspirin between ether and water js 3.9,

(a) How much aspirin remains UNnextracted jn

the aqueous phase?

(b) If instead of 50 mL ether, the extraction ig

carried out with two successive

25 mL
portions of ether, how much aspirin remains
unextracted? (4)

(iii) Discuss how the extent of adsorption varies on

(i)

(ii)

(i) increasing the Surface area per unit mass of
adsorbent (ii) increasing the temperature of the

system and (iii) increasing the pressure of the
gas?

(4)

Show that in a binary solution if one component

behaves ideally then the other also does so.

(4)

AU353 k, the vapour Pressures of pure ethylene
b

romide and propylene bromide are 22.93 and


1419

(iii)

7

16.93 kPa, respectively, and these compounds
form a nearly ideal solution, A mixture of 3 mol
of ethylene bromide and 2 mol of propylene
bromide is contained in a cylinder with a piston.

Slowly the pressure is decreased.

(a) Calculate the pressure at which the first

bubble of vapour is formed.

(b) How many-,moles of each compound is

present in this bubble?

(c) What is the composition of last droplet?

(4)

Define Critical solution temperature (CST). With

the help of a suitable diagram, describe the

“sequence of steps that take place when the

composition of a mixture of partially miscible
liquids exhibiting lower C.S.T is varied at room

temperature. Discuss with respect to the number
of components, number of phases and degrees

of freedom. (4)

P.T.O.


1419

6.

8

SECTION B

(i) Construct a cell using the standard reduction

(ii)

(iii)

potential values of the two half-cel] reactions

given.
Cr+ + 3e = Cr

Fe3* + e = Fe?t

For the cell write (a) the cell reaction (b) Nernst

equation.

Calculate the maximum work that can be obtained
from the cell under the standard conditions.

(4)

The potential of the cell Cd|CdI(a,)|Agl(s)|Ag(s)
is 0.286 V at 25°C. Calculate the mean ionic

activity of the ions in solution and the activity of
the electrolyte. (4)

Derive Langmuir adsorption isotherm. Show tha
; e
When a diatomic gas adsorbs as atom om th

on
Surface of a solid, the Langmuir adsorp
Isotherm becomes


1419

7. (i)

(i)

(iii)

equation.

0 = (K.p)2
(1+ K.p)2

where K is the equilibrium constant, p is the

pressure and @ is the surface coverage. (4)

Differentiate between Galvanic and electrolytic

cells using appropriate diagrams. (4)

Calculate the liquid junction potential (E,,.)
associated. with the following cell if the

transference number of H* is 0.83.

Ag(s), AgCl(s), HCl(m,, y,): HCl(m,,y,),
AgCl(s), Ag(s)

m,=1.0 mol kg"!; y; = 0.809; m,=0.05 mol kg";
Y, = 0.830 (4)

How can the ionic product of water be
determined using an electrochemical cell? Explain

with the cell used, its reactions and the Nernst
(4)

P.T.O.


1419

8.

10

(i) For the cell Pt|H,(g, latm)|HBr(aq)|AgBr(s)|A p(s)

(il)

(4)

F° cell/V = 0.07131 - 4.99 x 10°4 (T/K — 298)

3.45 x 10-6 (T/K — 298)?.

Evaluate change in standard reaction Gibbs

energy, enthalpy and entropy at 298 K.

For the cell reaction, (4)
2Fe** (aq) + Fe(s) = 3Fe**(aq)

Construct two different galvanic cells using the
following three half cells and calculate the
standard cell potential for each of these cells.
Compare the two cell potential values and

comment on the result obtained.

Given :
Fe** + 2e ==> ") |

2e Fe Ere \Fe =-—0.44 V
Fe** + —— 0 _

36° = Fe Ep e*\pe = -0:036 V

Fe* + 6 w= Fe2+ oh =(),771 V

Fe** Fe?*|Pt


1419 11

(iii) Which of the following represents the variatio
n

of physical adsorption with 4 temperature?

Explain your
Xp your answer (4)

vy

oa

9. (i) Given the cell,

Cd|Cd(OH),(s)[NaOH(0.01 mol kg")\H,(1 bar)/Pt

With Ee =() V at 298 K. Calculate the solubility
product of .Cd(OH),. (4)

(ii) What are potentiometric titrations? Write the
‘ ‘ ‘ $ , r

advantages of potentiometric titrations OVe

(4)

conventional volumetric titrations.

P.T.O.


1419 12

(iii) Ascertain whether the following reaction will
proceed in the (Vward or backward directio
: n

giving reasons.
2Fe’* + Cl, = 2Fe™* -
5 2Fe°* + 2Cl (2)

(iv) Can a copper spoon be used to stir a solution of

silver nitrate? Give reason. (2)

(500)

/

(This question paper contains 8 Printed

Unique Paper Code
| Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Pages, ]

GQ) Your Roll No.AO2 2

gr. No. of Question Paper: 1142

A
3217140]

Inorganic Chemistry — I

B.Sc. (H) Chemistry

Semester IV

Duration : 3.5 Hours

Maximum Marks : 75

‘Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. ont

he top immediately On receipt
of this question Paper.

Attempt Six questions in all.
3. All questions Carry equal marks. ; |
~eshbandhu.Céllege Letrary
| ABikayi, New Delhi-19
‘1.

(a) Name of the following complexes according to

the IUPAC System of nomenclature -
(i) [Pt(NH,),CI(NH,CH,)ICI
(i) [(NH,),Cr(NH,) Cr(NH,),(H,0)]Cl,

(iii) [Co(NH,),],[Co(CN),],

P.T.O.


2
1142

(b) Write the formulae of the following Complexes .
(i) Sodium bis(thiosulphato)argentate(])

(ii) Triamminechlorocyanonitrocobalt(II])

(iii) Potassium diaquatetrabromovanadate(11)

(c) Given below is the Latimer diagram for Fe in acidic

medium :

2.20 0.77 -0.47
FeQ,7 ————>_— Fe?’ —————®_ Fe?* ————» fe

(i) Why FeO,’ is strong oxidising agent?

(ii) Is there any tendency of Fe** to reduce to |

Fe. Give reasons.

(d) A strong oxidizing agent(A) on heating with KCl

and conc. H,SO, gives red coloured gas B which

on passing through potassium hydroxide solution _
gives yellow solution C. C may also be obtained |
on heating A on treatment with conc. H,SO, gives

a red product D which decomposes on heating ' |

give a product. Identify A, B, C, D.

Neshbandiu Céllege (h-73y 333) |

naikaji, New Belhi-19

i SR See eas



1142 3

2.

(a) Which of the following is more Stable:

[Co(en),**, [Co(dien),}>*

(b) Justify the presence of Copper in the transition

series.
(c) Explain d,—p, bonding in complexes.
(d) Explain Jahn Teller effect.

Which of the following complex have all equal
bond length and why?

[CrF,}*- and [MnF,]3- (3,3,3,3.5)

(a) Identify A, B, C, D in the following reactions :

(i) prey? = —NIB—~ [ay + Bp)
(ii) PNH,),7*_C spo) Coes py

(b) What happens when
(i) KI is added to KMnO, in acidic medium.

(ii) SO, is passed through acidified K,Cr,O,

solution:. eshbandhu. Céllege Library,
:alkajl, New Balhi-19 vy


4
1142

3 is the most common oxidation state otf

(c) +

Janthanides. Explain.

werse spinel while Mn,O, is norma

(d) Fe,O, is Wl |
spinel. Explain on the basis of CFT.

(3,3,3,3.5)

4. (a) The pairing energy (P) for the [Cr(H,O) ,]** 10N is
73000 cm! and crystal field splitting (A)) is 14000
cm-!. Calculate the crystal field stabilization energy
in high spin and low spin state. Which state is

more stable?

(b) 4d and 5d elements usually form low spin

complexes. Justify.
(c) Tetrahedral complexes are high spin. Explain

(d) Using the valence bond theory method, work out
following for [Cr(CN) 6l>

(i) Assign the electronic configuration to the

central metal ion,
(ii) predict the type of hybridization involved,

(iii) geometry, and

(iv) the magnetic moment 3.338°)
Mashb g
‘.diKaji, New Belhi-19


1142

=

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

5

What are differences between valence bond theory

and crystal field theory?
Explain Spectrochemical series.

Higher Oxidation states of transition elements are

Stabilized by small anions like F-, O2-. Explain.

For Cr?* octahedral complexes in strong and weak
field, determine the (i) configuration in terms of
to. &, e,”, Gi) number of unpaired electrons, and (iii)

crystal field stabilization energy. (3,3,3,3.5)

Write three differences between the characteristic

features of lanthanides and actinides.

Ce** ion is coloured whereas Ce7* ion is

colourless. Why? Nashband? 245. cAisgs Lith—sr.
aia, Mow Geojni-ia :

Work out the number of unpaired electrons in the

following ions:
Eu*t, Tb**, Lu3+

(Atomic number of Eu = 63, Tb=65, Lu= 71)

What is lanthanide contraction? What are the major
consequences of lanthanide contraction on the
chemistry of d block elements? (3,3,3,3.5)

P.T.O.


1142 6

und CoCl,.4NH; gives one Cl j
On On

7. (a) The compo
f Ag* ion. Draw the stru
cture of
the

the addition ©

compound on the basis of Werner’s
coordinatig
n

theory:
(b) Explain the followin with sui
g uitable examples -
(1) Jonisation isomerism
(ii) Linkage isomerism

(c) Using valence bond theory, discuss hybridi
ization

and structure of the following :

(i) [Cr(NH,),]**

Deshbandhu, Céllege Lik

(ii) Ni(CO
i(CO), Kaikaji, New Belhi-19

(d) [Fe(CN),]* ion is di
: (CN),]* ion is diamagnetic but [Fe(CN),]* 1
ni io
paramagnetic in nature. Explain using 7 B -

(3,3,3,3.5),

plain wh
y does c
olour of KMnO, disappear

when O :
xalic acid j
id 1S add .
; ed a 4:
medium. to its solution in acidic

oxidising agent in acidic med”


1142 7

Explain.

(c) Write down the number of 3d electrons in each of

the following ions :
(i) Cr3*
(ii) Fe?*

(iii) Cu2*

(d) Transition elements and their compounds are
generally found to be good catalyst in chemical

reaction. Discuss. (3,3,3,3.5)

.9. (a) Give the reasons for the following (any two):

(i) Mn(II) ion shows maximum magnetic
character among the bivalent ions of first

transition series.

(ii) Cu(I) is diamagnetic while Cu(II) is
paramagnetic.

(iii) Zn’* salts are white while Cu2* salts are
blue.

(b) Although Cr** and Co?* ions have same number
of unpaired electrons but the magnetic moment of

P.T.O.


1142 8

Cr+ is 3.87 B.M. and that of Co** is 4.87 B.M j
-M. fi

Explain.

(c) Explain why Fe(II) and Fe(III) form comple
with CN- ions but not with NH,. (6,3 te
I~ o~ )

~ shbandhu.college Library
-atkayi, New Delhl-19 “

(1500)


This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

: 43) Your Roll No.ZLe2-

sr. No. of Question Paper : 1369 A

Unique Paper Code > 32171402

Name of the Paper : Organic Chemistry —III, |
Heterocyclic Chemistry

Name of the Course — : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry

Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours 30 Mins Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any six questions.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) Complete the following reactions :

6) CrO,/ AcOH

1

wo Cy “ee.
N

NaOH

P.T.O.


1369 2

Ho, Ni
(iii) l \\
S
i
SO;
N Pyridine
H
vi |
(vi) NZ

(vii) CHsCH2CN

0
= CS +f Heat

Aas ey, tsa Kota
_siKaiis New pee Te



> Pe ne aS RTT Eat rH te

1369 3

sS

~w lL
N CH3

(b) Explain the order of basicity of following anilines :
PhNH,, p-NO,C,H,NH,, m-NO,C,H, NH,,
p-CH,0OC,H,NH, | (10,2.5)

(a) How will you carry out following conversions :

(i) Quinoline to 8-Hydroxyquinoline
(ii) Naphthalene to 1 -Naphthoic acid

(iii) B-Picoline to 3-Aminopyridine

(b) Give the Gabriel phthalimide synthesis and explain
why neopentylamine and aniline cannot be prepared

by it. | (9,3.5)

(a) Explain the following :

(i) Nitration and sulphonation reaction of furan

are carried out under mild reaction

conditions. .

P.T.O.


1369 4

(ii) Sulphonation of naphthalene gives different

products at low and high temperatures.

(iii) Formation of 3-chloropyridine when pyrrole

is heated with chloroform in presence of
KOH.

(b) Discuss the advantages of Emde’s modification
over Exhaustive methylation using suitable

example? (9,3.5)

4. (a) Explain the following :

(i) Pyridine undergoes nucleophilic sub

reactions at C-2 or C-4. Explain.

(ii) Phenanthrene undergoes electrophilic

| substitution as well as addition reactions

preferentially at C-9 and C-10 positions.
Explain with the help of examples.

(iii) Order of aromatic character: Pyrrole, furan,

thiophene.) >shbandht Cilege Lisra _
KReixaji, New Balfij- pals

(b) Define ‘Isoprene rule’. Mark out the isoprene unit,


1369 5

with dotted lines and mention the class of terpenes

to. which each one belongs to:

| 2 (9,3.5)

5. (a) Identify the product,reaction name and suggest the
mechanism for the following reaction :

)

. 9 |
(i) 2 + NH; + CH;CH,CHO
coo

CH;
R t-BuOK.
5 -N~ NO: be
wan - H : ,

(c) How are primary, secondary and tertiary amines
distinguishéd using Hinsberg test ? Give the relevant

. . 7 «
chemical reactions. (9,3.5)

6. (a) Suggest the best suitable reagent to bring out the

following conversions :

PPO,


1369 6
(i) Pyrrole to pyrrole-2-aldehyde
(ii) Pyridine to n-Pentane
(iii) Acetamide to Methyl amine

(iv) Furan to 2-Phenyl furan

(b) How will you synthesize 2-Methy] quinoline by

Skraup synthesis? Explain with the help of
mechanism.

(c) How will you show the presence of the following
functional groups in an alkaloid.

(i) O- Methyl group

(ui) -COOH group ee (4,5,3.5)
Yeshbandhu,College Lit -=7y

naikaji, New Belhi-19

tf 7. (a) Write short note on (any TWO):

(i) Reduction of nitrobenzene

(ii) Mannich Reaction

(iii) Pomeranz-Fritsch reaction

(b) Explain how can we synthesize 2,3,4,5-tetramethy!

A 5
furan Starting from acetoacetic ester. (8.4.9)


1369 7

8, (a) What happens when

(i) Citral is treated with aq. Potassium

carbonate

(ii) Mixture of a methylamine and chloroform

is treated with ethanolic potassium

hydroxide

(iii) Anthracene is treated with bromine in

carbon. tetrachloride.

(b) How was the presence of pyrrolidine ring in

nicotine proved by Karrer?

(c) Electrophilic substitution in naphthalene is favored

at 1 -position. Explain. (6,3,3.5)

9. (a) N-Ethyl-N-methylamine is chiral but non-resolvable

however 2-aminobutane is resolvable. Explain.

(b) Explain how the presence of two benzene
tings fused together was confirmed in case of

naphthalene.



8
1369 .
ing takes place either in mild acidic
iazo coupling ta
(c) Diazc

lium or mild alkaline conditions, Explain,
mec

ik - the Statement
syle behe s like phenol, Justify

3,3.5
using suitable examples. . (3,3 )



[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.]

Your Roll Nowe

sr. No. of Question Paper: 1387 A
Unique Paper Code ; 32171403

Name of the Paper ; Physical Chemistry — IV
Name of the Course + B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry
Semester - IV

Duration : 34% Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any six questions in all.

3. Use of scientific calculator is permitted.

ie (i) Comment on the following :

(a) Elementary reaction with molecularity

greater than three are unknown.

(b) In the steady state, the concentration of
the reactive intermediate though small

remains the same for an appreciable time.
(2+2)


1387 2

(i) Predict the overall order of reaction ¢5
which half-life period depend inverse], on
the concentration and derive the expression
for its half-life. (4)

(iii) The rate constant for a certain reaction js
found to be tripled when the temperature
is increased from 288K to 323K. If the
enthalpy of reaction is 80 kJ/mol, calculate

the activation energy of the reaction.

. —capanakarlegs tit) (4.5)
wnat, New Belhi-19
2. (1) Differentiate the following (any two):

(a) Stationary and non-stationary chain reaction

. (b) Order and molecularity

(c) Average rate and Instantaneous rate of
reaction (2+2)
@ Under what conditions a given catalytic reaction
may be classified into a general acid catalysis
and a specific hydrogen-ion catalysis, if the acid
catalysed reaction follows the mechanism :
S+HA S SH* + A~
ky

SH* + H,O =P +H,0+ “


3

1387
D rive the Michaelis - Menten equation for
iii) De ; 7 ;
| nzyme catalysed reactions, The mechanism
enzyme

involves the following steps:

Ky
E+SS ES
k_.

Ke
ES —P+E

Show that the enzyme catalysed reaction is first-_
order and zero-order with respect to S at low
and high concentrations of S, respectively.

(4.5)

(i) Explain the role of catalyst with the help of
potential energy diagram? (4)

(ii) Hydroxide ion is involved in the mechanism but

not consumed in this reaction in aqueous solution.
OH™
OCI" (aq) + I~(aq) — OI-(aq) + Cl-(aq)

(a) From the data in the table, determine the
order of reaction with respect to OCI-,

I-, and OH, and the overall order.

P.T.O.


1387
Rate of formation of

(ry (M) [OH-] M
or (mo] L-! 5!
a A |
jam | 00.0040 a
mon

F993 0.0020 [00
fens | 00.0020 [025

(b) Write the rate law.

ne? (iii). The following mechanism has been suggested
for the decomposition of O,

ky
0, 5 0,+0

Ky

0;+0% 20;

(a) Assuming k ,[0,] > k,[O,], show that
the rate of the all-overall reaction is

d[O,] k|03}

(b) What could be concluded from the

1
appearance of [05] in the rate equation?

(4.5)


5
1387

' {Ve th a od ; ,
() fn and the minimum energy Hi, of the
energy a anatinn thn

jision theory of bimolecular reaction theory,
collisi¢

(4)

elation between Arrhenius activation
cr

(ii) (a) What are the two conditions that are
Il) \¢

necessary for effective collisions?

(b) Why the value of steric factor p is usually
less than 19 (242)

(itt) Show that for a first order reaction, the time
required for 99.9% completion of the reaction js
10 times the time for 50.0% completion.

haimays, NOW Deissi-19 =
(i) |

Write a Short, note on any three:

Effect of temperature on Photochemical
Reactions

(a)

(b) Activated Complex Theory

(c)

Conductometric titration of mixture of HC!
and CH,COOH against NaOH

(d) Kohlrausch Law of Independent Migration
of Ions (3%3)

P.T.O,


6
1387

(ii) Why does the transport humber Of Car .
d solutions of Cq]_ ; Ds in

concentrate > Is NERatives
(3.5)
P (i) State and derive Lambert-Beer’, Law, (4)
(ii) 2.0x 10°° m thickness of -4 Certain pia.
transmits 10% of the incident light of Wavelength

300 nm. What percentage of light of

wavelength will be absorbed by a 1.0

thickness of the glass?

he Same
xX 103m
(4)
(iii) The proposed mechanism of Photochemical]
reaction between H, and Br, is

a“

Br, dis 2 Br
Br tH, 3 Here y
H + Br, 3 HBr+ Br
H+HBr <3 H2 + Br

k
Pr Br+ Br Br,
Derive the quantum yield of reaction. (4.5)

(i) Explain, Siving reasons - (any two)

(a) Specific conductance decreases while

“quivalent Conductance increase on dilution.


1387

7

(b) Molar conductance values for alkali metal]
cations are in the order Rb*>K+t>Na*>Lit.
(c) ADC current ‘cannot be used for

conductance measurements. (2+2)

(i) What are the various factors affecting the

(iii)

8. i)

conductance of a solution? How do you account
for the increase in conductance of solutions at -
high field strength and at high frequency?

4)
A conductance cell when filled with 0.05M
solution of KCI records the resistance of 410.0

ohm at 25°C. When filled with CaCl, solution

(llg CaCl, in 500 mL) it records 990 ohm.

If the specific conductance of 0.05 M KC]
solution is 0.00189 mho/cm, calculate (a) Cell

constant, (b) specific conductance and (c) Molar

conductance of CaCl,. (4.5)

Deshbaadha. CollegeLibggty
risikali, New Belhle*y

Discuss (any 1 two) ap

plications of conductance
measurements :

(a) Solubility and solubility product of 4
sparingly soluble salt.

(b) Determination of Ionic product of water.

P.T.O.


1387 8
(c) Degree of hydrolysis ang hYdrg|
constant of a hydrolysable salt. hn
(ii) A solution of HCI acid is electrolyseq .
transport cell using platinum electrodes teh
of the cathode solution contained 0.175¢ of a
ion before electrolysis and 18.466 g of fhe

cathode solution contained 0.146 £ Cl ion after

é electrolysis. A silver coulometer connecteg in
§ 2, series had a deposit of 0.2508 g Ag. Calculate

e,

# ;
e the transport number of Cl- and H? ions.

(4.5)

9. (i) Describe Hittorf’s method or Moving boundary
method employed in determining the transport

number of an ion. ; (4)

(ii) Which of the following pairs will have higher

molar conductance and why?
(a) LiCl or NaCl
(b) Cl ion in HCI or in NaCl (2#2)

(ii) The resistance of a 0.02 mol/dm? solution of
acetic acid in a cell having cell constan!
9.2063 cm” was found to be 888ohm. What '
the degree of ionization of the acid a this
‘Ooncentration? (Given A° for acetic acid = 387.7
“10 Smol'm2), . in ie

(1500)

—— “sea

i ..

{i

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]

Your Roll No. bet

| Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1005

Superninte

Name of the Paper : Organic Chemistry IV: “
Biomolecules

Name of the Course B.Se. (Hons) Deshbandnu.Cc

Semester : V _ Katkall, New De

Duration : 3 Hours | Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates | | |
1. Write your Roll No. on. the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper. |

2. Attempt any 6 questions. All Questions carry equal
marks.

1. (a) (@) fB- D-Glucose and a-D-Glueose have different
specific rotations. When either anomer is

dissolved in water, their rotations change until

a fixed value results. Name the term used to

describe this change and discuss the

mechanism. (3)

(ii) Draw Fisher projection of B-D-glucose,

convert it to Haworth structure and then to

the chair conformation. (3)

P.T..Q;


1005 | 2

(b) A pentapeptide X having an empirical composition,
Lys, Phe, Thr, Leu, Asp, gave DNP-Thr on
treatment with DNFB followed by hydrolysis.
Treatment of X with Carboxypeptidase released
Asp. Treatment of X with Trypsin gave a
tripeptide, (Lys, Leu, Thr) and a dipeptide (Asp,
Phe). Elucidate the sequence of amino acids in X,
What products are obtained on treatment of X
with.-Chymotrypsin? (6.5)

2. ay Differentiate between nucleosides and nucleotides.
Draw the structure of Cytidine. (4)

Define acid value and saponification value of an
oil. Calculate the saponification value of glycery Sy

tripalmitate. ~~~ _ - — ~~ (4,5)

AS When D-Glucose is treated with dilute aqueous
alkali, a mixture of D-Mannose, D- Fructose
and D-Glucose is obtained. Explain the mechanism
of this reaction. What is the name of this
reaction? ue 4

~

3. (@Putline significant differences between databolis
and anabolism. . ~ (3)

(b) Which steps in glycolysis consume ATP and which
ones produce ATP? How many molecules of ATP
are obtained from each molecule of glucose that
is metabolized to pyruvate? (3.5)

LOM is transcription. Explain. (6)



|

1005 3

ie
*

oo Give the structure of disaccharide maltose. How
was the nature of linkage, between its two _
monosaccharide units established? | (3)

(b) Give the reaction catalysed. by the following
enzymes. To which class of enzymes do they
belong according to enzyme commission

(1) Phosphofructokinase
(iii) Fumarase | (4)
(c). Explain the principal of electrophoresis. How can

_ it be used to separate a mixture of Alanine, Lysine
-and Glutamic acid? : (3.5)

ee
@Peive the structure OF NAD+. (2)

. aoe

5. 4) Explain oxidative rancidity in oils and fats giving
an ‘example. Suggest a method to prevent it. (4)

(bY Explain the term hardening df oils by taking a
suitable example. | (4)

7)
(ec) Explain the process of replication? (4.5)
| ————___

6. (a) Discuss the effect of substrate concentration on
the activity of an enzyme. (4.5)

(b) Give the products from the reaction of methyl
oa-D-Glucopyranoside with HIO,. (2)

P.T.O.


1005 4

‘(c) Discuss the various steps involved in the TCA
| cycle giving the names of enzymes and structures
of intermediates. (6)

7. (a) (i) Explain the use of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
- (DCC) in peptide synthesis. Use chemical
reactions to illustrate. (3)

(ii) Outline the synthesis of either Methionine or
Proline using any method. (3.5)

(b) A carbohydrate X with molecular formula
C,,H,,0,, gives a positive test with Benedict
reagent, it forms an osazone and undergoes
mutarotation. Hydrolysis with aqueous acids or by
emulsin produces only D-Glucose. Methylation of

chee. HX gives an octamethyl. derivative which on
"hydrolysis affords 2,3,4,6 tetra O-methyl D-Glucose
and 2,3,4 tri-O-methy]l. D-Glucose. Workout the
structure of X. eae (6)

(a) Give the reactions involved in Killiani -Fischer
synthesis starting with D-arabinose.

What is the stereochemical relationship between
the aldohexoses obtained? (4)

) What is allosteric inhibition? Explain using an)

mple, > | (4.5)

Cc

What are the different types of RNA? Explain the
i role of any’one of them. (4)

| (1000)

a at

Lee


; i ” y »S,
[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. |

Your Roll No.2coee-

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1041 C
Unique Paper Code > 32171502
Name of the Paper : Physical Chemistry V: Quantum

Chemistry & Spectroscopy

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry
Semester : V
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Deshbandnu.Coffege Library
Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt six questions in all, three questions each
from Sections A and B.

3. Attempt all part of a question together.

4, All questions Carry equal marks.

5.

Use of a nNon-progr

ammable scientific calcul
allowed.

ator is

P.T.O.


1041
Physical constants

Atomic mass unit =1.66 x 107’ kg

Planck’s constant - 6.626 x104 J s

Velocity of Light =3x 108 ms!
Boltzmann constant = 1.38] x10°3 JK!

Mass of Electron
= 6.023 x 1073 mol”!

= 5.05 x 10273 T

Avogadro’s number

Nuclear magneton
Bohr magneton =9,274x 10°%4JT"!

| SECTION A
4s (Quantum Chemistry)

I.
(a) Discuss the postulates of quantum mechanics

) Write the complete Hamiltonian operator for Li
atom Ini
; explaining all the terms. Write the modified
amiltonj
tonian operator after applying Born

O °
Ppenheimer approximation.

cm at the “Igenvalues of a Hermitian operator
always real. is 4


1041 3

2. (a) A particle of mass m, in a one-dimensional box of

length a can be represented by the function,

~ TTX
Wa =sin
a

(n= 1,2,3...) Normalize the given

function wy, and find whether it is an eigen function

of (i) By (ii) p2.

(b) A particle of mass, m, in a one-dimensional box of
length a can be represented by the following
normalized trial wave function where N is the

normalization constant.

Weriat = N{x(a- x)}

(i) Calculate the expectation value of energy,
(E), of this particle in the ground state using

the trial wave function.

(ii) Compare this energy with the actual

energy. Calculate the percentage error.

(iii) Is the trial wave function acceptable?

Explain on the basis of variation theorem.
(4.5,(4,2,2))

P.T.O.


4
1041

3. (a) Plot the radial functions and radial Probability
distribution functions for an electron in hydrogen
atom for all wave functions having n = 2. Write

the number of nodes in each case.

(b) Evaluate the expectation value of the radius, (r),
‘at which the electron in the ground state of
Hydrogen atom (Z=1) is found. Given the wave

function for this state is

3 —Zr
lf zz y ;
V1,0,0 “Te —} e* where a, is the Bohr radius
T\ a,
and [or e dr= nt
0 q (ntl) ,

(c) Giving reason, state which of the following are

acceptable wave functions in the indicated interval.

(i) sin x (0, 2m)
(iii) + (0, «)

(iv) sin-! X - (C14) (4.5,4,4)


1041 )

4. (a) By applying the procedure of Separation of
variables on the following Schrodinger equation
for an electron in a hydrogen atom, derive three
equations, one dependent on variable, r, second
dependent on variable, 0 and third dependent on
variable, ». In this equation w(r, 0, >) is the
function of three independent variables r, 6 and

o. Considering yw(r, 8,6) = R(r) * ©(6) * (6),

santa (? a) + sind &) +} 22] wae
ao dr ind dé dé sin?@ dg? r y= Ww

(b) Set up the Hamiltonian operator for a particle
oscillating about a mean position (a simple
harmonic oscillator). Explain the significance
of zero-point energy of a simple harmonic

oscillator.

(c) Starting from the expression for total energy of
a rigid rotator, setup the Schrodinger equation

for the system in Cartesian coordinates.
(4.5,4,4)

P.T.O.


1041 6

SECTION B

(Spectroscopy)
5. (a) Chlorine gas is microwave and infra-red inactive

but Raman active. Explain.

(b) How will the microwave spectrum of HCl*° change

if C135 is replaced by Cl?’?

(c) The rotational spectrum of ’”’Br!°F shows a series
of equidistant lines 0.71433 cm”! apart. Calculate
the rotational constant, B, the moment of inertia

and bond length of the molecule. (4.5,4,4)

6. (a) How do the P, Q and R branches arise in the
Vibrational-Rotational spectrum. Why is Q branch

not observed for most of the heteronuclear

diatomic molecules?

(b) What is the ratio of the number of protons in each
spin state at temperature 300 K, given that the 'H

NMR spectrometer is Operating at 60MHz and
g,= 5.585 for the ' nucleus.


1041 5

(c) The fundamental and first overtone transiti
10ns of

'4N16O are centered at 1876.06 cm-!

! and 3724.20

cm”, respectively. Calculate the equilibrium
vibration frequency and anharmonicity constant

(4.5,4,4)

7. (a) A molecule AB, has the following Infrared and

Raman spectra:

infrared

Active (PQR) Active (Polarized)

1151 Active(PQR) © Active (Polarized)

1367 Active(PQR) Active
(Depolarized)

Predict the geometry of the molecule with
erved wavenumbers

justification and assign the obs
to the specific vibration mode.

(b) What is Raman effect? Explain the origin of Stokes

and Anti-Stokes line.

ing groups in increasing order

(c) Arrange the follow =
ive Justification

of their absorption frequencies: G

P.T.O.


8
1041
(i) CF, CCI, CBr, CH

(ii) C-C, C=C, C=C (4.5,4,4)

gs. (a) A'H NMR spectra of an organic compound with
the molecular formula C,H,Br, gives three signals
(pl, p2 and p3) with their respective intensity
ratios as follows: l(sixtet): 2 (doublet): 3 (doublet)
(Oo values are in the order pl>p2> p3). Write the

probable structure and justify your answer.

_(b) Write short notes on any two of the following: |

(i) Difference between internal conversion and

intersystem crossing.

(ii) Factors affecting the intensity of transition.

(iii) Larmor precession. (4.5,4,4)

(1000)

question paper contains 6 printed Pages. ]

Your Roll No. 2NXA

sr. No. of Question Paper: 1170

[Thi S

A
Unique Paper Code > 32177904
Name of the Paper >: Analytica] Methods in
Chemistry
Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons) Chemistry
Semester : VI
Duration : 3.5 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt any six QUESTIONS in all.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

4. The questions should be answered in accordance with

the number in the question paper.

5. Use of scientific calculator and log tables is

permitted.

P.T.O.


1170

I.

2

(a) Discuss the various equilibrium processes in the
solvent extraction of metal ion from an aqueous

phase by solvation.

(b) A mixture of CaO and CaCO, is analyzed by TGA.
The result indicates that mass of the sample

decreases from 250.6 mg to 190.8 mg between
600-900°C. Calculate the percentage of Calcium

Carbonate in the mixture.

(c) Define chromatography. Define the following terms

used in chromatographic analysis :
(i) retardation factor
(ii) retention volume

(d) Draw the block diagram of thermobalance and

name its different component. (4,4,2.5,2)

(a) Define accuracy and precision. What is the relation
between standard deviation and precision? What

is the relation between standard deviation and

accuracy?

(b) Name any three-indicator electrode used for pH

metric titrations. Give the systematic diagram of

any one indicator electrode.


1170 3

(c) How does a double beam spectrophotometer differ
from a single beam spectrophotometer? Draw a
systematic diagram for a double beam instrument

and give its working principles. (4,4,4.5)

3. (a) Distinguish between the following pairs :
(i) Hydrogen and Deuterium discharge lamp

(ii) Filters and Grating as wavelength selector

(b) Describe the term chemical interference.
Explain the different methods of removal of

chemical interference in Flame Atomic Absorption
spectroscopy.

(c) What is the principle involved in solvent extraction?
Give its significance and conditions under which it
is applicable. Also explain how solvent extraction

obeys Gibb’s phase rule. (4,4,4.5)

4. (a) Suggest the effect on plate height (H) if each of
the following changes were incorporated into a

column chromatographic experiment :
(i) An increase in flow rate

(ii) An increase in the diameter of the column

P.T.O.


1170 4

(iii) An increase in the column length

(iv) An increase in the temperature of the

column

(b) What are the various methods which is used for
the determination of pKa values? Discuss one

method in detail.

(c) Explain the various processes that occur when a
sample is injected into the flame in atomic

absorption spectroscopy. (4,4,4.5)

5. (a) The peak absorbance of 4.15 x 107 M KMn0O, at
555 nm in a 2.000 cm pathlength cell is 6.46.

(i) Find the molar absorptivity and percent
transmittance of this solution.

(ii) What would be the absorbance if the
pathlength were 0.200 cm?

(b) What is the purpose of flame in flame emission
spectroscopy? Why we get line spectra in FES
whereas band in UV-Vis spectroscopy?

(c) What is meant by term confidence limit? How is
it determined? What is its significance?
(4,4,4.5)


1170 5

6. (a) Explain the working of Hollow Cathode Lamp with
the help of a suitable diagram,

(b) Define gross sample and prab sample with suitable
examples. Explain different steps involve during
sampling,

(c) Draw and explain the conductometric titration
curve of:

(i) CH,COOH vs NaOH.
(i) HCl vs NaOH (4,4,4.5)

7. (a) Explain the principle and working of FES (Flame
Emission spectrometer) instrument with the help
of a suitable diagram. Give its applications.

(b) Ina chromatography method, the retention volume
of solute (V,.) is found to be 68.4 mL for a column
with the Vy = 18.6 mL and Ve = 14.5 mL, where
Vy and Vy, are the volumes of mobile and
stationary phase respectively. Calculate the

retention factor and the Partition coefficient for
this solute.

(c) State Nernst distribution law. A substance X jis
extracted from its aqueous solution (V. = 50 mL)
with an organic solvent (V,=20 mL). Calculate
distribution ratio (D) when extraction (E)
percentage is 99.5, (4,4,4.5)

P.T.O.


1170 6

8. (a) Derive the mathematical relation of Beer-Lamben
Ue 4 ; ,
law, What are the limitations of the law?
(b) Sketch out the clectromagnetic Spectrum, State

fundamental law of spectroscopy.

(c) Write detailed note on Classification of
electroanalytical methods. Discuss applications of

conductometric and potentiometric titrations,

(4,4,4.5)

9. (a) Distinguish between the following (any two) :

(i) Distribution Coefficient (K,) and
Distribution Ratio (D)

(ii) Standard Deviation and Standard Deviation
of mean

(iii) F-test and t-test

(b) Explain how the composition of the flame affects

the production of gaseous atoms using suitable
example.

(¢) Explain how crucible geometry affects the

thermogravimetric curve. What is null poim
balance? (4,4,4.9)

(600)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.]

(24) Your Roll No. DA

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1107 A
Unique Paper Code : 32171601
Name of the Paper : Inorganic Chemistry IV:

Organometallic Chemistry
and Bio-inorganic Chemistry

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry
Semester : VI
Duration : 3 hours 30 minutes Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any six questions out of nine.

3. All questions carry equal marks (12.5).

(i) What are Metalloenzymes and Metal Activated

—
°

Enzymes? Give the name and the mechanism of
action of the enzyme transporting CO, from the

tissues to the lungs.

P.T.O.


1107
(11)
(iii)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)

2

What are interfering anions? How do they
interfere in the cation analysis? Why do they
interfere only after the second group cation

analysis and not before?

Predict whether the following compounds obey
EAN rule or not.

(b) [Fe(CO),(NO),] (5,5,2.5)

The Heam group in Haemoglobin cannot function
as an Oxygen carrier in the absence of the globin
chain. Explain. Give the Hill’s equation for the

oxygenation of Haemoglobin.

What is Zeise’s salt? Discuss the bonding in
Zeise’s salt on the basis of Dewar-Chatt-
Duncanson model and IR studies. How is M-C
bonding in Zeise’s salt different from that in

metal carbonyl complexes?

Explain the steps involved in the identification
of NO, and NO, ions when present together in

a salt mixture. (5,5,2.5)


1107

3,

3

(i) A mixture of anions gives brown vapours with

(il)

(iii)

(i)

(ii)

concentrated H,SO,, which are intensified on
adding copper turnings. A rod dipped in ammonia
solution gives white dense fumes when brought
near the mouth of the test tube. The sodium
carbonate extract gives a white precipitate with
silver nitrate after acidification, which is
completely soluble in ammonium hydroxide
solution. Explain with reactions how will you

confirm the anions present.

How are organometallic compounds classified ci:
the basis of type of bonding? Explain giving

examples.

State what special features of Zn(II) make it an

excellent biocatalyst? (5,5,2.5)

State how does cis-platin block cell proliferation?

Explain.

What is Bohr Effect? Draw the oxygen
saturation curves for haemoglobin and myoglobin.

Why do their shapes differ?

P.T.O.


1107

f

(iii) What is meant by the term hapticity? Give an

(i)

example where the same ligand can show varying

hapticity. . (5,5,2.5)

Give examples of metal containing biomolecules
which perform the following functions. (Give the
name of the metal and the biomolecule which

contains the metal)
(a) Oxygen storage
(b) Metal storage
(c) Electron carrier
(d) Photoredox

(e) Prevention of disease

(ii) Ferrocene on acetylation with excess of reagent

(iii)

Shows heteroannular substitution while
on alkylation with excess of reagent shows
homoannular substitution. Give reason.

Which alkaline earth metal is also involved in
the sodium - potassium pump? What is the source

of energy for this pump? (5,5,2.5)


1107

6. (i)
(11)
(ii1)

ff (i)

5

Explain the functioning and mechanism of action
of the enzymes: Carbonic anhydrase and

Carboxypeptidase A?

Define the following terms with reference to

Catalysis :

(a) Catalytic cycle

(b) Tolman catalytic loop

(c) Lifetime of a catalyst

(d) Turnover number

(e) Poison
How will you detect potassium ion in presence
of ammonium ions? (5,5,2.5)
Name the metal with oxidation state involved in
following biomolecules.

(a) Ferritin

(b) Vitamin B12

P.T.O.


1107
(11)
(iii)

8. (i)

(c) Haemoglobin
(d) Chlorophyll

(e) Transferrin

What is Zieglar Natta Catalyst? Explain the
active form of this catalyst which is involved in

the oligomerization of olefin.

Write the formulae and draw the structures of
two organometallic compounds having multicentre
bonding. What is the reason of their multicentre

bonding? (5,5,2.5)

An unknown salt A, when heated with NaOH
solution, produced a pungent smelling gas B. B
turned red litmus blue and gave dense white
fumes of C when a glass rod dipped in HCI was
held at the mouth of the test tube. A, on heating
with concentrated sulphuric acid, gave a mixture
of two odourless gases D and E. D burnt with
a blue flame while E turned lime water milky:
An aqueous solution of A gave a white

precipitate with calcium chloride solution, the acid


1107
(ii)
(iii)

9. (i)
(ii)

7

extract of which discharged the colour of
acidified potassium permanganate solution.
Identify A, B, C, D and E giving the reactions

involved.

What do you mean by reductive carbonylation?
Give a suitable example for this. The symmetric
CO stretching frequencies in isoelectronic series
of [V(CO),]°, Cr(CO), and [Mn(CO),]* are 1860
cm™!, 2000 cm! and 2090 cm”! respectively.

Explain these observations.

In what form iron is stored in the human body?
How is it taken from the storage site for the

incorporation into haemoglobin? (5,5,2.5)

Both carbon and oxygen have one lone pair of
electron but in metal carbonyls, bonding is
through carbon and not through oxygen. Explain

with help of Molecular orbital diagram.

Write the toxic effects of Pb(II). Give the
reasons for its toxicity. How it can be

treated?

P.T.O.


1107 8

Git) What is Wilkinson’s Catalygy Explain it

structure and oxidation state Of the ce

ntral meta]
(5,5,2.5)

ion,

[This question ]

Sr. No. of Quest
Unique Paper C

Name of the Pa

Name of the Co

Semester

Duration > 3 hou,

“structions for

I. Write your R
Of this quest
2
“ Attempt any
3
' Each questi
4,

Preferably at

Attempt all E


4 aper contai C a
[This question pap ans 9 printed p

Ages, ]

Your Roll Noe dap

sr, No. of Question Paper: 1258

A

| Unique Paper Code : 32177903

Name of the Course

Name of the Paper

Duration : 3 hours 30 min

DSE - Applications of
Computers ip Chemistry

B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry

| Semester : VI

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

l.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Attempt any SIX questions in all.
Each question carries 12.5 marks.

ion together.
Preferably attempt all parts of a question tog

tion.
Attempt all parts of the ques

any three of

expression ol

. aic
(a) Write the algebr IC:

the following i” BA

RT _ nb
(i) an P.T.O
Pt Vv? all


1258 2

a n7h?
(iii) y = A exp(—B?/x)
(iv) y = |x|
n(x? x3)
xX =
™) 2(a+b)x

(b) Write the full form of any four of the following
(i) GIGO

(ii) PDF
(iii) CPU
(iv) OCR
(v) USB

(vi) BASIC

(c) Differentiate between any two of the following
with one example:

(1) Compiler and Interpreter
(ii) Virus and Bug

«gad
tee : (4.5; ’
(iii) Hardware and software


1258 3
2. (a) Select the graphics commands from the following :
(i) CLS
(ii) LINE
(iii) LOCATE
(iv) CIRCLE
(v) PSET
(vi) WINDOW
(vii) DRAW
(viii) VIEW
(ix) INPUT

(b) Find the error, if any, in the following BASIC file

names :
(i) New-Raph.bas
(ii) 123myfil.bas
(iii) myfile.123

(iv) SUM*.bas

P.T.O.


6) How will (b).
(c} What is.
significance of

CHYCH nC} 1258 |
CHS{CHy nC eo . the follow; fe Id
Molar nay | he 18e of any four of Ing | { ) |
(c) Explain (he ” - example cach ; | fo)
if of Is with One &
~ ) One of th commane |
DNA stra (i) LEN(B$)
ib) ~~ What are
proteins? . ; |
(c) -Withthe} (ii) INI |
fi
(iii) SCREEN 1 |
(a) What ts dt |

ha . (i
(©) Name the
|

4.5,4,4 (v)
(v) REM (4.5,4,4) |
it) Discuss ¢ |
catalyzed 1 . ; 4, (a) What i
&} | Whatares 3. (a) Convert the following : in BAS
© Show step
Mex. (i) (281.125), to (?), (>) Find th
(4.4.4) ;
* 2) BASIC |
H) (111111.0] to (7
rite short notes Gi) ), id | -
ii) - See (ili) (54.6), to (?),
ii) Col | (ii) Fo
iv) Lip (b) Explain the meaning of the following error
Messages : im) Y=
() WEND without WHILE (iv) LET
Gi) Overflow | (c) Weite 3?
Gil) Out of data of HS

(iv) Syntax error



4
1258

(c) Explain the use of any four of the following

commands with one example each:

(i) LEN(BS)

(ii) INT

(iii) SCREEN |!

(iv) LOCATE 18,60

(v) REM (4.5,4,4)

3. (a) Convert the following :
(i) (281.125), to (?),
(ii) (111111.01), to (?),,

(iii) (54.6),, to (2),

(b) Explain the meaning of the following error
messages :
(i) WEND without WHILE
(ii) Overflow
(iii) Out of data

(iv) Syntax error


1258 S

(c) Identify the error, if any, in any four of the

following constants and correct them:
(i) 8,15,325.30
(ii) 6.022xE23
(iii) “New Delhi-”110001
(iv) $100.00
(v) “ABC123” (4.5,4,4)
4. (a) What is the use of DEF and GOSUB statements
in BASIC? Explain with an example.

(b) Find the error and correct them in the following
BASIC expressions :

(i) Y= “DATE”
(ii) For J=100 TO 50 STEP2
(iii) Y=2.54E-54

(iv) LET A/B=35

(c) Write a program in BASIC to find sum of squares
of first ten odd numbers. (4.5,4,4)

P.T.O.


6
1258

5. (a) Write a program in BASIC to draw three
concentric circles with centre (320,100) and radij
40. 60 and 80 pixels respectively, in high resolution

mode.

(b) Write a program in BASIC to find transpose of a
3x3 Matrix.

(c) Write a program in BASIC to evaluate the

following series :

Cos(x) = x -—-+—-—— (4.5,4,4)

6. Find out the errors in the following programs :

(a) 10 REM “To Integrate A Given Function Using Simpson’s Method”
20 FNY (T) = 3* X43 + 4 * X42
30 INPUT “THE LOWER & UPPER LIMITS”; A, B
40 INPUT “THE NUMBER OF INTERVALS”, N
50 H=(A-BYN
60 S=0: X=A: M=2
70 FORI=1 TON
80 X=X+H
90S =S+M * FNY(X)
100 IF M=2 THEN M =4 ELSE M =2
105 NEXT I
110 S =H * (FNY(A) +S + FNY(B)) * (1/4)

130 END RATION VALUE IS =“; S

(b) 10REM “To Evaluate Rms, Avg Speed And Most Probable Speed”

- INPUT “1 FOR VMP, 2 FOR VAVG, 3 FOR VRMS”; N
0T=300:R=8.314- M = 0.028: PI = 3.14


1258 7

40 ONIGOTO 50, 80, 100
50 VMP = SQRT((2 * R * T)/M)
60 PRINT “VMP”; VMP
70 GOTO 130
80 VAVG = SQR(8 *R*T)/(a* M))
90 PRINT “VAVG”"; VAVG
100 GOTO 130
110 VRMS =SQR(3*R*T)/M
120 PRINT “ VRMS”; VRMS
130 END

(C) 10 REM “To Plot pH Titration Curve For SA Vs SB”
20 SCREEN 2
30 COLOR 50, 0
40 VIEW (25, 20) - (300,170),,2
50 WINDOW (0,0)-(80,14)
60 INPUT “NO. OF MOLES OF A & B”; A, B: VA=40
70 FOR VB = 1 TO 80 STEP -1
80 H=(NA * VA-NB * VB)/(VA+VB)
90 IF H> 0 THEN PH = -LOG(H)/LOG(10) ELSE 140
100 PSET (VB, PH): CIRLCE (40 , 7), 0.5
110 NEXT VB : END
120 PRINT “ SOLUTION IS EITHER NEUTRAL OR BASIC”;
130 END

(4.5,4,4)
7. Write the output of the following programs:

(a) o PRINT “ THE REQUIRED SENTENCE TO FIND NO. OF WORDS IN IT”
30 A$ = “A TEXTBOOK OF CHEMISTRY IS MISSING IN THE CUPBOARD”
40 LET L = LEN (A$)
50 LET COUNT = 1
60 FORK=1 TOL
70 IF MID$(A$, K, 1) =“ * THEN COUNT = COUNT + 1
80 NEXT K
90 PRINT
100 PRINT “THE NUMBER OF WORDS IN :” A$;“IS” ; COUNT
110 END

P.T.O.


1258

(b) 10 SCREEN |
20 COLOR 1,0
30 LINE (160, 30) — (250, 180), |

40 LINE — (70,180), 2
50 LINE (160, 30), |
60 END

(c) 10 DIM A(12)

20 LET A (2) = 10
30 FORK=1TO5

40 LET A (2*K +2)=K
50 PRINT A(2*K);

60 NEXT K

nee (4.5,4,4)

8. (a) Explain the following in BASIC with an example:
(i) SCREEN 2
(ui) VIEW
(iii) CHR$
(iv) DRAW

(b) Write a Program in BASIC to draw following

fi
gure in the centre of the output screen -


1258 9

(8,4.5)

9. (a) Explain Iteration Method for solving a polynomial
equation. Write a program using Iteration method,

to calculate the volume of van der Waals using
BASIC.

Given: a=0.4, b=0.427, P=80, T=298
(b) Write a program in BASIC to determine the

Binomial Coefficient, "C_ using subroutine.
(8,4.5)

(1000)


[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.]

as Your Roll No.2t2 22

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1521 A
Unique Paper Code > 32177908

Name of the Paper

DSE-8: Green Chemistry

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (A) Chemistry
Semester >: VI

Duration : 3.5 Hours

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

i)

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Attempt any ‘six questions. All parts of a question
should be attempted together.

Each question carries 12.5 marks.

° 2 F -~-
KEYS bas ”
wites¢ ING re EJ 5! 88

« Gist
s

(a) Fill in the blanks with appropriate word(s) :

(i) Rearrangement reactions are ___-%

atom economical.

(ii) ____is an example of a green solvent.

P.T.O.


1521 2
(iui) Sonication uses —___ energy.
Givv) —__-__ is a non-renewable feedstock,
(v) PEG stands for
(vi) ISD in green chemistry stands for
(b) Define the following terms :

(i) Real time analysis

(ii) Depleting feedstock

(o) Complete the formula, Risk = f =f (hazard, sheaeaeeeses ).
D ham | cHege! “rary (6,2*3,0.5)

2. (a) Discuss any two Snvireamental laws.

(b) Name and elaborate the pollution prevention Act

of 1990.

(c) Write down 12 Principles of Green Chemistry.
Explain the principle of catalysis and Inherent
Safer Chemicals. (3,3,6-5)

3. (a) Define atom economy.


1521 3

(b) Calculate atom economy of the following

reaction :
O
| )
Ch—o~- Cc —R _
| 0 CH 9 ~~ Cc —R CH —OH
! , catalyst i |
CH— O— C —R' + 3CH,-OH I . + CH —OH
| re) CHy~ O— C—R
f o |.
CH;>— O— C —R”

Ch—~o—c—R “TH OH
Triacylglycerol Methanol Fatty acid methy! esters Glycerol
(Triglyceride) (FAME)
R=CH;

(c) Discuss the use of naturally occurring protein
to stimulate plant growth and to improve crop
quality. (2.5,6,4)

4. (a) Discuss two advantages of microwave assisted
organic synthesis. Explain conversion of methyl

benzoate to benzoic acid under microwave

| irradiation.

P.T.Q,



1521 4

(b) What is Super-critical carbon dioxide? What ate
its advantages over conventional organic solvents

Why there is a need to replace PERC as a solvent

for dry cleaning? (6.5,6)

5. (a) How will you prepare green plastic starting from

com? Which green chemistry principle is involved

in it?

(b) Explain how cradle to cradle recycling concept is

applied to carpets?

(c) What is photocatalysis? How photocatalytic
reactions are different from photochemical

reaction? (4.5,4,4)

6. (a) Green Chemistry and sustainable development are

inter-related. Explain.

(b) Explain the green synthesis of :
(i) Adipic acid and
(ii) catechol

(iii) Disodium iminodiacetate


1521 S

7. (a) Elaborate sonochemical Simmons-Smith reaction
What are its advantages over conventional]
method? Discuss how transfer of energy occurs

in ultrasound assisted reactions?

(b) Discuss the advantages of combinatorial approach

over conventional synthesis. (7.5,5)

8. (a) Name the Environmentally Advanced Wood
Preservative discovered, which also won the
Presidential Green Chemistry Challenge Award in

2002.
(b) Discuss the working of fluorous biphasic solvent.

(c) Why the selection of starting materials should be
| renewable rather than depleting? (4,4.5,4)

Deshbandnu.College Lioragy

“alkaii, New Delhi-19  ~
9. (a) Write short notes on:

(i) Combinatorial Chemistry
(ii) Co-Crystal controlled solid state synthesis
(iii) Flixiborough Accident

P.T.O.



1521 6

(iv) Biomimicry and Green chemistry

(b) Define the term Environmental Impact Factor,
SONNE (3,3,3,3,0.5)
ae Ce. |

| [This question pD

Sr. No. of Questi
Unique Paper Co

Name of the Pap

Name of the Cou;

Semester

Duration : 3.5 Hou

| Instructions for (

l. Write your Rol
| of this questio!

| 2. Attempt any Si

Ww

All questions ¢


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.]

Your Roll No.2

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1352 A

Unique Paper Code > 32171602

Name of the Paper : Organic Chemistry V:
Spectroscopy

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry

Semester : VI

Duration : 3.5 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any six questions.

3. AIl questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) A and B are two isomers of C,;H,O based upon
peaks obtained in spectral data recorded in 'H
NMR spectrophotometer: Identify A and B, give
their IUPAC names and explain:

(Gi) A:'H NMR, (in CDCI): 81.1(t,3H), 82.1
(m,2H), 59.5 (t, 1H)

P.T.O,


2

IR (in Nujol) wave number:

2720em-
(doublet, m) and 1735cm=!(s)

(ii) B: 'H NMR, (in CDC1,) 02.3(s,6H)
IR (in Nujol) : 1710 cm='(s)

(b) Compound A shows strong peak in IR spectrum
at 1717 cm“ and give positive test with DNP. on
reaction with hydroxylamine and followed by a
well known Beckmann rearrangement gives
compound B. Compound B polymerizes to give
polymer, C. Identify, give name and structural

formula of the compounds A, B and C (polymer).

6H490 ———+ Bg z C (Polymer)

(c) A... of Acetone in hexane is 279 nm while 0
water is 264.5 nm. Assign the given peak and |

explain by drawing transitions involved showing —
HOMO-LUMO. (4,449) |

2 a) Using N,N-Dimethylaniline writing all necessary

conditions and reagents give synthesis of:
(i) Methy] Orange and

(ii) Malachite green



1352 3

(b) Give stereochemical structure of (-)-chloramphenico]
its IUPAC name, uses and the name of species
from which it is isolated.

(c) Calculate the 4 max. for m>n* in nm for the
following compounds :

(i)
O
I
(ii) HyC Jon,
C=C
Nou
HC 3

e value = 253 nm

Heteroannular con) |
substitution

ch
Increment for ea

, ) = 3 nm
1 substituent or ring residue
“ ble bond sam
cyclic dou
Exo d extending conjugation = 30 nm
n
Je bo |
cs oF ae uae =215 nm
ic €
Acyclic

P.T.O.


4

we
n
mw

q-Alkyl group or ring residue

Alkyl proup or ring, residue _
p-Alkyl grou 6 12 im
y-Alkyl group or ring residue =17 nm

for correction 1n solvent :

methanol/ethanol = 0 nm

water +8 nm

Also calculate the A max for both of the above
compounds (i) and (ii) in water and ethanol using

correction appropriately. (4,4,4.5)

(a) Give synthesis of Alizarin from anthraquinone.
Give the structure of complex with Aluminium as

mordant.

(b) Give the synthesis of Congo red dye. Mention the
pH at which it gives the blue colour and red and

explain with structure change.

9
(c) What is Leuco base in a triphenylmethane dyes!
Explain with appropriate reaction. Give synthes!°

of crystal violet dye. (4,4,4.9)

‘ : jon
(a) Calculate the frequency of C-H stretching vibrall

from the following data:


1352 5

Force Constant K = 5x1095

gm sec-2
Mass of carbon atom = 20x 10-24 gm
Mass of hydrogen atom = 1.6x 10-24 em

Velocity of the radiation(c) = 2.998x10!9 om sec-!

(b) Attempt any four:

(i) What is the source of IR radiations in IR
spectrophotometer

(ii) What are the Fundamental Vibrations?
(iii) What are overtones in IR spectra?
(iii) What is Fermi Resonance?

(iv) Differentiate acetamide and ethyl amine

using IR spectroscopy.

(v) Differentiate in 1-Butyne and 2-Butyne

using IR spectroscopy.

(c) Assign the appropriate C=O stretching frequency
inst the following structures. Justify the
agains

answer :

O O

(ii) me
(i)

P.T.O


1352
O O

(iii) (iv)
Stretch frequencies are
(a) 1745 cm"!
(b) 1780 cm"!
(c) 1815 cm!

(d) 1715 cm" (4,4,4.5)

5. (a) Give the synthesis of Bakelite and its uses.
(b) Outline the synthesis of Nylon-6,6 and its uses.

(e) Write the mechanism involved when vinyl chloride

in polymerised in presence of benzoyl peroxide?
(4,4,4.5)

6. (a) (i) Define chemical shift and coupling constant.

(ii) How will you differentiate in between cis and

trans cinnamic acid 'H NMR spectroscopy.

(b) Give expected number of signals by 'H NMR
spectra recorded in CDCI, in each of the following

compounds:


{352 7
(i) L.2-dichloroethane
Qi) Ethyl acetate
(iil) cyclohexane (at low temperature)
(iv) 2-chloroethane!

(c) A compound with molecular weight 116 gave the

following spectral information :

(i) UV (in cthanol): 2. = 283 nme. = 22

Mux max

(it) IR (in Nujol): 3000-2500 (b), 1715 (s),

1342 cm! (w)

(iii) NMR (in CDCI,): § 2.12 (s, 3H)
5 2.60 (t, 2H)
§ 2.25 (t, 2H)
611.1 (t, 1H)

Find the structural formula of the compound.

(4,4,4.5)

7. (a) Give the Boots synthesis of Ibuprofen and its

uscs.

. aniline: Give its uses and Side effects.
chloroé

P.T.O.


8

1352

(c) Give the structure of the main alkaloid Presen
in curcumin. Discuss the therapeutic uses of
curcumin, (4,4,4.5)

(a) Give the synthesis and uses of Buna-S rubber.

(b) (i) What is Dacron? Write structures of its

monomer(s).

(ii) Give name and structures of two biodegradable

polymers.

(c) How do you prepare Polyurethane? Mention two

uses. (4,4,4.5)

An organic compound with molecular formula C,H,NO

gave the following spectral data :—
Gi) UV (in Ethanol): A, ..: 220 nm, emax: 63

(i) IR (in Nujol): 3500 cm@! (m), 3402 cm™! (m),
2960 cm! (w), 1682 cm! (s), 1610 cm™! (s)

(ii) NMR (in CDCl,): 61 (d, 6H), 62.1 (septet,
1H), 6 6.8 (br s, 2H)

Calculate DBE, assign spectral peaks appropriately in
spectral data, give structural formula and the name of
the compound. (12.5)

(1500)

COLL 
AN 
LIERARY 
This question paper contains 7 printed pages] 
19 
Your Roll No. 
SI. No. of Q. Paper 
:7392 
J 
Unique Paper Code 
:32171102 OC 
:B.Sc.(Hons.) 
Chemistry 
Name of the Course 
Name of the Paper 
: Physical Chemistry I 
Semester 
I 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
(i) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(ii) Attempt six questions in all. 
(iii) Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
(iv) Use of scientific calculator is permitted. 
Physical constants: 
R- 8.314 JKlmol 
R-0.082 lit atm K- moll 
k= 1.38x10-23J K- 
P.T.O. 


7392 
7392 
followin8: 
(c) Calculate the fraction of molecules ofN, at 
1 atm pressure and 315 K, when speeds are 
in the range of most probable speeds +0.006 
cm per second. 
3x5-15 
1. Explain any five of the following 
and number of collisions per unit time 
decreases with lowering of temperature. 
(b) Boyle temperatures of ifferent gases are 
(c) pH of pure water is 6.63 at 50°C, but it is not 
(a) 
Mean free path of gas molecules increases 
4 
3. (a) Derive the expression for kinetic theory of 
different.
gases pv=mNc*. Why is this theory called 
acidic. 
kinetic theory ? 
(d) On passing H,S, Cus precipitates in acidic 
medium, but CoS precipitates in alkaline 
5 
(b) What is equilibrium vapour pressure? Why 
does it increase with the increase in 
mediumn. 
(e) A crystal cannot have fivefold axis of 
symmetry. 
temperature
? Why is it not possible to 
liquefy a gas above critical temperature? 
(1 Viscosity of liquids decreases and that of 
increase 
3 
(c) What is the mean free path 2for oxygen 
in 
with 
increases 
gases 
temperature.
molecules at temperature T= 300 K and 
P-1.00 atm ? Assume that the molecular 
diameter d= 290 pm and the gas is ideal. 
2. (a) Draw the compressibility factor Z vs pressure 
curves for different gases at room 
temperature and for a particular gas at 
aliierent 
temperatures.
Describe the 
variation in Z as a function of nature of gas, 
5 
4 
4. (a) Starting from the Vander Waals equation, 
derive the relations a 27RTb=RT 
temperature and pressure. 
0why does the Maxwell distribution curve of 
agas show a 
maximum ? Derive the 
tor average velocity of a gas 
3 
sing Maxwell distribution expression.
64P 
8P 
Where T. P, are critical temperature and 
critical pressure of the gas and 'a' and b' 
are Vander Waals constants. 
expression 
4 
3 
2 
P.T.O 


7392 
7392 
(b) Using Vander Waal's equation find the 
temperature at which 3 moles of SO, wil 
occupy a volume of 20 liters at a pressure of 
2.1 M Pa. Given a=678.88 kPa dm° mol? and 
b-5.6x102 dm3' mol. 
t 
How can the pH of solutions be calculated 
before, at and after the equivalent point for 
the titration of strong acid with weak base? 
Why is Phenolphthalein not a suitable 
indicator for this titration ? 
4 
4 
(c) Using the law of equipartition of energies, 
estimate the C, and C, of CCl, and CO, 
(d) Calculate the pH of a solution containing 
20ml 0.1N HCI and 25 ml 0.1 M NH,OH ? 
2 
molecules. 
5. (a) Derive the expressions for [H°] for dilute 
solutions of strong monoprotic acid and 
concentrated solutions of weak monoprotic 
7. (a) Solubility of BaSO, at 25°C is 0.0023 g/lit. 
Calculate its solubility product. What will be 
its solubility in a solution containing 10 gm 
of (NH),SO, is added to it. Molecular Weight 
of BaSO, is 233 gm/mol. 
acids. 
6 
(b) Calculate the pH of a 10* N solution of NaOH 
(b) What are Millar indices ? Why are these 
preferred over the Weiss indices for the 
designation of planes in a crystal ? Write 
the Millar indices of the planes with 
intercepts: 
at room temperature.
4 
(c) Degree of dissociation of Acetic acid in 
N/32 solution is 0.0236. What will be its 
degree of dissociation in 0.01N solution ? 
6 
2 
6. (a) Derive relationships for the hydrolysis 
constant, degree of hydrolysis and the pH of 
a salt of strong acid and weak base. 
i) la, 3b, -1c (ii) 2a, 3b, 4c 
(c) List and describe the symmetry elements of 
CH 
3 
(b) How does a solution of a weak acid and its 
salts act as a buffer ? Derive the expression 
for the pH of such a buffer and also derive 
the expression for the pH of this solutiona 
when some base is added to it. 
8 
(a) Describe different planes in primitive, face 
centered and body centered cubic crystals. 
Compute their interplanar distances. 
6 
3 
P.T.O. 
5 
4 


7392 
7392 
(d) Why does the boiling point of a liquid vary 
with external pressure ? Derive the relation 
(b) Following 0 values obtaned when a cubic 
crystal is subjected to X rays of wave length 
4 
InPa= AH 
P 
4 
153.9pm. 
TT 
/degree 13.70 15.89 22.75 26.91 28.25 
33.15 37.00 37.60 41.95 
Identify the type of cubic lattice, determine 
edge length and index the lines. 
(c) Why are the X rays suitable for determining 
the crystal structure ? 
2 
9. (a) Explain how some liquids including water 
rise in a capillary ? Derive the formula for 
the rise of a liquid in a capillary. 
3 
(b) The radius of a given capillary is 1.05x10 mn. 
A liquid whose density is 0.80 g/cms rises 
up to a height of 6.25x102 m, calculate the 
Surface tension of liquid assuming the 
contact angle to be zero. 
2 
c) Derive the formula for the coefficient o 
viscosity of liquid. What will happen to uic 
viscosity of a liquid if the radius of the 
capillary of the viscometer used for 1ts 
measurement is doubled ? 
3 
600 
6 


[This question paper contains 3 printed pages.] 
Your Roll N... 
Sr. No. of Question Paper 
8590 
Unique Paper Code 
GOLL 
MBAR 
LIBRARY 
32171101 
Name of the Paper 
Inorganic Chemistry 
Name of the Course 
B.Se. (H) Chemistry 
Semester 
I 
Duration: 
3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
. 
Write your roll number on the top immediately e on receipt of this question paper 
2. Attempt six questions in all. 
3. Question number one is compulsory.
4. The questions should be numbered in accordance with the number in the question 
paper. 
5. Calculator and lock tables may be used. 
. 
Explain any five of the folowing 
(1) 
lonic radii of Na and Cu" ions are almost similar. 
(11) 
An electron moving in an orbital dose not slow down gradually.
(11) 
Electron affinity of Nitrogen is lower than Oxygen. 
(IV) 
HF is liquid whereas HCI is a gas. 
(V) 
H2 is known while He is not. 
(VI) 
BeCh has zero dipole movement iwhile H2S has some. 
(3x5-15) 


for 1s,4p,3s,4d. 
What 
are 
2. 
(1) 
Draw radial 
probability 
distribution 
curve 
radial
and angular wave functions? 
(11) 
Drive the Born-Lande's equation for lattice energy of a crystal lattice 
(6, 4,2) 
ce. 
(lul) Explain significance of Azimuthal quantum number, 
3. () 
Calculate Z* ( effective nuclear charge- Slaters rule) for 2s and 4s electrons 
3. () 
(II) 
During ionization of atoms having ns and (n-1)d electrons, the electron of nc 
orbital lost first. Why? 
(III) 
Find out electron gain enthalpy using following data: 
Enthalpy of formation 
:382 KJ mol 
Lattice Energy 
:759 KJ mol 
lonization Enthalpy 
:494 KJ mol 
Dissociation Energy Clh 
121 KJ mol 
Sublimation Energy (Na) 
: 108 KJ mol 
(3,3,6) 
4. (1) 
Draw molecular orbital energy level diagram of O2 and NO. Which has 
higher bond energy? 
or 
Draw molecular orbital energy level diagram of NO 
and HCI. Which has 
higher bond energy? 
(11) 
Using VSEPR theory give the shape of POCl3, SF6, BrF4,NH3. 
(111) 
What is Fajan's Rule ? Explain why lithium halides are covalent in spite or n 
fact that Li is an alkali metal. 
(4X3) 
5. () 
First ionization energy of Be is greater than Li but position is reversed 
n ca se 
of second ionization energy of Be and Li. Why? 
(I) 
Why P-Nitrophenol has higher boiling point than O-nitrophenol phenol 
(II1) 
Write short note on following (any three) 


a. Londen or dispersion forces 
b. Diple-dipole interaction 
c. HF is liquid HCl is gas 
d. Hybridization 
(3.3,2x3) 
6. 
(1) 
Explain Conductivity of metals and semiconductors using band theory. 
(11) 
What was the velocity of a beam of electron if they are display a de-Broglie 
wavelength of 100 A 
(III) 
yhas no physical significance and y has. Explain. 
(V) 
Be and N in second period and Mg and P in third period of the periodic table 
have higher ionization energy than expected. Justify 
(V) 
What do you understand by equivalent and non-equivalent hybrid orbital's 
give one example of each 
(VI) 
Bond angle of CH4 is higher than NH3.Explain. 
(2X6) 
7. 
(1) 
Draw neatly labelled molecular orbital diagram of N2 and O2 with bond 
order and magnetic behaviour 
Write Schrödinger equation for Hydrogen atom. Explain terms involved in it 
and write conditions for physical significance of the equation. 
What are Slater rules, calculate the Z* effective nuclear charge for the valence 
(I1) 
(III) 
(4X3) 
electrons in G, Z is equal to 31. 
8. 
First ionization enthalpy of Oxygen is less than that of Nitrogen. Give reason. 
(II) 
Which of following is more covalent and why? 
CuCl or KCI 
(LII) 
Define electro negativity according to Mullikan Scale. 
(IV) 
If a solid "A"B7" has a structure similar to NaCl. Consider the radius of anion as 
250 pm. Find the ideal radius of the cation in the structure. Is it possible to fit a 
cation C" of radius 180 pm in the tetrahedral site of the structure "A*B7"? 
(3,2,2,5) 
(1500) 


This question paper contains 4+2 printed pages 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
: 
8610 
cOL 
IBRARY 
Unique Paper Code 
32171102 
Name of the Paper 
Physical Chemistry I 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
I 
. 
Semester 
Maximum Marks : 755 
Duration: 3 Hours 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt six questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Use of scientific calculator and log tables is permitted. 
Explain briefly, any five statements of the following 
(a) 
An ideal gas is not expected to show any cooling on free 
expansion. 
(6) 
Addition of detergents decreases the surface tension of 
water. 
P.T.O 


(3 
8610 
(2) 
8610 
(c) 
K' ions and C 
ions are indistinguishable by X-ray 
The critical constants for water are 647 K, 22.09 MPa and 
(c) 
diffraction. 
0.0566 dm' mol-. Calculate the values of van der Waals 
constants a, b and R and also explain the abnormal value 
(d) 
Identify the type of lattice planes shown in the following 
of R. 
4,4,4 
figures 
3. 
(a) 
Write the mathematical expression for the Maxwell distri- 
2 
bution of molecular speeds for a gas and explain briefly 
the terms involved. Derive the mathematical expression for 
the most probable speed of a gas molecule. 
ii 
i 
(b) 
The mean free path of molecules in a gas increases and 
The viscosity of gas increases with temperature while that 
() 
the number of collisions per unit time decreases with 
of liquid decreases with temperature. 
lowering of presure if temperature is kept constant. 
Explain. 
Can pH of an aqueous solution be less than 0 or more 
than 14 at 25°C ? 
( 
The average speed at T,K and most probable speed at 
(g) 
Phenolphthalein is not a suitable indicator for a strong 
T, K of CO, is 9 
x 10 m s. Calculate the value of T, 
5x3 
and T2 
5,3,4 
acid-weak base titration. 
2 
(a) 
Starting from the postulates of kinetic theory of gases, 
(a) 
Describe the powder diffraction method to determine 
. 
derive the Kinetic Gas Equation pV 
= mN0/3, where sym- 
crystal structure. Explain the signif+cance of missing lines 
bols have their usual meaning. 
in the analysis of crystal structure using powder diffrac- 
(b) 
What is law of corresponding states ? Derive the reduced 
tion method. 
P.T.O.
equation of state for van der Waals equation of state. 


(5) 
8610 
8610 
(4) 
Under what conditions can the following expressions be 
used 
)Evaluate the Miller indices for the planes with the 
K, =_H,0'} 
Kai [HA], -[H,0"] 
following intercepts 
() 
Oa, 2b, 2c 
[H,0 
K 
[HA]. 
(i) 
a, 1/36, 1/4c 
(i) 
2a, 3b, 4c 
(b) 
Define different types of buffer solutions. Derive 
Show that a 5-fold rotation axis of symmetry cannot exist 
5,3,4 
(c) 
Henderson-Hasselbalch equation for pH of acidic and basic 
in a crystal. 
buffer. 
(a) 
How does viscosity of a liquid vary with temperature? 
What is pH of a solution obtained by mixing 50 mL, 0.1M 
(c) 
Give the mathematical expression of the same and def+ne 
HCI with 50 mL, 0.1 M NH,OH. (Given: pK, of NH,OH 
each term. 
= 4.74). 
4,4,4 
(b) 
Define surface tension of liquid and give its SI units, and 
Define solubility and solubility product. Express solubility 
(a) 
describe a method for its experimental determination. 
product of the given salts in terms of the solubility of 
If the flow time for the two liquids A and B through the 
ions 
(c) 
same capillary is in the ratio of 4:5 and the densities 
( 
PbCl, and 
in the ratio of 2 1. What is the ratio of their 
4,4,4 
i) 
Fe,(PO), 
viscosities ? 
(b) 
Show that the pH of an aqueous solution of salt formed 
6 
Show that the concentration of H,0* in an aqueous 
(a) 
from a strong acid and weak base is given by 
solution of a monoprotic acid HA can be computed from 
the following expression 
pH 7(pK, + log c) 
[HO"T -[H,0"]K, 
[H,o* ][HA], -[H,O*+K 
P.T.O 


8610 
(6) 
Will a precipitate form if equal volumes of 0.01 M AgNO 
(c) 
and 0.0004 M NaCI are mixed ? Given K of AgCl 
= 
4,4,4 
1.7x 10-0 M?. 
Write the van der Waals equation in the virial form and 
(a) 
8. 
evaluate the second virial coefficient. 
(b) 
Calculate the volume occupied by 2.0 mol of N, at 400 
K and 10.1325 MPa pressure if p.V/T, is equal to 2.21. 
Calculate at 25°C the exact pH of a solution of (a) 0.0011 
44,4] 
M NaOH, and (b) 10-7 M NaOH. 
. 
Write short notes on any four 
( 
Law of equipartition of energy 
(i) 
Rotating crystal method 
(iii) 
Theory of Acid-base indicators 
(iv) 
Continuity of States 
(v) 
Cleansing action of detergents. 
4x3 
8610 
6 
1500 


262 
Roll No. 
8842 
iA 
S. No. of Question Paper 
:217103 
Unique Paper Code 
LIBRARY 
Name of the Paper 
:Organic Chemistry-I (CHHT-102) 
B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration 
:3 Hours 
75 
Maximum Marks 
Instructions for Candidates: 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
Answer any six questions. 
Attempt all the parts and sub parts of a question together.
Question No. 1 carries 15 marks (Question Nos. 2 to 8 carry 12 marks each). 
(a) GIving reasons. arrunge the following in order of increasing stability. 
CH 
-CH2 
CH 
CH 
CH 
(b) Arrange the following in order of decreasing acidity with suitable reason 
CI 
CI-CHCOOH 
ClC-COOH 
CI-CH2-COOH 
CI 
CI 
(c) Give the mechanism of the following transformation. 
(d) Predict the structures of major products A to F in the following re:actions. 
OH 
Conc. H2SO4 
B 
Zn/H) 
(i) 
H 
Na 
D 
13C-CEC-CH 
Lindlar Catalyst 
Liq. NH 
(ii) 


HBr 
IBr 
I1,C-CH=CH 
Benzoyl peroxide 
(iii) 
(3.3.3.5) 
2 (A Assign the following as aromatic/antiaromatic Vith suitable explanation. 
(b) Assign the RS configurations and stereochemical relationship to the following 
compounds. 
COOH 
COOH 
H 
Br 
H 
Br 
Br 
H 
CH 
CH 
(c Giivng reasons, arrange the tollowing in order of ncreasing dipole moment. 
CI 
C 
CI 
CI 
(d) What do you mean by *optically active substance"? Assign the following compounds as 
Optically active 1nactive. 
COOH 
CH3 
COOH 
CHO 
H 
OH 
NH 
H 
CH; 
CHOH 
H-OH 
HO 
COOH 
CH 
(3.3.3,3) 
3. (a) Givng reasons. arrange the following in order of increasing rate towards arota 
electrophilic substitution reactions. 
C 
CH 
NO2 
h Describe the Hoimann-elimination reaction with suitable example. 
(c) Draw the contormations of cyclohexane and relate their energies through poteindu 
diagram. 
(d) Predict the sructures of major products A to Cin the following reactions. 


NBS 
Br2 
B 
CCl/A 
CCl 
Br2 /l1,0 
(2.3.4.3) 
4. (a) Explain the reaction and mechanism involved in the hydroboration-oxidation of 
-propene. 
(b) Give the E/Z notation in the folloving eompound. 
COOH 
H 
HC 
(c) Explain the imechanism of free racical halogenations of an alkane. 
(d) Predict the structures of major products in the following reactions 
Br2 
HC-CH-CH3 
CH3 
(i) 
NO: 
Br 
Fe iA 
(ii) 
KOH (ale.) 
HC-CHCH-CH3 
Br 
(ii) 
H 
H 
Dil. KMn04 
=C CH 
H3C 
OH 
(iv) 
(3.2.3,4) 
.(a) Giving reason, arrange the followi"g in order ot nercasing boiling point. 
CH3 
H,C-CH-CH2-CH3 
CH 
H3C-CiH; 
CH3 
HC-CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3 
(b) Classify the following into electrophiles and hucleophiles with explanation. 
NH2 
NO 
H,C-NH. CBr 
CO 
H,C-cEo 
(c) Giving reasons, arrange the following in order ol increasing stability. 


(d) Predict the structures of major products A to D in the lollowing reactions. 
HgSO 120 
A 
Ph-CCH 
HSO 
NaNH2 
KOH (alc.) 
C 
HCCH-CH2 
Br 
Br 
(i) 
OH 
HNO /11SO 
********* 
CH 
ii) 
(2,3,3.4) 
6. Explain the following: 
(a) 1-Propyne is less reactive than 1-propene towards electrophilic addition reactions. 
(b) lodoethaneis less reactive than chloroethane in Friedel-Craft's alkylation of benzene. 
(c) Etharne-1,2-iiol is more siable in (Tauche conformation than its Anti conformation. 
(d) Dipole moment of chloroethane is higher than chloroethene. 
(3.3,3,3) 
7. (a) Giving reasins, arrange the ollowing in o'der of increasing stability. 
NI12 
NH: 
b) Draw the T ischer projection formulae of the following. 
CH3 OH 
H 
H 
H 
CH3 
H3 
CH5 
(c) Give the reaction and mechanism of the following: 
(i) Ozonolysis of 2-butene. 
(ii) Friede|-Cralt' s acylation of benzene. 
(3.3.6) 
8. 
Write shot iotes on the lollowing (any four). 


(a) Bacyer strain theory. 
(b) Markovnikov's addition to alkenes. 
(c) Wurtz reaction. 
(d) Optical Isomerism 
(e) Inductive and electromeric effects. 
(3.3,3.3)

(1 
LIBRARY 
eTai 
This question paper contains 7 printed pages 
Your Roll No. 
211 
S1. No. of Q. Paper 
:2199 
IC 
Unique Paper Code 
32171201 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
Name of the Paper 
:Organic Chemistry - I 
Semester 
: II 
' 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt any six questions in all. 
(c) Question No.1 is compulsory. 
1. Attempt any five questions 
3x5-15 
(a) cis- but-2-ene on treating with carbene gives 
100% cis - 1,2 -
dimethylcyclopropane, 
sometimes its gives mixture of 50% cis and1 
50% trans-1,2
dimethylcyclopropane. 
Explain this observation. 
(b) Discuss the stereochemical implications of 
S 
and S 
reaction.
P.T.O. 


2199 
2199 
(c) Phenol is more acidic than an alkyl alcohol. 
Explain. 
3. (a) How many products we will get on 
dehydration of 3,3-Dimethylbutan-2-ol? 
4 
(d) Write down all the possible conformational 
isomer 
of Ethylenne glycol. Which 
conformation is most stable and why ? 
Explain with mechanismn. 
(b) 1,3-butadiene on treating with HBr gives 3- 
Bromobut-1-ene at low temnperature 
(e) Write the structure formula of (S) (E)-2- 
Bromo-3-heptene. 
whereas at high temperature gives 
1-Bromobut-2-ene. Explain this observation. 
4 
( 
Explain the order of stability of the following 
carbocations 
3°>2°>1°>CH 
(c) (i) Convert Propane to 2,3-Dimethylbutane. 
2. (a) Write down all the possible stereoisomer of 
1,3-dibromo-2-methylbutane. Assign R/S 
configuration to each and every chiral center 
present in each possible stereoisomer. 
6 
(ii) How is it proved that the chlorination of 
methane occurs via free radical 
mechanism ? 
4. (a) Friedel Craft Alkylation of benzene with 1- 
chlorobutane gives mixture of product. 
3 
(b) Assign priorities and give E/Z notations to 
followingg:
Explain with mechanism. 
6 
(b) Convert 
Benzene 
to 
1-chloro-1-
phenylethane. 
3 
C. 
Ph 
CH,CI 
HO 
NH 
CI 
(c 
example of each with explanationfor:
Aromatic, Anti-aromatic and Alicyclic 
compounds. 
Define Huckel's rule and give one 
H 
coOH 
H,CO 
CH 
Br 
3 
2 
3 
P.T.O. 


2199 
2199 
(d) Write down the standard Fischer 
3 
(d) What are the limitations of Wurtz'ss 
reaction? How Corey-House synthesis 
overcomes these limitations. 
Projection for the following
3 
6. Complete the following and give stereochemistry 
wherever necessary: 
CHOH 
12 
OH 
H 
(a) CH,CH=CH, BH,,? HG/Oh? 
Ch 
H 
H 
(b) (CH),C-CHCH= C (CH), G,?+? 
-OH 
HOOC 
OH 
HgSO 
(c) but-lyneH,SO? 
CHO 
(d) CH,CH-CH, +HOCi 
5. (a) Write down all the possible conforrnational 
isomers of 1-methylcyclohexane. Which 
conformer is more stable and why ? 
(e) but-2yne + Na/NH 
? 
(0 
1,3 butadiene + Maleic acid 
3 
(b) cis-1,4-but-2-ene-dioic acid (maleic acid 
on treatment with KMnO, (cold) gives a 
product. Explain the reaction with 
mechanism. Also give the stereochemistry 
of the product. 
alkaline KMnO, . 
(g) 
3 
(c) Convert benzene into m-nitrobenzoic acid. 
(h) (C,H,), N*OÃ- heat? 
3 
P.T.O. 


2199 
2199 
8. Write a short note on any three: 
4x3-12 
(a) Saytzeff elimination Vs. 
Hoffmann 
elimination
NBS/CCL. 
(b) Hydrogen Bonding 
(c) Types of Elimination reactions 
) 
(d) Oxymercuration-Demercuration reaction 
G) 
cis-but-2-ene CH,(singlet),? 
7. (a) Propene on bromination at low temperature 
gives different product than reacting at 
500°C. Explain. 
(b) Explain the following terms 
(i) 
1,3 diaxial interaction 
(ii) Torsional strain 
c) How will you distinguish between 
i) 1-heptyne and 2-heptyne 
() But-1-ene and Butane 
7 
1,800 


LL 
19 
A 
LIBRARY 
[This question paper contains 7 printed pages] 
Your Roll No. 
2o19 
SI. No. of Q. Paper 
:2200 
IC 
Unique Paper Code 
32171202 
Name of the Course 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
Name of the Paper 
:Physical Ciiemistry 
-
II 
Semester 
: II 
TNme: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates:
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Answer any six questiords. 
(c) Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
(d) Use of scientific calculator is allowed. 
R 
8.314 JK-l mol-1, N = 6.0231023 mol-
1. Attempt any five 
5x3 
(a) The magnitude of the boiling point elevation 
1s less than that of the freezing point 
depression for a solution of the same 
concentration : Explain the statement in 
terms of chemical potential along with 
diagram. 
P.T.O. 


2200 
2200 
(b) Equilibrium constant K, is a dimensionless 
quantity. Explain. 
(b) 0.1 M solution of NaCl is found to be isotonic 
with 1.1% solution of urea. Calculate the 
(c) Is the Joule Thomson experiment reversible? 
apparent degree of dissociation of NaCL 
4 
Explain by describing how one could or could 
not, restore the gas to its initial state by the 
(c) A useful reaction has a positive value of AG. 
Can the reaction be made to proceed ? 
Explain with example. 
same path. 
2 
(d) Reversible processes are ideal process and 
cannot be carried out in practice. Comment. 
3. (a) For the solute (2) in dilute solution in a 
certain solvent the partial molal volume is 
given by V, =a+bm, where m is the molality 
of the solution and a, b are constants. Express 
the partial molal volume V in terms of a, b, 
m and quantities characteristics of the 
solvent. 
(e) Why standard solutions are prepared in 
volumetric flask rather than a beaker ? 
( 
Why AG is used more compared to AA to 
express the condition of spontaneity of the 
b) The bond dissociation enthalpies of H, (g) and 
N, (g) are +435.95 kJmoll and +941.8 kJmoll 
and the enthalpy of formation of NH, (g) is 
- 46.024 kJmol-. 
reaction? 
2. (a) An imaginary gas has the equation of state 
PV=n°KT (where K is a constant) and its 
heat capacity C, is independent of 
temperature and pressure. For this gas U 
depends only on T, as for an ideal gas. 
(i) 
What is the enthalpy of atomisation of 
NH,()? 
2 
(ii) What is the average bond enthalpy of 
N-H bond? 
i) Obtain an equation that relate the initial 
and final pressure to the initial and final 
temperature in a reversible adiabatic 
expansion of the gas. 
2 
(c Why in the use of entropy as a criterion for 
spontaneity do we have to consider A Sotal 
but in the case of the Gibbs free energy we 
(ii) Find C, -C, for this gas in terms of P, T 
have to consider only AG.e not AGt? 
3 
and K. 
6 
3 
P.T.O. 
2 


2200 
2200 
4. (a) dU = xy?dx +xy dy and dw 
= Sin (y) dx+ Sin 
(b) Show that chemical potential 
can also be 
x) dy 
OU 
(i) Ascertain whether dU and dw are exact 
written as 
Is this a partial molar 
or inexact differentials. 
3 
quantity ? Give reason. 
4 
(i) For each differential that is exact find 
(c) Derive a relation between osmotic pressure 
and elevation in boiling point. 
the function of which it is differential 
4 
by integrating over a suitable path. Show 
in a diagram the path that you choose. 
6. (a) A 25 g mass of ice at 273 K is added to 150 g 
of liquid water at 360 K at constant P. What 
3 
is the final state of system? Calculate AS 
(b) Calculate the standard enthalpy of formation 
of ethane at 350 K. Given that its value at 
for the process. Given: AH(H,0) 
= 6.0095 
kJ mol, C, (H,O, 1) 
= 75.29 JK-' mol- and 
4 
298 K is -84.68 kJ moll and C,|(JK- mol-) 
for H, (g) is 27.28 + 3.26x103 T, C (s) is 
16.86+4.77x 10% T and CH, is 14.72+ 0.1272 
T. 
Tm (H,O, s) = 273K. 
(b) Which of the following processes are 
spontaneous ? Give reason. 
4 
(i) Reversible isothermal expansion of an 
ideal gas 
(ii) Vaporization of superheated water at 102 
C and 1 bar. 
4 
(c) Distinguish between bond enthalpy and bond 
dissociation enthalpy. 
2 
i The constant P melting of ice at its 
normal freezing point by addition of 
infinitesimal amount of heat. 
5. (a) One mole of hydrogen and nine moles of 
nitrogen are mixed at 298 K and 1 atm 
pressure. Assuming ideal behaviour for the 
gases, calculate the entropy of mixing per 
mole of the mixture formed. Would it make 
any difference if under similar conditions 
one mole of hydrogen is mixed with nine 
4 
(iv) Adiabatic expansion of a gas into vacuum. 
A 
(c) Derive the relationas 
moles of oxygen ? 
5 
P.T.O. 


2200 
2200 
7. (a) Starting from the definition of G and using 
thermal equation of state dG= -SdT+VdP. 
the 
following 
(b) Derive the relation 4S =CJ. 
(P-) 
Derive 
relation 
starting from dH = TdS+ VdP. 
(c) At 480 K and a total pressure of 1 atm, a 
mixture consisting of nitrogen and hydrogen 
in the mole ratio of 1:3 contains 16% 
4 
(a(AGIT)|= AH . 
a(1/T) )p 
(b) 
1 mole of an ideal gas at 25 °C and 1 atm is 
subjected to following changes successively 
ammonia at equilibrium. Calculate K, for the 
reaction. 
4 
i) Heated to 50 °C at constant volume 
(ii) Expanded isothermally reversibly till P 
is 0.5 atm. 
(iii)Cooled to 25 °C at constant P. 
Calculate g, w, AUand AHif C,=R. 
(c) Van't Hoff factor, i, for aqueous solution of 
both NaCl and CH,COOH depends on the 
concentration of the solution. Explain. 
2 
8. (a) Heat capacity of metal X is 3.053 J°Chnol 
at 20 K. Calculate the standard absolute 
entropy of this substance in JK-1 moll at 
20 K. 
4 
7 
1,800 
6 


(19 
356S SFH 
Ni 
GOLLE 
13RARY 
3RAR 
niqe Paper code :27201 
Wame of the Paper: CHHT-203: Physical Chemistry I 
ame of the course: E.S: (H) Chemistry 
emester: II 
Duraticn: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Write your roll no on the top immediately on receipt of the question paper) 
Instructions for candidates 
1. Answer six questions 
2. Question No.1 is compulsory 
3.Use of Scientific calculator and log tables is permitted 
R 8.314 JK'mol; NA = 6.023 X 10 mol K; k= 1.38 X 10 JK 
Q1 
Atempt any Five f the following: 
(3 x 5 15) 
Ca 
Shw that th Van der Waals constantor teal gas is tour times its moleclar 
b 
Knd C arel indistinguishable by ray diffraction method 
Calculate the miller indices of the crystal plane which cuts through the crystal axis at: 
(24, 3b, c (2a, -sb,-3e) 
(d) 
What is the effect of temperature on viscosity of liquid? 
(e) 
Solubility of AgCl will decrease if some AgN03 is added to its saturated solution. 
pH of neutral water at 110°C is less than 7 but it is not acidic in nature. 
Q.2 
Explain its limitation and give the units of van der Waals constant. 
(4, 4.4) 
Derive the van der Waals equation witli correctiOn of pressure and volumes. 
(a) 
Define the terms collision diameter and collision frequency. Derive the 
(b) 
expression for number of collision per unit time and per unit volume Zi1. 


1 
degree of ionization. DerIVe ihe exaci expression to calculate o 
4,4) 
for weak noneproic acid. 
f 
An indicator Hin has ionization constant of 9 x 10 M. The acid col 
Q.3a) 
indicator is yeltow and aikaline ocolour is red. The yellow colour is visible when the 
yetlow to red form is 30 to 1 and the rod form is visible when the ratio of red to yellow 
is 2 to 1. What is the pH range of indicator? 
(b) 
Describe the methods used to determine the viscosity of liquid. 
(c) 
Describe all the symmetry elements of cube. 
(4, 4, 
A solution is 0.1 M in Cr', 0.1 M Br and I' in I. Solid AgNO; is grad uatly 
Q.4 
(a) 
added to this solution. Assuming that the addition of AgNO3 does not change the voiune 
nswer the following: 
(i) 
What concentration of Ag ions will be required to start precipitation 
of each of the three ions? 
ii) 
Which ion will be precipitated first? 
Given: ksp (AgC) 
= 1.7x 10 
M, ksp (AgBr) 
= 5.0 x 10 
M, ksp 
= 8.5 x 10 M 
(b) 
What is meant by salt hydrolysis? Derive the expression for hydroly sis 
constant, degree of hydrolysis and pH of a salt of weak acid and strong base in terms of 
dissociation constani of weak acid and ionic product of water. 
50ml of 0.1 M HCI is being titrated with 0.1 M NaOH. Determine the pH 
when (i) 15 ml and i) 25 ml of NaOH has been added. 
(4, 4, 4) 
Q.5 
(a) 
Derive a, b, and R in lerms of P, Ve, and To. 
(b 
State Troutons Rule. Calculate the boiling point for Benzene given that 
A ap-30.72 kJ mol 
(c) 
Whal do you understand by the lenm eritical phenomenon? Draw the isothern 
of CO, at different temperature to explain it? 
4.4,4) 
Q6 
(a) 
Derive the following relationship 
BT 
3V 
Where symbols have their usual meanings 


b) 
Deive the expression for Boyle's Temperature. 
(ii 
Evaluatc Boylc's temperature of gas. 
Given that: a 
= 17.7 kPa dm° mol and b 
= 0.02 dm' mol 
(c) 
At 60 C, the ionic product of water is 9.6 X 10" M. Evaluate ihe pBl at th 
temperature. 
(4.4, 4 
Q.7 
(a) 
Derive an expression for kinetic gas equation. 
(b) 
Derive the Bragg's equation 
(c) 
Show that the ratio of molar heat capacity at constant pressu 
Cp.m to molar heat capacity at constant volume Cym for á monoatomic gas is 1.67, 
(4,4,4) 
Q.8 
(a) 
pressureof a liquid. 
Describe the methods commonly employed for measurement of vap0ur 
(b 
Explain screw axis and glide plane. 
An element crystallizing in cubic form gives first five diffraction lines a 
(c) 
19.08 22. 17, 32.26, 38.74 and 40.82, when using x ray with 
=154 pm. What is the 
type of cubic crystal formed from elements? 
4,4,4) 
Q.9 
Write short notes on any three of the following:
(a) Cleansing action of soap 
Cb) Law of crystallography 
)Theory of acid-base indicators 
(d Activation energy of viscous flow 
(3 x 4 12) 


AR 
Roll no. 
LIBR ARY 
o1 
S. No. of Question Paper 
3r4 
Unique Paper Code 
217203 
Name of the Paper 
Analytical Methods in Chemical analysis 
T 
Name of the Course 
B. Sc. (H). Chemistry 
Semester 
Duration 3 Ilours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roi! No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt flve questions in all. 
Use of scientifie calculator/log tabie is allowed 
(23 6) 
i(a). Dilterentiate the iollowings (any three): 
i) Absolute uncertainty and relative uncertainty 
(1i) Qualietive and cquantitative analysis 
(ii) Potentiometer and conductometer 
(iv) Calor:e! an glass electrode 
(v) Analytieal molarity and equilibrium molarity 
1b). Complete the iollowing: 
(1x5 = 5) 
(i) Differeee betneen the experinmental mean value and a true value is 
(ii) 
cromatograpiny involves the analytical separation of a chemical mixture 
bascd 
tiic intractiot oi the adsorbate with the adsorbent 
(ii) Parti 
. 
lol a 
substance froIm a solution or nixture by dissolving it in another, 
immis 
olvei! in which il is nore solubleis called 
iv) Pon 
is 
alent quentities f hases and acids are mixed 


(v) Wavelengtl; ol maximum absorbance is known as 
1c). Explain the meclhanism of ion-exchange chromatograpny wilh suitable examples (4 
2(a). Explain the prineiple of thermogravimetriC analyzer (1GA). Sketch the flow diagram of 
(5) 
instrument. 
2/b). A 0.6025 
sample was dissolved and the Mg and Ca 
ions present were precipitated as 
MgC204.H;0 and CaC:01.H0. The oxalates were then heated in a thermogravimetric apparatus 
leaving a residue lat weighed 0.5713 g in the range of 320°C to 400°C and 0.4673 g in the range 
of 580°C to 620"C, Caleulate the % mg and Ca in the sample? 
(5) 
2(c). What do you incan by eolumn eficiency and plate height? Explain. 
(5) 
3(a). What do n 
understand by the term Accuracy and Precision*? Explain them by suitable 
examples? 
(3) 
3(b). What are 
SOurces of systematic errors and how can they be removed? 
(3) 
3(c). What do yau understand by term stationary and mobile phase? Give the slationary phase in 
case of paper and column chromatography? 
3) 
3(d).Give the emission wavelength observed for Ca. K and Mg in flame photometry? 
(3) 
Se). Analyical ctiemistry is a unique experimental science? Comment. 
(3) 
44). Whal is ivporational definition of pH? List the several sources of uncertainty in pfi 
measurements wh a glasS reference electrode system? 
(5) 
4(b).what do yo.i 1ean by error in data? What are the sources of determinate errors? 
(5) 
4fc). In soven! wtrtion of Uranium with 8-hydrox yquinoline in chloroform the volumes of the 
aqucous and u aie phase were 25 ml when the % 
extraction was 99.8%. Calculate tne 
distribution rali 
S.Substancc A 
i15 ave retention times of 16.40 and 17.63 min respectively on a 
cm 
column. An 
'.i 
speries passes through the column in 1.30 min. The peak wu 
(at 
basc) for A ant 
ind I.min, respectively. Caleulate. 
(3 x5 
= 
l15) 
i) Colu 
olution 
ii) Plate 


(11)The ae 
LINOer of plates in column 
(1) The lengol eolumn required to achieve resolution of 1.5 
(v) The tim 
ure Lo elute sample B on the column which gives an R, value of l.5 
(5) 
6a). Draw a s 
.. di a Singie beam flame atomic absorption spectrophotomeler 
6(b). Calculate 
(2 x5 = i0) 
(i) Average ievietion 
ii) Standardeviation 
(iiiyRejeclioresuits 
iv) 90% coniidenee limit 
(v) t-distrib ion 
values are: 7.1 
7.98,, 6.942, 7.256 and 6.593 (n 
5) 
7a). What i: t 
pie of solvcnt extraction LApiai the mecnanisin oi melal extraction by 
chelation. 
(5) 
7(b). What is iandard electrode potential? What is the correlation between current and cel! 
potentia1? 
(5) 
7(c). Pgtentiotie technique can be used in variety of titrations. Comment and justify by 
giving examples. 
(5)

LIBRARY 
(18 
[This question paper contains 4 printed pages 
Your Roll No. 
S1. No. of Q. Paper 
:7393 
J 
Unique Paper Code 
32171301 
Name of the Course 
: B.Sc.(Hons.) Chemistry 
Name of the Paper 
Inorganic Chemistry II: 
s and p block elements 
Semester 
: II 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(i) Write your Roll No.. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(ii) Attempt any five questions. 
(iii) All questions carry equal marks. 
1. (a) Explain why most lines in the Ellingham
diagram slope upward from left to right. What 
happens when a line crosses AG=0? 
5 
(b) Why is white phosphorus very reactive in 
comparison to red phosphorus ? Give the 
mechanism of stepwise hydrolysis of P,O,a. 
P.T.O 


7393 
7393 
(c) How will you obtain the following: 
(i) B-bromoborazine from borazine 
(c) Discuss the structure and bonding in 
Diborane. What are the products formed 
when diborane reacts with excess ammonia 
5 
at 
(ii) (NPF,), from (NPCl,), 
(i) low temperature 
2. (a) Chemistry of Lithium is different from other 
(ii) high temperature 
alkali metals. Give examples in support of 
5 
3515 
4. Give reason (any five): 
the statement. 
(i) P, molecule is more stable than the P, 
molecule. 
(b) What are clathrate compounds of noble gases? 
Why do helium and neon not form clathrates?
5 
(ii) lonization energy decreases from B to Al but 
increases from Al to Ga. 
(c) Give 
one method of preparation of 
peroxodisulphuric acid. What is the oxidationa 
state of Sulphur in it ? Give one reaction in 
support of its strong oxidizing nature. 
(iii) H,O a liquid but H,S a 
gas at room 
temperature. 
(iv) Only the alkali metals form solid, stable 
hydrogen carbonate salts. 
3. (a) Name the class of silicates present in the 
following minerals. Write the basic silicate 
unit present in them and give their structure 
(v) The bond angle in NH, is 
107 
while in 
PH, is 93 
(vi) Interhalogens are more reactive than the 
halogens 
5 
5. (a) Explain briefly the complex formation 
tendency of the alkali metals with special 
reference to crown ethers and cryptands. 
(i) 
Zircon 
(ii) Emerald or Beryl. 
(b) Among the alkaline earth metals (except 
Beryllium), which will (a) have the most 
insoluble sulfate; (b) be the softest metal. 
(b) (i) 
What are pseudohalogen compounds ? 
2.5 
Give reason. 
5 
3 
P.T.O 
2 


7393 
(ii) Draw the structure of the following 
compounds: 
2.5 
ICI, H,S0, Basic Beryllium acetate 
5 
(c) Complete the following (any five): 
() CsIC,A 
(i) Mg(NO,), (6)>a 
(ii) B,N,H, +HCI 
(iv) C0+2NaOH 
A,320C 
()H,P0, A,220 C 
(vi) XeF,+H,O 
5x3=15 
6. 
Write short notes on (any three): 
6. 
(a) Allotropes of Carbon 
(b) Hydrometallurgy 
Inert pair effect 
(d) Craig and Paddock model for imperfect 
delocalization of n-electrons in (NPCI,), 
(c) 
A 
1800 


9 
IBRARYy 
[This question paper contains 4 printed pag
s 
.12 
Your Roll No. 
.rnde... 
ehi 
SI. No. of Q. Paper: 7394 
J 
Unique Paper Code : 32171302 
Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.) Chemistry 
Name of the Paper 
C VI - Organic Chemistry - II 
Semester 
:III 
Time: 3 Hourss 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt any five questions. 
(c) All questions carry equal marks. 
1. (a) An organic compound A (C,H,0) reacts with 
iodine and aq. Sodiumn hydroxide to give 
iodoform and sodium salt of an acid B 
(CsHgO). B on reaction with chlorine and 
red phosphorous forms compound C 
(CH,O,Cl). Hydrolysis of C followed by 
acidification gives compound D. Identify A, 
B, C, & D with the reactions involved. Name 
the reaction by which B is converted to C. 
Write the mechanism for conversion of A to 
B. 
10 
P.T.O. 


7394 
7394 
(b) Write one test along wth reaction involved 
for distinction between the following pairs 
of compounds : 
() 1-Pentanol and 2-pentanol 
(ii) Acetaldehyde and benzaldehyde 
(e) t-Butyl methyl ether is prepared by reaction 
of methyl chloride and sodium t-butoxide 
rather than from t-butyl chloride and sodium 
methoxide. 
2.5x2-5 
4. Write the products for the following along with 
equations: 
3x5-15 
2. How will you prepare the compound a, b, &C 
from ethyl acetoacetate and d & e from diethyl 
3x5-15 
(a) When oxalic acid, succinic acid and adipic 
acid are heated separately. 
(b) Ethyl acetate is treated with sodium 
ethoxide followed by reaction with one mole 
of ethyl iodide in the presence of sodiun 
malonate ? 
(a) 3-Methylpentan-2-one 
b) Succinic acid 
metal. 
(c) 2-Methylhexanoic acid 
(c) Phenol is heated with carbon dioxide under 
presure in the presence of sodium hydroxide 
followed by reaction with acetic anhydride 
in the presence of acid catalyst. 
(d) Acetone when reacted with hydroxyl amine 
followed by treatment with Conc. H,SO 
(e) Maleic acid and fumaric acid are treated 
separately with dil. KMnO 
(d) Cinnamic acid 
(e) 5-Ethylbarbituric acid 
3x5-15 
3. Explain the following: 
(a) The rate of hydrolysis of the carboxylic acid 
derivatives is 
CH COCl>(CH,CO),0>CH,CONH, 
(b) S1 reactions 
are accompanied by 
5. How will you carry out the following conversions? 
3x5-15 
racemization as well as inversion of 
(a) Ethanoic acid to Propanoic acid 
(b) Benzene to ethoxybenzene 
(c) Acetone to 2-methyl-2-butanol 
(d) Benzaldehyde tò benzamide 
(e) Aniline to fluorobenzene 
configuration. 
(co-Nitrophenol is a weaker acid than 
p-nitrophenol. 
(d) Reactivity of aryl halidas towards nucleophilic 
substitution increases with the substitutionn 
of nitro group at ortho-and para-positions. 
P.T.O. 
2 


7394 
6. Complete the following reactions. Write the 
6. 
5x3-15 
mechanism of the reaction involved. 
Dil. NaOH 
(a CH,CH,CHO 
Aq. Alc. KCN 
(6) C.H,CHO 
CH, 
(c) HC--
-CH, 
CHJOH/H_ 
7. Write short notes on any three of the following 
with emphasis to (i) the functional group that 
undergoes these reactions, (ii) products formed, 
(iii) reaction conditions and (iv) mechanism. 
5x3-15 
(a) Baeyer-Villiger oxidation 
(b) Cannizzaro reaction 
(c)
(d) Benxil-benzilic acid rearrangement 
Fries rearrangement 
(e) Michael addition 
1800 


A 
(o LIBRARY 
This question paper contains 7 printed pages 
L... 
Your Roll No. 
.Rdml... 
Sl. No. of Q. Paper 
:7395s 
J 
Unique Paper Code 
:32171303 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc.(Hons.) Chemistry 
Name of the Paper 
: Physical Chemistry 
III : 
Phase Equilbria and 
Electrochemical Cells 
Semester 
: III 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(ii) Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
(iii) Attempt six questior1s in all, selecting at 
least two questions from each Section. 
(iv) Use of scierntific calculator is allowed. 
Values of constants: 
R-8.314 JK' mol1, 
F-96500C mol',(2.303 RT/F) at 298 K = 0.0591 
P.T.O. 


7395 
7395 
(b) Show that NH,cl(s) - NH, (g)- HCl(g) system 
in which PHPHCLis a one component system 
whereas when PNH 
PHCI is a two component 
system. 
3x5-15 
1. Explain (any five): 
H3 
(a) How can liquid junction potential be 
4 
eliminated ? 
(c) The vapour pressure of toluene is 59.1 torr 
at 313.75K and 298.7 torr at 353.15K. 
(b) Quinhydrone electrode is not suitable for pH 
measurement more than 8.5. 
Calculate the molar heat of vaporization. 
4 
(c) Difference between electrolytic and galvanic 
cell. 
3. (a) Differentiate between congruent and 
(d) Use of adsorbent in powdered form. 
incongruent melting point system with an 
example. 
4 
(e) Slope of fusion curve of water system is 
(b) Metal A and B melts at 110°C and 75°C 
inclined towards pressure axis. 
respectively. They form one compound AB 
() Plait point lies either to the left or right of 
which decomposes at 20°C to give a solid 
the maximum of the binodal curve in a three 
and a melt containing 50mole % of B. There 
component system. 
is a eutectic point at 5°C and eutectic 
(g) Triethylamine-water system shows lower 
composition is 70 mole % of B. Sketch the 
CST. 
phase diagram and label it. 
4 
(c) Show that multistage extraction is more 
Section A 
economical than single stage extraction. 
4 
2. (a) Derive phase rule for a non-reactive system. 
4 
3 
P.T.O. 
2 


7395 
7395 
4. (a) Derive Duhem Margules equation as 
applicable to a binary liquid mixture and 
show that if one component behaves ideally 
then other component also behaves ideally. 
(b) For the following cell 
Pb PbCL,(s) | PbCI,(sol) | AgClys) | Ag. 
The potential at 298K is 0.49oV and the 
variation of emf with temperature is given by: 
E= a-(1.86 x 10 VK-1)(T 
- 25K) 
4 
(b) Calculate the degree of freedom at a point 
which lies any where 
Calculate AG, AH and AS for the reaction 
at 298 K. 
(i) 
Outside the binodal curve 
(c) Describe the construction of hydrogen 
electrode along with necessary diagram and 
chemical equations. Give its limitation also. 
(i) Within the binodal curve 
(c) Write a short note on fractional distillation. 
4 
4 
7. (a) What are concentration cells ? Derive the 
expression for a concentration cell with 
4 
5. (a) State and derive the lever rule. 
4 
(b) Draw a well labelled phase diagram of 
choloroform-acetic acid- water system. 
transference. 
(b) Calculate the cell potential at 25°C for the 
cell 
4 
c) The vapour pressure of aniline and water at 
98.5°C are 717mm and 43mm respectively.
Molar masses of liquids are 93 and 18. 
Calculate the relative masses of two liquids 
in the distillate after the steam distillation. 
Pt | Hp=1 bar) | HBr(a t =0.2)| Hg,Br,(s) | Hg 
Given EBr- Hg2Br2Hg =0.1385V 
(c) Construct the galvanic cell for the following 
reactions and write the expression for the 
cell potential 
4 
4 
() Zn(s)+H,SO (aq) 
ZnSO,(ag)+H,(g) 
(i) Ag laq)+CI (aq) >AgCl (s) 
Section - B 
6. (a) How will you determine the accurate value 
of half-cell potential graphically ? 
4 
5 
P.T.O. 
4 


7395 
7395 
4x3-12 
9. Write short note (any three) 
(i) 
Potentiometric titrationns 
8. (a) Explain 
A 
(i) Why chemisorption is monolayer and 
(ii) 
Reversible and irreversible galvanic cells 
physiosorption is multilayer. 
(iii) Different types of half cells 
(ii) Most adsorption process are exothermic 
(iv) Glass electrode 
in nature. 
(b) Derive the following Langmuir Adsorption 
isotherm: 
4 
k2 klk2 k2 
x/m 
Explain the various symbols. 
(c) From the following reduction reactions and 
E values 
Fe(ag)+e >Fe2(aq) E° =0.771 V 
Fe(aq) +2e> Fe(s) E° =-0.447 V 
Calculate E° for the half-cell reaction 
Fe (ag)+3e 
Fe(s) 
6 
1 
1800 


(21 
3h1 
Name of Course :B.Sc.(H) Chemistry 
LIBRARY 
LIBRARY 
Semester : II| 
Name of the Paper: Inorganic Chemistry-|| 
Unique Paper Code: 217301 
Old Code: CHHT-305 
Attempt any five questions. Each question carries 15 marks. 
Q1 a) Derive Born Lande's equation for calculating lattice energy of ionic crystals. Explain the 
various terms involved. 
b) Which will have higher lattice energy; NaCl or CsCl and why? (both have the same 
crystal structures) 
c) Draw Born Haber's Cycle for formation of NaCl. 
d) Why is doping done in semiconductors? 
(5.3,4.3) 
Q2 a) Discus , why B2 is paramagnetic and C2 is diamagnetic using M.O. theory. (4,3.3, 5) 
b) Compare valence bond theory and molecular orbital theory. 
c)Which is more ionic PbO: or PbO? Why? 
d) Bond distance in HF is 0.917X10 
m. Find the % ionic character given that the observed 
dipole moment of the molecule is 6.6X10*0 coloumb meter. )e = 1.602X 10° C)) 
Q3 a) PCl; is a lewis base and not a lewIs acid while PCls iIS a lewis acid and not a lewis base. 
b) Using VSEPR theory, predict the geometry of: SO#*, SF4, XeO2F2, CIF:. CO2 
c) BF 
is tetrahedral while BrFa is planer. Explain. 
(5.5,5) 
94 a) Explain the order of decreasing basicity for methy lamine. pyridine and methylcyanide. 
b) Does Urea behave as a base or acid in water? VWhat will be its behavior in liquid 
ammonia? 
c) Give the increasing order of the acidic strength giving reasons: 


HCI04, HCIO2, HCI03, HCIO 
(5.5.5) 
g5 
a) What is Bent's rule? Using the rule explain which is more stable PClFz or PCl:F. 
b) Explain HSAB principle and what are its applications? 
c) Distinguish between: i) ionic and covalent bond 
i) Equivalent and on-equivalent hybrid orbitals (5.5,5) 
Q6 a) What is hydrogen bonding? Explain the different types of hydrogen bonds and give 
suitable examples. 
b) The bond angle of NH3 > NF3 while the bond angle of PF;> PH3. Explain. 
c) Calculate the lattice energy of MgO (in KJ/mol). Given A 
= 1.7475, r (Mg*) 
= 0.65 Å, r 
(5.5.5) 
(0) 
1.40 Å, n=7, e= 4.8X 10 
esu. 
(5.5.5) 
Q7 Write short notes on: 
i) 
ii) 
ii) 
Resonance and resonance energy 
Solvation energy 
Stoichiometric defects. 


GOLL 
(2 
D AiD 
LIBRARY 
C-No ) 
P:e84S 
Your Roll No.QLT 
Unique Paper Code 
:217303 
Name of the Paper 
:Organic Chemistry-II 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc.(Hons.) Chemistry 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. Write your Roll no. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2. Attempt Six questions in all 
3. Question no.l is compulsory and carries 15 marks. 
4. All other questions are of 12 marks each. 
. 
An organic compound A having molecular formula CoH190 reacts with NH:OH to give 
two isomers B and C with molecular formula CoH1ON. The compounds B and Con 
treatment with PCls isomerizes to compound D and E. Compound F having molecular 
formula CsHO2 may be formed either from A by the action of KI03 or from D by 
hydrolysis. Hydrolysis of E gives o-toluidine. Identify A to F and give the reactions 
involved. 
(15) 
2. (a) How will you distinguish between ,2° and 3° alcohols? 
(b) Why is phenol more acidic than alcohols? Explain by giving resonance structures. 
(c) o-Chloroanisole and m-chloroanisole gives the same product with NaNH2 and liq. 
NH3. Explain with mechanism. 
(d) Why is benzyl chloride more reactive than ethyl chloride towards nucleophilic 
substitution reaction? 
(3.3.3,3) 
3. (a) How will you synthesize Phenol from Cumene? 
(b) Differentiate between SN and SN2 reactions. 
(c) Which among the following is the most reactive towards nucleophilic acy 
substitution reactions. Give reasons for your answer. 
RCOCI. 
RCOOR, 
RCONH2 
(4.4.4) 


4. (a) What is the effect of heat on a, B and y-hydroxy acids? 
(b) Why is o-nitrophenol weaker acid than p-nitrophenol? 
(c) How will you prepare 2-methylpropan-2-ol using Grignard reagent? 
(d) Acid derivatives do not form 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazone though they have carbonyl 
group. Explain. 
3.3.3,3) 
5. (a) How will you distinguish between the following pairs of compounds? Write one 
method with the reaction(s) involved: 
) Phenol and Ethanol 
ii) Acetaldehyde and Acetone 
(iii) Acetophenone and Benzaldehyde 
(iv) Benzoic acid and Phthalic acid 
(8,4) 
(b) What is the role of CN ion during Benzoin condensation? 
6. (a) How will you prepare the following compounds from ethyl acetoacetate or diethyl 
malonate? (Any three) 
i) Cinnamic acid 
(ii) 5-Ethyl barbituric acid 
(ii) Succinic acid 
(iv) Acetone 
(9.3) 
(6) How will you convert benzaldehyde to benzamide? 
7. Write short notes on any three of the following: 
(a) Reimer-Tiemann reaction 
(b) Friedel's Crafts reaction 
(c) Wittig reaction 
(d) Aldol Condensation 
(e) Pinacol-Pinacolone rearrangement 
(4.4.4) 


919 
Co )) : 
84 
Your Roll No... 
****** 
:2173055 
Unique Paper Code 
LAR 
Name of the Paper 
:Physical Chemistry- II (CHHT-307) LIBRARY 
Name of the Course 
: B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
SemesterT 
: IlI 
Duration :3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
1. 
2. 
Attempt six questions in all. 
3. 
Q. No. 1 is compulsory. 
Given 
R 
8.314 J K'mol; NA = 6.022 x 1023 mol 
5x3-15 
1. Attempt any five of the following: 
(a) 
What is the difference between bond enthalpy and bond dissociation 
enthalpy? 
The magnitude of the boiling point elevation is less than thát of the 
freezing point depression. Explain 
(c) 
(b) 
Explain Hess's Law of constant heat summation with an example. 
(d) 
The residual entropy of O2 is zero, but that of CO is not zero at 
absolute zero. Why? 
(e) 
Why is the value of Cp always greater than Cy? 
Explain why, for mixing of two solvents to form an ideal solution, 
AVmix0? 
(g) 
( 
What is Le Chatelier's principle? 
4*3 12 
Derive the following: 
2. 
TVY-= Constant 
(a) 


(b) OT 
= OP 
aS ) 
aV)s 
(c) 
(O(AG/T) 
= AH 
a1/T)) 
The Joule- Thompson coefficient of a gas can be positive, negative 
3 
(a) 
or zero. Comment. 
The bond enthalpy of Hz(g) is 436 kJ mo1 and that of N2(g) is 941.3 kJ 
(b) 
mol'. Calculate the average bond enthalpy of an N-H bond in ammonia. 
AHP(NHs)= -40.0 kJ mol. 
What are exact and inexact differentials? Show that 'dw' is an inexact 
4*3 12 
(c) 
differential 
Write a short note on abnormal colligative properties of solutions 
and van't Hoff factor. 
4 
(a) 
Calculate the osmotic pressure of 0.1 M solution of K4[Fe(CN)%] at 300K, 
(b) 
assuming the salt to be 40% ionised in this solution. 
Derive 
4x3 12 
(c) 
RT M1x m 
AT, 
AH jus 
State and explain the Zeroth law of thermodynamics. Also discuss 
5. 
(a) 
its applications. 
What are intensive and extensive properties? Is internal energy is 
(b) 
extensive or intensive property? 
By using third law of thermodynamics predict the absolute entropy 
tropy 
4*3=12 
(c) 
of water at 0 K and use the same to compute the absolute entropy of 
water at 400 K and 1 bar pressure from the following data: 
Cp (H20(s), 0-273 K) 
= 
30 JK'mol 
Cp (H2O(1), 273-373 K) 
= 
75 JK*"mol'; AHrusion 
= 
65 kJ mol 
Cp (H20(v), 373-400 K) 
= 
36 JK'mol'; AHvap= 40 kJ mol 
Explain, while the equilibrium constant Kp of a gaseous reaction is 
6. 
(a) 
independent of pressure, Kx is not. 
(b) 
constant Kp for the following reaction is 1.64x 10*4. Calculate Ke 
and Kx. 
At a total pressure of 2 atmospheres and 673K the equilibrium 
N,O, (g) = 
2NO,(g) 
4*3-12 
(c) 
Derive the expression AG" = -RTlnkp foY a reaction in equilibrium using 
concept of Gibbs free energy. 
4x3 12 
7. 
(a) 
mol of Toluene. Calculate AGmixing and ASmixing at 25°C and 1 atm
pressure. Is mixing a spontaneous process ? Justify your answer. 
For the dissociation of PCl, (g) = PCl;(9) +Cl2(g), derive the expression 
An ideal solution is made from mixing 5.0 mol of Benzene and 3.25 
(b) 


a 
= 
*; where a is the the degree of dissociation, K, is the cquilibrium 
constant and P is the total pressure. 
(c) 
Derive additivity rule for chemical potential. 
4*3 12 
Write short notes on any three of the following: 
(a) 
Trouton's rule 
(b) 
Second law of thermodynamics 
(c) 
Intergral enthalpy of solution 
(d) 
Raoult's law of ideal solutions 
8.

MAA 
LIBRARY
New 
[This question paper contains 8 printed pages] 
Your Roll No. 
ao19 
S1. No. of Q. Paper 
:2201 
IC 
Unique Paper Code 
32171401
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
:Inorganic Chemistry- III, 
Coordination Chemistry 
Name of the Paper 
Semester 
:IV 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt Six questions in all. 
(c) Question No.1 is compulsory. 
1. Attempt any five of the following 
5x3-15 
() In comparison to lanthanoids, actinoids have 
greater tendency to form complexes. 
Explain. 
(ii) Metal ions with ds and d8 electronic 
configuration, prefers octahedral geometry. 
Justify. 
P.T.O. 
cOLLE 


2201 
2201 
(ii) Explain the variation of lattice energy of the 
(c) K,[Osci,N] 
(d) Na[Pt Br CI{NH,J{NO,)] 
(e) [Pt(py),IPtCI] 
divalent 3d transition metal halides. 
(iv) When hydrogen peroxide is added to the 
solution of potassium dichromate in dilute 
(ii) Write the formulae of the following 
complexes (attempt any four): 
sulphuric acid and the resultant solution is 
4 
shaken with ether, a blue coloured solution 
(a) Tris(ethylenediamine)cobalt (1II) 
hexacyanidochromate(II1). 
is obtained. Give the relevant chemical 
equation and the structure of the compound 
(b) 
Tetraamminechloridonitrit-N- 
responsible for imparting blue colour in 
cobalt(II)ion 
ether. 
(c) 
Tetrakis(triphenylphosphane)platinum 
(v) 
Whal is nephelauxetic effect ? How does this 
(0) 
effect explain the covalent nature of metal- 
(d) 
Pentaamminethiocyanato-N-chromium 
ligand bonds? 
(III) tetrachloridozincate(I) 
(vi) |Cu(NH,),2* is square planar, while CuCI,2 
(e) Potassium tetraazidocobaltate(II) 
is tetrahedral. Give reason.
(iii) A solution containing 0.319 g of CrCl,6H,O was 
passed through cation exchange resin in the 
(vii) Why do transition metals act as good 
catalysts ? 
acid form and the acid liberated was titrated 
2. (i) 
Name the following complexes according to 
with a standard solution of NaOH. This 
the IUPAC system of nomenclature 
(attempt any four ): 
(a) Ilen),Co(O,)(NH,)Cofen),]{NO,) 
(b) [Co(CO,){NH,),INO, 
required 28.5 mL of 0.125 M NaOH. 
Determine the correct formula of Cr(III) 
4 
4 
complex. 
3 
P.T.O. 
2 


2201 
2201 
3. (i) Why Charge transfer transitions give rise to 
more intense absorptions ? State the nature 
of transitions responsible for colour in the 
following species: 
4. (i) Using the valence bond theory, predict the 
type of hybridization involved, along with the 
geometry and the magnetic, moment ( in 
Bohr magnetons) for [Ni(CN),.1and [MnFJ. 
4 
(ii) Coordinated water molecules in [Fe(H,O)* 
can be successively replaced by 2,2- 
dipyridyl, finally resulting in the formation 
of [Fe(dipy),]2*. In this process , the third 
equilibrium constant is observed to be 
greater than the second one. Explain. 
(a) [Co(H,0),* 
(b) KMnO 
(c) [Fe(dipy),12* and 
(d) CrO,2 
4 
(iii) The magnitude of the crystal field splitting
tetrahedral complexes is considerably 
less than in octahedral fields. Explain. 
(ii) The complex [Pt(NH,),(NO,),]
exists in two 
isomeric forms a and B. The a -form reacts 
with oxalic acid to form [Pt{NH,),(C,0)] 
whereas B- form gives [Pt[NH,),(C,0,H), 
5. Explain the following: 
Give the structures of 
a and B forms. 
Explain what physical method can be used 
to differentiate between the two forms. 
4 
(i) Show by means of a diagram, how the pattern 
of d-orbital splitting changes as an octahedral 
complex undergoes tetragonal distortion and 
eventually becomes a square planar 
complexes. 
(ii) Why are chelated complexes more stable in 
comparison to non-chelated complexes ? 
Which one of the following is more stable ? 
Justify your answer: 
4 
(ii) Based on Trans effect, write the products 
of the following reactions 
4 
4 
(a) [PICI 
A NO sB 
(a) [Cofen),P* or [Co(dien),1* 
NHB 
(b) [P(NH,).]**[4] [B] 
(b) [Ni(en),12 or [Cu(en),]3* 
5 
P.T.O. 
A 


2201 
2201 
(i) NiFe,0, is inverse spinel while Mn,O, is a 
normal spinel. Explain on the basis of CFT. 
7. (i) Explain the effect of temperature on 
magnetic susceptibility of ferromagnetic and 
4 
antiferromagnetic materials. 
4 
6. (i) 
Indicate the type of isomerism exhibited by 
the following pairs of isomers and suggest 
(i) In the electronic spectra of [TiH,O),P* single 
broad peak with maximum at 20300 cm-lis 
observed. Explain. 
4 
(ii) What is lanthanoid contraction ? What are 
the major consequences of lanthanoid 
one method in each set to distinguish them 
4 
4 
contraction ? 
(a) cis- [Pt(NH),Cl,]| and trans 
Pt[NH,),CLI 
8. 
(i) 
Given below are the Latimer diagram for Cr 
(b) [Co(NH,),SO,ICI and [Co(NH,),CIjSO, 
6 
in acidic medium 
(ii) On the basis of molecular orbital theory, 
Cr,0355C*. 0.41C209Cr 
explain the order of A , for octahedral cqmplexes 
having the ligands I and CO. 
Answer the following questions: 
(a) Write the half reaction for the conversion 
(i) Calculate in kJmol-, the crystal field 
stabilization energy attained by Fe2 
ion 
in an octahedral oxide ion environment. 
of CO aP 
(b) Is there any tendency of Cr2 to reduce 
to Cr? Give reasons. 
(c) Calculate the skip step emf for 
Cr 
Cr change. 
Given, A, for Fe 
in oxide ion environrnent 
is 124 kJmol-1. What will be the value of 
CFSE in a tetrahedral environment of oxide 
4 
ion. 
1 
P.T.O. 
6 


2201 
(ii) A blackish brown coloured solid (A) when 
fused with alkali metal hydroxides in 
presence of air produces a dark green 
compound (B), which on electrolytic 
oxidation in alkaline medium gives a dark 
purple coloured solution of compound (C). 
Acidified aqueous solution of (C) on 
treatment with oxalic acid givesa 
colourless species (D). Identify (A), (B), (C) 
and (D). Also explain the sequence of 
reactions involved. 
6 
1,80C 


LLE 
CoLLE 
This question paper contains 4 printed pages] 
Your Roll No. 
LIRAR 
SI. No. of Q. Paper 
:2202 
IC 
Unique Paper Code 
32171402 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
Name of the Paper 
Organic Chemistry -III| 
Semester 
:IV 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt six questions in all. 
(c) Question NO.1 is compulsory and carries 
15 marks. 
(d) All other questions are of 12 marks each. 
1 
(a) Amine 'A' (C,H,N) reacts with benzoyl choride 
in the presence of sodium hydroxide to give 
compound B (C,,H,NO). 'A' reacts with 
benzene sulphonyl chloride in potassium 
hydroxide solution to give water insoluble 
precipitate of compound 'C'. Identify 
compound A and give equation for its 
conversion into the compound B and C. Name 
the reaction involved in the conversion of A 
6 
to B with mechanism. 
P.T.O. 


2202 
2202 
(b) Give the order of reactivity of 5-membered 
heteroaromatic compounds with suitable 
explanation. 
(c) Pyridine undergoes nucleophilic substitution 
mainly at position-2. Explain. 
(d) Pyrrole does not undergo Diels- Alder 
reaction while N-acetyl pyrrole undergoes 
Diels-Alder reactions. Explain. 
b) Anthracene undergoes electrophilic 
3 
substitution reactions at 9-position. Explain. 
3 
(c How will you distinguish between 1°, 2° and 
3 
3 amins using Hinsberg test. 
(d) Suggest a best reagent for the conversion of 
pyrrole to (i) 2-nitropyrrole, (ii) Pyrrole-2- 
sulphonic acid, and (iii) Pyrrole-2-aldehyde. 
4. Complete the following and write the name of 
reaction involved in each case 
2x6-12 
1x3-3 
2. CarTy out the following conversions using the 
necessary reagents: 
(i) 
Nitrobenzene to p-nitrophenol 
3x4 12 
(i) 
(ii) Aniline to p-nitrobenzoic acid 
(ii) Naphthalene to o-aminobenzoic acid 
(iv) Pyridine to 2-pyridylacetic acid 
(a) NaNH,/liq. NH, 100 
3. (a) Arrange the following nitroanilines in the 
(b) H/H,o 
order of decreasing basicity with suitable
3 
(ii) 
explanation: 
NH2 
NH 
NH 
(CH,CO),0, SnCl, >C 
NO2 
(ii) 
Conc.H,SO., 160°C 
>D 
No 
(iv) 
No 
3 
P.T.O. 
2 


2202 
(v)CH,CH,NH, CHCl, KOH 
Br, KOH F 
E 
A 
(vi) H,C-Ë-NH, 
F 
A 
(a) Explain the reactions. which indicate thhe 
position of linkage between pyridine and 
N-methylpyrrolidine in nicotinne. 
5. 
6 
(b) 
How will you distinguish between nitriles 
and isonitriles ? Explain giving reactions 
involved. 
3 
(cWhat is isoprene rule ? Indicate the isoprene 
units in the structure of citral. 
3 
6. (a) Give the synthesis of nicotine fromn 
6 
nicotinonitrile. 
2x3-6 
(b What happens when: 
i) 
Citral is treated with aq. K,ÇO, 
(ii) 
Nicotine is treated with K,Cr,0,/H° 
(ii) Phenanthrene 
is 
subjected 
to 
ozonolysis. 
to 
7. Write short note on the following (any three) 
4x3 12 
(a) Gabriel phthalimide synthesis 
(b) Skraup Quinoline synthesis 
(c) Fischer Indole synthesis 
(d) Hoffimann bromamide degradation
4 
1800 


COLL 
LIBRARY 
LIBRARY 
[This question paper contains 8 printed pages 
Your Roll No. 
19 
S1. No. of Q. Paper 
: 2203 
IC 
Unique Paper Code 
:32171403 
Name of the Course 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry
Name of the Paper 
:Physical Chemistry-IV
Semester 
:IV 
Time:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructionsfor Candidates 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
' 
(b) Attempt six questions in all. 
(c) Question No.1 is compulsory.
(d) Attempt at least one question from each 
Section. 
(e) Use of scientific calculator is permitted. 
1. Explain any five of the following: 
5x3 
(a) Larger the activation energy, greater is the 
effect of temperature rise on rate constant. 
(b) The molar conductivity of Li' ion is less than 
that of Cs* ion in aqueous medium. 
P.T.O. 


2203 
2203 
(c) Walden's Rule is not applicable to cations of 
small size. 
3. (a) What is transference number ? 
(d) Rate of a photochemical reaction is 
independent of the initial concentration of 
the reactants. 
Derive the expression t a 
vfor an ion where 
t is the transference number and v is the 
absolute velocity of the ion. 
(e) Quantum efficiency of fluorescence 
decreases with the concentration of thee 
solution. 
(b) Explain Wien effect. 
3 
( 
Beer's law fails in case of aqueous diluute 
K,Cr,O, solution. 
(g) It is rare for a reaction to have molecularity 
more than three. 
(c) A potential of 5.60 V is applied to two 
electrodes placed 11 cm apart; how far is an 
ammonium ion expected to move in 2 hours 
in a dilute solution of ammonium salt at 25°C? 
(Given: 2 (NH,) = 73.4Q-1 cm2 mol-) 
Section - A 
4. (a) Calculate the transport numbers of H* ion 
and Cl ion from the following data obtained 
from the moving boundary method using 
cadmium chloride 
as the indicator
effect and 
2. (a) Discuss the asymmetry 
electrophoretic effect in Debye Huckel 
Onsager theory. 
4 
electrolyte.
(b) Explain using Grotthus mechanism, how H* 
ion and OH ions have abnormally high 
conductance values. 
3 
(Given: Atomic mass of Ag 
= 108 g mol- 
Concentration of HCI solution 
= 
0.100 N 
(c) The conductivity of a saturated solution of 
Co,Fe(CN),] is 3.00 x10-6? 
cml and that 
of water used is 4.1 x 1072 cm.The ionic 
molar conductivities of Co* and Fe(CN), are 
Mass of silver deposited in the coloumeter 
= 
0.1209 g 
872-1 cm2 mol-1 and 444 2-1 cm2 mol 
respectively. Calculate the solubility and 
solubility product of [Co,Fe (CN) ] in water at 
25°C. 
Movement of the boundary 
= 
7.50 cm 
Cross- section of the tube 
1.24 cm2 
5 
4 
2 
P.T.O. 


2203 
2203 
(b) Discuss the titration curves obtained in the 
conductometric titrations of 
(c) The following results were obtained from 
the saponification of ethyl acetate 
4 
(i) HCl versus NaOH solutions 
CH,COOC,H, + NaOH+H,O > CH,COOH 
+CH OH 
(ii) CH,COOH versus NaOH solutions 
(c) Molar conductivity of 0.01 M solution of 
using equal concentrations of ester and 
alkali. 
MgCl, is 195 Q-1 cm2 mol-at 25°C. A cell 
with. electrodes that are 1.80 cm2 in 
Time/min 
0 
4.89 10.07 
23.66 
surface area and 0.50 cm apart is filled 
with 0.01 M MgCl, solution. How much 
current will flow when the potential 
difference between the two electrodes is 
Vol. of 
acid/ml 
47.65 38.92 32.63 
22.58 
11.84 
Show that the reaction follows second 
5.0 V? 
4 
order kinetics. 
5 
Section - B 
6. (a) Using Steady State Approximation, derive the 
5. (a) For the given second order reaction 
differential rate law for the reaction between 
NO, and CO at low temperature. 
A+A -
Products 
NO,+CO > NO + CO, 
i) Write down its differential rate law and 
deduce the integrated rate law. 
The proposed reaction mechanism is 
(ii) Show that the half-life of such a reaction 
is inversely proportional to the initial1 
concentration of A. 
NO, + NO, 
, 
NO, + NO 
(slow) 
4 
NO + CO k, NO, + CO, 
(fast) 
(b) Write down the differences between order 
and molecularity. 
3 
P.T.O. 
4 


2203 
2203 
(b) Outline any two methods which are 
(b) Compare the rate constants as given by 
Arrhenius equation and the Collision theory 
and show that: 
employed for determination of order of a 
4 
reaction. 
4 
(c) At 380°C, the half life period for the first 
order decomposition of H,0, is 360 min. 
The energy of activation of the reaction is 
200 kJ mol-1. Calculate the time required 
for 75% decomposition at 450°C. 
RT 
E,= Et 
(c) For the reaction 
2 NOCI (g) > 
2NO (g) +CL 
Section - C 
The rate constant is 2.8 x 10-5 mol-H dm3 s-l1 
8. (a) Derive Stern -Volmer Equation. What is its 
5 
and 7.0x 10-1 mol-l dm3 s-l at 300 K and 
significance ? 
400 K respectively. What is the energy of 
activation for the reaction? 
(b) What is Quantum yield or quantum 
efficiency ? 
Write down the reasons for 
3 
high and low quantum yield. 
7. (a) Kinetics of enzyme catalysed reactions is 
(c) In the photochemical combination of H, 
and Cl,(g) a quantum efficiency of about 
1 x 10 is obtamed with a wavelength of 
480 nm. What amount of HCl will be 
produced under these conditions if one 
calorie of radiant energy is absorbed ? 
studied by Michaelis 
- Menten mechanism. 
Using the Steady State approximation, relate 
enzyme and substrate concentration to rate 
of the reaction. Also discuss when Michaelis
Menten constant>> substrate concentration, 
how the rate variation takes place. 
P.T.O. 
1 
6 


2203 
9. (a) The mechanism of photochemical dimerisation
of Anthracene (A) is given below: 
9. 
A 
A* 
A*+A>A, 
A 
2A 
A 
A+hv 
Derive the expression for the rate of 
formation of dimer, A. 
4 
(b) Write the differences between fluorescence 
and phosphorescernce. 
3 
(c) Write short notes on any two 
2x2.5 
(i) Kohlrausch's law of independent 
migration of ions 
(ii) Chemiluminescence 
(iii) Pseudo-unimolecular reactions 
8 
1,800 


Your Roll No. 
C. l 
) 
.3E 6 
LLE o19 
Unique Paper Code 
217401 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) CHEMISTRY 
LIBRARY 
Name of the Paper 
:Inorganic Chemistry - ill (Paper C 
03) AS 
Semester 
IV 
Duration:3 Hour's 
Maximunm Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper 
Aitempt any FIVE questions. 
3. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
. Explan any Five of the following, giving suitable reasons: 
a) Silicones are inert and water repellent. 
b) PbCI. is more stable than PbC1;. 
C Boric acid acts as a strong acid in presence of cis-diols. 
d) Beryilium shows anomalous behaviour in its group 
C) Solubility of noble gases in waler mcreases on moVing doWn the group. 
1) The soiubility of alkaine earth meal sulphates decreases down the group. 
(3x5) 
) What are silicates ? Discuss the structures of pyro silicates, chain silicates and cyclie 
silicates.. 
D 
What is allotrupy ? Explain the various allotropic forms of phosphorus. 
CWrile the names of oxy acids of chlorine in various oxidation states and arrange them n 
Orucr of inereasing acid strength giving justification. 
(5,5,5) 


Whal do you understand by diagonal relationship? Explain this relationship between Li 
llnd Mg. 
b How will you prepare XeF, and Ael.. Draw the molecular orbital diagram of XeF 
c) What are interhalogen compounds ? Why are they more reactive as compared to 
halogens ? Using VSEPR theory diseuss the structures of CIF. 
(5.5.5) 
4. a) Draw the structure of i) Basic Beryllium acetate and ii) XeOD 
b) Give the preparation of Borazine. Why is it ealled Inorganic Benzene? Draw its 
Structure. 
c) What are hydrides? How are they classified? State a brief account of ionic hydrides. 
(5.5.5) 
a)Give the preparation and strueture of Caro' s acid. Give its reaction with i) H0 and 
ii) KI. 
b) How will you prepare (NPCL),? Explain the structure and bonding of 
(NPC1). What are the potcnual uses of these compounds? 
c) Wlat is inert pair effect? Explain the inert pair effect by taking example of group 14 
elemens. 
(5.5.5) 
6. Write short notes on any Three of the following: 
a) Silicones 
b) Complexometric Tiurations 
Cnusual Oxidation States 
d Pseudohalogens 
(5x3)

COL 
(14 
LIBRAR 
[This question paper contains 4 printed pages 
Your Roll No. 
SI. No. of Q. Papeer 
:7396 
J 
Unique Paper Code 
:32171501 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc.(Hons.) Chemistry 
Name of the Paper 
:Organic Chemistry 
IV 
Semester 
:V 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
(b) Attempt six questions in all. 
3x5-15 
Answer any five of the following 
(a) The sequence 
ACGTGC (reading in the 
5'3 direction) appears on a portion of one 
strand of DNA .What is the corresponding 
sequence on the complementary strand of 
the DNA double helix ? Show the polarity of 
this complementary strand. 
1. 
(b) (i) Show which nitrogen atom of histidine
heterocycle is basic and which is not. 
(11) Show the structure that results when 
histidine accepts a proton on the basic 
nitrogen and then is deprotonated on the 
other heterocyclic nitrogen. 
P.T.O. 


7396 
7396 
(c) Explain the term "anabolism" and give a 
example. 
(d For lysine, the pk, values of a-carboxyl ,the 
-amino, and the side chain amino group 
are 2.2, 9.1 and 10.5 respectively.Write down 
the structure of lysine at its pl and calculate 
its pl value. 
(e) Explain the following terms and give an 
example 
n 
4. (a) Give synthesis of Chloramphenicol from 
p-Nitroacetophenone. Write the name of 
compound used for resólution. 
(b) (i) 
Is chloramphenicol bactericide or 
bacteriostatic ? Explain it through its 
mode of action. 
(ii) What are antipyretics ? 
example. 
Give an 
() Bactericide 
(i) Bacteriostatic 
( 
What is "iodine number" ? What is its 
significance ? 
(c) Vitamine C is required for synthesis of 
structural protein of skin, connective tissue.
Name the protein. Give the name of disease 
caused by severe deficiency of Vitamine C. 
4x3-12 
2. (a) Convert:
5. (a) Complete the following reactions: 
(i) Cytosine >5-Nitrocytosine 
HI 
(i) RCH( NH, ) COOH 
(i) Urea > Uracil 
200C 
b) Give 
malondialdehyde acetal. 
c) Write down the systematic name and 
synthesis 
of Cytosine 
from 
(i) RCH( NH, JCOOH + NOCI 
4 
(b) Treatment of a protein with trypsin gave a 
peptide 'A' which on complete hydrolysis 
structures of : 
4 
(i) Cytidine 
(i) 
Guanosine 
produced: 
Ser,Ala ,Gly, Phe, Val, Lys, Assp 
3. (a) Write the structure and name of coenzyne 
tormed from vitamin Riboflavin 
(bClassify the following enzymes according,to 
the type of reaction that they catalyze. UVe 
the first digit of E.C.number. 
(1) Phosphotriose isomerisee 
(i) Phosphofructo kinase 
(c) Differentiate between competitive and 
noncompetitive inhibition. 
Partial hydrolysis of A' with Chymotrypsin 
gave a dipeptide and a pentapeptide .On 
treatment with sanger's reagent followed by 
hydrolysis ,the dipeptide gave DNP-Asp.The 
pentapeptide was cycled through Edman's 
degradation three times.The composition of 
the peptide remaining after each cycle was 
as follows 
4x3-12 
3 
P.T.O. 
2 


7396 
Cycle 1: Ala, Lys, Ser, Gly 
Cycle 2: Ala, Lys, Gly 
Cycle 3 
Ala , Lys 
What is the sequence of amino acids in the 
heptapeptide ? Explain all the reactions. 
4,8 
6. (a) Write down two irreversible steps of citric 
acid cycle .Write all the structures and 
name of enzymes. 
(b) How is pyruvate converted into lactate under 
anaerobic conditions ? Write down all the 
reactions involved .Give the name of 
enzymes also. 
(c) Give Solid phase synthesis of the tripeptide: 
Gly, Ala, Val 
4x3-12 
7. (a) Explain the term "Rancidity" of oils .How can 
it be prevented. 
(b What is acid value of an oil? What is its 
S1gniticance ? 
(c How many grams of KOH would be required 
to neutralise a suspension in water of 250g 
of fat whose acid value is 40. 
4x3 12 
Write down short notes on any three of the 
8. 
following: 
4x3-12 
(i) Allosteric enzymes 
(ii) Factors affecting enzyme action 
(iii) Secondary structure of proteins
(iv) Electrophoresis 
4 
1800 


BA 
LIBRARY 
15 
[This question paper contains 8 ptinted pages] 
eai 
Your Roll No. 
S1. No. of Q. Paper 
:7397 
J 
Unique Paper Code 
:32171502 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc.(Hons.) Chemistry 
Name of the Paper 
: Physical Chemistry - V 
Quantum Chemnistry and 
Spectroscopy 
Semester 
: V 
Time:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(i) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(ii) Attempt any six questions in all. 
(iii) Question No. 1 is compulsory. Each part of 
Question No. 1 carries 3 marks. 
(iv) Each part of the rest of the questions carries 
4 marks. 
(v) Attempt all parts of a question together. 
(vi) Use of scientific calculators is allowed but 
they cannot be shared. 
(vii) Logarithmic tables can be provided if 
required. 
P.T.O. 


7397 
7397 
Physical Constants 
What are thc essential conditions for a 
( 
molecule to show IR Spectra. Which of the 
following will be IR active: O, C0,, CO and 
sO 
Planck's constant 
6.626x 10-3 Js 
3 x 10s ms-l 
Velocity of light 
Avogadro's number 
(g) Homonuclear diatomic molecule, Br,, is 
microwave inactive but is rotational Raman 
6.023 x 1023 
9.1 x 10-3 kg 
5.05x 10-27 JT-1 
9.27x 10-* JT- 
1.38x 10-23 JK 
Mass of electron 
active. Why? 
Nuclear Magneton 
2. (a) Show that the probability of finding the 
particle in a one-dimensional box in the 
region L/4 and 3L/4 is 2 if n is even, and 
Bohr Magneton 
Boltzmann Constant
1. Attempt any five of the followinng 
(a) How will the rotational spectra change when 
2C in 2CO is replaced by 1°C ? 
(b) Write the Hamiltonian for H, molecule and 
explain each term. 
1. 
if nis odd. 
nT 
(c) The term 'state and 'energy level' are not 
Synonymous in wave-1ncchanics. Expla1n. 
How many states and energr levels lie in 
the energy range of E < 10h2/8ml 
2 ? 
(d) The function given below are defined in the 
internax=-a and x=ta as follows 
(6) A particle of mass m moves in a three- 
dimensional box of sides a, b, c. 
If the 
potential is zero inside and infinity outside
the box, give the expressions for the energy 
eigenvalues and waveiunctions for a particle 
in a 3-D box. What is the zero point energy 
of the system ? What is the degeneracyof 
the first and second excited states ? 
c) Evaluate the expectation values of <x> and 
p 
for the ground state of the harmonic 
Oscillator.
ftx) = N (a?- x) 
Assuming the value of the function to be zero 
for x<-a anid 
Normalization constant N. 
Given 
Normalized wavefunction 
x>+a, 
calculate the 
ea2 
(e) Show that the Morse Potential 
V-D[I- exp {afrqg-)
1s reducible to harmonic potential for the 
lower vibrational levels. Also show that the 
force constant is given as k = 2Da. 
Standardintegral:x'e.dx =| 
3 
P.T.O. 
2 


7397 
7397 
3. (a) For a one-electron homonuclear diatomic 
molecule the values of some relevant 
4. (a) Show that if two operators and care 
integrals are given below: 
Hermitian, then their product (A C)is also 
Hermitian if and only if 
and c commute. 
HDdr= -3a.u. 
JHDdt=-3 au. 
(b) Write down the normalized Valence Bond 
wavefunction and Molecular Orbital 
o,Hodt=-3/2 a.u. 
J,dt= 1/2 
wavefunction for H, molecule. Compare the 
where A and D, are the normalized set of 
expressions obtained and explain 
basis functions for an LCAO wavefunction. 
Find the energy of the bonding molecular 
orbital and find the normalized wavefunction. 
configuration interaction. 
(c) Arrive at the following expression for H: 
(b) Calculate the average distance of the 
electron from the nucleus of H atom in the 
E 
tB 
2s state. 
(where a is the coulomb integral, B is the 
resonance integral and S is the overlap 
integral) using LCAO-MO treatment. 
eT/2a0 
5. (a) The pi electrons of a conjugated molecule 
can be regarded as moving in a particle in a 
box, where the box length is somewhat more 
than the length of the conjugated chain. For 
butadiene, take this length as 7.0 À and 
estimate the wavelength of the light absorbed 
when a pi-electron is excited from the 
highest occupied to the lowest vacant level. 
The experimental value is 217 pm. 
n! 
Given:r"e". dr =- (a) 
(C What do you understand by the term 
transition probability ? Depict the energy 
levels and probability densities for the first 
four levels of a harmonic oscillator with the 
help of a diagram. 
P.T.O. 
4 


7397 
7397 
(b) Find the commutator of position and 
momentum operator and give its physical 
significance, giving the name of the principle 
7. (a) A molecule A,B, shows IR 
and Raman 
spectra as tabulated below: 
cm- 
IR 
Raman 
it verifies. 
strong, polarized 
(c) Gilliam et al. (1950) measured the first line 
in the rotational spectrum of CO as 3.84235 
3374 
1974 
strong, polarized 
cm. Calculate the rotational constanat, 
moment of inertia and find out which 
3287 
Active (PR) 
rotational state of CO would be most 
612 
weak, polarized 
populated at 300 K? 
729 
Active (PQR) 
6. (a) What are the selection rules for observing 
IR spectra of an anharmonic oscillator ? 
Derive the expressions for energy required 
Predict the shape of the molecule and assign 
the various observed lines to the appropriate 
normal modes of vibratiorns. 
for fundamental transition and first overtone. 
(b) Dissociation energy of 2C0 is 1.107 x 10° 
Jmol. The anharmonicity constant of the 
(b) Show that the separation between the 
maximum in P and R branches of a vibration 
rotation spectrum of a heteronuclear 
diatomic molecule is approximately given as: 
molecule is 5.860 x 10-3.Find 
i) equiliorium frequency of vibration 
SkTB 
Av= 
ii) force constant of the molecule 
where the symbols have their usual
(c The line spacing (on each side of the band 
origin o,) in PR spectrum of CO, is 4B 
instead of the usual 2B as observed in case 
of HCN. Briefly explain. 
meanings. 
(c) Distinguish between Fluorescence and 
Phosphorescence. 
7 
P.T.O. 


7397 
8. 
(a) re and r.' are internuclear distance of a 
diatomic molecule in the ground and excited 
states respectively. Three cases arise 
eq 
71eg 
re 
Teq 
ea 
Teq 
and 
eq 
Discuss the intensity distribution in 
absorption spectra of any two cases using 
Franck Condon principle along with potential 
energy diagrams. 
(b) Of the two molecules, N, and O,, which wil1 
show an ESR spectrum and why ? Show the 
hyperfine structure of Methyl radical (CH,) 
in ESR spectrum, giving the intensities of 
the peaks. 
(c) 
(i) 
In a spectrometer operating at 1 T, the 
NMR frequency of 1°F is 40.06MHz. 
Calculate its magnetogyric ratioo/ 
gyromagnetic ratio. 
(ii) Show the low and high resolution NMR 
spectrum of acidified ethanol. 
9. Write short notes on (any three) 
(a) Born Oppenheimer Approximation 
(b) Variation Principle 
(c) Dissociation and Predissociation 
(d) Larmor Precession 
8 
1800 


16 
[This question paper cotams 6 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No. 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 7638 
J 
32177908 
LIBRARY 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
: Green Chemistry 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Chemistry / B.Sc. 
(Prog.) 
DSE-1/1A 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt any five questions. 
3. 
Each question carries 15 marks. 
Attempt all parts of a question together. 
4. 
(a) Give any one example in each of the following
1. 
cases, stating the green chemistry principle 
involved: (Any six) 
(1) Ultrasonic reaction (Chemical equation) 
(ii) Rightfit pigment (structure) 
P.T.O. 


7638 
2 
7638 
3 
(ii) lonic liquid (formula) 
(c) Draw the pyramid that represents 
waste 
(iv) Aqueous phase 
management hierarchy indicating the options to 
reaction (Chemical 
equation) 
manage waste. Which is the most preferred option? 
(d) Give the principle of inherent safer design (ISD)? 
How does it work for designing the green processes 
(v) Microwave-assisted reaction (Chemical 
equation) 
in industries? 
(5x3) 
(vi) Analytical technique for real analysis for 
pollution prevention 
(a) Do the following conversions considering the 
3. 
greener routee 
(vii) Green solvent 
(i) Glucose to adipic acid 
(b) Which is better: A reaction that uses a 
ii) Corn to polylactic acid 
stoichiometric amount of a reagent or the one that 
uses a catalytic amount of the same reagent? 
(b) Highlight the importance of asymmetric catalysts 
Justify your answer. 
(2x6,3) 
illustrating the thalidomide babies' case. 
OR 
2. 
Attempt any three of the following : 
What is biocatalysis? Give two relevant advantages 
(a) Give the greener route to replace the conventional 
and two limitations of biocatalysts used in the chemical
synthesis of the Carbaryl insecticide (once 
reactions. 
(5x2,5) 
produced in Union Carbide India Ltd., M.P., India). 
Why the route is considered greener? 
4. 
(a) Write short notes (with emphasis on description, 
one example and two benefits wherever applicable) 
(b) What is cradle to cradle approach? Elaborate 
on any three of the following 
using the Ecoworx® carpet tiles that won US 
Presidential Green Chemistry Challenge Award in 
(i) Twelve principles of green chemistry 
2003. 
P.T.O. 


7638 
A 
7638 
5 
() Solvent less reactions 
synthesis of the drug. Also state the green 
(iii) Combinatorial green chemistry 
chemistry principle(s) involved in reinforcing the 
above two factors while considering any synthesis 
(iv) Green chemistry in sustainable development 
of the chemical compounds. 
(v) Enzymatic interesterification for the 
(b) Suggest one green solvent that can replace 
production of healthier fats and oils 
perchloroethylene (PERC) in the dry cleaning of 
garments. Give any two drawbacks of PERC that 
(b) How the pollution prevention act of 1990 by US 
provides a rationale for its replacement. Also give 
environmental Protection Agency (EPA) relating 
two greener relevance of the replaced solvent. 
risk, exposure and hazard leads to a paradigm shift 
to green chemistry? 
(4x3,3) 
(c) In 1980, US Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) and chemical industry focused mainly on 
Pollution Remediation while the scientists' concern 
(a) Giving the formula for % atom economy, calculate 
5 
was Pollution Prevention in first place. Give the 
the % atom economy of the following reaction 
explanation to this statement. How can one design 
a greener chemical synthesis? 
(5,5,5) 
(Ph)CH(CH,)OH + 2 Cr,O, +3 H,SO 
3(Ph)CO(CH,) + Cr, SO, + 6H,0 
6. 
(a) Explain the following terms giving one example in 
OR 
each case (any two) 
(i) VOC 
The conventional synthesis of the drug, Ibuprofen, 
involves six steps with the % atom economy of 
(i) Toxic chemical 
40%. The synthesis was replaced with a three 
(i) Auxiliary substance in a chemical reaction 
step process and having % atom economy of 77%. 
Explain the role of % atom economy and number 
(iv) Depleting feedstock 
of steps 
involved in the adoption of the replaced 
P.T.O. 


6 
7638 
(b) What are antifoulants? Why the marine antifoulant 
tributyl tinoxide (TBTO) has been replaced by Sea 
Nine 211? Which green chemistry principle is being 
followed in this case? 
(c) Give (name or draw) the worldwide accepted 
symbol for toxicity. The chemical substance X 
causes blindness to human beings on its exposure 
to the concentration of more than 10 parts per 
billion, while the substance Y affects in the similar 
way but on its exposure to the concentration more 
than 1 million parts per billion. Then which out of 
the two, X or Y, should be chosen for the chemical 
synthesis as per green chemistry rules? Give 
reasons for your answer. 
(5.5,5) 
(1200) 


LL 
AR 
LIBRARY 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 98 
Ral 
Unique Paper Code: 217365 
Name of the Course: B.Sc. (Honours) Chemistry 
Name of the Paper:CHHT-514: Biochemistry and Environmental Chemistry 
Semester:V{1 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 755 
Instructions for candidates 
1. Write your Roll No. on top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2. Attempt all four questions in Section A. 
cAHembt fou 
qushouo iv, Seth' m /S 
3./Questión 5 in Section B is compulsory. 
4. Attemptanythree other questions-fromSectiorB tfour questions persection, eight 
questions in all 
5. Clearly mention Section A and Section B in the heading before starting the respective 
sections. 


SECTIONA 
Biochemistry 
Attempt all four questions in this Section. 
Maximum Marks: 38 
(a) Explain the biological role of messenger RNA and transfer RNA. 
Fnzymes exhibit a spectrunm of specificity in action. Elaborate with examples. 
Cc Differentiate between secondary and tertiary structure of proteins. Draw partial 
segments to illustrate. 
(3.3.4) 
(a Outline the sequence of reactions involved in the anaerobic conversion of glucose to 
pyruvate. Which enzyme in the sequence belongs to the Oxido-reductase class of 
enzymes? 
(b) The drug action of sulphonamides is known to involve enzyme inhibition. Illustrate 
this with the help of structures, mentioning the type of inhibition. Which kinetic 
parameters are distinctive? 
(c) What are ribozymes? 
(5,3. 1) 
3. (a) What are the salient features of the double helix model of DNA? Draw a segment to 
show these features. 
(b) Draw the structure of any three of the following and give their chief biological 
functions: 
i) A sphingolipid 
(i) An omega-3 fatty acid 
ii) A liposome 
(iv) A bile salt 
(4, 2X3) 
4. (a) Outline the mechanism of any one enzyme catalysed reaction at the active site. 
(6) Write a concise account of any two of the following: 
(1) Genetic code 
(iyRegulation of enzyme activity 
in)Induced fit model of enzyme action 
Choosing a suitable example, explain the role ofa cofactor in an enzyme catalysed 
reaction. 
(3, 4. 2) 
SECTION B 
Environmental Chemistry 
Question 5 is compulsory. Attempt any three other questions from this Section. 
Maximum Marks: 337 
5. (a) Fill in the blanks: 
... 
is the boundary of separation between the troposphere and the 
stratosphere. 
lhe sun, the wind and water falling from a height are sources of.... 
energy.


builders, commonly used in detergents, cause eutrophication of water 
(i1) 
.... 
bodies. 
organisms inhabit the bottom sediments of the ocean. 
(iv) 
(b) Give a neat, label, 
. 
a neat, labelled, self-explanatory diagram of a thermally stratified tropical lake. 
c) Give one word/phrase for the following (any four): 
The rate of decrease in atmospherie temperature with altitude 
Energy obtained from the interior of the earth 
cThe phenomenon by which vegetation adds to the atmospheric moisture 
iv) Autotrophic organisms at the bottom of the marine food chain 
t 
The type of coal which causes the least air pollution 
(4.2.4) 
6. (a) Distinguish between the following (any two): 
) 
LAS and ABS surfactants
() Primary and secondary air pollutants 
(ii) Nuclear fission and nuclear fusion 
(b) Briefly explain the biogeochemical Carbon OR Sulphur Cycle with a neat, labelled 
diagram. 
(c) Name three major atmospheric pollutants. What are the sources of SO in the 
atmosphere? 
(1% X2,3, 3) 
7. (a) Discuss the troposphere as a major region of the atmosphere and explain the phenomenon 
of temperature inversion. 
(6) Explain briefly what is meant by the secondary stage of water treatment and describe one 
method of secondary treatment in detail. 
OR 
What are the consequences of a marine oil spill? How can its effects be mitigated? 
(C) Mention the methods of safe disposal of nuclear waste and briefly discuss the problems 
faced during such disposal. 
OR 
wnat are the different forms of coal and how are they graded in terms of energy 
generation and environmental pollution? 
(3, 3, 3) 
ytic role of NO and Cl in stratospheric ozone depletion. 
OR 
8. (a) Discuss the catalyt 
meae 
rietly the anthropogenic greenhouse effect, its consequences and control 
measures. 
0 Name three sources of renewable energy and discuss any one source in detail. 
BOD 
D and CoD of a water sample. Why is the value of COD always greater than 
BOD for a sample? 
(3, 3,3) 
9. 
(a) What are the major constitue 
Give the class 
constituents of photochemicaB smog? Discuss with reactions. 
presence of pesticides in a water body. 
effectseaSSification of aquatic ecosystems. 
Discuss briefly the ecologically harmful 


the sources of 
ources of acidity and salinity of water in a water body? Discuss briefly 
)What are 
consequences a and control measures. 
What do you 
Wbaris the body responsible for setting water quality standards in India? 
understand by water quality parameters' and 'water quality standards'? 
OR 
Which is the 
(3,3,3) 


he 
-1 
-NO 
C 
4 18 
COLLE 
Unique Paper Code 
: 
217501 
AN 
Name of the Paper 
CHHT 511: Inorganic Chemistr -IV \ 
LIBRARY 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
Semester 
Duration 
3 hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. Write your roll no. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2. Attempt any five questions. 
3 
All questions carry equal marks. 
1. (a) Give the IUPAC names of the following complexes (any 5): 
6) 
[Co(NH):CIjCh 
11) 
en) C 
Coten)a 
C2 
OH 
(iin) 
[CrNHa)][Co(CN)%] 
(iv) 
[Pt(NH3)CI]CI 
(v) 
[Co(C04)(en):]" 
(vi) 
Nas[Fe(CN):CI] 
5 
(6) Give the formula of the following complexes (any 5): 
Potassium pentachloridonitridoosmate( VI) 
(11) Hexaaminechromium(1II) hexanitrochromate(I) 
(11) Sodium amminebromidochloridonitrito-N-pfatinate(II) 
Iv) Diaquabis(ethy lenediamine)cobalt(III) nitrate 
(V)Tetraamminecobalt(III) u-amido-u-hydroxidobis(ethylenediamine)cobalt(IIIJchloride 
(V1) Potassium dicyanidodioxalatonickelate(I) 


(c) The complex INi(CN)4]° i 
diamagnetie but [NiCl.] 
is paramagnetic and has two 
unpaired electrons. Explain these observations and deduce the structures of the two 
complexes. 
dh Draw the geometric isomers of the complex [Pt(NHs):Ch]. 
2 
, () StateJahn-Teller theorem and explain its application to copper(I) complexes. 
5 
(b) Draw the optical isomers of the trioxalatochromate(I) ion. 
(c) What happens when (any 5): 
) Potassium permanganate and ferrous sulphate react in acidic medium 
(i) Sulphur dioxide is passed through acidified potassium dichromate 
(i) KA[Fe(CN)%] is heated with conc. H2SO 
(iv) Sodium nitroprusside reacts with sodium sulphide 
(v) Cl2 gas is passed over heated TiO2 in the presence of carbon 
(vi) Mn(N) reacts with sodium bismuthate in acidic medium 
(d) What is lanthanide contraction? Explain its consequences. 
3. (a) Calculate CFSE for the complex [Cr(H20)6]*both in high spin and low spin state when 
mean pairing energy P is 23,500cm and value of Ao is 13,900cm 
(b) Consider the Latimer diagram for Manganese in acidic medium 
+1.51V 
. 
-1.19V 
Mn2*. 
+0.56V 
+2.26V 
+0.95V 
Mn 
MnO 
MnO 
MnO2 
Mn3+ 
Answer the following questions 
Is there any tendency of Mn*" to reduce to Mn? Justify 
ii) 
Calculate skip EMF for MnO4 
to Mn" 
(ii) Which oxidation state of Mn will disproportionate? 
4 
(C) Which of the following pairs of complexes will have a higher value of Ao and why? 
) 
Fe(H20)6]1 
and [Fe(CN)%]* 
ii) 
Fe(H20)%] 
and [Ru(H20)6). 
(i) [Co(NH3)%]*" and [Co(NHs)6]*" 
3 
(d) Explain 'crystal field splitting' and 'crystal field stabilization energy'. Draw the crystal field 
splitting pattern for the following configurations: 
(1) d° octahedral high spin and low spin (ii) d° square planar 
4. (a) Explain the following in brief (any 6): 
Ce 
act as oxidizing while Eu" as reducing agent. 
Low spin tetrahedral complexes are not known. 
Compounds of Ti*" and Zn*" are typically white. 
(i) 
(iii) 


iv) 
Lanthanides exhibit sharp bands in the absorption specira while transition metals show 
broad bands 
(v) 
(vi) 
Cobalt (11) is easily oxidized to cobalt (lll) in the presence of strong field ligan ds. 
Potassium dichromate is highly coloured 
(vii) 
Radii of elements of 3rd transition series are similar to those of 2nd transition series 
(viii) 
Transition metals form a large number of complexes. 
6x2 
(b) Explain the separation of lanthanides by ion exchange method. 
5. (a) An orange compound A on heating gives a green compound B and oxygen. On 
acidification of B, a compound C is formed which.on treatment with zine in the pre sence of 
dilute HCl gives a blue compound D. Compound D on treatment with sodium acetate gives a 
red compound E. Identify A, B. C, D and E. Discuss the structure and magnetic behavior of 
Compound E. 
(b) Using VBT predict the geometry and magnetic moment for the following complexes: 
) [Ni(CO)] 
(i) [MnFs }°" 
(1in) [Cr(CN)%]* 
(c) Name the type of isomerism for the following complexes 
(i) [Co(NH:)%]|Cr{C204)b] and [Cr(NHas][Co(C20)3] 
(ii) [Co(NHa);Br]SO4 and [Co(NH3)sSO4]Br 
(ii) K3[Co(NO2)%] and K3[Co(ONO)] 
3 
6. 
(a) Actinoids have a greater tendency to form complexes than lanthanoids. Explain 
3 
(b) Giving reasons, explain which of the following pairs show higher value of the property 
mentioned. 
(i) Stability: [Co(NHs)%]*" or [Co(en):]*". 
(Ti) Lability: [Cr(CN)61" or [Hg(CNJ4J5" 
(ii) Paramagnetism: [FeF6]* or [Fe(CN)%]* 
2x3 
(c) What are the chief postulates of Werner's Coordination Theory'? Explain with examples. 
(d) Discuss in brief the reasons for the deep colour of potassium permanganate.

Your Roll No. S sancanswenenswesens enews
Sl. No. of Q. Paper : 2204 IC

Unique Paper Code : 32171601

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry
Name of the Paper : Inorganic Chemistry IV
Semester vi

Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately

on receipt of this question paper.
(b) Attempt any five questions.
(c) Question No.1 is compulsory.
(d) All questions carry equal marks.
1. Answer any fifteen questions from the following :
1x15#15

(1) Explain why CO ts referred to as a a acid
ligand

(11) Fe(CO),1s known while [Fe(CO) | is not. Why ?

P.T.O.


2204

(iii) Give the valence electron count of the meta]
in :

(a) [Mn,(CO),0],
(b) [Fe(7C,H,)(CO}],

(iv) Which is more basic towards a proton —
[Mn(CO),, [Re(CO),}- 7

(v) What is meant by z acidity ? .

(vi) Iron forms a pentacarbonyl but nickel forms
a tetracarbonyl. Explain why ?

(vii) Name an important biomolecule containing
cobalt.

(viii) Name the enzyme catalyzing this reaction
H,O + CO, =H,CO,

(ix) Give the name and chemical formula of
the yellow precipitate obtained in the
confirmatory test of potassium ions.

(x) Why is the Group II centrifugate boiled with
a few drops of concentrated nitric acid before
proceeding to Group III ?

(xi) Is the given compound organometallic

compound ?
Ti(CH,)(OEt),, Al(OMe),

(xii)Name a disease associated with cobalt
deficiency.

2204

Fill in the blanks :

(xiii) In the key step of the cycle of Ziegler Natta
catalysis, ethene forms a
titanium.

(xiv) The rhodium complex used as Wilkinson’s

catalyst has the formula ..............

(xv) Interfering ions must be removed before
making the solution ................. for the
precipitation of Group

(xvi) A common antidote for arsenic is

(xvii) The biomolecule involved in taking Fe from
its storage sites to the sites for
incorporation into haemoglobin is

(a) The cyclopentadieny] rings in ferrocene have
aromatic character but cyclopentadiene itself
has no such character. Explain. S)

(b) Draw the Structure of dimeric trialkyl

aluminium and explain why all Al - C bond
lengths are not identical. )

(c) (i) Which is more Stable and why:
[Fe(n°-CH,),] or [Co(n5-C.H,),] ?
5

(ii) How will you prepare aminoferrocene
from ferrocene ? S)

3 PTO;


2204

3. (a)

(b)

4. (a)

(b)

(c)

(i) Despite having similar size and charge
Zn(II) is an important biocatalyst in
comparison to Cu(II), comment. 5

(ii) Which metal is present at the active site
of the enzyme Carboxypeptidase A ? What
is its coordination number and how it is
satisfied ? 5

What is an ion pump ? Show how the sodium
potassium pump maintains the
concentration gradient of the relevant ions
as well as the charge gradient across the
cell membrane. 5

(i) Why does a minute concentration of
vanadate inhibit the operation of the
ATPase in the sodium - potassium pump ?

(ii) When EDTA is used for detoxification it
is administered‘as the calcium salt. Why ?
)

Give any two methods of preparation of metal —

carbonyls. What ha
reacts with browne aPPCaE when i

Two different structures
| of Co,(CO), are
consistent with 18 electron rule’ Hoe? will

Ait iar the structure on the basis of .

Draw the structure of
: the anion of Zeise’s
salt and briefly discuss the nature of bonding. Give

two evid sa:
this compound. ° aMiinaie that back bonding occurs 0

4

5. (a)

(b

—

2204

Can Wilkinson’s catalyst be used to
produce enantioselective products ? Give an
example. 5

Differentiate between homogeneous and

heterogeneous catalysis giving examples of
each and mention one advantage and one
disadvantage of each. 5

Name the two gases involved in the
formation of synthetic gasoline by Fischer-
Tropsch process. What is the name given
to the mixture of these gases ? 5

An unknown salt A, when heated with NaOH
solution, produced a pungent smelling gas
B. B turned red litmus blue and gave dense
white fumes of C when a glass rod dipped in
HCl was held at the mouth of the test tube.
A, on heating with concentrated sulphuric
acid, gave a mixture of two odourless gases
D and E. D burnt with a blue flame while E
turned lime water milky. An aqueous
solution of A gave a white precipitate
with calcium chloride solution, the acid
extract of which discharged the colour of
acidified potassium permanganate solution.
Identify A, B, C, D and E giving the reactions
involved. 5

S PTO:


2204

(b) (i)

How can sulphite ions and carbonate
ions be tested for in presence of each

other in qualitative analysis ?

(ii) How can Cu” and Ni** ions present in a

(c) (i)

(ii)

mixture be separated on the basis of

common ion effect ? 5

Pb(II) ions are included in both Group
I and Group II cations in qualitative

inorganic analysis. Give reasons.

Limewater or barium chloride solution
turns turbid on passing gas evolved by
acidification of carbonates but the
solution becomes clear on prolonged

passage of gas. )

7. (a) Which Characterstics of cis platin makes it

an effective antitumour drug ? Explain.

2204

(b) Why is it necessary to test Group V ions in
the order : Ba”, Sr**, Ca?* ? Explain.
5

(c) Why is it necessary to remove interfering

ions before Group III analysis ? Explain.
5

7 1,800


YourRollNo, 00 os

SI. No. of Q. Paper > 2205 IC

Unique Paper Code : 32171602

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry
Name of the Paper > Organic Chemistry - V
Semester 3 VI

Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :

L.

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question Paper.

(b) Attempt any six questions.

(c) Question NO.1 carries 15 marks.

Answer any five parts : 9x3=15

(a) Write the open chain structure for the aldaric
acid obtained by the nitric acid oxidation of
D(+)-Glucose. Is the product optically active ?
Explain with the help of structures.

(b) Write the structure and common name of
4-O- 8-D-galactopyrano Syl- 8-D-(+)-
glucopyranose.

(c) Write down the possible isomers of om aE
and distinguish them using IR spectroscopy.

P.T.O.


2205
2205
(d) Which one of the following will absorb at

higher wavelength (4,,,) and why > IR :1715 & 1740cm™,2950 cm" 3030cm™ 3500.

2500 cm, no doublet between 2720 & 2820 cm-!

UV A max233nm(¢ -25)
(i NeN :
Compound A, does not reduce Fehling’s solution

but gives effervescence with sodium

HH bicarbonate.Calculate the double bond
| | equivalents for A ,Deduce the structure of A and
(i) N-N explain the entire spectral data. 12

3. (a) Calculate the A max Values for the followin

. . LSE. . max £

Define diblock polymers giving suitable compounds (any three) : 3x2=6
examples.

(f) What is a leuco base ? How can it be
converted into a dye ?

(g) How many types of chemically equivalent (i)
protons are there in CICH,CH,CH,OH ? Give
reasons.

—

(e

2. An organic compound A having molecular

formulae C,H,O,, shows the following data :
NMR

3 singlet
triplet
triplet
singlet

2 3 P.T.O,

2
2
J



2205

(iii)

Ac

(iv)
O
Values for calculations :

Heteroannular diene: 214 nm

Acyclic/cyclic six membered a,f-
unsaturated ketone : 215 nm

Five membered Cyclic 4,.....-unsaturated
ketone : 205 nm

Homoannular diene : 253 nm
Alkyl group/ exocyclic double bond : 5nm

j tion : 30 nm
Extended conjugati 3x26

2205

(b) How will. you distinguish between the
following pairs of compounds using IR spectra ?
Give reasons. 3x2=6

(i) Propanal and Propanol
(ii) Salicylic acid and p-hydroxybenzoic acid.

4. (a) Differentiate between the following pairs of
compounds using UV spectroscopy. 4

(i) Cis and trans- stilbene
(ii) Acetone and methylvinylketone

(b)A compound A having molecular formulae
C,H,O, gave the following spectral data :

(i) UV 4... 292nm ¢ 21.

(ii) IR 2720 & 2820cm"'(doublet) and
1730cm"'.Deduce the structure of the
compound A and explain the spectral
data.

(c) Explain Anisotropic effect and state why
acetylenic protons absorb at lower 5 value
as compared to ethylinic protons in NMR
spectra. 44,4

S Poo,


2205

(a) Explain why a -D(+)-glucopyranose is less
stable than #- D(+)-glucopyranose whereas,
methyl a -D(+)-glucopyranoside is more
stable than its corresponding £-anomer.

4

(b) Draw the Fischer projection formulae for

—

the hemiacetal form of C-2-epimer of D(+)-
Glucose. Convert the drawn Fischer
projection formulae to Haworth Projection
formulae and show how many Walden

inversions are involved during this

: 4
conversion ?

(c) Sucrose can be considered both as a

—

glucoside and a fructoside. Draw its
structure and give the systematic nares

of both glucoside and fructoside. 4

6

2205

6. (a)
Ruffs degradation Conc. HNO,
A c D(C,H,0,)
(CoH 205) (C5H,.95) (Optically active
(D-Aldohexose) (Aldopentose) dicarboxylic acid)
LAH,
B
(CH y4O¢)

(Optically inactive alditol)

Asspming all sugars belong to D-series,
deduce the structures of A, B, C, Dand write
all the reactions. 4
Explain why D-(+)—Glucose and D-(-)-
Fructose form the same osazone on
reaction with excess of phenyl hydrazine.
Write the chemical reaction with any one
of the above. 4
(c) Fehling’s solution is a well-known
oxidizing agent for confirming the
presence of aliphatic aldehydic group.
Explain with the help of reactions, why
D(-)-Fructose inspite of having a ketonic
group is oxidized by Fehling’s solution.
4

7 P.T.O.

(b

—


2205

7. (a) Differentiate between Thermoplastics and
Thermosetting polymers giving suitable
examples. 4

(b) What do you understand by the terms-
Syndiotactic , Isotactic and Atactic polymers ?
Explain taking polypropylene as an
example. 4

(c) Give the mechanism for acid catalysed
formation of phenol-formaldehyde resin.
4

8. (a) How will you synthesize Alizarin from
Anthraquinone ? 4

(b) How will you distinguish between Methyl
orange and Malachite green based on the
following : 4

(i) Classification
(ii) Structure
(iii) Uses (any one for each dye)
(c) Phenolphthalein is colourless in acidic
medium, deep pink in alkaline medium but

again colourless in Strongly alkaline
solution. Explain. 4

8 1,800


Sr. Nox ‘oFOuestion Paper: 2471 IC i

Unique Paper Code : 42177919 / 32177903

Name of the Paper : Applications of Computer in
Chemistry

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Program) / B.Sc.
(Hons.) : DSE-1B/3

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. All the questions are compulsory.
1. Answer all parts of the question:

(a) Define the following :
(i) Software
(ii) Algorithm

(iii) Operating System

(b) Write the expanded form of the following:

(i) QBASIC
PT


2471 2 3471
(ii) ROM (ii) 4temp

(iil) CPU (iii) End
(iv) K$val

(c) What is a byte? Complete the following statement :
(c) Write a program in BASIC to construct and

multiply two 3X3 matrix, using READ....DATA
(4,4,4)

statement.

—— Giga Byte = Tera Byte

(d) Write the following in BASIC:

iD) ¥'= 56R2 T4 / 6.6 x 10734 P
(a) Identify the error in the following :

(ii) p = A(1+r)"/[q'- 1]
(i) For A(I) = 1 to N Step 5
(iii) 0.00008532
(ii) PSET (X-Y)
(e) Convert the following : (iii) If P=30 then M$=55
(i) (1100101), binary to decimal (iv) For I = 1 to 10 Step x
(ii) (567.125), decimal to binary (3,323.4)
Next x
2. (a) Identify the errors in the following constants : (v) DEF FN7(X) = X* - 5
(i) 0.6351-E14 (vi) Locate (45,69)
ii) 4 ;
(ii) 453R7 (b) Write the output of the following :
= (i) Print “Name”, “Roll Number”, “Marks”
(iv) “X+y”
Print
(b) Identify the error in the following variables : Print N$, RI, M2
Print A+B*C, N$, A/C

(i) CLS
P.T.O.


2471 4

Where N$ = Peter, R1=60, M2=359, A=15,
B=2, C=3

(ii) 10 SCREEN 1
20 WINDOW (0,0) - (50,50)
30 PSET (30, 40)
40 LINE (0,0) - (10,10)

50 END (6,6)

4. (a) Write the BASIC statement to produce the

following effects :
(i) 1-D array to hold 50 items of data.
(ii) Assign the value 35 to a variable PI.

(iii) Assign a string MAXWELL DISTRIBUTION

to the variable.

(iv) If P has a value greater than 150, then
transfer control to the statement number

70, otherwise execute the next statement.

(b) Differentiate between the following :
(i) Low level Language and High Level
Language

(ii) Screen 1 and Screen 2

(iii) RAM and ROM

2471 5

(c) What is the use of REM statement? (4,6,2)

(a) Write a program in BASIC to calculate the

aRT IRT

For various gases, R = 8.314, T = 350, M=32* 10%

3;
following :

(b) Identify the errors in the following, if any:

(i) 10 For J=1

70 Next J
80 Next K

(ii) 20 FOR N = 1 TO 100

ee

120 IF N = 10 THEN 70

(c) Write a program to draw a filled rectangle box
with diagonal coordinates (50, 65) and (120, 160)

4
in high resolution mode. (4,4,4)
P.T.O.


2471 6
6. (a) Explain the function of the following keywords
(1) LEI
(1) PSET
(iil) GOSUB
(iv) DIM

(b) Write a program in BASIC to find the value of
Mean, Variance and Standard Deviation of a set

of N numbers. Provide the data using Input
statement.

Mean = 1/N 2Xi

Variance = 1/N L(Xi- X)’

Standard Deviation = (Variance)*1/2
OR

(b) Write a program in BASIC to find the root of
following equation using Iterative Method or

Newton Raphson Method :
X5 — 6x2 + 8 = 0
(c) Mention any three applications of computer in
43,3
Chemistry. (4,5,3)

(1100)


Sob, Of Quéstion Paper: 2526

Unique Paper Code. : 32177909/42177918 IC
Name of the Paper | : Industrial Chemicals and Environment
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry/

B.Sc. (Prog.) : DSE-3/1B
Semester ¢
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt five questions in all.
All questions carry 15 marks each.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.

iF (a) Fill in the blanks (any five) :

(‘) London smog is ------ smog.
(ii) ------- may be applied as a coagulant for treatment
of water.

(iii) Nitrogen gas is mostly used for ------

P.T.O.


(h)

(c)

(a)

( 2,) 2526

(iv) In a nuclear reactor ------- are used to control the

high energy neutrons.

(iH), sesseeee is used to remove particulate matter from flue

vases.
(Vi) ------- is a renewable energy source.

Define the following with suitable ‘examples or reactions

(any five) :

(i) | Ozone hole

(ii)  Biocatalyst

(iii) Liebig’s law of minimum
(iv) Green Chemistry

(v) Biosphere

(vi) Dry adiabatic lapse rate.

Draw a labelled diagram of hydrological cycle. Indicate
at what levels and how water pollution affects this

cycle. 5555

How is bleaching powder manufactured ? What are its
main applications ? How does bleaching powder disinfect

water ?

(6)

(d)

@

()

(c)

(@)

(a)

( 3) 2526

How is iron extracted from pyrites ? Give stepwise

procedure ?

“Biological treatment of water is carried out during

secondary treatment precess.” Justify.

Explain with reactions “Oxygen plays an important
role in troposphere while ozone plays a key role in

stratosphere”. 5,433

What are the major sources and sinks of SO, in
atmosphere ? Discuss a method of estimating SO, in

an air sample.
Give different methods of liquefying gases.

Describe a process of converting low grade coal into an

energy efficient fuel.

How do CO, and H,O vapours act as greenhouse

9
2

we

gases ? SA,

With reactions explain how chlorofluorocarbons deplete

ozone ? Give the safer substitutes of chlorofluoro-

carbons. How are they safer ?

RTO:


2526

(D)

(d)

(a)

(0)

(c)
(d)

Write
(a)
(6)
(c)

(d)

List the pollutants present in the effluents of fertilizer
and petrochemical industries. Suggest a method for

treatment of the same.

Draw a labelled diagram of biogeochemical cycle of

Nitrogen.

What are the advantages and disadvantages of geothermal

energy ? How can it be harnessed ? 5,4,3,3

Derive the expression Li = Lae for BOD calculations.

Define each term involved.

What is photochemical smog ? How do the oxidants present

in the smog affect living organisms ?
Describe a case of nuclear disaster and its consequences.

Differentiate between BOD and COD. Which will be higher

for surface waters and why ? 5,4,3,3

Short notes on any three of the following :
Bhopal gas disaster

Safe disposal of nuclear waste

lon exchange resins and their application to water treatment

Manufacture and use of borax. 3x5

400


6
} .

t

I
t
‘

g
¢

S.No. of Question Paper : 8884

Unique Paper Code : 32177904 HC

Name of the Paper Analytical Methods in Chemistry

Name of the Course B.Sc. (H) Chemistry/B.Sc. (Prog.)

DSE-3B

Semester : Vi

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Log tables to be provided to the candidates.
Use of scientific calculator is allowed.
Attempt any six questions in all including

Q. No. 1 which is compulsory.

1. Attempt any five of the following : 5x3=15

(a) Explain the types of interferences generally produced
in atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS).
(6) Discuss the various equilibrium processes involved in

the solvent extraction of metal ions by solvation.

PTO.


(c)

(d)

(e)

(a)

(5)

( 2 ) 8884
What is the object of sampling in an analysis ? Explain
the procedure of obtaining a representative sample of
solids.
State Beer's law. What are the factors responsible for
the deviation of this law ?
Discuss redox potentiometric titration with the help of

a suitable example.

Explain the basic principle involved in thermogravimetric

e

analysis.

Describe analytical applications of Thermogravimetry.
Draw a labelled diagram of thermobalance and describe

its major components.

Derive the following :

n
Where V mL of the aqueous solution containing M g
of the solute is extracted with S mL of the végenic:
solvent. M,, g wiles remains in the aqueous layer after

the nth extraction. D is the distribution ratio.

(c)

Write

(a)

))

(¢)

(4)

(a)

(0)

(c)

(3) ° 8884

Does a large Kp means a high or low retention of the

solute to an ion exchange resin ? Justify your

answer. . 3x4=12
short notes on any three of the following :
Significant figures and propagation of error

Column efficiency

Electroanalytical methods ~

Monochromators. 3x4=12

Discuss frontal and elution methods of development of
chromatograms.
Explain the various processes involved in flame emission

spectroscopy (FES). Discuss choice of flame and bummer

designs used in AAS and FES.

The absorbance of a 0.0001M solution of a complex
is found to be 0.312 at 592 nm. What is the molar

absorptivity if the path length is 1.0 cm ? 3x4=12

oi Bh


5.

(a)

(6)

(c)

( 4 ) 8884

What are the various oxidants used in AAS ? How

does the combination of fuel gases and oxidants affect

flame-temperature ?

What are the various ways of expressing accuracy and

precision ?

Suggest the effect on plate height (H) if each of the
following changes were incorporated into a column

chromatographic experiment :

(i) An increase in flow rate

(ii) An increase in the diameter of the column
(iii) An increase in the column length

(iv) An increase in the temperature of the

column. 3x4=12

Distinguish between the following :

(a)
(0)

Determinate and indeterminate errors.

Partition chromatography and adsorption chromato-
graphy.

Differential thermal analysis (DTA) and differential

scanning calorimetry (DSC). 3x4=12

(a)

(6)

(c).

€ § 3 8884

What do you mean by a mobile phase and a stationery
phase in a chromatographic technique ? Explain with
an example.

The accuracy of a new method for analysis of Fe(III)
is compared with the standard method. The results of

% Fe(III) for each analysis are as follow :

New Method Standard Method
20.10 18.89
20.50 19.20
18.65 19.00
19.25 19.70
19.99 19.40
19.40

Is there a significant difference between the two

methods ?

(The tabulated value of F and ¢ are 6.26 and 2.262

respectively at 95% of confidence level).

Give a schematic diagram of a glass electrode and
explain its function. Why is the glass electrode stored
in water ? 3x4=12

PTO,


(6) 8884

Define the following terms and give the mathematical

expression for each of the following :
(i) Retardation factor
(ii) Partition coefficient.

(6) A solution containing 0.804 mg of solute per 100 mL
of solvent gives a 40% transmittance in a 1 cm

cell.
(i) What is absorbance of solution ?

(ii) What would be the absorbance and %T be if the

solute was reduced to 0.402 mg of solute per

100 mL of solvent ?

(c) 184 mg of a sample of mixture of MgCO, and CaCO,
is reduced to 160 mg when subjected to
thermogravimetric analysis in the temperature

range 480°C-640°C. Calculate the amounts of Mg

and Ca in the sample. 4x3=12

8884
700


G-ne eG BSF0 @®

| nique Paper Code 217601

Name of paper worganic Chemistry —-V (CHHT-615)

Name of the Courgp Sc. (Hons) Chemistry
Semester
iJuration

Instructions to candidates:

Attempt any Five questions.

3 Hours Maximum Marks:


t(a) Account for the following:
(i) Lead sulphate dissolves in ammonium acetate.

(ii) | The Group II centrifugate is boiled with few drops of concentrated HNO; before
proceeding for Group III.

(b) Highlight the differences between hemoglobin and myoglobin. What is Bohr effect?
(c} With reference to the molecular orbital diagram of carbon monoxide, explain the
following: |
(i) The bonding in metal carbonyls is through C and not through O.
(ii) lhe IR stretching frequency for C- O bond in CO(g) is higher than that in metal
carbonyls.
(iii) The IR stretching frequency for C- O bond in metal carbonyls decreases with
increasing negative oxidation state of the metal atom.

(4.5.6)

2(a) Using VBT explain the structure of [Fe(CO)<]. Are all the Fe-C bond lengths identical in
this compound?
(b) | What is common ion effect? How is this effect utilized in separation of Group II cations
{rom Group IV cations?
(¢) What is the purpose of the sodium potassium- pump in the human body? Describe the
working of the pump with a self-explanatory diagram and mention the evidences pointing to the
nature of the respective ion channels that make the process selective.

(4.5.6)
3(a) Mention any two features that a chelating agent should possess to be used in medicine
Give two examples of such drugs.
(b) Give the Friedel Craft’s acylation reaction of ferrocene. When treated with excess
acylating agent ferrocene gives the 1,1° diacyl derivative but on alkylation it gives the 1,2 dialky]
derivative. Explain.
(ce) A metal ‘M? exists in two oxidation states ~1 and +2. The sulphide *MS° is insoluble in
dilute hydrochloric acid and is black in colour. When a solution of potassium iodide is added to
an aqueous solution containing M~ . a red precipitate is obtained which dissolves in excess of
potassium iodide to give a compound *A’ which is an important laboratory reagent. Addition of
tin (If) chloride to a solution of M” gives a white precipitate turning grey. Using the information
provided identify ‘M’ and ‘A’. Explain by giving equations. Also state one use of “A".

(4.5.6)
4(a) What are the toxic effects of arsenic or mercury 2 Oo ;
(b) Carbonate does not interfere in the test for sulphite . but sulphite interferes in the test for
carbonate. Explain.
(c) Give the mechanism of action of cis-platin in cancer therapy. What 1s meant by
Therapeutic Index? a ;
(d) How are organometallic compounds classified based on bond types? Give an example in
each case. 93.5.5
Ses (2,3,5.5)

S(a) Why do interfering radicals interfere after Group H? How will you remove phosphate or

ONalate’? ;
(D


by)

(b) What is meant by the cooperativity of the fo

ur heme groups i
N hemoglobin? What acts -
the trigger for the cooperative effect? Discuss briefly, obin? What acts as

(c) Using 18 electron rule as a guide, identifv/find:
(i) The 3d metal in [(n°-CsH; M(CH,)s]

(ii) The probable number of carbonyl ligands in [HMn(CO),]
(iii) The number of Co-Co bonds in [Co4(CO);2]

(4.5.6)
6 (a) The V-C bond lengths in [V(CO),] and [V(CO)J are
Explain.
(b) What is the difference between active and passive transport?
(c) What i is the chemistry of the chromyl chloride test? What are the limitations of this test?

(d) Zn’ is considered as one of the most versatile Cataly sts in the bio system. Elaborate.
What is the coordination number and environment of Zn in carbonic anhydrase?

200 pm and 193 pm respectively.

(3.3,4.5)

- . * . . 9
7 (a) Why do cations of Group V in the qualitative analysis impart colour to the flame’ =
(b) | Why is it necessary to neutralize the sodium carbonate extract prior to carrying out
contirmatory tests of anions? a | .
(c) How and in what form is iron stored in human body? How is iron recycled in the human
system? — ;
( ? is i re two evidences
(d) Give one method of preparation of ferrocene. Why is it aromauc. Give two evi
Which support its aromatic nature.

aye ae

wv “ash Ve


YW - ANC () (, //

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration

Maximum

Instructions for Candidates

/

217602 ei by
Organic Chemistry V (CITHT-616)

B.Sc. (Hors.) CHEMISTRY, Parttlt

VI
3 Hours

75

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt on this question paper.
2, Answer any six questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 carries 15 Marks.

pinta aaa
Ss.



Gt. Answer any five parts.
(a) Give the number of NMR signals in each of the following compounds. Label
different typesof protons.

dd) 2 Chioropropene
(ii) Allylbromide

(b) How will you distinguish between the following pairs of compounds using IR
spectroscopy? Describe the approximate characteristic absorption frequencies also.

(i) 2- Propanol and acetone
(ii) Primary and secondary amine

(c) The UV spectrum of acetone shows peaks at —
Amax=280 NM, Emax Ao s max=190 nM, Emax = 900

(i) Identify the electronic transition for each.
(ii) Which is more intense?

(d) What type of polymerisation (mechanism) is initiated by the following catalysts?
(i) KNH2 (ii) H2SO,
(e) (A)+ N.N-Dimethylaniline —“S2#"> (B ) —Alaline medium > (C)Methyl orange

C at pH <3.1 gives red colour and at pH 4.4 gives yellow colour. Give the structure
of A, B, and C.

(1) Write the structures of monomers of following polymers.

6)
| Ga €—O—CH;—CH;—-O
F n
(i)

CH CHe-“CH;-CH
GH;

Gs

(3 x5)


“O . (a) Identify products (A) and (B) in the follov.ing sequence of reactions, Write their

structures also.
NOH
+
5 via
C) _H. (A)! olyrn srisation Cp

{bj Low density polythene is obtained by free radical polymerisation. Why is the density low”
Explain through mechanism.

(c) A Polymer sample contains only two types of macromolecules. Those with relative molar
mass (RMM) of 10,000 and those with an RMM of 100,000. Assuming equal number (N)

of molecules. calculate M. and M,, (4x3)

3. (a) Calculate the wave number of fundamental stretching vibrations of
=C bond. Force constant for C=C band is 10x10°dynes /em and

Reduced mass is 6 x1.67* 10% g
(b) An amide, chloracetamide, shows two peaks at 1644 cm” tand1615 cm’. Identify to

which functional group these vibrations belong.
{c) Match the C=O stretching vibrations for following compounds .

A )
me:
F (1720, 1760 cm” )
O
OQ and C) (:745,1715em" )
(4x3)

< (a) me calculate the magnetic field that corresponds to proton resonance frequency of

Ve 26753sec" gauss”

Giininainie ratio for proton,
spin interaction between proton

(ii) Which of the following systems will have spin-
nea other mo

a “Galulane » abuse bend ckuivaens
(ii) Propose the structure and assign all peaks.

(c) Account for the fact that an aromatic hydrogen absorbs relatively down field

(7- 8.5 ppm). 3) (4x3)


f
Fl
J Q5. (a} Calculate Ama for the following enone
a
ZA

O
Parent enone 215nm
Extended coniugation is =+30nm
Homoannular component = +39 nM

Exocyclic double bond = +5nm
Alkyl a =+10, B = +12, 7 and higher =

+18 w™
(b) Predict and explain the Amax shift when
(i) ArNH) is acidified.
(ii) ArOH is made basic
(c) (i) Differentiate between following two compounds by UV
(a) CH;COOCHS;
(b) Cg Hs CH = CH COOCHS.
(ii) Differentiate between auxochrome and chromophore with example.
(4x3)

6. An acyclic compound C6H 20> has strong bands at 1740 cm | 1250 cm ', 1060 cm!
with no bands at frequency greater than 2950 cm
The NMR spectrum has two singlets at 6 3.4(3) and 8 1.0(9H).Calculate double bond

equivalent .Deduce the structure of compound . Expiain all the peaks.
(12)

°

497.(a) (i) Given green, blue and yellow dyes. Arrange them in order of increasing wave
length of absorption.
(ii) Give one synthesis of Congo Red

(b) Give one synthesis of Malachite Green
(c) Give one synthesis of Alizarin from Anthraquinone

(4x3)
Q8. Write short notes on
(a) Anionic polymerisation of acrylonitrile with mechanism.
(b) Sulphur vulcanisaticn of rubber.
(c) Mechanism of diazocoupling with necessary conditions.
(4x3)

;


[©

S.No of Question Paper oS 2 _
‘ }
Unique Paper Code : 217605 _
Name of the Course : B.Sc (A) Chemistry
Name of the Paper : Physical Chemistry V (CHHT- 617)
Semester : VE
Duration: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 75
Attempt six questions in all.
Question No.1 is compulsory.
Attempt at least two questions from each section A and section B.
Scientific calculators are allowed but they cannot be shared. Use of Log tables is allowed
Physical Constants
Plancks constant, h = 6.626 x 10°"Js
Velocity of light, c =3 x 10° ms”
1. Answer any_five (5 x 3=15)
a. What are the quantum numbers and degeneracy of the quantum level of energy E =
27h7/8ml’ for a particle in a cubic box of length ‘I’?
b. Selection rule for pure rotational spectra in microwave region is AJ = +1 or — 1 whereas
for rotational Raman spectra it is AJ = 0, +2 or -2. Give reasons.
c. Explain the difference between internal conversion and intersystem crossing.
d. Define Hermitian operator. Give one example.
e. What is meant by a well — behaved wave function?
f. Explain why the “gC nucleus does not give rise to an NMR peak whereas '36C nucleus
does,
g. What are orthonormal set of wave functions?
h.

Explain what are Rayleigh, Stokes and anti Stokes Lines.


Section A

2, a) Compare the VB and MO treatments of the hydrogen molecule in the ground state. (4)

b) What do you understand by i) Bonding ii) antibonding and iii) non-bonding orbitals. (3)
c) State Variation theorem. (2)

d) What are symmetric and anti symmetric wave functions. Which of the following
are symmetric and which are ant symmetric.

i) Y=Cos6
ii) Y =x(1+x) (3)

3. a) Write the unnormalised valence bond function for HF molecule for its ground state being
formed from the Is orbital of H atom and the 2 p, orbital of the fluorine atom. Assume
that HF is: i) Pure covalent ii) Pure ionic iii) 80% Covalent and 20% ionic. (4)

b) What is the total energy operator? Write the total energy operator for rigid rotator. (3)

c) What is the essential criterion for the atomic orbitals to overlap. Write (Yes or no)
whether the following orbitals will overlap or not. A and B are the two atoms bonding
along the z-axis.

i) Is (A) and 2s (B) ii) 2 p,(A) and 2p,(B) (5)

4. a) Draw the MO diagram of O molecule. Using this discuss the magnetic character of Or",
Oy and Or.

b) Fora particle of mass m in a one dimensional box of length ‘Il’ having wave function °
Y = (2/1)? Sin nzx/I

i) Calculate the expectation value of the total energy of the particle. (3)

ii) What is the zero- point energy of this particle? (2)

c) What is a quantum mechanical operator? Give an example. (2)

5. a) For BeHp, construct qualitatively the expressions and shapes of molecular orbitals under the
LCAO scheme. Draw the energy diagram and electronic configuration of the molecule. (5)

b) Determine the energy required for a transition from ground state to ny= ny= | and n,= 2 state
for an Argon atom (mass =6.633 x 10° kg) in a cubic container with a 1.0 cm side. (3)

c) Show that e* is an eigen function of (d°/dx242 d/dx +3). What is the eigenvalue? (4)


SECTION B

6a) Derive the expression, Jmax = (kT / 2Bhc)'* — (1/2)

What do Jax and B represent? (4)

b) What are hot bands? Why do intensities of hot bands of diatomic molecules increase with rise
in temperature? (4)

c) For a molecule AB; the following spectroscopic data is observed. Predict the geometry of the
molecule and assign the wave numbers of specific vibrations

v(em') | IR | ~ Raman
- _ _
| 1330 Inactive | Active
2349 | Active Inactive
PR
667 Active Inactive
| sl |
(4)

7. a) Calculate the force constant for 3CO where fundamental vibrational frequency is 2990 cm’!
and reduced mass is 1.62 X10°’kg. (3)

b) What is meant by vertical transitions in electronic spectra? Outline the spectra obtained under
the following conditions: [show diagrams also]

i) The internuclear distance is equal in the upper and lower electronic states.

ii) The internuclear distance is slightly longer in the upper electronic states.

(7)

iii) The internuclear distance is considerably longer in the upper electronic states.

c) The first two lines in rotational spectra of 12 © '6Q appear at 1.15X10° and 2.30 X 10° MHz

respectively. Calculate the rotational constant for CO. (2)

8a) Sketch the NMR spectra of ethanol under

i) Low resolution

ii) High resolution Oo
Clearly indicate the relative positions of the peaks. Also give the ratio of peak area in (1) and
(6)

relative intensities of the split peaks in (11).


in ESR si : i vative of absorption curve with respecLto the
b) Explain ESR signals are recorded as derivative of absorp e :

magnetic ficld.

c) Which reference compound is used in NMR studies in case of aqueous om) Give
reasons why it is used. uy

9. Write short notes on any Three : Ga4= 12)
a) Dissociation and Pre dissociation

b) Fluorescence

c) Chemical Shift and Coupling Constant

d) Factors responsible for the intensity of Spectral lines

e) Fingerprint region and Group frequencies in IR


yf 5 , ~ 7 ee: lat
Qe Nt 1 VF “Ly 0. (90

Roll No..........,...
Unique Paper Code; 2171601
Name of Course B.Sc. (H) Chemistry
Semester VI
Name ofthe Paper : Inorganic Cheinistry: Organometallic, Bioinorgani
Duration : 3 Hours
Maximum Marks _ : 75

Instructions for the Candidates

1. Attempt any five questions.
2. All questions carry equal marks.

c Chemistry

1. a) What are the metal ions present in the biological systems? Classify them into essential and non-

essential.
b) Which out of the following is a poor nucleophile and why?
Co(COY, Mn(CO);

c) Discuss two methods of preparation of organometallic compounds with x acceptor ligand CO.
d) What is synergic effect, explain using the molecular orbital diagram of CO ligand.

(3,3,4,5)

2. a) What is Ziese's salt? Write its chemical formula and draw its molecular structure.
b) Why is direct nitration of ferrocene riot possible?
c) Draw the structure of the following metal carbonyls
(i) Fes(CO)12 (ii) Cr(CO)6 (iii) Mna(CO)j0 (iv) Rus(CO);2

d) What are homoleptic carbonyls? Why don't carbonyls belonging to early and later transition series

obey the EAN rule?

3. a) Draw the structure of ferrocene. What are its. two possible conformations? Is it an
compound? Discuss its synthesis.
b) What aré'toxic metals and why are they so?
c) Discuss the Na‘/K* pump with a diagram
d) What is Ziegler - Natta catalyst ? Explain isotactic polymerization of ethane.

4. a) Why Ferrocene is more reactive than benzene ? Give two reactions.
- b) Which of the following obey the EAN rule: —
Cr(CO)s , (n5-CsHs)Fe(CO)2CI , V(CO)s , Fe(CO)s

(3,3,4,5)

organometallic

(3,3,4,5)

c) Two different structures of Co2(CO)s are consistent with18 electron rule . How will you predict

the structures on the basis of IR spectral studies?
d) Explain the pathways for inactivation of hemoglobin.

5. a) Explain the tetrameric structure of the hemoglobin, how does it work ?
b) Arrange following given metallocene in order of increasing M-C bond distance:
[(n’ -CsH)2Fel, [(n° -CsHs)2Co] , (1? -CsHs)pNi, (1° -CsHs)pV.

¢) Which are paramagnetic metallocene(s) in following:

(aS

(4,4,4,3)

ITE oO


‘ . ef. 5 = .
[(° ~CsHs)2Fe], [(n° -CsHs)2Fe]", [(1? CsHs)2Co], [(n° -CsHs)2Co]”, [(n° -CsHs)2 Ni

d) Why is Ni(CO)s a monomer, but the analogous cobalt compound a dimer?

(4,4,4,3)

6.

#) What would have happened if the ATPase involved in the sodium-potassium pump did not undergo
eversion?

b) What will happen when excess of Copper and Lead metals ions present in human body ?
c) What is meant by the term hapticity. Explain with example.

d) What do you understand by common ion effect? Explain with example.

(4,4,3,4)

a) What are interfering anions? Write a method of removal of any one interfering radicals.
b) Write use of following reagents in the qualitative analysis:
(i) Dimethylglyoxime (ii) Sodium nitropruside

c) Why is Pb** frequently missed in Group I and Cd** in Group II, particularly if the medium is highly
acidic with respect to HCI.
d) Write a confirmatory test for sulphate and Chloride.

(3,3,5,4)


Wwe of

*

a9

Ch. plo O10. . Golde

+f

Unique PaperCode : 2171602

Name ofthe Paper : Theory Physical- Quantum Chemistry, Photochemistry &
Surface Chemistry

Name ofthe Course : B.Sc, (H) Chemistry
Semester > VI

Duration : 3 hours

lustructions for Candidates

Write your roll no. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
Attempt only six questions out of eight.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

Use of scientific calculators and logarithmic tables is allowed.

Attempt all parts of a question together.

Physical Constants

Planck’s constant 6.626 x 10°" Js
Velocity of light 3.0x 10° ms"
Avogadro’s Number 6.023 « 10° mol’!
Mass of electron 9.1 x 10°! ke

Boltzzmann constant 1.38 1073 J kK!


|. Attempt any five:

12

(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)
(e)

(f)

(a)

(b)

(c)

(a)

(b)

(c)

W hat important aspect is signified for an atomic model with a particle
in free space and under bound state?

Differentiate between thermal reactions and photochemical reactions

State and explain Pauli’s exclusion principle.
Explain why most adsorption processes are exothermic in nature?

‘Fluorescence is a fast process whereas phosphorescence is a slow

process. Explain.

Why a finely powdered substance is more effective adsorbent?
Comment on the statement “Quantum efficiency of a primary process
is always equal to one”.

(3*5)
A particle of mass m is confined to a three dimensional box of length
a, width b, and height c, the potential energy of the particle varies as
under:
O<xSa
O<ysb
lO<z<e
V=0 for °
V= 0 elsewhere
- Formulate the Schrédinger wave equation for the system.
Write energy expression for a particle of mass ‘m’ confined to move
in a one-dimensional box of length ‘I’. Calculate the energy required
for a particle of mass 1.0 x 10°° kg to move from energy level 3 to 4,
the length of the box is 973 pm.
Prove Heisenberg uncertainty principle mathematically.
(4.4.4)
Show that the function y = X exp(-bx”) is an eigen function of the
operator ( 4. ~ 4b?x”), What is the eigen value?
dx” -
- Calculate the expectation value of momentum of a particle described
by the function e* where x can extend from 0 to |.
Benzene may be taken as a two-dimensional box of side 0.4 nm.
Compute the wavelength of radiation that can cause promotion of an
electron from the ground to the first excited state of benzene. oT

O


wa

(a)

(b)

(c)

(a)
(b)

(c)

(b)

Compare Valence Bond a

nd Molecular
hydrogen molecule in the Orbital

treatment
ground state. S of the

Normalize the following functions in the interval 0 to x

lil] e “(where A is g a constant),

Siceten R(r) and 477rR*(r) VS tae for 2s orbital of hydrogen atom
Calculate the number of nodes in this orbital. —_ .

(4.4.4)
Determine if each of the followi ing functions is acceptable or not as a
wavefunction over the indicated regions
li] Cos x over (0,)
[ii] e* over (—00,00)
[ili] e “ over (0,00)
liv] Tan 6 over (0.26)
Calculate the zero point energy for a mass |.68 x 10°” ky ope a
simple harmonic motion given that the force constant k= 10 N m'!
The average energy of H atom calculated on the basis of trial function
xa Wa ee
y=e* is <E>= ——-
82m 4z€,
where o is a variable parameter. Using variation method, calculate the
ground state energy of H atom.
ar
(4.4,4)
State and explain Stark- Einstein law of Photochemical Equivalence.
Quantum yields of photochemical reactions range from 0 to 10°.
Explain.
. ; " aq? = M04 + at
A certain substance in a cell of length “| absorbs 20% of the incident
‘et s ame nan of the incident light will be absorbed in a cell ‘
(4.4.4)

What is the effect of temperature on Physisorption and
Chemisorption?

The adsorption of gases on solids can be described by the
Freundlich’s empirical equation: _

@


Lxplain the terms involved. What should be the value of n and why?

(c) What are the assumptions of Langmuir adsorpti
tio
basis of Langmuir theory of adsorption, show oe n theory? On the

@ = Kp/(1+Kp)

8. Write short notes on any three.
(a) Fluorescence and Phosphorescence
(b) Photosensitised reactions
(c) Lambert Beer’s law
(d) Born Oppenheimer Approximation

(e) Surface active agents

ay

(4


25) ;
S. No. Q.Paper: Aor

Unique Paper Code: 2171603
Name of Paper: Chemistry of Inorganic Solids, Nanomaterials
Name of Course: B.Sc (H) Chemistry
Semester : VI

Duration: 1.5 Hours

Maximum Marks: 37.5

Section A

Attempt any THREE questions in all. Question No. 1 is COMPULSORY and carries 7.5
marks

Ql.

a) What are one - dimensional control in carbon nanotubes?
b) What are Molecular Magnets? Explain with example.
c) What are the advantages of inorganic pigments?
d) Write the name of materials used in luminescent devices?
[2,.25.2,:1.5]

Q2.
a) -Write down the steps involved in the preparation of silver nanoparticles.
b) What are the requirements in terms of size, charge and structure lattice of the parent
and the final compounds for the ion exchange synthesis?
c) How can we differentiate between nanotubes, nanowires and nanoparticles?
[5,5,.5]
Q3.

a) Discuss the conventional heat and beat method for the synthesis of inorganic solids.
What are the limitations of this solid state synthesis method?

b) How does the ion exchange and intercalation in solid state compounds lead to the
modification of solid materials? Explain with examples.

c) Discuss the temperature, pressure and solubility conditions in a hydrothermal method of
synthesis of inorganic solids.

d) Explain various steps involved in the sol-gel synthesis of silica nanoparticles.

[4, 4, 4, 3]


Write short notes on any THREE of the following.

a) Fullerides

b) Carbon nanotubes

c) Bioinorganic nanomaterials

d) Co-precipitation method of synthesis of inorganic solid

e) Inorganic liquid crystals
[5 X 3]


[Phis question pap<r contains 2 printed pages. ]

Sr. No of Question Paper
Unique Paper Code

ame of the Paper

i

ord Your Roll No.sscsscs-ss0e% ;
: 2171604 2014

: Organic Chemistry: Chemistry of Biomolecules

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry
Semester * VI

Duration : 3 Hours

Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of the question paper)

Questicn No. 1 is compulsory. Attempt six questions in all.

Answer any five of the following:

(a)
(b)
(c)

(d)
(e)

(f)
(g)

v

(a)

(c)

(a)
(b)
(c)

How does the structure of DNA differ from RNA?

Define isoelectric point. Calculate isoelectric point of Lysine. Given pK,
(NH3)=2.18, pK2 (COOH)=8.95, pK3 (side chain)=10.53

Show the specific hydrogen bonding between adenine and thymine.

Write two advantage of Dansyl method over Sanger method

Differentiate between Nucleoside and Nucleotide. Give the structure of

deoxycytidine.
How is pyruvate converted into ethanol under anaerobic condition? Name enzyme

and give reaction involved.
What are essential amino acids? Na:ne any two giving their structures. (3x5)

What is glycolysis? Give steps involved in conversion of glucose to

glyceraldeyde-3-phosphate during glycolysis.
~ (db)

Give structure of ATP. How many ATP molecules are generated in complete

oxidation of glucose into CO2 and H20?
Outline the solid phase synthesis of Gly-Ala-Val. (4,4,4)

Write a short note on Rancidity.Discuss the different types of rancidity.

Discuss briefly various steps involved in TCA (Kreb’s) cycle.
What is saponification value? Calculate the saponification number of glyceryl

tripalmitate sample having molar mass 806. Write the reaction involved.

I
CH,—O-C—R
fe)
i ?
CH—O-C-—R |
fe)

Il
CH,—O-C—R

Molar mass- 806 (

F-12

i ee ee ee ee


4.

oe

6.

7,

(a) Define Watson Crick Mode i by DCC metho d?

How will you synthesized OLY" Et ; 7
What is lodine number U.N.)? Calculate I.N of given reaction. What js
significance of LN.”

He{CHn-CHSCIER 4g),
CH-(CHy)n-CH=CH-R
CHy(CHpn-CH®CH-R

Molar mass- S84 (4,4,4)
(a) One of the strands of DNA molecule shows nucleotide base sequence as 5'-A-G-

T-C- A-C-A-G-T-A-C-C-3'. What is the sequence of bases in the aie.
DNA strand and trancripted messenger RNA strand? 7 . |

(b) What are the types of bonds responsible for stabilizing tertiary structure of

|

proteins?

(c) With the help of'a neatly labelled diagram, explain the process of transcription? |
(4,4,4)

(a)  Whatis drying, non-drying and semi-drying oils? Give examples,

(b) Differentiate between reversible and irreversible inhibition with examples.

(c) Name the different types of RNAs and explain their biological roles.

(4.4.4)

(a) Discuss the effect of concentration of the substrate on the rate of an enzyme

catalyzed reaction. |

(b) | What are sphingolipids and glycolipids? Explain. |

(c) | Show steps of Gabriel pthalimide synthesis of cysteine starting from malonic
ester.

» SAA

8. Write short notes on any three of the following: |

i) Enzyme specificity

il) Secondary structure of protein

iii)  Cofactors and coenzyme |

iv) Liposomes and their biomedical applications. |
(4,4,4)

||

This question paper contains 4 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
EN 
IBRARY 
DN 
S. No. of Question Paper 
39 
MEAR 
Unique Paper Code 
32171101 
Name of the Paper 
Inorganic Chemistry-I 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
Semester 
Duration: 3 
Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt sir questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Explain any five of the following with suitable reason: 5x3 
1. 
(a) 
Which is more covalent : NaCl or Nal ? 
(6) 
Which has the greater bond dissociation energy: 
0, or O, 2? 
() 
All the three N-O bonds in NO, are equal. 
() 
Shape of d 
orbital is different from other d-orbitals. 
(eBeCL, has zero dipole moment while HS has some 
value. 
Which has greater meting point : o-nitrophenol or 
p-nitrophenol ? 
P.T.O 


(2) 
39 
(3) 
39 
(a) 
Calculate the lattice energy of Mg0 (in kJmol) 
(c) 
Explain the shapes of the following molecules/ions 
Given: A 
= 
1.7475; r (Mg*") = 0.65 Ä; r (0*)=140 A; 
according to VSEPR theory 
n 
7; e 
= 
4.8 x 10 
e.s.u.; N 
= 
6.02 x 1023. 
H_0, BrF,', ICl, 
4,4,4 
(b) 
Define resonance energy and draw the resonating 
structures of NO 
and N,. 
( 
5 
Draw the MO energy level diagram for N. Discuss its 
Are 5g and 6h sub-shells possible ? Give reasons. If they 
bond order and magnetic behaviour. Why is the bond 
are possible, show how many orbitals can be present in 
order in N," less than in N, molecule ? 
each sub-shells ? 
4,44 
(b) 
What are the four special properties which an acceptable 
(a) 
Give Allred and Rochow's scale of electronegativity. 
3. 
wave function must have ? Why these restrictions are 
Calculate the electronegativity of silicon atom using this 
scale. The covalent radius of Si atom is 1.175 Å. 
reasonable ? 
(b) 
What are isoelectronic ions? How effective nuclear 
(c) 
Using Pauling's method, calculate the radii of Na' and 
charge affects the radii of isoelectronic ions : N, 
F ions. The observed internuclear distance in NaF crystal 
o, F, Na, Mg?* ? 
is 213 pm. 
4,4,4 
The dipole moment of LiH is 1.964 x 102 Cm and 
6. 
(a) 
Taking 2Z-ax is as nuclear axis, explain whether the 
bond length for LiH is 1.596 Ä. What is the percent 
ionic character in LiH ? ( Charge on one electron 
= 
following orbitals will overlap to form molecular orbitals 
1.6x 10l C). 
4,44 
or not ? 
4. 
(a) 
How do you arrive at Schrodinger wave equation for 
() 
stPx 
H-atom starting with simple sine wave equation ? 
Using Slater's rule, calculate Z* for 
(b) 
(i) P+ d 
( 
(iin Pytd-y 
3d 
P.T.O. 
(i) 
4s electron in Co atom (Z 
= 27). 


39 
(4) 
(6) 
Calculate the limiting radius ratio for the ionic compound 
(b) 
when the coordination number of the cation is 4. 
() 
What is a radial distribution function ? Draw this 
4,4,4 
function for ls, 2p and 3s orbitals. 
7. 
(a) 
Draw the Borm-Haber cycle for the formation of CaCl, and 
7. 
explain the various terms involved. 
(b) 
State Pauli's exclusion principle. Using this principle, 
calculate the number of electrons in L shell. 
(c)Define electronegativity. How the electronegativity 
(c 
varies with s-character in different hybridisation of 
organic compounds ? 
4,44 
Write short notes on any three of the following 
8. 
( 
Bent's Rule 
(ii) 
Band theory of metallic bonding 
(ii) 
Hund's rnule of maximum multiplicity 
(iv) 
Polarisation and polarisabilty. 
3x4 
39 
1,800 


This question paper contains 4+2 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
40 
Unique Paper Code 
32171102 
Name of the Paper 
Physical Chemistry-I 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question pape.) 
Attempt six questions in all1 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Use of scientific ealeulator and log tables is allowed. 
Physical constants: R = 8.314 JK 
mol, N 
= 6.023 x 1025 
mol, k = 1.38 x 10-2 JK- 
. 
Attempt any five of the following
5x3-15 
Explain why 
(a) 
The end-centred bravais lattice is not possible for a cubic 
(a) 
unit cell ? 
P.T.O. 


(2) 
40 
(3) 
40 
() 
Derive the relations using 
van der Waals gas 
6) 
The pH of water is not 7.0 at 60°C ? Will it remain 
equation: Pe = al27b and T, = 8a/27Rb. 
neutral at this temperature ? 
Irrespective of their nature, drops of all the liquids falling 
(c) 
() 
Explain the terms o, , Z, and Z 
Discuss the effect of 
3. 
temperature and pressure on these terms. 
freely in air are spherical in shape ? 
(b) 
Calculate ), Z, and Z 
for oxygen at 298 K and 
(d) 
Addition of KNO, increases the surface tension of water 
4 
10 mmHg. Given o 
= 3.61 x 108 cm. 
but addition of detergent decreases it ? 
3 
() 
Write a note on continuity of state. 
() 
CO and N, have the same speed distribution at the same 
(a) 
Starting from the postulates of the kinetic theory of 
4. 
temperature ? 
5 
gases, derive the kinetic gas equation. 
The viscosity of gas increases with temperature but that 
Calculate the pressure exerted by 3.023 x 1025 molecules 
(b) 
of liquid decreases with temperature ? 
of CH, in 0.5 dm' at 298 K using van der Wals equation. 
(g) 
The initial slope of the graph of compressibility factor, 
(Given: a = 2.253 L atm mol, b= 0.0428 L mol and 
4 
Z versus the pressure, p, at constant temperature is 
R 0.0821 L atm mol-' K-l). 
positive for some gases and negative for others ? 
) 
What are the units of van der Waals constants 
a 
(a) 
Write the mathematical expression for the Maxwell 
and b ? Do these constants depend upon temperature 
distribution of molecular speeds ofa gas, explain briefly 
of the gas ? 
the terms involved. How does the change in temperature 
(a) 
Define the surface tension of liquid. Describe drop 
5. 
influence the distribution of molecular speeds ? 
4 
number method for the determination of surface tension 
4 
(6) 
Calculate the temperature at which average velocity or 
of a liquid. 
P.T.O. 
SO, equals to that of O, at 20 K. 
4 


(5) 
40 
40 
(4) 
Give the Miller indices of the plane which intercepts 
(c) 
With the given viscometer, the times of flow at 20°C 
(b) 
the three crystallographic axes at the multiple of unit 
distance at: 
for water and an unknown liquid (d 
= 
1.22 g cms) were 
(i) 
3/2, 2. 1 
found to be 155 sec and 80 sec respectively. Calculate 
(i) 
1/2, 2/3, 
4 
the absolute viscosity of the unknown liquid at 20°C 
7. 
(a) 
Show that the concentration of H,0 in an aqueous 
if viscosity and density of water are 1.005 centipoise 
solution of an acid HA can be computed from the 
4 
expression 
and 1 g cm 
respectively. 
What is capillary action ? Derive : y=+hpgr, where 
(c) 
H,0-H,0" K 
H,0HA -H,o-K. 
4 
the symbols have their usual meanings. 
What are the differences between crystalline and 
(a) 
Under what conditions can the following expressions 
6. 
4 
be used 
amorphous solids ? 
H,0 
K |HA 
H;0 
(b) 
When a certain crystal was studied by the Bragg's 
( 
method using X-rays of wavelength 229 pm, first order 
X-ray reflection was observed at an angle of 23°20 
H0 
(ii) 
HA 
(i) 
What is corresponding inter-planar spacing 
(6) 
What is the pH of a solution containing 10 
M 
hydronium ion and compare it with the pH value of 
4 
(ii) 
When another X-ray source was used, a reflection 
was observed at 15°26'? What was the wavelength 
108MHCI 
solution ? 
P.T.O 
of these X-rays ? 
4 


40 
(6) 
(c) 
What is pH of a solution obtained by mixing 50 mL, 
0.1 M CH COOH and 50 mL, 0.1 M NaOH. Given 
pk(CH,COOH) = 4.74. 
8. 
(a) 
Show that the pH of an aqueous solution of salt 
formed from a weak acid and strong base is given by 
4 
pH 
7 + (pK, + log c). 
(6) 
Define different types of buffer solutions. Derive 
Henderson-Hasselbalch equation for pH of acidic and 
4 
basic buffer. 
(c) 
What is the solubility of Ag,(CrO) in water if the value 
4 
of solubility product is K.= 1.3 
x 10- 
M32 
3 
(a) 
What is an indicator and how does it work? 
9. 
(b) 
Define solubility and solubility product. Determine 
solubility of Mg(OH), in pure water and 0.01 M NaOH 
5 
solution. Kg, of Mg(OH), = 1.2 x 10-11 M3. 
(c) 
Will a precipitate form if 20 cm of 0.0I M AgNO 
and 20 cm of 0.0004 M NaCl are mixed? Given 
4 
Kp of AgCI 
= 
1.7x 10-10 M. 
1,800 
6 
40 


s/12)1 
Unique Paper Code 
:217101 (CHHT-101) 
Name of the Paper 
:Inorganic Chemistry-1 [Atomic Structure, Periodicity of 
elements] 
cOLL 
: B.Sc. (H) Chennary 
AR 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
LIBRARY 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 100 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2. Attempt any six questions. 
3.Question No. 1 is compulsory and carries 20 marks. All other questions carry equal marks. 
1. (a) For the 4s and 3day hydrogen-like orbitals, sketch the following: 
i) Radial function R 
ii) Radial probability distribution 4r?R? 
ii1) Contour map of the electron density 
(6) Give a short answer for the following 
i) How many radial nodes does a 6f orbital have? 
i) Sketch the angular nodes in a 3dgy orbital 
ii) Sketch the angular part of the wavefunction for the five d orbitals 
(c) Using Slater's Rules calculate Z* for the following elements: 
i) Calculate the Z* for a 4s enlectron in Ca 
ii) Calculate the Z* for a 4s enlectron in Sc 
iii) Calculate the Z* for a 3d enlectron in Sc 
(d) Answer the following: 
i) Write the electron configuration for the following atoms or ions (you may 
use the noble gas shortcut): 
Fe, Fe, Br, Ca*", Se, I 
ii) Write the chemical equation for 1" ionization energy and 1s electron affinity of V. 
(6+3+3+8) 
2. Explain the following: 
(a) What is Bohr's thcory of atomic structure and what are its limitations? 
(6) The speed of a 1.0 g projectile is known to within 10 ms". What is the 
minimum uncertainty in its position? 


(c) Write short notes on the following (any 4): 
i) Significance of quantum numbers 
ii) Radial and angular wave functions 
iii) Difference between spin quantum number and magnetic quantum number 
iv) Significance of y and y 
v) Factors affecting energy of an orbital 
(d) Write Schrodinger equation of hydrogen atom and explain various terms in it. 
(4+2+8+2) 
3. (a) State Heisenberg's uncertainty principle and explain its significance. 
(b) Calculate the de Broglie wavelength of a body of mass 1 kg moving with a 
velocity of 2000 ms 
()What are three rules that govem the filling of electrons in atomic orbitals? 
(d) What are normal and orthogonal wave functions? 
()What is radial node? Calculate the number of radial nodes for 1s, 25, 2p, 
3d, 4f and 5d orbitals. 
(2-2+3+2+7) 
4. (a) Rank the following in order of increasing value for the property listed: 
1 lonization Energy 
Fe 
Ru 
V 
Atomic radii 
S 
Si 
Sn 
Atomic/ionic radii 
Fe 
Fe 
Fe 
lonization energy 
Fe 
Fe2 
Fe3 
Atomic radii 
Cl 
Br I 
(b) Define effective nuclear charge. What is the effective nuclear charge for 
a sodium ion (Na"), and a fluoride ion (F). 
(c)What is the difference between atomic radius and ionic radius? 
(d) Do you agree that electronegativity of an element increases as s-character 
increases in the hybrid orbitals of its atom? Explain briefly. 
()Explain the trends in variation of valency in groups and periods ofs and p block of 
elements. 
(5+3+3+2+3) 
(a) Define lonization Energy. What are the factors affecting ionization energy? 
5. 
(6) Why do Li and Mg show similar behaviour? 
(C) Explain electronegativity briefly in terms of Pauling's and Mulliken's scale. 
(d) Write a shorl note on inert pair effect. 


(e) What is electron gain enthalpy? List the factors affecting electron gain enthalpy. 
(4+2+3+2+5) 
. 
(a) What is the variation in electronegativity with bond order? 
(b) Why is cesium atom bigger than sodium atom? 
(c) Explain hybridization and shapes of the following species: 
CIF, , XeF, SF, H;O 
(d) In Group I, elements have 2 
ionization energy much higher than 1s ionization 
energy. Explain. 
(2+2+10+2) 
7. 
(a) Explain briefly the trends in ionization energy along a period and down a group. 
(b) Explain the concept of inert pair effect taking Group 14 elements as an example. 
(c) What are the different scales of electronegativity? Explain briefly. 
(d) Fluorine is the most electronegative element in the periodic table but its electron 
affinity is lower than that of chlorine. Explain. 
(e) Why is the atomic radius of noble gases more than the halogens? 
(2+4+4+3+3) 
' 


T 
( 
s12- 18sh 
Unique Paper Code 
217103 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc(H) Chemistry 
Name of the Paper 
CONHT-102: Organic Chemistry-I 
BAR 
Semester 
LIBRARY 
aTkap 
Time:3hrs 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
W 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper 
Answer any six questions. Question No 1 is compulsory. 
1. 
2. 
1. Attempt any five 
(a) Alkynes are less reactive than alkenes towards electrophilic adition reactions. Why? 
(b) p-chloronitrobenzene has less dipole moment (2.4D) than p-nitrotoluene (44D) 
Explain. 
(c) Classify the following into electrophiles and nucleophiles with explanation 
SF, BF3, NH, SO3, :CClh, CHCH2 
(d) Why does propene react with HBr in presence of peroxides to give 1-bromopropane 
whereas in absence of peroxides it gives 2-bromopropane? 
(e) Arrange the following in increasing order of their stability and give reason in support 
3x5-15 
of your answer 
(CH)C", CH3, CcH,CH2, CH;CH 
( 
Arrange the following in the increasing order of basic strength. Give reasons for your 
answer: 
NH2 
NH2 
NH2 
NO2 
NO2 
NO2 
2. (a) Write Newman Projection for the Chair and Boat conformations of cyclohexane. 
3 
(b) Phenol is more acidic than alcohols but less acidic than carboxylic acids. Explain. 2 
(c) Why is nitration of toluene much faster than nitration of toluene? Name the product(s) 
4 
formed in each case 
(d) With the help of mechanism explain Friedal Crafts Alkylation in benzene. 


3. (a) What is aromaticity? Giving suitable reason explain which oi the iolloWing compound 
is/are aromatic 
(iv) 
(i11) 
(ii) 
2 
(b) Explain Baeyer strain theory. 
(c) Although halogens are deactivating in aromatic electrophilic substitution but are ortho 
and para directors 
(d) Draw the Newman projection for different conformations possible for butane. Discuss 
their stability. 
3 
3 
4. (a) Assign E/Z configuration of the following 
CHO 
C 
H 
CH3 
CHCHF 
OH 
CHOCH3 
CH3 
F 
(c) 
(a) 
(6) 
3 
(b) Assign R and S configuration of the following 
CHO 
NH2 
HO- 
SH 
CH 
OH 
CH 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) Giving reason, arrange the following in increasing order of acidity 
Benzoic acid, o-hydroxybenzoic acid, p-hydroxybenzoic acid 
(d) Benzyl radical is more stable than allyl radical. Explain 
3 
5. (a) A hydrocarbon of formula CcH2 decolorizes bromine solution, dissolve_. " 
concentrated sulphuric acid, yields 2-methylpentane on the hydrogenation, and o 


ozonolysis gives formaldehyde and 3-methylbutanal. What is the structure oi he 
hydrocarbon? Give all the reactions involved. 
4 
(b) How will you convert: 
2x4-8 
i. 
But-1-ne to but-2-ene 
ii. 
Propyne to cis but-2-ene 
iii. 
Benzene to m-nitrobenzoic acid 
1V. 
Propyne to cis-but2-ene 
6. Write short notes on the following: (any four) 
3x4 12 
(a) Diel's Alder Reaction 
(b) Stability of cycloalkanes 
(c) Hydroboration-oxidation reactions of alkene 
(d) Hofmann elimination 
(e) Wurtz reaction 


) 
cLL 
CLL 
1z1n-18 
LIBRARY 
(This Question Paper contains 
printed pages) 
Roll No. 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 
S88 
Unique Paper Code: 
235164 (MACT-101) 
B.Sc. (H) Chemistry - I 
T 
Name of the Course: 
Name/ Title of the paper:
Mathematics -1 
Semeter-1 
Semester/Anaual: 
Duration:3Hours 
Max. Marks: 75 
Instruetions for candidates 
There are three Sections in this question paper 
Attempt any two questions from each Section. 
Students are allowed to use scientific calculator. 


SECTION-A
Find the volume ofa rectangular object whose length is giVen as 7.78 m. wh 
width is given as 3.486 m, and whose height is 1.5 /6 m, to the proper number af 
significant digits. 
OSe 3 
Q1L (a) () 
3 
(ii) 
Show that In(y)= (2.302585. }log1o y. 
3 
(b i) 
Solve the quadratic equation 
x42x+2=0. 
i) Manipulate the cquation (P + n'a /V$) (V -n b) 
= 
n RT, so that Vm, defined as 
3 
V/ n, occurs instead of V & n occurring separately. 
3 
92. (a) 
Write the simpler forn of C+220)-x(x-2)2+12x 
6x3+12x* 
(b) i) 
Two time intervals have been clocked as 56.57 s t 0.13 s and 75.12 s t 0.17 s, 
3 
Find the probable value of their sum and its probable error. 
(ii) 
Find the expression for the propagation of eror for Dumas molar mass 
determination: M= w RT PV. 
03. (a) 
Find the square root of 5 by Newton-Raption Method up to four decimal places. 
(b) 
x+sin 3x 
Evaluate lim 
02.x+ Lan 2x 
SECTION-B 
94 (a) 
Find the Maclaurin's series for the function: f(x) = 
tanx. 
(b) 
Test for convergence the series 
5 
3.6.9 9..31 
Ln=0 
7,10.13..(3n 4 4) x",x> 0. 


Find the radius of convergence and the interval of convergence of the powNer 
(C) 
(n)T 
Series n=1 (27n) 
(a) 
Prove thal the length of the perpendicular from the foot of the ordinate on any 
tangent to the curve y 
= 
c cosh 
is constant. 
Estimate the percent change in the pressure of 1.000 mol of an ideal gas at 0 
Cwhen its volume is changed from 22.4141 to 21.4141 using the formula 
(dP 
(b) 
AP 
dy AV 
d2y 
(e) 
Ifx = sin t, y= sin pt; prove that (1 -x*) 
+p'y = 0.. 
dx 
dx 
(a) 
Find the maximum and minimum values of the functioon 
fx) 4x-(x-1)' for allxE R~{0,1}. 
Show that points of inflexion of the curve y= (x - a)(x - b) lie on the line 
3xa 4b. 
(b) 
1-cosx2 
Evaluate iimx02sinx2 
(c) 
SECTION-C 
(a) 
Evaluate the integrals 
) 
3 n(x)dx 
(ii) 
Sin[Cos()]Sin(x)dx 
0 


If z 
= tan( 
)show that 
Sin (2 z). 
(b) 
Ox 
Show that the differcntial: du = dx + xdy 1S inexacCt and carry out the lino 
integral from (0,0) to (2,2) by two dilferent paths: pathI, the straight lino 
segment from (0.0) to (2,2): and path 2, the rectangular path from (0,0) to (2.0o 
and then to (2.2) 
Q8. (a) 
(5) 
Evaluateandfu(x, y) = ye" +xy 
Os 
x(s, t) st andy(s,) = ers +t. 
12 
lfx 
sin ty=sin pt prove that (1 
PY= O. 
w. 
**** 
When a gas expand reversely, the work that it does on its surrounding is given 
by the integral 
Q9 
(a)
Wsurr 
PdV, Where V is the initial volume, V2 the final volume, and P 
the pressure of the gas. Certain non ideal gases are described quite well by the 
van der Waals equation of state, 
(nb) 
nRT 
Where V is the volume, n is the amount of gas in moles, T is the temperature 
onthe Kelvin scale, and 'a' and "b° are constants. R is usually taken to be the 
ideal gas constant. 
i) 
Obtain a formula for the work done if T.00 mole of such gas expands reversely 
at constant temperature from a volume Vto the volume V, 
(ii) 
Calculate the work done in the process if the gas is assumed to be ideal. 
2 
(b) 
Using Trapezoidal approximation with five panels, calculate the value of the 
integral . 2x dx. Calculate the exact value for comparison. 
c20 
5

This question paper contains 8 pfmted pages} 
913 
Roll No. 
CoLL 
S. No. of Question Paper 
: 
6490 
HC 
LIBRARY 
tai. N 
Unique Paper Codee 
32171201 
Name of the Paper 
Organic Chemistry 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 75 
(W'rite your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Answer six questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
.1. 
Attempt any five 
(a) 
Giving reasons, arrange the following carbanions in 
increasing order of stability 
(CoHs)CH 
CHCH2 
(CHs)}C 
(l1) 
(1) 
(I1) 
P.T.O. 


6490 
6490 
2 
(g) 
Draw all conformations of 1, 2-dimethyléyclohexane. 
(b) 
Explain the following 
Which conformer is most stable and why ? 
Benzylamine is more basic than aniline. 
() 
(h) 
Why is nitration of toluene faster than nitration, of 
(i) 
a-bromobutanoic acid is stronger acid than 
nitrobenzene ? 
5x3-15 
B-bromobutanoic acid. 
2 
Carry out the following conversiona (ány three) 
(a) 
Define the terms enantiomers and diastereoisomers. 
() 
(i) 
2-Pentanone from 1-pentene 
Explain with suitable exampes.
(i) 
Chloroprene from acetylene 
() 
Explain why 1, 3-pentadiene is more stable than 1, 
(iin) 
2, 3-Dimethylbutane from propane 
4-pentadiene. 
(iv) 
1-Phenylethane from bromobenzene 
Giving reasons, arrange the following in increasing 
() 
() 
Propyne to tert.-butylalcohol. 
order of reactivity towards ring bromination: 
(b) 
Write down the mechanism involved in bromination of 
CH3 
OH 
NO2 
aromatic hydrocarbons. 
(c)
Giving reasons, arrange the following in increasing order 
of boiling points : 
Neopentane, n-hexane, 2-nmethylpentane, 2, 3- 
dimethylbutane. 
63,3 
How would you distinguish 1-butyne from 1-butene 
P.T.O 
chemically? 


6490 
5 
6490 
4) 
Draw the Fischer projections for all possible stereeisomers 
() 
(c) 
Which of the following compound/s is/are aromatic ? 
Give reasons (any two) 
of butane-2, 3-diol. What is the correlation among these 
stereoisomers ? Comment on the optical activity of these 
isomers. 
() 
Explain why the chair conformation of cyclohexane is more 
6) 
stable than the boat conformation. 
(c)Assigning priority order, explain how you will designate 
(i) 
E/Z to the following 
HOOC 
CH,CH2CH 
[16] annulene 
() 
CI 
CH(CH32 
(ii) 
44,4 
CN 
CHs 
4,4,4 
(i)
CH3 
5. 
Calculate the percentage of isomers formed on 
( 
O2N 
monochlorination of n-butane. Relative
rates of
4. 
(a) 
Discuss the stereochemistry of addition of bromine to 
hydrogens 3°: 2° 1° towards chlorination at roomn 
cis-2-butene. 
temperature are 5.0 : 3.8 : 1. 
(b) 
Chlorine is more reactive but bromine is more selective 
in halogenation of alkanes. Explain. 
P.TO 


6490 
6 
7 
) 
6490 
What happens when isobutylene is heated with Conc. 
H3C 
(b) 
Alc. KO 
D 
+ 
E 
H,SO? Explain giving the mechanism. 
H3C 
-CHBr 
(iii) 
Assigning priority order, explain how you will designate 
(c) 
Cl3 
R/S configuration to the folloiwing: 
CH3 
(CH,COO),lHg/ HO. r.t 
CHO 
(iv) 
NaßH4 
- Br 
H- 
(i) 
Cll 
CI 
H 
0ycCl 
(v) 
CHC=CHCH3 
G+ 
H 
Zn/l10 
CH2OH 
Cll=CH-CH3 
ÇOOH 
(vi) 
IBr 
4.4.4 
NH2 
ii) 
HO 
(6) 
An optically active compound "A*" with molecular formula 
CH10 decolorizes bromine solution and gives white 
Complete the following reactions: 
() 
6. 
precipitate with ammonical .solution of silver nitrate. 
Compound "A" on.ozonolysis gives two compounds B" 
CHCHCHO 
() 
and resolvable "C". ldentify A. B and C. 
ÇH3 
(c) 
Define resolution. How vould you resolve 
a racemic 
anhyd. AIC 
B+C 
mixture of lactic acid ? 
(i) 
CHCOCI1 
6,3.3 
P.T.O. 


6490 
8 
(a) 
Write short notes on (any three): 
7. 
Friedel-Crafts' alkylation reaction 
(i) 
Ozonolysis of alkenes 
(iii) 
Mechanism of allylic substitution 
(iv) 
Hyperconjugation and its applications. 
(6) 
Define specific rotation. A solution of compound (7.14 g 
(6) 
in 100 mL) in chloroform was taken in a polarimeter tube 
(5 cm) and its optical rotation at 25°C was found to be 
-1.3°. Calculate its specific rotation. 
93 
640 
8 
1.800 


This question paper contains7 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
6491 
cOLL 
Unique Paper Code 
32171202 
HC 
Name of the Paper 
:Physical Chemistry-II 
LIBFARY 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry x. 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Answer six questions in all. Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Use of scientific calculators is allowed. 
Logarithmic tables can be provided, if required. 
1. 
Explain, giving reasons, any five of the following : 
() 
An ideal gas does not heat or cool on expansion or 
compression. Explain. 
The limiting partial molar volume of MgSO, in water is 
-
1.4 cm'mol. Explain 
P.T.O 


(2) 
6491 
What are the shortcomings of Joule's experiment? 
(3) 
6491 
While stating the enthalpy change of a chemical reaction, 
(6) 
Derive the relation C, 
- C, 
= TV 
the temperature and pressure of both the reactants and 
Show that the magnitude of work involved in a reversible 
products are considered identical. Explain 
adiabatic expansion of an ideal gas is less than that of 
(e) 
Crystallization process is attended by a decrease in 
the isothermal one, when the,expansion is carried out 
entropy of the system yet it occurs spontaneously. 
between the same initial and final pressures 
4, 4, 4 
Comment. 
(a) 
The Joule-Thompson coefficient of a gas can be positive 
3. 
It is not necessary to specify the pressure in third law. 
negative or zero. Comment. 
Explain. 
Show that the expression for expansion work for expansion 
(b) 
(g) 
Integral enthalpy of solution is positive for NaCI and 
of a van der Waals gas is given by 
negative for KCI. Explain. 
RTln 2n 
V-nb 
(h) 
Why is the value of C, always greater than C,?S% 
() 
20 g of N, at 300 K is compressed reversibly and 
(a) 
Two moles of an ideal monatomic gas (Cm|2.55 
adiabatically from 20 dm' to 10 dm. Calculate the final 
JK 'mo) expands irreversibly and adiabatically from an 
temperature, q, w, 
AU and AH. 
4,4,4 
initial pressure of 1.013 MPa against a constant external 
(a) 
Show, with suitable example, that the standard enthalpy 
4. 
pressure of 0.1013 MPa, until the temperature drops from 
of formation of an element in its most stable state of 
the initial value of 325 K to a final value of 275 K. Determine 
aggregation is immaterial in calculation of enthalpy of a 
the final volume of the gases system and the Work 
reaction. 
involved in the expansion process. 
P.T.O. 


6491 
(5 
(4) 
6491 
91 kJ of heat was evolved when one mole of MgSO, was 
Show that dS 
= dTdV, 
(b) 
dissolved in a specified amount of water. When the 
where a and B are the coefficient of thermal expansion 
3,4.5 
and compressibility factor respectively. 
solution of the same composition was formed by 
(a) 
Show that for an ideal gas undergoing reversible isothermal 
6. 
dissolution of one mole of MgSO,.7H,0 in suitable 
expansion; AG 
= 
AA. 
quantity of water, 13 kJ of heat was absorbed. Determine 
(b) 
Derive the following relations: 
the enthalpy of hydration for the reaction 
aG 
MgSO, (s)+7H,O ()> MgSO,7H,0 () 
AH 
Derive the Kirchhoff equation for the enthalpy change 
( 
of a reaction when 
() 
Calculate AS for the process 
(i) 
C independent of temperature 
I mole H,O (1, 293K, 101.325 kPa) 
I mole H,0 (g, 523K, 101.325 kPa) 
3,4,5 
(i) 
depends on temperature.
Given the following data 
5. 
() 
To predict the spontaneity of a process both ASand 
C)- 75.312 JK 'mol; C() = 35.982 JK' mol 
AuTare considered but AG alone is sufficient for the 
3,4.5 
AaHat 373 K. 101.325 kPa = 40.668 kJ mo 
same. Explain. 
i.pm 
Derive the relation 
3p T,nj,s 
1. 
(a) 
6) 
One mole of an ideal monatomic gas at 298 K, occupying 
a volume of3 dm', is expanded adiabatically and reversibly 
Show that the chemical potential of an ideal gas in a mixture 
(b) 
of ideal gases is lesser than the chemical potential of the 
to a pressure of 101.325kPa. Calculate q, w, AU, AH, and 
pure ideal gas maintained at the same temperature and 
AS. 
total pressure. 
P.T.O. 


6491 
(7) 
(6) 
6491 
(6) 
Calculate the depression in freezing point of CCl, upon 
(c) 
Calculate the AG AS and AH when 20 mol of gas A 
dissolution of a non-volatile substance in it, if the relative 
is mixed in a gases mixture formed by mixing 20 mol of gas 
vapor pressure lowering is recorded as 0.04. The molar 
A and 20 mol of gas B, at 298-K and 1 atm pressure.3,45 
mass and freezing point depression constant for CCI, is 
For the following reaction, predict and explain the change 
342 gmol and 31.8 K kgmol-, respectively. 
8. 
(a) 
in extent of reaction upon an increase in pressure 
Derive thermodynamically 
1/2 1,g)+ 1/2 Br, (g) 
IBr (g) 
RT M x m 
AT 
AH fus 
3,4.5 
Show that for an endothermic reaction, an increase in extent 
(b) 
of reaction increases the equilibrium extent of reaction at 
equilibrium. 
PCI(g) dissociates according to the reaction, 
(C) 
PCI, (g) 
=PCI, (g) +CL, (g) 
At 523 K, the equilibrium constant K for the reaction is 
I.80. Detemine the degree of dissociation of PCI. 3,4, 5 
9. 
a)When 0.1 M aqueous solution of K,[Fe(CN)J is separated 
from 0.1 M FeCi, solution by a semipermeable membrane, 
predict whether the blue color will appear in either of the 
compartments as a result of the reaction between 
KIFe(CN)J and FeCI, due to osmosis. Give reasons in 
6491 
1,800 
Support of your answer.

LIBRARY 
Your Ro 
No..... 
(This question paper contains 6 printed pages 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 41 
Unique Paper Code 
32171301 
Name of the Paper 
C-5; Inorganic Chemistry-II; s and 
p block elements 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry 
Semester 
III 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt any five questions.
2. 
3 
All questions carry equal marks. 
1. 
Explain any five giving suitable reasons 
(a) Phosphorus forms pentahalides whereas nitrogen and 
bismuth do not. 
(6) The boiling points of hydrides of group 16 follow the 
given trend: 
H,O>H,S<H,Se<H,Te 
P.T.O. 


3 
41 
2 
41 
(c) lonization enthalpy of Li is very high and formation of 
3. 
(a) Complete and balance any four of the following 
N-requires~2165 KJ/mole, still it forms Li,N. 
reactions 
(d) Dilute solutions of alkali metals in liquid ammonia are 
heat, C2HCl4 
paramagnetic and highly conducting. 
(i) nPCls +nNH,CI 
(e) IF, is known while ICl, is not. 
ether 
(i) SiCl+Li[AIH4] 
( 
BeCO, decomposes at about 100°C while the other 
group 2 carbonates require higher temperatures for 
decomposition. 
(ii) XeF2+ H20 
(3x5) 
500 OC 
2. 
(a) Draw and explain the structure of diborane with special 
iv) NaNO3 
reference to molecular orbital energy level diagram for 
the formation of B-H-B bonds. 
(v) BrF's+ H0 
(b) Magnesium metal burns in air to give an ash containing 
(b) Which is stronger oxidizing agent in aqueous solution, 
A and B. The ash on reaction with water gives an 
fluorine or chlorine? Give suitable reasons. 
alkaline solution with smell of ammonia. Identify A and 
B with equations for the reactions. 
(c) SO,(g) and SO,(g) have same hybridization but different 
structures. Explain. 
(c) Explain the trend in solubility of hydroxides of alkali 
(d) Mention the oxidation state of thallium in TII, and name 
(6,3,3,3) 
metals. 
the compound. Justify the same. 
(d) The alkene and alkyne analogues of silicon are no 
known. Why? 
(5,4,3,3) 
P.T.O. 


41 
5 
41 
4 
(a) Carbon monoxide is a better reducing agent for metal 
(d) Arrange the following oxoacids in the increasing order 
of their oxidizing power and justify the order 
oxides than carbon below 983K but above this 
temperature, the reverse is true. Discuss with the 
help of Ellingham diagram and also mention the 
(6,3,3,3) 
HCIO, HCi0, HCI0, HCIO 
drawbacks of carbon as 
a reducing agent at high 
temperatures. 
of any three: 
6. 
(a) Draw and discuss structures 
(b) Though CIO, is an odd electron molecule, it shows little 
() Basic beryllium acteate. 
tendency to dimerize. Why? 
(i) Dibenzo-18-crown-6. 
(c) Why do clay minerals cleave easily into thin sheets? 
(ii) PO10 
(d) HF is more ionic than HCI, but a weaker acid than HCI 
(iv) [Li (acac),1* 
in aqueous solution. Why? 
(6,3,3,3) 
(b) Select the correct answer in each category with 
appropriate justification 
5. 
(a) Write any one method of preparation of borazine. 
(i) Highest solubility in water: He, Ne, Xe 
Though it is called inorganic benzene, it readily 
undergoes addition reactions unlike benzene. Explain with 
(ii) No flame coloration: Rb, Be, Cs 
examples. 
ii) Paramagnetic species: 0*, 0,*, O, 
(6) SnCl, is a high melting solid whereas SnCl, is a liquid. 
(c) SiF is readily hydrolyzed while CF, is not. Why? 
(6,6,3) 
Comment. 
(c) Why does the first member of each group show 
7. 
Write short notes on any three: SX3 
25 
anomalous behavior? Explain by taking Lithium as a 
example. 
(a) Peroxoacids of sulphur 
P.T.O. 


6 
41 
(b) Vapour phase refining 
(c) Clathrate compounds of noble gases 
(d) Allotropes of phosporus 


S1aac8 
[This question paper contains 4 printed pagés 
Your Roll No. 
LIBRARY 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 42 
Unique Paper Code 
:32171302 
Name of the Paper 
C VI- Organic Chemistry- 
II 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
Semester 
:III 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt any five questions. 
2. 
3. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
3. 
1. 
(a) An organic compound A (C,H,O) reacts with 
hydroxylamine to give two isomeric compounds B 
and C (C,H,ON). Compound B and C when 
treated with sulphuric acid separately, give 
compounds D and E (C,H,ON) respectively. 
Identify A, B, C, D & E and write all the reactions 
involved. Name the reaction by which B is 
converted to C along with the mechanism. 
(10) 
P.T.O 


42 
3 
2 
42 
(e) Methoxy benzene is prepared by reaction of methyl 
(b) Write one test with reaction involved for distinction 
between the following pairs of compounds. 
chloride and sodium phenoxide rather than from 
chlorobenzene and sodium methoxide. 
(i) Benzyl alcohol and phenol 
(2x2.5) 
Write the products for the following along with 
4. 
(ii) Acetaldehyde and acetone 
equations: 
(5x3) 
How will you prepare the compounds a, b, & 
c 
2. 
(a) When a-, B-, and y- hydroxy acids are heated 
from ethyl acetoacetate and d & 
e from diethyl 
(5x3) 
separately. 
malonate? 
(b) Ethyl acetate is treated with sodium ethoxide 
(a) 3-Methylpentan-2-one 
followed by reaction with one mole of methyl iodide 
(b) Pentane-l,5-dioic acid 
in the presence of sodium metal. 
(c) n-Butyric acid 
(c) Phenol is heated with chloroform in the presence 
of sodium hydroxide followed by reaction with 
(d) Adipic acid 
alkaline KMnO 
(e) 5,5-Diethylbarbituric acid 
(d) 2-Phenyl-1-ethanol is treated with dil. NaOH. 
3. Explain the following 
(5x3) 
(e) Formic acid and malonic acid are hearted 
separately. 
(a) Maleic acid is stronger than fumaric acid. However 
the second dissociation of fumaric acid occur more 
How will you carry out the following conversions? 
5. 
readily than maleic acid. 
(5x3) 
(b) S2 reactions involve complete inversion of 
(a) Propandic acid to lactic acid 
configuration. 
(b) Phenol to aspirin 
(c) Phenol is a weaker acid than p-nitrophenol. 
(c) Propanal to 2-butanol 
(d) Phenylacetaldehyde to phenylacetamide 
(d) Vinyl chloride is less reactive than ethyl chloride 
towards nucleophilic substitution reactions. 
(e) Aniline to iodobenzene. 
P.T.O. 


42 
6. 
Complete the following reactions. Write the mechanism 
of the reaction involved. 
(3x5) 
(a) CgHCONH2 
Br,/NaOH 
? 
Conc. NaOH? 
(b) CHO 
CHO 
(c) (CH)C-e(CH) 
HSO4? 
OH OH 
7. 
Write short notes on any three of the following with 
emphasis to (i) the functional group that undergoes 
these reactions, (ii) products formed, (iii) reaction 
conditions and (iv) mechanism. 
(3x5) 
(a) Benzoin condensation 
(b) Perkin reaction 
(c) Wittig reaction 
(d) Claisen rearrangement 
(e) Dieckmann reaction 
(1800) 


15 
1S1218 
This question paper contains 7 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
43 
LIBRAR 
Unique Paper Code 
32171303 
Name of the Paper 
Physical Chemistry-lII: Phase 
Equlibria, Electrochemical Cell 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediatehy on receipt of this question paper.) 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Attempt six questions in all, 
selecting at least wo questions from each Section. 
Use of scientific calculator is permitted. 
Graph paper may be provided. 
Values of constant:.R = 8.314 JK 
Mol; F = 96500 C Mol 
P.T.O 


(2) 
(3) 
43 
Derive an expression for the electrode potential for the 
(b) 
5x3 
Attempt any five questions from the following 
following half cells 
(a) 
Why a saturated solution of KCI or NH NO 
should he 
PUHgOHa) 
used in the salt bridge ? 
(in 
Co,TAg,Cro/Ag 
Polarities of cathode and anode in a galvanic cell are 
( 
Explain with examples, the difference between reversible 
opposite to those in an electrolytic cell. 
cell and ireversible cells. 
6,3,3 
( 
Langmuir equation is more suitable for chemisorption than 
3. 
(a) 
Given the cell, 
physisorption.
PUHHCagal- 0.009HCaqa2-00175/H,(g/Pt 
Ecell0.028 V at 25°C 
( 
Adsorption is an exothermic process. 
( 
Derive an expression for EMF of cell with 
() 
For a one component system, the maximum number of 
transference. 
phases that can exist in equilibrium is three. 
Calculate the liquid junction potential associated 
with this cell. The transference no. of H" ions 
Find out the number of components present in the solution 
is 0.83. 
containing Nat, C, Ag, NO,, AgCl{s) and H,O. 
6) 
You are given the following reduction reactions and 
Section-A 
E values 
FeSaa)t 
Fetaa 
E= 0.771 V 
2 
(a) 
The EMF of the following cell 
(aq) 
Fea+ 2e 
Fe 
E 
=-0.447 V. 
Ca/CdCl(satd.V/AgCl(sVAg 
Calculate E° for half cell reaction: 
is 0.6753 V at 25°C and 0.6915 V at 0°C. 
Fea+ 3e 
Fer 
8,4 
Calculate AG, AH and AS for the cell reaction at 25°. 
P.TO. 


(4) 
43 
(5) 
3 
4. 
(a) 
Construct the appropriate cell and to determine the 
Section-B 
equilibrium constant for the reaction at 298 K: 
(a) 
Using Clausius-Clapeyron equation, draw the labelled 
Cd a)t4NH (ag) 
Cd{NH,) 12 
phase diagram for water. 
EcaCd -0.40 V and E"caNH;l cd-0.61 V. 
(6) 
A mixture of an organic liquid A and water is distilled 
(b) 
Explain, how the pH of a solution is determined by using 
under 1 atm pressure at 372.2 K. What mass of steam 
the quinhydron electrode. 
would be condensed to obtain 1 g of liquid A in the 
distillate 2 The vapour pressure of H,0 at 372.2 K is 
(c) 
What other electrodes can also be used to determine the 
739 torr and molar mass of A 
= 123 g mol. 
pH of the solution ? 
6,3,3 
What are the azeotrops ? Can they be purified by fractional 
5. 
(a) 
Give the postulates.on which Langmuir's adsorption 
distillation ? Justify your answer. 
4,4,4 
isotherm is based and develop an expression for the same. 
7 
(a) 
Construct a well labelled phase diagram for zinc and 
What form does the equation take under conditions of 
magnesium system using the following data 
low pressure and high pressure ? 
( 
Melting point of magnesium, 655°C 
(6) 
At.0°C and 
atm pressure, volume of N, gas required 
to cover a sample of silica gel assuming Langmuir 
Melting point of zinc, 500°C 
monolayer adsorption is found to be 130 cm g 
of 
(ii) One eutectic point at 350°C with 20 mole per cent 
the gel. Calculate the surface area per gram of silica
of zinc and another at 430°C with 92 mole per cent 
gel. Given that the area occupied by a N, molecule 1s 
of zinc. 
P.T.O. 
0.162 nm2. 
6,6 


43 
(7) 
43 
(6) 
What is the effect of different types of impurities on 
(i) 
A solid compound of MgZn, is formed which melts 
44,4 
CST? Explain with examples. 
congruently at 540°C. 
9. 
Write short notes on any three 
Draw the cooling curves at 20% mole and 40% mole 
(a) 
Calomel electrode 
of Zinc. 
(6) 
Physical adsorption and Chemical adsorption 
(6) 
A solute distributes itself between two immiscible 
solvents oa and B. If the solute was found to be associated 
BET equation 
() 
in phase B while it remained unaffected in the other, find 
Fractional 
distillation of ideal and non-ideal 
out the distribution coefficient of the solute between 
4,4,4 
solutions. 
phase a and B. 
Starting from Duhem-Margules equation, show that if one 
component behaves ideally, the second component also 
behave in the ideal manner. 
6.3,3 
. 
8. 
() 
Derive an expression of phase rule for the reactive and 
non-reactive system. 
(6) 
When a liquid, which is immisible with water, was stean 
distilled at 95.2°C at a total pressure of 747.3 tor, tn 
distillate contained 1.27 g of the liquid per gram of water 
1,800 
Calculate the molar mass of the liquid. The vapour pressli 
1 
43 
of water is 638.6 torr at 95.2°C. 


1 
[Type text] 
70 
Course: B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
Semester: III 
Unique Paper Code: 217303 
LIBRARY 
LIBRARY 
Name of paper: CHHT- 306: Organie Chemistry-II 
Duration: 3 hours 
M.Marks:75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt any six questions. 
3. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
(a) An organic compound A(C^H,Cl) on hydrolysis with aq. Alkali forms compound B 
1. 
(CH100). B' on oxidation forms another compound 'C' which does not reduce Fehling's soiution. 
On treatment with iodine and NaOH both B' and 'C' form iodoform. "B on dehydration with conc 
HSO4forms mainly compound D which on ozonolysis forms rwo molecuies of acetaldehyde. 
ldentify A, B, C and D. Write the reactions involved. 
(8) 
(b)Write one test with reaction involved to distinguish the following pairs of compounds 
i) Acetaldehyde and Acetone 
(ii) Acetone and Diethyl ketone 
(4.5) 
2 
Explain why 
() 
Magnesium or Cadmium is not used in place of Zinc in Refornatsky reacEion. 
(1i) 
Vinyl chloride is less reactive than ethyl chloride towards nucleophilic substitution 
reaction. 
(1ii) 
The reactivity of aryl halide increases towards nucleophilic reaction with the substiution of 
-NO2 group at o- and p-positions. 
(iv) 
etones can not be prepared from RCOCI and Grignard reagent (RMgA) although they can 
be prepared from RCOCl and R,Cd. 
(3.3,3,3.5) 
3. 
Answer the following questions 


ulve SN reaction mechanism for nucleophilic substinution in alkyl halides.Also predict the 
stereochemistry of the product. 
)p-Chlorotoluene on reaction with NaNH, in ligNH; gives femation of m-toluidine along with 
p-toluidine. Give reason with mechanism and also name of mechanism. 
11) Write the product when benzaldehyde is treated with hydroxyi amine hydrochloride.Give the 
mechanism. 
V 
Which one out of primary, secondary and teritary halides is most reactive towards 
(3,3,3,3.5) 
dehydrohalogenation reaction? Give reasons? 
(10) 
4. 
(a) Complete the foliowing reactions 
conc. KOH 
() 
CcHCHO + HCHO 
-
dil. NaOH 
(ii) CHCHO +CHCHO 
peracetic acid 
ii) CgHsEt 
iv CHCOCH3 + CH3MgBr 
H 
Eth. KOH 
)CHs CGCHs 
aq. eth. KCN 
(vi) CH,CHO 
NaOEt
H 
(vii) CH,CHO +CH;(COOEt), NaOE 
(b) The rate of addition of HCN to ketones to form cyanohydrins is increased by adding traces of NaCN. 
Explain 
(2.5) 
5 
(a) Convert 
() Acetone to 4-Methyl-3-penten-2-one 
(ii)Acetaldehyde to 2-Hydroxypropanoic acid 
(3,3) 


(b) SN' reactions of alkyl halides proceed with partial racemization and inversion. GIVe reaso 
(4) 
(c) o-Hydroxybenzaldehyde has lower B.Pt as compared to its -
or -
isomers. Give reasoi 
(2.5) 
6. (a) Give the relative reactivity order of derivatives of carboxyiic acids towards hydrolysis explain tne 
order. 
4) 
2 
(b) Maleic acid is stronger acid than fumaric acid. Explain. 
(3) 
(c) How is tartaric acid synthesized from ethylene? 
(3.5) 
(d) what is the effect of heat on a, ß and y 
-
hydroxyl acid ? Give the reievant reactions. 
7. (a) Write short note on any three of the following 
) 
Perkin Reaction 
i) 
Witting reaction 
(ii) 
Michael Condensation 
(3.5,3.5,3.5) 
(iv) 
Haloform. reaction 
2 
(b)Which characteristic reactions do aldehydes and ketones show? 


112 
Unique Paper Code 
217305 
LIBRARY 
LIBRARY 
Name of the Paper 
Physical Chemistry-I (CHHT- 307 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
Semester 
IlI 
Duration 
3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 
75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2. Attempt SIX questions in all. 
3. Question No. I is compulsory. 
Gas constant, R 
= 8.314 JK mol=8.314 kPa dm' Kmol 
For monatomic ideal gas, C= 3/2 R, Cp= 5/2 R 
Q1. Attempt any five of the following: 
(a) Osmotic pressure measurements are preferred to the other colligative properties o 
determine the molar mass of macromolecules. Give reason. 
(b) Cp is always greater than Cy. 
(c) Why AG is used more compared to AA to express the condition of spontaneity of the 
reaction? 
(d) What is enthalpy of neutralization'? Why is its value same for all strong acids when they 
are neutralized with strong bases? 
(c) For mixing of two solvents to form an ideal solution, AVmix=0. 
(1 The equilibrium constant Kp of a gaseous reaction is independent of pressure, K is not. 
g)Why the synthesis of ammonia is preferably carried out at low temperature and high 
pressure? (Exothermic reaction) 
(3 X 5) 
Q2. 
(a) State the first law of thermodynamics. Show that change in internal energy, dU is an 
exact differential whereas dq and dw are not. 
(b) Prove that: 
(i) Joule-Thomson expansion is an isocnthalpic process. 
(ii) For an ideal gas, v), =0 
(c) One mole of an ideal monatomic gas at 298 K, occupying a volume of 3 dm' is expanded 
adiabatically and reversibiy to a pressure of 101.325 kPa. Calculate q, w, AU, AH and AS. 
4,4,4) 


Q3 (a) Differentiate between: 
i) Differential and Integral enthalpy of solution. 
(ii) Bond enthalpy and Bond dissociation enthalpy. 
(b) State and explain Hess's law of constant heat summation. Hydrazine, N2H4 is a colourless 
liquid used as a rocket fuel. What is the enthalpy change for the process in which 
hydrazine is formed from its elements? 
Na (g)+2H2 (g) NaH4 () 
Use the following reactions and enthalpy changes: 
(i) 
NgH (1) +O2 (g) Na (g) + 2H20 (); AH=-622.2k 
in) 
H2(g)+ 
O2 
H20 (1); AH= -285.8 kJ 
(c) Derive Kirchhoff's relation to show the variation of heat of reaction with temperature at 
(4, 4, 4) 
constant pressure. 
Q4 
(a) State and explain third law of thermodynamics. How is it useful in calculating the 
absolute entropy ofa substance? 
(b) Deduce the entropy changes of an ideal gas in reversible adiabatic and irreversible 
isothermal processes. Also comment on the result. 
(c) By using the third law of thermodynamics predict the absolute entropy of water at 0 K 
and use the same to compute the absolute entropy of water at 400 K and 1 bar pressure 
from the following data: 
Cp (H20 (s) ,0-273K) =30 JK"mol 
C (HO (), 273-373K)=75 JK" mol 
C (H20 (v), 373-400 K) 36 JK mol 
AHrusion65 kJ mol 
AHvap 
40 kJ mol" 
(4, 4,4) 
Q5 
(a) Write a short note on abnormal colligative properties of solutions and van't Hoff 1actor. 
(b) Derive thermodynamically the relation: 
Rlnx 
11 
AH Vap 
where T 
and Tb" are the boiling points of solution and solvent respectively and xA ls l 
mole fraction of the solvent. 
the 
(c) Calculate the osmotic pressure of 0.1 M solution of K4[Fe(CN)6) at 300R, AS 
salt to be 40% ionized in this solution. 
(4, 4, 4) 


Q6. 
(a) Derive the relation between equilibrium constant and temperature. Comment on the 
result. 
(b) State and explain Le-Chatelier's principle? Discuss the effect of temperature and pressure on the 
following reactions: 
i) A(g)+B(g)C(s)+ D(g) 
AH =-x kJ mol 
i) M(s) +N(g)+ X(s)+ Y($) 
AH +y kJ mol" 
(c) The degree of dissociation of N,O4 is 16.7 % at 298 K and 1 atm. Calculate Kp, Ke and 
K.Also calculate standard free energy change. The dissociation process is 
N:04 (g) 
2NO2 (g) 
AH=57 kJ mol 
(4,4, 4) 
Q7 
(a) For a binary system show that 
dv= 72 
What is the physical sigrificance of this expression? 
(b) A monobasic acid "A" has molecular weight M. The specific gravity is mentioned on the 
bottle of the acid "A" is Y g/cc and purity of the acid is Z% by weight. Find out the 
normality of the acid "A° in ternms of M, Y and Z. 
(c) Two ideal gases are at the same temperature but at different pressures. If n moles of gas 
1 and n2 moles of gas 2 are mixed isothermally, what will be the free energy of mixing? 
(4.4, 4) 
Q8. Write short notes on any three of the following: 
(a) Zeroth law of thermodynamics 
(b) Exact and inexact differentials 
(c) Coupled reactions 
(d) Adiabatic flame temperature 
(4X 3)

This question paper contains 8 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
etBRARY 
S. No. ofQuestion Paper : 
6492 
Unique Paper Code 
32171401
e 
Name of the Paper 
Inorganic Chemistry-Ill: Coordination 
Chemistry 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
Semester
IV 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top inmmediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
1. 
(a) 
What is the number of 3d electrons associated with the 
transition metal in the following compounds/ions ? 
() 
K,MnO, 
(ii) [V(NO,)J 
(iii) Fe0, 
(iv) 
K,[Co(N,),] 
(b) 
Transition metals usually show variable oxidation states 
differing in unit of one. Explain. 
(c) 
Predict on the basis of trans-effect, the geometry of 
products [X] and [Y] which result from the following 
P.T.O. 


6492 
3 
2 
6492 
(b) 
Write the formulae of the following 
reactions 
Tetramethylammoniumtetrachloridooxidovanadate(IV) 
IPICI(NH,)1+NO, «) 
(i) Potassium carbonylpentacyanido(C)cobalt(111) 
Ix]+ Br 
[Y] 
iin) Tris(thiourea)bismuth(111) nitrate 
(d) 
Assuming that the following ions are present in high-spin 
Name the type of isomerism in the following pairs of 
(c) 
octahedral complexes, which of these ions will have a 
isomers and discuss a method to distinguish them: 
radius equal to that as expected for an ion in a spherical 
D 
[CoNH,),JICrONO,),J and [CrNH,)J[Co(NO,)] 
environment? Justify your answer 
(i) 
[RuCI(en),(OH,)JCI, and [ RuCl,(en),1Cl.H,O 
Ti 
(ii) 
Cr 
(d) 
Will the value of Ao in [Colincrease or decrease 
(ii) Mn? 
(iv) 
Ni2 
if 
(e) 
Transition metals are suitable as catalysts. Explain. 
() 
Ligands I are replaced by NO,- ligands 
In general, UV-Visible absorption bands of transition metal 
(i) 
Central metal ion Co 
is replaced by Ir*. 
ions are broad, whereas those of ffblock metal ions are 
Givé reasons in support of the choice.
6,3,3,3
sharp. Explain. 
2,2,2,3,3,3 
(a) 
Give all possible geometrical isomers of (i) [Co(gly),(H,O),1 
3. 
(a) 
Give the IUPAC names of the following: 
(i) [Cr(H,0),(Py),1P* and indicate which one of these will 
( 
[PUCH,NXNH,XNHL,OHXNO,)r 
show optical activity. 
(i) 
I(NH,),Co-0-Co(NH,),1 (NO,), 
(6) 
Give 
the 
stepwise
formation 
of [Cu(en),]3* 
(iin 
Li[Ni(PF),1,J 
from [Cu(H,O),*. Compare the stability of Cu(I1) com- 
P.T.O. 
(v) Ag(NH,),J[PtCi] 


4 
6492 
5 
6492 
plexes: [Cu(H,O)JP. [Cu(H,0),(en)]. [Cu(H,0),(en),, 
(i) 
Give name of the ligand 'dmg, classify it on the 
[Cuen),1 and explain why k, 
< k, > k,? 
basis of its denticity and show its mode of attach- 
ment to the central metal ion. 
(c) 
Explain how Werner experimentally verified the fact that 
(c) 
Predict and explain the following complexes would be labile 
hexa-coordinated complexes are octahedral and not planar 
or inert according to VBT ? 
hexagonal or trigonal prismatic ? 
6,5,4 
0 
VNH,),P" (i) [Cr(NH,)J" 
6,5,4 
(a) 
Compare the property/behaviour indicated for the 
5. 
(a) 
() Define Jahn-Teller theorem. (ií) Hexa-coordinated struc- 
following compounds. Also explain the reason for your 
tures are found to possess distorted octahedral structures 
choice 
due to Jahn-Teller Distortions. Rank the following com- 
(i) 
Strongly Oxidizing 
CrO, or wo, 
pounds in terms of their degree of deviation from regular
octahedral structure. (ii) Explain your reasoning with the 
(ii) 
Basic Oxide 
CO or Cr0, 
help of crystal field splitting diagram. 
(iii) 
Anomalous electronic Configuration": Nickel or 
[Cr(CN)IICu{OH,),JR, and [Cr(OH,),J* 
Copper 
(b) 
Draw the Latimer diagram for Copper in acidic medium.
(b) 
() 
For a metal ion having d$ configuration in an 
Given the standard reduction potentials in volts at 25°C 
octahedral complex, the magnitude of crystal field 
as followss 
splitting is 32,200 cm', and the electron-pairing 
Cu+e 
Cu (s) 
E=0.52V
red 
energy is 17,600 cm-, Predict whether the complex 
Cu+2e"> Cu(s) 
E=0.34V 
will be high spin or low spin. Calculate the crystal 
red 
field stabilization energy for the predictable spin 
Cu + e" 
Cu" 
E 
0.15V 
red 
state. 
CuO* + e 
Cu2 
E 
1.8V 
red 
P.T.O. 


6492 
6) 
6492 
7 
Based on the Latimer diagram: 
pound B is obtained as major product. (i) ldentify 
Which is the most stable species? 
B, (i) Predict the spin only magnetic moment of 
(i) 
Which is the most oxidizing species and why? 
Compound A using CFT, (ii) Explain the possi- 
bility of quenching of magnetic moment of com- 
(i) 
Calculate E°uM 
in acidic medium. 
pound A and (iv) Predict and explain whether A 
(v) 
Justify disproportionation of Cu* in aqueous 
would have spin forbidden or spin allowed d-d 
solution. 
transition. 
6,5,4 
( 
How do the VB resonance structures M 
C = 0:* 
1 
Attempt any five of the following 
M=C-0: explain the electroneutrality principle ? 6,5,4 
(a) 
What is lanthanide contraction ? What is its effect on 
(a) 
Using the valence bond method, assign () hybridization 
6. 
the chemistry of 5d series of transition elements 
(ii) Geometry and (ii) predict the magnetic moment (in 
b) 
Though +3 oxidation state is the most stable oxidation 
Bohr magnetons) for the following two complexes 
state for lanthanides, some lanthanides can also have an 
Cren),F and [Ni(CO),]. 
oxidation state of +2 or +4. Explain giving examples. 
(b) 
Draw the labelled molecular orbital energy level diagram 
() 
The CFSE is highly useful to determine whether a spinel 
for the complex [MnF,4 ion and give the distribution of 
structure would be normal or inverse. When do 
electrons in the molecular orbitals as per the molecular 
some AB,0, compounds having transition elements as 
orbital theory.
A and/or B prefer the inverse Spinel structure ? 
() 
On adding 5 drops of 0.1 M of a solution of 
(d)On addition of an acidified hydrogen peroxide solution 
potassium ferricyanide (A) to 20 mL of 0.02 M 
to potassium dichromate solution, a deep blue solution
ferrous sulphate solution, a blue coloured comn- 
P.T.O. 


8) 
6492 
of compound A is obtained. On standing for a few 
seconds, the compound A decomposes and the blue 
colour fades away. However, if a layer of water immiscible 
solvent like diethyl ether is added to potassium dichromate 
solution before adding acidified hydrogen peroxide 
solution, the deep blue colour gets extracted in the ethereal 
layer due to the formation of B. () Identify the compounds 
A and B. (ii) Give the chemical equation involved in the 
formation of compound A. (ii) Give the structure of 
compound A. 
(e) 
How would you explain the high trans directing ability 
(e) 
of pi-acceptor ligands in square planar nucleophilic 
substitution reactions ? 
It is commonly observed that d' and d* ions prefer 
octahedral geometry. Comment. 
(g) 
All tetrahedral complexes are high spin. Explain. 
5x3 
6492 
8 
1,800 


5 
Ihis question paper contains 7 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
LIBRARY 
S. No. of Question Paper 
: 6493 
Unique Paper Code 
32171402 
Name of the Paper 
Organic Chemistry-II, Heterocyclic 
Chemistry 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
Semester 
V 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Duration:3 Hours 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt six questions in all. 
Question No. 1 carries 15 marks. 
All other questions are of 12 marks each. 
A resolvable amine (A) is subjected to exhaustive 
(a) 
1. 
methylation with Mel to give (B). (B), when subjected to 
Hofmann elimination gives (C), an alkene. On reductive 
ozonolysis the isolated alkene, (C), yields an equimolar 
mixture of methanal and pentanal. Deduce the structure 
of A, B and C. Write all the involved reactions and products 
and also justify your choice of A. 
P.T.O. 


(2) 
6493 
(3) 
6493 
(b) 
Write the mechanism for acid catalyzed hydrolysis of alkyl 
Arrange the following in the increasing order of basicity 
(6) 
nitriles to amides. 
in both the gaseous phase as well as aqueous phase, 
giving reasons for your answer. 
() 
Indole shows electrophilic substitution at position-3 
CHNH2, (CH,),NH, (C,H,),N, NH 
whereas pyrrole undergoes electrophilic substitution 
reaction at 2-position. Explain with the help of suitable 
Coupling reactions of diazonium salts do not take place 
(C) 
in strongly acidic or strongly alkaline conditions. Explain 
structures. 
using suitable structures. 
4,4,4 
() 
Explain the order of reactivity of furan, thiophene and 
(a) 
How. will you distinguish between aniline, N-ethylaniline 
4. 
pyrrole towards Friedel-Crafts acylation reaction. 
and N, N-diethylaniline using Hinsberg's method ? 
6,3,3,3
(b) 
How will primary, secondary and tertiary nitroalkanes react 
2. 
(a) 
How will you synthesize naphthalene by Howarth 
with nitrous acid ? 
Give the involved reactions. 
synthesis ? 
N-ethyl-N-methylamine is chiral but non-resolvable 
however 2-aminobutàne is resolvable. Explain, giving all 
Phenanthrene shows addition reactions at 9, 10 position. 
(b) 
the structures involved. 
Explain. 
(d) 
Complete the following reaction and also name the 
() 
CC bond in anthracene is shorter than C-C bond. 
reaction involved in conversion of B to C & D: 
Explain with the help of appropriate structures. 
H 
Mel (1 mole) H,0,, 
() 
CH,CH,CH,N 
CH3 
Anthracene undergoes Diels- Alder reaction. Explain .Write 
A 
the involved reaction. 
3,3,3,3 
Heat C+ D 
B 
B. 
(a) 
Give the mechanism of Gabriel phthalamide synthesis and 
explain why neopentylamine and aniline cannot be 
3,3,3,3 
prepared by Gabriel phthalamide synthesis. 
P.T.O. 


6493 
(4) 
6493 
(5) 
(a) 
How will you carry out the following conversions
i) CHMgBr 
(e) 
CHCN 
i) HzOH 
(any three) 
( 
Naphthalene to 1-Naphthoic acid 
CHCl+KOH 
N 
i) 
Benzene to 1, 3, 5-tribromobenzene 
Zn/Heat 
(iii) 
Furan to 1-acetylpyrrole 
(g) 
(iv) 
Quinoline to 8-hydroxyquinoline 
33-9 
b) 
Pyridine is deactivated towards electrophilic substitution 
Toluene. 
( 
+NaNH2 
Heat 
reaction and shows nucleophilic substitution reactions at 
positions-2 and 6. Explain, giving suitable structures. 
Conc.HSOOs 
3 
() 
Cold 
Complete the following reactions (any weve): 
6. 
12x1=12 
NaOH 
Cl2/CCl4 
+ArN2 C 
(a) 
Heat 
Alk.KMn04 
k) 
CH20+ HCI 
N 
(b) 
C 
() 
Ethylnitrate 
Cro/H 
CaH5ONa 
(c) 
KOH 
(m) 
1) CHCH2MgBr 
2) HOH 
( 
CHNC 
P.T.O. 


6493 
(7) 
6493 
(6) 
2x4-8 
8. 
(a) 
Write short notes on (any wo) 
CHCHCHBr 
C 
(7) 
FeBr3 
Friedlander synthesis of quinoline 
(i) 
Knorr pyrrole synthesis 
(a) 
Mark out isoprene units in the following with dotted lines 
ii) 
Hantzsch synthesis for substituted pyridine 
and name the class of terpenes to which each one of the 
2x24 
following belongs: 
(6) 
Give reasons 
Quinoline is less reactive than benzene for electro- 
( 
( 
philic substitution reaction in acidic medium. 
toOH 
(i) 
Furan gets polymerized in the acidic medium. Explain 
with the help of the reaction equation. 
(i) 
HO 
(b) 
Citral contains an a, B-unsaturated carbonyl group. 
Justify giving all the .involved reactions. 
(c) 
How will you show the presence of the following in an 
alkaloid ? Explain giving suitable reactions 
N-methyl group 
(i) 
Carboxylic group 
Discuss the reactions which indicate the position of 
(d) 
linkage between pyridine and N-methyl pyrrolidene in 
1800 
Nicotine. 
3,3,3,3
6493 


cLLE 
A 
L B R A R Y 
This question paper contains 7 printed pages. AM|S}I 18 
Your Roll No. *******°°*****************'* 
UNoOues. Paper: 6494 
HC 
Unique Paper Code 
:32171403 
Name of Paper 
:CX: Physical Chemistry IV 
Name of Course 
:B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
Semester 
:IV 
Duration 
3 hours 
Maximum Marks 
:75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt sir questions in all. 
Question No. I is compulsory. 
Attempt at least one question 
from each Section. 
Use of scientific calculator and 
graph is permitted. 
1. Explain any five of the following: 
(a) Reactions of third and higher orders are usually 
not very common. 
(b) Difference bctween order and molecularity of a 
reaction. 
(c) Role of Uranyl 
ion 
in 
the photochemical 
decomposition of oxalic acid. 
(d) Equivalent conductance values for alkali metals 
are in the order: 
P. T. O. 


6494 
2 
6494 
3 
Rbt>K*>Nat>Li* 
where k zk2 and at time t=0 only A is present. 
(e) Specific conductance decreases while molar con- 
Derive expressions tor [A]. [B| and [C) at time t in 
ductance increases with dilution. 
terms of the rate constants k1 and k 
Show 
(f) The amide ion in liquid ammonia has abnor mally 
high transference number. 
graphically the concentrations of A. B and C as 
6 
5x3 
function of time for the condition kz >> k1 
thermal 
mechanism 
for 
the 
(b) The 
proposed 
decomposition of acetaldehyde: 
SECTION A 
2. (a) Derive the integrated rate law equation for 
a 
second order reaction for equal concentrations of 
CH,CHO 
CH+CO 
both reactants. 
is as follows: 
4 
(b) The rate constant for the decomposition of 
Initiation CH,CHO 
CH,+ CHO 
nitrogen peroxide is 0-516 L mol' s 
at 592 K 
and 1.70 L mol s 
at 627 K. Calculate the 
activation energy for the reaction. 
Propagation 
4 
CH+CH,CHO 
CH+ 'CH,CHO 
(c) Given the following experimental data, find the 
rate law and the rate constant for the reaction: 
'CH,CHO
CH,+Cco 
NO g)+NO, (g)+02 (g) 
N,O, (&) 
Termination CH+ CH 
CH,CH 
Derive the differential rate law for the formation 
Run [NOlo/M [NO21o/M [O2]lo/M 
Initial Rate/Ms 
0-10 
2-1x10 
01 10 
0 10 
4 2x 10 
of CH, using steady state approximation: 
1. 0-1 10 
10 
1/2 
CH 
[CH,CHo
2. 
20 
30 
20 
1-26x10
dt 
3. 
20 
0 20 
2-1x 107 
6 
Also determine the chain length for this reaction. 
4 
0 
10 
0-10 
4 
4 (a) Describe
the collision theory of bimolecular 
gascous reactions and derive the expression for 
3. (a) Consider two consecutive first order reactions: 
k2 
A 
B 
C 
the rate constant on its basis: 
P. T. O. 


6494 
4 
6494 
5 
1/2 
k2=p Na{moB 8T 
The molar conductance of CH,COONa, HCl and 
exp (-E/RT)- 
Explain the signilicance of the termp in the above 
NaCl 
at 
infinite dilution 
are 
91 0x10, 
426 16x10 
and 126.45x10
S m mol 
res- 
pectively at 25°C. Calculate molar conductance at 
expression. 
6 
(b) The following data were obtained at a constant 
volume for the decomposition of di-tertiarybutyl 
peroxide in the gas phase at 427 7 K. 
6 
infinite dilution (am) for acctic acid. 
6. (a) Discuss qualitatively the Debye-Hückel-Onsager 
theory as applied to the variation with dilution of 
molar conductivity of a dilute solution of a strong 
/min 
0 36912 15 18 
21 
p/torr 169 3 1892 207 1 224-4 240-2 255 0 269 7 282-6 
6 
electrolyte. 
The reaction is: 
(b) Conductivity of a saturated solution of CaF2 at 
290 K was found to be 4-2x10S S cml, The 
conductivity of water used for making the solution 
was 2-0x107 S cm. The molar ionic con- 
ductivities at infinite dilution of Ca4* and F 
are 
104-0 and 48-0 
S cm mol 
respectively. 
Calculate the solubility and solubility product of 
(CH),COOCCH3)32CH,cOCH+CH 
Show that the reaction is of first order and 
calculate its rate constant. 
6 
SECTIONB 
6 
5. (a) Describe 
the moving boundary 
method for 
determining the transport number of ions. 
for 
calcium fluoride. 
7. Write short notes on any three of the following: 
(b) A dilute solution of potassium chloride was placed 
between two Pt electrodes 10-0 cm apart, across 
which a potential of 6-0 volts was applied. How 
far would the K* ion move in 2 hours at 25°C? 
(a) Conductometric titrations 
(b) Wien effect and Debye-Falkenhagen effcct 
(c) Abnormal Transference Number 
Given: Molar ionic conductance of K" ion at 
be 
(d) Determination of hydrolysis constant of salts from 
conductometric measurements. 
to 
infinite
dilution 
at 
25°C 
is 
known 
3 x4 
4 
73 52x 10*Sm mol 
SECTION Cc 
(c) State 
the 
Kohlraush's 
law 
of independent 
migration of ions. 
P. T. O. 


6494 
6 
6494 
8. (a) Absorption of UV radiation decompOses acetone 
according to the reaction: 
Derive the rate law for the reaction. State when it 
becomes an example of 'general acid catalysis' and 
when it is an example of 'specific hydrogen ion 
catalysis'. 
(CH,),COC,H,+CO 
The quantum yield of the reaction at 280 nm is 
0-2. A sample of acetone absorbs monochromatic 
radiation 
at 
280 
nm 
at 
the 
rate 
of 
6 
(b) Using the Michaelis-Menten equation for 
an 
enzyme catalysed reaction, determine the value of 
Michaelis constant from the following data: 
7:50x10" Js. Calculate the rate of formation 
6 
of CO. 
[S] 
Substrate Concentration 
6 
To 
(b) Mechanism for photochemical decomposition of 
(Initial Rate) 
mol/dm 
0-4 
mol dm-s-1 
2.40 
HI is as follows: 
hv 
HI 
H+I 
1-0 
4-80 
2-0 
7-40 
H+HI H+I 
3-0 
8-70 
4-0 
9.50 
I+I 
5-0 
10 50 
H+ 
HI+I 
Show that quantum efficiency for this reaction is: 
2 
k [Ial 
1 
HI 
6 
9. (a) An acid HA catalyses the substrate S to products 
as follows: 
S+HA 
SH+1+A 
k-1 
1800 
SH+HO 
Products+H,Ot 


-
No 
: 
6 218 
Unique Paper Code 
2172401 
Name of the Paper 
Conceptual Organic Chemistry 
Name of the C'ourse 
Chemistry eAlied Courses) 
coLLEO 
Semester 
IV 
BA 
Duration 
hrs 
LIBRARY 
Maximum Marks 
75 
Instructions for Candidates 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
Attempt Six questions in all 
Question 1 is Compulsory 
. 
Explain the following (Any five) 
5x3 15 
a) 
In mnonosubstituled eyclohexanes, why does a substituent prefer to occupy 
an equatorial position? 
b) Why 
nitration of toluene 
1S 
much 
taster compared to nitration of 
nitrobenzene? What is/are the product(s) formed in each case. 
c) Alkynes are less reactive than alkenes towards electrophilic addition 
reaction. Why? 
d) The addition of HCN lo carbonyl compounds occurs in the presence of a 
catalyst. whereas addition of NaBlSO; (sodium bisulphite) does not require. 
any catalyst. 
e) Addition of one mole of HBr to PhCH CHCH; gives ditferent products in 
the prescnce and in the absence of peroxides. 
Although halogens are deactivating in aromatic electrophilic substitution but 
are ortho and para directors. 
a 
Deline "Conlomalion and "Conliguration. 
b) DraW the Newman projection lor diflerent conformations possible for 
bulane. Discuss their stability. 
c) 
GIve an account for SI and S2 reaclions mechanism. 
d 
dehydes are more reactive thn ketones towards nucleophilic addition 
reactions. Why? 


5 
a) Assign R and S contiguration of the following 
CH 
CH2 
CHO 
NH2 
CI 
HG- 
SH 
HO- 
OH 
C2n5 
CH 
CHCH3 
(c) 
(a) 
(b) 
b) Assign E/Z configuration of the following 
H 
CgHs 
OCOCH3 
CH 
CH CHF 
OH 
COCH; 
CH,OCH 
CHi2 
(b) 
(C) 
c) Giving mechanism involved write the suructure of alcohol formed from 
6 
CHCH-CH2, under following conditions: 
i. 
Hydroboration- Oxidation 
. 
Oxymereuration- demercuration 
ii. 
Acid catalysed hydration 
a) Write all the stereoisomers of 2,3- Dibromobutane and give the 
relationship among them. 
2 
b) What is Tollen's reagent. Give its reaction with propanal 
c) Give an account for the Hel1-Volhard- Zelinsky reaction with mechanism.3 
d) Give the mechanism for the alkaline hydrolysis of an ester. 
e) What is the difference between enantiomers and diastereomers? Explain 
with the help of' suitable example. 
2 
5. 
5x=5 
a) Complete the following reactions 
B 
PhNO Zn/ NH,C 
A Sn/ HCI 
. 
CHCHCOCI H:PU/BaSO4 
CH:CH 0CH; + HI 
A 
ii. 
A (Name the reaction also ) 
ii. 
A+B 


iv 
OCH:C|:O1 
KMnO 
A 
HOCTHCIH-O 
HIO; 
A 
(Cl)C CICH 
KMInO, H 
AB 
b) Why sulfonation is known as reversible electrophilic substitution reaction? 
C)Why phenol is more acidic than ethyl alcohol 
d Dra 
all possible conformations of cyclohexane. Which amongst these is 
most stable'? Give reason for your answer 
3 
a) Complete the following reaction and give the name and the mechanism 
involved 
ICHO OH. 
b) Why chloroacelic acid is a stronger acid than acetic acid? 
2 
c) Arrange the haloalkanes in the following series in the increasing order of 
reactivity towards Sl reactions 
4 
i. 
CHCH;CH2CHBr: CH,CH,CH(Br)CH3; (CH3),Br 
11. 
(CH;)CHBr: (CH:)2CHCI: (CH3)2CHI 
d) Explain Claisen condensation reaction with the help of mechanism 
7. 
How will you convert 
6x2-12 
a) But-1-ne to but-2-ene 
b) Propyne to cis bul-2-ene 
c) Benzene to toluene via (irignard reagent 
d) Benzene to metd-nitrobenzoic acid 
e) Propan-l-ol to propan-2-ol 
tBenzene diazonium chloride to phenol 
Write short note on (Any four) 
a) Racemic mixture 
4x3-12 
8. 
b) Hoffmann's elimination 
c) Friedal Craft's aeylation 
d) Cross Aldol Condensation 
c) Oppenauer oxidation 
)lodoform reaction

1&11 
This question paper contains 7 printed pages] 
oLL
COL 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
45 
LIBRARY 
Unique Paper Code 
32171502 
Name of the Paper 
:Physical Chemistry-V: Quantum 
Chemistry and Spectroscopy 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Honours) Chemistry 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Answer six questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Attempt at least wo questions from each section. 
Attempt all parts of a question together. 
Use of scientific calculators is allowed but they cannot be shared.
Logarithmic tables can be provided if required. 
Physical Constants 
Planck's Constant 
6.626 x 
10 4 
Js 
Velocity of Light 
3x 10 ms 
Avogadro's Number 
6.023x 103 mol' 
Mass of Electron 
9.1x 10' kg 
Nuclear Magneton 
5.05x 1027 JT 
Bohr Magneton 
9.27 x 10 24 JT 
Boltzmann Constant 
1.38x 1023 JK 
P.T.O 


2 
3 
45 
Attempt any five 
Section A 
What is the essential condition for a molecule to be 
() 
2. 
Find the expectation values of ()x (i) p, (iii) ps for 
() 
microwave active ? Which of the following molecule 
show a microwave rotational spectrum: H,, 
C1, 
a particle of mass m, in a one-dimensional box of length 
CH, S 
, 
having the solution 
d2 
nTX 
an 
(b) 
Determine whether or not the operators x 
and 
dr 
d2 
commute. What is the significance of commutation 
Give the physical significance of each expression. 
(c) 
If A and B are two atoms bonding along the z-axis, predict 
(b) 
Prove that the solutions with n 
= 
1 and n 
= 
2 
for a 
giving reasons which of the following orbitals can 
particle in a box are orthogonal to each other. 
combine 
(c) 
Determine the value of x at which the ground state wave 
(0 
2(A) and 2p(B) 
function, 
for the harmonic oscillator exhibits a maxima. 
i) ls(A) and 2s(B). 
(d) 
Explain briefly the appearance of hot bands in the infra- 
Given 
red spectroscopy. Explain the effect of increase in 
-
63,3 
temperature on the intensity of hot bands. 
(e) 
The bond length decreases on removing an electron 
3. 
(a) 
Determine the energy of H atom using the trial wave 
from O, but increases on removing an electron from N 
function 
= e" where a is an adjustable parameter
Explain. 
and r is the distance of the electron from the nucleus. 
Explain the significance of Borm-Oppenheimer approx 
Given 
mation. Write the Hamiltonian operator for hydrogen a 
using Bom-Oppenheimer approximation. 
Jre"d=n 
a+l) 
What is accidental degeneracy ? Explain wim an 
example. 
3x5 
P.T.O. 


4 
A5 
5 
45 
Discuss Bohr correspondence principle with respect to 
(a) 
A rigid rotator consists of two particles of mass m and 
5 
the behaviour of wave function of simple harmonic 
m, joined by a rigid rod of length, r. Based on classical 
oscillator (SHO). Illustrate using its probability density 
considerations, show that the total energy of a rigid 
rotator is L2 /21, where L is the angular momentum and 
plots. 
I is the moment of inertia. How does this result differ 
Sketch R() and 47u-RT) Vs. rla, for 3p orbital for 
(c) 
from quantum mechanical result ? 
hydrogen atom. Calculate the number of radial nodes in 
d 
(b) 
Define Hermitian operator. Show that is 
a Hemitian 
this orbital. 
6,3,3 
operator. 
(a) 
Molecular orbital theory gives equal weightage to covalent 
(c) 
Under what conditions, the wave function 
is said to 
and ionic structure whereas valence bond theory ignores 
be an acceptable wave function ? What is the physical 
ionic character. Explain using the trial wave function of 
significance of ¥2? 
6,3,3 
H, molecule. 
Section B 
(b) 
Benzene may be taken as a two-dimensional box of edge 
6. 
(a) 
Given that the nuclear spin quantum number of C, is 
length 0.4 nm consisting of six T electrons. Calculate the 
zero and that of 'H, is half 
energy required for the promotion of an electron from tne 
Calculate the nuclear angular momentum of these 
ground to the first excited state of benzene. 
nuclei. 
(C) 
Normalize the given wave function 
(i) 
How many different energy states do these nuclei 
have in a magnetic field ? 
= exp(i m ) 
(iin Calculate the magnetic moment of 'H,. Given 
What is the significance of quantum number 
m w 
th 
g 
5.585. 
respect to hydrogen atom ? 
6,33 
P.T.O. 


7) 
45 
What are the characteristics of TMS which makes it usefil 
(b) 
(c) 
Stokes and anti-Stokes lines in pure rotational Raman 
as a reference in PMR spectrum ? 
spectrum have similar intensities while Stokes lines are 
(c) 
Based on free electron model, calculate the wave number 
more intense than anti-Stokes lines in vibrational Raman 
for the longest wavelength transition in pentadienyl 
spectrum. Explain. 
6,3,3 
(a) 
The low resolution NMR spectrum of CH,0, exhibits 
radical. Given: C -C is 154 pm; C=C is 135 pm. 
three absorptions atß values of 3.2, 2.1 and 1.2 with 
6,3,3 
relative intensities 1:3 6 respectively. Predict the 
7. 
() 
A molecule AB, has the following infrared and Raman 
structure of the molecule giving reasons. Draw and explain 
spectra: 
the NMR spectrum expected under high resolution. 
(cm) 
Infra-red 
Raman 
(b) 
Discuss the concept of natural line width of spectral line. 
Active 
Active (polarized) 
It is quiet significant in case of ESR compared to that of 
519 
electronic transition, explain. 
1151 
Active 
Active (polarized) 
(c) 
Sketch the ESR spectra of p-benzoquinone in low 
1361 
Active 
Active (depolarized) 
resolution and high resolution. 
6,33 
9. 
Write short notes on any three of the following 
Giving proper explanation arrive at the geometry of the 
(a) 
Larmor precession 
molecule. Assign the wave numbers to specific vibrations. 
(6) 
Effect of isotopic substitution on rotational spectrum. 
(b) 
The vibrational wave number of the following molecules 
(e) 
Variation theorem 
in their v 
= 
0 states are 
HCI: 2885 cm; DCI 
: 
(d) 
Spin-spin coupling 
4x3 
1990 cm"; D, : 2990 cm' and HD 
3627 cm'. Using tne 
concept of zero point energy calculate the energy change 
in kJ mol of the reaction: 
HCI + D,> DCI + HD. 
1,800 
45 
7 


LL ceLLE 
LiBR.ARY 
301a)18 
This question paper contains - printed pages] 
Your Roll No... 
Sr. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
217501 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) CHEMISTRY 
Name of the Paper 
CHHT-511: Inorganic Chemistry 
IV 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper 
2. Do any five questions. 
3 All questions carry equal marks. 
I. (a) Name the following complexes according to UPAC system 
of nomenclature: 
) 
[Ru(NHs)aN:]** 
(i) 
[Rh(NH3)2H2O)%NCS(NH:)]NO 
(ii) 
Ni(acac){P(C%Hs)3}4]NO 
(09 
CLTICHCI}PO:)r K¢ Lce,TL C0, Tla,] 
(vi) 
[Fe(en)s][Ni(CN)s) 
(iv) 
{(CH:)4N}2[MoBrsN] 
(V) 
0 
Write the formulae of the following complexeS 
Triammineaquadichlorochromium(1) Phosphate 
(in) 
Cesium hexafluorophosphate(V) 
Cin) 
Hexaamminenickel(II) hexachlorocobaltate(11) 
a 


(C) 
A solution containing 2.674 g of Co(NH)a.Cl; was passed through a cation exchanger. The 
Cnioride 1on solution thus obtained, gave 4.305 g of AgCl precipitate with AgNO; solution. 
Determine the correct formula of the complex and give its structure on the basis of 
Werner's theory. 
(d) 
Calculate in KJ mol the crystal field stabilization energy (CFSE) attained by Fe*" in an 
Octahedral oxide ion environment. Given Ao for Fe 
in an oxide environment is 124 KJ 
mol. What will be the CFSE in a tetrahedral environment of oxide ion. 
(6,3,3,3) 
2. (a) A complex compound with molecular formula MCl2(NH3)4 forms two type of colored 
crystals, viz., red(A) and blue (B). I mole of A reacts with I mole of Ag:C2O4 to give2 
moles of a white precipitate; B, does not react with AgaC204. Draw the structure of 
complexes. 
(b) Given below are the Latimer diagrams for iron in acid and alkaline media: 
>1.9 
+0.77 
- 0.44 
Fe (a) 
Fe 
Acid: Fe0 
Fe 
+0.9 
-0.56 
- 0.89 
Alkali: FeO4 
Fe(OH)3
Fe(OH)2 
Fe 
In which medium, acidic or alkaline, is the oxidation of Iron(II) to Iron(II) 
thermodynamically easier? 
(i) 
Is iron (VI) more stable in acid or alkaline solution? 
Cii) 
Will acidic ferrous oxidize H;02 to oxygen, in acid solution? 
(iii) 
Given E° HzO/0;)=0.70v 


(cl Both (Fe(CN)]" and |Fe(H;0)%j apPpear colorless in dilute solutions. Suggest a suitable 
explanation for this observation. 
(d) Compare the ionic radii of divalent Fe, Co, Ni and Cu in an octahedral environment. 
(4.6,3.2) 
3.(a) 
Find out the magnetic moment of Pr (Atomic Number of Pr 
= 59, L=5). 
(b) 
Drawthe geometrical isomers of [Ir(Py)3Br3] and [Pt{NH3)PyCIBr] 
(cWhen pentaamminecarbonatocobalt(I1) complex is treated with NaNO2 and dil. HCIl, an 
unstable red colored compound, (A), is formed. If this compound is heated or conc. HCI is 
added, a yellow colored stable compound, (B), is formed. Both the compounds are isomers. 
Name the type of isomerism and also write the structures of both the compounds. 
(d) 
On acidifying the solution of ammonium metavanadate, compound A, is obtained. When 
compound A, is treated with SO2, a deep blue solution, (B), is obtained. Shaking the 
solution (A) with zinc amalgam, results ina violet solution (C). Mixing solutions (B) and 
C, in equal amounts, a green solution (D) is obtained. ldentify A, B, C and D and write 
down the reaction of acidification of ammonium metavanadate. 
(3,4,3,5) 
4.(a) What happens when: 
) 
Ammonium dichromate is heated. 
A 30% solution ofhydrogen peroxide is added to an alkaline solution of potassium
i) 
Chromate. 
SO 
is passed through alkaline K3[Fe(CN)6] solution. 
iv) 
Titanium tetrachloride reacts with ethanol in the presence of ammonia.


(v 
An aqueous solution of a Mn(1I) salt is oxidized by powerful oxidizing agent like 
sodium bismuthate in presence of dilute nitric acid. 
(b) Explain why, the absorption band of cerium (11I) ion is broad, while that of other lanthanide 
ons is sharp. 
(C) 
What type of spinel structure do you expect for NiFe2O4. 
(10.2.3) 
5 (a) Using VBT, predict the geometry and magnetic moment of the following species: 
(i) 
Ni(CN)] 
i) [Cr(CN)%] 
ii) 
[FeCl4] 
(b) 
When a pink aqueous solution of Co(II) salt is treated with aqueous ammonia, a blue 
precipitate, (A), is formed, which dissolves forming a yellow brown solution, (B), with an 
excess of the reagent. On standing in air, this solution turns red, (C). Compound (C) can 
also be prepared by passing air in an aqueous solution of Co(lI) in presence of NH,Cl and 
activated charcoal. If activated charcoal is omitted, than brown coloured compound (D) is 
formed. If compound (D) is oxidized by S20g. green coloured compound (E) is formed. 
Identify A to E and write the reaction involved in the preparation of compound, C, by 
passing air in Co(lI) in the presence of NH,Cl and activated charcoal. 
(c) Copper shows +1 and +2 oxidation states whereas gold shows +1 and +3 oxidation states. 
Why? 
(6,6,3) 
6 Explain which complex in each pair of the following will have: 
(a) Greater stability: 
() 
[Cu(en)
and [Cu(en)2(H20)2]*; 
i) 
[Cr(en)s]" and [Cr(dien)21* 
(dien = diethylenetriamine). 
(b) Greater liability: 


(i) 
[Fe(bipy):]" and [Fe(bypy)2(H20)2]" 
(i) 
INi(CN)J* and [Co(CN)%]3
(c) Chromium(|) fluoride and manganese(I) fluoride, both have a central metal ion surrounde d 
by six luoride ligands. All the Mn-F bond lengths are all equal whereas two Cr-F bonds are 
shorter than the remaining four. Explain giving diagram on the basis of CFT. 
(d) Which will have higher 10Dq value and why? 
[Ni(CN)] or [NiCl4] 
[Rh(NH:)6 
or [Ir(NH3)61" 
(0) 
i) 
(iii) 
1Cr(C0.)3 
or [Cr(en)* 
(3,3,3,6) 
7 
(a) 
Draw the molecular orbital diagram of [Co(CN): 
and explain its magnetic behavior.
7 
(b) 
Write down the structure of chiral complex [Co{(OH)2Co(NH3)4}3]°". 
(c) Although Fe" has five unpaired electrons but [FeFol is colorless. Explain. 
(d) 
Alhough lanthanides are almost identical in (+3) oxidation state, they are effectively
separated by ion-exchange method. Explain. 
() 
The density of the elements of Sd- transition series is almost twice as compared to the 
elements of 4d transition series. Explain? 
(4.3,3,3,2) 


12) 
217505 
Unique Paper Code: 
cOLL 
CHHT-513'L% 
Lmite 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
Semester 
LIBRARY 
Duration 
3 hours 
Maximum Marks 
75 Marks 
Instructions for Candidates 
The Paper has three sections. Section A is compulsory. Attempt at least two questions from each 
of sections B and C. Attempt six questions in all. Graph paper may be used wherever required. 
Use of scientific calculator is allowed. 
Planck's Constant - 6.626 x 10* Js 
Vélocity of Light 
-
3x 10 ms 
Avogadro's Number 6.023 x 1023 mol 
Section A 
Q.1 Answer any five 
i 
Explain the unusually high mobility of H' and OH ions. 
ii 
What is meant by an inhibition step in a chain reaction mechanism? 
ii Dis
uss the change in molar conductivity with dilution of weak electrolytic solutions. 
iv Write three basic postulates of Collision theory of reaction rates. 
v 
Explain the use of wetting agents. 
vi Write three main differences between photochemical reaction and thermo-chemical 
reactions. 
vii Describe briefly the three explosion limits of a non-stationary chain reactions. 
i 
3x5 
Section B 
Q.2 
a) In a Hittorf's experiment HCl solution was electrolyzed between Ag/AgCl electrodes. 
The solution contained 400ug HCl per gram of water. In this solution 2mA current was 
passed for 150min. After electrolysis the solution in the cathodic compartment contained 
0.025g HCZ in 50g of solution. Calculate the transport number of H and Cl' ions. 
4 


Desenhe the lollowing application, of 
conductance measurements, 
DeteTmination of 1onic product of water. 
(ii) Find the activation energy if the rate of reaction increase by a factor of 1.41, when the 
2+2 
2+2 
11 
Detemination of solubility product. 
)How the conductance and cquivalent conductance of the given solution is determined 
temperature increase from 293 K o 
300K. 
puimentally. Deseribe the electric cireuit ot the instrument and the apparatus used. 
4 
b) The integrated rate law of a second order reaction 3A 
Bis of the form 
A]- [A]o/(1 
+ kT [A]»). 
Deduce the integrated rate equation for the change in concentration of B, [B] with time. 
(Symbols have their usual meanings) 
tplain all the principle involved of the instrument and apparatus. 
4 
c) The decomposition of Azomethane 
a)) What must be the concentration of HCI and NaCl in a Solution if the transference number 
of H 
1s 0.5. Given the limiting nmolar conductivities of Na , H' and Cl are 50.1, 349.8 and 
7635 S cm mol respectively. 
(1) Define mobility of an ion in a solution. 
CH3N2CH3 
CHCH3 + N2 
took place at 600 K. Jhe variation in partial pressure of azomethane is given below. Confirm 
that this reaction is first order reaction and find out rate constant and half life period for the 
decomposition. 
2+2 
t/s 
0 
1000 
2000 
3000 
4000 
b) ) 
The conductivity of a saturated solution of Cal2 at 18 C is 4.2 x 10*S cm. The molar 
conductivily of water used here is 2.0 x 10° S cm 
The limiting molar conductivities of Ca2* 
and F are 104.0 and 48.0 S cm mol respectively. Calculate the solubility and solubility 
product of CaF2. 
p/Pa 
10.9 
7.63 
5.32 
3.71 
2.59 
Q.6 
a) For the photochemical reaction of H2 and Br2 
c) Explain the principle involved in the conductometric titration of strong acid and strong base 
H2 + Br2 
2HBr 
and the weak acid and strong base. 
4 
the following reaction mechanism is suggested, 
K 
Br 
2Br 
Q4 
a) i) Caleulate the ionic product of water if the molar conductivities of H, OH and water is 
given as 349.8, 198.5 and 5.54 x 10 S cmf mol 
k2 
Br + H HBr + H 
Gi) At Is° C, 'm for NaNO, is 105.2 S cm? mol and 1m for NO 
ion is 61.7 S cm mol" 
talculate the transport number of Na" in this solution 
k3 
H + Br2 
HBr + Br 
2+2 
ka 
b) Write short note on () Photosensitisation, (i) Chemical Actinometry. 
HBr +H> H + Br 
2+2 
Describe the relevance of parameters "A" and "B" qualitatively of Debye-Huckel-Onsagar 
equation. Explain under what external conditions the conductance approaches the limiting 
ks 
Br +Br Brz 
values. 
4 
Using steady state approximation deduce the following rate law 
Section C 
d[HBr 
2kk/ks)H:J[Br]2 
****** 
.5 
dt 
1+ k/ks){[HBr]}/[Br:l} 
a) 
(1) What is the change in half life period of second order reaction if the initial concentration 
changes from 0.025 M to 0.001 M. 


b)Eaplaun Lindemann time lag theory of collision theory of reaction rates. On this basis explain 
why a second order reaction follows first order kinetics when we lower the pressure in 
gaseous state. 
A 
c) Explain briefly the general acid base catalysis and specific acid base catalysis. 
Q.7 
a) 
i) 
Discuss the characteristics of enzymatic reactions. 
ii) Explain the temperature coefficient of reaction rates. 
2+2 
b) NO2 gas is adsorbed on silica to the extent of 0.85cm g at 500 kPa and 190 K but at 250K 
the same cxtent of adsorption was achieved when pressure was 3.5 MPa. What is the molar 
enthalpy of adsorption? 
c) Describe the Moving boundary method for determination of transport number. 
A 
Q.8 
4 
a) 
Derive Gibbs Adsorption Equation. 
2 
b) 
(i) Explain the difference between Fluorescence and Phosphorescence. 
2 
(1i) Comment on free energy change of the photochemical reaction giving reasons. 
c) i) The bond energy in a molecule is 142.95 kJ mol". What is the longest wavelength of the 
E.M radiation capable to dissociate it. 
(ii) 10 ml of solution of 0.0495 M oxalic acid and 0.01 M uranyle sulphate was irradiated 
with E.M. radiation of 2540 Å. After the solution absorbed 88 J of radiation energy the 
concenträtion of oxalic acid was reduced to 0.0383 M. Calculate the quantum yield of 
photochemical decomposition of oxalic acid. 


13 
P 
LIBRARY 
412- 1 
Hew 
[This question paper contains 2 printed pages.] 
874 
r 
Rol No.... 
Sr. No of Question Paper 
:2171502 
Unique Paper Code 
Organic Chemistry [Carbohy dr 
copy. & Dyes] 
Name of the Paper 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry FYUP 
Name of the Course 
V 
Semester 
3 Hours 
Duration 
75 
Maximun Marks 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of the question paper) 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. Attempt six questions in all 
1. 
Answer any five of the following: 
(a)
(b) 
Differentiate between auxochrome and chromophore by taking suitable examples. 
Why TMS (Tetramethylsilane) is chosen as reference compound in NMR 
spectroscopy ? 
What are the characteristic feature of a dye? 
Convert D-Glucose into D-Fructose 
How many types of chemically equivalent protons are there in CH;CHCICH,CH3. 
Give reason. 
(c) 
(d) 
(e) 
( 
(g 
Explain the mechanism of mutarotation. 
Indicate the conditions under which the following changes take place? 
[3x5 
Leuco base 
Color base 5 Dye 
Explain the uses of I.R. spectroscopy in the differentiation of compounds having 
inter- and intramolecular hydrogen bonding. 
1-Butene shows C=C stretching at 1650 cm in its IR spectrum whereas 1,3 
Butadiene shows C=C stretching at 1610 cm" . Explain giving reason. 
Nitrobenzene absorbs strongly at 1525 and 1350 cm". Assign these peaks to the 
Corresponding vibrational frequencies. 
2. (a) 
(b) 
[4,4,4] 
(c) 
3. (a) 
Calculate the max value for the following compounds giving details (Any three) 
i) 
() 
CH2 
=o 
H2 
1 
CH3 


(ii) 
(iv) 
Values for calculation: 
Heteroannular diene = 214 nm 
Acyclic/Six membered cyclic a,B- unsaturated ketone 
215 nm 
Homoannular diene = 253 nm 
Alkyl substituent or ring residue = 5 nm 
Exocyclic double bond = 5 nm 
Extended conjugation = 30 nm 
Identify the geometric isomers of stilbene (C%Hs-CH=CH-C-Hs) from their Amax 
values of 294 nm and 274 nm, giving reasons for the assignment? 
Compare the PMR spectrum of ordinary (impure) ethanoi and pure ethanol. Give 
reason for the difference ? 
(b) 
[6,3,3] 
4. An organic compound A with molecular formula CgH;20 showed the following data: 
UV (mas)= 288 nm, s=24 
IR very strong band at 1715 cm 
NMR:82.0 (3H, singlet), 1.0 (9H, singlet). 
() 
(ii) 
Calculate double bond equivalence. 
Explain 
(1) 
(2) 
UV transition 
IR absorption band 
NMR peaks along with splitting pattern. 
(3) 
Give the structure of the compound. 
[12] 
5. (a) 
Give one synthesis of Indigo from anthranilic acid or aniline. 
(b) 
EXplain the yellow green fluorescence produced by fluorescein dye. 
(c) 
Write down the possible structures of Phenolphthalein in: 
() 
Gi) 
ii) 
Strongly alkaline medium 
DAPlain in which medium will Phenolphthalein be pink in color and why ?[4.44] 
Acidic medium 
Alkaline medium 
Xplain Amadori rearrangement for the formation of fructosazone from D- 
Fructose. 
6. (a) 
at are reducing and non-reducing sugars? Explain with the heip of suitsble 
Structures and give one example for each category. 
(b) 
dt 
1s pimerisation? Suggest a method for the conversion of D-giucose to 
mannose. 
( 
4 
aculate the approximate wave number of the fundamental absorption peak due 
the stretching vibration of the O-H group. 
rorce constant for 0-H group = 7.7 x 10 dyneren 
7. 
(a) 
to 
2 


Reduced mass = 9.4l x 1.67 x 10g 
C=0 stretching in IR of acetone comes a 
C=0 sreching in 
(b) 
acetamide (CH;CONH2) comes at 1680 cmGr 
Explain why the absorption bands in UV 
arerali 
broad when 
444] 
(c) 
compared to the absorption bands in IR spec:. 
8. Write short notes on the following (any three): 
Mordant Dyes 
(a) 
Anisotropic effects in alkenes 
(b) 
(c) 
(d) 
Phthalein dyes 
Biological importance of carbohydrates 
4.4,41

\ 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name oft.he Course 
Semester 
Duration 
Maximum Marks 
TI) 
lliRARY 
217601 
Inorganic Chemistry- V (CHHT-6 I 5) 
B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
VI 
3 hours 
75 Marks 
Instructions fot ,.the Candidates 
JI 
1. Write your Roll Number on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2. Attempt any Five questions. . 
3. All questions carry equal marks. 
l. a) Why is Ni(CO)4' a monomer, but thP, analogous cobalt compound a dimer? 
b) GiV;e ~,testforiden_tification of Col- and so/, .ioµs in presence ,of each other.i.Q a 
mixture~ .. · 
c) -What ate·homol~tic Cllfbonyls? Why don't carbortyls':belonging to early and later 
transitiotr .. seriesp bey:::the£A.:N rule? 
· 
d) What is the source of enetgy for the working of the Sodium-potassium pump? Give a 
diagrammatic representation of the working of the Sodium:_potassium pump. Why is 
this process called selective? 
2. a) Acetylation of one of the rings in Ferrocene deactivates the ring and to some extent the 
second ring as well. Discuss the chemistry involved. 
b) Where is-it0n,, stored in the body? In what fonn is it stored and w~t is the oxidation 
state of iron in it? 
c) A mixture Qf cations and anions on boiling with cone. HCI leaves a white residue. This 
residue is soluble only in ammoniwn acetate. Identify this residuet Give the chemical 
equations involved. 
• 
...., 
d) How does the structure and magnetic behavior of Haemoglobin change when it binds 
- to 02? Explain the changes in structure diagrammatically. 
(3,3,4,5) 


·; 
/ 
3. a) Usin48 electron rule as a guide, indicate the values of m, n and the 3d metal (M) in 
the following 
i) 
[(116-C6H6)mCr(CO)n] 
ii) [Co(1t-C3Hs)(CO)n] 
iii) [(115-CsHs)M(C2H4)2] 
b) Mention any three features a chelating agent should possess to be used in medicine. 
c) Draw the structure of the following metal carbonyls (any four) 
i) 
Fe3(C0)12 
ii) 
Cr(C0)6 
iii) 
Mn2(CO)10 
iv) 
Ru3(COJ12 
v) 
Fei(C0)9 
d) Give the systematic procedure for analysis of an aqueous solution containing only Ni2+ 
and Co2+ ions. Give the reactions involved. 
(3,3,4,5) 
4. a) 
Define masking. How is masking used to identify Cu2+ and Cd2+ ions present 
together in group Il of qualitative analysis? 
b) What are-interfering anions? Discuss, with chemical equations, the removal of any one 
interfering anion from the mixture. 
c) What are the causes of excess and deficiency of iron in the body? Nam~ the diseases 
associated with the excess and deficiency ofiron in .~e body. How can excess of iron 
be removed from the body and how can the deficiency be cured? 
d) Define the term hapticity, giving two examples. 
e) I?iscuss two methods of preparation of organometallic compounds with 7t acq~nfor ,. 
hgand CO. . 
, ,-SF 
(3,3,5,2,2) 
5. a) 
Draw the oxygen saturation curves for Haemoglobin and M · l --b." 
d d" 
s 
th · h 
- · 
· 
yog p man 
1scus 
eir s apes. 
· 
. 
~ 
b) Two d1fferept structures are consistent with 18 e· rule fr C (C 
•n 
predict the structures on the basis of IR spectr~ studies? or 
02 
O)s. How WI you 
. 
c) Give th_e use of the following reagents (any two) i 
th
. 
. 
.-
• 
. 
· 
qualitative analysis and discuss the chem· try . . 1 
n 
e identification of ions in 
. 
. 
. 
1s 
invo ved 
1) 
Sod mm m troprusside 
· 
ii) 
Ammonium molybdate 
iii) 
Dimethylglyoxime 


I / 
..,Q_Qi::i; 
d) Which is the metal ion present at the active site of ~nzyme carboxypeptidase A? 
Describe the active site of the enzyme and list the various interactions that help the 
enzyme to function. 
(4,3,3',5) 
6. a) Give any one confirmatory test to identify the following anions (any two) in qualitative 
analysis. Explain with reactions. 
i) 
N03-
ii) 
soi-
iii) 
c1-
b) Explain the following: 
J.Ou: 
i) 
Even though titani~ and silicon are abundant in earth,s crust they are not 
essential elements in hwnans. Give reason. 
p-...__ 
f 
ii) 
· Bohr effect in Haemoglobin. 
· 
c) In q1,1alitative analysis, the group II sulfides are ·precipitated in acidic mediwn. Give 
reasons. 
d) Give the reaction ofFerrocene with 
i) 
n-BuLi 
ii) 
HCHO and HNMei in presence of CH3COOH 
e)c Wlrich oµt of the following is a poor nucleophile:~d why? ,._ 
Co(C0)4-, Mn(CO)s- , . 
. 
(3 ,4,3,3 ,2) 
7. a) Discuss the-mechanism of action of cisplatin as an anti-tumor drug. 
b) What are xenobiotic elements? Give two examples. 
c) Why are few drops of nitric acid added before proceeding for analysis of group III 
cations in qualitative analysis? 
.,.~ ,. ,.. 
M 
•• 
[4~
, 
~ 
d) Explain synergism in metal carg_onyls using VBT. 
e) Give the·use of yellow ammonium sulfide in the separation -of grnup II A and group II 
B cations in qualitative analysis. 
(4,2,3,4,2) 


u ) q ,p: SC ?f 
I 
Unique Paper Code 
N arne of the Course 
Name of the Paper 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
: 217603 
: B.Sc. ( Hons.) CHEMISTRY,-l¼-1;:t::l:H-
: Organic Chemistry V ( CHHT-616 ) 
: VI 
Instructions for Candidates 
Maximum Marks :75 
1 .Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2 . Answer six question in all. Question No. 1 is compulsory. 


I 
SETA 
Q 1. Answer any five parts. 
(1) How many NMR signals will be obtained in Cyclobutanol? Label different tYPes of 
Protons. 
. 
. 
. 
} 
(2) How will you differentiate between following sulphonamides usmg IR. 
(3) Arrange the following compounds in order of increasing wavelength of absorption. 
Give reason also. 
°'-1\Jl-
( 4) Why lsotactic pol)1£ropylene films ~Fe less permeable to gas as compared to atactic 
Polypropylene films.Give their structures also: 
-
J.o 
(5) How plasticisers make the polymer flexible and rubbery. ? Explain it by an 
example.. 
f---
(6) 
Predict which one will have higher A max value.(no data is required) Give reason 
for your answer. 
• 
0 
0 
(7) 
In~igotin on reduction ~it? al~aline sodium hyposulphite gives indigotin white 
.Give the structure of md1gotm white. 
( 3 X 5) 
Q 2 
(I) Aldehyde protons appear quite down field in the NMR 
tr 
o· 
th 
e 
f th' "Effi 
,, 
d 
. 
spec . um. 1ve 
e nam 
o 
is 
ect an explam this phenomenon. 


I 
(2) From among the isomeric compounds of molecular formula C4H9Cl ,give the 
structure of compound having in its NMR 
(i) Only a single peak 
(ii) Several peaks including two distinct three proton signals, one of them a 
triplet at 8 1.0 and other a doublet at 8 1.5 
(3) 
How many NMR signals are obtained from cycohexane 
(i) at room temperature 
(ii) at --89°C 
.Give reason also. 
Q3 
(1) What is Fermi Resonance in IR? Explain it with an example. 
( 4x3) 
(2) Giving reason arrange the following compounds in order of increasing 
Wave length
9of absorption in their IR spectra. 
0 
0 
( 3) Cal~ulate the approximate wave number of the fundamental absorption peak due _ 4u 
the Stretching vibration of C_C group. 
For~e constant for C 
C group = 15.6 x105 dylies /cm 
Reduced mass = 6 x 1.67 x 10-
24 g 
( 4f '3) 
Q4 (1) Explain the following data for azobenzene 
\ 
N===N 
j 
trans( anti) 
11,max =318 run 
, E max = 22600 
cis (syn) 
"A. max =282 run , 
cmax =5200 
Your answer should account for both A max and E max values. 


und containing 9.37 xl o- c; mol /L 
. . t 
£ max for a com po 
8 
( 2) Calculate molar absorpt1v1 y 
'A. max ==235 nm ,when A == 1.1 " 
of Solution in a I .0 cm cell at 
'\ max "or the following compounds. 
( 3 ) Calculate 
11. 
1
1 
RO 
fi 
h 
l d. e _253 nm 
alkyl group/ring residue =5nm 
Base value or omoannu ar 1en -
, 
Base value for heteroannular diene ==214 nm , exocyclic double bond =Snm 
Double bond extending conjugation =30 nm ,OR == 6nm 
( 4 x3) 
I 
Q 5 (1) Give one synthesis of Malachite Green .Is it a cationic dye or ani~nic dye? 
Give reason. Specify each product as leuco base, colour base or dye. 
(2) A.on reaction with tin and HCl 0 gives Sulphanilic acid and 
1l arnino-4 (N,N dimethyl)amfuo benzene .What is N.Give its synthesis. 
How does its colour change in acidic and alkaline medium? Explain your .. · -
answer by proper structures. 
:---.. . 
( 4, 8) 
Q 6 
(1) Give mechanism of polymerisation of Acrylonitrile using a suitable anionic 
initiator. 
(2) A pol~er sample contains only two types of macromolecules. Those with 
relative Molar mass of 10000 and those with an RMM of 100000 .Assuming 
equal number of Molecules (N) ,calculate Mn 
and Mw . 
( 3 ) Give synth_esis ?f PET starting from ethylene glycol and dimethyl ester of 
terephthahc acid. 
(4 X 3) 


Q 7 A compound with molecular formula C8H 11N shows following spectral data 
IR : 3400 ,above 3000 , 1600 cm- 1 , 
NMR : 6 
7.2 
5 H 
complex splitting 
1.2 
3H 
3.1 
2H 
q 
3.5 
lH 
singlet 
Calculate DBEv Explain both IR and NMR data and give the structure of the compound. 
Q8 
Attempt any three 
(1) Resol resin -- Give its synthesis 
(2) Non sulphur Vulcanization of Rubbers -Write a short note. 
(3) Synthesis of Alizarin from anthracene 
( 4) Rosaniline -Synthesis and uses. 
(12) 
(4 x3) 
.\ .... · .· 


/ 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration 
: 217605 
: Physical Chemistry - V [CHHT 617} 
: B.Sc. (Honours) Chemistry 
: VI 
I ;, 
: 3 hours ·¥ 
Max imum Marks 
: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
UBRAlfy 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
TOTAL SIX QUESTIONS TO BE ANSWERED 
QUESTION NO. 1 IS COMPULSORY 
Answer any FIVE other questions 
Use ·of scientific calcula.tor is allowed but it cannot be shared. 
Logarithmic tables may be provided if required. 
.PHYSICAL CONST ANTS 
1. Attempt any'FIVE: 
Planck's constant 6.626 -x 10-34 Js 
Velocity oflight j x 108 ms-1 
~, 
Avogadro's number 6.023 x 1023 mor1 
Nuclearmagneton 5.051 x 10-27 JT1 
Bohr magneton 9.274 x 10-
31 JT
1 
· 
31 
Mass of electron 9. 1 09 x 1 o-
kg 
l atomic mass unit 1.66 x 10-27 kg 
·, 
.. . ,a~ 
l'. ., 
'-".:'."." ' 
( a) Determine the energy in kJ mor1 for one Einstein of UV light from a light source 
operating at 254 nm. 
[
~ ~] ihh 
(b) Prove that L=, Lx = 2
7! LY 
( c) Explain briefly the phenomena of predissociation. 
\
t
\
~ I
\
I l
\ 
\
I t
\
\
I 
\ 


(d) A particle of mass m is confi!1ed in a t~ree dim~nsional cubic box of length L 
What are the quantum numbers associated with the level whose en 
· 
· 
ergy · 
J 4// /8mL1? What is the degeneracy of this level? 
is 
(e) State how many radial, angular and total nodes are present in each of the H-like 
wavefunctions 
-
I. 
'P2s 
ii. 
'PJp 
(i) (i) HF gives a rotational spectrum whereas H2 does not. Comment. 
(ii) Exphtin diagrammatically the.interaction of a rotating.HF molecule with 
incident electromagnetic radiation. 
(3x5==15) 
2. 
(a) Evaluate the mean value of the radius (r-) at which the electron in the H-atom 
is found, given that 
'l(IJ½ ( rJ 
1/1 
=-.-
-
exp --
1,0,0 
r 
--..JTC 
a0 
a0 
where a0 is the Bohr's radius. 
U 
x" exp(,ax)dx ,a a~'.,i] 
(b) Will this value of (r) be the same for mt? Explain briefly. 
(c) Draw the energy level diagran1 for.oxygen molecule. Explain the magnetic 
prope1ties of this molecule on the basis of the diagram. 
(5, 2, 5) 
3. (a) Configuration Interaction iihproves the wave function for hydrogen molecule. 
Explain briefly. 
(b) What is meant by the term 'rigid rotator'? Show that the total energy of a rigi,g ,.,. 
· 2 
. 
,.,,,....,. ·. ~ ~ 
rotator is !:._ where L. is angular momentum arid J is the moment of inertia. How 
21 
does this result differ from the quantum mechanical result? 
( c) Consider a particle ofmass m confined to a one dimensional box.~of length l . A 
possible solution for this system is 
·# 
If/,, ( X) = $-Sin 7 
(i) 
Show that l/fn(x)is11ot an eigenfunction of Px.· Suigest a reason for your 
answer. 
(ii) 
Determine (p;) for the above system and hence evaluate the total energy 
associated with the particle. 
[f sin 2 ax dx = J .!. (1- cos 2ax )dx] 
0 
0 2 . 
/ 
. (3, 4, 5) 


4. (u) Write.the Hamiltonian for Lithium atom and setup the corresponding Schrodinger 
equauon. 
, 
( b) The force constant for 
I H 
19F , considered as a harmonic oscillator, is 966 N 
111
· 
1 
(i) Calculate the frequency ·of the incident electromagnetic radiation required to 
excite the molecule from the ground state to the first excited state 
(ii) Calculate the zero point energy of the molecule. 
(c) Determine the center of mass for 
12C160 given that the rotational constant has a 
value of 1.9302 cm·'. 
(4, 4, 4) 
5. ( a) Raman rotational spectrum of a molecule is observed with Hg light. The Rayleigh 
line is observed at 22947 cnf
1
, Stokes lines are observed at 22581, 22337, 
22094, and 21851 cm·
1.Calculate the rotational constant and assign these 
values to vaiious transiti'ons. 
(b) Derive the following 
J 
- ----
( 
~
T 
1J 
""" 
2hcB 
2 
wh_ete the syI}J.bols have their usual meaning. 
( c) A cenain substance in a cell-o(length_ l absorbs I 0% of the incident l~ght . What 
fraction of the incident light will'be_apsorbed if the length of the cel11s 4/? 
(4, 4, 4) 
6. (a) State the V:u-iation Theorem. 
· ·. 
. 
. · 
(b) Identity _the following molecule and,assign frequ~nc1es to t~e possible ~odes of 
vibrations. Justify the assignment of the frequencies and suggest a possible 
structure for the molecule 
Molecular 
Electronic 
Transition 
IR 
Ram~;.~ 
Formula 
Configuration 
Frequ~ncy 
(cm·1) 
397 
PQR contour 
---
A: I s22s22p2 
656 
----
' 
Active 
AB1 
B: J s22s22p63s23p4 
1523 
PR contour ·, 
----
796 
----
Active (weak) 
. fi Id re uired for 'H to resonate at 200MHz 
(c)What is the magnitude of the magnetic te 
q 
. 
when the value of g_l\1=5.585 ? 
· 
(3, 6, J) 


7· (a) Indicate which of the following will lead to an eigenvalue equation. Report the 
eigenvalue, if any 
1 -- sm-
(') d
2 
( 
• 1rx) 
dx'2 
2 
(ii) ~{x2 exp(6y)} 
oy 
(b) In the MO treatment for hydrogen molecule ion the LCAO-MO wavefunction is 
1//Mo = c1<pH" + c 2<PHb where (f)H. and rpH• co1Tespond to the normalized ls 
wavefunctions for the hydrogen atoms Ha and Hb in the ion. 
(i) Write the expression for the Hamiltonian. 
(ii) Optin1ize the energy with respect to c1 and c2 and express the result in the 
form of secular determinant. 
(iii) Use the following data to evaluate ~1;1ergy: 
J(f)H fl <PH dr = f <Pi, if (f)H d, = -2 a.u. 
" 
n 
b 
It 
I cpH if <PH d, = f cpH fl <p11 d, = -1 a.u 
,, 
h 
h 
"'J#f 
f (f)11 
rpH d, =·0.25 -a.u. 
" . 
(c) Define orthogonality. Give an example of a patr-of orthogonal wavefunctions. 
8. (a) Sketch the low and ·high resolution NM~ spectra of CH3CI-hCHCb and 
CI-hCCbCH3_ Explain the differen~es briefly. 
(b) Sketch the ESR spectrum of metq.yl:radi~l. 
· 
(c) Outline bri_efly the approximations .. dfHDc,kel Molecular Orbital Theory. 
9. Write short notes on any three 
(a) Birge-Sponer Plot 
(b) Bathochromic and hypsochromic shift 
(c) Fermi Resonance 
(d) Bohr's Correspondence Principle 
(3, 6, 3) 
(5, 3, 4) 
, ; .. ----
.. 
/ :'{.: ... ,· .. . ' 
-t- ...... 
(3 x4) 


I 
® 
UiR~flY 
(S~) 
S,J -j'.LD , 0) ~·I·' {:£ 2 
Unique Paper Code 
217607 
Naine of the Paper 
Applications of Computers in Chemistry 
Naine of the Course 
B.Sc ( Hons.) Chemistry 
Semester 
VI 
Duration 
3 hours 
Maximum Marks 
75 
Write your roll no. on the top immediately after receipt ofthe question paper. 
Aitemvt all questions in proper order 
1. a) Write the following expressions in BASIC 
-b+i/bL4ac 
x=--'----
2a 
u = 109677 -- -
3x5 
H-
i) 
ii) 
iii) 
-
( 1 1) 
nf 
n~ 
\ 
( .-·-
,~~~ : 
-
.l.. ->-·. 
x = e-iwt (-Ja2 + b2) 
b) What is the purpose of following LIBRARY FUNCTIONS? , 
i) SGN (X) 
ii) SQR (X) 
iii) 
RNb (X) 
c) Identify the invalid variables and write the correct ones also identifying 
type (numeric or alphanumeric) : 
i) 1$A 
ii) 25S 
iii) $NAME 
d) Identify the invalid constants. Write the c01rect fom1 and identify their type 
(numeric or string) 
i) 
-5El0"2 
ii) '-135' 
iii) '###; 


I 
I 
I 
e) Define t~e following terms 
1·1·) ALU 
i) PIXEL 
... ) MODEM 
lll 
. 
2. a) Identify & correct the error in the following BASIC statements 
i) For A$== N$ TO_ 10 
ii) DATA, "MONTH", "TIME'·', -7.12; 81 
2 
b) Distinguish between 
i) 
RAM and ROM 
ii) 
BUG and VIRUS 
2 
c) Write a program in BASIC (using user-defined .functions) for finding the 
roots. of the following polynomial equatio.n using Iterative Method within the 
tolerance 1 o·6 : 
x3 - x2, - 2x + .1 = 0 
4 
d) Write a program in BASIC to generate a Trap.ezoid usi:Q.g DRAW statement 
as pei: the c:limensions shownin the figure below and label the figure also: 
X1=60: X2=80: 
Yl =40: YJ=SO: Y3=20 
4 
3. a) What Will be the output fonn of the fto'll 
. 
. . 
· owmgprogtatn? 
. 
10 
READX y. z. 
. ' ' 
20 
PRINT USING "'II##.## ##.# ##.#f#I./VV\A''-; X; Y; Z 
30 
DATA 95.5, -8.7, 375.5 
2 
b) Rewrite the followin 
. 
g program usmg IF THEN ELSE 
IO 
LET S == 0 
-
-
commands: 


7 
I 
20 
FOR N =-1 TO 10 STEP 2 
30 
LETS= S +N*N 
40 
NEXTN 
50 
PRINTS 
60 
END 
2 
c) Write the BASIC statements to produce the following effects 
i) 
Assign string MARCH 10 to a variable 
ii) 
Increase the value assigned to a variable X by 2.3 
iii) 
Display * five times vertically using a loop 
. iv) 
To introduce a string as 'HYPOTHETICAL' and return the 
number of characters in that string 
d) Comment on the errors in the following program and correct them: 
l0CLX 
20 REMARK *EVALUATION OF EXP (Z)* 
, 
30 INPUT Z 
40 LET S=l; 
50 LET N =l; LET T=l 
60 LETT= TXZ+ N 
70 S = S +T 
80 IF T < 0.0001 THEN 110 
90 LETN=N + l 
l 00 GOTO LINE60 
110 PRINT N, S 
120 STOP 
. 
·, 
4 
4 
4. a) Draw the output and show the position of the coordinates for the following 
set of statements: 
10 CLS 
20 SCREEN 2 
30 VIEW (10,10)-(300,180), ,1 
40 WINDOW (1,1)- (100,100) 


I 
50 CIRCLE (50,50), I 0· 
60END 
2 
b) Let Q =3 and Let R =5. Is the following relational expressions true or false· 
i) 
NOT Q > 3 OR R < 3 AND Q -R < 0 
ii) NOT (Q = 7 OR R < > 5) AND Q + 3 * R = 0 OR R > = 0 
2 
c) Comment on the errors in the following program and correct them: 
REM TO DRAW A BOX IN GRAPHICS SCREEN I 
SCREEN 
VIEW (20,20 ) - (330., 180) 
LINE (150, 100)-(150,100),, BOX 
LOCATE (20): PRINT '"BOX# 
END 
4 
d) i) Write a program for calculating .Ex, LY, L xy; L x
2y making use of 
READ statement to enter the following <lata: 
S.No. 
X 
I 
y 
1 
3 
7 
2 
6 
11 
J 
15 
19 
4 
24 
27 
5 
31 
JS 
6 
36 
39 
7 
45 
45 
8 
54 
49 
ii) Write the ex:pe·cted output also. 
3,1 
5. a) Write a program segment that computes the sum of 11 th 
array B (already input) with M 
. 
. 
a 
e elements in a 2-D 
· 
rows and N columns. 
2 
b) If A$= "MY COUNTRY IS INDIA" 


B$ = "I LOVE MY COUNTRY A LOT!" 
Then find the values of 
· i) 
LEFT$ (A$, 2) 
ii) 
LEN (MID$ (B$, 5, 3) 
c) Write a program to evaluate the series (for -1 < x <1): 
1 
l 
3 
-= 1 + x+x +x + ....... . 
1-X 
d) W AP to multiply the given matrices and print the resultant matrix S. 
7. a) What vvill b~ the output of the following p~ogram! , 
10 LET A$= "100" 
20 LET B$= ''100" 
30 PRINT A$+B$ 
40 PRINT A$;B$ 
50 PRINT A$,B$ 
60 PRINT A$;"*";B$ 
2 
4 
4 
2 
b) W~th the help of suitable examples, explain the. meaning of the following 
error messages: 
i) FOR without NEXT 
ii) Syilt.ax error on line 30 
2 
c) Write a program in BASIC to plot and determine the:m and c so that y = mx 
+c fits the following data.in least squares sense 
X 
0.1 
0.2 
0.3 
0.4 
0.5 
0.6 
0.7 
0.8 
0.9 
y 
0.27 
0.72 
1.48 
2.66 
4.48 
7.26 
11.4'3 
17.64 
26.78 


I 
/ · 
I 
Slope=( NL XtYi - L xi LYi) I (NL x/ - CL Xi )
2 
) 
Intercept= (L x/ LYi - L XiYi L Xt) I (N}:: x/ - (L Xi )2 ) 
4 
d) Write a program in BASIC using user defined function, to find the value 
of the integral using Simpson's rule with n=6. 
f0
1 
dt/✓(f2 + 1)(3t2 + 4) 
4 
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
' 


f_,( ~ f\(t>· 
In. (R·f· , [This question paper contains 3 printed pages.] 
. 
- /I 
· t-;2.t 7-
Your Ro 
Unique Paper Code: 2171601 
Name of the Paper: Theory/Inorganic- Organometallic, Bio-inorganic Chemistry 
Name of the Course: B.Sc. '(H) CHEMISTRY (.arst\vt-:ille FYUP~ 
P-1 o 
Semester VI 
. 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Instructions for Candidates 
Maximum Marks: 75 
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately oil receipt of this question paper. 
2. Do any fiv~ questions 
· 
· 3. All questions carry equal ma:tks. · 
·1. (a) Ikiefly desc.ribe·ihe'Perutz mechanism of oxygc:nation of the haemoglobin. 
. 
. 
5 marks 
(~). V{hat is t~e role·of the enzyme carbenic an}jydrase? Which metal ion is present in its 
active site and the atoms c0.ordinati~g'.to jt? 
. . 
. 
. 
4 marks 
( c) Differenti"te b~tween active and. passive tran~port and give an example for each, Discuss 
• ~he.Na+/K+pumpwith a·neat dj~_gram. 
, 
6 marks 
2. (a) what is the role of iron in out body?· Write gown the diseases caused by the deficiency 
and excess of iron. Wha,t is ferritin and what is its function in our body? 
7 marks 
(b) In ca:Se of heavy metal poisoning like Hg2+, Pb2+ etc. EDTA solution is administered. 
Which would be the better option EDTA solution or Ca EDTA solution? Explain with reason. 
2marks 
(c) Draw th~ structures.-of cis--platin and trans.;...platin. Which is the better anti-cancer drug 
and why? What is the mechanism by whicb.cis platiil blocks cell proliferation? 
4.marks 
(d) 'Piscuss th~ 1;3oh'r ~:ffect in the oxygenation .ofhae_moglobin and draw the saturation cu~es 
forhaemoglobin and myoglobin. 
2rnar~ 
3·. '(a) What .ateihe· inetal ions present in ~i; biplogicai systems? Classify tlie~ into essential 
anµ 11on-essential 
. 
2 marks 
k:-, 
. 
-
. 
(b).What:are'-tox~etals aQd why are they so? 
2marks 
( c) What are metallobiomolecules? l)escribe in brief with classification. 
2 marks 
(d) What are iono·phores, explain with example; What is the mechanism ofionophore action7 
· 
. 
· 
3mfilks 
"'•• .... 
I 


., r 
. . 
bo 
eptidase A? Draw the coordination sphere of the Ille 
(e) Which metal is presen~ m car ti~ofthis enzyme. Why the enzyme carboxypeptidase A ~I 
in its active site and explain the ac 
is, 
essential in biological system? 
6 marks 
tr compounds? Classify them accor~ing to ·the types of bond 
4 (a) What are organometa JC 
· 
· , ~: 
d 
· . 
p~esent. Giv~ IO examples of9rgru.iometJ1lllc-compoun s. 
. 
. 
~ m~ 
d 
by hap· ticity·. of ligands? Explain. Give examples of ligands with the 
(b) What o you mean 
. 
. 
hapticity·of 3,4,5 and 6. 
. 
Smarks 
( c) Desribe the ·1 s electron ruJe. (ijve· 5 examples of co~pl~xes. ·which strictly follow 18 
electron rule and s e~~ples uf ;wliic:h do:-p:oi fqllow th~ I s·electron rule. 
5 marks 
5. (a) What'is synergfo effect explain using the ni'olecular orbital diagram wi~ COJigamfas-an 
example? 
· 
-Sn:tarks 
(b) What is Zie:Se's:salt?-Write''its ch,emical fotmula and dni.Y{its mqlecu~structure, What.is 
the bond ord,er of J.l_le ethylene molecitle bonded to the. metal in -Ziese's ~It. . Write 'its. 
preparation in brief. 
· 
· · · 
5marks 
(c) Draw the str_ucture. -of (erro.cene. What ate · its two possible conformations? Is •it an 
organometallic compound?Discu~s,its. synthesis. 
. · 
' 
5marks 
6.~a) What·is Zie~le~-Na.ttap,?lymeris~tion?·Discuss the mechanism of polymerization-along 
with the rol~ of tr1ethylalµm_nJ'1un1. 
. 
, ; .--
4 marks 
(b) Draw the structure of methyl lithium t tra 
· d · · 
·. · 
th 
f 
.1 ·. 
. -
• ·.. . ·. . . ,.~ mer an tnmethyl alununlum dimer and discuss 
e concept o mu ti centre bonding"in 'this"edht' xt 
. , , ,, 
, , 
. 
. 
,. 
. e_. 
-~ 
4 marks 
( c) Is fen:ocene aromatic? Explain with ., 
. 
.. . 
_ .. 
substitution .reacti~ns, alkylation and acety· 1 r~ason. Write do~ ,th~ dec~~ph1!1? .~?-~;!~t~c 
ferrocene. 
· · atton for ferrocene and compare its· reactiv1fy·w1th 
5 marks 
(d) ~raw the structures ofthe sp~cies res 
. 
. . 
. 
. 
bromide and methyl magnesiun bromide: · ent · m the ethenal solution of ethyl magnes1un 
2marks 


7. (a) which of the following complexes will have the shortest C--0 bond, [Ni(CO)-4], 
[Co(CQ)4J-and [Fe(CO)4] 2- and why? 
2 marks 
(b) which of the following complexes will have the shortest C--0 stretching frequency, 
[Cr(CO)6], [V(CO)6]-and [Fe(CO)4]2-and why? Arrange the following in ascending order of 
C--0 stretching frequency with prop~r justification, M--CO, Mr-CO and M:i-CO. 
4marks 
( c) Using 18 electron rule tell the n~mber of M-M bonds and bridging CO ligands in the 
following comp(exes: C:.o~(CO)&, Fe2(CO)9, Fe3(CO)12 and In(CO)12. 
4 marks 
( d) Using_ J 8 electron rule t~U tl~c;· nwnb,er of co Hgands irt the following complexes: 
Fe(CO)n(N6)2, [Fe(113-allrI)(.CO)nCI] and HQp(CO)n. 
4 .marks 
8. (a) Explain why nitrate ion needsto be ·confifuled by tlie ~fuminium powder test in presence 
ofBr- ion? 
(P J How these ions are tested in presence of each other? 
sol- and soi-
cu:2+ and Cd2+ 
2marks 
5 marks 
(c) Wh~t ar~JQt~rfering ions? Why do tbeyinterfere only·aftergrqup II of the cation analysis? 
4rnarks 
(d) Group II sulphides are precipitated irr acidic medium whereas Group IV sulphides are 
precipitated in·alkaline medium. Exp.lain. 
4 matks · ,,. ~ 


l
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration 
w 
2171602 
•• 
UBR~RY 
The~ry"Physical- Quantum Chemistry, Photochemistry 
&Surface Chemistry 
B.Sc. (H) Chemistry 
VI 
3 hours 
p-10 
Maximum Marks: 75 Marks 
Instructions for Candidates 
· l. Write your roll no. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2. Attempt only six questions out of eight. 
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
4. Use of scientific calculators;and l9garithmic -tables is allowed. 
5. Attimpt all parts .of a question together. 
Physical Constants 
P}anck'-s constant 
6.626; 10-34Js 
Velo,dty oflight . . 3:0 X 108"IJlS-l 
Avaga'dro's Nufuber ·5Jf23 x 1623 mor1 
Mass of electron 
9.l X 10-31 kg 
Boltzzmann constant 1.38x 10-23 J K-1 


1. Attempt any five: 
. 
. 
(a) 
Write the expression for the Hamiltonian for the helium atom 
explaining briefly the terms involved. 
. 2 d2 
d2 
(b) Determine whether or not the operators x dx2 and dx 2 commute. 
(c) Define Hermitian operator. Give an example. 
( d) Bond length increases on removing an electron from N2 but decreases 
on removing an electron from 02. Explain. 
(e) Fluorescence is a fast process while phosphorescence is a slow 
process. Explain. 
. 
. 
(f) 
Why spontaneous. chemisorption is an exothermic process? Give 
(g) 
reason. 
Why does an aqueous solution of potassium dichromate not follow 
Lamb.ert,-Beer'~ Law? Will the law be followed · if the solution is 
acidified with-di'lute sulphuric acid? Explain. 
2. 
(a} 
Consider a particle -of mass '-m' confined in a one-dimensional box of 
length '/'. A solution for this system is 
3. 
i/Jn = fl sin n;'' . 
(i) 
Show that 1./Jnis not an eigenfunction Ol Px· 
. 
(ii) 
Show that the wavefuoctioris t/;1 ana 1/J2 · are orthogonal. 
(b) ·oa:Icu1ate the enerrot tequ'ired for a :Particle of mass 10-30 kg to move 
from energy level J to·4 in a one.;ciimensional hox of length 973 pm. 
(c) 
State Bohr's correspondence pri11ciple.· 
· 
' 
(a) State Variation theorem. 
Apply variation theorem to the function 1.p; = i (a ,.- x) to the particle 
in a· box (V=O for ·Q.<.x·< 1 and V= <X> elsewlie.ref and estimate the 
,ground state energy .·:Given= Eo = .h
2
• 
. 
·. 
.. 
' 
Bml~ 
(b) Distinguish between ··. ener-gy levels and -quantum. states. Hoy,, many 
· energy levels and quantum states are possible for a particle .,in three-
... 
· 
17h2 
·. 
dimensional.box.whose enetgy is-· - ·: 
· 
' 
, 
·; 
"''':.· 
:amt2 · 'i 
( c) 
C 
·t E 
fll/J 7 o·· . 
af1 we wn e · = --;p . · . , 1ve reasons for your answer. . 
4. 
(a) What is meant by.an "acceptable" wavefunction? State which of the 
following wavefu.nciions ,are aG<;eptaQle in wave mechanics over the 
range x = 0 to x = 2n. 
(i) 
sin x 
(ii) 
cosec x 
(3x5) 
(6,4,2) 
(6,4,2) 


I 
(iii) 
tan X 
(iv) 
cos x + sin x 
(b) 
Evaluate <r> for the electron in the ls atomic orbital of the H-atom 
1 
for which the normalized wavefunction is 1/J(r) = (na~rzexp (- ;), 
where ao is Bohr's radius. 
o· 
. I n 
( 
) d 
n! 
1ven: r exp -ar r = aCn+i) 
( c) 
Draw .R2,o, R2i and r2Ri,a2 versus r for hydrogen atom. 
5. 
(a) The LCAO-MO wavefunction for the H/ ion can be written as: 
6. 
. 
'I'= c1q>A + c,<pa, 
where q,Aand <pa are normalized AO's centered on the nuclei HA and 
Ha respectively: Evaluate 'the expression for the· normalized ground 
state wavefunction. 
(b) S:et up the Hamiltonian for the hydrogen molecule within the Born 
. Oppenheimer approximation. 
(C) 
Us.i~gHii.ckel molecular orbital theory, 
(a) 
(b) 
(i) Write· down the secul~r determinant for ethene. 
(ii) Expre~s energies. as functions of the parameters a and ~ for 
ethene. 
,, 
The. adsorption of gases on solids can be described by Freundlich's 
empirical equation: (x/m) == kp 11n 
Explain the t~:m:is involvep tlnd ~lso explain why the value of 'n·' 
slimild be equal to or:greaterthtm-one. 
: 
. . 
A diatomic gas is adsorbed as atom$ on the. surface· .according to the 
l 
.. 
reaction 
G2 + 2S ~ ZGS 
J 
. :s· I.;;-. 
-· .h. . 
K½p%. 
•. HOWt atB _;:;: .·· . 1/;· ,.1 
. 
. 
~+J( '.,'2p 
2 
. : .·. 
. 
.. 
(c) E:Kplain·why:chemisorpUon'is:moHb'l~yer:where4s physical adsorption 
.· is multilayer. 
-. . 
·' , 
7. 
(a) On 'Yflat>' pr,inGjple · is uranyl . oxalate actinometer b.$e<;l? .E~p lain the 
role'of'9raqyUon. 
· 
· 
(b) Given the following mechanism ofph·otoclierriic.al decomposition of 
hydrqgen iodid¢ · 
Hf + hv 
1
(1bs H + I 
k2 
. 
H +HJ ➔H2 + t 
1<.,3 
• . 
I+ I ➔ 12 
. k4 
H + 12 ➔HI+ I 
(4,4,4) 
(4A,4) 
(4,4,4) 


/ 
/ 
Show that the quantum efficiency of this reaction is 
2 
¢ - ---=--=-
- l + k-4[lz] 
k 2 [Hl] 
(c) Give at least two reasons each for high and low quantum yield. 
8. Write short notes on any three: 
( a) Surface active substances 
(b) Quenching 
( c) Photostationary state 
(d) ~ffect of temperature and pressure on adsorption. 
(e) Lambert-Beer"'s law 
·, 
(4,4,4) 
( 4,4,4) 


S.No. of Question Paper: -6 U q 
Unique paper code: 2171603 
Your Roll No ................. ..•.. 
Name of the paper: Section A: Inorganic- Chemistry of Inorganic Solids. Nanomaterials, 
Section B: Physical- Molecular Spectroscopy. 
Name of Course: B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry 
Sehe,ne:: ofExarninai-ioRs Earst:wbile FYUP 
Semester: VI 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for candidates 
I. Write your Roll No on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2. The question paper carries two Sections (Section A and Section B) 
3. Each Section caries 37 1 / 2 marks. 
4. Use separate sheet for each Section 
Section A 
Attempt any three questions in all 
Question No. I is compulsory and carries 71/2 marks 
I. Answer the following: 
(a) Give an example of Inorganic liquid crystal. 
Or 
----------- Inorganic material is used to improve mechanical properties of 
poly(propene fumarate) for bone tissue engineering. 
(b) What factors arc responsible for intense color in inorganic solids. 
(c) What is the role of autoclave in Hydrothermal method for the synthesis of 
inorganic solids. 
(d) Classify as Solid cationic and so!id anionic electrolyte: 
(i) -
Ag2Hgl4 
(ii) 
YSZ 
(iii) 
Sodium P-Alumina 
(e) What is the origin of color in the following compounds: 
(i) 
PbCr04 
(ii) 
CoAb04 
(iii) 
Cr203. nH20 
(t) Give an example and one application of black pigment. 
(I , 1, 1, 11 h, I, I h, 11 h) 
2. (a) What are carbon nanotubes? Briefly describe the different types of carbon nanotubes 
and their uses. 
(b) Give full form of the following (Any three): 
(i) 
QW & QD 
(ii) 
SWNT & MWNT 
(iii) 
CVD 
(iv) 
YSZ 
P-10 


/ 
f self assembly which offer routes to the control of 
(c) Describe different typtes -~Is Give an example of each type. 
architecture of nanoma en 
· 
Or 
Describe ceramic method for the preparation of inorganic solids. What are its 
disadvantages over other meth0ds. 
. 
(d) Why nanomaterials are different from bulk materials. 
(5, 4, 4, 2) 
3_ (a) Give one method of preparation of silver and gold nanoparticles. Explain the steps 
involved. Write one application of each. 
(b) Give an example of natural nanocomposite. 
Or 
Give an example of white pigment. 
(c) What is bone tissue engineering. Explain by giving a suitable example. 
Or 
Describe biomimetics with respect to how artificial fossilization is used to create 
titania paper. 
(d) What are fullerides? Why are they called Buckminster fullerenes? Explain the 
structure of the best known fulleride. 
4. Write short notes on any three: 
(a) Sol-Gel method for the synthesis oflnorganic solids 
(b) Bottom up and Top down approach to fabricate nanomaterials 
(c) Molecular magnets 
(d) Hydrothermal method for the synthesis of Inorganic solids 
(e) DNA and Nanomaterials 
,._ 
(t) Mixed inorganic pigments 
Section B 
Use of scientific calculator is allowed. 
Constants: 
Avogadro's number= 6.023 x I 023 mo1-1 
Planck's c-onstant, h = 6.626 x 10-34 Js 
Boltzmann constant, k = 1.38 x 10-23 J K-1 
Velocity of light, c = 3 x 10s ms-I 
All questions carry e 
I 
k 
qua mar ·s. Attempt any 3 questions. 
(5, 1, 4, 5) 
(5x3) 
I. a) ~hat is meant by degeneracy? C 1 
·, 
rotat10nal energy levels. 
- · 
a cu late degeneracy for the J = O, 
b) Population of the rotational I 
. 
and 2 
2 
2½ 
4 
c) Derive the following express~vel/ttams a maximum value at Jma.x. Why? 
on 1or Jmn~: 
Im,,= J kT - ~ 
where, Bis the rotational 
2B hc 
2 
d) Tl 
. 
constant 
1e rotational constant (B) f . 
. 
-
o HBr is 8.45 x I 02 m-1. Calculate: 
4 


i. The moment of inertia of the molecule. 
ii. The internuclear distance of HBr. 
2. a) Explain briefly the appearance of hot bands in IR spectroscopy. 
2 
b) Sketch all the possible normal vibration modes of CO2 molecule. Which of these 
vibrational modes are IR active/inactive? Give reason. 
2½ 
c) The energy of the various allowed vibrational energy levels of a diatomic molecule 
following the Morse potential is given by, 
4 
Vv = (v + ~) hve[l - (v + ~)xeJ 
where, v is the vibrational quantum number, Ve is the equilibrium vibrational 
frequency and Xe is the anharmonicity constant. Using the above expression, derive: 
1 
1 
Vmax = Zxe - 2 
where, Vmax is the vibrational quantum number corresponding to the vibrational 
energy level where a diatomic inolecule dissociates into atoms. 
d) The fundamental and first overtone transitions of NO are centred at 1876 cm- 1 and 
3724 cm-
1 respectively. Calculate the equilibrium vibrational frequency and the 
anharinonicity constant. 
4 
3. a) Homo-nuclear diatomi_c molecules are IR inactive but Raman active. Why? 
2 
b) Intensities of Stokes and anti-Stokes lines are comparable in rotational Raman 
spectra but in vibrational Raman spectra, Stokes lines are more intense. Explain. 
2½ 
c) Explain the rule of mutual exclusion by taking typical examples of CO2 and H2O 
molecules. 
4 
d) F 
A B 
I fi II 
. d 
·1 bl 
4 
or 
2 mo ecu e, t1e o owing spectroscopic ata are ava1 a e, 
Wavenumber (cm-1) 
Infrared 
Raman 
589 
Active (PQR) 
Inactive 
1285 
Active (PR) 
Active (polarized) 
2224 
Active (PR) 
Active ( depolarized) 
Predict the structure of the A28 molecule and assign the observed lines to the 
corresponding vibrations. 
4. a) What is the effect of isotopic substitution on the rotational spectra of the molecule? 
Give suitable example. 
2 
b) What is the basic requirement for a molecule to exhibit: 
2Y; 
i. Rotational spectrum 
ii. Vibrational spectrum 
iii. Raman spectrum 
c) With the help of suitable diagrams, explain the difference between fluorescence 
and phosphorescence. 
', 
4 
d) Give reason for the following: 
4 
i. The vibrational frequency of C--C bond is lower than that for C=C bond. 
ii: The vibrational frequency of C-H bond is higher than that for c.:..f bond. 
t, 
I 
! 


\ 
L 
. 
--
L\ ~~i 
aper contains 6 printed pages. 
]lil )rj J'6 
. 
Your Roll No . ................ . 
. 
Sl.--1.---
. ues. Paper : 649S 
HC 
Unique Paper Code 
: 32171601 
Name of Paper 
: Inorganic Chemistry IV 
Name of Course 
: B.SC. (Hons.) Chemistry 
Semester 
: VI 
Duration 
: 3 hours 
Maximum Marks 
: 7S 
Attempt foe questions in all. Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
1. Answer any fifteen questions from the following : 
(i) 
Explain why despite being a 17 electron species V(CO)6 
does not dimerise. 
(ii) 
Using the 18-electron rule as a guide, find the number of 
metal-metal bonds in FeiCO)12 and the charge on the 
species [Co(CO)4]x 
(iii) 
What is meant by the term hapticity? 
. 
(iv) 
Is the given compound an organometallic compound? 
Zn(Et)4 
B(OMe)3 
(v) 
Give one example of each of the following: 
(a) Ionic organometallic compound 
(b) 7t complex 
P.T.O. 


6495 
(vi) 
Which is a more powerful nucleophile: 
[Mn(C0)5] or [Co(C0)4]? 
(vii) Give the name and chemical formula of the compound 
which gives green-edged flame in ·the test for Bo3- 1· 
3 
ons 
with ethanol and cone. sulphuric acid. 
· 
(viil) What do you understand by common ion effect? Explain 
giving an example. 
(ix) 
Give the chemical name of BAL. 
(x) 
How will the C-C bond length be affected in Zeise's 
salt when th~ hydrogen of ethene is replaced by 
fluorine? 
(xi) 
Why is direct nitration of ferrocene not possible? 
(xii) Name a disease associated with excess of copper. 
Fill in the blanks: 
(xiii) Wilkinson's catalyst is used for the ............. of alkene. 
(xiv) Among the Group II sulphides, the colour of CdS is ......... , 
and Sb2S3 is ........ ... . ... . 
(xv) Both F and c20;- give a white precipitate on adding 
freshly prepared ...... ........ .. solution to acidified soda 
extract but in case of the latter, acid extract of the 
precipitate decolourises dilute ............... . 
(xvi) Effect of pH on oxygen uptake ofHb is known as•········ 
(xvii) High dose of iron supplementation may lead to •············· 
1xt5=15 
2 
2. ( a) Explain the changes observed in the IR stretching frequency 
of the C--0 bond in : 
(i) tenninal and bridging carbonyl group, and 
(ii) carbonyl compounds of the same metal when 
some CO molecules are replaced by poor 7t acceptor 
groups. 
(b) What is meant by synergic effect? How does it account 
for the formation of carbonyl complexes of transition metals 
in low oxidation states? Does the synergic effect also 
play a role in strengthening platinum-carbon bond in 2.eise's 
salt? 
( c) Draw the structure of methyl lithium. In which category 
of organometallic compounds will you place it? 
What are the coordination numbers of Li ·and C in the 
tetramer? 
3x5=15 
3. (a) Give two methods of synthesis offerrocene and discuss its 
structures in solid and gaseous states. 
6495 
(b) Give two reactions of ferrocene which show it is more 
reactive than benzene. 
( c) Predict whether the following obey the EAN rule : 
(i) [Mn(C2HJ(C05)]+, [Co{1t-C3H5)(C0)3], Cr(C0)6 
(ii) Two different structures of Co2(C0)1 are consistent 
3 
P.T.O. 


with 18 electron rule. How will you predict the structure 
on the basis of IR studies? 
3x5=15 
4. (a) Give the complete cycle describing each step to outline the 
working of the Ziegler-Natta catalyst for the isotactic 
polymeriz.ation of ethene. 
(b) What are the characteristics of a good catalyst? How can 
a catalyst be deactivated? 
( c) Give a possible mechanism of conversion of synthesis· 
gas to synthetic gasoline by Fischer-Tropsch method. 
3x5=15 
5. (a) A mixture of salts, when heated with ethanol and cone. 
8zS0 
4 gave a gas A which burnt with a green-edged flame 
when ignited. The mixture also gave a red gas B when 
heated with potassium dichromate and cone. ~S04 The 
pungent gas evolved on heating the mixture with sodium 
hydroxide solution gave a brown precipitate C with potassium 
tetraiodomercurate (II). The residue left on.boiling the 
mixture with dilute HCl is soluble in hot water and the hot 
solution gives a white precipitate D with dilute sulphuric 
acid and a yellow precipitate E with potassium chromate 
solution Identify (withformula)A,B, C,D andEandname 
the ions present. 
6495 
4 
(b) (i) How is the 'lake test" for alwninium perf onned? What 
do you understand by 'lake'? 
(it) . Explain the brown ring test for nitrate ion. Give the 
_ composition of the brown ring. 
( c) Give the appropriate test with reactions to distinguish 
between: 
(i) F- and C 0 2-
2 
4 
(it) co2- and C · 0 2-
3 
2 
4 
3x5=15 
6. (a) (i) How is the unequal conc~tration of Na+ and K+ ions 
in extra cellular and intracellular fluid controlled in 
the human body? Give a diagrammatic representation 
of the process and explain the mechanism involved 
init 
(iti) Wh at would have happened if the ATPase involved 
in the sodium-potassium pump did not undergo 
eversion? 
(b) In what parts of human body are ferritin and transferrin 
found? What are their functions? Explain. 
( c) What are the functions of Haemoglobin and Myoglobin? 
Highlight their differences. 
3x5=15 
7. (a) Which metal is present at the active site of the enzyme 
carbonic anhydrase? What is its coordination number and 
6495 
5 
P.T.0. 


6495 
how is it satisfied? What special features of this metal make 
it an excellent biocatalyst? 
(b) Illustrate the curve in the graph that shows the degree of 
saturation of haemoglobin and myoglobin as a fimction of 
the pressure of oxygen. 
( c) How does cis-platin block cell proliferation? 
3x5=15 
'\' . . 
. . , 
11 
6 
1600 


1 
This question paper contains 7 print~ges] 
Roll No. 11111111 I 
I 
11 
S. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
6496 
32171602 
Organic Chemistry-V 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
VI 
HC 
~~Yt'f 
· Semester 
Duration : 3 Hou rs 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
1. 
. Attempt six questions in all. 
Question No. · 1 carries 15 marks. 
Answer any five p~rts : 
(a) 
Write the · open chain structure for the aldaric acid 
obtained by the oxidation of mannose with concentrated 
nitric acid. Is the product optically active ? Explain with 
the help of structur~s. 
(b) 
Which compound out of the following pairs will show 
carbonyl stretching vibration at higher frequency and 
why? 
(ii) 
RCOCH3 and RCONH2 
P.T.O. 


2. 
(c) 
(d) 
. (e) 
( 
2 
) 
6496 
Define Triblock polymers giving suitable example/s. 
Explain the change in Amax value for n~ n * transition 
of acetone on changing from a non-polar solvent to polar 
so lvent. 
Indicate the conditions under which the following changes 
take place ? 
Leuco base p 
C_olour base p 
Dye 
(j) 
How many types of chemically equivalent protons are 
there in CH3CHCICH2CH 3 ? Give reason. 
(g) 
Write the structure and _common name of 4-O-a-D-
gl ucopyranosy l-'3-D-( + )-gl ucopyranose. 
5x3=15 
An organic compound A, has molecular formulae C9H 10O2• 
Deduce the structure of A based on the following spectral 
data : 
NMR 
o values 
Intensity 
Multiplicity 
722 
5 
singlet 
L,, 
5.0 
2 
singlet 
'-
1.96 
3 
singlet 
IR 
( 
3 
) 
6496 
174.5 cm-1, 1225 cm-', 2950 cm-1 , 3030 cm-'; VV: A max 264 
(E 40) in water. 
Calculate the double bond equivalents for A, deduce the 
structure of A and explain the complete spectral data. 
12 
(a) 
Calculate the A 
value for the following compounds 
max 
giving details 
(any three) : 
(1) 
HO 
(ii) 
(iii) 
P.T.O. 


(b) 
4. 
(a) 
( 
4 
) 
6496 
(iv) 
0 
Values for calculations 
Heteroannular diene: 214 nm 
Acyclic/Six membered cyclic a, 13-unsaturated ketone 
215run 
Homoannular diene : 253 rim 
Alkyl group/ Exocyclic double bond :· 5 nm 
Extended conjugation : 30 nm 
-
3x2=o 
How will you distinguish between the following pairs of 
compounds using IR spectrum ? Give reasons. 
(z) 
o-hydroxymethylbenzoate and p-hydroxymethyl-
benzoate 
(ii) 
Acetophenone and benzaldehyde 
Jx2=o 
Differentiate between the following pairs of compounds 
based on UV spectroscopy : 
5. 
(b) 
(c) 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
( 
5 
) 
6496 
(1) 
Fumaric acid and Maleic acid 
(ii) 
Butanone and methylvinylketone 
Explain Anisotropic effect and state why ethylinic 
protorrs absorb at higher cS value as compared to acetylenic 
protons in NMR spectra. 
An organic compound A, having molecular formulae 
C3H 6O, 
gave 
the 
following 
spectral 
data 
UV : A 
292 nm, E 21. 
max 
IR : 1710 cm-1, no absorption near 2720 & 2820 cm-1 _ 
Deduce the structure of A and explain the entire spectral 
data. 
4,4,4. 
Convert D~ribose to next higher aldose. 
Glucose on treatment with acetic anhydride leads to two 
isomeric pentacetyl derivatives, neither of these reduces 
Tollen's or Fehling's reagents. Account for these obser-
vations and give structures of their derivatives. 
Explain Amadori rearrangement for the formation of 
fructosazone from D-fructose. 
4,4,4 
P.T.O. 


6. 
7. 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
( 
6 
) 
6496 
What are epimers ? Explain using suitable examples. 
Suggest a method to convert . D- (+)-Glucose to 
D-(+)-Mannose. 
What are redu"cing and non-reducing_ sugars ? Explain with 
the help of suitable structures and give one example for 
each category. 
Rufrs degradation 
A 
(c6H1206) 
D-
ldohexose 
Cone. H~03 
D l C6H100s) 
( optically in-actiye 
Aldaric acid) 
C 
(C5H100s) 
(D-Aldopentose) 
1 
Ruffs deg_'a~a'tion 
B 
(C6H1206) 
D-Aldohexose 
A is a C-3 epimer of glucose. Deduce the structures of 
A,B,C,D and explain all the reactions. 
4,4,4. 
(a) 
Write the mechani~m of polymerisation of isobutylene to 
polyisobutylene by using Bf 3 in presence of traces of 
water. 
(b) 
Differentiate between addition and condensation 
polymerisation giving suitable examples. 
8. 
6496 
(c) 
(a) 
(b) 
( 
7 
) 
64% 
What do you understand by the terms-Syndiotactic, 
lsotactic and Atactic polymers ? Explain taking 
polyvinyrchloride as an example. 
4,4,4 
Give one synthesis of lndigotin from anthranilic acid. 
Which form of lndigotin is used for dying ? 
Write down the possible structures of Phenolphthalein 
in : 
(i) 
Acidic medium 
(ii) 
Alkaline medium 
(iii) 
Strongly alkaline medium. 
Explain in which medium will Phenolphthalein be pink in 
colour and why ? 
(c) 
. Dyes can be distinguished on the basis of their classi-
fication, strl!ctures and uses. Differentiate between Methyl 
orange and Malachite green using all the above mentioned 
properties. 
4,4,4 
7 
1,600 


1;}) 
[This que stion paper contains 8 printed 
Your Roll No. 
. ...•..................... 
SI. No. of Q. Paper : 9417 
Unique Paper Code 
: 32177903 
"" o..~;1/ I:, 
~
' 
.. 
'T"f' 
. 
HC \~ 
• 
'!'.,-
C"• I 
"' 
1' 
.'\, , 
.. 
.. 
,~ -~/ 
...... . , ... ,., ':\ . / 
Name of the Course : B.Sc (Hons.) - Chemistry: 
DSE-3 
Name of the Paper 
: Applications of Computers 
in Chemistry 
Semester 
: VI 
Time : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates : 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) All questions are compulsory. 
(c) Attempt all parts of a question together 
1. Attempt any five parts : 
a. Write the full form of any three of the 
following : 
(i) DOS 
(ii) ISP 
(iii) ALU 
P.T.O. 


(iv) HLL 
(v) GUI 
b. Write in following algebraic expressio 
. 
BASIC: 
n In 
(i) 
n(x~ - x~) 
x=----
2(a + b)x 
(ii) 
k = Ae(-Ea/RT) 
(iii) y = IX I 
c. Explain the following commands 
(i) INT(X) (ii) 
FIX(X) (iii) DEF FNA(X) 
d. Differentiate between the following: 
(i} 
Overflow error and Underflow error 
(ii} 
Machine language and Assembly 
language 
(iii} 
Software and hardware 
e. Convert the following numbers 
(i) 
( ii) 
(l 75.25) 10to binary number 
(11101.1101) 2 to decimal number 
2 
f. 
Explain the following terms: 
(i) Debugging 
(ii) ASCII code 
(iii) Syntax error 
2. Attempt any three : 
9417 
(3 x5) 
(a) Identify and correct the error in following : 
(i) Let 2A= "CHEMISTRY" 
(ii) LOCATE (30, 20) 
(b) Which of the following cannot be used as 
1' file names in BASIC. Give reason : 
(i) Quadratic 
(iv) Welcome 
(ii) Save 
(iii) Chem-1 
(c) Write a program to calculate mean and 
variance of the following data : 
X: 1.99, 1.87, 1.925, 
1.895, 1. 989 
(d) Write a program in BASIC to print all odd 
numbers between O and N and find the sum 
of their square. 
(4,4,4) 
3 
P.T.O. 


9--+ l 7 
. 
th output of the following programs 
3. Wnte 
e 
(a) SCREEN 2 
WINDOW (0,0)-(100, 100} 
R= .5 
FOR I= 1 TO 5 
CIRCLE (40,60),R 
R= R+l 
NEXTI 
END 
(b) A$= "PHYSICAL" 
B$ = "CHEMISTRY" 
C$ =A$+ B$ 
D$ = LEFT$(A$, 3) 
E$ =D$ + "."+B$ 
SWAP A$, B$ 
Print A$, B$, C$, D$ and E$ 
4 
(c) SCREEN 2 
LINE (10, 10)-(400, 10) 
LINE (10,10)-(10, 100) 
PSET (50,50) 
CIRCLE (50,50),20 
END 
9417 
(4,4,4) 
4. (a) Indicate the error in the following program. 
Write the corrected program. 
10 PRINT A 
20 INPUT A,B 
30 FOR I= 1 TO 10 
40 FORJ = I+l TO 10 
45 C= 0: D = 0 
50 C =A+ I+ C 
60 D= B + J + D 
70 NEXT I 
80 NEXTJ 
90 PRINT C, D 
100 END 
5 
P.T.O. 


9417 
(b) Write statements 1n BASIC to get the 
following output : 
(i) Print HELLO in the centre of the screen 
(ii) One dimensional array of 5 names using 
INPUT command 
(iii) Generate a rectangle with diagonal 
coordinates (20,20) and (500,180) 
(iv) Generate random number between 0 
and 10. 
(c) 
(i) What is the use of REM command? 
(ii) Explain Newton Raphson's method for 
solving a polynomial. 
(4,4,4) 
5. (a) Write a program for calculation of 
enthalpyusing trapezoidal method from the 
expression : 
T, 
~H = J 
(A+BT +CT
2)dt 
T1 
6 
I 
) 
I 
A 
9417 
(b) Write a program in BASIC to evaluate the 
following series : 
x2 
x4 
x6 
cos(x) = l - -+---
2! 
4! 
6! 
The value should be accurate till 4 1h place 
after decimal. 
(c) Identify valid and invalid variables. Give 
reasons 
(i) REM 
(ii) A$2 
(iii) SUM 
(iv) B-1 
6. Attempt all parts 
(4,4,4) 
(a) Explain binary bisection method for solving 
the polynomial. 
(b) Write a program in BASIC to find the root 
lying between O and 1 for the following 
equation using binary bisection method. 
x 4 -x -10 =0 
7 
P.T.O. 


9417 
(c) Write a program to print the transpose of 
the m atrix : 
3 
5 
7 
2 
4 
6 
1 
9 
8 
8 
(4,4,4) 
900 


I~ 
This question paper contains 4 printed png~s 
Your Roll No, ,,.. .... 
, ••. ·- ..•.•••..••. 
S. No. of Paper 
: 9422 
l!llt?A,ry 
Unique Paper Code 
: 32177908 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
: Green Chemistry/ 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry / B.Sc. (Prog.) 
: DSE-3 / 1B 
Semester 
Duration 
Maximum Marks 
: VI 
: 3 bours 
: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt q{this question paper.) 
Attempt any five questions. Each question ·carries 15 marks. 
Attempt all parts o.f a question together. 
· 1. ( a) Define atom economy. 
(b) Explain by taking suitable example, how per cent yield 
is different from atom economy in a chemical reac-
tion. 
( c) Find out the per cent yield and atom e~onomy of the 
following reactions. Compare and comment on their 
values: 
+ 3H ,0 
,. 
0 
P. T. 0. 


2 
(ii) 
(iii) 
(Molecular mass of C=l2, N=l4, 0=16, S=32, H= l ) 
(d) What are Rightfit pigments? What are their advantages 
over heavy metal or organic pigments? 
1,2,3 x 3,3 
2· (a) What do you understand by alternative sources of 
energy? Give one example. 
(b) Explain the principle of heat transfer in convention~! 
method of heating and compare it with microwave 
assisted heating. 
3 
(c) What type of vessels are used in microwave assisted 
chemical reactions? 
( d) Discuss the following reactions under microwave 
radiations. Give at least two advantages over the 
conventional method. 
(i) Hoffman Elimination 
(ii) Diels Alder Reaction. 
2,3.2:2 X 4 
3. (a) Why' is ultrasound preferred over the conventional 
energy source? 
(b) Explain the benefits of Simmons Smith reaction in 
ultrasonic condition over conventional method by 
providing both the routes. 
(c) What are ionic liquids? Explain with an example. 
(d) How is supercritical CO2 a viable green alternative? 
Discuss its role in drycleaning. 
(e) Explain the difference between homogeneous and 
heterogeneous catalyst by taking suitable example. 
2,3,3,4,3 
4. (a) Write down the green synthesis of the following com-
pounds: 
(i) Catechol 
(ii) Polylactic acid. 
Also give the conventional synthetic route and explain 
why the conventional method is not green. 


14 
(b) What are the advantages of biocatalysts over heavy 
metal catalysts? 
. 
. ( C) Discuss the application of enzymes in the inqustrial r 
· process by taking the example of Adipic acid. 
(d) What are VOC's? What are its greener alternatives? 
2 X 4,2,2,3 
5. (a) What is green che1nistry? 
(b) How is Green Chemistry need of the hour? 
,, 
( c) Write down twelve principles of green chemistry and · 
briefly discuss any two principles with suitab]e i 
example. 
(d) How do chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and N20 deplete ,. 
the ozone layer? Explain this · with relevant chemical ~ 
ii 
reactions. 
2,2, 7 ,4 : 
6. (a) Write short notes on any four of the following: 
(i) Solventless processes. 
' \ 
( 
-i 
!,, 
(ii) Analytical techni.ques to mini1nize the generation t 
of hazardous substances in chemical processes. 
(iii) Waste or pollution prevention hierarchy. 
(iv) Aqueous phase reactions. 
( v) Inherent safer designs to prevent chemical '. 
accidents. 
(vi) Green Chemistry in sustainable development. 
(b) Discuss the role of tellurium in•· organic synthesis. · 
3 X 4,3 
800 
" 


. ~~ARY 
[This ques 
· • ... 
... ~/ 
- .~ ~
/ 
;_.,,.,---
paper contains 4 printed pages.] )\\'\)'~ 
Your Roll No .............. . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 9423A 
HC 
32177909 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Industrial Chemicals and Environment 
Semester 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry : DSE-4 
VI 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all. 
3. 
All questions carry 15 marks each. 
4. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
1. 
( a) Fill in the blanks : (any five) 
(i) Lapse rate is ___ in Troposphere. 
(ii) Chronic exposure of plants to S02 gas leads to 
(iii) Region of a water body rece1v1ng m1n1mum 
sunlight is known as __ _ 
zone. 
P.T.O. 


9423A 
2 
(iv) Nitric acid can be manufactured by 
process . 
(v) Nuclear waste is commonly disposed off in 
(vi) Borax is frequently used for 
(b) Define the following with suitable reactions or examples 
(any five) 
(i) Acid rain 
(ii) Cryogenic science 
(iii) Inversion 
(iv) ALBEDO 
(v) Oxygen enrichment process 
(vi) Green Chemistry 
(c) Draw a labelled diagram of different regions of 
atmosphere showing altitude, temperature variation and 
chemical species existing in each region. 
(5,5,5) 
2. 
(a) How is hypo manufactured? What are the main 
applications of hypo and what precautions should be 
kept in mind while using it? 
(b) Discuss the aerobic digestion process applied during 
treatment of water. 
9423A 
3 
(c) Using a suitable example, explain the refining of metals 
by Mond's process. 
(d) "Biocatalysts are a boon for green chemistry." Elaborate. 
(5,4,3,3) 
3. 
(a) What are the major sources and sinks of different NOx? 
Give a method of estimating the amount of NOx in an 
air sample. 
(b) In the case of Blast furnace show how carbon reduces 
iron oxide at all temperatures. 
( c) How is low grade coal converted into liquid fuel? 
(d) Discuss three different properties of water that make it 
an essential component of life. 
(5,4,3,3) 
4 . 
(a) How do fertilizers pollute a water body? How can this 
pollution be controlled? Give "Liebig's law of minimum" 
and explain its significance. 
(b) Name four different greenhouse gases. How are they 
affecting global warming? 
(c) List the advantages of wind energy, how can it be 
harnessed? 
(d) Draw a labelled diagram of biogeochemical cycle of 
Sulphur. 
(5,4,3,3) 
P.T.O . 


9423A 
4 
5. 
(a) What is the difference between BOD and COD? How 
does the method of determination of the two parameters 
vary, discuss in detai 1? 
(b) Name the pollutants present 1n the effluents of each, 
tannery and textile industries. Suggest a method of 
treatment for the same. 
( c) How is nuclear fission different from nuclear fusion? 
Compare their energy efficiency. 
(d) How does catalytic converter in an automobile reduce 
air pollution? 
(5,4,3,3) 
6. 
Write short notes on any three of the following : 
(a) Photochemical smog 
(b) Manufacture and uses of Nitrogen 
( c) Methods of controlling parti9ulate matter in air 
( d) Disposal of sludge 
(5x3) 
11 
(300) 0

OLL 
AA, 
16Is8 LIBRARY 
This question paper contains 8 printedPeges 
Your Roll No. 
SI. No. of Q. Paper 1809 
GC-4 
Unique Paper Code 
:32171201 
Name of the Course :B.Sc.(Hons.) Chemisttry 
Name of the Paper 
:Organic Chemistry-1 
Semester 
: II 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b Attempt any six questions in all. 
(c) Question No.1 carries 15 marks. 
1. (a) Differentiate between E1 and E2 reactions. 
(b) Salicyclic acid (pka = 2.98) is more acidic 
than o-methoxy salicylic acid (pka = 4.09). 
Explain why? 
(c) Identify type of intermediate among the 
following as 10, 2°, 3° and which 
intermédiate(s) will rearrange preferably ? 
A 
B 
C 
D 
P.T.O. 


1809 
1809 
(c) In the reaction coordinate diagram shown 
(A-E) indicate: 
(d) Among ethylamine and aniline which one 
is more basic and why? 
(e) Explain when 1-chloropropane reacts with 
benzene under Friedel Craft's alkylation 
the product obtained is not n-propyl 
benzene but 2-phenyl propane. 
B 
D 
5x3-15 
c 
Draw structures of the following (Attempt any 
six) 
2. 
6x2 12 
Energy 
A 
E 
(a) (R) -
2- Bromobutanoic acid 
(b) (S) - 2 
Pentanol 
Reaction coordinate 
(c) (E) -2- Bromo-1-chloro-1- iodo-1-propene 
(d) (2)-3- Flouro-2- methy1-hex-2-enoic acid 
(e) (E)- Ethenedioic acid 
() (2)- 3-Ethy- 4,4,5- trimethyl-hex-2-ene 
(1) What point(s) represent{S) transition state (s)? 
(ii) What point(s) is (are) reactive intermediate(s) ? 
3x4=12 
(R)- 2 
chloropropanoic acid 
(h) (S)-1-Dutereo-1- phenyl ethane 
4. (a) Give mechanism for addition of bromine to 
cis-2-butene. 
(b) In the above reaction write down possible 
stereoisomers of the product formed, 
designate respective D and L and the 
relation between the isomers 
3. (a) Write mechanism of reaction caused by 
reacting 3-methyl butene with HOBr. 
(b llustrate the meaning of hydration and 
nydrogenation using propene as your 
example, giving required reaction 
(c) Butane-2-ol contains an asymmetric 
carbon atom, but the product of the 
reaction of but-1-ene with concentrated 
sulphuric acid followed by water is not 
optically active. Explain. 
conditions respectively. 
3 
P.T.O 
2 


1809 
1809 
(b) Calculate the % of isomers formed durinng 
(d) Give reaction conditions for the followingg 
reaction and explain with mechanism 
4x3-12 
the monobromination of 2,3 dimethyl 
butane. The relative reactivity of primary, 
O 
secondary and tertiary hydrogen are 
1,82,1600 respectively. 
(c) Comment upon order of reactivity in 
5. (a) Explain why nitration of toluene and 
halogenations of alkanes follows 
trifluoromethyl benzene differ in their 
F 
Cl, 
Br, > I 2 
But the selectivity follows: Br,> C1,>1,>F-
3x4 12 
respective product ratios: 
CH 
6. (a) Predict the product(s) for the following 
reactions with plausible explainations: 
CH 
CH 
CHs 
NO2 
HNO3 
H,So 
No2 
Alcoholic KOH A 
o-Nitrotoluene 
m-Nitrotoluene 
3% 
NO2 
i) H,C-¢ CH 
63% 
p-Nitrotoluene 
34% 
Br 
CF3 
No 
CF3 
(ii) (CHCH-C(N"(C,HJ) CH, + AgOH, heat>B 
3 
HNO 
H,SO 
CH, 
H 
No 
NaOCH, 
(Trifluomethyl o-Nitro(trifluoro 
benzene) 
(il) 
Noa 
>C 
Br 
mctayl) 
m-Nitroftrifluoro p-Nitro(trifluoro 
methyl) 
benzene 91% 
benzene 6% 
methyl) 
benzene 3% 
H 
CH 
5 
P.T.O. 
4 


1809 
1809 
(b) Complete the following reaction with 
7. Identify among following as aromatic, 
complete regioselectivity : 
antiaromatic and nonaromatic and give reason 
CH, 
+KMnO, 
H,C 
C= 
for your answer: 
(Cold) 
H 
(ii) 1-Octene + NBS- 
(a) 
(iii) 2-Butyne + H, Lindlar's Catalyst (Pd/ 
BaSO) 
B 
C 
A 
(b) Draw energy diagram of chair, boat and 
CH 
twist cyclohexanes. 
(iv) 
(c) Determine the relationship in between 
HC-CHO 
following pairs of compounds : 
(6,4,2) 
CH 
OH 
OH 
+SO,CI 
(v) 
CH 
CI 
(vi) 1-Butyne +1) NaN H, ;2) CHCH Br 
(6,6) 
P.T.O. 
6 


1809 
8. Write 
short 
notes 
on 
(Any four) 
8. 
4x3-12 
(i) 
Difference in substitution and elimination 
reactions. 
(ii) Bayer's strain theory. 
(iii) Mechanism of sulfonation (with toluene). 
(iv) Mechanism 
of 
Hydroboration 
of 
cyclohexene. 
(v) 
Mechanism 
of 
HBr 
addition 
on 
1, 4-Butadiene. 
8 
1700 


BA 
LBRAR 
9S1 
This questioA paper contajns 
printed pages 
Your Roll No. 
S1. No. of Q. Paper 
: 1810 
GC-4 
Unique Paper Code 
:32171202 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc.(Hons.) Chemistry 
Name of the Paper 
:Physical Chemistry-II
Semester 
:II 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Answer six questions in all. 
(c) Question No.1 is compulsory. 
(d) Use of scientific calculators is allowed. 
Logarithmic tables can be provided if 
required. 
1. Explain giving reasons any five of the following: 
5x3-15 
(a) What are extensive and intensive variables ? 
Classify the following as extensive or 
intensive 
-
energy, molar entropy, heat 
capacity and chemical potential. 
P.T.O. 


1810 
1810 
(b) Synthesis of ammonia which is an 
exothermic reaction is preferably carried 
out at low temperature and high pressure. 
2. (a) Describe the Joule 
- Thomson experiment. 
Show that the expansion in this 
experiment is an isenthalpic process. 
(c) N,O does not possess zero entropy at OK. 
(d) Freezing 
of 
a 
substance
occurs 
(b) One mole of an ideal gas with C, 
= 3/2 R 
spontaneously below its freezing point 
although it leads to a more ordered state. 
undergoes adiabatic reversible expansion 
from 22.4L to 44.8L. If the initial 
(e) Comment on units of the équilibrium 
temperature is 27°C, calculate the final 
constant K, for the reaction: 
temperature and the work done in the 
process. 
H,(e)+50,s)-> H,o(s) 
(c) Derive the relation: 
Experimental value of Osmotic pressure of 
solutions of benzoic acid in water and inn 
C-C-P+lv,|\Tp 
benzene (at same concentration) is found 
to be different.
3. (a) Show that for a 
gas that follows the 
8) For an ideal solution partial molar volume 
a 
equation P2 V 
RT, P is a 
state 
Or the components is same as their molar 
Volumes. True or False ? Give reasons. 
4 
function. 
(h) Comment on the heat capacity of water in 
(b) Define bond dissociation enthalpy and bond 
enthalpy. Why are they identical fora 
4 
equilibrium with ice at 0°C and 1 atm. 
diatomic molecule ? 
3 
P.T.O. 
2 


1810 
S10 
(c) The standard enthaply of fomation of 
gaseous H,O at 25C is -
241.82kJmoll, 
Determine it's value at 100°C. Cpm (H,0, g) 
= 33.58 JK' mol, C»,m (H2:g) 
= 28.84 JK 
(b) Calculate AS for the transformation Ice 
(0C, 1 bar) > Steam (100°C, 1 bar) if 
T 
0°C, AH 
= 6.100 KJ mol', T, = 100c, 
C, (H,0, 1) 
= 75.24JK moland 
5 
mol, Cm (O2, g)= 29.37 JK mol. 
4 
AHVaD 40.65 kJmol. 
(c) Show that the decrease in Gibbs free 
energy at constant temperature and 
pressure is equal to network over and 
above the mechanical work. 
4. (a) Starting from H 
= 
f (T, P) show that 
HaCT-v and T 
=0 for an 
3 
6. (a) The partial molar volume of ethanol in an 
ethanol-water solution with 55 mole% 
ethanol in 58 cm3 mol. The density of 
ideal gas. 
5 
b) Calculate the free energy change and 
solution is 0.85gcms. Calculate the partial 
5 
molar volume of water in the solution. 
maximum work that can be extracted from 
the given reaction, carried out in a bomb 
(b) Using Gibb's 
- Duhem equation, show that 
for a two component system, if the 
chemical potential of one component 
increases then the chemical potential of 
other component must decrease. 
calorimeter at 25°C 
4 
CH,,O.s)+60, (g) 
6CO,(e)+6H,O ( 
AU = -2810kJmol and AS 
182.4JK-' 
5 
(c) State zeroth law of thermodynamics and 
give one of its applications. 
(c) Which of the following are not partial molar 
quantity? 
2 
3 
(av 
anT 
5. (a) Show that pv 
= constant for an ideal gas 
undergoing reversible adiabaitc expansion. 
ôn, 
and/ H) 
on TV 
4 
5 
P.T.O. 
4 


1810 
1810 
8. (a) Derive a relation between Van't Hoff factor 
7. (a) Consider the reaction N,O, (g)= 2NO, (g) 
and degree of dissociation of a weak 
at 25°C and 1 atm. If 1 mole of N,O, is 
3 
electrolyte. 
confined in a vessel at 1 atm pressure, 
(b) The addition of 100g of a compound to 750g 
calculate the degree of dissociation if AG. 
of CCl, lowered the freezing point of the 
for N,O, is 95.8 and for NO, is 50.3 kJ mol 
5 
solvent by 10.5K. Calculate the molar mass 
of the compound and the osmotic pressure 
(b) Derive 
the
van't 
Hoff 
equation 
of the solution at 298 K given K, = 31.8 
dénk,-AH° 
KKgmol and density of CCI, is 1.59 gcm 
R 
5 
(c) Predict the sign of ASsys, giving reasons, 
(c) Define Raoult's law and Henry's law ? 
2 
for any two of the following: 
3 
(d) Explain why aerated soda bottles give 
effervescence on opening. 
2 
() CaCO,(s) 
>CaO(s) +6 cO,(g) 
9. (a) State 
and 
expiain 
third 
law 
of 
(11) When a normal rubber band is 
thermodynamics. How is it useful in 
stretched. 
calculating the absolute entropy of a 
4 
substance? 
(ii) N,(s) +O,(g) 
2 NO(g) 
7 
P.T.O 


1810 
(OV 
(b) Derive the relation as. 
4 
OP 
(c) Calculate the enthalpy change for the 
reaction 
CH,(g)+ H,(g)- C,H, C,H, (g) 
Bond energy values of C 
- C, C = C, C 
-
H, 
H 
H bond are 336.81, 606.68, 410.87, 
431.79 kJmol respectively. 
4 
8 
1700 


COLL 
AN afrodeir froteir ld A2 
This questionpdper contains 6 printed pages.] 
LIBRARYY 
Your Roll No.... 
SNo of Qúestion Paper 
751 
G 
Unique Paper Code 
217201 
Name of the Paper 
Physical Chemistry -
I Chemical 
Thermodynamics and Systems of 
Variable Composition 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry 
Semester 
II 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
1. 
2. 
Attempt six questions in all. 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
4. 
Use of scientific calculator and log table is allowed. 
4. 
1. 
Explain why 
(a) Heat of neutralization of all acids and bases in dilute
solution is constant. 
(b) Differentiate between isolated and open system. 
(c) The entropy of a perfectly crystalline substance is Zero 
at the zero of Kelvin. Explain. 
P.T.O. 


751 
2 
751 
(d) Explain with examples spontaneous and non spontaneous 
(c) At 25°C for the combustion of 1 mole of liquid benzene 
processes. 
the heat of reaction at constant pressure is given byy: 
(e) Give the significance of Chemical Potential. 
CgH, (1)+ 7%0, (g) -6 CO, (g) +3 HO(1). AH 
= -780.980 Cal 
(f) What is inversion temperature in Joule-Thomson 
What would be the heat of reaction at constant volume? 
(4+4+4) 
Effect. 
(6x2%) 
2 
(a) Explain the term entropy and give its physical 
4. 
(a) What is the significance of partial molar free energy or 
2. 
significance. The entropy of the universe is increasing. 
the chemical potential ? 
Explain. 
(b) Derive the thermodynamic equation for open system in 
(b) Given that dU 
= 
TdS 
-
PdV, show that 
terms of u, H, A, S and V. 
1) dH = VdP + TdS 
(c) The heat of combustion of ethyl alcohol is -330 kcal. If 
(ii) dG = -SdT + VdP 
the heat of formation of CO,(g) and H,O(1) be -94.3 
ii) dA 
-SdT -Pdv 
kcal and -68. kcal respectively, calculate the heat of 
formation of ethyl alcohol. 
(c) Calculate the value of Au and AH on heating 64.0 g of 
O, from 0°C to 100°C. The C, and C values on an 
Given 
average are 5.0 and 7.0 cal/mol/deg. 
(3+5+4) 
CH,OH)+ 30,(g)> 2C0,(g) + 3H;,O() 
AH =-330 kcal 
AH=-94.3 kcal 
(a) Deduce the free energy function for isothermal conditions. 
3. 
C(graphite)+ 0,(g) 
CO,(g) 
What is the physical significance of G ? 
AH =-68.5 kcal 
H(g) 
+40,(g) 
HO() 
(b) Define the enthalpy of neutralization and explain why all 
acids and bases in dilute solutions have constant enthalpy 
(4+4+4) 
of neutralization. 
P.T.O. 


751 
5 
751 
5. 
(a) Deduce Entropy Change for an ideal gas in terms of 
(ii) 
Constant S and P 
) T and V as variables 
(iv) 
Constant P and T 
(i) P and T as variables. 
(c) What is Joule-Thomson Effect and give its significance? 
How is the Joule-Thomson Coefficient (u) related with 
(4+4+4) 
(b) Derive Maxwell's Thermodynamic Relations. 
cooling of the gas ? 
() (ST/OVs 
= -(OP/Os), 
(ii) (OS/aV), 
= (OP/ôT), 
7. 
(a) Derive the Clausius and Clapeyron equation to be applied 
to various physical equilibria. 
(c) For the reaction 
(b) How can the third law of thermodynamics be used to 
2H,(g) + 0,(g) > 2H,O(g) 
determine the absolute entropy of stcam at 373 K and 
1.0 atm pressure ? 
The Gibbs free energy changes at 298 K and 500K are 
-474.36 kJ and -408.4 kJ, respectively. Calculate the 
(c) (i) State Function and Path Functions. 
heat of reaction. 
(4+4+4) 
(4+3+5) 
(i) Reversible and Irreversible Processes. 
6. 
(a) What are the conditions of equilibrium and criteria for
8. 
(a) What do you understand by the terms C. and C,? 
a spontaneous change? 
Derive 
(6) Summarize the criteria for reversible and irreversible 
C- C, 
VT a?/B 
reaction at 
) Constant E and V 
(b) Derive the following. relationship for an ideal gas 
undergoing adiabatic procesSs. 
i) Constant S and V 
PVY = constant 
P.T.O. 


6 
751 
(c) The heat of reaction for N, + 3H, 2NH, at 27°C was 
found to be -21.976 kcal. What will be heat of reaction 
at 50°C? 
[The molar heat capacity at constant P and at 27°C for 
N, H, and NH, are 6.8, 6.77 and 8.86 cal/mol/deg.1 
(4+4+4) 
(100) 


cOLL 
(13 
ThPSS per contains 7 printed pages.] 3SI 
Your Roll No... 
Sr. NorofQuestion Paper 
752
G 
Unique Paper Code 
:2172003 
Name of the Paper 
Analytical Method in Chemical 
Analysis [CHHT - 204] 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons) Chemistry 
Semester 
II 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
Attempt Six questions in all including Q. No. 1, which is 
2 
compulsory. 
3 
Use of scientific calculator is allowed. 
3 
4. 
Log table to be provided to the candidates. 
1. 
(a) 
Fill in the blanks (Any Five) 
(5x1-5) 
(i) The Finger print region in the IR spectrum range 
from 
cm 
P.T.O 


2 
752 
752 
(ii) The UV absorption peaks are usually 
iv) Describe the method of extraction of any metalion 
than the IR absorption peaks. 
using acetylation as chelating agent. 
iii) In the thermogravimetry, when
a compound is 
(v) CO, does not have permanent dipole moment but is 
heated at uniform rate 
1S recorded as 
IR active. Explain why? 
function of temperature. 
(vi) How do distribution coefficient and distribution 
resistance. 
(iv) The glass electrode has 
ratio differ in solvent extraction? 
(v) The apparatus used for solvent extraction is 
2. 
Attempt any Four 
(4x3-12) 
What is coordinate water and lattice water? How are 
(vi) The process by which a representative fraction is 
they differentiated by TGA. 
acquired is called. 
(ii) Distinguish among 
(5x2-10) 
(6) 
Attempt any Five 
(a) spectroscopy, 
i) What is the basic difference between the principle 
(b) spectrograph, and 
of prism and grating as monochromator. 
(c) spectrophotometer, 
(ii) Write down the factors that produce deviations from 
Lambert Beer's law. 
(iii) Draw conductometeric curve for (HCl+CH,COOH) vs 
NaOH. What are the advantages of these titrations over 
111) HoW many types of transitions are possible in 
the ordinary titrations? 
electronic spectroscopy? Arrange these transitions 
in the increasing order of their energy. 
(iv) The percentage transmittance of an aqueous solution 
of unknown compound is 30% at 25°C at 345nm for 
4.0x105 M in a 2.0 cm cell. Calculate:
P.T.O. 


4 
752 
5 
752 
(a) The absorbance (A) 
Attempt any Three 
(3x4 12) 
4. 
(b) The molar extinction or absorption coefficient 
i) 
Calculate standard deviation and relative standard 
deviation for five values obtained in typical redox 
(c) The percentage transmittance of 2.0x10-5 M 
titration 
of oxalic 
acid 
against 
potassium 
solutions in a 2.0 cm cell. 
permanganate? 
What are liquid ion exchangers? Compare them with 
(v) 
9.990;9.985;9.973;9.980;9.983 mL. 
ion exchanger resins. 
(ii) 
Draw the TGA curve of MgC,O, Give the reaction 
and explain? 
Attempt any Three 
3. 
(3x4=12) 
(iii) Outline the principle by which an internal current 
(i) 
State Beer's Law give its mathematical expression and 
amplification of analog signal is achieved in 
explain the terms involved in it. 
Photomultiplier Tube? 
(11) 
The mixture of Ca0 and CaCO, is analyzed 
(iv) Define precision and accuracy. Explain with the help 
thermogravemetrically. The thermogram shows one 
of a diagram. 
reaction between 500°C-900°C where the mass ot 
sample decrease from the 125.3 mg to 95.4 mg. What 
5. 
(i) 
How do furnace heating rate effect the TG curve. 
is the % composition of mixture? 
Explain with example. 
(11) Discuss the basic principle and mechanisms of so1v 
(ii) 
Draw labeled diagram of Glass electrode. What 
extraction method. 
happens to the response of glass electrode at pH >9. 
(111) What do you understand by resolving power of a 
(iv) Describe any method by which chemical interier 
Prism? How does it affect the spectral quality? 
antitative analysis using AAS can be minimized. 
(3x4-12) 
P.T.O. 


752 
752 
1 
6. 
(i) 
Flame AAS is widely used as a routine method for 
i) 
Name different radiation sources used in ultra-violet 
quantitative estimation of trace metals in solution, 
and visible spectrophotometers. 
(3x4 12) 
however for alkali metals flame photometer is 
recommended. Explain. :. 
G) 
What are the advantages of using FTIR Spectrometeer 
8 
instead of dispersive IR spectrometer. 
(ii) 
Explain the selection of solvent system in the 
separation by TLC. 
(ii) 
What are the main factors effecting the solvent 
extraction? 
(iii) Differentiate any two 
(iii) What is the function of a monochromator in 
(a) Atomic Emission and Atomic Absorption 
Spectroscopy 
spectrophotometer? 
(3x4=12) 
(b) Photo Cell and Photomultiplier Tube 
(c) Random Error and Systematic Error 
(3x4=12) 
7. 
() 
Which of the following molecules show infra-red 
absorption 
spectra, 
justify 
your 
answeI. 
H, HClI, CH,, H,O 
(ii) Quartz cuvette can be used for both ultra-violet and 
Visible light region while glass cuvettes are used only 
for visible region. Explain. 
(111) Enlist the necessary conditions which sould be fulfilled 
by radiation source used in the spectrophotometers. 
(100) 


This question paper contains 2 printed pages 
Roll N0... 
..**** 
S. No. of Question Paper 
a S4 
G 
222251 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Physics-I 
LIBRARY 
B. Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Maximum Marks 75 
Duration :3 Hours 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt Five questions in all. 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed 
(5) 
1. 
(a) 
ldentify the polar and axial vectors among the following: 
i) 
angular momentum 
(i) 
linear momentum 
(ii) 
force 
(iv) 
torque 
(v) 
magnetic force lõ(öxB)] 
(5, 5) 
(b) 
Prove the following identities: 
i) 
(AxB)» (x) 
= (ë
) (ß»ð) 
- (ûb) (߻
) 
) 
(i) 
ix(Bx )+ Bx(x i) + 
x(
x +) 
= 0 
(10) 
(a) 
State and prove Stoke's theorem of vector calculus. 
2. 
(b) 
Using the divergence theorem, 
evaluate ||4h dS 
where 
yi-(2xy+z)j+2yzk and S is the unit cube situated at the origin 
(5) 
and lies in first octant. 
3. 
(a) 
Find the centre of mass for a structure of four masses 1 kg, 2 kg, 3 kg and 4 kg 
placed at the corners of a square of side 1 m and held by massless rods w.r.t. 1 kg 
mass. Calculate the moment of inertia of this structure about any one side of the 
(4,4) 
square. 
(b) 
What are elastic collisions? What are the final velocities of the two bodies of 
masses mj and m2 after a head-on collision given that uj and u2 are the initial 
(7) 
velocities of the masses, respectively. 


4 
(a) 
Define angular momentum of a particle ebout a point. Prove that the relation bet- 
ween the torque applied on a rotating iody and its angular momentum is given by 
(2,4,2) 
Hence, state the law of conservation of angular momentum. 
(7) 
(b) 
State and prove the theorem of parallel axes for Moment of Inertia. 
(a) 
Establish tre equation of motion of damped harmonic oscillator and obtain the 
5. 
steady ate solution in weak damping approximation. What do you understand by 
Q fe tor of an oscillator? What is the value of Q factor of an ideal oscillator? 
(7, 3, 2) 
(b) 
In an experiment to obtain Lissajous Figures, one tuning fork is of frequency 250 
Hz and a circular figure occurs after every 5 seconds. What deductions may be 
(3) 
made about the frequency of the other tuning fork? 
(a) 
Monochromatic light is incident on a Fresnel Biprism arangement. Explain the 
6. 
formation of interference fringes. Derive an expression for the fringe width. 
(3.7) 
What are coherent sources of light? Explain why two independent sources of light 
(b) 
of the same wavelength cannot produce observable interference pattern. 
(5) 
(a) 
Obtain the expressions for the resolving power and dispersive power of a plane 
transmission grating. Establish the relation between them. 
(6, 3) 
(b) 
Give three differences between a zone plate and a convex lens. 
(6) 
8. 
(a) 
What are quarter wave plate and half wave plate? How can we produce circularly 
polarised light from unpolarised light with the help of polariser and quarter wave 
plate? 
(2.2.3) 
(b) 
What do you understand by plane polarised, circularly polarised and elliptically 
polarised light? 
(6) 
(c) 
State Brewster's Law of polarization. 
(2) 
2

Cy)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]

eeeesee

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 6483 H

Unique Paper Code > 32171301

Name of the Paper : Inorganic Chemistry — II

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry
Semester > Ill

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

2. Attempt any five questions.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) Carbon is a better reducing agent below 710°C while
carbon monoxide is better reducing agent above 710°C.

Explain using Ellingham diagram.

(b) What is inert pair effect? How does it vary down the

group? Give reason with suitable example.

(c) Why peroxoacids of sulphur are powerful oxidizing
agents? What is the oxidation state of sulphur in caro’s

? id?
and marshall’s acid? P.T.O.


6483

(d) Arrange the following in increasing order of solubility.

Give reason for the same.

LiF, KF, NaF, CsF, RbF (5,4,3,3)

(a) What is vapour phase refining? Give details of Mond’s

process and van Arkel de Boer process.

(b) Give the product formed when borazene reacts with

water. Justify your answer.

(c) Give the geometry and shapes of the following on the

basis of valence bond theory :

ICI,, XeF,, PCI,

(d) Why do salts of Mg and Be not impart flame coloration?
(5,3,4'4,2'4)

(a) Discuss the structure of basic beryllium acetate.

(b) How does the thermal stability of alkaline earth metal

carbonates vary down the group? Give reason.

(c) CO, is a gas whereas SiO, is a high melting solid.
Explain.

(d) Dilute solution of alkali metals in liquid ammonia behave

as strong reducing agent, Explain.

(e) Arrange the alkali metals in increasing order of electrical
conductivity in aqueous solution. Give reason for the

6483 3

(a) What happens when SO, reacts with acidified K,Cr,0,
solution? Give chemical reactions involved.

(b) Graphite is a good conductor of electricity while diamond

is not. Give reason.

(c) Which is more reactive: White phosphorous or red
phosphorous. Why?

(d) Out of the two which will behave as a reducing agent:
Phosphorous acid or phosphoric acid. Why?

(e) SnCl, behaves as a strong reducing agent. (3x5)

(a) Arrange the following in increasing order of acidic

strength. Give reason.
HOCI, HC1O,, HC1O,, HC1O,
(b) Silver and mercury can be obtained from their oxides

simply by heating at low temperature. Explain with the
help of Ellingham diagram.

(c) AgCN is insoluble in water but soluble in ammonia.

Give reason.

(d) Complete and balance any five of the following

equations :

(i) H,PO, + HgCl, + H,O >

P.T;0.


6483 4

(ii) PCl, + H,O (excess) >
(iii) XeF, + NaOH >

(iv) B,H, + 0, >

(v) P, + NaOH + H,O >
(vi) XeF, + SbF, >

(vii) ClO, + NaOH > (4,3,3,5)

6. Give reason(s) for the following :
(a) Phosphoric acid is syrupy and viscous.
(b) ICL, does not exists exist but IF, exist.
(c) Which has greater bond angle: NH, or NF,? Why?
(d) On reaction with air, Li predominantly forms monoxide,

Na forms peroxide and other alkali metal forms
superoxides.

(e) Thallium hydroxide is as powerful base as NaOH.

(35)
7. Write short notes on the following : (Any three)
(a) Structure and bonding of diborane
(b) Clathrate compounds
(c) Classification of silicates
(d) Hydrazine (5x3)

(1800)


CS!
ins 6 printed pages.]

Your Roll No............0
6484 HC
Unique Paper Code > 32171302
Name of the Paper : Organic Chemistry — II (Oxygen
Containing Functional Groups)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry
Semester : Wil
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

_1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

2 Attempt any six questions.

3. Question No. 1 carries 15 marks.

1. (a) An organic compound ‘A’ (C,H,Cl) on hydrolysis with
aq. alkali forms compound ‘B’ (C,H,,O). ‘B’ on
oxidation forms another compound ‘C’ which does not
reduce Fehling’s solution. On treatment with iodine and
NaOH both ‘B’ and ‘C’ form iodoform. ‘B’ on
dehydration with cone. H,SO, forms mainly ‘D’ which

PTO:


6484 Z

on ozonolysis forms two molecules of acetaldehyde
Identify A, B, C and D, write the reactions involved
and give mechanism of formation of iodoform from

compound C.

(b) Write one test with reaction involved to distinguish the

following pairs of compounds.
(i) Ethyl alcohol and methyl alcohol

(ii) Acetaldehyde and acetophenone. (11,4)

2. (a) Complete the following and give the name of the reaction

in each case.

Ph
a | dilute H2SO,
(i) CHs-C——E—Ph Heat
On OH

———— a at
(ii) (\-cnto + (CH3;CO) 20

(iii) HyC-CH,—C-O—GHs
H
HC Pp H,SO,

—N ee

(iv) ON

6484 3
Con. NaOH
(v) Br CHO Se oa
il CH;COCH,COCH,
: -~C=CH—C_—C.H eS
(vi) H;C . CH C—C,.Hs; CoH,ONa

(b) Write the structure of alcohol formed from CH,-CH,-
CH=CH, on oxymercuration-demercuration and give the

mechanism involved. (9,3)

3. (a) Give and explain the relative reactivity order of the
following derivatives of carboxylic acid towards

nucleophilic substitution reaction

o0.)6|OUO@# 0
il i i i Nl
CH3—C-OC,Hs, CH3;—C-Cl , CH3;—C-O—C—CH;, CH;—C-NH;

(b) Give the products formed on heating the dicarboxylic
acids with the formula HOOC-(CH,),-COOH where
n=O, 1,4, 5.

(c) (i) Hydrolysis of CH,CH,SCH,CH,Cl proceeds at a
much faster rate than that in case of
CH,CH,OCH,,CH,Cl.

P.T.O:


6484 4

(ii) How do you explain the formation of 1-
methylcyclopentan-l-ol on hydrolysis of

CHAI
(4x3)

4. (a) Write the sequence of reactions for the preparation of

(i) Isopropyl iodide from n-propyl bromide

(ii) (ners by Wittig reaction

(b) Write the reaction sequence involved in the ring opening
reaction of

CH;
\
0

with methanol in acidic medium. Also explain the
formation of a different product on reaction with sodium

methoxide. (6x2)

5. Explain why

(i) Aryl halides undergo nucleophilic displacement reaction
easily if a strong electron withdrawing group is present
at ortho or para position.

6484 5

(ii) Vinyl chloride is less reactive than ethyl chloride
towards nucleophilic substitution reactions.

(iii) Ketones cannot be prepared from RCOCI and RMgX
although they can be prepared from RCOCI and R,Cd.

(iv) o-Hydroxy benzaldehyde has lower boiling point and
decreased water solubility as compared to that of its
meta or para isomers. (3x4)

6. (a) Write the synthesis of the following compounds using
either ethylacetoacetate or diethylmalonate

(i) 3-Oxobutanoic acid
(ii) Cyclohexyl methyl] ketone
(iii) Hexane-2,5-dione
(b) o-Bromoanisole and m-bromoanisole both give the same

product on reaction with NaNH, in liquid ammonia.
Explain with mechanism. (9,3)

(a) Write the structure of the compounds A, B and C. Give
mechanism of formation of compound A.

H,C—C-OC)H, + HyC-C-ca, —2" 4 4 —DULO_, B
Br ii) H,O ii) Heat
H,/Pt
Cc

P.T.O.


6484 6

(b) Write down the mechanism for the following reaction

t
ROH + soci, ——U&—» RaI + SO, + HC

(c) Explain why

(i) Enol form of ethylacetoacetate is more stable

than that of ethyl acetate

(ii) Recemization is observed in reactions following
SN! pathway. (4x3)

8. Write short notes on any THREE of the following:
(i) Claisen-Schmidt reaction
(ii) Base catalysed amide hydrolysis
(iii) Michael addition

(iv) Curtius reaction (4x3)

(1800)


Sr. No. of, Question Paper: 6485 HC

Unique Paper Code : 32171303

Name of the Paper : C-—7 Physical Chemistry — III:
Phase Hquilibria and Electrochemical
Cells

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry

Semester : TL

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

l.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

Question number 1 is compulsory.

Attempt six questions in all, selecting at least two questions
from each section.

Use of Scientific calculator is permitted.

Values of constants : R = 8.314 J K" mol: F= 96500 C mol!';
(2.303RT/F) at 298 K =0.0591

eal ee 8


Attempt any five of the following :

(a) The slope of the sublimation curve of any substa i
nce is

greater than that of its vapourisation curve. Explain

b 5
(b) pak thermal analysis the cooling curve of a eutecti
mixture has no break point. Explain .

(c) The tie lines within a binodal curve of a chloroform

aceti id-
tic aunt water system are parallel neither to the sides
of the triangle nor to each other. Why?

(d) What is the role of salt bridge in electrochemical cells?

(e) whet is an azeotrope? If pure ethanol has a boiling
point of 76.6°C and its azeotrope has a boiling point of
76.2°C, what would its graph look like?

(f) Why can’t we use a voltmeter for determining the
voltage of a Galvanic cell?

(g) The effect of temperature and pressure on adsorption
process is in accordance with Le Chatelier’s principle.
Explain.

(h) Would you use silver spoon to stir a solution of cupric
nitrate Cu(NO,),? Give reason using the following
standard potentials :

0 »
Eey2+/cy = +0.337V and ES ot jag = 0-799V

6485 3

(i) Triethylamine - water system exhibits a lower consolute
temperature and above the CST, the two liquids become

partially miscible. Give reason. (3x5)

Section A

(a) When a liquid that is immiscible with water was steam
distilled at 95°C at a tota! pressure of 99.6 kPa the
distillate contained 1.1 g of the liquid per gram of water.
Calculate the molar mass of the liquid. The vapour
pressure of water is 85.13 kPa at 95°C. (3)

(b) Derive Gibbs-Duhem-Margules equation starting from
the Gibbs-Duhem equation for a system of two

components. (4)

(c) Describe the process of fractional distillation of an ideal
binary solution with the help of suitable diagrams,

alongwith the principle underlying it. (5)

(a) What is lever rule? Deduce it from pressure versus

composition diagram for a binary liquid mixture. (3)

(b) Draw and explain the phase diagram of phenol-water

system. (4)

P.T.O.


6485 4

(c) A substance X exists in two allotropic forms A and B
in the solid state. At lower temperatures, the substance
predominantly exists in A form. The density of both A
and B are less than that of the liquid and the density of
A form is also less than that of B form. Draw a well
labelled one component phase diagram showing the two

solid phases, liquid and vapour phases. (5)

4. ( i
(a) Derive the expression for Nernst distribution law
when the solute undergoes association in one of the

phases.
(3)

(b) An aqueous soluticn contains 0.3 g aspirin in a 50 cm?
scinden. 20 cm? of ether are added to this solution, the
mixture is shaken and allowed to attain equilibrium at
298 K. At this temperature, the distribution coefficient
between ether and water is 5.0.

(i) Hov + so
) How much aspirin remains in the aqueous phase?

(ii) If : :
) the extraction is carried out using two
succ i i
€ssive 10 cm? portions of ether, how much

aspiri ‘
Pirin remains unextracted? (4)

nd discuss
the phase diagr
am ofa
System exhibitin & two component

formation, & incongruent melting compound

(5)

6485 5

5. (a) Find the number of components in the following system
when the reaction is started with 2 moles of CaCO,;

justify your answer.

CaCO,(s) = Ca0(s) + CO,(g) (3)

(b) Derive the following relation starting from Duhem —
Margules equation and show that the vapour phase is
richer in the more volatile component when it is in
equilibrium with the liquid phase.

dp _ des E _ xoPa)
dy, Xa PBXa (4)

(c) Draw a well labelled phase diagram of chloroform-acetic
acid-water indicating the number of phases and degrees
of freedom in various regions. Locate the point inside
the equilateral triangle for a ternary mixture with 50%
CHCl,, 20% H,O and 30% CH,COOH. (5)

Section B

6. (a) Write the anodic, cathodic half-cell reactions, overall

reaction and Nernst equation for the cell:

Fe|Fe2*||CI-|Cl,|Pt (3)

(b) How is standard electrode potential of an electrode

determined? Derive an expression to determine the
accurate value of the standard half cell potential by

(4)
P.T.0.

graphical method.


o485 6
ic) For the following cell reaction

2Ag* (aq) + Zn(s) = 2Ag(s) + Zn?*(aq)

then Zn?* =
W an En 0.1M and Ag* = 10 M, the cell potential]
, o a
was found to be 1.62 V. Calculate the e dibri
constant of the reaction. quilibrium
(5)

7 |

T

not, under standard 3
conditions, thr ;
calculations. ough appropriate

; " _ ;
(i) 2Fe*+ + Fe=3Fe?+ given that

0
Ere+pe2t/pt = + 0.771V and Epgat spe = — 0.44V
;

2 4
(il) Zn** + Mg = Zn+Mg?* given that
Eo ayy =
Mg?+/mg = + 0.337V and E2,,2+)2, = 0.0763 V
(1%x2)
(b) What
on, are reference electrodes? Describe the
‘ :
Tuction of calomel electrode alongwith the

“
€cessary diagram and chemical equations. (4)
(c) Determine at 298 K for the cell
PtiQ, +
IQ, QH,,,H*|KCI(1M)|Hg>Cly(s)|Hg(1)|Pt

(i) its potential when pH =5

9485 7

(ii) the pH when E,,,, =0

(iii) the negative electrode when pH= 8.0

Given
EO ninkytrone +0.6996 V and B essence 0.280 V
(5)
8. (a) Discuss electrolytic and galvanic cells highlighting the
(3)

similarities and differences.

(b) What are concentration cells? Derive the expression

for potential of the following concentration cell without

transference, separated by salt bridge.
H, (g;. 1 bar)|HCl(a,)||HCl (a,)|H, (2; 1 bar) (4)

(c) The potential of the following cell is 0.057 V at 298 K.

Ag|AgCl(s)IKCL(aq)|Hg2Cle (s)|Hg®

oefficient of cell potential is 2.5x 104
aking place in the cell.
y and entropy

(5)

The temperature c
VK-!. Write the reaction t
Calculate the Gibbs energy, enthalp
changes for the reaction at 298 K.

rption differ from physisorption?
(3)

9. (a) How does chemiso

P.T.O.


6485 8

(b) The potential of the cell

Cd)CaCl, (0.02 mol kg-)|AgCl(s)|Ag(s)

is found to be 0.780 V at 25°C. Calculate the mean
ionic activity of ions in the solution, at this temperature,

given the following standard potentials.,

Ecat+jca = ~ 0.403 V and Efociyag = 0.222 V (4)

(c) Discuss qualitatively the BET theory of adsorption
alongwith relevant plots. (5)


ill
Vexrse Ce by
% conislig 5. printed Pages| er)

° Your Roll No.........0.000
of ties ion Paper: 8296 HC
Unique Paper Code > 32177902
Name of the Paper : Inorganic Materials of Industrial
Importance
Name of the Course : Chemistry: DSE
Semester : II/V
Duration : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

bs

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

Attempt five questions in all.
Question 1 is compulsory.

Attempt any four other questions. All questions carry equal
marks.

(a) Fill in the blanks or mark True/False as required :

(1) A we. battery cannot be recharged and has
to be discarded after single use.

ll Hate Geng gle i c 4 an » .
LE) xeswrsemsny ene catalysts are substances that retard
a reaction.

Pad,


REED srmcwnmnsconsmenses are low refractive index materials
generally white in colour, which are added to a

paint formulation to increase its volume.

(iv) In chemical laboratories, ............... glassware
is preferred for apparatus which is graduated or
needs to be strongly heated,

(v) Optical fibres function on the principle of

(vi) Ammonium nitrate is an example ofa ................

Fertilizer.

(vii) Synthetic zeolites are preferred over natural

zeolites for commercial catalytic processes. T/F

(viii) Vitrification is the process of crystallisation of
glass. T/F

(b) Give one word/phrase for the following (any five) :

(i) The special oven in which annealing of glass

articles is carried out.

(ii) Small hard balls produced by the sintering
together of limestone and aluminosilicate

materials in a cement kiln.

8296

3

(iii) Additives'in an emulsion paint formulation which
prevent excessive foam formation during

manufacturing.

(iv) Common impurity in urea fertiliser which is toxic

to plants.

(v) The process of applying a protective zinc coating

to iron or steel.

(vi) Failure of a paint film by peeling off from the

surface.

(vii) The special name given to the oxide YBa,Cu,O,.
(10,5)

2. (a) Distinguish between the following (any two) :

(i) Physical Vapour Deposition and Chemical Vapour

Deposition.

(ii) Wet and dry process for the manufacture of

cement

(iii) Soda lime glass and borosilicate glass

(b) Explain with a diagram the working of Wilkinson’s

catalyst for the hydrogenation of alkenes. How can the
process be made enantioselective in case only one
enantiomer of the resulting chiral alkane is desired?

P.T.O.


8

3.

4

96 4

(c) Write the discharging and charging reactions at
a lead

storage battery and explain how the battery
Works,

Why is this battery still popular despite its bulk
. and

weight?
(24x2,5,5)

(a) Classify the following as direct or indirect fertilj
zers ;

(i) Calcium superphosphate
(ii) Calcium carbonate
(iii) Ammonium nitrate

(iv) Gypsum

(b) How i
) does urea function as an effective fertiliser for

lants? Gi
plants? Give one method for the manufacture of urea.

(c) How
does a flame-retardant paint work? Mention the

functions
of the followin iti :
g additives in i

formulation. a paint

(i) Emulsifying agent
(ii) Anti-skinning agent

(iii) Plasticiser

(d) Why is i
y 1s it necessary to add a retardant to cement? Give

an exam
ple of a retardant and explain with chemical

reactions how it functj
cement. etarding the setting of

(2,3,5,5)

8296 5

(a) The trend in the rate of hydrogenation of some alkenes
- py Wilkinson’s catalyst follows the order cyclohexene
> cis-4-methyl-2-pentene > 1-methylcyclohexene.
Explain this trend and identify the step in the catalytic
cycle that is most affected.

(b) Explain the terms chemisorption and desorption with

reference to heterogeneous catalysis.

(c) What are the various steps involved in the manufacture
of Portland cement by rotary kiln technology? Explain

the reactions taking place in different parts of the kiln.

(d) What is ‘annealing’? What special type of oven is used
for the annealing of glass articles? Do you agree that
the longer the annealing duration the more durable the
glass article? Justify. (3,2,5;5)

(a) What do you understand by ‘glazing’ of ceramic ware?
What is the importance of glazing? Explain liquid glazing

of ceramics.

(b) Discuss the characteristics and applications of (i) safety

glass (ii) photochromic glass.

(c) What is a battery? What are the different types of

batteries? Give examples. (5,2'2%2,5)

PT.


8296

ation, characteristics and

form
y two):

6. (a) Briefly describe the
applications of the following

forms of carbon (an
(i) fullerenes
(ii) nanotubes

(iii) carbon fibre

urpose of applying surface coatings to

(b) What is the p
f surface

objects? Discuss the following methods o

coating (any two):
(i) Anodisation
(ii) Galvanisation
(iii) sisonepiating

(c) What is the composition of Ziegler-Natta catalyst? Is it
an example of homogeneous catalysis or heterogeneous’
catalysis? Illustrate its working cycle diaucammatically§ ;

(2%4x2,2%x2,5)-

(1000)


i

6

7+ tte P- 305: INOS
rs CH) CHEMI

Unique Paper Code te
Name of ihe Paper
Name of the Course
Semester fet
Maxituum Marks

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the |
2. Atternpt any five questions.
3, Ali questions carry equal m1) *

ap immediately of “eceipt of this question paper.

(a) Using hybridization predict inc geometry and shape of the following: (8)

SF. XeFo, PCs. BrFs
(b) Molecular oxygen (O2) is paramagnetic. Expla
(c) Arrange the following molectiles in their decreasing bond a

in on the basis of M. O. Theory.(4)
ngle order and explein

the reason. NH3. CHa, Hx? (3)
(a) Calculate the limiting value uf radius ratio for an ionic crystalline solid when the
coordination number is four (8)
(b) NaCl conduct electricity when dissolved in water. Explain. (3)
in ki/mole for NaCl using Born-Lande equation. (4)

(c) Calculate Lattice energy
2 6=1.6x 10", A=1.747,0=8

t= 281.0 pm, N = 6.023 x 159°", €g= £.35x 10",
(a) the Hmiting radius rutic of cation fo thet of anion and predict the

(a) Calculate the
geometry and coordination number. Given rz.2+ = 59pm and F,2- = 170pm.
(3)
(b) Which one will have higher bend angle, H2O or FO and why? (3)
(c) Write Born-Lande equation for the Lattice energy of an ionic compound and
define the terms in it. (5)
(d) Calculate the % ‘onic characier in HF using electronegativities of Fluorine and
Hydrogen as 4.0 and 2.1, respectively. (4)
(a) Arrange the following alkaline earth metal carbonates in their decreasing order of
(4)

thermal stability and explain the reason.
BeCO3, MgCOs, CaCOs, SrCOs, BaCOs
(b) Predict the position of Fluorine atoms in PCI;F2 molecule on the basis of Bent’s
rule. Explain the reason. (4)
(c) Which bond is stronger: (3)
(i) o-bond or m- bond
(ii) single bond or double bond

(d) Which compound in each of the following pairs would have higher Lattice energy

and why? (i) MgO and Mes (ii) NaCl and MgCl (4)
(a) Write short notes on any tw. (8)
(i) dipole-dipole interaction
(ii) hydrogen bonding

(iii) Non equivalent hybrid orbitals


2

3017

%)

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4 O8 | |
Unique Paper Code : 217305

Name of the Paper : Physical Chemistry-II (CHHT-307)

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry #
Semester HI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks:75

Instructions for candidates

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper
Attempt six questions in all

Q.No.1 is compulsory

Draw the graphs (wherever required) on your answer sheets. Graph paper is not required.
Use of scientific calculator is permitted.

R=8.314 JK"'mol'; Na=6.022 x 107

Amr er

1. Explain briefly any five of the following :
(a) Differentiate between isolated and open system
(b) Explain with examples spontaneous and non spontaneous processes

(c) What are extensive and intensive variables? Classify the following as extensive or intensive-
energy, molar entropy, heat capacity and chemical potential.

(d) Explain why Helmholtz free energy is sometimes referred as work function
(e) Give the significance of chemical potential

(f) What is Hess’s law of constant heat summation? Explain with the help of an example.
(35)


2. Derive any three of the follow

(a) Cp-Cv = [P+(dU/6V Irl(6V/eT)e
(b) TV “! = constant

(c) (GH/dP)r = V-T(6V/AT)p

eG
(y|“2} =an

Je)

P

33

ing relations:

(4x3)

(a) 1 mole of an ideal gas at 27°C undergoes the volume change from 2 litres to 20 litres under

isothermal reversible condition. Calculate w, q, AU, AS, AA and AG.

(b) Describe the Joule-Thompson experiment. Show that the expansion in this experiment is an

isenthalpic process.

4.

(6,6)

(a) State and explain the third law of thermodynamics. How is it useful in calculating the

absolute entropy of a substance.

(b) Calculate the standard enthalpy of reaction

ZnO(s) + CO(g) — Zn(s) + CO2(g)

Given: AH; (ZnO,s)

ll

-348..28kJmol’:
AH¢ (CO2,g) = -393.51kJmol!:
AHs (CO.g) = -110.53 kJmol"

(c) Deduce the free energy function for j
of G?

sothermal conditions, What is the physical significance

(4.4.4)


5.
(a) Deduce the Entropy change for an ideal gas in terms of:

(i) T and V as variables
(ii) P and T as variables
(b) Derive the Maxwell’s Thermodynamic Relations
(i) (@T/AV)s = -(AP/AS),
(ii) (@S/AV)r = (OP/AT)y
N m” to

(c) 4 moles of an ideal gas are compressed isothermally at 300 K from 2.02 x 10°

5 2
4.04x10° N m” pressure. Calculate the free energy change for the process.
(44,4)

6.
(a) Derive the Gibbs-Duhem equation.

(b) Starting from the expression of AGmix, Show that the entropy of mixing of ideal gases:

ASmix = -nR»xiInx;

hanol are mixed at 20°C to prepare an ideal mixture. The
nol is 88.7 mm and that of ethanol is 44.5 mm at

sure of solution, (ii) the partial vapour pressure of ethanol

vapour phase composition.

(c) 100 g each of ethanol and met
vapour pressure of the pure metha
20°C. Calculate (i) the vapour pres

and methanol in solution, and (iii) the
(4,4,4)

ye
(a) Explai
derive an expression for the os

e. Using the concept of chemical potential,

n the terms osmosis and osmotic pressur
s concentration.

motic pressure of the solution in terms of it

(b) For the synthesis of ammonia, Kp =1.64*1 04 at 673 K when the reaction is represented by

N2(g)+3H2(g) 7 2NH3(g)

Calculate AG’ for the reaction at the given temperature.
solutions and van't Hoff factor?

(c) Write a short note on abnormal colligative properties of a


8. Write short notes on any three of the following:

(1) Kirchhoff's Law
(ii) Residual Entropy
(iii) Le-Chatelier’s Principle

(iv) Differential and Integral enthalpy of solution

(3*4)


Your Roll No. So seegunpesenneansansel

Sl. No. of Q. Paper : 5609 H
Unique Paper Code : 235365

Name of the Course : B.Sce.(Honours) (Chemistry)

Name of the Paper : Mathematics-Il
(MACT-302)

Semester : II

Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks 2:75

Instructions for Candidates :
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.

(b) This question paper has six question in all.
(c) Attempt two parts from each question.
(d) All questions are compulsory.

(e) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.

1. (a) Solve the boundary value problem :

y'(t)-2y'(t) +2y(t)=0, yO)=1 ¥(5| -9


5609

(b) Solve the boundary value problem :
y'(x) + ¥'(x) -— Oy(X) = O, y(0) =1,

y(x) > Oasx7@ 65

(c) Find the solution of the partial differential

equation :

of
oy

2. (a) By using double integration, prove that :

femax= Vz 65

(b) Find the value of the integral

-(x?+y?)
I . dxdy where D is the disk x+y? <a?

6=

(c) Find the volume of the sphere x*+y?+z* = a?

by using spherical polar co-ordinates.

1
6—

of 1
2—+x’—=0 a
y Ox 65

1
2

2

3.

5609

(a) Determine the nature of the stationary
points of the function 4x3-3x?yty*-9y.

(b) Show that the function Cos(ax)Cos(by)
Cos(cz) is an Eigen function of the operator :

, oO ? oe
V oa Be ae Oe is the Eigen
value ? S
(c) Determine whether the operators

2
ae, ee
dx dx dx

commute or not ? 5

(a) Show that

Where jj and ¥ are vectors in 3-dimensional
space.

git
2


5609

5609
(b) Prove that area of a parallelogram whose (c) State the condition under which a square
sides are the vectors u and V is . matrix is invertible. Find the characteristic

||| v| siné 12
equation of the matrix fim 3 A and hence
where @ is the angle between U and v .

1
1 compute its inverse if it exists. 65
°9
6. (a) Solve the equation z°=1 Find the sum and
(c) A body of mass m moves along the curve 1
. . . . product of roots. 65
(t)=(e"Sint)i+(Sin't)}. Find velocity,
termi ion in th lex pl
acceleration and the force acting on the i DeSeee is tegen nena EP a
— 65 described by|z+i|<1. 6 5
(c) Evaluate the following :
5. (a) Solve the following set of equations : (i) (1+i)?°
4x-3y=11 1
ayes | (ii) (1-4) ” 65
6x+5Sy=7
gl
by using Cramer's rule. 6 2

(b) Find the eignevalues and eigenvectors of

1 2 . 1
A= on

re) 100


| Unique Paper Code: 2171302
| Name of the Paper: Paper-6. Organic Chemistry | P
Name of the Course: B.Sc, (Erstybie-E¥YUP) a How ) (CZ — iva
Semester ll /
Duration : 3 hours
Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates:

i.
2.

4
a.

ay

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
Attempt SIX questions in all. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

Question no. | carries 15 marks. Rest of the questions (Ques. no. 2 to 8) is of 12 marks
each.

a) An organic compound A (C3H30) gives: positive iodoform test and on reaction with
PBr; gives B. B when treated with benzene in presence of AICI; gives compound C
(CoHi2). Compound C on oxidation by oxygen in alkaline medium at 130 °C followed
by acid treatment’ gives D (CéH¢0) and E (C3H¢0). D is insoluble in NaHCO; and

soluble in NaOH. E also gives positive iodoform test. Deduce the structures from A to.

E. Give the equations involved and-explain the mechanism of conversion of C to D and

b) Write down key differences between Syl and Sy2 reactions. Draw energy profile
diagrams for Syl-and Sy2 reactions. (5)
Explain the following. (Any Three) (3 4)

a) In electrophilic substitution reactions, nitrobenzene reacts very ‘slowly while phenol
reacts faster than benzene. BR Fis

6) When ArOR ethers are cleaved with HI, it gives RI and ArOH rather than ArT and
ROH.

©) The formation of m-toluidine along with p-toluidine takes place on io}
chlorotoluene with potassium amide in liquid ammonia, P reaction of p

d) The nucleophilic substitution otcurs readily in haloalkanes Whereas nucleophilic
substitution in alcohols occurs in presence of sttong acids as catalyst :

[1]



‘ad

1s. (Any Six) (1.

ct 5x6
i > following reactiol ,
a) Identify the products 1n the following
. (0)
aa
, Br co.
4. CO2
“S Mg/ether . ‘
i 2 2. H30
il) Z
i. Gr oe A (with stereochemistry)
Me” : =
ais H \ N
iil)
it tae ere eg Melee oe
ari a .
H,C-C-CH,CHs T H3C—C Major of
: CHs
iv) Br
AICls
i (=)
O + CHgCH2CH2C! 4 em dee
v)
OH
‘ +
v1) 25 °C 400°C
CH;OH/OH CH. cua
H . 3 ve
il oe i CH: AB,
vii) ae ee

e 1. 305 LN
a
viil) 2. Zn/CH3COOH

b) Arrange the following compounds in the increasing order of their reactivity with HBr.
_ Give suitable justification. 3

és oe re Crnw, : C pretnot j ES?

a) Carry out the following conversions using suitable reagents. (Any Three) Bx9)
i) Benzene to benzyl chloride ae

ii) Benzene to m-chloronitrobenzene

iii) Ethyl acetate to tert.-butyl alcoho]

iv) Aniline to bromobenzene

b) What happens when p

ae -cresol is t : t is
acidified? Name the reaction and Mowe and the adel

[2]


im At

b)

c)

b

—

c)

d)

7. a)
b)

c)
d)

Write the product(s) formed and mechanism of the following reaction.

CH3

: KK HNOa/H2S04
=

NO»

activity is determined by stronger inductive effect while
(4

In case of halogens. re
ance. Comment on it.

orientation is largely controlled by reson

s towards nucleophilic substitution reaction

Why reactivity of aryl halides increase
and p- positions.

with the substitution of -NO2 group at 0-
Giving reasons, classify the following compounds as aromatic/non-aromatic/anti-
(3)

aromatic (Any Three).

© ,
i) a ii) (i iii) () iv) OG

Write a test with relevant reactions to distinguish between: (3)

i) n-butanol and tert-butanol *
ii) methanol and ethanol -
Rank the following species in order of their expected Syl reactivity giving suitable
explanation. (3)

(CH3)2CHBr, (CH3)3CBr, CH)=CHBr.

Methyl. group attached to benzene ring has no lone pair of electrons but is still o/p

directing in nature. Explain.

Why Swi type of reactions normally proceed with retention in configuration. (3)

Comment on the low reactivity of neopentyl halides in both:SN; and SN reactions.
(3)

Give the application of Grignard reagent in the synthesis of 1°, 2° and 3° alcohols. (3)
Friedal-Crafts acylation is often preferred over

In synthetic organic chemistry,
Friedal-Crafts alkylation. Why? (3)

8. Write short notes giving emphasis on i) reaction involved, ii) mechanism with explanation

and iii) limitations (if any). (Any Three)

a)
b)
c)
d)

(3x4)

Pinacol-Pinacolone rearrangement
Birch reduction
Fries rearrangement.

Schotten-Baumann reaction

[3]


cf. No Ty GP. . S765

Unique Paper Code > 2171303

Name of the paper : Paper VII: (Organic ~ Physical Chemistry)

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry te 9
Semester OT (rs

Duration : 3 Hours

Maximum Marks , 75

Instructions for Candidates

]. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

~)

This paper has two Sections.

Ul

Attempt any three questions from each Section.

Section A
(Q.No. 1 is compulsory. Attempt any TWO from rest)

1. (a) An organic compound A (C3H¢O) forms precipitate with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine

and gives positive iodoform test but negative Tollen’s test. Conipound A reacts with dilute

NaOH to form compound B (CgH)202) which upon dehydration forms compound C
(CgHioO). Compound C forms cyanohydrin D with HCN and also reacts with bromine.
Identify A, B, C and D and write all the reactions involved.
(b) How will you convert acetaldehyde to lactic acid?
(c) How will you distinguish between the following pairs of compounds? Write any one
method with the reaction(s) involved. (Do any two)

(i) Acetone and Benzaldehyde

(ii) Maleic acid and Fumaric acid

(iii) Acetic acid and Phenol (8+2,5+3)

2. Do any four from the following:

(a) What is the role of pH during the reaction of carbonyl compounds with ammonia and its
derivatives?

(b) Arrange the following compounds according to their increasing acidity. Justify your
answer.

CH,COOH, CICH,COOH, Cl,CHCOOH, Cl;CCOOH

(c) What is the role of CN’ ion during Benzoin condensation?

(d) What happens when propionic chloride is treated with ammonia.


c¢) What is trans-ester fication Give an examP

} cll te * 7 ys ~los “> t a")
a ee —eferred GUIMNL Reformatss) reaction:

f) Why are organo-Mg oF Cad compounds not pretertee Sen

ye reaction (wherever applicable)

3, Complete the following reactions. Give the name of

with the mechanism: (Do @4y fot)

f Ale, KOH

a)
l Dil NaOH
c) Ph-C-H_+ (CH3CO)20 ———
©
CH3MgBr H
d)  PheC-CH} ————~ _P —————- E
H30
SOCI NH;
) peoon ———> ~-F -——— &
@
° H ;
f)  -Ph-C-OEt ———~ H
HO
(3+ 3+3+3)
4. Write short notes on any three of the following:
(a) Keto-enol tautomerism
(b) Claisen condensation
(c) Beckmann rearrangement
(d) Hofmann bromamide degradation
(4+4+4)

Section B
(Attempt any THREE questions)

Use of scientific calculator is allowed

*

5. (a) State whether True or False and justify your answer with suitable reasoning:

i) The ener By of activation of a r i i di b e u
8 a reaction is the difference in ener Ce reactanls
. es ference in en gy etween the rea tal
“ During a reacuiion : catalyst gets used up and has to be replaced each time
Ill Enzymes are cata ysts: they increa , b
a g ? se the ra y, i i » stabilizi
rosnsnirion stale: te of chemical reactions by eg
ansiuo ile ( sor StL


(b) Distinguish between (any three):

i) Reaction rate and reaction ¢
il) Order and molecularity
iii) Differential rate law and integrat

ale constant
ii) Diff ed rate law

iv) Stationary and non-stationary chain reactions (24242)
(c) Comment on the following statements (any two):

i) Elementary processes with molecularity greater than three are not known
il) Order ofa reaction may be positive, negative or a fractional value
iil) Slowest step determines the rate of a reaction (1+1)

6. (a) The reaction,
vA > Products
is first order reaction with respect to A.

i) Write down its differential rate law and deduce from it the integrated rate law.
ii) Show that half-life of such a reaction is independent of the initial concentration of the
reactant A,

(b) Find the second order reaction’s activation energy with the given information:
K, = 4.0 L/mol.s at 37°C
Ky = 8.0 L/mol.s at 87°C ; R = 8.3145 //K «mol

(c) Derive the differential rate law for the decomposition of ozone

k
O; —» 0,70

ky
(5+4+3.5)
7. (a) Derive an expression for the rate constant on the basis of collision theory for the

bimolecular gaseous reactions
1/2

5 8kT (22)
ky = PNal ap = exp ( RT

Compare it with Arrhenius equation and show that

OR

Describe the activated complex theory for rate of a chemical reaction.

ani COUS S 1 > following data was
T fos d p sition ; i K Iqueous solution the follc
(b) For the decom oslo of ]

obtained:


| Time (min) ae | 10 ) 13 sat 13.65 35 05 |
[Volume of No(c.c.) | 6.25 9.00 el bd (6.5+6)

Show that the reaction is first order.

ivzed reactions using Michaelis-Menten

8. (a) Derive the rate law for the enzyme cata
(a) e ate | ) first order to zero order as the

kinetics. Show that the rate of reaction changes from
concentration of substrate increases.

(b) An acid HA catalyses the substrate S$ to products as follows:

k lca EE
$+HA==== SH*+ A

Ko

k i
SHt +H,O——“# P + 10

Derive the rate law for the reaction. State when it becomes an example of ‘general acid
catalysis" and it is “specific hydrogen ion catalysis’
(c) The t,,/2 of a reaction is halved as the initial concentration of the reactant is doubled.
What is the order of the reaction?

(6+5.5+1)

i

This question paper contains 4 pri G
s 4 printed pages]
e9/st?

Roll No.

S. No. of Question Paper : 761

Unique Paper Code : 217401

Name of the Paper : Inorganic Chemistry—
( Paper—CHHT 408)

Name of the Course : B.Se. (H) Chemistry

Semester | : IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately. on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt any five questions.

All questions carry equal marks.
L Explain any five of the following, giving suitable reasons :
(a) Borazine readily undergoes addition reactions, but

benzene does not.
(bd) Substitution acted is adopted for the determination of
Ca2* ion in complexometric titration. |
(c) Unlike carbon, nitrogen has little tendency for

catenation.

PTO.


(a)

(y)

Zz (a)

(>)

(¢)

(a)

Le

761

White phosphorus ts highly reactive while red

phosphorus is nol.

[nterhalogen compounds are more reactive than

halogens.
Perehloric acid is a stronger acid than other oxoacids
of chlorine.

Ile does not form clathrate compounds. 3
What are silicates ? How are they classified ? Draw
the structures of the basic unit of each class of
silicates. 113
Arrange H,PO,, H,PO,; and HPO, in increasing order
of :

(‘) Acid strength and

(i) Reducing power.

Explain the order giving suitable reasons. 22%
What are hybrides ? What type of hydrides are formed
by s-block elements ? Give a brief account of covalent
hybrides. 1,13
How does diborane react with ammonia under different
conditions ? Explain the structure and bonding of

diborane. . 32

(5)

(c)

(a)

(6)

(c)

761

-_-
Le
—

Draw the structures of the following :

(i) XeF,, 2SbF,

(if) Basic beryllium acetate

(iii) IFs. 2,2,1

What are phosphonitrilic compounds ? Give the

structures of two cyclic phosphonitrilic compounds. State

the potential uses of these compounds. 12,2

Explain giving relevant chemical equations, what

happens wheh :

(‘) Conc. nitric acid reacts with copper metal

(ii) Phosphorus pentoxide reacts with water

(iii) Boric acid is heated strongly

(iv) Chlorine trifluoride reacts with platinum
pentafluoride

(v) Nitrous oxide reacts with sodium amide. 5x1

_ What are carboranes ? How are they classified ? Draw

the structures of three isomers of C,B,gHj)>. 1.1.3
What are polyhalides ? How are they prepared ? Discuss
the structures of :

() ICI, and

(ii) ICI; on the basis of VSEPR theory. 1,13

P.T.O.


5. (a)

(5)

6. Write
(a)
(5)
(c)
(d)

761

761

How | is peroxodisulphuric acid prepared by
electrolysis ? Draw its strucutre. How does jit react
with :

(/) Fe*t, and.

(i) iT. 2,12
What is allotropy ? Explain the change in viscosity with
the increase of temperature on the allotropic forms of
sulphur. 23
How are they fluorides of — prepared ? Explain the

structure of XeF, ‘on the basis of molecular orbital

theory. 3,2
short notes on any three of the following : 3x5
Silicones

Inert pair effect
Complexometric titration

Basic properties of halogens.


~

‘ \

This question paper contains 7 vik fi) wae

Roll No.

S. No. of Question Paper : 762

Unique Paper Code : 217403

Name of the Pasar : Organic Chemistry-III (CHHT-405
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry

Semester : IW

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt six questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory and carries 15 marks.

All other questions are of 12 marks each.

1. (a)  Piperidine on exhaustive methylation followed by heating
with AgOH gives a compound A which on repeating
the same process gives a compound B (C;Hg) which
isomerises into another compound C. Identify A, B, C

and write the reaction involved. 6

PEO.


i)

(a)

(b)

(c)

ye 2 762

Give a suitable explanation for the following (any

three) :

(1) Anthracene undergoes electrophilic substitution as
well as addition reaction at 9, 10 positions.

(7) Acylation of aniline deactivates it towards
electrophilic aromatic substitution.

(i) Furan-2-aldehyde gives Tollen’s test but pyrrole-
2-aldehyde does not.

(vv) Sulphonation ‘of naphthalene with conc. H,SO, at
40°C yields mainly the naphthalene-1-sulphonic acid
and at 160°C, the main product is the naphthalene-
2-sulphonic acid. | 3x3=9

Explain with the help of mechanism why nitration of

naphthalene occurs at I-position and not a 2-position.

4

Describe the Haworth Synthesis of phenanthrene. 4

ynthesise 2. 9-dimethy| anthracene starting from

compound “5
Pp containing one benzene ring. 4

762

. i ix) : 6x2=12
Complete the following reactions (any six) :

SS) NaNH2
o CIS
w | HNO, Ac,O
(ii) es

Conc. HSO,

ee i,
Neen SEEN cot
nial 2 220°C
fe)
Ce - Ol
(iv) ——
re)
= Alk. KMnO,
(vy) UN

ether 1.

2. H,O/H*

P.T.O.


762 | |
(5) 762

. a

(c) Write the steps for the synthesis of propane-|-

t

Position-2 9 amine : 3
(6) Com — 2 (i) Using Gabriel phthalimide process
asicities of pyridine d
and pinerid;
(c) How will yo piperidine. 2 (ii) From suitable cyanide.
u carry out ;
the following convers; ;
Hen « sions (any 6. Write short notes on any three of the following : 43-12
(a) Fischer indole synthesis
(i) Furan to furoic acid
(b)  Skraup synthesis of quinoline
ii i ;
(i) o-acetamidotoluene to j
indole (c) Hantzsch synthesis of substituted pyridine
(ii) Benzald |
eh nin
yde into isoquinoline (d) Bischler-Napieralski synthesis for isoquinoline.
(iv) Pyridi
yridine to 4-amino pyridine Le (a) Write the mechanism to synthesise 3-chloropyridine from
(v) 2-phenyl ethylamine to | methyl i pyrrole.
“methyl isoquinoline. 2x4
(a) How was the presen (b) Write the product when  ethanenitrile is treated with
ce of pyrrolidine ring in nicotin
proved by Karrer ? W “ methyl magnesium bromide followed by hydrolysis.
Write two im
portant ici
sich of medicinal uses : (c) Why coupling reactions with diazonium salts are
6 generally not carried out in a solution less than

(d)
pH 4 or more than pH 10.

amines ?
P.T.O.


(d)

(a)

(ii)
neces,
O
(iii) C ”
CL} =:
ce)

(iv)

How will
aphthalene j;
into :

(i) I-Naphthylamine

(i) 2-Naphthol,

Complete th
e following :
§& reactions (an
Y three) :

762

3x4=]2

: 3x]=3

Zn/NaO
NO, aa

NH

ii) HOM, A

762

(0)

Give reasons for the following :

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

762

33-9

Furan is least aromatic of the five member ring

compounds.

Pyridine-N-oxide readily undergoes electrophilic and

nucleophilic substitution at 4-position.

Phenanthrene and anthracene both have three

fused nucleus but phenanthrene has more

reasonance energy than anthracene.


| This question paper contains 8 (oases

Roll No.

S. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code 217405

Name of the Paper : Physical Chemistry-III (CHHT-410)
Name of the Course | : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry

Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

_ (Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Physical Constants :
R = 8.314 JK" mol’

F = 96500 C mol’

Attempt six questions in all, selecting at least Mvo questions

from each Section. Question No. 1 is compulsory.
Use of Scientific calculator is permitted.
Graph sheet is provided.

‘1. Attempt any five questions given below :

(a) ~Addition of naphhthalene increases the CST of the

phenol-water system at constant pressure. Explain.

P.E.0.


(a)

763

'y greater than that of its
Its Vapour
Pressure cur
ve,

Explain

\zeotropic mi
Xtures have defini
Init€ compositi
1on and

elinite boiling points yet they are not compound
nds.

I xplain.

Give the r of
¢ the number of components in the following system

and justify :

CaCO, (s) == CaQ(s) + CO, (g).
The e.m.f. of the hydrogen electrode is linearly
dependent only on the pH of the solution. Explain.
Explain the role of salt bridge in electrochemical

cells.

Why ji
y Is a voltmeter not used for determination of the

emf. of a galvanic cell ? 5x3

Section A

Differenti !
flerentiate between congruent and incongruent melting

point systems with an example

(6)

(c)

(a)

(3) 763

Construct the properly labelled phase diagram for
zinc and magnesium system using the following
data :

(i) Melting point of magnesium, 655°C

(ii) melting point of zinc, 500°C

(iii) One eutectic point at 350°C with 20 mole per cent
of zinc and another at 430°C with 92 mole per
cent of zinc.

(iv) A solid compound of MgZn, is formed which
melts at 540°C. The maxima is not very sharp.
Comment on the stability of the compound. |

Draw the cooling curves for melts containing 40 mole

percent zinc and 95 mole per cent zinc. Describe the

cooling curves. 444

The mean enthalpy of vaporization of water in the

temperature range between 363.15 K and 373.15 K is

2268 J g™!. Claculate the vapour pressure of water

at 363.15 K, given that its value of 373.15 K is 76.0

cm Hg.

P.T.O.


(>)

(c)

(a)

(>)

‘(1) Write the Gibbs-Duhem equation
equation to derive the relationship :

dnp, _dnp,

(ii) Use the above expression to show that in a bina
miscible solution if one component shows a
behaviour, the other also does so .

Draw and discuss the phase diagram for the three

component system CH;COOH—CHC1,—H,0 4,4,4

Derive the relation between the number of phases ©

components (C) and degrees of freedom (F) for a son

reactive system in which one component is present ‘i

all but one phase, and another one is present in only

two phases. Rest of the components are present in all

the phases.

0 >

0

the press
ure :
can be varied. The solution is slowly

763

Use this

(a)

(6)

( 5 ) 763

vaporized at temperature T by decreasing the applied

pressure, starting with a pressure of about | atm.

Calculate (a) the pressure at which the first bubble of

vapour is formed, (b) the composition of the vapour

in this bubble (c) the composition of the last droplet,

(d) the pressure when only this last droplet of liquid

remains.
What is the basic principle underlying steam

distillation ? A substance immiscible with water is

distilled using this method. Derive an expression to
calculate the relative mass of substances in the vapour

phase in terms of their molar mass and vapour

pressure. 4,44

State and explain Nernst Distribution law. Discuss its
limitations.

In a distribution eiperinene the following procedure is
followed : An aqueous solution containing 0.2 g aspirin
(as) in 50 ml solution is mixed with 30 ml ether. The

bottle is shaken and allowed to come to equilibrium at

P.T.O.


6.

(c)

(a)

(4)

(c)

( 6 ) 763

298 K. The distribution coefficient is determined as 4.7

(ce (ether)/C,. (water)] :

(i) Calculate how much aspirin is left in the aqueous
phase.

(ii) What amount of aspirin would remain unextracted
in the aqueous phase if the extraction is done with
three successive 10 ml portion of ether.

With the help of a suitable diagram, discuss the

fractional distillation process of a two component system

which forms an azeotropic mixture. 4,44

Section B

Describe briefly the potentiometric method for

determination of emf of a cell.

What are thermodynamic criteria for spontaneity of a

cell 2? Will Fe3+ ions be reduced to Fe2* by Sn**

ions ? Write cell reactions and formulate the cell

involved.

Sn‘, Sn2*|Pt 0.150 V and Ede, eines ™ 0.771 V.

Describe the calomel half cell and derive its Nernst

equation, 444

(a)

(6)

(c)

(a)

(6)

€ 7 ) 763

Write the cell reaction and determine E,,, for the given

cell at 25°C.
Fe(s) | Fe(NO, ), (0.05 mol dm“*) || Cu(NO, ),
(0.01 mol dm~* | Cu(s)

F° =-—0.441V and EF =-0.337V.

Fe2+|Fe Cu?*|Cu
Starting from Gibbs-Helmholtz equation and the relation

AG = - nFE, derive the following expression of AH
and AS.
AH =-nF| E-T pal
oT },
AS = - nF gE
oT ),

Compute E° for the reaction :
Fe*+ + e~= <——> Fe”*

Given Eg re = ~ 0-336V and E,,,.. = — 0.441V.
Derive the expression to calculate the liquid junction
potential for the following cell with :

AglAgCl(s)|HCl(a, )|HCl(a,)|AgCl(s)|Ag.
Determine the standard equilibrium constant for the
following reaction at 298 K.

2Fe** + Sn?+ — 2Fe”* + Sn**
Given :

Ee Sorin = 0.150V and Boe, naive = 0.771V.

PTO.


9.

763

(c)

Find the cell reaction and calculate the potential of the

following cell at 298 K.
—|
Zn(s)1 = ZnCl,(m = 0.01mol kg™,
y= 0.708)|AgCllAg| AgCl|ZnCl, (m = 0.10 mol kg"!

y = 0.502)|Zn(s).

44,4
Write short notes on (any three) :
(a) Reference electrode
(6) Glass electrode
(c) Potentiometric titration
(d) Redox indicator. _ 44,4


Ee

This question paper contains 4 am a 7

Roll No.

S.No. of Question Paper : 764

Unique Paper Code : 222453

Name of the Paper : Physics-II

Name of the Course - B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry

Semester : WV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt five questions in total.

Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.

l. (a) State and prove Gauss’s law in electrostatics. Give its
differential form. 152

(b) What are polar and non-polar dielectric materials ? Give

one example of each. 2,1

(c) If the electric field — the earth’s surface be 310 N/C
directed downwards, what is the surface charge density of

earth. (Assume earth to be conducting sphere, Permittivity

of free space &) = 8.85 x 10-!2 C2 N-! m-) 4

P.T.O.


{3

(a)

(a)

(6)

(a)

=~
i)
~~

764
Derive the relation for magnetic field due to a current-
carrying straight conductor of finite length at some
distance away from it using Biot-Savart law. 6
State Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction. What is
its physical significance in electromagnetic induction
process ? 23
An air core solenoid of length |.2 m having 2500 turns
draws a current of 1.2 mA. Find the magnetic field at
the center of the solenoid. (Permeability of free space
is 4n x 107? Tm/A) 4
What is displacement current ? Give expression of

modified Ampere’s law. 32

Using Maxwell’s equations obtain the solution of plane

electromagnetic wave propagating through uniform
dielectric material. Show that em wave is a transverse
in nature. Obtain the expression for velocity of this wave
in terms of its ‘dielectric constant and relative
permeability. 5,32
Define electric potential. How is it related to electric

9
field ? 22

(6)

(c)

(a)

(>)

(a)

(5)

(a)

(5)

( 3) 764

Derive expression for electric potential due a uniformly
charged hollow sphere at a point :

(1) inside it and

(ii) outside it. 44
Show that electric field is a conservative field. 3
Draw the circuit diagram of full wave bridge rectifier.
Obtain the expression for ripple factor of rectified
output. 2,7
What is zener diode ? Explain the working of zener
diode as a voltage regulator. _ 2A
Draw the circuit diagram of common emitter small signal
amplifier. Obtain the expression for its voltage
amplification. 44
What is fixed biasing of a transistor ? Obtain the
expression of stability factor. 2:5
What are positive and negative feedback mechanisms
in amplifiers ? Give comparative analysis of both. Obtain
the expressions of effective gain in both cases. 224
What is Barkhausen’s criterion for self-sustaining

oscillations ? Give in short working of LC oscillator. 3,4

P.T.O.


8.

764

(a1)

(0)

764

What are 2's complements 9? Subtract (1010) from (1101)
using 2’s complement. x2
Give symbol, truth table and Boolean expression for the

following gates -

(i) NAND

(ii) XOR. ° 3,3

How can a half adder be made using basic logic gates ?

Give its truth table. 22!


-
sera (74

S. No. of question Paper: |S 4 | Your roll no.:

Unique Paper Code: 2171402

Name of the Course: B.Sc. (H) CHEMISTRY

Name of the Paper: Inorganic Chemistry of p - Block Elements
Semester: IV

Duration : 2 Hours.

Maximum Marks. :
Instructions for Candidates:

1. Write your Roll No. on the to
Paper.

2. Attempt any five questions.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

p immediately on receipt of this question

1. Explain any five of the following:

a) While nitro

gen exists as No, phosphorus exists as P,.
b) lodine has

low solubility in water but more in KI solution.
c) He and Ne do not form clathrate compounds.

(

(

(

(d) Trimethylamine is a stronger base than trisilylamine.

(@) Ns is a pseudohalide. a

(f) Oxygen is a gas while Sulphur is solid.

(g) Borazine undergoes addition reAction but benzene does not. (5x3)

2. (a) How are peroxomonosulphuric acid and peroxodisul
Give their structures and any two properties,

(b) Write balanced equations for the preparation. of XeF, and XeF¢. Give their
reactions with water.

(c) How does H3B0; ionise in water? In aqueous solution H3BQ3 is a weak acid
but in the presence of polyhydroxy alcohols it behaves as a strong acid.

phuric acid prepared?

Explain. (5,5,5)
3. (i) Draw the structures of the following (any five):
(a) XeOF, —(b) [Mg EDTA]*  (c) BrFs
(d) Basic Beryllium acetate (e) NOs (f) [Si O4] * (5x2)

(ii) What are silicones? What are the chain stopping and chain Propagating units
used in the preparation of silicones? Give important uses of silicones. (5)

4. (a) What is inert pair effect? Explain with suitable
compounds, téxplain.
(b) Discuss the allotropes of
and reactivities.
(c) What are interhalogens? Explain
the reaction for hydrolysis of BrF;

examples. T! forms monovalent
phosphorus with respect to their structures, stabilities

Why all interhalogens are diamagnetic. Give
. (5,5,5)


ite short notes on any three of the following

(1) Silicates
(i) Phosphazenes
(iii) Intercalation compounds of graphite

) (5x3) |

(iv) Allotropes of sulphur
;

6. (a) Giving suitable reasons briefly comment on the comparative behaviour of

any five of the following:

(i) Acid strength of HCIO3 and HClO,

(ii) Bond angles of NH3 and PH3

(iii) Catenation tendencies of carbon and silicon

(iv) Densities of Graphite and Diamond

(v) Reactivities of Clz and ICI

(vi) P-O bond lengths in P4Og and P4010

(vii) {hermal stabilities of HBr and HI

(viii) Solubilities of Kr and Xe in water (5x2)

e at least two experimental evidences
sin BoHe. (5)

(b) Explain the structure of Bz2He and giv
supporting the presence of two different types of hydrogen atom


7 YA ( ) ) a if /0 /,

4h ~~
= J
{ nique Paper Code: 2171401 Gy WS]
2 A

Name of the Paper: Organic Chemistry (Paper-10)

Nume o! the Course: B.Se(H) Chemistry (FX4eP>-

Semester: JV F =
Duration: 3 hrs

Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this paper
2. Attempt ANY SIX questions in all

3. Question No. 1 carries 15 marks

4, All other questions are of 12 marks each

Q1. a.) Account for the fact that the substitution of the nitro group at p-position makes
aromatic amine a weaker base but makes phenol a stronger acid.

b.) Explain why electrophilic substitution in Indole takes place at C-3 position é

c.) How will you synthesise crotonic acid from diethyl malonate?

d.) Arrange the following compounds in decreasing order of their basic strength:
CoHsNHCH3, NH3, CH3NHa, (CoHs)3N, (CeHs)2NH, CoHsNH2

e.) An aromatic amine A (C¢H7N) on acetylation gives compound B (CsH9NO).
Compound B on bromination followed by hydrolysis gives compound C (C6H¢NBr).
Write the reaction sequence and identify compounds A, B and C.

(3.35 3,3,3)
()2. a.) Give the alkenes formed upon heating the following compounds:

(1) HCHyC—SN—CHyCH2CHs OH
Hac CHa
(ii) MeN — CHGHCH:CHs OH
CH;
b.) Explain why pyridine and pyrrole are aromatic in nature} ‘

c.) 1I,NCH COO" exists as a dipolar ion where as p-NH2-CsHy-COOH does not. Explain.

d.) Complete the following reactions:

9 ;
O PY. Lo se
Ne HC™ OC

~ ee ae


’ 1
\/ when d Lope

ms will you prepare € hloropicrin from nitromethane?

0.) Coupling reactions of diazonium salts are generally not carried out in a solution of
prt 4 and pH 10. Explain.

¢.) Complete the following reactions:

(1)

iii) 1 )—CHO « CH, , _NaOH
(Gi) \ f CH,NO, —NeQH

d.) Condensation of C6HsNH2 with CsHsCHO yields A, which is hydrogenated to give
compound B. Identify the compounds A and B.

(3, 3, 1x3=3, 3)

Q4. a.) Explain keto-enol tautomerism in diethyl malonate and also explain why is it called
an active methylene compound’, .

b.) Synthesise ANY THREE of the following compounds from ethy] acetoacetate:
(1) 4-Methy! uracil
(11) 2-Butanone
(111) Propanoic acid

(iv) Suecinic acid

Q5. a.) Give reasons for ANY TWO of the following:
(i) Pyridine undergoes electrophilic substitution reaction at 3-position.
(11) Nitration in naphthalene occurs at 1-position.
(il!) Phenanthrene undergoes oxidation at 9, 10-position.
b.) Deduce the structure of naphthalene.
c.) Give the Haworth synthesis of anthracene.

(2x2=4, 4, 4)


OQ. ad Name thie reaction and vive the product of the following reactions (ANY FIVE)

j NaOl
0) 3k,

‘ 1n}IN
Giy RCEOOL LES
mi tha

€: | a |
all COC

NaUli
CH3
HaCH2CH2C he oS
, aC HaCH2C —
(IV) ” - \ ai) S (sire)
CH3
Oo
tt
R ci—S—Ph
(Vv) | (ii ll J OM
| Gh) HCI
R

(vi) (power _CuCl
b.) Give the Hofmann exhaustive methylation products of ANY ONE of the following:

® CO. a 1

N (2x5=10, 2)

Q7. a.) Describe ANY TWO synthesis mentioned below:
(i) Knorr Pyrrole synthesis
(ii) Friedlander synthesis of quinoline
(iii) Haworth synthesis of phenanthrene

Ee} & Ee lete the following reactions (ANY TWO):

(ii) _— —
;
nem SS RS ig
(ii) CO Sa ( yx2eG )dx224 )

Q8. Write short notes on ANY THREE of the following:
(i) Lossen rearrangement

(ii) Gabriel phthalimide synthesis


di) Mannich reacuion

(iv) Pictet-Spengler synthesis of isoquinoline
44.4)

cee ee Ree
————__.
-_ a ctor Se
= Se
.
:


Unique Paper Code : 2171403 G
Name of the Paper: Physical Chemistry (Electrochemistry & Conductance) Paper | I

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (IL) Chemistry (estwhtte+t P)

Semester al Bs
Duration : S hours
Viaximum Viarks ¢ 75

Instructions for candidates

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
2. Attempt five questions in all selecting any fo questions from each Section.
3. Q. No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Attemptall parts of a question together.

5. Use of scientific calculator and logarithmic table is allowed.

|. Answer any five of the following: (5 *3= 15)

4. The role of a salt bridge is to reduce the liquid junction potential to zero. Explain.

b. The mobility of alkali metal ions in aqueous solution follows the order: Li” < Na’
«kK <Rb’. Explain why.

c. Write the half-cell for a glass electrode. A glass electrode is not suitable for
determining pH of solutions greater than 9. Explain why.

d. Write the expression of Walden’s rule. Explain why only large ions like picrate or
quaternary ammonium salts obey the Walden’s rule?

e. What are the advantages of conductometric titrations over volumetric titrations”

f Define ionic velocity and ionic mobility. Give their SI units. Also give
mathematical the relationship between mobility and transport number.

vy. The H’ ion is the smallest known ion. Yet its conductance is appreciably high in

aqueous solution. Why?

Section A

tI

a. Explain the asymmetry and electrophoretic effect observed in strong electrolytes
like KCI,

b What are the criteria for choosing the indicator electrolyte in the moving
boundary method? Using the moving boundary method, calculate the transport
number of H* ion from the following data
(Given equivalent mass of Ag ~ 108 g).

Concentration of HCI solution 0.1.N
Mass of Ag deposited = 0.1209 g
Movement of boundary 7.5 cm
Cross-section of the tube © 1.24 em”


ty

© Conductance of a saturated solution of Cals at 27°C was found out to be

10° S when it was placed between a cell where the electrodes are 2.2 em apart
and have an area of 3.8 em’. The molar ionic conductivities at infinite dilution ot
Ca and F are 104 and 48 S cm mol '. The conductivity of water used for
making the solution was 2 * 10 °S cm |, Calculate

PAS

1. Cell Constant

ii. Specitic Conductance of the solution.

ii. Molar Conductance of Cal's at infinite diluuion
iv. Solubility (S)

\. Solubility product (K.,) of the salt

(i

aN
"4

How does the Kohlrausch’s law help in determining the equivalent conductance
of a weak electrolyte at infinite dilution? The molar conductance of CH3COONa.
HCI and NaC] at infinite dilution are 91.0 * 10", 426.16 x 107° and 126.45 «
10's nm mol’! respectively at 25°C. Calculate molar conductance at infinite
dilution (% ,,) for acetic acid.

b. Write the Debye-Hiickel Onsager equation for strong electrolytes explaining the

significance of each term. Show using this equation that under conditions of
infinite dilution (conc = 0), the molar conductance reaches its limiting value. On
the basis of the equation, explain the effect of dielectric constant. viscosity and
temperature on the conductance of a solution.

ce. AtL2S5°C. the specific conductance of 0.01 M aqueous solution of a weak acid 1s
1.63 « 10° Sm! and its molar conductance at infinite dilution is 390.7 S cm’
mol. Calculate the degree of dissociation and the dissociation constant of the
acid,
(3,:5, 5)
Write short notes on any three of the following (3 x §.= 15)
Debye-Falkenhagen Effect & Wien Effect

av)

b. Kohlrausch’s Law of Independent Migration of lons
c. Hittorf’s method for determining the transport number of ions
d. Types of Conductometric Titrations

Section B

a. Derive the expression for determining the pH of a solution using quinhydrone
electrode. List a limitation of the quinhydrone electrode.
b. Calculate the standard electrode potential for the reaction
Cr? (aq) i 2e - Cr(s)
GivenE Gee O74 ViE er ce 'm  0.40V
ce. The emf of the cell:
AgCl(s) / Ag (s)/KCI (aq)/ Hg2Clo(s)/Hg(1)
is 0.0455V at 298 K and the temperature coefficient is 3.38 * 107 VK". Write
the cell reaction and calculate AG, AH and AS of the cell.

a
wa
wa


a |
;

d.

d.

It is possible to determine the accurately the ionic product of water with the help

of an electrochemical cell. Explain.

The standard equilibrium constant for the reaction

2Cu"’ (aq) S Cu” (aq) | Cu (s) at 298 K is 1.646 x 10°.

i. Write down the half-cell reactions and construct the cell having the above cell
reacuon,

‘i. Caleulate the standard potential of the cell.

Lhe potential of the cell
An! ZnCl, (0.01021 mol kg!) / AgCl(s) / Ag (s)

is found to be 1.1566 V. What is the mean ionic activity coefficient of ZnCl) in
the solution at 298 K?

Given Ee agcvae 0.2221 V: Egan ~ 0.7628 V

Write short notes on any “ree of the following: (3 * 5 = 15)

Determination of solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt using
electrochemical cell

Classification of Concentration cells
Potentiometric Titrations ~ Principle, Types
Standard Calomel Electrode


es
A <

[This questi paper contains 8 Oe pages. |
\\s}\

.
3
© LIBRARY ©
A = Your Roll NoO........s00e++
Cec sae Paper: 2793 GC-4
Unique Paper Code : 32171401
Name of the Paper - Inorganic Chemistry — III. Coordination
Chemistry
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry
Semester s T¥
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

to

Attempt FIVE questions in all.

)

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Give the oxidation state of the central metal ion in the

following complexes :

(4) Co in Na[Co(CO),],
(uu) Te in TcO,

Qu) Crain [CrO,Cl,],

(iv) Hy in Na, [IH e(S,O,),]

Poo


2793 2 2793 3

(b) Predict the geometry of the product formed in the 2, Ka) Give the IUPAC names of the following :

following reaction.
(i) [VOCL,(py),]

(i) PtCl,(NO,)*> + CO >
(ii) [Co Br,(NH,),],[ZnCl,]

(ii) Cis-[PtCl,(NH,)(NO,)> + py —>
(iii) N(CH,),[Co(en)(NCS),]
(c) Give the complete electronic configuration of terbium
(Atm. No. 65) and the number of unpaired electrons in 2 ESE res
Tb?*ion.
? (by Write the formulae of the following :

(d) 4d and Sd elements usually form low spin complexes. (i) Barium tetranitratoborate(III)

Justify.
(ii) Sodium triiodidomethylplatinate(II)
(e) When acidifi i ‘
vit acl ‘ ied Cvrith conc.H,S0,) H,O, is added slowly (iii) Caesium dodecachloridotrirhenate(III)
continuous stirring to a beaker containing orange wy
aqueous solution of . ee ld
stustaver ap compound A and benzene, a dark (&) How will’ you distinguish between the cis and trans
co :
— —— B appears and separates in the isomers of [Pt(NH,),Cl,] using trans effect ? Explain.
B € layer. Identify A and B. Give the structure of
| (J Give the structure of the first totally inorganic optically

active compound resolved by Werner. What evidence

does it provide in the study of coordination compounds ?

(f) In ;
a plot of lattice energies of divalent transition metal
(6,3,3,3)

ion i i
sed wits atomic number, a smooth curve is not
ined. Whi
sneray 4 ee the following ion(s) will have lattice
alue higher than ex ected j 3.
complex with Pp in an octahedral
4 weak field ligand and why ?

(a) (i) The order of stability of Hg(II) and Cd(II)
compounds has been found to be: lr >Br>Ccr.

Assign the reason.

(i) Ca?* (ii) Fe3+ (33;
) ’ (iv) Cr? (2;2;2:3:3,3)
P.T.O.


2793

(ii) Higher oxidation states of transition elements are
stabilized by small anions like oxide or fluoride.

Explain.

(b) Give all possible geometrical isomers of (i) Square planar
[Pt(gly)(OH,),]* (ii) Octahedral [CrBr,Cl,(en)]-,
Indicate which isomers in each compound will show

optical activity.

(c) Which one of following transition metal complex ions
would be more stable according to the electroneutrality

principle ?

[MF,]* OR [MF,]*>

Give reasons to support your answer. (6,5,4)

4. (a) Based on the given standard reduction potentials in volts

at 25°C in acidic medium draws the Latimer diagram
for Titanium.

TiOM+e > TH E° 4 = 0.10V
Te: .

weer Te E°,.4 = -0.37V

Ti2* + 2e7 = Ti‘(s) F° « 1 64

ted

Based on the Latimer diagram, answer the following :

i) Will Ti2*
(i) i} Ti** change to Ti under normal conditions in
acidic solution ?

2793 5

(ii) Which is the most stable species ?
(iii) Calculate E° TiO?*/Ti** in acidic medium.

(iv) Is there any species likely to undergo
disproportionation ? Why/Why not ?

(b) For Cr** octahedral complexes in strong and weak field,
determine the (i) configuration in terms of Lee, (ii)
number of unpaired electrons, and (iii) crystal field
stabilization energy. Show the distribution of electron in

respective d-orbitals in the crystal field splitting diagram.

(c) Write all the stepwise stability constants (K’s) and
overall stability constant (B) for the following reaction :

M3? + 6L == [ML,]*

where L is a monodentate ligand. Give the relationship
between the stepwise and overall stability constants.
Predict which of all the stepwise constants will be the

greatest and the smallest. (6,5,4)

5. (a) (i) Define Jahn-Teller theorem.

(ii) Which of the ligand; F- or CN> will form octahedral
complex with nickel (III) ion with significant Jahn-

Teller effects and Why ?

PTO:


2793

(iii) Give the crystal field splitting diagram of the

distorted complex and explain.

(b) (i) The CFSE is highly useful to determine whether a
spinel structure would be normal or inverse. What
is the arrangement of M?* and M** ions in both ?
If M3+ ion has a higher CFSE in an octahedral
field compared to M* ion, which spinel will result ?

(ii) Match the energy of the electronic spectral band
with the appropriate complex and explain your

answer.
z 20,100cem™! = 22,300 em”!
Complex [Ti(H,0),]** —_ [Ti(CN),]>-

(c) Which of the following complexes has a greater
stability ? Explain giving reasons :

[Co(pn),]** or [Co(tn),]* where pn is 1,2-diaminopropane
and tn is 1,3-diaminopropane. (6,5,4)

(a) (i) Give the balanced chemical equation to show the

use i i
rat potassium ferrocyanide as analytical reagent
to identify Fe3* jons

(ii) Cal
culate spin only magnetic moment of the complex

ion. Is there an
Y possibility of
magnetic moment ? y of quenching the

2793 7

(iii) Predict and explain whether potassium ferrocyanide
would have spin forbidden or spin allowed

transitions.

(iv) Predict whether potassium ferrocyanide would be

labile or inert.

(b) The magnetic moment for [MnBr,]? and [Mn(CN),]*-
are 5.9 and 2.8 B.M. respectively. Give the hybridization,
geometry of each complex on the basis of Valence Bond

theory.

(c) Compare the molecular orbital diagram for a m-donor
ligand with respect to a pure c-donor ligand and explain

the effect on the Ap. (6,5,4)

Attempt any FIVE of the following :

(a) Explain the principle and method behind the separation

of Ln?* ions from their aqueous solution by ion exchange

method.

(b) Discuss the magnetic behaviour in lanthanides and

actinides as compared to transition elemeits/ions.

(c) “Actinides exhibit other than +3 oxidation states.”

Comment.

P.T.O.


2793

(d) Though transition elements possess high éléctrode

potential yet they are not good reducing agents.

(ce) In case of lanthanides, the bonding on coordination is

mainly ionic in character. Why is the bonding so ionic ?

(f) Account for the colour in [CrO,]?ion. (5x3)


-
[-
e —.

a)

a

Si aaty,9 r contains © rinted pages. |] A awl yo

Cy oe

A, mee’ / Your Roll NGsssessscsersss

Sr. No. tf Ou Question Paper: 2794 GC-4

Unique Paper Code : 32171402

Name of the Paper : Organic Chemistry — III, Heterocyclic
Chemistry

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry

Semester ; IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

2. Attempt Six questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 carries 15 marks.

4. All other questions are of 12 marks each.

(a) A resolvable amine (A) is subjected to exhaustive
methylation with Mel to give (B). (B), when subjected
to Hofmann Elimination gives an alkene, (C). On

reductive ozonolysis the isolated alkene (C) yields an

PTO.


2794 2

equimolar mixture of methanal and butanal. Deduce the
structures of A, B and C. Write all the involved reactions

and products and also justify your choice of A.

(b) How will you distinguish between nitriles and isonitriles ?

Explain giving involved reactions.

(c) Discuss the advantage of Emde’s modification over

Exhaustive methylation using suitable examples.

(d) How will you convert pyrrole to 3-chloropyridine ? Give
the mechanism involved. (6,3,3,3)

(a) How will you show that naphthalene consists of 2-
benzene rings fused together ? Explain giving suitable
reactions.

(b) Anthracene undergoes electrophilic substitution at 9, 10
position. Explain.

(c) Sulphonation of naphthalene gives different products at

low and high temperature. Give the reactions and explain,
giving suitable reason.

(d) Resonance energy of phenanthrene is higher than that
of anthracene. Explain with the help of suitable

structures, (3,3,3,3)

2794 3

(a) Arrange the following in the increasing order of basicity,

giving reasons.
J ‘
C,H;NH,, p-NO,C,H,NH,, m-NO,C,H,NH,, p-OCH,C,H,NH,
(b) Coupling reactions of diazonium salts occur in mildly

acidic or mildly alkaline conditions only. Explain giving

all the involved structures.

(c) Write the final product formed in reaction of nitrobenzene

with the following reagents :
(i) Sn/HC1 (ii) Zn/NH,Cl

(iii) Zn/NaOH (iv) Zn/NaOH/MeOH (4,4,4)

(a) How will you distinguish between ethylamine,
diethylamine and triethyl amine using nitrous acid ? Give

the involved reactions.

(b) How will you prepare n-propylamine by Gabriel-

phthalimide synthesis ? Give the involved mechanism.

(c) N-ethyl-N-methyl amine is chiral but non resolvable.
However, C,H,N*(CH,)(C,H,)(C,H,)CI- is resolvable.

Explain with the help of suitable structures.

P.T.0.


2794 4

(d) Complete the following reaction and also name the

reaction involved in conversion of BtoC &D:

H
\ Mel(1Mole) Heat
CH;
(3,3,3,3)

5.

6.

(a) How will you carry out the following conversions ?

(Any three)
(i) Naphthalene to 1-fluronaphthalene
(ii) Benzene to 1,3-dichlorobenzene
(iii) Thiophene to thiophene-2-carboxylic acid

(iv) Indole to 2-aminoquinoline

(3x3=9)

(b) Pyridine primarily undergoes nucleophilic substitution at

2, 6 position. Explain.

Complete the following reactions : (Any twelve)

(a) CS & Na/C,H;0H

(1x12=

(3)

12)

2794 a= Oo

Br,/FeBr

oC ~~
ae O * air/V205

0 ;
(a) . C . Xylene/Heat
oO

300-500 C

°
ii Et,O*-BF3
ce) U \\ + (CH3CO)9 —————-
)

S 03
4 ii) H_/Ni

$03/ Pyridine
(g) CO 7
N : 420°C

P.T.O.


7,

2794 6
(h) e Na/ C2Hs0H
N
NN n-BuLi
N

HCHO+HCl

w CS +HgClp  CHsCOONa__

(I) by + am®ci® __DilNaOH

fen) 250°C
m
CH3CH2NC ‘oat
(n) CH3CH,CN __Na/ether

(2 moles)

(a) Mark out isoprene units in the following with dotted

lines and name the class of terpenes to which each one
of the following belongs :

2794 7

(i) Z

(b) How will you convert acetone to Citral ? Give all the

involved reactions.

(c) How will you show the presence of the following in an
alkaloid ?

(i) O-methylgroup
(ii) Alcoholic group

(d) How was the presence of pyrrolidine ring in nicotine
proved by Karrer? (2,5,3,3)

8. (a) Write short notes on the following (Any two):
(i) Fischer- Indole synthesis
(ii) Skraup synthesis of Quinoline

(iii) Pomeranz-Fritsch synthesis (4x2=8)

PE,


2794

(b) Give reasons for the following :

(i) Nitration and sulphonation reactions of futan ar
e

carried out under mild conditions. Also give th
e

relevant structures.

(ii) Pyridine is less basic than piperidine. (2,2)


Oe g 2 | 4
ips question me contains 8 ‘printed pages.]

a LIBRARY ©

Re e. % Que Paper :

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll NGssssccssssscses
2795 GC-4

32171403

C X: Physical Chemistry IV

: B.Sc. (A) Chemistry

: IV

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of

this question paper.

to

Attempt six questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Attempt at least one question from each section.
5. Use of scientific calculator and graph is permitted.
1. Explain any five of the following : (5x3)

(a) First order reactions never go to completion.

(b) Difference between stationary and non-stationary chain

reactions.

PLT...


2795 2 2795 3

(c) Beer's law fails in case of aqueous solution of potassium (@y Lindemann mechanism for the first order reaction is

dichromate. given as follows:

d) Walden’s rule is not applicable to cations i k . —_
( PP of small size. At+A : A* +A (rapid equilibrium)
(c) Metallic conductance decreases while electrolytic Ky
conductance increases with temperature. k,
* —— > products (slow)
(f) The transference number of an ion can be positive, = ,
negative or zero. Show that

d[product]  —_k,k2[A]?

SECTION A = a
dt k_,[A] + ke
2. (a) The reaction (4) Under what condition will the order of the reaction be
lto 1? (4)
vA — products ' =
is a first order reaction with respect to A. 3, Sa For a first order opposed by first order reaction
(i) Write down the differential rate law and deduce ky
from it, the integrated rate law. A . 8
“1
al show that the halflife of such a ewation is with the initial concentration of A and B as [A], and
independent of the initial concentration of the zero respectively, show that the integrated rate
reactant. expression is given by
(b) For the decomposition of acetone di-carboxylic acid, In “eq. (ky, + k_4)t
the rate constants are 2.46 x 10-5 s-! at 273K and Xeq— ¥
1.63 x 10° s"! at 303 K. Calculate the activation energy where x is the concentration of B at time t and x,, is
of the reaction. (4) the concentration at equilibrium. (6)

P;T,0;


27195 4 2795 5

(b) The following mechanism was proposed for the reaction (b) The following data were obtained at a constant volume
between H, and Br, at 300 K. for the decomposition of di-tertiarybutyl peroxide in the
‘ gas phase at 427.7K
l

k,
Propagation Br +H, ———> HBr+H

The reaction is

k; (CH,),COOC(CH,), + 2CH;COCH, + C,H,

H+Br, —~ .
is sania Show that the reaction is of first order and calculate its
k, rate constant. (6)
Inhibition H+HBr ——> +p,
k , SECTION B
5

Termination Br+Br —~>— B | 7
" 5. (a) Describe the moving boundary method for determining

Using the steady state approximation, show that the transport number of ions. (4)
Ses ake (ka/ks)'? (Br. ]*/?[H2] (b) At 25°C, the specific conductance of 0.01 M aqueous
at 14 e/g HBT” i f a weak acid is 1.63 x 1027S m! and its
1+ (leq hg) HEBEL (6) solution of a noid: 8 TS cana

a molar conductance at infinite dilution 1S ‘

mol-!. Calculate the degree of dissociation (a) and the
(a) Describe the collision theory of bimolecular gaseous dissociation constant (K,) of the acid. (4)
reactions. Show that it leads to the rate expression

4,

(c) During the electrolysis, of a solution of potasium chloride,
> (8kT sa 0.0137¢g of chloride was lost from the cathodic
T= pit Cis (=r) _ NANg} exp (—Eo/RT) compartment and 0.0857 g of silver was deposited ina

ber of K* and Cl ions. (4)
expression. (6) out the transport num

PTO.


279

tn
a

6. (a) Explain the main features of Debye-Hiickel-Onsager

theory for strong electrolytes. (6)

(b) Specific conductance of water is 7.6 x 10-3 § dm at

300K and that of a 0.1 mol dm aq. KCI solution is

1.1639 x 10-' § dm. A cell had a resistance of

33.21 Q. when filled with 0.1 mol dm23 KC1 solution

and 300 Q when filled with 0.1 mol dm=3 acetic acid
solution. Calculate

(i) Cell constant

(ii) Specific conductance of 0.1 mol dm3 acetic acid

(iii) Molar conductancé’of 0.1 mol dm3 solution of
acetic acid. (6)

Write short notes on any three of the following: (3x4)

(a) Conductometric titrations

(b) Wien effect and Debye-Falkenhagen effect

(c) Kohlrausch’s law of Independent Migration of Ions

(d) Determination of hydrolysis constant of salts from
conductometric measurements

8 be 7

SECTION C
8. (a) State and derive the Lambert-Beer’s law for light
absorption by solutions. Also, plot the graph for (i)

Absorbance vs Concentration and (ii) Transmittance vs
Concentration. (6)

(b) In the photochemical decomposition of ethylene iodide
C,H,I, + hv > C,H, + I,

with radiation of 424 nm, the iodine formed after 20
minutes required 41.14 cm? of 0.0025 mol dm®> solution

of Na,S,0,. The intensity of the light source was

9.15 x 10-4 J s-!. Calculate the quantum yield assuming
absorption of the energy was complete. (6)

9. (a) Kinetics of enzyme catalyzed reactions are studied with
Michaelis-Menten mechanism. Using the steady
state approximation, relate enzyme and substrate
concentration to reaction rate. Discuss also how the

rate of the reaction changes when Michaelis Constant»
Substrate concentration. (6)

(b) Using the Michaelis-Menten equation for an enzyme
catalysed reaction, determine the value of Michaelis

constant from the following data. (6)

el WA 3


2795

Substrate Concentration (initial rat )
ate

3
mol/dm mol dm s7!

ains 8 printed pages.]

Zolli]!

XOUF ROL NOs sssscssessves
: 5610 H
Unique Paper Code > 217501
Name of the Paper : CHHT-511 : Inorganic Chemistry-IV
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) CHEMISTRY
Semester g ¥
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

‘Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediatély on receipt of
this question paper.

2. Do any five questions.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) Name the following complexes according to IUPAC
system of nomenclature :

(i) [Pd(NH,),][Pd(NH,)CI,],
(ii) [Cr(NH,),(H,O),(NH,)SCNJNO,
(ii) [Ag(CH,NH,),][Mn(H,0),(C,0,),]
(iv) {(CH,),N},[OsCl,N]

Fd ieee


5610 2

~

Z

(v) [(Cl,Sn),RhC1,Rh(SnCl,),]*
(vi) Lif[Mn(CO),]

(b) Write the formulae of the following complexes :
(i) Triammineaquadibromovanadium(III) Sulphate

(ii) Tris(ethylenediamine)chromium(III) tetrachloro-
ferrate(III)

(iii) Sodium amminechlorobromonitrito-N-platinate(II)

(c) A solution containing 2.665 g CrCl,.6H,O was passed
through a cation exchanger. The chloride ion so obtained
gave 2.87 g of AgCl precipitate with AgNO, solution.
Determine the formula of the complex and give its
structure on the basis of Werner’s Coordination

theory.

(d) The enthalpy of hydration of Cr2* is —460 Keal mol]"!
In the absence of crystal field stabilization energy, th
value for AH would be -435 Keal mol", sdtfingie she
value of A, for [Cr(H,0),]?*. (6 _ x

(a) He [Ni(NH,),]* is treated with HCl, two compounds
“oe having the formula Ni(NH,),Cl, are formed. A
can be converted into B by boiling with dilute HCl The

5610 3

solution of A and B both react with oxalic acid to form
a chelated and non-chelated complex, respectively.

Deduce the structures of A and B.

(b) Given below are the Latimer diagrams for cobalt in acid

and alkaline media :

>1.8 + 1,82 1 70:28
Acid: CoO2 Co?" (aq) Co Co
+0.70 +0.14 - 0.72
Alkali: CoO2 Co(OH)s Co(OH)2 Co

(i) In which medium, acidic or alkaline, is Co(IV) more

stable?

(ii) In which medium, acidic or alkaline, can Co** be

more easily oxidized to Co?*?

(iii) Will Co** be able to oxidise water to oxygen? In
which medium? Given E° (H,0/O,) =-0.81 V

(c) A solution of [Ni(H,O),]** is green, while a aeienan af
[Ni(CN),]? is colourless. Suggest a explanation for this

observation.
xides of Ti, V, Cr

Compare the ionic radii of divalent o
ny (3,6,3,3)

(d
1 environment.

and Mn in an octahedra

P.T.O.


5610 4

3. (a) Identify A, B, C and D

pH 12 pH 10 pH9 pH7
(vo,)*> ——> (4) ——>B] —-?>(] — > 1:

(b) [CoCl(NH,),]** undergoes ligand substitution reaction
when treated with NaNO,, to give 2 products A and B.
depending on experimental conditions. A and B ite
asus pentaammine ions. Draw their structures and
indicate the type of isomerism.

(c) Explain the following :

(i) Cobalt(II) is generally oxidized to cobalt(III) in
pam of strong field ligands whereas the
isoelectronic nickel(III) complexes are oxidizin
agent. :

(ii) Actinides have a
greater tendency to form
comp!
than lanthanides. a

(d) What type of spinel stru
cture do you expect
Justify your answer. ress brn?
sade ALT )
4. (a) What happens when; .

(i) H,O, is added to a soluti :
Wa tion of chromate ion in an
acidic medium, in presence of ether

5610 5

f hydrous oxide of iron, in

(ii) A suspension 0
is subjected to

concentrated sodium hydroxide,
chlorine oxidation.

(iii) K,Cr,0, solution is reduced with Zn/H’, and the

resulting solution is run into a fairly concentrated

solution of sodium acetate in absence of air.

(iv) Cl, (g) is passed over heated TiO, in the presence
of carbon.
(v) MnO, is heated with excess of conc. HCl, and the

gas so evolved is passed through KI solution.

(b) Calculate the magnetic moment of Nd?*ion (Atomic

Number of Nd=60, L=6).

(c) Draw the geometrical isomers of [Rh(NH,),Br,].
(10,3,2)

5. (a) Using VBT predict the geometry and magnetic moment

of the following species :
(i) [Ni(CO),]
(ii) [MnBr,]?-

(iii) [Cr(NH,),]**

P.T.0.


5610 6

6,

(b) Whe 2 ion i
fan aqueous solution of Co?* jon is treated With

KCN, a green colored compound, (A), is obtained

This compound dimerises to give purple colored
compound (B), Compound, (
gives a brown compound, (C),
with Br

B), on oxidation by air,
| which on further oxidation
2» &lves compound, (D). When the solution s
of compound, (C) and D, are boiled together, a
yellow coloured compound, (E), is formed. Id ,

to E and also write down the reaction of Co2+
KCN,

entify A
salt with

(c) [NiSe,]* is square planar, whereas [ZnSe ]?- is
tetrahedral, Explain. (

Explain giving reasons, which complex in each pair of the

following will have :
(a) Greater stability :
(i) [Ag(NH,),]* and [Ag(en)]*;
(ii) [Co(en),]** and [Co(dien),]**
(dien = diethylenetriamine)
(b) Greater Lability :

(i) [Ni(bipy),]** and [Ni(bipy),(H,O),]**;

(6,6,3) °

5610 7
(ii) [Hg(CN),]?> and [Cr(CN),]}*-

(c) All the Cr-F bond lengths in [CrF,]* are equal but in
[CrF,]*, two Cr-F bonds are shorter than the remaining

four. Explain giving diagram on the basis of CFT.

(d) Which of the following will have higher 10Dq and
why?

(i) LPC or [PdCl,]*-
(ii) [Mn(H,0),]?* or [Fe(H,0),]**

(iii) [Co(en),}** or [Co(C,O,),]* (3,3,3,6)

7. (a) Draw the molecular orbital diagram of [Co(NH,],]* and
explain its magnetic behavior.

(b) Write down the structure of a pure inorganic optically

active compound.

(c) Despite having five unpaired electrons in Mn”* in an
octahedral environment its compounds are almost

colorless. Explain.

(d) Explain why the chemical behavior of zirconium and

hafnium is almost similar.

PTO’.


5610 8

(e) Ni2* gives a low spin square planar complex with
CN- only whereas Pt?*, Pd?* or Au** form low spin
square planar complexes with NH, and even with Cl-,
Explain. (4,3,3,3,2)

(400)


wt =

~ i
aay paper sontai inte pages.] C’ She iy,

g LIBRA™" 4

a Your Roll Nose
Nia,
Question Paper : 5611 H

Unique Paper Code : 217503

Name of the Paper : CHHT-512 : Organic Chemistry-IV

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry

Semester ; Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

2. Attempt six questions in all.

3. Q. No. 1 is compulsory and carries 15 marks.

4. All other questions are of 12 marks each.

1. Attempt any five:

(a) What are Omega-3-fatty acids? Give one example and

draw its structure.

(b) Write the possible Zwitter ion structures of Lysine. Which
is the most probable structure at its isoelectric point?

Explain.

(c) D-Fructose is a reducing sugar. Explain.
P.T.O.


S611 2

(d) Draw all the theoretically possible tautomeric structures
of the base Thymine and in which form it exist in nature.

(e) Write the IUPAC name of the (+)-Maltose and draw its
structure.

(f) A heptapeptide A on reaction with 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene
followed by hydrolysis yields 2,4-dinitrophenylvaline,

Partial hydrolysis of peptide A produce the following
amino acids fragments :

(i) Val-Leu (ii) Met-Phe

(iii) Leu-Gly-Met (iv) Phe-Pro-Val
Complete hydrolysis of A produces two molecules of
Valine. Deduce the structure of A. (5x3=15)

2. (a) What are the products formed when the hydrolysis of

the following peptide is catalyzed by the enzyme
(1) Trypsin and (2) Chymotrypsin
Ala-Trp-Arg-Gly-Leu-Tyr-Met-Glu-Lys-Gly-Phe

(b) Outline the entire sequence in the preparation of glycine
using Gabriel’s phthalimide synthesis.

(c) Draw the structure formula of tripeptide glycylalanyl-
phenylalanine and indicate the C

-terminal and N-terminal
amino acid.

(3x4=12)

5611 3

(a) How HIO, (periodic acid) can be used to distinguish
glucose and fructose. What products would you obtain
from each and how many molar equivalents of HIO,
would be consumed in each case. Explain by giving
reaction and write the structures of the product formed.

(b) How can you distinguish between D-ribose and 2-

deoxyribose by chemical test? Explain by giving the
reactions, (6,6)

(a) Give the name and draw the structure of a nucleotide
having adenine as a base found in DNA.

(b) Outline a sequence of reaction by which D-(+)-fructose
can be converted into 1,3,4,6- tetra-O-methyl-D-fructose.
Draw all the configurational structures.

(c) Show the steps in the synthesis of the dipeptide Ala.Gly
using Merrifield’s solid- phase automated method.

(3x4=12)

5. (a) What is the significance of Iodine value? Calculate the
iodine number of Triolein (Mol. Wt. = 884)

(b) What is the difference between oxidative and hydrolytic
rancidity? Explain.

(c) Write down the open chain structure for the aldaric acid
(glucaric acid) that would be obtained by the HNO,
oxidation of D-Glucose. Would you expect it to be
optically active? (3x4=12)

PTO.


5611 4

6. (a) What is Isoprene rule? Indicate the Isoprene units in the

following compound.

(b) How will you prepare 6-methylhept-5-en-2-one from
acetone? Give its conversion to citral.

(c) How will you establish the existence of a, S-unsaturated
carbonyl group in citral? Discuss the mechanism of
reaction. (3x4=12)

7. (a) Give the synthesis of the following drugs

(i) Ibuprofen (ii) Paracetamol

(b) What is the main component of Turmeric? Give its
structure and uses.
(c) Define the following terms and give one example of each

(i) Antibiotics (ii) Antipyretics » (3x4=12)

8 Write short notes on any three of the following :
(a) Antacids
(b) Difference between Starch and Cellulose
(c) Synthesis of Vanaspati Ghee

(d) Secondary structure of proteins (3x4=12)
(300)


per contains 6 printed pages. ]

vaur nab 2tl?

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5612 H

Unique Paper Code : 217505

Name of the Paper - + CHHT-513 : Physical Chemistry
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry

Semester 7; Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

Li

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

The Paper has three sections.

Section A is compulsory. Attempt at least two questions
from each of sections B and C. |

Attempt six questions in all.

Graph paper may be used wherever required.’ Use of scientific

calculator is allowed.

Planck’s Constant — 6.626 x 10°°"Js
Velocity of Light — 3 x 10° ms"!
Avogadro’s Number 6.023°x 10? mol"!

P.T.0.


Section A

1. Attempt any five of the following:

(i)

(ii)
(iii)

(iv)

(v)
(vi)

(vii)

Why does the equivalent conductance of a strong
electrolyte decrease with increase in concentration of

the solution?
Why is phosphorescence a slow phenomenon?
Why is adsorption an exothermic process?

What is a Photo stationary State? Is it a true equilibrium

state?
Explain Wien effect.

Why does increase in temperature generally increases

the rate of a reaction?

What are the units of the Arrhenius frequency factor

A? What is the physical significance of A (3x5)

Section B

Show that E, ae E, according to the collision

theory of reaction rates. Here E, is the activation energy

and E, is the minimum energy required for the reactants
to undergo reaction.

5612

3

(ii) How does collision theory account for unimolecular

reactions? Explain the mechanism by which unimolecular

reactions occur.

(iii) Following data have been obtained for the homogeneous

gas reaction

2NO+2H) > N2+2H,0

a

(ii)

(iii)

. [H2],/mol dm~*

2.5 x10" 1.0 x10" 1.0 x10"

oy 45.5 x10" 3.0 x10”

22.5 x10”

Find the order with respect to NO and H, and determine
the rate constant. (4,4,4)

Derive the Michaelis Menten equation for an enzyme
catalyzed reaction.

An enzyme catalyzed reaction has a Michaelis Menten
constant of 0.025 mol dm™ and a turnover number of
2 x 105 s-!. Calculate the initial rate and the maximum
rate of this reaction if the total enzyme concentration
is 1.8 x 10-8 mol dm™ and the initial concentration of
substrate is 4.5 x 10-6 mol dm3

What are promoters and inhibitors? Explain their action
(4,4,4)
P.1..0.

with suitable examples.


‘fn

(1)

(il)

(iii)

(i

~~

(11)

The mechanism for the photochemical reaction

between H, and Cl, is as follows
h

Ch 2Cl

Kz
Cl +H, > HCI+H

kK
H+Ch- HCI]+Cl

; Ky

Cl+Cl—- Cl

1
Show that “ACU =k [HP

abs

In a gas phase first order reaction, the rate constants
are found to be 2.23 x 10-5 min“! at 400K and
7.25 x 10% min“! at 600K. Calculate the activation
energy of the reaction and the Arrhenius frequency
factor.

Write a short note on the absolute reaction rate theory.
(4,4,4)

Derive an expression for the Langmuir Adsorption
Isotherm for a diatomic gas that undergoes dissociation
into two atoms on adsorption.

The volume of O, gas (reduced to STP) adsorbed on
the surface of 1 g sample of silica at 0 °C was 0.3 cm?
at 150 torr and 1.5 cm} at 760 torr. Calculate the

5612
(iii)
6. (i)
(ii)
(iii)
7. (i)
(ii)

5

fraction of the surface covered at 760 torr. If the
crossectional area of O, molecule is 0.15 nm?, calculate
the surface area of 1 g of silica.

Differentiate between physisorption and chemisorption.
(4,4.4)
Section C

How can the composition of a complex be determined
using Lambert Beer’s Law?

A solution of oxalic acid of concentration 0.05moldm °
was irradiated by light of wavelength 254 nm. A 10 cm?
sample of the solution absorbed 90 J and the
concentration was found to reduce to 0.035moldm °.

What is the quantum yield of decomposition of oxalic
acid?

What is the Stark Einstein law? Under what conditions
is it not valid? (4.4.4)

X
Show that ionic mobility, Has where A is the ionic

conductance and F is Faraday.

In a moving boundary experiment with 0.1 M HC!
solution of specific conductance 4.24 § m', 3mA of

PTA.


5612
(iii)

sg. i
(11)
(iii)

6

current are passed through a tube of 0.3cm’cross-

sectional area. The boundary is seen to move by 3.08

cm in 1 hr. Calculate the mobility of hydrogen ion and

the transport number of hydrogen ion.

Describe the titration curve of conductometric titration

between a weak acid and a strong base. (4,4,4)

Derive the Walden’s equation.

The specific conductance of a saturated solution of.
BaSO, at 298K is 1.84 x 10° S m® and that of water
is 1.6 10-4S m'!. The ionic conductivities at infinite
dilution of Ba?* and SO,2- are 63.6% 10~* and
79.8 x 10-4 Sm’eq"! respectively. Calculate solubility
and solubility product of BaSO,.

The ionic conductivity of hydroxyl ion is very large.
Describe the mechanism of conductance of hydroxyl
ion in an aqueous solution. Will the same mechanism

be followed if the solvent is changed? (4,4,4)

(300)


=U) = 5 iy
p. ce eit? 8) Pe ‘a
Cf. no Ty RP.

Unique paper code: 2171501
Name of the paper: Theory Inorganic: d- block Titans ordination chemistry, BE : 9
lanthanides and actinides

Name of the course: B.Sc (H) Chemistry
Semester: Semester V,-erstwhite FYCP

Duration: 3 hr

Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates

Write your Roll No. immediately on receipt of this question paper.
. Attempt five questions in all.
. All questions carry equal marks.

wWnNre

1. Give brief reasons for any 5 of the following:

The absorption spectra of lanthanides is sharp and not influenced by ligands.

b. The geometry of a four coordinate Ni (II) complex depends on the ligand. Explain
using VBT.

c. High spin octahedral complexes of Mn(II) are faintly colored while low spin
complexes are more strongly coloured.

d. The magnetic moment of compound MCI is 5.92 BM where M is a 3d metal of
transition series. Identify the metal M.

e. Why do transition metals display variable oxidation states? Illustrate with specific
examples.

f. Potassium permanganate and potassium dichromate are intensely coloured despite the
fact that Mn(VII) and Cr(VI) have d° configuration ?

»

(5X3)
2 (a). Write the formulae of the following:

i. Zinc tetrafluorobromate (III)
ii,  Tetrakis(phosphoroustrifluoride)palladium (O)
iii. | Potassiumcarbonylpentacyanoferrate(I!)
iv.  Tetrakis(ethylamine)copper(II) tetrahydroxocuprate(II)

2 (b). Give the IUPAC names of the following:

a. Cs,{OsClsN]
b. [Felo(H20)s]2 [FeCl,]
c. [CuCh(CH3NH2)2]

2 (c) Why transition metals are less reactive then group I and group JI metals?
(8+6+1)
3 Give brief reasons for any 3 of the following:

a. All octahedral complexes of Cr(III) are of the inner orbital type.


b. What is the difference between a bidentate and an ambidentate ligand? Give an
example of each type.

c. Using VBT predict the hybridisation, geometry and magnetic properties of the
following:
(i) [Pt(CN)4] 7 (ii) Zn [NiCl4]

d. Which wall have a preater crystal field splitting and why?
(i) [CoF6]* or [Coten)s}”
(ii) [Ni(CN)4]” or [Pt(CN)4]”

(3X5)
4 Write short notes (any 3)
(i) Separation of lanthanides by ion exchange method
(ii) Geometrical isomerism in coordination number 4
(iii) Inner and outer orbital complexes
(iv) Lanthanide contraction and its consequences
(v) Strong field and weak field ligands
(3X5)
5 (a) Draw the molecular orbital energy level diagram for a sigma bonded octahedral
complex, Explain using MOT that 10 Dg value in {Co(CN)g]* ion is increased as a result

of pi bonding.

(b) What are ‘allowed’ and ‘forbidden’ transitions? Solution df [Fe(H20)¢]”" ion is green
but [Fe(CN)6]* is yellow in colour. Explain and characterize the origin of the transitions
in these species.

(c) Lanthanide ions do not form complexes with amines in aqueous solutions, Give
reason.
(6+6+3)
6 Answer the following:

a) What is Jahn Teller distortion? Explain with an example.

b) Write the possible isomers of [Cu(en)2(NCS)2]Br.

c) Calculate the CFSE in terms of A, of a d° metal ion placed in an octahedral

arrangement with strong field ligand.
d) Give the electronic configuration of Sm* (at. No 62) and Er** (at. No 68).
e) Low spin tetrahedral complexes are not known. Why? (5X3)

7 (a) Given below is the Latimer diagram for Fe in acidic media:

2.20 077 -0.47
FeQ,7 — Fe? > Fe? — ~~ Fe

Answer the following question:
i. Why is FeO,” a strong oxidizing agent?
ii. Mention the state which undergo as disproportionation and justify your answers.
iii. Calculate E° value of FeQ,?/Fe’’.


(b) Predict the isomerism in the following:
ili. [Co(NH3)6][Cr(CN),¢]and [Cr(NH3)«][Co(CN)g]

(c) Which is stronger base La(OH)2 or Lu(OH)3 ?
(6+6+3)


The que’ paper contains 3 printed pages Rol] NO? ... ee ceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeereees
S. No. of Question Paper: i os 4
Unique Paper Code: 2171502

Name of the Paper: Organic: Carbohydrates, Spectroscopy and Dyes a “ 9
Name of the Course: B.Sc. (H) Chemistry

Semester :V

Duration : 3 He urs Maximum Marks: 75

(Write your Roll No on the top imediately on receipt of this question paper)
Attempt any six questions. All questions carry equal marks.
Q. 1 (a) Explain why in the synthesis of Azo dye temperature is kept low (0-5 °C), a suitable pH
is required and diazonium is coupled with a compound having highly activating group.

(b) Give two examples each of chromophores and auxochromes. Explain briefly how the
presence of chromophore gives rise to the potentiality of color.

(c) Describe the method for the synthesis of indigo. How is it fixed to the fabric?
(d) What are mordant dyes? Give the synthesis of any mordant dye.
34+2+3.5+4
Q.2 (a) How do anomers and epimers differ. Give suitable example.
(b) How is the ring size of glucose determined with by oxidation with HIO,? Illustrate.

(c) Explain why fructose is a reducing sugar. Name the rearrangement involved in the
process.

(d) Explain the mechanism of mutarotation.

2+2.5+4+4

Q.3 (a) Draw the structure of a compound which has the molecular formula C3;HsClz such
that its NMR spectrum shows only one peak.

(b) Why absorption bands are observed in UV spectroscopy instead of sharp peaks.
Diffrentiate between cis-cinnamic acid and trans-cinnamic acid by UV.


(c) How will you distinguish between the ©...owing pair of compounds with the help of IR
spectroscopy: (i) propanol and propana! _, ethanol and diethylether

(d) Draw the NMR spectrum of pure anc ~cure ethyl alcohol.
3+3+343.5

Q.4 (a) Differentiate between ethyl acetate anc methyl propionate by NMR.

(b) A compound with molecular formula (-H;20 shows the following absorption in
NMR:

6 0.9 (t,3H), 1.2(.s, 6H), 1.5( q,2H) and |.44 ( broad s, 1H)
propose the structure and assign all the peaks.

(c) Explain the importance of fingerprint region in IR spectroscopy. How can the IR
spectroscopy be used to differentiate bets <en inter and intramolecular hydrogen bonding.

(d) What is TMS? Why it is added to a semple before taking its NMR spectra?
35431343
Q.5 (a) Convert any three of the following:
(i) Glucose to fructose
(ii) Arabinose to glucose.
(iii) Mannose to arabinose.
(iv) Glucose to mannose.

(b) How was the stereochemistry of the naturally occurring (+) glucose established?  7.54+5

Q.6 (a) Which is more stable isomer of D-Glucose (« or B)?

(b) The IR spectra of ethylacetoacetate show strong IR absorption at 3050 cm’', 1748 em”,
1724 em’ and 1650 cm’'. Explain the peaks.

(c) What is invert sugar and why it is so named.

(d) Using structure explain why lactose behave as a reducing sugar while sucrose behave as
non reducing? 3+ 3.5+2+4

Q.7 (a) Explain why methyl orange is yellow in basic solution but red in acidic solution.
(b) What are phthalein dyes? How do they differ from triphenyl methane dye?

(c) Calculate Amax for the following compounds:


Ceened
HO NAS |

—C—£H —=¢

CH,
CH;

(d) Giving reason to indicate whether you would use UV spectroscopy or IR spectroscopy for
distinguishing between:

O

-

CHy»——cH——C——CH, CH2e——=CH——C—CH,— cH,
and 2 + 3+4+3.5

Q.8. Write short notes on any four of the following:

(i) Witt’s theory of colour and constitution.

(ii) Structure of starch and cellulose.

(iii) Xanthine dyes.

(iv) Shielding and deshielding of protons in NMR spectroscopy.

(v) Factors influencing chemical shift and coupling constant. 12

in


4

cf no op @p.! 60S

Unique Paper Code =: 2171503

Nume ofthe Paper: Paper 13, Physical Chemistry: Phase Equilibrium and Binary
Solutions
Name of the Course: B. Se. (Honours) Chemistry eeeP

Semester :¥

Duration: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 75

(Write vour Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper)
Attempt firequestions in all. Question no. 1 is compulsory.
Attempt at least ove question from each section.
Use of scientific calculator is allowed.

R=8.314J mol! K'

LJ
~
st

|. Attemptany five:
a)Explain the moving of glaciers in the light of phase diagram of water.
b) Eutectic point is invariable. Explain briefly.
c) fone component behaves ideally other component also behave ideally ina
binary liquid solution. Why?
d) Tie lines in binodal curve are not parallel either to composition axis or to
themselves. Explain.
e)Calculate the Miller indices of the crystal plane which cuts through the crystal
axis at: (6a, 3b. 3c), (2a,-3b.-3c).
f) Both NaCl and KCl belong to FCC type of lattice but they show different
intensity pattern. Explain why?

Section A
2. a)Define Gibbs Phase Rule. Derive the Phase rule for a reactive system. 4

b) The vapor pressure of decane is 10 torr at 55.7 °C and 400 torr at 150°C.
Calculate AHvapn ANd ASyapin al 100°C, and the normal boiling point. 5

c) What is enantiotropy? Draw a well labelled phase diagram toexplain this
phenomenon for Sulphur. 6

a) What is a Tie line?State Lever rule and derive lever rule for the tie line efin the 4
diagram given below.

Le)


WW

b) Describe water - acetic acid - chloroform phase diagram.

and magnesium system using the following

c)Construct the phase diagram for zine
data.

Melting point of Mg: 655 °C
Melting point of Zn: 500 °C

A solid compound MgZnp is form
One eutectic point at 350°C with 2
with 92 mole percent of Zn.

Draw a cooling curve for an isople

ed which melts at 540 °C.

0 mole percent of Zn and second at 430°C

th at 40 mole percent of Zn.

Section B

a) DeriveGibbs-Duhem-Margules equation and stateany one application of this

equation.

b) What is an azeotrope? Discuss the fractional distillation of a liquid pair X and Y
at compositions along point A and B.

c) Derive the relation between vans

vapor phase (ya) in na 1 res vapor PSS of solution (Piand composition of
A N 1deal Oinary soiution. Draw " RES le

I/P vs ya. - Draw a plot of pressure P vs. y, and

a)A mixture of an organic liqui
quid A and water bo}
aa = = ater boil 0
canttin te The distillate contains 27 mass. : eS: Wie tie legeetat
iquid A. Calculate (i) the Vapor ins rare per ang 13 mas
A at C, (ii) the molar


6,

mass of A, 4

b)Show that multi step solvent extraction is more efficient than single step
extraction. 3

¢) Explain the effect of change of Pressure and addition of impurities on Critical
Solution Temperature (CST). 6

Section C

a) Calculate the interplanar spacing between the (221) planes of a cubic lattice of 4
length 4.5 A,

b) State Bragg’s Law. Derive Bragg’s equation for the reflection of X-rays from 5
the faces of a crystal,

c) Describe the powder diffraction method to determine crystal structure. Explain 6
how this method can be used to analyze the structure of a cubic system.

W rite short notes on any THREE of the following:
a) Nernst Distribution law& its applications

b) Konowaloff’s Law

c) Rotating crystal method

d) Miller Indices and Weiss Indices ofa crystal plane


[This question paper contains 3 printed pages. ]
Sr. No of Question Paper — : Gob O
Unique Paper Code 2171504)

» , . ’ ' J
Name of the Paper : XIV (Section A: Inorganic Chemistry and pom 4

Section B: Organic Chemistry)

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry FYUP
Semester : Vv

Duration : 3 Hours

Maximum Marks : 7

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of the question paper)
This paper has two sections. Attempt any three questions from each section.

Section A :
Attempt any three questions. All questions carry equal marks.

|. (a) What is trans-effect. What product is obtained when [PtCl.]” is treated with:
(i) NH; followed by R3P
(it) R3P followed by NH;
(b) Metal-halogen bonds are labile than metal-nitrogen bond. Use this
information and trans effect to derive the synthesis for the following geometric
isomers from [PtCl6]*

Cl. Br Cl. Br
atk Pt.
Py’ NH» HoN Py
(a) (b)
(c) Compare and contrast between homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis.

(d) Give the expression for the correlation of AG with logl0 B. Discuss the
comparative stability of chelate and non-chelated complexes. Give one

example of each. (3.3:3,3:5)

2. (a) Predict the geometries of the complexes which result from the following

reactions:
(1) [Pt(NO,)C1,] +NH;  — —— — [PUKNO,)(NHy)Ch] + CT
(1!) cis-[PURNT 3 )o(NH3)(NO2)]" + Cl ———— [p(RNH})(NII;)(NO)CI] + RNH,


7)

er

[Ru(NHa)g]* + [Ru(NH3)g]** ——  [Ru(NH3)g]°

[Ru(H20)g]* + [Ru(H20)_]*

Le

The successive stability constants for the species formed in aqueous solutions
when ethylenediamine reacts with Ni(]1) are as follows:

log K,; = 7.5, log K2= 6.4, log K; = 4.4. Calculate the value of B:

(c) Nickel complexes are observed to undergo substitution much faster than
platinum complexes. Offer an explanation. (5.4.5.3)

(a)

The hydrolysis of chelated carbonato complex of cobalt (111) is much faster in
acid than in neutral solution. Explain.

Anhydrous CrCl; dissolves more rapidly in a dilute solution of CrCl. than in
pure water. Explain.

(c) Discuss the mechanism of any two of the following:
i. Wilkinson Catalysis
ii. Hydroformylation
iil, Wacker Process
iv. Fisher Tropsch reaction

(b)

(2.5,2.8)
(a) Explain the term thermodynamic and kinetic stability. Are the terms
interrelated? ;
(b) Water exchange by dissociation becomes increasingly important in both
[M(H20)6]?" and [M(H20),1°*. Explain.
(c)

The hydroxide ion is stronger base than ammonia yet it react much slowly
than square planar complexes .Explain. (5,4,3.5)

(a) Explain the term lability and inertness giving example on the basis of CFT
(b) The outer sphere electron exchange reaction:

“+ [Ru(NH3)}6]**
is 200 times faster than the reaction

[Ru(H20)g}°* + [Ru(H»O)_]*

Account for this difference by giving an evaluation of the relative importance
of the factors contributing to the energies of activation.

(c) What is dissociative mechanism in substitution reaction? Give the ener gy
diagram for the transition species where an intermediate is isolated (4.5.3
Section B
Attempt any three questions. All questions carry equal marks
(a) Write two medicinal uses each of curcumin and vitamin C.
(b)

Outline the steps involved in Hofmann’s exhaustive methylation by taking
quinoline as an example.


i)

to

(a)
(b)
(c)

(a)
(b)
(c)

(a)

(b)
(c)

Give the synthesis. of (-) Chloramphenicol. For what purpose it is used. Give
its side effects. 5

(3.4.5.3)

How would you establish the presence of -NCH group in an alkaloid ?
Explain.

Give synthesis, uses and side effects of paracetamol. What type of drug is it?
What are “Ziegler-Natta™ catalysts? How do these help in polymerization

a
propene ? (3.4.5.5

)

Give biosynthesis of geranyl pyrophosphate from isopentenyl pyrophosphate.
Give the structure of Ibuprofen. Write steps for its synthesis.

What do you understand by isotactic, syndiotactic and atactic polymers?
Explain with the help of suitable example. (3.4.5.5)

Write short note on any twoof the following

(1) Vulcanization

(ii) Biodegradable Polymers

(iii) | Medicinal importance of Antacid (Ranitidine)

What is a plasticizer? Explain your answer by giving the example of two
plasticizers commonly used. Give their structure.

Give structure. synthesis and therapeutic uses of chloroquine. (4.4.4.5)


ea

This question paper contains set brked pages] 7 | | *]

Roll No.

S. No. of Question Paper : 6486

Unique Paper Code : 32171501

Name of the Paper : Organic Chemistry-IV

Name of the Course . : B.Sc. (Hons.) Chemistry

Semester : ¥ ,

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. onthe top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
~ Question No. 1 is compulsory.
Attempt six questions in all.
I Answer any five of the following ;

(a) What products are obtained when Gly-Phe-Ala-Lys-
Val-Tyr-Arg-Glu-Ser is treated with (i) Trypsin,
_ (ii) Chymotrypsin ? | |

(b) Explain the stereospecificity of an enzyme on the basis

of the Lock and Key Model.

(c) What are essential fatty acids ? Give two examples along

with their structures. PT.O


(g)

(a)

(6)

(c)

@)

2
(2) 6486

Give synthesis, uses and side effects of Paracetamo]

Differentiate between Nucleoside and Nucleotide Give

the structure of deoxycytidine.

Write the structure of NAD*. Giving an example, explain

its role in biochemical reactions catalyzed by enzymes

Give the structure of an amino acid which :

(i) gives yellow colour with ninhydrin
(ii) has sulphur in the side chain
(iii) has —OH group in the side chain 5x3

How will you prepare Gly-Val-Asp by Solid Phase

Peptide synthesis ?

What is denaturation of proteins ? Give avo examples.

At which pH does denaturation occur most readily ?

Discuss the effect of concentration of the substrate on

the rate of an enzyme catalyzed reaction. 63,3

A heptapeptide, X, on hydrolysis with 6N-HCI showed

the presence of the following amino acid residues a

1 Asp, 1 Val, 1 Lys, 2 Gly, 1 Ala, 1 Tyr

i)

(c)

(a)

(3) 6486

On treatment with anhydrous hydrazine at 100°C, X gave
Gly anda mixture of amino acid hydrazides. Treatment
with FDNB followed by hydrolysis gave the di-DNP
derivative of Lys. Enzymatic hydrolysis of X yielded

the following simpler peptides :

(Gly, Val); (Val, Lys); (Gly, Tyr); (Gly, Ala, Val):

(Tyr, Asp, Gly)

Give the complete sequence of amino acids in the

heptapeptide and explain the reactions involved.
Determine the isoelectric point of Lysine, given :

pKa (COOH) = 2.2, pKa ("NH;) = 9.0, pKa (side chain)
= 10.5

Give the structure of Zwitterion of Lysine.

Explain the: following terms (any fwo) :

(i) Allosteric enzymes

(ii) Zymogen

(iii) Holoenzyme 624

Draw the structures of glyceryl tristearate and glyceryl
trioleate. Explain which has a higher melting point.
Calculate the iodine value of glyceryl trioleate.

P.T.O.


"nN

6.

(c)

(a)

(>)

(a)

(5)

(c)

(4) 6486
[plain the term rancidity of oils and fats. How many

types of rancidity occur in oils and ‘fats ? Discuss.
Give synthesis and therapeutic uses of chloroquine.
444

Write the schematic representation of Krebs cycle.
Mention the names of intermediates, enzymes and

coenzymes involved in the process.

Which drug is used in the treatment of typhoid ? Give

its structure, chemical name and synthesis from

p-nitroacetophenone ? . 6,6

What is the full form of ATP ? Give its structure. What

is its role in biological reactions ?

Give the structure and chemical name of Ibuprofen.

Write steps for its synthesis.

Who won the 1962 Nobel Prize in Physiology or
Medicine for the discovery of the molecular ane
of DNA ? Draw the segment of RNA molecule with
the bases guanine, unsésl: adenine and cytosine,

indicating 5' and 3' ends. 444

(a)

(6)

(c)

Write

~ (i).

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(5) 6486
Write all the possible tautomeric forms of base thymine.
Out of these, which form is present in DNA ? Give

the Fisher and Roeder synthesis of thymine,

Write steps for the preparation of Valine by Gabriel’s

phthalimide synthesis.

Give the steps involved in the conversion of glucose

to glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate, during glycolysis.

6,3,3
short notes on any three of the following :
Structure and therapeutic uses of curcumin
Secondary and tertiary structure of proteins
Mechanism of action of trypsin
Watson and Crick model of DNA 444

5 1,500


® [This questigg \paper contains 8 printed pages.

—————

#.

v

a ;

a , a \ ai og fra
2 ype Ans OHI)
.. 4 Your Roll No.........00+0
9 eo /
‘Shy Now of Guestion Paper: 6487 HC
Unique Paper Code ; 321713502
Name of the Paper : Physical Chemistry— V : Quantum
Chemistry and Spectroscopy
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Honours) Chemistry
Semester : Vv
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

l.

DA wR wo

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

Answer six questions in all.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

Attempt at least two questions from each section.
Attempt all parts of a question together. |

Use of scientific calculators is allowed but they cannot be
shared.

Logarithmic tables can be provided if required.

Physical Constants

Planck’s Constant 6.626 x 10°34 Js

Velocity of Light 3 x 108 ms"!
Ps £20.


6487 2 6487 3

Avogadro's Number 6.023 x 1023 mol-! (e) A particle of mass m, is confined to a two-dimensional
Mass of Electron 9.1 x 103'kg region having dimensions, 0<x<a and 0<y<b. The
potential energy inside the box is zero and is infinity at
Nuclear Magneton 5.05 x 10°? JT! the boundaries of the box. Write the expression for the
Bohr Magneton 9.27 x 10-24 JT-! operator, wave function, Vayn,(% y) and energy, En, for
the system.
Boltzmann Constant 1.38 x 10-23 JK-!
(f) What is the effect on the microwave spectrum of C!*O
if '°O is substituted by '80?
K  diSeangt.amy Sinaoe (g) Determine whether the following wave-functions are
; ; ; . acceptable or not as state functions over the indicated
(a) Zero point energies are a manifestation of the uncertainty interval’:
principle. On the basis of this statement explain why
zero point energy of simple harmonic oscillator can’t be (i) exp(-x) O<xsm
zero whereas that of rigid rotator can be zero.
(ii) exp(-x) -o<Sx<o@ (3x5)
(b) If y, & w, are eigenfunctions of linear operatorA with sect
ection A

the same eigen value a, then show that any linear

inati ill also be an eigenfunction of a
combination of m1 ih . 2. (a) State the variation theorem. Let the particle in a box be
A having the same eigen value. represented by the function ¥ = x? (1—x)’. Applying
the variation theorem to the function calculate the ground

. 6 e . d
(c) Explain the difference between internal conversion an siate cneray (V0 for'Uexsi und W=0 emai’

+

inter-system crossing in electronic spectra. |
1
and the percentage error. Given the actual E, = eal’

(d) What is the essential condition for a molecule to show does this function satisfy the variation theorem?
ESR spectrum. Which of the following will show ESR
spectra: H-, CO-,, CH,*, NO,, C,H, Na’. P.T.O.


6487 4

a

(b) What are orthonormal functions? Show that the set of
functions :

l :
= zo exp(im$) for 0<<2z are orthonormal.

(c) A particle of mass 10° kg is rolling on the smooth floor
of a 1 10% m wide box with a speed of 3.3313 x
103 ms-!. Applying the problem of particle in a one
dimensional box, calculate the quantum number
corresponding to the translational energy of the ball.
Will you consider the energy to be quantized in a

practical sense? (6,3,3)
(a) A particle of mass m, attached to a flexible spring is
undergoing simple harmonic oscillations.

(i) Give the expression for energy based on quantum

mechanical treatment.
(ii) Find the expression for AE.

(iii) Plot the wave-function and probability density

curves for v = 0, 1 and 2.

What is the position at which the particle spends the
maximum time in the ground state? Compare this

observation with the classical mechanic behaviour.

6487 5

(b) Arrange the following species in the increasing order of
bond length: O,, O,*, O,-, 0,7.

a

(c) Evaluate [L.L, | : (6,3,3)

(a) Write the LCAO-MO trial wave function of H,” using
Molecular Orbital approach. Derive the expressions for
molecular orbital wave functions corresponding to the
bonding and anti-bonding energy levels of H,”.

(b) Sketch the bonding and antibonding molecular orbitals
of H,”.

(c) For a particle of mass m, in a cube of edge length 1, the
energy of a quantum level is found to be

2
E=14 __
8ml

Calculate the quantum numbers and find the degeneracy
corresponding to this level. (6,3,3)

(a) Evaluate the expectation value of radius at which the
electron in the ground state of Hydrogen atom (Z=1) is
found. Given the wave function for this state is

haf

Zt

l =
viae=e( =| e* where a, is the Bohr radius and

o

PTs


6487 6

(b) Normalize the wave-function X(a-x) over the range
OS% £4,

(c) Sketch R(r) and 4x r? R? (r) vs t/a, for 3s orbital for
hydrogen atom. Calculate the number of radial nodes in

this orbital. (6,3,3)
Section B

(a) Sketch and explain the low resolution and high resolution
PMR spectra of pure ethanol. How is the spectra
modified in the presence of traces of alkali? How is the
high resolution NMR spectra of impure CH,CH,OH
different from that of CH,CH,OD?

(b) The first UV peak of butadiene observed at 210 nm,
corresponds to a transition from n=2 to n=3. Based
on free electron model, calculate the length of the box

to which this transition corresponds?

(c) Predict and draw the intensity distribution in the
hyperfine lines of the ESR spectrum of the radical
°CH, (I = 4). (6,3,3)

6487 7

7. (a) The fundamental vibration band of HCI is centred at
2886 cm” and the first overtone at 5679 cm. Calculate
the force constant, anharmonicity constant and zero point
energy of the molecule.

(b) What do you understand by Larmor precession? How

does the precessional frequency vary with the applied
field strength?

(c) Explain the difference between dissociation and pre-
dissociation. (6,3,3)

8. (a) Show that separation between P & R branches of
vibration rotation spectra of a hetro-nuclear diatomic
molecules is given by:

8 kTB
he

(b) The spacing between the successive lines of Raman
rotational spectrum of O, molecule is 8B while for H,
molecule it is 4B. Explain.

(c) Spectral analysis shows that a molecule has a
fundamental vibrational frequency equal to 2960 cm”!,
Predict the position of the stokes and antistokes lines
for this vibrational mode, if the Raman spectrometer is
using Hg light of wave length 435.8 nm. (6,3,3)

P.T.0.


6487 8

9. Write short notes on any three of the following :
(a) Factors affecting the intensity of transition
(b) Frank-Condon principle
(c) Rule of mutual exclusion

(d) Configuration interaction

(4%3)

Pas

(1600'

——

*
#)

er contains 6 Hae pages. ]

ASNT

SOUY BO NGiccrcrxcssces
N° of ug Paper: 765 G
217601
Name of the Paper : Inorganic Chemistry - V (CHHT-
615)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry
Semester : VI
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

2. Attempt any Five questions.

3. All questions Carry equal marks.

1. (a) Draw the structure of Ferrocene in Solid and gaseous
state. Why can’t Ferrocene be nitrated with HNO,

directly ? How can dinitroferrocene be prepared ?

(b) Justify the statement “Haem group in the absence of

globin chain cannot function as an Oxygen carrier”

P.T.O.


765

2

(c) Give the use of the following reagents (any two) in the
identification of ions in qualitative analysis and discuss
the chemistry involved.

(i) Nessler’s reagent
(ii) Sodium bismuthate

(iii) Potassium thiocyanate

(d) Inability of a patient’s body to synthesize transferrin
| may lead to anemia as well as overload of iron
(siderosis). Do you agree? Justify you answer.
Describe the mechanism by which iron is taken up by
the cells from transferrin. (3,3,4,5)

(a) Give reactions to show that Ferrocene resembles

thiophen or phenol in its reactivity rather than benzene.
(b) Explain the ready reduction of V(CO), to the monoanion.
(c) The CO stretching frequency in [Fe(CO),]*, [Co(CO),]-

and Ni(CO), are 1788 cm”, 1918 cm”, 2121 cm”,
Explain.

(d) What special features of zinc make it an excellent
biocatalyst ?

(e) Give the chemistry involved in the following tests (any
two) of qualitative analysis :

7165

3

(i) Chromyl chloride test for Cl- ion
(ii) Ammonium phosphomolybdate test for PO,> ion

(iii) Lime water test for CO,?- ion (3,2,3,3,4)

(a) What are the biochemical effects of exposure to
arsenic ? Name the antidote for arsenic poisoning.

(b) Define organometallic compounds. Which of the
following is/are organometallic compound ?

(i) CH,MgBr
(ii) Ti(OEt),

(c) Why is cisplatin preferred over transplatin as an
antitumor drug ?

(d) Give a systematic procedure for the analysis of an
aqueous solution containing only Fe3+ and Cy3+

ions.
Give the reactions involved.

(3,3,4,5)

(a) What is Chelation therapy ? Explain giving two
examples.

(b) Give the structure of

(i) Co,(CO), in the solid state

PTO.


765 f 765 5

(ii) Co,(CO), in solution ‘ .
. (a) Ferrocene on reaction with excess of acetic anhydride
iy NICSO), in presence of AICI,, gives a 1,1' diacetyl derivative as

the main product ivati i
sx) 08(C0),. p and not the 1,2 derivative. Explain.
| | (b) Describe the tense and relaxed states of Haemoglobin.
(c) Why does the medium need to be alkaline before passing Explain the change in magnetic behavior of Haemoglobin
H,S for the analysis of group IV cations ? in going from the “tense” to the “relaxed” state.

(d) What is the importance of the Sodium-potassium pump (c) How can you test for NO, ions in presence of Br-

in the body ? Explain its working with illustration. What ions ?

is the energy source for its working? (3,4,3,5)

(d) Give the confirmatory tests for the following anions (any
5. (a) Why is copper an essential element for humans ? What hree) and give the chemical equations involved
are the diseases associated with the excess and

(i) BO,*>
deficiency of copper ?

| (i) C,0,
(b) In qualitative analysis a slight excess of ammonium salts

is needed during the precipitation of group V cations, (iii) $,0,2-
but a large excess is avoided. Explain.

{iv) F (3.4.2.6)
(c) Which is more basic towards a proton and why ? _—

[Mn(CO),]}- or [Re(CO).}- 7. (a) Calculate the member of valence electrons for the

following compounds (any four) :
(d) In metal carbonyls, CO forms a bond to the metal

through carbon and not though oxygen. Explain with (i) Fe,(CO),,
help of MO diagram of CO. Why is CO called ax acid .
ligand ? (4,3,3,5) (ii) Mn,(CO),,

P.T.0.


765 6

(iii) Co,(CO),
(iv) V(CO),(NO)
(v) Fe (1 C;H.)(CO)

(b) Give the classification of elements according to their
action in biological systems. |

|

(c) When conc. sulfuric acid is added to a mixture containing |

‘
I and Br, I, is released followed by Br,. Give reason.

(d) What is the function of the enzyme carbonic anhydrase ?

Describe the mechanism of action of the enzyme.

(4,4,3,4)

“ ~- “SMES ae


fghe le.
Hes ues) aper sonvatel Ghee pages. ] -
: iC
Your Roll Ne IC) seve

ps LIBRARY
St, No. of stion Paper : 766 G
Unique Paper Code ; 217603
Name of the Paper : Organic Chemistry V (CHHT-616)
Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) CHEMISTRY
Semester : VI
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

\

2. Answer six questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

1. Answer any five parts:

(a) How will you distinguish between cis and trans -cinnamic

acid by means of NMR? Give approximate J values

also.

(b) Nitrobenzene absorbs strongly at 1525 and 1350 Cm.
Assign these peaks to the corresponding vibrational

frequencies.
Pils.


766 2

(c) Which of the two ,o-Benzoquinone and p-Benzoquinone

is deeper in colour ? Give Reason.

(d) List the following group of monomers in order of
decreasing ability to undergo anionic polymerisation. Give

Reason also.
CH,=CH—CH,,, CH,=CH—Cl, CH,=CH--CN

(ec) Deduce possible monomers for polymers with following

repeating units.
(i) -(--CH,—CH=CH—CH,--),
(ii) -(--CO-(CH,),---NH---),

(f) Which of the following two compounds will give higher

% max value ? (No data is required). Give reason for

your answer.

(g) In a given organic compound, two kinds of protons
signals at 50 Hz and 200 Hz using a 60 MHz

os
instrument. What would be their equivalent Pp

show
NMR
jtions

(3x5)
using 90 MHz instrument ?

766 2

2. (a) Acetylenic protons are more shielded than ethylenic
|
protons. Give the name of the “Effect” and explain this

phenomenon.
Ha
(b) |
eo git Hb
He

Describe the splitting pattern of protons “b” and “c”
with the help of a diagram. Give J values also. (2)

(c) Write the structural formulae for the compounds with
the following molecular formulae that show only one
signal in their NMR spectra.

(i) C,H,, (ii) C,H, (iii) C,H,O (iv) C,H,, (43)
3. (a) Ethylacetate shows carbonyl stretching absorptions at
1735 cm"! whereas phenylacetate at 1770 cm~!. Explain.

(b) A conc. solution of C,H,OH in CCl, as well as one of
CH,OHCH,OH has a broad O-H Stretching frequency
near 3350 cm''. On dilution with CCl,, the spectrum of
CH,OHCH,OH does not change, but that of C,H,OH
shows a sharp O-H stretch at 3600 cm! in addition to
the broad band at 3350 cm™!. Explain this observation.

PTO,


766 4

4.

(c) Calculate the approximate wavenumber of fundament -
absorption peak due to the stretching vibrations of N-H
bond. Force constant for N-H bond is 6.4x105 dynes

cem™!, Reduced mass 0.9331.67x10-*4 g, (4x3)

(a) An a, B unsaturated ketone shows following data:

A max in Hexane 230nm _ 6 max _ 12600
329 nm 41 AND
A max in Water
243 nm € max 10000
305 nm 60

Assign the various transitions. Explain the shift when
the solvent is changed from Hexane to water.

(b) Compounds A, B, and C have the molecular formula
C,H,. On hydrogenation all give n- pentane. Their UV
shows the following values.

A max : A, 176; B, 211; C, 215 nm. (1-Pentene has i
max 178 nm)

What are the likely structures for A, B, and C?

(c) Calculate A max for the following compounds.

H,C 6
° <1)
[9]

766

5.

Base value for a, B unsaturated cyclopentenone
-205 nm, cyclohexenone-215

a- Alkyl group / Ring residue 10 nm,

B- Alkyl group / Ring residue 12 nm,

y, 6 etc - Alky group/Ring residue 18 nm,
Exocyclic double bond 5 nm

Homoannular diene system 39 nm,

Double bond extending conjugation, 30 nm. (4x3)

(a) A—SM@HC_ 4] - Naphthylamine + 4-Hydroxy-l-

naphthylamine. What is A ?

(b) Explain, why during the synthesis of azo dyes
(i) Temperature is kept low (0 —5°C)
(ii) A suitable pH is required.
(iii) Diazonium compound is coupled with a compound

having highly activating group. °

(c) Give one synthesis of congored. Give its colour change
as pH changes. For what kind of fiber, can it be used

directly ? (2,6,4)

(a) LDPE is a branched polymer. Give its synthesis and
mechanism for formation.

P.T.O.


766 6

(b) Differentiate between thermoplastics and thermosets

Give one example of each. - co,

c) How will you prove that two isatin units have 2:2' linkag

in indigotin. (4,2,6)

7. An organic compound with molecular formula C,,H,,O.

shows

(i) UV absorption at 220 nm (€ max 1800)
(ii) IR spectrum absorption bands are at 3077, 2976, 1745,

1608, 1497, 1456 cm"!
(111) In NMR, Signals are as follows:
6 73 8,
4.3 (t, J=7 Hz)
3.0 (t, J=7 Hz)
2.1 s in. thé fatia 252171715

Calculate DBE. Explain UV, IR, NMR Data. Give
the structure of the compound. (12)

8. Write short notes on any three of the following :
(a) Novolac Resin
(b) Biodegradable polymers with one example
(c) Crystal violet
(d) Malachite green ad)
(2200) |


mw Cl mv

is question er contains 8 printed pages.] %¢ )

&

BRARY

u as Your Roll No...............
ad

< No. of Q stion Paper : 767 G

Unique Paper Code : 217605

Name of the Paper : Physical Chemistry - V [CHHT 617]

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Honours) Chemistry

Semester 5 ¥I

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

Total Six questions to be answered.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.

Answer any FIVE other questions.

Use of scientific calculator is allowed but it cannot be shared.
Logarithmic tables may be provided if required.
6. PHYSICAL CONSTANTS :
Planck’s constant 6.626 x 10-34 Js
Velocity of light 3 x 10® ms"!
Avogadro’s number 6.023 x 1073 mol"!
Nuclear magneton 5.051 x 10-27 JT"!
Bohr magneton 9.274 x 10-3! JT-!
Mass of electron 9.109 x 1073! kg
1 atomic mass unit 1.66 x 10°27 kg
PT.


767

l.

Attempt any FIVE:

(a) Arrange the following in order of descending energy:

10cm™!, 1 x 10°23J, 0.01 m, 1 MHz.

(b) Show that the operators L? and L, commute. What

inference can be drawn from this property ?

(c) Draw an energy level diagram to explain the phenomena

of fluorescence and phosphorescence.

(d) (i) Write the expression for the Schrodinger’s equation
for a particle of mass m existing in a one-

dimensional box of length L.

(ii) What are the units, if any, of the wavefunction for

this system ?

(e) Represent diagrammatically the relation between the
Cartesian coordinates and the spherical coordinates and

give their mathematical expressions.

(f) The rotational spectrum of !?715Cl consists of lines
equally spaced by 0.114cm™!. Calculate the bond

distance for iodine monochloride. (3x5=15)

767 3

(a) Evaluate the mean value of the radius (r) at which the

electron in the H-atom is found, given that

x
_ 1 f1y 2 exp =)
Y20,0 4 lax a, ay 2a,

where a, is the Bohr radius.

t n!
i} x exp (—ax ) dx = (nel),
a

0

(b) Will this value of (r) be the same for Li** ? Explain

briefly.

(c) Draw the energy level diagram for Ne, and show that

this molecule cannot exist. ($,2,3)

(a) Write the complete valence bond wavefunctions for

hydrogen molecule.

(b) Explain the following terms briefly: fundamental

absorptions, overtones and hot bands.

PT;


767 4

(c) An unnormalized wavefunction of an electron in a Carbon

nanotube of length L is sin What is the probability
of finding the electron between x=0 to x=L/2.

i L
| sin’ ax dx =| z(t an

0 0

(4,4,4)

4. (a) Write the Hamiltonian for Helium atom and setup the

corresponding Schrédinger equation.

(b) A strong absorption band is observed for 12C16© in the

IR region at 2170 cm“. Assuming harmonic potential,
calculate

(i) Vibrational frequency in Hz
(ii) Vibrational time period ins
(iii) Zero point energy in J.

(c) The bond length of ‘197 91.68 x 10°" m.

Where does the axis of rotation intersect the molecular
axis ? (4,4,4)

is

767 5

5. (a) What is the selection rule for Raman rotational spectrum
of diatomic molecules ? Show that the Raman lines will

appear at wavenumbers given by

— 2 ;
F=7, 448 1+3) where vy, is the wavenumber

corresponding to the Rayleigh Line.
(b) Derive the. following:

_

Vmax ~ 5 3 where the symbols have their usual
e

‘meaning.

(c) A solution shows a transmittance of 20% when kept in
a cell of 2.5 cm thickness. Calculate the concentration
of the solution given that the molar absorption coefficient

has a value of 12 x 10? dm} mol-!cm"'. (4,4,4)

6. (a) State the Variation Theorem.

(b) Identify the following molecule and assign frequencies
to the possible modes of vibrations. Justify the
assignment of the frequencies and suggest a possible

structure for the molecule.

P.T.O.


767

'Molecular| Electronic
Formula

7.

6 167 7

T ” ‘eps

| Transition

Frequency
cm"

Configuration

PR contour
PQR contour

A: 1s?2s?2p?
B: 1s?2s*2p*

(c) The ESR spectrum of atomic hydrogen is recorded on
a spectrometer operating at 9.302 GHz. At what
magnetic field does resonance occur? (g, = 2.0023)

(3,6,3)

(a) Indicate which of the following will lead to an eigenvalue

equation. Report the eigenvalue, if any

d ;
(i) Gexpliot)

da d
ii) | —>+2—+3 Jexp(ax

(b) In the MO treatment for hydrogen molecule ion the
LCAO-MO wavefunction is Yao = C19 y, + CoO 1, where 9.
Py, and @,, correspond to the normalized 1s

wavefunctions for the hydrogen atoms H, and H, in the
ion.

8.

(i) Write the expression for the Hamiltonian.

(ii) Optimize the energy with respect to c, and Cc,

and express the result in the form of secular

determinant.

(iii) Expand the determinant and evaluate the energy

for the bonding molecular orbital.

(c) Define Hermitian operator and give an example.

(3,6,3)

(a) Sketch the low and high resolution NMR spectra of
CH,COOCH,CH, (ethyl ethanoate) and CH,CH,COOCH,
(methyl propanoate). Explain the differences briefly.

(b) Sketch the, ESR spectrum of. benzene radical anion.

(c) Butadiene is more stable than two molecules of ethene.
Explain this on the basis of Huckel Molecular Orbital
Theory. (5,3,4)

Write short notes on any three:

(a) Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle

P31 .G;


767 8

(b) Effect of isotopic substitution on rotational spectr:
(c) Larmor Precessional Frequency

(d) Free Electron Molecular Orbital Model (BAU):

(2:


qs) cxf)?

ntains 8 printed pages]

768 G
- “Unique Paper Code : 217607
Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.) Chemisty
Name of the Paper : Applications of

Computer in Chemistry —
Semester 2 VI

Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75
Instructions for Candidates :

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.

(b) Attempt any FIVE questions in all. Question
NO.1 is compulsory.

(c) All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) Write the following expressions in BASIC
3x5

(i) B=D (1+R)"log,,(X)
ag = 27R°T”
(11) 64P

3

ay D(F)=4ne' (5) BE)

- P.T:O,


768

_ -(b) What is the purpose of the fol

2.

LIBRARY FUNCITONS ?

~; (i) ABS(X) — (ii) ATN(X)

or alphanumeric) :

(i) 1A (ii) 2S¢ (iii) $N

(d) Identify the invalid constants. Write the
correct form and identify their type (numeric

_of string) :

(i) 12E10*2 (ii) '1212' (iii) 'NAME'
(e) Define the following terms:

(i) RAM (ii) ASCII (iii) Byte

(a) Identify & correct the error in the following

| ' BASIC statements :
(i) LET N1="25.5"
(ii) DATA, 7+2, 13,"NAME", SWEET
(b) Distinguish between :
_ (i) Interpreter and Compiler
(ii) Software and Hardware

(c) Write a program in BASIC (using user-
‘defined functions) for finding the roots of

- the following polynomial equation using
Newton Raphson Method within the

tolerance 10°:
xs - Oe + 1 = 0

2

) (iii) INT(X)
(c) Identify the invalid variables and write the
correct ones also identifying type (numeric

lowing

2

2

4

768

(d) Write a program to calculate the pressure

(a

—

exerted by 2 moles of ammonia gas enclosed
ina vessel of 5 L capacity at 27° C for ideal
gas equation (PV=n RT) and van der Waals
equation (P=RT/V-b)-a/V°2). Given that for
ammonia: a=4.17 atm L? mol! and b=0.046
L mol, Gas constant R=0.0821 dm* atm
k! mol!: a
What is displayed on the output screen

when the following segment of the code is

executed ?

200 DIM A(2,3)
210 FOR I=1 TO 2
220 FOR J=1 TO 3
230 LET A(I,J)=I+J
240 NEXT J
250 NEXT |
260 PRINT A (1,2); A(2, 1); A(2,2)
2
3 P.T.O.


768
(b) Rewrite the following Programs using [P- 10 CLSS "ENTER THE NUMBER"N=5
THEN-ELSE commands: 20 INPUT'EN
= 30 F=1
| 10 FOR] 1 TO 100 40 WHILE N>=0
20 READ N$, 1,82 50 F=F XN
30 LET S = $149 60 N=N-1
- °40 PRINT NS, § 70 WIND _F
- 50 NEXT] 80 PRINT FACTORIAL 4
90 STOP ition of
60 DATA... + kKanoneg ete. 4 show the pose.
70 END 4. (a) Draw the output vor the following set 0
2 i dinates
‘A the coor
(c) Write the BASIC Statement to produce the Save eS
following effects - 10 CLS
(i) Assign a string 34 to a variable 20 SCREEN 1 fic
Pr 4 ft 300, 18 ”)
(ii) Bring the Pointer back to the first 30 VIEW (10,10)-(
value in the data block created by the 40 WINDOW (0,0)-(50,59)
program 50 LINE (1,1)-(25,1) 3
(ili) Truncate x and return the integer part 50 END —
* F =2. Are the fo
(iv) To draw four concentric Circles 4 t A=1 and B -
; (b) cepditiene true or false :
(d) Comment on the errors in the following ae

Program 'to find the factorial of a number'

(i) ((2*A+6)>(Bt+1) AND (INT(B/3)=1)
and correct them:

(ii) NOT (A*B<>1)

3 P.T.O.
4


768

(c) Comm
ent on the
program and €rrors in th
correct ; e€ follow;

them: Wing

REM TO D
SCREEN DRAW A CIRCLE IN GRAPHIC
S

SCREEN
view (X,Y)-(300, 180)
IRCLE 20,,(150,150)

LOCATE (20
: PR "
END ): PRINT "CIRCLE#
4

ce

(d

—

WAP j
n BASIC to plot molar conducta
n

m Ss

equation ing

en = A®° _
* -kVe and Calculate A° .

|Conc. /M | Molar conductance/S m? mol!

17.68 42.45
45.91
51.81
54.09
95.78
57.42

Sl =
ope = (NU xy, ~Ex,Zy,)/(NEx? (Ex)

intercept= 2
ept= (Ex/ Ey, -Exy,Dx,)/(NDx? (Ex)

4
6

5. (a) Using DIM st

768

atement, explain the difference
between 1-D array and 2-D array.
(b) If A$="TO ERR IS HUMAN"
B$="TO FORGIVE, DIVINE"
Then find the values of :
(i)RIGHTS (B$,2)

(ii) AS+ "" +B$ 2
(c) Write a program to evaluate the following
series:
x x x
4

(i) sinx = rr 71

tandard rule of matrix
write a program to calculate
trices A and B

(d) Using the s
multiplication,
the product of two ma

6. (a) What is displayed when the following code

is run ?

200 DEF FNF (X)=3*X+1

210 DEF FNG (X,Y)=X 2+Y 2

220 LET Z=2

230 PRINT FNF (Z);FNG(Z+ 1,Z-1)

240 PRINT FNF (FNG(1,2)) 2
P.T.O.

7


768

(b) With the help of suitable examples, explain

(c)

(d

—

the meaning of the following error
massages:

(i) Subscript out of range

(ii) Type Mismatch 2
Write a program (using subscripted
variables) to estimate the mean, variance
and standard deviation of a set of N
numbers. Provide the data using INPUT
statement.

]
Mean=— 2,,-, X;
Nn ‘

Variance = - Li (X; - x)
n

Standard Deviation = V Variance 4

Write a program in BASIC to find the value

of the int : .
— egral using trapezoidal rule with

f, au (t?+1)(31244) 4

2200


SLNo. of the Question Paper : [ aa © Roll No.

; : Bi nemistr
Unique Paper code “neory Physica! . Quanturn Chemisty s Protec J .

ce Chemist7
Name of the Paper and surfa

Name of the Course : B.Sc (Honours) Chemistry

Semester : VI
Duration : 3 Hours F &
Maximum marks :75

Instructions for Candidates

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper)

Attempt only six questions out of eight. Question No. 1 is compulsory.
Use of scientific calculator and Logarithmic tables is allowed,

Attempt al] parts of a question together.

Physical Constants

Planck ’s constant 6.626 x 10°“ Js ;
Velocity of Light 3x 10° ms'!

Avogadro’s Number 6.022 x 10” mol’!

Mass of Electron 9.1 x10?! kg

Boltzmann Constant 1.38 107) K"

1. Attempt any five:

’ a” ; .
(a) Show that e** is an Eigen function of the operator ——. What is the Eigen value?
Differentiate between Eigen value and expectation value.

(b) Write down the Hamiltonian operators for Li atom and He atom. Explain the Born-
Oppenheimer approximation while constructing it. . —

(c) Why the quantum number ‘n’ cannot be assigned a zero value while solving for the
particle ina 1-D box? Give the units of y? for a particle in a 1-D box.

(d) Why is Is orbital of one atom combined linearly with only two of the ihree 2p

orbitals of another atom while constructing molecular orbital using LCAO-MO
approach?

(e) Photosynthesis is a photosensitized reaction. Explain,


(c)

3. (a)

(b)

(c)

4. (a)

(b)

(c)

* ey

Substances like charcoal or silica gel are used to create very high vacuum. Explain.
Why can’t physisorption be observed at a temperature much above the critical
temperature of adsorbate?
Explain why only exothermic chemisorption is spontaneous.

a,=35
Calculate the expectation value of linear momentum, p and its square, p” for a

particle in a 1-D box of length /. Give their physical significance.

Determine the value of x at which the ground state wave function of the harmonic
oscillator exhibits the maximum.
Given: Wo = (a/n)!4 exp (-ax?/2)
Calculate the (i) average distance (expectation value) and (ii) the most probable

distance of the electron from the nucleus in the ground state of the Hydrogen atom.

Given: Ry,=2 (2) exp =) and f° x" exp(—ax) dx = mr
4,4,4
Discuss the need of approximate methods for determining the solution of
Schrodinger equation for multi-electron atoms. State and explain the Variation
theorein.
Make use of this theorem to calculate the average ground state energy of the H atom
using the trial wave function: y = €Xp (-Gx).

Given: The ane operator for the ground state energy of Hydrogen is given

(41 €9)r

Using LCAO-MO treatment for the - prove that the energy of the bonding MO is
less than the energy of the anti-bonding MO.

44,4
Naphthalene may be considered to be a rectangular box of length and breadth equal
to 0.8 nm and 0.4 nm, respectively, Calculate the expected wave number of radiation
required to give the first excited state.
What is an acceptable wave function? Giving reasons, state which of the following
wave functions are acceptable over the range 0<x <2n
(i) sin x (ii) tan x (il) cox x + sin x

Find the commutator for the Operators x? and d7/dx?.
4,4,4


6.

7.

(b)

(c)

(a)

(b)
(c)

(a)

(b)
(c)

Beihai A ie CMa pe ey ee ia

© Whey
Using LCAO-MO approach, draw the shapes of Molecular Orbitals involved in

bonding of H2O molecule and construct the Molecular Orbital energy level diagram
for HO molecule.

State the physical significance of S (overlap integral), J (coulomb integral) and K
(resonance/exchange integral) in Valence bond theory. ;
Explain the magnetic behaviour of the following on the basis of Molecular orbital

approach: NO, NO’, NO” and N2
4,4,4

Give the postulates of and derive the expression for the Langmuir adsorption
isotherm. What are the limiting cases?
Explain different types of adsorption isotherms on the basis of BET equation.

The volume v of nitrogen adsorbed per gram of active carbon at 0°C at a series of
pressure P are given as follows:

P/Pa 500 2000 3000 4500 7500
viem’g! 0.943 3.48 5.00 7.01 10.33

Plot the data according to the Langmuir isotherm and determine K, v and @ at 4500 Pa,

4,4,4

State the Einstein’s Law of photochemical equivalence. Write the expression of
Quantum yield and explain with example.
Give at least two reasons each for low and high quantum yield.
The photochemical decomposition of HI is given as :
2H1 > H2+

The mechanism is given as:
labs
Hl + hv — Ht

; ke ;
H+HI —> H2+1

ke
‘ef soe ih

Ky
H+hL — HI +1

Derive the expression for the quantum efficiency of the overall reaction.
44,4


oa)

(a)
(b)
(c)

(e)

Write short notes on any ¢hree:
HMO treatment of Ethene
Chemical Actinometry
Photostationary states

Gibbs Adsorption Isotherm

Surface Area determination for monolayer formation

A ——————


Unique Paper Code: ONTOS
Name ofthe Paper: Inorganic} Physica! (Paper No. 17)
Nare of the Course: B.Se. (H) Chemistry

+ © V

Instructions for Candidates
The question paper carries two sections (Section A and B). Each section carries 37 '% marks
Use separate sheet for each section
Section A

Attempt any three questions in all. Question No. 1 is compulsory and carries 7 4 marks.

1. Answer the following:
a) Why Zinc Sulphide is used in luminescent devices?
b) Why nanomaterials aré different from bulk materials?
c) What is Quantum Confinement?
Or

Why solids exhibiting anionic mobility are rarer than cationic conductors?
d) What are topotactic reactions? -
e) What is the origin of colour in the following inorganic pigments

(i )CoAbOs (ii )PbCrOz (iii )CdS
f) Define the terms: Static self-assembly and Dynamic self-assembly
{1,1,1,1,1 % ,2]

2. a) Write down the steps involved in the preparation of silver metallic nanoparticles.
b) At T=0, no one dimensional solid is a metal. Comment.

c) What is One-dimensional control in carbon nanotubes? How can you prepare

SWNTs and MWNTs using arc discharge method?


d) Deseribe ion exchange method for preparation of inorganic solid materials
(4, 3, 5, 3)
3 (a) Compare the chemistry of graphite and C60 in the compounds associated with alkali

metal ions.

(b) What are the advant= ges 3 f inorganic pigments?

‘c) Discuss so! ge} methed fer nreparztion of sanomaterials. Why is it preferred

sver conventional! heat and bert metheds?

(d) Devices made from nanowires have severs: vlvantages over those made by

photolithography. Expiain.
(3, 3, 6, 3)

Q4: Write short notes on any three of the following:

(1)Bionanocomposites

(2)Inorganic nanowires

(3)Natural and Artficial nanomaterials

(4)Intercalation method for synthesis of Inorganic solids
(5)Hydrothermal method.

[ 5x3]
Section B

Use of scientific non -programmatle calculators is allowed.

Constants: Planck's constant h = 6.626 x 10 ~*4 Js; Boltzmann constant k = 1.38 x 10° JK"
Velocity of light , c = 3 x 10 '° cm/s; mass of electron = 9.1 x 107! kg

All questions carry equal marks

Attempt any 3 questions:

1. (a) H2 does not give a rotational spectrum whereas HF does. Comment (2)
(b) Discuss in brief, the factors responsible for the intensity of microwave (rotational)

(c) The rotational spectrum of ”’Br!°F shows a series of equidistant lines 0.714 cm”
apart. Calculate the rotational constant B, and hence the moment of Inertia and bond
length of the molecule. Take the relative atomic weights of Br and 'F to be
respectively 79 and 19 and absolute mass of H atom = 1.67 x 10 *” kg. (4)


(d) Show that ihe equation :or the guanturm aumber of the level having highest

population (Jmax) is given b

J =, jae where k is Boltzmann constant. h is Planck's constant. ¢ j
Jimax \ 2Bhe >
velocity of light and T is the iemperatur
Ie pe r “ey - Onn .- hich ot thes
‘c) The spectrum of 'H?°C! gas shows a ver intense ahsi mtion at 2886 cr”! a weaker

one at 5668 cm” and very weak one at 8347 cm’! at 300K. Calculate vibration frequency
(in em") and zero-point energy (in cm’') and force constant of HCI gas. (given that
reduced mass (11) of HCl = 1.62 x 10 27 kg). (4)

(d) Derive the expression for maximum vibrational quantum number and the maximum
value of vibrational energy possessed by an anharmonic oscillator. (4)

. (a) What is Raman effect? Explain the origin of Stokes and anti-Stokes lines. (2)

(b) Which of the following molecules are Raman active and why? N2, HF, CHCls, H20?
(22)

(c) A molecule AB2 shows IR and Raman spectra as tabulated below:

Strong (PQR contour)

Very strong (PR contour)
2224

Strong ,

depolarized

Predict the shape of the molecule and assign the various observed lines to the

appropriate normal modes of vibrations. (4)
(d) Explain the phenomena of fluorescence and phosphorescence using suitable diagrams,

(4)

. (a) State and explain the Frank Condon principle using suitable diagram 5 (2)

(b) Explain the phenomenon of predissociation with the help of a diagram. (24)

(c) Consider the free electron molecular orb
molecule octatetraene:
CH, = CH — CH = CH — CH = CH CH =H,
What is the minimum excitation energy given that
C-—C bond length is 154 pm
And C=C bond length is 135 pm.

ital description of the linear conjugated

(4)


(d) Show that the separation between the maxima in P and R branches 0! # vibration
rotation spectrum of a hetero nuclear diatomic molecule is given by

laxte

‘ he F
where k is the 8cltzmann constant, h is Planck’s constant, B is the retation:'
Constani. i 1s the ten wreture and c is ihe «ciocity of lighi.

So em ey eS ae A Ae ee ead Sons ween ee eres


Seno DR. P | 1662 (IS) oa

Unique Paper Code ‘2171604

Name of the Paper : Organic Chemistry: Chemistry of Biomolecules - 4
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Chemistry Pest
Semester :¥I

Duration : 3 Hours = _ ¥
Maximum Marks ee

Instructions for Candidates

A Question No. 1 is compulsory.
2; Attempt any other five questions.

| (a) What would be the overall yield of a peptide containing 15 amino acid

residues if the yield for incorporation of each were 80%? 2

(b) Define Saponification value of an oil. Write the formula for calculating the
saponification value experimentally.

(c) Draw the structure of a nucleotide of DNA molecule containing Guanine as
the base. 2

(d) What is a Coenzyme? Explain briefly giving an example. 2

(e) How is pyruvate converted to lactate under limiting. amount of oxygen?
Name the enzyme and give the reaction involved. .

(tf) Draw the structure of Glucocerebroside. 2

(g) Draw all possible Zwitter ion structures of Aspartic acid. Which is the actual
structure at its pI? Justify the choice of the structure at its pl.

ya (a) Give all the theoretically possible tautomeric forms of base Thymine. Out of
these, which form is present in DNA? Give the Wheeler and Liddle method
of synthesis of Thymine. 4
(b) Write the structures showing specific hydrogen bonding between following
pairs of bases in nucleotides.
(i) Uracil and Adenine
(ii) Cytosine and Guanine
(c) Draw the structures of glyceryl tristearate and glyceryl trioleate. Explain

which has a higher melting point. Calculate the iodine value of glyceryl
trioleate.

4 ¥

3, (a) Outline the steps involved in the synthesis of a tripeptide Phe-Leu-Ala by
Merrifield automated solid phase peptide synthesis. x Wading 6
(b) Explain the reactions involved in identifying the N-terminal aminovacid ‘of a
tripeptide Gly-Ala-Val by Sanger’s method. What is the disadvantage of this —

method as compared to Edman’s method for N-terminal analysis of peptides
or proteins.

ad


(c)

(a)

(b)

(c)

Kreb’s cycle. 6
Discuss briefly the varjgus steps involved in the “ees a .
Differentiate between Sermitle and irreversible inhibitors giving suitable !

. 3
examples. . . y
What are essential fatty acids. Give two examples along with their —
Outline the synthesis of Phenylalanine starting from glycine using ;
Erlenmeyer azlactone synthesis. ois

ATP is called the universal currency of cellular energy. Explain giving its
hydrolytic pathway. ; 4
The acid component of a Cholesterol ester is a fatty acid such as oleic

acid. Draw the structure of oleic acid and its Cholesterol ester. 4

One of the strands of DNA molecule shows nucleotide base sequence as

5'- A-T-G-A-C-C-A-T-G-C-A-A-3’, Write down the sequence of bases on
complimentary DNA strand and transcripted messenger RNA strand, giving
the name of base closest to 5’ end in each case. 4

A nonapeptide has the molecular formula Arg2,Gly,,Phe2,Pro3,Ser,. The use
of 2,4- Dinitroflurobenzene and Carboxypeptidase shows that both terminal
residues are arginine. Partial acid hydrolysis of the nonapeptide gives the
following fragments

Phe.Ser + Pro.Gly.Phe + Pro.Pro + Ser.Pro.Phe + Phe.Arg + Arg.Pro

What is the amino acid sequence of the nonapeptide? 4
Name the amino acid triad responsible for the enzymatic activity of trypsin,
Discuss the mechanism of action of trypsin. 4

|
Give the reaction pathway of conversion of glycerol to glyceraldehyde 3- |
phosphate after it is obtained during catabolism of fats, 3
Draw the Fischer projection formulae of all the possible stereoisomers of
amino acid Threonine, give their names and label them as D or L, Indicate.
the relationship between these stereoisomers. 6
An elemental analysis of Cytochrome c, an enzyme involved
reduction processes, gave 0.43% Fe and 1.48 %
molecular weight of the enzyme? What is the minimum number of iron atoms
per molecule of enzyme? What is the minimum number of sulphur atoms per
molecule of enzyme? (Atomic weight of Fe = 55.8 and § = 32) 3

in oxidation-.
S. What is the minimum

Write short notes on the following (any three):

(i) Transcription

(ii) Rancidity of oils and fats

(iii) Watson and Crick Model of DNA
(iv) Electrophoresis

(v) Liposomes and their biomedical applications 3x4 ‘

This question paper contains 4 printed pages] =< |y pre DOAK LO

ALI)

S. No. of Question Paper : 5783

Unique Paper Code : 2352011201 ,

Name of the Paper : Linear Algebra Soy oy

Name of the Course : B.Sc. CH) Mathematics _ a

Semester -:I1/ DSC |

Duration : 3 Hours | a . . Maximum Marks : 90

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt all questions by selecting any two parts from each question.
All questions carry equal marks.
Use of calculator is not allowed.
1. (a) Prove that if x, y and z are mutually orthogonal vectors in R”, then
le + y + 2]? = [pel + ipl? + Ie.
Also, verify the same for the vectors in R4, where x = (1, 0, -1, 0),
y = (1,V2,1,1) and z = (1, - v2, 1, 0).
(6) Solve the following system of linear equations using Gaussian
Elimination Method :
3x) — xo + 4xg = -54
—X1 + X_ — 2x = 20
5x) ~ 4x9 + Bx, = -83.
(c) Using the Gauss-Jordon method, find the minimal integer values for
the variables that will balance the following chemical equation :

a(HNOs3) + b(HCI) + c(Au) > d(NOCI) + e(HAuCl,) + AHO).
P.T.O.


(.2 ) 5783

(a) Define a linear combination of the vectors in R”. Express the
vectors [1, 11, —4, 11] as a linear combination of the vectors

x = [2, -4, 1, -3], y = (7, -1, -1, 2] and z = [8, 7, -3, 8].

(b) Consider the matrix :

5 -8 -12
A=|-2 3 4
4 -6 -9

(i) State the Cayley-Hamilton Theorem.
(ii) Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of A.
(iii) Check whether the matrix A is diagonalizable or not ?

(c) Let

2 3 4
2 1 -5
0 1 1
A= and B=|2 3 0
-2 1 5
4 1 1
3 0 1

Compute R(AB) and (R(A))B to verify that they are equal, i.e.,
R(AB) = (R(A))B, for the operations :
(z) R: <3> < -3 <2> + <3>,
Gi) R: <2> 4 <3>.
(a) Let R? = {(ay, ag) : ay, dy € R}. Prove that R? is a vector space over
‘R with addition and scalar multiplication defined as;
(ay, Gg) + (by, bg) = (ay + by, a2 + bo)

a(a}, @g) = (aay, dg) where (aj, Qy), (by, by) € R2, a € R.


(6)

(c)

(a)

(6)

(c)

(a)

(6)

(c)

( 3 ) 5783
Define basis of a vector space. Prove that the following subset S of R®°
is a spanning set of R®, where S = {(2, 2, 3), (-1, -2, 1), (0, 1, 0)}.
Do the polynomials x? - 2x2 + 1, 4x3 — x + 3 and 3x - 2 generates
P(R) ?

If {v,, Voy -veee

Define linearly dependent and independent set in R°. Show that set
of vectors {(2, -2, 3), (0, -4, 1), (8, 1, —4)} in R® is linearly dependent.
Let W be a subspace of a finite-dimensional vector space V. Prove
that W is finite-dimensional and dim(W) < dim(V). Moreover, if
dim(W) = dim(V), then V = W

Let T : R* > R? is a function. For each of the following parts, state
why T is not a linear transformation.

() Ta, b) =, d)

i) Ta, b) = @, 6?)

(wz) Ta, 6) = (sina, 0)

(wv) Ta, b) = (lal, d)

(v) T, b) = (1 +a, bd).

Let V, W and Z be finite-dimensional vector spaces with ordered basis
a, B and y, respectively. Let T: V > W and U: W 3 Z be linear
transformations. Then (ut? = (uP (Th.

Prove that two same dimensional finite vector spaces over the same

field are isomorphic.

P.T.O.


( 4 ) 5783

6. (a) Let V and W be vector spaces over same field F, and suppose that

{UV}, Vg, +...) U,} is a basis for V. For wy, Wo, +) Wy in W, there exists
exactly one linear transformation T : V > W such that T(v;) = w; for
t= 1, 2, ...., 7

(6) Let L: M,, (R) > R? (R) be a linear transformation given by

(fa b
LI F = [a -c + 2d, 2a + b - d, - 2c + d] with
Cc

(f2  5)]f-2 2]f-3 4]f-1 -3])
B= ’ ’ ’ ;
| 2 -1/ {0 1} | 1 2} | 0 1
C = ([7, 0, -3], [2, -1, -2], [2, 0, 1).
Check whether B and C are bases for My , (R) and R? (R),
respectively, if yes, then find matrix A for L with respect to the given
bases B and C. .
(c) For the graphic in given figure, use ordinary coordinates to find the

new vertices after performing each indicated operations :

~N Wa nen @

0123465 67 8 9 0
(i) . Translation along the vector [4, —2]
(ii) Rotation about the origin through 0 = 30°

(iii) Reflection about the line y = 3x.

5783 4


S. No. of Question Paper : 5803

Unique Paper Code : 2352011202 8

o* |
Name of the Paper : Calculus-DSC 5 Naka)
Name of the Course : Bachelor of Science (Honours Course)

Semester

Mathematics NEP UGCF-2022

: II

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

Attempt all questions by selecting three parts from each question.

1. (a)

(b)

_All questions carry equal marks.
Use of calculator is not allowed.

Using « — 8 definition of limit, show that :

if c > 0.

Show that if f : (a, ©) — R (a > 0) is such that
li =
Jim af (x) =L,

where L ¢€ R, then
jim f(x) =0.

P.T.O.


(c)

(d)

(a)

(b)
(c)

(d)

(a)

(6)

( 2 ) 5803
Let A c R and f: A + R has a limit at c « R, where c is a cluster

point of A. Then prove that f is bounded on some neighbourhood
of c.

Give example of functions f and & such that f and g do not have limits
at a point c, but both f + g and fg have limits at c.

If f is continuous on a closed interval [a, b], then prove that f is

uniformly continuous on [a, 6).
Show that the function fix) = x2 is uniformly continuous on [—4, 4].
Show that :
: x+2
——(x>0
does not exist in R.

Use ¢« — 8 definition of limit to show that :

ti x —3x
. -2
6 +3
Let
2
x“, x20,
f(x) =
0, x<0.

Calculate f’ on R. Is f’ continuous as well as differentiable on R ?

Justify your answer.

Let fix) = sin |x|, where x « R. Determine the set of points where f

is not differentiable. Justify your answer.



(c)

(d)

(a)
(b)

(c)

(d)

(a)

(3) 5803

If f: R > R is differentiable at a e R, then show that :

(i) im, MA =f'(a),

ii) Tim, et -fe™ Mf (o-)_ pa)

Suppose f is defined on an open interval (a, 6) Let xo € (a, b). If f
assumes its maximum at xp and if f is differentiable at xo, then show
that f'(xo) = 0.

State and prove Rolle’s theorem.

Let f be defined on R and suppose that |flx) — fly)| < |x - y|? for
all x, y « R. Prove that f is a constant function on R.

Show that sinx < x for all x 2 0.

State Intermediate value theorem for derivatives. Suppose f is

differentiable on R and f(0) = 1, f(1) = 2 and f{2) = 2.

(i) Show that f'(x) = > for some x € (0, 2),
(i) Show that f'(x) = ; for some x ¢ (0, 2).
If |

y = log|x + i+ x2 ,
show that |

(1 + xy, 4 9 + (Qn + ay, , 1 + ny, = 0.
P.T.O.



(6)

(c)

(d)

6. (a)

(5)

(c)

(d)

5803

( 4 ) 5803

Trace the curve :
4x2 = y2(~2 _ 4),

Determine the intervals of concavity and points of inflexion (if any)

of the curve :
y = 2x4 — 8x2 + On + 1.

State Taylor’s Theorem. Find the Taylor’s series expansion of sin 2x
about x = 0.

Trace the curve :
r= 2 sin 20.
Determine the position and nature of the double points of the curve:
x3 + 2x? + Qny — y? + Be - dy = 0.

Find the horizontal asymptotes of the graph of the function given by

Find the equations of tangents at origin to the curve :

x4 + y4 = a%x2 — y2),



This question paper contains 4 printed pages] Tre 0 FL h

Roll No. | | | [| [[][[]

S. No. of Question Paper : 5803 Kgs
Unique Paper Code __: 2352011202 1 Lie a

Name of the Paper : Calculus-DSC 5 ‘Ge ' , J |
Name of the Course : Bachelor of Science (Honours Course)

Mathematics NEP UGCF-2022
Semester : I
Duration : 3 Hours . Maximum Marks : 90
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt ail questions by selecting three parts from each question.

All questions carry equal marks.

Use of calculator is not allowed.
1. (a) Using € ~ 8 definition of limit, show that -_

. 1 1
lim — =-,
x>cX Cc

if c > 0.
(6) Show that iff: (a, 0) >R (a > 0) is such that
lim xf (x) = L,
x30
where L ¢ R, then
jim f (x) =0.

P.T.(


(c)

(d)

(a)

(b)
(c)

(d)

(a)

ma ())

(2) 5803

Let Ac R andf: A> RB has a limit atc € R, where c is a cluster
point of A. Then prove that f is bounded on some neighbourhood
of c.
Give example of functions f and g such that f and g do not have limits
at a point c, but both f + g and fg have limits at c.
If f is continuous on a closed interval [a, 6], then prove that f is
uniformly continuous on [a, )). os
Show that the function fx) = x2 is uniformly continuous on [-4, 4].
Show that : | |

Bi (x>0)
does not exist in R. |

Use ¢ — 5 definition of limit to show that :

xe -3x
. =2
iim, +6 x+3
Let
2
x, x20,
f(2) = :
0, x <0.

Calculate f' on R. Is f’ continuous as well as differentiable on R ?

Justify your answer.

Let fix) = sin |x|, where x € R. Determine the set of points where f

is not differentiable. Justify your answer.


(c)

(d)

(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)

(a)

(3) 5803

If f: R > R is differentiable at a ¢ R, then show that :

@ im, oA) _

i) Ty pO“ Flo-W) _ pig)

Suppose f is defined on an open interval (a, b) Let xp ¢€ (a, 5). If f

assumes its maximum at xq and if f is differentiable at xo, then show
that f'(x9) = 0.

State and prove Rolle’s theorem.

Let f be defined on R and suppose that |x) — fly) | < |x - y|? for
all x, y e R. Prove that f is a constant function on R.

Show that sinx < x for all x > 0.

State Intermediate value theorem for derivatives. Suppose f is

differentiable on R and f(0) = 1, fl) = 2 and (2) = 2.

(i) Show that f (x) = : for some x € (0, 2),
(ii) Show that f'(x) = ; for some x € (0, 2).
If .

y= log + \1+ x2 ,
show that

(1 + x yn 49 + (Qn + ey, , 1 + ny, = 0.

P.T.O.


(b)

(c)

(d)

6. (a)

(5)

(c)

(d)

5803

( 4 ) 5803
Trace the curve :
4x2 = y2%(x2 _ 4),

Determine the intervals of concavity and points of inflexion (if any)

of the curve :
y = Qt — 8x2 + Qe + 1.

State Taylor’s Theorem. Find the Taylor’s series expansion of sin 2x
about x = 0.

Trace the curve :
r= 2 sin 20.
Determine the position and nature of the double points of the curve :
x3 4 Qe? + Oey — y2 + Be — 2y = 0.

Find the horizontal asymptotes of the graph of the function given by

= x'|sin4-24 2)
7 x x 6x3]

Find the equations of tangents at origin to the curve :

xt + y4 = a%(x2 — y?).



Fine goas be
This question paper contains 4 printed pages] NS aoe

Roll No. | FIT TTT]
S. No. of Question Paper : 5823 z

4 \ >

Unique Paper Code _: 2852011903 7
Name of the Paper : Ordinary Differential Equations

Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) Mathematics

Semester : IVDSC

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question Paper.)
All the questions are compulsory.

Attempt any two parts from each question.

Each part carries 7.5 marks.

Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

1. (a) Solve the initial value problem :
(2y sin x cos x + y? sin x) dx + (sin? x — 2y cos x) dy = 0, y(0) = 3.
(6) Solve :
(x2 — 3y2) dx + Qxy dy = 0,
(c) Solve :
xy" = Dry’ + (y/)?
by reduction of order-
_ 2 (a) If the population of a country double in 50 years, in how many years
will it triple under the assumption that the rate of increase is
Proportional to the number of inhabitants ?
P.T.O.


(b)

(c)

(a)

(b)

(c)

(a)

to the number of nuclei in the sample. In a certain

( 2) 5823

A metal bar at a temperature of 100°F is placed in a room at a
constant temperature of O°F. If after 20 minutes the temperature of
the bar is half, find an expression for the temperature of the bar at
any time.

Assume that the rate at which radioactive nuclei decay is proportional
sample 10% of the

original number of radioactive nuclei have undergone disintegration
in a period of 200 years. What percentage of the original radioactive
nuclei will remain after 1000 years ?
Show that e2* and e3* are linearly independent solutions of the
differential equation :

ey. 2 + 6y = 0.
Find the particular solution satisfying the initial condition,

y(0) = 0, y'(0) = 0
Solve the differential equation using the method of variation of

parameters

ay, 4y = tan 2x.

dx”
Find the general solution of the differential equation using the method
of undetermined coefficients -

2 .

Ty 2 yasiet

Use operator method to find the general solution of the following linear
system :

dx t
—+2y+x=e
dt y

YY . ors y =3e'.
dt


(6)

(c)

(a)

(6)

(c)

( 3 ) 5823

Solve the initial value problem, assuming x > 0

EY POY. 29M oy

A mass of 3 kg is attached to the end of a spring that is stretched
20 cm by a force of 15 N. It is set in motion with initial position
Xo = 0 m and initial velocity Ug = —10 m/s. Find the amplitude, period
and frequency of the resulting motion.

Define carrying capacity. Derive the logistic equation :

a7 81%)
“= rX/1-%
ad K

where r and K are reproduction rate and carrying capacity
respectively. | .

Suppose a soft drink manufacturing company has a 1000 litre tank
containing sugar water solution. Initially s) kg of sugar is dissolved.
Sugar solution flows into the tank at the rate of 10 litre/min with
concentration cin(t) kg/l. Assume that the solution in the tank is
thoroughly mixed and the sugar solution flows out at the same rate
at which it flows in i.e. the volume of sugar water mixture in the tank
remains constant. Find a differential equation for the amount of sugar

in the tank at any time ¢. Also solve it.

Suppose a‘ population can be modelled using the differential equation :

dx

— = 0.2x - 0.001x?
dt

with the initial population size of x») = 100 at a time step of 1. Find

the predicted population after two months.

P.T.O.


5823

ia)

(b)

(c)

FOOO
OS aad

—=aN)1-— |
dt. Ny

represents the model for spread of technology where Ni‘) is the number
of ranchers who adopted an improved pasture technology in Uruguay
and Nz is the total population of ranchers. It is assumed that rate of
adoption is proportional to both the number who have adopted the
technology and the fraction of population of ranchers who have not
adopted the technology.

(i) | Which term corresponds to the fraction of the population who
have not yet adopted the improved pasture technology ”

(i) According to the Banks (1994), Ny = 17015, a = 0.490 and
No = 141. Determine how long it takes for the improved pasture
technology to spread to 80% of the population.

Derive the epidemic model of influenza

dS dl dS
“ =-6SI, —=fSI- 7, —=y1
BS B want

where B and ;y are positive constants.
Define equilibrium points. Find all equilibrium points of Predator-Prey
model

xX dY
q) ~akY, Go eaX¥ aay

where the positive constants Cj, Cg are interaction parameter, ay is
predator per capita death rate and f, is prey per capita birth rate.
Discuss the direction of trajectories of Predator-Prey model.

aX (a -
ai = B,X} 1


This question paper contains 4 printed pages] Sev

Aoi) OF @)
RAPNo. | El TTT TTT TT
(fy a Oh
Ly , IA

S. No. of Question Paper : 5823

Unique Paper Code : 2352011203 oP

Name of the Paper : Ordinary Differential Equations

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics

Semester . : IYVDSC .

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
| All the questions are compulsory.
Attempt any two parts from each question.
Each part carries 7.5 marks.
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.
1. © @) Solve the initial value problem :
(2y sin x cos x + y* sin x) dx + (sin? x — 2y cos x) dy = 0, y(0) = 3.
(b) Solve : . |
| (x2 — 8y?) de + 2xy dy = 0.
(c) Solve :
ty" = Ory! + (y'?
by reduction of order.
2. (a) If the population of a country double in 50 years, in how many years
will it triple under the assumption that the rate of increase is

proportional to the number of inhabitants ?
P.T.O.


( 2 )

- 5823
(b) A metal bar at a temperature of 100°F is placed in a room at a

constant temperature of O°F. If after 20 minutes the temperature of

the bar is half, find an expression for the temperature of the bar at
any time.

(c) Assume that the rate at which radioactive nuclei decay is proportional

to the number of nuclei in the sample. In a certain sample 10% of the -
original number of radioactive nuclei have undergone disintegration
in a period of 200 years. What percentage of the original radioactive
nuclei will remain after 1000 years ?

(a) Show that e% and e3* are linearly independent solutions of the

differential equation :

d*y_ _dy

oy _5~ +6y=0.

dx? dx .

Find the particular solution satisfying the initial condition,
y(0) = 0, y'(0) = 0.

(b) Solve the differential equation using the method of variation of
parameters

d?
| 2 + 4y = tan 2x.
(c) Find the general solution of the differential equation using the method
of undetermined coefficients :
d’y dy
@y_ 9-7
dx? dx
(a) Use operator method

+ y= xe.

to find the general solution of the following linea’
system :

at yt eae

dy ;
et et yas.


(b)

(c)

(a)

(6)

(c) |

nr
ea)
No
a)

( 3)

Solve the initial value problem, assuming x > 0

BOY PEE sae aya et
A mass of 3 kg is attached to the end of a spring that is stretched
20 cm by a force of 15 N. It is set in motion with initial position
Xo = 0 m and initial velocity vg = _10 m/s. Find the amplitude, period
and frequency of the resulting motion.
Define carrying capacity. Derive the logistic equation :
where r and K are reproduction rate and carrying capacity
respectively.
Suppose a soft drink manufacturing company has a 1000 litre tank
containing sugar water solution. Initially so kg of sugar is dissolved.
n flows into the tank at the rate of 10 litre/min with

Sugar solutio

concentration cin(t) kg/l. Assume that the solution in the tank is
thoroughly mixed and the sugar solution flows out at the same rate
at which it flows in i.e. the volume of sugar water mixture in the tank

remains constant. Find a differential equation for the amount of sugar
in the tank at any time t. Also solve it.

Suppose a population can be modelled using the differential equation -

ax _ 02x - 0.001x?
dt

with the initial population size of x9 = 100 at a time step of 1. Find

the predicted population after two months.
P.T.O.


5823

(a)

(0)

(c)

( 4 ) 5823

The given differential equation :

aN _ wii.)
da ON,

represents the model for spread of technology where N(t) is the number

of ranchers who adopted an improved pasture technology in Uruguay .

and Ny is the total population of ranchers. It is assumed that rate of

adoption is proportional to both the number who have adopted the

technology and the fraction of population of ranchers who have not

adopted the technology.

(x) Which term corresponds to the fraction of the population who
have not yet adopted the improved pasture technology ?

(u) According to the Banks (1994), Np = 17015, a = 0. 490 and
No = 141. Determine how long it takes for the improved pasture
technology to spread to 80% of the population.

‘Derive the epidemic model of influenza

dS < dS
-—-=-8SI, —=8SI- yl, —=yI
it B B YL zy

where f and y are positive constants.
Define equilibrium points. Find all equilibrium points of Predator-Prey
model

dy = CoXY —- aoY

= 6:X(1 - *) — ¢, XY, 7s :

dt K
where the positive constants cj, co are interaction parameter, ao is
predator per capita death rate and f, is prey per capita birth rate.

Discuss the direction of trajectories of Predator-Prey model.


UNIVERSIFY 0:

fi
y
a
c
‘)
s

Uniaue Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Lourse
-xaN

SEM ESTER/YEAR
DURATION
Je. mum Marks

Asnouncement for candidates

Q = se read as

retor method to Pind the veneral sehutn

chy
—_ 4 _— 1
at
dt
i ! los aude
« ul
)
—_“~":~ an to
da cfs
a Comass of Sky os attached te the ond.

force OP LS ON frads sein motion wathomibal posthen

—Tonfe. Find the anepoibade. per vl

DELHI

CORRIGENDUM

5823

2352011203

Ordinary Differential Equations

B.Sc. (Hons.) 'iathematics

18/06/2025 Morning

N/DSC
3 Hour

90

baspriny

rr

al

Joint Repistrar (Secrecy)

'.•.::;:::-:-;;·~ ft:.::, 
r 7 l pj ?i) 
':/ 
[This quefti:On paper contains 8 printed p'jges.] 
, 
r1 ,7 ".,l 
· 
-
--7---ir"J . 
•1• 
.. 
, i f½::;3.--
'
,; , 
1'! 
i. 
(lL'< 
.• 
i.ll, 
,: 
I N 
.. 
. 
Your Roi 
o ............ . 
,. 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1083 
I 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
2352012301 
Group Theory 
B.Sc. (H) Mathematics 
UGCF 
III - · DSCC-7 
Duration : 3 Hours 
·Maximum Marks : 90 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt all questions by selecting two parts from 
each question. 
3. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
4. 
Use of Calculator nqt allowed. 
P.T.O . 


1083 
2 
1. 
(a) Prove that the order of a permutation of a 
finite set written in disjoint cycle form is the 
least con1111011 111ultiple of the lengths of the 
cycles. 
(7.5) 
(b) 
(i) Let S
11 denote the symmetric group of degree 
n. In S3, find elements a and P such that 
!al= 2, IPI = 2 and laPI = 3. 
(ii) Let P E S7 and P4 = (2 I 4 3 5 6 7). Then 
find p. 
(3,4.5) 
( c) 
(i) Give two reasons to show that the set of 
odd permutations in S
0 is not a subgroup of 
(ii) Define even and odd permutations and show 
that the set of even permutations in S is a 
n 
subgroup of s 
n· 
(3, 4.5) 


1083 
3 
2. 
(a) 
(i) Let a be an element in a group G such that 
I a I = I 5 . Find a II J e ft cos et s of ( a 5 ) rn (a) . 
(ii) State and prove Lagrange's theorem. 
(3,4.5) 
(b) Suppose that G is a group with more than one 
element and G has no proper, non-trivial subgroups. 
Prove that IGI is prime. 
(7.5) 
( c) Let C * be the group of non-zero complex numbers 
under multiplication and let H = { a + bi E C * 
I a2 + b2 = I}. Give a geometrical description of 
the coset (3 + 4i)H. Give a geometrical description 
of the coset ( c + di)H. 
(7.5) 
P.T.O. 


1083 
4 
J . 
(a) 
(i) Let G be a group and H be its subgroup. 
Prove that if H has index 2 in G, then ·H is 
norma l in G. 
(ii) l f a group G has a unique subgroup H of 
some finite order, then show that H is normal 
in G. 
(3,4.5) 
(b) 
(i) Prove that a factor group of a cyclic group is 
cyclic. Is converse true? Justify your answer. 
(ii) Let G be a group and let Z(G) be the center 
of G. If G/Z(G) is cyclic, then show that G 
is Abelian. 
(3 ,4.5) 
( c) 
(i) Let ~ be a group homomorphism from group 
G 1 to group G 2 and H be a subgroup of 
G 1• Show that if H is cyclic, then ~(H) is 
cyclic. 


1083 
5 
(ii) How many homomorph isms are there from 
Z20 to Zs? How many are there on to Z,/ 
(3 ,4.5) 
4. 
(a) 
(i) Suppose that~ is a homomorphism from U(30) 
to U(30) and Ker ~ = {1,11}. If ~(7) = 7, 
find all the elements of U(30) that map to 7. 
(ii) Let $ be a homomorphism from a group G 1 
to group G2. Show that $(a) = $(b) iff aKer 
~ = bKer ~-
(3,4.5) 
(b) 
(i) Is U(8) isomorphic to U(l 0)? Justify your 
answer. 
(ii) Show that any infinite cyclic group is 
isomorphic to the group of integers under 
addition. 
(3,4.5) 
P.T.O. 


6 
1083 
(c) If~ is an onto homomorphism from group G1 to 
group o
2
, then prove that O / Ker <I> is isomorphic 
to o
2
• Hence show that if G I is finite, then order 
of o
2 divides the order of G 1• 
(7.5) 
5. 
(a) Let G be a group and let a E G. Define the inner 
automorphisJJ?. of G induced by a. Show that 
the set of all inner automorphisms of a group 
G, denoted by Inn(G), forms a subgroup of 
Aut(G), the group of all automorphisms of G. Find 
Inn(D 4). 
(7.5) 
(b) Prove that the order of an element in a direct 
product of a finite number of finite groups is the 
1 cm of the orders of the components of the 
element, i.e. , l(gl' g2, ... , g 0)l = lcm(jg 1l, \g21, ... , 
\gn\). Also, find the number of elements of order 
(7.5) 


1083 
7 
(c) Without doing any calculations 1n Aut(Z105), 
determine how many elements of Aut(Z
105) have 
order 6. 
(7.5) 
6. 
(a) For any group G, prove that G/Z(G) ~ Inn(G). 
(7.5) 
(b) Define the internal direct product of a collection 
of subgroups of a group G. Let Ill* denote the 
group of all nonzero real numbers under 
multiplication. Let Ill+ denote · the group of all 
positive real numbers under multiplication. Prove 
that IR* is the internal direct product of Ill+ and 
the subgroup {1, -1}. 
(7.5) 
P.T.O. 


1083 
8 
(c) The set G = {l,4,11,14,16,l9,26,29,31,34,41,44} 
is a group under multiplication modulo 45. Write 
G as an external and al?- internal direct product 
of cyclic groups of prime-power order. 
(7.5) 
(2000) 
J 


Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1140 
Unique Paper Code: 2352012302 
,- () j ~,v\ 
Name of the Paper: Riemann Inte . . 
\,. ;Pi-1: ;\fl 
) 
Type of the Paper: DSCC-8 
gtation ,-> 
. ~ , ; 
Semester : III 
·'> .1. 
~..., • / 
'•', /1", 
,. 
Progr~e: B.Sc. (H) Mathematics UGCF-~02~ vr, ~~ ,,, 
Durat:J.on : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 90 
Instructions for Candidates 
1 Write your Roll No on ti . 
· 
· 
f hi 
· 
· 
11 
. · 
1e to.p 1mmecliately on recetpt o t s quest10n Paper 
2 Attempt a questions b 
l 
· 
· 
· 
· 
. 
Y se ectmg three parts from each quest10n. 
3. All qu~stlous Cat.Ty equal marks. 
4. Use ot Calculator is not allowed. 
\ (a: Fi.I~~ tbe upper and lower Darboux integrals for f (x) = x 2 on the interval [0, b] and show that 
lo x-=-:- · 
.) 
. 
(b) Let f be a bounded function on [ a, b]. If P and Q are partitions of [ a, b] and pf;; Q, 
then prove that 
L(f, P) ~ L(f, Q) ~ U(f, Q) ~ U(f, P) 
( c) Let f : [ a,_ b] ➔ R be a bounded function on [ a, b]. Prove that if/ is integrable on [ a, b], then for each 
E > 0, there exists a partition P of [ a, b] such that 
U(f, P) - L(f, P) < E 
(d) Let f (x) = 2x + 1 over the interval [0,2]. Let P = { 0, ½, 1, ~, 2} be a partition of [0,2] . Compute 
U(f,P), L(f,P) and U(f,P) - L(f,P). 
2. ( a) Let f be an integrable function on [ a, b]. Show that - f is integrable on [ a, b] and 
(b) Let f: [0,2] ➔R be defined as 
b 
b 
fc-n=-f t 
a 
a 
f (x) = [ 1, ~f x ~s :atio_nal 
-1, If x Is Irrational 
Calculate the upper and lower Darboux Integrals for/ on the interval [0,2]. Is/integrable on [0,2]? 
(c) Let f: [a, b] ➔ R be a bounded function. Show that if/is integrable (Darboux) on [ a, b ], then it is 
Riemann integrable on [ a, b]. 
(d) For a bounded function/ on [a, b], define the Riemann Sum associated with a partition P. Hence, give 
Riemann's definition of integrability. 
3. (a) Prove that every bounded piecewise monotonic function f on [a, b] is integrable. 
(b) Show that if a function f is integrable on [a, b], then If! is integrable on [a,b] and If: f I$ J:lfl. 
( c) If f is a continuous, non-negative function on [ a, b] and if f: f = 0, then prove that f is identically 
0 on [ a, b]. Give an example of a discontinuous non-zero function f on [0,1] for which J0
1 f == 0. 
( d) State and prove Fundamental Theorem of Calculus I 


4. (a) Ifu and v are cont~uous functions on [a, b] that are differentiable on (a, b), and u' and v'are 
integrable, prove that JQ uv' + f: u'v = u(b)v(b) - u(a)v(a). Hence evaluateforr x cos x. 
(b) Use the Funda111ental 'theorem of Calculus to calculate limx➔o:; f0x e t
2 dt. 
(c) Let f be an integrable function on [a, b]. For x in [a, b], let F(x) = I: f(t)dt. Then show that Fis 
[
o, 
t < o 
wuformly continuous on [a, b]. For f(x) = t, 0 ~ t ~ 1, 
4, 
t > 1 
(i) Detem1ine the function F(x) = J; f (t)dt 
(ii) Where is F continuous? 
(d) Fort E [0,1], define F(t) ::::: 
i and let f(x) = x 2 , x E [0,1]. Show that f is 
{
o, t < ~ 
1,t ~ 2 
F -integrable and that f: f dF ::::: f G) . 
5. (a) Find the volume of the solid generated when the region enclosed by the curves 
x = fy and x = YI 4 is revolved about the x - axis. 
(b) Use cylindrical shells to find the volume of the solid generated when the region 
under y = x2 is revolved about the line y = -1. 
(c) F"ind the exact arc length of the curve x = ~ (y 2 + 2) 312 from y = 0 toy= l. 
3 
( d) F~d the area of the surface that is generated by revolving the portion of the curve 
y = x2 between x = l and x = 2 about the y - axis. 
6. (a) Discuss the convergence or divergence of the following improper integrals: 
(i) 
r
1 ~ dx 
(ii) 
J+co ex dx 
Jovx 
-co 
(b) Find the value of r for which the integral f0
1 x-r dx exists or converges, and determine the value of 
the integral. 
(c) Show that the improper integral J1
00 
s~~x dx converges absolutely. 
(d) Define the Gamma function f(m). Prove that f(m) converges if m > 0. 


' 
(This question paper contains 8 printed pages] 
Your Roll No. 
SI. No. of Q. Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
N rune of the Paper 
N rune of the Course 
Semester 
Time : 3 Hours 
: ························ 
:1313 
:2353012002 
I 
: Mathematical Python 
DSE 
: B.Sc.(Hons.) 
Mathematics 
~ 
: y'_]U;. 
Maximum Marks : 90 
Instructions for Candidates : 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt all questions by selecting· any six 
parts from question number 1, and any 
three parts from question numbers 2 to 6 
respectively. 
(c) All commands to be written in Python code. 
1. Attempt any 6 parts. 
2.5x6=15 
(a) How do you find the mean and standard 
deviation of elements in a NumPy array? 
P.T.O. 


1313 
(b) Consider the list, list 1 = [1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 3]. 
w·rite python code to reverse the elements 
of the list 1. Also find the length of the 
list 1. 
(c) How do you identify the data type of elements 
in a NumPy array? 
2 
3 
(d) Consider an array, array 1 == 
8 
-6 , extract 
-3 
4 
an array ( ~3-, :tJ from array 1. 
(e) What is range function in NumPy? Use it to 
generate first five natural numbers. 
(f) Use pretty printing to print the following 
expression. 
ct( x
2 + 2x + 3) 
dx 
(g) Write a SymPy code to find the indefinite 
integral of the following function with respect 
to X. 
f ( X) = sin X + cos X 
2 


1313 
(h) Write a Syn1Py code to fin d the limit of 
following function : 
I. 
Sll1 X 
1111--
x-+O 
X 
2. Atten1pt any 3 parts. 
5x3=15 
(a) Using tu rtle graphics, write a python code 
tha t draw 100 squares turning right 10 
degrees after each square complete. 
(b) Write a python code to plot the functions 
Y1 = sinx,y2 = sin2x in a single plot. The code 
must include the following requirements : 
(i) 
Legends, grid and a title of the plot ; 
(ii) Different colour for each function. 
(c) Consider an unbiased coin where the 
probability of getting head is 2 / 3 and that of 
tail is 1 / 3 in a toss. Write a python code to 
simulate such a coin toss. 
(d) Given a 2D array : 
a= [[l, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6], [7, 8, 9]] 
Use NumPy to 
(i) 
Extract the diagonal elements. 
(ii) Calculate the sum of each row. 
(iii) Transpose the array. 
3 
P.T.O. 


1313 
3. Attempt any 3 parts. 
5x3=15 
(a) Write a python code usi~g N~mPy to find the 
characteristic polynomial, eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors for the given matrix A 
1 
3 
0 
A= 1 -1 0 
2 
2 
2 
(b) Use lambda to evaluate the following function 
at X = 0. 
g(x)= ✓2x
2 
+l 
3x-5 
(c) Use SymPy to write the following expression 
and later to evaluate the same. 
f( log ( x) )2 dx 
(d) Use SymPy to print the first order and second 
order derivatives of the following function. 
Als·o evaluate f' (0) and f" ( 1) for a = 1. 
f ( x) == 2sin( nx) + 5eax + x2 
4. Attempt any 3 parts. 
Sx3=15 
(a) Creat~ a 2 by 2 grid of subplots to plot the 
fallowing 4 functions : 
· 
4 


Y1 = X 
Y2 = x2 
Y3 = x3 
y4 = (1 + x)4 
where x = np~linspace (0, 4, 200). 
1313 
(b) What output will the following code produce : 
import numpy as np 
arr 1 = np.array([[ 1, -1, 3], [4, -3, 6]]) 
arr2 = np.array([[7, 0, 9], [5, 1, 1 0]]) 
print(np.concatenate(arr 1, arr2], axis=0)) 
print(np.concatenate([arrl, arr2], axis= 1)) 
(c) Write a SymPy code to find the critical points 
of the following function and print the points 
of local maxima and minima. 
2 
f(x)=x 2 -3x3 
(d) Write a SymPy code to solve the following 
second order differential equation 
d2 
d 
_l_+2_r+y=O 
dt2 
dt 
with the given Initial condition, y(0) = 0. 
5 
P.T.O. 


1313 
5x3 =15 
3 parts. 
s. Atten1pt any 
-
py-
co d e to factor1'ze the 
(n) \~/rite [l sy1n. 
. 
expression xJ _ 6x 2 + I Ix - 6 and to expand 
)
J 
(x + y 
. 
(b) Write a python code for the following : 
(i) 
Using SymPy, find the series expansion 
7t 
of sin(x) around x = 4 , up to the order 
(ii) Define a recursive sequence where each 
term depends on the previous two terms : 
a~ = an-l + 2 X an_2 
with initial terms a0 = 1 and a1 = 2 . 
(c) Write a NumPy code to solve the following 
system of linear equations using the inverse 
of coefficient matrix : 
2x-5y+ 3z = 8 
3x-y+4z=7 
x +3y+2z =-3 
6 


1313 
(d) Write a SytnPy code to find the following limit : 
( 
J Jn 
lim l +-
n ➔oo 
n 
6 . Attempt any 3 parts. 
5x3=15 
(a) Write a SymPy code to obtain and verify the 
solution of the following system of linear 
equations: 
(b) 
2x + 3y = 7 
4x-y = 5 
For the given matrix : 
3 -2 
4 
-2 
5 
3 
-3 -2 
A= 5 -2 
2 -2 
5 -2 -3 
3 
Write a python code using SymPy to perform 
the following operations : 
(i) 
Create the matrix A and find its order. 
(ii) Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors 
of the matrix A. 
(iii) Find the determinant and transpose of 
the matrix A. 
7 
P.T.O. 


1313 
(c) Write a python code using pandas to create 
a data frame with the following data by 
reading as CSV file with the following 
columns : Name, Age and City. 
Player 
Age 
Runs 
A 
25 
80 
B 
24 
110 
C 
29 
145 
D 
21 
62 
(i) 
Display the first row of the data frame. 
(ii) Add a new column called Innings to the 
data frame with the following values : 
A : 30, B : 45., C : 42 and D : 17. 
(iii) Sort the data fra_me by Age in the 
ascending order. 
(d) Write a python code using PyLaTeX to create 
a simple LaTeX document with a title, 
section and a single inline math expression 
for the area of the circle. 
A== nr2 
*** 
8 
1000 


,, .. ~v~~~·· 
0~'0\\ ~d-~ 
_,..<:> 
.({' ~ 
• 
3 
. 
~,.This question'"'paper contams 
pnnted pages·l 
: ULRARY . 
; 
I I I I 
~ 
Roll No. I I ! \ \ \ I I 
,., 
··s .. No.ofQuestion Paper : 1314 
Unique Paper Code 
Nsmc of the Paper 
Type of the Paper 
Semester 
Name of the Course 
: 2353012003 
: Number Theory 
: DSE-1 
: ill 
: B.Sc. (Hons) Mathematics 
Duration : 3 Hon.rs 
Maximum Marks : 90 
I. 
2. 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt all questions by sel~cting two parts from each question. 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(a) 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Use of calculator is not allowed. 
A farmer purchased 100 head of livestock for a total cost of $4000. Prices were as 
follow : calves $120 each; lambs $50 each; piglets $25 each. If the farmer obtained 
at least one animal of each type, how many of each did he buy ? 
7.5 
Define a complete set of residues. If a 1, a2 , ...... , an is a complete ste of residues 
modulo n and gcd(a, n) = 1, prove that aa1, aa2, ..... , aan is also a complete set 
of residues modulo n. 
7.5 
Solve the linear congruence 17 x = 3 (mod 2.3.5.7). 
7.5 
State and prove Wilson's Theorem. 
7.5 
P.T.O. 


" 
) . 
,\ -r. 
5. 
( 2 
) 
(b) 
(i) 
find the unit digit of 31 oo by the use of Fermat's theorem. 
1314 
3.0 
(ii) 
If gcd(a, 35) == 1, show that a 12 s 1 (mod 35). 
4.5 
(c) 
Prov~ that if n :::: p:'1, p;2 ..... p.~r is the prime factorization of n > 1, then the positive 
divisors of 11 are precisely those integers d of the form : 
7.5 
d = p 0 1 pa2 
. p ar where O ~ a . ~ k. (i = 1, 2, ...... , r). 
1'2•••••r 
L 
L 
(a) 
State and prove the Mobius inversion formula. 
7.5 
(b) 
If integer a have order k modulo n, then show that ah = 1 (mod ~) if and only if 
kjh. 
7.5 
(c) 
(z) 
Determine all primitive roots of 32. 
3.5 
(ii) 
Determine the day of the week January 14, 2020. 
4.0 
(a) State and prove Euler's criterion. 
7.5 
(b) 
(z) 
Use Euler Theorem to show that for any integer a, a 31 = a (mod 1729). 4.0 
(iz) 
Let r be a positive root of the odd prime p. Show that if p = 1 (mod 4), then 
- r is also a primitive root of odd primes. 
3.5 
(c) 
If n ~ 1 and gcd(a, n) = 1, then show that a4>Cn) = 1 (mod n). 
7.5 
(a) If gcd(m, n) = I where m > 2, n > 2, then prove that mn has n~ primitive root. 7.5 
(b) 
If p :t 3 is an odd prime, then .show that : 
7.5 
(3 I p) = {1 if p = ± 1 (mod 12) and -1 if p = ± 5 (mod 12) } 


( 3 ) 
(c) 
The cipher text ALXWU V ADCOJO has been enciphered with the Cipher : 
Derive the plaintext. 
Cl _ 4Pl + 11P2(mod 26) 
C2 _ 3P I + 8P2(mod 26). 
6. 
(a) 
Solve the quadratic congruence 3x2 + 9x + 7 = 0 (mod 13). 
(b) 
Find the value of Legendre symbols (18/43) and (- 72/131). 
1314 
7.5 
7.5 
7.5 
(c) 
Using the· linear cipher C = 5P + 1 l(mod 26), encrypt the message NUMBER 
TIIEORY. 
7 .5 
1314 
3 


~ 
Your Roll No .............. . 
' . . 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5 904 
I 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
32351302 
BMATH306 - Group Theory-I 
B.Sc. Maths (Hons) (2019 
onwards) LOCF 
III 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt all questions by selecting two parts from -each 
question. 
3. 
All parts of a question are to be attempted together. 
4. 
Marks of the questions are indicated. 
5. 
Use of Calculator not allowed. 
1. 
(a) Let G = [(; :) : a E JR{~ {O}}. Show that G 1s 
an Abelian group. 
P.T.O. 


590-' 
2 
· H h\.' a non-erl"'Pt :· ~11-l-- ~•"t· 
tb) L (' t G tw ~r\.1ur ,ltld 
I 
:'~ 
·~----
. of 
G . r fl...) \ (? 
t h ,it H i ~ a 
~ u b g r (\ u p 
\_I r G i r 
J.b- t E H, \/J, b E H. 
Henn; pr0 \·e tlrnt H = {A E GL(Z, ~): dct A 1s a 
P\."'wer of 2 } is n subgroup of GLt2. ~). 
t~) Define a cydic g roup. Sha \\. thar e\·ery cyclic 
group is Abelian. ls the con,·erse true? Justify. 
(2 x6= 12) 
la) Pro,·e that an Abelian group with tw o elements of 
order rwo must have a subgroup of order -+. 
tb) Describe the group of symmetries of an equilateral 
triangle. 
(c) Let G be a group and a E G. If la[ = n , sho,Y that 
<a>= {e,a,a2 , ..... ,an-1} & ai = aj ~ n divides 
(i - j). 
(2x 6½=13) 
3. 
(a) Let G = <a> be a cyclic group of order n. Then 
show that G = <ak> q 
gcd (k~ n) = 1. 
(b) Let a= G 2 3 4 5 6 7 88) 
1 3 S 4 7 6 
2 3 4 S 6 7 8) 
3 8 7 6 5 2 4 
and 


I 
5904 
3 
(i) Write a and JJ as product of disjoint cycles. 
(ii) Compute a/3 and a - 1. 
( c) Suppose that a has order 15. Compute all the left 
cosets of < as > in <a >. 
- (2x6= 12) 
4. 
( a) Define left co set of a subgroup H of a group G • 
Find all the left cosets of H= {l ,11 } in U(30). 
(b) 
(i) Prove that a subgroup H of a group G 1s 
normal in G <=> xHx- 1 c H, 'ti x E G. 
(ii) Let H be a subgroup of a group G such that 
x 2 E H, 'ti x E G. Show that H is a normal 
subgroup of G. 
( c) Leto: cp: G ~ G' · be a group homomorphism and 
let H be a subgroup of G. Prove that 
(i) if H is cyclic, then cp (H) is cyclic. 
(ii) if H is normal, then cp (H) is normal in cp (G). 
(2x6 ½=13) 
5. 
(a) Let G be a finite group and H be a subgroup of 
G. Show that IHI divides IGI. 
P .T .O. 


5904 
4 
(b) De te rmin e a ll g ro up ho momorphi sms from 
In to l
11 , 
(c) Let H be a subgro up of G and a, b E G. Prove 
that 
(i) aH = bH<=>aEbH. 
(ii) aH = H<=)aEH. 
(2_x6=12) 
6 
(a) Stat~ and prove the First Fundamental Theorem 
of Group Homomorphisms. 
(b) Let G be the symmetric group of permutations on 
the set {1,2,3 ... , n}. For each cr in G, define 
S gn( a) = { -1, if cr is an odd permutation 
1, if cr is an even permutation. 
Prove that Sgn is a group homomorphism. Find 
the kernel of Sgn. 
( c) 
(i) Let cp: G ➔ G* be a group homomorphism. 
Prove that the Ker & is a normal subgroup 
of the group G. 
(ii) Show that : cp: (IR{,+) ~ (IR{*,.) defined as 
cp(x) = xz is not a group homomorphism. 
(2x6½=13) 
(200)

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. |

2
Your Roll No.™ eee. |
a “Ly
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1350 Ag |
oO Lie
Unique Paper Code : 32351401 x ;
Name of the Paper : Partial Differential Equations-—~
- Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) — Mathematics
(CBCS-LOCF)
Semester : IV
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates
—aeeections tor Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. All Sections are compulsory,

3. Marks of each parts are indicated.

P.T.O.



1350 2

SECTION - I
Attempt any two parts out of the following :

1. (a) Define the Linear and non-linear partial differentiat

equations with examples. Find the first-order partial

differential equation satisfied by the family of right
circular cones whose axes coincide with z — axes

and is given by (7.5)
x? + y? = (z -— c) tan’ a.
(b) Solve the following initial value problem using
method of characteristics:
u, + 2uu, = v —- x, Vv, 7 ev, = 0,

with u(x,0) = x, v(x, 0) = x. (7.5)

(c) Reduce the following equation into canonical form

and then find the general solution:

uy + 2xyuy = x, (7.5)

1350 3

SECTION - II

Attempt any one parts out of the following :
2.” (a) Show that the equation of motion of a vibrating

T
= c’u,,, where c? = — and T and p

string is U,
p

are tension per unit length and mass per unit length

of string. (6)

(b) Derive Laplace equation of motion. (6)
Attempt any two parts out of the following :

3. (a) Transform the following equation

2 2 = = y
x‘u,, + 2xyu,, + yu, 0 to the form Un 0 for

y # 0. (6)

P.T.O.


4.

1350 4

(b) Determine the general solution of (6)

+ + =
4u,, + 5u,, tu, tu, tu, 2.

(c) Find the characteristics, characteristics coordinates
and reduce the equation given below to the

canonical form; (6)

+ 4 4 2
Uy, 2u,, Su, +u 2.

SECTION - Ill

Attempt any three parts out of the following

(a) Determine the solution of (7)

u(x, 0) = sin(x)

u(x, 0) = x.

1350 5
(b) Solve the following Goursat problem (7)
uy = h(x, y)

- u(x, 0) = f(x)

u(0, y) = gy),
where f and g are continuously differentiable, and
f(0) = g(0).
(c) Determine the solution of the following vibrating
semi-infinite with a fixed end: (7)

= ¢ < <
Uy = Cys Q0O<x<®

u(x, 0) = f(x), u(x, 0) = g(x), OS x < ”

u(0, t) = 0, Osx < %.

P.T.O.



nn

1350 6

(d) Find the solution of the initial boundary value

problem

(7)

5 _ < wt
ay = t>0 n<x ;
uy, — CUA, 0, ,

u(x, 0) = log(1 + x7), u(x, 0)=2, —#%

<x < mw,

SECTION - IV

Attempt any three parts out of the following :

(a) Show that there exists at most one solution of the

heat equation : (7)
satisfying the initial condition
u(x, 0) = f(x), O< x <1],
and boundary conditions

u(0, t)=0, u(/,t) = 0, t>0,

1350 7

(b) Using the method of separation of variables

discuss the solution of the heat conduction

problem : (7)
u, = ku. t > 0, O<x <i,
u(0, t) = 0, u(/, t) = 0, t2> 0,

u(x, 0) = f(x), O<x<l.

(c) Find the solution of the following initial boundary

value problem :

(7)

= ¢2 ;
u, c* uy, t > 0, 0

lA
Pad
IA

u(0,t) = 0, u(/, t) = 0, t > 0,

u(x, 0) = x(1-x), u(x, 0) = 0, O0<

A
~
IA

P.T.O.


1350

(d) Solve the problem :

(7)
Uy, = Cu, + Ax 0<x <1, t > 0,
u(x, 0) = x, u(x, 0) = 0, O<x <1,
u(0, t) = 0, u(/,t)=1,t>0

>

where A is constant.

(100)


This question paper contains 4 printed pages| yor &
OLE :
pe Ne No. fr | oy

S. No. of Question Paper : 1351 3 @ pl

Unique Paper Code: 82851402 Oo + ates

Name of the Paper : Riemann Integration ‘and Series of Functions
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Mathematics

Semester IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

1. (a)

(b)

(c)

Attempt any two parts from each question.
All questions are compulsory.

Prove that a bounded function f on [a, b] is integrable if and only if for

each € >0, there exists 5>0 such that :

mesh(P) < 6 = U(f,P) - L(f, P)<e,
for all partitions P of [a, bd]. 6
Show that if f is integrable on [a, b], then |f| is integrable on [a, b], and

<fIFl,

Hence, show that :

16n° ; 6
3

21 .
! ; x? sin®(e* )dx | <
—Z7

Show that every continuous function on [a, 6] is integrable. Is the

converse true ? Justify. 6

P.T.O.


bey

(a)

)

(c)

(a)

(b)

(c)

( 2) 1361

Let f(x) = x7, x€[0, 6]. Calculate upper and lower Darboux integrals for
f on [0, b]. Is f integrable on [0, b] ? 6.5

If g is a continuous function on [a, b] that is differentiable on (a, b) and

if g' is integrable on [a, 6], then prove that :
b
[, g'=8@)- g@). 6.5

State Intermediate value theorem for integrals. Suppose f and g are

b b
continuous functions on [a, b] such that I. f= J. g. Prove that there

exists x€[a,b] such that f(x) = g(x). 6.5

Show that the function 8:R*xR*oOR given by :

B (m, n) = f, x™ tye! dy

11
is a well-defined function. Find the value of a(S. 5. 6

Discuss the convergence or divergence of the following improper integrals :

(i) {- vx dx

1 log x 3

fe 2x?
Let f be a function defined on la, b] such that for each xé(a,b), fis

bounded and integrable on la, x] and f has an infinite discontinuity at

b
b. Show that if [. f| converges, then so does | ° f. 6
a


(a)

(b)

(c)

(a)

(b)

(¢)

( 3) 1351

Show that a sequence (f,,) of functions on ACR converges uniformly
to f on A if and only if f,-f a9. Deduce that the sequence (fn)

where f,(x)=x/n is uniformly convergent on [0, 1]. 6.5

Let (fn) be a sequence of bounded functions on ACR that converges
uniformly to a function f on A. Show that the function f is bounded

on A. 6.5
Discuss the uniform convergence of the sequence (f,) on [0, 1], where
f,,(x) = nxe"™ Wx € (0, 11. 6.5

o 1
Show that the series of function yi —y a * 9 converges uniformly
n°x .

for |x|< a for some q>0, but is not uniformly convergent on R\{0}. 6.5

State and prove Weierstrass M-test and hence examine the uniform

convergence of the series :

>, sin( for xe[-a,al, for all a > 0. 6.

ur

Prove that the series :

x” cos (x? +1)

nel n?

represents a continuous function on R. 6.5

PLO,


6. (a)

(b)

(c)

1351

( 4 ) 1351

Let x, 9 Gx" be a power series with radius of convergence R > 0

(possibly R = +). If there exists a real number R,, such that 0<R, <R,
n

then show that the power series Y,-0 a,x” is convergent uniformly

on [-R,, Rj]. 6

Let f(x) = yo a,x" be a power series with radius of convergence

R > 0. Then show that the function f is integrable on (-R, R). Also, show
that for xe (-R, R), we have :

x _ °° a, n+1
|, f@ at = mona 6

Find the exact interval of convergence of the following power series

. o «x .

(i) n=l Inn 3
. o nn"

ai) DY, aT x” 3


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

OT} ye

Your Roll No..../../....1
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1352 oly | a
Unique Paper Code : 32351403 a
Name of the Paper : Ring Theory aiid. Linéat
Algebra — I
Name of the Course : CBCS B.Sc. (Hons.)
Mathematics
Semester . : IV
Duration : 3 Hours ; Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any two parts from each of the question.

1. (a) Define a nilpotent element in a ring. Show that
the nilpotent elements of a commutative ring R

form a subring of R.

(b) Give an example of a commutative ring which is
not an integral domain. Show that a finite integral
domain is a field.

(c) In a commutative ring of characteristic 2, prove
that the idempotents form a subring. (6,6,6)

P.T.O.


1vs)

1352 2

(a) Define prime ideal of a commutative ring. Let R
be a commutative ring with unity and A be an
ideal of R. Then, show that R/A is an integral
domain if and only if A is prime ideal of R.

R[x]
(b) Show that 7, Is a field.
(x +1)

(c) Define subring of a ring. Let R be the ring
of continuous functions from R to R. Let A =
{f eR: f(0) is an even integer}. Show that A is
a subring of R, but not an ideal of R.

(6.5,6.5,6.5)

(a) Define a ring homomorphism from a ring R to a
ring S. Determine all ring homomorphisms from
Z, to Zig.

(b) Let R be a ring with unity 1. Prove that the
mapping $: Z > R given by 6(n) = a. 1 is a ring
homomorphism. Hence, show that if R has
characteristic n > 0, then R contains a subring
isomorphic to Z,.

(c) Let Z| V3 |={a+bv3:a,b <Z} and

a 3b
u-{(s Psa bez, Show that z{ V3] and H

are isomorphic as rings. (6,6,6)

1352 3

4.

(a) (i) Let C be acollection of subspaces of a vector
space V and let W denote the intersection of
subspaces in C. Prove that VP is a subspace
of V.

(ii) Show that W = {(a,, a,,4,) € R?: 2a, + a,
+ a, = 0} is a subspace of R’.

(b) (i) Let S, and S, are arbitrary subsets of a vector
space V. If S, c S,, then show that span
(S,) © span (S,).

(ii) Check whether the vectors (1,0,0), (1,0,1) and
(1,1,1) generate R?.

(c) Define a linearly independent subset of a vector

space V. Let 5 be a linearly independent subset

of a vector space V, and let v be a vector in V

that is not in S. Prove that S U {v} is linearly
dependent if and only if v € span (S).

(6.5,6.5,6.5)

(a) Let V and W be vector spaces and T: V > W be
a linear transformation. Then prove that the null
space N(T) and the range space R(T) are
subspaces off and W, respectively.

(b) Let T: R? > R® be defined by T(x,, x,) = (x, -
Xy, X, 2x, + x,). Let ® be the standard ordered
basis for R? and y = {(1,1,0), (0,1,1), (2,2,3)} be
an ordered basis for R*. Compute [T]}-

P.T.O.


1352 4

(c) Let T: P, (UR) + P, (IR) be a linear transformation
defined by

T(a + bx + ex?) = (a—c) + (a—c)x + (b—a)x? + (c — b)x?.

Find nullspace N(T) and range space R(T). Also
verify Rank-Nullity theorem. (6,6,6)

6. (a) Let V and W be finite-dimensional vector spaces
having ordered bases B and y respectively, and let
T: V > W be linear. Then for each u € V, show
that

[T(u)], = (TH{ul,.

(b) Let V, W and Z be vector spaces and let
T: V—+ W and U: W + Z be linear
transformations. Then prove that

(i) If UT is one-to-one, then T is one-to-one.

(ii) If UT is onto, then U is onto.

(c) Let a| 1 and let = {(}) be an ordered

basis for R?. Find [L,], and also find an invertible
matrix Q such that [L,], = Q' AQ. where L, is
a left-multiplication transformation.

(6.5,6.5, 6.5)

(100)


re)
SL No of QP: 5534 Fe

Unique Paper Code: 2352012401 La y 3095 P*
Name of the Paper: Sequences and Series of Functions
Name of the Course: B.Sc. (H) Mathentaties’! LEO

; cy _
Semester LIV hx ok
: | ‘ws ak . <

Duration : 3 hours \ ae NY

Maximum Marks : 90 NS aint Oe”

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on the receipt of this question paper.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
3. Attempt any two parts from each question.

1. (a) Define uniform convergence for sequence of functions (f,,) defined on R. Show that a sequence
(fn) of bounded functions on A € R converges uniformly on A to f if and only if ||f, — fll, > 0.

nx
(b) Show that the sequence f,(x) = Tentx?

but it does not converge uniformly on the interval [0, 00).

converges uniformly in the interval [a, 00) where a > 0

(c) Let (fn), (Gn) be sequences of bounded functions on A that converge uniformly on A to f,g,
respectively. Show that (f,9n.) converges uniformly on A to fg.

2. (a) Let f,,(x): [0,1] > R be defined for-n > 2 by

2 1

n*x for 0sxs-—
2 1 2
fr(x):= -n? (x-=) for —<x<-
n n n

2

—-<x<

0 for nex Sl

Evaluate pointwise limit f of f,, and show that (f,) does not converge uniformly to f on the interval
[0,1]. |

(b) Let (f;,) be a sequence of integrable functions on [a, b] and suppose that (f,,) converges
uniformly to f on [a,b]. Show that f is integrable on (a, b] and

[r= aim [

(c) Show that the sequence f,(x) = n?x?e-"™* converges uniformly on [a,oo) where a> 0 but
does not converge uniformly on the interval [0, 7).


5
a) .

nN

( ite and prove Weierstrass M-test for unitorm convergence of series of functions.
Henee, check tor unitorm convergence of series Ye, rE R
viene ‘

(b) Discuss the poi ; . Seip

Scuss the pointwise convergence ol the series Dnet Part x > 0. Also, show
that the given series is not uniformly convergent on [0, 1) but is uniformly
convergent on [0, 5):
(c) Prove that it Y fh, converges uniformly to f ona domain ) € RR and each f, is
continuous on D € R to R then f is continuous on D.

(a) Let f, be a real valued function on [a, b] that has derivative f/ on [a, b] for each
neé N. Suppose that the series 5 Sn converges for at least one point of [a, b] and
the series of derivatives ¥ f/ converges uniformly on [a, b]. Show that there exists
a real valued function f on [a, b] such that ¥ f, converges uniformly to f on

[a,b] . Also, that f has a derivative on [a,b] and f’ = Yify.

(b) State and prove the Cauchy criterion for the uniform convergence of series of
functions } f,,. Use it to prove the non uniform convergence of Yr, = for |x| < 1.
(c) Prove that the series )}°_, = is convergent for x > 1 and divergent for

0 <x < 1. Also, show that the series converges uniformly on [a, 00),a > 1.

n
(a) (i) Find the exact interval of convergence for the power seties 7-1 yx” where a, = oe

(ii) Let f(x) = |x| for x € R. Is there a power series 7°) a,x" such that f(x) =
Teo anx” for all x ? Justify.

(b) Let 2°. a,x” be a power series with radius of convergence R > 0. If 0 < R, < R, then show

that the power series converges uniformly on [—R,, R;] to a continuous function.
x2"*1 for |x| <1. Apply Abel’s theorem to show that * =1-

co (-1)"
(c) Show that arctanx = dn=0 747

1,1 1
ats zt"
6. (a) Define logarithm function L on (0, oo), Show that the function L satisfies the following:

(i) L'(x) == for x > 0.

(ii) L(xy) = L(x) + L(y) for x > 0,y > 9.

o nt
(b) Show that Y°_, nx” = iat for |x| < 1. Evaluate Yn=1 5°

(c) Show that there does not exist a sequence of polynomials converging uniformly on Rto f(x) =

ex


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. |

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your, Roll N AS Le aoe
5594 J

2352012402

- Multivariate Calculus

B.A./ B.Sc. (H)
IV (DSC)

Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

ST

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt all questions by selecting two parts from

each question.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

4. Use of calculator is NOT allowed.

P.T.O.


5594 2

sin(x? + y’ )

1. (a) Let f(x,y) = —~7—z— for (x,y) # (0,0). Find
x+y

the value of £(0,0) for which f(x,y) is continuous

at (0,0).

(b) Compute the slope of the tangent line to the graph

x+y?
xy

of f(x, y) = at P(1, —1, —2) in the direction
parallel to

(i) XZ plane

(ii) YZ plane.

. Ow
(c) Find —— where w = e2x-y+32?

or andx =r+s-—t,

y= 2r — 3s, z = cos(rst).

5594 3

2.

(a) Let f(x, y,z) = ye™*? + ze’-*. At the point
P(2, 2,-2), find the unit vector pointing in the

direction of most rapid increase of f(x, y,Z).

(b) Find all the critical points of f(x,y) = (x-1)y-1)
(x+y-—1) and classify each as a point of relative

maximum, point of relative minimum or a saddle

point.
(c) Find the minimum value of the function f(x, y, Z)

= x2 + y? + z? subject to 4x2 + 2y?2 + 2 = 4.

(a) (i) Find the volume of the solid bounded below
by the rectangle R in the xy-plane and above
by the graph of z = 2x + 3y; R:0<x<l,
O<y <2.

. lel
(ii) Evaluate I, fier dydx.

(b) (i) Sketch the region of integration and write

P.T.O.


an equivalent integral with the order of

4
integration reversed \, [£ Ouy)axay.
(ii) Evaluate the iterated integral

Gi) Use a double integral for finding the volume PR p” sin dpdédg.
of the solid region bounded above by the
paraboloid z = 6 — 2x? — 3y? and below by
the plane z = 0. . = 2
(c) Evaluate she” 942%) a

(c) Use a double integral to find the area bounded by where R is the trapezoid with vertices (0,2), (1,0),

the curve r = 1 + sin 0. (4,0) and (0,8).

4. (a) Use cylindrical co-ordinates to compute the integral 5. (a) A wire has the shape of the curve

x= /2 sint y=cost z=cost for 0<t<7

(02, 2\-¥2
(20 +y’) “dxdydz where D is the solid
: If the wire has density 8(x, y,z) = xyz at each
bounded above by the plane z = 2 and bounded point (x, y, z), what is its mass?

below by the surface 2z = x2 + y2,
(b) Show that the vector field

(b) (i) Compute the iterated triple integral

P.T.O.


5594 6
F=(e* sin y-y)i +(e" cosy-x-2)j

is conservative and hence find a scalar potential

function f for F.

(c) Verify Green’s theorem for the line integral

$.-9 dx + x dy)

where C is the closed path shown in the figure

below

(1, 0) x

(-1, 0) Cr.
Path C

5594 7

6. (a) Evaluate the surface integral

JJeas

where g(x,y,z) = xz + 2x? — 3xy and S is that
portion of the plane 2x - 3y + z= 6 that lies over

the unit square R: 2 < x < 3, 2<yS3.

(b) Evaluate

§ [gy? e+ ay +x
c

where C is the curve of intersection of the plane

x + z= 1 and the ellipsoid x? + 2y? + 2= 1,

oriented counterclockwise.

(c) Use the divergence theorem to evaluate

[[ F-Nas
Ss

P.T.O.


5594 8

Where F = (x5 + 10x y2z2)i_ + (y> + 10y x?z?)j +

(z5 + 10z x2y?)k, and S is the closed hemispherical

surface z=1—x?—y* together with the disc

x? + y2 < 1 in xy—plane and N is the outward

unit normal vector field.

(3000)



ba

This question paper contains 4) printed pages] 03, b} ee

S. No. of Question Paper : 5673

Unique Paper Code : 2352012403

Name of the Paper : Numerical Analysis

Name of the Course _ : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics

Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
All six questions are compulsory. Attempt any two parts from each question.
All questions carry equal marks.

Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

1. (a) Define order of convergence of a sequence {p,} which converges to a

x? + 3x,a
number p. The sequence generated by the formula x, , ; = “3 a
x, +a

converges to Ja. Determine the order of convergence and the

asymptotic error constant.

(6) Perform four iterations of Bisection method to approximate the root

of the equation x4 — x — 10 = 0, in the interval (1, 2).

(c) Explain geometrically the Newton’s method to determine a root p of
an equation f(x) = 0. Hence, using initial approximation pp = 2,
perform two iterations to obtain approximation to the value of 3/17.

P.T.O.


(a)

(b)

(c)

(a)

(6)

( 2 ) 5673

Use Newton’s method to approximate the root of the equation
In(1 + x) — cos(x) = 0, in the interval (0, 1). Use error tolerance =

10, and initial approximation py = 0.5.

Define a fixed point of a function. Let g be a continuous function on
the closed interval [a, b], with g : [a, 6] > [a, 6]. Furthermore, suppose
that g’ is continuous on the open interval (a, b), and there exists a
positive constant k such that |g’(x)| < k < 1, Vx € (a, b). Prove
that if g’(p) + 0, then for any Po € Ia, 6], the sequence {p,}, where
Pn= 8, _ 1), converges only linearly to the fixed point p.

Perform four iterations of Secant method to approximate the root of
x4 — Tx? + 3 = 0, in the interval (0, 1), using initial approximations

Po = O and p, = 1.

For the following aystem of equations :
8x + By + 2z = 8,
6x + By + 22 = 11,
4x + 3y + 82 = 1,

starting with the initial approximation as (0, 0, 0), using Gauss Jacobi

method, find approximate solution by performing three iterations.
For the following system of equations :

20x + y — 2z = 17,

3x + 20y — z = -18,

2x — 3y — 20z = 25,


(c)

(a)

(6)

(c)

(a)

( 3 ) 5673

starting with initial approximation as (0, 0, 0), using Gauss Seidel

method, find the approximate solution by performing three iterations.

Find the LU decomposition by taking u;; = 1 for the matrix :

1 4 3
2 7 9
5 8 —2

Construct the Newton form of interpolating polynomial for a function
f passing through the points (0, 1), (1, 3) and (3, 55). Hence, evaluate

f«2.5).
Let fx) = In(1 + x), x9 = 1 and x, = 1.1. Use Lagrange interpolation

to calculate an approximate value for (1.04) and obtain a bound on
the truncation error at x = 1.04.

Obtain the piecewise linear interpolating polynomial for the function
fix) defined by the data :

x fix)
1 3
2 . 7
4 21
8 73

Derive the central difference approximation to the second order
derivative of a function f at a point x = xq
. f (xq +h) — 2f (xo) + f(%o — 2
f*(x9) = (xo +) F(x) (% — A).
hh
P.T.O.


5673

(d)

(c)

(a)

()

(c)

( 4 ) 5673
Verify that the following difference approximation

for the first order derivative provides the exact value of the derivative,
regardless of the values of h, for the functions f(x) = 1, fx) = x and

fix) = x”, but not for the function fx) = x3,

By using Trapezoidal rule, approximate the value of the integral

3
| (x + In x)dx. Further, calculate the absolute error, theoretical error
3

bound and compare them.

Define the degree of precision of a quadrature rule. Further, calculate

the degree of precision of Simpson’s rule.

Use Euler’s method to determine the approximate solution of the initial
value problem y'(x) = xy? — y, 0 <x < 2 such that (0) = 2, by taking
the step size as A = 1/2.

Use Modified Euler’s method to determine the approximate solution
of the initial value problem : y'(x) = 3x — y/x, 1 < x < 2, such that
y(1) = 2, by taking the step size as h = 1/2.


COg ;
+ VUE &

f ON
= \

This question paper contains printed 2h el / 24 A

S. No. of Question Paper : 5737

Unique Paper Code : 2353012005

Name of the Paper : Mathematical Modeling

Type of the Paper : DSE

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Mathematics

Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Each question contains three parts.
Attempt all questions by selecting two parts from each question.
Parts of questions to be attempted together.
All questions carry equal marks.
Use of non-programmable scientific calculators is allowed.

1. (a) Define Mathematical Modeling. Support you live on planet of radius
R. Place a rope around the planet on its equators. If the length of the
rope increased by 10 meters while keeping it in the plane of the
equator, how far above the surface of the planet is the lengthened
rope ?

P.T.O.


(db)

(c)

(a)

(b)

( 2 ) 5737
Define physical and mathematical equations. Convert the following
differential equation of decay of an atomic nucleus as in radioactivity,

into a dimensionless equation

dc
ae (9) = & > 0,

where c(t) has the physical units of atoms per unit volume.

Find the dimensions of the perameters a, Dj, 1, and ly from the
following differential equation by assuming it to be dynamically

consistent equation :

Ou Ou a7u
Be ee ae = Oa tae ~ Agu”,

Using mathemaical modeling, construct an SIR model. Mention the
assumptions and symbols used. Give the properties satisfied by the

transition functions T,(S, I) and T,(I).

Consider an epidemic model, where the infected individuals eventually
recover and the dynamics of the population are described by the

differential equations :

dS _ al _ _ yl]
7 7 BNSVL Ge pvSVI yi.


(c)

( 3) 5737
Using the parameters values b = 0.02 and g = 0.4 and assuming

initially there is only one infected individual but there are only 500

susceptible individuals within a population :

(i) Calculate the basic reproduction number 7g using the given

parameters.

(ii) | How many individuals remain susceptible and never get infected

throughout the epidemic ?

(iii) What is the maximum number of individuals infected an any

point in time during the epidemic ?

3
Consider the dieting model - =}-fM/‘, where |, b are constant
1

parameters. Define time scale T” and show that T = 2). Find the
critical point (M*) for the given dieting model. Is it globally stable ?
Draw the graph of M(t) over a period of time if M(t) > M’ and if
M(t) < M’.

Find the equilibrium solution of x¢¢ + (x2 — 1)xe + x = 0. Discuss the

nature and stability of the critical point.

P.T.O.


(b)

(c)

(a)

(6)

( 4) 5737

Explain and analyze the Predator-Prey system by identifying and

discussing all isolated critical points.

Find all critical points of the following systems of differential equations
and investigate their type and stability :

, dx 2 dy_ 3
— a= y*_y Y_,3_
(7) dt J ot x -y
rn ae _. dy |
(iz) it =x-y, i =x+38y-4.

Consider the following system of differential equations,

dx

— = 60x - 3x7 -4
dt nd
dy 2
“/ = 42y — 8y? ~ Ixy.
_ y — 3y* - 2xy

‘Find the eigenvalues and the corresponding eigenvectors of the

coefficient matrix of linear system and hence, determine the type and

stability of all non-zero critical points of the system.
Find the critical point (x*, y’) for the system of differential equations :

ax _ gn + by 52

dt

YY _ Ay + By — 28.
dt


(c)

(a)

( § ) 5737

Using appropriate transformation, rewrite the system to the following

form :
du = au + bu
t
du _ cu + dv.
dt

Analyze the nature and stability of critical points of the original

- system and the transformed system.

Consider a damped non-linear spring-mass system. Let m denote the
mass of an object attached to a spring and let x(t) be the displacement
of the mass at any time t from its equilibrium position. Assume that

the mass on the spring is connected to a dashpot, exerting a force of

dx
resistance proportional to velocity y = x¢ = at of the mass. Let

the force exerted by the spring on the mass be given by

d
F(x) = ma. = mx¢¢. The equation of motion of the mass is given by

mxee = — exe — kx + bx?, where c, m, k, » > 0. If m = 1, ¢ = 2,

| 5
k = 5 and b = 1’ then write the corresponding system of first order

differential equations and discuss the stability of all critical points of

the system.
Using Monte Carlo Simulation, write an algorithm to approximate the

area under the curve f(x) = Vx over the interval — <x <

wl
bo | wo

P.T.O.


6.

(b)

(c)

(a)

(b)

( 6 ) 5737

Define random numbers. Explain Middle-Square Method for generating
random numbers. Give the drawback if it has any. Use it to generate

15 random numbers using 3043 as the seed number.

Using Monte Carlo Simulation, write an algorithm to calculate that
part of the volume of the sphere x2 + y2 + z% € 1 that lies in first

octant, x > 0, y > 0,2z > 0.
Use Simplex method to solve the following problem :
Max. Z = 4x + 3y
s.to -x + ye 6,
2x + ye 20,
x +ye 12,
x,y? 0.
Consider the following Linear Programming Problem :
Max. Z = 6x + By
s.to x + ye 6,
2x +ye9Y,
x,y? 0.

Using algebraic methods find the possible number of points of
intersection in xy-plane. Are all the points feasible ? If not, then how
many are feasible and how many are infeasible. List the feasible

extreme points along with the value of the objective function.


(7) 5737
(c) Solve the following Linear Programming problem graphically :
Max. Z = 124x + 60y
s. to 10x + 3y « 16,
4x + 5y « 14, |
x,y: 0.

Perform sensitivity analysis to find the range of values for the
coefficient of y in the objective function for which the current extreme

point remains optimal.

5737 7

Tin »
Sh UR Ys

Gs Fe
Ps

sr. No. of Question Paper :
Unique Papert Code
Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

‘Duration : 3 Hours

This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ] 9024 UW

Your Roll No........-c-eee-
1064 I
2352013501

Metric Spaces

B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics
(DSC-13)

Vv

Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt all question by selecting two parts from each

question.

3. Part of the questions to be a

ttempted together.

4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Use of Calculator not allowed.

P.T.O.


2
1064

(a) Let (X, d) be a metric space. Define the function

|x-y|
1+|x-y|

qxXxX7R by d'= Show that d’ is a

metric on X%. Besides, d'(x, y) < 1 for al]
x,y € X. (7.5)

(b) Let ¥ = C[a,b] be the space of all continuous

functions on [a,b]. Define d(x (x, y) )=flr(s)-

g (x)| ay then check whether this metric imply

pointwise Convergence or not. (7.5)

(c) Define Cauchy Sequence and Complete metric

space. Let X be any non-empty set and d be
defined by

0, x=
d(x,y) =f ae


1064 3

then show that (X, d) is a Complete metric space.
(7.5)

2. (a) Let (X, d) be a metric space. Then show that

(i) @ and X are open sets in (X, d);

(ii) the union of an arbitrary family of open sets
is open;

(iii) the intersection of any finite family of open
sets is open. (7.5)

(b) Let A be a subset of a metric space (X, d). Then
prove that

(i) A° is the largest open subset of A. (3.5)

(ii) A is open if and only if A = A’. (4)

(c) (i) Let (X, d) be a metric space and F cX,.
Then show that a point x, is a limit point of
F if and only if it is possible to select from

the set F a sequence of distinct

P.T.O.


1064 4

X1, Xo, 9 Xn, ++. Such that lim d(Xn, Xo) = 0.

(4.5)

(ii) Let A C[0, 1] and F=f{f EC[0, 1):

f(t) =0, Vt € A}. Show that F is a closed
subset of C[0, 1] equipped with the uniform

metric. (3)

3. (a) Let (X, d) be a metric space and F ¢€ X. Then
show that the following statements are equivalent:

i) x EF;
(ii) S(x,e) NF # @ for every open ball S(x,¢)
centred at x;

(iii) There exists an infinite sequence {x} of

points (not necessarily distinct) of F such that

nN—0o


1064 5

(b) State and prove Cantor's intersection theorem.
(7.5)

(c) (i) If Y is a nonempty subset of a metric space
(X, d), and (Y, d,) is complete, then show
that Y is a closed in X. (3.5)

(ii) Let (X, d) be a complete metric space and Y
a closed subset of X. Then show that (Y, d,)
is a complete space. (4)

4. (a) Prove that a mapping f: XY —> Y is continuous on

X if and only if f~1(G) is open in X for all open
subsets G of Y. (7.5)

(b) Let 7; XX be a contraction mapping of the
complete metric space (X, d). Then show that T
has a unique fixed point. (7.5)

P.T.O,


6
1064

(c) Show that the metric spaces (Y, d) and (X, p)

a(x,y)

where POY)” Tea Cxy) Ae Cduivalent. (7.5)

(a) Let (X, d) be a metric space. Then show that the

following statements are equivalent:

(i) (X, d) is disconnected;

(ii) there exists a continuous mapping of (X, d)
onto the discrete two element space (X,, d,).
(7.5)

(b) Let /= [1,lJand let f: J + J be continuous. Then

show that there exists a point c €/ such that
f(c) = c. Discuss the result if I = [-1,1]. Discuss

the result if I = [-1,1) and J] = [—1,0). (443.5)

(c) (i) If C is a connected subset of a disconnected

metric space X = A |) B, where A, B are


1064 7

nonempty and AN B = @=ANB, then show

that either C C AorC c B.

(ii) If Y is a connected set in a metric space (X,
d) then show that any set Z such that is

YCZCY connected. (4+3.5)

6. (a) Let (X, d) be a metric space. Then show that the
following statements are equivalent:

(i) every infinite set in (X, d) has at least one
limit point in X;

(ii) every infinite sequence in (X, d) contains a

convergent subsequence. . _ (7.5)

(b) If f is a one-to-one continuous mapping of a
compact metric space (X, d,) onto a metric space
(Y, d,), then show that f/ is continuous on Y and,
hence, f is a homeomorphism of (X, d,) onto (Y,
(7.5)

d,).

P.T.O.


1064 8

(c) Let A be a compact subset of a metr;
. Ctric
da). Show that for any B CY, th “pace

peéA such that d(
p,B) = d(A,B)
)D).. (7.5)


Wes

fs " [This question paper contains 4 a\ 0 pages. ]

Your Roll No.u..........006-

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1102 I

Unique Paper Code 2352013502

Name of the Paper Ring Theory

Name of the Course B.Sc. (H) Mathematics

Semester V — DSC-14

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

All questions are compulsory and are of 15 marks

2.
each.

3. Attempt any six parts from Question 1. Each part 1s
of 2.5 marks.

4. Attempt any two parts from each of the Questions 2

to 6. Each part is of 7.5 marks.

5. Use of calculator is not allowed.

P.T.O.


1102

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(viii)

2
Find all the units of Z,[x].
Check whether Q ® Q 1s an integral domain or
not.
Give an example of a subring S of a ring R

which is not an ideal of R.

Prove that a ring homomorphism carries an

idempotent to an idempotent.

Let » be a ring homomorphism from a ring R to
a ring S. If R has unity 1, S # {0} and 9 is onto
then prove that $(1) is the unity of S.

Let f(x) = 2x° + 14x* - 21x + 7.-Is f(x) an
irreducible polynomial over Q? Justify your

answer.

Let D be an intergral domain. Suppose that
p,q € D and q# 0. Show that if p is not a unit,

then <pq> is a proper subset of <q>.

Explain why 3x? + 6 is reducible over Z.

2. (a) Prove that intersection of two subrings in a ring R

is a subring of R. Is the union of two subrings

necessarily a subring of R? Justify your answer.

(b) Find all the units, zero divisors and idempotent

elements in Z,0Z
ae


1102 3

oo)

(c) Prove that “, the ring of integers modulo n, is a
field if and only if n is a prime.

(a) Let R- be a commutative ring, with unity and let
U(R) denote the set of units of R. Prove that
U(R) is a group under multiplication. Also, find

U(Z[i)).

(b) Define the characteristic of a ring. Prove that the
characteristic of an integral domain is either 0 or
prime.

(c) Prove that in a commutative ring R with unity, an

ideal A is a maximal ideal if and only if A is a

field.

(a) Prove that the ideal <x> is a prime ideal in Z[x]
but not a maximal ideal in Z[x].

(b) Let @ be a ring homomorphism from a ring R onto

aS.

a ring S. Prove that
er

(c) Determine all ring homomorphisms from Z, > Z,).

(a) Let F be a field and let I = {a) + a,x +... + a,x":
Ay, Ayr, a, © F and a,ta,+... t+ a, = 0}. Show
that I is an ideal of F[x] and find a generator for
I.

P.T.O.


4
1102

(b) Let f(x) = 5x¢+ 3x47 + Land g(x) = 3x2?+2x 4+] 6

Z,.|x| Determine the quotient and remainder

hen f(x) is divided by g(x).

obtained Ww

(c) Prove that the product of two primitive polynomials

is a primitive polynomial.

6. (a) Show that p(x) = x> + x + 1 is an irreducible

polynomial over Z,.

Let M = <x? + x + I> be an ideal of Z,[x].

Z . .
Show that p= Al) is a field of order 8. Exhibit

all the 8 elements of F. Find the product of
x°+x+1+M and x? +1+M and express it as
a member of F.

(b) In a principal ideal domain, prove that the element

is irreducible if and only if it is prime.
(c) Show that integral domain Z(t] is Euclidean

Domain. Is Z[i] a Unique Factorization Domain?
Justify.

(2000)


Ni cae eg Q\) 219M
Bhis question paper contains 4 printed pages]
es an Roll No. CooL oo

S. No. of Question Paper : 1121

Unique Paper Code : 2352013503

Name of the Paper : Partial Differential Equations

Name of the Course : Bachelor of Science (Honours Course) Mathematics
Semester . 7 Vv
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

All the six questions are compulsory.
Attempt any two parts from each question.

Use of calculator is not allowed.

1. (a) Define the linear and non-linear partial differential equations with examples. Find the
first order partial differential equation satisfied by the family of right circular cones whose

axes coincide with the z-axis, and is given by :
+ y= (z — c)?* tan2a.
(5) Solve the following initial value problem using method of characteristics :
u, + 2uu,=v—x, v,-cv,=0 with u(x, 0)=x, v(x, 0) =x.

(c) Solve the equation u, + Xuy = y with the Cauchy data u(1, y) = 2y.

P.T.O.


ivy)

(a)

(5)

(a)

(0)

(c)

(a)

(2) 1121
Reduce the following equation into canonical form and then find the general solution :

u, + 2xyu, =X.

Apply the method of separation of variables u(x, y) = f(x) g(y) to solve the following
equation :
u,+2u,=0, u(0, y) =3e?”.
Find a complete integral of the equation by using Charpit’s method :
p=( + qyy.
Show that the equation of motion of the vibrating string is :
u,=CU,,, c =T/p,
where T is the tension at the end point of the string and p is the density.
Classify and determine the region in which the following equation is hyperbolic, parabolic,
or elliptic, and transform the equation in the respective region to canonical form :

xu, + 2xyu,, + Vuy =0.

Find the traffic density p(x, 1), satisfying :

>’

Ps xsin() : =0

wo. l
with the initial condition P)(x) = 1+ re
x
Transform the following equation to the form Us, = CV, c = constant,
3u,, + Tu, + 2u,, tu, +u=0,
by introducing the new variables y= ye, where a and b are undetermined

coefficients.


1121
( 3)
(4) Define the homogeneous and non-homogencous of partial differential equations
examples, and find the general solution of the equation

U vexy ~ Wy ~

(c) Find the general solution of the equation

Oz Oz dety
— =x-yte
ax? dy’ »
5. (a) Determine the solution of the initial-value problem for the semi-infinite string with a
fixed end :

Uy =C7U,,, O<x<—~,1>0

u(x, 0) = f(x), u(x, 0) = g(x), OS x<co

u(0, ¢) = 0, 0<t<co

(6) Determine the solution of the initial-value problem for the semi-infinite string with

free end :
u,, = 9U,,, 0<x<~,t>0
u(x, 0) =0, u,(x, 0)=x°, 0<x<0
u,(0, t) = 0, 0<t<oo

(c) Determine the solution of the initial-value problem with non-homogeneous boundary

conditions :
Uy, =CU,., 0<x<0,t>0
u(x, 0) =sinx, u(x,0)=x°, 0<x<0o
u(0, t) = x, 0<t<c

P.T.O.


6.

1121

( 4 ) 1121

(a) Determine the solution of the Cauchy problem for non-homogeneous wave equation :

u~- » _
1 ~CU =sinx = 0, u(x, 0) = cosx, u(x, 0) =14+x.

(b) Determine the solution of the initial-value problem ;

u,= lou... O<x<0,(>0
W(X, O) = 14x, u(x, 0) = x, O05x<0
u (0,1) = cosx, O0S1<co

(c) Determine the solution of the initial-value problem :

u,—cu, =O - . O0<x<0,t>0
u(x, 0) = log(1+x’), u(x, 0)=2, OS x<0

300


»

702 =

o\)or

“\o [This question paper contains 8 printed pages-]

.
rr ed
woceeeer
e

Your Roll No

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1227 J

Unique Paper Code - 2353010007

Name of the Paper - DSE-3(i) : Mathematical Data
Science

Name of the Course - B.Se. (H) Mathematics

Semester - V, DSE |

Duration : 3 Hours

Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

l.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Attempt all questions by selecting three parts from

Q1-Q4. and two parts from Q5.-Q6.

Parts of the questions to be attempted together.

All questions carry equal marks. All parts of a
question carry equal marks. Marks are indicated.

Use of non-programmable Scientific Calculator js

allowed.

P.T.O.


1227 :
| (a) Differentiate between structured and unstructured

data, (5)

(b) What is preprocessing of data. Explain with the

help of an example. (5)

(c) Consider the data of coffee shops with following
attributes: Name of the coffee shop, Revenue in
Rs., Pin code of the shop, Average monthly
customers. Briefly explain the attributes as

quantitative and qualitative. (5)

(d) Define discrete quantitative and continuous

quantitative data. Give an example of each.

(5)

2. (a) Write five Steps of data science and explain these

briefly. - (5)


1227 3
(b) Explain any two tabular data formats out of CSV,

Exeel, Data Frame, XML or similar. (5)

(c) What are anomalies in data science? Explain

anomalies with examples. (5)

(d) Give an overview of data source format SQL or

HDFS. (5)

5

3. (a) State Chebyshev Inequality. Consider a probability
density function f and a random variable X ~ f.
If E[X] = 20 and Var[X] = 9, find the value of.

Pr[X > 50]. (5)

(b) Explain the term probably approximately correct
with an example. Consider sets A = {1,2,4,8}
and B = {1,2,3}. Calculate the Jaccard distance

between A and B. (5)

P.T.O.


.
1227 |
(c) Define L, distances mathematically and sketch

these geometrically for p = 1,2 and o.

(5)
(d) Consider two vectors a = (1,2,-4,3,-6) and
b = (1,2,5,-2,1) in R*. Find Kullback-Liebler

divergence.

(5)

+. (a) Find the regression line for the given data

height (in): 66 68 60 70 65 61 74 73 75 67

weight (Ibs): 160 170 110 178 155 120 223 215 235 164
(5)

(b) Explain polynomial regression, Consider the input

data set with n = 3 points {(2,1), (3,6), (4,5).

Find polynomial expansion of x generates with

p=5. (5)


1227 5
(c) Define the Gradient in data sciences and find the

value of the Gradient for
{(X.y.Z) = 3x2 — 2y* — 2xe* at (3,-2,1). (5)

(d) Consider two-variable function f = (x—5)? +
(y +2) — 2xy., Starting with (x, y) = (0,2), using
the gradient descent algorithm for the function,
perform 3 iterations and report the function value

at the end of each step. ° (5)

5. (a) Find Singular Value Decomposition (SVD) of the

3 1 1 :
matrix A= . (7.5)
-1 3 1 |

P.T.O.


(1227 6

(b) Use Lloyd’s Algorithm for k-means clustering to
divide the following data into two clusters with

initial cluster centers C, = (2,1) and C, = (2,3)

(7.5)

(c) Reduce the feature 2-dimensional data of the
following into one dimensional using Principal

Component Analysis (PCA)

Class > C, C, C, C,
Feature |

Xx, 4 8 13 7
* I 4 5 14

2

(7.5)


i

1227 7
6. (a) Consider a matrix A ¢ R84 with squared singular

. 2 _

(1) Find the rank of matrix A.

(1) Find the value of ||A — A,|2, where A,
is the best rank-2 approximation of

A. (7.5)

(b) Draw Voronoi diagram with three points

A(—6,7), B(—6, -3) and C(2,5). | (7.5)
(c) Consider a set of 1 - dimensional data points

(x, =0, y,=+1), (x, =1,y, =—]), (x,;=2, y, = +1),
(x,= 4, y, = +1), (, = 6, y, =-L), (%, = 7, y, =-1),

(x, = 8, y; = +1), (xX. = 9, y, = —1).

P.T.O.


1227 8

Predict —I or +1 using a kKNN (k-nearest neighbor)

classifier with k = 3 on X=3 and x=-l

(7.5)


l vhs question Pape

~ 7 Pn 4
& Bee wr

Sr. No. Of Question
Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

o| | )
r Contains 8 printed pages:

Paper :

S
oe
1) 9
Your Roll Nowe"
1228

2353010008

ing and
Linear Programming

Applications (DSE)
B.Sc. (H) Mathematics

V

Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates
at ftuctions tor Candidates

. . . t
Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receip

of this question paper.

(a) Solve the following linear programming problem
a

by Graphical Method:

= x
Minimize z= x . ,
subject to Xp t%2= ;
5x, + 9x2 <4
X2 <4

, 2 0.
x, 290,%2 2

P.T.O,


1228

amine the convexity of the set S =

(b) Ex S= {04 XQ):
x92 2 4x,}. Justify your conclusion. Further prove
or disprove that intersection of two convex sets js

a convex set.

(c) Solve the following problem by simplex method:

Minimize Xz, + 2X2 — 4x3
subject to Xz, +X2 4+ 2x3 59
X,+%2—-X%3 82
—X, + x2 +%x%3 54
xX, 20, x2 20, x3 2 0.

2. (a) Consider the following problem:

Minimize Z= CX
subject to Ax = Db,
x = 0,

Let (xg,0) be a basic feasible solution

corresponding to basis B such that 2 — Cj <0
for all non- basic variables Xj. Prove that (x,, 0)

is an optimal basic feasible solution.


1228 3

(b) Find all the basic feasible solutions for the

following system of equations:

2X; + Xy + 5X3 = 5.
Classify the obtained solutions as degenerate or

non-degenerate.

(c) Reduce the feasible solution, x, = 2, X2 = 3,x%3=1
of the following system to two different basic

feasible solutions:

2X, 7 X_ + 4x3 = 11.
3x, +X + 5x3, = 14..

(2) Solve the following problem by Big-M method

Maximize z= 6X, + 4x2

subjectto 2x, + 3x2 < 30
3x, + 2x2 < 24
X,+%,23
X1,X2 20

P.T.O,


1228

Is the solution unique? If not, give two different

solutions.

(b) Solve the following problem by Two-phase method

Minimize z = —5x, + 4x2 — 3x3
subject to 2x, + x2 — 6x3 = 20
6x, + Sx. + 10x3 < 76
8x, — 3x2 + 6x3 < 50
X1,X2,X3 20

(c) Solve the following system of simultaneous

equations using simplex method:

X, +x, =1
2%, +x, =3

4 (a) (i) Prove that if either the primal or the dual

problem has an unbounded objective function


1228 5

value .. . .
e, then the other problem has no feasible

solution.

(iu) Show that the dual of the dual is primal for

the following primal problem

Minimize z = x, + 2x2 — 3x3
subject to 4x, + 5x, — 6x3 = 7
8x, — 9x. +10x, < 11
X1,Xz =O ,xX3 unrestricted.

(b) Obtain the dual of the following primal

problem:

Minimize z = 3x1, — 2x2 + 4x3
subject to 3x, + 5x, +4x3 27
6X, + X2 + 3x3 2 4
7X1 — 2x2 —-x3 < 10
X, — 2X2 + 5x3 2 3
X4,X2,X3 = 0.

(c) Solve the following problem using Complementary

Slackness theorem

P.T.O.


1228 6

Minimize z= 2X, + 9x, + x,
subject to X44 + AX, + 2X, 25

a

3X, + X%2 + 2x3, 24
X1,XqX3 2 0.

5. (a) For the following cost minimization Transportation
Problem, find the initial basic feasible solution by
using North West Corner Rule, Least Cost Method
and Vogel's Approximation Method. Compare the

three solutions in terms of cost:

(b) Solve the following cost minimization

Transportation Problem:


(c) Find the optimal solution of the Assignment

Problem with the following cost matrix :

(a) (i) Define Saddle Point and Mixed Strategy for

a "Two-Person Zero Sum" game.

6.

(ii) Use maxmin and minmax Principle to find
the saddle point, if it exists, for the following

pay-off matrix

P.T.O.


1228 8

30 -1~=5
6 4 j
10 8 6

(b) Convert the following game problem into a pair of
linear programming problems for players A and B
and provide the optimal strategies of the two

players and value of the game.

Player B

(c) Find the inverse of the matrix using Simplex

Method:


This question Paper contains 8 printed pages. ] [6/194 94

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll NoO....cecewneeree
5832 J
32351501
BMATHS11 — Metric Spaces

B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics
(LOCF) |

: V, Core

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2.  AJl questions are compulsory.

3. Attempt any two parts from each question.

4. Jn the question paper, given notations have their usual

meaning unless and until stated otherwise.

P.T.O,


5832

l.

(a)

(b)

(1)

(it)

(i)

(ii)

Define a metric space. Show that the non-
Negativity metric axiom is implied by the other
metric axioms of coincidence, symmetry and

triangle inequality.
Let X be a non-empty set.

Define for x, y ¢ X

0 ifx=y
V2 ifx#y

a(es)=f

Prove that d a metric on X. . (3+3)

Find the open ball in C,[0, 1] centred at
f(t) =t* of radius 1. Give its geometrical

interpretation.

Show that (3,5) is an open ball in R. Find its

centre and radius, | (4+2)


5832 3

(c) Suppose X = Cy fab], the set of all ‘continuous
functions from [a,b] to I and d(f,g) = sup (FG) —
LOO, 2 x © fab], ab} be the associated metric.
Then prove that (X, d) is a complete metric space.

(6)

-. (8) (@) Suppose (X, d) is a metric space and F is a
finite subset of X. Prove that the derived set

F’ of F is empty.

(a) Let A bea finite subset of R with usual
metric. Is A open in R? Justify your answer.
If not, then give an example of a metric space

in which a finite set may be open.
(2.544)

(b) (i) Consider the subspace X =] UJ of R, where

7

i

=]0,1{ and J = [4,7[. Show that d(sup_1,

I)>0.

Gi) Find the interior and derived sets of Z and Q
in R with usual metric. Determine which one
of these sets is open or closed or none in R.

Justify your answer. (2.5+4)

P.T.O.


5832 4

(c) (i) Is Q U{V2} dense in R with usual metric?

Justify your answer.

(it) Give an example of a set which is open in a
subspace Y of a metric space (X,d) but
not open in X. Under what condition every
open set in a subspace Y of a metric space
(X,d) is open in X? Justify your answer.

(2+4,5)

3. (a) Prove that a mapping f: X > Y is continuous on
X if and only if f'(G) is open in X for all open

subsets G of Y. (6)

(b) Define a uniformly continuous function on a metric
space. Prove that the function f: R — R defined
by f(x) = x* is not uniformly continuous, whereas
the function f: [0, 1] ~ R defined by f(x) = x? jg

uniformly continuous. | (6)


2.

“5832 :

c) Let f be an je ;

(c) Let f be an isometry between metric spaces
x , 7 .
(X},4,) and (X,,d,). Show that f is a

“homeomorphism between xX, and X,. Is the

converse true? Justify your answer. (6)

(a) Show that the metrics d;, d, and d, defined on R®
by |

dy(xy) = DRalai— yal:

1
d,(x,y) = (Dalai — yi”); and -
dno(x,y) = max {|x; - yil: 1<isn}

are equivalent. ” (6.5)

(b) Let KX = [0, 2x] c R and Y = fo « C: |z/=1),
the unit circle in the complex plane. Consider the
map ¢:X —+ Y defined by f(t) = e", O<ts2n.
Show that the function f is one-to-one, onto,

continuous but not a homeomorphism. (6.5)

P.T.O.


5832 6

(c) Let ‘7 be a continuous mapping of a complete
Metric Space into itself. Define T" inductively by
Tl « Tand Tt op , T". If T* is a contraction
for some Positive integer k, then the equation

TX= x has one and only one solution. Moreover,

for any x ¢ X, the sequence {Px}. , converges

to that ‘Solution, (6.5)

5. (a) Let (X,d) be a metric Space. Then show that the

following Statements are equivalent:
(i) (%,d) is disconnected;

(ii) There-exist two nonempty disjoint subsets
A and B, both open in X, such that
X=AUB;

(iii) There exist two nonempty disjoint subsets
A and B, both closed in xX, such that
X=AUB.

(iv) There exists a proper subset of X that is

\

both open and closed in X. (6)


5832 7

Then Show th

4 connected metric space and
»dy) be a continuous mapping.
at the space f(X) with the metric

in t i :
duced from y 1S connected. (6)

(c) Prove that the intervals are connected sets in (R,d),

the metric space of real numbers with the usual]

(6)

metric.

6. (a) Let (X, d) be a metric space. Then prove that the

following statements are equivalent:
(i) (X, d) is compact;

(ii) every collection of closed sets in (X, d)
with empty intersection has a finite

subcollection with empty intersection;

(iii) every collection of closed sets in (X, d)
with the finite intersection property has

nonempty intersection. (6.5)

P.T.O.


5832 8

(b) If f is a one-to-one continuous mapping of a
compact metric space (X, d,) onto a metric space
(Y, dy), then show that £! is continuous on Y and

hence, £ jig 4 homeomorphism of (X,d,) onto

(Y, dy), (6.5)

(c) If the real-valued function f is continuous on the

closed bounded interval [a, b], then prove that f is

uniformly continuous on [a, b]. * (6.5)


r [This question paper contains 8 onl OL

Your Roll N0O......-eeeeeees
Sr. No. ‘of Question Paper : 5886 I
Unique Paper Code > 32351502
Name of the Paper : Group Theory-2 (Core)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Mathematics
Semester : V
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. All questions are compulsory.

3. Question No.1 has been divided in 10 parts and each

part is of 1.5 marks.

4. Each question from 2 to 6 has 3 parts and each part

is of 6 marks.

P.T.O,


5886

5 Attempt any (we parts from each question,
>. te

State True (T) oF False (F). Justify your answer; in

brief.

(a) Aut(Z,) is always Abelian group, where Z, =

{0,1,2,.... m-1} is group under addition modulo

nN.

(b) G/Z(G) is isomorphic to Aut(G), where Z(G) is
Centre of group, where Aut (G) is group of

automorphism.

(c) Group of order 9 is isomorphic to Zg or Z3 ® Zs)”

where Z, ®Z, is an external direct product of

group Z,, and Z,..


5886 3
(d) Z2 ® Zs is isomorphic to Zyo.
(ce) Order of an element (1, 3) is 6 in Zz ® Ze.

(f) Kernel of a trivial action of a group G ona set A

is {e}, where e is the identity of G.

(g) 8 = 1+1+3 +3 is the class equation of group of

order 8.

(h) Let G be a finite group and p be a prime that

divides order of G. Then G has an element of

order p.

(i) Group of order 40 has a proper normal

subgroup.

P.T.O.


4
5886

(j) Group of order 35 is always cyclic.

> (a) Let G bea group. Prove that the mapping f(g) =

-1 ygeé G is an automorphism if and only if G

g

is Abelian.

(b) Prove that for every positive integer n, Aut(Z))

is isomorphic to U(n).

(c) Define the commutator subgroup G' of a group G.

Prove that G' is a normal subgroup of G and G/G'

is Abelian.

(a) Find the number of cyclic subgroups of

order 10 in the external direct product

Zy00 ® Z25- ‘


‘a

5886

(b) Prove that if a group G is the internal
direct product of a finite number of

subgroups Hy,H>,...,H, then G is isomorphic

to the external direct product of Hy,H,..+An

(c) Prove that every group of order p’, where

Pp

Zp ® Zp.

is prime, is isomorphic to Zy2 OF OT

4. (a) Let G be an abelian group of order 120 and G has

exactly three elements of order 2. Determine the

isomorphism class of G.

(b) Let G be a group and A be any subset of G.

Define the centralizer C,, (A) of A in G. Further

for dihedral group D, of order 8 with usual

P.T.O.


5886 6

‘Sort s. Let A = ff] 2 3
generators | and s. L Lar, 2, pay
subgroup of Dg, then show that Cp, (A) =

(c) Let G be a group acting on a nonempty
set A, then show that a relation on A defined by
a ~ b if and only if a = g.b for some g ¢ G, is

an equivalence relation. Further show

that, for each aeA,, the number of

elements in the equivalence class containing

ais|G: G,|, the index of the stabilizer
of a.

5. (a) Find al] conjugate classes of the Quaternion group

Q,. Also, Verify its Class Equation.


| 5886 7

(b) Show that two elements are conjugate in symmetric
group Sn if and only if they have the same cycle

type.

(c) Find a representative for each of conjugacy class

of elements of order 4 in S,,.

6. (a) Show that a group of order pq, where P and q are

distinct primes with p < q,pt(q-—1), is

cyclic.
(b) If G is a group of order 30, show that either

sylow 3-subgroup or sylow 5- subgroup is normal

in G.

P.T.O.


5886 8

c) State Index Theorem. Hence or otherwic
( ice or otherwise,
prove that a group of order 12. igs not

Simple.


73)171%

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll NoO....eeeeererrt’
5969 I
32357501

Numerical Analysis (CBCS-
LOCF)

B.Sc. (H) Mathematics
V — DSE-1

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt all questions by selecting any two parts from

each question.

3. Marks for each part are indicated on right hand side

in brackets.

4. Use of non-programmable Scientific Calculator is

allowed.

P.T.O.


5969 d

|. (a) Explain geometrically the method of false
position to determine an approximation to 4 root
of t(x)= 0. Applying this method, perform three
iterations to determine an approximation to a root

of x* — 18x° + 45 = 0 lying in (3,4). (6)

(b) Perform four iterations of the Bisection method
to approximate the root of the equation
x° — 3x? — 0.09x + 0.27 = 0 in the interval (0,1).

(6)

(c) Consider the function

1
cosx —1 tex?

f(x) =——

What is the limit of f as x 3 0? Further, at what

rate does f converge to this limit? (6)


5969 3

2. (a) Apply Secant method to x3 + x* —- 3x —-3 = 0 to
determine an approximation to a root lying in the

interval (1,2). Perform four iterations. (6.5)

(b) Find the iterative method based on Newton’s
method for finding N'3, where TV is a positive
real number. Then perform three iterations of
Newton’s method to obtain the approximate value
of 181, starting with the initial approximation

Ky =2. (6.5)

(c) (a) Find the fixed points of the function g(x) =
x(2 — ax). Determine the order of convergence
of the sequence p, = g(p,_,) toward x = I/a.

(3.5)

(ii) Using Bisection method, determine p,, the third
approximation to a root of cos x —x = 0 lying

in (0,1). (3.0)

P.T.O,


5969 4

3. (a) Starting with initial vector (x,y,z) = (0,0,0),
perform three iterations of Gauss-Seidel method

to solve the following system of equations:

6x - 2y+ z= 11

—2x + Ty + 2z = 5

x + 2y —- 5z = -l (6)

(b) Solve the linear system AX = b using Gaussian

elimination with pivoting where

10 -1 2 4
a=|1 10 -| ana = [3 (6)

2 3. 20 7

(c) Solve the following system of equations using SOR
method with initial approximation as (x, y,z) =

(0,0,0) and @=1.25. Perform three iterations.


5969 5

3x -yt+tz=- 1]
xt 3y-2=7

x-yt3z=-7 (6)

4. (a) Construct the divided difference table for the
data

ro |. 5.875 | 31.0 | 131.0 | 282.125 521.0

Hence, find the Newton form of the interpolating

polynomial and an approximation to value f(7).

(6.5)

(b) For the following data, obtain the forward
difference polynomial using Gregory-Newton

d difference interpolation. Also, interpolate

(6.5)

forwar

at x = 0.25.

P.T.O.


(6)

(c) Obtain the piecewise linear interpolating polynomial

for the function f(x) defined by the given data

Interpolate at x=3 and 7. (6.5)

5. (a) Find out the approximate value of f’(2) and f"(2)
using the forward difference formula for the given

data (6)



5969 4

(b) Verify that second order central difference
approximation formula for the second order
derivative provides the exact value of the second
derivative, regardless of the value of h, for the
function f(x) — 1, f(x) = x, F(x) = x? and f(x) = x’,

but not for the function f(x) = x’. (6)

(c) Derive the second order forward difference
approximation to the second derivative of a function

f given by

f! (xp) * f (Xo) — 2f Xo ” + f (Xo + 2h) (6)

6. (a) State the Trapezoidal rule for finding the integral
of a continuous function f(x) over a closed [a, b]

, , 11
and use it to approximate the integral iF ao.

Also, find exact value of given integral and the

absolute error. (6.5)

P.T.O.


5969 8

(b) Prove that the degree of precision (accuracy) f
Or

Simpson’s rule ts 3.

(6.5)

(c) Obtain approximate solution of the given initia]

value problem (IVP) :

in 4 steps using modified Euler’s Method. Also,
find the absolute error at each step given that the

exact solution of the IVP is x(t) = et+t+1.

(6.5)


yy yt

| [This question Paper contains 4 rime 1

Your Roll No.u...........+6¢
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6087 I
Unique Paper Code : 32357506
Name of the Paper : Cryptography and Network
Security
Name of the Course - CBCS/LOCF B.Sc. (H)
Mathematics
Semester : V — DSE-II
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt all questions by selecting two parts from each

question.

3. Parts of the questions to be attempted together.
4. Marks are indicated after each question.

5. Use of a simple calculator is allowed.

P.T.O.


6087 2

1. (a) Explain the three key objectives Confidentiality,
Integrity and Availability of computer security.

(6)

(b) Define Euler's totient function. Prove that if
n= pq, where p and q are primes, then $(n) =
o(p) o(q). Also, find Euler’s totient function (72).
(6)

(c) Encrypt the following massage using Vigenere

Cipher system using HUMOR as the keyword.

THE PEPSI IS IN THE REFRIDGERATOR
(6)

2. (a) Given that 5 is a primitive root for the prime 1223,
solve the discrete logarithm problem 5* = 3 (mod
1223). Given that 3°!! = 1 (mod 1223), determine

whether x is even or odd. (6)

(b) Illustrate the Feistel cipher structure with the help
of a diagram. (6)

(c) Describe the Blum-Blum Shub pseudorandom bit
generator and use it to generate a sequence of S1X

random bits with p=S, q=7, x=2. (6)


6087 3

3.

(a) Write a binary representation of the elements of
the field GF (2*) modulo the irreducible polynomial
m(x) = x? +x + 11. Find the multiplicative inverse
of x? + 1 modulo m(x). (6)

(b) List any six threats to a wireless network with a

brief description of each. (6)

(c) Describe MIME content types with the details of
possible subtypes in each content type. (6)

(a) Give an overview of the AES key expansion

algorithm with a short description of the function

g. (6.5)

(b) Given the entries of the first column of a state

1B
matrix in hexadecimal form ie compute the
86
outcome of the MixColumns transformation on
IB. Describe the rationale behind MixColumn

Transformation. (6.5)

(c) Compute the substitution for the byte 10 in AES
SubByte transformation. (6.5)

P.T.O.


6087 4

5,

(a) Define a cryptographic hash function. Give three
applications of cryptographic hash function in

cryptography, (6.5)

(b) Suppose Alice chooses two primes p= 7, q = 11
and she wants to use the RSA cryptosystem. Can
he choose ¢ = 13 as his public key? If no, give the
reason. If yes, find his private key and encrypt

the message m = [5. (6.5)

(c) Describe the key differences between Elliptic
Curve Cryptosystem and RSA Algorithm for as
public key cryptosystems. (6.5)

(a) Describe the SHA-512 round function technique
with the help of a diagram. (6.5)

(b) State ElGamal digital signature scheme and verify
with the help of an example. Also, explain

existential forgery in this method. (6.5)

(c) Let q=29, a = 4 and b = 20, consider Elliptic
curve E,(a, b): y? = x? + ax + b mod q. Show that
A = (5,22) and B = (16,27) lie on E (a, b). Also,
prove that E (a,b) is nonsingular and find W, where
W=A+B. (6.5)

(500)


blll %y

This question paper contains 6 printed pages] :
rot No [ | | LETT TTL.

S.No. of Question Paper: 6088

Unique Paper Code > $2.357807
Name of the Paper » Probability Theory and Statistics
Type of Paper > DSE

Name of the Course > BSc. (H) Mathematics

Semester a

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
All questions are compulsory.
Attempt any two parts from each Section.
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.
Section I

(a) A bowl contains 16 chips, of which 6 are red, 7 are white and 3 are blue. If four

chips are taken at random and without replacement, find the probability that : 6

(i) each of the four chips are red
(ii) none of the 4 chips are red

(iii) there is at least 1 chip of each color.

P.T.O.


to

(5)

(c)

(a)

()

6088

Given the cdf :

<X<

toa | —

2 oY

. l
Find : P(- P(X =1) and P(2 < X <3).

Let {C,} be an increasing sequence of events. Then prove that :

lim P(C,) = P(lim c,] = (U c,]
n— co n—->co n=l
Section I

f(x) ={%e"; x20—
0, elsewhere

w|*

(i) Show that f(x) is p.d-f.
(ii) Find its distribution function. 6.5
Let the random variable X have mean yp, standard deviation 6 and moment generating

function M(t), -A < t < h. Show that : 6.5


Wo

( 3) 6088

and
mero] ( ==") ~ erm 2), —-ho <t<ho.
(c) If X and Y are independent Poisson variates such that : 6.5
P(X = 1) = P(X = 2) and P(Y = 2) = P(Y = 3).
Find Var(X — y),

Section III

(a) If a random variable has a uniform density with the parameters « and , find its

distribution function. . 6

(b) A die is tossed until 6 appears. What is the probability that it must be tossed more

than 5 times ? . 6

(c) At a certain location on highway I-10, the number of cars exceeding the speed limit
by more than 10 miles per hour in half an hour is a random variable having a
Exponential distribution with 2 = 8.4. What is the probability of a waiting time of
less than 5 minutes between cars exceeding the speed limit by more than 10 miles

per hour ? 6

P.T.O.


( 4 ) 6088

Section IV

(a) Suppose that the amount of cosmic radiation in a man has a normal distribution with

(5)

(c)

(a)

mean 4.35 and standard deviation 0,59. Find the probability that a person will be exposed
to more than 5.2 units of cosmic radiation. 6.5

l
2

[Given : cr e-F = 0.4251]
+14 0

Let the random variables X and Y have the joint pdf, 6.5

f(x, yy=xty, O<x<1, 0<y<l, zero elsewhere.

Determine the conditional mean and variance of Y, given X = x, for0 <x <1.
Let X and Y be two random variables with joint pdf
f(x, y)=xe", 0<x<y<oo, zero elsewhere.
Determine the joint moment generating function M(t, f,) of X and Y. Is
M(t, t,) = M(t, 0) M(O, ¢,) ? 6.5
Section V_
Prove that if p and o are the mean and the standard deviation of a random variable

X, then for any positive constant k the probability is at least I-75 that X will take

on a value within k standard deviations of the mean, i.e. oO 6

P(X-pl<ko) 21-5, 040, .


( 5) 6088

(b) Let the random variables X and Y have the joint pmf : 6

(c)

(a)

(0)

| |
POX Y)= 3. (xy) = (0, 0), (1, 1, (2, 2), zero elsewhere.

Compute the correlation coefficient of X and Y.
Let the random variables X and Y have the joint pdf, 6
Ax. y) = 2,0 <x <y <1, zero elsewhere.
(i) Determine the marginal pdfs fy(x) and fy).
(ii) Also find the conditional mean E(Xly) of xX, given Y = y, forO<y< 1.
Section VI

Suppose we know that the number of items produced in a factory during a week is

a random variable with mean 500. 6.5

(i) | What can be said about the probability that this week’s production will be at

least 1000 ?

(ii) If the variance of a week’s production is known to equal 100, then what can _

be said about the probability that this week’s production will be between 400

and 600 ?
State and prove the Central Limit Theorem. 6.5

| PTO.


6088

( 6 ) 6088

(c) The following data gives the aptitude test scores and productivity indices of 10 workers

selected at random : 6.5

Productivity index (Y) : epee

() Find the equation of the least squares line that approximates the regression of the

Productivity index on the Aptitude test. -

(ii) Predict the average productivity index of a worker whose test score is 92.

500

\ 4.

[This question paper contaims?4 printed pages. |
\" Yvur Roll No.........5 7

Sr. No. of Question Paper's “1345 J
Unique Paper Code : 32351602

Name of the Paper : Ring Theory and Linear
- . Algebra-II

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Mathematics
“ . (CBCS-LOCF)

Semester , : VI |

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. . All the questions are compulsory.
Attempt any two parts from each question.

Marks of each part are indicated.

1. (a) Let F be a field. Show F[x] is a principal ideal
domain.

(b) (i) Is x3 + 1 irreducible over Z,.

(ii) Show x4 + 1 is reducible over R.

(c) State and Prove Gauss Lemma. (6,3x2,6) .

P.T.O.


1345

R[x]
er 2
2. (a) Show Gal Hence, Prove (x +1) ig

maximal in R[x].

(b) Is every Unique F actorization: Domain a Principal
Ideal Domain? Prove or give a Counterexample.

(c) Show 2d] is not a Unique Factorization

Domain. (Consider the factorization of the element
6). (6.5+6.5+6.5)

3. (a) Let V = R? and define f,, £,,f, ¢ V* as follows

f(x, y,z) = x-2y, £,0uy,z) =x + y + 2 and

f,(x, y,Z) = y—3z.
_ Prove that {f,, f,, f,} is a basis of ve and then
find a basis for V for which it is the dual basis.

1 4
(b) Show that the matrix A -(; 4 is diagonalizable

and hence find an invertible matrix Q and a
diagonal matrix D such that Q'AQ = D.

(c) Test the linear operator T: R* > R?, T(a, b, ¢) =
(4a +c, 2a+ 3b + 2c,a+ 4c) for diagonalizability
and if it is diagonalizable, find a basis B for V
such that [T], is a diagonal matrix. (6,6,6)


1345 3

4. (a) For the linear operator T: R* > R‘, T(a, b,c, d)
= (a+b, b-c, atc, a+d), determine the
T — cyclic subspace W of R‘ generated by
e, = (1,0,0,0). Also, find an ordered basis of W
and characteristic polynomial of the operator T,..

(b) State Cayley-Hamilton theory and verify it for the
linear operator

T: R? > R?, T(a,b,c) = ard, bt+c, b-c).

(c) Let V = P ;(R) and W = R? with respective
standard bases B and y. Define T: V — W by T
(p(x)) = (pC) — 2p(1), p(O) + p’(0)), where p’(x)
is the derivative of p(x).

(i) For f(a,b) = a — 2b, f ¢ W*, compute
T*(f).

8 Compute [7]. by. finding scalars a, b, c
and d such that T'(f,) = af, + bf, and
T'(£,) = cf, + df,, where B* = {f,, f,) and

y* = {£,, £} are the respective dual bases.
(6.5,6.5,3+3.5)

5. (a) Show that in a complex inner product space V
over a field F. If x, y € V, then following identities
hold :

(i) <x, y> = “lk + yl -2hk _ yl if F=R

(ii) <x, y> = Dial] if F=C, where

P.T.O.


1345 a

(b) Let V be an inner product space, and let S =
{V1 Vos Vas ceereeees v,} be an orthonormal subset of

V. Prove the Bessel’s Inequality :

IIx|? 2 Dials vi) for any x eV.

(c) Prove that an orthogonal subset of a finite
dimensional inner product space V can extended
to a orthonormal basis for V. Hence, or otherwise
prove that for any subspace W of a finite -
dimensional ‘inner product space V, dim(V) =
dim(W) + dim(W°). (3+3,6,6)

6. (a) Let T be a linear operator on a complex finite
dimensional inner product space V with an adjoint
T*. Prove that
(i) T is self-adjoint if and only if <Tx, x> is
real for all x € V.
(ii) If <Tx,.x> = 0 for all x € V, then T = T,,
the zero operator on V. |

(b) Let V = M,,,(R) and T: V > V be a linear
operator given by T(A) = A’. Determine whether
T is normal, self-adjoint, or neither. If possible,
produce an orthogonal basis of eigenvectors of T
for V and list the corresponding eigenvalues.

(c) Let U be a Unitary operator on an inner product
space V and let W be a finite dimensional U-
invariant subspace of V. Then, prove that

(i) U(W) = W
(ii) W+ is U- invariant. (3+3.5,6.5,3+3.5)

(100)


\
[This questijon paper contains: 8 printed pages. |

“es
rw
/

NG .&/ Your Roll No
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1353 J
Unique Paper Code : 32351601
Name of the Paper : Complex Analysis
Name of the Course +: B.Sc. (H) Mathematics
CBCS-LOCF
Semester : VI -— Core
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt all questions by selecting two parts from

each question.

3. Use of Calculator is not allowed.

P.T.O.



1353 2
1. (a) Find and sketch the image of each branch of the
hyperbola x? - y* = ¢, ¢ > 0 under the

transformation w = 2’. | (6)

-2 2
(b) Prove that (i) lim —— =0 (ii) lim ,
z>0 Z zn Z—|]

(3+3)

(c) Prove that if f(z) = 0 everywhere in a domain D,

then f(z) must be constant throughout D. (6)

(d) Show that the function f(z) = cosh x cosy + 1 sinh

X sin y is entire. (6)

2. (a) (i) Find all values of z such that e* = —2.

(ii) Show that if e” is real, then Im z =n7, n€ L.

(3+3.5)

(b) Show that sin z = 0 if and only if z = nz, ne Z
(6.5)


1353 3
(c) Show that
(i) Log [(1 + i)?] = 2 Log (1 + 1)

(ii) Log [(-1 + i)*] # 2 Log (-I +1).

(3+3.5)
(d) Show that
(i) loge = 1 + 2nmi, ne Z.
(ii) logi = [2n +5 i ne Z. (3+3.5)

3. (a) Let w(t) = u(t) + i v(t) be a complex-valued

function of a real parameter t.

(i) Define the definite integral of w(t) over

a <t <b and evaluate

P.T.O.


1353 4
(ii) Show that if w(t) denotes a continuous
function on [-a, a] which is even; that is,
w(-t) = w(t) for each point t in [-a, a],

then

* w(t)dt = 2[" w(t)dt. (3+3)
I, J,

(b) What do you mean by differentiable arc and its
length? Show that the length of an arc C remain

invariant under change in the representation for

Cc. (2+4=6)

(c) Let f(z) = = exp(mz) and C be the boundary of
the square with vertices at the points 0,1,1 +1 and
i. the orientation of C being the counter clockwise

direction. Using parametric representation of C,

evaluate [.f(z)az ; (6)


1353 5

(d) Without evaluating the integral, show that

i z+4 del < 6n
C 7-1 7
where C is the arc of the circle |z| = 2 from

z = 2 to z = 2i that lies in the first quadrant.

(6)

4. (a) Use the method of antiderivatives to show that

for every contour C extending from a point z, to

for each n=0,]1,2.,...

State the corresponding result used.

(4.5+2=6.5)

(b) State Cauchy Goursat’s theorem and hence

evaluate

(i) i. Log(z+2) dz

P.T.O.


1353 6

2
. Z
(ii) iF z+3 dz

where C is the unit circle |z| = 1 in either direction.
(1.5+2.5+2.5=6.5)

(c) Show that if f is analytic at a given point then its
derivatives of all higher orders are analytic there

too. (6.5)

(d) State and prove fundamental theorem of algebra.
(6.5)

5. (a) Suppose that the sequence (z,), where z, =x, + ly»
n = 1,2,... and z = x + iy then prove that lim

Z
non

=z = lim,,,x, = x and lim, ,.y, = y, and hence

check the convergence behavior of complex

2
sequence Zz, = —z7 + 5i, (n= 1,2,...).
n

(3.5+3=6.5)

(b) Find Maclaurin series representation of f(z) =
cosh z. : (6.5)


1353 7

(c) If a series > 98 (z-2 9)" converges to f(z) at

all points interior to some circle |z — z,| = R, then
prove that it is the Taylor series for the function

f(z) in powers of z — Zp. | (6.5)

(d) Prove that when

- (2
sin| Z 2 .6 10
z#0, (7) 1 2 if 2 (6.5)

6. (a) Prove that if a sequence of complex numbers
converges, then its n term converges to zero as

n — o, is the converse true? Justify. (6)

(b) Derive the Laurent series expansion for the

1
function f(z) = e% and hence show that

J
fe” dz=2ni, where [ is any positively oriented

simple closed contour around the origin.
(3+3=6)



1353 8

(c) Determine the residue of the below given complex

functions at z = 0

sin hz

cot Z

(ii) S (3+3=6)
Z

(d) Define singular point and isolated singular point of

a complex function. Consider the function

Identify all isolated singularities of the function

f(z). (3+3=6)

(100)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages

Your Roll NO.

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1357 { SAE} b> J i

Unique Paper Code : 32357610 \o, 2,

Name of the Paper : DSE-4 (Number Theory)

Name of the Course : CBCS (LOCF) —- B.Sc. (H)
Mathematics

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. All questions are compulsory.
3. Attempt any three parts from each question.

4. Each part carries 5 marks.

P.T.O.


1387 2

1. (a) Determine all solutions in integers of the

Diophantine equation

54x + 2ly = 906.

(b) A farmer purchased 100 head of livestock for a
total cost of $4000. Prices were as follows: Calves
$120 each; lambs $50 each; piglets $25 each. If
the farmer obtained at least one animal of each
type, how many of each did he buy?

(c) What is the remainder when the sum 15 + 25 + 35
+ ... + 100° is divided by 4?

(d) Solve the linear congruence 6x = 15 (mod 21).

2. (a) Solve the following set of simultaneous

congruences
x = 1 (mod 3)
x = 2 (mod 5)
x = 3 (mod 7)

(b) Find the solutions to the system of congruences
7x + 3y = 10 (mod 16)

2x + Sy = 9 (mod 16)

(c) State and prove Fermat’s Theorem.


1357 3

(d) Prove that for any odd prime p, 17. 32. 5?.... (p— 2)?
= (-1)2 (mod p).

3. (a) For any integer n, show that p(n)u(n + 1)p(n + 2)
u(n + 3) = 0.

(b) Let F and f be two number-theoretic functions

related by the formula:

F(n) =) f@)
d/n
Show that
fn)=) w@F (5) = Yu(S)r@
d/n d/n

(c) Find the number of zeros with which the decimal

representation of 50! terminates.

(d) Show that 6(3n) = 36(n) if and only if 3/n.
4. (a) For a square free integer n > 1, show that t(n?)
= nif and only if n = 3.

(b) Define primitive root of an integer n > 1. Find all

the primitive roots of 9.


1387 4

(c) If p is a prime, show that the product of the
d(p — 1) primitive roots of p is congruent modulo
p to (1),

(d) Find a primitive root for any integer of the form
17k,

5. (a) Let p be an odd prime and gcd(a, p) = 1. Then
prove that a is a quadratic residue of p if and only

p-l

if a? =1 (mod p).

—-72
(b) Find the value of the Legendre symbol (=),

(c) Encrypt the message NUMBER THEORY IS
EASY using the linear cipher

C = 5P + 11 (mod 26).

(d) The ciphertext ALXWU VADCOJO has been
enciphered with the cipher

C, = 4P, + 11P, (mod 26)

C, = 3P, + 8P, (mod 26)

Ill

Derive the plaintext.

(100)


[this question paper contains 8 printed pages. |

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code >

Name of the Paper
Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll NG; psy la

‘O,
1358 /-) Je,
MATHEMATICAL” —

FINANCE

B.Sc. (H) Mathematics
(CBCS-LOCF)

VI — DSE

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. All six questions are compulsory, attempt any two

parts from each question.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

4. Use of calculator/scientific calculator and normal

distribution table is allowed.

P.T.O.



1358 2

1. (a) A bank quotes an interest rate of 14% por annum

with quarterly compounding, What in the equivalent

rate with

(i) continuous compounding and

(ii) annual compounding?

(b) Explain the following type of interest rates ;
(i) Treasury Rates
(ii) LIBOR

(iii) Repo Rates

(c) Portfolio A consists of l-year zero coupon with a
face value of %2000 and a 10-year zero coupon
bond with face value of %6000. Portfolio B consists
of a 5.95-year zero coupon bond with face value

of 25000. The current yield on all bonds is 10%

per annum.

(i) Show that both portfolios have the same

duration.


1358 3
(ii) What are the percentage changes in the

values of the two portfolios for a 5% per

annum increase in yields?

(You can use the exponential values: e* = 0.905,
0.368, 0.552, 0.861, 0.223 and 0.409 for x = —0.1,
—1.0, —0.595, -0.15, -1.5 and —0.893 respectively)

2. (a) Explain Hedging. How is the risk managed when
Hedging is done using?

(i) Forward Contracts

(ii) Options

(b) (i) What is the difference between the over-the

counter market and the exchange-traded

market?

(ii) An investor enters into a short forward
contract to sell 100,000 British pounds for
US dollars at an exchange rate of 1.9000 US
dollars per pound. How much does the
investor gain or lose if the exchange rate at
the end of the contract is (a) 1.8900 and (b)
1.9200?

P.T.O.


1358 4

(c) Write a short note on European call options.
Explain the payoffs in different types of call option

positions with the help of diagrams.

3. (a) Name the six factors that affect stock option

prices. Explain any three of them.

(b) Derive the put-call parity for European options on
a non-dividend-paying stock. Use put-call parity
to derive the relationship between the vega of a
European call and the vega of a European put on

a non-dividend-paying stock.

(c) What are the lower and upper bounds for European
calls on a non-dividend-paying stock? Calculate
the lower bound for the price of a 4-month
call option on a non-dividend-paying stock
when the stock price is $28, the strike price is
$25, and the risk-free interest rate is 8% Pe

annum?


1358 5

4. (a) Consider the standard one-period binomial model
where the stock price goes from S, to S,u or Sod
with d < 1 <u, and consider an option which pays
f, or f, in each case, and assume that the interest

rate is r and time to maturity is T.

Derive the formula for the no-arbitrage price of

the option.

(b) A stock price is currently %50. It is known that at
the end of six months it will be either %45 or &55.
The risk-free interest rate is 10% per annum with
continuous compounding. What is the value of
a six-month European call option with a strike
price of %50? (You can use exponential value:
e995 = 0.95123).

(c) A stock price is currently $100. Over each of the
next two three-month periods it is expected to go
up by 8% or down by 7%. The risk-free interest
rate is 5% per annum with continuous
compounding. What is the value of a six-month
American put option with a strike price of %102?

(You can use exponential value: e°°'” = 0.9876).

P.T.O.


1358 6

S. (a) Given that in a risk-neutral world,

2
OC ln,
In Sy > ns So + 1-2} or] where S., is the

stock price at a future time T, S, is the current:
stock price, r is the risk-free rate, o is the volatility
and $(m, v) denotes a normal distribution with?
mean m and variance y. For the given strike |
price K, find P(K > S,), the probability that al

European put option be exercised in a risk-neutral

world.

(b) Calculate the price of a five-month European call
option ona non-dividend-paying stock with a strike

price of %60 when the current stock price is 62,
the risk-free interest rate is 10% per annum, and

the volatility is 20% per annum.

(In(62/60) = 0.0328)

(c) Show that the Black-Scholes-Merton formulas

for call and put options satisfy the put- call
parity.


1358 7

6. (a) Discuss the delta of a European call option and
calculate the delta of an at-the-money 6-month
European call option on a non-dividend-paying
stock when the risk-free interest rate is 8% per

annum and the stock price volatility is 30% per

annum.

(b) Companies X and Y have been offered the

following rates per annum on a $5 million 10-year
investment :

Company X LIBOR

Company X requires a fixed-rate investment;

company Y requires a floating-rate investment.
Design a swap that will net a bank, acting as
intermediary, 0.2% per annum and will appear

€qually attractive to X and Y.

P.T.O.



1358 8

(c) Find the payoff from a bear spread created using
put options. Also draw the profit diagram

corresponding to this trading strategy.

(100)


[This question paper contains | 8 pitted pages. ]

\e vouy Roll a By A—

eenweocce
™ —_
\/ o
oS,
ae

a

Sr. No. of Question Paper : : 4360 J
Unique Paper Code : 32357616
Name of the Paper : DSE-4 Linear Programming

and Applications

Name of the Course : CBCS (LOCF) — B.Sc. (H)
Mathematics

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

tr

Attempt any two parts from each question.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) Define a convex set. Prove that the set S defined

as;

S = {(x,, X,): x} + x} <1} is a convex set.

P.T.O.


1360 2
(b) Sketch the feasible region of the given linear
programming problem and hence find its optimal

solution

Max Z = 3x, + X2
St, —xX,+2x, <0
X24
X1xX2 20.

(c) Reduce 2a, + 3a, + a, = b to a Basic Feasible
Solution, if

a, = [2,3], a, = [1,1], a, = [4,5] and b = [11,14].

Name the basic and non-basic variables in the

reduced Basic Feasible Solution.

2. (a) Apply Two-phase method to find the solution of

the following linear programming Problem :

Min Z = Sx, + 11x,
St. 2x, + x, <4
3x, + 4x, > 24
2X, — 3x. >6
X14,X2 > 0.


1360 | 3

(b) Solve the following linear programming problem
by Simplex method :

Max Z = 3x, + 2x,
S.t, x4 <4
X2 56
X,+x% <5
X1,X2 20.

(c) Using Chame’s M-technique to solve the following
linear programming problem:

Max Z = x, + 2x, + 3x3

s.t, X,+ X2+ X3=5
2X2 + X3 22
2X1 +x3<10

X4,X2,X3 > 0.

3. (a) Find the dual of the following linear programming
problem:

Max Z = 5x, + 6x2
s.t, X, + 2x2 =5
—xX, + 5x, 23
4x,+7x, <8
x, unrestricted, x, = 0.

P.T.O.


1360 4

(b) Solve graphically the dual of given primal linear
programming problem, then use complementary
slackness condition to determine the solution of
the primal problem.

Min Z = 2x, + x2 + 3x3 + 6x,
S.t. X, + X2+3x,+2x, > 3
2X, +X2+X3+3x,>2
X1,Xz,X3,X, => O.

(c) Let x, be the feasible solution to the primal
problem.

Max Z = CX
s.t. AX <b
X2>0.

Where, X7,C eR", b™ER™ and A = m~ n matrix.

If wy be a feasible solution to the dual of the
primal problem.

Min Z* = b™w

s.t. A™w>cT

w > 0.

Where w'eR™. Then prove that Cxp < b™Wo.


1360 5

4. (a) A company has three production houses and
supplying the product to five warehouses. The cost
of production varies from production houses to
production houses and cost of transportation from
production houses to warehouses also varies. Each
Production houses has a certain production
capacity and each warehouses have certain amount
of requirement. The cost of transportation per unit

is given below.

Determine the optimum quantity to be supplied

from each production houses to different

warehouses at minimum cost.

P.T.O.



1360 6

(b) A company wish to hire five employees for five
positions claim that they have the required
knowledge for each position. Each position can be
assigned to one and only one employee. The cost
of assignment (per lakh CTC) of position to each
employee is given below in the table. Allocate the

positions to appropriate employee for optimal

assignment.

(c) An Oil company has three refineries and four
depots. The transportation cost per ton, capacity

and requirements are given below in the table.


1360 ST

ee
ad

(tons)
oe eee
ey
on

Determine the optimum distribution for this

company to minimize the shipping cost using North-
West Comer Rule, Least Cost Method and Vogel’s
Approximation Method. Compare the solutions (in
terms of costs).

5. (a) Define saddle point. Solve the game whose payoff

matrix is given below.

P.T.O.


1360 8 *

(b) Find the optimal strategies for both player A anq
B and value of the game whose payoff matrix js

given below.

(c) Solve the following system of equations by using
Simplex method :

x, +x, = 1

2x, + x, = 3.

(100)


| Be;
[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |
\

Your Roll No......4%.......
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 5514 J
Unique Paper Code > 2352013601
Name of the Paper : Advanced Group Theory
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Mathematics
Semester _: VI - DSC-16
Duration : 3 Hours | Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. All questions are compulsory and are of 15 marks each.

3. Attempt any five parts from Question 1. Each part is
of 3 marks.

4. Attempt any two parts from each of the Questions 2
to 6. Each part is of 7.5 marks.

1. (i) Prove that the left regular action of a group G
on itself is a faithful action.

(1) Prove that the kernel of an action of a group G
on a set A is a normal subgroup of G.

(iii) Let o be an m-cycle in the symmetric group S..
Find IC, (o)|, the order of centralizer of o.

P.T.O.


5514 2

(iv) Is a group of order 210 simple? Justify.

(v) Define commutator subgroup G’ of a group G.
Prove that G’ is normal in G.

(vi) Prove that the center of a group is a
characteristic subgroup.

(vii) Define a solvable group. Prove that every abelian

group is solvable.

2. (a) For a group G, consider the mapping Gx GG
given by g.a = gag’. Prove that this defines a
group action of G on itself. Also, find the kernel
of this action and the stabilizer G, of an element
x eG.

(b) Let G = D, be the dihedral group of order 8 and
let A = {l,r, r?,r>}, where r denotes a clockwise

rotation of the square by ; radians. Show that
the normalizer Np, (A) = D, and the centralizer —
Cp(A) = A

(c) Let p be a prime number and let G be a group of
order p* for some a 2 1. Prove that G has a
nontrivial center Z(G). Deduce that every group
of order p’ is abelian. |

3. (a) Let the symmetric group S, act on the set A =
fh gwee one , nh} by a.a = a(a), Vae S ae A.

Prove that this action is transitive.


5

)

4,

14

3

(b) Let the dihedral group D, act via its natural action

(c) Let G be a finite group and let g,,g,,...... g. be

on the set A = {1,2,3,4} consisting of four vertices
of a square. Label these vertices 1,2,3,4 in a

clockwise direction. Let r be the rotation of the

Square clockwise by , radians and s be the

reflection in the line which passes through vertices

1 and 3. Find the stabilizer of all the four vertices
of square.

r

representatives of the distinct conjugacy classes

of G not contained in the centre Z(G) of G.. Then
prove the class equation:

r .
IG] = |Z(G)| + })_|G:Cg(g;)|, where Cy(g,) is
the centralizer of the element g, in G. Verify the
class equation for the symmetric group S,.

(a) Let G be a finite group and p be a prime dividing

the order of G. Let P be a Sylow p-subgroup of
G, and let n, denote the number of Sylow p-
subgroups of G. Assume that G acts transitively

on the set of its Sylow p-subgroups by conjugation.
(i) Describe the orbit of P under this action.
(ii) Show that n, = |G: N,(P)|, where N,(P)

denotes the normalizer of P in G.

P.T.O.


)

5

6,

14 4

(b) Let G be a group of order 12. Prove that either G
has a normal Sylow 3-subgroup or G is isomorphic

to alternating group A,.

(c) State Sylow’s first theorem, Let G be a group of
order 77. Prove that G has a normal Sylow 7-
subgroup and a normal Sylow 11-subgroup.

Further, prove that G is cyclic.

(a) State and prove the Index theorem. Use this
theorem to show that there is no simple group of

order 216.

(b) Let G be a finite group, and let p be the smallest
prime dividing the order of G. Prove that if G has
a subgroup of index p, then it must be a normal
subgroup of G. Is it always true that G has a

subgroup of index p? Justify.

(c) Prove that no simple group has order pqr, where

p, q and r are distinct primes.

(a) Prove that a group G is solvable if and only if
G = {e} for some positive integer n, where Ge
is the n' derived subgroup of G.

(b) Find a composition series for the symmetric group
S

4

(c) Prove that any finite p-group ts nilpotent.

(3000)


(This question paper contaths & printed pages |

Sr. No. of Question Paper: S554° J
Unique Paper Code > 2352013602

Name of the Paper : Advanced Linear Algebra
Name of the Course : Bachelor of Science

(Honours Course)

Mathematics

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. All questions are compulsory.

3. Attempt any TWO parts from each Question.

P.T.O.


$54

2

(a) Let T be a linear operator on R? defined as

(b)

T a\_ 2a+b
b a-—3b)°
1) (0
For the ordered basis {Oho} and
; 1) (1
p(t.) of R2, find the change of

coordinate matrix Q that changes B’-coordinates

into B-coordinates. Also, verify that
[T], =Q"[T], Q. (2.5+5)

Let V = P,(R) and for p(x) € V, let f,, f, € Vv"
be defined as


and f)(p(x)) =f p(t)at

Prove that {f,,f,} is a basis for V*° and find a

basis of V for which it is the dual basis.

(3+4.5)

(c) Let V be finite dimensional vector space. Define
the annihilator S° of a subset S of V and prove
that S° is a subspace of V". If W, and W, are

subspaces of V, prove that °

(W,+W3)° = weaw?. (3.5+4)

il
2. (a) Let a-(; |} eMoa(C), Determine all eigen

values of A and for each eigen value A of A, find
the set of eigen vectors corresponding to A. Also,
find a basis for C? consisting of eigenvectors of

A. (2.5+5)

P.T.O.


S554 4

(b) Let T be a linear operator on P,(R) defined as
T(f(x)) = £(0) + f(1)(x + x’).

Test the linear operator T for diagonalizability. If
T is diagonalizabl e, then find a basis B for V such

that [T], is a diagonal matrix. (2.5+5)

(c) Let T be a diagonalizable linear operator on a
finite dimensional vector space V and J, A.,... ... dy,

be the distinct eigen values of T. Prove that

V=E,, @ Ey, -....® Ey, , where E,, is the eigen
space of A,, for all i. | | (7.5)

3. (a) Let T be a linear operator on the vector space

Ve= R‘ defined as
T(a, b,c, d) = (a+b, b-c, atc, a+ d)

Find an ordered basis of the T-cyclic subspace W
of V generated by z = @). Also, find the

characteristic polynomial of Ty. (3+4.5)


$554 5

(b) Let T be a linear operator defined on a finite
dimensional vector space V. Prove that the
characteristic polynomial and the minimal

polynomial of T have the same zeros. (7.5)

(c) Let T be a linear operator on V = M_, (R) defined

as T(A) = A‘. Find the minimal polynomial of T.

Hence show that T is diagonalizable. (7.5)

4. (a) Let V be an inner product space, prove that the

following inequality holds

I(x, y)] < |}x| lly], for all x,y € V.

Also, verify that the inequality holds for x = (1, 21,
1+ i), y = (5 +i,1,2) in C3, (5+2.5)

(b) Let V be an inner product space and let S be an
orthogonal subset of V consisting of nonzero
vectors. Prove that S is linearly independent.

(7.5)

P.T.O.


5554 6

(c) Let W = span ({(i,0,1)}) in C’®. Find the
orthonormal bases for W and W’. (7.5)

5. (a) Let V = P(R) with the inner product defined as

(f(x), g(x)) = f(t) g(t)dt, V f(x), g(x)eV.

Find the orthogonal projection of the vector
h(x) = 4 + 3x — 2x? on the subspace W = P(R).
(7.5)

(b) (i) Let V be a finite dimensional inner product
space and B be an orthonormal basis for V.

If T is a linear operator on V, show that
[T’], = ((T],)".
(ii) For the inner product space V = C? and linear
operator
T(z,,Z,) = (2z, + iz,, (1 -1)z,),

evaluate T° at z = (3-i, 1+2i). (4.5+3)


8554 7

(c) Find the best fit linear function for the data
{(-3,9), (-2,6), (0,2), (1,1)} using the least squares
approximation. Also, compute the error E.

(5+2.5)

6. (a) Let T be a normal Operator defined on a finite

dimensional real inner product space V whose
characteristic polynomial splits. Prove that V-
has an orthonormal basis of eigen vectors of

T. Hence prove that T is self-adjoint.

(5+2.5)

(b) For the following matrix A, find an orthogonal
matrix P and a diagonal matrix D such that

P'AP = D.

1 2
A= > 1]: , (7.5)

(c) (i) State the Spectral theorem.

P.T.O. |


8
(ii) Let T be a linear operator on a finite
dimensional complex inner product space V.
Show that T is unitary if and only if T is

normal and |A| = | for every eigen value A of

T. (2+5.5)

| (3000)


S. No. of Question Paper : 5574
Unique Paper Code : 2852013603 Re; t a =|
Name of the Paper : Complex Analysis alk Hi, Ww
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics (NEP-UGCF 2022)
Semester : VI
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.
Each question contains three parts (a), (6) and (c), attempt only two parts.
1. (a) (i) Sketch the set = {26 Cle <1, “3 < argz < zh. 3
(ii) Under the map fiz) = z2, draw the image of the set : 4.5
$=|2 eC: |z| = 1, 7 < argz< a}

(6) Under the map fiz) = e* draw the image of the rectangular region

R={e-rtiyeC:1srs2-Ssys%} 7.5

P.T.O.


(c)

(a)
(b)

(c)

(a)

(6)

(c)

( 2) 5574

2
Does lim (2) exist ? Justify your answer. TA
z0 z
Show that the function f(z)=Z is nowhere differentiable on C. TH
(1) Giving proper justification, write two differences between the
functions : 35
f(x) =e, xe R and f(zj=e?,zEC
(u) Solve the equation e = 2. 4
Find out the values of sin-19. 7.5

(1) Let a function f be integrable along a contour C. Prove that : 3.5
J fede = -f fede.

(i) Define a simple arc. Give an example to explain that a same set of

points may represent different arcs. 4

Let C be any simple closed contour, described in the positive sense in the
z plane, then compute the value of the integral :

{ 8? +2s
C(s-2,)8 ”

(t) when 2g is inside C, and
(4) when Zp is outside C. 15

(t) Let w(t) be a piecewise continuous complex valued function defined

on an interval a < t < b, then show that : 35

If wit) a < [ |w(t)| de.


(a)
(db)

(c)

(a)

(b)

( 3 ) 5574

(ii) Let C be the arc of the circle |z|=2 such that 0 < argz < .
Show that : 4
z+4 61
—— dz| < —
I. 23 _ 1 2 7 :
7.5

State and prove Cauchy integral formula.

Let f be an entire function such that |f(z)| <Alzl for all z, where A is

a fixed positive number. Show that f(z) = 6z, where b is a complex

constant. 7.5

(i) Evaluate the following integral along the line segment, say L, from

O0ton+ 2: 3.5
J, cos(z / 2)dz.
(ii) Evaluate the following integral :
f zdz
c(9—2)(z+i)’
where C is the positively oriented circle \z|=2. 4

State Laurent’s series theorem. Give two series expansions in powers of

zt+l1
z for the function f =F specifying the regions in which those

expansions are valid. 15

If a power series Y-0 a, (z-2,)" converges when z = 2, (z,#2,), then

prove that it is absolutely convergent at each point z in the open disk

Jz-z,|<R, where R, = lz, - 2]. 75

P.T.O.


(c)

6. (a)

(b)

(c)

5574

( 4 ) 5574

e? —

Define residue. Evaluate the residue of the function f(z) = and use

2
; ; z-] ;
it to find the integral I. ae , where C is the positively oriented unit

circle |z|=1. 7.5

Define an isolated singular point. For the below given functions, find the

isolated singular point and determine whether it is a removable singular

point, an essential singular point, or a pole : 7.5
.  sinz
(i) and

z

e22z

Let z) be an isolated singular point of a function f. Then show that the

following two statements are equivalent :

(i) 2 is a pole of order m(m = 1, 2, ...... ) of f;

(ii) fz) can be written in the form f(z) = = (2)
Zz —

, where g(z) is analytic
z,)”

and non-zero at Zp.
Further, establish that

(m-l)(z )
Res f(z) = kd o- when m = 1, 2, 3, «0.0.0...
2=29 (m-1)!
where Q =@. 7.5
Using residues, evaluate the following integral : 7.5
ie _ 2 a
0 5+4sin0


. . g
This question paper contains 8 printed pages] 602) i yay f

rot No. (TT [TTT TTT

ay,

S. No. of Question Paper ; 8082

Unique Paper Code : 2858010013 ( Mi creenia .
Name of the Paper : Mathematical Finance a RA
Type of the Paper : DSE

Name of the Course 7 B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt any two parts from each question.
All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.
Use of scientific calculator, basic calculator and
normal distribution tables all are allowed.
1. Attempt any two parts :

(a) Define the term derivative contract with an example. What is the
difference between a long position and a short position in a forward
contract ? Suppose that on May 01, 2025, the treasurer of a U.S.
Corporation knows that the Corporation will pay £ 10 million in 6

P.T.O.


2.

(b)

(c)

( 2) 8082

months (ie., on November (1, 2025). The bid and ask 6-month forward
quotes or the exchange rate between USD and GBP (USD per GBP)
on May 01, 2025, are 1.3091 and 1.3099, respectively. How can the

corporation hedge its position against exchange rate moves ?

What are the three types of traders ? Explain the arbitrage
opportunity when the price of a dually listed technology company
stock is $40 (USD) on the NASDAQ and % 3,500 (INR) on the
National Stock Exchange of India (NSE). Assume that the exchange
rate is % 83 per U.S. dollar. Explain what is likely to happen to prices

as traders take advantage of this opportunity.

Let R, denote rates of interest with continuous compounding and R,,,
denote equivalent rates with compounding m times per annum. Derive
the relation between R, and Ry. An Indian investor is comparing two
fixed-income investment options. One investment offers a semi-annual
interest rate of 6% per annum, while another offers a quarterly interest

rate. What is the equivalent quarterly interest -rate that would yield

the same return as the 6% semi-annual rate ? Express your answer

as a percentage rounded to two decimal places.

Attempt any two parts :

(a)

Define bond price, bond yield, and par yield. Suppose that the 6-month.
12-month, 18-month. and 24-month zero rates are 4%, 5.5%, 6.2% and


(b)

(c)

( 3 ) 8082

6.8% per annum, respectively (with continuous compounding). What

is the bond price and 2-year par yield ? (You can use the exponential

values : e~9-02 ~ 9 9gQ9. 2-0.055 _ 0.9465, e-9-0930 - 9.9119.
e0.136 ~ 9.8798)

If R, and Ry are the zero rates for maturities T, and T., respectively
and Ry is the forward interest rate for the period of time between T,
and Ty. Write an expression for Ry. Suppose that the risk-free zero-
coupon interest rates for 1 year, 2 years and 3 years are 4.0%, 4.4%
and 4.8%, respectively. Calculate forward interest rates for the second
and third years. Explain the following statement : “When the zero

curve is upward-sloping, the zero rate for a particular maturity is

greater than the par yield for that maturity. When the zero curve is

downward-sloping, the reverse is true.”

Define the duration of a bond. What is the duration of a zero-coupon
bond ? Consider a 5-year bond issued by an Indian company with a
face value of % 1,000 and an annual coupon rate of 8%, paid yearly.
If the yield on the bond is 9% per annum with continuous
compounding, what is the duration of the bond in years ? (You
can use the exponential values : e-0-09 — 0.9189, e918 — 0.8353,

e027 = 0.7634, e-0.36 = 09.6977, e045 — 0.6376)

P.T.O.



( 4 ) 8082

8. Attempt any two parts :

(a)

(b)

(c)

Distinguish between a European option and an American option.
Additionally, explain the concepts of a long position in a call option
and a short position in a put option. Illustrate each with their

respective payoff functions and payoff diagrams.

Show that the lower bound for the price of a European call option on
a non-dividend-paying stock when the stock price is Sp, the strike price
is K, the risk-free interest rate is r%, and the time to expiration of
option is T, is given by Sp - Ke~T, Also, what is the lower bound for
the price of a one-month European put option on a non-dividend
paying stock when the stock price is $12, the strike price is $15, and
the risk-free interest rate is 6% per annum ? (You can use the

exponential value : e-0.0049 = 0,995).

Derive the put-call parity relation for a European stock option on a
non-dividend paying stock. The price of a non-dividend paying stock
is $19 and the price of a three-month European call option on the
stock with a strike price of $20 is $1. The risk-free rate is 4%
per annum. What is the price of a three-month European put option
with a strike price of $20 ? (You can use the exponential value :

e001 = 0,990).


( 6 ) 8082

4. Attempt any two parts :

(a)

(b) .

(c)

Explain how a bull spread can be created using two European call
options on a stock ? Write the payoff table along with profit diagram
corresponding to this trading strategy. A call option with a strike price
of $50 costs $2. A put option with a strike price of $45 costs $3.
Explain how a strangle can be created from these two options. What

is the pattern of profits from the strangle ?

Define briefly the no-arbitrage valuation approach to valuing a
European option. A stock price is currently $40. It is known that at
the end of one month it will be either $42 or $88, The risk-free interest
rate is 8% per annum with continuous compounding. What is the
value of a one-month European call option with a strike price of

$39 ? (You can use the exponential value : ¢-0.0066 0.9993).

Define briefly what is meant by risk neutral world in the context of
valuing a European option using a binomial tree. A stock price is
currently $100. Over each of the next two six-month periods it is
expected to go up by 10% or down by 10%. The risk-free interest rate
is 8% per annum with continuous compounding. What is the value of
&@ one-year European call option with a strike price of $100 ? (You can

use the exponential values : e% = 1.040, ¢-0-08 = 0.923).
P.T.O.


( 6 ) 8082

5. Attempt any two parts :
(a) Stock price in the Black-Scholes model satisfies :
( g?)
InSp ~ 6|InS, +] p-—|T, o?T
T | NSo + [" y 5 |
where (7m, v) denotes a tiormal distribution with mean m and variance
v. Find P(Sp < K).

(b) . Stock price in the Black-Scholes model satisfies :
( — g2)
InSy ~ -— .
Sr ins a 2)ho T

where (m, v) denotes a normal distribution with mean m and variance v.

Find E[Sq] and ES}.

(c) Write a short note on stop-loss strategy. Calculate the delta of an at-
the-money six-month European call option on a non-dividend-paying

stock when the risk-free interest rate is 10% per annum and the stock

price volatility is 25% per annum. |

6. Attempt any two parts :
(a) Let V be a lognormal random variable with being the standard|
deviation of In V. Prove that Elmax(K — V, 0)] = KN(-d,) — E(V)N(-d)),

where

o-
2

=

| rr |

ps)

Ss

| |
+

dS


(b)

( 7 ) 8082

@

2

]
=
| rs |
le]
a
as)
| a |
bo

and E denotes the expected value. Use this result to derive the Black-
Scholes formula for the price of a European put option on a non-

dividend paying stock.

Define delta and gamma of a portfolio. Suppose a financial institution
has the following three positions on a stock :

(1) A long position in 100,000 call options with strike price $55
and an expiration date in 3 months. The delta of each option

is 0.533.

(ui) A short position in 200,000 call options with strike price $56
and an expiration date in 5 months. The delta of each option

is 0.468.

(wu) A short position in 50,000 put options with strike price $56
and an expiration date in 2 months. The delta of each option

is —0.508.

Calculate delta of the whole portfolio and how portfolio can be made
delta-neutral. Suppose that gamma of this delta-neutral portfolio of
options on an asset is —10,000. If there is a change of +3 or —-3 in the
price of an asset over a short period of time, what is the change in

the value of the portfolio ?

P.T.O.


( 8 ) 8082

(c) In Black-Scholes model, the stock prices follow the Geometric Brownian

motion given by :
dS = wSdt + oSdz

Using Ité’s Lemma on In§, show that :

8082 8

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

(16) Your Roll No.2 Oded

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1027 D

Unique Paper Code > 2352011101

Name of the Paper : DSC-1: Algebra

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Mathematics,
UGCF-2022

Semester : J

Duration : 3 Hours

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.

3. Attempt any two parts from each question.

1. (a) Prove that one root of x? + px? + qx +r = O is
negative of another root if and only if r= pq.
(7.5)

(b) Solve x4 — 2x3 — 21x? + 22x + 40 = 0, whose roots

are in arithmetical progression. (7.5)

P.T.O.


1027 2

(c) Find all the integral roots of

x) + 2x* + 4x" Ry? 49 @ Q, (7.5)

(a) Find the polar representation of the complex
number

z= Sina + i(1 +Cos a), ae [0,2m) (7,5)

(2v3+2i) (yi)?
(b) Find |z| and arg z for z=— ——— 4 ‘
(i) "(avy 2y

(7.5)
(c) Find the geometric image for the complex number
z such that
, Tt
z+ 1 + i] <3 and 0 < argz < © (7.5)

(a) Let U, = {e,,€,,€,,..€, |} be the set of n roots
of unity, where E,= cos (2kn/n) + i sin(2kn/n),
k € {0,1,2,..., n-1}. Prove the following :

(i) Prove that €,£, € U. for all j,k €{0, 1,2
n-1}

greeny

(ii) ele U, for all j €{0, 1, 2,..., n-l}
(4+3.5)


1027 3

(b) Let a be an integer, show that there exists an
integer k such that

a’? = 3k or a2 = 3k 41. (7.5)

(c) () Prove that ged(n, n+1) = 1 for every natural
number n. Find integers x and y such that
n.x + (ntl).y=1.

(ii) Let a, b and c be three natural numbers such
that gcd(a, c) = 1 and b divides c. Prove that
gcd(a, b) = 1. | (4+3.5)

4. (a) Let n>1 be a fixed natural number. Let a, b, c
be three integers such that ac = be (mod n) and
gcd(c, n)=1. Prove that a = b (mod n).
(7.5)
(b) Solve the congruence, 7x = 8 (mod 11). = (7.5)

(c) Solve the following pair of congruences:
2x + 3y = 1 (mod 6)

x + 3y = 5 (mod 6) (7.5)

5. (a) Let G be the set of all 2x2 real matrices with
non-zero determinant. Show that G is a group under
the operation of matrix multiplication. Further show
that it is not an Abelian Group. (7.5)

P.T.O.


1027 4

(b) Let G be a group such that for any X, Y, 4 in the
group, xy = zx implies y = Z (called left-fight
cancellation property). Show that G is Abelian.
Give an Example of a non-abelian group in which

left-right cancellation property does not hold.
(7.5)

(c) Show that the set G ={1, 5, 7, 11} is a group under
multiplication modulo 12 with the help of the Cayley
table. (7.5)

6. (a)Show that for any integer n, the set
HL = {n.x|x € Z} is a subgroup of the group Z
of integers under the operation of addition. Further
show that H, U H, is not a subgroup of Z.
| (5.5+2)

(b) Let G be a group. Show that |aba™'| = |b| for all
a.and b in G (|x| denotes the order of an element
x in G). (7.5)

(c) Show that the group Z, = {0, 1, 2,..., n-1} is cyclic
under the operation of addition modulo n. How
many generators Z, have? Further, describe all
the subgroups of Z,). (2+1+4.5)

(3000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]

) Your Roll No.2nQ.dn

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1046 D

Unique Paper Code > 2352011102

Name of the Paper : DSC-2: Elementary Real
Analysis

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) WPA Pigs
(UGCF-2022f.* ~*~
® c
Semester : J my ep =
=

Duration : 3 Hours Maxitts Mande Pine

Instructions for Candidates

: Yow me”
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

No

Attempt any three parts from each question.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) If ae R is such that 0 < a < e€ for any <€ >0,
then show that a = 0.

(b) Find all values of x that satisfy |x —1| > |x+ 1].
Sketch the graph of this inequality.

(c) Find the supremum and infimum, if they exist, of

the following sets:

(i) feos nen}
(ii) {222, x>3}

p.T.O.


1046 2

bo

l
(d) Show that Sup {i-23 ne N}= .

(a) Let S be a non-empty subset of R that is bounded.
Prove that
Inf S = —Sup {-s: se S}

(b) State and prove the Archimedean Property of real

numbers.

(c) If sa{i-- nmeN}, find Inf S and Sup S.
n m

(d) Define a convergent sequence. Show that the limit

of a convergent sequence is unique.

(a) Using the definition of limit, show that

2n+3 2
lim =—
noo 3n-—7 3
yo
(b) Show that lim | n’" |=1.
n—-0o

(c) State and prove the Sandwich Theorem for
sequences.

(d) Show that every increasing sequence which is
bounded above is convergent.

(a) Let x, = 1 and Xu, = J2+x, for all n2 1. Prove

that (x,) converges and find its limit.


1046 3

(b) Prove that every Cauchy sequence is bounded.

(c) Show that the sequence (x,) where

n
does not converge.

l
x peta taeg th for all ne N,
a 2 3

(d) Find the limit superior and limit inferior of the

following sequences:
(i) Xn =(-2)" (i++), for all ne N
n
n{ 1
(ii) Xn =(-1) (=) for all ne N

5. (a) Show that the geometric series et

converges if and only if |r| < 1.

(b) Find the sum of the following series, if it converges,

a>0O

l
LGrayntatiy
(c) Find the rational number which is the sum of the
series represented by the repeating decimal 015.

(d) Check the convergence of the following series:

l
(i) »Y n22

logn’

(1
w Doe' (3)

P.T.O.


1046 4

6. (a) State the Ratio Test (limit form) for positive series.
Using this test or otherwise, check the convergence
of the following series:

n"
n!
w ZF]

(b) Check the convergence of the following series:

nN

(i) >.

n-

il ne

y) (n+1)"
(c) Define absolute convergence of a series. Show
that every absolutely convergent series is

convergent. Is the converse true? Justify your
answer.

(d) Check the following series for absolute or
conditional convergence :

(i) Sy" [ . )

5
n° +1

(ii) 2yy-(-1)" 1]

(2500)


[This question paper contains & printed pages. }

(18) Your Roll No.2,0.2,,3

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1267 D
Unique Paper Code > 2352011103
Name of the Paper : DSC-3: Probability and Statistics
Name of the Course >: B.Se. (A)
Semester : I

&
Duration : 3 Hours | : Rie 90

Instructions for ‘Candidates
—eeetens tor Candidates

1.

bo

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

All questions are compulsory.
Attempt any two parts from each question.
All questions carry equal marks.

Use of non-programmable scientific calculators and
Statistical tables is permitted.

(a) A sample of 26 offshore oil workers took part in
a simulated escape exercise, resulting in the
following data on time (sec) to complete the
escape. Construct a stem-and-leaf display and

‘omment on any interesting features of the display.

P.T.O.


1267
RY V6 io 164 VA!
yA 70 ‘od 166 Nod
194 VA0 \AG AOA VA

95 iW 0) 0) 149

Aad 5 ty Bi 3 |
0)

(b) The following data gives the sample of total nitrogen
loads (ky N/day) from a particular Chesapeake

Bay location, Calculate the median, upper fourth

— (third quartile) and lower fourth (first quartile).

0.60 [id [17.09 [1812 [23.70 [34,07 [24.29 [2643 [30.75 [31.54 J

(ec) Data was collected for the sale of homes for homes

in a particular city. The following data gives the

sale amounts of homes (in 1000's of $) that were

sold in the previous month.

1285 | 408 [540 [555 [679

(i) Calculate the sample variance and standard

deviation.

Gi) The evaluator realized that he had by

mistake forgotten to multiply each

observation by 5 while collecting data.

What would be the resulting values of the

sample variance and standard deviation

after the correction? Answer without

reperforming the calculations.


1267

3

> (a) A computer consulting firm presently has bids out

(b

—

on three projects. Let A, = {awarded project kj,
for k = 1,2,3, and suppose that P(A,) = .22, P(A,)

25, P(A.) = .28, P(A, OA) = LEE, P(A, A,)
= 0S, P(A, 9 A,) = .07, P(A, A, OA,) = 01.
Compute the P(A, o A3) and P(A, VA, UA,).

State Baye’s Theorem. An individual has three
different. email accounts. 70%, of her messages
come into account Al, whereas 20% come into
account A2 and the remaining 10% into account
A3. Of the messages into account Al, only 1%
are spam, whereas the corresponding percentages
for accounts A2.and A3 are 2% and 5%,
respectively. A randomly selected mail is found to
be a spam. What is the probability that it came in

account A2?

(c) Components of a certain type are shipped to 4

supplier in batches of ten. Suppose that 50% of
all such batches contain no defective components,
30% cvuatain one defective component, and
20% contain two defective components. Two
components from a batch are randomly selected
and tested. What are the probabilities associated
with 0,1, and 2 defective components being in the
batch under the condition that one of the two

tested components is defective?

p.T.O.


1267 4

3 (a) Starting at a fixed time, the gender of each new
born child 1s observed at a certain hospital until a

and assume that the successive births are

independent. Let the random variable

X =the number of births upto and including that
of the first boy

(i) Find the probability mass function (pmf) of

(ii) Determine the cumulative mass function
(cmf) of a
(b) Let the random variable be defined as:

X=lifa randomly selected vehicle passes an
emission test and X = 0 otherwise

Assume that the probability mass function (pmf)
of this variable is: p(1) = p and p(0) = 1 — p.

(1) Name the random variable.
(ii) Compute E(X2)

(ii) Show that V(X) = p(l — p)

(c) For any random variable X, let E(X) = 5 and

E[X(X —1)] = 27.5. Compute :

(i) E(X?)


1267 5
(1) V(X)

(an) V(2X 4+ 3)

4. (a) The error involved in making a certain measurement
is a continuous random variable with probability
density function as follows

- .09375(4—x?) -2sxs2
fF) { 0 otherwise

(1) Obtain the cumulative density function F(x)
of X

(ii) Compute P(-1 < X < 1).
(i111) Compute E[X]

(iv) Compute V[X] .

(b) Suppose that 25% of all students at a large public
University receive financial aid. Let X be the
number of students in a random sample of size
50 who receive financial aid. Using normal
approximations find the approximate probabilities
that

(i) at most 10 students receive aid

oe . . . J a cA val ad
(11) between 5 and 15 (inclusive) of the selectec
students receive aid.

p.T.O.


1267 6

(c) Define exponential distribution. Find the mean and
standard deviation of an exponentially distributed

random variable X. Are they equal?

5. (a) Ifa publisher of non technical books takes great
pains to ensure. that its books are free of
typographical errors, so that the probability of any

given page containing at least one such error is
0.005 and errors are independent from page to
| page, what is the probability that one of its 400

page novels will contain
(i) Exactly one page with errors?
(ii) At most three page with errors?
(b) An insurance company offers its policyholders a
number of different premium payment options. For

a randomly selected policyholder, let the random

variable be defined as:

X = the number of months between successive

payments with the cumulative density function(cdf)

as follows:
0 x<1
PY isx<
\=l' sx<4
FO)= "45 45x<6
.60 65x<12

1 12 sx


1267 7

(i) Determine the probability mass function of
X?

(ii) Using just the cdf, compute P(3<X <6).

(c) The weight distribution of parcels sent in.a certain
manner is normal with mean value of 12 lb and
standard deviation 3.5 lb. The parcel service
wishes to establish a weight value c beyond which
there will be a surcharge. What value of c is such
that 99% of all parcels are under the surcharge

weight?

6. (a) The Turbine Oil Oxidation Test (TOST) and
Rotating Bomb Oxidation Test (RBOT) are two
different procedures for evaluating the oxidation
stability of steam turbine oils. The following table
gives these observations on x = TOST time (in
hours) and y = RBOT time (in minutes) for 10 oil
specimens

X_| 4200 13600 [3750 [3675 [4050 [2770 [4870 _[ 4500 | 3450 | 2700
y_|370 [340 [375 [310 [380 [200 [400 [375 [285 [225

(i) Calculate the value of the sample
correlation coefficient. Based on this value,
how would you describe the nature of
relationship between the two variables?

P.T.O.


1267 8

(ii) If RBOT is also measured in hours, what
happens to the value of r? Why?

(b) The following table gives the data on x = rainful|
volume (m?) and y = runoff volume (m°) for a

particular location.

a7 [3567]
es e830
ee Ce

(i) Determine the equation of the estimated
regression line using the principle of least
square. . | .

(ii) Estimate the runoff volume when the

rainfull volume is 70.

(c) The amount of a particular impurity in a batch of
a certain chemical product is a random variable
with mean 4.0 g and standard deviation 1.5 g. If

X is the sample mean impurity for a random
sample of 50 batches.

(i) Where is the sampling distribution of X
centered? /

(ii) What is the standard deviation of the X
distribution?

(iii) What is the probability that the Sample
average amount of impurity X is between

3.5 and 3.8 g?
(5000)

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2915

Unique Paper Code > 32351201

Name of the Paper : Real Analysis (CBCS-LOCF)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Mathematics

Semester : Il

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. All questions are compulsory.

3. Attempt any two parts from each question.

1. (a) Let S be a nonempty bounded set in R. Let b <Q,
and let bS = {bs: s € S]. Prove that inf (bS)=b
(sup S) and sup (bS) = b (inf S). (6.5)

(b) State and prove Archimedean Property of real
numbers. (6.5)

P.T.O.

; > aa
2


2915 2

(c) Prove that (0,1] is neither an open set nor a closed

set. (6.5)

(a) If a, b € R, then prove that |la] — |b|| < Ja — b| <

2.
la] + |b]. (6)

(b) Prove that an upper bound u of a nonempty set S
in R is the supremum of S if and only if for every
¢ > 0 there exists an s, € S such that u - €<s,.

(6)

(c) If S is nonempty subset of R, show that S is
bounded if and only if there exists a closed and
bounded interval I such that S cl. (6)

3. (a) Prove that lim x, =0 if and only if lim |x, |=0.
n—>00 n—0o
Give an example to show that the convergence of

(|x,|) need not imply convergence of (x,).
(6.5)
(b) Prove that every monotonically increasing bounded

above sequence is convergent. (6.5)

(c) Define Cauchy sequence. Show directly using the
definition that

| 1
oe rn os
( *oi* +4) is a Cauchy sequence. (6.5)


2915 3

4, (a) If (a,) and (b,) converges to a and b respectively,
prove that (a, + b,) converges to (atb), (6)

(b) Show that a sequence in R can have at the most
one limit. (6)

(c) Show that lim c’"=1 for c> 0. (6)

n—>00

nm

(a) Examine the convergence or divergence of the

following series.

3 4 5 6
(i) 2,3 +—+54+—4+-:
3 4 5 6 7

(6.5)

3.5 5.7 9.11 11.13

(b) P that e | ; telescoping series
rove tha y _ is a telescopin ries,
n=l yn? +n

and find its sum. (6.5)

(c) Prove that the p-series Donets > p>0O converges

for p>1 and diverges for p<1. (6.5)

P.T.O.


2915 4

6. (a) State and prove ratio test (limit form), (6)

(b) Examine the convergence of the following scries,
clearly stating the test used

lL 4 27 256 3125

4 Sy fever 6
e ee e ef @& (6)

(c) Define Alternating series of real numbers. Test

for the absolute convergence and convergence of

the series y-ty,4_1, (6
3 5 )

7

(200)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pag

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4121

Your Roll

Unique Paper Code : 2352011202

Name of the Paper : CALCULUS — DSC 5

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Mathematics
UGCF-2022

Semester : I

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper. |

Attempt all questions by selecting three parts from
each question.

All questions carry equal marks.

Use of Calculator is not allowed.

b

(a) If f: A > R and if c is a cluster point of A then
prove that f can have only one limit at c. (5)

(b) Use € — 6 definition of limit to establish the
following limit : (5)

x+5

slim, 2x+3 :

P.T.O.


4121. 2

i)

~ (c) Determine whether the following limit exists in R

1
; in|-— 5
lim sgn sin (=) (5)

(d) Let ACR, let f,g,h: A > R, and let c € R be
cluster point of A. If f(x) S$ g(x) < h(x) for all

xe A,x#candif limf=L= lim h, then show
xc xX-C

that limg =L. (5)
xc

(a) State and prove sequential criterion for continuity.
: ! (5)
(b) Let f: R > R be defined as |

_ 1 if x is rational
fx) = {, if x is irrational

Show that.f is discontinuous at.every x in R. >

| 6)

(c) Let f and g be continuous real-valued function on
(a, b) such that f(r) = g(r) for each rational number

r in (a,b) then prove that f(x) = ae) for all

x € (a,b). 6)
(d) State Intermediate Value Theorem. Show that
x =cosx for some x in (0,2). (5)

(a) Prove that every continuous function defined on a
closed interval is bounded therein. : (5)


4121 : 3

(b) If f is uniformly continuous on a set S and (s_) is
a Cauchy sequence in S, then prove that (f(s,)) is .
a Cauchy sequence. ; (5)

(c) Show that the function f(x) = + is not uniformly
X
continuous on (0,1) but it is uniformly continuous

on [a, 0) where a> 0. : (5)

(d) Let f(x) = x? sin for x ¥ 0 and f(0) = 0. Show
| x

that f is differentiable on R and also show that f’
is not continuous at x # 0. | (5)

(a) Let f be defined on an open interval containing Xp).

If f assumes its maximum or minimum at x, and

if fis differentiable at x, then show that f"(x,) = 0.

| 6)

(b) State Intermediate Value Theorem for derivatives.

Suppose f is differentiable. on E and f(0)=0,
f(1)=1, f(2)=1. | |

1 -_
(i) Show that f'(x) = 3 for some x € (0,2).
(ii) Show that f'(x) = 5 for some x € (0,2).
| (5)
(c) Show that ex < e* for all x € R. (5)

P.T.O.


4121 | 4

(d) Suppose f is differentiable on R, 1 < f(x) $ 2 for

x € R, and f(0) = 0. Prove x < f(x) S$ 2x for all
x 20. (5)

(a) Let f be differentiable function on an open interval
(a,b). Then show that f is strictly increasing on
(a,b) if f(x) >0. , (5)

(b) If y = sin! x, prove that (5)
| (1 — x7) a4 7 (2n + 1)x Yn+1 7” n’y, = 0.

(c) If y=[xeviex? |, find y,(0). —. (5)

(d) State Taylor’s theorem. Find Taylor series
expansion of cos x. | (5)

(a) Find all values of k and 1 such that

lim X* 908 1X __y | | .
(b) Determine’ the position and nature of the double
points on the curve _ 4 (5)

y? = (x-2)?(x- 1).

 (c) Sketch a graph of the rational function showing
. the horizontal, vertical and oblique asymptote (if
| a

any) of y = x? ~—. (5)

(d) Sketch the curve in polar coordinates of
r=cos 20. (5)

(3000)


Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics —
DSC .

Semester . . : II

Duration : 3 Hours _ Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt |
of this question paper. ,

2. Attempt any two parts of each question.
3. Each part carries 7.5 marks.

4. Use of non-programmable Scientific Calculator is
allowed. ,

1. (a) Solve

{y*(x+1)+y}dx + (2xy + l)dy = 0

PT. O3;


4159 2
(b) Solve the initial value problem

x Y y=y? log x, y(1)=2
dx

(c) (i) Solve

(y sec?x + secx tanx)dx + (tanx + 2y)dy = )

(ii) Solve by reducing the order y” = (x +-y/ |

2. (a) Suppose that a mineral body formed in an ancient
cataclysm originally contained the uranium isotope |

238U, (which has a half-life of 4.51 x 10° years) |

but no lead, the end product of. the radioactive |

. decay of 238U. If today: ‘the ratio of 738U atoms. to. |

lead atoms in the mineral body is 0.9, when did |

the cataclysm occur?

(b) Upon the birth of their first child, a couple .

i

deposited Rs. 10,000 in an account that pays |

8% interest compounded continuously. The


interest payment 1s allowed to accumulate. In how
many years will the amount double? How much

. : th
will the account contain on the child’s 18

birthday?

(c) A roast initially at 50°F, is placed in a 375°F oven
at 5 pm. After 75 minutes, it is found that the
temperature of the roast is 125°F. When will the

roast be 150°F? .

3. (a) Show that the solutions e*, e™, ex of the third -

order differential equation

dy 2
<= 4204 dy —2y=0.
dx dx? dx

are linearly independent. Find the particular solution

satisfying the given initial condition.

y(0)=1, y(0) =2, ‘y"(0) =0

an : oer P.T.O.


4159 4
(b) Solve the differential equation using the method

of Variation of Parameters

dy _4oy
dx? dx

+ 4y = 2¢7*
(c) Find the general solution of the differential equation

using the method of Undetermined Coefficients.

d? ,
“7 t 9Y = 2c0s3x

4. (a) Use the operator. method to find the general

solution of the ‘ollowing linear system

dx d

dy .
det at —2x- —4y =e!

dx 4 dy
ag Te


4159 —

(b) Find the general solution of the differential

equation. Assume x > 0.

9

(c) A body with mass m = 5 kg is attached to the end

of a spring that is stretched 4m by a force of
20N. It is set in motion with initial position
x, = 1m and initial velocity Vv, = —5m/s. Find the
position function of the body as well as the

amplitude, frequency and period of oscillation.

5. (a) Develop a model with two differential equations

describing a predator-prey interaction.

(b) Define equilibrium solution of differential equation.

A model of a three species interaction with two

P.T.O.


4159 . 6

predators that compete for a single prey food-

source iS

dX qY xy —py
Gp 7 UX — XY — XZ, 7 = ap XY — bY,

where a, b., c. for i = 1,2,3 are all positive
constants. Here X(t) is the prey density and Y(t),
Z(t) are the two predator densities. Find all possible

equilibrium populations.

(c) Suppose a population - can “be modeled using the

differential equation

-~

dx
=0.2X — 2

dt 0. OO1x

with an initia] population size of X, = 100 and a

time step of ] month, Fi ind the predicted population
after 2 months,


4159. 7

6. (a) The Earth’s atmospheric pressure p 1s often

modelled by assuming that (the rate at which

pressure p changes with altitude h above sea level)
is proportional to p. Suppose that the pressure at
sea level is 1013 millibars and that the pressure at

an altitude of 20 km is 50 millibars. Use an

exponential decay model

to describe the system, and then by solving the
equation, find an expression for p in terms of h.
Determine k and the constant of integration from
the initial conditions. What is the atmospheric

pressure at an altitude of 50 km?

(b) Discuss Phase Plane Analysis of predator-prey

model.

‘p.T.0.


4159 «8
(c) A large tank contains 100 litres of salt water.
Initially s, kg of salt is dissolved. Salt water flows
into the tank at the rate of 10 litres per minute,
and the concentration c,(t) (kg of salt/litre) of
this incoming water-salt mixture varies with time. -
We assume that the solution in the tank is
thoroughly mixed and that the salt solution flows
out at the same rate at which it flows in: that is,
the volume of water-salt mixture in the tank .
remains constant. Find a differential equation for |

the amount of salt in the tank at any time t.

(2000)

-_ No
> Of Question Paper :

Unique p
We Paper Code

Name of the Paper
N

ame of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Stion Paper contains 4 printed pag fo oy"

LIBRA
Your Roll yo ae joe

3005

32351402

ation and

Riemann Integr
Series of Functions

B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics

IV

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. All questions are compulsory.

Attempt any two parts from each question.

4. Use of calculator is not

1. (a) Find the upper and
f(x) =

allowed.

lower Darboux integral for

2x + 1 and show that it is integrable on

2
[1,2]. Hence show that I (2x + 1)dx = 4.6.5)

(b) Prove thal
Riem

a bounded function f on [a,b] is
ann integrable if and only if it is Darboux

P.T.O.


3005 7

integrable in which case the values of the integrals
agree. (6.5)
(c) Prove that every continuous function f on [a, b] is

integrable. (6.5)

7. (a) (i) State and prove intermediate value theorem

for integrals.

(ii) Give example of a function f which is not
integrable for which |f] is integrable. (6)

(b) If u and v are continuous functions on [a, b] that
are differentiable on [a,b] and if u’ and v’ are

integrable on [a, b] then prove

fPu(x)v'(x)+ f(x) v(x) =u(b)v(b)-u(a)v(a)
(6)

(c) Prove that if f is a piecewise continuous function
or a bounded piecewise monotonic function on
[a, b] then f is integrable on [a, b]. (6)

3. (a) Prove that \, e'tS'dt is convergent if and only if

s>0. (6)

© sin
(b) (i) Prove that I yp converges absolutely


3005
(6)
t.
o VX_dx is converse”
(ii) Prove that J, ,345
(c) Test convergence of
6)
00 o ° x 2 dx (
o faa 2X x fe. *
‘ons on
4. (a) Let (f,) be a sequence of bounded functlo
AcR. Then this sequence converges uniformly
on A to a bounded function f if and only if for
each e > 0 there is a number H(é€) in N such
that for all m,n2H(é) then ||f, -fill,
(6.5)
nx .
(b) Let £,(x) = 7,,2,2 fore? 0B © N. Show that

the sequence (f,) converges non-uniformly on

‘[0, 0) and converges uniformly on [a, ©), a> 0.

(6.5)
; Sin nx
If a > 0, show t . _
(c) If a show that tim f ox ax|=0. What
happens if a=0. (6.5)

5. (a) State and prove Weierstrass M-test for the uniform
Convergence of a series of functions. (6.5)

P.T.O.


3005 4

(b) Discuss the convergence and uniform Conve
of the series of functions

DL(x"+ 1)-!, x #0

rgence

(6.5)
(c) If f, is continuous on DC RtoR for €ach ne N

and Xf, converges to f uniformly on D then show

that f is continuous on D.

(6.5)
6. (a) (i) Find the radius of convergence of the power
series (3)

yal

na] 2!

(ii) Define sinx as a Power series and find its
radius of convergence. (3)

(b) If the power series Do 4nX" has radius of

convergence R, then the power series

ee) = (oe) a
> na,x"" and ) Bxmt! also have
n=l n=0 n+] |

radius of convergence R. (6)

(c) Suppose that f(x)=S'? 2 xy" has radius of

n=0 2
convergence R>0. Then f is differentiable on
(-R, R) and
f (x)= n=l na, x71 for Ix|<R, (6)

(500)


(This Westion paper contains 4 printed page e
Your Rol dla TBRARY x
| . Q)
Sr. No, Of Question Paper : 3116 rn H
Unique Paper Code > 32351403
Name of the Paper : Ring Theory & Linear Algebra
I
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics
CBCS (LOCF)
Semester : IV
Duration - 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. All questions are compulsory.

3. Attempt any two parts from each question.

1. (a) Prove that every finite Integral domain is a field.
Give an example of an infinite integral domain
which is not a field, Justify. (6)

(b) G) Let F be a field of order 2". Prove that the
characteristic of F is 2.

(ii) Find all the units in Z{[i] (6)

(c) Prove that the set of all the nilpotent elements of
a commutative ring form a subring. (6)

P.T.O.


2
3116
(a) tet R be a commutative ring with unity and A 4
an ideal of R then prove that R/A is an integra
domain if and only if A is a prime idea] of R
(6)
(b) Pr (6)

(c) Find all the maximal ideals of Z,,. (6)

ove that Z[i]/<1 —i> is a field.

(a) Find all the ring homomorphisms from Z,toZ
10°
(6.5)

a b
(b) Let R={{¢ f abeer| and ® be the mapping

a b
that takes i: ( to a. Show that
(i) ® is a ring homomorphism
(ii) Determine the kernel of O.
(iii) Is ® a one-one mapping. Justify. (6.5)

(c) State and prove first isomorphism theorem for
rings. (6.5)

4. (a) Let V(F) be a vector space.

(i) Prove that the intersection of two
subspaces of V(F) is also a subspace of
V(F).

(ii) Show that union of two subspaces of V(F)
may not be a subspace of V(F). Discuss


3116 3

the condition under which union of two

subspaces will also form a subspace of

V(F). (6)

(b) Let S bea linearly independent subset of a vector
V that is

space V(F), and let v be a vector in

not in S. Then S U {v} is linearly dependent iff
v € Span (S). (6)

(c) Let u, v, w be distinct vectors of a vector space

V. Show that if {u,v,w} is a basis for V, then
futvtw, vtw, w} Is also a basis for V. (6)

5. (a) Let V(F) and W(F) be vector spaces and let
T: VW be a linear transformation. If V is a

finite-dimensional, then

Dim (V) = Nullity (T) + Rank (T). (6.5)

(b) Let T: R?— R* and U: R2 > R? be the linear

transformations respectively defined by

T(a,,a,) = (a, + 3a,, 0, 2a, — 4a,)

U(a,, a) = (a,— a,, 24), 3a, + 2a,)

Let B, y be the standard basis of R? and R?3

respectively, Prove that

(i) [T+ U]; +[T]; + [U],

(ii) [aT]; =a[T], for all scalars 4a. (6.5)

P.T.O.


4
3116

(c) Let V and W be vector spaces. Let T: y > W be
linear and let {Wy, Woreeees Wy be a linearly
independent subset of Range of T. Prove that if
S = {Vp Voor Vis is chosen so that T(v,) = W, for
j=1, ....,k. Then S is linearly independent.

(6.5)

6. (a) Let T be a linear operator on a finite dimensiona|
vector space V. Let B and B’ be the ordereq basis
for V. Suppose that Q is the change of coordinate
matrix that changes B’ coordinates into B
coordinates, then [T],. = Q'T], Q. (6.5)

(b) Let B, y be the standard ordered basis of P.(R)
and R? respectively.

Let T: P,\(R) > R? be a linear transformation
defined by T(a+ bx) = (a, a+b).

Find [T],, [ry and verify that [ry (TK) .
(6.5)

(8) > P,(R) and T: P,(R) > P,(R) be
the linear transformations respectively defined by

(c) Let U: P

—f17P
UT], =[UP [rT] Where « and B are standard

Ordered basis of P3(R) and P,(R) respectively:

(6.5)

(1000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ‘Bo/S]

Your Roll No....:

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4014

Unique Paper Code : 2352572401

Name of the Paper : Abstract Algebra

Name of the Course : B.A./B.Sc. (Programme) with
Mathematics as Non-Major/
Minor — DSC

Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours | Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt all questions by selecting two parts from
each question.

3. Each part carries 7,5 marks.

4. Use of Calculator not allowed.

P.T.O.


2 °

4014
(a) Let n be a fixed positive integer greater thay | If
a — Hh! °
" qa mod n = a' and b mod n = b', then PTOve that
(a + b)mod n= (a'+ b')mod n and (ab)mod n=
(a'b')mod nN.

) Define a Group. Show that the set {5,15, 25, 35)
is a group under multiplication modulo 40, What is
the identity element of this group? Is there any
relationship between this group and U(8)?

(b

(c) Show that G = GL(2, R), group of 2x2 matrices
with real entries and nonzero determinants is non

abelian. Also, construct a Cayley table for U(12).

(a) Let G be a group and H a nonempty subset of G.
Prove that if ab-! is in H whenever a and b are in
H, then His a subgroup of G. Also, find the order
of 7 in U(15).

(b) Let G be a group and let a € G. Prove that a and
a”' have the same order. Illustrate the above result

in the group Z,p.

(c) Let a be an element of order n in a group G

and let k be a positive integer. Show that

ee
gcd(n,k) °


4014 3

12:3 4 5 12 3 4 4
. (a If a= and B= é
5 @itas| Tet fam ol aa 8

Show that af # Ba. Also compute the value of
and find order of B'af.

(b) Construct a complete Cayley table for D,, the
group of symmetries of a square. Find the inverse

of each of the element in D,.

(c) Let H = {(1), (12) 4), (13)(24), G YQ 3)}-
Find all the left cosets of H in A,, the alternating
group of degree 4.

4. (a) State Lagrange’s theorem for finite groups. Show

that a group of prime order is cyclic.

(b) State the normal subgroup test. Prove that
SL(2, R), the group of 2x2 matrices with
determinant 1 is a normal subgroup of GL(2, R),
the group of 2x2 matrices with non zero

determinant.

(c) Let f: G > G' be a group homomorphism. Prove
that if H be a cyclic subgroup of G then f(H) is
a cyclic subgroup of G'. Prove or disprove that
the map g: (R, +) > (R, +) given by g(x) = x? is

a homomorphism,

P.T.O.


4014

a O
5. (a) (i) Prove that the set a={[p | bez is a

subring of the ring of all 2 x 2 matrices over
L.

(ii) Prove that the ring Z, of integers modulo p

where p is a prime, is an integral domain.

(b) Define characteristic of a ring. Let R be a ring
with unity 1. Prove that if 1 has infinite order
under addition then charR = 0. If 1 has order n

under addition, then charR = n.

(c) Prove that intersection of any collection of subrings
of a ring R is a subring of R. Does the result hold
for the union of subrings? Justify.

(a) State the ideal test. Let R[x] denote the set of all
polynomials with real coefficients. Let A= {p(x)
€ R[x]| p(0) = 0}. Prove that A is a principal
ideal of R[x]. :

(b) Determine all the ring homomorphisms from Z,, to
itself.

(c) State and prove the First Isomorphism Theorem
for rings.

(1000)


Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper Ss: Sequence and Series of
. Functions |
Name of the Course ot BSe. (Hons.) Mathematics
Semester Iv |
_ Duration : 3 Hours 7 ‘Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates
sustructions jor Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
_ of this question paper.

2.. Attempt any two parts from each question.

3. All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.

1. (a) Define uniform convergence of ‘a Sequence of
. functions (f,) defined on AcRtR IfAcR

and »: A > R then define the uniform norm of

‘P.T.O.


4064 | 2
@ on A. Discuss the uniform and POintwise

convergence of the sequence (f,), where

f(x) = * forx e Randne N.
n .

(b) Let (f,) be the sequence of functions defined by

f,(x)=—— vx e [Ol], neN.

Find the pointwise limit of the sequence (f,). Does

(f,) converges uniformly? Justify your answer.

(c) Show that if (f,) and (g,) are two sequences of
bounded functions on A c R to R that converge
‘uniformly to f and g respectively then prove
that the product sequence (f12,) convetge |
uniformly on A to fg. Give an example to show
that in general the product of two uniformly?"

convergent sequence may not be uniformly

convergent.


4064 3

2. (a) Let (f.) be sequence of integrable functions on
[a, b] and suppose that (f,) converges uniformly
to f on [a, b]. Show that f is integrable on [a, b] -

and

feat oe

~  m->00

(b) Let f(x) = * for x [0,1]. Show that the

sequence (f,) of differentiable functions converges
uniformly to a differentiable function f on
[0, 1] and that the sequence (f,) converges on
[0, 1] to a function F but the convergence is not

uniform.

P.T.O.


4064” 4

n
a“

(c) Show that the sequence ( does not

converge uniformly on [0,2].

3. (a) State and prove Weierstrass M- Test for ‘uniform

convergence of Series of functions.

(b) Show that the series De sia) is uniformly
convergent on a [=a al, a>o but is not. “uniformly

convergent on R.

(c) Discuss the pointwise convergence of the Series

vw

x2

of functions Donat Zy jg fOr x 2 x 2 0.


4064 OS

4. (a) Let f, be continuous function on D c R to R for

each n € N and fn converges uniformly to

‘fon D. Prove that f is continuous on D.

cos(x? +1)

3

fb} Show that the series of fufictions net :

_ converges uniformly on R to a continuous

function.

- (c) Given the Riemann integrable functions

ff: R > R, n € N, such that .

f= sin{ =] for allx e R
n

Show that 7, f(x) dx= PD fa (x) de

-P.T.O.


4064 6

5. (a) Define the radius of convergence and interval of

convergence of power series. Check the uniform
convergence of the following power series on

[-1, 1]

(b) State and Prove Cauchy-Hadamard Theorem.

(c) Suppose that f(x)= Dr" oan xn has radius of

convergence R> 0, Then prove that the series

Oo ay n+] .
PC ea x" has also radius of convergence R

and for |x|<R

x : 00
\, f(t)dt = >. on xi
neg 2+]


4064 - 7
(a) For cosine function C(x) and sine function S(Xx)

prove the following :

(i) If f: R > R is such that f"(x) = —f(x) for

x e R then there exist real numbers a and

6B such that. f(x) = aC(x) + BS(x) for
xeER. | | /

Gi) If xe R, x20 then

3 5 7

tan ly ex hy XX Sedvagujoones -l<x<l
3 5 JF

and grlepeiods a ae


Bernstein’
in’s polynomials for the function f.

(3000)


Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4102

Unique Paper Code : 2352012402

Name of the Paper : Multivariate Calcults
Name of the Course : B.A./B.Se. (H)

Semester : IV (DSC)

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Attempt all questions by selecting two parts from
each question.

All questions carry equal marks.

Use of Calculator not allowed.

(a) Let f be the function defined by

;
Xy

3 9 0,0
f(x,y) = x2 +6 (x y) #( )

0 , (x,y) = (0,0)

Is f continuous at (0,0)? Explain.

P.T.O.


4102 2

(b) A cylindrical tank is 4 ft high and has ap Outer
diameter of 2 ft. The walls of tank are 0.2 inches
thick. Approximate the volume of interior Of tank
assuming the tank has a top and a bottom tha, are
both 0.2 inches thick.

(c) Find an equation for each horizontal tangent Plane

to the surface
z=5—-—x?-y’ + 4y.

2. (a) Let f(x, y, z) = ye**? + ze¥™. At the point (2,2,~2)
find the unit vector pointing in the direction of
most rapid increase of f. And what is the value of
most rapid increase of f?

(b) Find the absolute extrema of the function f(x, y)
= 2 sin x + 5 cos y on the set S where S is the
rectangular region with vertices (0,0), (2,0), (2,5)
and (0,5).

(c) Find the point on the plane 2x + y + z=1 that is
nearest to the origin. :

3 (a) (i) Sketch the region of integration and compute

the double integral
n/2 psin x
[, i, e* cos x dydx

(ii) Evaluate J | ey-x)aa where D is the

region bounded by y= x2, y = 2x.


4102 3
(b) Evaluate the arca bounded by r = 2 cosQ.

(c) Evaluate the given integral by converting to polar

coordinates

dydx .

epee 1

oy l+x°+y

4. (a) (i) Set up a triple integral to find volume of solid
bounded above by paraboloid z = 6 — x? — y’
and below by z = 2x? + y’.

(ii) Set up a double integral to find volume of.
solid region bounded by ellipsoid

2
Xp Fy Se] .

x2 “1 7
a2 b2 c2

(b) Use cylindrical co-ordinates to compute integral

[[f,2(2+y?)  axayaz where D is the solid

bounded above by plane z = 2 and bounded below
by surface 2z = x? + y?, |

(c) Find volume of solid D where D is the intersection

of solid sphere x? + y? + 72 < 9 and solid cylinder
x7 + y? < I,

P.T.O.


4102 4

Jody xv d Cie,
5. (a) Evaluate f(x ydx — xy y), where C is the path
that begins at (0,0), goes to (1,1) along the paraboi,
y x”, and then return to (0,0) along the line

y XxX,

II

(b) Prove or disprove that the line integrals are Path

independent.

(c) Evaluate the line integral

ser x ry is
$.[(2x — x*y)e*Y + tan“? y]i+ Sea — x8e-*V]j, aR,
where C, the curve with parametric equations

x=t? cos mt, y = et sin nt, 0 <t< 1.

6. (a) Find the area enclosed by the semicircle

y=V4-x? using the line integral.

(b) Find the mass of the homogenous lamina of density
6 =x that has the shape of the surface S given by
= 4—x — 2y with z > 0, x > 0 and y 2 0.

(c) Let F = 2xi — 3yj + 5zk, and let S be the

hemisphere z= 9-3? _y2 together with the disk

x* + y? <9 in the xy-plane, Verify the divergence
theorem.

(2000)


Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4140

Unique Paper Code > 2352012403

Name of the Paper | - NUMERICAL ANALYSIS

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Mathematics —
DSC |

“Semester | ~ ot TV

Duration 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates ©

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper. a

2. All six questions are compulsory, attempt any two
parts from each question,

3. AlIl questions carry equal marks.

4. Use of non-programmable Scientific Calculator is
allowed.

P.T.O.


4140 — 7 2

| . ich re ‘t ber of
1. (a) Determine a formula which relates the num

iterations n, required by the bisection method to
converge to within an absolute error tolerance é,

starting from the initial interval (a, b).

(b) Perform up to four iterations using the false
position to approximate a root of f(x) = e* + x? —

Xx — 4 in the interval (—2,-1)..

| (c) Verify that x = J isa fixed point of the function

i] a } ; 7 a
a(x) =5{x +4). Use the fixed point iteration

scheme to determine’ the order of convergence

and the asymptotic error constant of the sequence

P, = 8(P,_,) towards x = Va.


4140 3
2. (a) Calculate the fourth approximation of the root of
the function f(x) = e¢* — X using the Newton's

method with p, = 9.

(b) Use the Secant method to calculate the root
of the function f(x) = 1.05 — 1.04x + Inx using
py, = 1.10 and P= 1.15 with an absolute tolerance ©

of 10° as a stopping condition.

(c) Determine the order of convergence of the
Newton’s method to find a root p of a twice
differentiable function f on the interval [a, b],-

provided f'(p) # 0.

3. (a) Solve the following system of equations by using

the LU Decomposition method

x + 4y+3z = -4,
2x + Ty + 9z = -10,

P.T.O.


4140 4
(b) Starting with initial vector (x, ys % t) = (0, 0, 0, 0),

. an 4) \ 1
perform three iterations of Gauss-Seidel method

to solve. the following system of equations
4xt+yt+z+t=-5,
x + 8y + 2z + 3t= 23,
x + 2y — 5z = 9,
| —x + 2a.+ 4t 4,

(c) Compute T;,, and T,. for the matrix e 3:

Will the J acobi and Gauss Seidel method converge

for any choice of initial] vector x9? Justify your

answer,


4140 5

4. . (a) Find the Lagrange interpolation polynomial for the
data set (0,1), (1,3) and (3,55). Also estimate the

value at x = 2.5.

(b) The population of a town during the last six.
_ censuses are given below. Estimate the increase
in the population from 1846 to 1848 by using the

Newton interpolation polynomial.

1811 1821 1831 1841 1851

17 37

Finn | |
in thousands | CS

(c) Obtain the piecewise linear interpolating

‘polynomial for the function f(x) defined by the

given data:

 —?P.T.O.


4140 6

Hence estimate the value of f(1.5), f(2.5) and
f(3.5).

£(xo +h) -f (xo) and determine” !

5. (a) Prove that £"(xy) PS

the approximate value of the derivative of
f(x)=1+xt+x atx, =1, taking h= 1, 0.1, 0.01

and 0.001.

(b) Verify that the second-order forward difference
approximation for the first derivative provides the
exact value of the derivative, regardless of h, for

the functions f(x) = 1, f(x) = x and f(x) = x2 but

Not for the function f(x) =


4140 7
(c) Derive the formula for the Trapezoidal rule and
hence evaluate the approximate value of the
21
integral I —dx.
1x

6. (a) Determine the values for the coefficients Ay, A,

and A, so that the quadrature formula
-1 1).
1(f)=[/ f(x) dx = Aol [ 3 JT Atl }+ Aof (1)
has degree of precision at least 2, .

(b) Use the Euler Method, determine the approximate

Solution of the initial value problem Sa145
x(1) = 1,1 St <2, taking the step size as h = 0.5,

P.T.O.


4140 | 8
(c) Use the Runge-Kutta Method fourth-order,

determine the approximate solution-of the initia]

bd

value Problem “.* x(0) = 1, 1 St $2, taking
t t

the step size as h = 0.5.

_ (3000)


s/4/ PY

[This question paper contains 12 printed pages.

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4227

Unique Paper Code : 2353012005

Name of the Paper : Mathematical Modeling
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) — DSE
Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Each question contains three parts. Attempt all]
questions by selecting any two parts from each
question.

3. Parts of questions to be attempted together.
4. All questions carry €qual marks

5, Use of non-programmable scientific calculators jg
allowed.

P.T.O.



4227

l.

2

(a) (i) Define Mathematical modeling. Explain the

modeling cycle process. A ball and bat
together cost $1.10. The bat costs $1.00 more
than the ball. Model this problem by using
mathematical symbols and determine how

much does the ball cost.

(ii) Compute the dimensions of a, D, A, and i,
from the following differential equation,
assuming that it is a dimensionally consistent

equation.

du du 07u
— — = D— + A, Vvu-—A,u?
a) a, az t Vu Z

(b) In a particular epidemic model, where the infected

individuals eventually recover, the population

dynamics are governed by the following system of

differential equations :

aS _ BSI dl gsi

el

dt Nat y YE:

Given the parameter values B = 2 and y = 0.4 and

dSsuming that the tota] population N is 1000, 1”


4227 3
which initially there is only one infected individual
but there are 999 susceptible individuals within

the population, answer the following :

(i) Using the given parameters, calculate the

basic reproduction number (r,).

(ii) What is the peak number of infected
‘ndividuals at any given time during the

epidemic?

(c) Consider the following susceptible-infected-

recovered (SIR) model:

dS _
dt —

pSV. =p VSVI- WI = Wi.

where f and y are constant parameters and initial
subpopulations are given as S(0) = Sy > 0, 1(0) =
I, > 0, R(O) = 0. By taking the first two equations

of the model for analysis purposes, and assuming

the transformation y=,/S, vel, show that

P.T.O.


2.

4227

v(t) = (WSo _ Ws) + rl sin (Et 4 1)

rhere = tan72 ("=) to UU
W py an Tie and § a

(a) Consider an epidemic model, where the infected

individuals eventually recover and the dynamics
of the population are described by 2 differential

equations :

S = —pvSvI,5, = BYSVI— WI.

Using the parameter values B = 0.02 and y = 0.4
and assuming initially there is only one infected

individual but there are only 500 susceptible

individuals within a population,

(i) Calculate the basic reproduction number

(15) using the given parameters.

(ii) How many individuals remain susceptible
and never get infected throughout the

epidemic?


4227 5

(iii) What is the maximum number of individuals
infected at any point in time during the

epidemic?

(b) Construct a Susceptible-Exposed-Infectious-
Recovered (SEIR) model using a system of first-
order differential equations to describe the spread

- of disease. Divide the total population N(t) at any
time t into subpopulations according to disease
status. Assuming a constant influx of individuals
into the susceptible population and a natural death
rate affecting each subpopulation, as well as the
exposure rate of susceptible individuals and
recovery rate of infectious people, obtain the exact
solution for the total population N(t), and provide
the discretized form of the model equations using
the Nonstandard Finite Difference (NSFD)

scheme.

(c) Consider the following susceptible-infected-

recovered (SIR) model:

P.T.O.


4227 6

I dl I dR
dt Sra = ON a

where B and y are constant parameters and initial

subpopulations are:
S(0) = S, > 0, 1(0) = I, > 0, R(O) = R, 2 0.

(i) Find the condition for epidemic occurrence
by finding the basic reproduction number

(r)).

(ii) If the first integral expression in the (S, 1)

plane is given as S(t) + I(t) = 1, + S) +

S(t
S*In (), where S* =oN, then find the
0

expressions for the maximum infective
number (Liaxd> and the number of

susceptibles who do not succumb to the

epidemic (S,).

(a) Explain and analyze the Predator-Prey system

(Lotka-Volterra model) by identifying and

discussing all isolated critical points


4227 7

(b) Find all critical points of the system of differential

equations

dx _

dy _ .. _. ay3
dt y

and determine (if possible) whether they are stable

or unstable.

(c) Consider a damped nonlinear spring-mass system.
Let m denote the mass of an object attached to a
spring and let x(t) denote the displacement of the
mass at time t from its equilibrium position.
Assume that the mass on the spring is connected

to a dashpot, exerting a force of resistance

proportional to velocity, y=x' = =

ry of the mass.

Let the force exerted by the spring on the mass

be given by by F(x) = m& = mx". The equation of

motion of the mass is given by mx" = —cx' — kx +

P.T.O,


4227

ro =? — 5 _
Bx?, where c, m, k, B > 0. If ¢ » B q>ks 5,
and m=1, then write the corresponding system
of first-order differential equations and discuss the

stability of all critical points of the system.

4. (a) Consider the system of differential equations :

dx
—=xteE
dt 4
dy

—=xX-

dt y

Determine the conditions on e for which the critical
point of the system may be a saddle point and a

center in the phase plane and identify the points

where this change occurs.

(b) Determine the type anq Stability of the critical

point (x*, y*) for the following Systems :

(1) ~=33-10x~3 2 dy
ds YE x = 18 + 6x + 2y — xy;

Critical point:


4227 a

vey aX 2 yy FY
(ii) Ge = 8% TO rae = + Y? — Bxy;

Critical point: (x*,y*) = (1,2),

(c) Consider the following system of differential

equations :

dx
— = 60x — 3x? — 4xy

oY, — — 3y2 —
a te 3y* — 2xy

Show that the linearization of the system at (20,0)

is

. du dv
u’ = —60u—80v where wu’ =—andv’ = —.
v ; dt dt

=2v
Find the eigenvalues and corresponding
eigenvectors of the coefficient matrix of the linear

system. Hence, confirm the nature of the critical
point (20,0).

(a) Using Monte Carlo simulation write an algorithm

to calculate an approximate area trapped between
the curves y = x and y2 = 2x

P.T.O..


4227 10

(b) Explain the Linear Congruence Method of
generating random numbers. List the drawbacks
of this method. Find 10 random numbers

using a = 5) bh = 1, c = 8 and 7 as the seed

number.

(c) Using Monte Carlo simulation, write an algorithm

to calculate that part of the volume of an ellipsoid
2 2 2 : F .
7 +o + = < 16 that lies in the first octant, x > 0,

y>0,z>0.

6. (a) Use the Simplex Method to solve the following

problem

Max. z = 3x + 2y
Ss. to “X + ly < 4,

Sx + 2y < 14,


11

(b) Consider the following Linear Programming

problem :
Max. z=XTt Y
s. to x + y < 6,

3x -y <9,

x, y2 0.
Using algebraic methods find the possible number
of points of intersection in the xy- plane. Are all
the points feasible? If not, then how many are.
feasible and how many are infeasible. List the
feasible extreme points along with the value of

the objective function
(c) Solve the following Linear Programming problem
graphically. |

Max. z = 20x + 30y ©
s. to 3x + 2y < 80,
2x + 4y < 120,

x, y 2 0.

P.T.O.


4227 12

Perform a sensitivity analysis to find the range of
values for the coefficient of x in the Objective
function for which the current extreme point

remains optimal.

(1000)

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.]

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3071

Unique Paper Code ; 32357614

Name of the Paper : DSE-3 MATHEM
FINANCE

Name of the Course | : B.Sc. (Hons) Mathematics

CBCS (LOCF)
Semester 2 Vi

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for -Candidates
Anstructrons tor Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top uutimediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt any two parts from each question.
3, All questions are Compulsory and carry equal marks,

4, -Use of Scientific calculator, Basic calculator and
Normal distribution tables all are allowed.

P.T.O,


3071 | 2 ao
4. Define Convexity of a bond and find the relation
od. (a) between the Convexity, Duration and Bond Price.
bow does convexity measure sensitivity of the.

portfolio?

(b) Consider the three bonds having payments as
shown in the table below. They are traded to

' procure a 12% yield with continuous compounding.

End of year] BondA | BondB |BondC
payments oes Bes ne aoa

Determine the price and duration of ‘each bond. —

(c) Explain Forward R

, ates. Derive. the following
relation : gen yhteie ae e . . |

Ww ° ns ; . , t
- here R, is the forward interest rate for the period
between T, and T,. R

f ae 1 and R, are the zero rates
Or maturities Ty, and

| | 2 EES . What
happens. when R,>R9 bd pectively. W :


3071 3

2. (a) (i) An investor sells a European call option with
strike price of K and maturity T and buys a
put with the same strike price and maturity.

’ Describe the investor’s position.

(ii) An investor sells a European call on a share
for %6, the stock price ‘is 745 and the strike

_ price is $52. Under what circumstances will
the seller of the option make a profit? Under

what circumstances will the option be r

exercised?

\

(b) Write a short note on European put options. Explain

the payoffs in different types of put option positions
with the help of diagrams, :

(6)Expiain Hedging. A United States company

expects to pay | million Euros in 3 months. Explain

how the exchange rate risk can be hedged using
(i). A Forward. Contract.

(ii) An Option:

P.T.O. |


3071 +

prices. Explain any three of them.

(a) Name the six factors that affect stock option

(b) Derive the put-call parity for European options on

a non-dividend-paying stock. Use put-call parity

to derive the relationship between the gamma of.

a European call and the gamma of a European put |

on a non-dividend-paying stock.

(c) Find lower bound and upper bound for the price
of a l-month European put option on a non-
dividend-paying stock when the stock price is $30,

the strike price is %34, and the risk-free interest

rate is 6% per annum? Justify your answer with

no arbitrage arguments, (e79-005 = 0.9950).

4.

o
Pore See teers — = aver ee ee ae |


3071

~ find the price of a onc- month E

5

nts
portfolio riskless? Using no-arbitrage argumen'””

uropean call

‘ , . ; e
option with a strike price of %39? (You can us

exponential value: @9:005 = 1.005).

/
0) *A stock price is currently %50. Over each of the

next two three-month periods it is expected to
go up by nv or. down by 5%. The tisk- free
interest rate 1s 5% per annum with continuous

compounding. ‘What is the value of a six- -month |

European call option ‘with a strike price of %51?

(You can use exponential value: ooo 0125 = = 0. 9876).

(©) Consider a two-period binomial model with current

stock price Sy = - 7100, the up factor u= 1. 2, the

down factor d- = 0, 8, T = | yeat and each period

being of length six x months. The risk- free interest

rate is 5% per annum with continuous

compounding, Construct the fvo-pariod binomial |

_ tree for the stock. Find the price of an American

put option with strike K = 104 and maturity
T= 1 year, (¢-9.025 = 09,9753)

P.T.O.


3071

(a) Given that in a risk-neutral world,

,.9
In. Sy 4h So {e-$}n on] ;

where S, is the stock price at a future time T,

5.

S, is the current stock price, r is the risk -free
rate, o is the volatility. and o(m, v) denotes a
normal distribution with 1 mean m and variance Vv.
For the given Strike price K, find PS, > K), ‘the
probability that a European. call option be exercised

in a risk- neutral world.

(b) Show that the Black—Scholes-Merton formulas
| for call and Put options satisfy the oj Pale -call parity. 7

(c) What is the price of a European call, option on a -
non- “dividend-paying stock when the stock price is.
%52, the strike Price is 250, the tisk- free interest

Tate is 12% per annum, the volatility is 30% per

annum, and the inte to maturity is three months!

‘(You can use values

; 1826/28) = 0.0392,


3071 - 7
6. (a) Discuss the delta of a European call option and ©
calculate: the delta of an at-the-moncy 6-month
European call option on a non-dividend-paying
stock when the risk-free interest rate is 8% per
annum and the stock price volatility is 30% per |

annum.

- (b) Companies A and B have been offered: the
following rates per annum on a 10 million loan

. for 5 years:

Fixed rate Floating rate : aoe
we
Company A 120% | LIBOR+ 0.1% - ;
CompanyB 145%. —-~ LIBOR + 09% =.

pen en Se i ce a
Company A requires a floating-rate loa Company !
B requires a fixed-rate loan. Design a. swap that

_will net a bank, acting as intermediary: 0.1% per
annutii’ and that will appear equally attractive to

both companies,

P.T.O.



3071 _ - 8
(c) Find t
he payoff from a bull spread created
call options. Al une
. so draw the profit a
ae diagra
m

cor
? responding to this trading strategy

(2000)


Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3182

Unique Paper Code > 32357610

Name of the Paper : DSE-4(i): Number Theory
Name of the Course >: B.Sc. (H) Mathematics
Semester - . : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks 75

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top iininedittely on receipt
of this question paper.

All questions are compulsory.

Attempt any two parts from. each question.

(a).A farmer purchased 100 head of livestock for a

total cost of Rs. 4000. Prices were as follow:
calves, Rs.120 each; lambs, Rs.50 each; piglets,
Rs.25 each. If the farmer obtained at least one
animal of each type, how niany of each did he
buy? (6.5)

P.T.O.


3182 2

(b) Define a complete set of residues modulo n. Verify
that 0, 1, 2, 2?, 23, +--+, 29 form a complete set of
residues modulo 11, but that 0, 17, 2%, 37, --- 192
do not. | (6.5)

(c) Obtain three consecutive integers, the first of
which is divisible by a square, the second by a
cube, and the third by a fourth power. © (6.5)

2. (a) State and prove Wilson’s theorem. What about its
converse? Justify your answer. : (6.5)

(b) ().Use Fermat’s theorem to show that if p is an
odd prime, then
IP + 2P + 3P + +++ + (p—1)P = 0 (mod p).

(u) If p and q are distinct primes, prove that
pt! + gP-! =.1 (mod pq). , (6.5)

(c) Define Mobius p-function. If the integer n> 1 has

the prime factorization n=p;'p? pi then prove

that
sy ud) (, 1), 1 1)

(a) Find the highest Power of 5 and the. highest power
of 2 in 1000! and hence fing the number of zeros
with which the decimal representation of 1000!
terminates. . (6.5)


3182 3

(b) Prove that for n > 1, the sum of the positive

integers less than n and relatively prime to n is

5n6() and hence find the sum of the positive

integers less than 100 and relatively prime to 100.
(6.5)

(c) Define Euler’s o-function. Show that for each
positive integer n > 1, “}

| n= 2A(9)

the sum being extended over all positive divisors

of n. Verify this result for n=32. (6.5) |

4. (a) Show that if gcd(m,n) = 1, where m > 2 and n>
2, then the integer mn has no primitive roots.

Hence deduce that 21 has no primitive roots.

(6.5).
(b) Define primitive root of the integer n > 1. Find all
the primitive roots of 25, os ~ (6.5)

7 (c) State Euler’s criterion to determine whether an
integer a is a quadratic residue of a given prime
p. Also show that 3 is a quadratic residue of 13
but a quadratic nonresidue of 17. z (6.5)

P.T.O.


3182 4
5. (a) Show that if r is a primitive root of the prime

Pp = 1 (mod 4), then r@-)/ satisfies the quadratic

congruence x? + 1 = 0 (mod p). (6.5)

(b) Obtain the solution of the quadratic congruence

x2 = 23 (mod 77) (6.5)

(c) Let p Be an odd orime and let a and b be integers
that are relatively prime to p. Then prove that

(ab/p) = (a/p)(b/p).

Further determine whether the congruence
= —46 (mod 17) is solvable. : (6.5)

6. (a) When the RSA algorithm is based on the key
(n,k) = (1537,47), what is the recovery exponent
for the cryptosystem? . (5) os

(b) Decrypt the message HOZTKGH, which was _
produced using the linear cipher C=3P+7(mod: |

(c) Use the Hill’s cipher

C, = 5P, + 2P, (mod 26)
C, = 3P, + 4P, (mod 26)

to encipher the message GIVE THEM TIME.
(5)

(2500)


Ta 2094

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.]

Your Roll QB”.......05
op
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3183 a
Unique Paper Code > 32357616

| : /
Name of the Paper : DSE-4 Linear Prog Ing
and “Pplications
Name of the Course : CBCS (LOCK) ~ - Bz Sc. @
Mathematics
Semester | St VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75
Instructions for Candidates |
nas tructions tor Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of waits question Paper. —

2. Attempt any two parts from each questions.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) Define a Convex Set. show that the set defined
r as: . |

S = {(x,y) | y? < 4x} is a Convex Set.

P.T.O.


3183 | 2

(b) Let x, = 1, x, =2,x,=4 bea feasible solution to

the system of equations :
2x, + 3x, -— %3= 4
3x, — x, + X= 9

Is this a basic feasible solution? If not, reduce it

to two different basic feasible solutions.

(c

——

Consider the following linear programming problem:
Minimize z = CX
| subject to Ax = b, x20

Let (Xp, 0) be a basic feasible solution with
objective function: value Z, corresponding. to a
basis B where x, = B lb, By entering an a, with
Z,—C; > 0 and removing a b. subject to:

a

Y4j | Oi
Show that we can get a new feasible solution

with improved value of the objective function
compared to Z,. |


3183 3
2. (a) Using Simplex method, find the solution of the

following linear programming problem :

Maximize z = X, — 2x, + x,
subject to x, + 2x, + x, < 12

2x, + X, — x, <6
> —9

— 3x

Xx 2

1

X1, X,, X, 2 0.

(b) Using two phase method, solve ‘the linear.

' programming problem :

Minimize z = -3x, + x,
subject to 2x, +x, 22 .
x, + 3x, <3
x, <4 |
X;, X, 2 0.

(c) Solve the following linear programming problem
by Big - M method: |

Maximize z = 3x, + 2x, + 3x,
subject to 2x, + x, + xX, $2
3x, + 4x, + 2x, 2 8 |
X1, X>, X,2 0.

P.T.O.


— 3183 © | 4
3. (a) Consider the following primal problem (P) and dual
problem (D): .

(P) Minimize z = cx
Subject to Ax 2 b, x 20
(D) Maximize z = wb
‘Subject to wA < ¢, w 2 0,
If xX, (w,) is an optimal solution to the primal
(dual) problem then there exists a feasible

solution W,(X,) to the dual (primal) such that

CX

Ky = Wb.

(b) Use graphical method to solve the dual of the

following linear programming problem :
Minimize Lae 6x, + 8x, + 7x, + 15x,
Subject to Xt x + 3x, >4
XTX, +x, >3
| Xx, * X3, X, 2 0

F
blog find an optimal solution to “the given
pro mi from Optimal Solution of the dual problem.


3183 5

(c) Obtain the dual of the following linear programming
problem :
Maximize z= 10x, + x, + 2x,
Subject to x; + x, — 2x, 2 10
x, + 4x, — 3x, = 3.

4x, + x, + x, < 20
X, 2, X, < 0, and x, unrestricted in sign.
4. (a) A Company has four warehouses, a, b, c and d.
It is required to deliver a product from these

warehouses to three customers A, B and C. The

warehouses have the following amounts in stock.
‘Warehouse: ar oon b c od
No. ofunits; 15. 16 12 13
and the customer’s requirements are

Customers : | | A B C

No. of units | 18 20 °.18 |

The table below shows. the costs of transporting

one unit from warehouses to the customers :

P.T.O.


Find the optimal schedule and minimum total

transport cost.

(b) A Company is faced with the problem of assigning

| six different machines to six different jobs.
Determine the optimal solution of the Assignment
Problem with the following cost matrix:



3183 7

(c) For the following cost minimization Transportation
Problem, find initial basic feasible solution by using
North-West comer rule, Least Cost method and

Vogel’s approximation method. Compare the three

solutions (in terms of cost).

5. (a) Define the Saddle point. The pay-off matrix of a
game is given below. Find the best strategy for
each player, and the value of a play of the game
of A and B.

Player B

Player A



3183 8

(b) Convert the following Game problem into a linear
programming problem for Player A and Player B
and solve it by Simplex method.

Player B

Player A

(c) Using Simplex method, solve the system of
equations : | oy |

| 3x, +X, = 7
x

1

Also write the inverse of the matrix 1: i

~~

(2000)

[This question papcr contains 4 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4548 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
2. 
3. 
13) 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
: 32351201 
Your Roll 
: II 
of this question paper. 
S=1 
: Real Analysis (CBCS-LOCF) 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
(-1)" 
: B.Sc. (Hons) Mathematics 
All questions are compulsory. 
Attempt any two parts from each questicn. 
ceLz 
2027 
E 
: nEN 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(a) If x and y qe positive xeal numbexs with x <Y, 
then prove that there exists a rational number 
re 
) such that x <r<y. 
(b) Define Infimum and Supremum of a nonempty set 
of R. Find infimum and supremum of the set 
(6.5) 
(6.5) 
P.T.0. 


4548 
2. 
(c) State the conplctcness propcrty of R, hencc show 
that cvcry noncmpty sct of rcal numbers which is 
bounded below, has an infimum in R. 
2 
(a) Prove that there does not cxist a rational number 
IE @ such tlhat r² = 2. 
(6.5) 
(5) Define an open set and a clos ed set in R Show 
that if a, b e R then the open intetval (a, b) is 
an open set. 
3n +1 
that 
lim 
n2n +5) 
(c) Let S be a nonempty bounded set in R. Let a >0, 
and let aS = {as: s e S}. Prove that inf (aS) = 
a(inf S) and sup (aS) = a(supS). 
(c) Let x = l and x 
(6) 
4 
(6) 
3. 
(a) Define limit of a sequence. Using definition show 
(6) 
(b) Prove that every convergent sequence is bounded. 
Is the converse true? Justify. 
(6.5) 
(6.5) 
(2x, + 3) for n e N. Show 
that (x,) is bounded and monotone. Find the 
limit. 
(6.5) 


4548 
4. 
5. 
(a) If (,) and (b,) cOnverges to 
a and b 
respectively, prove that (ab) convcrges to ab. 
(b) Show that lim n"=1, 
cOnverge. 
(c) State Cauchy Convexgence Czitesi on fos 
sequences. Hence show that the sequence (a 
defined by a =1+;t 
does 
3 
convergence of 
following series. 
2 
4 
6 
1 
(1) 
8 11 
n’o 
5 
2 
(a) Prove that if an infinite series Zên is 
Convergent then lim a, =0. Hence examine the 
1 
n 
n=l 2n +3 
(6) 
(6) 
does not 
(6) 
(b) Examine the convergence or divergence of the 
(6.5) 
(6.5) 
P.T.0. 
a, 


4548 
6. 
(c) Prove that 
(i0) 
2n+l 
3n+ s)2 
Ln=2 
4 
(i) 
p> and divergent for psl. 
following series. 
(a) State and prove ratio test (limit form). 
32 
i) 3+ 
n(n n)P 
(b) Examine the convergence or divergence of the 
+ 
,p>0 1s convergent for 
n+1 
n+3n+2n 
2! 3! 
4! 
(c) Prove that the series 
+ 
In 2 In3 
In 4 In 5 
conditionally convergent. 
(6.5) 
(6) 
(6) 
(6) 
(200) 


(This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
2. 
4668 
(a) Solve the initial value problem 
32351202 
Use of non-programmable scientific. calculator is allowed. 
Differential Equations 
Section -1 
(b) Solve the differential equation 
Write your Roli No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
1. Attempt any three parts. Each part is of 5 marks. 
(c) Solve the differential equation 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathema0, 
(2y sin x cos x + y' sin x) dx + (sin² x- 2y cos x) dy = 0, 
(d) Solve the differential equation 
(r'-3y2) dx + 2xy dy = 0 
xy" + 2y' = 6x 
Your Roll 
(x+ 2y + 3)dx + (2x + 4y- 1)dy =0 
E 
2. Attempt any two parts. Each part is of 5 marks. 
Maximum Marks: 75 
No202.3 
y(0) = 3 
(a) In a certain culture of bacteria the number of bacteria increased sixfold in 
10 hours. How long did it take for the population to double? 


4668 
(b) An arrow is shot straight upward from the ground with an initial velocity 
of 160 ft/s. It experiences both the deceleration of gravity and deceleration 
v²/800 due to air resistance. How high in the air does it go? 
(c) A cake is removed from an oven at 210°F and left to cool at room 
temperature, which is 70°F. After 30 min the temperature of the cake is 
140°F. When will it be 100°F? 
3. Attempt any two parts. Each part is of8 marks. 
(a) The following differential equation describes the level of pollution in the 
ii. 
lake 
i. 
i. 
2 
dC 
Section -2 
dt 
where V is the volume, F is the flow (in and out), C 
is the concentration of 
pollution at time t and Cin is the concentration of pollution entering the 
lake. Let V= 28 x 10m², F = 4x 10m² /month. If only fresh water 
enters the lake, 
F 
dX 
dt 
(Cin - C), 
How long would it take for the lake with pollution concentration 
10"parts/m² to drop below the safety threshold4 x 10parts/ 
m³? 
(b) In view of the potentially disastrous effects of overfishing causing a 
population to become extinct, some governments impose quotes which 
vary depending on estimates of the population at the current time. One 
harvesting model that takes this into account is 
How long will it take to reduce the pollution level to 5% of its 
current level? 
= rx(1-)- hoX. 
Show that the only non-zero equilibrium population is 
X, = K(1-). 
At what critical harvesting rate can extinction occur? 
(c) In a simple battle model, suppose that soldiers from the red army are 
visible to the blue army, but soldiers from the blue army are hidden. ThuS, 
all the red army can do is fire randomly into an area and hope they hit 
something. The blue army uses aimed fire. 


4668 
1. 
ii. 
111. 
IV. 
Write down appropriate word equations describing the rate of 
change of the nunber of soldiers in each of the armies. 
By making 
appropriate assumptions, obtain 
two 
coupled 
differential equations describing this system. 
Write down a formula for the probability of a single bullet fired 
from a single red soldier wounding a blue soldier in terms of the 
total area A and the area exposed by a single blue soldier A,. 
3 
Hence write the rate of wounding of both armies terms of the 
probability and the firing rate. 
4. Attemnpt any three parts. Each part is of 6 marks. 
Section -3 
(a) Find the general solution of the differential 
(b) Using the method of undetermined coefficients, solve the differential 
equation 
x'y" + 6x²y" + 4xy' = 0. 
y" -2y" +y' = 1+xe", y(0) = y'(0) = y"(0) = 1. 
(c) Using the method of Variation of parameters, solve the differential 
equation 
y" +3y' + 2y = 4e*. 
(d) Show that y, =1 and y, = 
x are solutions of 
yy" + (y') = 0, 
but the sum y = yi ty, is not a solution. Explain why'? 
dP 
dt 
Section-4 
J. 
Attempt any two parts. Each part is of 8 marks. 
(a) The pair of differential equations 
dT 
= rP- yPT, 
= qP, 
dt 
where r,y and q are positive constants, is a model for a population of 
microorganisms P, which produces toxins T which kill the microorganisms. 


4668 
i. Given that initially there are no toxins and Po microorganisms, obtain an 
expression relating the population density and the amount of toxins. 
ii. Hence, give a sketch of a typical phase-plane trajectory. 
ii. Using phase-plane trajectory, describe what happens to the microorganisms 
Over time. 
(b) A model of a three species interaction is : 
dX 
dt 
dR 
dt 
a,X - b,XY - cXZ, 
dY 
-CqRB 
dt 
4 
dZ 
dt 
Where a, ,b; , c; for i = 1,2,3 are all positive constants. Here X(t) is the prey 
density and Y(t) and Z(t) are the two predator species densities. 
= a,XY- b,Y, 
i. Find all possible equilibrium populations. Is it possible for. the three 
populations to coexist in equilibrium? 
ii. What does this suggest about introducing an additional predator into an 
ecosystem ? 
(c) In a long range battle, neither army can see the other, but fires into a given 
area. A simple mathematical model describing this battle is given by the coupled 
differential equations 
azXZ  b,Z 
dB 
dt 
where C and c; are positive constants. 
= -CzRB 
i. Use the chain rule to find a relationship between R and B, given the initial numbers 
of soldiers for the two armies are ro and bo, respectively. 
ii. Draw a sketch of typical phase-plane trajectories. 
11. Explain how to estimate the parameter C given that the blue army fires into a 
region of area A.

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

Your Roll NO.ccccceeeeeees
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1381 C
Unique Paper Code : 32351301
Name of the Paper : BMATH 305 — Theory of
Real Functions
Name of the Course >: CBCS (LOCF) B.Sc. (H)
Mathematics |
Semester : III
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Deshbandnu.College Library
Instructions for Candidates & gixaii, New Dethi-1°

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

>

Attempt any two parts from each question.

3. All questions are compulsory.

1. (a) Let ACR andc eR bea cluster point of A and
f: A R, then define limit of function f at c.

; X 1
Use ¢ — 6 definition to show that lim ——=-.
‘ xoIlLxX+1] 2

(6)

P.T.O.


1381 2

(b) Let f: A> R, AC IR and ce R be a cluster

point of A. Then show that lim f(x)=L if and
XC

only if for every sequence (x,) in A that

converges to c such that x, # c, Vne R, the

sequence (f(x,)) converges to L. (6)

(c

—’

x>0 2

Show that lim sin (=) does not exist in R but
X

lim x? sin (<5 =Q. . (6)
X

x0

(a

~~

Let AC R,f: A> R, g: A> Randc ER be
a cluster point of A. Show that if fis bounded on

a neighborhood of ¢ and lim g(x)=0, then
Xx—C

lim (fg)(x)=0. (6)

(b) Let f(x).= e™ for x # 0, then find lim f(x) and

x0
tim f(x). (6)

-(c) Let f: R > R be defined as

2x if x is rational
x+3 if x is irrational .

Find all the points at which f is continuous.

(6)


138! °

(a) Let Ac Rand let f and g be real valueq functions
on A. Show that if f and g are continuous on A
then their product fg is continuous on A. Also,
give examples of two functions f and g such that

both are discontinuous at a point c € A but their
product is continuous at c. (74

(b) State and prove Boundedness Theorem for
continuous. functions on a closed and bounded

interval. (7A)

(c) State Maximum-Minimum Theorem. Let I = [a,b]
and f: I > R be a continuous function such that
f(x) > 0 for each x in I. Prove that there exists
a number a>0 such that f(x) = @ for all x in

I. (7)

4. (a) Let Ac Rand f: A > R such that f(x) 2 0 for

all x € A. Show that if f is continuous at c € A,

then Jf is continuous at c. (6)

_ () Show that every uniformly continuous function on
A CR is continuous on A. Is the converse true?
Justify your answer. (6)

© Show that the function f(x)=—5, x#0 is

uniformly continuous on [a, ©), fora? 0 but not

uniformly continuous on (0, %). (6)

p.T.O.


1381 4

5, (a) Let Ic R be an interval, let ¢ € J, and let
f: | + R and g: I >'R be functions that
are differentiable at c. Prove that if g(c) # 0,
the function f/g is differentiable at n, and

SS (6)

(b) Let f: R > R be defined by f(x) = |x| + |x + 1],
x € R. Is f differentiable everywhere in EB? Find
the derivative of f at the points where it is
differentiable. (6)

(c) State Mean Value Theorem. If f: [a,b] ~ EB
satisfies the conditions of Mean Value Theorem

and f’(x) = 0 for all x © (a,b). Then prove that f
is constant on [a, b]. (6)

6. (a) Let I be an open interval and let f: I5R have
a second derivative on I. Then show that f is a

convex function on I if and only if f(x) > 0 for
all x e€ I, (6)

(b) Find the points of relative extrema of the functions
I(x) = |x?~1|, for 4 <x <4. (6)

(c) Use Taylor’s Theorem with n = 2 to approximate

V4x,, x>-]. (6)

(3500)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.]

Your Roll NoO..........se00-

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1409 C
Unique Paper Code > 32351302

Name of the Paper : BMATH306 — Group Theory-I
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Mathematics
Semester : Hl

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

. Deshbandnu.College Librar
Instructions for Candidates natkall, New Delhi-19 ary

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. All questions are compulsory.

3. Attempt any two parts from each question from Q2

to Q6.

4. Inthe question paper, given notations have their usual

meaning unless until stated otherwise.

P.T.O.


1409

1.

2

Give short answers to the following questions. Attempt

any six.

(i) What is the total no of rotations and total no of

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

reflections in the dihedral group D,? Describe
them (rotations and reflections) in pictures or
words. What can you say about the total no of

rotations and total no of reflections in the dihedral

group D.?

Give one non- trivial, proper subgroup of
GL(2, R). Is GL(2, R) a group under addition of

matrices? Answer in few lines.

Let G be a group with the property that for any

a, b, c in G,
ab = ca implies = c. Prove that G is Abelian.

Give an example of a cyclic group of order 5.

Show that a 8roup of order 5 is cyclic.


1409 3

(v) Prove that a cyclic group is Abelian. Is the

converse true?
(vi) Find all subgroups of Lis:

(vii) Prove that 1 and -1 are the only two generators

of (Z,+). Give short answer in few lines.

(vill) “Z.. neéN, is always cyclic whereas U(n),
néeN; n22 may or may not be cyclic”.
Prove or disprove the statement in a few

lines, (6x2=12)

2. (a) Let G = {a + bJ2 | a and b are rational nos not

both zero}

Prove that G is a group under ordinary
multiplication. Is it Abelian or Non-Abelian? Justify

your answer.

P.T.O.


1409 4

(b) Prove that a group of composite order has a non-

trivial, proper subgroup.

(c) Prove that order of a cyclic group is equal to the

order of its generator. (2x6.5=13)

3. (a) Prove that every permutation of a finite set can
be written as a cycle or as a product of distinct

cycles. (6)

(b) (i) In S,, write a cyclic subgroup of order 4 and

a non-cyclic subgroup of order 4.
(i) Let a=j/i 7 3745 6 7 8 4
ii =
. 2486751 3)

1 2 3
B+|) 4 5

—
oN
Ns
AN CO
a


5
1409

Write a, B and of as product of 2-

cycles. (3+3=6)

(c) (i) Let ja| = 24. How many left cosets of
H = <at> in G = <a> are there? Write each

of them.

(ii) State Fermat’s Little theorem. Also compute

525 mod 7 and 11!7 mod 7. (3+3=6)

4. (a) (i) Let H and K be two subgroups of a finite

group. Prove that

HK < G if Gis Abelian.

(ii) Give an example of a group G and its two
subgroups H and K (H#K) such that HK is

not a subgroup of G. (3+3.5=6.5)
(b) (i) Let G be a group and let Z (G) be the centre
of G. If G/Z(G) is cyclic, prove that G is’

Abelian.

P.T.O.


1409 6

(ii) Let |G] = pq, P and q are primes. Prove that

IZ(G)| = 1 or pa, (4+2.5=6.5)

(c) (i) Prove that a subgroup of index 2 is

normal.

(ii) Let G = U(32), H = U,(32). Write all the
elements of the factor group G/H. Also find
order of 3H in G/H. (3+3.5=6.5)

5. (a) Show that the mapping from R under addition to

cosx sinx] |
is a

GL(2, R) that takes x to
—sin xX cosx

group homomorphism. Also, find the kernel of the

homomorphism.

(b) Let @ be a homomorphism from a group G to a

group G. Show that if K is a subgroup of G,


6.

1409 7

then o"'(K) = [k € G: $(k) € K } is a subgroup
of G. i

(c) If H and K are two normal subgroups of a

group G such that Hc X, then prove that

_G/H

G/K .
K/H

(2x6=12)

(a) Show that the.mapping $ from C* to C* given by
$(z) = z* is a homomorphism. Also find the set of

all the elements that are mapped to 2.

(b) Prove that every group is isomorphic to a group

of permutations.

(c)Let G be the group of non-zero complex
numbers under multiplication and N be the set

of complex numbers of absolute value 1.

P.T.O.


1409 8

Show that G/N is isomorphic to the group of

all the positive real numbers under multiplication

(2x6.5=13)

(1500)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]

Your Roll No.. dau nen swe wae

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1427 . C
| Unique Paper Code. : 32351303
“Name of the Paper : BMATH 307 — Multivariate
Calculus
Name of the Course | : B.Sc. (H) Mathematics —
Semester | | | : I
Duration: 3 Hous = tS Maximum Marks : 75 |

Deshbandnu. College Libr=-v
ralkall, New Delhi-19 .
1. . Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt |
of this question paper.

Instructions for Candidates

2. - All sections are compulsory

3. Attempt any Five questions from each section. All
questions carry equal marks

BS

SECTION I

, a 2 .2
xy|x° —y* )x
1. Let oy

if (x, y) # (0,0)

= () otherwise .
Show that f(0, y) = —-y and f(x, 0) = x for all x and


1427 uh

2.

\

Use incremental approximation to estimate the function

f(x, y) = sin(xy) at the point |

If z=xy + f(x*+ y’), show that y 6z/0x —X aaloy = =
y? — x’.

_. Assume that maximum directional derivative of f at

POL, 2) is equal to 50 and is attained in the direction

2 towards | QG, 4. Find ve at P,(1, 2).

» fh Tlie Sa da

Find the absolute extrema of f(x, y) = 2x? — y” on the

~~ disk x? +. y? < 1.

Use Lagrange multiplier to find the distance from
(0, 0,0) to plane Ax + By + Cz = D where at least

one of A, B, C is nonzero.

SECTION II

Compute the integral j ie ef dy dx with the order

of integration reversed.

in Use Polar double integral to show that qa sphere of

radius a has volume a a>.
Co 4


1427 3

tad

nN

Compute the area of region D bounded above by line
y = x, and below by circle x? + y? — 2y = 0.

Find the volume of the solid bounded above by
paraboloid z = 6 — x? — y? and below by z = 2x? + y’.

dx dy dz
Evaluate {ly ——— ss, where D is the solid

5
D xr ty? tz?

sphere x* + y*+ z’ < 3.

Use a suitable change of variables to find the area of
region R bounded by the hyperbolas xy=1 and xy=4
and the lines y=x and y=4x.

SECTION III —

~

Find the mass of a wire in the shape of curve
C: x = 3sint, y = 3 cost, z = 2t for 0 <t < m and
density at point (x, y, z) on the curve is (x, y, Z) = x.

Find the work done by force

F(x,y,z) =(y?-2° i+ (2y2)1-(x")k
on an object moving along the curve C given by
x(t) =t, y(t) =t’, aiy=t, Ostsl.
Use Green’s theorem to find the work done by the
force field
P.T.O,


1427 4

“nN

F(x,y) =(3y —4x)i+(4x-y)J
when an object moves once counterclockwise around

the ellipse 4x* + y* = 4.
Use Stoke’s theorem to evaluate the surface integral

: MI. (curl FN) dS"

where F = xXit y?j + ze’ k and S is that part of 3
surface z= 1— x? — 2y* with z 2 0.

Use divergence theorem to evaluate the integral |

if, F.N ds where’ E(x, y,Z z) =(cosyz)i+6% j4327k,°

where §S is hemisphere surface z=J4-x?~y?

together with the disk x2 + y? < 4, in x-yplane.
Evaluate the line integral [Far

Where F(x,y) = [(2x=x?y)e"Y + tan-ly]i +

Jo of and C is the ellipse 9x? + 4y? = 36,

(3500)

Sr. No. of Question Paper 
ihis quesion papei contains 4 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Instructions for Candidates 
2. 
3. 
All sections are compulsory. 
Marks of each part are indicated. 
1. Attempt any twvo out of the following: 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
4530 
32351401 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
B.Sc.(H) Mathematics 
x* uit y' u, = 4 u. 
BMATH408-Partial Differential Equations 
IV 
Section-I 
x(s, 0) = S, y(s, 0) = 2s, u(s, 0) = s. 
Apply vu = v and v(x, y) = f(x) + gy) to solve: 
D e 
Your Roll No.2.023 
E 
Find the integral surfaces of the equation u uy t uy = 1 for the initial data: 
Find the solution of the initial-value systems 
U, t 
u Uy =ev, V, 
av, = 0, 
with u(x, 0) = x and v(x, 0) = e*. 
Maximum Marks : 75 
[7 5+7.5] 


2. Attempt any one out of the following: 
(a) 
Derive the two- dimensional wave equation of the vibrating membrane 
Uet = c(uy t uyy) +F, 
(a) 
(b) 
(b) 
3. 
Attempt any two out of the following: 
(a) 
where, c = T/p, and Tis the tensile force per unit length 
F=f/p, and fbe the external force, acting on the membrane. 
Section -I 
Drive the potential equation p'V = 0, where 7 is known as Laplace operator. 
Determine the general solution of 
Given that the parabolic equation 
where g =fe-bx/2 
(c) 
Reduce the equation 
4uyz t 5uy t uyy t uy t uy = 2. 
Uyy = a u, t b uy t cu t f, 
where the coefficients are constants, by the substitution u = v. 
and for the case 
Ut - cuyy = , 
4. Atempt any three parts out of the following: 
Vxx = 
V, + g, 
(n- 1)'uyy - y" uyy = 1 y?n-l uy, 
to canonical form for n = 1 and n = 2 if possible and also find their solutions. 
Section - III 
Determine the solution of the given below initial-value problem 
[6) 
u(x, 0) = 0, 
u, (x, 0) =3. 
(7+7+7] 
[6+6] 
c=-(b/4), show that the given equation is reduced to the heat equation 


(b) 
(c) 
(d) 
Obtain the solution of the initial boundary-value problem 
(a) 
u(x, 0) = 0, 
u; (x, 0) = ², 
u,(0, t) = 0, 
Solve: 
u(x, t) = f(x) 
u(x, t) = g(x) 
where f(0) = g(0). 
u(z, 0) = f(x), 
u, (x, 0) = g(r), 
0Sx< o, 
t0. 
Determine the solution of the initial boundary-value problem: 
u(x, 0) = x* (1-x), 
on 
u(0, t) = 0, u(l, t) = 0, 
on 
u(z, 0) = 0, 
u, (x, 0) =8sin' x, 
s. Attempt any three out of the following: 
u(0, t) = 0, 
u(l, t) = 0, 
t= t(x), 
x + ct = 0, 
0 <x<l, t>0 
0<x<l, 
0Sxsl, 
Determine the solution of the initial boundary value problem: 
t>0. 
Section -- IV 
0<x 
1, t> 0 
0Sx 1, 
t>0. 
(b) Determine the solution of the initial boundary value problem by the method of 
separation of variables: 
0 <x< TU, t> 0 
0<xS I, 
0 SxS I, 
[7+7+7] 
u(0, t) = 0, 
u(, t) = 0, t20. 


4530 
(c) Solve by using method of separation of variables: 
u(r, 0) = ', 
u, (1, 0) 
0, 
u(0,t) = 0, 
4 
0<x< 1, t> 0, h is a constant 
0Sx< 1, 
0sxS 1, 
u(1, t) = 0, t>0. 
(d) Statc and prove the uniqucness of solution of the heat conduction problem. 


|This question paper contains 2 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Papcr 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Instructions for Candidates 
2 
Attempt two parts from each question. 
l(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(1) 
2(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(ü) 
4686 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
32351402 
B.Sc. (H) Mathematics 
Riemann Integration and Series of Functions 
IV 
f(x)= 
Letf be integrable on (a, b], and suppose g is a function on [a, b] such that g(x) = f(x) 
except for finitely many x in [a, b]. Show g is integrable andg = 
f 
Show that if f is integrable on [a, b] then f also is integrable on [a, b). 
LIBRARY 
State and prove Fundamental Theorem of Calculus I, 
Let function f: [0,1] -’ Rbe defined as 
(b) Show that the improper integral J 
Your Roll NoZ023 
Give an example of function such that |f| is integrable on (0,1] but f is not 
integrable on [0,1]. Justify it. 
Let f be a continuous function on [a,b] such that f(x) >0 for all x E fa, b. Show 
that if 
f(r) dx =0 then f(r)= 0 for all x ¬ [a, b] 
E 
b 
State Intermediate Value Theorem for Integrals. Evaluate lim 
e dt, 
(x if x is rational 
(0 if x is irrational 
Maximumm Marks: 75 
o Sinx 
Calculate the upper and lower Darboux integrals for f on the interval [0,1). Is f 
integrable on [0.1] ? 
e*xdx. 
(6) 
(6) 
(3) 
(3) 
(6.5) 
(6.5) 
(6.5) 
(a) Examine the convergence of the improper integral 
dx is convergent but not absolutcly convergent. 
(6) 
(6) 


4686 
4(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(c) 
Dctermine the convergence or divergence of the improper integral 
5(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(b) 
(c) 
() 
(ii) 
Jo x(lnx)? 
Show that the sequence 
dx 
function. 
converges non-uniformly to an integrable function f on [0,1] such that 
Show that the sequence (xe-n*} converges uniformly on (0, o). 
f,(x)= 
Show that the series of functions 
Prove that S 
1+n2x2 
Let f(x) = 
2 
Let (f) be a sequence of continuous function on A CR and suppose that () 
convergcs 
uniformly on A to a function f:A -’R. Show that f is continuous on A. 
un=1 
(-R, R) and 
1+ nx 
6(a) 
() Find the exact interval of convergence of the power series 
lim f(r)dx = ff(x)dx 
Let f,(x)= 
for x >0. Show that sequence () converges non-uniformiy on 
[0,o) and converges uniformly on (a, o), a > 0. 
State and prove Weierstrass M-test for theuniform Convergence of a series of functions. 
n'xn = 
xE (0,1J, nEN 
(ii) Define sinx as a power series and find its radius of convergence 
x(x+1) 
(1-x)3 
n=0 
2-7x3n 
converges unitormly on R to a continuous 
for (x < 1 and hence evaluate 
(65) 
(6.5) 
3n 
fx)= 
7= n0,, 
for |x< R. 
(6.5) 
(6) 
(6.5) 
(6.5) 
(3) 
(6) 
(3} 
0 Qn x" have radus of convergence R>0.Then f is diterentiabjc on 
(t6: 
(6.5) 


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4810 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
Your Roll Nø 
:32351403 
of this question paper. 
Ring Theory & Linear 
Algebra -I 
: IV 
: B.Sc. [Hons.] Mathematics 
CBCS (LOCF) 
LIBRARY 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
All questions are compulsory. 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Attempt any two parts from each question. 
P.T.O. 


4810 
1. 
(a) Find all the zcro divisors and units in Z, 
Z. 
2 
(b) Prove that characteristic of an integral domain is 
0 or prime number p. 
(c) State and prove the Subring test 
(6) 
R. 
(6) 
2. 
(a) Let R be a commutative ring with unity and 
(6) 
let A be an ideal of R then prove that R/A 
is a field if and only if A is a maximal ideal of 
AnB = AB. 
(6) 
(b) Let A and 
B are two ideals of a commutative 
ring R with unity and A+B=R then show that 
(6) 


4810 
(c) If an ideal I of a ring R contains a unit then show 
that I=R. Hence prove that the only ideals of a 
field F are {0} and F itself. 
3. (a) Find all ring homomorphism from Z, to Z,: 
(b) Let R= 
that takes 
3 
a b 
b 
a 
a 
b 
b 
a 
to a-b. Show that 
a, beZ} and 
be the mapping 
(i) o is a ring homomorphism. 
(6) 
(ii) Determine Ker . 
(6.5) 
(01) Show that R/Ker 
is isomorphic to Z. 
(6.5) 
P.T.0. 


4810 
4. 
(c) Using homomorphism, prove that an integer n with 
decimal representation a, a 
4 
by 9 iff a, t a-l 
... + a, is divisible by 9. 
function over R. 
a, is divisible 
(a) Let 
V(F) be the vector space of all real valued 
e 
Let V, 
= {f e 
V| f(x) = f(-x) 
xE R) 
and V, ={f e Vf(-x) = -f(x) ¼xe R) 
V = 
V, 
V 
(6.5) 
Prove that V, and V, are subspaces of 
V and 
(6) 


4810 
5. 
(b) Let V(F) be a vector space and let S, c S, E V. 
Prove that 
(i) Ifs, is linearly dependent then S, is linearly 
dependent 
5 
(ii) If S, is linearly independent then S, is 
linearly independent 
(c) Show that S: 
a basis for M,y(R). 
defined by 
(6) 
T(a,, a,, a,) = (a, - a,, 2a,). 
forms 
(a) Let T: 
R' ’ 
R? be the linear transformation 
(6) 
P.T.0. 


4810 
Find Null space and Rangc space of T and verify 
Dimcnsion Theorem. 
6 
(b) Define T: M,y(R) ’ P,(R) by T 
(2d)x + bx? 
Let 
a b 
c 
d 
(6.5) 
= (a + b) + 
i = 1,2,..., 1 
and 
Y= {1, X, x} be basis of M,y(R) and P,(R) 
respectively. Compute [T]. 
(6.5) 
(c) Let V and 
W be vector spaces over F, and suppose 
that v,, V.., V,} be a basis for V. For w,, W,,..., 
w, 
in 
W. Prove that there exists exactly one linear 
transformation T: V ’ 
W 
such that T(v) = w, for 
(6.5) 


4810 
6. 
(a) Let T be the linear operator on R? define by 
Find [Tl_r" 
7 
T 
2a +b 
Let B be the standard ordered basis for R² and let 
a -3b ) 
Furthermore, 
(b) Let V and W be finite dimensional vector spaces 
with ordered basis ß and Y respectively. Let 
(6.5) 
T: V ’ W be linear. Then T is invertible if and 
only if [T] is invertible. 
[r-(TL). 
(6.5) 
P.T.0. 


4810 
8 
(c) Let V, W and Z be finite dimensional vector 
spaces with ordered basis a, B, y respectively. Let 
T: V ’W and U: W’Zbe linear transformations. 
Then [UT)-[u],(T 
(6.5)

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

Your Roll Nov cecccecceeee
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1013 C
Unique Paper Code > 32351501
Name of the Paper : BMATHS11 - Metric Spaces
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics

CBCS (LOCF)

Semester : Vv
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Deshbandnu.College Library
Kalkaii, New Dalhi-19

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Instructions for Candidates

2. Attempt any two parts from each question.

1. (a) Let (X, dq) be a metric space. Define the mapping

d*: X x X @ KR by

J (%Y)=Tay)

P.T.O.


2
1013

Show that (X, d*) is a metric space and d*(x, y)<]

for every X,Y € X. (6)

(b) Let (Xq)p>; be a sequence of real numbers defined
]

by x, =a, X,=b and Xnso = 5 (Xnet +x,) for

n = 1,2,°::. Prove that (Xn) asy is a Cauchy

sequence in R with usual metric. (6)

~

(c) Define a complete metric space. Is the metric
space (Z,d) of integers, with usual metric d,a
complete metric space? Justify. (6)

2. (a) (i) Let (X, d) be a metric space. Show that for
every pair of distinct points x and y of X,
there exist disjoint open sets U and V such

thatx © U,y e Vv, (2)


1013 3

(ii) Give an example of the following:

(a) A set in a metric space which is neither a

closed ball nor an open set. (1)

(b) A metric space in which the interior of the
intersection of an arbitrary family of the
subsets may not be equal to the intersection

of the interiors of the members of the

family. (2)

(c) A metric space in which every singleton is

an open set. (1)

(b) Let (X, d) be a metric space. Let ‘A be a subset

of X. Define closure of A and show that it is the

smallest closed superset of A. (6)

(c) Let (X,d) be a complete metric space. Let (F,)

be a nested sequence of non-empty closed subsets

P.T.O.


1013

of X such that d(F,) > 0. Show that a :
n=] n Is

a singleton. Does it hold if -
if (X, d) is incomplete?

Justify.
(6)

3. (a) Let (X, d,) and (Y, dy) be metric spaces and

f: X — Y bea function. Prove that fis continuous

on X if and only if f(A)cf(A) for all subsets

A of X.
(6)

(b) Let A and B be non-empty disjoint closed subsets
of a metric space (X, d). Show that there is a
continuous real valued function f on X such that
tee f(x)=1, Vx e Band 0 ¥ f(x) <1,

x € X. Further show that there exist disjoint

Open s
ubsets G, H of X such that ACG and
BCH. -

(6)


1013 5
(c) Define a dense subset of a metric space (X, d).
Let AC X, Show that A is dense in X if and only
if AC has empty interior. Give an example of a

metric space that has only one dense subset.

(6)

4. (a) Show that the metrics d,, d, and d_, defined on R

by

d,(x,y) = Dizi Xi — Vil»

dy(x,y) = (LEaGi- ys?) and

do(x%, y) = max{|x;—- yl: 1 <i <7}

are equivalent where x = (X). Xo. 77° x) and

y = (¥, Yo 77) Yq) (6.5)

(b) Show that the function f: R > (-1, 1) defined by

X .
=r is a homeomorphism but not an
X

(6.5)

isometry.

P.T.O.


1013 6

(c) (i) Let (X, d) be a complete metric space.
Let T: X — X be a mapping such that
d(Tx,Ty) < d(x, y), Vx, y € X. Does T always
have a fixed point? Justify. (4)

(ii) Let X be any non-empty set and T: X > X
be a mapping such that T" (where n is a
natural number, n>1) has a unique fixed
point x, € X. Show that X is also a unique

fixed point of T. (2.5)

5. (a) Let (IR, d) be the space of real numbers with usual
metric. Prove that a connected subset of E
must be an interval. Give an example of two
connected subsets of E, such that their union is

disconnected; | (4+2.5)

(b) Let (X,d) be a metric Space such that every
two points of X are contained in some connected

Subset of X. Show that (xX, d) is connected.

(6.5)


1013 | 7
(c) Let (X, d) be a metric space. Then prove that
(X, d) is disconnected if and only if there exists a
continuous mapping of (X, d) onto the discrete two

element space (X,, d,). (6.5)

6. (a) Prove that homeomorphism preserves compactness.

Hence or otherwise show that

S(0,1) = {z e C: |z| < 1} and

S[0,1] = {z € C: |z| < 1}

are not homeomorphic. (4+2.5)

(b) Let (X, d) be a metric space and A c X such that
every sequence in A has a subsequence converging
in A. Show that for any B c X, there is a point
p € A such that d(p,B) = d(A,B). If B be a closed
subset of X such that A ©™ B = 9, show that*

d(A,B) > 0. (4.5+2)

P.T.O.


1013 8

(c) Let f be a continuous real-valued function
on
a compact metric space (X, dy), then show that
; a
f is bounded and attains its bounds. Does th
e

result hold when X is not compact? Justify

(442.5)

(1500)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Instructions for Candidates

Your Roll No.u.......eseeeee

1049 C
32351502

BMATHS12: Group Theory-I
B.Sc. (H) Mathematics
V

Maximum Marks : 75

Deshbandnu.College Library
naikail. New Delhi-12

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. All questions are compulsory.

3. Question No. 1 has been divided into 10 parts and
each part is of 1.5 marks.

4. Each question from Q. Nos. 2 to 6 has 3 parts and
each part is of 6 marks. Attempt any two parts from

each Question.

1. State true (T) or false (F). Justify your answer in

brief.

(i) A group of order p’, p is a prime is always

isomorphic to Z,,.

P.T.O.


1049
(ii
(iii)
(iv)

(v)

(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)

(x)

2.

(b) Defile the characteristic

2

A group of order 15 is always cyclic,
A group of order 14 is simple.

The smallest positive integer n such that there
are two non-isomorphic groups of order n is 6,

Every inner automorphism induced by an element
a’ of group G is an automorphism of G.

A abelian group of order 12 must have an
element of order either 2 or 3.

U(105) is isomorphic to external direct product
of U(21) and-U(5). |

Center of a group G is always a subgroup of

normalizer of A in G, where A is any subset of
G.

Aut(Z,,) is a cyclic group of automorphisms of
G.

The largest possible order for an element of
LZ, B Z,, iS 60.

(a) Define inner automorphism induced by an element

‘a’ of group G and find the group of all inner
automorphisms of D,.

and the commutator

Subgroup of a group. Prove that the centre of a
8roup is characteristic subgroup of the group.


1049 3

Sx

(c) Let G'be the subgroup of commutators of a group
G. Prove that G/G' is abelian, Also, prove that if
G/N is abelian, then N 2 G’

(a) Determine the number of cyclic subgroups of order
15 in Zo) ® L356:

(b) Define the internal direct product of the subgroups
H and K of a group G. Prove that every group of
order p?, where p is a prime, is isomorphic to Zp
or Zp@ Zp (external direct product of Zp with
itself).

(c) Consider the group G = {1, 9, 16, 22, 29, 53, 74,
79, 81} under multiplication modulo 91. Determine
the isomorphism class of G.

(a) Show that the additive group Z acts on itself by
z.a = zta for all z,a eZ.

(b) Show that an action is faithful if and only if its
kernel is the identity subgroup.

(c) Let G be a group. Let H be a subgroup of G. Let
G act by left multiplication on the set A of all left
cosets of H in G. Let m,, be the permutation
representation of G associated with this action.
Prove tha,t

P.T.O.


1049 4

Ds

(i) G acts transitively on A
(ii) The stabilizer of the point 1H © A is the
subgroup H.

Pr _ a & |
(iii) Ker ,, = Oyeg 4Hx

(a) Let G be a permutation group on 4 set A (G is
subgroup of S,), let cé G and let a<¢ A. Prove
thato Go! = Go,» here G, denotes stabilizer of
x. Deduce that if G acts transitively on A then
Neg 5G, 7! = 1.

(b) Show that every group of order 56 has a proper
nontrivial normal subgroup.

(c) State Index theorem and prove that a group of
order 80 is not simple.

(a) State the Class Equation for a finite group G. and
use it to prove that p-groups have non trivial
centers. *

(b) Prove that group of order 255 is always cyclic.
AS
(c) Show that the alternating group As does not contain
a subgroup of order 30, 20, or 15.


(This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

Your Roll NoO....cceeeeeeess
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1132 . . €&
Unique Paper Code : 32357501
Name of the Paper : DSE-I Numerical Analysis
(LOCF)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics
Semester : WV
Duration: 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates Deshbandnu.Collage Library
Kalkall, New Delhi-1S :

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. All six questions are compulsory.

3. Attempt any two parts from each question.

4. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator Is

allowed.

P.T.O.


1132

1.

2

(a) Define fixed point of a function and construct an
algorithm to implement the fixed point iteration
scheme to find a fixed point of a function. Find

‘the fixed point of f(x) = 2x(1 — x). (6)

(b) Perform four iterations of Newton's Raphson
method to find the positive square root of 18. Take

initial approximation x,=4. (6)

/

(c) Find the root of the equation x? — 2x — 6= 0 in the

interval (2, 3) by the method of false position.

Perform three iterations. (6)

(a) Define the order of convergence of an iterative
method for finding an approximation to the root of

g(x) = 0. Find the order of convergence of

Newton's iterative formula. (6.5)
(b) Find a root of the equation x? — 4x — 8 = 0 in the

interval (2, 3) using the Bisection method till fourth

iteration. (6.5)


1132 3

(c) Perform three iterations of secant method to
determine the location of the approximate root of
the equation x3 + x? — 3x — 3 = 0 on the interval

(1, 2). Given the exact value of the root is

x = 3, compute the absolute error in the

approximations just obtained. (6.5)

y

3. (a) Using scaled partial pivoting during the factor step,

find matrices L, U and P such that LU = PA

1 1 2
where A=] —1 0 2 (6.5)
3 2 -1

(b) Set up the SOR method with w=0.7 to solve the

system of equations:
3X, - X, + x, = 4

2x, ~ Ox, + 3x, = -]3

P.T.O.


4,

9 4

9x, + 7X, — 20x, 7

Take the initial approximation as XM (0. 0) 0)

and do three iterations, (6.5)

(c) Set up the Gauss-Jacobi itcration scheme to solve

the system of cquations:

10x, oF hg 4x, 3]

x, + 10x, 5X, -23

3x, - 2x, + 10x, = 38

Take the initial approximation as X = (1, 1, 0)

and do three iterations. (6.5)

(a) Obtain the p;
the Piecewise linear interpolating

Polynomials for the

function {(x) defined by the
data:


(6)

(b) Calculate the Newton second order divided

. }
difference we) of based on the points Xgy Xyo Xa

(6)

(c) Obtain the Lagrange form of the smterpolating

polynomial for the following data:

(6)

p.T.0.


(a) Find the highest degree of the polynomial for which
the second order backward difference

approximation for the first derivative |

3 f (xo) ~4f (Xo—h)+ Ff (x9-2h)

t' (Xo) = an

provides the exact value of the derivative

irrespective of h. : (6)

(0) Derive second-order forward difference

approximation to the first derivative of a function

f given by

~ ~3f (0) +4f (29h) (x94 2h) |
2h

(6)


1132 7

(c) Approximate the derivative of f(x) = Sin xX at Xo
= j using the second order central difference
formula taking h = Y % and 1/8 and then
extrapolate from these values using Richagdson

extrapolation. (6)

6. (a) Using the Simpson's rule, approximate the vabue

of the integral fp nx dx... Verify thet the

theoretical error bound holds. (6.5)

(b) Apply Euler's method to approximate taesoluten

of initial value problem = = —,O<t $25 x(0) =

1 and N = 4.

Given that the exact solution is X(t) =y2e —‘L»
(6.S)

compute the absolute error at each steno.


1132 S
(c) apply the optimal RK method to approximate the

‘2 a — én Sad ax x
calution of the initial value problem Wy > L+ >,

P<t<3,x(D= i taking the step size as h = 0.5.

(6.5)

(1500)

[This question paper contains 8 printed pags 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4512 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
1. 
Your R 
: 3235 1601 
Instructions for Candidates 
: VI 
: BMATH 613 -
Complex 
Analysis 
B.Sc. (H) Mathematics 
ANo2023 
All questions are compulsory. 
LIBRARY 
E 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
3. 
Attempt two parts from each question. 
(a) Find and sketch, showing corresponding 
orientations, the images of the hyperbolas 
under the transformation w = z². 
X*-y' = c, (c, < 0) and 2xy = c, (c, <0) 
(6) 
P.T.0. 


4512 
2. 
(b 
(i) Prove that the limit of the function 
as z tends to 0 does not exist. 
(ii) Show that 
4z? 
z*(z-1)' 
lim 
2 
-=4 
differentiable. 
(c) Show that the following functions are nowhere 
(i) f(z) = z - z . 
(3+3-6) 
(ii) f(z) = e'cosx + ieY sinx. 
(3+3=6) 
(d) 
(i) If a function f(z) is continuous and nonzero 
at a point zn: then show that f(z) # 0 
throughout some neighborhood of that point. 
(i) Show that the function f(z) = (2' - 2)ee-iy 
is entire. 
(3+3-6) 
(a) 
(i) Write lexp(2z + i)| and exp(iz')| in terms of 
X and y. Then show that 
exp exp (2z + i) + exp(iz²)| < e?x + e -2xy 


4512 
(i) Find the valuc of 
such that 
(b) Show that 
3 
e'=1t3i 
() cos(iz) = cos(iz) for all z; 
(c) Show that 
(ii) sin(iz) = sin(iz) if and only if z = nzi 
(n= 0 1, +2,....). 
(i) log log (i?) = 2logi where 
logz = Inr + i9(r > 0, 
4 
(ii) log 1log (i) * 2logi where 
3T 
(3.5+3=6.5) 
4 
(d) Find all zeros of sinz and cosz. 
(3.5+3-6.5) 
9 
logz = Inr + i0(r>0, 
< 
< 
). 
4 
4 
(3.5+3=6.5) 
(3.5+3=6.5) 
P.T.O. 
i9(r > 0. 
<0<. 


4512 
3. 
(a) State Fundamental theorem of Calculus. 
Evaluate the following integrals to test if 
Fundamental theorem of Calculus holds true or 
not: 
4 
n/2 
(0 
exp(t+it)dt 
(b) Let y(x) be a real valued function defined 
piecewise on the interval 0 s xs 1 as 
(2+2+2=6) 
y(x) = x'sin(/x), 0 < xs1 and y(0) = 0 
(1) an arc 
Does this equation z = X + iy, 0sxsl represent 
(ii) A smooth arc. Justify. 
Find the points of intersection of this arc with real 
axis. 
(2+2+2=6) 
(c) For an arbitrary smooth curve C: z= z(t), a <t<b, 
from a fixed point z, to another fixed point z,, 
show that the value of the integral depends only 
on the end points of C. 


4512 
4. 
State if it is independent of the arc under 
consideration or not? 
Also, find its value around any closed contour. 
(3+1+2=6) 
5 
(d) Without evaluation of the integral, prove that 
1 
2/5 
-1 
where 
C is the straight line 
segment from 2 to 2 +i. Also, state the theorem 
used. 
(4+2-6) 
(a) Use the method of antiderivative to show that 
z-z0) dz=0, n = +1, +2,-- where C is any 
closed contour which does not pass through the 
point z: State the corresponding result used. 
(4+2.5=6.5) 
(b) Use Cauchy Gourset theorem to evaluate : 
(6) f(z)dz , when f(z) = +2z+2 
and C is 
the unit circle z = 1 in either direction. 
P.T.0. 


5. 
4512 
() (z)dz , when f(2) 
the circle |z- 2| = 2. 
6 
COS Z 
(d) Evaluate the following integrals : 
+8 
(c) State and prove Cauchy Integral Formula. 
S-2 
5z +7 
z+2%-3 
(i) 2-s-2ds, 
and C is 
(3+3.5=6.5) 
is the circle |z = 3. 
dz, where C is the positive 
oriented boundary of the square whose 
sides lie along the lines x 
+2 and y = +2. 
(2+4.5-6.5) 
ds, 
z #3 at z = 2, where C 
(3.5+3-6.5) 
(a) If a series of complex numbers converges then 
prove that the nth term converges to zero as n 
tends to infinity. Is the converse true? Justify. 
(6.5) 


4512 
6. 
(b) Find the 
f(z) = sinh z. 
(c) If a series 
Maclaurin series for the function 
7 
all points interior to some circle z-z= R, then 
prove that it is the Taylor series for the function 
(6.5) 
f(z) in powers 
of z- Zo 
converges to f(z) at 
(d) Find the integral of f(z) around the positively 
(a) For the given function f(z)=| 
(6.5) 
oriented circle (z = 3 when (Z)=7-)(2z+5) 
f(z)=z' sin 
z 
2z+1 
(3z +2) 
3 
(6.5) 
singular point is a pole. Determine the order of 
each pole and find the corresponding residue. 
show any 
(b) Find the Laurent Series that represents the function 
(6) 
in the domain 0 < z < 0. 
(6) 
P.T.0. 


4512 
(c) Suppose that z,, 
n=1 
11 
s 
8 
SX+ iY. T'hen show that 
X x, + iy., (n 
- 1,2,3,...) and 
n=S ifr,N, = X andYn = Y. 
= 
f(z)dz = 2ni 
(d) If a function f(z) is analytic everywhere in the 
finite plane except for a finite number of singular 
points interior to a positively oriented simple closed 
contour C, then show that 
1 
(6) 
(6) 


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.J 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4749 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Your Roll 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
: 32357614 
: DSE-3 MATHEMATICAL 
FINANCE 
AMDHU, 
LIBRARY 
: B.Sc. (H) Mathematics 
CBCS (LOCF) 
:VI 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt any two parts from each question. 
All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks. 
Use of Scientific calculator, Basic calculator and 
Normal distribution tables all are allowed. 
I. (a) Explain Duration of a zero-coupon bond. A 5-year 
bond with a yield of 12% (continuously 
compounded) pays a 10% coupon at the end of 
each year. 
P.T.0. 


4749 
2 
(i) What is the bond's price? 
(ii) Use duration to calculate the effect on the 
bond's price of a 0.1% decrease in its 
yield? (You can use the exponential values: 
ex = 0.8869, 0.7866, 0.6977, 0.6188, and 
0.5488 for x = -0.12, -0.24, -0.36, -0.48. 
and -0.60, respectively) 
(b) Portfolio A consists of l-year zero coupon with a 
face value of 2000 and a 10-year zerO Coupon 
bond with face value of 6000. Portfolio B consists 
of a 5.95-year zero coupon bond with face value 
of 5000. The current yield on all bonds is 10% 
per annum. 
(i) Show that both portfolios have the same 
duration. 
(ii) What are the percentage changes in the 
values of the two portfolios for a 5% per 
annum increase in yields? 
(You can use the exponential values: ex = 0.905, 
0.368, 0.552, 0.861.0.223 and 0,409 for x =-0.1 
-1.0, -0.595, -0.15, -1.5 and -0.893 respectively) 
(c) Explain difference between Continuous Compounding 
and Monthly Compounding. What rate of interest 
with continuous compounding is equivalent to 170 
per annum with monthly compounding? 


4749 
2. 
3 
(d) 
(i) "When the zero curve is upward sloping, the 
zero rate for a particular maturity is greater 
than the par yield for that maturity. When 
the zero curve is downward sloping the 
reverse is true." Explain. 
(ii) Why does loan in the repo market involve 
very little credit risk? 
(a) Explain Hedging. How is the risk managed when 
Hedging is done using? 
(i) Forward Contracts; (ii) Options 
(b) 
(i)) Suppose that a March call option to buy a 
share for50 costs 2.50 and is held until 
March. Under what circumstances will the 
holder of the option make a profit? Under 
what circumstances will the option be 
exercised? 
(ii) It is May, and a trader writes a September 
put option with a strike price of 
20. The 
stock price is 18, and the option price is R2. 
Describe the trader's cash flows if the option 
is held until September and the stock price is 
25 at that time. 
P.T.0. 


4749 
3. 
4 
(c) Write a short note on European put options. Explain 
the payofs in different types of put option positions 
with the help of diagrams. 
(d) 
(i) A trader writes an October put option with a 
strike price of R35. The price of the option is 
6. Under what circumstances does the trader 
make a gain. 
(ii) A company knows that it is due to receive a 
certain amount of a foreign currency in 6 
months. 
What type of option contract is 
appropriate for hedging? 
(a) Draw the diagrams illustrating the effect of 
changes in volatility and risk-free interest rate on 
both European call and put option prices when 
S, =50, K=50, r=5%, o=30%, and T = 1. 
(b) Derive the put-call parity for European options on 
a non-dividend-paying stock. Use put-call parity 
to derive the relationship between the vega of a 
European call and the vega of a European put on 
a non-dividend-paying stock. 
(C) A European call option and put option on a stoCK 
both have a strike price of 20 and an expiration 
date in 3 months. Both sell for R3. The risk-free 
interest rate is 10% per annum, the current stock 


4749 
4. 
price is 
19, and a ?1 dividend is expected in 1 
month. ldentify the arbitragc opportunity open 
a trader? (e 0.0083 
0.9917) 
(d) Find lower bound and upper bound for the price 
of a 1-month European put option on a non 
dividend-paying stock when the stock price is 30, 
the strike price is 34, and the risk-free interest 
rate is 6% per annum? Justify your answer with 
arbitrage arguments, (e-0.05 = 0.9950) 
(a) Consider the standard one-period model where 
the stock price goes from S, to S,u or S,d with 
d<1<u, and consider an option which pays f, or 
f, in each case, and assume that the interest rate 
is r and time to maturity is T. Derive the formula 
for the no-arbitrage price of the option. 
(b) A stock price is currently 40. It is known that at 
the end of one month it will be either 42 or ?38. 
The risk-free interest rate is 6% per annum with 
continuous compounding. Consider a portfolio 
consisting of one short call and A shares of the 
stock. What is the value of A which makes the 
portfolio riskless? Using no-arbitrage arguments, 
find the price of a one-month European call option 
with a strike price of 39? (You can use 
exponential value: e0005 = 1.005) 
P.T.0. 


4749 
5. 
6 
(c) Construct a two-period binomial tree for stock and 
European call option with 
S, =100, u = 1.3, d= 0.8, r=0.05, T =l year, K =795 
and each period being of length At = 0.5 year. 
Find the price of the European call. If the call 
was American, 
will it be optimal to exercise the 
option early? Justify your answer. (e0.025 = 0.9753) 
(d) What do you mean by the volatility of a stock? 
How can we estimate volatility from historical 
prices of the stock? 
(a) Let S, denote the current stock price, o the 
volatility of the stock, r be the risk-free interest 
rate and T denote a future time. In the 
Black 
Scholes model, the stock price S. at time T in the 
risk-neutral world satisfies 
In S ~ In So + r 
T, G²T 
where (m, v) denotes a norma distribution with 
mean m and variance v. 
Using risk-neutral valuation, derive the Black 
Scholes formula for the price of a European call 
option on the underlying stock S. strike price k 
and maturity T. 


4749 
6. 
7 
(b) A stock price follows log normal distribution with 
an expected return of 16% and a volatility of 35%. 
The current price is 38. What is the probability 
that a European call option on the stock with an 
exercise price of 40 and a maturity date in six 
months will be exercised? (You can use values: 
In(38) = 3.638, In(40) = 3.689) 
(c) What is the price of a European call option on a 
non-dividend-paying stock when the stock price is 
769, the strike price is 70, the risk-free interest 
rate is 5% per annum, the volatility is 35% per 
annum, and the time to maturity is six months? 
(You can use exponential values: e0144 = 0.9857, 
é-0.025 = 0.9753) 
(d) A stock price is currently R40. Assume that 
the expected return from the stock is 15% and 
that its volatility is 25%. What is the probability 
distribution for the rate of return (with continuous 
compounding) earned over a 2-year period? 
(a) Discuss theta of a portfolio of options and calculate 
the theta of a European call option On a non 
dividend-paying stock where the stock price is 49, 
the strike price is 50, the risk-free interest rate 
is 5% per annum and the time to maturity is 20 
weeks, and the stock price volatility is 30% per 
annum. (In(49/50) = -0.0202 ) 
P.T.0. 


4749 
(b) () Explain stop-loss hedging scheme. 
(ii) What does it mean to assert that the delta of 
a call option is 0.7? How can a short position 
in 1,000 options be made delta neutral when 
the delta of each option is 0.7? 
8 
(c) Find the payoff from a butterfly spread created 
using call options. Also draw the profit diagram 
corresponding to this trading strategy. 
(d) Companies X and Y have been offered the 
following rates per annum on a ?5 million 10-year 
investment : 
Company X 
Company Y 
Fixed rate 
8.0% 
8.8% 
Floating rate 
LIBOR 
LIBOR 
Company X requires a fixed-rate investment; 
Company Y requires a floating-rate investment. 
Design a swap that will net a bank, acting as 
intermediary, 0.2% per annum and that will appear 
equally attractive to X and 
Y. 


rThis question paper contains 4 printed pageCe 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4792 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
of this question paper. 
Your RoNo23 
LIBRARY 
: 32351602 
: Ring Theory and Linear 
Algebra - II 
B.Sc. (H) Mathematics 
(CBCS- LOCF) 
: VI 
your answer. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
All the questions are compulsory. 
Z{x]. 
E 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Attempt any two parts from each question. 
Marks of each part are indicated 
(a) 
(i) Prove that If F is a field, then F[x] is a 
Principal Ideal Domain. 
(ii) Is Z[x], a Principal Ideal Domain? Justity 
(b) Prove that <x' + 1> i 
not a maximal ideal in 
P.T.0. 


4792 
(c) State and prove the reducibility test for polynomials 
of degree 2 or 3. Does it fail in higher order 
polynomials? Justify. 
(4+2,6,6) 
2. (a) () State and prove Gauss's Lemma. 
3. 
(ii) Is every irreducible polynomial over Z 
primitive? Justify. 
(b) Construct a field of order 25. 
(o) In z V-S)| 
but not prime. 
prove that 1+3/|(-5) is irreducible 
(a) Let V = R and define f,, f,, f, e V* as follows : 
f{ (x, y, z) = x -2y, 
I,(x, y, z) = x + y + z, 
f(x, y, z) = y - 3z. 
(4+2.5,6.5,6.5) 
Prove that {f,, f,, f,} is a basis for V* and then 
find a basis for V for which it is the dual basis. 
(c) Let A= 
(6) Test the linear operator T: P,(IR) ’ P,(R), T(I(X)) 
= f(0) +t f(1)(x t x²) for diagonalizability and it 
diagonalizable, find a basis B for V such that [TJ 
is a diagonal 
matrix. 
E M22(R). Find an expression for 
A" where n is an arbitrary natural number. (6.6,6) 


4792 
4. 
(a) For a linear operator T: 
R 
R, T(a, b, c) 
(-b+c, a tc, 3e), determine thc T-cyclic subspace 
W of R generated by c, = (|, 0, 0). 
Also find the 
characteristic polynomial of the operator T: 
5. 
(b) State Caylev-Hamilton theorem and verify it for 
the linear operator T:P, (IR) ’ 
P,(R), T({(X)) 
f(x). 
3 
(c) Show that the vector space 
R* = W, 
W, 
W, 
where 
W, = {(a, b, 0, 0): a, b e R), W,= {(0,0, 
c, 0): c e R} and 
W, = {(0,0,0, d): d e R}. 
Z, W E 
(a) Consider the vector space C over R with an inner 
product K.,.>. Let z denote the conjugate of 2. 
Show that <.,.> defined by <z, W>'=<Z,w> for 
all z, we C is also an inner product on 
C. Is 
<.,.>" defined by <z, w> "=<z + Z, w+ w> for all 
an inner product on C? Justify your 
answer. 
(6.5,6.5,6.5) 
(b) Let V= P(R) with the inner product <p(x), q(x)> 
= 
p(ta()dt Vp(x), q(x) e V. Compute the 
orthogonal projection of the vector p(x) = x?*- on 
P,(R), where k e N. 
p T 


4792 
6. 
4 
(c) 
(i) For the inner product space V = P, (R) with 
<f, g> = 
f()g(t)dt and the linear operator 
T on V defined by T() = f+ 3f, compute 
T(4- 2t). 
(ii) For the standard inner product space 
and a linear transformation g: V ’ 
by g(a,, a,, a,) = a, - 2a,+ 4a,, find a vector 
ye V such that g(x) =<x, y> for all x e V. 
(6,6,2+4) 
(a) Prove that a normal operator T on a finite 
dimensional complex inner product space V yields 
an orthonormal basis for V consisting of 
eigenvectors of T. Justify the validity of the 
conclusion of this result if V isa finite-dimensional 
real inner product space. 
(b) Let V= M,..(R) and T: V ’ 
V be 
(2 
1 
T is normal, self-adjoint, or neither. If possible, 
produce an orthonormal basis of eigenvectors of 
T for V and list the corresponding eigenvalues. 
(c) For the matrix 
A =|1 2 
V= R' 
1 1 
1 
R given 
1 
1 
2 
find an orthogonal 
matrix P and a diagonal matrix D such that 
P'AP = D. 
(6.5,6.5,6.5) 
(1000) 
V 
a linear 
operator given by T(A) = AT. Determine whether 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. 
No. of Question Paper : 4873 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
(25) 
4. 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
Your Roll o..2.02.3e 
LIBRARY 
E 
: 32357610 
: DSE-4 (Number Theory) 
: CBCS (LOCF) - B.Sc. (H) 
(Mathematics) 
:VI 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
All questions are compulsory. 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Attempt any two parts of each question. 
Question Nos. 1 to 3, each part carries 6.5 marks 
and Question Nos. 4 to 6, each part carries 6 marks. 
(a) Determine all solutions in the positive integers of 
the Diophantine equation 
18x + 5y = 48. 


4873 
2. 
2 
(b) Using Euclidean algorithm and theory of Jinear 
Diophantine cquation, divide 100 into two 
summands such that one is divisible by 7 and other 
by l1. 
(c) Write a short note on Prime number theorem. 
(d) If ca = cb (mod n) then prove that a b (mod n/d), 
where d = gcd (C, n). 
(a) Verify that 0, 1,2, 2?, 2 ......2° form a complete 
set of residues moduio 11, but that 0, 12, 22, 32 
102 do not. 
(b) Find the solutions of the system of congruences: 
3x + 4y = 5 (mod 13) 
2x + Sy =7 (mod 13). 
(C) Use Fermat's theorem to verify that 17 divides 
1]104 + 1. 
(d) Find the remainder when 2026!) is divided by 
29. 


4873 
3. 
4. 
3 
() Let F and fbe two number 
related by the formula 
F(n)-Xr(a) 
d/n 
theorctic functions 
Prove f(n) = EH(d)F(n/d) - EdnH(n/d)F(d). 
(b) Verify that 1000! terminates in 249 zeros. 
(c) Use Euler's theorem for any integer a, to prove 
that al3= a (mod 2730) 
On) = nnH(d)/d. 
(d) Prove that 
Ø (2^- 1) is a multiple of n for any 
n> 1. 
(a) For any positive integer n, prove 
(b) Define primitive roots of an integer by an example 
and show that if F. = 22" + 1, n>1, is a prime 
then 2 is not a primitive root of F,. 
(c) If p is a prime number and dlp-1, then show that 
there are exactly o(d) incongruent integers having 
order d modulo p. 
(d) Determine all the primitive roots 
of the primes 
p=11,19, and 23, expressing each as a power of 
one of the roots. 


4873 
5. 
(a) If gcd (m, n) = 1, where m > 2 and n> 2, then 
prove that the integer 'mn' has no primitive roots. 
6. 
4 
(b) Solve the quadratic congruence 
3x? + 9x + 7 = 0(mod 13). 
(c) Show that 3 is quadratic residue of 23, but a 
nonresidue of 31. 
(d) Prove that there are infinitely many primes of the 
form 4k+1. 
(a) Find the value of Legendre symbol (1234/4567). 
(b) Solve the quadratic congruence 
x² = 23 (mod 7). 
(c) Using the linear cipher C= 5P + 11 (mod 26), 
encrypt the message NUMBER THEORY IS 
EASY. 
(d) When the RSA algorithm is based on the key 
(n, k) = (3233, 37), what is the recovery exponent 
for the cryptosystem?

[This question paper soln 4 printed pages]

Your Roll No. : wee QD. cee

Sl. No. of Q. Paper : 7461 J
Unique Paper Code : 32351101 - OC
Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.)
Mathematics

Name of the Paper : Calculus 7

ASOHU FN
Semester :] éy eB
Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75
Instructions for Candidates : ee LIBRARY

>

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately Qf
on receipt of this question paperxy | ww

(b) All the sections are compulsory. . 4 Naw La

(c) All questions carry equal marks,

(d) Use of non-program

mable scientific
calculator is allowed.

Section-I

Note : Attempt any four questions from this Section.

i, Wy- sin’' x, prove that OU es2-(2n+1)xyne1—nPy, =0.

|
aph of f(x)=—__, |
2. Sketch the graph of f(x) x41 37 by finding
intervals of increase and decreas ve
points, points of relative Maxim and wine?!
concavity of the graph and inflection Points ma,

P.T.O.


7461

3. Evaluate analytically following problem :

ims (4)
x

4. Suppose a manufacturer estimates that, when
the market price of a certain product is p, the number

of units sold will be = -sin| 2) . It is also

estimated that the cost of producing these x

units will be C(x)=4xe © +30.

(a) Find the average cost, the marginal cost,
and the marginal revenue for this production
process.

(b) What level of production x corresponds to
maximum profit ?

5S. Sketch the graph of th
coordinates re qe cone.” curve in polar

Section - II

Note : Attempt any four questions from this
Section.

6. Find the reduction formula for | x"e*dx and

hence evaluate = ji xe “¥ dx
7. Find the volume of the solid generated when

the region enclosed by the curves y = /25-x’
and y = 3, is revolved about x-axis.
2


7461

8. Use cylindrical shells to find the volume of the
Solid generated when the region enclosed by
l
the curve y= —+:.x=I]x=2,y=01is revolved
x
about the line x = -1.
9. Find the exact arc length of the curve
x° +8
16x?
10. Find the area of the surface generated by

y = ——— from x = 2 tox = 3.

revolving the curve x= J9-y? , -2<y<2. about
y-axIs.
Section- III
Note: Attempt any three questions from this
Section.

11. State the reflection properties of the conic
sections : parabolas, ellipses and hyperbolas
with diagram.

12. Find an equation for the parabola that has its

vertex at (1,2) and its focus at (4,2).

13. Describe the graph of the equation 9x* + 4y? +
18x - 24y + 9 = O with rough sketch label the

foci, vertices and the ends of minor axis.

14. Trace the conic x?+2V3xy+3y? + 2V3x—2y =0
by rotating the coordinate axes to remove the xy

term.
3 P.T.0.


7461

Section - IV
Note : Attempt any four questions from this Section.

15. Find the position vector and velocity vector if
acceleration vector with initial conditions are

given as A(t)=(cost)i-(tsin t)k;R(0)=i-2j+k:
V (0) =2i+k.

16. A boy standing at the edge of a cliff throws a ball
upward at a 30 angle with an intial speed of

64 ft/s. Suppose that when the ball leaves the

boy’s hand, it is 48 ft above the ground at the
base of the cliff.

(a) What are the time of flight of the ball and
its range ?

(b) What are the velocity of the ball and its
speed at impact ?

(c) What is the highest point reached by the
ball during its flight ?

17. Find the tangential and normal components of
acceleration of an object that moves with

position vector R(t) =(sint)i+(cos t)j+(sint)k.
18, An object moves along thecurvein thg plane
described in polar form r= 3+2sint; 9 =t.
Find its velocity and acceleration in terms of
unit polars U, and U,.
19. Find the curvature and radius of curvature at
the stated point for a curve
x=e'cost, y=esint, z=et t=0
4 800


[This question paper contains 5 printed pages]

Your Roll No. (9) : er SG sesame

Sl. No. of Q. Paper : 7462 J

Unique Paper Code : 32351102 - OC

Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.)
Mathematics

Name of the Paper : Algebra

Semester 21

Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :

(i) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.

(ii) Attempt any two parts from each questions.
(iii) All questions are compulsory.

1. (a) Find the polar representation for the
complex number 6

z= 1-Cosa+iSina, ae[0, 27)
(b) Solve the equation ( 2 - 3i)z® + 1+ 5i=0.
6

ae |
(c) Compute z +r, if r+ a3. 6

n

Z

P.T.O;



7462

2.

(a) Define ~ on Z by a~bifand only if2a + 3b =5n

(b

(c

(a

(b

(c

(a

—

—

er

—

—

=

for some integer n. Prove that ~ defines an
equivalence relation on 7. 6

Define f: Z>Z by fx) = 3x5 -x.
(i) Is fone-to-one ?
(ii) Is fonto ?

Justify each answer. 6
Show that the open intervals (0, 1) and (1, 2)
have the same cardinality. 6

Define relatively prime integers. Show that
17,369 and 5,472 are relatively prime. Hence,
find integers x and y such that 17369x +
047 2y = 1. 6
(i) Show that 3°=1(mod7) and hence
evaluate 3°° (mod7).
(ii) Find all integers x(mod12) that satisfy
9x =3(mod12). 6
Use the Principle of Mathematical Induction
to prove 27" -1 is divisible by 3, Vn21. 6

Write the solution set of the given system of
equations in parametric vector form. 6.9

x, # Sx, +x, = 1
~ 4x, = Ox, + 2x, — aes |

— 3X, - 6x, =-3
2


O
LIBRA Ry : 7462

(b) Let A=|-4 2 -6]. Show that the

(¢e

(a

—

—

@ -2 4

equation Ax = b may not be consistent for

b;
every b=|b, |. Also describe the set of all

b,
vectors b for which Ax = b is consistent.

6.5

Determine h and k such that the solution
set of the given system 6.5
%, +3x, =k
4a, +hx,=8
(i) is empty.

(ii) contains a unique solution.
(iii) contains infinitely many solutions.
Boron sulphide reacts violently with water

to form boric acid and hydrogen sulphide gas.
The unbalanced equation is B,S, + H,O >

H,BO, + H,S.

Balance the chemical equation using the
vector equation approach. 6.5

3 P.T.O.


7462

(b) Find the value of h for which the following

vectors are linearly dependent. Also find a
linear dependence relation among them.

6.5

rn

l 2
a 2 s¥y = »Vv3 >= l
3 h

6

(c) A linear transformation T : R? > R? first performs

a vertical shear that maps e, into e, - 2e,,

leaves the vector e, unchanged and then

reflects point through the line x, = x,

(i) Find Matrix A such that T(x) = Ax,
xe R*.

0
(ii) Find x such that T(x) -|" 6.5

6. (a) Given:

1 0 -2]
A=|3 1 -2
- -1 9

(i) Show that the matrix A is row
equivalent to I,.

(11) Find inverse of A and hence find
inverse of A’. 6.5

4


7462

(b) Find a basis for column space for the matrix A

6.5
1 3 3 2 -9
—2 2 2 -8 2
A=
2 3 0 7 =/1

3 4 -1 11 -8

(c) Is 1 =4 an eigen value of the matrix A ?

3 0 -l
A=|2 3 <1
3 4 5
If so, find eigen space of A corresponding to
eigen value ) =4. 6.5
sor
ie
IO | JRRARY
New ye .

5 800


This question paper contains 4 printed pages]

S. No. of Question Paper : 8597

Unique Paper Code : 32351101

Name of the Paper Calculus

Name of the Course B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics
Semester : I

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question Paper.)
All sections are compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

Section I
Attempt any four questions from Section I

] State Leibnitz’s theorem for finding nth derivative ot rod
| Cc
of two functions. If y = @ Cos(In x) b sin(ln

. ”), Prove that
ry eg t (Qn + Ine + | * Dy, = 9.

PTO,


oe)

Evaluate the following limit :

lim xine

r+ ot
Find the intervals of increase and decrease of the following
function, discuss its concavity and then sketch its graph
y=(xtl)?(x-5).
Sketch the graph of the polar curve + =3cos20.
A manufacturer estimates that when ‘x’ units of a particular
commodity are produced each month, the total cost (in dollars)

will be C(x) = a +4x+200 and units can be sold at a price

of p(x)=49-x dollars per unit. Determine the price that

corresponds to the maximum profit.
Section II

Attempt any four questions from Section II.

Find a reduction formula for J cosec"xdx, n> 2 is an integer.

Evaluate | cosec’x dx.

Find the volume of the solid generated when the region bounded

by y= /25- x’, » = 3, is revolved about the x-axis,


The base of a certain solid is enclosed by y = \/y , y = 0, and
x = 4, Every cross-section perpendicular to the x-axis Is a
semicircle with its diameter across the base. Find the volume of

the solid.
Find the arc length of the parametric curve :
x=(1+ 9, y=(1+93,0<7< 1.

Find the area of the surface generated by revolving the curve

y= /4-x?,-1 <x < 1, about the x-axis.
Section III
Attempt any three questions from Section III.

Find the equation of the parabola whose focus is (-1, 4) and

directrix is x = 5,

Find the equation of the hyperbola whose foci are (1

8) and

(1, —12) and vertices are 4 units apart
Describe the graph of the equation -

9x" +4y? + 18x—24y +9 =0.



14.

15,

16.

17,

18.

8597

( 4) 8597
Identify and sketch the curve :
x? +4xy-2y? -6=0.
Section IV

Attempt any four questions from Section IV.

Evaluate :

SMSF}, WEED 9, Hoeih,
t->ot sin2¢ —_log(tan?)

The acceleration of a moving particle is A(t) = 247i + 4j. Find
the particle’s position as a function of ¢ if R(0) =i +27 and

(0) =0.

If a shot putter throws a shot from a height of 5 ft with an

angle of 46° and initial speed of 25 ft/sec, what is the horizontal

distance of the throw ?

Find T(t), N(¢) and B(s) for F(t) = cose? +sintj +k at

(=

|A

Show that the curvature of the polar curve r = e® is inversely

proportional to r.

3,300


This question paper contains 4 printed pages]

S. No. of Question Paper : 8617 aD Pero

QM oc
2 "e

Unique Paper Code : 32351102 >

| y¥™
Name of the Paper : Algebra ; LIBRARY |
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics Sy,
Semester : I New O~
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
All six questions are compulsory.

Do any two parts from each question.

1. (a) Solve the equation x4 —2x° —21x? +22x+ 40=0>

whose roots are in arithmetical progression. 5

(b) Find all the rational roots of 96y? -16y" -~6y+1=0. 5

(c) (i Find the geometric image of the complex numbers
z, such that |z+i|22.

(ii) Find the polar representation of the complex

number z = —4i and find Ar g 2. 23

(a) Find all complex numbers 2 such that |z|=1 and
Lael ay 5
Z 2

P.TO.


(5)

(c)

(a)

(6)

(c)

(a)

Solve the equation : 5
z* = 5(z-1)(z?-z +).
Show that : 5
cos 56 = 16cos’ 8—20cos’ 0+Scos0.

For (x, y) and (u, v) in R*, define (x, y)~ (u, v) if

veya’,

Prove that ~ defines an equivalence relation on R2.

Find equivalence classes of (1, 0) and (1, 1). 6

Suppose f:A—B and g:B-—C are functions :

(i) If gof is one-to-one and f is onto, prove that g
is one-to-one.

(ii) If gof is onto and g is one-to-one, prove that f
is onto. 33

Prove that the intervals (0, 1) and (0, -) have the same

cardinality. 6
(i) Suppose a and b are integers and p is a prime
such that plad. Then prove that pla or p\b.

(ii) Find the quotient q and the remainder r as defined

in division algorithm. If a = -517 and 6 = 35. 34,3


( 3) 8617

(6) Using Euclid’s Algorithm, find integers x, y such that

150x + 284y = 4. 6

(c) Using Principle of Mathematical Induction prove that

for any xE€R, x>-l, (1+x)”>l+m, VnEN. 6%

5. (a) Consider the following system of linear equations :
xX; + 3x, + x, = 1

—3x4 — 6x; = 3

‘Write the matrix equation and the vector equation of
=

—

augmented matrix to echelon form. 7

(65) Let T:R?-—R? be a linear transformation such that :
TXjy-y) = Gy — 2245. % +3453, — 225)
(7) Find standard matrix of T.

(ii) Is T one-to-one ? Is T onto ? Justify your answers.

(iii) Find X such that T(X) = (-1, 4, 9). 72
1 2 2

() (@ Let A=|]3 2 1 Find an eigenvector
0 1 #1

corresponding to an eigenvalue A = 3.

P.T.O.


8617

(ii) Show that if A is an eigenvalue of A and
PW) =, +et+0' +.....+¢2", then one eigenvalue
of p(A) is p(A). 5,2%

6. fa) (i) Using homogeneous coordinates, find the 3x3

matrix that produce the following composite

transformation : Reflect points through the x-axis,

and then rotate 30° about the origin.

(ii) Show that H = {(a, b, c)€ R*|b=2a+3c} is a
subspace of R?. 5,2%

(5) Let S= {v,, v3; V3, v,} where Vv, = (I, 2 2) ’ Vv, = (3, 2 I)
v, =(11,10,7), v,=(7,6,4). Find a basis for the

subspace W = span S of R?. What is dim W 2? 71%

(c) Compute the rank and nullity of the matrix A. Show

that rank A + nullity A = number of columns of A.

1 -2 -1

A= 2-1 3
7 -8 3). T',
5 -7 0

8617 4 3,300


question paper contains 3 printed pages. ]

This

sr. NO- of Question Paper: SEF f (42) Your Roll No2O14
unique Paper Code sraealaiiaal

Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) Mathematies

Name of the Paper >: MALT 101 Calculus-l

Semester ‘|

Duration: 3 Hours Wheximum ielacex: 15

Instruction for Candidates
1) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
2) Allthe sections are compulsory.
3) All questions carry equal marks.

4) Use of non-programmable Scientific Calculators is allowed.

Section I

Attempt any four questions from Section 1

g
1. If y= (1- x?)°2 Sin-+x, when —1<x<1 and - = x Sinv tx «< - then show that
(1 - x7) Yn41 — (2n+1)xy, - a ae = 0
2. Sketch the graph of the function f(x) = 4+ =. by determining all critical points. interval

of increase and decrease, point of relative maxima and minima, concavity of the graph,

inflection point and horizontal and vertical asymptotes.
3. Evaluate :

. _ 3 =
lim |x log(x 1) ]

Sketch the graph of r = 5 — 2Cos@ in polar.coordinates.

When the market price of a certain product is p, then number of units sold will be


P
= —6lo (=)
Avy,

It is also estimated that the cost of producing these x units will be

C(x) = 4xel-s) + 30

(a) Find the average cost, the marginal cost, and the marginal revenue for t+. -

PAUCiION
process.
; d . « A AR) ILE é
(b) What level of production x corresponds to maximum profit? IX
. . <
Section Il = ok
-
Attempt any four questions from Section IL. NE ie. .

Find the reduction formula for fsec"x dx where n2 2 is an integer. Hence. evaluate

f sec®x dx.

Find the volume of solid that results when the region enclosed by x = y? and x=y is

revolved about the line y = —1.
Use cylindrical shell method to find the volume of the solid generated when the region
epclosed by the curves xy = L.x+y= 5 is revolved about the x — axis.
Find the are length of the parametric curve x = a(t + Sint), y = a(1 — cos t) for —7<
t<7.
Find the area of the surface generated by revolving the parametric curve x = Cos*t,y =
Sin*t,0 < t < /, about the y-axis.
Section III
Attempt any four questions from Section LIT.

Find the equation of the hyperbola passing through the origin with asymptotes y = 2x+1

andy = —2x+3,


Find the equation of the ellipse having foci at (0, +6), length of the mir
eee 1OF axis

Identify and sketch the following curve :

153x2 — 192xy + 97y* — 30x — 40y - 200 = 0,

( i -QOHU
identify and sketch the following curve : ge ,
23 =0 hy
a _ _ = i
y* — 8x — 6y M Gisenn
Section IV \t ,

Attempt any four questions from Section IV.

If F(t) is a differentiable vector valued function of t of constant length then show t2t F(t) is

orthogonal to its derivative for all t.

Evaluate fi F(t) dt, where F(t) = (sec? t, -2 cost, 1).

Express the acceleration of the particle in the form arT + ayN, where T is the uzit tangent
vector and N is the unit normal vector, given that the particle moves so that its position at any
time t is r(t) = (et cost, e'sint, V2e'), t > 0.

Find the curvature and radius of curvature of the twisted cubic for a curve r(t) = (t, t?,t?) at
ageneral point and at (0,0, 0).

A projectile is fired from ground level at angle 30° with muzzle speed of 80 ft/s. Find time of

flight and the range.


Ch Ae YAP SEIE a01

Unique Paper Code > 235103 L3

Name of the Paper : Analysis- |

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Mathematics

Semester |

Duration :3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. On the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
All questions are compulsory.

~ O; “sy
Attempt any three parts from each question. Ses €o {Len

/s as
& oa
|. (a) State and prove the triangle inequality and show that 4 a
\*
llal—|bI|<|a—b] va,beR. Loma, wee

(b) Let S be a nonempty bounded set in R. Leta > 0 and aS = {as:s € S}.
Show that sup(aS) = a sup(S).
(c) State and Prove Archimedean property of real numbers.

1]
(d) If y>0, show that there exists n € N such that on

2. (a) Show that intersection of an arbitrary family of closed sets is a closed set. Is this result
true for an arbitrary family of open sets? Justify your answer.

(b) Define Limit point of a set of real numbers. Prove that a point p € R_ is a limit point

ofaset S if and only if every neighbourhood of p contains infinitely many points of
$.

(c) Let (x) be a sequence of real numbers such that (x,,) converges to x, x > 0 show
that there exists a natural number k such that 5 Xn 2x, eS k,

(d) Find the following limits and use the definition of the limit of a sequence to establish
the limits


i lim 2 (re)
noco \V¥n+7/°

lim n+2

~

3. (a) Let (X,) be sequence of positive real numbers such that L =

Xn+1
x

n-o

L <1 then show that (x,) converges and lim x, = 0.
n-c

(b) State and prove the monotone convergence theorem.

(c ) Establish the convergence or divergence of the sequence (x,,) where

tq = + + -+—,V NEN. Awe COC; |
(d) Show that the following sequences are divergent d ii
és nit v- ~
il. sin(—} ). “5 S
( ( 3 ) ) Mi Ne
a

4. (a) Show that Sequence of real numbers is Cauchy if and only if it is convergent.

(b) If O<r<l and |Xn+1 —x,| <r", V nE€N.Show that (x,,) is a Cauchy

sequence.

Xa, ROOT
(c) State Root test for series of real numbers and show that the series er is
convergent.

(d) Examine the following series for convergence

100)”
x )

ii, © (Vn+1 —vn)


5. (a) Suppose i sites. ca
( pp XA, is a Series, Where a, > 0 and Ibn | S a,. Then prove that Ya_ is
4

n S ec . e ; i

your answer.

(b) Using integral test. prove that the seri
es Le (logmyr CONVerges if and only if p > 1.

jens

(c) Define conditional convergence of an infinite series, Prove that the series —
n

is conditionally convergent.

3
; x
(d ) Show that the series x +> +a) ++ converges absolutely for all values of x.
pon ,

5
-*

=

?

c

)
~

-
¥
-


This question paper contains 2 printed pages. |

|

Sr, No. of Question Paper; i e4 RR (44 Your Roll No. deb]

Unique Paper C ode » 235104

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics — 1
Name of the Paper : Algebra-I

Semester =f ep

Duration: 3 Hours en, Maximum Marks:75

Instruction for Candidates

1) All six questions are compulsory.
2) Do any two parts from each question.

3) Marks for each part of a question are written against the question in the margin.

E, a) Find the polar representation of complex number
z=cosa—isina,a€é [0,2m)
b) Compute the following
> +, if z+-= 3.

c) Find the quadratic equation whose roots are the cubes of the roots of the
equation x* — px +q=0.

a) Fora,b € R\ {0}, define a ~ b ifand only if < € Q
i. Prove that ~ defines an equivalence relation .
li. | What is an equivalence class of 1? Show that V3 = V12.

b) Given three consecutive integers a,a + 1,a + 2, prove that one of them is
divisible by 3.

c) -# Define f: Z— Z by
f(x) = 3x4 + x,
Determine whether or not f is one to one and/or onto .
a) Use mathematical induction to establish that forall n > 1,

8" — 3" is divisible by 3.

bh) Show that the set of rational numbers ts countable


c) Find all integers x, 0 <x < 6, satisfying the following congruence
4x = 2(mod 6). :

a) Find the general solution of the system ASDHU TS
2X, — Xo + X%3 t+ 2X = 0 Q “Or
—2x, + 4X2 — X43 + 2X4 =-5 OD easy wy
g, try boat =F RY

4x, — 6x2 + X3 — 4%, = 9 ‘5
\4 ON
by reducing the coefficient matrix to echelon form. w 29

b) Determine whether b belongs to the linear span of ay, @z and @3. where
1

—2 =<6 11
a, =|0],a2= ?),a.=(7jamo=(-5}
1 —2 > 9

c) Balance the following chemical equation

a) For what values of h the vectors V4, V2 and v3 given below
3 —6 9
1 —3 3

are linearly dependent?

b) Letey = (5) ,e2= (9) .¥1 = (2), and yz = ‘a Let T: R2 — R? be such
x

that Te, = yz and Tez = y2- Find T (x. i

c) (i) LetT: R" > R™ be a linear transformation. Show that T is one-to-one if
and only if T (x) = 0 has only the trivial solution.
(ii) Show that T: R? > R* given by T(X1%2) = (41 + X2. Xz) is one-to-one.

a) Find the standard matrix of the horizontal sheer transformation T: R? > R? that
leaves e, unchanged and maps €2 into ez + 2é4.

b) Let T:R" > IR™ be a linear transform and A be standard matrix representation of
T. Show that T is invertible linear transformation if and only if A is an invertible

matrix.

c) Determine the rank of the matrix
5 —-3 —4 8
7 —-4 -F 9
9 -5 2 4
-9 6 5 -6

ono fhN


(1.5) Roll No..2-O1Y

ee ed

Sr. No of Question Paper : BABS / Ro /

Unique Paper Code : 205162

Name of the Paper Hindi Lower Qualifying

Name of the Course : B.A. (Hons.) /B.Sc. Hons. Maths
Semester I

Duration 3 Hours Maximum Marks- 100

(Go et oa & fromt sf wax fey wy uifta was ux aaa ampwnin feftag)
Wea-1 feel are & abner fare or uRaa Atte

Hea
AIT OT ORT Ca BY Teer AEcT we ATT | 10
WeI-2 AST GR atoll OT sige BS a EY saat Assay garsT
ITT
fet atl & arte Bo ot wal oe wars Slee | 10
Wa-3 feel we arent 4 a Menger aroexitrs wa wim fata - 3

(i) WA WeaH Teer | (een)

(ii) 4s Ret oa 21 (ASAT)

(iii) FRO sR-GR Ga ae 2 | (Sear—fasrqcy)

(iv) $44 dot dtsar 2) (faster) Zeore CB
(@) ordi oie wrath <2) ate fea -

3
7) feoeet we eregt a fatty Ray \t, RY 3

(i) AR arte fra 8

(ii) Ft ya qe A aren enfee |
(ili) AR sirot edd A oer By
(iv) ve freara mf me @r ger asi |
(v) WH fete wah 8


WR-4

4-5

(i) WS fea Tarn
(ii) 3k & aI
(iii) Sat Tet Ste carat
(iv) SM-age BMT
(v) at et ware et
(i) Ga GoM Gr WHAM x or
Gi) Wa 4 OM a ear -
(iii) UR ST etal 4 fotor :
(iv) SQ FA Ul AaNH HT tare a
(v) fart Tet SeRT| “Hi, Ne
foal Ge GI Uectss aioe (lacs 200 we)
(1) HLTA
(ii) Waa OT Vquary
CCH
foe Ter oy ae ayers Pes |
(ii)frt HeAeY Ua YA
(h) Hae yeas aT wha Aral eq meta oa foray |
SAT
ater H ever By BHM ea EE ha wt os ferry |
(a) oor ea 4 ah Geen a waa eg fee wa va} Gores SI va
(i) ae PAT A garail ot yf
Gi) Brera Aisa a wa
(iii) RAT ik Blew
(iv) ane yert A ofgel (GST) o) yfrer

20

20

This question paper contains 7 printed pages] (=)

Qolh
S. No. of Question Paper : 2248

Hi
Unique Paper Code > 32351201 oN
% O\

: lj ‘©
Name of the Paper > Real Analysis Q LIBR ARY m|
: ry ew 6
Yr i
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Mathematics 6 ’, yA
Li New Vv"
Semester : dl
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Rell No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
All questions are compulsory.
There are internal choices in Q. Nos. 2-5.
1. Prove or disprove : 6x2'4=15
|
(a) Ifxe R, x > 0, then ~ > 0.
(6) If s is an upper bound of a non-empty set S such that

s € S, then s = sup S.

(c) A sequence (x,) satisfying lim (lx, 4 ; — x,|) = 0 is

convergent.
P.T.O.


Nu

( 2 ) 2248

n 4 pryl/n) = b, where 0 < a < b.

(d) lim ((a

(ec) The series Viel (cos nx) converges for all x € R.
n2"

Answer any three parts :

is a convergent series.

QO Laer

3x5=15

(a) State and prove the Density Theorem for real numbers.

(b) (Wd Let a, b € R and suppose that for every € > 0,

we have a < 6 + €. Show that a < Bb.

(ii) Let S be a non-empty subset of ‘R. Show that.
u € R is an upper bound of S if and only if the

conditions tf € R, ¢ > u imply ¢ € S.
(c) Let S be a non-empty bounded set in R and let 6 < 0.
Prove that inf (bS) = b (sup S) and sup (dS) = 5 (inf S).

(d) IfS is a non-empty subset of R, show that S is bounded
if and only if there exists a closed and bounded interval

I of R such that S Cc IL.


Answer any fliree parts:

(a)

(5)

(c)

(d)

( 3 ) 2248

3x5=15

Find the limit of the following sequences whose nth

term is given by : “Al Co
ae We”
q
| n ry
(i) =X, = Ty. Where b > | ”
b hw v- i :
oO \\ 1
xt

Gi) yy, = emi + Vn(Jn +1- Vn). Nee

n
Prove that if a sequence (x,) is increasing and bounded

above. then it converges to « where uw is the least upper

bound of the set {x, : ” € N}.

If a sequence (x,) of real numbers converges to a real

number x, prove that every subsequence (x, of (x,)

converges to x.

State the Cauchy Convergence Criterion for sequences.

Use it to show that the sequence (x,) defined by

is convergent.

P.T.O.

~\


4

( 4 ) 2248

Answer any three parts : 3x5=15

(a)

(5)

(c)

(d)

Use the integral: test to check the convergence of the
series :

co

I
o> nlogn

When do we say that the series »,- 1 ns absolutely

convergent ? Show that the series :

y

n=l

"(nT ~ Vn)

is absolutely convergent.

Test the convergence of the following series :

n

» Laer
(i ey"

” co n(n!)
(ii) > ian (—1) (2n)!

() Find all x € R for which the series })”_, e”™

n=l

converges.

n
(i) Show that the series 1! 0€ n+} is

divergent.


(a)

()

(ii)

()

(ii)

( S) DAB

Let X and Y be non-empty sets and let
h:X x Y + R have bounded range in R. Let
f:X—> Rand g:Y—-R be defined by

Ax) = sup {h(x, vy): y © Y$, ka

>.
e(y) = inf {A(x, y): x © X}. u Lick

4a
¢~

OXY C>
4

Ce

Prove that :
sup {e(v): y © Y} S inf {Ax) : x € xX}.

Give an example of a set which has exactly two
limit points. 4,1

Or

Show that for any real numbers p, q and rational
number r such that r < p + q, there exist rational
numbers r, < p and ry <q such that r =r) + rp.

Provide a bijection between N and the set of all

a)
‘

odd integers greater than 49. 32

P.T.O.


(b)

(c)

( 6) 2248

(/) If lim (x,,) = x(# 0), prove that there is a positive
number A and a natural number N such that

|x, | > A for all n 2 N..

(ii) Is the sequence (x,) where

n+ 3n? 2
n

gS
. n+]
bounded ? Justify. 3.2
Or

Is the sequence (x,) where

n n n?
Xn = “3... gg + “3. + aenence + 3
nmt+tnt+l wno+nt+2 n +2n
convergent ? If yes, find its limit. 5

State the Alternating Series Test. Show that the series :

is conditionally convergent. 5


( 7) 248

Or

. oo 2 fos) 2
If the series yy Gy and yy by are convergent,

then prove that the series

is convergent where a,2 0 and b, 20 forallne N.

Hence or otherwise show that the series Y, -) is
=! on

co

2.
convergent whenever »y a, is convergent. 5

n=l

ZAR 3,500


This question paper contains 8 printed pages] (Li)

S. No. of Question Paper : 2249

Unique Paper Code > 32351202 IC
Name of the Paper : Differential Equations

Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) Mathematics
Semester : Tl

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Use of non-programmable scientific calculators is allowed.
Section—I ;

1. Attempt any three parts. Each part is of 5 marks. (%

(a) Solve the initial value problem :

dy

(x7 +1) + 4ay =x, yQ)=1.

Determine the constant A in the following equation such

(5)

that the equation is exact, and solve the resulting exact
equation :

(x? +3xy)de + (Ax? +4y)dy = 0.
PTO.

ore,

Ney

a
“SY Y

Ai mA IDY
IO LIBR AS
*

%

\
iM Sov a


'~)

( 2) 2249

(c) Solve the differential equation :

(zd) Solve the differential equation :

dy
2xy
a

“=x? +2y7,
x

Attempt any fwo parts. Each part is of 5 marks.

(a) Accylindrical tank with length 5 ft and radius 3 ft is situated
with its axis horizontal. If a circular bottom hole with a
radius of 1 inch is opened and the tank is initially half

full of xylene, how long will it take for the liquid to drain

completely ?

(5) Suppose that sodium pentobarbital is used to anesthetize
a dog. The dog is anesthetized when its bloodstream
contains at least 45 milligrams (mg) of sodium pentobarbital
per kilogram of the dog’s body weight. Suppose also that
sodium pentobarbital is eliminated exponentially from
the dog’s bloodstream, with a half life of 5 hours. What
single dose should be administered in order to anesthetize

450 kilogram dog for | hour ?


(c)

(3) 2249

Suppose that a motorboat is moving at 40 ft/sec when
its motor suddenly quits, and that 10 seconds later the
boat has slowed to 20 ft/sec. Assume that the resistance
it encounters is proportional to its velocity. How far will

the boat cast in all ?

Section-—Il

Attempt any two parts. Each part is of 7.5 marks.

(a)

Consider the American system of two lakes : Lake Erie
feeding into Lake Ontario. Assuming that volume in each
lake to remain constant and that Lake Erie is the only source

of pollution for Lake Ontario.

(i) Write down a differential equation describing the
concentration of pollution in each of two lakes, using
the variables V for volume, F for flow, c(t) for
concentration at time ¢ and subscripts | for Lake Erie

and 2 for Lake Ontario.

(ii) | Suppose that only unpolluted water flows into Lake

Erie. How does this change the model proposed ?

(iii) Solve the system of equations to get expression for

the pollution concentration c,(/) and c,(f).

P.T.O,


(d)

(c)

( 4) 2249

In view of the potentially disastrous effects of overfishing
causing a population to become extinct, some governments
impose quotas which vary depending on estimates of the
population at the current time. One harvesting model that

takes this into account Is

ax X
— =rX|1——|-—- AX.
at rx >| M9

(/) Find the non-zero equilibrium population.

(i) | At what critical harvesting rate can extinction

occur ?

Consider the population of the country. Assume constant
per capita birth and death rates and that the population
follows an exponential growth (or decay) process. Assume
there to be significant immigration and emigration of people

into and out of the country.

(1) Assuming the overall immigration and emigration
rates are constant, formulate a single differential

equation to describe the population size over time.


( 5) 2249

(7) — Suppose instead that all immigration and emigration
occurs with a neighbouring country, such that the

net movement from one country to the another is

ZEB CS
es Sy proportional to the population difference between

~ \

>8 \ .

op) at : the two countries and such that people move to
\O Lie & ' the country with the larger population. Formulate

_SY a coupled system of equations as a model for this
. ey
; situation.

Section-IIl
4, Attempt any four parts. Each part is of 5 marks.

(a) Find general solutions (for x > 0) of the Euler’s

equation :
xy” +7xy’ + 25y =0.
(b) Solve the initial value problem by using the method of
undetermined coefficients :
y’+y=sinx; y(0)= 0, y’(0) =-I.
(c) Use the method of variation of parameters to find the
solution of the differential equation :
ye +3y’+2y= 4e*,

P.T.O,


5.

(d)

(e)

( 6 ) 2249

A mass of 3 kg Is attached to the end of a spring
that is stretched 20 cm by a force of 15 N. It is set in
motion with initial position xy = 0 and initial velocity
Vo = —10 mis. Find the amplitude, period, and frequency

of the resulting motion.

A body of mass m = 2 kg is attached to both a spring
with a spring constant k = 4 and a dashpot with a damping
constant c = 3. The mass is set in motion with initial
position xq = 2 and initial velocity vq = 0. Find the position
function x(t) and determine whether the motion is
overdamped, critically damped or underdamped. If it ts
underdamped, find its pseudofrequency, pseudoperiod of

oscillation and its time varying amplitude.

Section—IV

Attempt any pvo parts. Each part is of 7.5 marks.

(a)

Consider a simple model for a battle between two armies.
Assumed that the probability of a single bullet hitting its

target is constant. Suppose that the soldiers from the red


(5)

( 7) 2249

army are visible to the blue army. But the soldiers from

the blue army are hidden.

()

(ii)

Develop the model for describing the rate of change

of number of soldiers in each of the armies.

By making appropriate assumptions, extend the
model to include the reinforcements if both of the

armies receive reinforcements at constant rates.

Consider a disease where all those who are infected remain

contagious for life. Assume that there are no births and

deaths.

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

Write down suitable word equations for the rate of
change of number Susceptible and Infective and

hence develop a pair of differential equations.

Use the chain rule to find a relationship between
the number of susceptibles and the number of

infectives.

Draw a sketch of typical phase-plane trajectories.
Deduce the direction of travel along the trajectories
providing reasons.

P.T.O.


( 8 ) 2249

(c) A model of a three species interaction is :
ax = aX — XY - ¢ XZ,
dt
dY
— = aXY - bY,
72 by

aZ
—- = XZ — bZ.
dt “3 3

Where oF 6, c, for i = |, 2, 3 are all positive constants.
Here X(f) is the prey density and Y(s) and Z(f) are the

two predator species densities.

(‘) Find all possible equilibrium populations. Is it
possible for all three populations to coexist in

equilibrium ?

(i) What does this suggest about introducing an

additional predator into an ecosystem ?

2249 8 3,500


Unque Paper Code » 225201
N ave of Paper : Differential Equations and Mathematical Modeling —I

— (MAHT-201)

N ane of Course : B.Sc.(H) Mathematics
Senester VI

Dumtion : 3 hours

Maximum Marks : 75 Marks

Instructions for Candidates:

1, Attempt all questions.

2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

py) $7.19


Section-I

i +545
three of the following: (5 )

Ql. Aiempt any |
fferential equation(e* siny + tany)dx + (e*cosy + xsec y)dy=0 is

(a)Verify that the di
exact and hence solve it.

. dy 2a, = 6x2.
(b)Solve the differential equation : Ga+)e+ 6x7y = 6x
(c)Solve the initial value problem: < WN
(x + 2y + 3)dx + (2x + 4y — 1)dy = 0,y(0) = 1.

, ; d
(d) Solve the differential equationx® ~ =1—-x24y?—-x?y?.

ger

Q2. Attempt any two of the following: (5+5)

(a) A motorboat starts from rest (initial velocity v(0) = Vo = 9). Its motor provides a
2
constant acceleration of 4 fi/s’, but water resistance causes a deceleration of — ft/s*.

Find vy when t =10 s, and also find the limiting velocity as f + + (that is, the maximum
possible speed of the boat).

(b)  A4- Ib roast, initially at 50° F oven at 5:00 P.M. After 75 minutes it is found that the
temperature 7(s) of the roast is 125° F. When will the roast be 150° F?

(c) A certain city had a population of 25000 in 1960 and a population of 30000 in 1970.
Assume that its population will continue to grow exponentially at a constant rate. What
population can its city planners expect in the year 2000.

Section-II
Q3.Attempt any two of the following: (7,547.5)

(a) A public bar opens at 6:00 pm and is rapidly filled with clients of whom the majority are
smokers, The bar is equipped with ventilators which exchange the smoke- air mixture with
fiesh air. Cigarette smoke contains 4% carbon monoxide and a prolonged exposure to a
concentration of more than 0.008% can be fatal. The bar has a floor area of 10m -by 15m
a a height of 4m. It is estimated that smoke enters the room at a constant rate of 0.006%
m°/min and that the ventilators remove the mixture of smoke and air at 10 times the rate at
which smoke is produced. debtnin
Develop a differential equation system that describes this process, defrining s variables
and parameters as required. Establish the time when the lethal limit is reached.


(e) Show first that the three solutions, y, = %,y2 = xlogx and y3 = x* of the third order
differential equation x3y@) — x*y"+ 2xy — 2y = 0 are linearly independent on the open
interval x > 0. Then find a particular solution that satisfies the initial conditions y€1) =

39D = 2y"() = 1.

Section-IV
Q5.Attempt any two of the following: (7.5+7.5)

(a) Consider a battle between two armies (red and blue) where blue army uses aimed fire and
red army uses random fire. Assume that the red army has a significant loss due to disease,
where associated death rate is proportional to the number of soldiers in that army, and this
army receives reinforcement at a constant rate. Starting from a compartmental diagrarn and
introducing all the variables and parameters needed, formulate a model for this battle.

(b) Determine a compartmental diagram and appropriate word equation for each of the two
populations, the predator and the prey. Let X(t) denotes the number of prey per unit area and
Y(t) the number of predators per unit area. Assume that the per-capita birth rate for the prey is
the per-capita death rate of prey due to being killed by the predators will depend on the
predator density, the simplest assumption is to assume this per-capita rate is proportional to
the predator density, a per-capita rate c,’ . Assume a,to be constant per-capita death rate for
the predators independent of the prey density. Also assume that the prey are an essential
requirement for births of the predator, so the per-capita birth rate for the predators will be the
sum of a natural rate, a constant , say, 4, plus an additional rate which is proportional to the
rate of prey killed. Using these assumptions and the word equations, formulate differential
equations for the prey and predators der.sities.

(c)In a long range battle, neither army can see the other, but fires into a given area. A simple
mathematical model describing this battle is given by the coupled differential equations
et = —c,RB, ai = —C2RB
where c, and c, are positive constants.
(i)  Usethe chain rule to find arelationship between R and B, given the initial number
of soldiers for the two armies ate Ty and by respectively.
(ii) | Drawasketch of typical phase-plane trajectories.
(iii) | Explain how to estimate the parameter c, given that the blue army fires into a
region of area A.


(b> — Write down the word equanions which describe the movement of the drug between th ¢

two compartments in the body, Gl-tract and the bloodstream, when a patient takes

single pill.

(i) From the word equations, develop the differential equation system which
describes this process, defining all variables and parameters as required.

(ii) | The constants of proportionality associated with rates at which the drug diffuses
from Gl-tract into the bloodstream and then is removed from the bloodstream,
are 0.72 hour” and 0.15 hour’! respectively. Suppose initially the amount of drug
in Gl-tract is 0.0001 mg and none in the bloodstream. Determine the level of

drug in the bloodstream afier 6 hours. ; GAVE Vedp
der the I del ge “A
sider the harvesting mode v
“= 1X(1-5)~h c “yf

\G NS s/
ve | feu, ng
(i) Find two non-zero equilibrium populations.

(ii) If the harvesting rate A is greater than some critical value h,, the non-
zero equilibrium values do not exist and the population tends to
extinction. What is this critical value h,?

(iii) If the harvesting rate is h <h,, the population may still become extinct if
the initial populationXpis below some critical level X., perhaps due to an
ecological disaste;. What is this critical initial value X,?

Section-III
Q4. Attempt any four of the following: (5+5+5+5)

(a) Solve the initial value problem y® + 3y” —10y’ = 0; y(0) = 7,y’(0) = 0,y"(0) = 70.

(b) Use the method of variation of parameters to find a particular solution of the differential
equation

y" +y = tanx,

_ (c) Use the method of undetermined coefficients to solve the differential equation
y" +4y = 3x3,
(d) A mass of 3kg is attached to the end ofa spring that is stretched 2C cm by a force of 15N. It

is set in motion with initial position Xo = 0 and initial velocity vo = -10 m/s. Find the
amplitude, period and frequency of the resulting motion.


Ss NO UY Oe 4ET >} A014

é

Unique Paper Code 235203

Name of the Paper MAHT 202 — Analysis - I

Name of Course Semesterstede B.Sc. (H) Mathematics
Semester : U

Duration : 3 Hours

Viaximum Marks ; 75

Instructions for Candidates

Write vour Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
All questions are compulsory.

Attempt any three parts from each question,


y)

‘22

Ay

(b)

(c)
(qd)

(a)

(b)
(c)

(d)

(a)

(b)

(c)
(d)

(a)

(b)
(c)

(d}

(a)
(b)
({c)

fd)

Show that i n oe wana we >» Using € =~ n) definition of amit,
X aan
WAGR and f: A> Rhasa limit at c & A, then prove that f is bounded in soane

neighbourhood of c.
Using sequential criteria, show that lim > = does not exist.

Define limit at infinity and calculate ‘the im (5,5,5, 5)

Use definition of continuity to show the function
x is rational

fd = lo x ts irrational
is not continuous at any x € R.
Prove that a continuous function on a closed and bounded interval is bounded. :
State Bolzano’s Intermediate Value Theorem for continuous fiinctions. Use it to
show xe* = 10 for some x € [0,2].
Let f(x) and g(x) be continuous functions on A € R such that g(x) ¥ 0 for ail
x € A. Show that the function f(x)/ g(x) is continuous on A. (5,5,5,3)

= . 1. : “
Show that the function f(x) = 2 IS uniformly continuous on [1,°00) but rot

uniformly continuous on (0, 09).
Prove that if a function f(x) is uniformly continuous on A, then f(x)
continuous on A. Is the converse true? Justify.

Let f(x) = 1+x3;x € (1,2]. Find f~+. Is f~* continous?

State and illustrate the chain rule for differentiation of functions. (5,5,5,

a
iS

Let f:R—R be a function given by f(x) = x? —3x +5. Find the interval
where the function is decreasing and the interval where the function is increasing.
State and prove the Darboux’s Theorem for a differentiable function.

Use the Mean Value Theorem to prove that |sin(x) — sin(y)| < |x — y| for all

xXVYER.
Find the absolute maxima and minima for the function given by 7
f(x) = x|x? —12|;x € [-2,3]. (5,5,5,5)
’ x?
Use Taylor’s Theorem to show that 1 — > S cos(x) for all x € IR.
Find the Taylor series expansion of e2* about the point 0.
Find the interval of convergence for the series
= nexn
(n+ 1)(n+2)
Check if the function f(x) = x? -2x4+1:x€ [0,2] is CONVEX. (5,5,5,5)


Sr. No. of Question Paper

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration

Instructions for Candidates

ZESS

» 235204
- Probability & Statistics-MAHT 203

- B.Sc. ( Hons.) Mathematics

: 3 Hours . | Maximum Marks: 75
vy O R ‘ c \
uy. yale’
\e

oe

a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

b) Inall there are six questions.

c) Question No. | is compulsory and it contains five parts of 3 marks each.

d) In Question No. 2 to 6, attempt any two parts from three parts. Each part carries 6

marks.

e) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.

(t)


1. (i) If, and C, are events ina sample space $ . Then prove that
P(C, N Cy) = P(Cy) + PCC) - 1.

(ii) A bowl contains 16 chips. of which 6 are red, 7 are white and 3 are blue. If 4 chips
are taken at random and without replacement, find the probability that : (a) each of
the 4 chips is red: (b) None of 4 chips is red.

(iii) Let X bea random variable with cdf Fy.
Then fora< b.P (a<X <b) = Fy(b) — Fy(a).

(iv) Let X has a negative exponential distribution with parameterd. If P(X < 1) =
P(X > 1), what is the variance of Y.

(v) Show that if a random variable has a uniform density with the parameters @ and B,
the probability that it will take on a value less than a@ + p(f — a) is equal to p.

2. (a) State and prove Boole’s inequality.
(b) Cast a dice a number of independent times till a six appears on the up face of the dice

(i) Find the pmf p(x) of X, the number of casts needed to obtain first SIX

(ii) Show that Y9_, p(x) = 1

1
(c) ) Let a random variable X has pmf given by p(x) = 3 (X= —L01
Q; otherwise
Find the cdf F(x) of X.

3. (a) Let the pmf p(x) be positive at x = —1,0,1 and zero elsewhere

(i) If p(0) = =. Find B(x?)
(ii) ) If p(0) = ~ and E(X) = =. Determine p(-1) and p(1)

(b) Prove that moment generating function of Poisson distribution is given by M,(t) =
t_ . .

e“(°'-1)_ Hence find its mean and variance.

‘*\ Let X have pdf f(x) = 3x2: Q<xe 1, zero elsewhere. Consider a random rectangle

whose sides are X and (1-X). Determine the expected value of the area of the rectangle.

4. (a) Let X has the pdf given by f(x) = { cx : 0 <x <2 .
. otherwise

(

Find the


(i) Constant ¢

(ii) P(r <A < L)

(b) Prove that the mean and variance of the Uniform distribution are given by

atl > (B-a)?
= = ; O- = “T2
Fa 4

(c) Prove that the moment generating function of Normal distribution is given by

5(a) The jomt pdf ot random variables =X and Y is given by
xty; O<x<10<y<l1

x)= .
fy) 0; otherwise
Find the conditional mean and variance of Y, given X=x,0<x< 1.

les X, and X;. Suppose %1, X, have the joint <df
Show that the variables X, and

Xp) € R?,

(hy) Oct the mdependence of two variab

F(x,,%z) and marginal cdfs Fy (x,) and F,(x2) respectively.
X, are independent if and only if F (x4, %2) = Fy(aq) Fo! X2) for all (x4,

(c) Suppose the rancom variables X and Y have the joi! density given by

-x(1+y) . . . ;
fiuy= {° 0 , en y° 0 Find the gression equation fy\x of Y on X.
wi

Also sketch the regression curve.
6. (a) State ard Prove Chapman-Kolmogorov's equations.

(b) Suppose we know that the number of items produced in a factory during a week Is
a random variable with mean 500 :

(i) What can be said about the probability that this week’s production will be

atleast 1000?

variance of a week’s production is known to equal 100, then what can be

(ii) If the
on will be between 400 and

said about the probability that this week's producti
600?
(c) State and prove central limit theorem for independent, identically distributed

random variables with finite variance. ;



. ¢
This question paper contains ..4. pages

Roll No. ;

S. No. of Question Paper : 6 266

Unique Paper Code : 203261

Name of the Paper : English Language

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration:

: English for B.A.(Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) Math./B.Se. Math SC
: W/V

3 Hours Maximum Mares: 74

(Write your Roll No. on the ‘op immediately on receipt of this question paper }

Question No. 1 is compulsory. Answer any three parts of Question No. 1.

Answer any three from the rest of questions 2 to 7,

| aN
1. Answer any three of the following: KY o 3x10
(a) O what is that sound which so thrills the ear Lye Qi. in|
Down in the valley drumming, drumming? aR Y rh
Only the scarlet soldiers, dear, . 5 */
The soldiers coming. New pat”
(i) Name the poem and the poet. a

>
(i) Who are the two speakers? 3
(ili) | How does war affect human society? 4

(b) After the cruelest of winters, the house still stood, It was pale, washed clean by

elements gone wild, and here and there a shutter dangled from a broken hinge.
(i) Identify the source of these lines. 3
Gi) Explain: “elements gone wild.” 3
(ili) | What is the condition of the house? 4

(c) When will the bell ring, and end this weariness?

How long have they tugged the leash, and strained

apart,
My pack of unruly hounds! a (tS


(1) Nanze the poem and the poet.

(ii) Why does the speaker feel weary?
(iii) | Comment on the tone of these lines.

jos

(d) So you think you can get away with it because you’re a woman. A creature of pos
and romance, huh?
(i) Name the play and the playwright.
(ii) Who is the speaker? Why has he come to meet the lady?
(iii) | What is meant by “a creature of poetry and romance”?

bad tod

(e) The other little girls and boys were quite at ease—they had been at parties before.
They were not aftaid to talk or laugh and their throats didn’t become whispery and
hoarse when anyone asked them a question. I became more and more miserable with
each passing moment.

(i) Identify the source of these lines.
(ii) | What sort of party was it? Had the speaker attended such parties before?
(iii) | While the other children were at ease, the speaker was miserable. Why?

qd & Uo

(f) If all the beasts were gone, men would die from great loneliness of spirit: for
whatever happens to the beasts also happens to man. All things are connected.

(i) Identify the source of these lines. 3
(ii) Explain,thé la sehtence °b 3
(iii) | Discuss the speaker’s concern for preserving the environment. 4
2. What is the central idea of the poem O What Is That Sound ? 15
3. In what ways was WG Grace a great cricketer? 15

4. Phillips succeeds in building the A-bomb. What does it prove about the process and

procurement of materials for bomb making? 15
5. What are Aurangzeb’s views on education? Discuss. SS Oy 15
6. Discuss the story ‘Stench of Kerosene’ as a tragic love story. g 2 pm 15
, itd Xo Ge
. {uu 4 We
7. Write a character sketch of Sulbha from the play Leaving Home. 92 ¥ 15


(This Question Paper contams 2 printed pages)

Your Roll No. 2G

O44 HVT HP

s No of Question PAPOD .occccese eee e ees fre 6 @

wa Vy wT mal ere ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee as t

Unique Code No. : 232671

qa nts 232671

. , , ; F

Name of the Course : B.SC. (Maths) let, Gea C° (PS Sy

TRH OT AA : at.vereft. crfére) tee (SP OV
ir a3
fe ope’

Title of Paper : Citizenship in a Globalizing World 'O A ! Es

Semester/Annual : Part-Il ° \Goy.

Shecvarika ari- I

Tine: 2 Spars Maximum Marks: 75

aad : 3 gue for. 76

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper)
Ga weI-as & ford et Hox feu ae Pale waa oe sen aren farRaw)
Note: Answers may be written either in English or Hindi but the same medium should be followed
throughout the paper.
Fa WeTTA Gl See soit ar fect feet vas are A dis Alea eit seed ar Area va
et err are

Attempt any four questions.

All questions carry equal marks.
ret are weal a see dtr
eat weal @ ste saret #1

1. What is the liberal idea of citizenship? How is it different from the
communitarian view? ,

nena ot sera sree aT 81 aE BAGTEaTat geet SB stent Hest 21

2. Examine the idea of multiculturalism and its implications for citizenship.

aeceaicang ot tte sad amet oe BA aTet wat ar Hear aT

Y What to clahelionsi nt ‘ os i
>. What is globalization? Discuss its impact on the nation-state.
aedtaen aay 2? saepr yore ME-Woy US RIT At 2?


Discuss the impact of migration on citizenship in states in our times,

daar 2 eel A wares a ana oe wea at fade wtf

What is cosmopolitanism? How is cosmopolitanism different from

nationalism”

adesfizare aart 8? wdesftaare aie ereaa 8 ae sae 2?

Why is citizenship important in our globalizing world?

dedtaer at de A amar at Aecagel aah AMT sat 8?

Discuss citizenship and diversity in the context of India and Canada.

asl SR URa BH Bat F faftaar he amRaa at fadaar Ht

Write Short notes on any two of the following:

FecRad 4a feet at oe afer feutt ferkav
a. Global Justice Keen
afeach are » CA

b. Human Rights

ara xfer 7
c. Direct Democracy xt
Waa Wilda Oi.

d. Feminist views on citizenship

antec Ue Aretatal eftecnlor

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages]

Your Roll No. . 2() 14

Sl. No. of Q. Paper : 7463 J

Unique Paper Code : 32351301 Py A

Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.) ta
Mathematics Y

Name of the Paper : Theory of Real Functions

Semester : Ill

Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper. :

(b) Attempt any three parts from each
question.

(c) All-questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) Find the following limit and establish it by

using ¢-6 definition of limit :

i x+5
1 x43

(b) State and prove the sequential criterion for
limits of a real valued function.

P.T.O.


7463

(c

(d

2. (a

)

=—

—

Determine whether the following limit
exists in R:

. . 2

lim sgn(sin1/x )

Show that :

l
lim e* =0

x07
and establish that
u
lim e*
x0"
does not existinR.
Let c €R and f be defined on (c, wo) and
{ (x) > O for all xe€(c, o). Show that

limf (x)=

if and only if

(b) Evaluate the following limit by using the

appropriate definition :


(c)

(d)

(a

—

(b

—

(c

—

(d)

| on C an

 yapar’ 5
\* ~?

\A s/ 7463
ei Now ye

Determine the points of continuity of the
function f (x) = x [x] where [.] denotes the
greatest integer function.

A function f: RR is such that f (x+y) = f(x)
+ f(y) for all x,y in R. Prove that if f is
continuous at some point x,, then it is

continuous at every point of R.
Let ACR and f:A-»R and let f(x)>0, for
all xyeA. Let Jf be defined as

Vf (x)=,/f(x) for xeA . Show that if f is

continuous at a point ceA, then /f is
continuous at c.

Suppose that f:R—Rzis continuous on R

and that f(r) = 0 for every rational number r.
Prove that f(x) = O for allxeR.
Let f be a continuous and real valued function
defined on a closed and bounded interval [a, b].
Prove that f is bounded. Give an example to
show that the condition of boundedness of
the interval cannot be dropped.
State the intermediate value theorem. Show
that x,*.= 1 for some x €]0, 1[.

3 P.T.O.


7463

4. (a) Show that the function f (x) = x? is uniformly

(b

=<

a

(d)

on
2

(b

(d

—

~—"

continuous on [-2, 2], but it is not uniformly
continuous on R.

Prove that iff and g are uniformly continuous
on A CRand if they both are bounded on A,
then their product fg is uniformly continuous
on A.

Show that the function

f(x)=[xt1] + [x-1

is not differentiable at -1 and 1.

Prove that iff: R > Ris an even function

and has a derivative at every point, then the
derivative f is an odd function.

State Darboux theorem. Let I be an interval
and f: 1 > R be differentiable on I. Show
that if the derivative f' is never zero on J,
then either f’ (x) > 0 for all x € I orf’ (x) < 0
for all x el.

Find the Taylor’s series for cos x and indicate
why it converges to cos x for all xeER.
Prove.that e* >1 + x for all x €R, with
equality occurring if and only if x = 0.9.

Is f (x) = |x], x €R, a convex function ? Is

every convex function differentiable ? Justify
your answer.

4 3500


49)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages]

Your Roll No. : ded sseeee
SI. No. of Q. Paper : 7464 J Kn’

\

Unique Paper Code : 32351302 | fi ot \

Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.) | ® oF ad :
Mathematics eo € os

Name of the Paper : Group Theory - I Nee etka, SO” 7

Semester : Il

Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.

(b) Attempt any two parts from each question.
(c) All questions carry equal marks.

0
(a) Let =f )weRavo} Show tha. G is

a group under matrix multiplication.

(b) Let G be a group and H be a subset of G.
Prove that H is a subgroup of G ifa,be Hab" é H.
Hence prove that H = {AeG: det Ais a power
of 3} is a subgroup of GL (2, R).

P.T.O.


7464

(c)

(a)

(c)

3. (a
(b

(c

—

ee

(i} Suppose G is a group that has exactly
eight elements of order 3. How many
subgroups of order 3 does G have ?

(ii) If la! = n and k divides n, prove that |a™|=k.

6x2=12

Let G = <a> be a cyclic group of order n.
Prove that G = <a> if and only if gcd (k, n)
=]. List all the generators of Z,,.

(i! If a cyclic group has an element of
infinite order, how many elements of
finite order does it have.

(ii) List all the elements of order 6 and 8 in
Z 50°

Suppose that a and b are group elements

that commute and have orders m and n. If

<a> () <b> = {e}, Prove that the group contains

an element whose order is the least common

multiple of m and n. Show that this need

not be true if a and b do not commute.
6.5x2=13

Let G be a group. Is H={x*: x¢G}a subgroup
of G ? Justify.

Prove that any two left cosets of a subgroup
H in a group G are either equal or disjoint.
Show that (Q ,+) has no proper subgroup of
finite index. 6x2=12


(c)

(b)

(c)

7464

Prove that every subgroup of index 2 is.
normal. Show that A, is normal subgroup of
S..

Let G be a group and H be a normal subgroup
of G. Prove that the set of all left cosets of H
in G forms a group under the operation aH.bH
= abH where a,beEG.

If H is anormal subgroup of G with |H| =2,
prove that HCZ(G). Hence or otherwise |

show that A, cannot have a normal subgroup
of order 2. 6.5x2=13

Let C be the set of complex numbers and

Prove that C and M are isomorphic under

addition and Cr = C\{0} and M* = M\{0} are

isomorphic under multiplication.

Prove that a finite cyclic group of order n is

isomorphic to,the group Z,={0, 1, 2,...,n- J}

under addition modulo n.

(i) Suppose that # is an isomorphism from
a group G onto a group G*. Prove that G
is cyclic if and only if G* is cyclic.

He. 3. P.T.O.

"y®

Wy


7464

(ii) Show that Z, the group of integers under
addition is not isomorphic to Q, the group
of rationals under addition. 6*2=12

6. (a) Let © be a group homomorphism from a
group G to a group G’ then prove that :
(1) | 9 (x)| divides |x] , for allx in G.
(1) © 1s one-one if and enly if | 9 (x)|=|x|,
for all x in G.

(b) State and prove the Third Isomorphism
Theorem.
(c) (i) Let Gbea group. Prove that the mapping
$(g) =", for all geG, isan isomorphism
on Gif and only if G is Abelian.

(11) Determine all homomorphisms from Z
to itself. n

6.5x2=13

3500


o\

ie LIBRARY 5]

+34
\f- ¢ f

ESR
AY

As

> - /

"1h (

TD (>
29 <{ Naw

[This question paper contains 7 printed pages]

Your Roll No.

Sl. No. of Q. Paper

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Course

Name of the Paper

Semester

Time: 3 Hours

bee dO cece

: 7465 J
: 32351303

: B.Sc.(Hons.)

Mathematics

: Multivariate Calculus

-3 Til

Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates :

(i) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.

(ii) All Sections are compulsory.

(ili) Attempt any five questions from each

Section.

(iv) All questions Carry equal marks.

P.T.O.


7465

Section- I

1. Given that the function

3 4.3
xy for x’ #y’
f(x,y)=) x?-y
B~__cotherwise

is continuous at the origin, what is B ?

2. In physics, the wave equation is :
Oz © 0’z
oO Bet
and the heat equationis:
oz 5 07
re ee
Ot By?

Determine Whether z = sinSct cos5x satisfies

the wave €quation, the heat equation, or neither.


7465

The radi
adius and height of a right circular cone
are measured with errors of at most 3% and
(8) . :
2%, respectively. Use increments to approximate

the maximum possible percentage error in

computing the volume of the cone using these

measurements and the formula V = 5mR*H .

If f (x, y, z) = xy’e@ and x =2+ 3t,y=6- 4t,
df
z = t?. Compute aw)

Sketch the level curve corresponding to C = 1
2 2

| _x oy)
for the function f (x,y) =a and finda unit

(2v3).

normal vector at the point P,
Find the point on the plane 2x + y-z=S that

is closest to the origin.

4 P.T.O.


7465

Section - II

7. Find the volume of the solid bounded above
by the plane z = y and below in the xy-plane
by the part of the disk x? +y? < 1 in the first

quadrant.

8. Sketch the region of integration and then
compute the integral f, [° e” * dy dx in 2 ways:
(a) with the given order of integration

(b) with the order of integration reversed

9. Evaluate [. I, ~ yix? +y’ dy dx by converting

to polar coordinates.

10. Find the volume of the tetrahedron bounded
by the plane 2x + y +32 = 6 and the coordinate

planes x =0, y = 0 and z = 9.


7465

11. Compute J JJ Sa crecres where D is the solid
x+y? +z

sphere x? + y? + 2? < 3.

12.Use the change of variables to compute

py oy)

Io : (x+y) dydx, where D is the triangular

region bounded by the line x + y =1 and the

coordinate axes.
Section - III

13.Find the work done by the force field

X > y 7
j-—=—= J ; ;
[2 +y? (= +y? when an object moves

from (a,0) to (0,a) on the path x’+y’ =a’.

F=

14. Verify that the following line integral is

independent of the path (3x? +2x+y")
dx + (2xy +y’) dy where C is any path from
(0,0) to (0,1).

5 P.T.O.


74695

15.Use Green’s theorem to evaluate
§ (xsinxdx -exp(y”)dy) where C is the closed
Cc
curve joining the points (1,-1) (2,5) and (-1,-1)

in counterclockwise direction.

16. State Stoke’s theorem and use it to evaluate
j curlF.dS where FE = XZi + yzj of xyk and S is the
part of the sphere x’?+y* +z’ =4 that lies inside

the cylinder x2 4 y’ =1 and above the xy-plane.

17.Use the divergence theorem to evaluate the
surface integral JJF.NdS, where F = (x? +y°-2 ji +
yx’ }+3zk ; S is the surface comprised of the five

faces of the unit cube OsxslO0sy<l0sz<]|

missing z = 0.


G, 7465

Yk Naw 9”

-_”“) =_“") = .

3500


Ae Hap Sere 2014

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration

Maximum Marks

Instructions for Candidates

235301 omy

MAHT 301-Calculus- II

B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics- II
Hl

3 hours

75

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

2. All sections are compulsory.

3. Attempt any five questions from each Section.

4. All questions carry equal marks.

SECTION -I

1. (a) Let fbe the function defined by :

x*y

f(x,y) = E77

for (x,y) # (0,0)
for, (x,y) = (0,0)

Is fcontinuous at (0,0)? Explain.

(b) The Cauchy-Riemann equations are

du _ av
ax Oy

au av

ee

ays ax

where u = u(x,y) and v = v(x,y). Check if u = e*cosy, v = e~*siny satisfy the
Cauchy-Riemann equations?

2

0*2 4 A%z

ate

and the heal equation \s

2. In physics, the wave equation is


Oz _— 22 a*z

ot ax?
‘ —_ ox x ® * .
Determine whether z = e71 (sin + cos *) satisfies the wave equation, the heat equation, or

neither.

wo)

. An open box has length 3ft, width I ft, and height 2 ft and is constructed from material that
costs $2/fi? for the sides and $3/ft? for the bottom. Compute the cost of constructing the box,
and then use increments to estimate the change in cost if the length and width are each
increased by 3 in. and the height is decreased by 4 in.

4.1f z=ut f(uv), show that

qe peay
du av

5. (a) Find the directional derivative of f(x,y) = n(x? + y?) at P)9(1, —3)in the direction
of v=2i-3j.
(b) Sketch the level curve corresponding to C = 1 for the function f(x, y) = x? — y?and

find anormal vector at the point Po (2, V3).

6. Find the maximum and minimum values of f(x, y) = 2 + 2x + 2y — x* — y” over the
triangle with vertices (0,0), (9,0) and (0,9). Aw cola '
fe ’ Ye
SECTION-II ve 2

- ¥ 7
7. Evaluate ff

oe over a triangle D bounded by x = 2y,y = —x and y = 2e

ahead 1

8.Evaluate ——___— by converting to polar coordinates.
Jonxzaye WAY by ete

9.Find the volume V of the tetrahedron T bounded by the plane x + y +z = 1 and coordinate
planes x = 0,y = Oand z=0,

. i d . * .
10.Use spherical coordinates to evaluate Sf D woe where D is the region given by
x74 y24z

x+y? +22 <53,2>0.


11.Compute the integral fff (a* + 2x? y* + y*)dxdydz over the cylindrical solid
‘ 1
x°+ y? <a’? withO<z<-.
It
12. Use suitable change of variables to find the area of the region R bounded by the

hyperbolas xy = 1 and xy = 4 and lines y = x and y = 4x. \

ad 5
a

j

SECTION-III i aan

Ltn,

2)”
13. A force field in the plane is given by F = (x? — y*)i + 2xyj. Find the tenn done by
this force in moving a point mass counterclockwise around the square with vertices (0,0).

(2,0),(2,2). (0,2).
14.(a) Show that the force field F = sin zi—z sin yj + (xcos z + cos y)k is conservative.

(b) Verify that f .[(3x? + 2x + y?)dx + (2xy + y3)dy] , where C is any path from
(0,0) to (1,1), is independent of path.

15. Use Green’s theorem to find the work done by the force field
F(x,y) = (x + 2y*)j
as the object moves once counterclockwise about the circle (x — 2)* + y? = 1.
16. Evaluate surface integral ff,v 1+ 4z dS where S is the portion of the paraboloid

z=x*+~y? for which z < 4.
17.Use Stokes’ Theorem to evaluate f. F. dR where F = 2yi — 6zj + 3xk and C is the

intersection of the xy-plane and paraboloid z = 4 — x* — y? | traversed counter clockwise

as viewed from above.

18.Use the divergence theorem to evaluate ff F.NdS where F = x?i + xyj + x3y2k and S is

the tetrahedron bounded by the plane x + y + z = 1 and the coordinate planes with outward

unit normal vector N.


i his question paper contains 3 3 printed paves)

CE Ao mp Gy. F egg RollNo, LDL

t:nique Paper Code > 235302

Name of the Paper > MART-302-—Numerical Methods and Programming
Name of the Course . B.Se. (HD Mathematies

Semester > OUT

Duration > 3 Hours

\Vlaximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. j

All the six questions are compulsory,
Attempt any tvo parts from each question.
Marks are indicated against each question.
Choice 1s given within the question.
Use of Scientific Calculator is allo wed.

!.(a) Perform three iterations of Newton’s method to find a root of the equation x. sy
. considering the starting approximation as 0.5.
ba

(b) Let f be a continuous function on the interval [a,b] and suppose that fayt(b) < 0. Prove
that the bisection method generates ¢ sequence of approximations {Pa} Which converges
to a root p & (a, b) with the property

b—a
pn

[Pn — pls

(©) Verify that the function F(x) = x" + 2? -3x—-1 has a zero on the

interval (| 3y
Perform four iterations of the bisection method.

{13)

. ) . 4 5 si - - ’ . r* ; + y xy, .
“(tl Verily that the equation x? + 2 — f= O has a root in the intervs (O01). Perfarn three
Ncrations of the secant method to Approximate a root, Considering po > O and >

(hy pe rform three iterations of the false postition method to UPPPOXtMate a TOOT Of the tanectinn
‘

WY: ~ cosy) ov in the interval (0.1),


- oo  aance of an iterative method. Find the order of convergence of
Define order of convergence of an °

{cc}

13)
Newton's method, .

~

3 (a) Find an LU decomposition of the matrix

ce i
A=!1 4 -2
3 2 43

and use it to solve the system AX = [4 4. 4]!.

(b) Starting with the

initial vector X‘® = (0,0,0). perform three iterations of the Gauss
Seidal method to

solve the system of equations, for the given coefficient matrix and the
right hand side vector

3 1 2 (6
—-1 4 2|, oar
2 1 4 7

Starting with the initial vector X©? = (0,C,0), perform three iterations of the Jacobi

method to solve the system of equations, for the given coefficient matrix and the right
hand side vector

5 1 2 10
-3 9 44, —14}]. (13)
1 2 -7 33
4 (a) Use Newton Divided difference Method to estimate Sin(0.15) from the following data
set
x aml 0.2
f(x) = Sin(x) 0.09983 0.19867
and also verify the ‘henestigtberror bound,
‘b) Find the Lagrange interpolation polynomial that fits the data:
f(-1) = —2, fC1) = 0, f(4) = 63, fC?) = 342.
Hence interpolate atx = 5.0.
ic} Prove that for n+ 1 distinct nodal points xy Vy ke Xn there exists a UMIqt

; : 12)
interpolating polynomial of at most degree 7. (


5 (a)

(ce)

(a)

(b)

Define the central difference operator (8) and backward difference aperator (V).

Also prove that; Vs —— + by { 52 |
If fore =e then show by induction method that 1” eo" (ot = Fy or
Derive the following backward difference approximation formula for ihe firs order.

derivative, where /r is the spacing between the points,

ci l . s .

Evaluate J, ~— by Trapezoidal Rule and verify the theoretical error bound.

Apply Euler’s method to approximate the solution of the initial value problem
ax t . Ls on a -

—=-,0<t <3. xf¥)= 1. h=0.5

at x

Verify that the forward difference approximation:
3

f(a) = = (—3f (ty) + 4f Oo + 2) — fltq + 2h))

for the first order derivative provides the exact value of the derivative, regardless of tne
value of /. for the functions fwa=1 fod =x, fx) = x* bu not for the function

(12)

f(x) = x3,



SEFB
2.019

This question paper contains 2 printed pages Q3) Roll No.
Ch No “PAP! E70

Unique paper code 235304

Name of the course: B. Sc. (Hons) Mathematics

Name ofthe paper: MAHT 303 -- Algebra-II

Semester : Ill

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

a ee

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of the question paper.
2. Attempt any fwo parts from each question.
3. All questions are compulsory.

|. (a) Prove that Z,={9, |,...,n-1} is a group under the addition modulo n.

(b) Let H be a nonempty subset of a group G. Then prove that
‘fab? €H foralla,b € H, then H isa subgroup of G.

(c) Define Center Z (G) of a group G. Also, prove that Z(G) is a subgroup of G.

(6, 6, 2+4)

(a) In a group G, prove the following :

NO

(i) the identity element of G is unique,

(ii) the cancellation laws hold in G.

(b) Let a be an element of a group G such that |a], the order of a, is finite. If a*=e, then

prove that |a| divides k.
(c) Define a cyclic group. Let a and b be elements in a group G with Ja] =m, |b] =”. If
(m,n) = 1, then prove that < a >N< b >= {e}.
(3+3, 6, 2+4)


(= Da.

ew,
WAR tay!

3. (a) Let @ =(a,,4)--,,) and £ =(b,,6,...b,) be disjoint cycles. Then prove that cy,

(b) Prove that the order of a permutation of a finite set written in disjoint cycles form is the
LCM of the lengths of the cycles.
(c) State and prove Orbit Stablizer Theorem.

4. (a) Let H be a subgroup of G and let a and b be elements in G. Then, prove that

(i) |aH| = |bH |,
1

(ii) aH = Haifand only if H =aHa™’,
(b) Prove that every subgroup of an Abelian group is normal. Is the converse true? Justify.

(c) Let N be a normal subgroup of a group G with order 2. Then prove thai \ is contained in the

center Z(G) of G.
(6.5, 3.543, 6.5.

5. (a) Prove that the alternating group Ay is anormal subgroup of S,,
(b) Let G be a finite Abelian group and let p be a prime that divides the order of G. Prove

that G has an element of order p . gn 3
P J ae aN

bor

(c) Find the factor group 2/42. 7
ee (6.5, 6.5, 6.5

6. (a) Find all homomorphisms from 242 to 230. Ne ) SY,
(b) Let @ be a group homomorphism from G to K . Let H be a subgroup of G. Prove that

(i) @(H) isa subgroup of K.

(ii) IfH is Abelian, then @(H) is also Abelian.
= g',then prove

(c) Let @ be a group homomorphism from G to K and let g € G.1f Hg)
that 8 "(g’) = gKer 8.
(6.5, 6.5, 6


This question paper contains 3 printed pages.

(a4) RollNo. 2019
S. No. of Question Paper: ea “AO |

Unique Paper Code - 235501

Name of the paper : MAHT — 501: Differential Equations UI

Name of the course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics

Semester Vv

Duration: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
2. All questions are compulsory.

3. Attempt any three parts from each question.

1) (a) Solve the initial value problem using Laplace transform: (6)

y —3y +2y=4t+3e', y(O)=Ly (0) =-1.

(b) (i) Find the inverse Laplace transform of (2)
2s°-4
(s+ 1)(s—2)(s—3)
(ii) Show that (2)
L}Sinat}=
(iii)Find the inverse Laplace transform of (2)
F(s) =
s) s'-16
(c) Find the power series solution in powers of (x-1) of the initial value problem
y'tyt+2y=0 y= vw Q=2 (6)

(dj) Show that x=0 and x=—l are singular point of the differential equation
x4) y"+Q?—lDy'+2y =0 where x=0 is an irregular singular point and x=-I isa

regular singular point. (6)


2, (a) Starting from the number 1009 generate 10 random numbers using middle — square
method. Also write drawbacks of middle square method, (6)

(b) Using Monte Carlo Simulation, write an algorithm (6)

v=Sinxover0s xS—with0 < Sinx <2

(c) Using graphical analysis

Maximize z = 2y + 3)

subject to x +2yv<s6
(6)
2x + ysl6
x20, v2 0
(d) Using simplex method
Minimize  z=25x+12y
subject to 5x + 22y<14 (6)

Sx +3y  <I7
x20, p20

s. Show

6s)

(ii) Draw a connected graph with 8 verities and a disconnected graph with 8 vertices and

3. (ai) What is the relative numbers of labelled and unlabelled graph with 3 vertice

with the help of graph.

2 components.
d signed graph every cycle has an even number of edges.

(b) G) Prove that in any balance
(4)

. 5
(ii) Define simple graph. Give an example of simple graph. (2)

UCN
ao


ermine whether the giy , — .
(c) Det er the given four cubes having four colours, can be stacked in a manner

so that each side of the stack formed will have all the four colours exactly once. — (6)

Cube 4

nnected graph is semi-Eulerian iff it has exactly two vertices of odd

(d) Prove that a co
(6)

degree.
4) (a)Use the factorization:

s* +4a°=(s° —2ast2a°\(s° +2as +2a’)

And apply inverse Laplace transform to show that: (7)

AY 1 ™~ .
L'| {§—_——~ -=—5 sinhatsin at
s'+4a 2a

(b) Using Frobenius series method, solve the differential equation

(7)

x(l—x)v"—3xy-y=0


_y 4 small harbour has unloading facilities for ships. Only one ship can be unloaded at any
ath The unloading ime require for a ship depends on the type and the amount of cargo
ad varies [rom 45 to 90 minutes

_ is given a situation with § ships:

———— SS esesentnsssesssenssenesesuaesennsessstteeeeses

Ship | Ship 2 Ship 3 Ship 4 Ship §
Time betweey Successive ships — 20 =Ww 15 120 26
Unload time SS 4S 60) 75 Rf)

nents

(i) Draw the time-line diagram depicting clearly the situation for each ship, the idle time for

harbour and the waiting time. (5)
(it) List the waiting times for all the ships and find the average waiting time (2)

(d) Prove that there is no knight's tour on a3 x 6 chessboard. (7)



(This question paper has 7 printed pages]

2014
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 129

a | » . re } ;
Unique Paper Code : 203161 ) >

ot oan

Name of the Paper - English Higher Qualifying 2) S
(O LIBRARY ,

Name of the Course - B.A (hons)/B.Sc.(hons.) Mathematics - 2

4. Sy
Semester > VI LL gn

Duration: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 100

Instructions for candidates:

To

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
All questions are compulsory.

SECTION 1
Read the passage and answer the questions that follow:

both tangible and intangible resources without which the existence ef many living

things would be threatened.

To fulfil the rising demands for housing, cultivation among other human needs forests
are being destroyed at an alarming rate. By cutung down trees. animals are foreed to
Venture into regions of human habitat endangering not only their lives but the humans

safety. A long lasting solution needs to be theretore formulated tor a sustainable

soluuon.

Forests have been important since ancient times. Forests covered 60 percent of the

ary yet of : . . Sy
earth but with the ising population, extensive areas of forests have been cleared to


woes P oy ivities. In the present day rs
allow farming, roads, miming, and other activit | ay only about 30

percent of forests, cover the earth.

Forests play an important role in improving the quality of the environment. They help
to keep the environment healthy, clean, and beautiful. Trees release oxygen in the gjr

and take in carbon dioxide, which if let to accumulate, could turn fatal to the human

existence. Trees prevent soil erosion and reduce floods.

Strict measures need to be made to punish those who violate the set rules. Forests are

vital for human existence and if nothing is done to conserve them all living things are

in danger of extinction.

a. Answer whether the following are true or false:

(5*1)
i We cannot live without forests
ill. Trees give us air to breathe.
Iv. The forests make up 60% of the total world area.
v. Trees give us oxygen,

b. Match the words in Column ! with their meanings in Column 2: (5*1)

Column | Column 2
\. Ancient large
1. Extensive risking
i. Alarming old
IV, Indanvering worrying

V Reduce decrease

Answer the following questions m2 or 3 sentences: (4*3)

(9)


1, What do forests provide us with?

ie How do forests increase the quality of the environment?
i. Why do wild animals move towards human habitat?
IN Why are forests being cut?
> Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow: (4*2)
Vijaya: Oh, Mr, Roy! | didn’t hear you come in. That was Mrs Mukherjee.
Jay ) y
Roy: So | heard. She’s a good lady, but she always calls at the wrong time.
Vijaya, we have a problem. Damodar says my car won’t start........ the other cars
, | ys M)
are out, and we have to meet Dr. Dass at the airport.
Vijaya: Shall T call a taxi?
Roy: No, Vijaya. Call Mr. Patil. After all, he did offer to help.
* ~ Pos x -
M1. Why is the car not working?
re Who is Roy meeting at the airpor? ~
y g i
>
iv, Why is Patil interested in helping Mr. Roy? ot a
y y

3. Answer any four of the following questions in about 40-60 words each: (4*3)

I. Why was David sent to Trivandrum bry Mr. Roy?
i, How do Shiva and David Blake know each other?
Mi, What role does Vayu play in the text The Tiger's Eve?
IV. Mrs Mukherjee is the recipient of a special award? What ts it?
v. What is the role of Gurusamy in the play?
SECTION I
4, Chane the lollowinyp Into reported speech: (42)

6


‘Ss

6.

UT.

Vv.

He said, * ve lived here fora long tu

1.

‘ Sheela said to hie teacher, " May [ po aut now.”

m David said to the guide, “Do you speak English?”

iv. He said to the Policeman, | was playing football when the uccident

occurred.”

(5*2)

Complete the dialogues:

Where are vou gomty Hrs SHmmen,

Rania
Shvam lo Paris

Rama: Oh that’s wonderful. :
Shyam: 1 plan to be there for 10 days.

Raina: Who else ts gommg with you.

Rania Have you made a list of places you plan to vigit?

Rama: That sounds fun. Hope you have a great time,

__, for you fgg over an hour.(wart)

Itismot worth te so much money for this play. (pay).

ae Jaipur last month. (visit).

the victim with a blunt object. (attack).

(y\

The crumnal


y is greatly

vi. thts compa aller (seek)

vii His courage - hin (Lorsake),
Pet os SOV :
vint Phe terrified people to the mountains. (flee).

Fillin the blanks with the correct article (a, an or they: (94)

i. Gold ts 2.2.0 precious metal.
XN
ij. Honest men speak ........0000..00 eee truth.
iii. He looks as stupid as... 0... eee eee een owl,
iv. | would like to meet Brad Pit, ..............008 actor.
v. What did you do with nswarehekiimnh reamemes sha camera I lent you?
vi. He is going out with ......... eee eee eee German girl.
vil. He remained .....0....-.--.+5 eons aga bachelor all his fife.
Vii. — *<What is that noise?” “| think itis Ie Loe 2 ic eee a helicopter

s al [s > » &vw ny TresS
ix. The poor man fell asleep tree.
fw

8. Fill in the blanks with the contracted form of the underlined words: (8*1!)

1. You should not talk so much.

W. They have written the text.

I. Let us po home.

Iv. He did not play cards.

“| could not find my pen.

Vs
“t Were is your book

Vu I would ask him.

WG


. + me)
Vil Who is this ger.

i af afl ‘ > ode
9. Pill in the blanks with the correct preposition givens (BT)

Ie Tslept cc... dnd SS ROTREEE nine o'clock.

lo

tall

until

2. commenced work 0.0.00. Ist May.

since
from

for

3. We walked
till

for

4. The child has been missing o...c.ceccccccccccccceeeces. yesterday.

since

from

lor

>. He traveled seventy miles

PUTRI worpenen ¢ ream acc two hours.
for

by
6, | recewed this Messape

Sanders pm 14 ROR the morning.
In, af

Ms redine a bip tree .. -a hatchet


with

off
g An old-feud existed oe, the two families.
between
among
within
10. Correct the following sentences(any five): (5*2)

i. It is raining when I got home last night.

ii. My sister is annoying today, but usually she is nice.

iii. IT have not ate anything today. Ao Cos
iv. If] amachild, I would play outside. 7 . ~
Ww GY}
v. Everyone have seen that mo. 2. e 3)
Y

vi. If we will be late, they will be angry.

vii. My father 1s thinking that ! should stop smoking.

VIL. |.ook! It is snow.


[This question paper has 4 printed pages|
Sr. No. of Question Paper : JI Roll no. 2 14

Unique Paper.Code : 203162
* As

Name of the Paper : English lower Qualifying

Name of the Course

O LIBR!

: B.A (hons)/B.Se.(hons.) Mathematics

Semester > VI Yt; y
i, Me >

Maximum Marks: 100

Duration: 3 hours

Instructions for candidates:

I.

2.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

All questions are compulsory.

SECTION |

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow:

The Narmada, also called Rewa is a river in central India and the fifth largest river in
the Indian subcontinent. It is the third largest river that completely flows within India
after Ganges and Godavari. Jt forms the traditional boundary between North India and
Seuth India and flows westwards over a length of 1.312 km before draining through
the Gulf of Cambey (Khambat) into the Arabian Sea. It is one of only three major
rivers in peninsular India that runs from east to west it is the largest west flowing
river.

The River Narmada flows through a gorge of Marble rocks in Bhedaghat

in Jabalpur, India. The water fall is called the Duandhara, the fall of mist. it flows for

3 km in a deep narrow channel through the magnesium limestone and basalt rocks

called the Marble Rocks,


The source of the Narmada is a small tank called Narmada Kund located on the
Amarkantak hill in Madhya Pradesh. The river descends from the Amarkantak hill
range at the Kapildhara.

The Narmada happens to be one of the most sacred of the five holy rivers of India:
According to a legend, the river Ganges Is polluted by millions of people bathing init
Vo cleanse herself. Ganges acquires the form el 4 black cow and comes to ts

. . , 4 r > j mada tt ¢ .
Narmada to bathe in its holy waters. Legends also mention that the Narmada River!

older than the river Ganges.

a. Answer the following in one or two sentences each: (S*2)
l. What is the other name for river Narmada?
we . . . ‘
11. How large is this river?
iil. What is the source of the river? be
IV. What is the meaning of ‘Duandhara”? te ;
Vv. How many holy rivers are there in India’

b. State whether the following are true or false: (5*2)
1. The Narmada is the longest river in India.

The river descends from the Amarkantak hill range.

o>)

The River Narmada flows through a gorge of Marble rocks in Bhedaghat
in Bhopal.

4. Narmada flows into the Arabian Sea.

5, Ganga remains the clean river.
c. Make sentences with any five words: (5*2)

Subcontinent, source, polluted. cleanse, traditional, sacred. descend.

d, Find antonyms of any five of the following words from the passage: (5*2)


Go

Ascend. smallest, clean, minor, after, modern, goes
SECTION II

Change the following into indirect speech: (5*2)

1. The teacher said, “I will take your class.”
il. Rohit said to Amina. ~ | am going to Banglore tomorro™
ill. Sofia said to her mother. “] am hungry.

iv. The old man said. “I was sleeping when my house was robbed.

V. The little boy said to the policeman. “Can you take me home.

Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the verb given in the bracket. (s * 2.

1. Last Sunday! _____ fora movie. (go)

ll. The Indian team their victory yesterday (celebrate)

iil. Rajesh to go to England for higher studies. (plan)
iV. We must hurry otherwise we will .__ the plane. (miss)
Vv. We _____ Delhi early in the morning tomorrow.(reach)

Fill in the blanks with suitable articles (a. an, the): (5*2)

i. I don’t know where to gofor vacation.
ii. apple. day keeps the doctor away.
iil. cat has drunk all the milk.

iv. Wehave  _—s——_—C_sébest team.

Complete the following sentences with infinitives (to+verb): (5*2)
i. [like

il. They want

i We promise
~ 5 romaemenstenirin —
=)


IV. My mother advised me

Vv. The president promised
SECTION III

Write a letter to your brother who is in hostel telling him the importa

good dict.

Or

: ‘ij or to increase the
es t nso _—e “Cc re requesting her to increase
Write an application to the Principal of your colleg cg

i. 20)
library timings. (
Tir
we Qa
™"

- prhis question paper contains 7 printed pages]

Your Roll No. " P4 Pgh @ TY TTiit) ee
| sl. No. of Q. Paper : 7466 J
unique Paper Code : 32351501
Name of the Course -—_: B.Sc.(Hons.)
: Mathematics
| Name of the Paper : Metric Spaces
Semester _ | ov .
Time:3 Hours |= j Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates :
- (a) Write yotir Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.
(b) Attempt any two parts from each question.

1, (a) Define a metric space. Let p > 1. Define
l/p

d,:R'xR"' +R as d, (x,y) =(Zti lx: -¥.0) ,
x (X,, Kgy very x,), y (y,, Vs ory y,) eR": Show

that (IR",d,) is a metric space.


7466

(b) When is a metric space said to be complete ‘
Is discrete metric space complete ? Justify,

6.5

(c) Let S d) bea metric space. Define d,: X x x |

d(x el

, for all J nid
Prove that d, is a metric on X and d, is
equivalent to a. ti 5

2. } (a) Prove that every open ball in a metric space
(X, d) is an open set in (X, qd). What about
the converse ? Justify. | 6

(b) Define a homeomorphism from a metric
space (X,d,) to a metric space (Y, d.) show

that the function f ‘Re |] -1, 1[ defined by

f(x)= 14. x] is a homeomorphism.
6


and let A, B be

) Let (X, d) be a metric space
6

(c
-empty subsets of X. Prove that :

non
~@ (Any =A°NB"
(i) AUB= =AUB
| (a) Let (%, d) bea metric space and FcX. Prove
that the following statements are equivalent :
: 6
(i) xeF | |
(ii) S(x,e)NF 49, for every open ball ‘S(x, ¢)
centred at x
(iii) There exists an infinite sequence {x,} of point
(not necessarily distinct) of F such that
x, > X.
(b) Let (X,d) be a metric space and FCX. Prove
that F is closed in X if and only if F° is open in X,

where F°is complement of F in X.
6

3 PALO,


7466

(c) Let (X,d) bea metric space such that for

4. (a)

(b)

every nested sequence {F, h, >, of non-empty
closed subsets of X satisfying d(F,) > 0 as

n>, the intersection {\7_,F, contains

exactly one point. Prove that (X,d) is

complete. ad 6

Let f be a mapping from a metric space

(X, d,) toa metric space (Y, d.). Prove that

fis continuous on X if and only if f-! (G) is

open in X for all open subsets G of Y. 6.5
Let (X, d,) and (Y, d,) be two metric spaces.
Prove that the following statements are

equivalent : | 6.5

(i) jf is continuous on X

(ii) f"(B)¢ f'(B), for all subsets B of Y
(ili) f(A} Le f(A), for all subsets A of X.


(c) Define uniform continuity of a function f from
a metric space (X, d,) to a metric space
wv, d,). Let (.X, d) be a metric opace and A be
a non-empty subset of x. Show that the
function f: (X, d) > R defined as f (x) = d (x, A),
for all xeX, is uniformly estrone on X.
| 6.5

5. (a) State and prove contraction mapping
theorem. a . 6.

(b) (i) Let Y be a non-empty subset of a metric
space (x, d) and (Y ,d,) be complete,

where d, is restriction of d to Y x Y. Prove

that Y is closed in X. 3

(ii) Let A be a non-empty bounded subset of
a metric space (X, d). Prove that
d(A) = d(A). 3

Tt


7466
(c) Let (X, 4) be a metric space. Then prove that
following statements are equivalent
1.5x4=6
(i) (X, d) is disconnected. |
(ii) There exist two non-empty disjoint
subsets A and B, both open in X, such
that X = AUB.
| (iii) There exist two non-empty disjoint
subsets A and B, both closed in X, such
that X = AUB.
(iv) There exists a proper subset of X, which

is both open and closed in X.

6. (a) Let (IR, d) be the space of real numbers with
the usual metric. Show that a connected
subset of R must be an interval. Give
example of two connected subsets of IR such

that their union is disconnected.
6.5


Se

7466

of X. If ¥ is comP

that Y is closed.

(b) | .
act subset of (X, d), then
prove 6.5

) Let f be a continuous function from a

(c
_ compact metric space (X,d,) to a metric space 7

, , d,). Prove that fis uniformly continuous

on X.

6.5


{This ’
questi
on Paper Contains 4 printed pages]

Your Roll
| No, wn a
9. Of Q. Paper : 7467 *
Un;
nique Paper Code : 32351502 |
Name of the |
Course
: B.Sc.(Hons.)
N Mathematics
ame of the Paper : Group Theory - Il
Semester
. :V
Time : 3 Hours" Maximum Marks : 7

Instructions for Candidates :
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.
(b) Attempt any two parts from each question.
(c) All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) Let Inn (D,) denotes the group of inner
automorphisms on the dihedral group D, of

order 8. Find Inn (D,). 6

(b) Define inner automorphism of a group G
induced by geG. Then prove that the set

Inn(G) of all inner automorphism of a group

G is a normal subgroup of the group Aut(G)

of all automorphisms of G. +4

“en os
QDR CON P.T.O.



7467

(c) Let G bea cyclic group of order n. Then
prove that Aut(G) is isomorphic to U(n). Here
Aut(G) denotes the group of automorphisms
on G and U(n) = {meN : m < n and gcd
(m, n) = 1} is a group under multiplication
modulo n. | 6

2. (a) Prove that every characteristic subgroup of

_ a group G is a normal subgroup of G. Is the

converse true ? Justify. 4+2

_(b) Let G, and G, be finite groups. If (g,,2,)€ G,
@G, , then prove that :

| (g,.8,) |= lem(|g,],12,)1)
‘ where |g| denotes order of an element'g in
 agroup G. : 6
(c) Prove that D, and S, cannot be expressed as
_ an internal direct product of two of its proper
subgroups. Here D, and S, denote the
dihedral group of order 8 and the symmetric
group on the set {1, 2, 3} respectively. 3+3

3. (a) State Fundamental Theorem for Finite
Abelian Groups. Find all Abelian groups (upto
isomorphism) of order 1176. 2+4

(b) Let G be an Abelian group of order 120 and
G has exactly three elements of order 2.

Determine the isomorphism class of Q.
6


7467

(c) Foragroup G, let the mapping from G x G>G

(a)

be defined by (g, a) > gag. Then prove that
this mapping is a group action of Gon itself.
Also, find kernel of this action and the

stabilizer G, of an element xeG. 24242

Let G={1,a,b,c} be the Klein 4-group. Label

--) the group elements l,a,b,c as integers

(b

—

—

1,2,3,4 respectively. Compute the
permutation o,, o,and o induced by the
group element a, b, c respectively under the

group action of G on itself by left

multiplication. 6.5

Let G act on a set A. If a,be A and b=g.a for |
some g €G, then prove that G, =9G.g "where
G, is the stabilizer of a . Deduce that if G

acts transitively on A then kernel of the

action is [),.o 8 G, 8 a 34+3.5

Let G be a group acting on a non empty set A
and aeA. Then prove that the number of
elements in orbit containing a is equal to
index of the stabilizer of a. 6.5

gs” [or Dy 3 P.T.0.


7467

5. (a) State the class equation for finite groups.

-_—

—

(c

(b)

Find conjugacy classes of the quaternion

| group Q, and hence verify the class equation

for Q,. , 2+3+1.5
Let p be a prime and P be a group of prime .
power order p* for some a2 1. Then prove
that P has a non trivial centre. Deduce that
a group of order p*isan Abelian group. __
| | 4+2.5
Let G be a non-Abelian group of order 231.
Then prove that a Sylow 11-subgroup is

_ normal and is contained in the centre of G.

ee

6. (a

(b)

oa 2.5+4
Let G be a group of order pq such that p < q
and p does not divide (q -1). Then prove that
G is a cyclic group.. Hence deduce that a
group of order 33 is cyclic. 4.5+2
Define a simple group. Prove that groups of

order 72 and 56 are not simple.
1+2.5+3

(c) Let G be a group such that |Gl=2n, where

nz3 is an odd integer. Then prove that
G is not simple. : 6.5


This question paper contains 8 printed pages]

S. No. of Question Paper
Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

oll No.| | TTT | [2b oltl9

71945 2d

32357505 | J
Discrete Mathematics

B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics : DSE-1
; . |

Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

| _ Do any two parts from each question.

(i)

SECTION I

Let Np be the set of non-negative integers. Define — |

a relation $ on No as :

For m, n E No, m <n if m divides n, that is,
if there exists k € Ny : 2 = km, then show that

< is an order relation on No.

Draw Hasse diagram for the subset

P = {1, 2, 3, 12, 18, 0} of (No; S), where < same
as defined above. 444

PO


7945

(6) Show that two finite ordered: sets P ae Q are

order isomorphic iff they can be drawn with identical
diagrams. 6

-(c) Let P and’Q be ordered sets. Then show that the
ordered sets P and Q are. order isomorphic iff there
exist order preserving maps @ : P > Q and w : QP

| such that :
poy = idy and yoo = idp where idy : S.> S
denotes the identity map on S given by : id,(x) = x,
Vxe S. 6
2. (a) Let (L, A, v) be a non-empty set equipped with two binary
operations A and v. Also L is such that the following laws,

associative law, commutative law, idempotency law and

absorption law and their duals hold. Then show that :
() (av b)=b iff (aa b)=aV a be L)

(fi) Define a relation < of L as a <b if (av by) b,

Theh prove that < (8 an order relatlon on bh. 6.5


C3 yp 7945

(b) Let Land K be lattices and f: L + K be a map. Then

(c)

(a)

(b)

(c)

show that the following are equivalent :

(i) f is order preserving
i) (v a,b, Ee L) flav b) 2 fla) v fd). 6.5
Prove that in any lattice L,. we have :

(x ny) Vv ADAG AD Y wAm=zay

| SECTION II

Let L be a lattice. Prove that L is distributive if and only
if for all elements a, b, c of L,
PrTCT aT TTe Tee implies @ = Cc 66

Find the conjunctive normal form of f= (xi + 2)) + 2’

in three variables. Also find its disjunctive normal
form. 6

Prove that every Boolean algebra is sectionally

coitipletiented, 6


(4) °°. 7945

(a) Find the prime implicants of xy + xy’z + x’y’z and form

the corresponding prime implicant table. 6.5

(b) Simplify the following function using the Karnaugh

diagram : : — 65

X)XpX"3 J XX5X'g + (x, = x’4x"3) (x, +X + x3)" + X4(X' * X9).

() A ‘Motor is supplied by three generators. The operation

(a)

“4

of ‘aie generator is monitored by a corresponding
switching element which closes a circuit as soon as ,
generator fails. In the electrical monitoring sate, a
warning lamp lights up if one or two generators fail.
Determine a symbolic representation as a mathematical

‘titodel of this problem. 6.5

SECTION Ill

() — Prove that hutiber of odd vertices in a psetido graph

ia @VeH,


( 5 ) -_

(ii Find the degree Sequence for G: verify that the sum
of the degrees of the vertices is an even number
Which vertices are even ? Which are odd ?
vi “ ye

QO——___©,

2+4

(6) (i What is ne graph ? Beterinine whether the
graph given below is bipartite or not. Give the

bipartition ‘Sets or explain why the graph is not

bipartite.



(.6) | 7945

(ii) Define isomorphism of graph. Also label the graphs

so as to show an isomorphism.

3+3

(c) (i) A graph has five vertices of degree 4 and
two vertices of degree 2. How many edges does

it have ?

(ii) Why can there not exist a graph whose degree

sequence is 5, 4, 4, 3, 2, 1. -

(iii) Explain why the graphs are not isomorphic.

A B


( 7) _

| )  Defin Ha iltoni
(@ (i) iy = oman graph. Is the graph given
below Hamiltonian ? If no, explain. If yes, find a

Hamiltonian cycle.

(ii) Answer the Konisberg bridge problem and

_ explain. 6.5

(d) | Find the adjacency matrices A, and A, of the graphs G,

and G, as shown below. Find a permutation matrix P such

that A, = PA,P!.
ul u2

va :
v3 u3

6.5
PLO.


( 8 ). | 7945
(c) Apply the improved version of Dijkstra’s algorithm to find

the length of a shortest path from A to D in the graph

Shown below. Write steps.

6.5


This question paper contains 4+1 printed pages]

Roll No. L1 LUT T pie

S. No. of Question Paper ‘ 1946

Unique Paper Code = :_- 32357506 J
Name of the Paper : Cryptography and Network Secitit)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics ; DSE-1
Semester | : V EQDE U CS
a.
2

‘Duration : 3 Hou rs

(Write your Roll No. on the top wiwaha

‘

4.
Yi Ne
All questions are compulsé

Attempt any five parts from question 1, each part carries 3 marks.
Attempt any two parts from questions 2 to 6, each part carries 6 marks.

|. (a) Define a stream cipher. State the three important design

considerations for a stream cipher.
(6) Briefly describe ShiftRows transformation of AES.

(c) What is an Avalanche effect 7 Does DES show avalanche

effect ? Justify vour atigwet.


(4) 7946

(a) Perform encryption and decryption using the RSA

algorithm for p = 5, q = 7, e= 7 and M = 12.

(b) Consider the following Key exchange mechanism known

a Elliptic Curve Key exchange :

Step 1: Alice and Bob chooses an elliptic curve 7 =
x3 + rx +s over the field GF(p), p is prime with
an element G of order 1 on this curve.

Step 2: Alice chooses secret a < n and sends a.G to
Bob.

Step 3 : Bob chooses secret 6 < n and sends 5G to Alice.

Step 4: Alice calculates a.(b.G) = abG.

Step 5: Bob calculates b.(a.G) = abG. Thus Alice and

Bob have same shared secret key abG.

Suppose Alice and Bob chooses an elliptic curve
y= +3454 6 over the fleld GF(11) and G = (2, 7) on
this curve, Alice and Bob selected secret keys a = 2,
h=3 respectively, Given 3G = (8, 3), find the aeeret key

shared by Allee and Habs


(c)

—@

‘(b)

()

( 5) | 7946
Through help of a diagram show how hash function
can be used to achieve integrity, authentication and
confidentiality using only a symmetric key encryption

scheme.

Describe the Elgamal Digital signature scheme, that is, its
public/private parameters, signing algorithm and verification

algorithm. ss

- Write the services provided by PGP. Mention the different

Symmetric bey schemes, Public may actions and Hash

~

‘function used in PGP.

Describe a hash function. What is the main functionality
of a hash function in a cryptographic secure communication _
mechanism ? Give three applications of hash functions,

clearly specifying role of hash function in each application.

MOH ED
ar "\

»

2
hg
‘

2 LIBRARY



ion paper contains 4+1 printed pages]
.. ques
This 4

of Question Paper : 8081
Sn |

, : 32357501 J
Unique Paper -_ . aa

| : N umerical Methods
Paper
Name of the

sesso as Course : B.Sc. (H) Mathematics : DSE-2
am

Semester : Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks - 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this. question paper.)

Use of Non-Programmable: Scientific Calculator is allowed.

(a) A feal root of the equation x? — 5x + 1 = 0 lies in

]0, 1[. Perform three iterations of Regula Falsi Method

to obtain the toot,

6


(b) Perform

(<)

(a)

oy

(a)

7 :
( ) | ay

pms isection Method
three iteration o Bisection M ) to Obtain is

 aauation cos (x)
of the ©4 6

piscuss the order of convergence of the Seca, Meth
| Od

and give the geometrical interpretation of the Methog

Verify x=va_ is a fixed point of the Funct
n

aT a :
h(x) = i( x+ 5). Determine order of “OnVergence of

‘Use Secant method to find toot of 3x + sin (x _ v= 9

in ]0, 1[. Perform three iterations. «65
Prove that Newton’s Method is of order two Using
3+ 2x? 3x—1=0 and initial approximation x, =2, 65
Define a lower and an upper triangular matrix. Solve the
system of equations :
~3x, + 2X, “X53 ==|2
Ox, +B, +x, =1
4x, + 2x, + 7%; = |

by Obtaining at LU devottipesition of the oueftieient tai

A of the above Syslett, ,


(0)

(c)

(a)

Fo

system of equations :

( 3 ) : - 8081

r Jacobi method, calculate Thac? C,,, and spectral radius

of the following matrix :

fr 2p 000
3 4 .

Set up the Gauss-Seidel iteration scheme to solve the

—x, +X, +4x, = |

Take the initial approximation as X‘°) = (0, 0, 0) and do

three iterations. rt

Construct the Lagrange form of the interpolating polynomial

from the following data :

6.5



(0)

@ |

(4) 0 808]
Prove that for 7” + 1 distinet noda Points
Xp Xys Xy0 0 nr there exists a unique interpolatin
polynomial of at most degree n. és
Find the 1 maximum value of the step | size h that can be
used in the tabulation of fe) é* on the interval (0, 1]
$0 that the error in the linear interpolation of AX) is less

than 5 x 10™°. 65

Define the backward difference operator V and the

Newton divided difference. Prove that: :

S| ss ee x, ]= te where h=x),, ~Xj. 6

Construct the divided difference table for the following

data set atid then write out the Newton form of the

interpolating polynorial :

Find the approxitatlon of » fore = —3. 6


(c)

- @

(6)

(c)

U se the formula

+= F¢
7 ‘(X9) = Ae: h »)

to approximate the derivative of f(x)=1l+x+x° at
x) = 1 taking A = 1, 0.1, 0.001. What is the order of

approximation ? | | | 6

-_

1
- Approximate the value of Jerde using the Trapezoidal
. on ; |

rule and verify that the theoretical error bound holds for

. the same. . 65

ob
State Simpson’s 1/3rd rule for the evaluation of | f(x)de

a

and prove that it has degree of precision 3. 6.5

Use Euler’s method to approximate the solution of the initial

value problem.

xr =(1+x7)/t, x(I)=0, 1<r<4 taking 5 steps. 6.


, this question paper contains 4+] printed pages]

Roll No.

g, No. of Question Paper.

UniquePaperCode -:_-32357506 - a
Name of the Paper | : Cryptography and Network Security
Name of the Course: BSc. (Hons) Mathematics : DSE-1

Semester

Duration ‘3 Hours

Attempt any five parts from question No. 1, each part carries 3 marks.
Atte any two parts from aaa rr to 6, each part carries 6 marks,

| li (a) Use the Rail fence cipher of depth 3 to encrypt “there
could be better questions.” Which attack is this cipher
vulnerable to ?

(b) Explain the term diffusion in the context of a block
cipher, How does DES achieve diffusion ?

(c) What is the difference between a streatt cipher and a

Klock elpher ?


@

()

(g)

(a)

(6)

¢( 2 ) 8086

Describe a trap-door-one-way _
i Euler totient function 9. — @ (105),

rite ie order in which Compression, Encryption and
Digital Signatures are applied in PGP, while achieving
both Authentication and Confidentiality, éleaely State the .
reason behind this order.
Describe the tems 1 ap Repuanatiog and Integrity in
context of Cryptography ‘Deena the cryptographic
primitives. used to achieve these.
Decrypt the following message encrypted using playfair
cipher with the key “HER MAJESTY’S SHIP”,
LVHZ CRJE RQQO ZRTY ERGM JRRM XOJR RANF
RMOW ODNM AHYN WDER NMFM, gp
What does it mean to say that the one time pad is
unbreakable ? If the one tite pad is unconditionally
Sectire, why is it tiot widely used ?

Desorlbe the key expansion alporithin of DES with the

Help of a dlawratt,


(a)

(6)
(c)

(a)

(6)

ca: 2 res
For any positive integers a and n, show ae be tee
mod(n) implies ab = ac mod(n). Show that converse
is not true in general. In which case converse is also
true ? |
Determine the GCD of x4 + 2x9 + 5x2 + 5x + 4 and
+ 22 4 3y + 6 over GF(7).
State Fermat’s Theorem. Use Fermat’s Theorem to reduce |
8!09 (mod 37).
Describe the general structure of the ‘cortices process

in AES with the help of a diagram. Briefly comment

on me various transformations performed in each round.

nase that we have the following 128-bit AES key,
given in haxadecimal notation :
287E151628AED2A6ABF7158809CF4F3C
(/) Express the initial round key (wy w, wy w) as
| a State matrix, |
(/i) Givet that RC[1] = 01, 8(09) = 01, S(CF) = 8A, S(4F)
= 84 and S(3C) = BB, where S' detiotes the S-box,

cileulate the frst four bytes (W4) for rout: ote,


(c)

@

6)

(a)

C4). | 8086

De |
fine ‘the discrete logarithm of ¢ number 6 for th
e

b Vv a 0 =
ase aq (mod p). Pro e that : d/ Sa, p Oy) [dlog |
ap

“) + dlog,, ()) (mod $(p))

Perform encryption and decryption using the RSA

algorithm for p = 7, q= 13 e= 5 and M= 8.

The public parameters of Alice Consists of an elliptic
curve y= ty 4 6 over the field GF(11) and a
point G = (2, on on this curve, Suppose Alice’s Private

key is a = 2. Bob sends the ciphertext ((8,3), 5, 9)) to

Alice. Find the message sent by Bob to Alice.

For the elliptic curve y? = x3 + x + 6 over the field
GF(ll): |
(/) Calculate P +Q where P = (5.2), Q = (8, 3).
(i) Calculate 2P, where P = (5,2).
What is the maximum input size and length of output
of hash function SHA+512. State the value of padding
field atid length fields if the thessage length is 1920

Wits What is the size of word (register tised) It

SHA-512 ?


(0).

(c)

(5). 8086
Alice uses Flgamal Digital signature scheme to sign a

document with the parameters : A cyclic group GF(19)

with generator a= 10 and private key X = 16. He

senerated the random K = 5, gcd (K, 18) = 1 as part

of Signing Process, If Alice signed the document me

hash Value m = 14, claculate the signature. .

Define Digital Signatures, its parameters, input/output, ©

and general working of Signing and verification

algorithms. Define three types of attacks.on a Digital

~ Signature, Pats Ht


ope Ao: Ap RE Ee

unique Paper Code: 235504 2019 3

cme ottne Paper’ Algebra LV (MAHT-so _
wae of the Course: B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics, Bastebt- Ne)
Semester: N 3
uration 3 Hours

Maximum Marks - 1 _

Instructions for Candidates

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper
2, Attempt any five parts from Question 1. Each part carries three marks.

3, Attempt any two parts each from each of Questions 2 to 6, Each part carries six marks.

|. (¢) Show that {1, V3, V5, V15} is basis of Q(V3,V5) over @.
(b) Prove that sin @ is constructible if and only if cos @ is constructible.
(c) If f is a zero of the polynomial x? + x + 2 over Zs, show that the other zero is 48 + 4.

(d) Le” 7 be a linear operator on P(IR) defined by T(f(x)) = F(x) + (e+ DFO).
Find the characterstic polynomial of 7.

(e) Let 7 be a linear operator on the vector space P(IR) defined by TUF) = fe). Determine
the 7-eyelle subspace gerierated by x? € PCIR).

(1) Let Tbe @ linear operator on IR? defined by 7'(a,b) = (@ +b, a ~ b), Detetintine the =—
polynottial of 7,

that 7°18 Bie te OHe,

~

44 9 4 ype
(Hi) Lot We spa CIC, 0) 194) be a subapaee of the Hiitel prodliel spdee EP, Compute \\


9, (a) Prove that a polynomial f(x) over a field F has multiple zeros in some extension E of F if
: 1
and only ‘both f(x) and f’(x) have a common factor of positive degree in F [x].

(b) Prove that Q(v2 + 3) = Q(v2, V3).

(o) Let a be algebraic over F and, let p(x) be the minimal polynomial for the element a over F

show that if f(x) € F[x] and f(a) = 0, then p(x) divides f(x) in F[x].

3. (a) Let K be a finite extension of the field E and E be a finite extension of the field F.

Prove that K is a finite extension of Fand [K : F] =[K : E] [E : F].
(b) Prove that cos 26 is constructible if and only if cos @ is constructible.
(c) Show that a regular 9-gon cannot be constructed with a straightedge and compass.
4. (a) Let V = Py (IR). For p(x) € V, let fi, fp € V* be defined as

fi(p(x)) = fy p(t)dt and fy(p(x)) = f? peeyat.

Prove that {/;, fo} forms a basis for V", and find a basis for V for which it is the dual basis.

(b) Test the diagonalizability of the matriy given by OnU TON,

K
\ |



«. (a) Let V bean inner product space over F, Prove that

dx, ¥)| <-dlxll Ilyll, for all xy € V.

Also, verify the above inequality for vectors x = (2,1 + i,i) and y = (2 —1,2,1 + 21) inc,

(b) For the data {(—3,9), (—2,6), (0,2), (1,1) }, use the least squares approximation method

to obtain the linear function of best fit.

(c) Let V be a finite dimensional inner product space and let W be a subspace of V.

Prove that V = We@Ww~ , where W+ denotes the orthogonal complement Of Wo... cei



— a YY

ge

unique Paper Code 235505
Name 0 : Linear Programming and Theory of Games
semester : ¥

puration: 3 Hours Witenes ak. 75

Instructions for Candidates
1, Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

2, Attempt any two parts of each question.
3, All questions carry equal marks.

1.(a) If for a basic feasible solution xz = B~*b to the linear programming problem:

Minimize Z = CX.

a2
there is some column x; in A but not in B for which z; —c; > Oand yi; <0. then
prove that the problem has an unbounded solution.

(b) Letx“2:, X23, xe=] (sa feasible solution of the system of equations
; 2xi+ X2 +4 R52 11
3ki* Xa +5 wy 2 14

Reduce this feasible solution to a basic feasible solution.

(ce) Solve the following LPP using Simplex method:

Max z=1l0 xi + xa +2 &a

Subject to
Kit Xoo 2Ra < 10
Ait ks + xs <20 Pm

K i, %8 > OL Xa Unrestricted,

2) (4) Solve the linea plopriititilip probleni by Bip M iethod:


Max 2 = 3 X1- Xa
Subject to
2 ut x 22
Mi De eB

ee

X 1, X22 0.
(b) Use Simplex method to solve the system of equation:

3 Xi+2x2 =5

2xi+ x. =4 ‘

() rind the dual of the following LPP
Minimize Z= Xit x2 +20x3
subject to kit Ke tue <9

2xX1-30% +3% 21

-3x1+6x2 -4x3 =3

x1 <0, xX220,x3 unrestricted.

3 (a) Solve the following LPP by Two Phase method.

Max z= Xi4 5 X2
Subject to
3xr+4x2 <6

Kit 3x2 22

Ki x2 20.

(b) State and prove Strong Duality theorem,

(e) Apply the prittciple of duality to solve the linear programming problem
Minitnize x = 3x 4 axy
Giibject 6 = &y + ty BT

Hj bite Ss 7
vy + day = 10


%2S3
“1X2 20

y@ golve the following cost-minimizi

ansportation Problem: Ip

a

b) Minimize the total man hours in the followi i
i ng assignment i
metho main by Hungarian

(c) Define saddle point of a two person zero sum game. Use the minimax criteria to find
the best strategy for each player for the game having the following pay off matrix() 4.

Player II
1 -1
‘ Player | = 0 |
a |

Is it a stable game?

5) (a) Solve graphically the game whose payoff matrix is

Ea
7 4 2

(b) Use the relation of dominance to solve the gate Whose payoff matrix is

piven by

1744
seus
7903

(6) Rediioe the fullowlhg waite to L newt Preygrattititig Probert aid thet

dilve iy alitipilen Hiéthod.




[This question paper contains 7 printed pages]

Vout Roll No. (©  - seceistscsscosessessscces
SL.No. ofQ. Paper : 7466 J
‘Unique. Paper Code - $32351501

Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.)

: a Mathematics
| Name of the Paper : Metric Spaces
Semester _ | 7 V
Time: 3 Hours | | Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :
(a) Write yolir Roll No. on the top immediately
, on receipt of this question paper.

(b) Attempt any two parts from each question.

1. (a) Define a metric space. Let p > 1. Define
n n n a
d,:R"xR">R as d, (x.y) =(Zhifx,-y;f"] "

X (Kj, Ky ey Ky V = (Vas Yor os Vp) © IR". Show
that (ik",d, ) is a metric space.
| 6.5

P.T.O,


7466

(b) When is a metric space said to be complete ?

- [Is discrete metric space complete ? Justify...

6.5

(c) Let (X, d) bea metric space. Define dj: Xx X
d(x,y)

1+d(x,y)’

Prove that d, is a metric on X and d, is
equivalent to d. 6.5

— Rby ay (x,y)= for all x, yeX,

2. (a) Prove that every open ball in a metric space
(X, d) is an open set in (X, d). What about '

the converse ? Justify. | 6

(b) Define a homeomorphism from a metric

space (X,d,) to a metric space (Y, d,) . Show
that the function f:R + ] -1, 1[ defined by

-  g ,
f(x) = 14|x| is a homeomorphism.


. (a

(b

—

er

7466

(c) Let (X, d) be a metric space and let A, B be

non-empty subsets of X. Prove that : 6

@) (ANBY’ = A°()B°

(i) AUB=AUB

Let (X, d) be a metric space and FcX. Prove

that the following statements are equivalent :

B

(i) xeF | |

(ii) S(x,e)NF #9, for every open ball S(x, ¢)
centred at x _

(iii) There exists an infinite sequence {x} of point
(not necessarily distinct) of F such that
x > X.

Let (X,d) be a metric space and FC X. Prove

that F is closed in X if and only if F° is open in X,

where F°is complement of F in X.

3 P,T.O.


7466.

(c) Let (X,d) be’a metric space such that for

every nested sequence {F,},,, of non-empty

. _ closed subsets of X satisfying d(F,) > Oas

exactly one point. Prove that (X,d)

(b)

n-— oo, the intersection Nak contains

is
complete. - ae -_ 6
Let f — mapping from a metric space
(X,. d.) to a metric space (Y, d.). Prove that
fis continuous on X if and only if f-* (G) is
open in X for all open subsets G of Y. 6.5
Let (X, d,) and (Y, d,) be two thetric spaces.
Prove that the following statements are

equivalent : : 6.5

(i) f is continuous on X

(ii) f'(B)cf"(B), for all subsets B of Y
(iii) £(A)e f(A), for all subsets A of X.

4


7466

(c Define ‘uniform continuity ofa tinction f from

o er

(a

(b)

a metric space (X, d,) to a metric space
(Y, d,). Let (.X, d) bea metric space and A be
a non-empty subset of X. Show ‘that the |
function f : (X, d) >R defined ¢ as f (x) = d (x, A), :

for all xeX, is uniformly éoritinuots on X.

65

State and prove contraction mapping

theorem. 7 6
(i) Let Y be a non-empty subset of a metric
space (Xx, d) and (Y,d,) be complete,
where d, is restriction of d to Y x Y. Prove
that Y is closed in X. 3
(ii) Let A be a non-empty bounded subset of

a metric space (X, d). Prove that
|
5 P.T.O,

A(A) = a(A).


7466

(c) Let (X, d) be a metric space. Then prove that

——_

following statements are equivalent :

1.5x4=6

(i) (X, d) is disconnected. _

(ii) There exist two non-empty disjoint
subsets A and B, both open in X, such >
that X = AUB. |

(iii) There exist two non-empty disjoint

subsets A and B, both closed in X, such
that X = AUB.

(iv) There exists a proper subset of X, which

is both open and closed in X.

Let (IR , d) be the space of real numbers with
the usual metric. Show that a connected
subset of R must be an interval. Give
exainple of two connected subsets of IR such
that their union is disconnected.

6.5


7466

(b) Let (X, d) be a metric space and Y be a subset

(c)

of X. If Y is compact subset of (X, d), then
prove that Y is closed. | 6.5

Let f be a continuous function from a

compact metric space (X,d,) toa metric space _

(Y, d,). Prove that f ‘is-uniformly continuous

on X.

6.5


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages]

Your Roll No. dpedesneceececsosesevesive

SI. No. of Q. Paper : 7467 J

Unique Paper Code : 32351502

Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.)
Mathematics

Name of the Paper : Group Theory - II

Semester :V | |

Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :

_ (a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
| on receipt of this question paper.

(b) Attempt any two parts from each question.
(c) All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) Let Inn (D,) denotes the group of inner
automorphisms on the dihedral group D, of

order 8. Find Inn (D,). 6

(b) Define inner automorphism of a group G

. induced by geG. Then prove that the set
Inn(G) of all inner automorphism of a group

G is a normal subgroup of the group Aut(G)

of all automorphisms of G. 2+4

P.T.O.


7467

(c) Let G be a cyclic group of order n. Then

(a

—

(b)

(a

(b

—

=

prove that Aut(G) is isomorphic to U(n). Here
Aut(G) denotes the group of automorphisms
on G and U(n) = {meN : m < n and ged
(m, n) = 1} is a group under multiplication
modulon. a 6

Prove that every characteristic subgroup of
a group G is.a normal subgroup of G. Is the
converse true ? Justify. 4+2
Let G, and G, be finite groups. If (g,,8,)€ G,
@G, , then prove that |

| (g,-8,) |= Iem(]g,1,18,)1)

where |g| denotes order of an element g in
a group G. 6
Prove that D, and S, cannot be expressed as

-aninternal direct product of two of its proper

subgroups. Here D, and S, denote the
dihedral group of order 8 and the symmetric
group on the set {1, 2, 3} respectively. 3+3

State Fundamental Theorem for Finite
Abelian Groups. Find all Abelian groups (upto
isomorphism) of order 1176. 2+4
Let G be an Abelian group of order 120 and
G has exactly three elements of order 2.
Determine the isomorphism class of G.

G


(c)

(a

—

7467

For a group G, let the mapping from Gx G. > G
be defined by (g, a) + gag”. Then prove that
this mapping is a group action of G on itself.
Also, find kernel of this action and the
stabilizer G, of an element xeG. 2+2+2

Let G={1,a,b,c¢} be the Klein 4-group. Label |

_. the group elements l,a,b,c as integers

(b)

(c)

1,2,3,4 respectively. Compute the
permutation o,, o,and o_ induced by the
group element a, b, c respectively under the
group action of G on itself by left
multiplication. | 6.5

Let G act on a set A. If a,beA and b=g.a for |
some g €G, then prove that G, =gG_g"' where
Gis the stabilizer of a . Deduce that if G
acts transitively on A_ then kernel of the

+ | |
action is [),.¢gG,8 : 3+3.5

Let G be a group acting on anon empty set A
and acA .. Then prove that the number of
elements in orbit containing a is equal to
index of the stabilizer of a. 6.5

3 P.T.O.


7467

5.. (a) State the class equation for finite groups.
Find conjugacy classes of the quaternion

(b)

(c)

(b

(c

—" .

Ss

——

group Q, and hence verify the class equation
for Q,. 2+3+1.5
Let p be a prime and P be a group of prime
power order p" for some a2 1. Then prove
that P has a non trivial centre. Deduce that
a group of order p?isan Abelian group. _

4+2.5
Let G be a non-Abelian group of order 231.
Then prove that a Sylow 11-subgroup is

normal and is contained in the centre of G.
2.0+4

Let G be a group of order pq such that p < q
and p does not divide (q -1). Then prove that
G is a cyclic group. Hence deduce that a
group of order 33 is cyclic. 4.5+2

Define a simple group. Prove that groups of
camer 72 and 56 are not simple.

L+2.5+3
Let G be a group such that |G/=2n, where
n>3 is an odd integer. Then prove that
G is not simple. 6.5


This question paper contains 8 printed pages]

S. No. of Question Paper : 7945

Unique Paper Code —_:_:—«32357505 | J

Name of the Paper : Discrete Mathematics

Name of the Course

Semester

B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics : DSE-1

V

Duration : 3 Hours : Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

Do any two parts from each question.

(1)

(ii)

SECTION I

Let No be the set of non-negative integers. Define

a relation < on No as :

For m,ne€ No, m Sn if m divides n, that is,
if there exists k € No : 2 = km, then show that

< is an order relation on No:

Draw Hasse diagram. for the subset
P= {1, 2, 3, 12, 18, 0} of (Noi S), where < same

as defined above. 343


— (b)

m2)

(a)

Show that two finite ordered sets P and Q are
order isomorphic iff they can be drawn with identical
‘siete | 6
Let P and Q be ordered sets. Then show that the
ordered sets P and Q are order isomorphic iff there
exist order preserving maps @ : P > Q and yw: Q “ P
such that :

pow = ido and yop = idp where id. >: SS
denotes the identity map on S given by : idg(+) | = x,

VxeS. 6

Let'(L, A, v) be a non-empty set equipped with two binary
operations A and v. Also L is such that the following laws,
associative law, commutative law, idempotency law and

absorption law and their duals hold. Then show that :
() (av b)* b iff (aa b) = a a, be L)

(//) Defitte a telation < on L as a <b if (av 6) = 6

Ther prove that < is at order relation of L. 6.5


( 3) 7945

(6) Let L and K be lattices and f: L + K be a map. Then

(c)

(a)

(h)

show that the following are equivalent :

(i) fis order preserving

(i) (Vab,€ L) fav b) > fla) v fb). 65

Prove that in any lattice L, we have::

(HAWN V@ADAGAYVYAD=xAY

SECTION II

Let L be a lattice. Prove that L is distributive if and only

if for all elements a, b, c of L,
(avb=cvbandanb=ca b) impliesa=c. 6

Find the conjunctive normal form of f= (x + 2)) + 2’

in three variables. Also find its disjutictive normal

form. 6

Prove thal every Boolean algebra is sectionally

cotiplemented, fi


( 4) : 7945

(a) Find the prime implicants of xy + xyz +x’y’z and form

(c)

(i)

- the corresponding prime implicant table. . 65

-(b) Simplify the following function using the Karnaugh |

diagram : a 7 6.5

X\XqX", +x’ 1%2*"3 + (x, + x’ 9x’3) (x, +x, + x3)’ + X(X" | + X>).

A motor is polled by three scharatery, The operation
of each generator is er by a corresponding
switching element which closes a cirouit as soon as
generator fails. In the electrical monitoring system, a
warning lamp lights up if one or two senersia fail. |
Determine a symbolic representation as a mathematical

model of this problem. 6.5
SECTION Ill

(f) — Prove that number of odd vertives iH a paeuide graph

18 @VEll,


( 5) 7945

(ii) | Find the degree sequence for G; verify that the sum
of the degrees of the vertices is an even number.

Which vertices are even ? Which are odd ?

O
ez 8 |e

\ = o—*

v2 v3

24
(6) (i) What is bipartite graph ? Determine whether the
graph given below is bipartite or not. Give the
bipartition sets or explain why the graph is not

bipartite.


(c)

(6) 7945
(ii). Define isomorphism of graph. Also label the graphs

so as to show an isomorphism.

3+3

(i) A graph has five vertices of degree 4 and
two vertices of degree 2. How many edges does

it have ?

(ii) Why can there not exist a graph whose degree

sequence is 5, 4, 4, 3, 2, 1.

(iii) Explain why the graphs are not isomorphic.

A B

J\91?


C 7). 7945
6 (a @ _ Define Hamiltonian graph. Is the graph given
below Hamiltonian ? If no, explain. If yee, find a

Hamiltonian cycle.

| (ii) Answer the Konisberg bridge problem and
explain. 6.5

(6) Find the adjacency matrices A, and A, of the graphs G,
and G, as shown below. F ind a permutation matrix P such

that A, = PA,PT.

vi v2
vA | v3

6.5


( 8 )- 7945
(c) Apply the improved version of Dijkstra’s algorithm to find
the length of a shortest path from A to D in the graph

shown below. Write steps.

ZN,

RY7\

6.5


This question paper contains 4+1 printed pages]

S. No. of Question Paper -: 7946

Unique Paper Code i 32387506 ets J

Name of the Paper : Cryptography and Network Security |
| Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics : DSE-1

Semester : Vv

Duration : 3 Hours | Maxitium Metis : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
All questions are compulsory.
— Attempt any five parts from question 1, each part carries 3 marks, -
Attempt any two vart from questions 2 to 6, each part castles 6 marks.

I, (a) Define a stream cipher. State the three important design

considerations for a stream cipher.
(6) Briefly describe ShiftRows transformation of AES.

(c) What is an Avalanche effect ? Does DES show avalatiche

effect ? Justify your answer.


(d)

(g)

(a)

(6)

(c)

(11)

( 2:) 7946
What is an ideal block cipher ? Why it cannot be used

practically ?

What does SHA stand for in SHA family of hash

functions ? Mention any two hash functions from SHA

| family with the length of message digest.

Write the general equation of an Elliptic curve. State the

Discrete Log Problem over the Elliptic curve
Describe requirements of a good digital signature scheme.

Encrypt the message “CRYPTO” using the Hill Cipher with

9
the key

4 |
} What is the decryption matrix ?
5 7

Explain the Feistel structure of a block cipher with the help

of a diagram.

Discuss various types of active and passive security

attacks on a cotititurication Hetwork.,

Use the Buclideatt Algorithin to find the iniultiplicative

liverse of 5994 thodtily 30746.


(0)

(c).

(a)

(5)

(ey

(3) 7946
Identify GF(2°) with the field of polynomials over
GF) modulo m(x) = x84 344 94x41. If the
byte b,bebgb4b,b)b, be represents the polynomial
bax! + bex® + bg} + byt + by? + bx? + dx + by
in the field, find the product . |

(01010111) x (10111011).

State Fermat’s Theorem. Is the converse true ? Justify your

answer.

Describe the forward and inverse SubBytes transformation

of AES and the rationale behind it.

Represent the hexadecimal {53} as a bit-string and
a polynomial. Find the inverse of the polynomial
obtained in GF(2*) modulo irreducible polynomial

mx) = x8 + x44 44 4 1,

State the Chinese Remaitider Theorem. If = 23 mod 47

and » = 34 tod 49 then Fltid +.


a,

(a)

(0)

Perform encryption and decryption using the RSA

algorithm for p = 5, q = 7, @ = 7 and M = 12,

Consider the following Key exchange mechanism known

-a Elliptic Curve Key exchange :

‘Step 1: Alice and Bob chooses an elliptic curve y =

3+ rx +5 over the field GF(p), p is prime with

an element G of order 7 on this curve.

Step 2 : Alice chooses secret a <7 and sends a.G_,to

Bob.

- Step 3 : Bob chooses secret b <n and sends b.G to Alice.

Step 4: Alice calculates a.(b.G) = abG.

Step 5: Bob calculates b.(a.G) = abG. Thus Alice and

Bob have samme shared secret key abG.

Suppose Alice and Bob chooses an elliptic curve
y =x3 + x + 6 over the field GF(11) and G = (2, 7) on
this curve. Alice and Bob selected secret keys a = 2s
b = 3 respectively. Giveti 3G = (8, 3), fit the aeeret key

shared by Alice atid Bob,


(c)

(a)

(5)

(c)

a oe Bee 7946
Through help of a diagram show how hash function

can be used to achieve integrity, authentication and

confidentiality. using only a symmetric key encryption

scheme. |

Describe the Elgamal Digital signature scheme, that is, its

public/private parameters, signing algorithm and verification

algorithm.

Write the services provided by PGP. Mention the different
Symmetric key schemes, Public Key schemes and Hash

function used in PGP.

Describe a hash function. What is the main functionality
of a hash function in a cryptographic secure communication
mechanistn ? Give three applications of hash functions,

clearly specifying tole of hash function in each application.


S. No. of Question Paper : 8081

Unique Paper Cede . 32357501 te J.
Name of the Paper | . Numerical Methods i
Name of the Coursé oo: BSe. (hi) Niathewsatics : DSE-2
Semester 7 | : Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks 275
(Write your Roll No. on the ‘ep —o- on receipt of this question paper.)
All the six questions are compulsory. |
| Attempt any two parts fom éacih question.

Marks are indicated against each question.

Use of Non-Programmable Scientific Calculator is allowed.

1. (a A real root of the equation x? - 5x + 1 = 0 lies in

]0, 1[. Perform three iterations of Regula Falsi Method

to obtain the root. 6


(0)

(c)

(a)

(6)

(c)

(a)

Perform three iteration of Bisection Method to obtain root
of the equation cos (x) — xe* in ]O, IL. 6

Discuss the order of convergence of the Secant method

_and give the geometrical interpretation of the method. 6
| Verify y= Va is a fixed point of: the function

, h(x) = AG + 5} Determine order of convergence of

sequence P, = Ap, _ ,) towards x = Va. (65 |

Use Secant method to find root of 3x + sin (x) -e*=0

in ]0, 1[. Perform three iterations. «6.5

_ Prove that Newton’s Method is of order two using

x3 + 2x2 — 3x — 1 =0 and initial approximation x, =2. 6.5

Define a lower and an upper triangular matrix. Solve the

system of equations :
~3x, +2x, -x, =+12 .
6x, + 8x, +x, =1
4x, + 2x, + 7x, =1

by obtaining an LU decomposition of the coefficient matrix

A of the above system, 6


(5)

(c)

(a)

(Ads. 808

C5 and spectral radius

For Jacobi method, calculate Thao

of the following matrix :

1 2
3. 4] «6

Set up the Gauss-Seidel iteration scheme to solve the

_ system of equations :

4x, + 2x, — X43 =|

Take the initial approximation as X) = (0, 0, 0) and do

three iterations. 6

Construct the Lagrange form of the interpolating polynomial

from the following data :

6.5


©

©

(9)

(6)

( 4) - 8081

Prove that for n + 1 distinct nodal points

em

Xo X1, Xp, ... X,, there exists a unique interpolating

polynomial of at most degree n. a 65"

Find the maximum value of the step size h that can be

used in the tabulation of Kx) = & on the interval [0, 1] .

”so that the error in the linear interpolation of f(x) is less

than 5 x 10-4. | 65

Define the backward difference operator V and the

Newton divided difference. Prove that :

v's |

Construct the divided difference table for the following

data set and then write out the Newton form of the

interpolating polynomial :

Find the approxiiiation of » fora = —4, é


(c)

(a)

(6)

(c)

_ Use the formula

f(a) ~ f (Xp all

to approximate the derivative of f(x)=1l+x+x° at
X) = 1 taking A = 1, 0.1, 0.001. What is the order of

approximation ? 6

_ .
- Approximate the value of i} e “dx using the Trapezoidal
: 0

Tule and verify that the theoretical error bound holds for

the same. 65

an)
State Simpson’s 1/3rd rule for the evaluation of | I (x)de

and prove that it has degree of precision 3. 6.5 |

Use Euler’s method to approximate the solution of the initial

value problem.

x =4e)/t, #20, 1<7<4 taking 5 steps, 65


This question paper contains 4+1 printed pages]

S. No. of Question Paper : 8086

Unique Paper Code - : 3 32357506 y ? J
_Nameofthe Paper Ceveuckivaphs and Network Security

Name of the Course =: B.Sc. (Hons) nintheanitiods DSE-1

Semester : :"¥

Duration : 3 Hours _. Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
| All questions are compulsory.

Attempt any five parts from question No. 1, each part carries 3 marks.

Attempt any two parts from questions 2 to 6, each part carries 6 marks.

1. (a) Use the Rail fence cipher of depth 3 to encrypt ‘‘there
could be better questions.” Which attack is this cipher

vulnerable to ?

(4) Explain the term diffusion in the context of a block
cipher. How does DES achieve diffusion ?

(c) What is the difference between a stream cipher and a

block cipher ?


(4)

(2)

(g)

(a)

(b)

Describe a trap-door-one-way function.

Define Euler totient function $. Compute $ (105).

&.

Write the order in which Compression, Encryption and

Digital, Signatures are applied in PGP, while achieving

both Authentication and Coisfidentiality, clearly state the

reason’ behind this order.

Describe the terms Non-Repudiation and Integrity in
context of Cryptography. Mention the cryptographic
primitives used to achieve these,

Decrypt the following message encrypted using playfair
cipher with the key “HER MAJESTY’S SHIP”.

LVHZ CRJE RQQO ZRTY ERGM JRRM XOJR RANF

RMOW ODNM AHYN WDER NMFM.

What does it mean to say that the one time pad is

unbreakable ? If the one time pad is unconditionally

secure, why is it not widely used ?

Deseribe the key expansion alporithin of DES with the

help OF a dlaprati,


(a)

(5)

2)

(a)

(5)

(3) | 8086

For any positive integers a and n, show that b = c
mod(n) implies ab = ac mod(n). Show that converse

is not true in general. In which case-converse is also

true ?

Determine the GCD of x4 + 2x3 + 5x2 + 5x +4 and
x? + 2x2 + 3x + 6 over GF(7). |

State Fermat’s Theorem. Use Fermat’s Theorem to reduce :
g109 a 37). 7

Describe the general structure of the encryption process

in AES with the help of a diagram. Briefly comment

- on the various transformations performed in each round.

Suppose that we have the following 128-bit AES key,

given in haxadecimal notation :
287E151 628AED2AGABF7 158809CF4F3C
(i) Express the initial round key (Wy Ww, Wy Ww) as
a State matrix. |
(ff) Given that RC[1] = 01, S(09) = 01, S(CF) = BA, S(4F)
= 84 and S(3C) = EB, where § denotes the S-box,

calculate the fitst four bytes (W,) for rout ote,


(c)

, -4@

()

(c)

(a)

(4) 8086

Define the discrete iyariiun of a number b for the
base. a (mod p). Prove that : diog,,, w) = [dlog,, i
6%) + dlogay (| (mod #P)).

Perform encryption. and decryption using the RSA
algorithm for p = 14° = 13, e = 5 and M =

The public parameters of cel consists of an elliptic
curve pe x? + x + 6 over the. field. GF(i1) and “

point G = (2, 7) on this curve. Suppose Alice’s private |

key is a = 2. Bob _ the chante ((8, 3), 6, 9)) to

Alice. Find the 1 message sent by Bob to Alice.
For the elliptic curve y= +x + 6 over the field
GF(11) : |

(i) Calculate P + 0, where P = (5,2), Q , (8, 3).
(ii) Calculate 2P, where P = (5,2).

What is the maximum input size and length of output
of hash finetion SHA-512. State the value of padding
field and length fields if the tmessage length 's aimed

bits. What is the size of word (register used) it
SHA-512 9


(0)

(c)

( 5) 8086
Alice uses Figamal Digital signature scheme to sign a

document with the parameters : A cyclic group GF(19)

with generator a = 10 and private key X = 16. He

generated the random K = 5, gcd (K, 18) = 1 as part
of signing process. If Alice signed the document with
hash value m = 14, claculate the signature.

Define Digital Signatures, its parameters, input/output, —
and general working of signing and verification
algorithms. Define three types of attacks on a Digital

signature.


(This Question paper contains 4 printed pages) y

Rol Nowicicoe vs.
Sr. No. of Question Paper: i 0 4
Unique Paper Code :235505 ait
Name of the Course :-BSc(Hons) Mathematics \ J
Name of the Paper : Linear Programming and Theory of Games
Semester : Vv

Duration: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 75 -

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
2. Attempt any two parts of each question.
3. All questions carry equal marks.

1,(a) If for a basic feasible solution xz = B~*b to the linear programming problem:

Minimize 2 = Ox
At = b) Sweet

Xoo

there is some column x; in A but not in B for which z; —c; > Oand y;; <0, then
prove that the problem has an unbounded solution.

?
(b) Let xi=2, x2=3, xa=l (ga feasible solution of the system of equations
2xi+ x2 +4 x= 11
3xi+ xo +5 xs = 14
Reduce this feasible solution to a basic feasible solution.

(c) Solve the following LPP using Simplex method:
Max 210 xi+x2 +2 Xs
Subject to
Kit e+ 243 S10
Axit xs +xi <= 20 4

% i, x2 > O, x3 UtestHeted.

2) (a) Solve (he lined progiatiiniip probler by Bip M thethod.


Max z=3x1- x
| Subject to
. 2 mF & 22
Mit Bk Be 3
X2 <4
X 1, X22 0.
(b) Use Simplex method to solve the system of equation:

2 Kt 2e 5

2xXi+ x2 =4 ,

(c) Find the dual of the following LPP
Minimize Z= xit+ x2 +2wxs
subject to xit xX2 +x3 <9

2X1 3ox2 +3 x3 21
-3x1+6x2 -4x3 =3

xi 50. xX220,x3 unrestricted.

3 (a) Solve the following LPP by Two Phase method.
Max z= xi+5 xa
Subject to
3xi+4x. <6
Kit 3x2 22

Ki, a 20,

(b) State and prove Strong Duality theoreni, |
(c) Apply the priieiple of duality to solve the lihear proprattining problem
Mitiitiize a = Ixy 4 any

Subject iy ey + ey
Ri + iy 27
rj + Bey = 10


x2 33
X4,X2 = 0

4) (a) Solve the following cost-minimizing transportation problem:

(b) Minimize the total man hours in the following assignment matrix by Hungarian
method. —

[me i a
Pati fi7 [8 [16 | 20 |
[Bio [7 [12 [6 [15 |
fe{i3 [16 [15 [12 [16 _|
[D{21_ [24 [17 [28 [26 |
fE{i4 [io [i2 [ui [15 |

(c) Define saddle point of a two person zero sum game. Use the minimax criteria to find
the best strategy for each player for the game having the following pay off matrix/j4#2.

Player I]
1 -i1
‘ Player | -2 0 |
3 1

Is it a stable game?

)}) (a) Solve graphically the game whose payoff matrix is
[¢ 4 11
7 4 2
(b) Use the relation of dominance to solve the game whose payoff matrix is

piven by
i734]
5 6 4 §
7 20 3!

(e) Redive the following gatne to a Linear Programe Probleti ate then
solve by sinplex iHelhod.



e |" —3 al
. —-4 4 -2
ye"
pn grr

eer

\12|18 
This question paper contains 4 printed pages| 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
88 
Unique Paper Code 
32351101 
Name of the Paper 
Calculus 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Mathematics 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hourss 
Maximum Marks 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
All the sections are compulsory. 
All questions cary equal marks. 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed. 
Section I 
AU COLLE 
LLEG 
(Attempt any four questions from Section 1) 
If y 
= 
log (x+vx2 +1), show that 
GANDH 
LIBRARY 
Kalkaj 
(1+rn:2 + (2n + 1)y,: + ny, 
= 
0. 
2 
Sketch the graph of the function 
Vew Den 
r-2 
by determining all critical points, intervals of increase and 
decrease, points of relative maxima and minima, concavity of the 
graph, inflection points and horizontal and vertical asymptotes. 
P.T.O 


88 
3 
Evaluate : lim (e -1-x)". 
4. 
Given the cost C(r)= *+ Sx + 98 of producing x units of 
a particular commodity and the selling price pr)= (75 -x) 
when x units are produced. Determine the level of production 
that maximizes profit. 
5. 
Sketch the graph of r = sin 20 in polar coordinates. 
Section II 
(Attempt any four questions from Section I1) 
6. 
Obtain the reduction formula for 
sec" x dr. 
Use it to evaluate J sec° x dr. 
7. 
Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving the region 
enclosed by y = x, y = 2 - r 
and x = 0 is revolved about the 
-axIs. 
8 
Use cylindrical shells method to find the volume of the solid 
generated when the region enclosed by y 
= 
2x * 
and 
y =0 is resolved about y-axis. 
Show that the arc length of the curve y = cosh x between 
9 
x =0 andx = log 2 is 3/4. 
10. 
Find the area of the surface generated by revolving the curve 
y 
y9-x, 
-
1 sx 
1, about x-axis. 


(3) 
88 
Section II 
(Attempt any three questions from Section III) 
Find the equation of parabola having axis y = 0 and passing 
11 
through the points (3, 2) and (2, -3). 
12. 
Find the equation of ellipse with foci (1, 2) and (1, 4) and minor 
axis of length 2. 
13. 
Describe and sketch the graph of the conic 
x-4y+2x + 8y - 7 = 0. 
Label the vertices, foci and asymptotes to the graph. 
14. 
Rotate the coordinate axes to remove the xy-term in the equation 
31x2 +103y +21y? -144 = 0. 
Identify the resultant conic. 
Section IV 
(Attempt any four questions from Section IV) 
COLLE 
ABAND 
ANDH COLL LLES 
15. 
Given the vector functions 
F() = ri + Pj +Pk 
LiBRARY 
G)-i- 
and 
verify that 
Ne 
lim [F)xG)] = [lim F()] x [lim G)]. 
P.T.O. 


16. 
A velocity of particle moving in spaceis 
V)-i-j+ Vik. 
Find the particle's position as a function of t if the position 
at time t= 0 is R(0) =i +4j-k. 
A shell is fired at ground level with a muzzle speed of 
17. 
280 ft/s and at an elevation of 45° from ground level 
Find the maximum height attained by the shell. 
(in 
Find the time of flight and the range of the shell. 
18. 
Find the tangential and normal components of the acceleration 
of an object that moves with position vector 
R()= cos ti + sin j+ k. 
19. 
Find the curvature K(t) for the curve given by the vector 
equation 
R()=4 cos i + 4 sin ij + k (0ss 2m). 
88 
4 
3,100 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages] 
126La 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
89 
Unique Paper Code 
32351102 
Name of the Paper 
Algebra 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this quèstion paper) 
Attempt any two parts from each question. 
All questions are compulsory. 
(a) 
Find polar representation of the complex number 6 
z,= sina + (l + 
cos a), a e [0, 27T). 
(b) 
Find z| and arg z, arg (2) for : 
6 
z 
(1 
-
) (6 + 6i 
( (i) 
= (7-73) (-1-i). 
(c) 
Solve the equation 
6 
5{-1) 
(E -z +1). 
For a, b e Z, define a -
b iff d 
-
is divisible 
2 
(a) 
by 3 
() 
Prove that 
is an equivalence relation on Z. 
(in 
Find the equivalence classes of 0 and 1. 
(6) 
Define 
f:Z>Z by f(x) =x - Sx + 5 
)sf 
one-to-one ? 
OLLE 
HU C 
(in 
Is f onto ? 
Justify each answer. 
BANDA 
LIBRARY 
n 
P.TO. 
Kalkai 
kaii, Ne 
Delh 


2 
89 
(c) 
Show that the open intervals (0, 1) and (4, 6) have 
6 
the same cardinality. 
3. 
(a) 
Suppose a, b and c are three non-zero integers with 
6 
a and 
c relatively prime. Show that 
gcd(a, be) = gcd(a, b).
(b) 
( 
Solve the following congruence if possible. If no 
(b) 
solution exists, explain why not 
4x = 2(mod 6).
(i) 
Find three positive and three negative integers in 
6 
5 
w.r.t. congruence mod 7. 
() 
Use mathematical induction to establish the following 
(c)
6 
inequality 
n! 
, 
for all n 2 6. 
(a) 
Find the general solution to the following linear 
4 
6% 
system 
3x2 
-
6r + 
6x + 
4x= -
5 
3x 
7x + 8x -
Sx^ + 8x= 9 
3x 
3x 9x+ 12x 9x + 6xs= 15. 
21 
5 8 7 
(b) 
Let 
u =-3 
and 
A = |0 I -1| 
2 
Is 
u in the subspace of R3 spanned by the columns 
of A. Why or why not ? 
6% 


DHU 
89 OLLES 
OLLES 
3 
) 
ANDH 
(c) 
Let 
EAY 
K taji, 
Vew 
-3.v, 
= 
2 
9 
-7 
( (For what values of h is v3 in span {v, v2 ? 
(i) 
For what values of h is {v. v2. Vg} 
linearly
6/2 
dependent ? Justify each answer. 
i 
4 2 
5. 
(a) 
Let A =2 5 .and define by T: R3 
R3 by 
5. 
36 0 
T(x) = 
Ar. Find all x 
in R 
such that T(x) = 
0. Does 
6% 
b=|0 
belong to range ofT? 
6) 
A linear transformation T: R 
R first reflects points 
through the x^-axis and then reflects points through 
the x-axis. Show that T can also be described as a 
linear transformation that rotates points about the origin. 
What is the angle of that rotation ? 
6% 
(c) 
Let 
2-34 
6 
A -8 8 
6 
and u 
= |-101 
6 
-7 -7 
Is u in Nul A ? ls u in Col A ? Justify each 
6% 
answer. 
P.T.O. 


4 
89 
4- 
, 
and B 
{b. b,} is basis 
6. 
(a) 
Given 
of subspace H of R 
( 
Determine if x 
belongs to H. 
Find xla the B-coordinate vector of r. 
6% 
(6) 
Determine the basis of the null space of the following 
matrix 
2 
-5 
0 -1] 
2 
5-8 
A = -3-9 9 
-7 -2 
4 
3 
6% 
3 
10 
-7 
11 7 
2 
4 3 
Is a =-2 an eigenvalue of -46 -3 
3 3 
1 
If so, find one corresponding eigenvector. 
6% 
89 
4 
3,100 


1 
S No 
:235101 
T 
Unique lPaper Codc 
B.Sc.(11ons.) Mathematics 
Name ofthe Course 
:Caleulus / Paper Code: MAINT 101 
Name ot the Paper 
:I 
Semester 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Duration :3 hours 
Instructions for Candidates 
Write your Roll No. on tlhe top immedialely on receipt of this qiuestion paper. 
All the Scctions arc compulsory 
Use of non-programmable scientilic calculator is allowed. 
All questions carry cqual marks. 
SECTION -
I 
Aucmpt any four questions from Section -I 
1. 
If 
y 
= ei cos x) 
Prove that 
OCOLT 
COLLE 
OLLE 
ABAND 
LIBRARY 
aa 
(1-x) yn+2- (2n + 1) x yn+1-(n + m )yn 
= 
0. 
2. 
Find all value of A and B so that
2 
sin Ax + Bx 
36. 
lim 
3 
Deihi 
New 
3. 
Find constants a, b and c that guarantee that the graph of 
fCx) 
= 
ax3 + bx2 +c 
Willhave a relative extremum at (2, 11) and an inflection point at (1,5). 
manutacturer estimates that when x 
units of a particular commodity are produced each 
month, the total cost (in rupees) will be 
4. 
S3 


1 
C(x) = x 
+ 4x + 200. 
and all units can be sold at a price of P(X) 
= 
49 
-
x rupccs per unit. Determine the price that 
corresponds to the maximum profit. 
LLEGE 
COLLE 
AU C 
Compute 
2 
BANDH 
Sin? Cos dx. 
L LIBRARY 
aj Ne 
SECTION-II 
Attempt any four qucstions from Section -
11 
6 
Trace the polar curve 
r=1+ 2sin 0. 
7. 
Tind the volumc of the solid that results when the region enclosed by thc given eurves 
y 
= x2, x 
= 
2 and x 
= 0, y 
= 
0 
is revolved aboutx -axis. 
Usc cylindrical shells to find the volume of the solid generated when the region 
encloscd between y= Vx, x =I and x=4 and x-axis is revolved about y-axis. 
9 
Find the arc length of the curve x = t,y=j* 
.(0sISI) 
10 
Find the arca of the surface generated by revolving x 
= 9y+1. 0 Sys2 about y anis. 
SECTION-UI 
Altcmpt any three questions from Section- IIl 
d 
an cquation of the cllipsc traced by a point which moves so that the sum ot its 
distancc to (4. I) and (4. 5). is 12. 


WEGE 
GOLL 
Describe the graph of the curve 
NDHU 
12 
LIBARY 
Kalkajl 
New 
0 
y 4x+8x+5 
13 
Trace the conic 
9x-24 xy+16y- 80 x- 60y + 100 = 00 
by rotating the coordinate axes to remove the xy- term. 
Find a polar cquation for the cllipse that has its focus at the polc, dircctrix above the 
polc, c= 5 and c = 1/5. 
14. 
SECTION -IV 
Attempt any four questions from Scction- IV 
15. Find 
lim 
F (1). 
2 
where 
F (1) [( 2ti-5j+ e'k) x (ti +4 sin t j)]. 
16. 
Find the tangcnt vector and parametric equation of tangent linc to the graph of the vector 
function 
F () = ti + (cos t)jt ( U cos t) k 
att=a/2. 
17. Statc and provc Kcpler's Sccond Law. 
18. A bascball hit at 24 angle from 3 ft. above the ground just gocs over thc 9 ft. fence 400 1t. 
rom home plate .About how fast was the ball travclling and how long did it lake the ball to 
rcach the wall? 
0Jcct movcs along the curvc = 5 (1 + cos 0),0 = 2t + 1.Find its velocity and 
accelcration in terms of unit polar vcctors uy ana uo 
QHGN 


212 
Your Roll No... 
This question paper contains 4 printed pages| 
nique Paper Code: 
235104 
Name of the Paper: 
MAHT 103- Algebra 
GOLL 
GoLLEG 
Name of the Course: 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics 
Semester 
BAMDA 
LIBRAY 
kll New 
Klkg 
Duration: 
3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 
15 
Instructions for Candidates 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper 
2 
Do any two parts from each question. 
Find the polar representation of the complex number 
z=l+cos ati sin a, a e (0,2t) 
1. (a) 
(6.5) 
(6.3) 
(b) 
Prove that sinat = 16sinP1-20sin't +5 
(6.5) 
(c) 
Solve the equation z-125 -0. 
Let M(Z.). iE {1.2. 3, 4} be four distinet points. Prove that 
2. (a) 
The points Mi. M2 .M; are collincar if and only if 
(i) 
eR 
The lines MM: and M,M, are orthogonal if and only i 
ii) 
2eiR 
(6) 
34 
Find the roots of 
b) 
7x23x 20 0 
giv 
that the product of the tuVO rOOts is 
5. 
(6) 
LEGE 


(e) 
sing Descartes' rule of signs, show that the equalion 
+ 
3x 
2xx 
2 0 
(6) 
must have al least four complex roots 
3. (a) 
For a. b E R, define a 
~ 
b ifand only if a 
bE Z. 
(i) 
Prove that 
~ 
defines an equivalence relation on Z. 
(5) 
(ti) 
ind the equivalence class of 5? 
oLLEGE 
GOLLE 
(b) 
Give an example ofa relation which is 
) 
reflexive but not symmetric. 
ANDHU 
LIBRARY 
Kelkal 
5) 
(ii) 
transitive but not reflexive. 
Bod 
Define f: Z>Zby f(x) = 3 x°- . 
e w 
D e 
Nev 
(c) 
() 
Is fonc-to-one? 
(ii) 
Is fonto? 
(5) 
4. (a) 
Suppose A={xER:xS0}. 3= |xER:x2 0 and define f:A 
> Bby fix) 
= x. 
Find inverse of f. 
(5) 
(b) 
Show that the sets (2, 5) and (10, o) have same cardinality. 
(5) 
If p is a prime that divides ab . prove that p divides a or p divides b. 
( 
(5) 
Find the Standard matrix A for the dilation transformation T(x)= 3x 
5. (a) 
(i) 
(i) 
Show that the transformation T defined by 
2-12 
-3x. +4,5x) is not lincar 
(7.5) 
(b) 
(i) 
Defne linearly dependent and linearly independent set of' vectors. 
(ii) 
Delermine il the columns of the matrix form a linearly independent set 
4 
-3 0 
A--2-7 5 
4 
7 5 
(7.5) 
( 


B applv ing elenmentary roW operalions find the mverse, il it exists, of the matrix 
(C) 
0 
3 
4 
2 
(7.5) 
4 
Revnye 
. (a) 
let TxN,BN.3N *7A2:tSX2). Show that r is a one fto one 
transformation. Does T map Ronto R 
(7.5) 
-3 6-I-7 
Find the basis for the null space of the matrix A = 
-2 2 
3 -1 
24 5 8 -4 
(b) 
(7.5) 
(c) 
Find the characteristic equation of 
LEGE 
COLLS 
(LIBRARY 
Kalkaj 
ANDHU 
-20 
A =-2 
9 
5 
8 3 
0 
(7.5) 
V e w 
D E 
Also find the eigen values. 


ANDHO 
HU 
LLEGE 
ao18 
cOLLE 
Unique Paper Code 
: 235103 
Name of the P'aper 
Analysis- I 
:B.Sc. (Hons) Mathematics 
LIBRARY 
aji, N 
W e w 
D e l 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration :3 Hours 
Maximum Marks :75 
(Write your Roll No. On the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
All questions are compulsory.
Attempt any two parts from each question. 
I 
(a) Define supremum of a non-empty subset of R. Prove that a number u is the 
supremun of a non-empty subset S of R if and only if 
(i) 
s 
u 
Vs E S; 
(ii) 
for any s > 0, there exists S E S such that u 
-
E< Sg 
5 
(b What is the supremum of the set S = {1 -
n 
eNJustify your answer. 
5 
(C) Prove that between any two real numbers x, y with x <y there exists a rational number 
r such that x <r << y. 
2(a) Let S be a non- empty subset ofR and is bounded below. Prove that 
sup{-s:s ES} inf S. 
) 
Show that a finite intersection of open sets is an open set and hence deduce that finite union 
of closed sets is closed. 
5 
(C) Define limit point of a set. Find limit points of [0,1. 
5 
49 Show that every convergent sequence is bounded. Is the converse true? Justify your 
answer. 
Let (xn) be a sequence of real numbers that converges to x. Show that the sequence 
(x,) converges to jx|. 
2% 


(h) ) Let (x7n) be a sequence ot positive real numbers such that L = lim () exists. If 
n 
5 
L<1, then (xn) converges and lim x, 
= 0. 
hoN that 
2 
(i) Determine lim (p 
for b >1. 
(c) (i) State and prove Monotone Convergence Theorem. 
i) List the first seven terms of the following inductively defined sequence
5 
2 
X13, X2 
= 5, Xn+2 = Xn + Xn+1 
(a) State and prove Cauchy Convergence criterion for sequence of real numbers. 
4 
5 
for n E N. Show that the sequences (xn) and (Vnxn) converge. 
5 
(b) Let xn = Vn+ 
1 
- yn 
Find their limits. 
(c) Show that the sequence )is Cauchy but ((-1)") is not a Cauchy sequence. 
5 
(a) Find the limit inferior and limit superior of the following sequences: 
5 
(-1)") () (1,1,.1.1 
)(i1) (sin 
(b) State and prove Bolzano Weierstrass Theorem for sequences 
(c)Let x 
= 1 and xn+1 = yxn +2, n EN. Show that (xn) converges and find itslimit. 5 
6 
(a) Give examples of the following series with justifications. 
a divergent series a, for which a 
converges. 
) 
LLEG 
GOLLEG 
(ii) 
a convergent series Ea, for which a/ diverges. 
(b) Test the convergence ot any two of the following series: 
LIBRARY 
(i) 
aji, Ne 
(ii) 
2n + n 
(ii) 
(el Lct 
, and 2 
be two series of positive terms. If the sequence ( by 
HOd 


converges with a poSilive imit, then prove that 2, converges if and only if 
2 
Converges. 
7 
(a) Check for convergence and absolute convergence of the following series: 
() 
2 
Vn 
n= 
-
n+l-v 
5 
(b) Show that the series 
converges for p>I and diverges for psl. 
(c) Examine the convergence of any two of the following series: 
GOLLE 
SHBAND 
LW 
NOHU 
(i) 
n2" 
ABANDHO 
m 
LIBRARY 
Kalkail 
(ii) 
(ii) 
De!hi-19 
LEC

This question paper contains 4 printed pages| 
Sr. No. of the Question Paper 
Roll No 
Unique Paper Code 
217281 
Name of the Paper 
Chenistry (Credit Course-I1) (CHCT -101) 
B.Sc. (H) Mathematies
B.Sc. (G) Mathematical Sciencc 
II/V 
Name of the Course 
ABAMOA 
ABANO 
LIBRARY 
Kalka 
OLLEG 
ACOLT 
Semester 
Duration 
3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 
Kalkaijl 
75 Marks 
w 
D e l 
Ne 
Instructions for Candidates 
Write your Roll No. on the top imnmediately on receipt of this question paper. 
Attempt 3 questions from Section A and 3 questions from Section 5. 
Indicate the section you are attempting by putting a heading and do not 
1 
intermix the sections. 
4 
The questions should be numbered in accordance to the number in the question 
paper 
5. 
Calculators and log tables may be used. 
SECTION A 
(Atempt three questions in all) 
Q1 (a) 
Calculate the lattice energy of cesium chloride, CsC] using the following data : 
Sublimation energy of cesium, Cs(s) (AHsub)= 79.9 kJmol 
1 ionization energy for cesium Cs(g) (AHEI)= 374.05 kJmol 
Bond dissociation energy of chlorine gas, Clh(g) (AHBD) = 241.84 kJmo! 
Electron Affinity of chlorine gas CIg) (AHra)= -349 kJmof 
Enthalpy of formation of CsCl(s) (AH«) -
443 kJmo 
Can hypothetical cesium dichioride (CsCl,) exist? Justify your answer. 
(b) 
Write down the Born-Lande equatian for the lattice energy of an ionic 
(d) 
compound and define terms in it. 
3 
(d) 
Calculate the limiting radius ratio of cation to that of anion of an ionic 
compound when coordination number is six. Predict the geometry of BeS. 
Given Tae" = 59 pm and rs*= 170 pm 
3.5 


Q2 
(a) 
What are equivalent and non-equivalent hy trid orbitals? Using Bent rule 
predict whether Cl-C-Cl angle is greater or smaller than tetrahedral angle (i e 
109.5) in Cl12Ch. Justify you answer 
A.5 
(b) 
Which of the following compounds will hae higher hoiling point? Justify vour 
answer. 
i) HF or HCI 
i) o-nitrophenol or p-nitrophenol 
(c) 
Sketch M0 diagram for CO. Calculate its b»nd order. 
(d) 
Predict the shapes of the following molecules using VSEPR theory: 
XeOF. CIF, IC4 
or 
3 
What type ofhybridization is possible in the molecules CH4, PF; and IF, ? 
Q3 
(a) 
What is the relationship between A and Ag? 
(b) 
What is Jahn-Teller distortion? Cr(II) and Cu(ll) coordinaion complexes show 
tetragonally distorted octahedral structures. Jusufy. 
(c 
Draw crystal field splitting diagram for low spin and high spin d' octahedral 
complexes. Calculate CFSE in terms of A (crystal fieid splitting energy) andP 
4.5 
(pairing encagy) for low spn d octahedral complex. 
Which of the following complexes has higher value of A, and why? 
i) [CoH0)* or [Co(HO%* 
ii) [Co(NH)%* or [CoF." 
d) 
Q4 (a) 
What is trans-effect? Predict the product in the following reaction: 
(a) 
CI 
+2 NH3 
Cl-Pt-Cl 
Product ? 
Ci 
ct. 
3 
(b) 
Explain electrostatic polarization theory and z-bonding theory of rans- 
(c) 
Suggest 
a mechanism for direct electron transfer from [Fe(CNJ6 
Fe(CN) 
Or 
The reduction of [Co(NH)%CI]* is about 10 times faster than the redueno 


of Co(NHl)%l". Name and discuss the mech sn 
vlved 
Sketch the erystal ticd splitting in a square p an.ur complex 
SECTION B 
(41tempi three yue sti ms n alil) 
Q5 
(a) 
Using sequence rules, assign R/S notations to cauh of the stereocentres in the 
following configurations: 
CHO 
COLLF 
OH 
GCls 
Br 
BANDY 
CH3 
H 
LIBRY 
Kalka 
H 
-Br 
HO 
-H 
CHs 
HN 
Br 
CH2OH 
(i) 
(ii) 
(b) 
Draw the Newman and Sawhorse projections for anti, gauche, eclipsed and 
fully eclipsed conformations of 1.2-dichloroethane specifying the dihedral 
angle between two chloro substituents and also indicate which conformation is 
6. 
more stable and why ? 
Assign E and Z notations to the following olefins and write the steps involved 
(c) 
Br 
NH2 
HC 
CI 
SH 
C 
NO2 
CaHs 
(ii) 
Q6 
(a) 
Explain, why the chair conformation of cyclohexane is more stable than its 
boat conformation with the help of Newman projections. 
(b) 
Which of the following cyclic organic compounds are aromatic and why? 
45 
i) 
(ii) 
(c) 
Explain why (any three)? 
i) Cyclohexylamine is more basic than aniline. 


ii) 
Rate of nitration of chlorobenzene is grcate" than mte ol chlorination of 
nitrobenzene. 
111 
Allyl free radical is more stable. 
iv 
Chloroacetic acid is stronger acid than acetic acid 
3 x 2 
07 (a) 
Write the products, name of the reaction and out'ine the mechanism vlf 
following reaction: 
40% 
2CH,CH1O 
A+ B 
NaOH 
(b) 
Give tie mechanism of Claisen condensation. 
(c) 
What 
happens when methyl magnesiun 
bromide reacts with ethanal 
(CH,CHO) followed by hydrolysis? 
(d) 
Why tertiary haloalkanes undergo nucleopl1ilc substitution reaction via Syl 
mechanism? 
2 
(e) 
Explain Saytzeff's rule with suitable example. 
1.5 
Q8 
(a) 
Complete the foilowing reaction and indicate the name reaction involved and 
Q8 
write the mechanism of the reaotion 
CHO 
+(CH,CO)0 CHCOONa 
Heat 
(b) 
Write the product and classify the following reactions as addition, elinination 
or substitution reaction. 
4.5 
CH,COCH 
+ HCN 
CH,CH,CHBr + ethanolic KOH 
CH,CHC 
NaCN 
2 
(c) 
Write a short note on addition or condensation polymerization. Alsa draw the 
monomeric unit(s) present in natural rubber (polymer) indicaling its naue. 
4 


(31 
S 
D 
S/ 
Unique Paper Code 
235201 
Name of Paper 
Differentinl Equations and Mathematical Modeling 
(MAHT-201) 
Name of Course 
B.Sc (H) Mathematics 
Semester 
H 
:I1 
Duration 
3 hours 
LIE 
Maximum Marks 
:75 Marks 
Kalk 
Instructions for Candidates: 
I. Attempt all quest ions. 
2. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed. 


Section-1 
pubs 
Q1. Amempt any three of the following: 
(5+5+5) 
(a) 
Solve the differential equation 
y(xy' + y)V1+x* = x. 
(b) 
Solve the differential equation yy" +0) =0, in which the independent variable x is 
22 
missing. 
(c) 
Determine the most general function M%, y) such that the equation M(x, y)dx + 
(2xy3 +xty)dy 
= 
0 
is exact and hence solve it. 
(d) 
Solve the initial value problem 
+r tanß = cos26, r(T/4) = 1. 
Q2. Atempt any two,0f the following: 
(5+5) 
(a) 
An arrow is shot straight upward from the ground with an initial velocity of 160 fis. It 
2 
experiences both the deceleration of gravity and deceleration ft/s*due to air 
800 
resistance. How high in the air does it go? 
(b) 
At time t=0 the bottom plug (at the vertex) ofa full conical water tank 16 ft high is 
removed. After I hour the water in the tank is 9 ft deep. When will the tank be empty? 
(c) 
There are now about 3300 different human "language families" in the whole world. 
Assume that all these are derived from a single original language, and that a language 
1amily develops into 1.5 language families every 6000 years. About how long ago was 
the original human language spoken? 
Section-II 
Q3. Attempt any two, of the following: 
(7.5+75) 
(a) 
AIcohol is unusual in that it is removed from the bloodstream by a constant amount each 


OLLE 
LIBRARY , 
Kalkaj 
Y Del 
ai. Ne 
time period, independent of the amount in the bloodstream. This remo val can be modeled 
by a Michaelis-Menten type function y' 
where y(t) is the amount (BAL): of 
(y+M) 
alcohol in the bloodstream at time t, ka is a posit ive constant and M a small positive 
constant. 
0) 
lfy is large compared with M then show that y' 
-kz. Solve for y in this case. 
(i) 
Alternatively, as y decreases and becomes small compared with M, show that 
then y' 
Solve for y in this case. 
M 
(ii) 
Give a rough sketch of the solution function for y' vassuming that, 
(+M) 
initially. y is much greater than M. Indicate clearly how the graph changes in 
character when y is small compared with M, compared with when y is large 
compared with M. Show how the solution behaves as t 
co, 
v)When and why would this function be more suitable than simply using y = -k3 
to model the removal rate? 
In view of potentially disastrous effects of overfishing causing a population to become 
extinct, some governments impose quotas which vary depending on estimates of 
population at the current time. One harvesting model that takes this into account is 
(b) 
=TX1-hoX. 
How many equilibrium populations are there? Find them. 
(ii) 
At what critical harvestingg rate can extinction occur using this model? 
Consider the population of a country. Assume constant per-capita birth and death rates, 
and that the population follows an exponential growth (or decay) process. Assume there 
to be a significant immigration and emigration of people into and out of the country. 
) 
Assuming the overall immigration and emigration rates are constant, formulate a 
single differential equation to describe the population size over time. 
Suppose instead that all immigration and emigration occurs with a neighboring 
country, such that the net movement from onë country to other is proportional to 
the population difference between the two countries and such that people move to 
the country with the larger population. Formulate a coupled system of equat ions 
(c) 
(i) 
as a model for this situation. 
In both () and (ii) start with appropriate word equations and ensure all variables are 
defined. Give clear explanations of how the differential equations are obtained from the 
word equations. 
LEGE 


Seetion-III 
puls 
Q4. Amempt any four of the following: 
(5+5+5+5) 
(a) Solve the Euler equation 
xy+xy +9y = 0. 
(b) State and prove the principle of superposit ion for homogeneous linear differential 
equations of second order. Can linearity be droppecd? Justify your answer. 
(c) Use the method of variation of parameters to find a particular solution of 
y"+4y = sin?x. 
(d) Use the method of undetermined coefficients to find a particular so lution of 
y+y= 3e* + 4x2. 
() A body with mass 250 g is attached to the end of a spring that is stretched 25 cm by a 
force of 9N. At time t=0, the body is pulled I m to the right, stretching the spring and is 
set in motion with an initial velocity of 5 m/s to the left. Find x(t) in the form 
C cos (wot 
-
a) and find the amplitude of the motion of the body. 
Section-IV 
Q5. Attempt any two, of the following: 
(7.5+ 7.5) 
(a) In a long range battle, neither army can see the other, but fires into a given area. A simple 
mathematical model describing this battle is given by the coupled differential equations 
dR 
dB 
= -CRB, 
dt 
-C2RB 
dt 
where C and c2 are positive constants. 
Use the chain rule to find a relationship between R and B, given the initial number 
of soldiers for the two armies are ro and bo respectively. 
Draw a sketch of typical phase-plane trajectories. 
(i) 
Cii) 
Explain how to estimate the parameter ci given that the blue army fires into a 
region of area A. 
(b) A model of a three species interaction is 
aX b, XY 
- cXz,= a2XY 
-
baY, 
= agXZ 
- b,Z, 
where a, bi, Ci, for i=1,2,3, are all positive constants. Here X) is the prey density and 
Y() and Z() are the two predator species densities. 
(i) 
F'ind all possible equilibrium populations. 
Is it possible for all three populations to coexist in equilibrium? 


(i) 
What does this suggest
about introducing an additional predator intoar 
ecosystem? 
(c) Consider a populat ion split into two groups: adults and juveniles, where the adults give 
birth to juveniles but juveniles are not yet fertile. Eventually juveniles mature into adults. 
Assume constant per capita birth and death rates for the population and that the young 
mature into adults at a constant per capita rate o. 
Starting from a compartmental diagram and suitable word equations formulate a pair of 
differential equations describing the density of adults and density of juveniles at any time 
Define all variables and parameters used. 
COT 
SHBAO 
LIBR 
alkaj 


[Thisquestion paper contains 2 printed pages] 
Your Roll No.. 
Sr. No. of Question Paper 
SHT 
Unique Paper Code 
:235203 
H 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc. (Hons) Mathematics 
Name of the Paper 
MAHT-202: Analysis-II 
Semester 
OLLE 
ABAND 
LIBRARY 
NDHU 
Duration 
:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
Relhi-19 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of ihis question paper 
2. Attempt any three parts from each question. 
3. All questions are compulsory. 
1.(a) Use the c-6 definition of the limit, find lim.1 f) where fx) = 
5 
1+x 
(b) State and prove Sequential Criterion for Limits. 
5 
(c) State Squeeze Theorem. Show that lim- x cos) = 0. 
d) Let f(x) = xl/2 for x *0. Show that limio+f) = lim-0-f(t) = +0o. 
5 
2.(a) Let A SRlet f:A 
R, and let fCx) 20 for all x ¬ A. Prove that if f is continuous 
on A, then f 
is continuous on A. 
(b) Deternine the points of continuity of the function x-), where x -
[x] denotes the 
greatest integer function. 
5 
(c) Let I = [a, b] and let f:7R and g:l > R be continuous functions on I. 
Show that the set E = 
{x EI:f) = g(x)} has the property that if (xn) SE 
and xn 
X0, then o E. 
5 
(d) State Bolzano's Intermediate Value theorem. Let fand g be continuous functions on 
a, b such that f(a) 2 g(a) and f(b) s gb). Show that f(c) = g(c) for at least one 
c in fa. b]. 
5 


LIBRARY 
aka 
Now 
3 (a) Define uniformly contimous function on a set A S R. Prove that if/ and g are cach 
unifomly contimuous on R, then the compos ite function fo g is uniformly continuous 
on R. 
(b) State non- uniform continuity criteria. Show that the function f(x) ==is not 
uniformly continuous on (0, oo). 
(c) Determine where the function f(x) = [x|+ |x +1|, x E R is differentiable and find 
the derivative. 
delete 
(d) Suppose that f:R > R is differentiabte at c and a}s(c) = 0. Show that g (x) = ISa)I 
is differentiable at t if and only if flc) = 0. 
5 
4a) Let f: l ~ R be differentiable on the interval I. Show that fis decreasi:ng on / if and 
only if f'(x) s0 for all x El. 
(b) Let f:I > R be continuous on an interval I and suppose that f has a relative
extremum at an interior point c of I. Prove that either the derivative of f at c does 
not exist or it is equal to zero. 
5 
c) State the Mean Value Theorem. Use the theorem to prove that 
In x <x-1,for x > 1. 
5 
(d) Suppose that f : [0,2]R is continuous on [0,2] and differentiable on ]0,2[ and that 
SC0) = 0,f(1) = 1,f(2) = 1. 
Show that there exists c 
E ]0,1[ such that f'(c) 
= 
1. 
Show that there exists c2 E]1,2[such that f" (c2) 
= 
0. 
Show that there exists cE]0,2[ such that f'(c) = 
(ii) 
(i) 
5 
5.(a) State and prove Taylor's Theorem. 
(b) Obtain Maclaurin's series expansíon for the function sin x 
(c) Show that 1- x 
cosx for allx E R. 
5 
(d) Define a convex function on an interval I 
R. Check which of the following functions 
are convex: 
(i) 
cotz, 
x 
e 0. 
(ii) 
x- 11. 
x 
¬ [0,2] 


(93 
Sr. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
:235204 
Name of the Paper 
Probability and Statistics MAHT 203 
Name of the Course 
: B.Sc.(H) Mathematics 
Semester 
COL 
G 
Duration 
: 3 Hours 
ANDA
Maximum Marks 
75 
LIEARY 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roli No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2. 
In all there are six questions. 
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory and it contains five parts of 3 marks each. 
4. In Question No. 2 to 6, attempt any two parts from three parts. Each part carries 6 
marks. 
5. Use of scientific calculator is allowed. 


SET-B 
Q1 () If C and C2 are events in a sample space S, then prove that 
PCn C) 2 P(G) + P(C2) -1 
i) IfX and Y are independent random variables then show that Cov (X. Y) -
Gin If X has a Poisson distribution with P(A 1) 
= P(X 
= 2), what is P(X = 1or 21 
(iv) Let X have the pdf 
f(x)= 3x, 0<r<1 
f)= o ,elsewhere 
Find E(X(1-x). 
(v) Find the value of c for which the two random variables X and Y have the joint pmf 
p(xy) 
= c(x* +y), for x 
= -1,0,1,3; 
= -1,2,3, zero elsewhere 
Q2 (a) Let {Cn} be an increasing sequence of events. Then prove that 
im- P(C) 
= P(lim,q-s Cr) 
= PU C 
n= 1 
(b) G) There are 5 red chips and 3 blue chips in a bowl. The red chips are numbered 
1,2,3,4,5 respectively and the blue chips are numbered 1,2,3 respectively. If 2 chips 
are to be drawn at random and without replacement, find the probability that these 
chips have either the same number or the same colour. 
SCOLLE 
HO CO 
b)(i) 
Given the cdf 
0, 
x-1 
LIE 
RY 
Kalks 
Fx)= 
-1Sx<1 
1x. 
Vew 
De 
Find P-xs). POK =1) and P(2 «X s3). 
C) Find the moment-generating function of the geometric distributionHence or otherwise, 
find its mean and variance. 
Q3 (a) Derive the following recursion formula for a random variable X having Poisson 
distribution with parameter : 
Hr 
r-+ forr123,. 


where , 
denotes the rth moment about mean. 
Also find l2 and 43 using uo= 1 and 44 
= 
0. 
Show that if a random variable has an exponential density with the parameter 0 , the 
probability that it will take on a value less than - 0. ln(1 -
p) is equal to p. 
(b) () 
Ifa random variable has a uniform density with the parameters a and B, find its 
distribution function. 
(h Find the moment - generating function of the normal distribution. Hence or othervwise, 
find its mean and variance. 
04 (a) Let X be a random variable having standard normal distribution, then show that 
) 
Hr0 , when r is odd; 
, when is even. 
Cii) 2h ( 
(b) Let f (x. y) 
= 
2, 0<x < y, 0 <y <1, zero elsewhere be the joint pdf of X and Y. 
and 
Show that the conditional means are, respectively, 
0<x <1, 
0<y< 1 
(c) Let X and Y have the joint pmf described by the following table 
Ca.y) 
(0,0) 
(0,1) 
0,2) (1,1) 
(1,2) 
(2,2) 
Px,y) 
12 
12 
Find the correlation coefficient of X and Y. 
Q5 (a) Given the joint density 
6x, 0<x<y<l 
f)= 0, 
elsewhere. 
Find the regression equation of X on Y. 
X, Y) 
= e**-y, 0<x < o, 0 <y <o, zero elsewhere, is the joint pdf of the 
aaom variables X and Y. Show that M(t,, t2) 
= (1 
- t)(1-t2) 
ti<l and 
t2 
1. Hence show that E(etXatX2)) = (1 -t)2, t < 1. 


(c) Suppose (X, Y) has a joint distribution with the variances of X and Y finite and positive. 
If E(Y|X) is linear then show that E(Y|A) 
= 42 +p(X- H1). 
ons 
Q6 (a) Suppose that whether or not it rains today depends on previous weather conditi.
two 
through the last two days. Specifically, suppose that if it has rained for the past 
rday, 
days, then it will rain tomorrow with probability 0.7; if it rained today but not yesterday 
then it will rain tomorrow with probability 0.5; if it rained yesterday but not today, then 
it will rain tomorrow with probability 0.4; if it has not rained in the past two days, then it 
will rain tomorrow with probability 0.2. Transform the process into a Markov Chain and 
finds it transition probability matrix. 
b) State and prove Central Limit theorem for a sequence of independent and 
identically distributed random variables. 
(C)Suppose we know that the number of items produced in a factory during a weck is a 
random variable with mean 500. 
) 
What can be said about the probability that this week's production will be atleast 
1000? 
(i) If the variance of a week's production is know to equal 100, then what can be said 
about the probability that this week's production will be between 400 and 600 ? 
sHBAA 
LIBRARY 
k3ii New 
5LLE 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages. 
Your Roll No. 
HC 
S. No. of Paper 
6630 
Unique paper code 
32351201 
Name of the papeer 
Real Analysis 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics 
Name of course 
OLLEGA 
EoLLEG 
Semester 
II 
Duration 
:3 hours 
Maximum marks 
ANDAU 
75 
RARY 
Kalka 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediate L1O 
aikaji New 
on receipt of this question paper.) 
w 
D 
Attempt any three parts from each question. 
All questions are compulsory. 
1. (a) Prove that a lower bound v of a nonempty set S in R is 
the Infimum of S if and only if for every e> 0, there exists 
an Se E S such that se <v +E. 
(b) Let S be a nonempty bounded above set in R. Let a >0 
and aS= {as: s E S}, then prove that Sup (aS) = a Sup S. 
(c) If x and y are positive real numbers with x < y, then 
prove that there exists a rational number r E Q such that x 
<ry. 
(d) Show that Sup {1-n EN= 1. 
5,5,5 
P. T. O. 


2. (a) Detine limit point of a set in R. Prove that a point c E R 
is a limit point of a set S if and only if every neighbourhood 
ofe contains infinitely many points of S. 
(6) Let (xn) be a 
sequence of real numbers such that 
limn 
Xn 
= 
X> 0, then show that there exists a natural 
number K such that 
Xn2x 
VnK. 
(c) Use the definition of limit to prove: 
lim- (Vn+1 
- vn) = 0 
3n+2 3. 
i. 
ii. 
limnon+1 
(d) Let (Xn) be a sequence of positive real numbers such 
that L-limn- 
exists. Show that ifL < 1, then (x,) 
converges and limn--nXn= 0. 
(5,5,5) 
3. (a) Let (xn) and (y») be sequences of real numbers such 
that 
that lim,n-Xn = x and limn-o yn = y, then show that 
lim-nYn xy. 
(b) State Squeeze Theorem and hence prove that 
lim-(a" +b") 
where 0 <a <b. 
(c) State and prove Monotone Convergence Theorem. 
(d) Let (x) be a sequence of real numbers defined by 
X1 = 8, xn+1 
+ 2 for n E N. 
Show that (xn) is convergent and find its limit. 
(5,5,5) 


3 
4. (a) Show that the following sequences are divergent: 
4. 
((-1)) 
i) sin( () 
(b) Define a Cauchy sequence and show that every Cauchy 
sequence of real numbers is bounded. 
(c) Prove that the sequence (xn), where 
X1+5+ 
+ 
n EN 
is not a Cauchy sequence. 
(d) Let 2n=1an and 2n=1bn be infinite series of positive 
real numbers such that lim,-o 
= 0. Show that if 
(5, 5,5) 
n=1 bn converges, then 2n=1 an Converges. 
5. (a) State and prove n-th Root Test to test the convergence 
5. 
of an infinite series. 
(b) Test for convergence any two of the following series: 
n! 
i.2n-1nn 
BAND 
ANDAO 
OLLEG 
1 
i. 2n=1 (2n+1) 
LIGRAy 
iii. 
1 
i. Zn=2 nlnn 
(c) Define Conditional Convergence. Showthat the series 
P. T. O. 


4 
2n=1-1)n+1 (2n-1) 
is conditionally convergent. 
(d) Test the following series for Absolute convergence: 
2-1» n) 
(2n)! 
n=1 
(5, 5, 5) 
3100 


This question paper contatns Jprinted pages. 
9)s)8 
Your Roll No. .. 
S. No. of Paper 
6631 
HC 
Unique Paper Code 
32351202 
Name of the Paper 
:Differential Equations 
Name of the Course 
B.Se. (Hons.) Mathematies- 1I 
SuLEGE 
Semester 
II 
Duration 
3 hourrs 
LIBRARY 
Kaika 
Maximum Marks 
:75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper.) 
w 
Deln 
Vew De 
kaji, N 
All the Sections are compulsory. 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed. 
Section I 
1. Attempt any three parts of the following: 
(5+5+5) 
a. Solve the differential equation: 
2xe"y+2xy' +y~+ {s'e'-ry-3xdy=0. 
b. Find the general solution of the differential equation: 
w+( = w'. 
c. Solve the differential equation: 
-y-1 
dx 
x+y+3 
d. Solve the initial value problem: 
dy-2y +3y.0)=-1 
dx 
2. Attempt any two parts of the following: 
(5+5) 
a. A water tank has the shape obtained by revolving the 
parabola x 
= by around the y axis. The water depth is 4 ft 
at 12 noon, when a circular plug in the bottom of the tank is 
removed. At I pm. the depth of the water is 1 ft. Find the 


2 
depth y) of water remaining after f hours. Also, find when 
the tank will be empty. If the initial radius of the top 
surface of the water is 2 ft, what is the radius of the circular 
hole in the bottom? 
b. 
A certain piece of dubious information about phenyl ethyl 
amine in the drinking water began to spread one day in the 
city with a population of 100,000. Within a week 10,000 
people heard this rumour. Assume that the rate of increase 
of the number who have heard the rumour is proportional to 
the number who have not heard it. How long will it be until 
half the population of the city has heard the rumour? 
Consider a body that moves horizontally through a medium 
C. 
whose resistance is proportional to the square of the 
velocity u, so that duldt = -ku'. Show that 
vl)+u,k 
and that 
x{t)=x, + In(l+ukr). 
Section IlI 
3 Attempt any wo parts of the following: 
(8+8) 
a. The following differential equation describes the level of 
pollution in the lake: 
C-) 
where V is the volume, F is the flow (in and out), C is the 
concentration of pollution at time 
and Cin is the 
concentration 
of pollution entering 
the 
lake. 
Let 
V = 28x 10m,F 
= 4x10" m Imonth. If only fresh water 
enters the lake, 


3 
i. How long would it take for the lake with pollution 
concentration 10 purts/m' to drop below the safety 
threshold (4x 10° parts/ m')? 
ii. How long will it take to reduce the pollution level to 
5% of its current level? 
b. In view of the potentially disastrous effects of overfishing 
causing a population to become extinct, some governments 
impose quotas which vary depending on estimates of the 
population at the current time. One harvesting model that 
takes this into account is: 
i. Show that the only non-zero equilibrium population 
is 
i. At what critical harvesting rate can extinction 
occur? 
C. 
In a simple battle model, suppose that soldiers from the red 
army are visible to the blue army, but soldiers from the blue 
army are hidden. Thus, all the red army can do is fire 
randomly into an area and hope they hit something. The 
blue army uses aimed fire. 
i. Write down appropriate word equations describing 
the rate of change of the number of soldiers in each 
of the armies. 
ii. By making appropriate assumptions, obtain two 
coupled differential 
equations describing this 
system. 
ii. Write down a formula for the probability of a single 
bullet fired from a single red soldier wounding a 
blue soldier in terms of the total area A and the area 
exposed by a single blue soldier Ab. 
P. T. O. 


4 
iv. Hence write the rate of wounding of both armies in 
terms of the probability and the firing rate 
Section III 
Attempt any three parts of the following: 
(6+6+6) 
a. Find the general solution of the differential equation: 
ry+6xy+4xy'=0 
b. Using the method of undetermined coefficients, solve the 
differential equation 
-2y'+y'=l+xe",y0) =y0)= y0)=1. 
c. Using the method of variation of parameters, solve the 
differential equation: 
+3y+2y = 4e. 
d. Show that y, = 1 and y, = Vx are solutions of : 
w+0=0, 
but the sum y = y +y is not a solution. Explain why. 
Section IV 
5. Attempt any two parts of the following: 
(8+8) 
a. Consider 
a 
disease where all those infected remain 
contagious for life. A model describing this is given by the 
differential equations 
dS -6ST, 
SI 
dt 
a 
dt 
where 
is a positive constant. 
1.Use the chain rule to find a relation between S and 
I. 
, 
Obtain 
and 
sketch 
the 
phase-plane curves 
Determine the direction of travel along the 
trajectories. 
11. Using this model, 
is 
it possible for 
all u 
susceptible to be infected? 


5 
b. 
The predator-prey equations with additional deaths by DDT 
are: 
B,Xc,XY - P,X, dr =-a,Y + c,XY - p,Y 
di 
where all parameters are positive constants. 
i. Find all the equilibrium points. 
ii. What effect does the DDT have on the non-zero 
equilibrium populations compared with the case 
when there is no DDT? 
ii. Show that the predator fraction of the total average 
prey population is given by: 
f= 
1+ +P)) 
c(-P)) 
What happens to this proportion fas the DDT kill 
rates, pi and p2, increase? 
C. 
The pair of differential equations 
dP 
=rP-PT" = qP, 
dt 
dt 
where r,y and q are positive constants, is a model for a 
population of microorganisms P, which produces toxins T 
which kill the microorganisms. 
i. Given that initially there are no toxins and Po 
microorganisms, obtain an expression relating the 
population density and the amount of toxins. 
ii. Hence, give 
a sketch of a typical phase-plane
trajectory.
ii. Using 
phase-plane trajectory, 
describe 
what 
happens to the microorganisms over timne. 
HDHU 
ESH&A 
LIBRARY 
* 
31100

o3|1401? 
This question paper contains 4 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
90 
1 
Unique Paper Code
32351301 
ti 
Name of the Paper 
Theory of Real Functions 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediateby on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt any three parts from each question 
All questions are compulsory. 
I. 
Let A CR,f: A > 
R and cE R be a cluster point of 
A. Then prove that f can have only one limit at c. 
5 
(6) 
Use the e-ô definition of the limit to prove that 
(b) 
5 
lim =c for any ce R. 
State divergence criterion for limit of a function. Show 
5 
that lim (r+ sgn(») does not exist. 
P.T.O. 


90 
2 
() Prove that 
lim 
= 
(i) 
lim 
=0. 
2 
(a) 
Let AC R, S, g, h: A > R and c e R be a cluster 
point of A. If ft) s gt*) s hx) for all x E A, x #c 
and if 
lim S(r) = L = lim h{x), then prove that 
xc 
5 
lim g(r) =L. 
(6) 
State and prove sequential criterion for continuity of a 
5 
real valued function. 
(c) 
Let the function f: R 
R be defined by 
2x 
ifrisrational 
S)= 
x+3 
ifxisirrational 
5 
Find all the points at which f is continuous. 
(aLet r-> x] denote the greatest integer function. Determune 
the points of continuity of the function f(r) = x 
- x} 
5 
xER. 


3 
90 
3 
(a) 
Let f be a continuous real valued function defined on 
a, b]. By assuming that f is a bounded function show 
5 
that f attains its bounds on [a, b]. 
(6) 
State Bolzano's Intermediate value theorem and show 
(6) 
that the function f (x). = xe -
2 
has a 
root c 
in the 
5 
interval [0, 1]. 
(c) 
Let f: R 
R is continuous on R and suppose that 
S(r) 
= 
0 for every rational numbers r. Show that 
5 
S) 
= 
0 for all x eR. 
Define uniform continuity of a function. Prove that if 
(d) 
a function is continuous on a closed and bounded. 
5 
interval 1, then it is unifornmly continuous on I 
Show that the function f) 
= 1/ is uniformly continuous 
4 
(a) 
on A 
= 
[0, [ 
but it is not uniformly continuous on 
5 
B 
10, o 
(b) 
Determine where the following function f: R 
R is 
5 
differentiable, f(r) = |x - ||+ |x + ||. 
P.T.O. 


4 
90 
( 
Let fbe defined on an interval I containing the point c. 
Then prove that fis differentiable at c if and only if there 
exists a function o on I that is continuous atc and satisfies 
S)-Sc) = ¢c) (x - c) for all x e I. In this case, we 
have o(c)=f "(c). Using the above result find the function 
for f (x) = x', x e 
R 
(d) 
State and prove Mean Value Theorem. 
5 
5 
(a) 
State Darboux's theorem. Suppose that f: [0, 2]> Ris 
CoLLEGE 
LLEGE 
continuous on [0, 2] and differentiable on ]0, 2[ and that 
SO) 
= 
0, S(1) 
= 
1, S(2) 
= 
1. () Show that there exists 
E (0, 1) such that f(c)= 1. (in Show that there exists 
NYS 
c, E (1, 2) such thatf(¢,) 
= 0. (ii) Show that there exists 
: 
5 
cE (0, 2) such that f'(c) 
= 
1/10. 
(6) 
Let f: I > 
R be differentiable on the interval I. Then 
prove that fis increasing on I if and only iff(r) 2 0 for 
5 
all x E I. 
State Taylor's theorem. Use 
it 
to prove that 
(c) 
I-P2 cos x for all x E R. 
5 
d 
Find the Taylor series for e and state why it converges 
to 
for all x e R. 
5 
4 
3,100 
90 


&1alao19 
This question paper contains 4 printedpages. 
13 
Your Roll No. 
S. No. of Paper 
91 
I 
Unique Paper Code 
32351302 
Name of the Paper 
:Group Theory -I 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics 
HU 
GOLLE 
Semester 
Duration 
:3 hours 
BANDA 
LIBRARY 
alkai Ne! 
Maximum Marks 
75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper.) 
Delhj 
Attempt any two parts from each question. 
All questions are compulsory. 
1. (a) Define a group. Give an example of 
(i) an abelian group consisting of eight elements, 
(1i) a non-abelian group consising of six elements, 
(ii) an infinite abelian group, and 
iv) an infinite non-abelian group. 
Show that the set {5, 15, 25, 35} is a group under 
(b) 
multiplication modulo 40. What is the identity 
element of this group? Find the inverse of each 
element. 
(c) Prove that the intersection of an arbitrary family of 
subgroups of a group G is again a subgroup of G. 
What can you say about the union of two subgroups? 
Justify your answer. 
2x6-12 
P. T. O. 


2 
2. (a) (i) Prove that in (Z, +), the group of integers under 
addition, every non-zero element is of infinite 
order 
(ii) Let G be a group and a e G. If | a | = n and k is a 
positive divisor of n, then prove that | a"|=k. 
(b) Prove that the order of a cyclic group is equal to the 
order of its generator. 
(c) Define a cyclic group. If G = (a) 
is a finite cyclic 
group of order n, then prove that the order of any 
subgroup of G is a divisor of n, and for each positive 
divisor k of n , G has exactly one subgroup of order k, 
namely, (d). 
2x6.5-13 
3. (a) Prove that if the identity permutation e = BB 
where the B's are 2-cycles then r is even. 
(b) Show that for n 23, Z(S,) = {I}. 
(c) Prove that: 
1) a group of prime order has no proper, non-trivial 
subgroup. State its converse. Is it true? 
i) a group of prime order is eyclic and any non- 
identity element can be taken as its generator. 
2x6 12 
4. (a) Let G be a finite group of permutations of a set S. Then 
prove that for any i from S: 
G 
= lorba(l |staba )|. 


3 
(b) (i) Prove that the center Z(G) of a group G is a 
subgroup of G and is normal in G. 
(ii) If H is a subgroup of G such that H is contained 
in the center Z(G), then prove that H is a normal 
subgroup of G. Is the converse true? Justify your 
answer. 
(c) Let N be a normal subgroup of a group G and let H be 
a subgroup of G. If N is a subgroup of H, prove that 
HN is a normal subgroup of G/N if and only if H is a 
normal subgroup ofG. 
2x6.5-13 
5. (a) Let C be the complex numbers and: 
M 
a,b ER 
Prove that C and M are isomorphic under addition 
and C' = C\{0} and M' = = M\{O} are isomorphic 
under multiplication. 
(b) Prove that an infinite cyclic group is isomorphic 
to (Z, +). Hence show that every subgroup of an 
infinite cyclic group is isomorphic to the group itself. 
Let G be a group of permutations. For each o in G, 
(c) 
define 
if o is an even permutation, 
sgn(o)-1, ifa is an odd permutation. 
Prove that sgn is a homomorphism from G to {1,-1). 
What is the kernel? 
2x6-12 
P. T. O. 


4 
6. (a) Let o be a honmomorphism from a group G to a group 
G. Let g be an element of G. Then: 
i) d(o") = ¢(g)" for all n e Z 
(i) o is one-one if and only if ker(¢) = {e), where 
e is the identity of G. 
(b) State and prove the First Isomorphism Theorem. 
(c) (i) Suppose d is a homomorphism from U(30) to 
U(30) and Ker(¢) = {1,11). 
If o(7)
= 7, find all elements of U (30) that map 
to 7. 
(ii) Let G be a group. Prove that the mapping o(g) = 
g, for all g E G, is an isomorphism from G onto 
G if and only if G is Abelian. 
2x6.5-13 
AU 
CO 
NDHU CO 
LIBRARY m 
hi-12 
3100 


S|12|18 
This question paper contains 4+2 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper92 
14) 
Unique Paper Code 
32351303 
Name of the Paper 
:C-7 Multivariate Calculus 
Name of the Coursse 
:B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics 
Semester 
Duration :3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
LE 
COLL 
All sections are compulsory. 
ANDH 
All questions cary equal marks. 
| 
ka NeN Del 
SectionI 
LERRY 
Attempt any sir questions from this section. 
Deln 
Let f be the function defined by fr, y) = +22 
. 
for 
x y) + (0, 0). 
( 
Find 
lim 
S(a, y). 
( y)> (2, 1) 
Prove that has no limit at (0, 0). 
(b) 
P.T.O 


92 
2 
) 
The temperature at the point (¥, ) 
on a given metal plate 
2 
in the rv-plane is determined according to the formula 
Tx, 
y) r 
2xy + y degrees. Compute the rate at which 
the temperature changes with distance if we start at (2, 1) 
and move 
(a) 
parallel to the vector j. 
(6) 
parallel to the vector i. 
The Company sells two brands X and Y of a commercial 
3 
s0ap, in thousand-pound units. If x units of brand X and 
y units of brand Y are sold, the unit price for brand X is 
450y. 
P) 
= 4,000 
500x and for brand Y is q) 
= 3,000 -450y. 
(a) 
Find the total revenue R in terms of p and q. 
Suppose the brand X sells for S 500 per unit and brand 
(b) 
and brand 
sells for S 750 per unit. Estimate the chang 
in total 
revenue if the unit prices are increased by S 20 for brand 
X and $ 18 for brand Y. 


3 
92 
4 
If 
aMDH 
DHU 
LeG 
CC 
w= 
show that 
K 
dw 
+S 
0. 
as 
5. 
Find the directional derivative of fa, ) 
= e 
at P(1, -1) in 
the direction toward Q(2, 3). 
Find the absolute extrema of flx. y) = 2 sin x +5 cos y in the 
6. 
rectangular region with vertices (0, 0), (2, 0), (2, 5) and (0, 5). 
. 
Let R =xi + yj + zk andr = ||R||, evaluate div 
Section I 
Attempt any five questions from this section. 
8. 
By using iterated integral, compute 
f1-edA 
R 
where R is the rectangle 0 Sx s 1, 0 <y < 2. 
P.T.O. 


4 
92 
Evaluate the double integral 
9. 
dA 
where D is the triangular region bounded by y = -x and 
y 
2. 
10. 
Evaluate the double integral 
2 8- 
dr dy 
v++y2 
0 
y 
by converting to polar co-ordinates. 
11 
Find the volume of the tetrahedron T bounded by the plane 
2x +y + 
3z = 
6 
and the co-ordinates plane x 
= 0, y 
= 
0 and 
z =0. 
12 
Find the volume of the solid D bounded by the parabu 
loid 
Z =1 -4 
) and the xy-plane. 
13. 
Evaluate 
by using change of variable u 
= 
x 
t 
and v =* -, 
where 
D is the region in the plane which is 
bounded by 
D 
= 
1. 
the co-ordinate axes and the line x +y 


5 
92 
Section III 
Attempt any four questions from this section. 
14. 
Evaluate the line integral 
BAND 
F.dR 
where 
F 
=i-. 
+ 
and C is the quarter circle path x 
+ y 
= a, traversed from 
(a, 0) to (0, a). 
15. 
Show that the vector field 
F(r, y, z) 
= (sin z, -z sin y, x cos z + cos y) 
is conservative and evaluate 
F.dR 
C 
for any piecewise smooth path joining A(1, 0, -1) to 
B(0,-1, 1). 
P.T.O. 


92 
6 
I 
Use Green's theorem, to find the work done by the force fiel 
Ft. )3 4r + (4r y} 
when an object moves once counterclockwise around the 
ellipse 42+ 
= 
4. 
17 
Use Stokes' theorem, to evaluate the line integral 
3y dr+ 2: dy 
-
Sx d) 
where C is the intersection of the xy-plane and the 
hemisphere 
traversed counterclockwise as viewed from above. 
18. 
Evaluate 
(F. N)as, 
where F rtl+j +r3Pk and S is the surface of the tetrahedron
nCDy the plane x +y + z = | and the coordinate planes, 
with outward unit normal vector N. 
6 
3,100 


89 
2018 
235301 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Calculus-11 (MAHT-301) 
T 
uLEG 
Name of the Course: 
B.Sc.(H)- H(Senmester-Seheme) 
(15) 
Semester 
L1BRARY 
Kelkab 
Kelka 
Duration 
3 hours 
Maximum Marks 
75 
0 9 
instruction forthecandidates 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on the receipt of this question paper) 
All sections are compulsory. 
Attempt any five questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks. 
(Section1)
1. Define level curves and sketch the level curves of the function f(x,y) 
= 
10 
x2- y2 cut by the planes z 
= 1,z 
= 
3 and z 
= 
7. 
2. Show that the limit of the function defined by f(x.y) 
= 
does not exist at 
x+y2 
(x, y) = (0,0). 
3. Compute the slope of the tangent line to the graph of the function f(x, y) 
= 
x sin(x + y) at the point Po (,0) in the direction parallel to xz-plane 
4. Use an incremental approximation to estimate the function f (x. y) 
= 
e*" at the 
point (x, y) = (1.01, 0.98). 
S. Given the function F(x, y) 
= 
*2+ y2, where x 
= u sin v and y =u 
-
2 v, 
Find the partial derivatives 
andin two ways by considering Z= 
F(x(u,v), y(u, v)). 
6. Find all the relative extrema and saddle points of the fiinction 
fCx,y) 
= 
2x2 + 2 xy+y2 -2 x-2 y +5. 
(Section-2) 
7. Evaluate the iterated integral 
J 
x cos y dy ax 


g 
Eind 1he volume of a tetrahedron l bounded by the plane 2 x + y +3z =6 and 
the coordinate planes. 
9. Using eylindrical eoordinates. find the volume of the solid in the first octant that ic 
bounded by the cylinder x+ y' = 2y. the half-conez = yx? + y2, and xy- 
the plane. 
10.Evaluate the triple integral J Ja sop* sin p dp de dp. 
11.Tf u = xy and v = x*-y cxpress the Jacobian in in terms of u and v. 
cos p 
a (u,v) 
12.Evaluate 
dx dy 
(1+ x2+y2) using polar coordinates. 
(Section 3) 
13.Evaluate the line integral ¢. x*z ds , where C is the helix x = cos t, y = 2t, Z = 
sin t, for 0 <tT. 
14. a) Find the divergence of the function F = xy i +yzj + xz k. 
b) Let R = (x,y,2) and r = |R| = /x +yi +z?. Show that íarl( R) = 
0. 
15. Find the work done by an object moving along the C in the force field F(x, y) = 
x+xy ) + 2(x *y -y2 siny)j, where C is the closed path in the plane 
defined by the curve y = x from (0,0) to (1,1), followed by the lines y = 
1 and x =0 from (1,1) to (0,1) and from (0,1) to (0,0) respectively. 
16. Compute the flux integral 
. 
F.N ds where F = xy i +zj + (x + y)k 
and S 
1s the triangular surface cut off from the plane x +y +z =1 by the 
COordinate planes. Assume N is the upward unit normal. 
.USC divergence theorem to evaluate the surface integral JJ. F.N aS wnerc 
I+Yj 
+ zk and S is the closed bounded surface 0 Sx< 1,0<y[ 
, 
7 S1, and assume N is the outward unit normal vector. 
Dne portion of the plane x+v+z = 1 that lies in the first octant, and iet 
De the boundary of S. traversed counterclockwiseas viewed trom the above. 
Se Stoke s theorem to evaluate 6. F.dR where F = -*2i-2x¥J *yZR:| 
(2 


SETB 
201 
This question paper contans 2 prnnted pages 
Roll No. 
SHBAN 
LRRA 
16) 
Unique paper codie 
235304 
Name of the course 
B. Sc. (Hons) Mathematics 
/keii 
Name of the paper 
MAHT 303 - Algebra II 
Semcster 
III 
Maximum markS: 
15 
Duration:3 Hours 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of the question paper. 
2. 
Attempt any two parts from each question. 
3. All questions are compulsory. 
1. (a) LetH be a finite nonempty subsct of a group G. Then, prove that H is a subgroup of 
Gifand only if H is closed under the binary operation of G 
(b) Suppose that (al = 24. Find a generator for <a>n<a° >,. In general, find a 
generator for the subgroup <a" >0< a" >. 
(c) Let G be a finite cyclic group oforder n. Prove that for every divisor d ofn, there exists 
a unique subgroup of order n. 
(6, 4+2, 6) 
.(a) Prove that cvery group of order 3 is Abelian. 
(b) In a group G, prove that, for all a, b E G,the equations ax 
= 
b and ya 
= 
b have unique 
solutions in G. 
)In a G group, let a, b EG such that (ab)i 
= ab2. Then, prove that ab = ba. 
(6,6,6) 
3. (a) Prove that the disjoint cycles commule. 
cyclic. (1) 
(b) Define a cyclic group: Prove that every group of order p, where p is a prime, is cyclic. 
Kelk 


(c) Prove that the set Az ofeven permutations of the group S, is a normal subgroup of S, 
and 4,= IS,|/2, where n23. 
(6,6,6) 
4. (a) State and prove Lagrange's Theorem. 
(b) Define a coset ofa subgroup and a normal subgroup of a group G. Prove that a sub- 
group Hof G is normal if and only if xHx"icH. 
(ci) Let H be a subgroup of a group G having the index 2. Then, prove that H is a normai 
subgroup of G. 
(i) Let H be a subgroup of a group G such that x2 E H, for all x eG. Then, prove that H 
is a nomal subgroup of G. 
244.2+4%4+2%) 
5 
(a) Let G be a group. Then, prove that 
Inn(G). 
G 
z(G) 
(b) ()Find Aut) 
(1i) Let G be a group and p be a mapping from G to G defined by p(9) = g-l. Then, 
prove that p is an automorphism if and only ifG is Abelian. 
(c) Let p be a homorphism from a group G to a group G and let g e G. If p(g) = , then 
prove that p(9) = g ker p. 
6343.6 
6. (a) Prove that every group is isomorphic to a group of permutations. 
(b) Prove that any finite cyclic group of order n is isomorphic to Z, and any infinite 
cyclic group is isomorphic to 4. 
(c)Let p be a homorphism from a group G onto a group G . Then, prove that 
G 
. 
ker p 


2612 
Roll No. . 
S. No. of Question Paper: 18S 2 
(1 
Unique Paper Code 
23513003 
Name of the Paper 
Numerical Methods 
Name of the Course 
: B.Sc. (H) Mathematies Under-Erstwhite-EHP 
Semester 
:III 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Duration: 3 Hours 
(Write your Roll No. on the top inmediately on receipt of this quesion paper) 
Attempt any two parts from each question 
A N 
All questions are compulsory 
Marks are indicated against each question 
Use of Scientific Caleulator is allowed 
1. 
(a) Perform four iterations of the Newton Raphson method to obtain a root of 
fx) 
= x* -5x + 1 taking po 
= 0.5. 
(b) 
Define the order of convergence of an iterative method {xn}. Determine the order of 
convergence of the recursive scheme Xn+|= (Xn + b/xn). 
(c) 
Describe the Bisection method to approximate the root of an equation. Pertorm three 
iterations of this method to approximate a zero of f(x) 
= e"*- x on the interval [0.1. 
13 
2. 
(a) 
Derive the rate of convergence of the Rcgula Falsi method. 
(a) 
Perform three iterations of the Regula Falsi method to determine a positive root of 
(b) 
ftx)= x+ 2x- I in the interval [0,1] 
(c) 
Find the approx imate root of f{a) 
= x + 2x*-3x -I by secant method, taking 
(c) 


po 2 
and pi= 1, until the error |p- Pn-15 x 10. 
12 
3. 
(a) 
Find an LU decomposition of the matrix: 
1 
1 
3 
2 -4 
and use it to solve the systen AX = [4 
4 6]1 
(b) 
Perform three iteration of Gauss-Seidel method to solve the system of linear 
equations AX = 
b, vhere 
1 
Take X) = 0 as the initial approximation. 
(c) 
Perform three iterations of Jacobi method to solve the system of linear equations 
10x + 4y-2z 
= 12 
X-10y-z =-10 
5x +2y - 10z =-3 
Take X) = [1 
1 1] as the initial approximation. 
13 
SHBANA 
SHBAN 
LIBRARY m 
4. (a) 
For the following data 
X-12 4 5 
f)513 255 625 
aikaii 
elhi-19 
New 99 
obtain the Lagrange interpolating polynomial. Estimate f(3). 
(b) 
Calculate the nth divided difference of 1/x, based on the points xo,X1 s n 
(c) 
For the function f(x)=sin x, obtain the Lagrange linear interpolating polynomial 
in the interval [1,3]. Obtain approximate values of f(1.5) and f(2.5). 
2 
5. (a) 
Define the forward difference operator A, central difference operator ð and 
average operator ja. Prove that: 
( 
EoLLE 


(i) 6 = 4(1 + A)-1/2 
(i) u =(1+)(1+0)3/2 
(b) 
For the following data, obtain the forward and the backward Newton difference 
polynomials and interpolate at x=0.25 and x=0.35. 
2.5 
!.5 
f(x) 2.7183 4.4817 7.3891 
12.1825| 
2.0 
(d) if Xo,X1, ..Xn are ntl distinct points and fis defined at these ntl points, then prove 
that interpolating polynomial P, of degree at most n, is unique. 
13 
6. 
(a) Find approximate value of J 
dx using composite Trapezoidal rule with 2 equal 
sub-intervals. 
(b) Find approximate value of Jtanx dx using Simpson's rule. Verify that the 
theoretical error bound is satisfied. 
(c) Apply Euler's method to approximate the solution of the initial value problem 
=2-2x2-1, 0sts1, 
x(0) 
= 
1 
dt 
over the interval [0,1] using four steps. 
12 
nBAAS 
LiB 
Kka New 
e

Your Roll No.-----..... -
....... 
S. No. of Paper 
: 93 
@ 
I 
Unique Paper Code : 32351501 
Name of the Paper 
: Metric Spaces 
. ·Name of the Course · : B.Sc~ (Hons.) Mathematics 
Semester . 
:V 
~\) 
Li~" 
l)uration 
: 3 houn 
~ 
'>~ 
Maximum Marks 
: 75 
. 
~~ ¥ 
.-
. -~ 
'!?)~~ 
~ 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediat 
\,, '\ 
i} 
. 
on receipt of t~is quution paper.) 
,._ 
. 
() 
'-
-~ 
, 
. 
. 
· ~cl/ka·i, ~e, 
Attempt any two parts from each question. 
A.II questions are compulsory 
L (a) (i) Let X== RU {oo }u {-oo }. Define the metric don 
,Xby :· 
I 
I 
I 
. 
. 
. 
d(x, y) = tan~ x - tan- y I; x, y e X, 
where tan-1 (oo) = rr/2 and tan-1 (-oo) . ~rc/2. 
· · Show that (X, d) is a metric space. 
(ii) Let X· denote · the set of all Riemann integrable 
functions on [at b]-Foti, g ht X, define: 
d(f, g) = J:ll(x) -- g(x)I dx, . 
Show that dis not ll metric on X. · 
3+ 3==6 
{hJ Prc,ve that a sequence 111 It" is Cauehy In the Euell .. 
detttt 1neltlo d1 If and ott1y 1f It I~ C1tu(!hy ln the 
tt1axfmum mt,trlc dt:XJ. 
· 
6 
1'. 1◄• ·o. 


. 
-· 2 
( c) (i) Show that the metric space (X, d) of ~tiollal 
numbers is an incomplete metric ~-
(ii) Let x be any nonempty set and d be the discrete 
~ 
metric defined on X Prove that the metric space 
· (X, d) is a complete metric_ space. 
· 
3+ 3==<, 
2. ( a) Let (X, d) be a mettic space. Prove that the inter. 
section of any finite family of open sets in X is an open 
set in X. Is it bue for the intersec.tion of an arbitrary 
family of open sets? Justify your answer. 
6 · 
I 
• 
(b) Prove that if A is a subset of the· metric space (X, d), 
then d(_A) = d(A). 
6 
( c) Let F be a subset of a metric space (X, d). Prove that 
the foHowing are equivalent: 
(i) x e F -
(ii) S(x, E) nF:J& 0 for every open ball S(x, E) centered 
· 
atx; 
(iii) There exists an inf mite sequence {.tn}, n~ I of 
t 
, , 
points (not hecessarHy distinct) of F such 
that x,, -t x. 
6 
3
' : 
~~t (.X:, cl) bl! 11 mettle 1'p1tce.11rtd Z c Yi;; X. If tJJc(Z) 
v(Z) det1ute, te!lpettltely, the cfosure/J of Z Ju the 
mettle ~p11ee~ :X IUtd Y, thet1 1'htJw thltt: 
· clv(Z) ., f n tilJc(ZJ. 
. 
8 


3 
(b) (i) L_et y be· a nonem 
· 
. . . dx), and 
~ 
subset of a metric space ~ 
closed in f • 
dv) IS complete. Show that y is 
.(ii) Is -the converse of part () 
-
-
-
answer. 
· . 
1 true? Justify your 
4+2=6 
( c) Let dp (p 2!: 1) on the set Rn be given by: 
d,,(x, ly) = (Lj=1fx1 - Y1f P) 11" , 
for all x=(x1, X2, ..• , Xn): y=(y,, Yl, ... , Yn) in R". Show 
that (.Rn' dp) is a separabI~ metric space. 
. 
. 6 
4. (a) Prove that a mapping f. (X, dx) ➔ (Y, dv) is 
· continuous on X if and only if F1(F) is closed in X for all 
closed subsets F c;,f Y. 
-
6 ½ 
(b) (i) Define an . isometry between the metric spaces 
· 
(X, dx) and (Y, dv ), and show that- it is a 
homeomorphism. 
(ii) Is the completeness of a metric space.preserved 
· under homeomorphism? Justify your answer. 
4+2½=6½ 
( c) State and prove the Contractiod Mapping Prlnciple. · · 
1½+S=6½ 
5. (a) Let/be a n1apping of {X, dx) into (\', d,•). Prove thut/ 
ls cu11tit1UtJtts ou X lf Elt1d t1111y if for every subset F of Y~ 
1-1 c11°J t: cr-1cFJJl' 
6\4 
P. t. O. 


4 
. 
. 
·(b) Prove that the metrics di, d2 and doo defined on_ Rn 
by: 
' .. 
"°'n I 
12) 1/2. 
d 
d2(x,y) = VJj=l Xj - Yi 
, an 
doo (x, y) = max { I Xj - Yi I : j = 1,2, .. , n} · 
for x = (xi. x2, ... , xn) and y = (Yi, y~, ... , yn) E Rn 
are equivalent. 
· 
6½ 
. ( c) Prove that a metric space (X, d) is disconnected if and 
only if there. exists a continuous mapping of (X, d) 
onto the ~iscrete two element space (Xo, do), 
6½ 
6. ( a) If every two points in_ a metric space X are contained 
in · some connected subset of X, prove that X is 
connected. 
6½ 
(b) Let (X, d) be a metric space and Y a subset of X. 
Prove that if Y is compact subset of (X, d), then Y is 
boµnded. Is the converse true? Justify your answer. 
6½ 
( c) If I is a one-to-one continuous mapping of a compact 
metric space (X, dx) onto u metric space (Y, dy ), then 
prove thttt/is a homeomorphist111 
6½ 


. s.· No. of Question Paper_ : 
94 
0 
(Jnique Paper Code 
32351502 
I 
.-
. 
. 
Name of the Paper 
Group Theol)'-11 
LIBRARY m · 
Name of the Course 
. B.Sc. (H) Mathematics 
Semester 
V 
Duration : 3. I-lours 
Maxim~m Marks: 75 
· (J,Vri.te your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question P.aper.) 
All questions are compulsory·. 
Question No. I has been divided in IO parts 
and each part is of I½ marks. 
Each question from 2 to 6 has 3 part~ artd each part is of 
, 
6 marks. Attempt any two parts from each question. · 
I. 
State true Cf) or false (F). Justify your answer in brief : 
(a) 
Z2 EB ·z1 ·is iso111orphlc to Z whete Z Is used for gt·oup 
., 
(j 
II 
{O, I, 2, .............. ; H - I} u11det· adclltlc111 h1odulo H, 
(b) 
Th~ lat·gest f:)U~$lb'le tnde1
1 of tt11y elet11el'tt tJf extet11al 
.• 
cll1·ed ~tt,dtltl 'l El3 z Et! Z Is 36 · 
~ 
(l 
2 
. 


(c) 
(d) . 
(e) 
. (tJ 
(g) -._ 
( 
2 
) 
· 
·.L 
e-n~rmal subgroups_of a group G 
If H, K and 
ar 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 1'hen 
. 
. 
. 
. 
.. - · -' 1 direct ·product-of H;,-K and L ifG === HKL 
0 15 interna . 
. 
. 
_ 
and 
. 
. 
~ K 
L === { e} wher~ e is identity of G .. 
H n 
n 
~ 
.. 
. 
. f the group _ of inn~r .automorphis 
The order .o 
. 
. . 
rns of 
. 
. 
. 
• 
• 
I 
. 
· 
p of integ~rs i·s greater than I. 
addittve grou 
. 
1 
• 
The .dihedral group· Os of· or~er ~ is ~ subgroup of the 
symmetric group S 4. 
Fo; ~ny two gr~ups G1 ·and G2, G1 ~ G2 is .isomo"rphic to 
-. 
Let o be a rton-abelian group.· A map O x G ➔ G is given 
by (g, a) ~ g. a= ag for aJl g and a in G. This is an action 
of G on itself . 
. (h) 
Every subgroup H ()~ a group d of index 2 is t1ortnal 
lt10. 
(I) 
It ~rd.et· of a gtttup d Is ·greatet' thah I; then the conjugacy 
ttt:tl~11 of' d t>t1 lts~lf Is tnuisltlve. 
(}) 
IH Sj the all ttlHJugm:y classes ate {{ I 2); ( I 3 ) ➔ (2 3)} tthd 
{{1 23J,(13 2)L 


2. 
(a) 
(b) 
. (_ 
3 
) 
94 
prove that for any positive integer n, Aut(Z ) is 
"· 
. 
isomorphic to tJ(n). where z;, is the group. {O, 1, 2 .. ·.: .. , 
n ~ l} u·nder-addition modulo n. and _U(n) the gr()up of 
" 
. 
. . 
. 
. 
_- uni_ts under multiplication modulo n _and _Aut(Z) denotes _ 
the group ~f automorphisms. of z,,. 
I . 
~ 
. 
Define the commutator subgroup G' of a group G. Prove 
that · GIG' is abelian and i( GIN is abelian then G' is 
subgroup of N. _ · 
• 
• 
~ 
• 
I 
(c) 
Prove that the order of an ~lement of a direct product of 
fnite number qf fin1te groups is the least common multiple · 
. of the orders of the components· of the . element. 
. 
. 
3. 
(a) 
-Prove that if a group G is the internal direct product of a· 
(b) 
(c) 
fnite number or' subgroups H1; H2, ...... .. . •.:, H , then G is ·
. ; 
• 
)I 
. 
, 
isomorphic to the external direct product o·r l-1
1
·, 
F'i11d nil subgrout,s of ordet 4 lh Z ffi Z 
. 
4 
4' 
Let O =--= {I; 71 l 7, 23; 491 55; 65, 71} be the gtour, u11det 
·t11ultl~llc11tltm 111c,dulo 96. bxfjte~s O as tlh ltH~t·hnl clll·ect 
vt·tldUct uf cyclit g1·oups. 


4. 
( 
4 
) 
n abelian group of order 12~ and G. h · 
-
(a) 
Let G be a . 
. 
. . . . 
as exactly 
ts of ord~r 2. Determine the isomorph· 
· ·. 
three elemen 
' 
. . . 
isin class . 
ofG. · 
· · 
(i) 
(b) . . 
G be ·a group .acting on a non-empty 
· 
Le~ 
. 
-
. 
. 
se_t A. 
. 
. 
D fine kernel of action -of G on A and explain 
h 
e 1 
. 
• . 
. 
wen 
thi; actio~ will. be c~ll_ed faithful. _ 
(I··,·)· . Consider the action of the -~ihedral group D of Ord 
. 
. 
., 
s 
. er 
8 on the set A = { { I, 3}, {2, 4}} .of the unordered pair -
_of opposite vertices of a square. ~how tpat this 
. action i's not faithful. Further,' show that for either 
I 
. 
. . ·a e A (a= { L 3} or {2; 4}), the stabilize~ of a in 
D
8 equais the kernel of the action. 
(c) 
Let O be a group and A be arty subset of a. beflne 
cetttralizer C0(AJ. at1d t1ortnalizet N0(A) of A Ind, Further, 
ft>t. t~e syh1t11ettlc ~toup Sj tu1d a subgroup A == { 1~· (I, 2)} 
tJf Sj, tlr1d c~Htntllzet.tt11d I1tlI·I11allzet uf A lti Sj when~ 
I dettutes ldct1tlty ot' s r 


· 5. 
( 
5 
) 
94. 
(a) 
Let G be a;grou~,,H be a subgr9up of G and let G act by 
. . left m~ Jtipl ication on the set A of left cosets of H in G. Let· 
· 1tH be· t~e associated permut~~ion represen~atio~ afforded 
by this action. · ~hen, show that the following hold : 
. 
. 
(r) 
G acts transitively' on A. 
• 
. 
. 
(ir) - The stabilizer in G of I H e ~ is a s~bgroup of H 
. where I is identity of G. 
_. . 
. -
. 
. 
.(iii) Kern_el of 7tH is equa~ to n.\'EG xHx-l and the kern~i 
· of 1t is ttie largest nonpal subgroup-pf .G contained 
H 
. 
. 
.. 
-. 
. 
. 
in H. 
. ' 
. 
. 
(b) 
Let G be a group a_cting on a non .. empty set A given _by 
. 
. 
. 
-~ 
. 
'g.a for all g ~ G a~d for all a~ A. If a, _ b E= A ·and 
' . 
, 
b = gia, forge · O; _then show that Gh = gGfi-1:. Deduce 
th~t, if G acts transitively on A~ then k~rnel of the a~tlon 
' 
: Ii• n,.o g(Jdg-l whe~ o, denotes stablllter ofx hi 0. 
(c) 
(t) 
State the class equat,oh tb1· a finite group di Find ntl 
cuttjugncy classes a11d their sizes in the alternatittg 
gruu~ A4, 
(//J Let (1 be a gttn1p of otdet p1 tor sut11e prltn~ p. Shuw 
that It Is l~t1t ttc:H•Jj~Ut tu tlthe1· t ,,j vt- z
11 x t~, 


( 
6 . ) : 
6. 
(a) , Show th~t lor· a~y :positive inte~etn gr~ate·r than -or equal 
· ·to ·.5, the alternating gro~p A of degree ii :doe~ not have 
-
. . 
h 
, • , 
. 
. 
. 
' 
-a p~oper su~group -of index Jess than n. 
, (b) - 'Prove that ·if or~er of a group a· is i-'os. then it has normal 
-, 
Sylow 5-subg.roup a~d _nonna( Sylo~ ·1-subgroup. : · . . 
.;,;(tt) ·. 
State and p,:ove -the-· Index theo~em~ Hence or oth-~rwise; 
. -
. ·. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
J 
.
sho~ that_-ihere is no simple gro~p-of order·. 216. 
. 
' 
. 
' .• 
• U 6 P. #\P,. '( 
' {'f,,-
Nn~/-
------~-"'" 
, 
1


l f'his qucs1ion paper contains four printed pages7] 
<2{' -- NO · -, 
~ q / 
#' 
l 6 9 2-
u nique Paper Code 
: 
23550 I 
Lol8 
j\\ime nf the Paper 
Diff~rential Equation and Mathematical Modelino [lJ 
T 
J 
[Paper No. 5.1] 
· 
0 
Name of the. G0.11rse 
Sel:HQste .. :MofieB.Sc.{H.ons.) Mathematic.s 
@ 
V 
f 
~1
-:,·
Semester . 
Duratioi,: 3' Hours 
Maximum Marlu;:' 75 
· TT.
' 
. 1., 
__ ;\\l.f1}f ~~,0~rRoH;~o.: -cm.the.top immediately on re 
~: :·~{I :,gu~s,t1 ~ms 
.. _at,e 1C:0mpulso~Y~· 
. f If~~ , .. . 
_per~ 
:i:
3. AttemJ5l-m~ytnree parts from each questions. 
* 
L 
2, 
:1
;~)" ·Bfl'dgitap·1~~e-frnns,~ohn;,5,6lye'tht$te~.~t:equru.;tons~,t);i. ?•, 
.. . 
· ... ,''X
1 
, :tf 2y; y' ~ ~ ;f- ~d, x'(9) .- y~of '. ·:·:.'&>( ~ 
~~ ;1,: ,·,, .J, .,: 
.. 16] 
b) Usit1g:thefactorizai1.qn s 4 +·4a~ = (s2 - ·2as+ .2·a1}fs~:'.4"·"~ai.,:~(·:,tatj, . 
·ho· ·,-·-,;h•·t·· 
· 
· 
·. 
· 
... · .. 
s ... \'v 'l a., .· . 
. 
.. 
: .... , , .. ,.· 
... 
:, . .,. -, ... ·· ,•, 
. 
k • 
. L~1 '{'· ·
5 
• .· } = .l....s1nha£sit1_·ia1:::· 
, 
· 
•s~+4a4 
· 2a2 
.. . 
·~ · c) · Fh1d the ~Proberlius series scHtitiot1 of 
· · 
, 
xy
111 4 Zyi + xy ~ 0. 
(6] 
d) S,howtha~ the fu11dti'cm /:Ct}·= sin~et
2
) 'is 6ft~x~t>nehtial ortl¢t as,t ➔ ·t;xr·butthat 
, hs ·deNv.~Hv.~·is nor. . 
· 
· · 
.,.~. · f61 
a} Bxplai11 the lir1em',cot1gtue11cc rnethtJd ftit g~11.~tatihg,ta11dptl1 Mimhet'~ by glv11tg·a 
suitable ~xa111ple. Dd~s this 111cthod likve a11y dtuwback:s? Jtltustr.ate. 
[6] 
b) Use Moiitc Ca,1·16 sinwltttlon to nppmxlmate the1{Wea m1dot{he cutve f(:x) =· vx~ 
. I 1 · 
. :~ 
. 
·~ 
t 
over dn~ 111te1·vn i < x ~ ~· 
6] 
c) Usitig simplex Met.ho~ 
Optlmlz~ 
tit+ ltY 
suhJed to 
- x + y ~ 12 
.t + y < 24 
[,I 
· 
2x + gy $ 801 x,y ~ O 
\~' 
d) A ~lilctll llad,u1· ,ht:t~ unlutidilig laeiliUbs 
1ft1l' slil1Js. tmly tHi~ ~htt1 tsl\ ht\ U\\\m\t ~l\ 
ut tt11y t11IL1 tl111d. '.1'11~ L11iJd}tdl11g lll11c J·~~ult·ed fbl· n ~hlli tiljli~Htl~ tm 1\w \y\,t' tm<l 
U1 t? fl lllol111l di' ttU·~o [11\cl vrtHc~ lh11H 45 lo ~o 111ll1ulM. 
l1rltnv I~ glvt·II rl Alllliltloll ,villi ~ ~11111~ 
, 
(\ ) 


4. 
3. 
ship l ship 2 ship 3 sh ip 4 ship 5 
Time between successive ship(in min) 
20 
30 
15 
120 
25 
Unloading time 
55 
-l5 
60 
75 
80 
(i) 
Draw the time fine diagrnm depicting clearly the situation for each ship, 
the idle time for the harbor and the waiting time. 
[4] 
(ii) 
List the ·,"-aiting times for all the ships and find the average waiting time. 
12] 
a) 
(i) Draw the graphs ofKs~ N4: and C-,. 
[3] 
, 
{ii) Define a r - regular graph. Prove th~ a r - regular graph with n vertices 
1 
has 2 n r edges. 
[3] 
b) (i) Define Eule~riah graph. \Vhich one among K~., c8_ Qs are Eulerian. Explain 
with reason. 
l3) 
(jT) State Handshaking Lemma 
. (3] 
c) Find two further·ways of arranging fifteen dominoes from (0-0 to 4-4) ·in a ring. 
[6] 
d) Prove that a connected graph is Eulerian itf each vertex has even degre~. 
(6] 
.a) Find:n\~-H~~Y i¢ependent Frobentus series snhrtion of 
4xy;~ + iJt .+ y = O 
[6] 
[61 
. c'I 
·!,Ii 
.J Carpentetptob]em is giveh -by: 
M:aximize z ~ 25 x + 30 y 
subject to 20x + 30 y < 690 and Sx + 4 y s 120 x, :Y ~ O; 
. . 
. 
Determine the se.1isitivlty of the optimal solutioi1 to a change ln "o,, usJtig the. 
objective (q1,ctiot1 c x + 30 y, 
[6] 
dJ P1~ove tlntt It' G be .a gi-aph ii, \.Vhich eve1·y vet-lex has an e,1e11 d~gi·ee, theh CJ ctrn 
be sptlt it1to cycl~s, stwli thttt 110 two cycle~ hsve 011 edge in c0rnmo11, 
lt(I 


!This Question paper contains 4 printed page{s)J 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 16 CJ_> 
Roll No.: .. Z.o.J.t ....... 
·quc paper Code: 235503 
Uni 
. 
Name of the course: B.Sc. (Hons) Matbemati'ts 
Co~~ 
I 
Title of the Paper: Analy~is-IV(MAJIT-S02) 
14.1 
Q 
@ 
0 L\BRARY "' 
semester: V · 
* 
* 
H 
~ 
~ 
Duration: 3 
ours 
~f: . 
.· ~ . 
· 
$,. ~~alf'I 
m Marks· 75 
· 
R II N 
h 
· 
· · , ~ ew v 
· 
~ 
(Wnte your o 
o. 011 I e top rmmediate/y 011 r 
· 
if . 
. 
. 
ece,pt o t is question paper.) 
All questions·ate compulsory. 
--. 
Attempt any TWO parts from each question. 
; 
1. a) l~et d ,anp ~ be two metr'ics on a set X. let g be •the function defi.n~d on.Xx x 
•by ·g( Xi y) = mi11, { e( x. Y)~ d( ~ Y)}, Show that g need· Ti<;)t be· a metric on X'.and 
. 
. . . 
. 
. } 
. . 
find a' ~ctnditioh :under which·it is a metric.· 
-. 
' . '"'-"'·"' 
. {6) . 
, 
, l•· 
• 
• 
• 
(, 
' . •_~, .~' · .. 1 
.',;;, 
: , 
1 
_ ,, 
; 
·b)-1IDeftne~t1 i$Grrtetry tp _bet)veen t_hemettiolSpaces'(X;'q) µnl{Y, 6).,Si1ovJ tl)il ... 
,\ 
•' • 
-J-• 
• 
~ 
. 
I 
I 
~: 
1 
, 
." 
'ii. 
. 
•: 
. r 
> 
I 
' ,, ' ' ' 
. 
,. 
, ' 
. 
~ 
: 
. , 
'.' ~~ 
: 
!ev,er;,yiisonietrrJs ifij~c't1,v~I F~rlher sl1bw'tHat ,<p':"1ls iUls6· af isdtne'~y: lti (/J . 1 .. 
: 
!:;: 
'. 
. • 
. a,t: ihot11<'tmt1bi·phistt1? 
o) Su~~o~e (X:, d) Is a 111ell1it space, w s X a11d A Is o·subset df.X:thcl1t~how that, 
dist( ,¥i cl(A)) = dist(W1 A), 
wh¢r~ c.l(A) ls th(j closUl'l:1 of' A. 
2, tt) tr 8 Is ll ~ub~~I dt tf 111~lt·le ~jJnBt' X, IJl\1Ve ·ti tut 
(JJ ts0r ~ bl(SG j 
011 s~ 
~ l~t e Ri rtrsttx, .~tJ > UJ. 
d) 
, 
I 
I, 
(6) 


b) Suppose (X, d) is a metric space and A ~ X. Show that 
diam(.4) == diam(A) 
Is diam (A
0
) = diam(A)? Justify your answer. 
o) (i) Define a bounded metric space. Give an example of a bounded and an 
unbounded meti-ic space. 
(ii) ·suppose X is a metric space and S is a bounded subset of X~ Show that . 
closure of S 1s bounded in X. 
(6) 
I 
~+~0 
) . a) Suppose (K, d) is a metric space and S is a nonempty subset of X. Prove that S. is open 
in X if Md .ouJy if S is a UTiion of open balls of X. 
j b) SupPose X Is !I in etric spate and Z IS a metric su bspuce Of X Suppose r E Ill'.+, 
j 
1 f x E Z, theh prove that bx [x; r] n Z is the closed ball bz [ x; r] of Z. and all 
j 
the closed balls of Z are of this i1.1r111. 
J c) If A is d 11otiempty subset of the metr'ic spate X thet1 slto\y thal x EA° it~ and only 
.1 
H; l·hetc Is 110 stque11c~ lo At that colivet·ges lox iii X. 
4. N) ti) Let A be a t1d11c111pl y suhset t1J' 11 111el1·lt sj,,h.:e x. PJtJ, e that 
lh~ h111clltJft 1: x ➔dl ~l(x, A) Is ll!Jl lb1·11ih• L:Ulllillllou c, 
r/lJ l'IHV(:' IIIU( H ll11k lliHI \villi ii lllst:lele 11wl1·1e <;j):!(•(• :le; Il e; dn111nlli ls ('(lllllillll!ll'l 
( 1 I 
1
, 
I I 
(1 I l j 
(6) 
(6) 
(6) 


that a subset A of real line. R is totally bound d •t 
b) prove 
e 
1 , and only if, it is bounded. 
c) (i) Let (X, d) a.nd (Y, e) are metric spaces, S is a bounded subset of X and 
f : X-, Y is a Lipschrtz function. Prove that f (S) is bounded in Y. 
(ii) Suppose X is a metric space and f is a strong contraction on X. Then, prove 
that f is uni forrnly continuous on its domain. 
(3+3 ½ = 6 ½) 
5_ a) State Banach-;s Fixed- Point Theorem. Supposef R ➔Ri s a differentiable 
function and there exists ke (01 l). such that 1/' (x) I sk for all x r. R. 
'fhen, show thatf has a u;,ique fixed point. 
. (6 1 ; ') 
. 
:ti 
' ' 
:i 
. 
. 
b)·Sllppose X is a non-empty set and (Y, e) is a 111efric space. ~ho\_~_thatthe 
space B(X} Y) of bounded functions from X into Y. with 1tssupremu!11 
1n~tric, s, deflned by 
- s(f,g) o sUJj{e(f(x),g(x): x EX} fbr t: g ti 13('.X, Y), · 
ls A dot11plele 111etdc spflcl.! Ir a11d only ll-
1 Y is cc1111plcte. 
(6 ½) 
c) Pl'ove thnt the clo9t1f•t~ ur II i.:, ,,111cdcd ,:;ubsct. I\, ur a metric space (X, d) I~ 
coH11cclcd. 


G. a) Suppose (X, d) is a metric space. Prove that X is connected if anct O 
. 
nly if 
el.tl1er X= 0 or the only continuous functions from X to the -d ◄ 
✓ 
tscret etv., 
fi 
. 
0 
point space {O, 1} are the tvvo constant unctions. 
b) Suppose X is~ comp~ metric space and.f- X ➔Y is a continuous i·n . 
(G ½) 
~ 
ap. 
41'!. 
Pwve thatj(X) is co111pacta11d that/ is uniformly continuous. 
c) State and prove Inverse Function Theorem. 


. 
.,,..11·0n paper con~ ins 3. P.rinted pages] 
[Trns qu-.-i 
t.? r_· . 
l & C 
. . 
~!- ~~p
1.er cJe: . 235504 
1 L; 
~ 
u nique' 
~ 
Name of the Paper 
Algebra-IV (MAHT-503) 
~ of the Course: 
B.Sc.(H) Mathematics 
Nam~ 
Semester 
V 
Duratiol.l 
3 hours 
Maximum Marks· 
75 
QtiU C 
ue?-P-R" .. 
Instruction for tile candida.tes 
i N 
2ol8' 
I 
l. ·write your Roll No'. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
2, Attempt anyfive partsfi·om Question No:1. Each part carries thi'ee marks: 
3. Attempt any two parts .from each of the Question No. 2 to 6. Each part carries six mc1rks. 
' 
I 


1. (a) Let P. == {(Z,l), (3,l)} be an °:dered basis for IR2. Suppose that the dual basis of [3 is 
. en by {J 
== (f1.f2} . Then determme formulas for f and f: 
1. •t1 
gtV 
1 
2 exp IC! y. 
) r·od all the eigenvectors of the matrix A = (1 1) 
(b 
1 
4 1 . 
(c) Let A be a real n x n matrix such that A3 = A . Then show that A is diagonalizable. 
(d) Let ~ =. cqo,l]: ~e the in~1er product space of real valued continuous functions defined on 
[0,1] , with the inner p1oduct given by 
(f, g) = J0
1 f(t)g(t)dt , for/, g EV. 
For f(t) == t and g(t) = et in V, compute (f,g), 11/11 and llgll. 
(e) Apply the Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization process to the given subset 
S = {(1,0,1,0), (1,l,1,1), (0,1,2,1)} 
of the inner product space V = ~4 to obtain an orthogonal basis for span(S). 
(f) Let F be a field and let E be a finite extension of F. Then, prove that E is an algebraic 
extension of F. 
(g) Find the degree and basis for Q( .fJ, -Is) over Q. 
(h) Prove that sirt 0 is constructible if and only if cos 0 is constructible. 
2. (a) Lel V be a finite dimensiohal vector space. Prove that V is isomorphic to its double dual 
V** . 
(b) 
L;l r 
be 
a 
linear 
opel'alor 
otl 
a 
vector 
space 
V 
and 
let 
,'.l. 1, ,121 ... ,;t1, bl:! distillcl clgcnvnlues of 1'. If 171, 1J.i1 ... , IJ1.: me eige1wectots of T such that A/ 
currespoJ1ds to 1.11 (1 $ l $ k ). tlten l 1; 1, IJ:.!., ... , Vtc J ls li11enl'ly i11dejJet1de11t. 
(cJ I .cl 7' be a littccll' opcn1lu1· 1,11 ii litil! L' di111l.'t1sio11al veclor space V u11d !el W be a T- lnvt11'iu11t 
subspace or V, '1 ltPII, (it(· \'ltlll'lll'IC'l'i11lil' piil>'llll)llt!II ur '/\v divideR tile dutt·ltderlstlc poly1m111iu( or
'/'' 
l (1!) Lei JJ( IJ la.' n 111 l1 tl11Htl IH1h 11(l111 i: il 1,,1 c1 li11t'1ll 11pt•l·rtt{11 '/' 1,11 n l11tilL· di111c11Riu1111I \'C'd ol' 
r.;pm·l: V 1111d '/'0 hL· ll tt· n·11, n1w1nlu1 (lit\' II .(/\ t ) i~ nit\' p(II) 111.1t11inl lt)I' wl1 k l1 ,cJCI') :.- 'l'u, thl'II 
1Jllli\\ !1 1111 p(I J rli vld1·:: ,1/ (() I ic11u · 111 olllt'l \\ is1'. •;ltow lliHt lite 111i1il111nl 1111lvtllll1ilul ul '/' I~ 
ltttlq1 1t· 
flJJ I l'l V l,c• llli IIIIU·I j1l111 l t11•I •q111v,· n\ t'I ,,. h u, 1• 11ml li ,1 ril l 1. 1• r \! , 


(x, Y) :::: ~ llx + Yll
2 
-
~ llx - Yll2 if F = Im; 
.:· 
(X, y) ==; Lk=1 ik llx + ikyll 2 if F = C, where i 2 = -1. 
(I. 
for the following set of data, use the least square approximation to find the line of best fit· 
(~) 3 9) (-2,6), (0,2), (1,1)}. 
· 
[( -
1 · 
I 
4_ (a) Define an inner product Space V(F), where Vis a vector space over the field F = ~ or re. 
Also, prove that 
. 
(x,y + z)· = (x,y) + (x,z) for x, y, z e V. 
(b) Let V be an inner product space and S = {vi, v2, ... , vk} be an orthogonal subset of v 
. u·na ofnon-ze.ro vectors. If y E span(S), then prove that 
consts . i::, 
.. 
k 
~ 
(y, V;) 
y = ,6t llvtll2 vi. 
(c) Let v bean inner product space, and let T and Ube linear operators on V. Prove that 
· . 
. uJ* = r-. + u· 
~oHU co~ 
t. 
(T+ .. 
~ 
t .:. 
T0 -·T 
_.f 
~, .. 
i::: &u)' = u•r•, 
~ \JSR.&-.R~ . :.: 
where r denotes the adjoint of operator T. 
* 
. 
. . 
. 
M..., ... 
v,._.:,,I, 
•~ 
• 
1 
~ .. 
,, 
•. 
i':);{~,,~4}i>~: 
:fil_i· 
.',(.·-:·.~L ./'.1-····.f r::-~, 
\-.· 
· -
;L 
. ,· 
f 
. . 'ff / ''" 
. 
. ' ';','' 
5• (a}Let F bera field and let f(x) E F[x]. Then prove that any two splittittg fields of f(:x) ove1
F are isos:10rphk, 
(b) Show that Q(.fi., /3) ~ Q( V2 + {3) . 
.• . 
(c:) If E, F, k ru-e fields suoh that Kis a finite extension of~ and B is n finite extensio.n of F, 
thett prcwe thttt /( is a tlnite extensio11 off? and 
[/(i F] = [/(: E][E: F] I 
61 (rt) l~tH
1 ~aoh p11i111e lj tt11d eadh ,Po~htve l1itegtr ttj prove thrtt therEb ls a unique 1folte fleld of 
otdel' ptt u~ to lson1otphis111. 
(bJ Let fi' b~ a fleld n11d f (:<) u UtHH:011stlittt pdly11tH11lul fo Jr[x). l1t1ove tlu,t tfo~,·~ Is ~11 t1xtt!11slt1I
field 11 uf Jr 111 wl11rllt / (x) has tt iicl'o. 
(tJ lr tt ~Htl h m·t, ct111st1·uotlblt1 11u1.11bm·H, t-h~11 Jjt'UV~ tli1.1t tt + h et11tl ct -
/J ~1·0 ~l~t1 
ot1t1~ttt1~ll.8Je. 
~ 
t3) 


► 
, 
I 
' . 
( ) \ 
I I 
,, 
,, l 
I 
~ / pur~•[' l.llJL' 
l 111 1l111l' . , .. 1>·1pL'l' 
11J t 11. 
,. 
Nan1e 
.. 
~ 
' of l dllrSt: 
N:111lL 
sen1es1er 
. 1 
p11rnri01 
~·f~:,:in1u1n ~forks 
I ( (I J . 
235505 
Li1.1~::.u· Programming and Tl 
S (H 
. 
1eory of G 
B. c. 
ons.) Mathematics -
--
aines lMAHT 5U4) 
~IIours 
@ 
75 
t •1Jctions of C:u1did:1tcs 
111s r 
(!.) 
Write yow· Roil No. on _the top immedi~tely on receipt of this question 
. 
t. nv 1v.ro parts f'rom each question. 
pape1 . 
(ii) Mtemp a .1 
I. 
· 11 
stions carry equal marks. 
(iii) A que. 
(a) consider the LPP 
M.inimlte z == ex) 
su~ject to) 
AX= b.1 
X;?:0, 
~()'(IU Co 
~ 
\.. \ '€> ~ p,?, 
' 
where A is ,n x n matrix with rank ~.' If Xis an extreme point feasible solution of 
t.he feasible set, then prove that X is a basic feasible solution of the ,system 
AX== b, x 2: O. ~s the converse true? 
(b) 
Consider the LPP 
Minimize z :i::: ex) 
-subject t~ 
AX=b.J 
~ •-~O, 
I 
~ Sttppose the1·e exists~ ba.~lc fetlsil~1e so
1lution wit& zk - c1r > ·0 for some non-basic 
vat'iable x* and .lj s d, then prove that the LPP inrubounded. 
. 
(c) _ :StjlVe the ftlHowh1g LPl) u~lttg slm~JeK tt1ethodl 
Ml1il11ilte t t::l .x1 + .t2 ..... 4iX~ , 
su~l~tt to J 
'.Xt t.1• x~ l,,,J .tj 5l· 2 l 
- X1 ~· XP, +xd ~47 
x, ;1:~ 1id ~ ~ I 
t 
(tt) u~e lwt1-~liase silHjil~~ Ui~tliod tt; SdlV~ tli~ fulluwll1~1 
Mrtxl11!l1,ti ~ C g~1 + a~21 
sUl,j~til h; 
, 
ax1. + ~xz ~ 4> 
X·i + 
X~ ~ t,, 
.t1 ~ Ui ±~. Ulll·~~lHtlml. 
··~ 


,, 
J , 
Ive the following: 
. ~f inetbod to so 
(b) l)se Bi~-, - -3X1 + 2Xz, 
Minimize z -
. 
b·ect to 
x + x2 < L 
su ~ 
1 
. 
Xi+ X2 ~ 1} 
Xi, X2 ~ O. 
. [3 
2 ] using simplex method 
th 
atnX 
1 
· 
find the inverse of e rn 
4 -
(c) 
. 
fi nowjng problem: 
d al ot the o 
(a) 
find .the u 
+ Xz + 2X3J 
Minitnize z ::: X1 
subject to 
(b) If x is a feasible solution of 
Maximize z == ex) 
subject to 
X1 + 2Xz ~ 3; 
X2 + 7X3 ~ 6; 
X1 - 3x2 + Sx3 = 5 J 
x1, Xi~~ 
x3 Wlfestricted. 
Ax s b, 
X ~ 0) 
. d w is an); dual feasible solution of 
an 
. 
Minimize z• == br,~ 
subjectto 
Arw~cr, 
w ~ ;~) 
fhen· show that c.x s b_r W · 
c,) Solve the followittg LP;_P. by sqlvl~g its.duali . 
Maxhni~e z == -'-Zx1 -- 3xv 
subject.to 
Zx1 ..... Xz ~-3, 
x2 ~ 4 J 
Xi + JOCz ~ 10 } 
4X1 ... X2 5 """10.) 
x1 ~ 0, x~ tU11'~stl'iutf;!d,. 
: ! ,• 
4. 
(a) 
StllV~ cltc followlttg cost~111i11l111lti11g tt'ltliSjjd1lhitro1.l ~~tJbl~m, Use Vogel's
-a~~1'bxht1aHt:>111t1ethbd to flhtl h1ltltil hrnk f~ti~lb1epse)ut!M'l1'1i' · 
---L~ 
bi 
D2 
1~3 
Stlpply 
---· -
01 
G 
8 
4 
14 
-----
- ---
··---
( J2 
4 
~ 
3 
12 
U1 
') 
rJ 
~ 
IJt.'II IHI Ill 
n 
I 11 
I~ 
I; J I 


,. l re the following cost-minimizing assi 
(b) Sv , 
gnment problem: 
C 
d 
I 
e 
I 
------ - --
1------
-
'·-
A 
3 
3 
1 
5 
1 
--
7 
5 
1 
11 
3 
B 
~ 
C 
1 
2 
1 
2 
3 
,, 
5 
D 
J 
1 
5 
3 
E 
3 
l 
l 
1 
3 
I 
(c) use th• rt1inh:rtax cri~ia to fin~ best strategy for each player, saddle point and 
value of the gan1e haVlhg following pay off matrix: 
[_/ta~~B 6] 
Pla:yet A 2 
O i . 
5 --2 
.... 4 
J t 
I~ the game fair? Give reason(s), 
s. 
(a) Use the tellltion of doruit1a11ce to solve the g1111.1c whose pay.off matrix ts given by 
[4 ~ i] 
u i 
~I 
(tJ ltetltmc 111~ Jt1lluwl11~ ~ttJtt~ lu n L!H~tt~ Ptugrut1Ht1ll1~ tiltlblt1!1 u11d Ihtll uulw I,~ 
slli1/Jlt!x 11ml lidd: 
·I - ti 
_ j 
11 . 
~ 
~ , -.
I


~--tJ.o· D) ~<f 
Lluiquc Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
l)uration 
i\tnximum Marks 
2351503 
Calculus Il (Multivariate Calculus) 
B.Sc.(H) Mathematics 
V 
@ 
3 hours 
75 
Instructions for Candidates 
-
(i) 
Attempt any five questions from each section. 
· 
(ii) 
Each question carries 5 marks. 
(iii) 
Use of scientific calculator, is allowed. 
Section-I 
l. Examine the f~lo'w-in-:-g-fL_m_cr_io_n_s· 1_0_1· c_o_nt-in_u_ity_a_t_o_rig-in: -Lt~, 1) ~ 
a) f(,--c,y) =~ ~ 
1 
. l 
Q 
. 
sm-, x * 
b) j(x,y) = 
:t 
0, 
X:::: 0 
F--r J 
? 
When two resistances R1 and R2 are connected in parallel, the total resistance R 
.... 
satisfies !. = ~ + ~. lf R, is measured as 300 ohms with a maximum error of 2 
R 
R1 
R2 
percent and R2 is measured as 500 ohms \\ ith a maxltnum of 3 percent what is the 
maximum percentage error in R? 
3. 1 r y is a di ilCren tiable tlmction o f.t sl1ch tha l sin (x + y) + cos(x -Ji J ~ y, find ~: . 
4. Let T(x. y) be the te111pc1·atu1·e tH cuch poll,t (x. y) In a ponion or the plune that 
co11wi11s the cllipsl: ;-,. =- 2cos(t), y =- sl11(t) !or O < t ~ 2n. Sllpposeer =J and ar ="' .. X 
.,. 
ax 
Dy ~ 
•. 
cir 
tl 2T 
n) "1ud rltandc112 
h) l.ocak the 11w-<l111u111 aml 111i11lt11Lt1n lell\lierttlllrcs 011 the clll1Jsc. 
" 
5. Fi lid the cq llrtt lut1, o; tile la11gct1l 11ln11c m1d 11011110 I Ii 11c ul the poinl Pu( I.· l ,2) oh lite 
su, f~ll'L1 ~ glve11 liy .X)' I· y2z ·I 1\. . 5. 
6. /'i11d th,· 11 b,111 Ilic CxlM11u l>I' tit\' lllltcl ll111 /( t, y ) "' tl·'' · JI' ,wet· iht· <l lsc ., 1 •I yl :;; 
I. 
s~rilon .. 1 r 
!. I\ t11111111t,c1 1111111 lids tlrl: ,hap~ Ul'ihc cull~ gl1e11 by o :c; ~'< I, h"" 1· • I, U ~ • \. \ 
pliilc 14 p lllccd I h lhc l Ultltl Ii [Cl" 111 sud I u I\ h) th,ll II l\C\'lli1lt•i 111111 j\UI tlu11 ,,r I It~ I'll\\ t~ 
I I I I 
I I I IJII lie: Ill II le cu hi cul n1111i11t1c1·. 11 tit~ l'Ullllt irll't· I , hu1lt•1 I ,u \hill the 
I 111 IJWII U I c I[ ~IIC I I \1\11111 ! ~. l, ~ J 1•1 gh UI b) Ii~. ) I •I • 1x' i 
\11 \\11111\i d 
,,J ti 
•1 
l ·c I Jll14 \11 htl ut e tlw littlltisl 11\lll culdcst \1111\11 ~ , ill tli~ 11l11lc1! 
6J 


S. Find the area of the region between v = cos'x) and 
. ( 
o :5 x ~; using 
-
\ 
Y = srn x) over the interva\ 
a) 
Single Integral 
b) 
A double integral. 
9 show that volume of the sphere of radius R is~ rrR3 
• 
3 
. 
1 o. Evaluate fff8 z
2yex dV, where B is the box given by o $ x ~ 1, 1 $ y ~ 2, _1 ~ 
z s; 1. 
11. Evaluate Jff0 xdV • where D is the solid in the first octant bounded by the cylinder x2 
+ y2 = 4 and the plane 2y + z = 4. 
J 2. Find the centroid of the Solid with constant density /5 and bounded below bv the xy 
plane on the sides by the cy Ii nder x2 + /=4 and above by the surface z = x2 + y-. 
Section 111 
I 3. Suppose lhat the vector field F and curl F are both continuous in a simply connected 
region D of ]R{3, Show that Fis conservative in D if and only if Curl F = 0. 
14. Sf;ow that no ,vork is performed when an object moves along a closed path in a 
connected domain wl1ere the force field is conservative. 
15. Evaluate the line integral fc xyds where C consists of the line segment C, from (-3, 
3) to (0, O) followed by the portion ofthe curve C 2'. l 6y = x4 between (0, 0) and (2, \ ). 
16. Find the mass of a lamina of density o(x, y, z) = z \11 the shape of the hemisphel'e 
z=[a2 - xz - y2. 
17. t2 va I uatc f J (x + y + z) dS 
where S Is the surface determined by R (u1 v) = ui + 
uf ~ vk, 0 $ it < L O < u < 2. 
18,,St,He diverge11ce thcnrcm ttnd uqe it to evalllutt JJ.l"i /:. N dS whe1·c f' = xy! - z1 k 
altd s ls the )llld[ICe ur ll1e tippet· ll \le foccs or lhc t11·1il l,;L\be O ~ X < t, D < y 5 1, 0 ~ 
z < J. 
I »I

This question paper contains printed pages. 
Your Rll No 
S1. No. of Ques. Paper: 5706 
H 
Unique Paper Code 235101 
Name of Paper 
:Calculus - I 
Name of Course 
:B.Sc. (lons.) Mathematics 
Semester 
Duration 
:3 hours 
Maximum Marks 
:75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediasely 
on receipt of this question paper) 
All Sections are compulsory. All questions carry 
equal marks. Use of non-programmable 
scientific calculator is allowed. 
OHU COr 
ABAND 
L 
SECTION-I 
Atuempt any four questions from Section 
-
I 
L 
RY " 
I. If y= cos(msinlx), show that 
(1-r)yn+2- (2n+ 1)* yn*1-(m* - n*) ya=0. 
Kaik 
Kaik 
Delhi 
New 
2. Shuw that in general the graph of function 
fx) = +bree 
rxsx+t 
has y=as a horizonual asymptote and that when br * as,the graph will cross ihis 
asymptoteat the point where 
x 
= 
br-as 
3. Find all values of A and B such that lim--o 
36 
4. The total cost (in dollars) of manufacturing z units ofa comnodity is 
Cx) 
= 3x?+ 5x+ 75 
At what level of production is the average cost per unit the smallest? 
At what level of production is the average cost per unit cquals the marginal cos? 
(i) 
(Li) 
S, Sketch the curve r= 2 cos 30 in polar coordinaies. 
P. T. O. 
L 


2 
Section -11 
Attempi any fowr queslions from Section l1. 
Evaluate: sin's cos'ads 
Find the arc length of the curve y = 3x"-I from x=0 to x=l 
Derive the formula for the vokume of a sphere of radius r. 
Find the area of the surface that is generated by revolving the pornion of the curve 
=y between y-0 and y=l about y-axis. 
Find the volume of the solid generated when the region between the curves y 
sin x. 
10. 
ycos x, x 0. x= w4 is revolved about x-axis. 
Sectioa Il 
Atiempt any three questions from Section 1l. 
1. Describe the graph of the equation 9x +4y +18r-24y+9=0 
12. Find an cquatios for the ellipse with foci (1. 2) and (1, 4) and minor axis of leng1h 2. 
13. Show that graph of the equation 
v+y= 1 
is a portion of a parabola.
14. Find a polar equaion for the ellipse that has its focus at the pole, directrix to the right of 
the pole; a =8;e = 
Section IV 
Atiempt any four questions îrom Section IV 
15. 
Find the tangent vector to the graph of the vector function 
F(0 
e2+(t- 1uj+ tin t); at the points: 
t0.2,t0.5.1
1. 
16. 
Find the position vecior R(t)of a moving particle if its acceleration vector is 
A( t1-2vE)+*E
initial position R(0-t +2 J and initial velocity V(0)=0. 
17. A boy standing at the edge of a clisf throws a ball upward at an angle of 30" with the 
horizontal axis and an initial speed of 64 ft s. Suppose that when the ball leaves the boy's 
hand, it is 48 fi. above the ground at the base of the cliff. What are the time of flight of the 
ball and its range? 
1 The velocity V S-l +2E and the acceleraion A1-7k ofa moving 
object are given. Find the normal and the tangential component of acceleration of the object 
that instant.
The position vector ofa moving body is R() -2t1-t 
tor 120.Express R and 
the velocity vector V(C) in terms of unit polar vectors and 


This question paper containsprinted pages 
Your Roll No.. 
SL No. of Ques. Paper: 5707 
H 
Unique Paper Code : 235103 
Name of Paper 
Analysis -I (MAHT-102) 
Name of Course 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics 
OLLE 
HU CO 
Semester 
I 
Duration 
SBAND 
3 
hours 
Maximum Marks 
:75 
LE 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper) 
Kalkaii 
aii, Ne 
All questions are compulsory and camy equal marks. 
Attempt any three parts from each question. 
QI (a) If x>-1, then prove that (1+ x)" 21+ nx, Vn eN. 
(b) Prove that there does not exist a rational number r such that r? = 3. 
(c) Consider the function f defined by 
2x+3x+ for 2 Sx S 3 
2x 
fx) 
Find a constant M such that |f(r)| M. V 2 srs 3. 
(d) Define infimum of a set. Prove that a lower boundt of'a non-empty setS in R is the 
intimum ofS if and only if for every e > 0, there exists an s 
¬ S such that 
+ e>s 
Q2 (a) Prove that there exists a positive real number x such that x* = 
2. 
(b) Define cluster point ofa set. Also, prove that a subset of' 'R is clused if and only if it 
contains all of its cluster points. 
(c) Using the definition of limit ofa sequence, show that lim ( 
3. 
(d) Define a convergent sequence. Show that every convergent Sequence is bounded. Give 
an example to show that converse is not true. 
Q3 (u) Ifo <b< 1. then show that limb" 
= 
0. 
P. T. O. 
(b) State und prove that Monotone 
Converyence Theorem. 
SH 
ABAND 


2 
(c)Let X = (x,) be u scquence ol' reul numbers that converges to x und suppose that 
20. Then. prove that the sequence |/x,} of positive squure roots converges and 
im (,)= v. 
(d) Let fx,) be a sequence of real numbers such that x1 
= 
l and xn+1 
= 2x,. for n EN. 
Show that the sequence (x,) is convergent. Also, find lim (xn). 
Q4 (a) Prove that a sequence of real numbers is Cauchy if and only if it is convergent. 
(b) Show that the sequence (z,) given by 
is convergent. 
(c) Prove that
ar 
if < 1. 
(d) Check whether the following series converge or diverge. 
n=0 
Q5 (a) Sate ratio test for the series of real numbers. Also. give examples in which test applies 
and test fails. 
b) Show that the series En=0converges. 
(c) State Leibnitz test for alternating series. Also, give an example of each (with 
justification). 
() 
convergent series 2no Gn for which 2n=o 
diverges 
i) a divergent series Eno4 for which Eno 4 
converges. 
(d) Determine which of the following series converge: 
P 
1 
n 
logn 
(-1) n! 
(i) 
2 
n0 
100 


This question paper containsaprinted pages. 
Your Roll No. ***" 
* 
********* 
Sl. No. of Ques. Paper: 5708 
H 
Unique Paper Code 235104 
Na ne of Paper 
Algebra I (MAHT-103 
Name of Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics 
Semester 
EG 
Duration 
3 hours 
Maximum Marks 
75 
LIBRARY 
(Wrie your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper) 
All six questions are conpulsory. 
Attempt any two parts from each question. 
(6) 
1. 
a) Compute the product using the polar representation of complex number 
+3i) (2/3 +2i). 
b) Find zl and argz for 
(6) 
z =(1+ v3i) 
(1- V3i)". 
z0-2 + 1=0, 
(6) 
c) Solve the equation 
(6) 
a) For a,bE 2- [0}, define a-b if and only if ab>0. 
Prove that 
defines an equivalence relation on Z 
- {0) 
ii. 
What is an equivalence class of 5? What is an equivalence class 
of (-5)? 
b) Given natural numbers a and b show that there are unique non negative 
integers q and r with 0Sr<bs.t. a = bq 
+ r. 
(6) 
(c) Let A={x¬R | x*2 and B={x ER | x«1} 
Define f:AB and g:B-> A by 
fx) 
and g(x)i 
(6) 
2x 
Find f(x). 
(i) Are fand g inverses? Explain 
ii. 
a) For every pósitlve integer n prove that a set with exactly n-elements has 
exactly 2" subsets (counting the empty set and entire set). 
(6) 
P.T. O. 


2 
(6) 
b) Show that if A and B are countable sets then so is Ax B. 
(6) 
c)Ifasb (modn) prove that ged (a,n) = gcd(b.n). 
(6 
a) Let 
8 
Detemine if b is a linear combination of the vectors formed from the 
columns of the matrix A. 
6 
b) Find the parametric solution of the linear equation 
matrix is 
hose augmented 
c) Detemine if the columns of the following matrix fom a linearly 
independent set. Justify your answer. 
6 
5. 
59-2 
tb 
a) Finda basis for the null space of the Maria| 6 5i 12 
3 4 83 
6 
2|.Is B=.)a basis of H = Span .. 
b) Let- 
Determine ifr is in H and if it is, find the coordinate vector of 
relative to B. 
6 
c) Find the inverse of the Matrix A=| 
, if it exists. 
40 
6 
)Le A|-2 
o|Find a basis for the coresponding eigenspuce for the 
-20 
eigenvalue2. 
b) Find the characteristic equation and eigenvalues of A- 
and 
6 
discuss l. 
c) ls 5 un eigenvalue of A«| 
100 


This Qustuon P:1per conttins pi'inled pases) 
Roll NO.... 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: s 
nique Paper eode: 222181 
Name of the Course: 
B.Se. (Hons) Mathematies/ SC. Mul, S 
i l nt [ows 
ABANDAY 
KANDH 
Name oi the Paper: 
Physies- 
Semesier: 
i Searester LIE1RY m 
New 
De 
Kalecii
Duration: 
3hour 
Max marks: 
75 
(Attempt Five questions in total. Use of nonprogrammable calculator is allowed) 
QI.a) Suate and prove Gauss diiergence theorem of veetor calclus. 
(.6) 
(b) Wh2it are polar veciors' Gie lwo esamples ol polar vectors. 
(2.1) 
(c) Given 1s i Vector quanut. Prose ihe lolfoWIng vector identities: 
(V.(V A) = 0 
(2) Ax(8xC)+ Bx(C'x .)+C'x(Mx B) = (0 
(2.2) 
02. (a) What are conservalive lorCes" ilte tmo examples ol conservalive lorees. 
(b) Stae and prOve work cnergy theoren 
2.5) 
OLLEG 


(Page2 of 3) 
(c) Two arucles o masses 40and 0u ite moi g 
opposile 1o cach other with speed 21m/s 
and ms1espeetinely. on a slranght lne. Ihey collide clastically in one dimension. F nd the 
kinetie energ of each of them atier collist1 
4) 
Q3. (a) Prove the lan of conservation of angular momentun? Give two suitable examples 
where lan holds good 
(3.3) 
(b) A solid cylinder of mass 100g and radius Acm is rotating about its own axis. It completes 
20 revolutions in 2 minute. calculate its 
BANDA 
ANDHO 
OLLEGS 
GOLLEG 
Moment 
of inertia 
2) Angular momentum. nd 
(3) Rotational kinetie energy 
LIBPRY 
w Da 
Nex 
(2.2.2) 
(c) What is non-inerlial frame ol relerence and pseudo forces? 
(2. ) 
Q4. (a) 1Detine danping factor in oscillations? Give one example of damped oscillation. 
(1. 1) 
(b) Write the differential equation for a damped harmonic oscillalor. Solve the differential 
equation for its displacement for under-damped condition only. 
(3.5) 
(c) What are Lissajous figures? C ompule (graphically or analytically). the result of two 
simple harmonic vibrations ol same amplilucdes and al ight angle to cach other when their 
frequencies are in the ratio ol 1:1 for phase dilference ol (a) 0 (b) 
and (c) 
(2.3) 
Q5. (a) Describe with necessry ihcory. the Young's double slit method of detemining 
wavelength of monochromalic lighi. 
(8) 


Page3 of 3) 
(b Iwo glass plates enciose a nedge shaped au lim. touching at one edge and separated bya 
WIre of o imm diameter at a distance 10cm rom the edge Film is illuminated with 
monochromatue light of wave length 5000A. Calculate the fringe width. 
(4) 
(c) What ane the essential conditions for obtaining sustained inlerlercnece 
(3) 
Q6.(a) Dilierentiate between Fresnel and Fraunhoffer diffraction. 
(4) 
(b) Oblàin analyically. the intensity relation for principal max ima of ditfraction pattern due a 
plane transmiss10n eraung 
(8) 
(c) A parallel beam of monochromatic light of wave length 5893A is incident perpendicularly 
on a single slit of width 0. I mm. Calculate the angular width of central maximum. 
(3) 
Q7. (a) Deseribe construction and working of Nicol prism to obtain plane polarized light. 
(4. 4) 
(b) Differentiate between quarter and half wave platesS. 
(4) 
(c) 
How 
one 
can 
distinguish between circularly 
and ellipticaliy 
polarized 
light 
experimentally? 
3) 
-X4 
BRARY 


IThis question paper contains 4 printed pages.]| 
M17/17 
Your Roll No... 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6621 
IIC 
Unique Paper Code 
32351101 
Name of the Paper 
Calculus 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics 
Semester 
I 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
eANDA 
ADHU 
Instructions for Candidates 
COLLE 
Write your Roll No. on the top immedigely on receiptof 
m 
1 
this question paper. 
LIBRARY 
All the sections are compulsory. 
2. 
Kalka 
w 
Delh 
i New 
3. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
4. 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed. 
4. 
Section -
I 
Altempt any four questions from Section 1. 
1. 
If y = cos(m sinx) then show that 
(-x*)y,+2 - (2n + I)xy,., t (m- n*)y,= 0.
P.T.O. 


6621 
x-X by finding intervals of 
Sketch the graph of f (x) =- 
2. 
x-3 
increase and decrease, critical points, points of relative
maxima and minima, concavity of the graph and inflection 
points. 
3. 
Find the horizontal asymptote to the graph of the function 
3 
fx)=xsin-l, 1 
6x 
X 
x 
A carpenter wants to make an open-topped box out of a 
4. 
rectangular sheet of tin 24 inches wide and 45 inches 
long. The carpenter plans to cut congruent squares out 
of each corner of the sheet and then bend and solder the 
edges of the sheet upward to form the sides of the box. For
what dimension does the box have the greatest possible 
volume? 
Sketch the graph of the curve in polar coordinates 
5. 
r= 1 -
2 sin 0. 
Section- II 
Attempt any four questions from Section-Il. 
6. 
Find the reduction formula for 
sin" x cos" xdx where m, n 
being positive integers and hence evaluate sin x cos° x dx. 
0 


6621 
3 
7. 
Find the volume of the solid generated when the region 
enclosed by the curve y= yx, y = 3, and x = 0 is revolved 
about the y-axis. 
8. 
Find the volume of the solid generated when the region 
enclosed by the curve y =x* + 1, y = x, x =0 over the 
interval [0, 3] revolved about the x-axis. 
Find the arc length of the parametric curve x 
= sin 2t, 
9. 
y 
cos 2t for 0<t 
10. Find the area of the surface generated by revolving the 
curve y=x', 0 sxS1, about the x-axis. 
Section -
III 
Attempt any three questions fronm Section-III. 
11. Find the equation of a ellipse with foci at (2, 3) and (2, 5) 
and vertices (2, 2) and (2, 6). 
12. Find the foci and equation of the hyperbola with vertices 
(0, +2) and asymptote y = + 2x. 
HBAND 
ABANDA 
L 
COLLE 
U COM 
Describe the graph of the equation 
16x2 9y2 - 64x - 54y + 1= 0. 
13. 
LIBRARY m 
P.T. 
Kalkail Naw De 


6621 
4 
14. Trace the conic 9x 
-
24xy + 16y2 
-
80x 
-
60y + 100 
0 by 
rotating the coordinate axes to remove the xy term. 
Section-IV 
Attempt any four questions from Section-IIV. 
15. A particle moves with position function 
F(t)- (t Int)i+ (sin t)j + e'k. 
Find the velocity, speed and acceleration of the particle. 
16. 
A shell is fired with muzzle speed 150 m/s and angle of 
elevation 45° from a position that is 10 m above the ground 
level. Where does the projectile hit the ground and with 
what speed? 
17. Find the tangential and normal components of acceleration 
of an object that moves with position vector R(t) = (ti, 1, t). 
18. An object moves along the curve 
sin 6 and 0 = 2t 
Find its velocity and acceleration in terms of unit polar 
vectors u, and ug 
19 
Find the curvature and radius of curvature of the twisted 
cubic for a curve 
r()= {t, ,t) at a general point and at (0, 0, 0). 
(3000) 


[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.] Rol7 
Your Rolf N... 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 6622 
HC 
Unique Paper Code 
32351102 
Name of the Paper 
Algebra 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. 
(Hons.) Mathematics 
Semester 
I 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediat 
NDHU 
on receiptg 
CO 
1. 
this question paper. 
L LIBRARY 
Malkai 
m 
2. 
All Six questions are compulsory. 
Delhi 
New 
3 
Do any two parts from each question. 
1. 
(a) Find all complex numbers z, such that |z] = 1 and 
(6) 
(b) Find the fourth roots of unity and represent them in the 
complex plane. Show that they form a square inscribed 
in the unit circle. 
(6) 
P.T.O. 
Kalkal 


6622 
2 
(c) Solve the equation 
z+iz3 + i 
-
1 = 0. 
(6) 
2 
(a) For a, b e Z, define a ~b if and only if 3 a +b is a 
multiple of 4. 
1) Prove that ~ defines an equivalence relation. 
(i) Find the equivalence class of 0 and 2. 
(6) 
(b) Let denote an equivalence relation on a set A 
and aeA. Prove that for any x¬A, x ~a if and only 
if x = a, where 
denotes the equivalence class of 
X. 
(6) 
(c) Show that Z and 3Z have the same cardinality. 
(6) 
3. 
(a) Using Euclidean algorithm find g.c.d [1004, -24) and 
express it as an integral linear combination of the given 
integers. 
(6) 
(b) Find (1017)12 (mod 7). 
(6) 
(c) Using Principle of Mathematical Induction, prov 
that for every positive integer n, n3+ 2n is divisidi 
by 3. 
(6) 


6622 
3 
4. 
(a) Find the general solution to the Iinear system whose 
augmented matrix is 
ANDHU 
ANDHU 
LLEC 
CO 
10 
2-3 2 
1 
1 1 2 -3 3 
L 
A 2 10 2 -3 4 
4 
3 1 1 
-9 9| 
aLIBRARY 
aii N 
by row reducing the matrix to Echelon Form. Encircle 
the leading entries, list the basic variables and free 
variables. Write the general solution in Parametric 
Vector Form. 
(6%) 
(b) Define Linearly Dependent Set. 
3 
V,=-5 
4 
Let v, =|-1 
for what value(s) of 
10 
h 
h, the set {v,, V2, V3} is 
) 
Linearly Independent 
ii) Linearly Dependent. 
(6%) 
P.T.O. 


6622 
4 
2 
(c) Let ,0v= 2. v =0 
Do the vectors v,, V2» V3 Span R$? Justify. Hence or 
8 
otherwise express v=|4| as linear combination of 
(6%) 
5. 
(a) Boron sulphide reacts violently with water to form boric 
acid and hydrogen sulphide gas. The unbalanced equation 
1S 
B,S,+H,0 > H,BO,+ H,S 
Balance the chemical equation using the vector equation 
approach. 
(6%) 
(b) Let T: R2 > R? be a linear transformation such that 
T first rotates through-radians in the anti-clockwise 
2 
direction and then reflects through the line x, = X,. Find 
the Standard matrix of T. 
(6%) 


6622 
5 
(c) Let T: R2 > 
R' be defined as T(x1, x,) 
= (x,-X 
2x,+ x) be a linear transformation. Prove that T is 
invertible and find a rule for T-1 
(6%) 
OHU 
CO 
6. 
(a) Let 
ABAND 
1 -1 
5 
A = 
-3-5 3 
-71 LIBRARY 
2 
7 
and u = 
3 
Kal alkaji, Ne 
Deih 
NewD 
Is u in Nul A ? Is u in Col A? Justify each answer. 
(6%) 
(b) 
() Suppose a 4 x 7 matrix A has three pivot columns. 
Is Col A = R3? What is the dimension of Nul A ? 
Explain your answer. 
for R2. If 
i) Consider the basis B= 
-1 
(3%,3) 
.find the vector x. 
(c) For the matrix given below, find the characteristic 
cquation and the eigen values with their multiplicities. 
Also, find a basis for the eigenspace corresponding to 
any one of the eigenvalues. 
P.T.O. 
OLEG 
OLLEG 
OvGHS 
HS 


6 
6622 
1 
5 
-4 7 -5| 
01 
2 
8 0 
0 
A 0 
= 
(64) 
0 
0 0 1 
(3000)

Uo KSI

[This question paper contains 7 printed pages]

Your Roll No.

@eoceeeeecoaseeosrceeseoseos

Sl. No. of Q. Paper : 1823 GC-4

Unique Paper Code > 32351201

Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.)
Mathematics

Name of the Paper : Real Analysis

Semester > I

Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :

| (a) Write your Roll No. on the top im diately «
on receipt of this question paper L\e ." oj
a! a
(c) All questions are compulsory. - ye?

(b) Attempt any two parts from each question.

1. (a) Define Infimum and Supremum of a non-

empty subset of R.

Find infimum and supremum of the set

= f1-P nenl 5

P.T.O.


1323

(b) Prove that a number u is the supremum of

(c

(b

—

ll

~~

a non-empty subset S or R if and only if :
GQ) S<u Vses.

(ii) For any € >0, there exists s. €S such

that u-e<S&.. )

State Archimedean Property of Real
1 °

numbers. Prove that if S = ‘= -neN , then
inf S=O. 5
Let A and B be bounded non-empty subsets
of R. Define :
A+B= {a+b:aeAand beB}
Prove that inf (A+B) = inf Atinf B. 5
State Density Theorem. Show that if x and

y are real numbers with x < y, then there

exists an irrational number z such that

X<Z<y.


(c)

(a)

(b)

(c)

1823

Define limit point of a set. Find limit points

of] 0, 1f. 5

Define the convergence of a sequence (x_)
of real numbers. Show that if (x_) is a
convergent sequence of real numbers such

that x, > 0 VneN, then x = lim x, > 0.

Using the definition of the limit of a

sequence, find the following limits :

ar 3n+1 Zoe GOS
an +

~ Os > >’

fi Jn oe" |

fi) Deelnet) Ny gs
is

/ <p

Prove that lim, ,,n’/" =

3 P.T.O.


1823

4.

(a)

(b)

(c)

—

(a

(b)

Let (x,) be a sequence of real numbers that
converges to x and suppose that

x, 2OVneN. Show that the sequence
/X, converges to J/x. 5

Prove that every monotonically increasing

bounded above sequence is convergent.
S)

If x, < x, are arbitrary real numbers and

1
x, = 3 (Ka-2 + ¥ 4 ) for n>2, show that (x,)

is convergent. What is its limit ?
S

Define a Cauchy Sequence. Is the
sequence (x,) a Cauchy Sequence, where

1 ]
x, =1+ eT} + wes xa + = ? Justify your answer.

1

~—

2

State and prove Bolzano Weierstrass
Theorem for sequences. Justify the

i 1
theorem with an example. 7S

2
4


1823

(c) (i) Show that if (x) is unbounded, then
there exists a subsequence (x_,) such

1
Xnk

(ii) Show ~ that the sequence

that : im

5
2

6. (a) If }x, converges, then prove that
lim... x, =0. Does the converse hold ?

s)

(b) Test the convergence of any two of the

following series ° re)
SN)

n+ 1 fev Le
(i) Lape @ \

Li )
(ii) w(+- a) % |

wr,

re) P.T.O.


1823

2
(iii) ion

(c) State the Alternating Series Test. Show

, (-1) .
that the alternating series >. - is

convergent. 2

7. (a) Let O<a,<b,Vn. Show that:
5

(i) If > Pn converges, then so does

Pond Oe ;

(ii) If } a, diverges, then so does

Don Pa °

(b) Show that every absolutely convergent

series is convergent but the converse is

not true. 5


1823

(c) State Integral Test. Find the condition of
convergence of the harmonic series

o IL
2 et i °

3000


—

N44 3a)

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages]

Your Roll No.

Sl. No. of Q. Paper : 1824
Unique Paper Code =: 32351202
Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.)

Mathematics—
Name of the Paper : Differential Equa
Semester : Il
Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates :

i.

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.

(b) Use of non-programmable scientific
calculator is allowed.

SECTION -A

Attempt any three parts, each part is of 5
marks.

(a) Solve the initial value problem :
dy
qx) 7 *v YG)

(b) Determine the most general function
M (x, y) such that the equation
M (x, y) dx + (x? y?+ x*y) dy =0, is exact and
hence solve it.

P-T.O.


1824

(c) Solve the differential equation :

(x2— 3y?) dx +2xydy = 0.

(d) Check the exactness of the differential

equation :
(3y +4xy’) dx + (2x +3x’y) dy =O.

Hence solve it by finding the integrating
factor of the form x?Py‘.

2. Attempt any two parts; each part is of 5 marks.

(a) A certain moon rock was found to contain

(b

oe

equal numbers of potassium and argon
atoms. Assume that all the argon is the
result of radioactive decay of potassium (its
half-life is about 1.28 x 10° years) that one
of every nine potassium atom
disintegrations yields an argon atom. What
is the age of the rock, measured from the
time it contained only potassium ?

A hemispherical bowl has top radius 4 ft
and at time t = O is full of water. At that
moment a circular hole with diameter 1
inch is opened in the bottom ‘of the tank.
How long will it take for all the water to
drain from the tank ?

2


Vv \
\ 1824
& ,
jl, Ne

(c)A motor boat starts from rest (initial
velocity v (0) = V, =0). Its motor provides a
constant acceleration of 4 ft/s?, but water
resistance causes a deceleration of

2
400

find the limiting velocity as t > + (that
is, the maximum possible speed of the

ft/s’. Find v when t =10 s, and also

boat).
SECTION - B
3. Attempt any two parts; each part is of 7.5
marks.

(a) Consider the American system of two
lakes: Lake Erie feeding into Lake Ontario.
Assuming that volume in each lake to
remain constant and that Lake Erie is the
only source of pollution for Lake Ontario.

(i) Write down a differential equation
describing the concentration of
pollution in each of two lakes, using
the variables V for volume, F for flow.
c(t) for concentration at time t and
subscripts 1 for Lake Erie and 2 for
Lake Ontario.

3 P.T.O.


1824

(ii) Suppose that only unpolluted water
flows into Lake Erie. How does this
change the model proposed ?

(iii) Solve the system of equations to get
expression for the _ pollution
concentration c,(t) and c,(t).

(b) The following model describes the levels

of a drug in a patient taking a course of
cold pills:

Se ik _—
dt 1 ~.*% x(0) =O
dy

—_  —

= * k x - ky, y(O) =O

Where k, and k, (k, > 0, k,>Oandk, z k,)
describes rate at which the drug moves
between the two sequential compartments
(the Gl-tract and the bloodstream) and |
denotes the amount of drug released into
the Gl-tract in €ach step. At time t, x and

y are the levels of the drug in the GI-tract
and bloodstream respectively.

4


4 oy, : oN
oF “OO
=

SRN »|

J)
™o™ f

“)
Ber!

\ Ss

~
——_

(1) Find solution expressions for x and y

which satisfies this pair of differential
equations.

(11) Find the levels of the drug in the GI-
tract and the bloodstream as t 50.

(c) In view of the potentially disastrous effects
of overfishing causing a population to
become extinct, some governments impose
quotas which vary depending on estimates
of the population at the current time. One
harvesting model that takes this into
account is

dt

(i) Find the non-zero equilibrium
population.

Se =1x(1-2)- b,x,
K

(ii) At what critical harvesting rate can
extinction occur ?

SECTION - C

4. Attempt any four parts; each part is of 5 marks.

(a) Use the method of variation of parameters
to find a particular solution of the
differential equation

y'"—4y'+ 4y = 2e*.
5 PTO.


1824

(b) Use the method of undetermined

(c)

(d

(e

—

—

coefficients to solve the differential
equation

y'+y=sinx.

1
A body with mass M= 5 kg is attached to

the end of the spring that is stretched 2 m
(meters) by a force of 100 N (Newtons). It
is set in motion with initial position Xx, = 1m
and initial velocity Vv, = -om/s. Find the
position function of the body as well as the

amplitude, frequency and period of the
oscillation.

Show that the two solutions y,(x) = e* cos x
and y,(x) = e* sin x of the differential
equation y"-~2y'+2y=0 are linearly
independent on the open interval I. Then
find a particular solution of the above
differential equation with initia] condition

y(0)=land y'(0)=5.
Find the general solution of the Euler

equation x?y" + 7x y’ + 25y =0.
6


5S. Attempt any two
marks.

SQ C Ye

BRAT

{¢y

=

iF
\ a

1824

SECTION-p _

parts; each part is of 7.5

(a) Consider a disease where all those who

(b

—

are infected remain contagious for life.
Assume that there are no births and
deaths :

(1) Write down suitable word equations for
the rate of change of numbers of
susceptibles and infectives. Hence
develop a pair of differential equations.

(ii) Draw a sketch of typical phase-plane
trajectories for this. model. Determine
the direction of travel along the
trajectories.

A simple model for a battle between two
army red and blue, where both the army
used aimed fire, is given by the coupled
differential equations —

dB
dR __ap,—=-=-a,R
dt dt
Where R and B are the number of soldiers
in the red and blue army respectively and
a, and a, are the positive constants.

7 P.O.


(c

—

(i) Use the chain rule to find a
relationship between R and B, given
the initial numbers of soldiers for the
two armies are r, and b, respectively.

(ii) Draw a rough sketch of phase-plane
trajectories.

(iii) If both the army have equal attrition
coefficients i.e. a, = a, and there are
10,000 soldiers in the red army and
8000 in blue army. Determine who
wins if there is one battle between the
two army.

Consider the Lotka -— Volterra model

describing the simple predator prey model :

dx dY

dt = b,x = ov % 4 and dt = C,XY aa a,Y

where b,, C,, C), a, are positive constants

and X and Y denotes the prey and predator

populations respectively at time t.

(i) Find the equilibrium solutions of the
above model.

(11) Find the directions of trajectories in
the phase plane.

3 3000


_
f
This question paper contains 8 tinted pages |

Roll No.

S. No. of Question Paper : 1125

Unique Paper Code > 235201 G
Name of the Paper : Differential Equation & Modeling-I
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Maths.

Semester :

Duration : 3 Hours Maximu i

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of thi

Use of Scientific calculators is allowed. \“- »Y
Section |
1. Attempt any three of the following : 5+545

(a) Find particular solution of the differential equation :
dy _ 2 oynl 2 _
=" 2xy + 3x exp(x h y(0) = 5.

(6) Find a general solution of the differential equation :

dy 5)
x— -4x°p + 2ylny = §,
a J yin)

PTO,


( 2 = ) 1125

(c) Find the general solution of the differential equation :

7 2
dx? dx

(a) State and prove the criterion for exactness.
Attempt any two of the following : 5+5

(a) Suppose that sodium pentobarbitol is used to anesthetize
a dog. The dog is anesthetized when its bloodstream
contains at least 45 milligrams (mg) of sodium pentobarbitol
per kilogram of the dog’s body weight. Suppose also that
sodium pentobarbital is eliminated exponentially from
the dog’s bloodstream, with a half-life of 5 hours. What
single dose should be administered in order to anesthetize

a 50 kg dog for 1 hour ?

(5)

Suppose that a cylindrical tank initially containing
Vo gallons of water drains (through a bottom hole) in
T minutes. Use Torricelli’s law to show that the

volume of water in the tank after ¢ $ T minutes is

V = Vo[1 - WTP,


(c) Consider a body that moves horizontally through a medium
whose resistance is proportional to the square of the
velocity, so that dv/dt = —kv?. Show that :

()=— SAU Oy
1 + vokt ae k¢
and that hut ap RY *
LIBRA
| y ts .
x(t) = x9 + yin( + vokt). “4
Section II
Attempt any two of the following : 8+8
(a) Consider the problem of population in the Lake Burley

( 3) 1125

Griffin. Assume the lake has a constant volume :

(i) | Write down a differential equation describing the
concentration of pollution, using V for the volume
of the lake, F for Flow, c(t) of concentration at time
(and c,, for concentration of population entering
the lake.

P.T.O.


(5)

( 4) 1125

(ii) Further, V = 28 x 10° m’, F = 4 x 10° m?/month,
find how long would it take for the lake with pollution
concentration of 10’ parts/m? to drop below the

safety threshold (4 x 10° parts/m?) if :
Only fresh water enters in the lake.

Water enters the lake has a pollution concentration

of 3 x 10* parts/m’.

A public bar opens at 6 pm and Is rapidly filled with clients
of whom the majority are smokers. The bar is equipped |
with ventilators which exchange the smoke-air mixture with
fresh air, Cigarette smoke contains 4% carbon monoxide
and a prolonged exposure to a concentration of more than
0.012% can be fatal. The bar has a floor area of 20 m by
15 m, and a height of 4 m. It is estimated that smoke enters
the room at a constant rate of 0.0006 m/min, and that the
ventilators remove the mixture of smoke and air at 10 times
the rate at which smoke is produced. The problem is to
establish a wise time to leave the bar. That is, sometimes

before the concentration of carbon monoxide reaches the

lethal Jimit.


(c)

( 5) 1125
The following model describes the levels of drugs in a

patient taking a course of cold pills : ZAAU C
| cor oN

dx
anes x(0) = 0,

dy
i = kx — kyy, y(0) =0,

Where k, and kk, > 0, k, > 0 and k, # k,) describe
rates at which the drug moves between the two sequential
compartments (the Gl-tract and the bloodstream) and |
denotes the amount of drug released into the Gl-tract in
each time step. The levels of the drug in the Gl-tract and

bloodstream are x and y respectively :

(i) Show by solving the equations sequentially that

the solutions are :

mal - eh), y(t) = - | - i - i (ke! - keh')|,

(if) Find the levels of the drug in the Gl-tract and the

bloodstream at f 7 ~.

P.1.0.


5.

( 6) 1125

Section III

Attempt any three of the following : 6+6+6

(a) Solve the initial value problem :
3y) + 297) = 0; (0) = -1, YO) = 0, YO) = 1.

(b) Use the method of undetermined coefficients to find the
particular solution of the differential equation :

y?) + oy) + 13y = e?* cos x.

(c) | Use method of variation of parameter to find a particular

solution of the differential equation :
y?) + ay = sin 3x.

(2) A mass of 3 kg is attached to the end of a spring
that is stretched 20 cm by a force of 15 N. It is set
in motion with initial position X, = 0 and initial velocity
vo = -10 m/s. Find the amplitude, period and frequency
of the resulting motion.

Section IV
Attempt any two of the following : 8+8
(4) (i) Develop a model with three differential equations

describing a predator-prey interaction, where there
are two different non-competing species of prey and

one species of predator.


( 7) 1125

Draw the compartmental diagram, write the word
equations, define the variables appropriately and

hence derive the differential equations.

(ii) | The following is the model describing one prey and

two predators interaction :

—_ = aX — b, XV - c, XZ, SD? C.
dt is ¢

dY —
at = a,XY _ bY,

&,

dZ “Yi, Me
— = a,XZ — b,Z “4 New
dt

Where a, b, ¢ for i = 1, 2, 3, are all positive

constants.
Find all the possible equilibrium points.
It is possible for all three populations to coexit in:
equilibrium ?
(b) A model for the spread of disease, where one susceptible
infected, confers life-long immunity, is given by the coupled

differential equation :

dS dl
a> _ _gs1, — = BSI - al
dt P dt P

PTO.


1125

(c)

( 8 ) 1125

where a and B are positive constants, S(‘) denotes the
number of susceptibles and I(t) denotes the number of

infectives at time ¢:

(i) | Use the chain rule to find a relation between S and
I, given the initial number of susceptible and

infectives are s, and i, respectively.

(ii) Find and sketch directions of trajectories in the

phase plane.

A simple model for a battle between two armies red and
blue, where both are the armies used aimed fire, is given
by the coupled differential equations :

dR dB

— =-aB, —=-a,R

dt dt
where R and B are the numbers of soldiers in the red and

blue armies respectively, a, and a, are positive constants.

If both the armies have equal attrition coefficients ie.
a, = a, and there are 10000 soldiers in the red army and

8000 in the blue army, determine who wins, if :
(i) There is one battle between the two armies.

(ii) There are two battles, first battle with half the red
army against the entire blue army and second with

the other half of the red army against the blue army

survivors of the first battle.


This question paper contains 4+1 win fages| els

S. No. of Question Paper : 1126

Unique Paper Code > 235203
Name of the Paper : Analysis-Il |MAHT-202| a
= ul
LIGRARY ©
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics \& a}
Semester ll ‘>
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Wrete your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

Ll (a)

(5)

Attempt any three parts of each question.
All questions are compulsory.

Use the € — 8 definition of the limit to show that :

7 3 _ 0}
lim x-=cC
x¥—-—-  C¢

,cER.,

Let ACR, let f: A > R and let c be a cluster point

of A. If

then prove that there exists a neighbourhood V (c)
C

of c such that fx) ~ 0 for allx Ee A V(c), ¥ # ¢.

PEO,


(c)

(d)

(a)

(b)

( 2 ) 1126
Using Sequantial Criterion for limits, prove that :

' 2
lim, sin( 1/x*)

> 0

does not exist in R.

Using definition, prove that :

. 1)
(i) lim, _ Pa = ©°

(i) lim... Ix = 0. Doi al
Prove that a function f: A — R is continuous at a point
c € A if and only if for every sequence (x,) in A that

converges to c, the sequence (Ax,)) converges to f{c).

Let A CR, let f: A > R be continuous at a point
c€ R. Show that for any € > 0 there exists a neighbour..odd

a(¢) of ¢ such that if x, ye AA V3(c) then :

x) — fly) < €.


or)

(c)

(d)

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

( 3.) 1126

Let f and g be continuous from R to R and suppose
that fr) 2 g(r) for every rational numbers then prove

that fx) > e(x) for all x € R.

State Bolzano’s Intermediate value theorem and hence

prove that ve‘ = 2 for some x in [0, 1]. 5.5.5.5

Let | = [a, b] be an interval and let /: | 4 R be continuous

on |. Then prove that / is uniformly continuous on I.

Show that the function f(x) = I/x is uniformly continuous

on [a, o[, a > 0 but is not uniformly continuous

on ]0, f[.

Given that the function f(x) = xe+2xy +1 forxe R has
an inverse f ' on R, find the value of (7 'Y (y) 2* the points

corresponding to x = 0, I.

Prove that if f: | —» R has a derivative at c € I, then
fis continuous at c. fs the converse true ? Justify your
answer. 5,5

P.T.O.


4.

(ct)

(b)

(c)

(d)

( 4) 1126
bet ¢ be an interior point of the interval I at Which
f:1 > R has a relative extremum, If the derivative of f

at c exists then prove that :

Po 0.

6,9

Can f has a relative extremum at ‘c’ without being

differentiable at *c’ ? Justify.

Using the mean value theorem, prove that :

< log(xv) <x -— 1 for x > 1.
Find the point of relative extrema of the function -
Ax) = x(x - 8)'3 for0<x <9.

State Darboux theorem. Let /’: [0, 2] > R is continuous
on [0, 2} and differentiable on JO, 2{ and that KO) = 0,

AN) = 2. 2) = 2 then show that there exists c € ]0, 2.

such that :

Fe) = 3/2. 5


5. (a)

(4)

(c)

(d)

1 $26

( S.) 1126

Obtain Maclaurin’s series expansion for the function

sin(4y).

Using Taylor’s theorem prove that :

take few cial g 0
a Ss a +X Liv = Fors > Vv.
2 8 . 7

-_~

Define Radius of convergence of the power series :

°° n
Y, - (0) a,x .

Find the Radius of convergence and the exact interval of
convergence for the power series :

n

co X
es

n=ly

Check which of the following functions are convex :

,x € [-2, 5]

Gi)

(ii) ax? + 2x +3,a<0,xe [-l, I]. 5,5,5,9



7)
Chis question paper contains 7 printed pages] } 7|S) |

S. No. of Question Paper : 1127

Unique Paper Code : 235204 G
Name of the Paper : Probability and Statisties—MAHT 203
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics

Semester : Fi

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
In all there are six questions.
Question No. 1 is compulsory and

it contains five parts of 3 marks each.

In Question No. 2 to 6, attempt any fwo parts from three parts.
Each part carries 6 marks.
Use of Scientific calculator is allowed.

1. (a) If C, and C, are events such that Cc, C Ca then prove

that P(C,) < P(C,).

PTO


( 2) 1127
(b) Let X be a random variable with mean pJ, variance 0” and

u,’ as the second moment about the origin, then show

that o° = yw,’ — W’.

(c) Let X have the probability density as follows :

ke3* x>0
J@)>=

0 elsewhere
Find & and P(0.5 < X < 1).
(d) If the probability density of X is given by :

Al-x) O<x<!l

J (x) =
0 elsewhere
Show that :
E(X") = 2

(r+) (r +2)

(e) A five card poker hand dealt from a deck of 52 playing

cards is said to be a full house if it consists of three
of a kind and a pair. If all the five card hands are

‘ ; ~ |
equally likely, what is the probability of being dealt 4 ful

house ?


2. (a)

(6)

(c)

beds

Let {C_} be an increasing sequence of events, then show

that :

Define a negative binomial distribution with parameters
k and 6. If the probability is 0.40 that a child exposed

to a certain contagious disease will catch it, what is the

probability that the tenth child exposed to the disease will

be the third to catch it ?

If A, B, C are any three events in a sample space, then

show that :

P(A U B UC) = P(A) + P(B) + P(C) - P(A 21 B)

—-P(ANC)-P(BAC)+P(ANBOC).

Define a norma! distribution and show that its moment

generating function is given by :

I 2p2
lx oN My(t)=e 2°!
’ |


1127

(4) For a binomial distribution find its moment generating

function and hence find its mean and variance.

(c) Find the moment generating function of the geometric
distribution with parameter @ and use it to show that its
_ | . . I-
mean is — and variance is ——.
8 92.

(a) Let X, and X, be two random variables with joint pdf

4x,x5 0< x< l,

f(x,.%))= 0<x, <1,
0 elsewhere
Is E(X,X,) a E(X,) E(X,) ?
(b) Let the random variables X and Y have a joint pdf :

x+y O<x<l, O<y<!

0 elsewhere

Find the correlation coefficient of X and Y.


(c)

( 35) tiZ7

Let :

(a)

(b)

2.3
21x) x5 O<x, <x, <I

f(x, a) da
0 otherwise

ow Kevoyp .
ee

° Byer" _

Find : Clea Nee

be the joint pdf of X, and X,.

(i) the conditional mean of X, given X, = X,,
0<x,< 1, and
(ii) the distribution of Y = E(X,|X,).
Find the marginal density of X and Y if the pair of random
variables (X, Y) nas a bivariate normal distribution.

if the regression of Y on X is linear, then show that :

Py, = Be + rote - I).

P.T.O.


~J

(c) Given the two random variables X and Y that have the

joint density :

x-exlt+y) = forx>O and y>O
f(x, y)=

0 otherwise

Find the regression equation of Y on X and sketch the

regression curve.

(a)

If an individual is in state 1 (lower income class) then there
is a probability of 0.65 that any offspring will be in the
lower income class, a probability of 0.28 that offspring will
be in state 2 (middle income Class), and a probability f
| )
0.07 that offspring will be in the
: State 3 (upper income
class).
Write the transition matrix P for the sai
© Said process, Ifa parent

is in state 3 (upper income Class), fing the prob
TO ability that

a grandchild will be in state 2 (mi
Middle clas
Ss).


(>)

(c)

1127
State and prove Chebyshev’s Theorem.
Let X be the number of times that a fair coin, flipped 40
times, lands heads. Find the probability that X = 20. Use

the normal approximation and then compare it to the exact

solution. Ben DAG >,
| ro .

se r
wd
\,

100


a oUF

S.NnakOu Paper | | 9 q Your Roll No.................

Unique Paper Code > 217281 (6S

Name of Paper : Chemistry Paper III (CHCT-101)

Name of Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics Concurrent Course-III/ B.Sc. Mathematical
Science |

Semester 7H

Duration : 3 hrs

Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of the question paper)

Attempt three questions from Section A and three questions from Section B. Use separate answer sheets

for Sections A and B. Questions should be numbered in accordance to the number in the question paper.
Calculators may be used.

SECTION A
Attempt three questions from this section.

1.(a) On the basis of MO theory, Nz molecule is diamagnetic, while O2 molecule is

paramagnetic. Explain.
(b) What are Fajan’s rules? Explain, giving suitable example.
(c) BaSO, is insoluble in water, whereas Na2SO,j is soluble in water. Explain.

(d) Represent the splitting of d-orbitals in a square planar field.

4,3,3,2'4

2. Calculate the lattice energy of CsCl using the following data:

S
Cs(s) —— Cs(g) AH = 79.9 kJ/mol

I
Cs(g) ———> Cs’‘(g) AH = 374.05 kJ/mol



D

EA
Cs(g) + 4 Cl(g) ——> CsCl AH = -623.00 kJ/mol

(b) Account for the following: BeF; is linear, while SF, is angular in shape.
(c) NaCl is ionic, but Nal is predominantly covalent. Explain.
(d) Write the main postulates of VSEPR theory.
4,3,3,2%

3.(a) Predict the final products formed in the following reactions on the basis of trans effect (with

explanation):

(i) [PtCL.(NH3)} + NO — ?

(ii) [PtCl,(NO,)]” + NH; > ?

(b) Draw the resonance structures of CQ;” ion.

(c) What is the Jahn-Teller effect?

(d) On the basis of hybridization, predict the shapes of the following molecules:
XeFe, CIOF3, 10,7

4. (a) Comment on Schottky and Frenkel effects (with suitable examples).

(b) What is the concept of multiplicity rule? Explain.

2


(c) The electron transfer from [Co(NH3)6]°* to [Co(NH3)6]°* is slower than from [Fe(CN)«]” to
[Fe(CN)o]}*. Explain.

(d) How will you account for the smaller bond order of NO compared to NO’ on the basis of MO

theory?
4,2%,3,3
SECTION B
ee aN
Attempt three questions from this section. ¢ ria
a im)
F; er
5. Explain why: a a
Tey,

(a) Aliphatic amines are stronger bases than the aromatic amines.
(b) Vinyl carbocation is less stable than the corresponding alkyl carbocation.

(c) p-Nitrophenol is more acidic than o-nitrophenol.
(d) Chair conformation of cyclohexane is more stable than boat conformation.

(e) Diethyl ether has lower boiling point and lower water solubility as compared to that of 1-

butanol.

5x24=12%
6. (a) Assign E/Z configuration to the following compounds:

HO
| ~. =

F OH Br CH3

(b) Which of the following compounds are aromatic and why?


H

(c) Draw all the possible stereoisomers of tartatic acid [COOH-CHOH-CHOH-COOH]. Explain
their relationships with each other. Which of these are optically active and which are optically

inactive?
4.4,4%
7. (a) Draw resonance structures of benzyl radical

CH;

(b) o-Bromoanisole and m-bromoanisole, on treatment with iodamide in liquid ammonia, give

the same product. Name the product and explain its formation.
(c) Differentiate between natural and synthetic rubber. Explain, giving their synthesis.

(d) Assign R/S configuration to the following compounds:

H Cl
XH -NH2
HC CH=CH, CIH.C H

2 4,4,3,3

8. Complete the following reactions and also indicate the name of the reaction:

CH,COONa

_

(a) CHsCHO +(CH,CO)0 4g


(b) C,HsCOCHs + HCHO + C;HsNHC,H; > ?

Peroxide
(c) CH;CH=CH, + HBr ——> 9?

NaOH(aq)

——__ >

A
(d) 2 HCHO z

C,H,ONa

5x 2%


This question paper contains 3 printed pages.

Your Roll No. ceed SYD

si. No. of Ques. Paper : 6482

Unique Paper Code : 232471 .

Name of Paper : Citizenship in a Globalizing
World

Name of Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics

Semester : IV

Duration : 3 hours

Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.)

Note:— Answers may be written either in English or in
Hindi; but the same medium should be used
throughout the paper.

feurt:— sq weqoe a aot aaa aT feat feat TH
ar F afar afer ait sae BI AAT TH et
ara anreg |
Attempt any four questions.
All questions carry equal marks.

facdt are seat & Fae aHtTT
gut wat a ae GAT @!

1. The concept of citizenship has evolved with time.
Explain.


6842 2
anftea at fata ara & ara faafaa gan 2
ae BTAT |

2. Discuss the classical concept of citizenship.

aniea at wreata saunon at fadaa afar |

3. Examine T.H. Marshall’s views on citizenship.

Jiwa aisfa & amftaat & faaia ar went atfare |

4. What is multiculturalism? Discuss it with reference to
Will Kymlica’s views on multicultural society.

asedepiaare A sa aan ane 2? faa fenfaar &
ageepitarct Gast Bt stacitest ats |

5. What is globalization? Critically examine its effects on
State Sovereignty.

adam at? west at GTM W gah Wa a
AAT WaT AST

6. Some developed nations are making its immigration

laws more stringent. Will this affect the pace of
globalization in the world?

$8 fasfea usa arate art at sik afirs aa
TH 81 dedtary a gas ya at wal ifs

. The concept of citizenship is shrinking in a globalized
world. Discuss.


3
jeder HAN A afta

6842

BT ARIA after sat an

. Write short notes on any two of the following:

(a) Social Exclusion

(b) Global Justice

(c) Human Rights

(d) Aristotle’s concept of citizenship.
frafatad A A feet at oe diferr fect fafan:
(a) arate afesarTr

(b) afar =a

(c) Aa afta

(d) aeeq ar ariitear ar fata |

, '

.

[This question paper contiims 4 printed pages. | p

nal t
Your Roll No.w.............

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6623 He

Unique Paper Code © 32351301

Name of the Pape1 - Theory of Real Functions

Name ot the Course - B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics
Semester : I

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

T..

i,

Ln

‘O™
ly on receipLof
ras

t

Write your Roll No. on the top imme
this question paper.

All questions are compulsory.

(a) Use the €-8 definition of the limit to find lim f(x)

l
where f(x)= x’ (5)

(b) State and prove Sequential Criterion for Limits. (5)

(c) State Squeeze Theorem. For ne N, n> 3, derive the

“

inequality, -x? < x" < x? for -1 <x < 1. Hence prove
that lim x” -O for n 3, assuming that lim x =O
(3)
PLEO


2
6623

(d) Let f, g be defined on ACR to R, and let ¢ be

a cluster point of A. Suppose that f is bounded on

a neighbourhood of ¢ and that lim g=0. Prove that

limfg=0. (5)
2. (a) Let c € R and let f be defined for x € (c, 0) and

f(x) >0 for all x € (c, ©). Show that limf=o if and

xc

only if lim V.=0.

(5)
(b) Prove that
(i) lim —— = +0, x #0
[xl
(ii) lim e* =0, x#0. (5)

(c) Let A=R and let f be Dirichlet’s function defined by

l, for x rational
g(x) = —
—l, for x irrational

Show that f is discontinuous at any pointof R. (5)
(d) Let £: RR be continuous at c and let f(c) >0. Show

that there exists g neighbourhood V,(c) of ¢ such that
if x e V;(c) then f(x) > 0. (5)


6623 3

3. (a) Determine the points of continuity of the function
f(x) =x-— [x], x eR, where [x] denotes the greatest

integer n € Z such that n<x. (5)

(b) Let A, BCR, let f: A—R be continuous on A, and
let g: B > R be continuous on B. If f(A) c B, show
that the composite function gof: A —> R is continuous
on A. (5)

(c) Let f be a continuous real valued function defined on
[a, b]. Show that f is a bounded function. (5)

(d) Prove that a polynomial of odd degree has at least one

real root. (5)

4. (a) Define uniform continuity of a function ona set ACR.
Show that every uniformly continuous function on A is
continuous on A. Is the converse true? Justify your

answer. (5)

(b) Show that the function x is uniformly continuous on

[0, 0). (5)

(c) Let I,J be intervals in R, let g: 1>R and f: J>R
be functions such that f(J) c I and let ce J. If f is
differentiate at c and if g is differentiate at f(c), show

that the composite function gof is differentiate at ¢ and

(gof)'(c) = g’(f(c)).f'(c). (5)

P.T.O.


6623 4 ~~

(d) Let f: ROR be defined by

x" dnt x #0
f(x) = x

0, x=0

Show that f is differentiable at x =0 and find
f"(0). (S)

5. (a) Let f be continuous on [a, b] and differentiate on (a, b).

Prove that f is increasing on [a,b] if and only if
f'(x)20 Vx e€ [a,b]. (S)

(b) State Darboux’s Theorem. Suppose that if f: [0,2] >R
1s continuous on [0, 2] and differentiate on (0, 2), and
that {(0)=0, f(1)=1, £(2) =1.

(i) Show that there exists c, € (0,1) such that
f'(c,)=1

(ii) Show that there exists c, € (1,2) such that
f"(c,) =0

(iii) Show that there exists ce (0,2) such that
f'(c) = 1/3. (S)

(c) Find the Taylor series for cos x and indicate why it
converges to cos x Vx € R. (5)

(d) Define a convex function on [a, b]. Check the convexity
of the following functions on given intervals :

(i) f(x) = x = sinx, x e [0, mr].

(ii) g(x) = x? + 2x, x | [-1, 1]. (4)

(3000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

13/124)

Your Roll No...............
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6624 HC
Unique Paper Code > 32351302
Name of the Paper : Group Theory 1
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics
Semester > Hil
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates 4 o>
ft

1. Write your Roll No. on the top ie of O
» C/

this question paper. >

x YA
2. Attempt any two parts from each vin,

3. All questions are compulsory.

1. (a) For a fixed point (a, b) in R’, define T,,,,: R’ > R? by
(x, y) > (x +a, y +b).

Show that T(R*) = {T,,]a,b € R}

is a group under function composition. (6)

> 2 6 Gq fs
(b) (i) Find the inverse of ; in GL(2, Z,,). (4)

P.T.O.


6624 2

(ii) Let G be an Abelian group under multiplication with
identity e. Show that

H = {x*|x eG} is a subgroup of G. (2)

(c) (i) Let G be a group. Show that Z(G) =( )C(a)

aeG
where Z(G) is the Center of G and C(a) is the
Centralizer of a. (4)

(11) Let G be the group of nonzero real numbers under
multiplication. Show that

H = {x € G|x = 1 or x is irrational}
and K = {xe G|x > 1} are not subgroups of G.

(2)

fi

am a

(a) Let G be agroup and let aeG. If |a}=n, prove that
(a) = {€,a,a7,., a™'} and ai=ai if and only if n

divides i-j, (6)

(b) Suppose that lal = 24. Find a generator for (a"\(a")-

. "
(c) If lal =n, Show that
(a) ~ (atns)|
and that an) — , “

ped(n,k)


6624 3

3. (a) Define the Alternating Group A,. Show that it forms a

subgroup of the Permutation Group S, and |A,]| = “
(6)
(b) Prove that every group is isomorphic to a group of
permutations. (6)
(c) Prove that U(10) is.not isomorphic to U(12). (6)
4. (a) State and prove Orbit Stabilizer Theorem. (64)
(b) (i) Prove that aH = H if and only if ae H. (3)
(ii) Prove that aH = bH or aHabH=9. (3%)

(c) (i) Prove that order of U(n) is even when n> 2.

(3)
(ii) Prove that a group of prime order is cyclic.
(32)
5. (a) Let H and K be subgroups of a finite group G and let
{fhk|h e H, ke K}

HK

II

and KH = {kh|k eK, he H}.

Prove that HK is a group if and only if HK = KH.
(6%)

P.T.O.


6624 4

(b) Let » be a homomorphism from a group G to a group

G and let g be an element of G. Prove that

(i) If o(g) =g’, then g'(g') = {x € Glo(X) = 8} = sero

(4)

(ii) If |Kerg|=n, then @ is an n—to—1 mapping
from G onto @(G). (2'4)
(3%)

(c) (i) Prove that A, is normal in S..

me)

(ii) If G is a non-Abelian group of order p> (p is pri
(3)

and Z(G) # {e}, prove that |Z(G)|=pP.-

6. (a) State and prove The First Isomorphism Theorem.
(62)

(b) Let G be a group and let Z(G) be the center of G.

Prove that if V/2(G) is cyclic, then G is Abelian.
(62)

(c) Let 4Z = (0, £4, #8, °-"}. Find ZIAZ. (6%)

(390¢


(

This question paper contains 4+1 printed pages | |

Roll No.

S. No. of Question Paper : 6625

Unique Paper Code > 32351303 HC
Name of the Paper : Multivariate Calculus

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics
Semester : il

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
All sections are compulsory.

Attempt any five questions from each Section.

All questions carry equal marks. =~ Fn OO
ere SAM
fc 4S
Section I fia “ey
bas " > |
F Let f be the function defined by : i ay
‘Sid

3

Xy
—— for (x, ») # (0, 0)
0 for (x, y) = (0, 0)

Is f continuous at (0, 0) ? Explain.

ATO,


4

2

6,

_ Find the Point on the pl

( 2 ) 6625
Find the equation for each horizontal tangent plane to the

surface :
z= 5—x2~ yt + Ay,

Let f and g be twice differentiable functions of one variable

and let u(x, 4) = flx + cf) + g(x — ct) for a constant c. Show

that :

2
ou _ 2ou

*u

at? ax?
Let f have continuous partial derivatives and suppose the
maximal directional derivative of f at Pp(1; 2) has magnitude
50 and is attained in the direction from Py) towards Q(3, 4).

Use this information to find Vf (1, 2).

Find the absolute extrema of f(x, y) = x2 + xy + y on the

Closed bounded Set S where S is the disk x* + y <i.

ane 2x + y + 2 = I that is nearest t

the origin,


( 3.) 6625
Section Il

Find the area of the region D by setting double integral,
where D is bounded by the parabola y = x? — 2 and the

line y = x.

Write an equivalent integral with the order of integration

reversed and then compute the integral :

4-x
J xy dydx.

CO mee,

Calculate the Jacobian of transformation from rectangular to

polar coordinates and hence evaluate the integral :

2

‘4-3
J | dedy,
) lp 2-2

Find the volume V of the solid bounded above by the cylinder

SO ey 1

y? + z = 4 and below by x2 + 3j)% = 2.

Evaluate the integral below, where D is the region bounded

above by the sphere x2 + y2 + z* = 2 and below by the

paraboloid z = x? + yes | SECON
{3 ‘<a
D lc

; X&

j - 4 qm:

iS LIBRARY ©

\* P.T.O. we
$


15.

6625

Let D be the region in the xy-plane that is bounded by the
co-ordinate axes and the line x + y= |. Use the suitable change

of variable to compute the integral :

fe 6
Y- y
v+y

D

Section Ill

State Green’s theorem for simply connected regions. Use
Green’s theorem to find the work done by the force field
F(x, y) = (e* — y')i + (cos y + x9) along the circle r+y=l
in anticlockwise direction.

Give the geometrical interpretation of the surface integral

{| ds over piecewise smooth surface S. Evaluate the surface

integral {{ xz ds over the surface S which is the part of the
plane x + y + z = | that lies in the first octant.

Verify Stokes’ theorem for the vector field F(x, y. 2) = 224 + 3
* Syk taking surface o to be the portion of the paraboloid
z= 4 x? ~ y2 for which z > 0 with upward orientation and

ae . a orms the
C to be the positively oriented circle x2 + prs that form

boundary of o in the xy-plane.


( 5) 6625
16. State and prove Divergence theorem.

17. Verify that the vector field F(x, y) = (e* sin y — y)i +
(c* cos y — x — 2)j is conservative using cross partial test. Use

a line integral to find the area enclosed by the ellipse. :

2 2
+> =1.
a b
18. Let E be the solid unit cube with opposing corners at the origin
and (1, 1, 1) with faces parallel to co-ordinate planes. Let S be
the boundary surface of E oriented with the outward pointing

normal. If F(x, y, z) = 2xyvi + 3yey + x sin z k, find the integral

} F.n ds over surface S using divergence theorem.

6625 5 3,000


Coy
This question paper contains printed pages. 4

Your Roll No. "0/2112.
H

SI. No. of Ques. Paper: 5709
Unique Paper Code: 235301

Name of Paper : Calculus — Il (MAHT-301)
Name of Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics
Semester : Til

ZA\DHU ES

: for “Oo
Duration : 3 hours Ke c
7p) <\\

0
Kc j
ff

Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.)

war
“9

K

All Sections are compulsory.

Attempt any five questions from each Section.

SECTION |

i. Let f be the function defined by f(x. y= = for (x,y) # (0,0).

a. Find lime, y) (2,1) f(x,y).
b. Prove that f has no limit at (0,0).

- Compute the equation of the line tangent to graph of f(x,y) = x? + xy + y? in the x
direction at the point (2, 3).

- The radius and height of a right circular cone are measured with errors of atmost 3% and
2% respectively. Use increments to approximate the maximum possible percentage error
in computing the volume of the cone using these measurements and the formula

V =<nR7H.
4. If (x,y,z) = xyz + x? y3z*, Show that
feyz = fyex = fexy-
- Find the tangent plane and normal line at (1, ~1,2) on the surface
Six*y+y?z4+z27x=5
- Find the absolute extrema of f(x,y) ='e<"-Y" over x2 4 y7s1.

SECTION II
7. Evaluate f J (x+2y+ 1) dA, ifT is the triangle in the X-y plane with vertices (0,0), (1,0)

and (0,1).

8. Find the volume of the solid bounded

above by the plane z = y and below j
Plane by the part of the disk x? + y2 ” ms

n the xy-
S 1 in the first quadrant,

P. T.O.


2

9. Find the volume of the solid formed by the portion of the paraboloid z = 1 — x? — y
that lies above the x- axis. |

10. Compute the area in polar form of the region D bounded above by the line y =x and
below by the circle x? + y? — 2y = 0.

11. Using cylindricai coordinates find the volume of the solid in the first octant that is
bounded by the cylinder x* + y? = 2y, the half-cone z = \/x2 + y?, and the xy-plane.

'2. Compute the volume of the solid Q that lies below the sphere x? + y? +z? = 9 and

above the cone z = /x? + y2,
SECTION III

13. Is the vector field F=(z? + 2xy — 1,x2 + ze” 4 2,2xz + e”)
the gradient of some function f(x, y,Z)? If so find it?
14. Show that f(x, y) = e* cos y is harmonic.
15. A wire has the shape of the curve
x=v2sint y=cost z=cost forO<t<n
If the wire has density 5(x, y,z) = xyz at each point(x, y, z), what is its mass?
16. Show that F=(3x?yz + zye™™, x3z + e*§, x3y + xye**) is a conservative vector field.

17. Find the flux of the vector field F = zi + xj + (y + z)k through the parameterized
surface

R(u, v) = (uv)i+ (u— v)j + (2u+ v)k
over the triangular region D in the uv-plane that is bounded by u = 0, v = 0, and
ut+v=1,
18. Let S be the portion of the plane x + y +z = 1 that lies in the first octant, and let C be
the boundary of S, traversed counterclockwise as viewed from above. Verify Stoke’s
theorem for the surface S and the vector field

F= —3y7i — 2xyj + yzk.

7 < * ( ym”
<
- Gy
be z rt
- LI )
\F- A
\ Y :
4 , C
4 New »

100


va
This question paper contains printed mee] atic
Your Roll No. ...\v. L2Y2 _—
H

Sl. No. of Ques. Paper: 5710

Unique Paper Code =: 235302
Name of Paper : Numerical Metkods and
Programming (MAHT-302)

Name of Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics

Semester : Til
aM ra
Duration :3 hours NS Le

\

NX
ry
8)

Maximum Marks : 75 (=
_

a! !

ape .
ea Py “a
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately \ ° <
on receipt of this question paper. ) \ oy
Sa ikaji, 8S C
All six questions are compulsory. a
Attempt any two parts from each question.
Marks are indicated against each question.
Choice is given within the question.

Use of Scientific Calculator is allowed.

1. (a) Perform three iterations of Newton’s method to find approximate value of 13"? using
equation x?-]3=0 and starting approximation as 2.

(b) Verify that the functionx® + 2x — 1 = 0 hasa root in the interval (0, 1). Perform

three iterations of bisection method .
(c) Explain order of convergence of an iterative method for finding an approximation to
the location of a root of f(x)=0. Find order of convergence of the secant method.(13)
2. (a) Verify that the function f(x) = x3 + 2x2 — 3x — 1 has a zero on the interval (1, 2).
Perform three iterations by using secant method to approximate the root.
fixed point iteration scheme for

(b) Perform three iterations starting from po=! of the
he fixed point iteration scheme.

g(x) =e~*. Construct an algorithm to implement t

(c) Write down an algorithmfor false position method. Perform
positieg method to approximate the root of the function cos(x) - xe

3. (a) Find an LU decomposition of the matrix
P. T. O.

three iterations of false-
K=() in the interval (0,

(13)


1 4 #3
Afiz 7.9
5 8 =2

and use it to solve the system Ax = [-4 -10 9],

(b) Peiform three iterations of Jacobi method to solve the system of equations, for the given
coefficient matrix and right hand side vector, starting with the initial vector

2 -1 O} f-1
x°=0; 3 4 | 3 |
o 2 6its

(c) Starting with initial vector x) = 0, perform three iterations of Gauss Seidel method
to solve the following system of equations:
2x-y=-1,-x + 4y + 2z = 3,2y + 6z=5. (13)
4 (a) Define the forward difference operator (A) and average operator (4). Prove that Newton

Divided difference f [xo,%1,%2,..-.-Xn] = —>A" fo,

(b) Find the backward difference polynomial that fits the data.
x — ft 2 4 5

f(x) -5 13. 255 625
Hence, interpolate atx = 3.0.

(c) Define the backward difference operator (V) and central difference operator (6).
Prove that:

. 62 & =| 8
(i) E=1+7+6 l+-— (il) p= its (12)

5 (a) Apply Euler's method to approximate the solution of the initial value problem.

a =etx3—x, Oostsl, x(0) =1

over the interval [0,1 ]using four steps.
(b) Evaluate So tan-'xdx using
(i) Simpson’s one third Rule (ii) Trapezoidal Rule
(c) Find the Lagrange form of interpolating polynouial for the given data set
x om 0 ! 2

fw 4 3 2 3
Hence interpolase at x = 1.5.

(12)


3
6 (a) Verify that the forward difference approkimation:

Fo) = 5 (~3f (xo) + AF xe +h) — fe9 + 2H)
For the first order derivative provide the exact value of the derivative, regardless of the
value of h, for the function f(x) =1, f(x) =x, f(x) = x? but not for the function
fj =s*.
{b) Define degrec of precision of a quadrature rule. State Trapezoidal’s rule for the
evaluation of f ° f (x)dx and verify that it has degrec of precision 1.

(c) tf f(x) = *then evaluate Newton Divided difference f[a, b,c, d]. (12)

100


a
CO
This question paper contains @ printed pages. ? 0 | )
Your Roll NO. w.ccccccsccseseeecsseteereerees
Sl. No. of Ques. Paper: 5711 H
Unique Paper Code: 235304
Name of Paper : Algebre - 1] (MAHT-303)

Name of Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics

Semester : III ~AU CG Op.
Duration :3 hours ON
Maximum Marks : 75 PB: ay | \\
Lu BR” Ae en
(Write your Roll No. on the top immedianet) LA
\t

on receipt of this question paper. r) \Gy,

Do any two parts from each questions.

Questions
1. (a) LetG= ={[ of ae Rae |. Show that G is a group under matrix nultiplication. (6)

(b) (i) Prove that if G is a group with the property that square of every element is
identity then G is abelian.

(ii) Define center of a group G. Show that center of a group G is an abelian subgroup
of G. (2 + 4)

(c) Define order of an element. Consider the element A= k i . What is the order of

Ain (i) SL(2,R ) (ii) SL (2,Zp), pis @ prime. (6)

‘> if and only if

2. (a) Let G=<a> be acyclic group of order n. Prove thatG = <a
(6.5)

ged(n, k) = 1. Find all the generators of Zo.
-(b) Suppose that a and b are group elemeuts that commute has. orders m and n

respectively. If <a> M <b> = {e}. Prove that the group contains an element whose
order is the least common multiple of m and n. Show that this need not be true if a

and b do not commute. (6.5)

P. T. O.


[2)

(C) Let ‘o’ bea fixed element of a group G. Define centralizer of the element a. Show
that Z(G) = ()C(a). (6.5)

(a) (1) Prove that product of two odd permutation is an even permutifion.
(ui) Show that Z(S,) = {e ) forn> 3. (2 + 4)

(b) Show that if H ts a subgroup of S, then every member of H is an even permutation
or exactly half of them are even. (6)

(c) (i) Let H and K be subgroups of a group G . If |H| = 12 and |K| = 33, find |HN KI].
(ii) Find all left cosets of {1, 11} in U(30). (2 + 4)
(a) State and prove Lagrange's theorem for finite groups. (6.5)

(b) (i) Prove that every subgroup of D, of odd order is cyclic.

(ii) Prove or disprove Z x Z is a cyclic group. (3.5 + 3)
(c) Define index of a subgroup in a group. Show that Q, the group of rvutional numbers

under addition has no proper subgroup of finite index. (6.5)
(a) Let G be a group and H a normal subgroup of G. The set G/H = (aH| a © G} isa

group under the operation (aH) (bH) = abH. (6)
(b) Let N be a normal subgroup of a finite group G. If N is cyclic, prove that every

‘sutgroup of N is normal in G. (4)
(c) Determine ali the homomorphisms from Z,,to Z,,. (6)

. (a) Suppose that @ is an isomorphism from a group G onto a group € ’. Prove that G is
cyclic if and only if G* is cyclic. Hence show that Z, the group of integers under

addition is not isomorphic to Q, the group of rationals under addition. (6.5)

(b) State and prove Cayley’s theorem. (6.5)
(c) LetM and N be normal subgroups of a group G and N C M. Prove that

(6.5)

(G/N)(M/N) = G/M.
ABU CoN
F O

100


S Quest Wey COE MA hinted pa \ 4 Roll No,

l nique Papel code “AST301

Name of the course

Name of the paper

Bo Se. (Hons) Mathematics

\Igebra TH eGroup Cheory = 1)

Nemester \]

Duration : 3) Hours

Maximum mi ks : 75

Instructions for Candidates
ais titchons tor Candidates

I,
5
;
3

1(a)

(c)

2(a)

(b)

3(a)

(b)

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of the question per.

Attempt any two parts from each question.
All questions are compulsory,

(i) For any elements a@ and b froma group and any integer ” prove that a7~1ba)” =
a~*b"a,.

(ii) Give an example of a non-cyclic group all of whose proper subgrouy s are cyclic.
Define center of a group. Prove that the center of a group G is asubgrou > of G.

If G = (a) is a cyclic group of order 77 then prove that G = (a") iffged(kn) =1.

(6 x 2=12)

Lei G = ta “ lae€e Ra # 0}, -Show that G is a group under matrix nultiplication.

ey

,

(1) Let H be a non empty finite subset of a group G. Then prove that  .a subgroup of G
if H is closed under the operation of G.

(ii) Let G be a group and let a be any element of G. Then prove that (a_ is subgroup of G.
G1) How many subgroup does #39 have. List a generator for each of these.

(ii) Prove that H = {[; "| [ne z} is acyclic subgroup of GZ (2, R (6 x 2 = 12)

Prove that the order of a permutation of a finite set written as a product « ! disjoint cycles,
is the Jeast common multiple of the lengths of the cycles.

State and prove Lagrange s Theorem. fs the converse true? Justify your inswer.


ic) ‘ C i YTO } a c ‘ a p L - S

4. (a) Show that if H is a suberour

F 5.
tv
|
i
{

permutation or exaetly half of there

(b) State and prove Fermat's Little Theorem,

(c)(i) Prove that a subgroup H of a group G is a normal subgroup of G it ind only if

ghe’ €H fjoralla eG and torallhe H.
(ii) Suppose G isa group and H ={g" :g € G} is a subgroup of G. Prox that H

is anormal subgroup of G. (6.5x2= 13)

5. (a) Let G bea group and Z (G) be the centre of G. If G/Z (G) is cyclic then prove
that G is Abelian.
(b) Show that any infinite cyclic group is isomorphic to (Z, +) the group «lf integers under
addition.
(c) Let G be a group of permutation and {1,-1} be the-multiplicative grou). For each
o € G, define a mapping

o:G {hl

by | if o is an even ;
o(o) =
-] if o is an odd.

Prove that @ is a group homomorphism. Also, find Ker 9. (6.5 x 2 = 13)

6. (a) Suppose that ¢ is an isomorphisia from a group G onto a group G*. Prove that G is cyclic

G* is cyclic, Hence show that Z. the group of integers

if and only if
p of rationals under addition.

under addition is not isomorphic to Q, the grou
(b) lf M and N are normal subgroups of a group G and N <M,

prove that (G/N) / (M/N) = G/M.
G* then prove that G/Ker 9 * G*.

(c) Let » be a group homomorphism from G onto ;
(6.5 x 2= 13)



Syne op ap 6986 Api

Unique Paper Code : 2351302

Name of the Paper : Analysis-I] (Real Functions)

Name of the Course : Maths(H) — Ul

Semester - U1

Duration : 3 Hours Maximuin Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question }» ‘per.)
All questions are compulsory.

Attempt anv three parts from each question.

1. a. LetA GRandc € R beacluster point of A and f AR, then define limi! of function fat c.
Also show that if 7 has a limit atc € R, then fis bounded on some neighbor ‘hood of c. 5

b. Letc € R. Use «-d definition to show that lim xe =c3, s
x—C

c. State Sequential Criterion of Limits. Using sequential criterion, prove tha lim = ,x>0
x-0 x

does not exist. 5

d. LetA € R, let fg, h: A— Rand let c € R bea cluster point of A. If f(x) < g(x) S A(x) for
allx € A,x ¥c,and iflim f(x) = L = lim h(x) , then show that lim g@) sb. 5
x—7C xc >

2. a.LetA © R, let fand g be functions from A to R and let c € R beacluster point of A. Suppose
that fis bounded in a neighbourhood of ¢ and lim g(x) = 0. Prove that lim ( q)(x) = 0. 5

mT

b. Let f(x) = for x # 0, then find jim fC) and tim, PUK):

]
(e7/x + 1)

c, Determine the points of continuity of the function f(x) = [x], x € RK, wire [x] denotes the

y

~

greatest integef n € Z such thatn S Xx.



VV d
d. Let g:R > R be defined by J
L » D1
gx) = bo. for x rational a LBP! ,
0, for x irrational *
Find all the points at which g is continuous. all 5

3. a. Let A © R and f:A > R such that f(x) > 0 forall x € A. Show that if is continuous at c €
A, then Vf is continuous at c.

5
b. Let A © R. Let f:A > R and g:A > R be continuous on A. Show that f - g is continuous on
A. 5
c. Let f: R — R be continuous on R and let P = {x € R: f(x) > 0}. If c € P show that there
exists a neighbourhood Vs(c) © P. 5

d. Suppose that fis a real valued continuous function on R and that f(a) f(b) < 0 for some a, b €
R. Prove that there exists x between a and b such that f(x) = 0. Prove that x = cos x for some x

in (0,~). 5
2
4. a. Show that every uniformly continuous function on A € R is continuous on A. Is the converse
true? Justify your answer. : 5
b. Show that the function(gin (t/ x) xt 0} is sent uniformly continuous on (‘), 00). 5
———— ee
c. Let f:R > R be defined by
20: 1
x* sin-, x#0
f= x
0, x=0
5

Show that f is differentiable at x = 0 and find f’(0).
d. Let f: I > R is differentiable on the interval J. Prove that f is increas ng on Jif and only if

f'(x)20 forall xe / 5

5.a. Use the Mean Value theorem to prove (x — 1)/x <Inx <x-I1for. > 1. 5

b. For the function f: R — R given b: “(x)=3x- 4x’, find the points of relative extrema. Also
asing and those on which it is decreasing.

find the intervals on which the function. is incre
5
c, State and prove Cauchy’s Mean Value theorem,
5

d. Obtain Maclaurin’s series expansion for the function f(x) = cos x, x¢ |


cf Alo cna fi be é Sete,
Unique Paper Code: 2352301

Name of the Paper: Calculus

Name of the Course; Allied Course

Semester: 3

Duration: 3 hours

Maximum Marks: 75 Marks ser ICO

4
€ e) LAD
au ’ ~ Pane fe ids ae liy G)
Instructions for Cand idiutes O LIBRARY a

e Attempt live questions from each section. vi
e Each question curries five marks. X%

Y”

“Now Y

Section: |

1. Use s-8 definition to show lim,..,(5x — 3) = 2.
, red

2. Find the horizo: tal and vertical asymptotes of the curve y = es
: ; (x+1)" .
3. Sketch the graph of f(y) = ee
. Inx
4. Evaluate lim, .., —=.
’ 2vx
5. Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving the region between the y-axis and
the curve x = 7 ,1 Sy <4, about the y-axis.
6. Find the length ofthe curve y = men gate oe fl, OsxSsl,
Section-2

7. Find a polar equation for the curve x? + (y = 3)? = 9,

8. Graph the curve r? = 4cos@.

9. A glider is soaring upward along the helix r() = (cost) t+ (sint ) f+ ek. How

long is the glide:’s path from ¢ = 0 to t = 2n¢

10. Find the curvature of the curve r(t) = (acost)i + (asine)),

11. Find the principal unit normal vector for the motion r(t) = (cos 2e)d + (sin 2e)/.

12. Evaluate lim, roam
(v.y)(0,0) VeVi

Section=3
P 7 2x3 a ; Cary ,
13. Show thatf(x, ) =) hus no limit as (x,y) approaches (Q,0).) Las re

|

15. Find “ ify? — v? ~ sinxy = 0.

/ Lem

( 4) (00) (C)


16. Find the derivatives of f(x, y) = x2 + xy at point (1, 2) in the direction of the vector
a eS) ie a

17. Find the tangent plane and normal line of the surface
f(xy,z) =x? +y? +z —9 at the point (1, 2, 4).

18. Find the local extreme values of the function
f(xy) = xy — x? -y* -—2x-2y+4

&\

Y »)\
© LIBRARY *

\*

o /
= N

Va - & ‘*
oe tt. A ‘ at) ee?
.? a ‘2
& 4 § kL ‘ ) s
* es. + . tide 5
a 7S i

— bane Pater Pe ~ | Differential Equations — II o ee
i Name of Course’ _: B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics ’
OF Warmester. 40 6 0.8% |
Duration — | +3 hours.

| Maximum Marks a 75

All questions are compulsory.
Attempt any three parts from each question.
1. (a)For 0 < a < b, let the function f(¢)be defined as:

_fl if ast<b,
ro={5 if t<aort 2b.

Express f(t) in terms of the unit step function to show that

L(F(t)) = s-*(e7@ = e-%), peiittiiin'g ésit- val
(b) (i) Solve the initial value problem using Laplade transform :

x(t) + 4x'(t) + Bx(t) = e-', 2(0) = 0,x'(0) = 0. é' (4)

hs

(ii) Find the inverse Laplave transform of F(s) = 9), 1) ,

(c) Define a regular singular point of the homoyerious nevondsorder lineur differential eyuuation ¥
ACe)y" + BCRDY! + CORY © 0.

Inivestiyate the nature of the point x = 0 fur the differential equation ecceeniael oe |

x'y" +(e? siteyy’ 4 Ul easy 20, ‘thhiear
hire emaaabemsiie: goer 0 ait, and tre

eh: te > |



2 . (6)
xryl! r 2
ae Bee dom numbers Using

(3)
id it occur?
a=1,b=7,c=9 and x, = 27. Was there cycling? If so, when did It oe
; | dom numbers Using
(ii) Use middle square method to generate a sequence of ran
4 : @)
Xy = 1003 till it degenerates to zero. |
imation to 7 by

a prox!
(b) Using Monte Carlo simulation, write an algorithm to calculate an 4P

circleQ:x? + y’ =1,
considering the number of random points selected inside the quarter
2 | 0<x<1 and

Lely — are S$
_forx 2 0, y 20 where the quarter circle is taken to be inside the $4
0 < y St. Use the equation that x/4=area Q/area S. (6)

r | stad deviation.
_ (©) Fit the mode! to the data using Chebyshev’s criterion to minimize the largest &©

yrcx

Hence, solve the optimization problem graphically that determines the parameter ¢' to minimize

to largest absolute deviation. (6)
(d) A harbor has unloading facilities for ships. There is a facility of unloading of only one ship at
4 time in the harbor. The unloading time required for a ship depends on the type and amount of
the caryo and varies from 60 to 120 minutes, The data for 6 ships are given as:

hen Ship2 | Ship3 on Ships
aie bi
am

Tite between successive ships | 30 a. | 100
Unloading time

(1) Draw the tithe-line diagrati depictitiy clearly the situation for each Ship, the ideal tite for the

harbor.

(ii) What te the average atic HidslHiNi thie Bet ship it the HaFbuy?

(HA) Whit ta thie average ated teiaiediniuit Wwatitn Hie pet whip?

(iv) Whial 19 the length wf the liiigeat yueie (6)
(6)


3
3(a) Define lsomorphism of Sraphs. Draw two non-isomorphic regular graphs with eight
vertices and twelve edges. J ustify your answer.
(6)
(b) Determine which of the following Signed graphs are balanced. Also find the correspondi
. > : 4 ng

bipartite graph in each of the cases. Justify your answer.

, +. 5 ‘ % a + ,

i in 7 7 ‘ .

d a ¢ d + c d — c
AD a dy (ii) ) a

. 6

(c) Prove that, a connected graph is Eulerian if and only if each of its vertices has an even
deyree. | (6)
(d) (i) Define a Hamiltonian graph. For which values of rand sis the complete bipartite graph
K,. Hamiltonian? Justify. (3)
(ii) State Ore’s Theorem. Give an example of a Hamiltonian graph that does not satisy the

conditions of the Ore’s Theorem. (3)

4, (a)Find the solution to the four-cubes problem of the following set of cubes: .

Ciba 4 Ciibe 4


4

(b) Solve the following initial value problemin powers of (¢-1).

, Py ah
9-3) = 3H -1I)=
Ve ( a

~ (¢\i)Find the inverse Laplace transform of the function f(s) = “Weel t ih

(4)
(ii) Show that f(t) = ¢" (nis a positive integer), is of exponential order, but g(t) = e (n isa

positive integer greater than 1) , is not of exponential order. 7 (3)

(d) Solve the problem
Maximize 12x, +72,
‘subject to
5x, + 4x, £20
3x, +5x; 518

‘ey =O," =4,y'()=-1 a

Determine the sensitivity of the optimal solution to a change‘in C2 using objective function of

12x, +¢5x,

(1)


| Your Roll No. ff}...
SL No. of Ques. Paper: $713 oH

Unique Paper Code : 235503

Name of Pap2r : Analysis ~- IV

Name of Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics

Semester :¥

*

4 i i
° f* “i,
Duration : 3 hours Ga ‘ee
Maximum Marks : 75 ig ps
toe Binks Ar 1 x
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately. ~ )

All questions are compulsory.
Attempt any two parts from each question.
1(d) Suppose (X, d) is a metric space and f : X —> R. Prove that the function
e:XxxX — R*u {0}
defined by
| e(a,b) = d(a,b) +|f(a)—f(b)|, Va,bex

is a metric on X.

(b) Suppose S is a nonempty bounded above subset of R and z € R. Prove that
dist(z,S) < |z — Sup(S)|
with equality if z 2 Sup(S).

(c) Suppose (X,d) is a metric space, x € X, A and B are nonempty subsets of X for which
AG B. Prove that:
dist(x,B) < dist(x, A) < dist(x,B) + diam(B)

(6; +63)

2(a@) Suppose (X, d) is a metric space and F isa finite subset of X. Show that ace(F) =

(b) Suppose X is a metric space, A and B are subsets of X and A G B. Prove that:

(OAGA


(ii) Ao B°
(c) Suppose (X,d) isa metric space, W € X and AEX. Peg that: |
i dist(w, 0A)
(i) dist(w, A) S @tst | | (6 : “)

(ii) dist(w.A ) = dist(w, A)

ee | that x€5 if'and onl

3(a) Suppose (X.4) is a metric space, x € X and S isa subset of x. oy that : y
— ifevery open ball of X centered at X has nonemply intersection WIT“
(b) Suppose (X,d) isa metric space and Aisa subset of X. Show that

(i) A2.UGA =A

(i) aA = AAT
(¢) Suppose (X,d) isa metric space, a € X andr € Rt. Prove that:
(i) a(b[a; r}) = {x eX | d(x. a) =r}

Sib ha A
(ii) ba; 7) is closed in X. (6; ¥ 6:)

4(a) Suppose (X,d) isa metric space and (x) isa Cauchy sequence in X. Prove that (x)

converges in X ifand only if (x) has a subsequence that converges in X.
(b) Suppose (X,d) isa metric space.
(i) Define a bounded set and & totally bounded set in (X, d).

(id) Give an oxample of a subset A of X such that A is bounded in (X,d) but A is not totally
bounded in (X,d).

(c)(t) Suppose (X, d) is a discrete metric space Show that every fune
18. y function f + (Xd Y,e
is a continuous function on X where (V7, @) is atty inetrle space. aia

it) Sh .
(11) Show that every constant finotion fem a ieteie space (X,d) to a inetric space (Y,e) is

contihucns, ; )
6546;

(1) Suppowe (X, Hy 16 w eennpilete
in
clevaedl aubwate Ot X euch that dienth) ban yy hy t —

ti)
ref


contains exactly one point.

(b)(i) State Banach’s Fixed Point Theorem.
(ii) Suppose f: R — Risa differentiable function

and there exists k € (0,1) such
that [f'(x)| Sk, Vx © R. Show that f has a unique fixed point.

(c) Prove nat R (with usual metric) is connected. (6+ +6 =)

6(a) Suppose X is a metric Space, S is a connected subset of X and S © A © A. Prove that Ais
connected.

| (b) Define a compact metric space. Give one example of each of the following:
(i) A metric space which is compact.

(ii) A metric space which is not compact.

(c) Suppose (X,d,) and (Y,d2) are metric spaces, (X,d,) is compact and
—f Xd) > Wd2)

is continuous on X. Prove that f is uniformly continuous on X. (5 + 5)


SL No. of Ques. Paper: 5714 @) H
Unique Paper Code : 235504

_ Name of Paper : Algebra -IV (MAHT-503)
Name of Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics

Semester :V DHU
Duration :3 hours aN

Maximum Marks: 75 ‘s

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately \<
on receipt of this question paper. ) X

Attempt any five parts from Q. No. 1.

Each part of Q. No. 1 carries 3 marks.

Attempt any two parts from each of the
Questions Nos. 2 to 6. Each part carries 6 marks.

1. (a) Let T: P,(R) > R? be defined by T(p(x)) = (p(0),p(2))..
Find [T']®. where B and y are the standard basis for P,(R) and R? respectively.

(b) Prove that a linear operator T on a finite dimensional vector space V is invertible if and
only if zero is not an eigen value of T. .

(c) Let T be a linear operator on P;(R) defined by T(f(x)) = f(x).
- Find an ordered basis for the T —cyclic subspace generated by z = x°.

(d) Let be a basis for a finite dimensional inner product space. Prove that if (x, z) = 0 for
all z € f, then x = 0. .

(e) Prove that Q(v7) = Q(1 + v7).

(f) Let a field K be an extension of field F. Suppose that E, and E, are fields contained in
K and are extensions of F. If [E,:F] and [E3:F] are both prime, show that By = E, or
Ey fn" E, = F,

(i) Let T be the linear operator on IR? defined by

T(x, y,2) = (4x 4 2, 2x + By + 22,04 42)
Pp. T. O.


‘5 40 any one of the eigen ya). -

T. Jp, m-edy be distinct CIBEN vajye,
operator on vector ‘e ds tov; (i=1 of
Q2. (a) Let T be a linea CafaTe io,

eigen ; a are nt.
py if pi ‘ed (vi, v2, ve tis linearly independe a
then prove tha a y. Let Ay Az Ay be distinct eigen values as

vector space : nde \
(b) Let T bea linear operator oP finite linearly indepe = ee ae Slgen
: : is a.linearly independent subset of V.

3 Vv’ by
Oe ata xt A eS pamper eee
fi(@y-2)) cies Ai ; . for V*, and find a basis for V fo dual
Prove that (fi. f2-/3 is a basis es
- ? ‘ : V and W be T-cyclj
a ite dimensional vector — Yclic
Q3. (a) Le T 0% lina operator i gi ee ve. Let dim W =k. Show that
subspace 0

{v,T(v),T?@), T*-1(y)) is a basis for W. | | |
: ; 1
by Let V= P(R) with the inner product (f(x).9(@)) = Ses f (t)g(t)dt and W =
pe x,x*} be the subspace of V. Find an orthogonal basis for W using Gram-
(c) Let V be an inner product space, and let S = (V1, V2) +» v,} be an orthonormal subset of
V. Prove that for any x € V, Wxll? 2 Zraal, v7.

Q4. (a) Let V be a finite dimensional inner product space over F and g:V — F be a linear
transformation, prove that there exists a unique vector y € V such that g(x) = (x,y)
WxeEV.

(b) Determine all A € M2,2(IR) for which A? — 3A + 2/ = 0.

(c) Let p(t) be the minimal polynomial of a linear operator T on a finite dimensional vecor
space V. Prove.the following:

(i) For any polynomial g(t), if g(T) = To, then p(t) divides g(t). In particular, p(t)
divides the characteristic polynomial of T.

(ii) Thé minimal polynomial of T is unique.

(5. (a) Prove or disprove that Q(v73) and Q(Vv—3) ate field isomorphic.

(b) Let F be a field and let p(x) € F [x] be irreducible over F such that deg p(x) =n. Leta

he 4 2etO of p(x) in some extension E of F, Show the following:

(i) F(a) is tae att
) i8 isomorphic to iettth
(il) rey tnattioet OF F(a) ean be inlyiely expressed tik Me fii ey yatta
et iii ee eT ie | by where CHC us lyiy GF -


a .
(c) Let Kbéa finite field extension of the field E and let E be a finite field extension

of the field F. Show that K is a finite extension field field of the F and that

Q6. (a) Let K be a finite extension of a finite field F. Show that there exists a € K such that
K = F(a). }

(b) (i) Prove that cus @ is constructible if and only if cos 26 is constructible.
(ii) Prove that Va is constructible if a > 0 is constructible.

(c) If K is an algebraic extension of the field E and if E is an algebraic extension of the field
F. Show that K is an algebraic extension of the field F.



SL No. of Ques. Paper: S715 Q) .
Name of Paper : Limerr Programming and Theory

(b)

(c)

2. (a)

(xg, 0) is a basic feasible solution corresponding to basis B having an a; with z; — ¢, < 0
and all corresponding y,; < 0. then show that the L_P.P. has an unbounded solution.

Maximize z= —-3x, — 2x,
Subject to
—-X,+x,<1
5x, + 3x, <15
x,20
x, 25.
Consider the following system

¥,4+2%,4+2x;<S2
—xX,+2x, +21; <3
X;, %2, x320
The point (=,+,+) is feasible. Verify whether it is basic. If not, then reduce it to a basic

ri ie
feasible solution.
Solve the following problem by simplex method:
Maximize zx, — 2x, +X,
subject to

P. T.O.

of Games (MAHT-504)
Name of Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics
; Ls MN
Duration : 3 hours fat ‘a
Maximum Marks :75 IZ ae
fu eB: SRN
(Write your Roll No. on the op imwmediately L' oy
on receipt of this question paper } </
Attempt any two parts from each question.
All questions carry equal marks.
I. (a) ithe LPP. is Maumize z= cx
subject to ‘ Axr=b
x20


2
x, +2x,+%3 5 12

>
inear programmine

Big M method to solve the following py aS

(b) Use
Maximize
‘subject to the constraints 1s bas 30

3x; + 2x2 = 24
5 xy + %2 23
. My X2 > 0.

ution to the linear programming problem:

i feasible sol
(c) Show that there does not exist any en px, + 32 + 583 :
Maximize .
ie . ax, + 10x; + 5x3 S 15
43x, — 10x; + 9%3 $ 33
x, +2 +4324
Xy Xz, X3 2 0

| | : i exists a dual optimal
(a) ° If (%g,0) is @ primal ied ae then show that there |
solution w, such that Cp%p = bw.
(b) Maximize p= x, Xz + 3X3 + 2% ;

— ; Xy+%22 -1
x,-3%,-%3 S7
yy 4X3 - 3%4 = <2.
Xy, Xs 20
Xp Xa unrestricted
(c) Use duality to solve the following L.P.P.:
Maximize z= 2x; + X32.
the constraints
x, +%S 6
xy — Xq $2
x, = 2x4 $1
My, Xa 20

(a) Solve the following assignment problem:

ii itt WeVv
3 5 10 15 8B
4 7 15 48 8
8 12 20 20 12
§ 5 @ 10 6
10 10 15 25 10

xo Is >

(b) Solve the Following transportation problert:

ia | Avast

jib i
\i06



S
(c) Solve the following game graphically:

Player B
1 2
5
Player A |—7 5
—4 3
2 1

(a) Consider the game with the following payoff matrix:
Player B

B, B,
Player A 2 i 2;
(i) Show that the game is strictly determinable, whatever A may be.
(ii) Determine the value of the game.
ll i stv

l 3 0
T F
il =4 am)
IV 8
(c) Convert the following game, involving two-person, zero-sum game, into a linear
programming problem and hence solve it.

t

(bd) Solve the following game:

ofnN >

2
4
2
4

Player B

5 7 2
Player A t 4 1

6 2 0


C1} [
\ Ct. plo Be B-f 608% | wAN/
Unique Paper Code: 2351501

Name of the Paper: Algebra - TV (Group Theory- on)
Name of the Course: B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics- IT] (Erstrhile FYI ) E- = 9

Semester: V
Duration: 3 Hours

Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates

|. Attempt any two parts from each question.

2. All questions are compulsory.

QI. (a) Find Aut(Z,9). Also make its Cayley table.
(b) Define inner automorphism induced by an element g of a group G. If g and h

induce the same inner automorphisin of a group G, prove that h7+ g € Z(G), the

center of G. :
(c) For any group G, Prove that G/Z(G) is isomorphic to Inn(G), where Inn(G) is the

group of all inner automorphisms of G.
(6.5, 6.5, 6.5)

Q2. (a) Define characteristic subgroup of a group. Prove that the center ofa group G isa

characteristic subgroup of G.

(b) Let G’ be the commutator subgroup ofa group G. Prove that G' is normal in G,

Also prove that G/G’ is Abelian,
(c) Let G and H be finite cyclic groups. Prove that G ® H is cyelie ifand only if |G]

arid |H| are relatively prime,
(6, 6, 6)

(3. (4) Prove that ifa group @ {s the internal direct product of litte Humber of ite subgroups

Hy, Hy Ay thet G is isotiorphic to the extertal direct prodtict OF Hy Ay. Hi.


(b) Express U(105) as an external direct product of cyclic additive groups of the form Z
7 & 1€ Jorm Zn

(c) Find all Abelian groups (upto isomorphism) of order 72.

(6.5, 6.5, 6.5)
Q4. (a) Define group action of a group G ona set A. Prove that the additive group Z of
integers acts on itself by z.a = z +a forallz,a € Z. Also find kernel of this action.
(b) Let G be a group. Define centralizer Cg(A) and normalizer N, (A), of a non - empty
subset A of G. Also prove that Cg(Z(G)) = G and deduce that Ng (Z(G)) = G, where
Z(G) is the center of G.
(c) Let G = {1,a, b,c} be the Klein 4 — group. Label 1, a, b,c with the integers 1, 2, 3,
4 respectively. Compute the image of each element of G under the left regular
representation of G into S,.
Mele 66,6)
QS. (a) If p is a prime and P is a group of prime power order p* for some a 2 shen prove
that P has a non —trivial center; Z(P) # 1.

(b) Determine whether o, afd o, are conjugate. If they are, give permutation such that
tot #0}.
(i) o, = (12)(345), o, = (123)(45).
(il) o, = (13) (246), &; =(35)(24)(56).
(¢) Make the list of partitions of n = 5 and vive representative for the corresponding

conjugacy classes of Ss.
(6.5, 6.5,6.5)

(6, (4) State index theorem, Use this to prove that there 18 Ho simple group of order 216,

(h) Exhibit all Sylow 3 — subgroup of Ay.

(¢) Prove thet a group of order 56 has 4 Horitial Sylow p giberouip, far solve prliie p

dlividlitig Ite eteler. ow ON
, a (6, 6, 6)

"
" aun *

ite Ta


In|
: £084 1

Sr. No. of Question Paper Roll No.
: 2351502 6)

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Course > B.Se. (H) Mathematics-[1(Eestwhile EYUp) Re
Name of the Paper : Analysis-V(Complex Analysis) 9

Semester Vv

Duration 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

ih
Zz; Attempt any five parts from Question No. 1 and any two parts from each of Question
Nos. 2 to 6.
3. All questions are compulsory.
|. Attempt any five parts. Each part carries 3 marks.
(a) Write the function f(z) = 2? + 2 +1 in the form f(z) = ux, y) 4 inte, y),
(b) Find lim [x + i(2x + y)], where z = x + iy.
, a oe
(c) Prove that the function f(z) = 2? is differentiable everywhere.
(d) Suppose that a aa f(4) = ulaey) +1 MY) and its conjugate function are IE
anal¥dic in a given domaihJ). Prove that the functiohy (2) must be oda throughout
*; ~~ "
the domain 1).
(e) Show that exp(24 321) =e".
Cf) Pind the residue at z= 0 of the finetion f(z) = : —
' ‘ j , L~ cos?
(p) Prove that 2 = 0 is 4 rerovable gitotular point ofthe finetion flZ) = >
2, i) (1) Find the value of litt, (< | 1), o 4 a ge

(ly Let @, Cn = 1,2,3,...) denoted the pritteipal argutitetits of the Hulibers

, (~4)"
gy =e 2+ (HA 2.) SHU pt
ried whe tat Alt. Gy 22. ‘lalate
lei prove (Ne Ht Hy = Y é\ cA
uf y 1
4 ty!


(b) Ifa fur

4
‘

(c)

a)

ee | Find all values of z such that exp(2z-1)=1. ie | 6)
Find-all roots of the equation sin z ={cosh¢ .) :
Without evaluating the integral show that | oa < rf where C is the are of the

(b)

Sie cha z+2 a ag ll
su : | 1e)de ui f(z) : 4 | ,

(c)

(a)

(b)

(¢)

tion f(z)and its conjugate 7(z) both are analytic in a domain D, then shoy,
ne

that f(z) is constant throug
(i) Show that ife* is real, then Im z =n (n= 0,41, +2, 43, ...).

(ii) Find all singular points of the function f@) = Ferny (3,3)

| State and prove Cauchy-Riemain equations for the function
f(z) =ucr,y)+ Vy) at the point z) =(Xp-%o) where. 7" exists. (6)

(i) Show that Log(i*) #3Log(/) where Log(z) is the principal she Top z

wc Shae

an

circle |z|=2 from z=2 to z= 2i.

Evaluate the following integrals:

(ii) | aaae where C’ is the circle le=i=2 inn the positive sense. (6)
ee i |

State and prove Caucliy Integral Formula. (6)

Using the Maglaurin’s series expansion for the etitire finetion e* and the
, Yefinition of (Sinz) find the Maclatriti’s series expansion of the fein

Write down the Laureilz'’s serled expansion of the finetlon f(z) tf li
ala =

the doitain | zfs. (6)

If 2) 18a poltt Inside the cirdle OF eoHVerbeHee | 2 = by [sR OF a power series

dyajle ~ a)" (het show that the series Hust be WHITOHHTY BoAWarNeNt 1h Ue

lie ff

oleaed Midk [a a) (2 A, where Ri 4b) a) |. (6)

hout D. (6)

pe
Sine: by
I)

i


]
6 (a) Eyaluate the integr al i) Zz *sin( 1 la : Where C js the Positively oriented unit circle
Boe

(6)
fi Binid out thas sum of the residueg of the function f@ = ro

5 calculated on its

(6)

233 isolated ee points.

-. () Evaluate ne ,

6)

\feiy New,


nl)

Unique Paper © inde 2351503
Name of the Paper : Calculus I] Tor
Name of the Course ; B.Se.(H) iudooe™ Calculus)
Semester ‘ V Pc
Duration : 3 hours ;
Maximum Marks : 75
Instructions for Candidates

(i) Attempt any five questions from each section

(ii) Each question carries § marks.

(iii) Use of scientific calculators is allowed.

—"s
*

th

"2

ton

aN

fi

§

0

fo Pind the Voluine oF NM vite

Section-I

wee mine the standard form equation for the tangent plane to the sui ace 2=10—
xe ay? at Po (2,2,2). !
plane and tangent to the

a) Find the slope of the line that is parallel to the xz-
= ae Ie Fy at the: point P( 13.2).

ae of OE sy. oe 0,0)
cal Gey) Oy

Sur face. ;

‘by Let i

ds ihe (0. O= hu(0, op

The adits and height are uy reht circular cone are trieasured With: errors’ of it inost 3%
OSS ceritage

and 2% 4, VESPCCUV ely: Use ineremenis to approximate the-max imum possible per

S using the formtlas w= =a.

me of the co: ie

efror in vornpeting (ie volu

Find the directional derivative of fixjy = 3-2 49" at theipoint Pda) inthe direction

of the unit veetor a = 5 # Sih |

viel that the largest id siti values Offi phe ox? ay suite tu the constraint
vel with» > 0 4 > 0 exist. use the iret thod of 1 itt Hiullipliers to find these

etna, |

Mind all ihe points on the surface vy ~ 4+ &y that ate elosest to the origin.

Seedivin tT
Conipule the area of the revion D botnded above by the Tite y ex ake below by the
cltele x ty? Py 0
Hind the vole of the tetrahedron P bounded by the plane Is + y & 4¥e6 and the
coordinate plies «0, 9 Vand 7
Pinel he aired or the bewlon b aunt ‘ i Mle * 7 st
'y

(}

oft


) . for 0 <t <7. If the
11. A wire has'the shape of the curve X™ V2 sin(t), y = cos(: can nan age? a
wire has density OM, y,4) = xyz al each point (x. ¥; 2) What) ‘ciaaaes , te tes

x? hy? dydx by converting to ‘polar coordinates.

12, Evaluate fy ec “

Section III
13. State Green’s Theotem and verify it for the line integral b(-y dv +xdy). over the
curve C = Cy U Co, where 'C) is the line segment from (-1..0) to (1. 0) and C2 is a semi-
~~ etreular are from (1. ()) back to.(- 1,0). .
14. Show | that the veetor field je ae (20x° z+ sia i Sx" te ki is conservative in R’

and find a scalar potential for F.

15, Evaluate the surfaee integral f eg
; pene of the plane 2x -3y + 2= 6 that lies o

Mis Evaluate i oo Ye a Z) ds. where By is the. surface doiined es by
We om (u, v) a Kae + vyi 4: (u- Qwv)j 44 + 3v)k foros us 1,0 av< 2. ene
bs 7, Evaluate $ i V ed + gly of xz, ), where Ci is the curve of intersection of the plane x +

‘and ite alata ee Dy ig? a oriented counter el lockwise as viewed from

as. tine ee lal ax? se hp and S$ is. “thet.
ver the unit ‘agente Ri2Sx 33, 2< y<

| iNav, |

18a) Let i bea wonstatt wéeiet field, What ta
A) OE |
ii} curt ! |
by) Show til I(x, yime*dancy id rene


This question paper contains 8 printed pages]

Bo nyt

| Roll No.
S. No. of Question Paper 6626 |
Unique Paper Code | : 32351501 | HC
Name al the Paper + Cll-Metric Spaces
Name of the i + BSe. (Hons.) Mathematics
Semester a |
Duration’: 3Hous Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt any fwo parts from each question.
All questions are compulsory.

= (a) _—s Let d,(p > 1) on the set R”, be given by

y p l/p
dy (x,y) = y, | x, -y;| ,

for all + = (Ny, N94 baabaais 4 X,,)s = (Vy, M53 sbuaanad j J) in RR",

Show that (R" a) Is a inettic space, Does a), define a

nettle OH RY when 0 p< 1? A426

bro


(0)

(c)

(a)

( 2 ) 6626
Let $ be any non-empty set and B(S) denote the Set of
all real- or soteilinsiieeih functions on S, each of which
is — Define the uniform metric d - B(S). Show

~

that (B(S), d) is a complete metric space. 6

(‘) Let X = N, the set of natural numbers. Define

1 1
d(m, oe 2-2 ,m ne X,

Show that (X, d) is an incomplete metric space.

(ii) | Prove that metric spaces, R with the usual metric
and (0, =) with the usual metric induced from R

are homeomorphic. . 412-6

(i) Let (X, d) be a metric space. Prove that the closed
“ball §(x, 7), where x € X and r > 0, is a closed

“Subset of X.

(ii) Is the set A = {(x; y) :x + y= 1} open in the metric

space (R2, d,) ? Justify your answer. 4+2=6

bo

(b)

(c)

_ (a)

Let (X. d) be a metric space and Y a subspace of X.
Let Z be a subset of Y. Prove that Z is closed in Y

if and only if there exists a closed set F of X such that

X=FOY.

(Let, hem metric space and F and ¥ be SSE

of X. Prove ‘that : ~
cl(F, U Fy) = ol(F,) U elf).

(ii) Define a separable metric space. !s the discrete
metric space (X, /) separable ? Justify your

3+
answer.

Let (X, d) be a metric space and for every nestec

! xX
sequence {F,}. "2 ! of non-empty closed subsets of

such that F,) > 0.asn—>=.theimersestion ("| __


(0)

(c)

can’t be dropped.

_

contains one and only one point. Prove that (x
qd

is a complete metric space. Further, show that th
FP is ; ry ‘ e

%
. as .

condition : d(F,,) 9 0 as n > in the above st,
en Statemen,

4426
Let (X, d) be a metric space and F C X. Prove that Point
Xq is a limit point of F if and only if it is “athile to select
fiom the wk F a sequence,-{x,}, 1 > 1, of distinc al

such that lim, d(x,,, Xo) = 0,

(i) Let F be subset of the metric space (X, d). Prove
~ that the set of limit points of F is a closed subset

| of (X, d).

‘io

Let F be a non-empty bounded closed subset

of R, with usual metric and @ = sup F, Show

that a € F, 3436

(a). (i) . Let (X, d) be any metric space

and

f (X, d) > RY, d,), be defined by -

Show that if f is continuous, so is cach

fy % 8, 4— 1, 2, ....., n.

(if) ‘Let (X, dy) and (Y, dy) be metric spaces and let
J: % 7 Y be continuous on X. Show that

7\(B)c f~ (B), for all subsets B of Y.

2V¥4=6'2

(b) Let (X, dy) and (Y, dy) ‘be metric sspaces and ter
{:%—7Y be uniformly continuous. Show thal if

{fx}. 24 is a Cauchy sequence in X. then 50 4s

1 i wy2xXKS Ys
(Ax, i. 22 1. in Y. 1s ‘this result Tuc, ti

4%

continuous on X ?


5 ¢ ¥ 6,

(c) Let X be the set of all continuous. functions define d
7 (i) Let TX — X, where (X, d) iy a complete metti

on [0, I]. For fg € X, define the eit ‘@ and ‘e

on X by:

fy g) = sup(i{e) - gtx) zx € (0, 1}, and
| | 442 YV=h'/,

df.8)=[ 140) ~ a2)| de |
" oe (b) Let (R, d) be the space of real numbers with the usual

‘Show that these metrics are not equivalent. 6% metric. Show that a subset, 1, of R is connected if and

only if | is an interval. 6%

5 (@ (@ Let (X, d) be the complete metric — and
(c) (i) Show that the metric space (X, d) is disconnected

hak >-X be a contraction mapping and let | if and only if there exists a proper subset of X ‘that

wy X and {x,}, n> 1; be the sequence defined is both open and closed in X.

iteratively by %1+1 = Tx, forn=0, 1, 2, ..... . fs og (ii) Let A be a subset of R° defined by

that the sequence {x,}, 2 1, is convergent A= {@ yee -re™

in X. Show that A is disconnected. 422'4°6:


ee eee Par —— * 6626

Let (x dy) be a metric space and every continuous

6 @ pia oe
“function.f :(% dy) > (RB. d)), where d,, 1s the usual metric
of R, - the intermediate mare property. Prove that

: (X, dy) is a snchvoa space. | - ,

(b) | Define the finite intersection property. Prove that metric
space (X, d is compact if, and only if every collection

of iloied sets in (X, d) with the finite intersection property

has non-empty intersection. 6
(c) Let f be a continuous function from a compact metric

space (X, dy) into a metric space (CY. dy). Prove that the

ranve AX) is alse compact, (5


ae - pesesS)}7)] 9

| Bik ng, Se
SL No. of Ques. Paper: 6627 (9) HC
Unique Paper Code 32351502
Name of Paper : Group Theory - I] :
Name of Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics :
. Cc OLLEG
Semester 2V Poke &
Duration :3 hours , o
Maximum Marks —_:75 :

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper. )

All questions are compulsory. Question No. 1 has been
divided into 10 parts and each part is of 1.5 marks.
Each question from Q. Nos. 2 to 6 has 3 parts
and each part is of 6 marks. Attempt any
two parts from each question..

(1) State true (T) or false (F). Justify your answer in brief.

(a) Z2 ® Zz is isomorphic to Z, here Z,, is used for group
{0,1,2,...,m — 1}under the addition modulo n..

(b) The dihedral group Dg of order 8 is not isomorphic to
the quaternion group Qsx of order 8.

(c) The external direct product G @ H is cyclic if and only
if groups G' and H are cyclic.

(d) U(165) can be written as an external direct product: of
cyclic additive groups of the form Z,, where U(n) denotes
the group of units under multiplication modulo n.


12
e Translations 2 + z+a are the only automorphisms of
the additive group of integers Z.
f a group G is called a characteristic

bgroup N o
(f) bow if g(N) = N for all isomorphism of G onto

itself.

(g) The number of isomorphism types (classes) of a group of
order 9 is 3. _

(h) IfG is finite group of order n, then G is isomorphic to
a subgroup of Dnn. 7

(i) If a group G acts trivially on a set A containing more
than 1 elements then there is an element a in A whose
stabilizer is proper subgroup of the group.

(j) U(8) is isomorphic to U(10).

(2) (a) Find all subgroups of order 3 in Zo ® Z3. . .

(b) Prove that for any group G , G/Z (G) is isomorphic to
the group of inner automorphism Jnn(G) where Z (G) is
centre of the group G.

(c) Classify groups of order 6.

(3) (a) (i) Suppose that G is a group of order 4 with identity e
and 2? = e for all x in G. Prove that G is isomorphic
to Zp ® Zp. |

(ii) Find two groups G;, and G. such that G; is isomor-
phic to Gz but Aut(G;) is not isomorphic to Aut(G2)
where Aut(G;) is the group of automorphisms of Gj.

(b) (i) Suppose that NV is a normal subgroup of a finite

group G. If G/N has an element of order n , show
that G has an element of order n. Also show, by
an example, that the assumption that G is finite is
necessary.

(ii) if G is a non abelian group then show that Aut(G)
is not cyclic.
(c) Define the characteristic subgroup of a group G. Prove
that every subgroup of a cyclic group is characteristic.

b) Find jugac .
. onde “aera re of the dihedral group Dy of
j ¥
verify the class eedien. group Qs of order 8 and hence
(c) Prove that if H hes a finite

normal subgroup K fG
the index of K in G (

index n in G then there is a
o eiete K ie subgroup of H nd
am | : K|) is less than or equal to n!
(5) (@) Prove that if p isa prime and G ie group of ores 7"
p sap oie every subgroup of lin

ormal group of
has a normal subgroup of orderp. —
(b) Prove that 2 group of order 56 has « normal Sylow p-

__, subgroup for some prime p dividing its order.

(c) Zt that two elements of the symmetric group on
letters S,, are conjugate in 5, if and only if they have
same cycle type.Also show that the number of conjugacy
classes equals the number of partitions of n. |

(6) (a) Define © simple group. Prove that if G is en sibelian
simple group then G is isomorphic to the cyclic group
Z, for some prime p.
(b) (i) Prove that group of order 280 is not simple.
(ii) Show that the alternating group A; of degree 5 can
not contain a subgroup of order 30 or 20 or 15.

(c) (i) Ifthe centre of G is of index n, then prove thatever
conjugacy class has at most n elements.
(ii) Prove that the centre Z(5,) of symmetric group 5.,
contains only the identity of 5,, for all n greater than
or equal to three.


_ This question paper contains 6 printed pages. : 7 )
Your Roll No. ...'2.1. 2) . "]

SI. No. of Ques. Paper  : 8508 <5) HC
Unique Paper Code  : 32357501 , :
: Numerical Methods
: Mathematics : DSE for Honours

Name of Paper

Name of Course

Semester al
Duration : 3 hours
Maximum Marks ¢ 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
- on receipt of this question paper.)

Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

Attempt all questions, selecting two parts

from each question.

1. (a) Give the geometrical construction of the Newton’s method
to approximate a zero of a function. Write an algorithm to
find a root of f(x) = 0 by Newton’s method.
(b) Define order of convergence of an iterative scheme {x,}.. |

Determine the order of convergence for the recursive

scheme:


»

Chem,
{ 7 }- Use the bisection method to determine the Toot of

; (c) Define the rate of convergence of an iterative s
the equation x° + 2x—1= 0 on (0, 1). Further, compute the
theoretical error bound at the end of fifth iteration ang ae

| next enclosing (bracketing) interval. +

9, (a) Differentiate between the method of false position ang the
ye secant method. Apply the method of false POSitidn to
. x x= 0 to determine an approximation to the rog
lying in the interval (0, 1) until the absolute error is legs

than 10° (p = 0°739085).

(b) Let g be a continuous function on the closed interval [a, ]
with g:(4 b> {a, 5}. Furthermore, suppose that gis
differentiable on the open interval (a, b) and there exists a
positive constant k< 1 such that |g‘(x) |<< 1 for all x
belongs to (a, b). Then:

(i) The sequence {p,} generated by p,=g(p, - 1)

converges to the fixed point p for any p, belonging to °

[a, 5);
Gi |p,-p,_,|<# max (p,- a, b-p,).
(c) Find the approximated root of f(x) = x° + 2x? - 3x - 1 by
secant method, taking p, = 2 and p, = 1 until |p, - p,_||
<3x10*. 13

ee

3. (a) Using scaled partial pivoting during the factor Btep, find
matrices L, U and P such that LU = 24 where

2935
A=|\6 20 10). -™
4 3 0 en OG
“,
Hence, solve the system Ax = b, given ai
. 2
14 Py
‘
-

(b) Use Jacobi method to solve the followmg system of linear
4x, + 2x,—x,=1
2x, + 4x, +2, =—-1,
“x, +x, +4,=1.

(c) @) Consider the matrix:
112
A=j-1 0 2).
3 2-1
Find a lower triangular matrix L and an upper triangular
matrix U with ones along its diagonal such that A = LU.
(i) Determime the spectral radius of the matrix:

7 -i]

-1 3

8508


Z 4. (a) @ BX A Ae x,,,aren + 1 distinct points and y,
defined at X,, %,>%q2 x,, then prove that in
polynomial P, of degree at most n, is unique.
(ii) Define the shift operator E and central ito,
" gperator 5. Prove that:

+ oe 1 62
=1+—6 +afi+ts ;
E a 4

(b) For the function flx) = ¢', construct the Lagrange form
of interpolating polynomial of f passing through the poinf,
(A, e), (0, 1) and (1, e). Estimate ve using the
polynomial. What is the error in the approximation? Verify
_ that theoretical error bound is satisfied.
(c) @ Write the following data in the usual divided
values:
x,=0, x,=1, %,=2, %,=3,
fiz) =2, fix1=6 fx) =6,
fi%»x1=4, fix, x)=, fix, x, .%,] =.
(ii) Prove that:

5. (a) Use the formula:

pyu fleet A)= A)

e+
x atx = 1, taking h= 1, 0.1, 0.01, and0.001. What nd
order of approximation? p
(b) Verify:

P(e) TE Pla)

the difference approximation for the first Gerivative provide:
the exact value of the derivative regardless of h, for the

functions f(x) = 1, fix) = x and fix)= x, but not for the
function f(x)=>°.
(c) Derive second-order forward difference approximation to

the first order derivative of a fumction. QD

6. (a) Approximate the value of the integral [5% sims

Simpson rule. Further verify the theoretical error
bound.

(b) Apply Euler's method to approximate the solution ofthe given
initial value problem recat (i<t<3),x(}=LN=5.
Further it is given that the cxact solution is
x@)=S( +8). Compute the absolute srrorateach step

r=, (1<r<3),x(}=1


whose exact solution is given by = t(1 + In ¢). Using the :
solution of the IVP and compare

| step-size of 0.5, obtain the
r with theoretical error bound, assuming

the absolute erro
12

_ the — constant L equals 1.- 2



This question Paper Contains 4 Printed pa
Bes.
“r Roll No... 19)4) ‘)
rs

-Yo
_ SL No. of Ques. Paper: 8512
Unique Paper Code : 32357505 ai "

Name of Paper ? Discrete Mathematics
Name of Course : Mathematics : DSE for'Hons

on

Semester 7V , ns
Duration :3 hours
Maximum Marks +75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediate]
On receipt of this question paper.)

Attempt any two parts from each question:
| Section I

1 (a) Give an example of each of the following:
(i) An ordered set with exactly one maximal element but no greatest element.
(ii) An ordered set having more than one minimal element but no maximal element,
(6)

(b) (i) Let Ny be the set of whole numbers equipped with the partial order < defined by m<n if

and only if m divides n.
(ii) (Draw a Hasse diagram for the subset Q = { 1,2,4,5,6,12,20, 30,60} of (No, <). Find elements

a,b,c,d €Q such that av b and cvd do not exist ing. (6)
isomorphism ftom L onto M.

(c) Let L and M be two ordered sets and let f be at order:
- {sa lattice isomorphism.

Prove that if / is a lattice, then Mf is also a lattice and /
(6)

2(a) Let 1, and L, be two bounded lattices, Define a relation < on their Cartesian product
in 15. Prove that

Lely x Ly by (c1,.005) S (b,4) ifand only if a sh in Ly and tty Sb,
(6.5)

(2,5) is & bounded lattice,
(b) (1) Define a sublattice ofa lattive. Prove that every inferval ina lattice £ is a sublattice of

(H) Prove that a datitee 7 fe H chain and only every noti-einpty subset of / is a suiblatiive

of] 4
(74.4)


l2
prove that in a lattice L, the following statements are true

©) |
@ xavvZ)2Gay”

ye rsoavyS3VE WENZEL!

(ii)

ta (4, 2.5)
Section Il
3 (a) Define a modular lattice. Prove that any homomorphic image of a modular lattice is
modular.
(b) Use the Quine-hseCluskey method to find a minimal form of (6)
© gyn day's tay't + x'ye tx yz! +xy'Z.
. . . : . 6
(c) (i) Express x + y' in disjunctive normal form in three variables x, y, z. (6)
(ii) Change the following expression from disjunctive normal form to
conjunctive normal form:
xytrytry.
G, 3)

(xa y)=2xvy'and(xv y)'= ny forall x,y in a Boolean algebra B.

"4 (a) (@ Prove that
(ii) Show that the lattice ({1,2,3,6,9,18}, ged, lem) does not form a Boolean algebra for
the set of positive divisors of 18.
(3.5, 3)
(b) Using the Kamaugh Diagrams, find at least one minimum form for

p=(x, +X) Mx, +¥5) +2)%2%5- (6.5)

(©) Draw a switching circuit for a voting machine for a committee of three members. Here the

motion is passed if and only if two or more switches are ON. . (6.5)

Section Ill
5 (a){i) Prove that the number of odd vertices in a pseudograph is even.

(ii) Draw pictures of the subgraphs G \{e}, G \{v} and G \{u} of the following graph G.

v

6
(3,3)

(b) (i) Draw K, and K; ; .

(ii) For the below pair of graphs, ei
» Cither babel the
Braphs 20 ns

or explain why graphs are not isomorphic W exhibit an ssomorpiese

G,3

© @ A complete graph with more than two vertices is not bipartite Justify this:
= Statement
(i) Draw a graph whose degree sequence is 33.222.
(iii) Does there exist a graph G with 28 edges and 12 vertices, each of degree 3 or 6
Justify your answer.
Q,2,2)

6 (a) Find the adjacency matrices A; and A, of the graphs G, and Gyahown beiow. Find »
permutation matrix P such that A>=PA;P".

My | ws, A
M3 Me | ao
ry i, «5;

Ma

(b) @) Consider the Graph G given below. is it Hamiltonian? If no, explem yeurasewes. i

(ii) Is it Eulerian? Expiam. aa Cc

65



(c) Apply the improved version of Dijkstra’
Write steps.

14
s Algorithm to find a shortest path from A to

(6.5)

051%

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages]
Your Roll No. :

© SOeFeeeoctesesenesaese oe

Sl. No. of Q. Paper - 6635 HC / xe _
Unique Paper Code —_: 32351601 . ‘

Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.)

Mathematics
Name of the Paper : Complex Analysis
Semester : VI

Time :3 Hours . Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on
receipt of this question paper.
(b) All questions are compulsory.

(c) Question NO.1 has been divided in 5 parts and
each part is of 3 marks.

(d) Each question from 2 to 6 has 3 parts and each
part is of 6 marks. Attempt any two parts from
each question. |

(e) Please, read the instructions carefully.

1. (a) Consider the complex function f(z) = 27; Find images
of x-axis (real axis) and y-axis (imaginary axis).

(b) Show that the following functions are nowhere
differentiable.

(i) f(z) =z+ Z,
(ii) f(z) =e” cosx + ie” sinx
(cj Find ali zeros of the farciion sin z
P.T.O.


6635

(d) Using Cauchy Integral formula, evaluate, when

y =C(0;2) = {ze Cz 2},

—dz
Z—-1i

z+5

(e) Does there exist a function f:D—>C such that

1 n
‘(=}- a+] forallneN, where D is unit disc m

the complex plane C.
2. (a) Prove that:

—2 .
se Z
lim — =0
z0 Z

Show that
2
==(2z-1) 4

(b) Show that the given functions are continuous

everywhere on C.

(i) The conjugation map f (z)= Z.

(ii) The affine map f(z)az + b; where a, b ¢ Cc and
atQ.

(c) Show that if a function fis continuous throughout a
closed and bounded region D, there exists a
nonnegative real number M such that | f (z) <M for
all points z € D, where equality holds for at least one _
such Z: SO

2


4.

(a)

(b)

(c)
(a)

(b)

Ns

6635
Prove that f defined by

—— if z#0
f(z)=)\z/'
0 if z=0
Satisfies the C-R equations at z = 0 but is not
differentiable there.

Suppose that fis an analytic function in a domain D
(non-empty open connected set). Show that f will be
a constant function if the following conditions are
Satisfied in D: .

(i) f'(z)=0 VzeD;
(ii) | f (z) |constant in D.

Find numbers z = x + iy such that =1 +i.
Without evaluating the integral, show that

dz T
lao <3

Cc

where C is the arc of the circle |z|= 2 from z = 2 to

z = 2i that lies in the first quadrant.

If C is positively oriented contour |z|=1 and f(z) =

e’

3 P.T.O.


6635

(c)
S. (a)
(b)
(c)
6, (a)
(b)

(c)

Let z, and z, be two distinct complex numbers that
lie interior to the simple closed contour C. Show
that :

J(e ~2) (z-z,) dz=

Define an entire function. Show that if a function |
is entire and bounded in the complex plane, then
it is constant throughout the plane.

Give two Laurent series expansions in powers of z _

1 E
for the function f (2)= z?(1-z) and specify the .

regions. in which thioss expansions are valid.

Find the Maclaurin series expansion of the function’
sin Zz.

Find the nature of the singularities of the e following

- functions
@ 8 (2)= ey £2) :

i =e ii = ;

| ; l+e7 3
State Cauchy's Residue Theorem. Use it to;

3Z— 24
evaluate the integral |—— 12(z- ihe

where C is the circle |z|= 2, described)
counterclockwise.

Show that:
2x cos 20 dO _t

o's =4c0s0 67 eee
4 27008,


r rele

Thi S-qtie tion paper contains 4 printed pages]
Your Roll No. S aeccccsccscsvecessescecs
SI. No. of Q. Paper : 6636 HC
Unique Paper Code : 32351602
Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.)Mathematics
Name of the Paper’ : Ring Theory and Linear

_ Algebra-Il
Semester ew :VI |
Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.

(b) Attempt any two parts from each of the
question.

1. (a) State and prove Division Algorithm for F[x]
where fF is a field.

(b) Let » be a prime and f@)eZ,[x] be
irreducible over Zp such that deg f(x) = n>

., Spl... g. ; .
prove that-—jy fays '8 8 field with p™

elements.
P.T.O.


6636

(c) In z[v-5], prove that 143V-5 is
irreducible but not prime. 6, 6,6

2. (a) Prove that a polynomial of degree n over
a field F has atmost n zeros, counting
multiplicity. Give an example to show that
the result does not hold if F is not a field.

(b) Let F be a field and. p(x) eF [x] Then prove
that <p(x)> is a maximal ideal in F|x] if
and only if p(x) be irreducible over F.

(c) Prove that the ring of Gaussian integers
7, (i) is a Euclidean domain. 6.5, 6.9, 6.5

3. (a) Let V=P,(1+R) and for p(x)eV, define ,
f,f,eV by f, (p(x)) =f p(t) dt and

2

£,(p(x)) =f, p(t)at
Prove that f,, f, is a basis for V* and finda
basis for V for which it is the dual basis.
6

(b) Prove that a linear operator T on a finite
dimensional Vector space V is
diagonalizable if and only if there exists

an ordered basis f for V consisting of eigen
vectors of T.


6636

Q 3
(c) Let A= ‘ | Show that A is

diagonalizable and find a 2x2 matrix Q
such that Q'AQ is a diagonal matrix.

6, 6,6
Let T be a linear Operator on a finite
dimensional vector space V and W be aT
invariant subspace of V. Prove that the
characteristic polynomial of T,, divides the
characteristic polynomial of T.

,
>

(b) Let T be a linear Operator on an
dimensional vector space V such that V is
a T cyclic subspace of itself. Prove that f(t),
the characteristic polynomial of T and p(t)
the minimal polynomial of T have the same
degree.

(c) Let T be a linear operator P,(R)on such
that T(g(x)) = g’ (x) + 2g(x). Find minimal
polynomial of T. Hence, also determine if
T is diagonalizable.

6.5, 6.5, 6.5

S. (a) State and prove Cauchy Schwarz inequality
in an inner product space V over F and
use it to prove triangle uiequality in V.

3 P.T.O.


6636

(b) Apply the Gram-Schmidt process to the
given subset S of the inner product space
V to obtain an orthonormal basis p for.
Sspan(S) and compute the Fourier.
coefficients of the given vector x relative
to B. :

V=R’,S= {(1,1),(0,1,1),(0,0,1)}and x =(1,0,1)

(c) Let V be a finite dimensional inner
product space and let T be a linear
operator on V. Show that there exists a
unique linear operator T*: VY —» V such that

(T(x),Y) = (x,T*y) for all xyeV.
6.5, 6.5, 6.5

6. (a) For the set of data {(-3,9),(-2,6),(0,2),(1,1)} ,
use the least squares approximation to find
the best fit with a linear function. Also
compute the error E.

(b) State and prove Schur Theorem.
(c) Let V be an inner product space and let T
be a linear operator on V. Then prove that
T is an orthogonal projection if and only ifT
has an adjoint T* and T? = T = T".
6, 6, 6

4 2700


O Ja) s}i®

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages]

Your Roll No.
Sl. No. of Q. Paper : 9488 HC
Unique Paper Code : 32357607

Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.)Mathematics ;

DSE-3
Name of the Paper’: Probability Theory & (9 ;IBRARY
Statistics \?
Semester : VI 2 Ne
Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.

(b) In all there are six questions.

(c) Question No.1 is compulsory, and it
contains seven parts of 3 marks each, out
of which any five parts are be attemped .

(d) In Question No.2 to 6, attempt any two
parts . Each part carries 6 marks.

(e) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.

P.T.O.



9488

1. (i) The distribution function of

variable 15

(0, x<-2
x+4 ,
F(x) = if -2<x<2
x’ if x>2.

Obtain P(X =—2), P(X =2) and P(0< X <2),

(ii) Find the moment generating function (megf)
of a random variable X_ having the
probability density function (pdf):

| fay=se™, ~0o<x <0,

(iii) A coin is tossed until a head appears. What
is the expectation of the number of tosses
required ?

(iv) If X is a random variable having pmt

1/8, x=-l
P(x) =<6/8, x=0
1/8, x=.

Use Chebyshev’s inequality to obtain an
upper bound of Pil X [> 1).

2


9488

(v) If the joint distribution of X and Y is given TE
by G Cz

, (l-e *\l-e°), x>O0,y>9
F(x, y)=
0, elsewhere,

Find P(i< X <3,1<Y <3). -
(vi) If the probability is 0.75 that an applicant
for driver’s license will pass the road test
on any given try, what is the probability
that an applicant will finally pass the test
on the fourth try ?
(vii) If the joint mgf of two random variables

X, and X,is given by

!
Mh +oly + shor +303 )+ Ph Oo7
M (t,,t,) =e

Where {4,/,0;,0),9 are constants, then

show that Cov(X,Y) = p0,0;-

2. (a) (i) Prove that for any random variable,

POX = x) = Ff) - FG -)
for all x eR, where F,(x-)=lim,,, F(z)

3 P.T.O.


see t ff

9488

ii) There are 5 red chips and 3 p |
( ) na bowl. The red chips are me Chips
1,2,3,4,5 respectively and the blue he
are numbered 1,2,3 respectively. , 5
chips are to be drawn at ran dom, i)
without replacement, fing the
probability that these chips will p, e
either the same number or the sg ve
colour. e

(b) Let X have the pdf
2
Xx
f(x) =—,-3<x <3,
C)= Tg?

= zero elsewhere. -

(i) Find the cdf of X
(ii) Find P(| X|<1) and (X’ <9)
(c) (i) Find the characterstic function of Poisson
distribution with parameter }.

(ii) Find the median of the distribution with
probality mass function

p(x)= a (+) (2) reer

0 elsewhere

3. (a) Let X have the uniform continuous
distribution with parameters a and B -

. . ne
Find the megf, the mean, and the varia”
of this distribution.

4


9488

(b) Let a random variable y have the Poisson
distribution with parameter 4. Then show
that as{-4o0, the moment generating

X-A
function of ee approaches the

moment generating function of standard
normal distribution.

(c) Prove that normal distribution is a
symmetrical distribution.

4.(a) Let (X,,X,) have the joint pmf as given

below :
(x,, x.) (0,0) (0,1) (0,2) (1,1) (1,2) (2,2)
p(x,,x,) 1/12 2/12 1/12 3/12 4/12—s-1/12

Find E(X,), E(X,),Var(X,) and Var(X,).
IsE(X,X,) = E(X, )E(X,)?

Let (X,-,X,) have the joint cdf F(x,,x,)and
let X, and X, have the marginal cdfs F (x,)

and F 3(X,) respectively. Prove that X, and
X, are independent if and only if

F(x,,x,) =F,(x,)F,(x,)

for all (x,,x,)eR?’.

(b

—


0488

(c) Given the two random variables X ang y
that have the joint density

24xy, x>0,y>0,x+y<]

Find the regression equation of X on y
Also compute P (0 < X< 1/2 |Y=5/8).

elsewhere.

S. (a) Let X and Y have the joint pdf

f(x,y) = e”, 0<x<y<oa
y 0, elsewhere.

Find the joint mgf of X and Y and hence
compute the correlation coefficient .
(b) Let X and Y have the joint pdf

f(x =f 0<y<x<]l
0, elsewhere.

Mind the conditional mean and variance of
X given Y=y,O<y< 1.

(c) Define bivariate normal distribution for 4
random vector (X,Y) and find marginal
density function of Y.

6


9488

6. (a) Let {X, } be a sequence of independent,
identically distributed random variables,
each with mean t and variance o’ . Then

X,+....4+X
show that the megf of ot is

P \’
(15 , when n is large. Hence prove the

central limit theorem.

(b) (i) The lifetime of a special type of battery
is a random variable with mean 40 hours
and standard deviation 20 hours. A
battery is used until it fails at which
point it is replaced by a new one.
Assuming a stockpile of 20 such
batteries, the lifetimes of which are
independent, approximate the
probability that over 1100 hours of use
can be obtained.

(Use (1) = 0.8413)

Sew


a4ss

=) Let the Markov chain consisting of the
(11) Stes 1.2.3 have the transition
S es
probability ma

/° 05 FT
| et
100 0
0 10 0)

Determine which states are transient and
which are recurrent.
(c) If the probability density of X is given by
f(x) = 630 x* (1-x)* forO<x< 1
=O elsewhere :
find the probability that it will take on a

value within two standard deviations of the
mean and compare this probability with

the lower bound provided by |

Chebyshev's theorem.

8 1500

6 weal VM


NY uct 12

[This question paper contains 4 printed pagés]

Your Roll No. D gbaatiensenfevaxnaiickes

Sl. No. of Q. Paper ; 9488-A HC

Unique Paper Code : 32357610

Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.)
Mathematics : DSE-4

Name of the Paper : Number Theory

Semester | —3VIU

Time : 3 Hours . Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately
on receipt of this question paper.

Attempt all questions selecting eight parts
from section I, five parts each section II
yy and Iii.

Section -1I |
| 1
(Attempt any eight parts) 8x2 5

Show that for any integer a, a?=0,1 or 6 (mod 7).
(b) Use Gauss Lemma to compute Legendre

11
symbol (7).
(c) Use Quadratic Reciprocity law to compute

1234 |
Legendre syrabol \ 4567 Je

P.T.O.


9488-A

(d)
(e)
(f)

(g)

(h

—

(i)
G)
(k)

(1)

Use Fermat theorem to test if 17 divides 13%8.]
Find the order of the integer 3 modulo 19 |
Prove that if the integer n has r distinct odd
prime factors, then 2'| 9 (n).:

For the Exponential cryptosystem (Pohling -
Hellman system), with the public key (41,7 ),
compute the deciphering exponent.

Encrypt the message I LOVE DOING
NUMBER THEORY using the linear cipher
C=2P+4 (mod 26).

Find the number of primitive root of 2029.
Write a short note on Gauss and his work.
Define a multiplicative function. Compute
t (1245). 7

Prove that © (2"-1) is a multiple of n for any n>1.

Section - IT

(Attempt any five parts) 5x °5

Using Euclidean algorithm and theory of linear
Diophantine equation, divide 100 into two
summands such that one is divisible by 7 and
other by 11.

2. State and prove Wilson's theorem.

(2


>

8.
9.

2 TOOT.

Prove that the congruences x = a (mod n) and
x = 3 (mod m) admit a simultaneous solution if
and only if gcd (n,m) | (a-b); if a solution exists,
confirm that it is unique modulo lem (n,m)

Solve x = 5(mod 6), x = 4(mod 11), x = 3(mod
17).

Prove the threre are an infinite number of primes
of the form 4n + 3.

State Fermat's theorem and show, by means of
an example, that the converse is not true,

Define a complete set of residues modulo p.
Prove that if gcd (a, n ) =1, then the integers c, c
+a,ct+ 2a,ct 3a,........ c+(n-1) a form a
complete set of residues modulo n for any c.

Section - III

| ]
(Attempt any five questions) 3x 9

State and prove Quadratic Reciprocity Law.

Encrypt the plaintext message GOLD using RSA
algorithm with key (2561,7).

10. Let p if be an odd prime and gcd (a,p)=1, then

show that a is a quadratic residue of p if and

only if aT =| (mod p).

3



9488-A

11. Solve 3x? +9x + 7=0(mod 13).

12. If the integer a has the order k modulo n and

k

h>O, then show that a" has order ged (h,k)

modulo n.

13. If p is an odd prime and gcd (a, p)=1, then show
that the congruence x? = a (mod p’), where |

| a
n>lhasa solution if and only if (<) =1,

14. Let r be a primitive root of the odd prime p.
Prove that if p = 3 (mod’4), then -r has order

p-l
a modulo p.

15. Prove that if p is prime number and d] p -1,
then congruence x4-1=0 (mod p) has exactly d
solutions. _ |

16. If p s 3 is an odd prime, then show that

(2}-1" if p=+1(mod 12)

p -l, if p=+5(mod 12)

4 1500 ;


This question paper contains 7 printed pages]

WISTS

Roll No.

S. No. of Question Paper : 9489A

Unique Paper Code : 32357611 HC

Name of the Paper | Linear Programming and Theory of
Games

Name of the Course | : B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics ; DSE-4

Semester -> VI

Duration :3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt any two parts from each question.

All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) Consider the following problem :
Minimize z = cx
Subject to

Ax = b

P.T.O.


(6) |

(c) Use simplex method to

94894,

where A is an m x yn matrix with rank m L

- Let x
be the extreme point of the feasible region, gp,

* Snow

that x is also a basic feasible solution of the

system :
Ax = b, x 2 0.

Solve the following problem by simplex method :

_ Maximize z = X, — 2x5 + x,

Subject to |
x + 2x) + %3 < 12
2x, 4? oa x3 8 6
-x, + 3%, < 9
xy, Xp» %3 2 O

i F the
obtain the inverse of th

following matrix :

*,


( 3) 9489A
(a) Solve the following problem by two-phase method -
Maximize z = 5x, - 2x, + x, JEP CO.
; a
Subject to : Pi oO «
2x, + 4x, + x3 S 6
2x; + x, + 3x, 2 2
X1, Xy 2 0
x3 is unrestricted.
(6b) Solve the following problem by the big-M method :
Minimize z = 3x, + 2xy + 4x, + 8x,
Subject to
x; + 2x, + 5x3 + 6x4 > 8
2x, + Sxy + 3x3 - 5x4 < 3

X, Xy, Xz, Xy 2 0.

P.1.O.


(c)

(@)

6

9489A

ind all the basic feasible solution of the equations :
6x, + 4x, + 4x, + 6x, = 2.

Show that the objective function value for any feasible
solution to the minimization problem is always greater
than or equal to the objective function value for any
feasible solution to the maximization problem.

Write the dual of the primal problem given below :
Min Z= xX, + % + %3

Subject to

x, — 3x) + 45 = 9

lA
os)

xy — 2X4

2x, - 43 24

is unrestricted.
X1> X2 2 0 %3

Re


(5). 9489A

(c) Use the graphical method to solve the dual of the

following problem :

Max z= x, + 2x, + 6x,

Subject to
3x, + x, + 2x3 < 6
2x, + 3x, + x3 < 6

Xj> Xp, X3 > 0.

Further, use the complementary slackness theorem to
find an optimal solution to the given problem from

optimal solution of the dual problem.
(a) Solve the following transportation problem :

Availability

P.T.O.


( 6 ) 9489A

(5) Solve the following assignment problem :

1 no mw wey
1/3 8 2 0 3
218 7 #2 9 #7
346 4 2 7 5
alg 4 2 3 = «5
519 10 6 9 10

(c) @_ Find minimax and maximin for the following

game :

1 3. 6
2 1 3
6 2 1

(ii) Define for theory of Games :
(1) Rectangular Game
(II) Pay off matrix

(Il) Saddle Point.


( 7 ) 9489A

(a) Solve the following game graphically :

Player B
2 2 3 -=2
Player A
4 3 2 6

(6) Solve by principle of dominance, the following

game : | | -
B, B, B, 2 "eS
A,f2. 2 3 5 a
A,|3 5 -l S
A,{1 3. 2

(c) Give the. linear programming formulation for player A
and player B for the following game :
Player B
9 1 4

Player A |0 6 = 3}.
5 2 8

1800

| 9489A 7

[This question paper contains 4' printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1365 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
3. 
Your Roll No... 
4. 
2222011101 
1. 
: B.Sc. (Hons) Physics 
Mathematical Physics - I 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all including. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Q. No. 1 which is compulsory. 
I 
Maximum Marks : 90 
All questions carry equal marks. 
-1, sin'x, cos²x 
(a) Determine the linear dependence (or independence) 
of set of the functions 
P.T.0. 


1365 
(b) Solve the differential equation: 
a, bxc 
(c) Using index notation, verify that 
2 
+ cos y dx +|x + log x -x siny dy =0 
(d) A certain student population, consisting of 70% 
from the government schools, selects 15 
representatives to attend an international student 
meet. Find the mnean representation of the students 
from government schools in the samnple and 
calculate its standard deviation. 
(e) Evaluate ||.nds, where S is a closed surface. 
(f) Find the unit vector normal to the surface 
2. 
(a) Solve : 
x? + y2 t z' = 4 at the point (1,V2,-1). 
dy 
dx -
y tan X =-y´sec x . 
(3x6=18) 
(6) 


1365 
3. 
4. 
(b) Solve the differential cquation 
(c) Evaluate 
where g, 
l and L are constants subject to the 
conditions x = a, 
= 
) at t = 0. 
d'y 
dx 
dy 
3 
+2 
dx 
d'y 
dx 
(a) Solve by the method of Undetermined coefficient 
dy2 
dt 
of Parameters 
+2y = e* +x. 
(b) Verify VxB=VV.A)- y²A 
d'y 
dx? 
+y=x - cot x 
4Bx=L 
where r=x* +y +z 
where the vector B is defined as B=VxA. 
(6) 
(a) Solve the given differential equation using Variation 
is invariant under rotation. 
(6) 
(10) 
(8) 
(8) 
(b) Verify that a scalar product of vectors A and B 
(6) 
P.T.0. 


1365 
5. 
6. 
(c) Using Green' theorem, show that the area enclosed 
by the curve C is 
J (xdy -ydx) 
(a) Obtain the expression for the mean and variance 
of the poisson distribution. 
4 
(b) Verify Stokes' theorem for the vector field (10) 
(a) Show that the vector field 
F-y'i-(x+z)it yzk 
Over the unit Square 
bounded by 0 Sxs1, 0<ysl, 0<z<. 
F=2x(y' +z}i-2x'yj+ 3x'z'k 
(c) Solve: x. d'y 
dy 2 
is conservative. Find the corresponding scalar 
potential and compute the work done in moving 
the particle from (-1,2,1) to (2,3,4). 
(4) 
+4x 
(b) Find Talyor expansion of f(x) = In(1 + v) nearx =0 
and approximate f(x = -0.1) by taking first four 
terms of the series. 
dy 
(8) 
dx +2y = e*, 
(8) 
(4) 
(6) 
(2000) 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Qucstion Paper : 
1384 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
22110:0 220 || |02) 
Mechanics 
Your Roll No....... 
B.Sc. Hons. - (Physics) NEP: UGCF-2022 
Maximum Marks : 90 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
1. 
Attempt any six from the following: 
2. 
Atempt any five questions in all. Question no one is compulsory. 
(a) Three freight trucks of mass m each are pulled with force F by a locomotive 
in horizontal direction towards right. Considering the friction is negligible. 
Find the forces on each car and the direction of force. 
(3) 
(b) Define moment of Inertia of a body rotating about an axis and explain its 
physical significance. 
(c) Find the work done in moving a particle in the force field 
Ë= 3x'i+(2xz -y)j+ zk along the straight line from (0,0,0) to (2,1,3). 
(d) What would be the effective weight of an astronaut normally weighing 70 kg 
when his rocket moves vertically upward with 5 g acceleration? 
PT.0. 


2 
1384 
(e) 
A block of mass M slides along a 
2 
it hits a spring with spring constant k and bcgins to experience a friction 
horizontal table with speed Vo. At X =0 
Vo 
force (sec tigure I given below). 
is oiven bv u =bx, where b Is a constant. Find the loss in mechanical onoe 
M 
The coefficient of friction is variable and 
when the block has tirst come momentarily to rest 
X=0 
Figure 1 
K 
X 
() 
A uniform sphere of mass M and radius R and a uniform cylinder of mass 
M and radius R, are released simultaneously from rest at- the top of an 
inclined plane. Which body reaches the bottom first if they both roll without 
slipping? 
(g) An observer sees two spaceships flying apart with speed0.99c. What is the 
speed of one spaceship as viewed by the other? 
(a) Does the Center of mass of a solid body necessarily lies within the body? 
Give example. 
(2) 
(b) A bomb-shell is thrown obliquely in air. It explodes during its flight & 
fragments fly off in various directions. Show that the Center of mass of the 
fragments continues to move along the same path which the unexploded shell 
would have followed. Neglect the air resistance. 
(6) 


4. 
1384 
(c) 
A rocket starts from rest with an initial mass 'M,' & reaches a final velocity 
3 
V at burn out when its mass is 'M. Show that 
exhaust velocity. 
3. 
(a) What are the fictitious forces? Give examples. 
2. 
Mo 
Where u = 
(10) 
(3) 
(b) 
What is the importance of a potential energy curve? Define turning point and 
points of equilibrium on potential energy curve ofa particle. 
(3) 
(c) State the Kepler's first and second law of planetary motion. Derive 
the expression for the velocity of a satellite in circular orbit around the 
earth. 
(12) 
(a) The acceleration due to gravity measured in an earthbound coordinate system 
is denoted by g. However, because of the earth's rotation,g differs from 
the true acceleration due to gravity g.. Assuming that the earth is perfectly 
round, with radius R, and angular velocity 2, find g as a function of latitude 
(10) 
(b) A constant torque 4i + 4j+6k Nm acts on a particle. At time t = 0, the 
angular momentum of the particle is 2i +7i+ 8k kg m/s, find its angular 
momentum after 6 seconds. 
(6) 
(c) Find the moment of inertia of a uniform cube of side a about an axis passing 
through its center and parallel to one of the faces. 
(2) 
5. 
(a) Mass m., slides along a frictionless table and suffers a one-dimensional elastic 
collision with a stationary mass m, = 3m,. If the speed of the center of mass 
of the system is 3 m/s before coIIiSi0n, what are the speeds of the center of 
mass and mass m, after collision? 
(7) 
P.T.O. 


1384 
4 
(b) The position vector of a 
ovns particle at any time t is given by 
R=a cos(wt)i + b sin(W) J: Wnere a and b are constant. Show that the 
force acting on the particle is conservative. 
(3) 
(c) What do vou understand by the concept of angular momentum of a system 
of n-number of particles? How 1ts angular momentum varies in the absence 
of any external torque? 
(b) Explain why particle cannot move faster than light. 
(8) 
6. 
(a) Calculate the length and orientation of a meter rod in a frame of reference 
which is moving with velocity equal to 0.6c, in a direction making an angle 
of 30° with the rod. Taking velocity of light as c. 
(5) 
(3) 
(c) Obtain Einstein formula for addition of velocities. If the kinetic energy of 
a particle is 3 times its rest mass energy, then what will be its resultant 
velocity? 
(10) 


[Thi_ questionpaper contains 4 prihted pages.J 
Sr. 
No. of Question Paper : 1403 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
: 222M 1103 (9>30}| |o3 
Your Roll No.... 
Waves and Oscillation 
: B.Sc. Hons. -(Physics)_NEP: 
UGCF-2022 
: I 
of this question paper. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Attempt four questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Maximum Marks: 60 
Attempt any five questions. 
(a) The displacement y of a particle executing periodic 
motion is given by, 
P.T.0. 


1403 
2 
y=4cos(t) sin(1000 ) 
Show that this expression may be a result of the 
superposition of three independent harmonic 
motions. 
(b) Explain the conditions for obtaining a straight line 
as a Lissajous figure on an oscilloscope. 
(c) A particle of mass 3 moves along the axis attracted 
toward origin by a force whose magnitude is 
numerically equal to 12x. The particle is also 
subjected to a damping force whose magnitude is 
numerically equal to 12 times the instantan eous 
speed. If it is initially at rest at x = 10, find the 
position and the velocity of the particle at any 
time. 
(d) Explain qualitatively the normal coordinates and 
normal modes of a coupled oscillatory system. 
Waves. 
(e) Distinguish between stationary and progressive 
() Find the quality factor Q for the damped oscillations 
of an object with a frequency of 1 Hz, and whose 
amplitude of vibration gets halved in 5 s. 
(3x5-15) 


1403 
2. 
3. 
4. 
(a) A uniform spring of spring constant K and a finite 
mass 'ms is loaded with a mass 
M'. If 
ms' is 
not negligible comparcd to 'M', show that the 
period of oscillations of mass spring system is, 
T=27 
3 
M+ 
(b) Two vibrations at right angles to each other 
are described by the equations x = 10 cos(5Tt), 
y= 10 cos(10rt- n/4). Draw graphically the 
Lissajous figure of the resulting motion. 
(10,5) 
(a) Two collinear simple harmonic motions of nearly 
equal frequencies and different amplitude are 
superimposed on each other. Find out resultant 
equation and explain the formation of beats. 
(b) An alternating emf of peak-to-peak value 40 volts 
is applied across the series combination of an 
inductor of inductance 100 mH, capacitor of 
capacitance lpf and resistance l00 2. Determine 
resonance frequency, quality factor and bandwidth. 
(10,5) 
(a) Show that for a forced and damped harmonic 
oscillator in steady state, the average power 1s 
equal to the average power dissipated by system. 
P.T.0. 


5. 
1403 
4 
b) Two identical masses 
of mass 
M are connected 
with three identical springs of same spring constant 
K' and placed on a smooth surface as shown in 
Fig. 1. Find out the normal mode frequencies and 
orresponding configuration/shapes. 
k 
Fig. I 
k 
m 
k 
(10,5) 
(a) Find the expression for the normal mode of 
vibration and displacement for a string fixed at 
both the ends having tension T and mass per unit 
length u. 
(b) A string 
of length l= 0.5 m and mass per unit 
length 0.01 kg/n has a fundamental frequency of 
250 Hz. What is the tension in the string? 
(10,5) 
(1500)

(This question paper contains 8 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1085 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
5. 
Dec024 
of this question paper. 
Your Roll No...... 
2222012301 
: Mathematical Physics 
: III 
: B.Sc. (H) Physics 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Maximum Marks : 90 
III 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Question number 1 is compulsory. 
The principal branch of argument of complex number 
is to be taken as 0 s 0s 2. 
P.T.O. 


1085 
S. 
7. 
9. 
Use the following definition for the Fourier transform 
of f(x): 
2 
1 
F¯()] = 
)e-ikx dx 
1lse the following definition for the Fourier sine 
transform of f(x): 
F.¯()] = Er) sin(kx) dx 
Use the following definition for the Fourier cosine 
transform of f(x): 
F,f(*)] = 
J f(x) cos(kx) dx 
8. 
Use the following definition for the convolution of 
two functions f(x) and g(x) : 
(f"9)(*)=f) g(* -y) dy 
V2 
Some useful formulae are given at the end. 


1085 
1. 
Attempt any six questions 
(a) Obtain all the roots of the equation 
z3 -
i = 0; i = -1 
3 
(b) Show that tanh-(z) =In: 
singularities of the function: 
(dSolve 
1+2 
(c) In the finite z-plane determine and classify the 
e dz 
f(z) = tan(z +t 4z + 5) 
Cis |z - 1| =2. 
( 6 x 3 - 1 8 ) 
(9find theresidue at z = 0 for f(z) = cosh(z) 
z3 
P.T.O. 


1 0 8 5 
(0 IF. FF(k)] = f(x), show that 
p-|F(k - a)] = elxf{(x); a > 0. 
General solution of 1-d wave equation is given 
as: 
4 
y(x, t) = 2=1 CH sin () cos () 
If 0sxsL and y(x, 0) = x, determine c.. 
2. (a) If z = 4e/3, evaluate leiz|. 
(b) Given tan(x + iy) = u + iv, show that 
and 
U = 
= 
sin(2x) 
cos(2x) + cosh(2y) 
sinh(2y) 
cos(2x) + cosh(2y) 
(4) 
(6) 


1085 
(c) Prove that the function u(x, y) - 2x(1 - y) 
is harmonic and hence find v(x. y) such that 
f(z) = u + iv is analytic. Also, expreSS f(z) in 
terms of z, where z = X + iy. 
3e 
(a) State and verify Cauchy's theorem for the function: 
f(z) = 3z + 2i 
and 
C is a triangle with vertices 1+i, -l ±1. 
(b) Solve the integral 
z2 dz 
(22 +9) (z2 +4)2 
K Expand 
f(2)= 
Cis |z| =1 
(8) 
(z +1) (2-2) 
(8) 
(5) 
in a Laurent series valid for the annular domain 
0< |z-2| <3. 
(5) 
P.T.O. 


1 0 8 5 
4 
5. 
Using residue theorem and suitable contour, solve any 
two real in 
(a) 
integrals 
-2Tt 
x4+1 
(a) Find 
dx 
r00 X sin 2x 
cos + 2 sino +3 
x2 +9 
(b) Show that 
6 
dx 
1 
k2 - 4k +29/ 
1 
(2x9-18) 
(8) 
(5) 
() Obtain the function g(x), if Flq(r))= e* 
(5) 


1085 
6. 
(a) 
Using the method of separation of variables, find 
the solution of the following partial differential 
equation : 
du 
such that u(0. y) = 3e. 
=9 
such that 
and 
ou 
4+ 
ôx 
dy 
(b) Solve one-dimensional heat equation: 
7 
du 
Some useful formulae: 
u(0, ) 
0, u(L, ) 
= 0 
1. 
So x exp(-ar") dx = 
n>-1; a, m >0 
3u 
u(, 0) 
x(L 
x) 
(0<x< L) 
1 
maln + 1)/m r(): 
(4) 
(14) 
P.T.0. 


1085 
2. 
2 
3. 
4. 
g-() =ea|xl, a>0 
F-'[a g(k) + b h(k)] a F-1 Lg(k)] + bF-i [h(k)] 
(a and b are constants) 
(1700) 


[This question paper contains 2 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course Mode 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
1. 
1142 
2222012302 
Thermal Physics 
Attempt any six 
B.Sc. Hons. (Physics) NEP: UGCF-2022 
III 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
Your Roll No....... 
Attempt total of five questions out of which Question 1 is compulsory. 
Some useful constants are given at the end. 
T 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is permissible. 
Maximum 
Marks :90 
(c) Show thatY0 for an ideal gas. 
(a) How does Zeroth law of thermodynamics lead to concept of temperature ? 
(b) How does the first-order differ from the second-order phase transitions? 
(18) 
(d) Explain the need for the second law of thermodynamics when the energy 
conservation law exists. 
(e) Can the change in entropy be a negative quantity? Support your answer. 
() Calculate the root mean square speed of oxygen molecules at 300K. Take 
mass of oxygen molecule as 5.31x10-26 kg. 
(g) Discuss the limitations of van der Waal's equation of state. 
(a) What is Adiabatic Lapse Rate ? Derive an expression for the rate of change 
of temperature with height during the adiabatic gas expansion. How does 
the presence of water vapour in air affect this process? 
(6) 
(b) One mole of an ideal gas (r = 1.4) initially kept at 27° C is adiabatically 
compressed so that its pressure becomes 10 times its original value. Calculate 
its temperature after compression and work done on the gas. 
(6) 
(c) Show that the l00% efficiency of a reversible Carnot's heat engine violates 
laws of thermodynamics. 
(6) 
3. 
(a) If two Carnot engines A andB are operated in series such that engine A 
absorbs heat at temperature T, and rejects heat to the sink at temperature 
P.T.0. 


|142 
4. 
T while cngine B absorbs half of the heat rejected by engine A and rejects 
heat to the sink at temperature I, If the work done in both cases is equal, 
show that 1, 
31, -2T, . 
(b) The hcat capacity of a given crystal of mass m at very low temperature 
vaies like T'. Calculate the cntropy of the crystal as a function of temperature. 
(a) Using Maxwell's cquation to prove (any two): 
(c) Show that transfer of heat from a body at higher temperature to a body at 
lower temperature or vice versa leads to increase of entropy of the interacting 
system. 
(i) 
-Cy 
(i) 
Tu'v 
Br 
(6) 
(ii) TdS = C, dT - TV a dP 
(6) 
(6) 
Ratio of isentropic to isochoric pressure coefficients of expansion is 
y(y-1) 
(2*6) 
Where, S stands for entropy, C, and C, specific heat at constant volume and 
pressure, respectively. a is the coefficient of volume expansion and B, is 
the isothermal compressibility. 
(b) Use the path-independent nature of thermodynamic potentials to obtain and 
derive corresponding Maxwell's thermodynamic relations. 
Some useful constants 
(6) 
5. 
(a) Show using Clausius-Clapeyron's latent heat equation that substances which 
expands on melting have their melting point raised by the increasing pressure, 
whereas those that contract on melting get their melting points lowered by 
the increase of pressure. 
(6) 
(b) Draw the pressure-volume isotherms obtained by Andrew's experiments on 
CO,,Discuss the deviations observed from expected ideal gas behavior. (6) 
(c) How can van der Waals's equation of state can explain Andrew's experiment 
results ? 
(6) 
6. 
(a) 
Obtain the coefficient of thermal conductivity (K) of a gas. Discuss the 
cffect of temperature and molecular diameter on ?. 
(7+5) 
(b) Calculate the mean free path of the molecules of' a gas of dianmeter 3 angstrom 
at STP. How does the mean free path change if the temperature is reduced 
to half of its original value and pressure is doubled. 
(6) 
Boltzmann constant I.38×|0 J/K, Gas constant 8.31 J/mole-K Avagadro's 
number 6.02 102 mol or 6.02 × 102 kmol ,I amnu = 1.67x |0" kg The 
symbols like U, 
, T, p, y stand for standard notations. 
(6) 
(2,000) 


(This question paper contains 2 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 
Maximum Marks 
Instructions for Candidates 
2223012001 
312 
Numerical Analysis (DSE) 
B. Sc. Hons. - (Physics) 
(NEP: UGCF-2022) 
2 Hours 
2. Question No. I is compulsory. 
60 
1. Write your Roll No. on the the top immediately on receipt of the question paper. 
1. Attempt any five of the following 
3. Answer any three of the remaining four questions. 
(a) Give Geometrical Interpretation of Trapezoidal rule. 
(b) Find the eigen values and normalized eigen vectors of the matrix: 
|4 
(c) Find the l-norm, intinity-norm and condition number of the following natrix: 
2 
-2 
integral correct to four decimal places: 
Your Roll No... 
0 
3 
() Using two-point Gaussian Legendre quadrature formula, evaluate the following 
-dx 
3x5=15 
(e) Define round-off error and show its effect on adding the numbers 


2. (a) Define a lower and an upper triangular matrix. Solve the system of equations: 
-3x, + 2x, - 3x,=-12 
6x, + Bx, + X, = 1 
4x, + 2x + 7x, = 1 
by obtaining an LU decomposition of the coefficient matrix A for the above system. 
100+0.49+0.49 
(b) Solve the following system of linear equations using the CGauss Elimination Method. 
Show all intermediate steps, including the formation of the augmented matriz, row 
operations, and back substitution: 
X 
3. (a) Find the Lagrange interpolating polynomial from the following 
10 
Y-f(x) 
Hence, find an approximate value of f(2.2) 
3x, + 2x,  X3 = 5 
2x, - 3X, + 4x3 =7 
X, + 4x2 t 3x, = 10 
-7 
10 
Find the approximation of y at x=-3. 
Using the Simpson's 3/8 rule. 
1 
theoretical error bound holds for the same. 
(b) Approximate the value of integral 
2 
(b) Construct the divided difference table for the following data set and then write out the 
Newton form of the interpolating polynomial: 
1 
-4 
3 
2 
4. (a) Approximate the value of fedx using the Trapezoidal ule and verify the 
-] 
10 
(8) 
5. (a) Given dyldx = -xy, y(0)-2. Compute y(0.2) using Modified Euler method and take 
h-0.J. 
(7) 
(7) 
(8) 
(8) 
(7) 
(8) 
(b) Given dyldx = 1-2xy, y(0,-1. Compute y(0.I), y(0.2) using Runge-Kutta Second order 
method. (take h-).I ) 
(7)

Your Roll No. .. Mayen se

This question paper contains 2 printed pages.

SI. No. of Ques. Paper: 1288

YAryv- ml
: i}

Unique Paper Code: 32221401 - «

Name ofthe Paper: Mathematical Physics-III ¥:
Name of the Course: B. Sc. (Hons.) Physics (CBCS-LOCF) #, . YY
Semester : IV Naw 0&7
Duration : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 75
Instructions for students:

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
Attempt five questions in all including Q. No. 1 which is compulsory.
Use of Non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

Ww Rh

1. Attempt ALL the questions: (5 x 3=15)

(a) Find the polar form of the complex number 7 =2 + ?.

1
(b) Determine and classify all the singularities of the function: COt>

(c) Solve: 2 +1=0,
(d) If Fourier transform of / (*) is * (4), find Fourier transform of S'@),
(e) Show that the Dirac 6-function can be expressed as x) =p. a

(a) Prove the identity: (8)
3

cos* @ = 1 00840 + + 60820 +
8 2 8

Jae from Z = ° to 2 = 4+ 2% along the curve C given by

(b) Evaluate
z=? +it,
(7)
3. (a) — Evaluate the following integral using Cauchy's integral theorem (8)
e”! .
—_——_ @
$ @+iy
if C is the circle |=! = 3
I
(b) Expand 4) = 7 in Taylor series about 7 = 1 (7)
4. Using contour integration, prove any two of the following integrals: (7.5 x 2 =15)
e it a
(i) Sami® - 38
7 add _ a
(ii) lay mo” ~ Jeni 77°

ect meen ee


5. (a)
(b)

6. (a)

(b)

7. (a)

(b)

2
f—==- ot

ji) Jar ea 2e"
Find Fourier sine transform of 4 (*) = xe™*"’? (8)
Prove that the Fourier transform of a odd function is an odd function.
(7)
Using the convolution theorem, find inverse Laplace transform of the function:
1
s*(s —a) (8)
2 ot et
Using Laplace transform, evalutate: J ee eds (7)
oO

Solve the following differential equation using the method of Laplace transforms
y"—47y'+ 4y =0

with Y()=0, y'(0)=3
. (8)

State and prove the convolution theorem for Fourier transform. (7)


Sr. No. of Question Paper
Name of the Course

Semester

\

Name of the Paper %

Unique Paper Code

Duration : 3 Hours

Instructions for the candidates

Cass

)

}
| oh IS

: B.Sc. Hons_Physics Core_Repeat Paper
: IV- Semester

: Elements of Modern Physics

: 32221402

Maximum Marks : 75

1.Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. Q1 is compulsory,

4, All questions carry equal marks.

5. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

1. Attempt any five questions:

(5x3=15)

(a) In an experiment, the work function of potassium surface is found to be 2.1eV.
Calculate the threshold wavelength. What should be the wavelength of incident
radiation if the stopping potential for electrons is 0.43 v?

(b) Determine the de Broglie wavelength of a bullet of mass 20.0 g fired at a velocity of

700m/s?

(c) State the conditions for a physically accepted wave function?

(d) If f(x) = &: where B is some constant, show that f(x) is an eigenfunction of the
4

‘operator — — . Also find the eigenvalue.

(e) Derive the expressions for energy and momentum operators starting from the
expression for the wave function of a free particle.

(f) Show that the nuclear density is independent of the number of nucleons?

(g) One gram of radium is reduced by 2.1 mg in 5 years by a-decay. Calculate the

decay constant of radium.


2. (a) What is Compton effect? Derive an expression for the change in wavelength of a
photon if it strikes an electron at rest.

(b) An X-ray photon is found to have doubled its wavelength on being scattered by 90°. Find
the energy and the wavelength of the scattered photon. (10,5)

3. (a) Derive Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle from de-Broglie’s wave concept. Hence,
obtain the time energy uncertainty principle from it.

(b) A 7° — meson has a very short lifetime of ~8 x 1071s before it decays into two y —
rays. Determine Am/m in its mass measurement if its rest mass energy is 135 MeV.
(10,5)

4. (a) Explain the double slit experiment with electrons. What inference can be drawn from
the experiment and hence show that how it explains the dual nature of particles.

(b)For following wavefunction
w(x) = A(cos kx + iBsin kx)
where A, B, k are real constants. Calculate probability density and probability current
density.
(10,5)

5. (a) A particle of mass m and energy E > Vo travelling along x direction has a potential
barrier defined as:
V(xKj=0 x<0
=Vo x20

Derive an expression for the reflection coefficient.

(b) Electrons of energy 2.0 eV are incident on a barrier 3.0 eV high and 0.4 nm wide.
Find the transmission probability. (10,5)

6. (a) Discuss the concept of nuclear stability with reference to Neutron-Proton plot. Why do
stable nuclei have more neutrons than protons?

(b) The mass of Lithium atom is 7.01822 a.m.u. Calculate the binding energy in Joules and
electron volts of "Liz; nucleus. Given mass of proton=1.00814 am.u; mass of
neutron=1.00893 a.m.u; mass of electron=0.00055 a.m.u. (9,6)

7.(a) Define mean lifetime, half-life and activity of a radioactive sample. Hence, find the
relation between them. .

(b) A sample of a radioactive material contains 3.5 yg of pure *3C. If Ty2 of *gC is 20.4
minutes, calculate No, Ro and R(t = 8h). (6, 9)


GE
Name of the Department _ : Department of Physics and Astrophysics
Name of Course : B.Sc. Hons.—(Physics) Core -
Semester : IV - Semester
Name of the Paper: : Analog Systems and Applications ratte
Unique Paper Code : 32221403 an
Question paper Set number
Duration : 3 hours
Max. Marks : 75 marks

Instructions for Candidates:

a)

b)

¢)
d)
¢)

a)

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question Paper.
(b) Attempt any Five questions in all. Question No.1 is compulsory,
(c) Non-programmable calculators are allowed.

(Given: €9 = 8.85 x t0-? F/m; k = 1.38 x 10-23 J/K ; q = 1.6 x 10-#9C)

Attempt any FIVE of the following:

(3 X 5=15)
A germanium diode has a reverse saturation current of 104A at room temperature
(300K). Determine the saturation current at 500K.
The resistivity of an intrinsic germanium at 300 K is 50 Qoem. Find the intrinsic carrier
concentration of the semiconductor if the electron and hole mobilities respectively
are: Hn = 3900 cm*/volt. sec and py = 1900 cm? /volt. sec.
Define the term 4, for a transistor. How is it related to Qdc?
Mention the characteristics of an ideal and practical Op-Amp.
Define the following specifications for a D/A converter.
(i) Resolution
(ii) Settling Time
List the two types of feedbacks. Which one is used in linear applications like
amplification?

Define depletion region and barrier height for a p-n junction diode. Show that the

width of the depletion region for a step junction p-n diode in thermal equilibrium is
given by


wy = (28¥oCNa + No)
q NaNp

where the symbols have their usual meanings.

b) A germanium p-n step junction has donor density Ng = 102’cm~? on n-side and
acceptor density Ng = 10'5cm73 on p-side. Calculate the built-in potential at the
Junction if intrinsic carrier density n; = 1043cm73. Assume KT = 26mV.

(10,5)

a) Explain the working of a full wave bridge rectifier using suitable diagrams and

obtain expressions for its ripple factor and rectification efficiency.

b) For the given Zener regulator circuit, find the range over which the supply voltage
Vs can be varied without the loss of regulation. The Zener diode has the
specifications Vz =5V, Pz =0.5WandIlzmin=5mA- The value of Ri=
1K. and Rs = 1002

Ge

eeeerent

(10,5)

a) Draw the circuit to study the J-V characteristics of the transistor in common base
configuration. Sketch its input and output characteristics. Also indicate the active,
saturation and cut off regions.

b) The voltage divider bias circuit given below uses a silicon transistor Calculate its
operating point and draw the D.C. load line. Given Vgg = 0.7 V.



a)

b)

a)

b)

a)

b)

(8,7)

Obtain the expression for stability factor S,., for a voltage divider bias configuration.

Draw the circuit diagram of an RC coupled CE amplifier. Explain the role of all
components in the circuit. Draw the AC equivalent circuit in low, mid and high
frequency range and state the associated assumptions for each frequency range.

(7, 8)

Derive the relation betWeen A,(gain with feedback) and A (gain of internal amplifier)
for an amplifier with negative feedback with feedback factor B.
Give the circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator and derive the expression for frequency
of oscillations.

(5,10)
Explain the concept of virtual ground in an Op-Amp?

Draw the circuit diagram for an ideal differentiator using Op-Amp and hence derive
the expression for the output signal. .

Derive the expression for the output V, for the op-amp circuit given below.


et

SS

(3,6,6)



[This question paper contains 2 printed pages. ]

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5537 J
Unique Paper Code : 2222012401
Name of the Paper : Modern Physics (DSC)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics - NEP UGCF-2022
Semester : IV wee CoN

‘oO
Duration : 3 Hours oARY ‘ Maximum Marks : 90

a
Instructions for Candidates yy

2. Question No. | is compulsory.
3. Attempt any four from the remaining five questions.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Use of non-programmable calculators is allowed.

1. Attempt any six of the following questions: (6x3=18)
(a) In the Compton scattering experiment, radiation scattered at each angle generally consists

of two distinct wavelengths. Briefly discuss the origins of these wavelengths? ©

(b) If the uncertainty in a photon’s wavelength is one part in a million, determine the
uncertainty in its position if the photon’s wavelength is 500 nm.

(c) Evaluate the commutator (i) [%, px], (ii) [%, By], and (iii) [2, 6,7]

(d) A particle of kinetic energy 8.5 eV is incident on a potential step of height 4.5 eV.
Calculate the reflection coefficient.

(e) Explain the terms (i) induced absorption (ii) spontaneous emission, and (ii) stimulated
emission.

(f) State Moseley’s law and discuss its significance.

(g) Calculate the radius of 7°U. What would be the mass of | mm/ of nuclear matter? Given:
lu = 1.66 x 10!” kg/m’.

2. (a) Draw the experimental setup for studying photoelectric effect. What are the main

features of the observations? Discuss how classical wave theory fails and how Einstein’s

quantum theory of light successfully explains the phenomenon. (10)

P.T.O.


5§37 2

(b) Determine the wavelength of the incident photon in Compton scattering if the maximum

energy imparted to the electron is 50 keV? (8)

3. (a) Obtain the time-dependent Schrodinger equation in one dimension and discuss the
statistical interpretation of wave function. (10)
(b) A particle is described by the wave function
p(x) =0 x<0
=V2e%*/4 x >0
where / 2 nm. Calculate the probability of finding the particle in the region x2 1 nm.
(8)

4. (a) Sketch the first three wave functions and corresponding probability densities for a particle
confined in a one-dimensional box of length 1. What are the energy eigenvalues
corresponding to these wave functions? Discuss the differences between the classical and
quantum mechanical descriptions of such a particle. (10)

(b) A particle of kinetic energy 2.5 eV is incident on a potential step of height 4.0 eV.

Calculate the penetration depth of the particle into the classically forbidden region. (8)

5. (a) On what condition does the quantum physics yield the same results as classical physics
according to Bohr correspondence principle. Discuss the validity of the principle on the
basis of classical and quantum pictures of the Bohr model for hydrogen atom. (10)
(b) Calculate the ratio of Einstein’s A and B coefficients, and the ratio of probabilities of
spontaneous and stimulated emission for a system in thermal equilibrium at room
temperature (/'= 300 K) for transition that occur in the visible region (Av ~ 2 eV). Given:

ky = 1.38~10 7° JK. (8)

6 (a) Discuss the various contributions to the binding energy of a nucleus of atomic number Z
and mass number A, and obtain the Weizsaecker semi-empirical mass formula. (10)

(b) Calculate the binding energy of a-particle and express it in MeV and joules. Given:
mp = 1.00758 amu, m, = 1.00897 amu and mie = 4.0028 amu. (4)
(c) Calculate the distance in free space over which the intensity of a 2 eV neutron beam be
reduced by a factor of one-half? Given: Mass of neutron = 1.67 * 107’ kg, Decay constant

for a free neutron = 1.14*10 °s5 |. (4)

(2000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. | ey he

Your Roll No.............++
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5597 J
Unique Paper Code > 2222012402
Name of the Paper : Solid State Physics
Name of the Course : B.Sc. Hons.-(Physics) NEP:UGCF-2022
Semester > IV /
Duration : 3 Hours | Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

to

Attempt any five questions in total. Question No. | is compulsory.
3. All questions carry equal marks.

4. Use of non-programmable scientific calculators is permitted.

1. Attempt any six of the following: (3 x 6 = 18)

(a) Draw (221) and (110) planes in a cubic crystal. Also, show [111] direction

in a cubic unit cell.
(b) An X-ray beam of wavelength 1.54 A is diffracted from the (100) planes of

a solid with a cubic lattice of lattice constant 3.05 A. Find the Bragg’s angle

at which the first-order diffraction occurs.

P.T.O.


5597

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

2. (a)

(b)

3. (a)

Hall coefficient of a specimen of a strong n-type silicon is 3.66x10%
m'C-'. The resistivity of the specimen is 8.93 x 10° m. Find the mobility

and density of the charge carriers.

Calculate Einstein's frequency for copper (Cu) metal that has an Einstein’s

température 0,=230° K.

Discuss various sources of polarizability in a dielectric.
Explain the B-H curve of a ferromagnetic material.
Explain Meissner's effect in the superconductor.

Explain Ewald’s construction and derive Bragg’s law 2K.G + G? = 0 for X-
ray diffraction in a reciprocal lattice, where the symbols have their usual

(12)

meanings.

Calculate the packing fraction for face-centered cubic (FCC) crystal. (6)

For the Kroning-Penney model of electron behaviour in solids, derive the

relation pee + cos(aa) = cos(ka) where P is proportional to the barrier

strength (height and width) between adjacent lattice atoms, a is the lattice

2mE

constant, k is the wavenumber, and a = 2 ~ Sketch the general behaviour

of this relation as a function of aa clearly indicating the value of ?aa = 0


5597 3
and the limiting case aa —> oo. By considering the above condition clearly

indicate on your sketch the ranges of aa that correspond to allowed energy

bands. (12)

(b) Show that in the limit of P > o the relation leads to discrete allowed energy

22772
given by E, = —- (6)

4. (a) Derive an expression for the lattice specific heat of a solid based

on the Debye model and demonstrate that it varies as T’ at low temperatures.

(12)

(b) Calculate the number of optical and acoustical phonon branches for a NaCl

crystal, containing two atoms per primitive unit cell. (6)

5. (a) Describe the Langevin theory of para-magnetism and explain Weiss modification

in this theory assuming the existence of an internal molecular field. (12)
(b) A paramagnetic salt contains 10” ions/m?, each with magnetic moment 9.27

x 104 A-m?. Calculate paramagnetic susceptibility produced in a uniform

magnetic field H = 10° A/m at 300° K. (6)

6. (a) Define the term “Local electric field” at an atom. Deduce Lorentz relation

for E, oc inside a dielectric. (12)

P.T.O.


5597 4

(b) Draw a typical P-E hysteresis curve for a ferroelectric material and give one
example. (6)
Charge of an electron = 1.602 X 10°C
Planck’s Constant = 6.62 X 10° J-s
Boltzmann Constant = 1.38 X 10° J/K
=4nx 107 Kg m s? A?

(2000)

|
}
|
—


{
|
|

[This question paper contains 2 printed pages. ]\’

Your Roll Nou...........06
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5676 J
Unique Paper Code > 2222012403
Name of the Paper : Analog Electronics
Name of the Course : B.Sc. Hons. — (Physics) NEP: UGCF-2022
Semester : IV
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
2. Attempt any Four questions in all. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

3. Simple non-programmable calculators are allowed.

1. Attempt any five parts. (3x5=15)
(a) Explain the working principle of a photodiode. Also Draw I-V characteristics.

(b) Draw the I-V characteristics of a Zener diode and explain its use as a
voltage regulator.

(c) A diode is used in a half-wave rectifier. If the peak input voltage is 12 V,
calculate the average output voltage (assume ideal diode).

(d) Why is voltage divider bias preferred over fixed bias in amplifier circuits?

(e) A transistor has B = 120 and base current = 30 pA. Find the collector
current.

(f) Define the slew rate of an op-amp. If an op-amp has a slew rate of
0.5 V/s, how much time will it take to swing from 0 to 3 V?

(g) State any three differences between an ideal op-amp and a practical op-

amp.

Z. (10+5)
(a) Explain the construction and working of a full-wave bridge rectifier. Derive
expressions for average output voltage and ripple factor.

P.T.O.



6490

‘ys

(b)

(a)

(b)

(a)

(b)

(a)

(b)

2

A Zener diode voltage regulator circuit is connected with 15 V input and a
° WV Zener. Calculate the current through Zener if the load draws 10 mA and
the series resistance is 100 Q. Also draw the proper circuit diagram of a
7ener diode voltage regulator.

(10+5)
Explain the input and output I-V characteristics of a transistor in CE
configuration. Describe the active, cut-off, and saturation regions.

In the voltage divider bias circuit, R, = 33 kQ, R, = 10 kQ, Re = 2 kQ,
R, = 1 kQ. V.. = 15 V, and B = 100. Calculate the base voltage V,,, emitter
voltage Ve and collector current Ic. Assume Vir = 0.7V,C =C\, =
10 pA and C, = SO pA.

(10+5)
Explain the construction and working of RC phase shift oscillator. Derive the
condition for sustained oscillation and expression for its frequency.

A Hartley oscillator operates at a frequency of 1 MHz. The capacitor in the
tank circuit is 200 pF, and the mutual inductance is 0.002 mH. If both the
inductors in the circuit are of same value, calculate the value of L.

(L0+5)
Draw the circuit diagram of a basic integrator using an operational amplitier
and derive the expression for its output voltage. Draw the circuit of a practical
integrator and explain the need for modifications over the basic integrator.

A zero-crossing detector is used to process a sinusoidal input signal with a
peak-to-peak voltage of 5 V and a frequency of 60 Hz. What will be the
period of the output waveform generated by the detector. If the output of
the op-amp swings from —5 V to +5 V and the slew rate of the op-amp is
0.5 V/ps, estimate the minimum time the op-amp takes to complete this
transition.

(2000)


SI. No. of Q.P
Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Course

Exam
SEMESTER/YEAR
DURATION

Maximum Marks

Announcement for candidates

Q3. (b) be read as f instead of A

lo

MO \

UNIVERSITY OF DELHI

CORRIGENDUM

5676

2222012403

Analog Electronics
B.SC. Hons. — (Physics)

09/06/2025 Morning

Joint Registrar (Secrecy)

Lott | 9019 my

Name of Course B.Sc. Hons. (Physics) NEP: UGCF-2022

Semester : Vv

Name of the Paper Electromagnetic Theory

Unique Paper Code : 2222013501

be " . Maximum Marks: 90

Duration: 3 Hours

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. )

Question No. 1 is compulsory.
Answer any four of the remaining five.

Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.
6x3=18

1. Attempt any 6 parts of the following: ;
(i) Show that the time average Poynting vector for time varying fields is given by:

(3) => Re (E x H*)

(ii) The electric field intensity for an electromagnetic wave is expressed as
E = 120sin(107 t) £V/m
Calculate the magnitude of displacement current density and the conduction current

density. Given: o =8.0 S/m and e=1.
(iii) A light beam is incident from denser medium (n1=2.0) on a rarer medium (n2=1). Plot the
reflection coefficients for the parallel and perpendicular components as a function of the
angle of incidence.

(iv) What will be the minimum thickness of a calcite plate that would convert a plane
larized light of wavelength 8000 A into circularly polarized light? (Given: no =1.5533 and

ne =1.5443).
(v) Show that if the electric field of the incident wave lies in the plane of incidence, the electric
fields of the reflected and transmitted waves will also lie in the plane of incidence.

(vi) The refractive indices of quartz for right-handed and left-handed circularly polarized
light of wavelength 7000 A are 1.65207 and 1.65201 respectively. Calculate the rotation of
plane of polarization of light produced by a plate of thickness 0.9 mm.

(vii) Show that a beam of plane polarized light may be regarded as composed of two equal
and opposite circularly polarized light.

2. (a) State and establish Poynting’s theorem for electromagnetic fields. Compare it with the
equation of continuity and give an interpretation of the Poynting vector. (10)

(b) What are electromagnetic potentials? Discuss their non-uniqueness and hence explain the
significance of gauge transformation. (8)

3. (a) Starting from Maxwell’s equations in an isotropic, homogeneous dielectric material
show that electromagnetic waves are transverse in nature. Calculate the time average of


momentum density stored in these fields. (12)

(b) Calculate the intrinsic impedance and wave velocity for a conducting medium with o= 60
MS/m and j1=1, at frequency of 120 MHz. (6)

4.(a) Derive Fresnel’s relation for reflection and transmission of plane electromagnetic waves
at an interface between two dielectric media when an electric vector of the incident wave is
perpendicular to the plane of incidence. (10)

(b) A uniform plane wave is incident on planar boundary separating regions | and 2, with
61=02=0 and pri=p2=1. Find the ratio of e/en, if 20 % of the incident wave energy is (a)
reflected and (b) transmitted. (Assume normal incidence). (8)

5.(a) Distinguish between positive and negative crystals in terms of double refraction. How are
these crystals used to make quarter wave plates? Explain how the quarter wave plate is used in
producing elliptically and circularly polarized light. (12)

(b) Show that in an electrically anisotropic dielectric medium, the permittivity tensor is
symmetric in nature. (6)

6. (a) Derive wave equation for E of electromagnetic wave in a symmetric planar dielectric
wave guide with refractive index profile as:
n=n, -d/2 <x <d/2
n=m, -d/2 >x > d/2
(n2 < ni) where d is the width of the guide.
Using the boundary conditions, obtain the eigenvalue equation for symmetric TE modes. (12)

(b) Find the state of polarization of electromagnetic wave having electric field vector:
E = 2.cos(wt — kz)t—2cos(wt — kz -=)j (6)

Physical Constants : ;
eo = 8.8510"? Farad/m, po = 40x10 Henry/m
c = 3x10° m/s, me = 9.11107! kg


g|I2f?Y

[This question Paper contains 4 vinta pages. |

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll NO... ceeeeeees
1104 I
2222013502
Quantum Mechanics - I

B.Sc. Hons. — (Physics)_

NEP: UGCF-2022

Vv

Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt only five (5) questions.

¥. Question No. I is compulsory.

4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is

allowed.

P.T.O,


1104

2
\. Attempt any six:
(i) Write the conditions required ¢
on Or
acceptability of wave function. Physica
(ii) What are Stationary states? Why are th
¢0? ©Y calle

(111)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

Let w(x) and w,(x) are the 8Tound state

ited state energy eigen.
functions of a Particle MOving in a harmonic

oscillator potential with frequency ©. At

t = 0, the wavefunction of the particle is

1
¥ (x50) = Wo (x) + w(x). Find y(x,t) for

t+ 0.

List the four quantum numbers needed to describe
an atomic electron? What is their physical

Significance?
: he
For 6g state of hydrogen atom, what are !
ry O
values of quantum number n, 1, m, and energ)

the state?

Compute the commutator [x p’].

Show that (a) [L, £|=0 (b) [Z. gp |-in2


2. (1) Solve the Schrodinger equation for a particle
having energy E - V,, for a square well potential
of finite depth V

» Discuss the graphical

representation of the transcendental equations.

(ii) Obtain the mathematical form of position operator

in momentum space. (15,3)

3. The potential energy of a simple harmonic oscillator

of mass m, oscillating with angular frequency © is

V(x) = 5 mo?x?.

(1) Write the time independent Schrodinger equation.
Using the time independent schrodinger equation,
evaluate the energy for the eigenstate

a —pye2y2 MW ;
Wo(ax) = m/e ©. oe 5a= me, where @ is

the angular frequency of the oscillator.

(ii) Find (p) for yp.

(iii) If the harmonic oscillator is in the ground

state at t=0, what will be the wavefunction

at t=—— 18)
20 (

P.T.O.



1104

Write the Schrodinger equation for a 3p hydrogen
atom in spherical polar coordinates. Derive three

6.

4

separate equations for r, 9, > using the method of
separation of variables. Solve the equation for § to

obtain the normalized eigenfunctions. (18)

(i)

(il)

(111)

(i)

(il)

What is spin angular momentum? Discuss the
experimental observations which could not be
accounted for without introducing the spin

angular momentum.

What are Pauli Spin matrices. For s = \, obtain

the matrix form of S|.

What is total angular momentum? After defining

ladder operator J, and J_ obtain (a) i, i_|

(b) (5. 4, ], (6+6+6)

Find (r) and (r) for an electron in the ground
state of the hydrogen atom? Express the answer

in terms of Bohr radius.

At a given instant of time, a system is in the

state V6.0) = [2 sino sing Determine the

expectation values of L, and L?. (9,9)

-

(2000)


s\] 4

[This Gestion paper contains 4 i WO,

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll No.u.........0++++

1123 I
2222013503

Digital Electronics

B.Sc. Hons.—(Physics) NEP:
UGCF-2022

V

Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates
—eeetttons tor Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. All questions carry equal marks.

1. Attempt any Six parts (all parts Carry equal marks)

(3x6=18)

(a) Write three differences between Synchronous and
asynchronous counters.

P.T.O.


1123 2
(b) What are Passive and Active compon
» af : os ents ;
electronics? Explain giving appropriate exam in
Piles.

(c) Why JK Master-Slave flip flop is preferreg ,
level triggered JK latch? Ver

(d) Explain the role of control voltage (pin 5) anq
reset (pin 4) in IC 555 timer.

(e) Subtract (32), from (12), using 2’s complement
method in 8-bit representation.

(f) Draw the circuit of a 5-bit even parity generator.
Use the binary number 1100 and 0111 to generate

the output.

(g) Realize a 2-input OR gate using diodes and
resistors and briefly explain its working.

2. (a) A four variable truth table has high output when
at least two input variables are in the high state.
Draw the truth table and derive the minimized
expression using Boolean algebra. Realize the logic

circuit using 2-input NAND gates only.
(b) Determine the minimized Boolean expression for
the function: F(A,B,C,D) = =m(0,8,9,19) * d(1,>"
using K-map method and design the logic oirey
using basic gates. (108
of a 4-bit binat?

3. (a) Implement and explain the working ac
nat utilizes ©

addition and subtraction circuit t


1123

complement method for subtracting two numbers.
Suppose the above circuit is used to subtract two
binary numbers and generate carry 0 output and a
sum output of 11001100. Explain how this circutt
can be used to get the final answer.

(b) Implement a 16:1 Multiplexer using two 8:1

Multiplexers and explain briefly it’s working. (Use
only the simple block diagram of 8:1 multiplexer
to implement the above). (10,8)

4. (a) Explain the working of a positive level triggered

(b

—

SR flip flop with the help of a circuit diagram and
truth table. Explain why for S=1 and R=1 the Q
output is unpredictable and lead to race condition.

Draw the output waveform for the following
conditions:

Using the method of excitation table design the
circuit of a JK flip flop using SR flip flop. Use
block diagram of SR flip to draw the final circutt.

(10,8)

P.T.O.


1123 4

s. (a) Design a synchronous self-correcting Mop_¢
count down counter using the method Of excitation
table. Use negative edge triggered JK flip flop to
design the counter. The initial state of the counte;
is 000.

(b) Explain the difference between Serial-in-serial-out
(SISO) and Serial-in-parallel-out (SIPO) shift
registers? Explain the working of a 4-bit SISO
shift register with suitable waveform, if the binary
number 1100, has to be shifted from the LSB
side? (10,8)

6. (a) Draw circuit diagram of a monostable multivibrator
using IC 555 timer and explain it’s working. Derive
the expression for pulse width during which it is

in unstable state.

(b) IC 555 Timer is used to design a monostable
configuration with R = 3.3 MQ and C = 0.22 uF.
Determine the pulse width (time for which output
is high) of the output wave. Draw the waveforms
across capacitor and at the output if the time period
of the applied trigger input is half the above

calculated pulse width. (10,8)

(2000)


jaug _olepesk

Name of the Department ; Department of Physics and Astrophysics
Name of the Course : B.Sc. Hons. (Physics) NEP: UGCF-2022
Name of the Paper : Communication Systems (DSE paper)
Semester : V- Semester

Unique Paper Code : 2223010015

Question paper Set number: Set I

Duration : 2 hours

Maximum Marks : 60 Marks

Instructions for Candidates:

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
(6) Attempt FOUR questions in all. Question number one is compulsory.
(c) Non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

Qi Attempt any five parts from this question. All questions carry same marks (3x5=15)
(a) State the difference between analog and digital modulation. Give one example of each.

(b) Determine the percent power saving when the carrier wave and one of the sidebands is
suppressed in an AM wave modulated to a depth of 50%.

(c) Explain the need for modulation in communication?
(d) Draw PPM and PWM wave forms for a sinusoidal modulating signal.

(e) Why is the uplink frequency kept higher than the downlink frequency in satellite
communication?

(f) What information is contained in the SIM number?

Q2

(a) Define Amplitude Modulation (AM) and write mathematical expressions for AM. The
output signal from an AM modulator is. .
Vam(t) = 5cos(1800nt) + 20 sin(2000nt) — 5 cos(2200nt)
Determine the following.
(i) Frequency and amplitude of modulating signal
(ii) | Frequency and amplitude of carrier signal
(iii) | Modulation index

Page no..1


(iv) Ratio of the power in the sidebands to the power in the carrier. (7)
(b) Define the two types of angle modulation. (2)

(c) A single tone modulating signal cos (15 m 10? t) frequency modulates a carrier of 10
MHz and produces a frequency deviation of 75 KHz. Find the modulation index and
phase deviation produced in FM wave. If another modulating signal produces a
modulation index of 100 while maintaining the same deviation, find the frequency and

amplitude of the modulating signal. Assume k=15KHz /volt. (6)

Q3
(a) State and prove sampling theorem. Calculate the Nyquist rate and sampling frequency
for analog signal is expressed by the equation (7)

x(t) = Scos(100mt) + 10 sin(500nt) — 8 cos(300zt)

(b) What is Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM)? Draw the circuit of-a Pulse Amplitude
modulator and explain its working. List the disadvantages of PAM. (8)

Q4
(a) Sketch ASK, FSK and BPSK waveforms for the sequence: 1011011010. (3)

(b) Describe in detail the three basic operations involved in Pulse Code Modulation. (6)

(c) Distinguish between Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) and Frequency Division

Multiplexing (FDM). (6)
Q5
(a) Draw and explain the block diagram of transponder in a communication satellite. What
are the advantages of a geostationary satellite? (8)

(b) Why is mobile phone called a cellphone? Explain the concept of cell sectoring and cell
splitting in mobile communication? (7)

Page no..2


SL NO of QP : S834

Unique Paper Code 32221501 I .
Name of the Paper — : Quantum Mechanics and Applications { / ) t y
Name of the Course - B.Se.(Hons)-Physics: CBCS

Semester : V semester

Duration : 3 hours

Max. Marks : 78 marks

1

bo

b)
c)

d)

e)

a)

b)

a)

b)

Medium of setting the Question paper: English Language
Attempt FIVE questions in all Question No.1 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks
Non programmable calculators allowed
Attempt any five of the following

If 4 and B are both Hermitian operators. Which of the following three operators are Hermitian?
i. i(AB —BA)
ii. (AB — BA)

... (AB+BA
ii. —S—

Calculate [xp, x?] and [xp, p?] .

Consider the wave function of the form (x) = f *” dk@(k)e'** ; where ®(k) is a function
localised sharply at k = ko. Find the value of P(x), if ®(k) = exp[—L?(k — ko)*] . L having the
unit of length.

Find the probability current density J(x) for the wave function (x) = N(x)eS@)/". Where N(x)
and S(x) are real constants.

Write the spectroscopic term corresponding to the quantum numbers n = 3,1 = 2,5 = . ,

Prove the commutator relation [L,, sin2@] = 2ih(sin? — cos?) , where @ is azimuthal angle.
(5x3=15)

Prove the relation for any dynamical observable operator Q = <Q>= . <[H,@! >+< 0Q .

where H is the Hamiltonian of the system which is hermitian. Using this relation tind the value of

4. < XP >. Where X and P are position and momentum operators respectively.
dat
mc

: —ar2 .
The state of particle is represented by the wave function : Cye~%* , where Uy © (—)

a= y Find the uncertainty relation (i.e Ax. Ap).

A state of particle is represented by linear combination of two wave functions P(X) and P(X) as:

p(x, 0) = 31 (x) + 4h2(*).

i. Normalize P(x, 0).

ii. Find the wave function at later time t (W(x, ¢)).

iii. Find the probability density and show that it oscillate with frequency w@ =
ne-dimensional infinite potential box with walls at x = 0 and x
n= 1) of the box and if suddenly quadruple the

B2-E2

An electron is moving freely inside a 0
= L. If the electron is initially in the ground state (


size of the box ( the right hand wall is moved instantaneously from x = L to x = 41). Calculate the
probability of finding the electron in:

i) The ground state of the new box and

ii) The first excited state of the new box.

a) Using Frobenius method solve the Schrodinger equation for a Linear Harmonic Oscillator to show

; 1
that the energy eigenvalues are E, = (n + 3) hw. .

b) Consider a system whose wave function at t= 0 isw(x,0) = F b0(x) + a (x) + =o (4) ;
where ,, (x) is the wave function of the nth excited state of an infinite square well potential of width
. n*h?n?
a and whose energy is E, = oma?’
i) Find A so that w(x, 0) is normalized.
ii) If measurement of energy is carried out, what are the values that will be found anc hat are
the corresponding probabilities?
iii) Calculate the average energy.

(9.6)

a) An atomic state of H- atom is represented by the following wave function :
w(r,8,) = ome qai- —_)e-"/240cos@ ; where dp is constant.
2a3 2a
i) What ate the quantum numbers (n,l,m) associated with this state

ii) Calculate the location at which the radial probability density is maximum.
iii) Calculate the expectation value of radial coordinate in this state.

b)
i) Calculate the expectation value of potential energy (< V(r) >) in the ground state of the
hydrogen atom
ii) Show that in the ground state FE =< V(r) >/2 , where E is the total energy.
iii) Use the relation E = T + V(r), calculate the expectation value of kinetic energy (< T >)in
the ground state and show that < T >= —< V >/2.(9.6 )

a) Explain Normal Zeeman Effect with examples and energy diagram.
b) Describe Stern Gerlach Experiment with necessary theory. What does it demonstrate?
(7.8)
a) What is spin orbit coupling? Calculate the change in energy of an electron due to this.
b) Consider the state in which / = 2 and s = 1/2. For the state with the largest possible j and largest

m,, calculate the angle between L and S.

(10,5)

Useful integral
[*Zdxexp(—ax? + Bx) = [Eexp(6?/4a)
n!

to !
Jy dxx"exp(—ax) = nti


[This question paper contains 4 print

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

\q\ oy

d pages. |

Your Roll NO....cccceeeee
5888 I
32221502
Solid State Physics

B.Sc. Hons. — (Physics)_
CBCS-LOCF

: V (Reappear Paper)

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

4. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

5. Attempt four questions from the remaining questions.

P.T.O.


5888

1. Attempt any five parts.

(a) Write three points of

(b) Prove that for a SC lattice, digg : d

difference between

crystalline and amorphous solids. Q
3)

: d =
110 11
V6: V3 : V2; where ‘d’ represents interplanar

distance in a crystal. (3)

(c) Calculate the Debye vibrational frequency of

(d

—

(e)

(f)

(g)

diamond. Assume the Debye temperature of
diamond is 2230 K.

Given Plank’s constant (h) = 6.6x10-34 J-s and
Boltzmann’s constant (k,) = 1.38x10-% J/K.

(3)

Distinguish between conductors, semiconductors,
and insulators on the basis of the band theory of
solids, with suitable energy band diagrams. (3)

State the difference between Diamagnetis™,

; ; 3)
Paramagnetism and Ferromagnetism. (

‘ . ansitions
Define 1* order and 2" order phase tran

, (3)
with examples

aonare 1
Differentiate between Type | and Typ

3)
superconductors with the help of diagran


5888

‘ed

2. (a) Prove that the reciprocal lattice vector G,,, 1s
perpendicular to the crystal plane (h, k, 1) and that

the inter planar spacing is

2n

du:* ; |

Gk

(b) Prove that reciprocal lattice of a FCC lattice is a
BCC lattice. Name a lattice which is self-

reciprocal.

(c) Determine Miller indices of a plane that makes
intercepts of 2A, 3A and 4A on axes of an

orthorhombic crystal witha: b:c=4:3: 2.
(7,5,3)

3. (a) Derive Laue’s Equations to describe the scattering

of x-rays by crystal.

(b) A superconductor metal has a critical temperature
of 3.7 K at zero magnetic field and a critical field
of 0.0306 Tesla at OK. Find the value of critical
field at 2K. (10,5)

4. (a) Derive an expression for the specific heat of a
solid based on the Debye model and demonstrate

that it varies as T?’ at low temperatures.

P.T.O.


5888 4

(b) Calculate the number of optical and acoustical
phonon branches in a NaCl crystal containing two

atoms per primitive unit cell. (10.5)

(a) Write down the basic assumptions of Drude’s
model for describing electron motion in metals.
Obtain the expression for the Hall coefficient in a

metal and explain the information it provides.

(b) The energy dispersion relation for an electron in
a one-dimensional crystal with a lattice constant
‘a’ is given by E(k) = a — B cos ka, where a and
® are constants, and k is the wave vector. Find
the effective mass (m*) of the electron at the

center of the first Brillouin zone (k=0). (10,5)

(a) Derive the expression for the magnetic
susceptibility of a Diamagnetic material using

Classical Langevin’s theory.

(b) Show that the area of the B-H curve gives the

Hysteresis energy loss. (9, 8)

| bg . . . >)
(a) Explain the various sources ot polarizability”
arizability of

(b) Find the expression for the total pol
(6,9)

solids.

(700)


yD \)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |]

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll Nove

5977

32227502

Advanced Mathematical

Physics — I

B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics
(CBCS-LOCF)

V

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

Non-programmable Scientific calculator is allowed.

(a) Determine whether the set of real numbers

equipped with the binary operation * defineg by

forms a group OF not. (5)

P.T.O.


6977
ib) Let 7 be the linear transformation on 9? defines
, ne
by
T(x, y) = (2x + 3y, 2x — Sy)
and $, and S, be two bases of ®? given by

S = {(1,0), (,1)}, 8, = {(1,2), (2,1);

Find the matrix representation of T w.r.t. bases
S, and. S). (10)

2, (a) If H is a Hermitian matrix and I is the unit
matrix of the same order as H, determine whether
A = (I — iH) (1 + iH) is a Unitary imatrix or
not. (5)

(b) Given that eigenvalue of square matrix A is A,

prove that eigenvalue of matrix adj(A) 1s Hl
(5)

(c) Find the values of x and y such that given matrix

B is orthogonal :

-5 io y (3)


8977 3

‘A

(a) Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of the matrix

oa

1 2

ty Oo O&O

-3 5

4

Can C be diagonalised or not? Give reason(s).

(10)

(b) State Cayley-Hamilton theorem. Verify it for the

matrix F and hence find F-'. where

2 -1

3 |
(a) Find ¢” for the matrix R. where

R

(b) Solve the coupled differential equations

4 vo ty

5

ta

z=3y-

where, y(0) = 3, 2(0) = 4

(a) Show that

()
(1)
’

\

and hence prove that

- ¢- .=6
ryk Ise

(7)

(8)

(8)

P.T .O,


5977 4

6.

Xx X, Xx
by Sapo 8
“HX, XM |?

determine whether or not S is a Cartesian tensor

of rank 2 in 2-dimension. (7)

Using tensors, prove the following :

(a) Ax (Bx C) = B(AeC) - G(AeB) (7)

(b) Vx (fx B)= (BV) f - (foV) gs + F (Veg) — g(V0/)
(8)

(a) Prove that divergence of a vector field transforms
like a tensor of rank 2. . (5)

(b) Obtain an expression for Moment of Inertia

tensor. Also, prove that it is symmetric tensor of
rank 2. (10)

(a) A covariant tensor has components (xy, 2y —z-,
xz). Find its covariant components in spherical co-
ordinates. (10)

(b) Find g,, and g corresponding to ds* = 5(dx!)* +
3(dx?)? + 4(dx3)2 — 6 dx'dx? + 4 dx2dx?, (5)

(200)


a Ce,

93)191 4

[This 4 qUestion paper contains 4 printed pages. |

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Your Roll No...............
5979 I
32227504

Nuclear and Particle Physics

B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics-CBCS-
DSE

Vv

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the iop immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Use of Scientific Calculator is allowed.

1. Attempt any five of the following : (3x5=15)

(i) Show that the nuclear density is independent of

the mass number A. How can it be concluded

that nuclear density is very high?

P.T.O.


5979

(1i)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(v1)

(vii)

2

What are the nuclear magic numbers? State th.
two basic assumptions of nuclear shell mode}

A certain radioactive element disintegrates fis
an interval of time equals to its mean life.
What is the remaining fraction that does not
disintegrate?

Compare the photoelectric effect and Compton
scattering in terms of the interactions between
the incident photons and the target matters.

What are the advantages offered by the
semiconductor detectors over gas filled or

scintillation detectors?

Why are the cyclotrons cannot be used to
accelerate electrons? For a cyclotron, the rf.
potential applied across the dees is 20 KV and
magnetic field of 1.10 T. If the maximum kinetic
energy acquired by the protons is 4.56 MeV,
then find radius of the dees.

Find the strangeness and hypercharge of 4a
neutral elementary particle whose isotopic spin
projection is '2 and baryon number is +1.

2. (a) Discuss Rutherford’s q@ -scattering experiment for

presently accepted empirical nuclear 14
formula, determine the ratio of the nuclear
of 3H and 738U.

. . 7 Y..: c
the estimation of the nuclear size. Using th

dius
radil


5979 3

(b) Define the binding energy (BE) and average
binding energy (BE/A) of a nucleon. Draw the
average binding energy versus mass number curve.

Write the main features of this curve.

(4+2+4=10)

3. (a) Explain the concept of nuclear force. Why is the
surface term more significant for the lighter nuclei
in the liquid drop model? (3+2=5)

(b) Write the semi-empirical binding-energy formula
and obtain the expression of the atomic number
Z,, the most stable isobar for a given mass number
A. Identify the most stable isobar from the given
isobars: °He,, °Be, and SLi,.

(Given, a,=0.7053MeV, a,= 23.702 MeV)
(2+7+1=10)

4. (a) Establish the relation between the mass of the

parent atom and the mass of the daughter atom
for the spontaneous positron emission. State the

three differences of the electron capture from
positron emission. (2+3=5)
(b) Explain how the alpha decay process is a quantum
Phenomenon. Write the decay equation of 7°Rn
to 2218 Po with the emission of a-particle. Calculate

the Q value of the decay and the kinetic energy

of the @ -particle in MeV. (4+1+5=10)

P.T.O.


5979 4

5. (a) Why are the deuterons and neutrons used ag
bombarding agents in nuclear reactions? Write one
each of deuteron induced and neutron induced

nuclear reaction. (3+2=5)

(b) What is the significance of nuclear reaction cross
section? The cross-section and the number of
atoms per cubic meter of Cd'!? for capturing
thermal neutrons are 2x10°74 m? and 5.58x10?7
atoms/m?. What thickness of Cd! is needed to
absorb 99% of the incident beam of thermal
neutrons? Is Cd'"' an efficient absorber of thermal
neutrons? (3+6+1=10)

6. (a) How are the elementary particles divided into two
main categories? Distinguish between baryons and
mesons. (1+4=5)

(b) Give the qualitative description of Quark model of
elementary particles. Write down the quark
contents of protons, neutrons and pions.

(5+5=10)

Useful data:

r)= 1.4fm, mass of the proton = 1.67x10-*’kg, M(3He)

= 4.0028amu, M(?2.Rn) = 222.017531amu and
M(?,4Po) = 218.008930amu

(200)


Examination Roll No... see 001 ssstane goaston oe

S. No. of Question Paper + haa eeeeeeeeseeees

Unique Paper Code :

Name of Paper : Astronomy and Astrophysics

Name of the Course : B. Sc. (H) Physics — DSF.

Semester : Vv

Duration: 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75
Instructions for Candidates

l. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
2. Attempt four questions in all including Question 1 which js compulsory.
eres In al’ including Question 1 whi

Ql. 4 “iempt any five questions: (5 x 3)

(a) Define the components of Geographical coordinates with the help of a relevant
diagram.

(b) Name the different spectral classes in which stars are classified. How does the
temperature of stars vary from early type to late type.

(c) Which transition in HI Produces a low energy phonon of wavelength of 21-cm

wavelength of 500 nm ?

(e) Why does the temperature in the chromosphere increases with height?

(f) State Hubble Law. A galaxy has a recessional velocity of 19250 m/s. What is
the distance of the Galaxy. Given that H, = 70 km/s/Mpc.

Q2.(a) Explain at least two methods to estimate the stellar radii.
(5)

(b) (i) Define proper motion of a Star. How is it different from the radial motion of

a Star.
(ii) Derive an expression for proper motion of star

Vp= 4.74x Ox r
where Vp is in Km/s and 0 is in arc-sec per year and r is in parsec. (3, 3)

(c) A star is brought from 40 Pe to 5 pe. Calculate the change in its magnitude.
(4)

Q3. (a) Define the elements and angles of the Horizon coordinates system and show
them on an appropriate diagram. , (8)

(b) Coordinates of stars A and B in the Universal Equatorial System are as
follows: Right ascension a4=10" , declination 5a=70° and ap=11" , §—=80°
respectively, where a is the right ascension and 6 is the declination of a star.
Find the distance between the two stars. (7)

Q4. (a) A giant refracting telescope at an observatory has an objective lens of focal
length 15m. If an eyepiece of focal length 1.0 cm is used, what is the angular
magnification of the telescope in normal adjustment. If this telescope is used


10 View moon, what is the diameter of the image of the moon formed iy

objective lens ? The diameter of the moon is 448 » 10°m and the radin

lunar orbit is 8x 10% my

(b) Caleulate the Apparent magnitude of a Binary star (system of two stars)

Given that the individual apparent magnitude of two stars are | 0 and 14

{$)

(©) What are optical lelescopes. Ixplain different types Of ontical telescomes

inchiding their relative advantages and disadvantages
(4
>}

QS. (a)Using Maxwell’s equations, derive the following expression
magnetohydrodynamics

OB

—=Vx(ix B)+nV7h
ap = A(x BD +

where the symbols have the usual meaning, ()
(b) Explain the physical significance of magnetic Reynold number. (2)

(c) Draw labeled Hertzsprung-Russell (J4-R) diagram, Write at least three
features of H-R diagram. (S)

Q6. (a) Draw Rotation curve for a galaxy and discuss how it explains the concept of
dark mass. (%)

(b) In the center of our galaxy, in the intense radio source Syr A*, there is a black
hole with large mass. A team of astronomers measured the angular distance ot
a star from Sgr A* and its orbital period around it. The angular distance was
0.12’’ and the period was 15 years, Distance between the center of the Milky
Way galaxy and the Earth is 8.5 Kpc, Calculate the mass of black hole in
terms solar mass. (7)

Q7. (a) Explain how the Cepheid variables are used to estimate astronomical distances
(5)

(7)

(b) State and derive Virial theorem for N body system.

(c) Use Virial theorem to estimate the mass of a galaxy cluster whose radius is

R= 2.2 pe and J) = 1008 m/s, where v, is the radial velocity (6)

mre



Table of Constants:

Mass of Sun Mg =2 x 10%%kg
Radius of Sun Ro =7 xX 108m
Temperature of Sun Tg = 5800K
Luminosity of Sun Lo = 4x 107°w
Solar Constant S = 1400 m/m?

Boltzmann Constant Ka = 1.38 x 107J/K
Gravitational Constant G = 6.6 x 10714Nm?Kg~?
Hubble Constant H,=70Km/s /Mpc

Conversions:

14U = 15 x10"'m
LLy = 9.46 x 104m
Ipc =3 x 10m

2


GoIS  4¢]\of 2%
Nuclear and Particle Physics: °

Unique Paper Code 32227504

Name of the Paper Nuclear and Particle Physics

Name of the Course B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics-CBCS-DSE

Semester : Vv
Duration : 3 hours
Maximum Marks : 75 Marks

Instructions for Candidates

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper).
Attempt five questions in all. Question no.1 is compulsory.

All questions carry equal marks.

Use of Scientific Calculator is allowed.

Q1. Attempt any five of the following: 3x5=15

(i) Determine the ratio of nuclear radii of a*He and 927°U.

(ii) What is pairing effect? Why are even—even nuclei more stable as. compared to even-odd
and odd—odd nuclei?

(iii) The atomic ratio between the uranium isotopes **U and *™U in a mineral sample is

found to be 1.8x10*. The half life of 3“U is 2.5 x 10° years. Find half life of 3°U.

(iv) Give any three characteristics of a nuclear force.

(v) Define the self quenching action of a GM counter.

(vi) Find out if 73$Po is stable or unstable against alpha decay. Atomic masses are given as
follows: M [23$Po0] = 236.046 u, M [783U] = 232.03717 u, M [3He] = 4.0026 u.

(vii) Mention two differences between fermions and bosons. Give one example of each kind of

particle.

2. If the energy of the a-particle emitted by *'Am is 5.48 MeV. Find the closest distance
it can approach an Au nucleus. 5
Define the mass defect and the binding energy (BE) of the nucleus. Represent graphically the

variation of average binding energy per nucleon with the mass number A and labelled
with its different regions. Give any two important conclusions which you can draw

from this plot. 4+4+2 =10

3. What are the magic numbers? Give any three experimental evidences for the existence
of magic numbers. 2+3=5



Use the semi-empirical mass formula to find the atomic number (Z) for the most stable
isobar nucleus of mass number, A. (Given coulomb coefficient, a:=0.7053MeV and
asymmetry energy coefficient, aq=23.702MeV). Identify the most stable isohar for

A=238. 7+3=10

4. What conservation laws were apparently being violated in the observed continuous 8
spectrum? How did it help Pauli in predicting the nature of the new particle? 3+2=5

What are the basic assumptions of Gamow’s theory of alpha decay? Discuss the Geiger-
Nuttal law and draw the graphs obtained for different radioactive series in accordance
with this law. 4+6=10

5. What are direct and compound-nucleus reactions? Give three main differences between
direct and compound-nucleus reactions. 24+3=5

What is the working principle of a linear accelerator? What would be the length of
the 7" drift tube in a linear accelerator operating at frequency ‘f’ and employed to
accelerate ions having charge ‘q’ and mass ‘m’? 2+8=10

6. What are muons? Show that muons’ decay conserves the lepton number.
2+3=5

Describe the principle and working of an ionization chamber. The charged particles, of
energy 4.18 MeV, are completely stopped in an ionization chamber. Calculate the
number of ion pairs formed and the pulse voltage, given that the energy required to
produce one ion pair is 35 eV and the capacitance of the chamber is 25 pF.
6+2+2=10

PHYSICAL CONSTANTS

mp =1.007825 u mn = 1.008665 u

Me = 0.00055 lamu = 1.66 x 10°” kg
Ro = 1.2 fm €0 = 8.85X 10" F/m
h =66X10" Js c=3X10 m/s

TeV =1.6x 101° J


Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration

Maximum Marks

Instructions for Candidates
—atons tor Candidates

FIDS oifo1/ 9035

2223010013
Astronomy and Astrophysics (DSE Paper)
B.Sc. Hons.-(Physics) NEP: UGCF-2022
V

3 hours

90

1. Write your Roll on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all].
3. Question No. | is compulsory.

4. Use of non-programmable scientific calculators is allowed.

1. Attempt any six of the following:

(a) Show the location of the
coordinate system. What are

(b) Draw the night tracks of stars for

Sun on Winter Solstice (Dec 21-22) ina diagram of equatorial
Sun’s declination and Tight ascension on this day? —

an observer at Equator. Show the track of the Sun on

Summer solstice for this observer, and locate the position of the sunrise and sunset on her

horizon.

(c) If the minimum measurable

parallax angle for a certain instrument is 10 arcseconds, what
ich the instrument can measure an object’s parallax if (a) the

is the maximum distance at wh
diameter about 12,500 km and (b) the baseline is diameter of

baseline is equal to the Earth’s

the Earth’s orbit.

(4) The brightest stars are around 105 times brighter than the

Sun. If the apparent magnitude of

these bright stars in a galaxy is 22.5, how far away is the galaxy?

(¢) The apparent diameter of the Sun is 32’ (arc

-minutes) and the flux of solar radiation

received on the Earth is 1370 W/m2. What is the flux density at the surface of the Sun?

(f) Determine the value of a in the densi

ty profile (p(r) « r*) for a spherically symmetric

mass distribution in a flat rotation cnrve,


(8) Given that a globular cluster is 14 Gyr old, what is the upper limit on the Hubble Constant
in units of kms~*Mpc~", assuming that the rate of expansion of the Universe has Temained
Constant?

2. a) Define the elements and coordinate angles of the horizon coordinate system, Draw a diagram
showing the horizon coordinate system of an observer located at Delhi (30° N)

(b) Show the hour angle of a star X on the local equatorial coordinate system of an observer at
latitude $. The local sidereal time (LST) is defined as the hour angie of the vernal equinox. Prove that
for a star X, HAX = LST —RAX, where HAX is the hour angle of X and RAX is its right ascension,

(c) What are Circumpolar stars? A Star has declination 5= 40°, [fit is viewed from a point on the Arctic
Circle (66.7°N) what are its maximum and minimum zenith distances?

(6,8,4)

3. (a) The shadow of a 2 m tall Pole at a place is 1 m on the noon of winter solstice, when the
Sun is at its highest Point in the sky. What is the latitude of the place?

(b) Discuss the Classification of stars based on their temperature and luminosity. Draw the
main Sequence, red giant and Super giant branches on an HR-diagram. Why are He lines
Prominent in O type stars and absent in K type stars?

(c) Draw the cosmic distance ladder. What are type Ia supernovae and how are they used to
estimate astronomical distances?

parallax of 0.38” (arcsec). The largest parallax of the separation between the two components is
12”, and the minimum is 3”. What is the semi-major axis and eccentricity of the relative orbit? The
orbital period is found to be 50 years. What is the total mass of the system? If the Semi-major axis
of the obit of Sirius B is double of that of Sirius B, find values of their individual masses.

(b) Discuss the different observational Properties of visual, spectroscopic and eclipsing binary star
systems. How do these properties help determine stellar masses and radii? Why is the number of
visual and eclipsing binaries observed very small compared to Spectroscopic binaries?

(b) Suppose the sun swells to 200 times its present radius while its surface temperature becomes
half. Calculate its luminosity in terms of its present luminosity.

(8, 6, 4)

5. (a) Show that the magnetic flux is frozen with the hot plasma of large bodies like stars. How
does this explain the very high temperature of the Sun’s Corona relative to lower layers of its

atmosphere,

Page 2 of 3


(b) Discuss the internal structure of the Sun, with respect to energy generation and transmission
What is the evidence that convection is the chief form of energy transport below its surface?

(c) Give a description of the following with respect to their main properties like size, density,
temperature, and the properties of radiation emitted.

(i) photosphere (ii) sun spots (iii) chromosphere , and (iv) Corona.

(10,4,4)

6. (a) Explain the meaning of scale factor R(t) as defined in cosmology. Starting from
Newtonian cosmology, derive the Friedmann equation in terms of scale factor. Show that for a
flat universe, the scale factor evolves with time (t) as R(t) « ¢2/8,

(b) Explain any one indirect evidence which supports the existence of dark matter in our
universe.

(c) A globular cluster contains 100,000 stars of 1Mo each within a radius of 20 pc. Use virial
theorem to estimate the average velocity of stars assuming that the average distance between
them equals the radius of the cluster. (10, 4, 4)

Useful Constants

G = 6.67 x 10"! mikg"s2
kg= 1.38 x 103K"!

o= 5.67 x 10° Wm?K~+
Mg = 1.99 x 10° kg

Ro = 6.96 x 108m

AU =1.50 x 10" m

Page 3 of 3

Roll. NO. ......202seeeseeeesees
Name of the Course» — bg » B.Sc. Hons.—(Physics)- CBCS_Core
Semester oy VI - Semester
Name of Paper : Electromagnetic Theory
Unique Paper Code : 32221601
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks’ : 75
Instructions for Candidates:

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper)
Question No.1 is compulsory. Answer any four of the remaining six.
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

Ql. Attempt any five parts of this question -
(Sx3=15)

(a) The E-field in free space F = 50cos (108ttkx) j. “Find the direction of propagation, the
magnitude of propagation vector and time it takes to travel a distance 2/2.
(b) If the frequency of a plane EM wave is 8x10? Hz and it propagates through a non-
magnetic conductor with conductivity o=5.8*10" S/m, find the skin depth of the conductor.
(c) A sugar solution in a tube of length 20 cm produces optical rotation of 13°. The solution is
diluted to 1/3 of its previous concentration. Find optical rotation produced by 30 cm long tube
containing the diluted solution.

() In a material for which o = 5.0 mho/m, €, = 1 and [E| = 250 sin10t (W/m). Find J, and Jg
and frequency at which they have equal magnitude. —

(e) Derive the equation of continuity using Maxwell's equations.

(f) For the glass-air interface calculate Reflection and Transmission coefficients (for normal
incidence at interface between two linear dielectric media). Given Nair = 1, Ngiass = 1.5.

Q2. (a). State and establish the Poynting theorem for conservation of energy for
electromagnetic fields. Explain the physical significance of each term in the equation.
. (10)

(b) In a non-magnetic medium E =4sin (2n x 10’t — 0.8x) 4,V/m. Find the (i) velocity of
propagation of EM waves through this medium, (ii) €, , (iii) intrinsic impedance n and (iv)
the average power carried by EM wave. (Take H= 1)
(5)

Q3. (a) Derive Fresnel's relations for reflection and refraction of plane EM waves at an
interface between two dielectric media when the electric field vector of the incident wave is
perpendicular to the plane of incidence.
(10) .

(b) The average density of electrons in an ionosphere is 9 x 10°/m*. Calculate the plasma
frequency and the phase velocity of the plane EM wave of frequency 200 MHz propagating

through the ionosphere. (5)

Q4. (a) A plane EM wave propagating in a conducting medium is characterized by the
parameters €, 1 and o. Show that the propagation constant is complex in this case. Discuss
the propagation of EM waves in a good and bad conductor. Here €, and o are respectively


os vity, permeability and conductivity of the medium.
pens me ae coefficient (for normal incidence) for light at an Air to Silver
at op uency w = 4 x 10° rad/s. [ given Wy = H2 = =

og =6 x.10’(2.m)~*]. Levent Be to

(5)

QS. (a) Show that in an anisotropic dielectric medium Electric field, Magnetic field and the
Poynting vector on one hand and the Electric displacement, the Magnetic field and the wave
normal on the other hand form orthogonal triplets. (10)
(b) Find out the thickness of a Calcite QWP (Quarter Wave Plate) having its optic axis
Parallel to the surface so that it can introduce a phase difference of m/2 between ordinary and

extra-ordinary components at wavelength Ay = 5893A°. (given Mo = 1.65836, Ne = 1.48641).
(5)

Q6. (a) Starting from Maxwell’s equations derive the wave equations for propagation of an
electromagnetic wave in an inhomogeneous non-magnetic medium. Solve the appropriate wave
equation for the TE modes in a step index symmetric planar dielectric wave guide. (10
(b) For a typical step-index (multimode) fiber with n, = 1.45 and A=0.01. Find the

. 2 n.2
numerical aperture (NA) of the optical fiber. (Here A is a parameter given by A= _ e

. 1

with n2 <n, and m1, Nz being the refractive index of core and cladding respectively).

(5)
Q. 7(a) State Biot’s laws for rotatory polarization. Using the Fresnel’s theory of optical rotation,
obtain the formula for the angle of rotation of plane of vibration. (7)
(b) A beam of light is passed through a polarizer. If the polarizer is rotated with the beam as
an axis, the intensity I of the emergent beam does not vary. What are the possible states of
polarization of the incident beam? How to ascertain its state of polarization with the help of
the given polarizer and a quarter wave plate?
(3)
(c) Discuss the State of Polarization (SOP) when the x and y components of the Electric
fields are given by the following equations.
(i) E, = Ep cos(wt + kz)

Ey = C) cos(wt + kz + JI)
(ii) Ex = Eo sin(wt + kz)

Ey = Ey cos(wt + kz) (5)

Value of Constants: ——
éy =8.85 010° farad/m = 5-— farad/m
{yp = 410 0 107” henry/m

no = 120% =377

Mass of electron = 9.11 5 10731Kg

C=3 0 10° m/s


Sr. No. of Questid ‘Paper wel’ Set B

Unique Paper Code : 32221602

Name of the Paper : Statistical Mechanics

Name of the Course : B. Sc. (Hons) Physics (CBCS-LOCF)

Semester VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates:

1
2.
3.
4
5

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
Attempt five questions in all.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.

Non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

Attempt all parts. (5 x 3=15)

(a) Electromagnetic radiation inside a cavity of volume V is in equilibrium at temper-
ature T. If the temperature of the cavity is halved, by what factor does the pressure
change? 7

(b) Draw the phase trajectory in phase space for a free particle (mass m) moving
with energy E along x-axis in the range [0, L]. Find the total number of micro-
states available to it.

(c) | Asystem has two non-degenerate energy levels having energy gap of 0.1 eV. If
the probability that the system is in the higher level is 0.25, determine its
temperature.

(d) _ Partition function of a single particle is Zs. Write the partition function of a system
of N such particles if these particles are
(i) classical (identical and distinguishable)

(ii) classical (identical and indistinguishable)
(e) What is the difference between a degenerate gas and a degenerate energy level?
(a) The partition function of a system is given by the equation

Z= etl

where b is some constant. Prove that

(i) — meanenergy, E = 3bVk,T*

(ii) | mean pressure, P = bk, T*

(iii) entropy, S = 4bV k,T° (4, 4, 4)

(b)

The thermodynamic probability of an ideal gas increases from e!° to e!,

1


(a)

(b)

(a)

(b)

(a)

(b)

(a)

Find the change in entropy. (3)

Partition function of classical ideal monoatomic gas consisting of N indistinguish-
able particles at fixed temperature T in volume V is given as:

N 3N/2
Z(N,V,T) = (ee)

Derive the Sackur-Tetrode equation and hence show that the entropy given by the
Sackur-Tetrode equation is an extensive parameter. (6, 2)

State and derive the principle of equipartition of energy using statistical method.
Mention its two limitations. (5, 2)

Show that at transition temperature (T'= T, ), pressure of an ideal quantum gas

consisting of N particles of spin zero moving non-relativistically in 3-dimensions
is given by
Pq) = 0513 4h (10)

Consider a blackbody radiation inside a cavity maintained at absolute temperature
T. Determine the number of photons per unit volume inside this cavity. (5)

Show that at absolute zero, the pressure of a non-relativistic gas of electrons is
N

Dr= : (=) €p. Find the pressure of the free electron gas in MKS units in a
monovalent metal which has number density of free electrons 6 x 1028m73 and

At T= 0K, maximum energy of fermions (spin = 1/2) is €, (0) and the speed of
randomly selected fermion is v. For non-relativistic case, prove that

Ova = f Re

(i) “am = ‘ (5, 3)
Vins 3
The entropy of a blackbody radiation is given as

S=20V" EM; o is aconstant

Show that the temperature of the radiation is given by


(b)
(c)

1/4
T= +z)
o\VV

(3)

Write Planck's law of blackbody radiation in terms of frequency and hence deduce

Stefan-Boltzmann law.

(2, 5)

A spherical blackbody of radius 5 cm is maintained at temperature 327°C. Calculate
the power radiated and the wavelength at which the maximum energy is radiated?

(3, 2)

In a hypothetical system, 4 particles are distributed over 4 degenerate energy levels
(0, €, 2€, 3€) such that the total energy of the system is 3¢. Degeneracies of these
energy levels are respectively (5, 4, 3, 2). Find all the possible macrostates and their
corresponding microstates if particles are

(a)
(b)
(c)

classical (identical and Gisringuichable)
bosons
fermions

Some useful constants and integrals:

c =3x 108 ms!

m, =9.11 x 107! kg,

b = 2898 um K,

o =5.67 x 10° Jm?s"K~,

h = 6.626 x 10 Js =4.136 x 10°" eVs,
k, = 1.38 x 10 J/K = 8.617 x 10° eV/K, ©

wel
0

- ee =T(n) £2; f,(2) = g,(2)-[2'"g, (29)

4 (z" e*)+

¢(3/2) =2.612, £(5/2) = 1.341, fi2(1) = 0.765,

2 4 1) _

(5, 5, 5)


Sr. No. of Question Paper Let! Roll No. (alls! ane Ky

Unique Paper Code: 32227612 wor a _

Name ofthe Paper —: Nano Materials and Applications { > *

Name ofthe Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Physics-CBCS-DSE-II }

Semester : VI - Semester

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75
Instructions for candidates

Write your Roll. No. immediately on receipt of this question paper.

Attempt any five questions in all.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.
Symbols have their usual meanings.

1. Attempt any five questions: (3x5=15)
(a) Based on quantum confinement, classify the nanostructures and give one example

for each.

(b) Draw and differentiate clearly the powder XRD patterns of a single crystalline,
polycrystalline and amorphous material.

(c) Why is electron microscopy used to analyze nanomaterials rather than optical
microscopes?

(d) Write down the differences between PVD and CVD techniques.
(e) What do you mean by quasi-particles? Give three examples.
(f) What are carbon nanotubes? What are its various types?

(g) Explain the process of Ball-milling for nanomaterial synthesis.

Q2. (i) What is Quantum confinement effect?



(ii) Describe the density of states (DOS) function for 3D, 2D, 1D and OD materials with
suitable diagrams and discuss characteristics features of each of them.

(iii) Consider a particle of mass 10° kg trapped in an infinitely deep potential well of width
0.5 nm. Find the value of the (a) wave number k in the ground state (b) How many states
are there having value of k between 10 nm” and 100 nm! (c) What is the density of states
at E = 3eV? (2+10+3)

Q3. (i) Explain the difference between optical and electronic band gaps with suitable diagrams?
(ii) Differentiate between the direct and indirect semiconductors with appropriate diagrams.
(iii) Discuss the phenomenon of absorption, emission and luminescence in a nanostructured

material. (3+3+9)

Q4. (i) Describe the construction and working of single electron transistor (SET).
(ii) What are the conditions for observing the coulomb blockade and coulomb oscillations

in such a device?
(iii) For a nanocapacitor of area 3x3 nm? with an electrode separation of 2 nm and a tunnel

resistance of 100 KQ, calculate the quantum uncertainty in energy for electrons. (10+2+3)

QS. (i) Explain the working of scanning tunneling microscopy (STM) Using the formula for
the tunneling current between probe and the sample.
(ii) What type of sample can be studied using scanning tunneling microscopy?

(iii) Discuss constant current and constant height mode of sample imaging using STM.
(10+2+3)

Q6. (i) Discuss the structure and working of a thin film based Solar cell.
(ii) Draw the IV characteristics of a Solar cell under different intensity of illumination.
(iii) How does the efficiency of a solar cell can be enhanced using quantum dots?
(iv) Discuss the principle of magnetic and optical data storage / memory devices.
(8+24+2+3)


S. No. of Question Paper
Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester —

Duration: 3 Hours

Instructions for Candidates

Your Roll No (7d) CA

: 32227625
: Advanced Mathematical Physics II (DSE)
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics

: VI

Maximum Marks: 75

e Attempt five questions in all including Q. No. 1 which is compulsory.

e Non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

1. Attempt all parts:

(3 x 5)

(a) Write Euler-Lagrange’s equation for a function, f(x, y, y’) and hence prove that for the
function f = f(y, y’) this equation becomes

OF tant
f Y 9, = cons n

(b) Prove the following Poisson brackets

[Lx Py] = p, and [L. , Ly] =L,

where L,,L and L, are the components of angular momentum and py and p, are the

components of linear momentum.

(c) If (b) is acyclic group of order 15, find the orders of the elements b?, b? and b°.

(d) Find the center of group G = {0, 1, 2, 3} with the binary operation of addition modulo

4.

(e) A fair coin is tossed 7 times. Find the probability of obtaining 3 and 5 heads inclusive

by using Binomial distribution.

(a) Using Euler-Lagrange equation, determine the extremal of the functional


7 fa +y” h ,_ dy
Fo.y'x) = | —— dx where y' ==
0
subjected to the conditions y(1) = 0 and y(2) = 1. (7)

(b) Determine the Lagrangian for a charge particle q of mass m moving under the influence
of a Coulombic Force given by

~_4
A4nmegr?

Also find the equations of motion. (8)

3.
(a) The Lagrangian of a system is given by ’

m k
= > (ax? + 2bxy + cy?) — 3 (ax? + 2bxy + cy?)

where x = = = = and a, b,c and k are constants and m is the mass of the system.

Determine the Generalized momenta, Hamiltonian of the system using Legendre

transformation and equations of motion using Hamiltonian approach. (7)
(b) Show that the path followed by a particle in a vertical plane in sliding from one point

to another in the absence of friction in the shortest time is a cycloid. (8)

4.
(a) Let D = S3 be the group of permutations of 3 elements, that is

D = {(1), (12), (13), (23), (123), (132)}
Show that the cyclic subgroup of S3 generated by (12) is not normal in S3. (7)

(b) Show that the set of symmetry operations of an equilateral triangle form a dihedral
group D3. (8)

5.
(a) Show that the general form of the elements of SO(2) group with respect to matrix
multiplication is given by:


6

sa

such that a? + b? = 1. (7)

(b) Consider the set G = {/, A, B} of matrices given below. Does the set form a group with
respect to matrix multiplication?

t= h4=fo Sbe-h ol

If not, add a minimum no of elements to make it a group.
Determine whether the group G formed is isomorphic to the group
U:{1, —1, i, -1} with respect to multiplication. (8)

(a) If X is a Poisson distributed random variable, then find its mean and variance. (7)

(b) Find the best values of a and b so that y = ax? fit the following data set (8)

leis]? [eis ele
telsyeiey ts yet

(a) If X is a random variable such that

E[(X — 1)?] = 10 and E[(X — 2)*] = 6
Find E(X) and Var(X). (7)

(b) Bag I contains 3 red and 4 black balls and Bag II contains 4 red and 5 black balls. One
ball is transferred from Bag I to Bag II and then a ball is drawn from Bag II.

i. The ball so drawn is found to be red in colour. Find the probability that the

transferred ball is black.
ii. Find the probability that drawn ball is black. (8)


[This question paper contains .... printed pages] ; (3H) ? : h

Your Roll No. .......cccclecsssecessscesseseteseees
S.No. of Question Paper : | . | Gi : | 2.
Unique Paper Code 32227626 Wa a,
Name of the Course : B. Sc. (Hons) Physics CBCS-LOCF om oat 7
Semester | --? VI
Duration: 3 Hours . Masini Marks: 75

(Write your Roll No on n the top immediately on receipt of this paper. rn)
. Question No. 1 which is compulsory.
Attempt any four questions from the remaining.

Q1) Attempt all of the following _ i | = : [3x5 = 15]
a) The Lagrangian L of a particle with mass m moving in one dimension is given by :
L(x, x, t) = zm + a(52 + txt) gk?

where a and k are constants. Find the equation of motion of this particle.

b) Determine the Hamiltonian of a free particle i in (i) cylindrical coordinate © system and (ii)
spherical polar system,

c) Let A*=(9,4,6,6) be a four-vector. ‘Determine whether this four-vector is time-like,
space-like or light like vector.

d) In an inertial frame S, a cari travelling in the xy-plane with constant speed of u = 0.5¢
along a line which makes 45° with the x-axis. Find the components of its four-velocity.

e) A particle moves along ‘the x-axis under the influence of a force with potential V(x) =
2(x* — x”). Determine the positions of stable and unstable equilibria.


Q2)

a) Using Hamilton’s principle, derive the Euler-Lagrange equation for a system with N degrees
of freedom. : [8]

b) Let L3(q,q) and L2(q,q) be two Lagrangian which are related like this:

12(q,q) = 114.4 +4 =(F(@.0)] -

where q =4 and f(q, t) arbitrary function of the generalized. coordinate q and time t.

Using the Buler-Lagrangian equation, show that both these Lagrangian le leads to the
same equation of motion. _ [7]

Q3) | |
a) A simple pendulum of mass m and length L is attached to another mass M at the point of

- support. Mass M can move in a horizontal line lying in the plane in which mass-m moves.

Assume that there is no friction in the movement of mass m and M. Find the Lagrangian

and the corresponding equations of - motion. Identify cyclic coordinates and the
corresponding conserved conjugate momentum. a: [8]

b) If the Lagrangian of the system does not explicitly depend on time, then 1 prove a the
- Hamiltonian is conserved. [7]

a) Two identical simple pendulums of length J and point mass m are coupled by a massless

__ spring of constant k. The unstretched length of the spring is equal to the distance between
the two supports of the pendulums. Write. the Lagrangian of the system in appropriate
generalized coordinates. Find the normal coordinates and normal frequencies of’ small
oscillations about the equilibrium. 9 . | [8]

bA particle moying along the x -axis under the influence of force with potential V(x) = bx? +
= where a and b are positive constants, Determine the. frequency of oscillation about the

" stable equilibrium point under small oscillations. : a, [7]
a) Starting from the displacement 4-vector, determine the components of (i) 4-velocity n” and
(ii) the 4-acceleration a”. Using this determine the value of a Po and a" a,. [8]

2


Q6)

Q7)

b)

a)

b)

a)

In an inertial frame S, the space-time coordinates of event A are (t,,X,,0,0) and coordinates
of event B are (tg, Xp, 0,0). Assuming the invariant space-time iriterval between them is
space-like show that there exists an inertial frame 5 " in which the two events are simultaneous.

Find the velocity of frame S’ with respect to5. [7]

For a particle with rest mass m, how is four-moment p" defined? If u isa 3-velocity vector
of the particle, derive the components of the four-momentum p*” and prove that
E? + p*c? = m?c* where the symbols have their usual meaning. Bh
In an inertial frame S two particles with four-momentum pi, and Pa collide with each other.
After getting scattered the resulting particles have four-momentum p’, and Ps ° If the total
4-momentum is conserved in the inertial frame S, using the Lorentz transformation, show
“that it is also conserved in inertial frame 5’. Consider the frame S’ to be moving along x-
axis with respect frame S with constant velocity v. - oT

What is Reynolds number? Discuss its significance with respect to flow of fluids. Water is

observed to flow through a-capillary of diameter 1. 0 mm with a speed of 3 m/s. Viscosity of
water in CGS units is 0,018 at 0°C, 0.008.at 30°C 30°C and 0. 004 at 70°C. Calculate the
Reynolds number and test at which of these three temperatures is the flow likely to be
streamlined. Assume that for Reynolds number R < 2200 flow is steady. [8]

b)

Derive the continuity equation in 3-dimensions for incompressible fluid. [7]



ey

Sr. No. of Question Paper ; I oY)

Unique Paper Code : 32227626

Name of Paper : Classical Dynamics

Name of Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics-DSE(repeat paper)
Semester : VI ff ‘¢ \

Duration: 3 Hours te Li rt a Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates
a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper

b) Attempt five questions in all including question 1 which is compulsory.

1. Attempt any five of the following. (3x5=15)

(a) A particle is constrained to move inside a sphere. Explain whether the constraints on
motion is holonomic or non-holonomic.

(b) What is equilibrium state of a system? Describe the stable and unstable equilibrium of
a system |

(c) What is length contraction? How fast would a rocket have to go relative to an observer
for its length to be contracted to 99% of its length at rest?

(d) Show that the time rate of change of the fluid mass inside a fixed volume V is equal
(opposite in sign) to the mass of the fluid flowing out of the volume V across the
bounding surfaces,

(¢) Define cyclic coordinate and show that generalized momentum conjugate to a cyclic

coordinate is conserved.

(f) Differentiate between laminar flow, streamline flow and turbulent flow in terms of

Reynolds number.


(g) Starting from the position 4-vector, ¥ =(c 1+, 7) prove that 4-velocity is given by

s\7lV2
7 =ydc, i); 7, [1-4]

(a) State Hamilton’s principle. Derive Lagrange’s equation of motion for a conservative

system using the Hamilton’s principle (8)

(b) Two equal masses ‘m’ are connected by springs having equal spring constant k, so
that the masses are free to slide on a frictionless table. The ends of springs are attached

with the fixed walls. Using the Lagrangian formalism, write the equations of motion

for the vibrating masses.

(7)

(a) Define normal modes of vibration and normal coordinates. For a system of parallel
pendulum, find the normal frequencies of vibration and normal coordinates at the
vicinity of point of stable equilibrium. (10)
(b) Derive the Hamilton’s equation of motion for a particle moving under the influence

of a central force F= -k/r, for k > 0. (3)
(a) Calculate the gyro-radius, gyro-frequency and velocity of a negatively charged
particle *-q’ of mass ‘m’ in a uniform electric field F = Ey and uniform magnetic field

B = BoZ, which are perpendicular to each other, with proper diagram showing the

trajectory of the particle. (8)

(b) Define Reynold’s number along with the signiticances of dynamic viscosity and
kinematic viscosity. In a certain situation, the Reynolds number is 3000, the pipe
diameter is 10 mm, and the kinematic viscosity of water is 1.01 x 1076 m/s,

Calculate the mean velocity of water flow in the pipe. (7)


(a) Derive Hamilton’s canonical equations of motion? A particle moves in the XY plane
under the influence of a central force depending only on its distance from the origin.

Write the Hamiltonian for the system and write Hamilton’s equation of motion. (8)

(b) Considering steady flow of an incompressible viscous fluid in an axially symmetric
pipe of radius ‘r’, find the volume flow rate of the fluid through the pipe. Two capillary
tubes A and B of equal length are arranged in parallel. A liquid flows through these
tubes under the same pressure. Both the tubes have the radius ‘r’ and ‘1/2’ respectively.
If the rate of flow of the liquid through A is 10 cm?/s then calculate the total rate of

flow though their parallel combination. (7)

(a) Show that Lagrange’s equations are invariant when
(i) a constant is added to the Lagrangian e.g. (L—L+C)
(ii) a constant is multiplied to the Lagrangian (LC L) (5)

(b) Obtain the most general form of the equations of motion of a viscous fluid and

hence write the Navier-Stokes equation. (10)

(a) Two photons (each with energy £) collide at an angle @ and create a particle of rest

mass m,. Using 4-vectors or otherwise, show that

mM = - 2(1 — cos@) (7)

Q

(b) Show that 4-vector scalar product x,x and xx! "are Lorentz invariant and
further prove that the velocity of a particle of zero rest mass is always equal to the

velocity of light (8)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. | Gi yw

Your Roll No.............+
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5577 J
Unique Paper Code > 2222013603 ;
Name of the Paper : Statistical Analysis in Physics
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Physics fe 2
Semester : VI “New
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

2. Attempt four questions in all.

3. Question Number 1 is compulsory.

Non-programmable calculators are allowed. Use of statistical tables are allowed.

1. Attempt any five of the following: (3x5=15)

(a) What do we mean by Cumulative Distribution Function (CDF)? Mention a
few properties of a CDF. How can we get CDF from

a given probability
density function?

(b) A particular study showed that 12 % of men will likely develop prostate

cancer at some point in their lives. A man with prostate cancer has a 95%
chance of a positive test result from a medical screening exam. A man without
Prostate cancer has a 6% chance of getting a false positive test result. What

is the probability that a man has cancer

‘o given that he has a positive test
result?

P.T.O.



$577

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

2. (a)

(b)

2

State central limit theorem. Give an example of one distribution for which we
cannot use this theorem.

Suppose we have a 6-sided white dice and a 4-sided black dice. Each dice
is fair. If X and Y are the outcomes of white and black dice respectively.
Assuming each dice is fair, find the covariance of X and Y.

What do you mean by joint probability distribution? Consider X and Y be

two jointly continuous random variables with joint probability density function
given by

fryGy)=xt+Cy? O<x<s10<sy<1
=0 otherwise
Find P[0 <x < 1/2, 0<y< 1/2},

What does conjugate priors mean? If you are using bayesian linear regression
to estimate the parameters and the distribution of the likelihood is binomial,

what should be the conjugate prior (write expression also) so that the posterior
is normalized?

State and derive Bayes theorem. Discuss at least two advantages of using

Bayes theorem for the parameter estimation. What does the denominator in
Bayes theorem represent? (7)

A coin has an unknown bias 6, representing the probability of landing heads.

If our prior belief is that © Beta(2, 2) and we toss the coin 5 times and
observe 4 heads and | tail.

(a) Determine the posterior distribution of @ given this data.
(b) Compute the posterior mean.

(c) Compute the MAP estimate of 0. (8)


(b)

4. (a)

(b)

(a)

3
Derive posterior mean for Gaussian likelihood with known variance and
Gaussian prior. (7)
Normally distributed IQ scores have a mean of 100 and standard deviation

of 15. Use the standard z-table to answer the following questions.

(i) What is the probability of randomly selecting someone with an IQ
score less than 80?

(ii) What is the probability of randomly selecting someone having IQ
between 95 and 100?

(ui) What IQ score corresponds to the 90th percentile?
(iv) The middle 30% of the IQs fall between what two values? (8)

What do you mean by point estimation? State the properties that a good
point estimate should have. Write two different methods that can be used for
the point estimation. (7)

Suppose we have a factory which makes diodes. The diodes have a lifetime
which is modelled by an exponential distribution with parameter 4. Suppose
we check 5 diodes and find that their lifetimes are 2,3,1,3 and 4 years.
What is the maximum likelihood estimate for 2.

(Exponential distribution: f(x|A) = Ae~**). (8)

What do you understand by the term “Bayes Factor’? At the ITO intersection,
vehicles pass through at an average rate of 600 per hour.

(i) Find the probability that none passes in a given minute.

(ii) What is the expected number passing in 5 minutes? (7)

P.T.O.


$877

(b)

(b)

Consider a crime scene. The police find that there are two different types
of blood on the crime scene left by the criminals- one is type O and other
type AB. We know that in the population, type O is found in 60% of the
population and type AB in 1% of the population. The police arrest two
people R and S. R has a blood group O. Does the data, that is two types
O and AB are found on the scene, support the hypothesis that R is one of
the criminals? (8)

What do we mean by Bayesian linear regression? Discuss (in brief) the
significance of using conjugate priors while estimating the posterior density
function of the parameter. (7)

In a bayesian linear regression, the prior (8) follows the normal distribution
with mean 0 and standard deviation 1. If the data is as follows: (Assume
variance =1)

x 2 4 6 8
y 4 16 36 64
Compute the posterior distribution of the 0. (8)

(1700)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. | V2 ,
Your Roll Nou...../.........
J

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5557

Unique Paper Code : 2222013602

Name of the Paper : DSC Atomic, Molecular and Nuclear Physics
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics, NEP: UGCF-2022
Semester : VI re AN CO? 2

Duration : 3 Hours is . ‘{ “\ Maximum Marks : 90

oJ
Instructions for Candidates o/

vy VY

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
2. Attempt FIVE questions in all

3, Question No. 1 is compulsory

4. Attempt four questions from the rest of the paper

5. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

1. Attempt any six questions from the following: (6 x 3 = 18)

a) Briefly explain the modes of relaxation of an excited atomic state.
b) The effective potential (in arbitrary units) when solving a one-electron

atom problem is

2 I(t + 1)
Vert) = —2 +a

Plot Vier Vs r for hydrogen atom for /=0 and /= 1.

c) What is the consequence of breaking of the Born-Oppenheimer

approximation on the ro-vibrational spectrum of a diatomic molecule?

P.T.O.


2

Show that the Darwin term results ina shift of 0.7305 em ' for Si state in
H atom. Given | eV © 8005.54 env: a2 > (1/137)? ©1/18769, Rydberg

constant © 1.097 x 10° env!,

t)

2)

c)

b)
c)

DitYerentiate between a and mw bonds.
State the Geiger-Nuttal law and represent it graphically.
What conclusions can be drawn from Weisskopf estimates about transition

probabilities in terms of multipole order and the type of radiation?

Calculate the change in energy due to spin orbit interaction responsible for
the fine structure of hydrogenic atoms,

The D, line of Sodium is due to the transition ?P)2 9 S12. Draw and discuss
the shifts in the spectral line caused by a strong magnetic field. What is the
name of this effect?

For the hydrogen atom at the 7 = 2 energy level, demonstrate that the spin-

orbit interaction causes no energy shift for S12 state. (9+6+3)

State the differences between the spectra of rigid rotator and non-rigid
rotator, Support with a diagram,

What are the dipole selection rules for one-electron atoms?

A free neutron decays into a proton by the emission of # particles of
maximum kinetic energy 0,782 MeV. Find the mass of proton and hydrogen
atom. Given the rest mass of electron = 0,0005486 u, rest mass of neutron =

1.008665 u, (6+6+6)


5557

4. a)

b)

c)

5.a)

b)

Derive the following expression for the wave number for energy level(s)
(cmv') in case of Raman spectra 9 = (9g + B(4J + 6) ) cm! where # and
9q are the wave numbers of energy levels of Raman Spectra and the exciting

lines respectively, B is the rotational constant and J is the rotational quantum

number. What do the positive and negative signs in the above equation, refer
to?

The first rotational absorption of '7C!°O occurs at 3.84235 cm while that
of 3C!S0 is at 3.67337 cm". Find the atomic weight of '°C. Given mass of
'°O =16.00 u and mass of C = 12.00 u.

State the Franck-Condon principle. Draw electronic transitions illustrating

the principle. (9+6+3)

A radioactive substance A with decay constant A, transforms into another
radioactive substance B with decay constant Ag which further decays into
a stable end- product C (A — B — C). Assume at ¢ = 0 only substance A
with Nyo atoms is present. The number of atoms of substances A and B
present at any instant ¢ are N,(i) and Nop(t) respectively. Discuss the
equilibrium conditions for (i) longer lived parent nucleus compared to the
daughter nucleus (ii) longer lived daughter nucleus than the parent nucleus.
In each case represent graphically the variation of activity with time.

Using the nuclear Shell model, explain how does the spin orbit interaction
explain the existence of magic number 28. Why are the low-lying excited
states assigned (1/2)* and (1/2)? (6+12)

P.T.O.


$557 4

6.4) Explain the fine structure splitting of spectral lines in H-atom due to the
transition from the first excited state to the ground state. Identify the
allowed transitions according to the selection rules. Why does each line
from the first excited state to the ground state, split into a doublet in the
fine structure of the hydrogen atom?

b) Show that the laws of conservation of energy and angular momentum are

not violated if. neutrino or an anti-neutrino is emitted in beta decay.

c) Explain the origin of P and R branches in the vibration rotation spectra of
diatomic molecules. (6+6+6)

Useful information:

(1/r) =

~ .(-)= a (+) = a
m2ag ? 2! (I43)n3aq? ” 7?) 1(145)(L+1) 3.493

p is the Bohr radius

Z is the nuclear charge, ! is the orbital quantum number

n is the principal quantum number

(2000)


OuE hr

[This question paper contains 2 printed pages. |

Your Roll NO......cccceeee
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5650 Soy eis J
Unique Paper Code > 2223010022 f oS
Name of the Paper : Microprocessor Ny we
Name of the Course : B.Sc. Hons. - (Physics) NEP: UGCF-2022
Semester : VI
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
2. Attempt four questions in all, including Question No. 1 which is compulsory.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

1. Attempt oF five questions: (5x3=15)
(a) Explain the function of the following registers in a 8085pP
(i) Program counter
(ii) Stack pointer
(iii) Accumulator.

(b) How EPROM and EEPROM differ in the erasing process of the stored
content?

(c) What is the use of the following pins: RESET, HOLD and READY?

P.T.O.


5650

(d)

(c)

(f)

(b)

3. (a)

(b)

4. (a)

(b)

5. (a)

2

Explain the instruction XRA A? Specify the status of zero and carry flags
after the execution of this instruction.

What is an interrupt? List them in order of priority.

The memory address of the last location of 1K bytes of memory chip is
given as FFOO H. Calculate the starting address.

Draw the logic pin out diagram of 8085 microprocessor wherein all the
different signals are depicted and classified in different groups.

Write an assembly language program to exchange the contents of memory
location 2020 H and 2021 H. (7, 8)

Write an assembly language programs to add six 8-bit numbers (stored at
memory location 2000H to 2005H). The sum is to be stored in the memory
locations 2006H and the carry in 2007H (if any).

A microprocessor with 16-address lines uses 4K bytes RAM chip. How
many chips would be needed for total of 24 Kbytes RAM. Write the address
ranges for each chip. (10, 5)

Explain the function of the ALE and IO/M signals of the 8085
microprocessor. Explain the need to demultiplex the bus AD, — AD,.

Write an assembly language program to add list of 10 numbers available at
memory location 2051 to 205A (8, 7)

Describe the steps and timing of data flow when the instruction code 0100
01111 (4FH — MOV C, A), stored in location 2005 H, is being fetched.

(b) Write an assembly language program to add two 16-bit numbers:

(i) (02A1) H and
(ii) (0361) H

Add these two numbers using DAD and without using DAD instructions. (10, 5)

(500)



[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

Sr. No. of Question Paper

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Instructions for Candidates

e \' ~Nour | a Ce

5651

2223010023

Research Methodology

B.Sc. Hons.-(Physics) NEP: UGCF-2022
VI- Semester (DSE Paper)

Maximum Marks : 90

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

2. QI is compulsory. Answer any SIX parts from Q1 and FIVE questions in ALL.

3. Use of a non-programmable calculator is allowed.

4. Attempt all the parts of questions together.

5. Z-and T- tables are permitted.

1. Attempt any six parts of the following: (3x6=18)

(a) Explain three types of biases that may occur in research.

(b) Discuss any two methods of data collection for qualitative research highlighting

one of their merits.

(c) What is Source-Normalized Impact Per Paper (

SNIP)? If SNIP is A/B,

explain the terms A and B.

PTO.


No

(t)

(a)

(b)

2

Name any two databases used in Physics/Astrophysics and also mention one

of their capabilities.

What is gnuplot? Write a code to plot sin(x) between -5 and 5. Include a

title as “Fig.1” with font size 20.

A person wishes to apply for a patent. Mention any three prerequisites
which should be considered before filing a patent application.

Discuss any fellowship scheme for students by the Council of Scientific &
Industrial Research. What is its eligibility criterion and mention one benefit
it provides?

What is the purpose of a literature review? Smita does not know how to
conduct a literature review. Give three reasons why she should conduct a
literature review for her research. (4)

You are given the following dataset taken during an experiment in their usual

units.

(i) Compute the sample means x¥ andy

(ii) Use the least square fitting (for linear regression) formulas to compute

B, and B,

B _LOi- %) O- _Y)
~~ L(x — x)?

Bo =V¥—- Bix


nn
mn

(c)

(a)

(b)

(c)

(a)

3

(iii) Write the final linear regression equation.

(iv) The instrument should have a reading (0,0). How can this data be used
to indicate that the instrument was not set properly and needed
calibration? (8)

What are the important requirements for using the Z-test? Use the Z-test for
the following data. A school wants to compare the average test scores of
male and female students:

Male: ni = 50, Mean, X, = 78 ; Standard Deviation, o, = 10;

Female: nz = 50, Mean, X, = 74 ; Standard Deviation, oz = 9. Show that we
fail to reject the null hypothesis at the 1% significance level. (6)

What are the key features of a good research problem? (5)

Consider the function: f(@) = (@ — 4)’. . Use the gradient descent method
to minimise this function starting from an initial value of 9, = Q.. Using a
learning rate of B = 0,1, perform two iterations to obtain the updated values
of'g using the rule: SOn4) = 6, -B-Vf(@,) after computing the gradient
Vf(@). Discuss one advantage and disadvantage of this method. (7)

What is the difference between linear and multilinear regression? Explain
with the help of a mathematical expression and when are these used? (6)

A scientist is looking for a journal for the publication of their work. Below
are three journals with various parameters. Based on this data, discuss five
factors which will help to decide their choice to be a non-predatory journal.

Which journal is likely to be a predatory journal in this list? (6)

P.T.O.


APC
(Dollars)

Peer Review
Time

Indexing

Journal Impact Editorial
Factor Board
Information
Xx 3 Weeks Indexed in 2000 Not Available
reputed Calculated
database
¥ 3 Days Not Indexed | 1500 Not Not
Calculated Available
Indexed in 2500 5.2 Available
reputed
database

(b) What is the NASA/IPAC Extragalactic database (NED)? Explain the purpose
and input fields of the Coordinate Calculator in this database. (5)

(c) Explain three ways in which errors can be communicated for a published
article. Describe their differences. (7)

(a) Discuss any four features of scientific conduct. Specify two reasons why it
is needed. (6)

(b) Explain the difference between redundant and duplicate publications. What
is meant by salami slicing and why should it be discouraged? (5)

(c) Mention five different types of work which can be copyrighted. Explain the
concept of “fair use” in copyright law with the help of an example. (7)

(a) What is a trademark? Mention three different types of trademarks. What is
a symbol for a registered and unregistered trademark? (6)

(b) What is a control parameter in any experiment? Why is it needed? Explain
it with the help of any physics experiment. What are the objectives of

background setting of an experiment? (7)

(c) What is the peer-review process? Differentiate between single-blind and
double-blind peer review. (5)

(700)

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1593 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instruetions for Candidates 
4. 
25 Your Roll No202Y 
S. 
1. 
: 2222011102 
: Mechanics 
of this question paper. 
B.Sc. Hons. (Physics) 
wne your Roll No. on the ton im. 
Q. No. 1 is compulsory. 
Maximum Marks : 90 
Al Questions carry equal marks. 
on 
G 
Attempt all parts of this question. 
rece 
LIBRARY 
Naw 
Kalkaji 
Delni-
Answer any four of the remnaining five questions. 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculators are 
allowed. 
(1) A block of mass 2 kg is placed on a frictioniess 
platform and the coefficient of static friction 


1593 
between theblock and the platform is 0.6. 
The plat form is subjected to an acceleration 
a. Determine the maximum acceleration of 
the platform such that the block does not slip on 
it. 
(3) 
(ii) Find the work done in moving a particle from 
the point A(-2, 1, 3) to B(1, -2, -1) in the force field 
F-(y'z-6xz?)i+2xyz'} +(3xy'z' -6x°z)k . 
(3) 
(111) A cOSmic ray proton with energy 1020 eV crosses 
our galaxy, which has diameter of about 105 light 
years. How long does it take the proton to 
traverse the galaxy, in its own rest frame? Use 
the following : l eV = 1.6 x 10-19 J, mass of 
proton is about m, = 1.67 x 10-27 kg. 
(3) 
(iv) The centre of mass of three particles of masses 
10 gm, 20 gm and 30 gm is at (1, -2, 3). Where 
should the fourth particle of mass 40 
40 gm be 
placed so that the centre of mass of the combined 
system is at (1,1,1)? 
(3) 


1593 
2. 
3 
(v) A particle of mass 
m moves in a central force 
k 
field defined by F=-.IfE is the total energy 
r 
of the particle then find the speed of the 
particle. 
(3) 
(vi) A particle of mass 10 kg is moving in a circle of 
radius 4 m with a constant speed of 5 ms-, 
What is its angular momentum about a point on 
the axis passing through the centre of the circle 
and perpendicular to its plane, at a distance of 
3 m from its centre? 
(3) 
() Explain the principle of rocket propulsion. 
Formulate the equation of motion of a rocket 
and hence deduce an expression for the 
instantaneous velocity of the rocket that takes 
off vertically upwards from rest under the 
influence of gravity. 
(6) 
(ii) A rocket launched vertically expels mass at a 
constant rate equal to 0.05 m, kg ms, where 
m, is its initial mass. The exhaust velocity of 
the gases relative to the rocket is 5 km s-, Find 
the velocity & the height of the rocket after 
10 s. 
(6) 


1593 
3. 
4 
(iii) Determine the centre of mass of a circular plate 
of uniform thickness t and diameter 2R. If a 
circular hole of diameter R is drilled into the 
plate at its boundary, will the centre of mass of 
the remaining portion of the plate change? If 
yes, then determine the centre of mass of the 
remaining portion of the plate. 
(6) 
() 
State and derive an expression for Work-Energy 
Theorem. 
U(r)=: 
-2 
(ü) 
A commonly used potential energy function to 
describe the interaction between two atoms is 
the Lennard-Jones potential defined as 
r 
(6) 
where 
is 
the 
separation between the two atoms. Are the two 
atoms interacting with each other by a central 
force? Show that the radius at the potential 
minimum is r, and that the depth of the potential 
is &. Find the frequency of small oscillations 
about equilibrium for two identical atoms of mass 
m bound to each other by the Lennard-Jones 
interaction. 
(6) 


1593 
4. 
5 5 
(iii) A plank of length 2l and mass M lies on a 
frictionless table. A ball of mass 
m and speed 
V, strikes its end as shown in the figure. Find 
the final velocity of the ball, v, assuming that 
mechanical energy is conserved and that v, 
along the original line of motion. 
m 
Vo 
M2/ 
is 
(6) 
(i) Derive an expressions for Moment of Inertia 
of a uniform mass distribution in the form 
of a spherical shell about one of its tangential 
axis. 
(6) 
(ii) Consider a rigid body consisting of two equal 
masses m joined by a massless rod of length 2a. 
The rod is 
made to rotate about a fixed axis 
through the Centre of Mass (CM) and oriented 


1593 
5. 
6 
at angle 
with the length of the rod as shown 
in the figure. Derive an expression for the 
angular momentum J of the rod and hence show 
that j rotates with the rod always inclined at 
fixed angle relative to the rod and to the axis of 
rotation. 
m 
(iii) A bowling ball is thrown down the alley with 
speed v. Initially it slides without rolling, but 
due to friction it begins to roll. What is its speed 
when it rolls without sliding. 
(6) 
and E=-mi' + 
2 
(6) 
(i) Using the radial and tangential equation of 
motion, show that the angular momentum / and 
the energy E of a particle of mass m moving in 
a potential U(r) can be expressed as 
= mr² 
+ U(r). Hence, obtain the 
2mr2 
effective force acting on the particle. 
(6) 


1593 
6. 
7 
(1) A planet of mass m and angular momentum i 
moves in a circular orbit in a central potential 
U(r) = -krnt!, where k is a constant andr is the 
distance of the particle from the origin. Find 
the angular frequency of radial oscillations if 
the particle is slightly perturbed radially. 
Determine the value of n for which the orbit 
can be stable. 
(6) 
(111) 
A particle of mass 50 g moves under an attractive 
central force of magnitude 4r' dynes. The 
angular momentum is equal to 1000 g cm's. 
Find the effective potential energy of the particle. 
If the radius of the particle's orbit varies 
between r, and 2r, then determine r,: 
(6) 
(i) 
A frame of reference is rotating relative to an 
inertial frame with a constant angular speed O. 
Determine expressions for the Centrifugal and 
the Coriolis forces acting on a particle of mass 
m, observed to move in the rotating frame of 
reference. 
(6) 
(ii) Two particles of rest mass m, approach each 
other with equal and opposite velocity v. What 
is the total energy of one particle as measured 
in the rest frame of the other? 
(6) 


1593 
8 
(ii) Muons are unstable particles that spontaneously 
decay into an electron and two 
neutrinos. If 
the number of muons at time t= 0 is Nos the 
number at time t is given by N= N,eUr where 
T = 2.2 us is the mean lifetime of a muon in a 
frame of reference in which the muon is at rest. 
If a bunch of muons are moving at speed 0.95c, 
what is the observed mean lifetime? What 
fraction of muons remain after the bunch has 
travelled a distance of 10.0 km? 
(6) 
-t/r 


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1631 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
of this question paper. 
Your Roll 
222201 103 
: I 
Waves and Oscillations 
(DSC 3) 
allowed. 
: B.Sc. Hons. - (Physics) 
No.a.. 
G 
Write your Roll No. on the top imliately on recef#A 
Attempt any four questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Maximum Marks : 60 
LIBRARY 
Delhi 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is 
P.T.0. 


1631 
1. 
Attempt all questions. Each question carries equal 
marks. 
(a) Two particles of masses m, and m, lying on a 
smooth horizontal plane are connected by a light 
spring such that when m, is held fixed, m, oscillates 
harmonically in the line of the spring with 
period T. Show that if m, is held fixed, mi will 
12* 
oscillate harmonically with period ofT,,, such that 
m,T; = m, Ti 
(b) What is a compound pendulum? A circular ring of 
diameter d and mass M hangs on a nail fixed to 
a wall. What is the time period of small oscillation 
of ring? 
(c) Discuss the mechanism of energy exchange 1n d 
coupled pendulum. 


1631 
(d) In a serics LCR circuit, L= 0.5 henry, C 5 uF. 
What should be the maximum value of the 
3 
resistance R for the condition the discharge to be 
oscillatory? 
(e) A string length 3a and negligible mass is attached 
to two fixed ends. The tension in the string is T. 
A particle of mass m is attached at distance a 
from one end of the string as shown in the Fig. 1. 
Find the time period of the transverse oscillations 
(small oscillations) of the mass m. 
T 
m 
Fig. I 
T 
P.T.0. 


1631 
2. 
(a) A uniform spring of spring constant k and a finite 
mass m, is loaded with a mass M. If m is not 
M+ 
negligible compared to M show that the period or 
vertical oscillations of masS spring system is 
T=21| K 
4 
3. 
3 
K. 
(b) Two massless springs of force constant k, and k, 
are connected to mass m placed on a horizontal 
functionless surface as shown in Fig.2(a) and Fig. 
the horizontal oscillations in each case. 
S 
2(b). Obtain an expression for the time period of 
(5) 
K, 
(10) 
Fig. 2(a) 


1631 
3. 
5 
Fig. (b) 
(a) Two collinear simple harmonic motions, each of 
amplitude 1.0 cm and frequencies 8 Hz and 6 Hz 
respectively, act simultaneously on a particle. 
Assuming that they are in phase, draw the 
displacement-time curves for the two motions. 
Also, draw the curve of the resultant displacement 
over one beat period. What is the beat frequency'? 
(5) 
P.T.0. 


1631 
4. 
6 
(b) Give the analytical solution of Lissajous figure 
formed by the superposition of two perpendicular 
waves having frequency ratio 1:2 and phase 
difference o. Give graphical representation of 
(6,4) 
Lissajous figure if 
= n/4. 
(a) Establish the equation of motion of a damped 
harmonic oscillator subjccted to a damping force 
that is proportional to first power of its velocity. 
If the system is under damped, show that motion 
of the system is oscillatory with its amplitude 
decaying exponentially with time. 
(10) 
(b) An under damped oscillator has its amplitude 
reduced to (1/10)h of its initial value after 100 
Oscillations. If the time period is 2 seconds. 
Relaxation time. 
calculate (i) the damping constant and (11) 
(5) 


1631 
7 
5. 
(a) Two cqual masses n arc connccied with (wo 
identical massless springs with spring constant k 
as shown in Fig. 
3. Show that the angular 
frequencics of (wo normal nodes of vertical 
Oscillation are given by: 
this ratio is 
o=(3tVs) 2m 
Also, show that in the slower mode the ratio of 
the amplitudes is V5-) while 
k 
5-). 
n 
Fig. 3 
while in faster mode 
(10) 
P.T.0. 


1631 
8 
(b) Show that the standing wave f(x, t) = Asin(kx) 
cos(kvt) satisfies the wave equation and express 
it as the sum of a wave travelling to left and a 
wave travelling to the right. 
(5)

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2917

Unique Paper Code  ‘ : 32221201

Name of the Paper : Electricity and Magnetism

Name of the Course | *: B.Se. (Hons) Physics
(CBCS-LOCF)

Semester : Il

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

Answer any four of the remaining six questions.

Attempt all parts of this question: (Sx5=25)

(a) Two charges each of 2uC but Opposite in sign are
lcm apart. Calculate electric field at a point

distant 10 cm from the mid-point on axial line of
the dipole,

(b) Prove that electrostatic forces
nature.

are conservative in

P.T.O.


2917

(c) Show that vVB=0-. What is its Physicat

significance?

(d) State Faraday’s laws of Electromagnetic Induction
The magnetic flux threading a coil change from
12 x 103 to 6 x 10° Wb in 0.01 seconds. Calculate

the induced e.m.f.

(e) Explain superposition theorem with an example of

your choice.

2. (a) What is Gauss law? Using Gauss law to find the
expression for electric field due. to uniformly

charged sphere at
(i) Point outside the charged sphere.

(ii) Point inside the charged sphere. (6)

(b) Obtain an expression for magnetic field due to a
Straight line conductor carrying current I. Calculate
the magnetic field induction at the center of a coil
bent in the form of a square of side 10 cm carrying
a current of 10 A, (4,2.5)

3. (a) If the electrostatic potential is V = a/(x?+ y*+ 2)",

show explicitly that it satisfies Laplace equation.
(6.5)


2917 3

(b) What is residual magnetism of a material? A
magnetizing field of 1600 A/m produces a magnetic
flux of 2.4 x 10° Wb in a bar of iron of cross
section 0.2 cm?. Calculate magnetic permeability

and susceptibility of the bar. (2,4)

4. (a) Obtain the expressions for capacity of parallel plate
capacitor when filled with i) conducting slab of
thickness t between the plates ii) dielectric slab of
thickness t between the plates. (6.5)

(b) A sinusoidal voltage of peak value 70V and
frequency 50Hz is applied to a series LCR circuit
in which R = 3Q, L = 25mH and C= 796pF. Find
(i) The impedance of the circuit (ii) phase
difference between voltage across the source and
current (iii) the power dissipated in the circuit and
(iv) the power factor. (6)

5. (a) Using the method of images, obtain the expressions
for potential and field due to point charge placed
near conducting sphere which is earthed. (6)

(b) Find the value of R, for maximum power transfer
in the circuit given : (3,3.5)
SQ 10Q A

20 v(+) (+) Re

P.T.O.


4
2917

ace between two concentric spherical shel],
c

6. (a) The sp | in te pe
b) of a spherical capacitor is filled with

(radii a,

the dielectric material of relative permittivity E=—,
r

where k is a constant. Find the capacitance of the

capacitor. (6)

(b) Derive an expression for self-inductance of a long
solenoid. A coil of wire of certain radius has 600
turns and a self-inductance of 108 mH. What will
be self-inductance of a similar coil which has 500
turns. (3,3.5)

7. (a) Eight positive charges, each of magnitude q, are
kept at comers of a cube of side a. Calculate the
Potential energy of the system if -2q is placed at
the center of the cube. (6)

(b) Use nodal analysis to find the value of ‘i’ for the
circuit shown : (6.5)

I2V

(200)


Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4123

Unique Paper Code ; 2222011202

Name of the Paper | - Blectricity and Magnetism
Name of the Course : BSc. (HM) - DSC.
Semester : I

Duration : 3 Hours

Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper. | :

Question 1 is compulsory.

Attempt any four questions from question numbers .
2-6.

All questions carry equal marks.

Attempt all parts of this question: | (6x3=18)

(a) Two uniform infinite sheets of electric charge
densities + o and —o intersect at an angle of 45°.
Find the magnitude and direction of the resultant
electric field: |

(b) Calculate the charge density in an enclosed region
due to the potential }
V= x24 y? + 2,

P.T.O.


4123

(c) Show that ¢

2.

(a) Giv

2

quation of continuity is a consequeng
. ;

*. equations.
of Maxwell's equé

en that B,=2i-3j+5k (V/m) at the Charge-free

dielectric interface between two different dielectric

materials of 2 and 5, respectively. Find E, and
D,-

(e) Determine whether the following elements —
paramagnetic or diamagnetic (i) Chlorine Atoms
(Atomic No. = 17, Atomic Mass = 35.43 u), and
(ii) Copper atoms (Atomic No. = 29, Atomic mass
= 63.55 u) oe oT

(f) A current sheet of width 4 m lies -in the z=0
plane and contains a total current of 10 A ina
' direction from the origin to (1, 3, 0) m. Find an

expression for K.

(a) Two spherical] Cavities, of radii ‘a and b, are
hollowed out from the interior of a (neutral)
sian sphere of radius R. At the center of .

vity a point Charge placed q, and q,, Find

the surf.
the anes charge densities on. the walls of both
is the ae ane me Surface of the conductor. What
™Y &*Perienced by q, and q,? (9)
m a » Ap



4123 3
5000 I) is placed in a uniform

magnetic field with 1.5 Wb/m’. If iron consists of
8.5 x 1028 atoms/m, calculate (i) the magnetization

M (ii) the average dipole moment. (9)

_(b) A block of iron (ut =

3. (a) A point charge q is located at a from. the center
| of a grounded conducting sphere of radius Ra ong
y axis such that (a>R). What is the potential
outside the grounded conducting sphere? (9)

(b) In spherical coordinates, V = 0 for r= 0.10 m and.
Vv = 100V for r = 2.0 m. Assuming free space
between these concentric spherical’ shells, find E
and D. (9)

4, (a) Calculate the Laplacian of electrostatic potential
at any arbitrary point P due to a point charge q
located at r’ from the origin. (9)

(b) Is it true that in a uniform material with magnetic
susceptibility Xm and electric conductivity 0, the
bound current distribution can only be a surface
current (assume no time dependence). Justify.

(3)
(c) Using Ampere’s law obtain magnetic flux density
B inside and outside the toroid. - (6)

(a) A. very long cylinder of linear dielectric material
1S placed In an uniform electric field E,. Find the
resulting field within the cylinder. (The radius is

R, the susceptibility x, and the axis is perpendicular -
to E,.) ~ 9)

P.T.O.


4
4123

(b) State the second uniqueness theorem and under
what condition(s) it will reduce to the first one.

} (3)

(c) In a material for which a= 5.0 Stn, g =] and
electric field intensity is E=250sin 101% V/m.
Find the conduction and displacement current -
densities and the frequency at which they have

equal magnitudes. (6)

6. (a) An infinitely long cylinder, of radius R, carries a
“frozen-in” magnetization, parallel to the axis,

| M=kr?f where k is a constant and r is the distance
from the axis (there is no free current anywhere).
Find the magnetic field inside and outside the
cylinder

(i) Locate all the bound currents, and calculate
the field they produce.

(ii) Use Ampere’s law to find H, and then get

B. (3+3+3+3)

(b) Two coaxial solenoids each carrying current I, but
In opposite directions. The inner solenoid of radius
a has N, turns Per unit length a

radius b has N, turns Per unit length. Find B in
cach of the three regions : (i) inside the inner

solenoid, (ii) between them and (iii) outside the
outer solenoid. : (2+24+2)

nd the outer of

(1500)

This qucstion paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4388 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
!. 
Your Rol No.2024 
: 3222 1 502 
Instructions for 
Candidates 
Solid State Physics 
:V 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Write your Rol! No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
3. 
Question no. 1 is compuisory. 
2. 
Attempt any five of the followíe questions. 
G 
Kalka 
AEANDAD 
cO 
aji, Ne 
!. 
Attempt any Five of the following : 
RY m 
Delhi-19 
Bx5=15) 
(a) What are point groups. Mention which are the 
IWO sy mmeiry operations permissible in 2-D 
lattice? How many poini groups are possible in 2 
D lattice? 
(b) What type of lattice and basis do the following 
structures have: (a) Sodium Chloride (b) Diamond 
Cubic (c) Zinc sulph1de? 
P.T.C. 


2. 
4388 
(c) 
What is Ewald' 's construction? Give its signifi 
2 
(d) For Cu. Einstein' 's temperature is 230°K. Cau 
Einstein's frequencies of atoms in the solids 
that h 
6.6 × 10 34Js and k, 
.38 × 10 
(e) What are phonons? M 
Mention one experimenta 
which suggests the existence of phonons. 
() How does the 
Debye model differ fror 
Einsteins model of specific heat? 
(g) What are the shortcomings of the free ele 
theory? Does this theory account for the val 
of ohm's law? 
(h) What is ferroelectricity? Draw the graph sho 
variation of polarization with electric field in 
ferroelectric materials. Give one examp1 
compound /element which show ferroelecric 
(a) The primitive translation lattice vectors of acr. 
are : 
à =(i+j-k), b =(- +j+k) and 

=0-j+ k) 
Determine the reciprocal lattice vecton 
the structure obtained. 


4388 
3. 
4. 
5. 
3 
(b) What are Miller Indices? What is the purpose of 
taking reciprocal of intercepts in order to find out 
Miller indices? 
(5) 
(c) Sketch (120), (101) and [100] in a cubic crystal. 
(5) 
(a) Derive an expression for the dispersion relation 
for a mono-atomic lattice vibration in one 
dimension. Draw the dispersion curve for wave 
vector k lying between -n/a to +a/a. 
(5) 
(b) Show that for very long wavelength limit, crystal 
behave as a continuous medium. 
(5) 
(c) Prove that crystal medium behave as low pass 
filter. 
(5) 
(a) Derive Clausius-Mossotti relation between 
polarizability and dielectric constant of the 
dielectric material and discuss the significance of 
this relation. 
(8) 
(b) Draw a diagram showing variation of total 
polarizability with frequency ranging from static 
to ultraviolet and explain why the dielectric 
constant of water is 81 at zero frequency while it 
is 1.8 at optical frequencies. 
(7) 
Superconductors using Meissner's effect. 
(a) Discuss difference between Type I and Type 11 
(5) 
P.T.0. 


4388 
6. 
7. 
4 
(b) Write short notes on (i) Critical 
temperature (ij) 
Critical 
magnetic field and its variation with 
temperture. 
(c) The penetration depth for lead 
at 3K and 7.1 K respectively. 
temperature for lead. 
lead is 396A and 173 
Calculate the criical 
(5) 
(a) Discuss the Langevin'ss theory of para-magneism. 
How does the quantum theory remove the 
shortcomings of classical Langevin's theory. 
(5) 
(b) A paramagnetic salt contains 102* ions/m wott 
magnetic moment of one Bohr magneton. Calciate 
the paramagnetic susceptibility and ihe 
magnetization produced in a uniform magnetic field 
of 10° A/m at room temperature (Given ! bohr 
magneton = 9.27 x 10-24 A/m2 
(7) 
removed from an 
orbital in a 
valence band. Determinc 
(a) Discuss the formation of allowed and forb.ien 
energy band gap on the basis of Kronig-{any 
model. 
energy of the electron. 
8) 
(b) The energy 
near the valcnce band edge f 
crystal is given by: E = -A K² where: A = 10 m 
An electron with 
wave 
Vector k= 10 "i n s 
completely lle 
the eflective masng 
(5) 
00) 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. 
No. of Question Paper : 4477 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
(28) 
3. 
Your Roll No..2-0 24 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
: 32227502 
: Advanced 
Physics -I (DSE) 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Math em atical 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all taking at least two 
questions from each section. 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Section-A 
G 
MBAND 
( LIBRARY 
alkaj 
a *b= a +b+ab form 
a group. 
New Qeihi-1 
(a) Prove that the set O. of all rational numbers other 
than -1 with the binary operation * defined by 
(5) 
P.T.0. 


4477 
2. 
3. 
(b) If V be the set of all ordered triples of reals, with 
addition and scalar 
multiplication defined as 
follows: 
2 
(x,y,2) + (x,Y,Z,) = (3y, t 3y, -X, -Xy, Z, tz,) 
and a(x y, Z)= (3ay, -0X}, az)ta e R 
then show that V is not a vector space. 
(c) Determine whether or not the vector 
= (2,-5,3) 
belonging to the subspace of R spanned by 
a, = (1,-3,2), a, = (2,-4,1) and , = (1,-5,7). 
Or not. 
(a) Verify that the vectors (1,3,2), (1,-7,-8), (2,1,-1) 
of V, space are linearly dependent. 
unitary matrix 
(b) Consider T : R' ’ R' defined by T(x,y,z) =(2x +7y, 
Sy-3z). Determine whether T is a linear transform 
(5) 
(i-i). 
(5) 
(c) If H is a Hermitian matrix, prove that el# is a 
(1 
0 1 
A=|0 3 2 
(5) 
0 0 2) 
(5) 
(a) Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of the matrix 
(5) 
Can A be diagonalized? If yes, find a diagonalizing 
matrix P and verify that P diagonalizes A.. (10) 


477 
A Write Cavley-Hamilton theorem and verify it for 
the matrix 
A-| 
3 
Solve the following system of differential cquations 
using matrix method 
y,'= -y, + 4y, 
y,' = 3y, - 2y, 
subject to y, (0) = 3, y,(0) = 4. 
two. 
(b) Find eA for the matrix A= 
Section -B 
(1,4) 
(10) 
(a) Obtain an expression of pure stress tensor and 
prove that it is symmetric tensor of order (rank) 
(5) 
(a) Using Cartesian tensors, prove that 
V-(Ax) = (VxÃ)- B-(VxB)·A 
(6) 
(b) Show that A=BxC transforms like a tensor of 
order (rank) one. 
(6) 
(C) Prove that [., (in Cartesian Co-ordinates) is an 
Isotopic tensor of order three. 
(3) 
(7) 
P.T.0. 


4477 
7. 
8. 
(b) Show that u, v, (in Cartesian 
Co-ordinates)i 
tensor of order (rank) two. 
(c) By using the expression of Momcnt of Inertia o 
an asymmetric object 
4 
I= 
m(-) 
from a matrix of all components. What is the ali 
meaning of I,? 
A B, is 
all particles 
(a) A covariant tensor has components Xy, 2y - z', x3 
in Cartesian Co-ordinates. Find its covariant 
components in cylindrical co-ordinates. 
(12) 
(3) 
(b) Determine the metric tensor in Spherical 
Co 
ordinates. 
(3) 
(a) If A and B: are general tensors, show that 
is not a tensOr. 
of rank two. 
(4,) 
of which is 
symmetric. 
(b) Show that the outer product of two contravarlalt 
vectors A and B' results in a Contavariant tensor 
(6) 
(c) Show that every covariant tensor of order two 
can be expressed as the sum of two 
tensors, oIe 
Symmetric and the otther 
skew-
(4) 
() 
(1000) 


Name of the Paper 
IThis question paper contains 4 printed pages.1 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
2. 
3. 
Sr. No, of Question Paper: 4479 
Unique Paper Code 
1. 
4. 
5. 
Duration: 3 Hours 
29) 
Instructions for 
Candidates 
Your Rol No.2024 
: 32227504 
V 
Nuclear and Particle Physics 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics DCS 
Write your Roll No. on the topammediately on' ceçeipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Maximum Marks : 75 
all 
ai: 
Na 
Delhi 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
LIBRARY 
G 
Use of scientific calculators is allowed. 
Some useful data is given at the end. 
1. 
Attempt any five of the following : 
m 
(a) Distinguish between the Bremsstrahlung radiation 
and Cerenkov radiation. 
P.T.0. 


2. 
3. 
4479 
2 
(b) Give the Lepton and Baryon numbers for electrons, 
protons and neutrons. 
(c) What is the basic difference between alpha decay 
spectrum and beta decay spectrum? 
(d) Why are even-even nuclei most stable? 
(e) Find the binding energy "Fe in MeV. 
() State four quantities that are conserved in a nuclear 
reaction. 
26 
(g) Why do stable nuclei have more neutrons than 
protons? 
(a) Discuss the basic assumptions of Liquid Drop 
model of nucleus. Explain how the model is used 
to estimate the semiempirical mass formula. 
(3x5=15) 
(b) Use the semiempirical mass formula to calculate 
the binding energy of 40 Ca. 
20 
stable nucleus? 
(10) 
(5) 
(a) Explain in brief, the Fermi gas model for nuclei. 
(10) 
(b) Which isobar of A (atomic 
mass number) = 75 
does the liquid drop model Suggest to be the most 
(5) 


4479 
4. 
5. 
3 
(a) Consider the successie nuclear decay of 
A ’ 
B ’C. Assuming that the initial number of 
nuclei of A is N and the initial number of nuclei 
B and 
C are 0, derive an expression for the number 
of nuclei N(t) present at any instant of time. 
Assume the probability of decay per unit time for 
nuclei A and nuclei B are 
and p respectively. 
(b) For the following nuclear reaction, determine the 
energy released (Q) in MeV if protons are incident 
on the Lithium target. 
}H+}Li’2(He)+Q 
(a) In the alpha decay of 
(8) 
94* Pu into the ground state 
(7) 
92 
and excited states of 
U, the energies of the 
alpha particles in MeV are 5.59, 5.546 and 5.447. 
Draw a schematic diagram of the transitions and 
determine the energies of y rays emitted by the 
daughter nuclei. 
(8) 
(b) Give an example each of B*, B and electron 
capture. State three differences between decays 
by positron emission and the process of electron 
capture. 
(7) 
P.T.0. 


4479 
6. 
7. 
(a) Explain the construction and working of 
ionization chamber for nuclear radiation detection. 
(a) Distinguish between Baryons and Mesons. 
4 
(b) Alpha particle of energy 10 MeV produces 
3 x 105 ion pairs on being completely stopped in 
an jonization chamber. Calculate the pulse height 
and current in the output circuit if total capacitance 
of the ionization chamber and the resistance in 
the output circuit is 50 uF and 10 KQ respectively, 
Some useful data 
I amu = 931.5 Mey 
Masses: 
Atomic mass of proton (m,) 
Atomic mass of neutron (m) 
Atomic mass of Hydrogen GH) 
Atomic mass of Helium GHe) 
Atomic mass of Lithium (GLi) 
Atomic mass of Calcium 
Ca) 
Atomic mass of Iron G&Fe) 
(b) Describe briefly the Quark model of elementary 
particles. Write down the quark contents of proton, 
neutron, neutral pion and charged pion. 
(5+5) 
= 1.007825 amu, 
= 1.008665 amu 
=1.007825 amu 
=4.002603 amu 
=7.01603 amu 
= 40.078 amu 
=55.934939 amu 
Atomic mass of Uranium (U) 
Atomic mass of Plutonium (Pu) =238.04951 l amu 
an 
(10) 
=234.040904 amu 
(5) 
(S) 
(1500) 


[This question paper contains 8 printed 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4481 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
1. 
2. 
Duration : 3 Hours 
4. 
Instructions for Candidates 
of this question paper. 
Youf Roll NGO29 
: 32227506 
DSE 
Kalka 
pagesU CO 
: Astronomy & Astrophysics 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Attempt Five questions in all. 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
G 
hi 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
Maximum Marks: 75 
OSe of non-programmable scientific calculator is 
allowed. 


7. 
44 
6. 
4481 
1. 
2 
Attempt any five of the following : 
(a) Balmer lines are not seen in the spectra of either 
O stars or K stars. Explain. 
(5x3) 
(b) What is the Sun's approximate RA on the 
following dates: June 7, Jan. 22 & Sept. 28. 
22? 
(c) What is the approximate LST at noon on July 
(d) The star system 61 Cygni has a radial velocity 
of 64 km/sec, a proper motion of 5.28"/yr, and a 
distance of 3.498 pc. What is its space velocity'? 
(e) What is Olber's paradox? How is it resolved? 
() For a spherical galaxy, determine the density protile 
P(r) for which rotational velocity , v() 1S 
independent of r. (r is the distance from the center 
of galaxy). 


4481 
2. 
3. 
(a) 
(i) Define apparent magnitude (m) and absolute 
magnitude (M). Show that m = M + 5 
3 
D+ 25, where D is the distance measured in 
Mpc. 
type. 
(ii) The angular diameter of star A with apparent 
bolometric magnitude of2 is 2.5 times greater 
than the angular diameter of star B with 
apparent bolometric magnitude of7. What is 
the ratio of temperature of star A to that of 
star B. 
(b) Draw HR ( Hertzsprung-Russell) diagram for 
classification of stars by incorporating Luminosity, 
temperature, absolute magnitude and spectral 
(10,5) 
(a) 
(1) Suppose an astronomer wants to observe the 
star on celestial meridian with declination 
8 = -60. Which observatory should an 
P.T.0. 


4481 
4. 
astronomer choose : Lick Observatory 
4 
latitude = 37° 
N or Keck observatory 
at 
diagram). 
latitude = 20° N (Explain 
with suitable 
(ii) What are the advantages of reflecting type 
telescope over refracting type? 
the ground state? 
star. 
(b) For a gas of neutral hydrogen atoms, at what 
temperature is the number of atoms in the first 
excited state only 1% of the number of atoms in 
at 
r according to the equation : 
where 
(a) Consider a star with mass M and radius R. Assume 
that the star's density varies as a function of radius 
P= P. |l - (r/R)] 
(10,5) 
Pe is the density at the center of the 


(i) Calculate p in terms of M and R. 
(ü) Calculate the mass of the star interior to 
radius r, M(r), as function of total mass M 
and radius 
R. 
(ii) Using hydrostatic equilibrium, obtain an 
expression for the presSure, P(r) at radius 
in terms of G, M and R. (Assume that 
P(R) = 0, the pressure drops to zero at the 
outer boundary) 
b) A globular cluster contain 106 stars, Assume that 
they alI have same 
mass (1 M) and same sp 
(10 km/s). Use the virial theorem to 
estimate 
the characteristic size of the cluster. 
( 1 0 , 5 ) 


<well equations, derive the induction 
(a) Using Maxwell 
equation having both the convective and 
diffusiye 
term. Discuss the importance of both the 
(b) The radius of the sunspot is l= 10 
km and 
magnetic diffusivity n = 10³ m³ s. Calculate the 
magnetic Reynold number if the velocity 
of the 
n 
conducting fluid is 10 ms-l. Explain the 
significance of the result obtained. 
(10.5) 
(a) Derive an expression of radial velocity of a star 
in the neighbourhood of a sun as function of 
galactic longitude (1), distance between the star 
and the sun, d, and Oort's constant A. 
(b) Assume the Oort constants A and B are + 15 km/ 
s/kpc and -10 km/s/kpc 
respectively. 
Calculate 
the rotational velocity of the sun if it is .5 kpe 
away from the galactic center. 
4
( 1 0 . 5 ) 


81 
(a) Describe a method for obtaining a distance 
estimate for: 
7 
() a galaxy whose approximate distance is 20 
Mpc and 
(11) a star at a distance of 10 kpc. 
b) Suppose a quasar shows absorption from a 
Lyman-alpha cloud at an observed wavelength 
= 183 nm. 
(i) Given that Lyman-alpha has a rest 
wavelength of about 2 = 122 nm, what is 
the redshift z for this cloud. 
(ii) For a Hubble constant H, = 67 km/s/Mpc, 
what is its distance, in Mpc? 
(10,5) 


4481 
Useful constants: 
G = 6.67 x 10-1l m3 kg-! 
k, = 1.38 x 10-23 J/K 
R 
L 
G= 5.67 x 10-8 W m-2 K-4 
M = 1.99 x 1030 kg 
sun 
sun 
sun 
= 6.96 x 108 m 
8 
= 3.86 x 1026 W 
1 A. 
U. = 1.5 x 10" m 
-2

(This question paper contha* printed pageANDHU 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3007 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
S. 
1. 
: 32221402 
Your Rqyo. 
Q1 is compulsory. 
: IV 
e3//2t 
Elements of Modern Physics 
: B.Sc. Hons Physics Core 
Repeat Paper 
Attempt five questions in all. 
bBRARY 
aji, 
N 
New 
D o i h i - 1 9 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Attempt any five questions: 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is 
allowed. 
(3x5=1S) 
(a) Find the minimum energy of an electron contined 
in a one-dimensional box of size 10 nm. 
P.T.0. 


3007 
2. 
2 
(b) What is the number of photons that strike a surface 
of lcm in one second if the incoming light of 
650nm wavelength has an intensity of 100 watts/ 
m2? 
(c) What are spontaneous and stimulated emissions? 
Why stimulated emission is necessary for lasing 
action? 
(d) The wavefunction associated with a particle is 
given as y(x) = A cos 
in region 0sx sL. 
nTtX 
L 
Find the value of normalization constant A. 
(e) The position and momentum of a 1 KeV electron 
are simultaneousty measured, if the position is 
located within 0. l nm, what is the percentage of 
uncertainty in momentum? 
(f) The binding energy of "Mg,, is 198.28 MeV. Find 
its atomic mass, (take mass of neutron to be 
1.674 x 10-2"kg and mass of proton to be 1.672 x 
10-2"kg) 
(g) The half-life of 24Na is 15 hours. How long will it 
take for 70% of sample of this nuclide to decay? 
(a) What is photoelectric effect? Discuss the 
observations of the experiment illustrating 
photoelectric effect. How does the classical 
electromagnetic theory fail to explain these results? 


3007 
3. 
4. 
5. 
3 
(b) If blue light of wavelength 460 nm impinges on a 
metal surface, a stopping potential of 1.1 eV is 
obtained. What will be the work function of the 
given metal? 
(10,5) 
(a) State Heisenberg's uncertainty principle for position 
and momentum and illustrate it using gamma ray 
microscope thought experiment. 
(b) A photon is emitted in a process characterized by 
a time interval of 1.0 millisecond. What will be 
the inherent uncertainty in the energy and 
frequency of the emitted photon. 
(7,8 
(a) Obtain the time independent Schrodinger's wav 
equation from the time dependent Schrodinge. 
equation. 
(b) Prove the relation P/ôt + V.J = 0, where J is the 
probability current density and P is the probability 
density. Give the physical interpretation of the 
equation. What are the states called for which 
V.J = 0. 
(5,10) 
(a) A particle of mass m is confined in a one 
dimensional infinitely rigid box having potential 
P.T.0. 


3007 
6. 
7. 
V(x)=0 
Find the wave function associated with the particle 
and its energy E. 
(b) Gold 197 
(b) What are quantum dot particles? How are they 
related with quantum mechanics? 
(10,5) 
79 
4 
(a) On the basis of the liquid drop model of a nucleus, 
explain the various terms of semi-empirical mass 
formula for calculation of binding energy of a 
nucleus. 
x<-a/2 
Au is the most ductile metal. Calculate is 
average radius, nuclear volume and nuclear 
density. 
(10,5) 
-a/2sx s a/2 
x> a/2 
238 I 234 
(a)) Discuss the variation of binding energy per nucleon 
with mass number, A, and hence explain the 
concept of (i) nuclear stability, (ii) nuclear fission, 
and (iii) nuclear fusion. 
92 
(b) Consider the following decay process: 
90 
’ 
Th +; He + Q 
Determine the kinetic energies of the a-particles 
and the daughter nuclei. 
(10,5) 
(500) 


|This question paper contafns 8 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4104 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
1. 
(3) 
2. 
4. 
Instructions for Candidates 
5. 
: 2222012402 
Your Roll Na.OHUC 
LIBARY 
: IV 
so/s/y 
: Solid State Physics 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics (NEP) 
3. 
Each question carry 18 marks. 
kaji, 
Naw 
Deihi-19 
Attempt Five question in all. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Maximum Marks : 90 
Question No. 1 is compulsory and each part carries 
3 marks. 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculators is 
allowed. 
P.T.0. 


4104 
1. 
2 
(a) Why lower branch of the dispersion curve for a 
linear diatomic crystal is called acoustic branch, 
cven though the frequency associated with it is in 
IR (Unfra-red) region? 
(b) Calculate the Hall voltage in a sample when the 
magnetic field of 1 Tesla is applied perpendicular 
to the current direction. The injected current is 
300 mA and thickness of the sample is 0.4 mm. 
The charge carrier concentration in the sample is 
102 m3 
(c) In 
CsC1, the Cs atoms are located at the comers 
of a cube and 
Cl at the body centre. What is the 
Bravais lattice for this material? Draw the Bravias 
lattice and identify the basis/motiff. 
(d) X-rays of wavelength 0.3 
Á are allowed to fall on 
a crystal whose interplanar spacing for a particular 
set of planes is 3 Á. Determine the smallest 
angle at which the X-rays are diffracted by the 
crystal. 


4104 
2. 
(e) Describe the characteristic properties of 
ferroelectric crystals and which symmetry element 
is missing in these types of crystals. 
3 
() Explain the concept of the orbital magnetic dipole 
moment of an electron in an atomn and derive an 
expression for it in terms of angular momentumn of 
the electron. 
(a) If a' is the lattice constant of a cubic unit cell, 
draw the planes which makes an intercept, in terms 
of 'a, along the coordinate axis as 
(i) 1/2, 1/3, o 
(ii) -1/2, 0, o 
(ii) What does <100> and [100] signifies? 
(5) 
P.T.0. 


3 
4104 
(b) Silver crystallizes in fee structure and every silver 
atom gives one clectron to the crystal. If the 
interplanar separation is 2.87 A, determine density 
and clectron concentration in it. Atomic weight of 
silver is 107.68 amu. 
(5) 
(c) Draw a square reciprocal lattice and explain 
the Ewald 's construction and its significance? 
Derive vector form of the Bragg's law from the 
construction and exxplain its physical significance. 
(8) 
(a) State Bloch's theorem. What is the idea behind 
Writing the electron wave-function as Bloch 
function? What are the assumptions of Kronig 
Penney model? Show that for one dimensional 
crystal having finite Jength L with N number ol 
primitive unit cells of ]attice constant 'a', the total 
number of allowed k-values in the first Brillouin 
(9) 
Zone is equal to the number of unit cells. 


4104 
(b) Discuss Meissner effect and distinguish between 
5 
Type I and Type II Superconductors. 
E(k) = 2 -
8 cos 
(c) Calculate the effective mass of an electron 
near the top of the valence band in potassium 
crystal. The E-K relationship for the crystal is 
5.328 Å. 
ka 
(6) 
2 
and lattice constant is 
(3) 
(a) Derive an expression for the dispersion relation of 
a linear monoatomic crystal. The mass of the atoms 
is 
m' and force constant between them is 'c'. 
Sketch the dispersion curve within the first Brillouin 
zone and explain the various characteristics of the 
crystal dynamics. 
(9) 
b) Estimate the Debye temperature of Gold if its 
atomic weight is 197 amu, density is 1.9x10 Kg/ 
m' and the sound velocity in it is 2100 ms. 
(5) 
P.T.0. 


4104 
6 
(c) Determine the critical field required to destroy6. 
superconductivity at 5K in Pb whose Te is 7.19 K 
and H,(0) = 0.0803 T. 
dielectric. 
(4) 
5. 
(a) What is local electric field of an atom? 
Deduce the Lorentz relation for E,eal inside 
(9) 
(b) Give a schematic sketch of the variation of thel 
total polarizability of a dielectric material as a 
function of frequency, explaining the physical origin 
of the various contributions and the relative* 
(6) 
frequency ranges. 
(c) A potential 12V is applied across the plates of 
a parallel plate capacimtor having an area 6.45 x 
10*m and a plate separation of 2 x 10'm. If a 
material having a dielectric constant 5.0 is 
positioned within the region between the plates, 
compute the polarization. 
(3) 


4104 
7 
. 
(a) Deseribe the classical theory of diamagnetism. 
Explain the concept of Larmour precession. Derive 
the expression of the Larmor frequency. 
(b) What are ferromagnetic domains? Using the 
concept of domains, explain the B-H hysteresis 
curve. What does the area under the curve signify? 
(6) 
(c) A paramagnetic material has 1028atoms/m³. Its 
susceptibility at 350K is 2.8 x 10-4. Calculate the 
susceptibility at 300K. 
(3) 
Values of Constants 
k¡ = 1.38 x 10-23 JK-1 
N, = 6.02 × 1023 mol-! 
h = 6.63 x 1034 Js 
(9) 
Ho= 4 x 107Hm-! 
P.T.O. 


4104 
Ha = 9.27 x 10-24Am2 
8 
E, = 8.85 x 1012Fm-! 
m, = 9.1 x 103kg 
e= 1.6 x 10-1°C 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4142 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
Instructions for Candidates 
5. 
Your Roll 
: 2222512403 
: Thermal Physics and Statistical 
Mechanics 
Chemistry) 
: IV 
: B.Sc. Hons.-(Physics)_ NEP: 
UGCF-2022 DSE (Industrial 
LIEARY 
Question no. 1 is compulsory. 
Kalkaj' 
New Delni-
Maximum Marks : 60 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Attempt a total of Four Questions including Question 
no. 1. 
LEGE 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is 
allowed. 
P.T.0. 


4142 
1. 
2 
Attempt all parts of the question. 
that defines it. 
(3x5=15) 
(a) Define the concept of temperature and the law 
(b) A Carnot engine whose low temperature reservoir 
is at 7°C has an efficiency of 40%. It is desired 
to increase the efficiency to 70%. By how many 
degrees should the temperature of the high 
temperature reservoir be increased? 
(c) Calculate the mean free path of molecules in a 
chamber of 10:lÛmm Hg pressure, assuming the 
molecular diameter to be 2.0 angstrom. Take the 
temperature of the chamber as 273 K. One gm 
mole of the gas occupies 22.4 litters at N.T.P. 
and one atmosphere is 760 mm Hg (1 atmosphere 
= 10° dynes/cm", k¡ = 1.38 x 10-16 erg/K). 
(d) Show that Planck's law reduces to 
Wien's law 
for shorter wavelength and Rayleigh-Jeans law 
for longer wavelength. 
(e) Calculate the root mean square speed of a molecule 
of hydrogen at 
N.T.P. The Boltzmann's constant 
is 1.38 x 10-l6 erg/degree and Avogadro's number 
is 6.0 x 1023/gm. mol. 


4142 
2. 
3. 
4. 
3 
(a) Describe construction and working of Carnot's heat 
engine. Derive an expression for its efficiency in 
terms of temperatures of its heat reservoirs. 
(10) 
(b) Show that the work done in isothermal process of 
an ideal gas from a state (P,, V,) to a state 
(P,. V) is given by 
W = RT × 2.303log,0 P/P 
(5) 
(a) Using Maxwell's distribution function, obtain an 
expression for average speed (v,), root means 
square speed (vm) and most probable speed 
(V mps 
(10) 
(b) The melting point of a given liquid is 80°C. On 
melting its specific volume increases by 0.146 
cm'g. Assuming its latent heat of fusion to be 
35.6 cal g, compute the change in the melting 
point per atmospheric pressure. 
(5) 
(a) What are the basic assumptions of Planck's theory 
of blackbody radiation? Derive Planck's law of 
blackbody radiation. 
(12) 
P.T.0. 


4142 
S. 
4 
(b) Consider a blackbody at a tenperature of 6000K. 
Calculate the wavelength at which the maximum 
intensity of radiation occurs. [Given: Wien's 
constant = 2.898 x 10 3mK] 
(a) Obtain an expression for thermodynamic probability 
and the most probable distribution function for a 
system obeying M.B. statistics. 
(i) M.B. statistics, 
(3) 
(b) Find the number of microstates of a system of 2 
particles and 3 states if the system obeys 
(ii) F.D. statistics, and 
(ii) B.E. statistics. 
(9) 
(6) 
(1500) 


SI No of QP 
Name of the Department 
Name of Course 
Name of' the Paper: 
Semester 
Unique Paper Code 
Duration 
Max. Marks 
Instructions for Candidates: 
4142A 
b) Attempt any Eour questions in all. Question No. l is compulsory. 
Departnent of Physics nnd Astrophysics 
B.Se. Hons. - (Physics)_NEP: UGCF-2(22 ) DSCC-12 
Analog Electronics 
IV - Semester 
2222012403 
a) Wrie your Roll No, on the top immedilately on receipt of this question paper. 
c) Simple non-programmable calculators are allowed. 
2 hours 
1. Attempt all parts of the fallowing: 
60 marks 
2. 
VIN 
a) In a common emitter transistor configuration, the current amplification factor is 0.9. If 
the emitter current is ImA and leakage current is assumed zero, determine the value of 
the base current for the common base configuration. 
(Given n=1, k= 1.38 x 10-28 J/K;g= 1.6× 10-19C) 
GjN 
b) For what voltage will the reverse current in a Germanium pn junction diode reach 80% 
of its saturation value at room temperature? 
R 
c) Why do we need positive feedback in designing oscillator ciruits. 
R 
d) Explain the role of coupling capacitor (Cc) and Emitter capacitor in (Ce) based 
transistor amplifier circuits. 
Roll No. 
e) An Op-Amp in open loop inverting configuration is driven by a 1kHz triangular wave 
of 100 mV peak signal value, Draw the output waveform of the circuit with respect to 
this input. 
!GRARY 
a) A transistor amnplifier with voltage divider biasing circuit has the follovwing 
specifications 
; Vcc = 22V, RË =39kn, R, = 3.9kn, Rc = 10kn, Rg = 1.5k2, 
CIN = CoUT = 10uF, Cg =50uF and ß = 140. Determine the dc bias voltages and 
the quiesçent point parameters. Also show the quiescent point on the dc load line for 
the circuit. 
Vcc 
New Deihi-12 
SRc 
Rrs 
Cour 
(3X5=15) 
H 
(10,5) 


3 
4. 
b) Define the four h-parameters with reference to a CE transistor configuration. Explain 
how these parameters can be determined from the static characteristic curves of the 
configuration. 
a) 
A sinusoidal peak-to-peak voltage of 60 sin 100nt is applied to a full wave rectifer 
with load resistance of 5O0 2 and forward diode resistance of 50 2. Find the 
maximum DC current component, ns current component, PIV of the semiconductor 
diode, ripple factor and rectification efficiency. 
5. 
(5,10) 
b) Define line regulation and load regulation for a Zener diode based voltage regulator. 
Explain with help of a circuit diagram the working of Zener diode as a voltage 
regulator. Deriye the relations for the minimum value of load resistance, the 
minimum and the maximum value of the supply voltage that can be regulated by a 
given Zener diode. 
a) Derive the expresson for the oscillation frequency of a transistor based Hartley 
OscillatÒT. 
(9,3,3) 
b) A transistor based Colpitts oscillator has a frequencó of oscillation f = 100kHz. If the 
value of two of the frequency determining components is L= 100mH and C = 
0.01uF. Determine the valçe of the third component. 
c) Calculate the frequency of oscillation for the transistor based RC phase shift oscillator 
having Rc = 2kn, R = 5kn and C = 0.01uF. 
(8,4,3) 
a) Explain the working of a basic differentiator circuit designed using Op-amp. Explain 
the problems associated with the basic circuit and how they are rectified in a practical 
differentiator. Explain the response curve for the circuit. 
b) Design an practical Op-amp integrator for the frequency range from 1l to 10 kHz. 
Choose the capacitor value as 0.1 uf. 
c) Calculate the output voltage for an op-amp based inverting summing amplitier for the 
following sets of voltages and resistors: 
() V,= 1V, V, = 2V, V, = 3V, R, = 500kQ R, = 1MQ R = 1MO and R = 1Mu 
(4) V,= -2V, V, =3V, V, = 1V, R, = 200k0 R; = 500kQ Ra= 1MQ and Rg = 
1MQ

(This quCstion paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4388 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Namc of the Paper 
1. 
2. 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
() 
Instructions for 
Candidates 
Your Roll No.024 
:32221502 
of this question paper. 
: Solid State Physics 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Write your Roll No, on the top immediately on receipt 
Attempt any five of the 
Maximum Marks : 75 
3. 
Question no. 1 is compulsory. 
tollowAsANON 
questions. 
L 
Attempt any Five of the following 
".RY 
kaji 
New 
Qeihi-19 
Bx5-15) 
(a) What are p0int groups. Mention which arc the 
TWO sy mmetry operations permissible in 2-D 
lattice? How many point groups are possible in 2 
D lattice? 
() What type of lattice and basis do the following 
Structures have: (a) Sodium Chloride (b) Diamond 
Cubic (c) Zinc sulphide? 
P.T.C. 


2. 
4388 
(c) What is Ewald's construction? Give its signif 
2 
(d) For Cu. Einstein's temperature is 230°K. Ca 
Einstein's frequencies of ato 
that h = 6.6 x 1034Js and k, = 1.38 x 10 
(e) What are phonons? 
Mention one experiment: 
which suggests the existence of phonons. 
atoms in the solids. 
() How does the Debye model differ fror 
Einsteins model of specific heat:? 
(g) What are the shortcomings of the free ele 
theory? Does this theory account for the va 
of ohm's law? 
(h) What Is ferroelectricity? Draw the graph sh 
variation of polarization with clectric fieldi 
ferroelectric 
materials. Give one examp 
compound clement which show ferroelecti 
are: 
(a) The primiive translation lattice 
vectors of a Ci 

=(i-j+ k) 
=$(i+j-k). 5 = (-i +j+h) and 
Determine the reciprocal lattice 
v e c t o r s an t 
the structure obtained. 


4388 
3. 
4. 
S. 
3 
(b) What are 
Miller Indices? What is the purpose of 
taking reciprocal of ntercepts in order to find out 
Miller indices? 
(5) 
(c) Sketch (120), (101) and [100| in a cubic crystal. 
(5) 
(a) Derive an expression for the dispersion relation 
for a mono-atomic lattice vibration in one 
dimension. Draw the dispersion curve for wave 
vector k lying between -/a to +/a. 
(5) 
(b) Show that for very long wavelength limit, crystal 
behave as a continuous medium. 
(5) 
(c) Prove that crystal medium behave as low pass 
filter. 
(5) 
(a) Derive Clausius-Mossotti relation between 
polarizability and dielectric constant of the 
dielectric material and discuss the significance of 
this relation. 
(8) 
(b) Draw a diagram showing variation of total 
polarizability with frequency ranging from static 
to ultraviolet and explain why the dielectric 
constant of water is 81 at zero frequency while it 
1.8 at optical frequencies. 
(7) 
(a) 
Discuss difference between Type I and 1 ype 1 
Superconductors using Meissner's effcct. 
(5) 
P.T.O. 


4388 
6. 
7. 
(b) Write short 
4 
temperture. 
notes on ()) Critical temperature (i) 
Critical magnetic ficld 
temperature for lead. 
and its variation wth 
(c) The penctration depth for 
396Å and 179A 
at 3K and 7.1 K respectively. Calculate the critica 
(5) 
(5) 
(a) Discuss the Langevin's theory of para- magnetism 
How does the quantum theory remove the 
shortcomings of classical Langevin's theory. 
energy of the electron. 
(8) 
(b) A paramagnetic salt contains 1028 ions/m? with 
magnetic moment of one Bohr magneton. Calculate 
the paramagnetic susceptibility and the 
magnetization produced in a uniform magnetic field 
of 10° A/m at room temperature (Given bohr 
(7) 
magneton = 9.27 x 10-24 A/m'. 
a) Discuss the formation of allowed and forb.en 
ehergy band gap on the basis of Kronig-(y 
model. 
(b) The energy 
near the valence band edge 
crystal is given by: E = -A K' w 
where A =10 
removed from 
an 
orbital in a 
completely 
An electron with wave 
Vector k= 10 " nis 
valence band. Determine lhe 
effective 
mas:h 
lled 
00) 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.J 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4477 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
Your Roll No..2-02y 
Instructions for 
Candidates 
3. 
:32227502 
1. 
Advanced 
Physics -I (DSE) 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Mathematical 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all taking at least two 
questions from each section. 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Section-A 
G 
ANDHO 
a *b= a + b +a b form a group. 
alkaji 
LIBRARY m 
New D 
Qelhi-19 
(a) Prove that the set O. of all rational numbers other 
han -1 with the binary operation * defined by 
(5) 
P.T.O. 


4477 
2. 
2 
(b) If V be the set of all ordered triples of reals, with 
addition and scalar multiplication defined as 
follows: 
(X,.y,z,) + (X,.y,, z,) = (3y, +3y,, -x, -X, Z, t z,) 
and a(x,, y,, z) = (3ay,, -ax,, az)ae R 
then show that V is not a vector space. 
(c) Determine whether or not the vector 
= (2,-5,3) 
belonging to the subspace of R' spanned by 
a, = (1,-3,2), a, = (2,-4,1) and a, = (1,-5,7). 
(a) Verify that the vectors (1,3,2), (1,-7,-8), (2,1,-1) 
of v, space are linearly dependent. 
(5) 
unitary matrix 
(b) Consider T : R³’ R? defined by T(x,y,z) = (2x+ 7y, 
5y -3z). Determine whether T is a linear transform 
or not. 
(5) 
(i-i). 
(c) If H is a Hermitian 
matrix, prove that etH is a 
(5) 
(1 0 1) 
A =|0 3 2 
0 0 2) 
(5) 
(a) Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of the matrix 
(5) 
Can A be diagonalized? If yes, find a diagonaliz1ng 
atrix P and verify that P diagonalizes A. (10) 


477 
(b) Write Cayley-Hamilton theoremn and verify it for 
the matrix 
3 
(a) Solve the following system of differential equations 
using matrix method 
y=-y, + 4y2 
y,'= 3y, - 2y, 
subject to y, (0) = 3, y,(0) = 4. 
two. 
(b) Find eA for the matrix A= A= 
Section-B 
3-1 
4 
(1,4) 
(a) Obtain an expression of pure stress tensor and 
prove that it is symmetric tensor of order (rank) 
(10) 
(a) Using Cartesian tensors, prove that 
(5) 
V-(ÄxB)=(V*Å, B-(VxB)-Ã 
(b) Show that A = Bx 
transforms like a tensor of 
order (rank) one. 
(6) 
(C) Prove that e. 
(in Cartesian Co-ordinates) is 
Isotopic tensor of order three. 
(6) 
(3) 
(7) 
P.T.0. 


4477 
7. 
(b) Show that u, v, (in Cartesian Co-ordinates) 
tensor of order (rank) two. 
4 
(c) By using the expression of Moment of Inertia of 
an asymmetric object 
all particles 
from a matrix of all components. What is the ali 
meaning of I,,? 
A B, 
(a) A covariant tensor has components xy, 2y - z, X 
in Cartesian Co-ordinates. Find its covariant 
components in cylindrical co-ordinates. 
(3) 
(4,) 
(b) Determine the metric tensor in Spherical 
Co 
ordinates. 
is not a tensor. 
(12) 
8. 
(a) If A and B are general tensors, show that 
symmetric. 
(3) 
(6) 
(b) Show that the outer product of two contravariart 
vectors A and BY results in a contavariant tensor 
of rank two. 
(4) 
(c) Show that every covariant tensor of order two 
Can be expresSsed as the sum of two tensors, O 
of 
which 
is Symmetric and the other skew-
(3) 
(1000) 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of 
Question Paper: 4479 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
29) 
5. 
1, 
Your Roll No.2024 
: 32227504 
of this question paper. 
Nuclear and Particle Physics 
: 
V 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics DCS 
MBAND 
Attempt five questions in all.' 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Write your Roll No. on the top&mmediately on cepeipt 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
AU CO 
G 
LIBRARY 
t a i , 
N 
D e i h i 
Use of scientific calculators is allowed. 
Some useful data is given at the end. 
Attempt any five of the following : 
m 
(a) Distinguish between the Bremsstrahlung radiation 
and Cerenkov radiation. 
P.T.0. 


4479 
2. 
3. 
2 
(b) Give the Lepton and Baryon numbers for electrons. 
protons and neutrons. 
(c) What is the basic difference between alpha decay 
spectrum and beta decay spectrum? 
(d) Why are even-even nuclei most stable? 
(e) Find the binding energy 
Fe in MeV. 
(f) State four quantities that are conserved in a nuclear 
reaction. 
26 
(g) Why 
do stable nuclei have more neutrons than 
protons? 
(3x5=15) 
(a) Discuss the basic assumptions of Liquid Drop 
model of nucleus. Explain how the model is used 
to estimate the semiempirical mass formula. 
(b) Use the semiempirical mass formula to calculate 
the binding energy of 
stable nucleus? 
40Ca. 
20 
(10) 
(5) 
(a) Explain in brief, the 
ermi gas model for nuclei. 
(10) 
(b) Which isobar of A (atomic 
mass number) = 75 
does the liquid drop model Suggest to be the most 
(5) 


4479 
4. 
5. 
3 
(a) Consider the successive nuclear decay of 
A’B ’C. Assuming that the initial number of 
nuclei of A is NOA and the initial number of nuclei 
B and C are 0, derive an expression for the number 
of nuclei N(t) present at any instant of time. 
Assume the probability of decay per unit time for 
nuclei A and nuclei B are 
and g respectively. 
(8) 
(b) For the following nuclear reaction, determine the 
energy released (Q) in MeV if protons are incident 
on the Lithium target. 
}H+Li’2($He)+Q 
(a) In the alpha decay of 
Pu into the ground state 
and excited states of 23U, the energies of the 
94 
(7) 
92 
alpha particles in MeV are 5.59, 5.546 and 5.447. 
Draw a schematic diagram of the transitions and 
determine the energies of y rays emitted by the 
daughter nuclei. 
(8) 
(b) Give an example each of B*, B and electron 
Capture. State three differences between decays 
Dy positron emission and the process of electron 
capture. 
(7) 


4479 
6. 
(a) Explain the construction and working of a 
jonization chamber for nuclear radiation detection. 
(10) 
(b) Alpha particle of energy 10 MeV produces 
3x 105 ion pairs on being completely stopped in 
an ionization chamber. Calculate the pulse height 
and current in the output circuit if total capacitance 
of the ionization chamber and the resistance in 
the output circuit is 50 uF and 10 K2 respectively. 
7. 
(a) Distinguish between Baryons and Mesons. 
4 
Some useful data 
I amu = 931.5 MeV 
(b) Describe briefly the Quark model of elementary 
particles. Write down the quark contents of proton, 
neutron, neutral pion and charged pion. 
(5+5) 
Masses: 
Atomic mass of proton (m,) 
Atomic mass of neutron (m,) 
Atomic mass of Hydrogen (H) 
Atomic mass of Helium GHe) 
Atomic mass of Lithium (Li) 
Atomic mass of Calcium Ca) 
Atomic mass of Iron GGFe) 
Atomic mass of Uranium (U) 
Atomic mass of Plutonium (Pu) = 238.049S|1 amu 
56 
= 1.007825 amu, 
= 1.008665 amu 
=1.007825 amu 
=4.002603 amu 
=7.01603 amu 
= 40.078 amu 
=55.934939 amu 
(5) 
= 234.040904 amu 
(5) 
(1500) 


(This question paper contains 8 printed 
Sr. No. of 
No, of Question Paper : 4481 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
4. 
Yout Roll 
:32227506 
Instructions for Candidates 
of this question paper. 
: Astronomy & Astrophysics 
DSE 
allowed. 
Kalke 
:B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
2. 
Attempt Five questions in all. 
pages.Uo 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
No29 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Use 
of 
n o n - p r o g r a m m a b l e scientific calculator is 
P.T.0. 


4481 
1. 
2 
Attempt any five of the following : 
(5x3) 
(a) Balmer lines are not seen in the spectra of either 
O stars or K stars. Explain. 
(b) What is the Sun's approximate RA on the 
following dates: June 7, Jan. 22 & Sept. 28. 
(c) What is the approximate LST at noon on July 
22? 
(d) The star system 61 
Cygni has a radial veiocity 
of 64 km/sec, a proper motion of 5.28"/yr, and a 
distance of 3.498 pc. What is its space velocity? 
(e) What is Olber's paradox? How is it resolved? 
() For a spherical galaxy, determine the density profile 
p(r) for which rotational velocity , v,(r) is 
independent of r. (r is the distance from the center 
of galaxy). 


481 
(a) 
i) Define apparent magnitude (m) and absolute 
(a) 
3 
magnitude (M). Show that 
type. 
Mpc. 
that m = M + 5 logio 
D+ 25, where D is the distance measured in 
(i) The angular diameter of star A with apparent 
bolometric magnitude of 2 is 2.5 times greater 
than the angular diameter of star B with 
apparent bolometric magnitude of 7. What is 
the ratio of temperature of star A to that of 
star B. 
(b) Draw HR ( Hertzsprung-Russell) diagram for 
classification of stars by incorporating Luminosity, 
temperature, absolute magnitude and spectral 
(10,5) 
(a) 
(1) Suppose an astronomer wants to observe the 
star on celestial meridian with declination 
§ = -60°. Which observatory should an 
P.T.0. 


4481 
astronomer choose: Lick 
Observatory at 
latitude = 37° N or Keck 
observatory at 
latitude = 20° N (Explain with suitable 
diagram). 
4 
(ii) What are the advantages of retlecting type 
telescope over refracting type? 
(b) For a gas of neutral hydrogen atoms, at what 
temperature is the number of atoms in the first 
excited state only 1% of the number of atoms in 
the ground state? 
(10,5) 
4. 
(a) Consider a star with mass M and radius R. Assume 
that the star's density varies as a function of radius 
r according to the equation : 
star. 
P P. [1 - (r/R)] 
where p, is the density at the center of the 


81 
(i) Caleulate p, in terms of M and R. 
(i) Calculate the mass of the star interior to 
radius r, M(r), as function of total mass M 
and radius R. 
(iii) Using hydrostatic equilibrium, obtain an 
expression for the pressure, P(r) at radius 
r in terms of G, M and R. (Assume that 
P(R) = 0, the pressure drops to zero at the 
outer boundary) 
(b) A globular cluster contain 106 stars, Assume that 
they all have same mass (1 M) and same speed 
(10 km/s). Use the virial theorem to estimate 
the characteristic size of the cluster. 
(10,5) 


4481 
5. 
6. 
(a) Using Maxwell 
6 
equations, derive thhe induction 
equation having both 
diffusive 
term. Discuss the importance of both the terms. 
the convective and di 
(b) The radius of the Sunspot is 1= 10 km and 
magnetic diffusivity n = 10 m² s. Calculate the 
magnetic Reynold number if the velocity of the 
conducting fluid is 103 m s-l. Explain the 
significance of the result obtained. 
(10.5) 
(a) Derive an expression of radial velocity of a star 
in the neighbourhood of a sun as function of 
galactic longitude (1), distance between the star 
and the sun, d, and Oort's constant A. 
(b) Assume the Oort constants A and B are + 15 km/ 
s/kpe and -10 km/s/kpc respectively. 
away from the galactic center. 
Calculate 
the rotational velocity of the sun if it is 8.5 kpc 
(10,5) 
4


81 
(a) Describe a method for obtaining a distance 
estimate for: 
7 
() a galaxy whose approximate distance is 20 
Mpc and 
(ii) a star at a distance of 10 kpc. 
(b) Suppose a quasar shows absorption from a 
Lyman-alpha cloud at an observed wavelength 
An= l83 nm. 
(i) Given that Lyman-alpha has a rest 
wavelength of about 
= 122 nm, what is 
the redshift z for this cloud. 
(ii) For a Hubble constant H, = 67 km/s/Mpe, 
what is its distance, in Mpc? 
(10,5) 


4481 
Useful constants : 
G= 6.67 x 10-11 
10-11 
m kg-! s-2 
m-3 
k¡ = 1.38 x 10-23 J/K 
G = 5.67 x 10- W m-² K-4 
M. gun= l.99 × 1030 ko 
R sun 
Sun 
6.96 x 108 m 
8 
3.86 x 1026 W 
1 A. U. = 1.5 x 10!1 m 
(1200)

a] ry

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Statistical Mechanics

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Physics

(CBCS-LOCF)

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt five questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

P.T.O.


2989 2

1. Attempt all parts from the following : (5x3=15)

(a) Three identical boxes A, B, C are at same
temperature T and have gases of equal number of
classical particles, bosons and fermions
respectively. Which gas will exert the greatest
pressure and which gas will exert the least

pressure? Why?

(b) Two isolated systems have thermodynamic

eee 210 3 10 ;
probabilities 3° and 5° respectively. Calculate

the total thermodynamic probability of the
combination of these systems. Also, calculate the

total entropy.

(c) For a system of N atoms, energy of each atom is

given as

_l,3.,n 1
B= (0; + Py) + yma (x +y*) + a(x+ty)

where m, @, @ are constants,


2989 3
Using equipartition theorem, find the average

energy of this system.

(d) Why are electrons not ejected out spontaneously
from a metal inspite of having tremendous zero

point pressure?

(ec) How is a Fermi gas different from a Bose gas at

T = 0K?

2. (a) Partition function is given by

Z= Digi e" B=llk,T

Prove that

(i) mean energy, E = _ 1 oz

Z ap

(ii) mean pressure, P = a(S)
BZ ov T,N

(iii) entropy, S = k, InZ+

sien

(3,4,5)

P.T.O.


2989 4
(b) Identify the regions in energy vs entropy diagram
for two temperatures: —100 K and 100 K fo, 4
system with finite maximum energy. Which of the

two is hotter? (3)

3. (a) Establish the relation between entropy and

thermodynamic probability. (5)

(b) Consider a system of N magnetic dipoles in the
presence of magnetic field B such that dipoles

can be either parallel or anti-parallel to B.

(i) Find energy E of the system, enumerate
the number of microstates, W(N, E) and
hence find the expression for entropy.

(2,2,3)

(ii) Show that the maximum entropy for this

system is given by

Snax = Nk, In 2 (3) |


2989 5

4.

5.

(a) In what ways Bose-Einstein Condensation (BEC)

differ from ordinary condensation? (2)

(b) Derive the expression for temperature (T,) at

which BEC sets in. (5)

(c) Show that at transition temperature (T=T,), the
energy of an ideal quantum gas consisting of N
particles of spin zero moving non-relativistically in

3-dimensions is given by

¢ (5/2)

E(T.) ~ LON Kg te 79) (8)

(a) Prove that the average energy of non-relativistic

fermions (spin = 1/2) at T = 0K is given by

E=

Ln | Ww

€, (0)

Why E#0 at T= 0K? (6,2)

P.T.O.


6
2989

(b) Show that for a strongly degenerate gas o¢

fermions (0 <.T << T,,), the chemical potential is
er

= 7 2/T 2

6. (a) State Planck’s postulates for blackbody radiation,
Write Planck’s law of blackbody radiation in terms
of wavelength and hence deduce Wien’s

displacement law. (2,6)

(b) The entropy of a blackbody radiation is given as

4
we” 1/4 7453/4, .
S= 30V Ee’; © is a constant.

Show that the Pressure exerted b
8iven by

p=
3V (4)


2989 7

(c) Consider a blackbody radiation inside a cavity

maintained at temperature 400 K. Calculate the

energy density of photons inside this cavity.

(3)

7. In a hypothetical system, 3 particles are distributed
over 4 degenerate energy levels (0, €, 2e, 3e) such
that the total energy of the system is 3€. Degeneracies
of these energy levels are respectively (3, 4, 2,2).
Find all the possible macrostates and their

corresponding microstates if particles are
(a) classical (identical and distinguishable)

(b) bosons

(c) fermions | (5,5,5)

P.T.O.


2989 8

Some useful constants and integrals :

c =3x 108 ms",
m, =9.11 1077! kg,

b = 2898 pm K,
o =5.67 x 108 Jm?s'K™,

h = 6.626 x 10734 Js =4.136 x 10? eV s,.
ky = 1.38 x 10°? VK = 8.617 x 10> -eV/K,

Tt e*)

7 x a
ere G =Tin)g,(2); 2) = cn)

au a -=TO) Ls Ll) = 82-222)
6 (3/2) =2.612, ¢(5/2) = 1.341, fy.) = 0.765,

cae ®, cy=-®, 1{!) Ve
2

(1500)


Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3077

Unique Paper Code > 32227612

Name of the Paper : Nano Materials and
Applications

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Physics —
CBCS-DSE —- II

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt any five questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Symbols have their usual meanings.

1. Attempt any five questions : (3x5=15)

(a) What do you understand by nanomaterials? Give
one example each of 2D and ID nanomaterials.

P.T.O.


3077 2

(b) Determine the surface arca to volume ratio of
spherical particles of radii tnm, 10 nm, 1 ium, and
plot the variation of the ratio with radii.

(c) How do electrons interact with matter in electron
microscopy?

(d) Draw the typical XRD curves obtained for

crystalline, polycrystalline and amorphous materials.

(e) Sketch and label a schematic diagram of a single

electron transfer device.

(f) How do optical properties of a material change

with the size of nanoparticle?

g) How nanomaterials can be used for cancer

therapy?
(h) What are organic (dye synthesized) solar cells?
2. (a) Explain briefly the physical and chemical vapour
deposition techniques, (8)

(b) Explain the nucleation and growth process for

colloida] Synthesis of nanomaterials, (7)


3077 3

3.

(a) Considering the free electron gas model, determine
the density of state expression [p(E)] for a 3D
material. Draw the corresponding E vs. K and E
vs. p(E) diagram of 3D and 2D material for
comparison and explain briefly the important
features of the two. (12)

(b) Explain why the confinement results in the
appearance of the zero-point energy in the E vs.
K diagram. What is the physical significance of
the zero-point energy? (3)

(a) Discuss the absorption, emission and luminescence

radiative processes. (10)

(b) Why is vacuum required in all thin film deposition

techniques? How is it achieved? (5)

Discuss the principle and fabrication technique of
any two of the following used for the synthesis of

nanomaterials?
(i) Sol-gel
(ii) Sputtering
(iii) Hydrothermal method

(iv) Molecular Beam Epitaxy (7.5x2=15)

P.T.O.


3077 4
6. (a) How is ballistic transport different from diffusive

transport? (5)

(b) Obtain an expression for the variation in
electrostatic energy of a system for single electron

charging. Name the effect associated with it.

(10)

7. (a) What are silicon nanowires? Give its various

applications. (8)

(b) What are quantum LASER devices? How are they
formed? (7)

(1200)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] Oy 6) 4

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

B.Sc. Hons.—(Physics) DSE -
Paper

Name of the Course

Semester VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt FIVE questions in all.
3. All questions carry equal marks.
4. Question No. 1 is compulsory. .

5. Use of scientific calculator is allowed.

1. Answer any five of the following questions :
| (5x3=15)

(a) What are the different ways to increase the
capacity of a cell in a cellular network?

P.T.O.


3078 2

(b) A carrier wave is given by V, = 5.0 x Cos (6 x
10° x t). This carrier is amplitude modulated by a
base band signal given by V,, = 3.0 x Cos (100),

Find the value of modulation index.
(c) How PM signal is derived from FM? |

(d) A broadcast radio transmitter radiates 5 kW power
when the modulation percentage is 60 percent.

How much is the carrier power?

(e) The noise level available at the output of a
communication receiver is -10 dBm. What is the

noise level in the absolute scale?

(f) What do you mean by bandwidth? Explain

Shannon’s limit for information capacity.

2. (a) Define the term SSB in amplitude modulation.
Explain any one method of SSB signal generation
using suitable block diagram. How much power
is saved in SSB transmission over DSB-SC

transmission?

(b) Explain amplitude demodulation using diode
detector. What type of distortions can occur in
the detection of AM signal using this method of

detection? (8,7)


3078 3

3. (a) Define Pulse amplitude modulation (PAM) and

explain its generation with suitable diagrams.

(b) For the following bit sequence, draw the timing
diagram for Unipolar Return to Zero (UPRZ),
Unipolar Non Return to Zero (UPNRZ), Bipolar
Return to Zero (BPRZ), Bipolar Non Return to
Zero (BPNRZ) and Split Phase (Manchester)

encoding :

Bit stream: 1010110101100 (10,5)

4, (a) Write the requirements of a FM detector circuit.
Draw and explain the circuit diagram of slope

detector for the demodulation of FM signal. »

(b) An angle modulated signal has the form s(t) =100
Cos[2x10’xt + 4Sin(2x1077xt)]

(i) Determine the average transmitted power

for a load resistance of 1kQ.
(ii) Determine the peak phase deviation.

(ii) Determine the peak frequency deviation.
(10,5)

5. (a) Draw the block diagram for a pulse code
modulation (PCM) system and explain it’s working.

P.T.O.


3078 4

(b) Determine (i) the peak frequency deviation, (ii)
minimum bandwidth for a binary FSK Signal with °
a mark frequency of 49 kHz, a space frequency
of 51 kHz and an input bit rate of 2 kbps,

(10,5)

6. (a) Explain Global System for Mobile Communication
with the help of a block diagram. Describe in detail]
about its different components and the interfaces
between them.

(b) What do you understand by handoff and roaming?
(c) Determine the following :

(i) Channel capacity for a cellular telephone
area comprised of seven macrocells with
16 channels per cell.

(ii) Channel capacity if each macrocell is split

into four minicells. (8,4,3)

7. (a) What do you understand by satellite
communication? Give a comparison between LEO

(Low Earth Orbit), MEO (Medium Earth Orbit)

and GSO (Geosynchronous Orbit). Explain why

Seostationary satellites are preferentially used for
worldwide communications.

(b) Draw the block diagram of a satellite transponder

and explain it’s working. (8,7)

(700)


Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3084

Unique Paper Code : 32227626

Name of the Paper : Classical Dynamics (DSE —
Paper) |

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics

(CBCS — LOCF)

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt four questions in all including Question No.

1 which is compulsory.

1. Attempt any four of the following :

(a) Explain time dilation phenomenon using space-time

diagram.

P.T.O.


2
3084

(b) With the help of diagram explain the differenge

between

(i) steady and unsteady flow

(ii) uniform and non-uniform flow.

(c) What do you mean by length contraction. The rest
radius of the earth may be taken as 6400 km and
its orbital speed about the sun as 30 km/sec. By
how much would the earth’s diameter appear to
be shortened to an observer on the sun, due to

earth’s orbital motion?

(d) Show that motion of a charged particle in
crossed electric and magnetic field is cycloid.

Also determine the maximum height of a cycloid

path,


3084 3

(e) What do you mean by
s of freedom for the following

degrees of freedom.

Determine degree
systems -
(i) four particles moving freely in a space.
(ii) two particles falling under gravity in

space.

(f) What is meant by stable, unstable and neutral

equilibrium. For a particle moving under the

; 1
influence of a potential, V = 5K x? where k is a

constant, determine the kind of equilibrium system

holds. (4x6=24)

2. (a) Consider a particle of mass m moving in two
dimensions, subject to a force F=-axk + By, where

a and B are positive constants.

P.T.O.


4
3084

Using x and y as generalized coordinates, obtain
the Lagrangian of this system and hence fing the

equation(s) of motion. (6,4)

(b) A particle of mass m is moving in three dimension

close to the earth’s surface, Lagrangian of this

system is given as L=5m(i? +9? +27) —mgz,

where x, y, z are the generalized coordinates.
Identify the cyclic coordinates and find the
canonical momentum conjugate to the remaining

generalized coordinate. (3,4)

A particle of mass m is moving in a central potential

V(r), Lagrangian of the system is given by

L=T-V="m(i? +2°§)-V(r)

where r and ® are the generalized coordinates. Obtain

the Hamiltonian, H and using Hamilton’s equations of
motion, show that


3084 5

(i) © (mr?) =0, i. e., angular momentum (1) is
constant.

d

qt tV)=% i. e., total energy (E) is constant.
t

(il)

(6,6,5)

4. (a) Derive 3-velocity transformation equations using

4-velocity transformation rule. (7)

(b) A car (rest mass m,) is moving with the speed

2c//5 at 45° with x—axis in x —y plane. Find the

(i) 4-momenum of the car

(ii) norm of 4-momentum. (8,2)

P.T.O.


3084

5. (a) Using the invariance of the quantity ot—ker,

obtain transformation rule for 4-wavevector,
kt =(a/c,k) and hence derive the expression for

transverse Doppler effect. (6,3)

(b) An unstable atom at rest (rest mass M,) decays
into smaller atom (rest mass m,) and photon. Using

4-vector approach or otherwise, prove that the

2 2

speed of smaller atom is given by u =c— oe
Mo +m<o

(8)

Two blocks and three springs are configured as shown
below. These blocks can execute longitudinal simple

harmonic oscillations only. When the blocks are at

rest, all springs are unstretched.


7.

(a) Choosing the displacement of each block from its

equilibrium position as generalized coordinates
(X,,X,), obtain T (kinetic energy) and V (potential
energy) matrices and hence find the angular
frequencies of small oscillations. (2,252)
(b) Find the relations between (x,,X,) and normal

coordinates (q,; 4>) and hence obtain the

expressions for T and V in terms of (q,, 4,)-

(5,3,3)

(a) A charged particle (mass m, charge q) is at rest

at origin and at t = 0, fields are applied such that

—

E=E,y and B=B,z. Find its position at time

t>0. (10)

P.T.O.


3084 8
(b) If two capillaries of radii r,, 1, and length L,, L,
respectively are joined in series, derive the
expression for the rate of flow of liquid through

this arrangement using Poiseuille’s formula.

(7)

(1000)


Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3086

Unique Paper Code : 32227630

Name of the Paper : Advanced Quantum Mechanics

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics-CBCS-
DSE

Semester . : VI

Duration : 3 Hours ~ Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediatély on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt FIVE questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.
4. All questions carry equal marks...

5. Non programmable calculators are allowed.

P.T.O.


2
3086
1. (a) Consider the vectors |¥ > =3i|¢,>—-Til¢,> and

y>=lbi> 42|b.>> with {|¢;>} an orthonormal

basis. Calculate the inner product between |y >

and ¥ 7>, an

Schwarz inequality.

d show that they satisfy the Cauchy-

(b) Find the expectation value of the commutator

relation Lip Jyl in the state [jf =1/2,m,=1/2>,

where Je and jy are total angular momentums.

(c) Consider the spin states | +-> and | - >, basis

states for a spin half system and suppose an

operator 4 has the properties : A| + > = af i|->
a | >= ~ 5th! +>. If a spin half system

is in the state |S >= all +>+ |-—>]. Then find

the value of A|S >.


3086 3

aA

(d) Find the value of j_/ are : >, where f, = J, +iJd,.

(ec) Show that the ground state energy of one-

‘dimensional harmonic oscillator is

hi mo ;
E((a) = mit aa where the symbols have their

usual meanings. For calculating this, use the
variational method and assume the trial function

Wo(x, a) = Aer, (5x3=15)

2. (a) Consider a two dimensional space where a

Hermitian operator A is defined by |

Al ¢,> =16,> and Al 6,> =| 9,>5 | 4,> and

| ?, > are orthonormal.

(i) Do the states the | ¢,> and |¢,> form

the basis?

_ (ii) Consider the operator B = | ¢,><4¢, |. Is

B Hermitian? Show that B2 = 0

P.T.O.


3.

3086
(iii) Show that the operator BB

unitary.

(b) If A and B commute, and if | y,> and | y,> are
two eigenstates of A with different eigenvalues.

(A is Hermitian), show that

(ii) B|y, > is also an eigenstate of 4 with the
same eigenvalue as |y, >; if A] Yf>=

a,|w, > show that A(Bly, >)= a,Bly, >
, (9+6=15)

(a) Find the following commutation relations :

(i) [2,1] where 7 = Be
2m

N|~

Gi, [L, ,L?] where J, =L, + if and
y atic

I? = f2 72 *
+ £2 4. 72


3086 S
(ii) ($2, $7]

(b) If the expectation value of momentum is <p>
for the wave function w(x). Find the expectation

value of momentum for the wave function

etkxlhuy (x), — (9+6=15)

4, (a) Consider a particle of mass m which moves under

the influence of gravity; the particles Hamiltonian

a 2

is H => —mgZ, where g is the acceleration

dz
due to gravity. Calculate 7 < P,> and obtain

<Z>(t), such that, <Z>(0)=h and

< Pz > (0) =0.

P.T.O.


3086 6

(b) If the state of a particle moving in one dimensional

Harmon

yeas Bele ag Vi7 3 13>

where |n> represents the no

ic oscillator is given by

rmalised n” energy

eigenstate. Find the expectation value of number

operator, N,N? and hence AW. (9+6=15)

5. (a) An electron is described by ha Hamiltonian that

does not depend on spin. The electron’s spin wave

function is an eigenstate of S, with eigenvalue |

+—. The operator A.S represents the spin

No |

projection along a direction n, where fi = sin O(cos fx

+ sings) + cos Az.

(i) Solve the eigenvalues problem of f.S.

What is the probability of finding the

electron in each #.S§ eigenstate.


3086 | 7

(ii) Assume now that the system is subjected
to a homogeneous magnetic field B =nB.

The Hamiltonian is H= Hyp t+ @n. S.. The
original state of the electron continues as
an eigenstate of the modified system.
Calculate the spin state of the.system at
later times t > 0. What is the probability
of finding the system again in the initial

state?

: ‘ A . 1 A A AOA
(b) Consider the operator A= 5 xl + ys x)
Calculate the expectation value of A with respect

to the state |j,m>. (9+6=15)

6. (a) Consider a system of three non-identical spin 1/2

particles whose hamiltonian is given as:

Ee, —> — >  —
H=-—(S1. S3+ 5 ,.53), where €) have the

dimension of energy. Find the energy levels and

their degeneracy.

P.T.O.


3086 | 8

f rogen
(b) Estimate the ground state energy of Hydrog
’ . . . in

atom by means of the variational method using
ifr<a

1-= s@
trial wave function, wo=4" e sa

where « is an adjustable parameter. Find a relation

between a min 20d the Bohr radius. Compare it

with exact energy and find: the fractional change

in its value. Find a relation between o

mm and the
Bohr radius.

(6+9=15)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

Your RoWANO........00:

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 3188 a
oO
-

Unique Paper Code : 32227612

Name of the Paper Nano Materials and Applications

Name of the Course - B.Sc. (Hons) Physics-
| CBCS-DSE- III

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt any five questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Symbols have their usual meanings.

P.T.O.


3188

1.

2

Attempt any five questions : (3x5=15)

(a) What do you understand by nanomaterials? Give

one example each of 2D and 1D nanomaterials,

(b) Determine the surface area to volume ratio of
spherical particles of radii 1 nm, 10 nm, 1 pm, and
plot the variation of the ratio with radii.

(c) How do electrons interact with matter in electron

microscopy?

(d) Draw the typical XRD curves obtained for
crystalline, polycrystalline and amorphous
materials. |

(e) Sketch and label a schematic, diagram of a single
electron transfer device.

(f) How do optical properties of a material change
with the size of nanoparticle?

(g) How nanomaterials can be used for cancer
therapy?

(h) What are organic (dye synthesized) solar cells?

(a) Explain briefly the physical and chemical vapour
deposition techniques, (8)


3188 3

(b) Explain the nucleation and growth process for

colloidal synthesis of nanomaterials. (7)

3. (a) Considering the free electron gas model, determine
the density of state expression [p(E)] for a 3D
material. Draw the corresponding E vs. K and E
vs. p(E) diagram of 3D and 2D material for
comparison and explain briefly the important
features of the two. (12)

(b) Explain why the confinement results in the
appearance of the zero-pointa energy in the E vs.
K diagram. What is the physical significance of
the zero-point energy? (3)

4. (a) Discuss the absorption, emission and luminescence
radiative processes. (10)

(b) Why is vacuum required in all thin film deposition
techniques? How is it achieved? (5)

5.. Discuss the principle and fabrication technique of any
two of the following used for the synthesis of
nanomaterials? |

(i) Sol-gel
(ii) Sputtering

P.T:O.


3188 4
(iii) Hydrothermal method

(iv) Molecular Beam Epitaxy (7.5x2=15)

6. (s) How is ballistic transport different from diffusive

transport? (5)

(b) Obtain an expression for the variation in
electrostatic energy of a system for single electron
charging. Name the effect associated with it.

(10)

7. (a) What are silicon nanowires? Give its various
applications. (8)

(b) What are quantum LASER devices? How are they
formed? (7)

(300)


Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3189

Unique Paper Code : 32227613

Name of the Paper : Communication System

Name of the Course : B.Se. Hons.-(Physics)_ DSE
Paper

Semester | : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt FIVE questions in all.
3. All questions carry equal marks.
4. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

5. Use of scientific calculator is allowed.

1. Answer any five of the following questions :
(5x3=15)
(a) Briefly explain why a signal is required to be
converted into passband region from baseband
region for communication?

P.T.O.


2

g? Define TDM and FDM.

3189
(b) What is multiplexin
(c) What is the function of mixer in a super heterodyne
receiver?

(d) The maximum peak-to-peak value of an AM-wave
is 45 V. The peak-to-peak value of the modulating
signal is 20 V. What is the percentage of

modulation?

(e) Write the statement for sampling theorem. What
is aliasing?

(f) Calculate the minimum bandwidth for a FSK signal
with a bit rate of 200 kbps and S/N of 15dB.

(a) Show that there are infinite numbers of frequency
bands accommodated in Frequency Modulated

Wave.

(b) Find out the carrier and modulating frequency,
modulation index and the maximum deviation for a

frequency modulated wave given as: |

E =12Sin (6 x 108t + 5 Sin 1250 t) (10,5)

(a) Draw the circuit diagram for the generation and
detection of single side band amplitude modulated
wave and explain it’s working.


3189 | 3

(b) Distinguish between amplitude and frequency
modulation. Calculate the power developed by an
AM wave in a load of 100Q when the peak
voltage of the carrier is 100 V and the modulation
factor is 0.4. (10,5)

4. (a) Enumerate the merits and demerits of digital
communication system. What is the function of
Encoder in PCM? Explain different Encoding

schemes.

(b) For a PCM coding scheme for 3-bits, determine
the quantization voltage, quantization error (e,)
and PCM code for the analog sample voltage of
+1.07V. (10,5)

5. (a) Describe in detail the modulation techniques of
Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM), Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM) and Pulse Position Modulation
(PPM) with suitable proper diagrams. Explain the
advantages and disadvantages of PCM over the

Pulsed Modulation scheme.

(b) A FDM channel having total bandwidth of 100
MHz requires 20 kHz bandwidth for the
transmission of single signal. How many signals
can be transmitted simultaneously using a FDM

scheme if the guard band frequency is 2 kHz?
(10,5)

P.T.O.


3189 4

6. (a) Draw a block diagram for a Transponder and
explain its working. Discuss about the operating

frequency of uplink and downlink in C-band.

- (b) Define the term satellite visibility? Calculate the
visibility of geostationary satellite for earth station

located at the equator. . (10,5)

7. (a) What is frequency reuse? Draw the frequency
reuse patterns for the following cluster sizes:
(i) N=4 (ii) N=7. Determine the frequency reuse
distance for a mobile system of cluster size 10

and radius of each cell 5 kilometres.

(b) What do you understand by the SIM and IMEI

numbers in mobile communication? (8,7)

(700)


[This question paper contains 8 printed paggs

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3194

Unique Paper Code : 32227625 .

Name of the Paper : Advanced Mathematical
Physics-II (DSE)

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Physics
(CBCS-LOCF)

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all including Q. No. 1 which

is compulsory.

3. Non-programmable scientific calculator is

allowed.

P.T.O.


3194

1. (a) Attempt all parts:

(3x5=15)

d the equation of shortest path between two
Fin

‘nts on the surface of right circular cylinder of
poin

radius 'a'.

(b) Lagrangian of some system is given as

L=sm(%? +9?) ta(xy — y%); m, Q are

constants

Identify the generalized coordinates and hence find

their corresponding momenta.

(c) Two sets are given along with their binary

Operations:

() W= (0,1, 2, 3,0. ps4
(additive set of whole numbers)
WH) Z= 0, 41, 3,0 $5 4

(additive set of odd integers)

Does any of thes
at

© sets form a group? Give

ea '
St one reason in €ach case.


3194 3
(d) Consider a cyclic group C = (a) such that a’ = e,
(i) write all generators of C.

(ii) find all non-trivial subgroups of C.

(ec) Suppose a random variable X takes on the values
-3, 2, 4,7
with respective probabilities

k+1 2k-2 3k-5 k+2
10 ” 10 ’ 10” 10

Find the value of k and expected value of X.

2. (a) Find the Legendre transform G(V,, V,) of the

function
F(u1, u2) = Sur? + 4uyu2 + Sun? »
[vi=OF/du, ui=OG/Ov, F+G=Zuvi] (7)

(b) A system with one degree of freedom has a

Hamiltonian

P.T.O.


3194 4

H(q, p) = — + bp+cq’; m, b, c are constants

here q is the generalized coordinate and p is its
corresponding momentum.

(i) Obtain the Lagrangian L(q, 4). (4)

(1) Determine the Lagrangian equation of motion.

(4)

(a) Using Euler-Lagrange equation, find the extremal

of the following functional

|
I= |[y? +12y]dr; y= &
4 dx

such that y(0) = 0 and y (1) = 1. (7)

(b) Simple pendulum (2, m) is executing SHM about

its equilibrium Position as shown in Fig. (1).


3194 5

m(x, y)

Fig. (1)

(i) Using the generalized co-ordinate and the
generalized velocity, construct the Lagrangian

and obtain the equation of motion.

(ii) Also, deduce the Hamiltonian. (5, 3)

4. (a) Consider the set K:
K = {e, a, b, ab}

where binary operation '*' is defined as

P.T.O.


3194 :
a*a = b*b=e, a*b = b*a.

(i) Prepare the group multiplication table for kK.

(4)

(ii) Determine whether K is a cyclic group or
not. (4)

(b) Show that the general form of the elements of

SO(2) group with respect to matrix multiplication

is given by:
lS | ”

5. Consider the set G with the binary operation '«':
G= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}

Group table of G is given as:


Ee
se os -

(a) Find Z(G), the centre of the group G. (1)

(b) H = {1, 2, 3, 4} is a subgroup of G, find left and

right cosets of H inG and hence infer whether H

is a normal subgroup or not. (8,2)
(c) Also, check if subgroup H is
abelian / cyclic / both. (4)

(a) Two marbles are selected one after the other
without replacement from a box containing 3 white

marbles and 2 red marbles. Find the conditional

probabilities:

P.T.O.


3194 8
(i) P(2 white | first is white) (4)
(ii) P(2 red | second is red) (4)

(b) Using Binomial distribution, find the probability of
guessing correctly at least 8 of the 10 answers in

a true-false examination. (7)

7. (a) If X has a Poisson distribution such that
P(X = 1) = P(K = 2),
find P(X = 5). (3)
(b) Show that in a Normal distribution N(p, o)
mean, x =U (4)

(c) Using multinomial distribution or otherwise, find
the probability of throwing 11 in exactly one throw

with 4 dice. (8)

(1500)


Trt 30H

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3195

Unique Paper Code : 32227626 IC
Name of the Paper : Classical Dynamics
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Physics-DSE

(Old Course)
Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours | Maximum Marks : 75

_ Instructions for Candidates ©

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Question No. 1 which is compulsory.

3. Attempt any four questions from the remaining.

1. Attempt all of the following : (3x5=15)

(a) Explain the concept of length contraction using
the space-time diagram,

P.T.O.


3195

2

(b) Show that motion of a charged particle in crossed

electric and magnetic field is that of a cycloid.

(c) Given that the fluid velocity components to be:

— — bx = i
Ve = Bay = Bt Y2 0. Find the equation of

the stream lines.

(d) As shown in the figure, a particle of mass m moves
in a horizontal plane. The mass is connected to
the origin by the spring with spring constant k and .-

a relaxed length. Find the Lagrangian L. Verify i

i) ae ;
that B=7,9-L represents the energy and is

conserved.



3195 3
(e) A rod of length L is inclined at an angle 0’ to
the x-axis in an inertial frame of reference
S' moving with velocity v in the x-direction
w.t.t. another inertial frame 5. What will be the

angle @ of the rod with respect to the x-axis in

the frame S?

2. (a) What is Hamilton’s Principle. Derive Euler-
Lagrange equation using the Hamilton’s
Principle. Discuss the two main advantages of
the Lagrangian approach over Newtonian

approach. (2,4,2)

(b) A spring with spring constant k and relaxed
length zero is inserted in a standard Atwood’s
machine to create the setup shown in the

Figure.

P.T.O.


3195

Find the generalized coordinates and their <
conjugate generalized momenta of the system. Find -
the Hamiltonian in terms of these generalized
coordinates and then write down the Hamilton’s
equations. (7)
3. (a) Define Hamiltonian, and derive Hamilton’s equation

of motion. Using Hamilton’s equation of motion,

show that the Hamiltonian,


3195 5

p* rt 41.) 2y2 prt
H=~e r +5mw°x"e leads to the equation of

motion of a damped oscillator, X+rx + 7x = 0.

(4,4)

(b) With the help of diagram explain the difference
between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform
and non-uniform flow, (iii) Is it possible to have a

uniform but unsteady flow? Give an example.

(7)

; 4. Two blocks and three springs are configured as shown
in the Figure. When the blocks are at rest, all springs

are unstretched. These blocks are constrained to move

horizontally only.

P.T.O.


3195 6

(a) Choosing the displacement of each block from its

equilibrium position as generalized coordinates

Giis%) obtain T (kinetic energy) and V (potential
Apo2/9
energy) matrices and hence find the angular

frequencies of small oscillations. (8)

(b) Find the relations between (x,,X,) under normal
mode of oscillation. Also, find the normal
coordinates (q,,q,) and hence obtain the

expressions for T and V in terms of (q,,q,).

(7)

5. (a) Using the invariance of the quantity wt —k-7,

obtain transformation rule for 4-wavevector,

k*® = (w/c,k). Derive the expression for transverse
Doppler effect. (7)

(b) An object MmOving in y-direction with a constant
velocity travels a distance of 288 m in 1.2
mic

rosecond in the S-frame. Find the proper time

inter
val for crossing the distance. Verify that it


3195 7

. e n 9 e e °
remains unchanged in a frame S which is moving

in the positive x-direction with a speed 0.6c. Also

find speed of S’ in the objects frame. (8)

6. (a) Using four vector approach prove that E? = c?p?

+ m%c4 where the symbols have their usual

(7)

meaning.

| MeV .
(b) The speed of a particle of rest mass 135 < 1S
Cc

found to be 0.8c in a frame S’. The frame S’ is
observed to move with a speed of 0.6c in another
frame 5. All the motions are collinear and are
taken to be along x-axis. In S’, it is found that the
particle decays into the two photons. Each of the
photon makes an angle 0’ with the initial direction
of the particle. Find the angle 9’ and the frequency
of the photon in this frame. Also find the
corresponding angle 0 and frequency of photon in

S frame. (8)

P.T.O.


3195 8

7. (a)A charged particle (mass m, charge q) is at rest

at the origin. At t=0, an electric field E=E,y

and a magnetic field B=Bo2 are switched on.

Find the position of the particle at a later time

t. (8)

(b) Two capillaries of radii r,, Tr, and length /,, /, are
joined in a series. Using Poiseuille’s formula, derive
the expression for the rate of flow of liquid through

this arrangement. (7)

a

(1200)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.]

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3197

Oo \\e
Unique Paper Code : 32227630\, L

Name of the Paper : Advanced Quantil. NEF

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics-CBCS-
| DSE

Semester . : VI

Duration: 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt FIVE questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Non programmable calculators are allowed.

P.T.O.


3197 2

1. (a) Two state of a physical system are represented
by 14> = 6i|¢, > —3il@2 > and

[yor = —2|¢, > +4i|p2>- | > and |@.>
Determine the scalar

are orthonormal basis.

product < Wj |Y% > and verify that
<ylyy>*=< lM >-
(b) Evaluate the commutator for spin angular

momentum operators [S. ‘Sel.

(c) Show that ata‘aa=N?2-N, while aaata’-=

2+3N+N?:; where a, at. and N are the annihilation,

creation and number operators respectively.

: 2
(d) Compute the expression <j m|J, |j m> in the

standard total angular momentum basis.

(ec) Show that the ground state energy of one-

dimensional harmonic oscillator is


3197 | 3

ma

Ba where the symbols have their
a

2
E,(a) = an +
2m

usual meanings. For calculating this, use the

variational method and assume the trial function

Wolx,a)= Aen — (3x5=15)

2. (a) Consider two states
ly > = 2i|d, > + 1g. >-alds>+4 |g, > and

ly > =3|¢,>-il¢,>+5|¢,>—¢,>, where

{|¢, > } are orthonormal kets and ‘a’ is constant.

(i) Find the value of ‘a’ so that |y, > and

[yw > are orthogonal.

(ii) Calculate the scalar products < y,|y >

and <yly,>. Are they equal? |

P.T.O.


3197

ii) Find the Hermitian conjugate of [y, > and

(i
ly, > < Vol:

(b) (i) Show that the eigenvalues of a unitary

operator are complex number of muduli equal
to one and the eigenvectors of unitary

operator that has no degenerate eigenvalues

are mutually orthogonal.

(ii) Using the completeness condition show that

Tr(AB) = Tr(BA): (9+6=15)

~-

3. (a) Find the following commutation relations :

- 2
n A mo
(i) [p2, [H, £7], where H = f + #?
| _ 2m 2

A

Gi) (27,§.L] ;


3197 5

(ii) [H,4'] where H is the hamiltonian of

At
one dimensional harmonic oscillator and @’

is the raising operator.

(b) Using Ehrenfest’s Theorem find the value of

de <X.p>, where % andp are position and

momentum operator respectively. (9+6=15)

"4. (a) Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of

spin operator § of an electron in the direction
of n (unit vector) where 7 = (sin@ cos f)x +

(sin 2 sin d)} + cos OZ. Also find the probability

of measuring S, =— hl2.

P.T.O. .


6
3197 ’

: ' ay Waveara) as w> =
(b) The state of particle 1s represented as | w
» ‘ r4 ,
A[2}0>+5[2>], where {|n>} are the
eigenstate of hamiltonian of one dimensional
illator. Find the ation value of
harmonic oscillator. Find the expect

energy in the state | y>. | (OF6=15)

5. (a) Consider a spin-half particle with a magnetic

moment p. At time t = 0, the state of particle is
MESO #14 >.< Tt > 41 —>)
2

The Pauli spin matrices are given by:

Alo] h(o -i\ ay 0
Ss. =— Sy =—[” 0, = — .
2 ( 5) * 2 (‘ 0 : = (5 °)
(1) If the particle evolves In a uniform magnetic

field parallel to the Z=direction, B = Bo? ,
Calculate | w(t) >, the State O
(in the {+>

time t.

f the particle

»|-> basis) at some later


a cris EE pindntne

3197

7

(ii), At time t, the observable 5, is measured.

What is the probability that the value

+)}/2 will occur.

(b) A polar representation of the creation and

annihilation operators for a simple harmonic
oscillator can be introduced as 1 a= VN + lei,
and gize#/N+1; where the operators
Nand @ are assumed to be hermitian. The

commutator relation still holds [@,a"] = 1. Show

that cos é|n > is the eigenstate of N with
eigenvalue (n-l).  ~—— (9+6=15)

6. (a) A system of three (non-identical ) spin-half

particles whose spin operators are $1.55 and S; 1S

governed by the Hamiltonian
A Aan a B A oS A

where a and B have the unit of energy. Find the

energy eigenvalues and their degeneracy.

P.T.O.


3197 8

(b) Fora particle of mass m moving in one-dimensional

rigid box with walls at x = 0 and x = a. Use

the trial function of the form w(x) = x(a—x)

estimate its ground state energy using the

variational method. (6+9=15)

(100)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1029 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
3. 
: 222201|101 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
Your Roll No2.02.3 
1. 
Mathematical Physics -I 
: B.Sc. Hons. 
: I 
2. 
Question 1 is Compulsory. 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
BA 
MamåmaNs: 
D 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Attempt any four questions from question Numbers 
2-6. 
(a) Find the value of the Jacobian (u,v) 
(r.0) 
where 
u=x- y' and v= 2xy and x =rcos 0, y =r sind. 
(b) In what direction from the point (1,3,2) is the 
directional derivative of 
= 2xz - y', a maximum? 
P.T.0. 


1029 
2. 
(c) Evaluate 
. n ds where S is a closed surface 
(d) Express Y, f and ä.f in index notation. 
(e) Show that following equation is exact and solve it: 
(y cos x + sin y t y)dx + (sin x +x cos yt x) dy =0 
() Refer to the Probability distribution given below: 
X: 
P(X=x) 
-3 
1/6 
solve it: 
6 
1/2 
Find E(X) and E(2X+1)²). 
9 
(2x log X - xy) dy + 2 y dx = 0 
1/3 
(i) Show that following equation is inexact and then 
(3x6) 
(6) 
(ii) A certain radioactive material is known to decay 
at a rate proportional to the amount present. If 
initially there is 50 milligrams of the material 
present and after two hours 
it is observed that 
the material has lost 10 percent of its original 
mass. With the help of the differential equation 
d N/dt = k N, N being the amount of material 
present at time t, find (a) an expression for the 
mass of the material remaining at any time t (b) 
the mass of the material after 4 hours. 
(6) 


1029 
3. 
4. 
(iii) Solve by the method of Undetermined 
Coefficients : 
d'y/dx? + 2 dy/dx + y = X - ex 
(i) Solve the given differential equation : 
dy 
3 
dx + 2 y tan x = Sin x 
given that y =0 when x = T/3. 
d²y/dx + a y= tan ax 
(ii) Solve by the method of Variation of parameters: 
(iii) Solve the differential equation: 
x² d'y/dx?  4x dy/dx + 6y = 42/x 
(i) Show that 
(ii) Show that 
(6) 
Ä-(6sy + 2)i+(s*' -)i+(3xe'-y)à 
(6) 
V'r = n(n+1)r-2 where r'=x?+ y2+ z? 
(4) 
(ii) Prove ë(xi)-v(a)-v'Ä. 
(6) 
(6) 
is irrotational. Find 
such that A=V 
(6) 
(8) 
P.T.0. 


1029 
5. 
6. 
() Verify the divergence theorem for 
¢ = 4xi-2y'i+z'k 
taken over the region bounded by x² + y2 
Z=0 and z = 3. 
(ii) Using Stake's theorem, evaluate 
(x + 2y)dx + (x - z)dy + (y- z)dz 
)ver the contour C, where C is the boundary of 
triangle bounded with vertices (2,0,0), (0,3,0) and 
(0.0.6) oriented in anticlockwise direction and 
is the surface of the plane 
X-1 
2 3 6 6 
(9) 
(i) Show that scalar product of two vectors 1s 
invariant under rotation of axes. 
(iii) If Ë=2yi-zj+: 
(9) 
(ii) Find an expression for the mean and variance ot 
the Binomial distribution. 
[|F.á ds. 
(4) 
(8) 
and S is the surface y2 = 8x in the first octan! 
bounded by the plane y=4 and z = 6, 
evaluate 
(6) 
(500)

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages.J 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4550 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Instructions for 
Candidates 
Your RNo. 
3. 
32221201 
1. 
: Electricity and Magnetism 
: II 
B.Sc. (Hons) Physics (CBCS 
-LOCF) 
2. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
2023 
LRARY 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Answer any four of the remaining six questions. 
Attempt all parts of this question : 
(5x5=25) 
P.T.O. 


4550 
(a) A point charge 'q' is located at the centre of a 
cube having cdge of length 'd'. What is the value 
of flus over one face of the cube? If the charge 
is placed at one corner of the cube, then what wilI 
be the value of electric flux through each face of 
the cube? 
2 
(b) Suppose the electric field in some region is found 
to be, E = kr'r in sphericai coordinates where, is 
a constant with appropriate units. 
the 
(i) Find the charge density. 
(ii) Find the total charge contained in a sphere 
of radius R centered at the origin. 
(c) Find the magnetic field at origin corresponding 
vector 
ctor potential Ä=(y cos(ax) i+(y+e' )k. 


4550 
2. 
(d) What is displacement current? How is it different 
from the conduction currcnt. 
(e) State and prove maximum power transfer theorem. 
What i the maximum efficiency of any circuit. 
(a) Find the electric field at a distance s from an 
infinitely long straight wire which carries a uniform 
line charge . 
(6) 
(b) Derive the expression for the magnetic field at a 
point on the axis of a circular coil of radius a and 
carrying current I. Obtain an expression for the 
magnetic dipole moment of loop. 
(6.5) 
P.T.O. 


4550 
3. 
4 
(a) A spherical condenser cons1sts of two concentric 
conducting spheres of radii a and b (a> b). The 
outer sphere is grounded and a charge Q is placed 
the inner sphere. The outer conductor then 
contracts from radius a to c. Find the work done 
by the electric force? 
(b) The magnetic field intensity is H =1200 Amp/m 
(6.5) 
in a material when B = 2 Wb/m². When H is 
reduced to 400 Amp/m. B = 1.4 Wb/m, calculate 
the change in the magnetization M. 
independent. 
(4) 
(c) Explain why diamagnetism is temperatue 
(2) 


4550 
4. 
5. 
5 
(a) A sphere of radius R, filled with 
material of 
dielectric constant k, have a small concentric 
spherical cavity of radius a. A free point charge 
q is placed at the center. Find the polarization 
vector P and bound charges o, and 
p, 
(b) Derive the expression for quality factor Q and 
bandwidth B of a series RLC circuit. 
(3.5,3) 
(3.3) 
(a) A point charge 'q' is placed inside a hollow 
Using the method of images, 
grounded, conducting sphere of inner radius 'a'. 
() Find the potential inside the sphere. 
(4) 
(ii) Find the induced surface-charge density. 
(2) 
P.T.0. 


4550 
6. 
(b) Find the Thevenin equivalent of the circuit below 
and find the current through RI = 69. 
32 V 
6 
4 Q 
12 9 
2A 
10 
a 
R 
across the capacitor, 
RI 
b 
(5,1.5) 
(a) In a parallel plate air capacitor having plate 
separation 0.04 mm, an electric field of 4 x 10+ V/ 
m is established between the plates. The battery 
is then removed and a metal plate of thickness 
0.03 mm is inserted between the plates of the 
capacitor. Determine the potential difference 


4550 
7. 
7 
i) before the introduction of metal plates 
i) after the introduction of metal plates (2) 
(2) 
(ii) if dielectric slab with dielectric constant 
2.5 and same thickness is inserted instead 
of the metal plates 
change. 
(b) Find the emf induced in a rectangular loop due to 
a current carrying long wire placed in the plane of 
the loop. Also find the induced emf when the loop 
moves away from the wire With a constant speed 
v so that it's orientation w.r.t. the wire does not 
(2) 
(i) What is its capacitance? 
(3,3.5) 
(a) A thin metal sphere of radius b has a charge Q. 
(2) 
P.T.O. 


4550 
(ii)) What is the E-field energy density at 
sphere? 
8 
a distance r from the center of the 
(ii) What is the total energy of the field? 
50 V 
(iv) Compute the work expended in charging 
the sphere by carrying infinitesimal charge 
from infinity. 
the terminal ab of the following network: 
4 Q 
(b) Using the node voltage method, find V, and I at 
2 0 
5Q 
Oc 
20 V 
(1) 
20 
(2) 
(1.5) 
SC 
b 
(6) 
(200) 


[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4670 
Uniquc Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
:32221202 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Your Roll 
Wave and Optics 
: II 
: B.Sc. (Hons) Physics CBCS 
3. Q. No. 1 is compulsory. 
LIBRARY 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Answer any five questions in al!. 
Maximum Marks: 75 
instants when P and 
other? 
Attempt any five questions. Each question carries 3 
marks. 
(3x$=15) 
(a) Two pendulums, P and Q, are set up alongside 
each other. The period of P is 1.90 s and the 
period of Q is 1.95 s. How many oscillations are 
made by pendulum 
Q between two consecutive 
Q move in phase with each 
P.T.0. 


4670 
2 
(b) A Llyod's nirror of length 5 cm is illuminated 
with 
monochromatic light (2 = 5460 A°) from 
natrow slit 0.1 cm from its plane, and 5 cm 
measured in that plane, from its near edge 
Find the separation of the fringes at a distance of 
120 cm from the slit & the total width of the 
pattern observed. 
a 
(c) What are coherent sources? How spatial and 
temporal coherence are different? 
(d) A convex lens of foca! length 20 cm is placed 
after a slit of width 0.6 mm. If a plane wave of 
wavelength 600 nm falls on the slit normally, 
calculate the separation between the second 
minima on either side of central maximum. 
(e) Define Fizeau's and Haidinger's fringes. Give one 
example for cach. 
(f) A telescope of aperture 3 cm is focused on a 
window at 80 m distance fitted with a wire mesh 
of spacing 2 mm. Will the telescope be able to 
observe the wire mesh with an illuminating Ight 
of wavelength 550 nm? 
(g) State and explain Huygen's principle. 


4670 
3 
(h) A wave is represcnted by 
y (x, t) 
= (0.5) 
sinl(314 1- 12.56 x)]; where y and x arc in metcrs 
and t in scconds. Determinc the amplitude, 
wavelength, angular frequency, wave number, time 
period and the velocity of the wave. 
2. 
(a) A particle is subjected to two simple harmonic 
motions at right angle to each other, of equal 
amplitudes A, equal frequencies o and a constant 
initial phase difference /2. Derive an expression 
and trajectory for the resultant oscillation of the 
particle. 
(b) Graphically construct the Lissajous figures traced 
by a particle subjected to two simple harmonic 
motions at right angle to each other, of unequal 
amplitudes, frequencies in the ratio 1:2, and 
a constant initial phase di fference of (i) n/2 
(ii) -/4. 
(c) The dispersion relation for surface waves 
propagating in a fluid is given o' = ak + Bk³ where 
a. andB are constants. Evaluate the value of 
propagation constant when the phase velocity is 
cqual to the group velocity. 
(7+5+3) 
P.T.0. 


4670 
3. 
(a) Derive the classical wave equation using the model 
of a longitudinally vibrating air column. Henes 
deduce the expression for velocity of longitudinal 
harmonic waves propagating along the given air 
column. 
4. 
4 
(b) Obtain the frequencies of the normal modes of 
vibration of a longitudinally vibrating air column in 
a tube closed at one end and open at the other. 
Hence show that all the even harmonics of 
fundamental mode frequency are absent in this 
case. Sketch the first two normal modes of this 
case. 
(c) A 2m long wire having a linear mass density of 
0.0025 kg/m is stretched between two fixed 
supports such that two adjacent harmonic 
frequencies are 252 Hz and 336 Hz. 
(i) Calculate the fundamental frequency of the 
wire. 
(i) Determine the tension in the wire. 
(a) Discuss the theory of interference due to a parallel 
Im. Show that the result obtained in reflected 
and transmitted components are 
to cach other. 
(7+5+3) 
complementary 


4670 
5. 
6. 
5 
(b) Schematically show the experimental arrangement 
to obtain interference pattern due to Fresnel's 
biprism. 
(c) In a bi-prism experiment bands of width 0.0195 cm 
are observed at 100 cm from the slit. On 
introducing a convex lens 30 cm away from the 
slit, two images of slit are seen 0.7 cm apart at 
100 cm distance from the slit. Calculate the 
wavelength of light used. 
(7+5+3) 
(a) Give the theory of Michelson interferometer. How 
different types of fringes are formed in it. How 
can Michelson interferometer be used to determine 
the difference between two close wavelength? 
(b) Define Visibility of fringes. How can it be used to 
check whether a source of light is monochromatic 
or composite? 
(c) A thin transparent plate of refractive index 1.5 
displaces 10 fringes when introduced in one of 
the arms of Michelson's interferometer. Calculate 
the thickness of the plate. Wavelength of light is 
6000 A°. 
(7+5+3) 
(a) Using the expression for intensity distribution in 
Fraunhofer Single Slit Diffraction Pattern, obtain 
the intensity distribution in the far-field pattern 
P.T.0. 


4670 
7. 
6 
for an array of N equally spaced identical slits 
under normal monochromatic illumination. Discuss 
the characteristic features of the given diffraction 
pattern. 
(b) Distinguish between resolving power and dispersive 
power of a plane transmission grating. Explain 
how a grating having higher dispersive power 
than another does not necessarily have a higher 
resolving power. 
(c) Two distant stars subtend an angle of one second 
of an arc 4.84 x 10- radians and the wavelength 
of the light used be 5000 A°, Calculate the 
diameter of the objective of the telescope required 
to just resolve the stars. 
(7+5+3) 
(a) Using Fresnel's integral how Comu's spiral can 
be constructed? What are its properties? 
(b) Explain how Cornu's spiral can be used to obtain 
intensity distribution in the Fresnel diffraction 
pattern due to a straight edge. 
(C) For a wavelength of light à =6x 10-7 m and the 
radius of the first half period zone is 6x10* m, à 
Zone plate brings rays to focus at its brightest 
spot. Find the focal length of the equivalent lens. 
(7+5+3) 
(500)

[This question paper contains 6 printed pages |

(2.3) Your Roll NoLt.22.

sr. No. of Question Paper: 1382 C
Unique Paper Code > 32221301

Name of the Paper : Mathematical Physics — II
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (AH) Physics

Semester > Ill

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

Kalkaji, New Delhi-15
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt five questions in all.

3. Q. No. 1 is compulsory.

1. Attempt any five questions : (5x3=15)

(a) Prove that even function can have no sine terms

in its Fourier expansion.

P.T.O.

Deshbandiu, College Libr:


1382 2

(b) Determine whether the functions cos 2x and cos x
are orthogonal or not in the interval (0, 27).
n/2

(c) Evaluate : [ cos°0 do .
0

(d) Find the value of r=).

(e) Show that for integral values of n, AJ (x) + BJ_(x)
is not a general solution of Bessel equation of
order n.

(f) Prove: Pi (1)= ant)

(g) Find whether x = 1 is an ordinary, regular or

irregular singular point of the given differential
equation :

x°(I-x?)y"+=y'+4y=0

(h) Determine whether or not u(x, y) = 4e°°* cos3y is
a solution of given partial differential equation :


1382 3

2.

(a) Find the Fourier series expansio

function given by - Of a periodic

(10)
f0-| E,sint, O<t<z
0, T<t<2zx
2
(b) Evaluate : | x (8-2) ax (5)

Consider a periodic function f(x) of period 2x such
that

f(x) =n -x,0<x<xa

(a) Plot odd extension of f(x) in the range (—37, 37).

(3)
(b) Find its half-range Fourier Sine Series. (6)
1 1 1
(c) Show that 1-—+—-—+.... =— (3)
3 5 7 4
(d) Also, prove that 1+ + +o. = ul (3)
V —+—+..... =—
-* 49 6

Consider the following differential equation :

4x? y" + 4xy! + (x? - Dy = 0

P.T.O.


1382 4

(a) Find whether x = 0 is an ordinary, regular or

irregular singular point. (3)

(b) Using Frobenius method, determine the roots
of indicial equation and hence find the first

solution. (4,5)

(c) Also, find the second solution. (3)

5S. (a) Prove that orthogonality relation for Legendre

polynomials is given by

2
1 _
| P.@) 2,@) d= 2n+1 men (10)
-1 0, me#AN

(b) The generating function of Legendre polynomials

is given by:

(l-2xr+ePy'? = >t" P(x),
n=0
Using this generating function, prove that:

2n+1
P,,\(x) =
n+l

x P(x) - PC) (5)


1382 5

6. Given, ei") . Yr U,(x)

7.

8

om =e

Verify that:

(i) cos(xsin®) = J,(x) + 2J,(x) cos20 + 25,(x)
cos40 + .....

(ii) sin(xsin®) = 2J,(x)sin® + 2J,(x) sin36 +

Hence prove that:

1.
Jn ( )=- S (nd - 8)d0
Yao nO — xsin@) (3,3.9)

Using the method of separation of variables, find the
general solution of 2-D wave .equation for the case
of symmetrical circular membrane (radius = a):

12 2) 1 d*u
-~|t— |= zs: ¢>0
ror\ Or c? at?
subject to the conditions :
Ou -
u(a, t) = 0 2 =0 and u(r, 0) = u,(r) (15)

(a) Using the method of separation of variables, solve

the following differential equation :

P.T.O.


du _ 420
Ox Oy
when u(0, y) = 8e°% + 4e°%. (5)

(b) A homogeneous rod of conducting material of
length 100 cm has its ends kept at zero temperature

and the initial temperature is

X, 0<x<50
u(x, 0) = _
100 -x, 50<x<100

Using 1-D heat equation, find the temperature

u(x, t) at any time. (10)

(2000)


stion paper contains 8 printed Pages |

(This que
(ay) Your Roll No2O2 7
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1411 C

Unique Paper Code 32221302

Name of the Paper Thermal Physics

Name of the Course —:_:-B.Se. (Hons.) Physics. —
CBCS Core

Semester Il

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Deshbandnu.Coflege Libra

Instructions for Candidates Kafkaii, New Dethi-*~

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

bo

Attempt five Questions in all

Wo

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Answer any four of the remaining six.

1. Attem: any five:

(4) Show that heat and work are path functions bu

their diff, s are point functions.
erence p p.T.O.


1411 2
(b) Classify the following processes into reversible

or irreversible processes and give their reason¢
(i) isothermal expansion of gas
(ii) diffusion of gases

(c) A gas has the following equation of state:

af
(v5 =nRT
V .

e
4

\*What.is the work done by the gas when it is

expanded isothermally? |

(d) Two moles of an ideal gas expand isothermally
to four times its initial volume. Calculate the
entropy change in terms of R, the universal gas

constant.

(¢) The radius of argon atom is 0.128 nm. Calculate
their mean free path at temperature 25°C and

pressure | atmosphere. Given K,, = 1.38 * 10°73 JK.


3
1411

(f) Calculate the deviation of van dey Waals gas |
~ Bas law

from ideal gas law at the Critical point

(g) On the basis of third law of thermodynamics

prove the unattainability of absolute zero

temperature. . | | (3x5=15)

(a) Give the mathematical form of the first law of
thermodynamics and explain its Significance. For

an ideal gas, derive the relations
(i) C,-C, = R/J for an isobaric process
(it) PV’= Constant for an adiabatic process

(b) A process for an ideal gas is defined by the relation
P=AT*. Calculate the isobaric coefficient
of volume expansion (a) and isothermal

“Ompressibility (K).

p.T.0.


1411 4

(c) The volume of lg mole of a gas filled in a container
at standard pressure (110° N/m?) and temperature
(0° C) is 22.4x107 m’. The volume of the gas j,
reduced to half its original value by increasing the
pressure. (i) isothermally (i1) adiabatically. In each
case calculate the final pressure of the gas and
amount of work done [y=1.40 and R=8.3 J mol"!
K-'}]. a . (6,6,3)

3. (a) Show that the efficiency of all reversible heat
engines operating between the same two

temperatures is same.

(b) Give Kelvin Planck and Clausius statements of
the second law of thermodynamics and hence

discuss their equivalence.

(c) A reversible heat engine converts one fifth of

the input heat into work. On reducing the


5
141

temperature of the sink by 50°C

, Its efficiency is

doubled. Find the temperatures of the source and

the sink. (6,6,3)

4 (a) With the help of an example for each process.
show that there is always an increase in entropy
during an irreversible process while it remains
constant during a reversible process. Hence,

discuss Clausius inequality.

(b) Obtain an expression for change in entropy of
an ideal gas having n moles in terms of pressure
and temperature when it’s thermodynamic state

changes from (P, V, T,) to (Py, V¢ T,).

(c) Calculate the change in entropy when 0.01 kg
of water at 288 K is mixed with 0.02 kg of
water at 313 K. Take specific heat of water as

(6,6,3)

4200 J kg? Ko.

P.T.O.


1411 8

(c) The critical Temperature of CO, is 31°C and its
critical pressure is 73 atmospheres. Assuming that
CO, obeys van der Waals equation, compute the

critical volume of CQ, ,. (6,6,3)

[This «

Sr. No.
Unique

Name ‘

“Mest,

BY
“Watio,


Unique Paper Code 32221303

Digital Systems and
Applications

Name of the Paper

B.Sc. (Hons) Physics

Name of the Course
. (CBCS)

Semester : Il

Maximum Marks : 75_
Deshbandinu. College Library
Instructions for Candidates nalkall, New Dethi-19

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt |

Duration : 3 Hours

of this question paper.

2. Attempt any five questions in all. Q. No. 1 is
compulsory. All questions carry equal marks. |

Attempt any five questions

Attempt any five parts (all parts carry equal marks) :

(Sx3=15)

(a) Represent (-56),, in signed magnitude and I
complement representation limited to 8-bits


1429 2

(b) Define deflection sensitivity in Cathode Ray
Oscilloscope?
(c) The accumulator of 8085 microprocessor contains

AAH and carry is set. What will accumulator and

carry contain after the execution of ‘KRA A’

instruction? -
(d) Realize OR gate using diodes and resistors.
(e) Why is D Flip-flop referred to as eran arnt latch?
(f) Draw the circuit for 4-bit. even parity generator.

(g) ‘Subtract 2319 “from 39) using 2’s complement
‘method. °

2. (a) Draw the labelled block diagram of a Cathode
Ray Tube (CRT)? Explain the role of the

following : (8)

(i) Aqua Dag coating
(ii) Consror* Grid
(b) Minimize the following logic expression using

K —map and realize it using NAND gates only

F (A, B,C,D) = =m (1, 3, 7, 11, 15) + d (O , 2, 5)
(7)


1429 3

3.

m of Serial Shift Register
working in serial in
ut (SIPO)

(8)

(a) Draw the circuit diagra
and hence describe tts
serial out (SISO) and serial in parallel o

modes.

(b) Distinguish between a 4-bit multiplexer and an

encoder using appropriate diagrams. Using block
diagrams realise 8x1 multiplexer using two 4~]
multiplexers and an OR gate and explain its

(7)

functioning?
(a) Write an assembly language program to multiply
two 8 bit numbers; one of which is stored in
memory location 2050H and other one in memory

location 2051H. Store the product in memory
locations 2053H and 2054H. | | (8)

(b) Explain the working of a 2’s complement 4-bit
adder - subtractor with an appropriate logic circuit
diagram. (7)

(a) Describe the phenomena of racing in JK flip-flop.
Hence explain how this condition can be avoided
with the use of master-slave JK flip-flop. (8)

(b) Describe the working of a decade counter
(MOD-10) with a suitable diagram? (7)


1429 4

6 (a) Draw the circuit diagram of 555 timer IC jn
Astable configuration and hence explain its working
in terms of the charging and discharging of its
timing capacitor by drawing the relevant wave

diagrams. (8)

(b) Write an assembly language programme to divide
two hexadecimal numbers. (7)

(a) Draw the logic pin. out diagram of 8085
microprocessor wherein all the different
signals are depicted and classified in different
groups. (8)

(b) What are flags? Describe various flags (in detail)
for 8085 microprocessor. (7)

[This question paper contains 4 
Sr. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester/Annual 
Duration:3 Hours 
Instructions 
printed pages.] 
(19) 
2. Attempt five questions in all. 
4532 
32221401 
B.Sc. (H) Physics 
Mathematical Physics III 
IV 
1. Write your Roll Number on the top immediately on the receipt of the question paper. 
F(f()) = 
3. Question number I is compulsory. Attempt two questions each from section A and B. 
5. Use the following definition for the Fourier transform of f(x): 
4. The Principal Branch of argument of complex number z in all the questions is taken to be 
F.(f(«)) = 
LIBRARY 
6. Use the following definition for the Fourier Sine transtorm of f(x): 
.(f(0) = 
2 
7. Use the following definition for the Fourier Cosine transform of f(x): 
J 
1 
f(x)e-ikx dx 
f (r)sin(kx) dx 
V2nJ 
Your Roll No.2023 
f«) cos(kx) dx 
Maximum Marks : 75 
8. The definition of convolution of two functions f(x) and g(x) for Fourier transform is: 
(f" 9)(1) =o)g(r - y)dy 
9. Some useful Fourier and Laplace Transforms are given at the end. 


4532 
Ql. Atempt any f+ve parts. All parts carry equal marks. 
a) 
b) 
c) 
d) 
e) 
) 
g) 
h) 
Q2. 
Q3. 
Obtain the rectangular form of the ellipse |z + 3| z-3| = 10. 
Find the principal branch of i'. 
Without evaluating the integral, show that 
s 
where I is the arc 
of circle 
Given, Laplace 
L(e-atJ, (bt)). 
|z=3 from z =3 to z =3i lying in the first quadrant. 
Find Inverse Laplace Transform of 
2 
a) Using de-Moivre's theorem prove that: 
and hence show that 
b) Prove: 
Transform, cy,(t)) = 
find the Laplace Transform. 
cos 
( 
Find the Fourier Transform of cos (ar) in terms of Dirac-delta functions. 
dz 
1+z 
Solve the integral (sin x) S[(x - 2)(x - 4)] d 
cos(40) = 8cos(0) - 8cos(0) + 1 
1/2 
If g(x) = f(bx + a) and F(k) is the Fourier transform of f(x), determine the 
Fourier transform of g (x). 
coth 'z =;In) 
1 
Section -A 
(s² + a2) (s² + b2)" 
1+s2 
3T 
(5 x3=15) 
6,2 
7 
a) Prove that the function 
u(x, y)= 2x(1 - ) 
is harmonic. Find its conjugate funcuou 
v(x,y) such that f(z) = u t iv is analytic. 


4532 
Q4. 
Q5. 
Q6. 
Q7. 
b) Evaluate the following integrals using Cauchy's Integral Formulae where C: z =3 
i. 
2ni c (z24)2 dz, t >0 
ii. . 
i. 
ii. 
sin(z) 
a) Use Residue theorem to evaluate any one integral of the following: 
dz 
r2 
(x2 + 9)(*² + 4)2 
(b).Expand the function f(z) = 
i. 1<|z < 2 
ii. <z  1| > 1 
d 
a+bcos0 + c sin) 
t>0. 
dx 
a) Find the Fourier transform of 
(2-1)(2-z) 
3 
;a'>b² + c? 
f) =f).|*|<1 
0,|x| > 1 
in a Laurent series valid for 
Section -B 
b) Verify the Convolution theorem (Fourier transform) for the functions 
f(x) = gx) = e-* 
a) If Laplace transform of f(t) is L(s) then prove that Laplace transform of 
J. L(u)du. Use this result to evaluate Laplace transform of 
o x sin(tx) 
sin(t) 
7 
f() 
7 
t 
3, 3 
b) Taking the Laplace Transform of f(t) = hdx, show that f(t) =#e 
for 
4, 4 
9 
a) A particle moves along a line so that its displacement x from a fixed pointO at any time t 
is given by *() + 4x() + 5x(¢) = 80. Initial conditions are x(0) =x(0) = 0. Using 
Laplace Transform, find its displacement at any time t >0. 
is 


4532 
b) Prove that 
c(sin(at))= 
Some usetul Laplace Tränsforms: 
L(cos (at)) = 
L(ea) =l 
S-a 
r(a+1) 
sa+1 
F-1 
s2+a2' 
Useful Fourier Transform: 
1 
F)= 
Useful Integral: 
S 
L(ta) = a, 
Re(s) > a 
s²+a2 
Se-ax'+ bx 
V2n 
12 
Re(s) >a 
F(e ax )=ek*/(4a), a >0 
Useful Inverse Fourier Transform: 
V27 
2a 
(a and b are constants) 
Re(s) > 0,s # tia 
Re (s) > 0,s # tia 
4 
(2e Ix 
e alx| 
also, F-[ag(k) + b h(k)] = aF-'[g (k)] + bF-(h(k)] 
) 
dx = eb"/(4a) 
;a>0, b can be purely imaginary also. 
7 7 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name, of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
2. 
3. 
4 
6. 
1. 
Attempt five questions in all 
Question 1 is compulsory 
5. 
Symbols have their usual meanings 
All questions carry equal marks 
4688 
32221402 
Elements of Modern Physics 
1V 
B.Sc. (Hons) Physics -CBCS Core 
Your Roll 
LIBRARY 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
E 
Use of non-programmable calculators is allowed 
Answer any five questions from the following. 
No.2023 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(a) The irradiated power of a body at 333'C is 1000 J/s. If the temperature of this body 
is raised to 666°C, find the radiated power of the body. 
(b) What is the physical significance of a wave function? What conditions must be satisfed 
by an acceptable wave function? 
(c) What voltage must be applied to an electron microscope to produce electrons of 
wavelength 0.20Á. 


4688 
2. 
3. 
2 
(d)The spectral linc of wavclength 450 nm has a width of 10* nm. Find the average time 
that the atomic system remains in the corresponding energy state? 
(e) How is the time dependent Schrodinger wave equation obtained from the time independent 
Schrodinger equation. 
() What inferences can be drawn fromi the single and double slit/s experiment with lectrons? 
(g) Find the penetration depth of an electron having kinetic energy 10 keV when it strikes 
a potential step of height 1S keV. 
(h) Determine the approximate density of a nucleus treating it as a uniform sphere. (Given: 
mass of a nucleon = 1.7x 10 -27 kg.) 
a) Draw the Energy vs wavelength curve of a blackbody for three different temperatures 
T,<T<T, Show that the Wein's law and Rayleigh Jeans law of black body radiation 
are the special cases of Planck's law. 
(3x5=15) 
(b) The threshold wavelength of potassium is 558 nm. What is the work function tor 
potassium? What is the stopping potential when light of 400 nm is incident on potassium? 
both. Derive the relation between them. 
(5) 
(C) Calculate the energy in electron volt of a photon of wavelength 10 ¢. What is tne 
momentum of this photon? 
original wavelength of the incident beam. 
(5) 
(a) Distinguish between phase velocity and group velocity and obtain an expression for 
of the kinetic energy of the electron to the energy of photon is 
(5) 
(b) Show that the Compton wavelength is independent of the nature of the scatterer and the 
(5) 
(5) 
(c) An electron has a deBroglie wavelength equal to that of a photon, show that the ratio 


4688 
4. 
5. 
6 
hv 
(m'+ h'v) -me 
3 
(a)Show mathcmatically thc valuc of wavclcnpth calculated from the Davisson Germer 
Cxperiment matches the valuc of the wavclcngth calculatcd from the deBroglie's 
hypothesis. 
1 
The symbols have the usual meaning 
(b) Estimate the minimum energy of a proton existing in[ide the nucleus using Heisenberg's 
uncertainty principle. (Size of the nucleus= 1x10:!m) 
J= (eh/2m) (y* grad s -y grad y 
(c)Explain why it is plausible to define probability current density in quantum mechanics by 
the following expression 
V(x) = 0 
= Vo 
= 0 
(5) 
(a) What is quantum mechanical tunneling? Obtain an expression for the tran smission 
probability for a beam of particles each with mass m and energy E (E<V,) incident on 
a rectangular potential barrier: 
for x<0 
(5) 
for 0<xX<a 
forx>a 
(5) 
(5) 
(10) 
(b) Obtain and draw the first two normalized wave tunctions for a particle in a one 
dimensional potential box. 
(5) 
(a) What are nuclear forces and their characteristics? Also draw the N-Z plot and explain 
the stability of the nucleus. 
(5) 
P.T.O. 


4688 
(b) Calculate the binding energy of an alpha particle from the following data in MeV and 
Joules. (Given: mass of He atom= 4.00260 amu, mass of neutron = 1.008665amu 
mass of proton=1.007276amu) 
(c) Calculate the total energy relcased if: 1.2 kg of 235 U undergocs fission, taking the 
disintegration energy per event to be Q = 208 MeV. 
7. (a) Explain why electron positron pair creation necessarily requires the presence of a nucleus. 
Some useful constants 
4 
1. Planck constant, h = 6.626 x 10-34 J.s 
(b) Calculate the time required for 20% of a sample of thorium to disintegrate. Assume the. 
half life of thorium to be 1.4x 10!0. years. Calculate the mean life time of thorium 
nucleus. 
2. h -1,05x 10-34 J.s 
(c) Bring out the differences between atomic absorption, spontaneous emission and stimulated 
emission of photons in a laser system? Discuss the main criteria that must be met to 
achieve laseraction. Which method is used to achieve this criteria? 
3. Boltzmann constant, K = 1.38 x 10-23 J.K 
4. Mass of electron, m = 9.1 x 103 kg 
e 
5. Charge of electron, e = 1.6 x 10:! C 
(5) 
6. Speed of light in vacuum, c=3 x 10 
m.s 
7. Stefan-Boltzmann constant, o = 5.67 x 10-% W.m.K4 
8. Rest mass energy of electron = S12 KeV 
(5) 
9. Velocity of electron in free space= 3x10 m/s 
(5) 
(5) 
(5) 
(1700) 


Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4812 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.J 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
1. 
4. 
Instructions for Candidates 
Your Roll No., 
32221403 
Analog Systems and 
Applications 
: IV 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics-CBCS 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
ö23 
EIBRARY 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Use of scientific calculators is allowed. 
Attempt any five of the following: 
(5x3=15) 
(a) Define drift and diffusion currents in doped 
semiconductors. 
e 
(b) Explain the difference in physical mechanisms of 
avalanche and Zener breakdown in p-n. junction. 
P.T.0. 


4812 
2. 
2 
(c) Draw I-V characteristics of the ideal diode and 
compare it with that of a practical diode, under 
forward bias and reverse bias conditions? 
(d) A common emitter circuit has beta of 98, a 
collector current of 50 mA and base current of 
500 uA. Calculate the reverse saturation current. 
(e) Distinguish between Class A, Class B and Class 
C amplifiers with the help of load line and Q point. 
() Define PIV, ripple factor and rectification 
efficiency in a rectifier circuit. 
(g) An Op-Amp has a CMRR value of 55 dB and a 
differential mode gain of 1200. Find the common 
mode gain. 
N, 
(a) For an abrupt p-n junction find the expression for 
potential V, as a function of x for the case where 
and Na are of comparable magnitudes. Hence 
show that the barrier potential is given as follows : 
VB = q.N,N,(W,+W,)' /2*[(N, + N) 
wherein W, and W, are depletion widths 
depletion widths on p and 
(10) 
sides respectively and all other symbols have 
their usual meaning. 


4 
4812 
3. 
5. 
3 
(b) Find the conductivity of a bar of pure Silicon of 
length 1 cm and cross-scctional arca 1 mm² at 
0.05 m?/Vs, 
300K. Given L,= 0.13 m/Vs, H, 
(5) 
n, = 1.5 x 10!6 
m and c = L.6 x 10-19 C. 
(a) Explain the working of a center-tap full wave 
rectifier using suitable diagrams and obtain the 
expressions for (i) ripple factor and (ii) 
rectification efficiency. 
(10) 
(b) What 
1S a tunnel diode? Draw the I-V 
characteristics of the tunnel diode and briefly 
(5) 
(a) Derive the stability factors for "voltage divider 
bias circuit" and fixed bias circuit" and hence 
explain why "voltage divider bias circuit" is 
preferred over * fixed bias circuit". 
(10) 
(b) Describe "DC load line" and "Q-point" of a 
transistor in CE configuration with appropriate 
diagram. 
(5) 
(a) Draw the circuit diagram of a two stage RC 
coupled amplifier using transistors and also its 
frequency response curve. Why does the gain 
fall in low frequency range and high frequency 
range? 
(10) 
P.T.O. 
explain them. 


4812 
7. 
4 
(h) What do you understand by the term small signal 
analysis? Draw the cquivalent circuit in hybrid 
parameters for an n-p-n transistor in (i) CE 
contiguration and (ii) CB configuration 
configurations. 
(a) Draw the circuit and explain the working of a 
4-bit R-2R ladder network DAC using op- amp. 
In a 4-bit DAC, 0001 input results into 0.8 V 
output. What is the maximum output voltage of 
this DAC? 
(10) 
(5) 
(b) Draw the circuit of a voltage comparator using 
op-amp to give +Vo at the output if the input 
voltage is less than -2V and -Va for input more 
than +2V. 
(5) 
sat 
sat 
(a) Draw the circuit of an Op-amp as a basic 
differentiator and find an expression for its output. 
Draw the output waveform when the input to the 
differentiator is a square wave. 
(10) 
(b) A five -bit D/A converter produces an output or 
9mV for a digital input of 10010. Find the output 
voltage for a digital input of l1011. Also find its 
full scale output voltage. 
(5) 
(1000)

This question paper contains 4 printed ages. ]
Q pap p pages.)

G3) Your Roll NOLO Ae

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1015 _e

Unique Paper Code : 32221501

Name of the Paper > Quantum Mechanics and
Applications

Name of the Course : B.Se. (Honors) Physics

Semester 7 OV |

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates Deshbandnu. College Lit

nes Retkali, New Deihi.+°:

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Attempt FIVE questions in all. Question No. 1 is
compulsory.

All questions carry equal marks.

Non programmable calculators are allowed.

Attempt any FIVE of the following :
(a) Calculate the commutator [Ly, Pz]. (given [Z, Bz] = ih).

(b) The wave-function of a particle is w(x) = iE sin

tor0 <x SL. Determine the probability of finding
the particle at x = L/3 for n = 3 state.

P.T.O.


1015 2

6

(c) Derive the relation between ‘magnetic dipole
moment’ and ‘orbital angular momentum’ of ay

electron revolving around a nucleus,

(d) Write the quantum numbers for the State

29
represented by 4°F',,,.

‘ = 2 .
(e) Normalize the wave function e~**" in a one.
dimensional space.

(f) A free particle of mass m is described by the
wave-function w(x) = A exp(ipx) where A and uy
are constants. Determine the probability current
density for this particle.

(g) Determine the uncertainty in position for the
20 \"* 2
normalized wave-function w(x) = (22 e °* for
Tt

TOS KS (5x3=15)

(a) Explain the concept of expectation values. Give
expressions for the expectation values of velocity,
momentum and energy in terms of respective
Operators in three dimensions. Mention the
difference between expectation values and

cigenvalues of an Operator corresponding to a
dynamical variable.

(b) rhe wave-function of a particle of mass m is given
y

Wx) = (BVM _
() (F) oP" /2 for oy <x < 0.


LOS 3

Determine the total energy of the particle

potential energy is V(x) = 4+ ma?x?
ad 2

‘pd

Uhe Gaussian wave packet for a free par:

defined by the wave function
W(x,0) = N exp (-35 + tkex).

Prove that the centre of this Gaussian wave packet

travels with a velocity v= Koh |

—

© 4x? /a? 1 2 fan -
(Use fe!" dx = ava and f° eX" 2h") dx = [Feb /s0
. ~ ye

TN

4. (a) Solve the Schrodinger equation for a linear

Harmonic Oscillator and obtain first two

\
'

eigenfunctions. (10)
(b) Find AX and AP for the ground state eigenfunction
of linear Harmonic Oscillator and obtain the

uncertainty principle.

(sy

‘a1

-_—

0)
ee”

The ‘0’ equation obtained after applying separation
for variables to the Schrodinger equation for a 3D
hydrogen atom in spherical polar coordinates, is
given by

——~ (sina =) + +(a -L)¢ = 0.

sin®8 dé sin? @

awa

Solve the above equation for m, = 0 (or otherwis

to show that

A=ll+1), 1=0,1,2,......


(0) Vn electron in a hydrogen atom is. in 4 State

deseribed by

Ly,
i Va [200 + Warn + Warea]
Caleulate the expectation value of L, in this state.

~ i ow nN *ay 7 nl
(Given fy xen dy & <r and

b |
1 -)} ~"/
J ~ ay
Vroo a(= e
oy, --@7"/240 sing et %
Your oval? ag )
©) What is Larmor Precession? Draw the relevant
diagram and derive the expression for Larmor

trequency.

(b) A beam of silver atoms moving with a velocity
10 cm/s passes through a magnetic field of
oradicnt 0.5 Wb/m?/em for 10 em. What is the
separation between the two components of the
beam as it comes out of the magnetic ‘field?

(8,7)

(a) What is spin orbit coupling? Explain the fine
‘ructure splittimp in the energy levels cue to

hor the 2p level of the hydrogen atom with

t4eV, evaluate the fine structure splitting.

(0) Consider a two-electron system with =1,4,= I.
xplain the LS coupling scheme in such a case.

} vf > . Wal =¢ . ~ . - -
Write the spectral notation for each state. (10,5

(2000)


(This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

Your Roll NoLel2 Led

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1051 C
Unique Paper Code > 32221502

Name of the Paper Solid State Physics

Name of the Course B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics CBCS

(Core)

Semester : V

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

. . ~esnbdandnu. College Libra
Instructions for Candidates Naikali, Naw Dethi-10

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

l.

bo

Attempt any five questions in all.
Question number 1 is compulsory.

All questions carry equal marks.

Attempt any five of the following : (5x3=15)

(a) Prove that for a SC lattice, dj, : dijo: d,,,= V6:
N3 : V2; where ‘d’ represents interplanar distance
In a crystal.

P.T.O.


1051 2

(b) An element has a cubic structure having lattice
constant as 4.28 A, and with two of its atoms in
the unit cube at (0,0,0) and (1/2, 1/2, 1/2). Find
out the distance between nearest neighbours in

this element.

(c) The Debye Temperature for Diamond is 2230 K.
Calculate the highest possible vibrational

frequency.

(d) The energy near the top of the valence band of a
crystal is given by E= -Ak’, where A = 10°°? Jm?

and k is the wave vector. An electron with wave

_vector k = 10'° k, m-! is removed from an orbital

; in a completely filled valence band. Find the
effective mass, momentum and energy of the hole.
Given Planck’s constant h = 6.62 x 107%Js.

(ec) What are the basic assumptions of Drude’s model

for describing electron motion in metals.
(f) Distinguish between dia-, para- and ferromagnetism.

(g) Calculate the electronic polarizability of Neon. The
radius of Neon atom is 0.158 nm. (€, = 8.854 *
10 2 F/m),

(h) Calculate the critical current which can flow
through a long thin superconducting wire of
aluminium of diameter 103 m. The critical field
for aluminium is 7.9 x 103 A/m.


1051 3

2. (a) What is Geometrical structure factor? Derive its
expression for FCC structure having identical
atoms. Will reflection from (211) plane be possible

for this structure? (10)

(b) Show that reciprocal lattice of a BCC lattice is a
FCC structure. (5)

3. (a) Derive the expression for specific heat of a solid
based on Einstein’s model. Explain why this model

was not successful. (8)

(b) Deduce the dispersion relation for a linear
monatomic chain of atoms and show that the group
and phase velocities of a wave are same in the

long wavelength limit. (7)

4. (a) Find the expression for the Hall coefficient of a
semiconductor in which both electrons and holes
are present in equal concentrations. How will this
expression change if the hole concentration is
twice the electron concentration and vice-versa?
Also, explain how will this expression be modified
if the semiconductor is heavily doped with p-type
impurity or n-type impurity? (12)

(b) Distinguish between direct and indirect band gap

with the help of diagram. (3)

P.T.O.


1051 4

5. (a) Derive the expression for Curie-Weiss law using
Weiss theory of Ferromagnetism. (6)

(b) Discuss the concept of hysteresis and show that
the B-H hysteresis loop gives the value of energy
dissipated per cubic meter of the material per cycle
of magnetization. (6)

(c) A magnetic substance has 1078 atoms/m?. The
magnetic moment of each atom is 1.8 x 10-23 Am’.
Calculate the paramagnetic susceptibility at 300K.
What would be the dipole moment of a bar of this
material 0.1 m long and having cross-sectional area
of 1 cm? in a field of 8 x 10*Am, p= 4x x 10°’
henry/m, k,= 1.38 x 10-77 J/K. (3)

6. (a) Explain’ the concept of Local Electric Field in a
dielectric and derive its expression for structures
possessing cubic symmetry. (8)

(b) Obtain Clausius-Mossotti’s relation between
polarizability and dielectric constant of a solid.

(7)

7. (a) Explain the phenomenon of superconductivity.
Derive London’s first and second equations and
discuss penetration depth in a superconductor with
the help of a diagram. (12)

(b) Show that the susceptibility of superconductors is
—1 and relative permeability is zero. (3)

(2000)


[This question paper contains 6 printed pages. |

Your Roll No ZL?

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1140 C
Unique Paper Code > 32227502
Name of the Paper : Advanced Mathematical

Physics (DSE — Paper)

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Physics
(CBCS -— LOCF)

Semester : WV
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

. ; Deshbandnu College Library
Instructions for Candidates « sieit, New Delhi-18

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all taking at least two
questions from each section.

3. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION A
1. (a) Is the set {1,—1, i,-i} a group under multiplication?

(5)
P.T.O.


1140 2

(b) Show that W is not a subspace of vector space V

where

W = {f: f(7)=2+ f)}. [5]

(c) Consider the following subspace of R4:
W = {(a,b,c,d): b+ co + d = OF

Find the dimension and basis of W. (5)

2. (a) Determine whether the transformation, T: R* > R’
defined by,

T(x, y, z) = (x + 2y —- 3z,x+ytz, 7x —y + 5z)

is linear or not. (5)

: 9 =:

. - a

(b) Let T: R? — R? be defined by
T(x, y, Z) = (x+y-2z, x+ 2y+z, 2x + 2y — 32).

Show that T is a non-singular transformation.

(5)
(c) Linear transformation T on R? is defined as
T(x, y) = (3x —-4y, x + 5y)

Find the matrix representation of T relative to the
u-basis: {u, = (1,3) and u, = (2, 5)}. (5)


1140 3

3. (a) Assume that A, LA, 1- A! are all non-singular

matrices, show that:

(A)! + UA‘)! = 1 (5)

(b) Find the condition for the following matrix to be

orthogonal
a+b b-a . (5)
a-b a+b
-l1 3
(c) Evaluate C?°, where c=| ; i (5)

; | 4 42 :
4. (a) Given a matrix A= , prove that its
az; 49

eigenvalue equation is given by
A? — XTr(A) + det(A) = 0. (5)

(b) Solve the following system of differential equations
using matrix method
yar

where, y(0) = 4, z2(0) = 2. (10)

P.T.O.


1140 4

SECTION B

(a) Prove that 5, Ears = 0). (3)

(b) If Bis = € ick A,, show that

u 7 ups “ps (5)

(c) If a tensor A,,,, is symmetric with respect to two
jklm
indices i and k in the coordinate system x,, then

show that it is symmetric with respect to the same

indices in any other co-ordinate system xX). (7)

(a) Prove that

Sa, Sx 9

ap am
abc <pkm = Obp Sbk Obm
Sep Sek Som

and hence show that
Cibe ©ikm — Spk Oem ~ Opm ck

(b) Using tensor methods, verify the identity

(4.8) = Fx (V x B)+ Bx(V xd) +(4. 08 + 6.04
(7)


1140 5

=0

and p,, = fj, where f, is the restoring force per

7. (a) Stress tensor (p,,) satisfies the equations Pi = sik

unit area along x, - axis and fi is the arbitrary unit
vector. Prove that stress tensor is a symmetric

tensor of order two. (5)

(b) Stress tensor and strain tensor are related as
Pi ~ Drs ks?

where, elastic tensor Diixs is symmetric in i, j and

k, s and its general form is

Digs = A 9, 5,, + wy 4,, + y 6.6.

is ~jk*
Prove that
(i) Oks ~ d oF Oj, + Md, 6 js + Os 5.)
(ii) p,, = (30+ 2p) e,, (7)

(c) Let the state of stress at a point in a solid body

is given by
10 10 20
Si, =} 10 20 0
20 O 55

P.T.O.


1140 6

Find the normal stress and shear stress on the

surface defined by

is a covariant tensor of rank 2.

8. (a) Prove that gj;
(5)

(b) If ds? = 3(dx') + 5(dx2)? + 4(dx?)° — 6dx'dx? + 4 dx*dx’

Find the matrices

(2)

(iii) the product of (g;,) and (g”)

(1000)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. |

Your Roll NoeOQd ade

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1144 C
Unique Paper Code > 32227506

Name of the Paper : Astronomy & Astrophysics
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Physics —- DSE
Semester : Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates Deshbandhu. College Library
CS atc, Now Dette ts

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

». Question No. 1 which is compulsory.

. Attempt any four questions from the remaining.

Attempt any four of the following : (Sx3=15)

(a) The lunar parallax determination was done by
Hipparchus (200-BC). The measurement was done
during a total solar eclipse at Syene and a partial

eclipse at Alexandria where about 1/5~th of the

a ©


1144 2

30~arcmin Sun’s disk was visible. If the latitudes
of Syene and Alexandria are 41° and 3]°
respectively, find the Earth- Moon distance in terms

of radius of Earth.

(b) Make a rough estimate of Earth’s mean
temperature T by assuming that it is a perfect
blackbody and spherically symmetric. Assume
that it absorbs the entire solar radiation incident

upon it and radiates as a blackbody at temperature

T.

(c) What are circumpolar stars? What would be the
declination of circumpolar stars for an observer at

latitude 30°N?

(d) The apparent magnitude of Full Moon is —12.73
and that of Jupiter is —2.60. Calculate their

brightness ratio.

(e) Determine the magnitude limit in the visible range

that can be detected by a 1.04 m telescope:

(f) Give two arguments in support of the expandiné

. : rse-
universe as compared to the steady state unive


1144 3

(g) At what wavelength does a star with the surface

temperature of 4000° K emit most intensely?

>. (a) Define the essential elements of the Local
Equatorial Coordinate System and show them
on an appropriate diagram. Draw the diurnal
motion of a star in this coordinate system. Also
draw the diurnal motion of Sun on Solstices at

latitude 23°. (9)

(b) The image of an astronomical object forms at the
focus of a telescope. For astronomy, one is
interested in its ‘angular size’ (measured in
arcseconds) but to photograph it you are interested
in how big it will be compared to the size of your
film or digital sensor array (measured in $mm$).
An astronomer wants to design a camera so that
each pixel views an angle of only 0.5 arcsec. If
the width of each pixel is 8~micron, what is the
focal length needed for the telescope? If a digital
camera array measures 20 mm across and consists
of 2048 pixels, what will the telescope focal length
have to be so that the array can be used to
photograph a star cluster with a diameter of 15
arcmin? (6)

nT LY


) Write the Saha lonization equation, What js te
+ |
significance? Draw a schematic HR diagram,

(9)

(b) Calculate the frequency shift produced by the
normal Zeeman effect in the center of a sunspot
that has a magnetic field strength of 0.3~T, By
what fraction would the wavelength of one
component of the 630.25 nm Fe I spectral line

change as a consequence of a magnetic field?

(6)

4. (a) Explain the meaning of scale factor a(t) as defined
in cosmology. Starting from Newtonian cosmology
derive Friedmann equation in terms of scale factor
and explain the model(s) of the universe based on
derived equation. Using the Friedmann equation.
show that for a flat universe having single fluid as

non-relativistic matter or dust, the scale factor

evolves as a(t) a t?/3, (9)
(b) For an observer at latitude 42.5°N and longitude

ie) . ‘
TI°W, estimate the local time of sun rise °"
*1 December. If the observer's civil time '*

~5 hrs from GMT find the time of sunrise *


1144 S

per observer’s standard watch. Ignore refraction

of the atmosphere, the size of the solar disc.

(6)

5. (a) State and derive Viriai theorem for bound and
stable system of $N$ particles under mutual
gravitational attraction. How it can be used to
make an order-of-magnitude estimate of the

average temperature in the interior of the star.

(9)

(c) On 9 March 2011 the Voyager probe was 116.406
AU from the Sun and moving at 17.062 km/s.
Determine the type of orbit the probe is on? What
is the apparent magnitude of the Sun as seen from

Voyager? (6)

6. (a) What is the meaning of differential rotational of
Milky way galaxy? Obtain the expression for the
Oort’s constants and discuss their significance.

(9)

(b) Cepheids are very bright variable stars whose
mean absolute magnitudes & are functions of their

pulsation periods given by M =~—1.21 — 2.88 log,, P.

dT vf)


1144 6

els show the light curves of two Cepheids

Two pan

BB

:
N
penn ag
3 Re
5 Ty .
i we S :
F annnnisacipabcolprevtensnennqmpvesighe

3
;

eran cnnepana

Estimate the distances to each of these two
Cepheids. Roughly estimate the uncertainty in the
distance determination. Comparing the difference
between the distances of the two stars with the
typical size of a galaxy, would it be likely for

these two stars to be in the same galaxy? (6)

7. (a) The coordinates transformation of a point F
between two rectangular coordinate frames Ow
and Ol oy! such that the O’ frame is obtained from

the O frame by rotating it around the x axis by 4

angle y is given by
cos y'cos 0' = cos y cos0
sin y’ cos 8’ = sin y cos0 cos x + sin @ sin x

1 ro : . .
sin@’ = -sinw cos@siny + sin 9 cos x


1144

7

The angle w(y’') are measured counterclockwise
from the positive x(x’) axis along the xy(x'y’)
plane. The angle 0(0") is the angular distance from
the xy (x'y’) plane. Derive triangulation formulas

for the spherical triangle ABC
sin B sin a = sin A sin b
cos B sin a = cos A sin b cos c + cos b sin c

cos a = —cos A sin b sin c + cos b cos c

by expressing the spherical coordinates w, 8, w’
and 9’ in terms of the appropriate sides a,b,c and
angles A,B,C of the triangle. From this deduce

the sine formula. (9)

(b) The Sun’s “surface” is a thin layer of the solar

atmosphere called the photosphere. The
characteristic temperature of the photosphere is
Te = 5777~K, and it has about 500000 hydrogen
atoms for each calcium atom with an electron
pressure of about |. 5 Nm’. Estimate (i) ratio of
ionized to neutral hydrogen and (ii) ratio of
hydrogen atoms are in the first excited state to
neutral hydrogen. Find the relative number of
hydrogen atoms capable of producing Balmer
absorption lines. The energy needed to convert it
from H I to H I, is x, =13.6eV. (6)


1144 8
Constants

Universal Gravitational Consntant G = 6.67 x 10-"m3kg-4m-2

Boltzmann Constant kg = 1.38% 10-7 JK~* —Stefans Constant o = 5.67 x 10-8 wem-2y-4
Parsec 1 pc = 3.1 10'®m Astronomical Unit 1 AU = 1.50 x 10717. m

Mass of Earth Mg = 5.97 x 1024 Kg Radius of Earth Rg = 6.36 x 106m

Mass of Sun Mg = 1.99 x 109° Kg Radius of Sun Rg = 6.96 x 10° m

Apparent Magnitude of the Sun mg = —26.72 Solar constant S = 1370 Wm-2

Density of the solar photosphere Ppnotosphere = 4.9 X 10-6 kgm=?

Mass of He* nucleus My,3 = 2808.30 MeV Mass of He* nucleus My,s = 3727.40 Mev
Mass of He nucleus My = 938.27 MeV Naked Eye limit of Apparent Magnitude m, = 6
Oort constants A = 15 kms~'kpc-! & B = -10 kms~1kpce-}

Velocity and distance of Sun about Galactic Center vg = 218kms7! & To = 8kpc

Mass of electron m, = 9.1 x 10731 kg & Charge of electrone = 1.6 x 10719°¢

[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

Your Roll

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4514

Unique Paper Code > 32221601

Name of the Paper : Electromagnetic Theory
Name of the Course : B.Sc. Hons. — (Physics)
Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Question No. 1 is compulsory.
3. Answer any four of the remaining six.

4. Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is
allowed.

Attempt any five questions :

(a) How do you optically distinguish between quarter
wave plate and half wave plate.

P.T.O.


2
4514

(b) A polarimeter tube of 25 Cm long containing a
sugar solution of unknown concentration rotates
the plane of polarization of electromagnetic Wave

by 10 degrees. Specific rotation of Sugar is given

as 60 degrees per decimeter/gm/cc, find the

concentration of the sugar solution.

(c) In case of electric field vector E be perpendicular
to the plane of incidence, find the reflection and
transmission coefficient for normal incidence ona

air-glass interface (n, = 1, n,= 1.5).

(d) The conduction current density in a dielectric is
given by J=0.02 Sin (10° t) Amp/m?°. Find the

displacement Current density if o = 10° mho/m

and E = 6.5.


4514 3

(ce) What is the plasma frequency and minimum

penetration depth for a collision free plasma having

,
10'? eleetrons/m3 ?

(tf) Calculate Numerical Aperture and Acceptance
angle for a fiber if n, = 1.458 and (n, —n,)/

n, = 0.01.

(g) Show that in a good conductor the magnetic field

lags the electric field by 45°. (3x5=15)

2. (a) A plane em wave propagating in a conducting
medium is characterized by the parameters €, u
and o and show that propagation constant is

complex in this case. (8)

P.T.O.


4514 f

(b) In a homogeneous region, where p= 1 and ¢ = 50
E=20 nr exp i(wt-f$z) a, Volt/m
H =H, exp i(wt-Bz) a, Tesla

Here a. and a, are unit vectors in the x and y
directions. Find and H, if the wavelength is

1.78m. (4)

(c) Derive the expression of skin depth for a good

conductor. (3)

3. (a) State and prove Poynting theorem for a linear
isotropic homogeneous medium. Explain the
physical significance of each term. What is the

physical significance of Poynting vector? (19)


4514 5

(b) If all the energy from a 1000 Ww lamp is radiated

uniformly, calculate the dvcrage value of the

Intensities of electric and magnetic fields of

radiation at a distance of 2m from the lamp

(5)

4. (a) Show that Maxwell’s equations can be written as
two coupled second order differential equations in
terms of scalar potential V and vector potential
A. What is Lorentz condition and how can these

equations be uncoupled using it? (8)

(b) For the propagation of electromagnetic wave
through plasma derive an expression for the cut-
off frequency , and explain its significance.

(7)

P.T.O.


4514 6

5. (a) Discuss the phenomenon of total internal reflection
on the basis of clectromagnetic theory, Prove that
though the wave liclds do exist in the second
medium yet the energy flow through the surface

into the second medium is zero.

(b) An electromagnetic wave whose electric field js
polarized parallel to plane of incidence, is incident
from free space to non-magnetic, non-conducting
medium having ¢ = 3€,, here the wave is not
reflected back from the interface. Determine the

angle of transmission. (5)

6. (a) Starting from Maxwell’s equations, obtain the eigen
value equation for wave propagation through an
optical planar waveguide for TE mode. Write Its

solution for the symmetric TE mode. (8)


7.

4514

7

(b) Distinguish between a step index and graded index

(a)

optical fiber, Plot the variation of the refractive
index with radial distance for step index and the
graded index fibers. A pulse of light propagates
through | km length of a step index fiber having
a core of refractive index 1.5 and a cladding of
refractive index 1.49. Calculate the pulse
dispersion suffered by light on passing through the

fiber. (7)

Derive Fresnel’s formulae for wave propagation
in an anisotropic medium and explain the
phenomenon of double refraction with the help of

this. (10)

P.T.O.


4514 8

(b) A plate of 0.10 mm thickness is used as

al
retardation plate. For what wavelength in the
visible region (400nm — 800nm) will it-act as (i)
quarter wave plate and (ii) half wave plate. For

calcite ny = 1.5443 and n= 1.5533. (5)

Given: €) = 8.85 x 10°!2 Farad/m
ly = 4x x 107 Henry/m
c = 3 x 108 m/s

m= 9.11 x 10%! kg


[This question paper contains 4 printed pa

€
2) Your RolhW........

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4755

Unique Paper Code » 32227612

Name of the Paper Nano Materials and Applications

Name of the Course : B.Sc. Hons. Physics-
CBCS DSE

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.
3. Question no. 1 is compulsory.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Symbols have their usual meanings.

1. Attempt any five questions : (3x5=15)

(a) Calculate the capacitance of the isolated spherical
metals nanostructures of size 10nm, 100nm and
1000nm. What are the corresponding charging
energies? (¢, = 8.854 * 10° F/m).

P.T.O.


4755 2

2.

(b) What do you understand by density of states
(DOS)? Draw the schematic comparison of the
DOS of 3D and 2D nanomaterials,

(c) How many cubes with a side of | nm can be
carved out from a cube with a side of | em?
Compare the surface area to volume ratio for both

the cases,

(d) In a sodium chloride crystal, there is a family of
planes 0.252 nm apart. Can it be called a
nanomaterial? If the first-order maximum is
observed at an incidence angle of 18.1 degree,
what wavelength X-ray was used for its analysis?

(e) What are the disadvantages of SEM and TEM
Over optical microscope?

(f) Explain deep and surface level defects with a
Suitable diagram.

(g) What will happen when the length of a device is
less than the mean free path of electron with
reference to electron transport properties?

(n) The absorption spectra of SnO, nanoparticles ina
solution is taken at a time interval at 0 sec, 20 sec
and 60 sec. The absorption edge is observed at
350nm, 370nm, and 380 nm respectively. Calculate
and plot of the bandgap as a function of time.

(a) Derive the expression of bound state energies of
a particle in a cubical 3-D potential box. The
potential inside the box is zero and outside it Is
infinity. Draw the energy states of the lowest 5


4755 3

(y2

energy states mentioning the different values of
ny. Hand nn, Discuss the degeneracy in each
cnereyy state, (10)

(b) A bulk semiconductor has direct bandgap of 1.6
eV and the effective mass of holes in valence
band and electrons in conduction band are same
as that of free electron (m, = 9.1%10-7' kg). If the
same material of thickness 5 nm is sandwiched
between material of infinite barrier height,
then due to confinement the energy levels get
shifted. Find the new bandgap of thin film
(h = 6.626 x 10°34Js), (5)

(a) Calculate the density of states for bulk material in
the energy range 0 to 2eV. Take mass of electron
= 9.1 x 10>!kg, h= 6.626 x 10-*4Js. Compare the
result with that of 2D nanostructure. (8)

(b) Write the expression for density of states of a OD
material with explanation of each term. Compare
the plots of DOS for 0D, 3D and 2D material and

discuss the findings. (7)

Discuss the basic principle and working of any two of
the following fabrication techniques used for the
synthesis of nanomaterials? Discuss the various
deposition parameters for each,

(i) Sol-gel

(ii) Sputtering

(iii) Hydrothermal method

(iv) Molecular Beam Epitaxy (7.5x2=15)
P.T.O.


4755 4

oO,

(a) Discuss with diagram the working principle of the
scanning tunneling, microscope (STM). How STM

; yy) rh c c
is superior to SEM and PEM? (9)

(b) What are the various modes of operation of the
Atomic force microscope (AFM), (6)

(a) Discuss Coulomb Blockade effect with suitable
device structure. (9)
(b) Explain the process of thermionic emission of
electrons from a material. (6)

(a) Define direct and indirect bandgap semiconductors
using E-k diagram and give at least one example
and application of each. (5)

(b) What are excitons in the context of
semiconductors. What do you understand by
Frenkel and Mott- Wannier excitons? (10)

(a) Explain the following length scales of electrons in
nanomaterials :

(1) Mean free path and phase breaking length.
(ii) elastic and inelastic scattering lengths. (6)

(b) What is the difference between ballistic
and diffusive transport? Provide suitable
diagram. (4)

(c) Obtain an expression for the variation in
electrostatic energy of a system for single
electron charging. Name the effect associated
with it. (5)

(500)


ee

a“

[This question paper contains & printed pages. < we 2, 2
Qa) 4 Your Roll Ni. 2023 § &\
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4762 \ KE y
Unique Paper Code © 32227026 Haw OY
Name of the Paper © Classical Dynamics (DSF
Paper)
Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) Physics
(CBCS -— LOCF)
Semester : VI
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top inimediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt four questions in all including Question No.

1 which is compulsory.

1. Attempt any four of the following :
(a) What are generalized coordinates? Derive

expressions for the generalized displacement and

generalized velocity.

P.T ON


(b) A particle of mass m is attached to a point by
inverse square law. Find the Hamiltonian and

canonical momentum.

(c) In an inertial frame S, photon emitted from the
light source at origin gets reflected by the mirror
normal to x—axis. If the mirror is placed at x=7
units, draw the world lines of mirror, emitted photon

and that of reflected photon.

(d) At what speed does a clock moves if it runs at a
rate which is one-half of ithe rate of a clock at

rest?

(e) Differentiate between laminar flow and streamline

flow. Give examples.

(f) Consider two masses m, = 2m and m, = m
connected by three Springs with spring constants
as shown in the figure below. Find the kinetic
energy (T) and potential energy (V) matrices for

the system. (4x6=24)


4762 3

12, k y= 4k ko= k k= 2k

2.

3.

2

Zw T9004, sss5-G

m = 2m m5=m

(a) State Hamilton’s principle. Derive Lagrange’s
equation of motion from Hamilton’s principle for a

conservative system. (2,7)

(b) A particle of mass m moves in a central force
field of potential V. Find its Hamiltonian and

Hamilton’s equations of motion. (4,4)

(a) Consider a spring pendulum: a simple pendulum in
which massless string is replaced by a massless
spring (unstretched length rp, spring constant k).
The bob of mass m oscillates in a vertical plane

about its equilibrium position. If the instantaneous

P.T.O.


|

4

4762
position of this bob is (r, 0). obtain the Lagrangian.
of this system and hence find the equation(s) of

motion.

(Assume tr > ry and 0 = 0 ts the equilibrium

position) (5,4)

(b) An electron is accelerated from rest by a potential
difference of 350 V. Then it enters a magnetic
field B of magnitude 20¢ milli-Tesla with its”

velocity perpendicular to B. Find the
(1) speed of an electron.
(ii) radius of the path in magnetic field.

(4,4)

4. (a) If P =(E/e, P) is the 4-momentum, show that
F2 = 6p? + m2 cf, (5)


4762 5

(b) In an inertial frame S, a particle describes a path

with parametric equations :
x(t) = at + b sin(wt); y(t) = beos(mt); z(t) = 0.

Calculate the velocity, acceleration, 4-velocity and

4-acceleration of this particle. (2,2,4,4)

(a) Starting from the 4-displacement vector,

tn

¥ = (ct,x,y,t) = (ct, Ff), prove that UeA=-0

where U is 4-velocity and A is 4-acceleration.

(9)
(b) In an inertial frame S, proton has 4-momentum,
P=(E/c,p) and an observer has 4-velocity,

U=yY, (c, u). Show that the proton’s energy, as

measured by this observer 1s UeP=0(0, where

P.T.O.


4762

(c) An unstable atom of rest mass M, at rest decays
into two daughter atoms a (rest mass m,, and
speed (u,) and b (rest mass m,, and speed (u,).
Using 4-vector approach or otherwise, find the

energy of daughter atom a. (4)

6. Coupled pendulums are executing simple harmonic
oscillations as shown below. The generalized
coordinates are (0,, 8,) and the relaxed length of
spring is a. Find the kinetic energy T and the potential
energy V matrices, and hence find the angular

frequencies of small oscillations. (5,7,5)


4762 7

7. (a) A charged particle (mass m, charge q) is moving
in x —y plane. At time t = 0, this particle is at the
origin having velocity v, at an angle 45° with the

x-axis and uniform crassed electric and magnetic

fields: E=E,¥ and B= B,z are switched on. Find

its velocity at time t > 0. (8)

(b) Draw the analogy between fluid flow in a pipe
and current flow in a circuit. Two capillaries of
radius r and R and same length are connected to

cach other in series, r << R. A liquid of viscosity

P.T.O.


4762 8

coefficient n is flowing through them. Find an
ssion for the volume flow rate for the

expre

arrangement. (3,6)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. |

23) Your Roll N (ot

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4764

Unique Paper Code > 32227630

Name of the Paper - Ady. Quantum Mechanics
Name of the Course - B.Sc. Hons CBCS DES
Semester ; VI

Duration : 3 Hours | Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

—

of this question paper.

Attempt any Four question in total.

Wo

3. All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) Jf the eigenstates {|A,)} of an observable, M are

all orthonormal, 1.¢. (A lA) = bj, then there exists

PLL.O,


a unitary transformation U such that in the new
basis the observable ts diagonal, i.e. U'MU. is

diagonal.

(b) Show that if two observable {A, B} commute,

there exists a similarity transformation S such

that S'AS and S'BS are diagonal.

(c) For a particle with the spin s=1/2, find the

eigenvalues and eigenfunctions of the operators

WCA>
WM>

x2 Sys Sz. (6+6+6.75)

2.
(a) What do you mean by measurement in Quantum

mecha ics? HB 1t | 1; rf fi r n
NICS / How It Is dif er ent rom measu eme t

in Classj Ww, . . ‘ e
SSsical mechanics? W hat do you mean by

Cxpectation
value of an Observable? What are


expectation values and cigenvalues for a spin half

system?

(b) Find the generalized uncertainty relation for two
observable A and B. Mention and prove the three
useful results from linear algebra required to find

the uncertainty relation. (8+10.75)

oe)
re
o)
—

Show that any operator © can be written as

of ©, and i{i); and {|j)} are the same orthonormal

, where {2ij are the matrix elements

basis with basis vectors labelled by the indices i

and j respectively.

(b) Let |x) and |p) be the eigenstates of position

and momentum respectively, which satisty X|x) =

P.T.O,


4764

os

(a

—

4

x{x) and pip) — pip), and (pix) = exp (=i p x/h)/

X

(2rh). Consider (p|x |) for an arbitrary state jy),

find the expheit form of the operator x in the

momentum space. (8+10.75)

Show that the infinitesimal time evolution operator
u(t, +dt, ty) =1-iO dt satisfies unitary group
properties. Relate the Hamiltonian of the system
with time evolution. Thus find the Schrodinger
equation for time evolution Operator. How it 1s
related to Schrodinger equation of state in position
basis? Write the finite time evolution operator when

Hamiltonian operator [] at different times do not

commute.


4764 5
(b) Using the one-dimensional simple harmonic
oscillator as an example, illustrate the difference
between the Heisenberg picture and the
Schrodinger picture. Discuss in particular how (i)
the dynamic variables x and p and (11) the most
general state vector evolve with time in each of

the two pictures. (10+8.75)

5. (a) Determine explicitly the form of the operator S, ,

corresponding to the spin projection in the direction

determined by a unit vector f (not an operator).

For a state with a definite value of the spin z-

projection, determine the value of (S,.) and find

the probability of finding spin +1/2 along nf.

P.T.O.


4764 6

(b) Consider a spin half system under a finite rotation

along the xy-plane. The generators of rotational

transformation for this system are

The spin state transforms as |a)p = D,(¢)|a)
z

where D,(¢) = iS.
(¢) = exp (—#). Show that while state

ja) transf
Orm as spinor the expectation values

(82), (8), and ($.) transform as components of

a vector.
(8+10.75)


4764

7

6. (a) Use Variational principle to estimate the ground

state of a harmonic oscillator using the trial
function

]

14. Bx?

o(x)

Given the hamiltonian of harmonic oscillator is

io) is |
- hr do k 4
2mdx- 2

Following integrals are given:

[ dz 37
wo (1+ Gx?)8 86/2?
f x? dx _ 4
-oo (1+ Ba?)4 1681/2’
i x? dz _ on
oo (1+ B22)? 23/2

P.T.O.


4764 8

(b) For a particle of mass m moving in a one
dimensional box with walls at x = 0 and a = L.
Use a trial function w(x) = x(L—x) to evaluate
the ground state energy of the system.

(10+8.75)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

Your Roll No.2 Lene

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4794 E
Unique Paper Code 32221602

Name of the Paper Statistical Mechanics

Name of the Course B.Sc. (Hons) Physics

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Instructions for Candidates

o>)

Maximum Marks : 75

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.

Attempt five questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.

Non- programmable Scientific calculators are allowed.

Attempt any five of the following:

(a) Draw a phase space for a one-dimensional classical linear harmonic oscillator of mass

mhaving total energy E = p*/2m + mw*x?/2. Calculate the total number of

microstates available to it, if the energy of a harmonic oscillator lies between 0 and E.

(b) Discusswhether law of equipartition of energy can be applied to the following systems
or not:


4794
(i) classical harmonic oscillators

(il) gas consisting of free particles moving non- relativistically
(iii) nucleons ina nucleus.

(c) Assume a system of N bosons, each of mass m, is confined to a one-dimensional box
of length Z at temperature T = 0 K. The energy levels of the system are given by BE.
= n°h?/(8mL7), where n= 1, 2,... and his Planck’s constant. Find the total energy of the

system in terms of N, L, and A.

(d) Plot the variation of specific heat with temperature for ideal Bose-Einstein gas and

explain its behavior in the strongly degenerate and classical regions.

(¢) For Silver atom, with one electron per atom at room temperature, the number density

n= 5.8610°%m->. Find the nature of the degeneracy of the system under consideration.

(f) A cubical cavity of side 1m is filled with black body radiation. Calculate the number of

independent standing waves with wavelengths in the range 8.0 mm and 9.0 mm.

(g) Calculate the normal radiation pressure generated by an incandescent bulb of 200M at

a distance of Im. (5x3=15)

2. (a) Using the partition function of classical ideal monoatomic gas consist of N indistinguishable

particles at fixed temperature Tinvolume V: 7 CN,V,T) = (VN/N!) [ 2nmk,T/h?]r:

Derive the Sackur-Tetrode relation assuming N >>]. Show that the entropy given by

the Sackur- Tetrode equation is an extensive parameter.


4794 3

(b) A partition divides a box into two chambers | and 2, cach of volume V. Assume that
chamber t and 2 chamber contain the same ideal gas consisting of 2Nparticlesand N
particles respectively attemperature 7, Using the Sackur-Tetrode relation, calculate the
entropy of mixing after the partition is removed and the contents are allowed to mix to

reach at equilibrium (Assume that the temperature remain constant throughout the process).
(8, 7)

3. (a) Consider an isolated paramagnetic salt consisting of dipoles of magnetic moment p,located
in an external magnetic field B. Out of these N dipoles, n dipoles are parallel to B and
rest are anti-parallel. Show that the total energy Z, the entropy S and the absolute

temperature 7 of the system are given respectively as

(i) E = (N-2n) iB
(ui) S = — Nk, [x ln (x) + (1- x) n(1— x)], wherex =n/N

(iii) 1/7 = [kp/2pB] In (n/(N —n))

(b) A system consists of 12 identical butdistinguishable particles which can occupy non-

degenerate energy levels. Initially, the system is in the macrostate which is defined by

(6,3,2,1) particles in the energy levels (0,¢, 3€, 5).
(i) Calculate the number of microstates and entropy of the system in its initial state.

(ii) If a small amount of energy is added to the above-mentioned system such that only
one particle is raised from the ground level (zero energy) to first excited level (¢),
calculate the number of microstates available in this final microstate.Hence, find the

change of entropy when system undergoes from initial to final state. (8, 7)

4. (a) Consider a completely degenerate non-relativistic gas of electrons in3 ~—dimensions.
Obtain the expressions for average energy per particle, Fermi velocity and Fermi pressure.

DTN


4794 4

(b) Consider the model of a white dwarf star: a sphere consisting of helium gas of mass

M = 10° kg at a density of p= 10'° kg nr? and temperature 7 of the order of 106K.

Using these data, find the nature of clectron gas inside a white dwarf star. (Given: mass

. , -30
of proton » 10°77 kg, mass of electron =~ 10 kg)

(8, 7)

5. (a) Prove that for photon gas, internal energy (U) and (S) entropy at given temperature

T are related by the following relation: 7S = 4U/3.

(b) How does Bose-Einstein condensation explain the superfluid properties of liquid 4He?

(10,5)

6. (a) A blackbody cavity at temperature T is filled with N,, N,, N,, .--. oscillators having
energies 0, hy, 2hv, ,...respectively. Calculate the total number of oscillators and

determine average energy of the oscillators. If Planck’s constant tends to zero, what

would be the effect on the average energy of the oscillators?

(b) Calculate the average energy of a Planck oscillator, vibrating with frequency 3 x 10"

Hz at 2000 K. Compare it with a classical oscillator. (10,5)

Constants:
kp = 1.38 x 10° yK71
m,= 9.11 x 10 kg

h = 6.626 x 107* Js

9
|

3 x 108 ms}

Q:
I

5.67 X 10°? J m-2s-1K7-4

a (2000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

(a5) Your Roll

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4879

Unique Paper Code » 32227612

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course . B.Sc. Hons. Physics —
CBCS_DSE

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all.
3. Question no. 1 is compulsory.
4. All questions carry equal marks.

5. Symbols have their usual meanings.

1. Attempt any five questions : (3x5=15)

(a) Name the nanostructures where an electron
feels (i) 1 dimensional, (i1) 2 dimensional and

(iii) 3-dimensional confinement. Give one example

of each.


4879

2

(b) What do you understand by size effect and

quantum size effect? Give one example of each.

(c) What is graphene and how is it different from C.

‘and carbon nanotubes?

(d) The XRD data of a material exhibits a peak at q

(e

—’

(f)

(g)

(h)

20 angle of 30 degrees and FWHM of 0.3 degrees,
Comment whether the synthesized material wil]
be called a nanomaterial or not. (X-ray wavelength

used is 0.154 nm),

The bandgap of Aly Gaisyx,)N can vary from
3.4(x=0) to 6.2(x=l) eV. What is the range of

wavelengths that can be emitted from such

semiconductor?

The absorption edge of ZnO thin films of
thicknesses 10nm, 20nm, and 50nm are observed
at 350nm, 360nm, and 375nm respectively. Plot

the bandgap as a function of film thickness.

How nanomaterials can be used for cancer

therapy?

Write the expression of the bandgap of a spherical
nanoparticle. Explain the effect of excitonic

contribution.


4879 3

tom

(a) Define density of states and its units. Drive the
expression for the density of states for ID
structure. C are the results with the density of
structure, € omparg the results y
states of 3D structure using suitable energy

Curves, (10)

(b) An electron of mass 9.1x10~°! kg is trapped in a
cubical box each side 1A°. Calculate the eigen
energy value corresponding to 3" energy level. Is
there any degeneracy in these states, if yes,
determine it? (h= 6.626 x 10-**Js). (5)

(a) Discuss the phenomenon of quantum mechanical
tunneling and hopping conductivity in solids with
proper band diagrams? Give one application of
each. (10)

(b) An electron with kinetic energy E=16eV is
incident on a potential step of height V =7 eV.

Calculate the reflection coefficient. (S)

(a) Explain with suitable diagram the process of UV

photolithography technique for patterning any
structure. (8)

(b) Explain the nucleation and growth process in the

synthesis of colloidal nanomaterials, (7)


4879 4

‘si

0,

What is the basic working principle of chemical vapor
deposition (CVD) technique? Discuss any one of the
CVD technique in detail. What are the various
parameters that needs to be controlled during

deposition? (15)

(a) Discuss the working of scanning electron

microscope (SEM) with a neat diagram. (8)

(b) What will happen if the energy of the electron is
very high, say relativistic? © (2)

(c) What are the advantages and disadvantages of
SEM over optical microscopes. (5)

(a) How an exciton is classified in the context of
binding energy? Derive the expression for the
binding energy of an exciton. (12)

(bo) The interfacial energy for barium sulphate
nanocrystals in saturated aqueous solution is 120
mJ/m?*. If the critical radius is 1 nm, calculate the

value of the Gibbs free energy barrier. (3)

(a) How is ballistic transport different from diffusive
transport? Explain with the help of diagram and
give one example of each. (7)

(b) Explain the working of a single electron transfer
device. (8)


[This question paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

CATT Pe
(26) Your Roll No‘cgt eens %>
; )

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4885

Unique Paper Code : 32227626

Name of the Paper : Classical Dynamics (
Paper)

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics

(CBCS — LOCF)

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt four questions in all including Question No.

1 which is compulsory.

1. Attempt any four of the following :

(a) Define cyclic coordinate and show that generalized
momentum conjugate to a cyclic coordinate is

conserved.
P.T.O.


4885 2

(b) Find the Lagrangian corresponding to the

Hamiltonian

y ?

py. . Py
H= |. 4kxy, where a, b, k are constant.

da 4b

(c) Explain the phenomenon of length contraction

using space-time diagram.

(d) A particle of rest mass m, describes a circular

path with parametric equations :
x =acost, y =asint, z= 0

in an inertial frame S. Find the 4-velocity
components of this particle and hence norm of 4-

velocity in S.

(ec) A particle of mass m is moving in a potential

| |
V(r) = bx" Sax”, where a, b are positive

constants. Obtain the equilibrium position and the

angular frequency of small oscillations.


4885 3
(f) Derive Poiseuille’s equation for the flow of liquid
through a pipe. (4x6=24)
2. (a) A charged particle (mass m, charge q) is moving
in a potential V(x,y) and in a magnetic field

B=B,z. Lagrangian of the system is given by

oe eee ee qB,, .
L=>m(x +y°4+z )-V(x,y)+ Te OXY YX)

(i) Obtain the Lagrangian equations of motion.

(ii) Find the momenta (p,, P,> P,) conjugate to

(x, y, Z). (6,6)

(b) A particle of mass m is falling freely in a vertical
direction near the surface of the earth. Write the
Lagrangian of the system and hence obtain the

equation of motion. (5)

3. (a) A block A of mass m is constrained to slide
without friction on a straight track on a table in

earth gravity. A bob B of mass m is attached to

P.T.O.


4885 4

the block A by a massless inextensible string.
Making small angle approximations, find the normal
modes with their frequencies and normalized

coordinates. (10)

(b) For the given Langrangian L = x?/2 ~~ x?/2 ~ax?,
find the corresponding Hamiltonian. Also find the

equations of motion. (7)

4. Four-displacement is given by X" =(ct,xy,z)=(ct,f)

and i-2t g- St Show that
dt dt
dt dy Y. ——
(a) a and —+= 7 ued, where Tt
t 1-(u/c) dt oc

is the proper time.

(b) 4-velocity is given by U* =y, (c,i1).


4885 . 5

(c) 4-acceleration is given by

~~ ? » =
uw. 4] Ueda ue |. Ueda.

5. (a) In Lab frame S, particles A and B are moving

with velocities i and Vv respectively. If wu’ is the

velocity of A with respect to B, then show that

_ 1
Yu' =YuYv [1- “| where tw = 2°?
Cc 1—(w/c)

hence find u’ for the special cases:

P.T.O.


4885 6

(1) ue uk and v& va

(i) usuy and d= vk (5,3,3)

(b) An unstable atom at rest (rest mass M,) decays
into two daughter atoms, each having rest mass

m, and speed u, using 4-vector approach or

Cc
otherwise, prove that ava M,” —4m,” . (6)
c@)

6. Three blocks and two springs are configured as shown
below. These blocks can execute longitudinal simple
harmonic oscillations only. When the blocks are at

rest, all springs are unstretched.



4885 7
(a) Choosing the displacement of each block from its
equilibrium position as generalized coordinates
(x,,X5,X,), obtain T (kinetic energy) and V
(potential energy) matrices and hence find the

angular frequencies of small oscillations.

(3,3,3)

(b) Find the relations between (x,, x,, x,) and normal
coordinates (q,, q,, q,) and hence obtain the

expression of T in terms of (q,, q,, q;). (6,2)

7. (a) Two photons (each with energy E) collide at an
angle @ and create a particle of rest mass m).

Using 4-vectors or otherwise, show that

My =F 2(1—cos@) ,

(b) Derive continuity equation in 3-dimensions for

incompressible fluids.

P.T.O.


4885 8

(c) Verify if the continuity equation for steady

incompressible flow is satisfied or not for the

following velocity components :

= 3x? — xy + 22?)

<
|

2x? — 6xy + y’,

<
l|

V, = —-2xy — yz + 2y? (6,6,5)


| This question Paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4887

Unique Paper Code > 32227630

Name of the Paper > Adv. Quantum Mechanics
Name of the Course : B.Se. Hons CBCS DES
Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours "Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any Four question in total.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

1. (a) If two Hermitian operators A and B have

the same eigenvalues with the same multiplicities,


2
4887

how. that A=U'BU for some unitary oOperato;
Sn c =

U.

(b) Let A and B be two observable. Suppose the
simultaneous eigenket of A and B, {/a’.b’)} form
a complete orthonormal set of base kets. Can we
always conclude that A, B/=0? If your answer
is yes, prove the assertion. If your answer 1s no,

give a counter example.

(c) Two Hermitian operators anticommute:

fr Blo tyn. ar ; .

AS B}=AB+BA=0. Is it possible to have 4
simultaneous (that is, common) eigenket of A and
B? Prove or illustrate your assertion.

(6+6+6.75)


4887 3

7. (a) Discuss the Gram-Schmidt process for
orthonormalizing a set of linearly independent
vectors In an inner product space. Suppose that

we have the set

| 0
la )=f 1], fas)=|1}, Jas)=) 0
0 l

Check if these vectors are orthonormal. If not,
construct the orthonormal basis set using Gram-

Schmidt scheme.

(b) Given the infinitesimal translation operator

T(dx)=1-if dx/i show that momentum operator

IN position basis is p= he. Show that
x


~

4887 4

(x|p) = New{ P*]

hind N and show that (xy) and (p|y) are fouries

transform pairs. (9 9.75)

(a) An infinitesimal translation T (dx) takes position

nket x) to |x +dx) . For simplicity take

a7)
G9
ao)

translation in one dimension. If the state vector is
normalized to unity show that this translation forms

a group. Show that T(dx)=1—ikdx is right choice

and forms a unitary group.

(5) Find the commutation relation and uncertain

(> +@> fh - yyte “y ° ec
between position and momentum operators. ql

generalized uncertainty relation ts given as


4887 5
((44)?) ((ay) > 5 |(A.2)f

where AA=A~(A), and each term has their

conventional meaning. (10+8.75)

4. (a) Write in brief the difference between Schrodinger
and Heisenberg Picture. How are the states,
operators, eigenvalues and expectation values of
one picture related with the respective quantities

in other picture?

(b) Consider a system of two identical particles. A
general state of this system can be written as
lu) = alu(1), u(2)) + Blu(1), u,(2)). Construct the
physical (orthonormal) states of the system as

advised by symmetrization postulate. Generalize


4887 6

this postulate to N particle system and show that
a completely antisymmetric state can be Written

in the form of a determinant, called Slatte;

determinant. (8+10.75)

5S. Consider the case where j = 1.

(a) Find the matrices representing the operators

2

A

j TA, and J.
(b) Find the joint eigenstates of j- and J, and verify

that they form an orthonormal and complete

basis.

(c vA wy on tet — . 7
) Use the Matrices of J,, Jy and J, to calculate



4887 7

3
7,

(d) Verify that iP —H7 J and J

(4444 6+4.75)

6. (a) Consider a system with Hamiltonian as follows

where 6(x) is Dirac Delta function. Use a gaussian
trial function w(x} = Ae>*’ where b and A are

constant, and A is normalizing factor. Calculate A

and b such that the (FH) iS minimum.

. soy
(b) Find an upper bound on the ground state eners)
; ft ote cquare Well using

of the one dimensional infinite square well

the following trial wave function :


4887 8

A (a-x), if al <x<a

)

0 Otherwise (9+9.75)

This question paper contains 8 printed pages 
Roll No. 
2olua 
cOLLE 
S. No. of Question Paper 
7482 
Unique Paper Code 
32221102-OC 
LIBRARY 
LIBRARYY 
Name of the Paper 
Mechanics 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks. 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed. 
1. 
Attempt any five of the folowing questions 
Show that in the absence of external forces, the velocity 
of the centre of mass remains constant. 
(i) 
A body of radius R and mass m is rolling horizontally 
without slipping with speed v. It then rolls up a hill 
to a maximum height h. If h 
= 3v-/4g, what is the 
moment of inertia of the body ? 
P.T.O. 


3 
7482 
7482 
2 
on the Earth. Their relative speed is 0.7c. Determine the 
Show that 
a 
two body problem involving central 
(i) 
velocities of each spaceship as measured by the 
force çan always be reduced to a form of a one-body 
stationary observer on Earth. 
5x3-15 
problem. 
2 
(a) 
A particle is projected from the top of a tower of height 
A particle of mass m moving along a path given by 
(iv) 
h with a velocity u at an angle a 
to the horizontal. 
r =a cos ot i +b sin ot j. Calculate 
the angular 
Show that its range on a plane through the point of 
momentum about the origin. 
projection inclined at an angle 0 below the horizontal 
Find the centre of mass of a thin rod of length / whose 
(v 
through the point of projection is given by 
density varies with distance x from one end as 
2u cos a 
sin (a +8) 
1 
p Pox/[ where Po is 
a 
constant.
cos 0 
(vi) 
A 6000 kg rocket is set for vertical firing. If the gas 
A particle of mass m moves under a conservative force 
(6) 
exhaust speed is 1000 m/s, how much gas must be 
with potential energy Vx) 
= cx/(r 
+ a^), where c and 
ejected each second to supply the thrust needed to 
a 
are positive constants. Find the position of stable 
overcome the weight of the rocket ? 
equilibrium and the period of small oscillations
(vi) 
Show that As2 = c?At2 -Ar2 - Ay? - Az2 is a Lorentz 
about it. 
invariant. 
(c) 
Show that inertial mass and gravitational mass are 
(vin) Two spaceships approach each other, each moving with 
proportional
to each other. 
P.T.O. 
the same speed as measured by a stationary observer 


7482 
5 
7482 
4 
unknown speed V2r at an unknown angle 6,t W.r.t the 
(a) 
A particle of mass m, moving with velocity Vi collides 
initial direction of motion of m. Find the final speeds 
elastically with a particle of mass m, at rest in the 
of each of the objects and the angle B2s 
9 
laboratory frame. The scattering angle of mass m as 
4. 
(a) 
Discuss the energy diagram for the planetary motion 
measured in laboratory frame is Ù and the scattering 
for all possible values of energy. 
angle of it as measured in C. M. frame is 6. Discuss 
Consider the motion of a particle of mass m under the 
(b) 
the behavior of particle of mass m. giving proper 
influence of a force F =- k r, where k is a positive 
geometric construction,
when 
constant and 
r 
is the position vector of the particle : 
m 
m 
() 
Prove that the motion of the particle lies in a plane. 
(ii) m 
> 
m2 
(i) 
Find the position of the particle as function of 
iil) m 
<< ma. 
time, assuming that at i 
= 
0, x 
= 
a, y 
= 
0 
and 
Object A with mass m, is initially moving with a speed 
b) 
V. 
the velocity components v 
0, V 
i3.0 m/s and collides elastically with object B that 
(iii) Show that the orbit is an ellipse. 
has the same mass, m, = m 
and is initially at rest. 
(iv) 
Find the period of motion of the particle. 
After the collision, object A moves with an unknown 
(v) 
Does the motion of the particle obey Kepler's laws 
speed v 
at an angle 6,,= 30° with respect to its initial 
7 
of planetary motion ? 
direction of motion and object B moves with an 
P.T.O 


7482 
7 
7482 
6 
(b) 
Consider a body dropped from 
a height of 10 m, at 
(c) 
Prove that the angular momentum is conserved under 
3 
the action of a central force. 
a latitude of 30° N. Find, approximately, the horizontal 
Establish the equation of motion of a damped harmonic 
deflection due to the Coriolis effect when it reaches 
5. 
(a) 
oscillator explaining each term clearly. Solve the same 
the ground. Neglect air resistance. 
for lightly damped case 
Calculate the fictitious force and the total force acting 
() 
(b) 
Show that the average kinetic energy of a particle 
performing simple harmonic motion is equal to its 
on a body of mass 5 kg relative to a frame moving 
5 
average potential energy. 
with 
a downward acceleration of 2 m/s. 
(C) 
The quality factor Q 
of a tuning fork is 5.0 x 
10*. 
7. 
(a) 
Discuss how the null result of the Michelson-Morley 
Calculate the time-interval after which its energy becomes 
(1/10)th of its initial value. The frequency of the fork 
experiment was explained. 
is 300 s 
(take log, 10 = 2.3) 
(6) 
State the postulates of Einstein's special theory of 
(a) 
Consider the earth to be a sphere of radius R having 
6. 
relativity. Derive the Lorentz space-time transformation
angular speed o. Prove that 
equations. Show that for the values of v<<c, 
() 
The effective value of 'g' at latitude a is given 
Lorentz transformations reduces to the Galilean 
by &eff 
80l1 
(2x -
x) cos 
A 1]2 where 
So is the true acceleration due to gravity and 
transformations. 
R/g0 
2 
(c) 
Explain space-like and time-like intervals. 
(i) If x 1; then Befr80 - o 
R cos 
. 
7,2 
P.T.O 


7482 
8 
) 
(a) 
Why is classical expression for the kinetic energy not 
8. 
applicable in relativistic region ? Prove that relativistic 
kinetic energy is given by the relation E, = (m -mo)c. 
Also show that if v << c, it leads to the classical 
8 
expression for kinetic energy. 
(6) 
Two light sources A and B situated 10 meters apart 
flash light signals at an interval of one nanosecond. 
At what time interval will an observer travelling at a 
speed of 0.9c along the direction AB sees the two 
5 
events ? 
What is a massless particle ? Give two examples. 2 
(c) 
600 
7482 
8 


M 
C 
e 
LIBRARY 
Thj 
ouf Roll No. 
estion paper contains 4 printed pages 
S... 
SI. No. of Q. Papeer 
8599 
J 
Unique Paper Code 
32221101 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Name of the Paper 
:Mathematical Physics-I 
Semester 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Question NO.1 is compulsory. 
(c Attempt four more questions out of the 
rest. 
(d) Non-programmable calculators are allowed. 
1. Do any five of the following: 
5x3-15 
(a) Determine the linear independence/linear 
dependence of e, xe", x*e". 
(b) Determine the order, degree and linearity 
of the following differential equation. 
2 
+ x 
3 
dx 
(dx2 
(c) Find the are of the triangle having vertices 
at P (1,3,2), Q (2,-1,1) and (-1,2,3). 
(d) Let A be a constant vector. Prove that 
P.T.O. 


8599 
8599 
(i) 
What is the probability that both the items 
are non-defective ? 
(e) Find the acute angle between the surfaces 
xyz-3x-z? =0 and 3x2-y2+ 2z 
1 at the point 
(1,-2, 1) 
( 
A random variable X has probability density 
(ii) What is the probability that only one item is 
defective ? 
(iii) What is the probability that the defective 
item came from box A? 
3. Solve the following differential equations. 
functiopn 
ex-5 
f(x) 2T 
52/2 
(a) y" + y 
= 
sec x 
1 
(b) (z + ye")dx + (xe*- 2y)dy = 0 
4. (b) Solve the initial value problem. 
-00 
X 
< 
0 
Find the mean 
2. (a) Solve the simultaneous differential 
(i) y" + 4y' + 8y 
= sin x 
(i) y{0) 
1, y'(0) 
= 
0 
(b) A metal bar at a temperature 100° F is placed in a 
room at a constant temperature of 0°F. Af- 
ter 20 minutes the temperature of the bar 
is 500 F. Find: 
equations given below. 
dy-y 
dx2y +X 
dt 
dt 
(b) Two independent random variables X and Y 
have probability density functions f(x) =c* and 
gly)-2e3 respectively.What is the probability 
that X and Y lie in the intervals 1<xg2 and 
O<y <l1 
7 
(i) The time it will take the bar to reach a 
temperature of 25° F 
(i) Temperature of the bar after 10 minutes 
5. (a) If v denotes the region inside the 
The time rate of change of the temperature 
of a body at an instant t is proportional to 
the temperature difference between the body 
and its surrounding medium at that instant. 
semicircular cylinder 
Ogxs a 
- y 
0 s z s 2a 
(c) Box A contains 8 items out of which 3 are 
defective. Box B contains 5 items out of 
Evaluate 
xdv 
v 
which 2 are defective. An item is drawn 
randomly from each box. 
(b) 17 
8 
5+5+5 
2 
P.T.O 


8599 
(a) Find the directional derivative of o 
= 4xz 
6. 
3x?y2z at (2,-1,2) in the direction 21 - 3j+ 6k 
5 
(b) Find the value of V(lnr) 
(c) Prove that : 
S 
Where v is the volume of region enclosed by 
surface 
7. (a) Suppose A = (2y +3)i + xzj + (yz -xjk 
Evaluate 
along the following paths 
eA.dr 
C 
(i) 
x =2t, y=t, z =t fromt = 0 tot =1 
(ii) The straight line from (0,0,0) to (0,0,1) 
then to (0,1,1) and then to (2,1, 1) 
(iii) The straight line joining (0,0,0) and 
(2,1,1) 
(b) 
Evaluate|| A.ñ ds 
where A = zi + xj -3y*zk and S is the 
Surface of the cylinder x+y>=16 included 
in the first octant between z =0 to z =5 
6 
1900 


This question paper contains 8+2 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
| | T2l9 
S. No. of Question Paper 
8619 
Unique Paper Code
cOLLE 
32221102 
LIBRARY 
x 
Name of the Paper 
Mechanics 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Question No. 1 is compulsory and carriers 19 marks. 
Answer any four of the remaining six, each carrying 14 marks, 
attempting ány wo parts out of three from. each question. 
Attempt all parts of this question 
() 
Calculate the percentage contraction of a rod moving 
with a velocity 0.8c in a direction inclined at 45° to 
3 
its own length. 
(i) 
A particle slides back and forth on a frictionless track 
(i) 
whose height as a function of horizontal position x is 
given by y 
= 
axi, where a 
= 
0.92 m 
If the particle's 
maximum speed is 8.5 m/s, find the turning points of 
its motion. 
P.T.O 


3 
8619 
8619 
2) 
2 
(a) 
Find the location of the center of mass of a solid 
(iii) 
A space traveller weighs 80 kg on earth. Find the 
hemisphere of uniform density and radius R. 
weight of the traveller on another planet whose radius 
(6) 
Mass in the shape of a hemisphere of radius 
is twice that of the earth and whose mass is 3 times 
R/2 is removed from the hemisphere in part (a), 
that of the earth. 
as shown in the figure. Where is the center of 
(iv) 
A rigid body is rotating about its axis of symmetry, 
mass of the remaining
mass ? 
4+3 
its moment of inertia about the axis of rotation being 
R/2 
I kg m 
and its rate of rotation 2 rev/s. What is its 
angular momentum about the given axis ? What 
additional work will have to be done to double its rate 
Two particles having masses m 
and m2 move so that 
of rotation ? 
3 
their relative velocity is v and the velocity of their centre 
(v) 
A particle, moving in a straight line with S.H.M. of 
period 2/o about a fixed point 0, has a velocity 3bo 
of mass is vem: Prove that the total kinetic energy of 
Cm 
when at a distance b from O. Calculate its amplitude 
the system is (Mvcm? + uv)2, where M is the total 
and the time it takes to cover the rest of its distance. 3 
mass and u is the reduced mass of the system. 
7 
(vi) 
A 4800 kg elephant is standing at one end of a 15000 
(ii) 
An empty freight car of mass 500 kg starts from rest 
kg rail car, which is at rest all by itself, on a frictionless 
horizontal track. The elephant walks 19 m towards 
under an applied force of 100 N. At the same time 
the other end of the car. How far does the car 
sand begins to run into the car at a steady rate of 
move ? 
P.T.O. 


8619 
5) 
8619 
4 
(iii) 
A uniform rod of mass M and length L lies on 
a 
20 kg/s from a hopper at rest on the track. Find the 
smooth horizontal plane. A particle of mass m moving 
speed of the car when 100 kg of sand has been 
at a speed 
v perpendicular to the length of the rod 
transferred. 
strikes it a distance L/4 from the centre and stops after 
the collision. Find 
Obtain an expression for the moment of inertia of a 
(a) 
The velocity of the centre of the rod. 
solid cylinder about an axis through its centre and 
The angular velocity of the rod about its centre 
(b) 
perpendicular to its axis of cylindrical symmetry. 
just after collision. 
4+3 
(i) 
A ring of mass 0.3 kg and radius 0.l m and a solid 
4 
Derive the expression for the gravitational potential due 
cylinder of mass 0.4 kg and of the same radius are 
to a spherical shell of radius R and mass M at a point 
given 
the 
same 
kinetic 
energy and released 
Outside the shell and also at a point inside the shell. 
simultaneously on a flat horizontal surface such that 
1 
Give its graphical representation. 
they begin to roll as soon as released towards a wall 
A bead of mass m slides without friction on a smooth 
which is at the same distance from the ring and the 
rod along the x-axis. The rod is equidistant between 
cylinder. Assuming that the rolling friction in both cases 
two spheres of mass M. The spheres are located at x = 0, 
y = ta and attract the bead gravitationally 
is negligible, fînd
out which object reaches the wall
(a) 
Find the potential energy of the bead. 
1 
first? 
P.T.O. 


8619 
7) 
8619 
6 
(i) 
A circular solid cylinder of radius r and mass m 
is 
b) 
The bead is released at x 
= 
3a with velocity vo 
connected to a spring of spring constant k as shown 
towards the origin. Find the speed as it passes
in the figure below. 
the origin. 
(c) 
Find the frequeny 
of small oscillations of the bead 
3+2+2 
about the origin. 
k 
(ii) 
A particle of mass m 
moves in the central force field 
7777777777TTT7TTTTM 
with the force function Ar) 
= 
-Kr, with K > 0. Find 
Determine the frequency of horizontal oscillations of the 
the effective potential energy and hence show that all 
system if the cylinder 
the orbits are bounded. Find the radius and period of 
(a) 
Slips on the surface without rolling. 
circular orbits, if any. 
(b) 
Rolls on the surface without slipping. 
5. 
What do you understand by logarithmic decrement', 
3+4 
Neglect friction. 
relaxation time' and 'quality factor' of a weakly damped 
(i) 
A particle of mass m with velocity vo collides elastically 
harmonic oscillator ? Show that the average energy of 
with another particle of mass M at rest, and is scattered 
a 
weakly damped 
harmonic oscillator decays 
3+4 
through angle 0 in the centre of mass frame. Show that 
exponentially with time. 
P.T.O. 


8 
8619 
9 
8619 
the final velocity of mass m in the laboratory frame 
(iin) 
The space and time coordinates of two events as 
1s 
measured in frame S are: 
Event 1 :x 
xo 
Xo/C, y1 
0, 
(m2 + M2 +2mM cos0)1/2 
m+ M 
Event 2 
: *2 
= 2x0 
2 
Xo/c, y2 2 
0. 
Also find the fractional loss of kinetic energy of mass 
Find the velocity of another frame S' in which the second 
m 
if m 
= 
M. 
event occurs by time xo/2c'before the first event. 7 
() 
How does the rotation of Earth about its axis affect 
. 
7. 
() 
Derive the expression for relativistic Doppler's effect. 7 
the acceleration due to gravity experienced by a body 
at rest at a point on the surface of earth ? Support 
A particle with a rest mass mo and kinetic energy 3m, 
your answer with a suitable derivation and diagram. 7 
makes a completely inelastic collision with a stationary 
(ii) 
A bead of mass m' slides without friction on a rigid 
particle of rest mass 2mo, without any radiation loss 
wire rotating at constant angular speed o as shown 
and the two particles forming 
a composite particle. 
in the figure. Find an expression for the force exerted 
What is the rest mass of the composite particle and 
by the wire
on the bead that is initially at rest atta
its speed ? 
distancero from the axis. 
(ii) 
(a)Suppose that a particle moves relative to 0' with 
a constant velocity of c/2 in the x'y'-plane such 
r 
that its trajectory makes an angle of 60° with the 
x-axis. If the velocity of O' with respect to O is 
0.6c along the x-xr-axis, find the equations of 
motion of the particle as determined by O. 
P.T.O. 


10) 
8619 
(b) 
Define proper time. What is time dilation ? With 
what velocity should a rocket move so that as 
observed from Earth every year spent on the rocket 
corresponds to 4 years on Earth ? 
4+3 
8619 
10 
1,900

OLLE 
[This.
tipaper contains 10 printed pages. 
LIBRAR 
Your Your Roll N0.... 
tn uestion Paper: 2262A 
IC 
Unique Paper Code 
32221201 
Name of the Paper 
Electricity and Magnetism 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
:II 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
2 
Question No. 1 with all its parts is compulsory. 
3. 
Attempt any four questions from the remaining 
questions. 
4. 
Each of the question nos. 2 to 7, carries 14 marks. 
4. 
Out of the three parts of question Nos. 2-7, attempt 
5. 
any two parts. 
1. 
(a) A constant electric field E passes through the 
surface of an open hemisphere, perpendicular to 
its base. Calculate the flux through the curved 
surface. 
(3) 
P.T.O. 


2 
2262A 
3 
2262A 
h) Find the force per unit area on the surface of 
20 
a 
150 
charged conductor. 
(3) 
(c) Consider P, and P, are pertect dipoles a distance 
302 
R 
r apart as shown in tigure given below. What is 
102 
the torque on P, due to P,? 
(3) 
(g) What is displacement current? 
(1) 
P 
2. 
(a) State and prove first uniqueness theorem. Also 
(7) 
derive Poisson's equation. 
(d) A sphere of radius R carries a polarization P=k?F 
(b) The electric field in a cubical region (0 x, y, 
where k is a constant and r 
is the radial vector 
zS a) of space is given by the following expression: 
from the center. Find bound charge densities o, 
(3) 
E=xyi-(2xy+z?)j+2yak 
and P 
(i) Verify that this expression represents an 
(e) Suppose a uniform magnetic field in some region 
electrostatic field or not. 
has the form B =Bi. Find the force on a circular 
i) Find charge density and 
loop of radius a, lying in the yz plane, centered at 
the origin, which carries a current I in clockwi1se 
(3) 
(ii) Total charge that gives rise to this electric 
(7) 
field. 
direction, when you look down the x-axis. 
(c) A hollow spherical shell inner radius a and outer 
() Determine Thevenin's equivalent circuit for the 
k 
given network external to load resistance R. 
(3) 
radius b carries charge density P=in the region 
P.T.O. 


4 
2262A 
2262A 
Srsb. Find the electric field in the three 
(c) A point charge q is placed at a distance d from 
the centre of a grounded conducting sphere of 
a 
regions: 
) 
r< a 
radius a. Using the method of images, find 
(ii) a < r<b 
(i) The potential outside the sphere. 
(i) The magnitude and direction of the force 
(7) 
(iil) r> b 
(7) 
acting on q. 
3 
(a) Evaluate the electrostatic energy of sphere of 
(a) Show that the potential due to a polarized dielectric 
material is given by 
radius R and having uniform distribution of total 
4. 
charge Q for the following configuration 
(i) Non-conducting sphere 
VATEo 
(i) Conducting sphere 
where o and p, are bound surface charge density 
and bound volume charge density respectively. 
Show that their ratio is 6/5. 
(7) 
Also, show that the net charge in 
a polarized 
(7) 
(b) There are two cavities of spherical shapes inside 
dielectric material is zero. 
spherical conductor of radius R. The charges q 
and q are placed inside at the centers of each 
(b) A spherical conductor of radius a carries a charge 
cavity. Then 
Q and it is surrounded, out to radius b, by linear 
dielectric material of permittivity s. Find the 
potential at the center (relative to infinity) and 
1) Find the surface charge densities o. 
and Or 
polarization vector P. 
(7) 
(i) Find the electric field in each cavity. 
(c) Calculate the capacitance for the configuration 
(7) 
given below, where A is the cross-sectional area 
(1i) What is the force on q, and q2' 
P.T.O. 


2262A 
6 
of the square metallic parallel plates separated by 
2262A 
1 
total distance d. One half of the volume within the 
(i) r<a 
plates is free space with permittivity E while the 
other half is filled with equal slabs of different 
(ii) a< r < b 
dielectrics with permittivities &, E2, and e 
(7) 
(ii) r> b 
(7) 
(c) Determine the magnetic field due to a long current 
A 
carrying straight wire at a 
distance r from it. 
d/s 
Consider two long parallel conducting wires 1 and 
2 
2 carrying currents I in same direction. One wire 
d/3 
is placed at 
x 
= 
+a and another at 
x 
= 
-a. 
Eo 
d/3 
Determine the magnetic field for the point x>a 
(7) 
on positive x-axis. 
(a) Starting from Biot-Savart law, show that V.B=0 
5. 
6. 
(a) Show that for a system of two coils C, and C, 
and explain its physical significance. Hence prove 
the mutual inductance is given by 
that the magnetic flux through any closed surface 
(7) 
is zero. 
dl. d 
(b) Two long coaxial solenoids each carrying current 
T in the same direction having number of turns per 
where dl and dl are the elements of coils C 
and C, respectively and r is the distance between 
(7) 
unit length n, (inner solenoid) and n, (outer 
solenoid). The radii of the inner and outer solenoids 
them. 
are a and b respectively. Find the magnetic neu 
(b) Let the internal dimensions of a coaxial cylindrical 
in the following regions with r being the raala 
capacitor be a 
= 
1.2 cm, b=4 cm, and L 
= 
40 cm. 
distance from the axis: 
P.T.O 


2262A 
8 
9 
2262A 
The homogeneous material inside the capacitor has 
the parameters e 
= 10 
F/m and o 
= 10-5 S/m 
as 
32 
If this capacitor is connected to the source 
42 
12 
V=Vsin(ot) and the electric field inside this 
(7) 
capacitor is 
A 
22 
Vs 
Er 
Inb/a) 
(b) Obtain Norton equivalent circuit for the network 
find 
external to the 32 resistance for the given 
network. Further determine the current through 
i) The displacement current density, Jp and 
32 resistor. 
displacement current Ip 
ii) the conduction current density, Jc and 
E3av 
conduction current I. 
2 
22 
2TTEFarad 
c In (b/a) 
(7) 
2 
(7) 
(c) Given E =E, sin (ot -kz)ý V/m in free space. 
(c) A resistor 502 which is connected in parallel with 
(7) 
an inductor of 30 mH, is connected in series with 
Find D, B and H. 
a capacitor C. An ac voltage of 220 V, with 
frequency 50 Hz is applied to the circuit. Find 
(a) Use Mesh-Analysis to find the voltage across 
7. 
resistance 
(i) The value of C to give unity power factor 
P.T.O. 


10 
2262A 
(ii) Total current in the circuit 
ii) The current in the inductor 
( 
=C 
( 


R A 
Ation paper contains 4 pr inted pages 
Your Roll No. 
S1. No. of Q. Paper 
2263 
IC 
Unique Paper Code 
32221202 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Phyaics
Name of the Paper 
:Waves and Optics 
Semester 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(a Write your Roil No. on the top immediately 
on receipt ot tiiis guestion paper. 
(bAttempt any ive questians in ali. 
(cQuestioi1 No.i is Compulsory. 
1. Answer any five of the to:lowing quéstions: 
1. 
3x515 
(a) What are Spatial ard Temporal coherence?
(b) A simpie progressIve wave is expressed by 
y 
= 
0.5 sin (6.281- 12.56x), where y and x 
are in meers andt 1s in seconds. 
Find (i} wavelength, (i1) maximum velociry 
and (ii} frequerncy of the wave. 
P.T.O. 


2o3 
2263 
(c) Give three essential conditions to obtain 
sustained interference. 
3. (a) Derive differential equation of motion for the 
transverse vibration of a stretched 
and establish an expression for the velocity. 
(d) Write two similarities and two differences 
string 
between zone plate and convex lens. 
6 
(c) Distinguish 
between 
Fizeau's 
and 
Haidinger's frirnges. Give one example of an 
experiment where each of them can be 
obtained. 
(b) Obtain an expression for the path difference 
between two successive reflected rays in the 
case of a parallel thin film of refractive index 
and thickness t, and hence obtain 
conditions for bright and dark fringes. 
Which order will be missing for a grating 
( 
having opacity b-2a, where 'a' is the slit width? 
Explain. 
9 
4. (a) Explain with suitable diagram the formation 
(g) 
Draw a labelled ray diagram illustrating the 
phenomenon of interference due to a 
Fresnel's bi-prism. 
of circular rings in Newton's rings experiment. 
Obtain an expression for the radius of the 
nh ring and hence show that the rings get 
closer as their order increases. 
9 
2. 
(a) Draw graphically the Lissajous figure for the 
(b) In Newton's rings experiment, the diameter 
of 20th ring changes by 0.05 cm when a liquid 
is introduced between the lens and the plane 
glass plate. Find the refractive index of the 
liquid. 
followig: 
x= Scos t 
3 
y 
= 10cos| t+ 
(c) In a bi-prism experiment, the eye piece is 
120 cm apart from the source. The two 
virtual images of the source are separated
by a distance of 0.075 cm. Find the 
wavelength of the light used if the cross- 
wire of the eye piece moves through a 
distance 1.888 cm for 20 fringes. 
(b) Two simple harmonic waves expressed by 
2a Cos @,t 
are 
and 
a cos at 
superimposed collinearly. How the resulting8 
motion leads to formation of beats ? Also find 
the beat frequency. 
3 
9 
3 
P.T.O. 
2 


2263 
5. (a) What is Cornu's spiral and how it is formed ? 
Discuss Fresnel's diffraction at a straight 
edge using the concept of Cornu's 
9 
spiral. 
(b) What do you mean by resolving power of an 
optical instrument ? Obtain an expression for 
resolving power of a diffraction grating. 
6 
6. (a) With the. help of necessary theory, derive 
expression for the intensity distribution 
pattern in Fraunhofer diffraction at double 
12 
slit. 
(b) Calculate the radius of the third half period 
element of a zone plate behaving as a Convex 
lens of focal length 100 cm. The wavelength 
of light uséd is 4800 A. 
3 
7. (a) Draw 
a 
labelled diagram showing 
interference due to Lloyd's single mirror. Why
is the central fringe dark ? 
5 
(b) Explain the concept of Fresnel's half period 
elements and show that every zone has 
approximately the same area. 
7 
(c) Draw the intensity pattern for Fresneis 
diffraction due to thin and thick wire, 
mentioning the difference between them. 3 
4 
2100

This question paper contains 4+2 printed pages 
Roll No. 
LLEO 
1 
S. No. of Question Paper 
7483 
AC 
Unique Paper Code 
32221301
Mathematical Physics-II 
LIBRARY
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
Duration :3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question papr) 
Section-A 
. 
(a) 
Write a general expression for the Fourier series of a 
function fr), such that Ax) = fx + 2L), -L <x < L. 
Which terms will be missing if Ax) is an even 
function ? Justify mathematically.
6 
Or 
p 
cos 
d 
for 
6 
Evaluate L coscos 
L 
L 
( 
P q 
# 0 
(i) p 4 
P.T.O. 


3 
7483 
7483 
2 
(b) 
Solve the following differential equation about x 
= 
0, 
2,6,4 
(b) 
Plot the periodic function defined by 
2 
using Frobenius method 
Sx) =-7, 
-Tt 
x <0 
-0, 
x) = 
x, 
Or 
Find the Fourier series of this function and hence prove 
that 
2x7.5-15 
3 
Attempt any two parts 
(a) 
Prove that 
(c) 
What is the period of sin nx and that of tan x. 2 
Jr)= 
cos(n6- x sin 8)de, n 
= 0,1,2.. 
Or 
(6) 
Expand Ax) 
= 
x* 
-
3x + 
2 in a series of the from 
X, 
If At + T) 
= A), then show that 
2k-0AP(x), 
using Po(x) 
1, P(x) 
.'i 
3x-1 
P2)T 
Section-BB 
(c 
Using the generating function for Bessel's Polynomials 
Classify the point x 
= 
0 as a regular or irregular singular 
or otherwise, prove that 
: 
(a) 
xx) = -nd, (x) + xd,-1(t) 
point for the differential equation 
d2y 
sin x 
Obtain an expression for P4(x) using appropriate fomula. 
(d) 
+e*y =0. 
d2x 
P.T.O. 
211 


7483 
7483 
4) 
Or 
Section-C 
1x5-5 
Using the method of separation of variables, solve: 5 
4. 
Attempt any one part 
(a) 
Evaluate 
Ou 0u 
2 A20<x<3, y>0 
dx 
(b) 
Given u(0, y) = 
u(3. y) = 
0, and u(r. 0) = 
5 sin 47x
Evaluate 
(a2-y2)i/2 dy 
-3 sin 8 TX. 
Prove that 
Find the steady state temperature, u(x, y) of a rectangular 
(b) 
(c) 
xm-1 d= 
-B(m, n). 
o (a+bx) 
plate (0<x < 1; 0 <y < 2) subject to the boundary 
Section-DD 
conditions: u(x,
0) = 
0, u(0, y) = 
0, u(1, y) = 
0, and 
10 
(a) 
The solutions to 2-D wave equation are obtained as 
ux, 2) = 
x. 
5. 
trigonometric functions as well as in terms of Bessel 
Or 
functions. Explain how trigonometric cosine function is 
different from the Bessel Function of Order Zero. 
Using the method of separation of variables, solve 
Compare them in terms of 
1-D wave equation: 
( 
Periodicity 
(ii) 
Amplitude 
0y 
(iin) Zeros. 
P.T.O 
5 
Indicate differences using a plot. 


7483 
6 
) 
Subject to conditions 0, ) 
= 0, L, ) 
= 0 and 
x, 
y(x,0) ={ 
0<x< 
v,(x, 0) =0 
L-xxsL| 
2 
10 
Oy 
wheret 
Show that u(x, 
) 
= e-8 sin 2x is a solution to 
() 
7with the conditions u(0, 1) = u(T, t) = 0, 
u(r, 0) = 
sin 2x. 
Or 
Using the method of separation of variables, prove that 
the general solution of =49 
ox 
is given by 
fr1)= Ae 
where A and k are some constants 
5 
7483 
6 
2,100 


C4 
[Tiquestion paper contains 8 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No.2019 
LIBRAR 
Sr of QuestioPaper: 7484A 
J 
Unique Taper 
Code 
:32221302 
Name of the Paper 
Thermal 
Physics 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
III 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt five questions in al 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
Answer any four of the remaining six, attempting 
4. 
any two parts from each question. 
1. 
Attempt all parts. 
(a) Which of the two, an isothermal or an adiabatic, 
has greater slope? Prove mathematically. 
(2) 
P.T.O. 


7484A 
2 
7484A 
3 
2. 
(a) 
) 
State first law of thermodynamics. What are 
its physical significance and limitations? Write 
first law of thermodynamics for an adiabatic, 
(b) A Carnot's engine whose sink is at 27°C has an 
efficiency of 50%. By how much the temperature 
of the source be changed to decrease its efficiency 
isobaric and isochoric processes. 
(4) 
to 40%? 
(2) 
(l) Derive the work done by an ideal gas in 
(c) One kilogram of water is heated from 0°C to 100°C 
expanding adiabatically from initial state 
and converted into steam at the same temperature.
(P.V T) to the final state (Pp V Tp}). 
Calculate the increase in entropy. Given that 
3) 
specific heat of water is 4.18x 103 Jkgr'K-l and 
latent heat of vaporisation is 2.24 x 106 Jkgr. 
(b) Using first law of thermodynamics, prove that 
(3) 
U) CyK 
(d) Using Carnot's cycle derive Clausius-Clapeyron 
latent heat equation. 
(4) 
OU 
(i)av)BV 
(e) A substance has volume expansivity 
= 
2bT/V and 
isothermal compressibility 
= 
a/V, where 'a' and 
Where B and KT are volume expansion coefficient 
bare constants. Find the equation of state. 
3) 
and isothermal compressibility respectively. 
(3.5,3.5) 
(f Define Boyle Temperature. Give relation between 
(c) Find AW and AU for an iron cube of side 6 cm 
Boyle temperature, Temperature of inversion and 
(2) 
as it is heated from 20°C to 300°C. For iron 
C0.11 cal/g°C and volume coefficient of 
Critical temperature. 
expansion is B 
= 
3.6 x 10-30C-, Given, Mass of 
the cube is 1700 gm. 
(7) 
(g) What is Brownian motion? Give its characteristics. 
(3) 
P.T.O. 


7484A 
4 
5 
7484A 
(a) What are reversible and irreversible processes? 
3. 
(b) If two bodies have equal mass m and heat capacity 
C, are kept at different temperatures T, and T, 
respectively, taking T,>T, and the first body as 
source of heat for reversible engine and the second 
Give one example of each. Prove that if Kelvin- 
Planck statement of second law is violated then 
Clausius statement is also violated. 
(7) 
as sink, find out the maximum work done. 
(7) 
(b) If, two Carnot engines R and S are operated in 
series such as engine R absorbs heat at 
(c) 
(i) The temperature variation of C, is given by 
the relation C= 0.4 T 
- 0.05 T? -
0.25, in 
temperature T, and rejects heat to the sink at 
temperature T2, while Engine S absorbs half of 
the temperature range 50 K to 100 K in cal/ 
the heat rejected by engine R and rejects heat to 
K. If 4 moles of the substance is heated from 
the sink at temperature T. If the work done in 
50 K to 100 K, calculate the change in 
both the cases is equal, show that T,= (T,+21,)/3.
entropy. 
(7) 
(i) An ideal gas is confined to a cylinder by a 
(c) 
(1) A refrigerator freezes 6 kg of water at 0°C 
piston. The piston is slowly pushed such that 
into ice in a time interval of 20 min. Assume 
the gas temperature remains at 20°C. During 
that room temp, is 25°C, calculate the power 
compression, 730J of work is done on the 
gas. Find the entropy change of the gas. 
(3.5,3.5) 
needed to accomplish it. 
(i) If eoefficient of performance ofa refrigerator 
is 5 and operates at the room temperature 
5. 
(a) What are thermodynamic potentials? Why are they 
27°C, find the temperature inside the 
(3.5,3.5) 
so called? Give relations for them. Write physical 
(7) 
significance of Gibb's free energy. 
refrigerator. 
(6) Apply Maxwell's relation to prove that the 
4. 
(a) Define entropy. What is principle of increase of 
difference of isothermal compressibility and 
entropy? Find increase in entropy for reversible 
(7) 
adiabatic compresibility is equal to TVpICp 
and irreversible processes. 
P.T.O 


6 
7484A 
1 
7484A 
(c) Minute droplets of water are slowly pushed Out of 
(c) ) Calculate the probability that the speed of 
oxygen molecule lies between 109.5 and 110.5 
an atomizer into air. The average radius of s 
f the 
droplets is 10 cm. If 1 kg of water is atomized 
isothermally at 25°C, calculate the amount af h. 
metre/sec at 300K. 
eat 
transferred. The specific volume of water at 25°c 
is 1.00187 x 10 m'kg"l and the rate of chanoe 
i) Hydrogen and Nitrogen are maintained 
under identical conditions of temperature 
nge 
of surface tension of water with temperature is 
and pressure. Calculate the ratio of their 
-0.152 x 10-3 Nm-'K-, 
coefficients of viscosity if the diameters 
(7) 
of these molecules are 2.5 x 10-10m and 
(a) Define mean free path (A) of molecules of a gas. 
6. 
3.5 x 10-10 m respectively. 
(4,3) 
3 
Derive the expression ^=- 
4TO'n Where o is the 
7. 
(a) Discuss Joule-Thomson porous plug experiment. 
diameter of the gas molecules and n is the no. of 
Obtain equation for Joule-Thomson co-efficient. 
molecules per unit volume. (Assuming that all 
(7) 
molecules move with the same velocity i.e. the 
(7) 
(b) What are the limitations of Van der waal's 
average velocity of the gas. 
equation of state. Draw and discuss similarities 
(6) 1) Plot Maxwell distribution function for 
and dis-similarities of theoretical and experimental 
(7) 
molecular speeds at temperatures T, T, and 
curves for CO, gas. 
T such as T,<T,<T, Write the necessary 
(c) The Van der Waal's constant for Hydrogen are 
inference from these curves. 
a =0.247 atm. litre?mol-2 and b 2.65 x 102 litre/ 
(i) Calculate the value of v, for which the 
mol. Calculate 
probability of a molecule having x-velocity 
(3,4) 
() The temperature of inversion 
falls to half of its maximum value. 
P.T.O. 


8 
7484A 
(ii) Joule Thomson coefficient for 2 atm fall of 
pressure, initial temp, being 100 K. Given 
R= 224/,71 atoms litre/mol/K. 
(7) 
273 
(2100) 


This gueationopaper contains 8 printed pages] 
LBR 
R 
2oli 
20 
Roll No. 
SaNa efuéstion Paper 
7485-A 
Unique Paper Code 
32221303 
J 
Name of the Paper 
Digital Systems and Applications 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
HII 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Answer any four of the remaining six, 
attempting any two parts from each question. 
1. 
Attempt all parts of this question 
Why two state operations is preferred for designing 
digital circuits ? Name two devices that you see around 
which exhibit two states. 
3 
(ii) 
Draw the circuit of a NOT gate using transistor and 
explain its working. 
3 
(ii) 
What do you understand by an instruction cycle and 
a machine cycle in 8085 microprocessor ? 
3 
P.T.O. 


3 
7485-A 
7485-A 
2 
(i) 
Perform the following conversions 
(IV) 
Apply the duality theorem to the following expression:2 
(198.25)1a into Binary number and Hexadecimal 
(a 
(a) 
A(B + C) 
AB + AC 
4 
number. 
(b) 
A 
+ AB 
A + B 
(b) 
(324.24)1o into Octal number. 
(v) 
Subtract 1 1001101 from 10110101 using 2's complement 
(ii) 
A three variable truth table produce logic 1 output when 
method. 
3 
the number of ls in the input variables is even. 
(vi) 
What is the role of control voltage pin in IC 555 
Generate the Truth Table for the problem considering 
timer ? 
2 
the output as don't care for the terms for which the 
(vii) 
Draw block diagram of a RAM chip and explain the
decimal equivalent of the input variables is 0, 1 and 2. 
role of each pin. 
3 
Determine the simplest SOP equation for this truth table 
2 
(a) 
What do you understand by Digital and Linear 
using K-Map method and design the logic circuit for 
ICs ? Give two examples of each. 
4 
the function using NAND gates and XOR gates only.7 
( 
(a) 
Draw truth table and block diagram of a 
full 
3 
(b) 
In an oscilloscope, a 100 V signal produces a 
deflection of 2 cm corresponding to a certain seting 
subtractor circuit using half subtractors. 
The SUB input control signal of a fll adder/ 
(b) 
of vertical gain control. If another voltage produces 
7.3 cm deflection for the same setting of the vertica 
subtractor circuit is connected to the output of 
P.T.O. 
gain control, what is the value of the voltage? 


4) 
7485-A 
7485-A 
5 
a 4-input XOR gate. Tabulate the combinations of 
(ii) 
Design 
a 4-bit serial-in-parallel-out shift right register 
the XOR gate input variable for which the adder/ 
using negative edge triggered D flip-flops. Display tne 
timing diagram to store 4-bit binary number (T101)2 
subtractor circuit perform the task of (i) Addition 
assuming the register is initially all clear. How many 
and (ii) Subtraction. 
number of clock pulses are required to store the 
(ii) 
Design an encoder which generates the following truth 
number? 
table 
7 
( 
Draw the circuit of a clocked SR latch using NAND 
4. 
gates and explain its working. Why the S =1 and 
Input 
Output 
R =1 is called the forbidden condition ? 
ABC 
(a) 
Draw circuit diagram of a JK latch (using NAND 
(i) 
0 
0 0 0 
gates) and discuss its truth table. 
0 01 
(b) 
Mention the methods by which. the race around 
condition is avoided in JkK latch. 
010 
(iii) 
Design a MOD-8 asynchronous down counter using 
negative edge triggered JK flip-flops. Draw the timing 
2 
I0 0 
diagram of the counter assuming the initial state as 0000 
10 1 
and that the propagation delay of each flip-flop is 10 
I0 
ns. The time period of the input clock pulse is 
1000 
7 
ns. 
P.T.O. 


6 
7485-A 
7 
7485-A 
() 
An instruction (MOV C, A) with the hex code 4FH 
6. 
() 
(a) 
What are flags ? If the accumulator contains 0BH 
is stored in the memory location 2006 H. Discuss the 
and register C contain 05H, which flags are 
steps taken by the microprocessor in order to execute 
affected when CMP C is executed. 
3 
this instruction. What would be the content of the 
(b) 
If the clock frequency of a microprocessor is 
program counter (PC) register after the execution of this 
SMHz, how much time is required to execute an 
1 
instruction ? 
instruction of 7 T states ? 
(i) 
Explain with a timing diagranm the following operation: 7 
(ii) 
What are the various general purpose registers present 
Memory Location 
M/Code 
Mnemonic 
in microprocessor 8085 and explain their function ? What 
2000 
06 
MVI B, 52H 
is the role of program counter (PC) and stack pointer 
2001 
52 
(SP) registers ? 
in) 
A memory bank uses a 16-line address bus and 8-line 
(ii) 
Write an assembly language program to subtract SDH 
data bus. The first 32 KB of the memory is allocated 
from FCH stored in memory locations 2006H and 2007H, 
to two ROM's of 16 KB each, and the remaining space 
respectively using indirect addressing mode. The 
to the RAM's of 8KB each. 
Write down the initial 
difference is to be stored in the memory location 2008H 
and final addresses of each chip in the entire memory 
and borrow in 2009H. 
map. 
P.T.O 


8 
7485-A 
1. 
) 
Design an astable multivibrator circuit using IC 555 timer 
with the following specifications. The time period of the 
output waveform is 100 ms and duty cycle is 80%. Draw 
the output waveform and the voltage across the 
7 
capacitor. 
(i) 
(a) 
Give the truth table of XOR and XNOR gates and 
explain their working as odd and even parity 
4 
detectors. 
(b) 
Discuss and explain the principle of error detection 
using parity method. What is the limitation of this 
3 
method? 
(iii) 
A 5 MHz and 10 MHz square wave signal is fed to 
the J and K inputs of a JK flip-flop. Draw the timing 
diagram for the output Q assuming that the flip-tlop 
is active all the time and is initially clear. 
2,100 
8 
7485-A 


2019 
OLLE 
B 897 
Sr. No. of Question Paper 
222181 
Unique Paper Code 
Physics I 
Name of the Paper 
LIBRARY 
B. Sc. (Hons) 
Name of the Course 
III 
Semester 
(21 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Duration:3 Hours 
Attempt any five questions from the folowing. All questions carry equal marks. 
(5) 
(a) 
Find the angle between A 
= 3i + 2j- 6k and B 
= 4i -3j +k. 
1. 
(5) 
(b) 
State Stoke's theorem with all symbols clearly defined. 
Show that: 
(äx b). (E x d) 
= (
 ) (bod) 
-
(ä d) (b c). 
(c) 
(5) 
2. 
(a) 
If^ 
= 2xzî 
- xj + yk. Evaluate |F dV where 
is the region bounded 
2. 
(a) 
(10) 
by the surfaces x =0, y 
= 0, y 
= 6, z 
= x', z =4. 
(5) 
.(x A) = 0 
(b) 
Show that: 
Define Moment of Inertia. State and prove theorem of perpendicular axis. 
(9) 
3 
(a) 
Show that in the absence of an external force, the total linear momentum of a 
(6) 
(b) 
system of particles is conserved. 
What are conservative and non-conservative forces? Give two examples of each. 
6) 
4. 
(a) 
Show that the areal velocity remains constant, when the particle moves under 
(9) 
(b) 
the influence of a central force 
What is forced harmonic oscillator? Obtain its differential equation and find its 
(10) 
(a) 
solution for the steady case. 
What are group and phase velocities? Give the relationship between them. 
(5) 
(6) 


(a) 
6. 
Discuss the experiment for determining tne wavelength of sodium light using 
Newton's Rings method. 
(10) 
(b) 
What is Fresnel's Biprism? How is it different from an ordinary prism? 
(5) 
7. 
Derive an expression for the distribution of intensity due to Fraunhoffer diffraction of 
a 
monochromatic light incident normally on a plane transimission grating. Also, draw t 
(10, 5 
Lhe intensity pattern.
(3) 
8. 
(a) 
What is polarisation of light? 
(5) 
(b) 
State and prove Brewster's law for polarisation of light. 
(7) 
(c) 
Explain the construction and working ofa Nicol Prism.

LL 
CO 
is question paper contains 4 printed pages 
Your R61INo. 
k SI. NO. of Q. Paper 
: 2264 
IC 
Unique Paper Code 
:32221401 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Name of the Paper 
:Mathematical Physics-IIl 
Semester 
: IV 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt five questions in all. 
(c) Question No.1 is compulsory. 
(d) All questiorns carry equal marks. 
(e) Attempt two questions from Section - A 
and B each. 
1. Attempt any five questions 
5x3-15 
(a) Find (1 + iJ*. 
(b) Given a complex number z, represennt 
geometrically iz in the Argand plane. 
(c)Evaluate -1(:-2) 
4-3z 
(c) Evaluate 
dz; if C is the circle 
P.T.O. 
AaVas 


2264 
2264 
3. (a) Expand f(Z)_ in a Laurent's series valid 
8 
(d) Locate and name all the singular points of 
sin z 
for the given regions 
() 1z|< 3, 
the function (in finite z 
- plane) 
(i) |z|>3 
(c) If F(a)is the Fourier Transform of f(x), then 
(b) Evaluate Pz+, where C is circle 
find the Fourier Transform of f(x) sin a x, 
7 
where, a is any positive number. 
z 
= 
2 and t> 0. 
(f) 
Show that derivative of unit step function is 
a Dirac Delta function. 
4. Using the method of contour integration prove 
any two of the following : 
7.5x2-15 
(g) If the Laplace Transform of f{t) is F(s), then 
show that the Laplace Transform of 
2 
JF(u)du is F(S) 
S 
de 
27p 
(b) 
(h) Find the Laplace Transform of function 
-2p cos+p?1- 
p<l1 
f(t) = (sint - cos t}. 
Section - A 
(c 
2. (a) Construct an analytic functionf (z) 
= 
u 
+ iv, 
whose u (x, y) 
= x*- y? -y. 
8 
Section - B 
5. (a) Find the Fourier Integral of the function 
8 
(b) Using De Moivre's theorem, verify that 
cos50 16cos'0-20cos 0+5cos, and 
f(x)=e, when x 
> 0, k 
> 0 and f (-x) 
= 
f (x) 
Hence deduce that 
sindd 
= 16cos'0 
- 12cos'e +1 
sine 
COS 7 
1+2 
5e";x>0 
3 
P.T.O. 
2 


2264 
(b)Find the Fourier Transform of Gaussian 
function. 
7 
6. (a) Using Laplace Transforms, solve the 
6. 
following set of simultaneous diferential 
equations: 
dx -y=e', 
dt 
dy 
+X=sint 
dt 
given that x(0) =1l and y(0) = 0. 
8 
1 
ab2 
(b) Find 1(s+*)(s +b) 
7 
7. 
(a) 
If f(t) 
= 
a and g(t) 
= 
t, where a 
and b 
are 
integers, then using the Convolution 
Theorem for Laplace Transform, prove that 
8 
(1-)dy=a! a' b! 
(a +b+1)! 
(b) Prove that the Fourier transform of an even 
function 1s even. 
4 
2,100 


LJBRARY 
Yihis question paper contains 4 printed pages| 
1 
eu Rol1 No. 
SI. No. of Q. Paper 
:2265 
IC 
Unique Paper Code 
:32221402 
Name of the Course 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Name of the Paper 
:Elements of Modern 
Physics 
Semester 
IV 
Time: 3 Hours 
Macimum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt five questions in all. 
(c) Question No.1 is compulsory. 
(d) All questions carry equal marks. 
(e) Non programmable calculators allowed. 
1. Attempt any five of the following: 
5x3-15 
(a) Which of the following wave functions are 
physicaily acceptable ? Justify your answer. 
(i) cos x 
(ii) sec x. 
(b) Calculate the de-Broglie wavelength of an 
3 
electron moving with velocity C, where 'c 
is the velocity of the light in vacuum. 
P.T.O. 


2265 
2265 
(c) An electron has the speed of 600 msl with 
an accuracy of 0.005%. Calculate thhe 
minimum uncertainty in determining its 
location. 
3. (a) Describe the Davisson-Germer experiment. 
How did this experiment verify the de-Broglie 
hypothesis? 
(d) Prove that the group velocity is same as the 
particle velocity for a free particle. 
(e) Calculate the pernitted energy levels of an 
electron in a one dimensional box 0.1 nm 
wide. 
(b) Determine the frequency of the light needed 
to produce electrons of kinetic energy 3eV 
from illumination of Li Surface. (Given work 
function of Li is 2.93 eV.) 
5 
( 
A.certain radioactive material has a half 
life of 20 days. What i_ the decay constant 
and mean life of this element ? 
(c) Illustrate uncertainty principle using Gamma 
Ray Microscope thought experiment. 
3 
Determine the ratio of nuclear radii of C 
and O. 
4. (a) Consider a particle of mass 'm' and energy 
'E' approaching a potential barrier of height 
V 
and width 'L'. Assuming E 
< Vo, obtain 
an expression for the Transmission 
Coefficient (T). Prove that in the limit kL>>1, where 
2. (a) What is Compton Effect ?Derive an 
expression for the Compton shift. If e and 
are the angles of scattering of photon and 
electron respectively in the Compton Effect, 
then show that: 
22m(-E) 
h 
the 
Transmission 
cot 
+ 
tan 
Coefficient is given by the expression 
where 'E' is the energy of the incident photon 
and 'm is the rest mass of the electron. 10 
T= 
10 
(b) Obtain the time-independent Schrödinger 
equation satisfied by the monochromatic 
(b) Prove that the de-Broglie wavelength of a 
particle of rest mass 'mo' and kinetic 
plane wave in 1-D, y (x, t) 
= Aexp ( (px-bt), 
hc 
energy ' 
is E (E, + 2m,c?), where 'c' is 
where 'A' is constant, 'p' is the momentum 
5 
and 'E' is the energy of the particle. 
5 
the velocity of the light in vacuum. 
2 
3 
P.T.O. 


2265 
5. (a) Discuss the Liquid Drop Model of the nucleus 
and derive the semi empirical mass formula. 
10 
(b) Tritium (iH)has a half -life of 12.5 years 
against B-decay. What fraction of a sample 
of tritium(iH) will remain undecayed after 
25 years. 
(c) Calculate the binding energy of a 
particle in MeV. 
(Given mass of proton (mp) = 1.007276 | 
amu, mass of neutron (mn) = 1.008665 
amu 
and 
mass 
2.5 
a-particle 
2.5 
of 
(m) = 4.001506 amu) 
6. (a) Explain the B-decay process in the context| 
of prediction of neutrino. 
(b) State differences between nuclear fusion| 
and nuclear fission. 
6 
4 
(c 
7. (a) Explain the terms 
Explain the origin of solar energy. 
5 
6 
(1) 
Spontaneous emission 
(ii) Stimulated emission 
(ii) Metastable states 
(6) Explain the phenomenon of optical 
pumping and population inversion. 
c) Draw NZ graph. Explain why the stable 
4 
nuclei have more number of neutrons 
than protons ? 
5 
4 
2,100 


LLE 
13 
LIDRARY 
LIDRARY 
This question paper contains 7 printed pages 
Your Roll No. 
S1. No. of Q. Paper 
:2266 
IC 
Unique Paper Code 
:32221403 
Name of the Course 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Name of the Paper 
:Analog Systems and 
Applications 
Semester 
:IV 
Time:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt any five questions in all. 
(c) Question N0.1 is compulsory. 
(d) All parts of a question should preferable 
by attempted together. 
1. Attempt any five of the following: 
3x5-15 
(a) Draw the output characteristics of a 
photodiode and label important parameters. 
P.T.O.


2266 
2266 
(b) Mention some advantages of Schottky barrier 
(g)An RC coupled amplifier has a voltage gain 
diode over the p-n junction diode. 
of 150 in the frequency range of 500 Hz to 
(c) Describe briefly CMRR and Slew rate for an 
50 kHz. On either side of these frequencies, 
op-amp. 
the gain falls such that it is reduced by 3dB 
(d) Draw the circuit and describe the working 
at 100 Hz and 100 kHz. Calculate gain in dB 
of a log amplifier. 
at cut of frequencies and also draw a plot of 
(e) Draw the energy band diagram for insulator, 
conductor and semiconductor. How does 
frequency response. 
doping affect the Fermi energy level of a 
2. (a) Show that the depletion width for a step 
semiconductor ? 
junction pn diode in equilibrium condition 
current 
(1) 
For 
a 
pnp transistor, the 
is given as 
amplification factor (B) is 100. What is the 
w-2.(N, +N) 
NNa 
value of a? If Icp0 
10 4A, what is the 
collector current (I) for an emitter current 
where symbols have their usual meaning. 
() of 2 mA ? 
10 
3 
P.T.O. 
2 


2266 
2266 
4. (a) Draw the circuit for a transistor amplifier 
in CE configuration using voltage divider bias 
circuit and derive the expressions for I, and 
VCE:Explain the origin of phase difference 
between the input and output voltages in a 
10 
(b) The reverse saturation current at 300K of a 
pn junction Ge diode is 5 HA. Find the voltage 
to be applied across the junction to obtain a 
forward current of 50 mA. Given that the 
ideality factor for the Ge diode is 1, value of 
transistor amplifier in CE configuration. 
(b) A pnp transistor havinga DC current gain 
of 100 in CE configuration is to be biased 
at I 
= 5mA and Vc 
3.8 V. The collector 
load has a resistance of 5002. If V 
= - 10V 
and VR= - 0.3 V. Calculate the values of 
Boltzmann constant is 1.38 x 10-23 J/K and 
q is 1.6 x 10-19 C. 
5 
3. (a) Explain the working of a full wave bridge 
cc 
rectifier using suitable diagram s and obtain 
5 
R and R, for the figure given below 
the xpressions for (i) ripple factor and (ii) 
rectification efficiency. How ihis rectifier 
circuit is advantageous over the centre tap 
Ncc 
10 
full wave rectifier ? 
R 
Ra 
(b) In a Zener diode voltage regulator circuit, 
the source series resistance, R. 
= 202 Zener 
CR 
voltage V, 
18V and load resistance R-200S2, 
How load current is related to the values of 
current flowing through zener diode ? If 
source voltage V. is varied from 20V to 30V, 
Ce 
find the maximum and minimum current 
5 
flowing through the zenr diode. 
5 
P.T.O. 
4 


2266 
2266 
7. (a) Explain the working of a Hartley oscillator 
and write the expression for its frequency of 
5. (a) Using the h-parameter equivalent circuit for 
a transistor amplifier in CE configuration 
derive the expressions for voltage gain and 
oscillation. Determine the value of involved 
input impedance. 
capacitor for obtaining f, 
= 
100 kHz using 
10 
inductors of equal inductance of 10 mH. 
10 
(b) Explain negative and positive feedback 
using block diagrams ? Discuss the effect 
(b) In a R-2R binary ladder based D/A 
convertor input reference voltage of + 10 
V is applied. Find the equivalent analog 
output voltage for the following digital input 
states (i) 1001 and (i) 1011. What should 
be the value of full scale analog output 
voltage for the 8-bit D/A converter ? 
of negative feedback on the input 
impedance of the amplifier. 
5 
6. (a) Draw the circuit of an Op-amp as a non 
inverting summing amplifier for three 
voltage input signals (V, V, and V) and 
obtain an expression for the output voltage. 
Mention the conditions under which the 
5 
circuit will work as an averaging amplifier. 
10 
(b) Write an expression for the closed loop 
voltage gain of Op-amp 741 configurrd in 
non-inverting 1node. What would be tlie 
output of this circuit if it has a gain f 
10 
for a dc input signal of 
(i) +1V and 
ii) +2.5V? (V= +15 volts). 
7 
6 
2,100 


(14) 
This question paper contains 2 prinied pag. 
Roll No.. 
ceLLE 
S. No. of Question Paper 
P3 2 
222402 
AMA 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Optics [PHHT -412] 
LIBRARY 
Name of the Course 
B. Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
, 
He 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Semester 
IV 
Duration :3 Hours 
(Write your Roll No. on tne top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attenpt Five questions in all. 
Question No. I is compulsory. 
Use of non-progranmable scientific calculator is allowed 
Q1. Attempt any Five from the following: 
(a) State three essential conditions for obtaining sustained interference pattern. 
(6) Give any two important differences between Haidinger fringes and Fizeau fringes. 
)Define visibility of fringes. Show graphically how visibility decreases with 
increasing path difference. 
(d) Define coherence length for a source of light. How coherence length helps in 
designing an interference experiment? 
(e) 
With the help of suitable diagrams show the difference between the Young's 
double slit interference pattern snd two slit diffraction pattern. 
(1 Write at least two essentia conditions for recording a hologram? Can we have 
coloured holograms? 
(gDefine resolving power c 
an optical instrument. How does it varies with 
increasing the wavelength of ligl1t used? 
(3x5) 
Q2. (a) Explain Fermat's principe of least time and hence derive laws of refraction. 
(2,5) 
(b) What are Cardinal point::? Determine various cardinal points for a thick lens. 
(2,6) 
Q3. (a) With the help of proper diagram, describe Llyod's mirror experiment for 
obtaining interference fringes. How this experiment can be used to determine the 
refractive index of a thin transparent sheet? 
(b) In Fresnel biprism experiment, an interference pattern is obtained using light 
of wavelength 600nm on a screen kept at a distance of 1.2m. If the separation between
5th maximum and 7 minimum is 3mn, calculate the separation between the virtual 
(5, 5) 
Sources. 
(5) 
Q4 (a) Explain how Michelson interferometer can be used for 
determining the wavelength of light used, and 
(i) finding the difference between two closely spaced wavelengths of the same 
source. 
(5, 5) 


(b) When a transparent sheet of thickness 5xI0 min is introduced in the path 
one of the interfering beams in Michelson interterence experiment, the central frino 
shifts to a position originally occupied by 30 fringe. If the wavelength is 600nm. find 
the refractive index of the sheet. 
of 
(5) 
Q5 (a) What are Fresnel's half-period zones? Explain the theory that leads to 
explanation of rectilinear propagation of light? 
(b) What is a Zone plate? Obtain an expression tor multiple focii of zone plate 
Compare it with a convex lens. 
3,4) 
(2,5, 1) 
06. (a) What are Fresnel Integrals? How these integrals are used in forming Comu's 
(3,4) 
(b) Using Cornu's spiral, explain qualitatively the diffraction due to straight edge. 
(8) 
spiral? 
Q7. (a) Obtain an expression for the intensity distribution of Fraunhofer diffraction 
due to N-slits. 
(10) 
(b) What do you understand by dispersive power of diffraction grating? Obtain the 
expression for it. 
(5) 
Q8. (a) What are temporal and spatial coherence? Explain them. 
5) 
(b) What is holography? Give necessary theory of recording and reconstruction of a 
hologram. 
(3,7)

1119 
This question paper contains 3 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
13) 
S. No. of Question Paper 
108 
Unique Paper Code 
32221502 
I 
CeL 
Name of the Paper 
Solid State Physics
ABARER 
LBRAR 
Kalk 
Name. of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Physics 
Semester
V 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt any five questions. Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
5x3-15 
1. 
Attempt any five of the following 
(a) 
Draw P-E hysteresis loop for a ferroelectric material. Write 
(a) 
mathematical statement of Curie-Weiss law for ferroelectric 
materials. 
(6) 
(6) 
Differentiate between acoustical and optical phonons.
Explain the formation of cooper pair in superconductors. 
(c) 
Writé the primitive translational vectors of hexagonal 
(d) 
lattice.
P.T.O. 


108 
(29 
(3) 
108 
(6) 
How was the classical Langevin's theory of paramagnetism 
(e) 
Show that every reciprocal lattice vector Gkd is normal 
modified by Weiss ? 
to the plane (h k )., 
(a) 
. 
Derive an expression for the electronic polarizability in 
Calculate the Hall coefticient of Na based on free electron 
a time varying electric field, and hence derive the Cauchy 
model. Na has b.c.c structure and side of the cube is 
12 
and Sellmeir relations. 
4.28 A. 
(b) 
Distinguish between normal and anomalous dispersion ? 3 
Draw the variation of total polarizability with frequency
(a) 
Explain the formation of allowed and forbidden energy 
6. 
of external electric field. 
bands for the motion of an electron in one-dimensional 
(h) 
What is the difference between Phonon and Plasmon ? 
10 
periodic potential in solids. 
2 
(a) 
Derive Bragg's law in the reciprocal lattice.
(b) 
Prove that effective mass of electron
is given by 
5 
(6) 
In a simple cubic crystal, show that the first order reflection 
m* h2/ (d*E/ d?k). 
from (n00) planes is equivalent (mathematically) to the nth 
Explain how the Meissner-effect was explained by 
1. 
(a) 
6 
order reflection from (100) plane ? 
London. 
3 
3. 
a) 
Derive an expression for the specific heat of a solid on 
b) 
What is sotope effect ? 
the Debye model and show that, at low temperaure, 
t 
(c) 
What do you understand by Piezoelectric effect, 
follows T3-law. 
10 
6 
Pyroelectric effect & Electrostrictive effect? 
Derive the dispersion relation for a linear monoatomic 
(b) 
8. 
(a)
Prove that reciprocal lattice of bcc is fcc and that of fcc 
10 
lattice and show that the group velocity and phase velocity
is bcc. 
5 
of a wave are equal in the long wavelength limit. 
(6) 
Show that five-fold rotational symmetry does not exist ? 
4. 
(a) 
Show that the classical paramagnetic susceptibility is 
2.100 
given by y = Ho 
3 
8&T 
where symbols have their usual 
108 
meanings. 
10 


S. No. of Question paper :165 
2018 
LLES 
:222501 
Unique Paper Code 
AMH 
Name of the Paper 
Mathematical Physies V 
LIBRARY 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
V 
Duration: 3 HHours 
Maximum marks: 75 
(Wrile your Roil No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt five questions in all. Question number 1 is compulsory 
Do two questions from each section 
1. 
Attempt any five of the following: 
(a) 
Find Fourier Sine Transform of 
(b) 
If F(s) is the Fourier transform of f(x), find the Fourier transform of F[x"f(x)] 
(c) 
IfL{fY} is F(s) then find L{"}. 
(d) 
Find L{cos(at)}. 
(e) Show that &(ax)= (x) 
where a> 0. 
( 
Define contravariant and covariant tensors. 
g 
Find Laplace transform of tu(t-3). 
3 x5 15 
Section- A 
2. 
(a) Find Fourier Sine transform of f{x) 
= e (B>0) and hence show that 
e-= ASin(Ax) 
(b) Find Fourier Cosine transform of x 
10,5 
3 
(a) 
State the convolution theorem for Laplace transform and use it to 
evaluate the inverse Laplace transform ofre21 
2 
s(s2+16) 
(a) Solve the following differential equations using Laplace transform. 
d 
ty 
0; 
-x = 0; 
x{0) = 1 ; y(0) = 1 
8,7 
dt 


(a) Show that the Laplace transform of a periodic function f(t) is 
fOdt 
1-e-sT 
where f{t+T)=f(), $>0 
(b) 
Find Laplace transform of f(t) where: 
-2c-t 
0<tsc 
8,7 
Ct<2c 
Section B 
(a) 
State and prove initial value theorem in Laplace transform. 
(b) Solve the following differential equation using Laplace transform 
y+2y+5y = e*Sin(x); 
y(0) = 0, y'(0) = 1 with y and y as 
the second and first derivative of y(x) respectively. 
5, 10 
6. 
(a) 
Prove the identity 
v.(AX B) = B. (VXA) - A. (VX B) 
State and Prove quotient law in tensors. 
(c) 
Show that every second order tensor can be expressed as the sum of two tensors, 
one of which is symmetric and other skew symmetric. 
5,5,5 
Derive an expression for the moment of inertia tensor. Prove that it is a 
(a) 
7. 
symmetric tensor and it transforms like a second order tensor. 
(b) 
Show that: 
Eiks Emps dim Ökp-dip Ökm 
10, 5

This question paper contains 4 printed pages. 
Your Roll No. ... 
S1. No. of Ques. Paper 
: 102 
32221101 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of Paper 
: Mathematical Physics - I 
Name of Course 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
LLE 
Semester 
:I 
:3 hours 
LIBRARY 
a 
Duration 
Maximum Marks 
75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediate 
on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
1. Do any five questions 
(a) Solve: 
d=(1+*)1+*). 
dx 
(b) By calculating the Wronskian of the functions e", e, and 
e 
check whether the functions are linearly dependent or 
independent. 
C) Find the area of the triangle with vertices P(2, 3, 5), 
Q4,2-1), and R(3, 6, 4). 
Fma the unit vector normal to the surface x2+y+z=4 
at the point(1, 2, -1 
(e) Show that 
6V 
S 
where S is the closed surface enclosing the volume V. 
P.T.O. 


4. (a) Show that 
()Evaluate: 
[axixexö-|axäxb]«
. 
EBxax-[[öx)x
xä-o. 
6 
R 
(g) Verify that : 
b) Show that 
8(a-x)8(x-b) dr =8(a-5) 
F=ycosx +?)i+(2y sin x-4)j+ (3u+2]k 
is a conservative force field and then evaluate 
(h) Form a differential equation whose solutions are e and 
5x3=15 
JFdr 
e3 
C 
9 
2. (a) Solve the inexact equation: 
where C is any path from (0, 1,-1) to |7-1,2] 
5 
+) +x(l+3y+*y) dy=0. 
5. (a) If a is a constant vector and 7 = xi + j + zk then prove 
that 
(b) Solve the differential equation 
4y=ecosx 
1 
curl 
() Using method of undetermined coefficients, solve the 
(b) Evaluate 
differential equation: 
Ands 
d'y 
6 
+4y=2sin2x. 
where A =18zi -12j +3yk and S is the part of the plane 
2x+3y+6z = 12 located in the first octant. 
dx2 
8 
3. (a) Solve the differential equation 
6. (a) Evaluate 
+4+ 5y =x* +5. 
9 
y-sin x) de + cos x dy 
) 
directly 
() using Green's theorem in the plane, where C is the 
boundary of a triangle enclosed by the lines y 
= 
0, 
(b) Solve the differential equation using method of variation of 
parameter 
10 
6 
d44y= re". 
rand y=#x 
dx2 
dx 
Turn over 
3 
102 
102 


b Verify that: 
5 
V 
n(n +1)r2. 
7. (a) Verify divergence theorem for 
-(-yzi +(-x«)j+(2-w)k 
taken over the rectangular parallelopiped 0 Sx Sa, 
10 
0Sysb, 0Sz<c. 
(b) Express the position and velocity ofa particle in cylindrical 
5 
coordinates. 
8. (a) Derive an expression for the divergence ofa vector field in 
10 
orthogonal curvilinear coordinate system. 
(b) Evaluate Jacobian J 
for the transformation from 
241.242,4s 
rectangular coordinate system to spherical coordinate 
5 
system. 
2100 
102 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
103 
Unique Paper Code 
32221102 
LIBRARY 
Name of the Paper 
:Mechanics 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics (CBCS) 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt any five questions in all. 
Q. No. 1 is compulsory. 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed. 
. 
Attempt any five of the following 
5x3-15 
(a) 
Prove that the radius vector sweeps out equal areas 
equal intervals of time for any elliptical orbit under . 
central force motion. 
(6)Explain the theory of expanding universe using Doppler 
effect in light. 
(c) 
What are the effects of Coriolis force due to Earth's 
rotation. 
P.T.O. 


2 
103 
3 
103 
() 
Show that the ratio of rotational to translational kinetic 
(a) 
Derive the expression for the gravitational potential due 
4. 
energy for a solid cylinder rolling down a plane without 
to a solid sphere of radius R and mass M at a point 
slipping is I: 2. 
outside the shell and also at a point inside the shell.10 
() 
Compare gravitational mass with inertial mass of the 
b) 
Show graphically the variation of both gravitational 
body. 
potential and gravitational field as a function of radial 
Show that Ecp is invariant to Lorentz transformations. 
distance from the centre of the sphere. 
5 
g) 
Show that damping has little or no effect on the 
5. 
(a) 
State and prove _theorem off perpendicular axes of 
frequency of a harmonic oscillator if its quality factor 
moment of inertia for a three-dimensional rigid 
is large. 
body. 
(h) 
Explain how a hollow cylinder is stronger than a solid 
(b) 
Establish the relation between Y, K andn where Y is 
cylinder having same material, mass and length. 
the Young's modulus, K is the bulk modulus and n 
(a) 
State and prove Work-Energy theorem. 
1 
is the modulus of rigidity of the material. 
8 
(b) 
Show that in an elastic collision of two particles in 
(a) 
Deduce the differential equation of a damped harmonic 
centre of mass frame of reference, the magnitude of the 
oscillator and discuss in detail the cases of overdamped, 
velocity remains unchanged before and after the 
critical and underdamped oscillators. 
12 
collision. 
8 
(b) 
A condenser of capacity 
microF, an inductance of 0.2 
3 
(a) 
Find the centre of mass of a uniform solid hemisphere 
Henry and a resistance of 800 ohm are connected in 
of mass M and radius R w.r.t. its geometrical centre. 7 
series. Is the circuit oscillatory ? If yes, calculate the 
(b) 
frequency and quality factor of the circuit. What do 
Determine the moment of inertia of a uniform hollow 
sphere of mass M, and radius R about its diameter and 
you undèrstand by Quality factor of an oscillator ? 3 
tangent. 
P.T.O. 


4 
103 
1. 
(a) 
What is Coriolis force ? Show that the total Coriolis 
force acting on a body of mass m in a rotating frame 
is -2m 0 xU 
Where 
is the angular velocity of 
rot 
rotating frame and 
is the velocity of the body 
9 
in rotating frame. 
(6) 
Calculate the values of the centrifugal and Coriolis 
forces on a mass of 20 g placed at a 
distance of 
10 cm from the axis of a rotating frame of reference, 
if the angular speed of rotation of the frame be 
4 
10 radians per second. 
() 
Calculate the effective weight of an astronaut ordinarily 
weighing 60 kg when his rocket moves vertically upward 
2 
with 5 g acceleration. 
8. 
(a) 
Describe Michelson-Morley experiment and explain the 
significance of the null result. State the postulates of 
62.2 
special theory of relativity. 
The proper mean life time of pi meson is 2.5 x 10 
sec. 
(b) 
Calculate 
() 
the mean life time of pi meson travelling with 
velocity 2.4 
x 
10cm/sec. 
3,2 
(i) 
distance travelled by it before disintegrating. 
4 
2,100 
103

L 
RY 
question paper contains 4 printed pages. 
R.
Your Roll No. ... 
HC 
S. No-efPaper 
Unique paper code 
Name of the paper 
: 6680 
:32221201 
: Electricity and Magnetism 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Name of course 
Semester 
II 
Duration 
:3 hours 
Maximum marks 
:75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Ouestion No.1 is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Non-programmable calculators are allowed. 
1. Attempt any five of the following: 
a) Show that P 
E,(E, -
1)E. 
b) The electrostatic potential at any point in a plane 
is given by 
V(r,0) = 
a cos 69 
b 
2 
Find the components E, and Es of the electric 
field at any point. 
c) Prove that V.B = 0 and explain its physical 
significance. 
d) State and prove the first Uniqueness theorem. 
e) Find the Thevenin's equivalent of the given 
circuit across RL. 
P. T. O. 


4 
a) 
Find the capacitance per unit length of a cylin- 
drical conductor of radius a placed coaxially inside an 
earthed hollow conducting cylinder of radius b. 
b) 
Two dielectrics of thickness di and d2 having 
dielectric constant k, and kz are placed between a pair of 
RRL 
oppositely charged parallel plates. Ir Es and E are 
5 V 
electric field 
intensities in the two dielectrics, show 
that 
(8,7) 
A capacitor of 250 pF is connected in parallel 
with a coil having inductance of 1.16 mH and 
5. 
a) State Biot-Savart's law. Derive an expression for 
effective resistance 20 2. Calculate the circuit 
the magnetic field at a point due to an infinitely long 
impedance at resonance. 
straight current carrying conductor using Biot-Savart's 
g) Prove reciprocity theorem for mutual inductance 
(i.e., Mi2=M21). 
(5x3-15) 
law. 
b) Using Ampere's circuital law, find the magnetic 
2. 
a) 
State and prove Gauss's theorem in electrostatics. 
field due to a long current carrying solenoid at a point 
Show that . = 
(9,6) 
E 
inside it. 
b) 
A thick spherical shell carries a charge density 
p =The inner and outer radii of the spherical shell 
6. 
a) 
Explain how and under what conditions the 
are a and b respectively. Find the electric field in the 
regions (i)r <a,(i) a <r<b, and (ii) r>b. 
(7,8) 
Ampere's circuital law fails. How did Maxwell modify 
it to make it consistent with continuity equation? 
3. 
a) Derive an expression for potential and electric field 
b) 
Two inductances Li and L2 are connected in 
at a point (r, 0) due to an electric dipole. 
parallel. If M is the mutual inductance between them. 
b) Using the method of images, determine the position 
show that their effective inductance, Leg, is given by 
and magnitude of the image charge of a point charge q 
LL2-M2 
LeffL+ Lz t2M 
(7,8) 
placed in front of an earthed conducting sphere of 
P. T. O. 
radius R at a distance d from its centre. 
(8,7) 


7. 
a) 
An a.c. source is applied across an inductor, 
resistor and capacitor connected in series. Derive 
relation for its resonant frequency. 
b) 
Determine the value of RL for maximum power 
transfer and power dissipated across it. 
(9,6) 
R1 
4k 
V2 
10V 
V1 
10 V 
R 
R2 
10k 
2100 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages. 
Your Roll No. ..G SID 
HC 
SL No. of Ques. Paper: 6681 
Unique Paper Code 
:32221202 
Name of Paper 
Waves and Optics 
Name of Course 
:B.Sc. (Hons.) Physi 
GOLL 
Semester 
: II 
Duration 
:3 hours 
Maximum Marks 
75 
LIBRARY 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immategy 
on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
1. Attempt any five of the following: 
(a) Obtain an expression for the amplitude of the 
combined motion: 
V2 sin 87t +22 cos 107t 
(b) Obtain a relation between particle velocity and 
wave velocity for a simple harmonic wave. 
(c) Using the principle of reversibility, derive Stokes 
relations. 
(d) State the essential conditions for obtaining a 
sustained interference pattern. 
(e) Give differences between Fresnel's biprism and 
Lloyd's mirror fringes. 
P. T. O. 


6681 
3 
6681 
(b) Obtain 
an expression 
for 
transport in a string when transverse waves travel 
() Distinguish between Fraunhofer and Fresnel 
the 
total energy 
diffraction. 
(g) A convex lens of focal length 20 cm is placed after 
a slit of width 0-6 mm. A plane wave of 1=6000 A 
falls aormally on the slit. Calculate the separation 
between the sccond minima on either side of the 
5x3=15 
in it. 
10 
4. (a) Explain 
using 
diagrams 
the 
formation 
of 
Heidinger fringes in thin films. How are thecy 
different from Fizeau fringes? 
7 
principal maxima. 
(b) Derive an expression for fringe width in Young's 
double slit experiment. Explain graphically the 
intensity distribution in the fringe system. 
2. (a) Using the rotating vector representation obtain 
the resultant motion of 
a particle subjected 
simultaneously to two simple harmonic motions in 
the same direction having equal amplitudes and 
8 
8 
5. (a) Derive the formula for the intensity of the fringe 
system formed in a Fabry-Perot interferometer in 
transmitted light. 
equal frequencies. 
9 
(b) A particle is subjected simultaneously to N simple 
harmonic motions of the same frequency. If the 
amplitude of each oscillation is Ap and is the 
phase difference between successive oscillations, 
show that amplitude A and phase d of the 
resultant oscillation are given by: 
(b) Draw the graph of intensity transmitted as 
a 
function 
of phase difference 
in Fabry-Perot 
interferometer 
and 
hence 
explain 
why 
interference fringes obtained 
in Fabry-Perot 
sharper 
interferometer 
are 
than 
that 
of 
Michelson's interferometer. 
6 
A- Sin (NpI2) and ð=(N-1) p/2 
1 
sin sin (p/2) and d=(N-1) p/2 
6. (a) Discuss Fraunhofer diffraction due to double slit. 
Draw the curve indicating distribution of intensity 
in the diffraction pattern. Find the positions of 
3. (a) Two vibrations, at right angles to each other, are 
described by the equations: 
the maxima and minima. 
12 
x=5 cos 37tt 
(b) Calculate the aperture of the objective of 
a 
telescope which may be used to resolve stars 
separated by 4-88x 10 
radian 
for light of 
wavelength 6000 Å. 
y=3 cos (37tt +7t) 
where x and y are expressed in centimeters and r 
in seconds. Construct the Lissajous figure of the 
combined motion. 
3 
P.T. O. 


A 
6681 
8 
7. (a) Derive Fresnel's integrals. 
(b) Discuss Fresnel diffraction pattern due to a 
straight edge. 
2100

This question paper contains 4 printed pages. 
Your Roll No. .... 
. 
S. No. of Paper 
: 6682 
HC 
Unique Paper Code 
32221401 
Name of the Paper:Mathematical Physics - III 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics- 
LLE 
CO 
Semesteer 
:IV 
AMDA 
Duration 
3 hours 
LIBRARY 
Maximum Marks 
75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediatey 
ewD 
on receipt of this question paper.) 
All questions carry equal marks 
Question no. I is compulsory 
Atlempt 2 questions from Section A and 2 questions from 
Section B. 
Use of Scientific Calculators is allowed 
1. Attempt any five questions: 
(3x5 =15) 
(a) Evaluate (-27i)3 
(b) Locate and name the singularities in the finite z plane 
of the function 
In(z + 3i) 
f(z) = 
z2 


2 
3 
(c) Evaluate . 
dz over a circle C in the positive 
(b) Find the value of the integral P 
dz over a 
Z-2 
(- 
sense. C is described by |z| = * 
circle C (in the positive sense) represented by |z| = 1. 
(d) Test the analyticity of the function f(z) = z2. 
(10,5) 
(e) Show that 6(ax) = 
where 6 (x) is the Dirac Delta 
4. Using the method of contour integration prove any wo 
of the following:
function and a is a constant.
() If F(w) represents the Fourier transform of f(t), then 
prove 
that the 
Fourier 
(a) 
4 
transform 
of f(t) cos at = 
IF(-a) + F(o + a)]1 
(b) c277 
cos 20 de = 
(b) Jo 5+4 cOs 
cos mx dx =#e-m, m >0 
(c) Jo ?41 
(7) 
(g) Evaluate the Laplace transform of f(t) = 
cos2 2t 
(h) Determine the inverse Laplace transform of 
-2s 
SECTION B 
Attempt any two questions from this Section. 
SECTION A 
5 (a) 
Prove that the Fourier transform of a Gaussian 
Attempt any two questions from this Section 
function (e*) is also a Gaussian function. 
(b) Solve the one dimensional wave equation 
8u(x, t)_18u(x,t) 
v2 
8t2 
v(x,y) = e* siny. Find the 
2 (a) Given a function 
function u(x, y) such that f(z) 
= 
u + iv 
is analytic. 
Express f(z) in terms of z. 
Ox2 
for t>0, -oo< x <o, 
(b) Prove that 
Ou 
u(x, 0) 
= f(x); u,(x,0) 
= 
0; where u 
= and is the 
(5,10) 
1+ cos 72°+ cos 144°+cos 216°+ cos 288° = 0 
(10,5) 
velocity of the wave. 
using complex analysis. 
3. (a) Expand f(z) 
= sinz in a Taylor series about z= 
and determine the region of convergence of this series. 
6 (a) Verify the convolution theorem ( Fourier transfom) 
for 
P.T. O. 


4 
1, 
ItlS1 
f)=g0)=o i tl>1 
determine 
(b) 
Given that -l 
= 
(s2+1)2 
inverse Laplace transform operator. 
where the symbol 
-1 represents the 
(10,5) 
7. (a) A semi-infinite rod (x > 0) is initially at temperature 
zero. At time t = 0, a constant temperature To> 0 is applied 
and maintained at the facex = 0. Using Laplace transform, 
find the temperature at any point of the rod at any later time 
0. 
Given, 
erfee 
S 
(b) Using Laplace transform, prove that. 
cos 6t-cos 4t 
dt 
In- 2 
t 
(10,5) 
2100 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages. 
Your Roll No... 
S. No. of Paper 
: 6683 
HC 
:32221402 
Unique paper code 
Name of the paper 
Name of course 
Elements of Modern Physics 
: B.Sc.(Hons.) Physicy 
IV 
LLES 
COL 
Semester 
Duration 
:3 hours 
Maximum marks 
75 
LIBRARY 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immedidte 
on receipt of this question paper) 
Ne 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question number I is compulsory. 
(Symbols have their usual meaning.) 
1. Answer any five of the following: 
5 x3 15 
(a) Under favourable conditions human eye can detect 
10 Jof electromagnetic energy. How many 6000 A 
photons does this represent? 
(b) Define the terms: metastable states, optical pumping 
and population inversion. 
(c) For what kinetic energy will a particle's de Broglie 
wavelength equal its Compton wavelength? 
(d) If the lifetime of a particular excited state in an atom 
is 1.0x10° s, use the uncertainty principle to 
compute the line width of light emitted by the decay 
of this excited state. 
(e) A nitrogen nucleus (mass 
= 
14 x proton mass) emits 
a photon of energy 6.2 MeV. If the nucleus is 
initially at rest, what is the recoil energy of the 
nucleus in eV? 
Write the semi-empirical nuclear binding energy 
formula for a nucleus of mass number A, containing 
Z protons and N neutrons explaining each term used 
in the expression. 
P. T. O. 


3 
-
Vo 
for 0<x<a, region II 
0forX> a, region III 
Write the Schrödinger equations and its physically 
acceptable solutions in all the three regions. Using 
these equations show that the reflection coefficient 
2 
(g) An electron is confined to a one-dimensional infinite 
potential well of width L 
= 
1.0 nm. Calculate the 
energies of the ground state and the first two excited 
states. 
for the particle is given by: 
2. (a) Describe Davisson-Germer experiment. Explain how 
the experiment directly confirms the de Broglie 
hypothesis of matter wave. 
(b) Show that the de Broglie wave group associated with 
a moving particle travels with the same velocity as 
the particle. 
(c) What are the main features of photoelectric effect? 
Discuss how Classical Physics fails to explain these. 
V 
sinh Ba 
4 EV, E) 
5,2 
R = 
V 
1+ 
sinh Ba 
4 E(V, - E) 
3 
2m(V-E) 
where =. 
h 
(b) A particle of energy E strikes a potential step Vo. 
Taking E>Vo, distinguish between the classical and 
quantum 
behaviour 
expressions 
for 
the 
reflection 
coefficient 
and 
transmission coefficient. 
3. (a) In a two-slit experiment using electron, a working 
monitor that can tell through which slit the electron 
passes destroys the interference pattern 
on the 
Screen. 
Explain 
the 
uncertainty principle. 
(b) Show, on the basis of uncertainty principle, that 
electrons cannot reside inside a nucleus. 
of 
the 
particle. 
Obtain 
observation, 
using 
the 
5,2 
6. (a) Mention the similarities between an atomic nucleus 
and a liquid drop, on the basis of which the liquid 
drop model of the nucleus was proposed. Obtain the 
semi-empirical mass formula of a nucleus. 
b) Calculate the binding energy per nucleon for (1) 
Oxygen-16 (atomic mass 15.99492 a.m.u.) and (1i) 
Silicon-29 (atomic mass 28.97650 a.m.u.). Given 
that mass of proton = 1.00728 a.m.u. and mass of 
(c) Use 
the uncertainty principle 
to estimate 
minimum energy of a particle in a simple harmonic 
potential %h 
the 
2.6 
5 
4. (a) Discuss the Born probabilistic interpretation of the 
wave function. Write the conditions required for 
physical acceptability of wave function. 
(b) Consider a wave function of the form 
neutron= 1.00867 a.m.u. 
4 
2,3 
(c) Estimate the mass of 1 mm' of nuclear matter of 
227Th nucleus. 
3 
wx)= Ae plx| 
Normalize the wave function. Find the corresponding 
wave function in momentum space. 
(c) What are the dimensions of v(x) and v(p)? 
7. (a) Radioactive material A (decay constant a) decays 
into a material B (decay constant A6) which in turn 
decays into a stable substance C. Assuming that a 
sample contains only Na0 nuclei of material A at 
time t = 0, determine: 
4,4 
2 
5. (a) A particle of energy E<V, is incident from left to 
right on a rectangular potential barrier of height V% 
and width a as defined below: 
i. 
the number of B nuclei remaining after a 
time t, 
V(x) = 0 
for x <0, region I 
P.T. O. 


11. 
ii. 
the time at which the number of B nuclej 
iS a maXimum, and 
ii. 
the number of C nuclei remaining after a 
iii. 
time t. 
6 
(b)4°Ra has a half-life of 1600 years. What is the 
activity of a sample of one gram of pure °Ra? What 
would be the activity of this sample at the end of 400 
years? 
(c) How do we explain the emission of Beta-particles 
from radioactive nuclei even though they are not 
contained in them? What kind of observations on the 
4,2 
energy spectrum of Beta-rays led "Pauli' to propose the 
neutrino hypothesis in 1930? 
3 
2100 


This question paper contains 4 printed pages. 
Your Roll No. ... 
°°**** 
*° 
S. No. of Paper 
:6684 
HC 
32221403 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Analog Systems and Applications 
COLL 
Name of the Course 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
CL 
Semester 
IV 
Duration 
:3 hours 
Maximum Marks 
LIBRARY
:75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediatetap, ) 
on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. I is compulsory. 
Non-programmable calculators are allowed. 
1. Attempt any five of the following: 
(a) Define drift and diffusion currents in doped semiconductors. 
(b) Explain with a circuit diagram, how Zener Diode is used in 
voltage regulation under varying load conditions. 
(c) Draw the IV characteristics of a Solar cell for different 
intensities of light.
(d) Calculate the value of IB, Ic and VCE for the following 
circuit, given that Rß=470 kS2; R¢ 
= 
2.2 kS2; VBB 
Vcc= 18 V: B=100. 
.Vcc 
P. T. O. 
V 


2 
3 
(e) For a BJT compare the "voltage divider bias circuit 
with the "fixed bias circuit" with respect to their 
4. (a) Give the hybrid equivalent circuit ofa CE Transistor. 
Derive 
the expressions 
for 
the 
current 
impedance and output admittance of a 
CE transistor 
amplifier using hybrid model. 
gain, input 
stability. 
(D How does negative feedback, in an Amplifier, improve 
its stability? 
(g) In the following circuit, open loop gain A of op-amp is 
2 x 10 
and Rn =1 k2. Find the value of R if the 
(b) In the voltage divider bias circuit given below, Vcc =20 
V, Rc =2 k2, RE =3 kS2, R= 10 k and R2 =6 kQ. Draw 
the dc load line and determine the Q-point. 
10, 5 
resulting gain with feedback is to be 20 dB, 
Vcc 
R 
R 
V 
, 
R 
Rc 
(h) Define accuracy and resolution for a D/A converter. 
VBE 
I 
RE 
3x5-15 
Re 
2. (a) Explain the formation of depletion region in a p-n 
junction. Derive an expression for the depletion width and 
barrier potential forp-n junction.
(b) A Germanium p-n step junction has donor density Na 
F10° cm° on n side and acceptor density Na =10 cmon 
p side. Calculate the built-in potential at the junction if 
intrinsic carrier density n, =10" cm". Assume kT/e =0.026 
10,5 
5. Explain with a neat diagram RC coupled amplifier. Give 
its equivalent circuits in different frequency ranges. Obtain 
the expressions for its voltage gain in low and middle 
frequency regions. Sketch the frequency response curve. 
V. 
15 
3. (a) Explain with a neat diagram the working of a full 
wave bridge rectifier. Derive the expression for its ripple 
factor and the rectification efficiency. 
6. (a) Draw the circuit of a Colpitt Oscillator and explain its 
working. Derive the expressions for the frequency 
oscillations, and the condition for sustained oscillations. 
(b) Give advantages of full wave bridge rectifier over 
center tap full wave rectifier. 
P. T. O. 
12.3 


4 
uF, calculate the time period of oscillation and he of the 
10,5 
(b) In a phase shift oscillator, R= R; =10 kQ and C= 00 
transistor. 
7. (a) Draw the circuit of an Op-amp as a Differentiator and 
explain its operation. 
(b) 
An op-amp integrator has R=I MN and C=0.5 uF 
With input signal 2 sin 100tt determine the output voltage 
as a function of time assuming that initial vol tage across 
capacitor is zero. Sketch the output in relation to the input. 
(c) In the following circuit calculate output voltage if Vi 
=5 V and V2 =2 V. 
5,5,5 
10K 
10 K 
MW 
5K 
5K 
V 
-
V 
10K 
2100

Unique P'aper code: 
2221601 
Name of the Paper: 
Solid State Physics (PlHHT-13) 
ceL. 
Name of the Course: B.Sc. Payaes F 
e LIBRARY 
Semester: 
-VI Seester 
Duration: 
3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 
75 
Attempi Five questions in all, including Question No. 1 which is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks. Attempt any five of the following: 
1. () Explain coordination number and atomic radius and calculate them for bec lattice 
(ii) Discuss the structure of NaCl unit cell. 
(ii) What useful information can be obtained from B-lH curve of a material? 
(iv) Explain why for certain dielectrics, dielectric constant changes abruptly at melting 
points? 
() What do Miler indices signify? Sketch (110) and (200) planes in a simple cubic lattice. 
(v) What are Plasinvns?
(vi) Why does classical theory fail to explain the temperature dependence of specific heat of 
solids? 
(vii) Differentiate between Type I and Type ll superconductors. 
3x5 
2.i)Explain Ewald's constuction and derive vector form of Bragg's law 2.K.G+ G®(10) 
(5) 
() Prove that direct lattice is the reciprocal of its own reciprocal lattice. 
(10) 
3(i)Derive and discuss the dispersion relation for lincar diatomiclattice.
(5) 
(i) Discuss the characterstics of acoustic and optical branches. 


4 
(i) Discuss the lattice heat capacity of solids based on Einstein's model. What are the 
limitationsof this model. 
(10) 
(ii) How Debye modified the Einstein model to explain T behaviour of solids at very low 
(5) 
temperatures? 
S0) Distinguish between diamagnetic, paramagnetic and ferromagnetic substances on the 
basis of magnetic susceptibility and permeability. 
(5) 
i)Discuss Weiss theory of ferromagnetism and explain how magnetic susceptibility varies 
with temperature. 
(10) 
6. (i)Derive Langevin-Debye formula for the temperature dependence of dipolar 
polarizability and dielectric constant. 
(10) 
(ii) Explain how this fomula is used to study molecular structure. 
(5) 
7.(i) What are ferroelectric materials? Explain P-E hysteresis curve using domain theory of 
Ferroelectric materials. 
(7) 
(il) Derive London's equations in superconductivity and discuss London penetration depth 
and its variation with temperature. 
(8) 


-No 
PP. 630oS 
Unique Paper Code 
:2221602 
Name of the Paper 
Quantum Mechanics and Applications II 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. Physies-F¥LPSanI) 
F-IO 
Semester 
VI 
cOLLEO 
Duration 
:3 Hours 
ABA 
LIBRARY 
Maximum Marks 
75 
Instructions for Candidates 
e 
Question No. I is compulsory. 
Attemptfive questions in all. 


1. 
Attempt any five of the following: 
5x3-15 
(a) 
Express linear momentum, angular momentum & energy in their 
respective operator forms. 
(b) 
Prove that the eigenvalues of a Hermitian operator are real. 
(c) 
What are linear operators? Explain with examples. 
(d) If x.pxl =ih then show that [x".pxl 
= 
n ihxR-1 
(e) 
List all the states in an L-S coupling between two electrons described as 
2p and 2d 
(f) 
Discuss the implications of uncertainty relation between momentum and 
position. 
(g) 
Give the values of n, I andj for the following states written in the 
spectral notation 2Pan, 3Ds2, 3S12 
2. 
(a) 
Let us consider the following matrix operator 
2 
H =-i 1 
0 
1 
nd 1 
2 
Show that the H-matrix is Hermitian and |2) = | 7i 
is not its 
eigenvector. 
(b) 
State, explain and prove the Ehrenfest Theorem 
6,9 
3. 
(a) 
Discuss the physical interpretation of Expectation Values. 
(b) 
Solve the Harmonic Oscillator for its energy eigenvalues using the 
ladder operator method. 
5.10 
4. 
What do you understand by direct product of ket-vectors. Explain with 
(a) 
examples. 
(b) 
What do you understand by Identical Particles? Differentiate between 
distinguishable' and 'indistinguishable' identical particles. 
Show that particles obeying Pauli's exclusion
principle
can be 
represented only by Anti-symmetric wavefunctions. 
Construcl expressions for Anti-symmetric & Symmetric wavefunctions 
for a system of N-particle Fermions & Bosons respectively using their 
individual wavefunctions. 
411 
S. 
(a) 
Explain, why Lz, ly & L, can not have simultaneous eigenstates 
S. 


(b) 
Define the Ladder operators for Angular Momentum and hence show 
that 
L,1L, m> 
= [(-m)(l +m+ 1)]n |L,m +1> 
L-, m> = [(l+m)(l- m+1)]zh |L,m-1 > 
Where |L,m> are the simultaneous eigenstates of Land lz. 
3.12 
6. 
(a) 
Explain the Normal Zeeman effects with examples. 
(b) 
Derive the expression for the Spin Orbit interaction energy and discuss 
how it explains Fine structure. 
6.9 
(a) 
State and prove the Variation method for estimating the ground state 
7 
energy of a quantum mechanical system. 
(b) 
Estimate the ground state energy of the Helium atom using Variation
method. 
6,9 


( 
171)1% 
ceLLO 
CET-A 
S-No ) 
6307- 
LIBRARY 
Unique Paper Code 
2221604 
F-1 
Name of the Paper 
Statistical-liysice leehomi 
e e 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Physics 
Semester 
VI 
Duration :3 Hours 
Maximum Marks:75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top inmmediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt five questions in all 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
5x3-15 
I. 
Attempt any five of the following: 
(a) How is Bose gas different from Fermi gas at absolute zero Kelvin? 
(b) Calculate the number of modes in a chamber of volume I m* in the frequency range 0.60 
x10 
Hz to 0.61x10 
Hz 
(c) 
Explain why negative temperature can exist in a system having two energy levels? 
(d) Define Fermi energy. Show graphically its variation with temperature? 
(e) Explain the conditions under which Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac distributions approach 
the Maxwell Boltzmann distribution. Show the variations graphically.
(9 
Calculate the' partition function, energy and specific heat for a classical system of N 
particles and three energy levels 0, E, 26 
If two black bodies have their peak radiations corresponding to violet and red respectively, 
which of the two is at a higher temperature? Explain through relevant expression. 
2. (a) Establish the relation between entropy and thermodynamic probability and show that the 
constant occurring in the relation is the Boltzmann's constant. 
(b) What is the significance of partition function? Calculate the partition function for an ideal 
mono-atomic gas. Using the partition function obtain the expression for energy, entropy and 
(6,9) 
pressure. 


LIDARY 
iS questiapaper contains 4 printed pages] 
0S)d 
Roll No. 
S. No. of Question Paper 
6685 
Unique Paper Code 
32221601 
HC 
Name of the Paper 
Electromagnetic Theory 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (H) Physics-CBCS 
Semester 
VI 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
Attempt total 5 questions. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory
Scientific calculator is allowed. 
1. 
Answer any five of the following questions 
5x3-15 
(a) 
Write. the boundary conditions satisfied by the electric 
and magnetic field vectors at the boundary of the two 
dielectrics. 
(b) 
Explain the terms loss tangent and intrinsic impedance. 
P.TO. 


2 
6685 
6685 
3 
() 
Explain why 
in high frequency circuits current flows only 
Derive em wave equation satisfied by E field using 
5. 
(a) 
on the surface of conductors. 
Maxwell's equation in 
an isotropic, |linear and 
homogenous dielectric material (no free charges or free 
What do you understand by homogenous and isotropic 
( 
currents). 
medium 
(6) 
Show that the em waves are transverve 
in nature. 
() 
A parallel polarized wave propagates from air into 
( 
Calculate the characteristic impedance of the medium. 
dielectric at Brewster angle of 75°.
Find
relative 
(d) 
Show that the energy is equally shared between the 
permittivity. 
4,4,3,4 
electric and magnetic fields in free space. 
For an optical fibre with refractive index of the core 
Derive Fresnel's formula for the case of propagation of 
(a) 
4. 
9 
1.47 and of its cladding 1.46. Calculate the pulse 
em waves in an anisotropic medium.
dispersion per kilometre. 
(6) 
Show that critical frequency for the propagation of em 
(g) 
Given E = 
E 
sin (ot-ßz)á, V/m in free space. 
waves in plasma is S 
= 9n% 
» where no is number of 
6 
Find H. 
electrons/m*. 
(a) 
Derive Fresnel's relations for reflection and refraction of 
5. 
(h) 
Write constitutive relations in electrodynamics. 
plane em waves at an interface between two dielectric 
2 
() 
State and prove Poynting's theorem. 
25 
media when electric vector of the incident wave is 
b) 
parallel to the plane of incidence. Also find the 
What are Lorentz and Coulomb gauges ? Show that 
8,4 
expressions for R and T. 
Lorentz transformation remains invariant if gauge 
(b) 
Find the expression for the Brewster's angle at which 
function 
satisfies 
the reflected wave is completely extinguished. 
v-Ho Eo 
26 
P.T.O 


6685 
4 
(a) 
State Biot's laws for rotatory polarization.. 
(a) 
6. 
(6) 
Using the Fresnel's theory of optical rotation, obtain 
the formula for the angle of rotation of plane of 
vibration. 
(c) 
Discuss the construction and working of Laurent's half 
4,6,5 
shade device. 
7. 
(a) 
Determine the change of phase in the reflected ray when 
it suffers a total internal reflection for the case when 
5 
E is parallel to the plane of incidence. 
(b) 
What is step index optical fibre ? Derive relation between 
the numerical aperture and the angle of acceptance. 6 
(C) 
An optical fibre has a core of refractive index 1.48 and 
cladding of refractive index 1.46, calculate the acceptance 
4 
angle and the numerical aperture of the fibre. 
(a) 
For the case of propagation of em waves in conducting 
8. 
medium, derive an eXpression for complex intrinsicc 
impedance and the rati0 u/u 
where u, is electric 
energy density and u,, is magnetic energy density. 8,4 
(b) 
What is the significance of the equation: 
v.B-0 
2,000 
4 
6685 


sBA 
LIBRARY 
CeLLE 
4 
This question paper contains 4 printed pages. 
SECTION D 
18 
Your Roll No. .... 
**************** 
*** 
8. (a) Given that the chemical potential for a strongly 
degenerate Fermi gas (0<T<<TF) is 
SNo. of Paper 
:6686 
HC 
De 
t 
Unique Paper Code 
:32221602 
Name of the Paper 
: Statistical Mechanics 
Obtain the expressions for the internal energy, pressure, 
entropy and specific heat capacity. 
The Fermi energy of metal A is 8.4 eV. Find its 
value for metal B if the free electron density in metal B is 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
12 
(b) 
Semester 
: VI 
Duration 
3 
hours 
27 times that in metal A. 
Maximum Marks 
:75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
9. (a) Give two typical characteristics of a white dwarf sta. 
Show that electron gas inside a white dwarf star iss 
strongly degenerate and relativistic. 
on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. I is compulsorry. Answer one question from 
(b) Obtain an expression for the mass-radius rela-
tionship for a white dwarf star and hence discuss the 
importance of Chandrasekhar mass limit.
each Section. 
Symbols have their usual meanings. 
19 
1. Answer any five of the following: 
(a) Write two properties of photons which make them 
different from other bosons. 
(b) Derive Stefan's law using thermodynamics. 
(c) What is the significance of partition function in 
statistical mechanics? 
(d) List three characteristics of liquid Helium at low 
temperature. 
(e) What do you 
mean by ultraviolet catastrophe? 
Explain with the help of a diagram. 
() Let QMB, 2BE and 2FD be the number of ways in 
which 3 particles can be distributed in 3 energy states 
2000 
P. T. O. 


2 
3 
according 
to 
M-B, 
B-E and F-D 
respectively. Find QMB:2BE:2FD 
(e) Calculate the Fermi energy of electrons in silver at 
statistics 
4. (a) Show that the number of modes of vibrations per unit 
volume of an enclosure in the frequency range v to vtdv 
is given by N,dv = 
and hence derive Rayleigh-
absolute zero. Given electron density = 5.86 x 1028 
c3 
Jeans formula for blackbody radiation. 
(b) A black body is placed inside an evacuated chamber 
maintained at temperature 27°C. If the surface area of the 
black body is 500 cm, find energy radiated per time per 
unit area from the black body when its temperature is 
127°C. 
12 
m 
(h) Give two examples where we can use equipartition of 
energy theorem. 
5 x 3 
15 
SECTION A 
3 
2. (a) Establish the relation between entropy and thermo- 
dynamic probability. Show that the constant occurring in 
the relation is the Boltzmann constant. 
(b) A 
Maxwell-Boltzmann system consisting of 4 
particles has a total energy Se. The permitted energy 
levels are equally spaced with energies 0, e, 2e, 3e. (i) 
Write all the possible macrostates, (ii) Determine the 
thermodynamic probability of each macrostate. 
5. (a) Derive Saha's ionization formula stating its basic 
assumptions, and highlight its two applications. 
(b) Show that the pressure exerted by a diffuse radiation 
10 
7 
u 
given by p =, where u is the radiation density. 
5 
SECTION C 
8 
3. (a) Discuss the concept of negative temperature from the 
statistical point of view. Show that it is possible to attain 
a 
state of negative temperature for 
a system of 
6.
(a) Give the Bose derivation of Planck's radiation law. 7 
(b) Derive the expression for entropy (S) and specific 
heat capacity (C) for photon gas and hence show that 
C3S. 
8 
paramagnetic dipoles subjected to an external magnetic 
field induction B. 
7. (a) What is Bose-Einstein condensation and how is it 
different from 
ordinary condensation? 
Derive 
expression for the temperature (T) at which the Bose- 
10 
(b) Differentiate between 100K and -10OK on the basis 
of entropy-energy diagram. 
(c) Consider a system of 13 classical particles distributed 
initially in three .energy states of energies e0, 82=26, 
634, such that ni=6, n=4, n3-3. If öns-2, find önj and 
8n2 and the new distribution of the particles. 
the 
2 
Einstein condensation sets in. 
10 
(b) 
Obtain the expressions for fractions of degene-
rate Bosons in the ground state (NJN) and in the excited 
state (NexcN) as functions of temperature 7. Plot them. 
5 
3 
SECTION B 
P. T. O. 


G 
BA 
M)s 1s 
LIBAHY 
This questig paper contains 4 printed pages] 
our RoH No. 
SI. No. of Q. Paper 
: 9496-A 
HC 
Unique Paper Code 
322276 13 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc.(Hons.) Physics- 
DSE-4 
Name of the Paper 
:Communication 
Systemss 
Semester 
:VI 
Time 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt any five questions in all. 
(c) Question NO.1 is compulsory. 
(d) Symbols have their usual meaning. 
1. Attempt any five questions from the followirng: 
3x5-15 
(a) What is angle modulation ? What are the 
two types of angle modulation ? 
P.T.O. 


. 
9496-A 
9496-A 
(b) An Antenna has an impedance of 40o 
An unmodulated Amplitude Modulated 
(AM) signal produces a current of 4.8 A. 
The modulation is 90 percent. Calculate 
(a) the carrier power (b) the total power 
and (c) the side band power. 
3. (a) How Frequency Modulation (FM) can be 
achieved by Voltage Controlled Oscillator 
(Vco) ? Discuss the demodulation of FM 
wave using slope detector. 
10 
(b) Explain the filter method of Single Side 
Band (SSB) generation. 
(c) Describe the process to demodulate the 
Pulse Amplitude Modulated (PAM) wave 
using an appropriate diagram. 
4. What are the various pulse modulation schemes. 
(d) Describe the Quantization process. 
Explain and compare these schemes. Explain 
(e) Write advantages and disadvantages of 
geostationary orbits. 
( 
Draw the architectural block diagram of 
mobile communication system. 
Frequency Shift Keying (FSK). 
15 
5. (a) Explain and compare the various pulse 
modulation schemes.
10 
2. (a) What is Modulation ? Distinguish between 
(b) Describe Sampling Theorem. State its 
amplitude and frequency modulation. 
Calculate the power developed by an AM 
wave in a load of 100 Q when the peak 
voltage of the carrier is 100 volts and the 
modulation factor is 0.4. 
5 
relevance towards Pulse modulation. 
6. Write short notes on any three of the following: 
15 
7 
(a) Geosynchronous satellite 
(b) Explain the working of a super 
heterodyne receiver with the help of a 
block diagram. 
(b) Satellite Transponders 
(c) Uplink model of satellite link 
8 
(d) Downlink model of satellite link 
2 
3 
P.T.O. 


9496-A 
7. (a) Explain the structure of the mobile phone 
cellular network. What is meant by cell 
7 
splitting and cell sectoring ? 
(b) What is the difference between GSM and 
CDMA ? Write a short note on GPS 
8 
navigation system. 
400 


IThis kston paper contains 6 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No.. 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 9502 
HC 
Unique Paper Code 
32227626 
Name of the Paper 
Classical Dynamics 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
-
DSE-3 
Semester 
VI 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all including Question 1 which is 
compulsory. 
Attempt at least one question from Section A and B. 
3. 
(3x5-15) 
1. 
Attempt any five of the following: 
(a) Show that ý 
= uü ä 
where the Lorentz factor y ==(1 -u/ci)h and ä = 
k. 
(b) Find the Lagrange equation of motion of one 
-
dimensional simple harmonic oscillator. 
P.T.O. 


9502 
2 
9502 
3 
(c) Show that in calculating the relative proper velo ocity, 
Lorentz factors multiply when coordinate velocities add. 
3. 
(a) A particular mechanical system depends on two
coordinates 
a 
and b and has kinetic energy 
(d) Show that k" = (0/c , k), where 
is frequency ana k 
is wave-vector of a wave, is a 4-vector, 
T 
à b2 + 2b2, and potential energy V 
= a2 - b2. 
Determine the Lagrangian of this system and derive its 
(e) If an object has speed V <C in one inertial frame, then 
equations of motion. 
(8) 
using 4-vectors or otherwise prove that v < c in all other 
inertial frames. 
(b) A beam of positive ions (each having mass m and charge 
) passes through uniform crossed electric and magnetic 
( 
Consider three-dimensional motion in cartesian
coordinates (x, y, z) in a one-dimensional potential, say 
fields: E = Ep9 and B = B, 2. Find the speed of 
V(x). Identify the conserved quantities. 
those ions which pass undeviated. 
(3) 
(g)If the Lagrangian does not depend explicitly on the time, 
(c) If electric field is switched off then the undeviated ions 
then the Hamiltonian is a constant of the motion. 
(in part 3 (b)) move in a circular path of radius R in the 
presence of magnetic field alone. Find R and hence 
(h) Find the norm of 4-velocity of a photon moving along 
show that 
= 
R B 
(2.2) 
X-axis. 
m 
SECTION A 
(a) Using Lagrangian or Hamiltonian approach, prove that 
4. 
if particle of mass m moves under the action of central 
force field then its angular momentum and energy are 
(9) 
2. 
(a) Derive Euler-Lagrange equations from Hamilton s 
principle. 
(8) 
conserved. 
(b) A particle of mass m 
moves along x-axis under the 
influence of potential energy 
(b) Find the Hamiltonian corresponding to the Lagrangia 
L=a2+ bj2 - kxy 
where a, b, k are constants. 
(7) 
P.T.O. 


5 
9502 
9502 
constants. 
(b) A particle of rest mass m, describes a parabolic 
V(x)=-(kx)e" -(Px), where k and B are 
tion. 
Find the equilibrium position and frequency of oscillation 
6) 
trajectory x = at, y= bt, Z=0 in an inertial frame S. 
Find the four velocity components. Also find the norm 
of the four velocity. 
(8) 
5. 
(a) Compare Newtonian mechanics with
Lagranoian 
mechanics. Mention at least three points. 
(6) 
7. 
(a) An inertial frame S is moving to the right relative to S 
at a speed 3c/5, and another inertial frame S" is moving 
(b) Consider the flow of a viscous fluid (viscosity n) in a 
channel. The channel has a width in the y-direction of 
to the right relative to S at a speed c/3. Using 4-vectors 
or space-time diagram, find the velocity of S" relative 
(8) 
a and length L. There is a pressure drop Ap along the 
length of the channel, so that the constant pressure 
to the frame S'. 
(b) Prove that 4-velocity is perpendicular to 4-acceleration 
(7) 
gradient is generated. Assuming the flow to be steady, 
vector. 
ov/ot 
= 0 and the no-slip boundary condition at the top 
and bottom edges of the channel, show that the volume 
of fluid which passes a cross section of the channel per 
8. 
(a) Using four-vector approach derive the expressions 
for Relativistic Longitudinal and Transverse Doppler 
(10) 
8. 
unit time is 
effect. 
Q= a" Ap 
8nL 
(9) 
(b) Show that the phase of an electromagnetic wave is 
(5) 
Lorentz invariant. 
SECTION B 
(a) Two rods having the same length L move lengthwise 
9. 
6. 
(a) Explain the phenomenon of Time Dilation (assume clock 
towards each other parallel to a common axis with the 
is in S' frame) using Minkowski space 
- time diagra 
(7) 
same velocity v relative to the Laboratory frame. Using 
4-vectors, show that 
P.T.O. 


9502 
6 
L= 
Lo 
is the length of each rod in the frame fixed to the other 
rod where ß = v/c. 
(7)
(b) The space and time coordinates of two events as 
measured in a frame S are as follows:
Event 1 
X ot,= x/c (y, = 0, z, = 0), 
Event 2: 
x 
2x 
, 
= x/2c (y, = 0, z, = 0). 
(i) There exists a frame in which these events occur 
at the same time. Find the velocity of this frame 
with respect to S. 
(ii) What is the value of t at which both events occur 
in the new frame? 
(8) 
(1200) 


S ACc) . 
6 
Name ot Coursse 
B.Sc. (iionours) Pinysics i UPT 
SchemeAM«le 
xanination 
VI-SHHHSteF 
Name ol Paper 
Mathematical Physics-IV 
2221603 
cOLLE 
Lnique Paper Code 
Maximum Marks 
; 75 
LI3RARYY 
Time allowed 
3 IHours 
Bei 
Answer a total of 5 questio0s. 
Question No. I is eompulsory. 
Answer Two (2) questions from Section A and Two (2) questions froum Section B. 
Seientifit caleulator is ailowed. 
. Answer any five of the following questions. 
(3 x 5 
15) 
(a) let V 
R*. Show that W= {(a. b, c): a> 0} is not a subspace of V. 
b} F'ind the dimension of the vector space spanned by (1. -2. 3, -1) and (1, 1, -2, 3) 
(c) 1s the transsormation T: R--R defined by T(x, y) = xy, a linear transformation? 
(d) Prove that the eigenvalues ofa unitary matrix are unimodular. 
( 
S 
that every second order tensor can be expressed as the sum of a symmetric and a 
skew symmetric tensor. 
) If the metric is given by ds* 5(dx' 
4(d«* - 3(dx'*+ 4 dx'dx- 6 dxdx', evaluate g. 
(g) State the variational principle for the calculus of variation. 
(h What are critical points ofa differentiable multi variate function of real variables? 
SECTION-A 
(Answer any two questions jrom this section) 
2. (a) Let V be the vector space of polynomials of degree s3 over R. determine whether u, v. 
w 
Vare independcnt or dependent where: 
u 
- 
31 
51 + I. v ="-t+81 +2. w = 2t- 4t+91 +5 
(8) 
(b) Find the matrix representation of the operator T on R relative to the basis 
. 
3). I 
(2. 5)} where T is defined as T(x. y) = (3x -4y. x + 5y) 
(7) 


3. (a) Iet T: R°>R be the linear mapping delined by 
T (x. N, Z)= (x 
2y -7. y + z. A 
-22) 
(0) 
Find a basis and the dimension of the (iimage of TAi) kernelWefT 
(b) Show that a matrix A and its transpose A' have the same characteristic polynonmial 
4. (a) Suppose T: RR* is an operator def+ined by T (x. y) 
= 
(y. x). Find all eigenvalues and 
busis lor each eigenspace. 
(8) 
(b) Prove that similar matrices A and B have the same eigenvalues. If X is an eigenvector A. 
thien find the cigenvector of B. 
(4. 3) 
SECTION-B 
(disuer any two questions fromm tis section) 
5. (a) Prove that the Moment of Inertia is given by 
and write it down in the matrix form. 
(10) 
(b) Show that gradient of a scalar function is a tensor of order one. 
(5) 
-6. (a) Using tensors. prove the identity 
div (UX V) = V.curl U-U.curl V 
(b) Consider the function glx, y. z) = x -2y +Sz. Using the method of Lagrange 
multipliers, tind the maximum and minimum values of the functionm on a sphere 
yz- 30. 
7. (a) L.et us consider light passing from one medium with index of refraction n into another 
medium with index of refraction n2. Using Fermat's principle to minimize time, derive the 
Snell's law of refraction: n\sint, 
= 
n2 sin 82. 
(8) 
(b) Show that the rectangular solid of maximum volume that can be inscribed in a sphere is 
a cube. 
(7) 
2

LLEO 
(S 
[Thuestion pap ontains 3 printed pages.] 
s11212 
LIBRARY 
Your Roll No.... 
LIBRARY 
Sr. No Cf Quesiofaper 
5761 
H 
Unique Paper Code 
222101 
Name of the Paper 
:Mathematical Physics -I (PHHT-101) 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc. (Hons.) PHYSICS 
Semester 
:I 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
1. 
this question paper. 
Attempt five questions in all including Q. No. 1 which is 
2. 
compulsory.
1. Do any five of the following
5x 3 
15 
(a) Are the following vectors linearly dependent or independent:
A 2-37+4,B=f+23,C =3t- T+2k 
(b) Find the unit vectors perpendicular to the plane 6x +2y +3z = 6. Draw the section 
of the plane in the first octant. 
(C)Find the derivativeof f(¥,y,2)
**-*y* -xef at Po (1,1,0) in the direction of 
A = f-27 +2k. 
(d) Evaluate JT.i ds over the surface S of a sphere of radius A. 
(e) Find J 
given x 
= u2-p2 and y 
= 2uv. 
\up 
P.T.O. 


5761 
5761 
3 
b) Expand flx) 
= e* in a cosine series over the interval (0, 1) 
(What is the period of the function: f(t) = 3 sin 2t + cosnt. 
c)Expand the following periodic function in Fourier series 
-1<x<0 
)Evaluate 
V5e*dy 
0<x<1 
(h) Graph the following function and classify it as odd, even or neither. 
6. a) Give Fourier Series for the following periodic function
-Tx<0 
0<x 
f(x) = * sinx 
-TT <X<T. 
8 
And hence deduce that= 
1 x3 
3x + 
-. 
*** 
2. a) If and  are irrotational, prove that ÄA x Bis solenoidal. 
b) Find the Fourier series expansion of output ofa half wave rectifier. Draw the rectified 
function between 0 and T, where T is the time period. 
3 
) Prove that: Tf(r)= . 
)Define conservative force field. Show that the following field 
is conservative and 
find the scalar potential for it. Find the work done in movinga particle in this field 
from (0,0,1) to (2,0,3). 
7. a) Prove that 
Blm,n)= rmT() 
T(m+n) 
1 
F (2xz + 2xy)f +(2-)1+ (22+x2 )k. 
b) State and prove Normal Law of errors. 
c)Show that x 
(lnx)" dx = n 
(M+1)n+1 
3. a)Evaluate J,  
ds;  
(*+y)t 
-
2x +2yzk and S is the surface of the 
plane 2x +y+22 
= 6 in the first octant. 
4 
b)State Green's Theorem. Show that if region R is bounded by simple closed curve C, 
then area of region R is given by: xdy- ydx. 
c)Verify Stokes' Theorem for A = (2x-y)f
- yz2j -y?zk, where S is the upper 
half surface of the sphere x* +y+z 
=1 andC is its boundary. 
4. a) Derive expression for the Gradient of a scalar field in an orthogonal curvilinear 
coordinates. Give its expression for cylindrical coordinates. 
b) Prove that J 
=1. 
3 
oEvaluate I, (r2 +y2 +z) dx dy dz, where V is a sphere having center at the 
origin and radius equal to A. 
d) Prove that the cylindrical co-ordinate system is orthogonal. 
5. a) State the Dirichlet theorem for Fourier series expansion of a function. 
(100) 


s question parecontains 6 printed pages.] 
LBARY 
Your Roll No..... 
Sr. No.of Qufestfon Paper : 5762 
H 
Unique Paper Code 
222103 
Name of the Paper 
PHHT-102 Mechanics 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
:I 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
1. 
this question paper. 
Attempt Five questions in all including Q. No. 1 which is 
2. 
compulsory. 
1. 
Attempt any five of the following: 
(a) A satellite of mass m is in a circular orbit of radius r 
around the Earth. What is its angular momentum? 
(b) A 500 gram weight is suspended below a vertical wire 
of length 2 meters and radius 0.2 mm. If it produces an 
extension of 1.0 cm in the wire, what is the Young's 
Modulus of the material of the wire? 
P.T.O. 


5762 
2 
5762 
3 
(c) A rubber ball of mass 100 g falls from a height of 1 
(g) State the relativistic formula for the Doppler effect 
meter. It bounces off the floor and rises back to almost 
for light when the observer is at an angle 0 from the 
line of motion. What will be the ratio of observed 
its original height. The time of contact between the ball 
and ground is 1 millisecond. Find the impulse and force 
frequency when the source moves directly towards 
on the ball due to the ground. 
observer to the observed frequency when source movess 
directly away? 
(d) Verify that the radius vector sweeps out equal areas in 
equal intervals of time for any elliptical orbit under 
(h) What will be the ratio of the rotation period of a Foucault 
pendulum suspended at latitude 60 degrees North to one 
(5x3=15) 
central force motion. 
(e) The shearing stress across a cross-section of water flowing 
suspended at 30 degrees South? 
through a tube of diameter 2 cm is 10-2 N m7 and the 
viscosity of water is approximately 10 N m2 s. Find 
(a) Derive the Work-Energy Theorem in three dimensions 
2. 
the difference in water velocity between the center and 
clearly explaining all assumptions. Define potential energy 
the edge of the tube. 
in terms of force and re-write the Work-Energy Theorem 
(f) Two masses m, and m, are connected by a massless 
in terms of potential energy. Derive the potential energy 
string and hang on either side of a massive pulley of 
function for a repulsive inverse-square force. Draw the 
energy diagram for this potential and describe the features 
(5,2,2,1) 
mass M and radius R attached to a fixed support. Find 
the resultant acceleration of the two masses. 
of motion in this potential. 
M 
(b) A block of mass M slides down an irtclined plane of 
angle 0. Find the speed of the block after it has descended 
a vertical height h using Work-Energy Theorem. Assume 
it starts at rest and coefficient of friction is p between 
(5) 
the block and the plane. 
m2 
P.T.O. 
mi 


5762 
5762 
5 
4. 
(a) Define gravitation potential. Derive the expression for 
the gravitational potential due to a spherical shell of 
radius R and mass M at a point outside the shell and 
M 
also at a point inside the shell. 
(10) 
(b) Sketch the graph of both gravitational potential and the 
gravitational field as a function of radial distance from 
the center of the shell showing both inside and outside 
(5) 
region. 
(a) Derive an expression for the twisting couple per unit 
5. 
e 
twist for a solid cylinder as well as a hollow one. Show 
that a hollow cylinder is stronger than a solid one of 
(5,3) 
same material, mass and length. 
(a) State and prove the Parallel Axis Theorem for rigid 
3. 
(b) Derive an expression relating the elastic constants 
body rotation drawing a clear diagram arid explaining all 
(6) 
Y (Young's Modulus) and K (Bulk Modulus) to o 
(7) 
steps. 
(Poisson's ratio) 
(b) Derive the moment of inertia I ofa uniform disc of mass 
M and radius R about an axis passing through its center 
6. 
(a) What are Einstein's postulates of relativity? Use them to 
(8) 
derive the Lorentz transformations.
and perpendicular to its plane. 
(6) 
(b) What is Coriolis force? Show that the total Coriolis 
(c) Now use the parallel axis theorem to find the moment 
of inertia of the same disc about another axis passing 
force acting on a body of mass m in a rotating frame is 
-2 mo x v,, where o is the angular velocity of rotating 
half-way between its center and its edge, parallel to the 
(3) 
frame and v, is the velocity of the body in rotating 
(7) 
frame. 
axis through its center. 
P.T.O. 


5762 
6 
7. 
(a) Derive the relativistic law of velocity transformations. 
7. 
Use this to show that the speed of light is measured to 
(8) 
be the same in all inertial frames of reference. 
(b) Using Lorentz transformations, deduce the time-dilation 
formula. Unstable muon particles have a mean lifetimne 
T in the laboratory of 2.15 x 10-6 seconds. Cosmic ray 
muons travel at a spéed very close to the velocity of 
light. Assuming they are observed to move at four-fifth 
the speed of light, what will be the observed life-time? 
(3,4) 
(100) 


ceL 
question papentains 4+2 printed pages u1p/7 
IBRARY 
Ro. 
S. No otaucs 
Paper 
6671 
Unique Paper Code 
:32221101 
HC 
Name of the Paper 
:Mathematical PhysicsI 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 775 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt five questions in all 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
5x3-15 
. 
Do any five of the following 
(a) 
Two sides of a triangle are formed by the vectors: 
A = 3 + 6j -2k and B = 4 -j +3 
Determine the angle between these two sides and length 
of the third side. 
P.T.O. 


6671 
6671 
3 
2 
(g) 
Form a differential equation whose solution is given 
(b) 
Show that the area bounded by a simple closed curve C 
by 
is given by 
y 
= 
A e4" + 
B 
eSr. 
(h) 
Solve 
()If a 
is a constant vector, then prove that 
8(r 
- n) cos 2x d 
(i) 
2a. 
(i) 
+logxj 5(r - 1)dr. 
(d) 
Solve 
2. 
(a) 
Find the constants 'a' and *b' so that the surface 
ax 
byz = (a + 2x will be orthogonal to the surface 
A 
4xy + 
= 4 at the point (1, -1, 2). 
where, R is the region bounded by the circle, 
If A = r"r, then find the value of n for which A is 
9. 
(b) 
solenoidal. 
(e) 
Check whether the following functions are linearly . 
independent or not 
(c) 
Prove that 
e,xe. 
Solve the differential equation 
where,= y2 + y2 +2. 
P.T.O. 
(+2xy + )dx + (x + y¥dy = 0. 


6671 
6671 
5 
4 
(a) 
Evaluate 
. 
(a) 
Prove that: 
3 
(2x +y)N, 
where, V is the closed region bounded by the cylinder 
Evaluate) 
ds, where 
4-x 
and the planes, r = 0, y = 0. y = 2, = = 0. 
6 
(6) 
Deríve an expression for curl of a vector field in 
A = vi + 2xj - k 
orthogonal curvilinear coordinates. Express it in 
12 
And, 
cylindrical coordinates. 
S is the surface of the plane, 2x +y 
= 6 in the first octant 
Solve the differential equations 
6. 
9 
1 
cut-off by the plane, z 
= 
4. 
(ry 2xydr - (3- 2ry 
= 
0 
() 
.. 
5 
Prove that: 
D 
(a) 
(D+ 1)y = cosec x 
4. 
(b) 
hs-ff sa 
(a). 
Solve the differential equation : 
V 
7. 
S 
(D -
6D + 8)y = (e2- 1)2. 
where, simple closed surface S encloses volume V. 
b) 
Using method of variation of parameters, solve the 
(6) 
Write the mathematical form of Gauss's Divergence 
differential equation 
theorem and hence verify it for F = 4xzi -y'j + yzk 
where S is the surface of the.cube bounded by x 
= 
0, 
1,9 
(D + 4)y = 
x 
sin 2x. 
P.T.O. 
x =1, y 
= 
0, y = 1, z 
= 
0, z 
= 
1. 


6671 
6 
8 
(a) 
Solve the differential equation 
(D 
4D 3)y = xea. 
(b) 
Using method of undetermined coefticients, solve the 
(b) 
8 
differential equation 
(D )y = e + 2x. 
6 
2,100 
6671 


CLL 
LLE 
LIBRARY 
e 
pestion Paper : 6672 
This que 
P 
contains 4+2 prlated pages] 
bIl No. 
Unique Paper Code 
32221102 
HC 
Name-of the Paper 
Mechanics 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.
. 
Attempt any five of the following questions 
() 
Locate the centre of mass of a system of three particles 
masses 
kg, 2' kg and 3 kg placed at the corners of 
an equilateral triangle of side 1 m. 
P.T.O. 


2 
6672 
3 
6672 
(i) 
When a particle moves under a central force. prove that 
.(6) 
An object falling in the earth's gravitational field gains 
the particle moves in a fixed plane. 
mass from surrounding stationary material 
(iin) 
Show that damping has little or no effect on the 
() 
Show that 
M U 4dM 
U 
Mg, 
lt 
frequency of a harmonic oscillator if its quality factor 
is large. 
where v is the instantaneous downward velocity 
(iv) 
State Kepler's laws of planetary motion. 
of the object when its mass is M. 
(ii) 
If 
(V) 
Show that a conservative force can be expressed as 
d 
= kM, 
F= - VV, where V is the potential energy. 
dt 
where k is 
a 
constant. show that the object 
(vi) 
What is potential energy curve ? ldentify stable, unstable 
acquires a terminal velocity and determine this 
and neutral equilibrium from the, curve. 
velocity 
(vii) 
Calculate the recessional velocity of a galaxy at 
(c) 
A particle is projected with a velocity of 40 ms at an 
a distance of 3 
x 10 
light years. Is this velocity 
elevation of 30°. Calculate (i) the greatest height attained 
relativistic ? 
(i) the horizontal
range and (ii) the velocity and 
(vii) Explain
the physical significance of negative results 
direction at a height of 12 m. 
22.2 
(a) 
Show that in the case of an elastic and glancing collision 
obtained from Michelson-Morley experiment. 
3x5-15 
between two particles of masses m and m^ respectively. 
2 
(a) 
Find the centre of mass of a homogeneous semi-circular 
the maximum value of scattering angle 6 
in the 
plate of radius R. 
3 
P.T.O 


6672 
5) 
6672 
4 
() 
Moment of inertia of a bigger solid sphere about its 
laboratory frame corresponds to the scattering 
diameter is I. 64 smaller, equal spheres are made out 
angle 6 
in the centre 
mass reference frame, where 
of bigger sphere. What will be the moment of inertia 
cos'(m2/nm).
of such smaller sphere about its diameter ? 
4 
Also show that this maxinmum value of the scattering 
Derive the expressions for gravitational field and potential 
5. 
(a) 
1/2 
m2 
at a point inside and outside 
a 
uniform solid sphere 
5,2 
angle 0, 
= tan-1| " 
5,5 
of radius R and mass M. 
Show that if a heavy particle
is incident on a light 
( 
(6) 
Represent the variations of field and potential graphically 
with respect to distance from the centre of the 
particle initially at rest, the heavy particle will not bounce 
3 
shell. 
backward as a result of collision. 
6 
(a) 
Derive differential equation for 
a 
forced harmonic 
(c) 
Prove that in centre of mass system, the magnitude of 
oscillator and find its steady state solution. Obtain the 
the velocities of the particles remains unaltered in elastic
amplitude and phase of the steady state solution. 
collision. 
2.6.22 
Find the moment of inertia of a uniform solid cylinder 
(a) 
What is the displacement of a particle executing SHM 
4. 
(b) 
of radius R, height H and mass M about an axis passing 
from its mean position when its KE is half of its 
PE 2 
3 
through its centre of mass and perpendicular to its axis 
8 
7. 
(a) 
What is longitudinal and transverse Doppler effect in 
of symmetry. 
light. Obtain an expression for the apparent frequency 
(b) 
Show that the ratio of rotational to translational kinetiC 
of light pulse in case of longitudinal Doppler effect in 
energy for a solid cylinder rolling down a plane without 
a moving frame of reference. 
29 
slipping is l: 2. 
P.T.O 
E 


6672 
6) 
(b) 
How does mass of a material particle change with 
velocity ? Show that c is the ultimate speed of the 
2.2 
particle in free space. 
. 
(a) 
Derive the relativistic law of variation of mass with 
7,3 
velocity. For a relativistic particle, show that 
E 
= pc2 + mc4 
(b) 
Find the velocity that an electron must be given s0 
that its momentum is 10 times its rest mass times 
the speed of light. What is the energy at this 
speed ? 
3,2 
(Rest mass of electron = 
9 
x 10-3 
kg). 
2,100 
6672

LBRARY 
nt 
C 
,Ce 
d 
is stion paper contains 
printed pages 
Your Roll No. 
SI. No. of Q. Paper : 1827 
GC-4 
Unique Paper Code 
32221201 
Name of the Course : B.Sc.(Hons.) Physics 
Name of the Paper 
:Electricity and Magnetism 
Semester 
:II 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates: 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt any FIVE questions in ali. 
Question NO.l is compklsory. 
(c) All questions carry equal marks. 
(d) Non-programmable calculators allowed. 
1. Attempt any five of the following 
3x5-15 
(a) Can the following be 
a 
possible 
electrostatic field ? 
E -Ky'%+(2xy 
+ z*)s +2yz| 
(b) Explain the principle of Method 
Electrical Images'. With reference to a 
earthed conducting plane. 
(c Calculate the potential difference between 
two points which are situated at a distance 
1m and 2m from the source of electric field 
whose.strength as a function of distance 
x', from the source is E = 3/x* NCalong 
positive x-axis. 
of 
P.T.O 


1827 
1827 
(d) Prove that VB 
= 
0 and explain its 
significance. 
4. (a) What is a dielectric ? Define D, E and P. 
Establish the relation D =E,E+P.
(e) Define magnetic susceptibility and relative 
permeability. Obtain the relation between 
them. 
(b) If a dielectric is introduced between the 
(f) Find the frequency of resonance of a 
parallel resonant circuit. 
plates of a parallel plate capacitor, show 
that the induced charge varies with the 
dielectric as: q= q (1-1/k), where k is the 
(g) Define the terms hysteresis, retentivity 
and coercivity. 
dielectric constant. 
2. (a) State and prove Gauss's flux theqyem in 
electrostatics. Show that div. 
(b) A long cylinder carries a charge density 
that is proportional to the distance from 
the axis: p=KS, for some constant K. Find 
the electric field inside the cylinder. 
(c) Show that polarization of a dielectric 
medium gives rise to a volume charge 
density Pp and surface charge density G, 
5x3-15 
5. (a) Starting from Biot-Savart's law, show that 
6 
curl B=H 
and hence show that 
(c) Find the total energy stored in the 
surrounding of a conducting sphere of 
radius R carrying charge 'q. 
5x3-15 
OB. dl 4i 
3. (a) A cylindrical capacitor is made by placing
(b) Find an expression for the magnetic field 
coaxially a metallic cylinder of radius a' 
inside an earthed hollow metallic cylinder 
of larger radius b'. If " is the length of the 
cylindrical capacitor determine the 
capacitance of the capacitor. 
(b) Derive an expressions for potential and 
electric field at a point (r, 0) due to an 
A 
at the centre of a circular current loop. 
(c) Using Ampere circuital law find the 
magnetic induction due to a long current 
carrying solenoid at a point inside and 
outside it. 
electric dipole. 
5+10-15 
P.I.O. 
2 


1827 
6. (a) Show that the area of B-H curve denotes 
the energy dissipated per unit volume 
during each magnetizing cycle. 
(b) State and prove the reciprocity theorem 
in case of mutual inductance between two 
coils. 
(c) State 
electromagnetic induction. Derive the 
differential and integral forms of the 
the 
Faraday's 
laws 
of 
Faraday's law. 
5x3-15 
7. (a 
Derive an expression for quality factor in 
terms of band width for a series LCCR 
circuit. 
5 
(b State and prove Maximum power theorem 
for a DC network. 
6 
(c) Determine Thevenin's and Norton 
equivalent circuits of the circuit given 
4 
below. 
R 
Ra 
ww 
42 
12 
B28V RLoad .7V 
22 
4 
2000 


LIBRARY 
5 
(Tquestion 
Your 
K D piper contains 4 printed pages] 
SI. No. of Q. Paper 
:1828 
GC-4 
Unique Paper Code 
32221202 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc.(Hons.) Physics 
Name of the Paper 
:Waves and Optics 
Semester 
II 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt any Five questions in all. 
(c) Question NO.1 is compulsory. 
1. Attempt any five of the following 
(a) A uniform rod of length L is nailed to a 
post, so that two thirds of its length is 
below the post. Find the period of small 
oscillation of the rod. 
(b) A person normally weighing 60 kg stands 
on a platform which is oscillating up and 
down with an amplitude of 10 cm. If a 
weighing machine on the platform gives 
person's weight against time, what will 
be the minimum and maximum readings 
shown by it ? 
P.T.O. 


1828 
1828 
(c) Find the average and beat frequency from 
the combined motion of the following: 
sin (10Tt) + cos (11 tt + t/4) 
(d) A ball suspended by a thread 2 m long is 
deflected through an angle of 2 degree and 
then released. Assuming the subsequent 
motion to be simple harmonic; calculate 
the velocity of ball when it passes through 
the mean position. 
3. (a) Derive the differential equation of motion 
for the longitudinal vibrations of air. 
6 
(b) Obtain the frequencies of the normal mode 
of a pipe of length L open at both ends. 
4 
(c) A wave group is formed by superposition of 
two harmonic waves of equal amplitude but 
slightly different frequencies travelling in 
the same direction in a dispersive medium. 
Obtain the expressions for group and phase 
velocity. 
(e) Distinguish 
between 
Fresnel and 
Fraunhoffer diffraction. 
(f)Write two points of differences between 
convex lens and zone plate. 
5 
(a) Explain the formation of fringes in case of 
a wedge-shaped thin film. Derive the 
expression for fringe width. 
4. 
(g) In a grating, if width of slit (b) is equal to d 
(the grating element), show that the 
diffraction pattern corresponds to a slit of 
width 2b. 
2.5 
(b) Distinguish between 
Hadinger's fringes. 
Fizeau's and 
3x5-15 
2. (a) Construct Lissajous figure for the following: 
(c) The orange Krypton line of wavelength 6058A 
has a coherence length of 
calculate the line width and spectral 
purity. 
x =A cos (12 T t); y 
= A cos (6 mt+T/4) 
6 
20 cmn. 
(b) A uniform string of length L and linear 
density H is stretched with tension T 
between fixed ends at x 
= 0 and x = L. 
Derive an expression for the total energBY 
of vibrating string in the nth mode of 
vibration. 
4 
5. (a) Describe a Fabry Perot Interfrerometer and 
obtain the intensity distribution function 
3,7 
in transmitted light. 
9 
3 
P.T.O. 
2 


1828 
(b) Give the principle.of optical reversibility 
5 
and derive Stoke's relations. 
6. (a) Obtain an expression for intensity 
distribution for Fraunhoffer diffraction in 
case of N slits. Also give the conditions 1or 
8,2 
maximas and minimas. 
(b A circular aperture of radius 0.01 cm is 
placed in front of a convex lens of focal 
length 25 cm and illuminated by a parallel 
beam of light of wavelength 5x10-3 cm. 
Calculate thè radius of the first dark ring. 
5 
7. (a) Discuss the properties of Cornu's spiral. 
Explain the Fresnel' diffraction pattern due 
to a straight edge using Cornu's spiral. 
Draw the intensity pattern for the same. 
2, 6,2 
(b) For light of wavelength 6*10D 
radius of first half period zone equal to 
0.6 cm, a zone plate brings rays to focus at 
its brightest point. Find the focal length of 
equivalent lens. 
cm and 
3 
(c) What is a phase reversal zone plate ? 
2 
4 
2000 


1optmg (16 
eLL 
C 
This questio paper contains 4+2 printed pagesf ni7 
LIBRARY 
Roll No. 
LO 
S. Nó20fMestion Paper : 860 
G 
222201 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Mathematical Physics-I1 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Duration:3 Hours 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
5x3-15 
. 
Do any five questions 
(a) 
Determine the order, degree and linearity of the 
differential equation 
2 dy 
(d 
d2 
= 0 
d2 y 
. 
P.T.O. 


2 
860 
3 
860 
(b) 
By calculating the Wronskian of the functions x, x, 
(g) 
Maximize the value of (m. m,) for fixed value of reduced 
r, check whether the functions are linearly dependent 
mass 
where 
or independent. 
11 
m 
m 
(c) 
Solve 
Solve the differential equations 
6.9 
1 
+ )+ 
d 
r 
(a) 
if 
y(0)= 1. 
(b) 
+2y)dr 
+(rs 2 
4x)ch 
= 
Find the extreme value of the integral: 
(d 
6.9 
Solve the differential equations 
I- 
2yd 
dy 
(a) 
cosr 
d2 
dy 
if 
d 
(b) 
-
9r 
Define generalized
momenta for n-particle system and 
(e) 
d2 
find its time derivative. 
Given that 
Define Lagrangian Bracket and prove that 
0) = 0 and v(0) 
= 
1. 
Pal= 0. 
P.TO. 


860 
4 
860 
5 
(a) 
Derive 
the 
Euler-Lagrange's 
equation 
for 
a 
6. 
(a) 
Use the method of undetermined coefficients to solve 
A. 
function x. y. y). 
the differential equation: 
(b) 
Prove that the shortest path between two points in a 
dy-4 
4y = + 
cos 2x. 
8,7 
plane is the straight line joining the points. 
13 
Using the Lagrange's method of undetermined multiplier, 
() 
(b) 
Solve for y': 
7. 
find out the largest product of x, y and : when they 
a243+y = (log()) 
dx 
are constrained by the relation 
+? - 9. 
(a) 
Solve the differential equation using method of variation 
5. 
Find the shortest distance between the origin and the 
(b) 
of parameters 
87 
dy 
curve defined by the equation 
+y= cosec ax. 
d 
52+5y2 + 6xy = 8. 
(6) 
Find the value of y and : from the following coupled 
7,8 
8 
(a) 
A simple penduium of mass m*' and length 
is 
differential equations 
executing simple harmonic motion. Write down the 
dy 
= : 
+ e' 
dx 
Lagrangian and hence determine the time period of small 
oscillations. 
dz 
P.T.O. 
2 
y 
+ 2e. 
dx 


860 
6 
) 
(b) 
Define Poisson Bracket and show that 
( 
x. YZ] = Y[X, Z] +[X, Y]Zz 
(i) 
P, H] = 
P 
7.8 
Here H is the Hamiltonian. 
100 
860 
6 


OLLE 
7 
This questonpaper contains 4+2 pYinted pages 
LIBRARY 
Roll No. 
Question Paper 
861 
Unique Paper Code 
222202 
G 
Name of the Paper 
Oscillations and Waves 
Name of the Course 
:B.Sc. (Hons.) Physies 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 75 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt five questions in all. 
Q. No. 1 is compulsory. 
Non-programmable calculators are allowed. 
1. 
Attempt any five of the following 
(a) 
A wave of frequency 20 Hz, has velocity 120 m/sec. 
How far apart are two points whose displacemènts are 
60 degree out of phase. 
P.T.O. 


861 
2 
861 
3 
(a) 
Draw Lissajous figure for the combined motion of the 
(b) 
An object of mass I g is hung from a spring and set in 
followingB 
oscillatory motion. At 
= 0 the dispBacement is 43.78 cm 
6 
cos(20w) and y 
= cos(wr + Tt/4). 
and the acceleration is 
- 1.75 em/sec . Find the spring 
A uniform string of force constant k and mass m is loaded 
(b) 
Constant 
with mass M. Find the period of vertical oscillation of the 
(c) 
Distinguish between particle velocity and wave velocity. 
9 
system, if m is not negligible as compared to M. 
Write an expression for maximum particle velocity. 
n. 
3 
N harmonic oscillations, all of same amplitude and 
(a) 
() 
Show that two superimposed waves of same frequency 
frequency and with equal successive initial phase 
and amplitude travelling in the same direction cannot give 
difference are super posed. Find the amplitude and 
rise to a standing wave. 
10 
phase of resultant motion. 
A string of length 0.4 m has a mass of 0.16 gm. If the 
() 
A load of mass 0.5 kg hangs from a string of force 
(b) 
tension in the string is 70 N, what are the three lowest 
constant 10 N/m. The mass is pulled down 0.05 m from 
hen plucked ? 
its equilibrium position and then released. Find: 
frequencies it produces 
The distance between two widely separated 
Write the equation of displacement of a plane progressive 
positions of the masses. 
wave. 
(ii) 
How long does it take to traverse that distance? 
5 
(g) 
Write two differences between stationary and progressSIve 
P.T.O. 
5x3-15 
waves. 


5 
861 
4 
) 
861 
(a) 
Two equal masses 'm' are connected by three identical 
() 
A mechanical harmonic oscillator of mass 'm' and 
massless springs of spring constant k. The free ends of 
stilfness constant K is subjected to a viscous damping 
the springs
are rigidly fixed. Find the frequencies 
force that is proportional to its velocity with coefficient 
and configurations of the two normal modes if the 
of damping force p'. The oscillator is driven by a force 
F), such that 
masses oscillate along the line joining the centres of the 
10 
masses.
F() 
= 
Fo cos w 
(b) 
Prove that the principle of superposition holds only for 
In steady state, the displacement of the oscillator is 
5 
linear homogeneous differential equations. 
given by 
(a) 
What is the difference between group velocity and 
6. 
Y 
= 
A cos wt 
5 
phase velocity ? 
Show that, in steady state, the time averaged input 
Set up the differential equation
for damped harmonic 
(b) 
power equals the time averaged power dissipated through 
friction. 
oscillator and solve it for the case of underdamped 
12 
10 
oscillations. 
(b) 
What are the half power points for the power resonance 
P.T.O. 
curve for a driven oscillator ? 
3 


861 
6 
For one-dimensional plain wave in a fluid, show that the 
(a) 
1 
, wherek is 
excess pressure p is given by p 
= -k 
the volume elasticity of the-fluid and y 
= ylx, 1) is the 
8 
displacement. 
b) 
Derive a formula for velocity of transverse waves ina 
string. 
100 
6 
861 


questionper 
contains 4 printed pages.J 
Your Roll No... 
LIBRARY 
G 
SA.of QuestiPaper 
862 
Unique Paper Code 
: 222203 
Name of the Paper 
Physics-C-III (Electricity and 
Magnetism) 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
II 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on reçeipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt five question in all. 
3. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
4 
All questions carry equal marks. 
1. 
Attempt any five of the following: 
The electrostatic potential is given by V=(3x'yz'-yà+z). 
Find the magnitude of electric field intensity at point 
(a) 
(3, 2, 1). 
(b) Prove that the electrostatic energy of a capcitor C 
charged to a potential V is given by (4) CV2. 
P.T.O 


2 
862 
3 
862 
() Show that P 
= E,(E,, -l )E, where E is electric field 
(b) By using Gauss' law, find the expression for the electric 
field intensity at a point inside the uniformly charged 
(10,5) 
intensity and P is polarization Vector. 
solid sphere of radius R. 
(d) 
How will the magnetic field intensity at the center of 
a circular coil carrying current change, if the current 
(a) 
State Biot-Savart law. Derive an expression for 
3. 
through the coil is doubled and radius of the coil is 
magnetic flux density inside a long solenoid and show 
halved? 
that the magnetic flux density at ends is half of that in 
the middle of the solenoid. 
(c) 
Define the term hysteresis and draw the hysteresis 
curves for soft iron and steel. 
(b) 
A particle having charge 3x10-9 C is moving with a 
velocity v 
= 
(2 i +3 j) m/s in an elecrtic field 
( 
Evaluate the root mean square value of the following 
E 
(3i +6j+2k) V/m and a magnetic field B 
= (2i+3j) 
time varying voltage 
tesla. Find the magnitude and direction of the Lorentz 
(10,5) 
V= 3+ 4 Sinot +4 Cosot. 
force acting on this charged particle. 
(g) 
What should be the value of R in the following network 
(a) 
State Faraday's and Lenz's law of electromagnetic 
induction. Starting from integeral form of Faraday's 
4. 
so that it could absorb maximum power from the 100 
V source: 
law derive its differential form. 
90 
(b) 
A coil of wire of certain radius has 600 turns and a 
100 
self-inductance of 50 mH. What will be the self- 
inductance of a second similar coil with 500 turns? 
ww 
(10,5) 
70 
5: 
(a) 
Write Ampere's circuital law in magnetstatics in integral 
Fig. 1 
(5x3-15) 
firm and hence derive its differential form. How 
Maxwell modified Ampere's circuital law to make it 
2. 
(a) 
State and prove Gauss' law in electrostatics for a 
consistent with the continuity equation? 
spherical surface. Also obtain its differential form. 
P.T.O. 


4 
862 
(b) Derive the relation u 
= H (1+ X), where 
is magnetic 
susceptibility of material and other symbols have their 
(10,5) 
usual meanings. 
(a) 
Describe an A.C. cuircuit containing inductor L, 
6 
capacitance C and resistor R 
in series. Obtain 
expressions for instantaneous current and impedance. 
Derive condition for resonance and obtain expression 
for resonance frequency. 
(b) 
Calculate average power in a given ac circuit containing 
(10,5) 
R, L and C and hence define power factor. 
7. 
(a) 
State and prove Thevenin's theorem. 
7. 
(b) 
Obtain Norton's equivalent circuit for the given 
network. Calculate the current that will flow through a 
load impedance of 18 Q connected between A and B. 
(Take the internal impedance of the emf source to be 
(8,7) 
zero) 
242 
42 
: 
RN 
.. 
270 V 
122 
B 
Fig. 2 
(100) 


COLL 
This questi 
paper contains 4 printed pages] 
LIBRARY 
SRoll No. 
& Na uestion 
Paper 
863 
G 
Unique Paper Code 
:2222004 
Name of the Paper 
Digital Electronics 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Duration : 3 Hours 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.) 
Attempt all five questions. 
5x3-15 
Attempt any five of the following 
(a) 
Draw a logic circuit for the equation
Y ABC+ ABC. 
(b) 
Obtain 2-input OR gate using NAND gates only. 
(c) 
Define output offset voltage of an Op-Amp. How is this 
voltage reduced to zero in 741C ? 
P.T.O. 


863 
3 
863 
2 
3. 
(a) 
SimplifyF 
= Zm(0, 2, 3. 6, 7) + d(8, 10, 11, 15) using a 
() 
How 
is race-around condition eliminated in J-K 
K-map and draw its logic circuit using only NAND-NAND 
1ip-flop ? 
gates. 
Subtract binary equivalent of (-27)10 from that of (68)1o 
(e) 
(b) 
What is a multiplexer (MUX) ? Draw a logic circuit for 
using 2's complement method in 8-bit arithmetic. 
an 8-input multiplexer and explain its working. 
How many flip-flops would be required for MOD-3 
Or 
counter? 
Draw a logic circuit for a decimal to binary encoder and explain 
(g) 
What is the difference between decoder and multiplexer ? 
7/%.7% 
its functioning. 
2 
(a) 
Draw the labeled block diagram of a CRO. Explain how 
(a) 
Draw the circuit for a basic op amp integrator. Find an 
a CRO can be used to measure 
expression for its output. Draw the output waveform if the 
input to this circuit is 
a square wave. 
Frequency of a signal 
(b) 
Derive an expression for the closed loop gain of a 
Phase difference between two signals. 
non-inverting amplifier using feedback concept. 
(b) 
Explain the working of a R-2R ladder network based 
Or 
D/A convertor. 
Design an Op-Amp circuit to yield 
Or 
7 a,7 
Describe how 1C 555 can be used to generate a square wave. 
P.T.O. 
Derive an expression for the duty cycle. 
72,7% 


4 
863 
(a) 
Draw a circuit for a controlled parallel-in parallel-out 
(a) 
shift register for 4-bit and explain its functioning. 
(b) 
Draw a circuit for a decade counter and explain its 
functioning. 
Or 
Explain with an appropriate logic circuit diagram the working of 
7 2.7% 
a 4-bit 2's complement adder-subtractor. 
100 
863

LL 
C 
This gtiorpaper contains 5 printed pages.] y 12/7 
LIBRA 
Your Roll No..... 
ew 
Sr.^ iQuestion Paper: 5767 
H 
Unique Paper Code 
:222301 
Name of the Paper 
:PHHT-307: Mathematical Physics III 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
:III 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt five questions in all. 
3. 
Q. No. 1 is compulsory. 
3. 
4. 
Atteempt any two questions from each Section. 
4. 
5. 
The symbols have their usual meanings. 
1. 
Attempt any five questions: 
(a) Find the polar form of z=2+2W3 i. 
(b) Find the principal value of (1 +i). 
P.T.O. 


3 
2 
5767 
5767 
(4) 
(a) State and Prove Residue Theorem. 
3. 
() Show that P(-1) 
= (-1)""| nn+1l 
(4) 
(b) Evaluate 
T dz if t> 0 and c: Iz|= 3. 
(c) If f(z) be analytic inside and on the boundary C of a 
simply connected region R abd 'a' is any point inside C, 
(d) Find lim,-1i 
(7) 
that f'la)-z 
(-aj 
() Show that J, (-x) =(-1)" J. (x). 
(a) Find first four terms of the Taylor's series of the 
function f(z) = In (1 +z) about z = 0. 
4. 
(7) 
(9 Find the value of the complex integral 
dz 
where c: |z]= 1. 
Z 
(b) Expand f(7)=(z=1)2-2) in a Laurent series valid 
(3x5) 
(g) Describe graphically the region 1 < |z - il s2. 
for 
SECTION A 
i) |z<1 
(8) 
(a) Solve the equation z' + 32 
= 
0 and plot the roots 
graphically. 
i) |z-1|> 1 
2. 
(5) 
5. 
Evaluate any two of the following using contour integration 
(7.5,7.5) 
(6) Prove the Cauchy Riemann conditions for
a function to 
be analytic in Cartesian co-ordinates. 
(6) 
27 
Cos 30 
(a) 
5-4cos 
(4) 
(c) Check the analyticity of function f(z)= sin(2z). 
P.T.O 


5 
5767 
5767 
2n 
P (x) 
dx 
(Given Px) 
= 1, P,x) 
= 
x, P,(x) 
= X 
(7) 
cosm dx 
(b) Prove the orthogonality condition for Legendre's 
polynomial 
SECTION B 
P(x)P, («)dx = 2n+1 
(8) 
(a) Locate and name the singularities of the equation 
6. 
(a) Show that H2n+10. 
9. 
(4) 
x(x 
- 1)y" + (3x- 1)y' + y 
= 
0 and 
(b) Find its general solution using Frobenius method. 
(5,10) 
(5) 
(b) Show that xJ(x) =-nJ, (x) + J,, (x). 
(c) Prove that J,(x) is the coefficient of t" in the expansion 
7. 
(a) Prove that L,t 1 (x) = (2n+1-x)L,(x) - n°L,-(X). 
(8) 
of 
(3) 
(6) 
(b) Show that L(0) = 1. 
(4) 
(c) Find the value of J(x) + J,(x). 
8. 
(a) lf f(x) 
= 
,P, (x) for -1 <x< 1, then show that 
, 
(x)P,(x) dx, hence expand 
f(x) = x* + 5x -2 in series of the form 
(100) 


LUBRARY 
SiaThisdestion paper contains 4 printed pages 
Your Roll No. 
S1. No. of Q. Paper 
:5770 
H 
Unique Paper Code 
:2353662 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc.(Honours) Physics 
Name of the Paper 
Mathematics-1/[PHHT-310 
Semester 
:III 
Time: 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Instructions for Candidates 
(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately 
on receipt of this question paper. 
(b) Attempt any two parts from each question. 
(c) Each part of question carries 7.5 marks. 
1. (a) Prove that the limit of a sequence if it exists 
is unique. Using the definition of the 
convergence of a sequence prove that if p>o, 
then 
1 = 0 
im, n 
P.T.O 


5770 
5770 
(b) Let (a,)be a sequence defined as follows . 
3. Let R be the set of real numbers. 
(a) Prove that the Dirichlet's function f defined 
on R byy 
3+2a nzl 
a, 1,a 
2+a 
1,x is rational 
f(x)1,x is irrational 
Show that <a,> converges. Find lim, 
(c) Show that the sequence <r"> converges if 
and only if -1<rgl. 
is discotinuous at every point. 
2. (a) Prove that a 
positive term series 
(b) State and prove intermediate value 
theorem. 
(c) Show that a 
function which is uniformly 
n(logn 
COnverges if p>1. 
continuous on an interval is continuous on 
(b) Test the convergence of the following 
that interval. Show that the function f(x}= 1/x 
series 
is not uniformly continuous on (O,1]. 
2n- 
(i) 2nl 2" +1 
4. (a) Show that the function f:R2>R defined 
as 
() 
vn+n +1 
f(x.y) 
y)= (0,0) and fx, y) 
-
o 
(c) Define 
convergence of an alternating series. 
absolute 
and 
conditional 
otherwise 
is 
continuous but not 
differentiable at origin. 
Show that the 
series 
-1) 
n+l is 
n=1 
(b) Expand the function f(x,y) =x*y+3y-2 in 
powers of (x-1) and (y+2). 
nP 
absolutely convergent if p>1 
and 
conditionally convergent if O<pg1. 
P.T.O. 
2 


S770 
(c) State the Schwarz's theorem. Show that 
for the function 
x*y2 
)-(+y"(x.y)- (0.0) 
0, 
if(x.y)= (0,0) 
f(0,0) 
= f,, (0,0), even though the 
conditions of Schwarz's theorem is not 
satisfied. 
5. (a) Using Reimann integration, show that 
2 
f dx 
where f(x) 
= 3x + 1. 
2 
(b) Show that if f is bounded and integrable 
on a,b}, then |f| is also bounded and 
integrable on [a,b]. Also, show that 
(c) Show that if a function f is monotonic onn 
a,b], then it is integrable on [a,b]. 
100 


y/127/17 
nique Paper Code 
22213l1 
Se A 
Ndi 
! 
Lhe Parer 
Name of the Course 
: FrstbileEYI P 
Semester 
Durau 
:3 Hours 
CO 
Maximm Marks 
75 
nstrueions for Candidaies 
LIBRARY 
I. Attempt five questions in ali. 
2. Question No l is compulsory 
.Atten7pl any iVe J 
ti1e too 
Rg 
(53=15) 
a) ind the smalies: period uf the tuncti 
tb Show that, Sin 
COS 
i 
= 
{) lor all m ad n. 
(c) Prove thai i},1) 
= 
i 
(d tse Rodrige s iorn1ula to de!ermiil t 
altlk ol 
(c) FEvaliaie. Jo Ihx 
) Prove that ),"(r) 
= 
2() 
21,) *!nt2(v}} 
(9 Verily ihat u (X. y) 4 
4 
15 sululion to 3 
2 
2 
F 
the ourer seTCs espllstn lT llit IClion (T) 
= 
t 
, 
in the inea 


) 
(c) Evaluale the integral: J 
Pa(x) [P;(x)=-5P2(x)]dx 
4.(a) Using generating tunction ol Bessel> tunetion prove liat 
i) cos(x sin 6) 
= Jo (x) + 2/:(x) cos 29 + 2/1(x) cos 40 + 
ii) sin (xsin) = 2/, (N) sin 27() 
sin 30 
(b) Show that3 (x)= sin sin x - cos x) 
(5) 
5. (a) Identify the singular points and their nature for the dilferential cqualion: 
(1 +x)y" +xy' 
- (x - 1)y =0 
(3) 
(b) Solve by Frobenious method: 
x(x-1)y" +(3x - 1)y'+ y = 0 
12) 
6. 
(a) Solve the boundary value problem: 
=40 
wiere y(0, t) 
= y(5, t) 
= 
0; 
, 
0) 0; y(x, 0) 
= 
5 s1 A 
T(m)r 
(5) 
(c) Prove that B(n7, 7n) 
= 
r(m+n) 
7. Solve Laplace's equation in spherical eo-0rdinatesS 
sin 
0 
0, assuming the bouniary condiions: 
r sin 
d 
( 
V(1,0)=o 
0 < 


No 00P:S99S 
1717 
ET-A 
2221302 sCti)gav'ia 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of course 
Name of the paper 
Erstwhile P¥UP 
Digital System and Applications 
III-Semester 
F-9 
Semester 
Duration :3 hrs. 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Write your roll no. on the top immediately on receipt of the que_ttpan 
Attempt any five questions in all. Question No. I is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks 
Attempt any five questions of the following 
LIBRARY 
Q1 
Sx3=15 
(a) 
What are active and passive components? Give one example of each. 
(b) 
How are 1Cs classified on the basis of number of components?
(c) 
How will you design AND gate using NOR gate? 
(d) What is meant by the term edge clocked / triggered and draw a digital symbol of a negative 
edge triggered D flip flop. 
(e) 
Define MOD of a counter. Draw the logic diagram of MOD-5 counter? 
() What is a Half-Adder in digital electronics? Draw its circuit using NAND gates. 
(g)What are the advantages of D flip flop over the SR flip flop? 
(h) 
What are registers? Give the full form and use of A, PC, SP. 
02 (a) 
Minimize the following expression using k-map and draw its logic circuit diagram using 
only 2 input NAND gates 
Y= m (3,5,6,7,11,13, 14,15) + d(9,10,12) 
(b) 
Explain with an appropriate logic circuit diagram the working of 4-bit 2's complement 
adder-subtractor. 
1 
10 
Q3 (a) 
Explain the working of a MOD 12 counter with the help of its circuit diagram. Draw its 
output waveform and also write its truth table. 
5 
(b) Explain with the help of relevant diagram the working of Decimal to BCD Encoder. 
8 
Q4 (a) 
Draw the circuit of a Monostable Multivibrator using IC 55 timer and explain its 
operation. Derive the expression for its frequency. 


(b) 
Draw the block diagram of Parallel in Serial Out shift register and explain its working 
7 
Q5 (a) 
Draw a logic circuit of 1-to-16 Demultiplexer and explain its functioning. 
8 
7 
(b) 
Explain the working of a Master-Slave JK flip flop using logic circuit diagram. How does 
it overcome racing problem? 
10 
Q6 (a) 
Draw the functional block diagram of 8085 microprocessor. 
5 
(b) 
Write an assembly language program to add two numbers 53H and A4H stored in memory 
location 2000H and 2001H respectively. Store the result at location 2002H and carry, if 
any, at 2003H. 
10 
Describe the different addressing modes in 8085 microprocessor. Give one example of 
each addressing mode. 
Q7 (a) 
(b) 
Distinguish between MOV and MVl instruction. Give one example of each. 


SETA 
LL IS21 
[This question paper contains 2 printed pages] 
LIBRARY 
LIBRARY 
Unique Paper Code 
:2221303 
Name of the Paper 
Waves and Optics 
Name of the Course 
:EestrtriteFP -Sc Ct) ega n 
Semester 
III 
Duration :3 hours 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Attemptfive questions in all including Question no. I which is compulsory. 
All questions carTy equal marks. 
1. 
Attempt any five of the following: 
5x3=15 
What are Lissajous figures? Give any two applications of Lissajous 
figures. 
Describe plane waves and spherical waves. 
Explain the Stoke's analysis of phase change on reflection. 
A transparent film of glass of refractive index 1.50 is introduced normally 
in the path of one of the interfering beams of a 
Michelson's 
interferometer, which is illuminated with light of wavelength 4800 A. This 
causes 500 dark fringes to sweep across this field. Determine the thickness 
of the film. 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(d) 
Calculate the least width of a plane diffraction grating having 500 
lines/cm, which just resolves the sodium lines of wavelengths 5890 Å and 
5896A in the second order. 
(e) 
() 
Distinguish between Fraunhofer and Fresnel classes of diffraction. 
Using the rotating vector representation, obtain the resulting motion of a 
particle subjected simultaneously to two SHM's in the same direction 
having equal amplitudes and equal frequencies and differing in phasc by 
Tt/4. 
(a) 
10 
(b) 
Construct the Lissajous figure for the following ify =r: 
and 
x 
= 
2 cos (2ot y) 
y=2 cos (ot). 
5 
Distinguish between 'Division of wavcfront' and 'Division of amplitude'. 
3 
(a) 
Give two examples of each type. 
(b) 
Obtain Airy's formula for the intensity of transmitted light in a Fabry- 
10 
Perot interferometer. 
What is a planc diffraction grating? Give the neccssary theory to derive 
expression for the intensity 
distribution pattern in a plane diffraction 
(a) 


SET A 
12 
grating. 
Calculate the aperture of the objective of a telescope which may be used to 
resolve stars separatcd by 4.88x 10° radian for light of wavelength 6000 
(b) 
3 
7 
State and explain any five properties of Cornu's spiral. 
Explain the Fresnel diffraction pattern due to a straight edge using Cornu's 
spiral. Derive expressions for positions of maximum and minimum 
intensity. 
(a) 
(b) 
8 
What is Huygens principle? Using Huygens conception show that u is 
equal to the ratio of wave velocities in the two media. 
Derive an expression for the diameter of n" dark ring formed by reflected 
light in Newton's rings method. 
(a) 
7 
(b) 
8 
Write short notes on any three of the following: 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(d) 
7. 
Linearity and Superposition Principle 
Haidinger and Fizeau fringes 
Spatial and Temporal Coherence 
Kirchoffs Integral Theorem 
(5x3=15) 


His qae 
ion paper contains 4A2 printed pages] 
Roll No. 
|LL 
LIRA% 
lkeO. of Question Paper 
:6673 
32221301 
HC 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Mathematical Physics-II 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Maximum Marks 75 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipi of this question paper.) 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Attempt five questions in al 
dy 
In the question paper y 
= yl), y = 
and y 
= 
. 
dy 
1. 
Attempt any five questions 
(a) 
Evaluate the integral 
1- -v. 
0 
P.T.O. 


2 
6673 
3 
6673 
ldentify and name the singularities (if any) of the following 
(b) 
A guitar has six strings of equal length. They are arranged 
differential equations: 
in such a way that the mass of each string is larger than 
the previous one. Also the tension in each of them can 
( 
( -xy 
(2x 
1 -x)y 
+ (r 
-
1y = o 
be controlled. Which string will produce the sound of 
3x 
-
(ii) 
2=0. 
highest pitch ? How can one manipulate the frequency 
of the sound emanating from each string ? 
Show that for Legendre polynomials 
(c) 
(g) 
Find the value of y if: 
xP 
nP, + Pn - 1: 
n 
5x3-15 
(d 
Demonstrate the linear dependence of J,) and J,) 
(a) 
The 1-D wave equation is given as 
where n is an integer. 
8yx.) 
(x.) 
(e) 
Determineif the following functions
are odd, even or 
Derive the same for a stretched string clearly mentioning 
neither of them: 
the necessary assumptions. 
(i) 
Ax) = 
| 
if-5 <x < 5. 
(b). 
Evaluate 
cos(-x) 
if -Tt x 
<0 
T2 
(i) 
gr)= cos() 
sin (0) cos (0) d0. 
if 
0<x<T 
12+3-15 
0 
(ii) 
h(x) = sin(r) if -Tt <x < T 
P.T.O. 


4 
6573 
5 
6673 
(a) 
The Rodrigue's formula for Legendre polynomials is 
5. 
(a) 
State if the given function lx) is an odd function. 
given as 
Find its Fourier series expansion 
P(x) 
_a -1 
n!2" d 
Ar)= 
if -n <x <n. 
Prove the validity of the entity. 
(b) 
Determine the value of 'D' and 'E' if 
(b) 
Find the value of:
D 1+ 6 
..... 
and 
P(x)d 
10+5-15 
E-1- 
9-6-15 
** 
16 
. 
The general Bessel's equation is given as 
(a) 
Show that 
y 
+ay + 
- y 
- 0. 
B(m, n) =m)r(n) 
T(m + n) 
Starting from the Bessel's equation, obtain the expression of the 
(b) 
Demonstrate that 
Bessel's function of first kind. Also obtain the second solution 
r- 
of the Bessel's equation if v is not an integer. 
15 
P.T.O. 


6 
6) 
6673 
State and prove the Parseval's identity associated with 
(c) 
Fourier series. 
35-15 
7. 
Solve the following differential equation 
xy + (1- x)y + y 
= 
0. 
Here 
is a real constant. Show that one of the solutions 
of this equation becomes
a polynomial of order 'n' if 
1S 
n= 0, 1, 2, .... Name the Polynomial. 
6 
2,100
6673 


LLER 
312H12 
his quesfon paer contains 4 printed pages.] 
Your Roll No.. 
HC 
S 
Stion Paper: 6674 
Sr. 
:32221302 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
: Thermal Physics 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
III 
Semester
Maximum Marks : 75 
Duration : 3 Hours 
Instructions for_ Candidates 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of 
1. 
this question paper. 
Attempt five questions in all, including Question No. 1 which 
is compulsory. 
2 
All questions carry equal marks. 
3. 
1. 
Answer any five of the following: 
1. 
(a) Distinguish between first and second order phase 
transitions with the help of phase diagrams. 
(b) Show that the slope of an adiabatic is y times the slope 
of an isothermal passing through a common point. 
P.T.O. 
VHan 


2 
6674 
3 
6674 
(c) At what temperature, pressure remaining constant, will 
the RMS velocity of H, gas be doubled of its Value at 
(a) Derive an expression for change in entropy of a perfect 
3. 
gas in terms of temperature and pressure. Show that 
there is always an increase in entropy during an 
NTP? 
irreversible process. 
(d) Define extensive and intensive thermodynamic variables. 
Give one example of each. 
(b) Formulate second law of thermodynamics in terms of 
entropy. 
(e) Find an expression for work done during the adiabatic 
expansion of an ideal gas. 
(c) One mole of an ideal gas (y= 1.4), initially at 17°C, is 
compressed adiabatically so that its pressure become 
(f) What is the advantage of T-S diagram over P-V diagram 
10 times its original value. Find its final temperature. 
of a Carnot cycle? 
(7,4,4) 
(a) Using various thermodynamical potentials derive 
4. 
(g) Establish the relation U=F-T| aTv where the 
Maxwell's four thermodynamical relations. 
symbols have their usual meanings. 
(5x3=15) 
b) Using suitable Maxwell's thermodynamical relations 
prove 
2. 
(a) Write Kevin-Planck statement and Clausius statement 
2. 
of second law of thermodynamics. Show that the 
C-C- r 
violation of one leads to the violation of the other one. 
(b) The efficiency of a Carnot engine changes from 1/6 to 
(9,6) 
1/3 when the source temperature is raised by 100 K. 
Calculate the temperature of the sink. 
5. 
(a) Derive Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution law of molecular 
velocities for a perfect gas. Hence find the expression 
(c) Prove Es/E, 
= C. 
C, 
= 
y, Where E, and ET are the 
adiabatic and isothermal elasticities of a substance. 
(5,5,5) 
for the most probable and root mean square velocities. 
P.T.O. 


4 
6674 
(b) Briefly discuss any experiment for the verification of 
Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution law. 
(12,3) 
6. 
(a) Draw the schematic arrangement of Porous-Plug 
experiment and discuss its important results. 
(b) Derive expression for Joule - Thomson coefficient for a 
(i) Perfect gas and 
(ii) Real gas 
(9,6) 
7. 
(a) Derive expression for critical constants in terms of van 
der Waal's constants and hence show that RTc / PcVc 
= 8/3, where R is universal gas constant. 
(b) Derive van der Waal's equation in terms of reduced 
formula of P V, and T 
(9,6) 
8. 
(a) What are transport phenomena? Derive an expression 
for coefficient of viscosity on the basis of kinetic theory. 
(b) What is magneto-caloric effect? Give principle and 
experimental method to produce low temperature by 
adiabatic demagnetization. 
(9, 6) 
(2100) 


C 
This queston per contains 4 printed pages. 
oll N0. 
on 
Paper: 6675 
Unique Paper Code 
32221303 
HC 
Name of the Paper 
Digital System and Applications 
Name of the Course 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics 
Semester 
II 
Duration:3 Hours 
Maximum Marks: 75 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Attempt five questions in all 
uestion No. I is compulsory. 
All questions carry equal marks. 
Attempt any five of the following
5x3-15 
(a) 
What is meant by SSI, LSI and VLSI in integrated 
circuits ? 
(6) 
Explain K-map simplification for sum-of-products 
(b) 
method. 
(c)Using 2's complement method perform the following 
subtraction 
(100101 101011001) 
oolo|l0-o/0}loo 
P.T.O. 


6675 
3 
2 
6675 
(a) 
Draw and explain a 4-bit universal shift register circuit 
. 
(d) 
How many bytes are used in the hex code of the 
following instructions 
capable of performing all four shift functions viz. 
MOV L. A; CMP B; JPE 2010 
Serial In-Serial Out; Serial In-Parallel Out; Paralle In-
() 
What is the function of Stack Pointer ? 
Serial Out; and Parallel In-Parallel Out. 
Explain briefly 8-to-1 Multiplexer and 3-to-8 Decoder. 
(6) 
Explain in detail the working of a Monostable 
What is the difference between a Combinational circuit 
Multivibrator. 
2715 
and a Sequential circuit. Give one example of each 
(a) 
5. 
Draw the circuit, waveform and truth table of a Decade 
type. 
Counter. 
2 
() 
Using K-map solve the following function 
F(A, B, C D) 
= 
Em (1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 12, 13) + d10, 14) 
(b) 
Draw the circuit of a 4-bit Adder/Subtractor using 
and draw a NOR-NOR gate circuit using duality theorem. 
controlled inverter and full adders. Under what 
(b) 
Draw the block diagram of a Cathode Ray Oscilloscope 
conditions this circuit works as an Adder circuit or a 
and explain Electron Gun, Deflection system, Time base
2x7=15 
Subtractor circuit. 
and Deflection sensitivity. 
2x7 =15 
(a) 
Draw the memory map (with diagram) of 2048 Bytes of 
6. 
. 
(a) 
Design a 4-t0-16 decoder using a NOT gate and two 
Memory if only memory chips of IKBytes are available. 
3-to-8 decoders, and draw its truth table. 
6) 
Choose the starting address of memory location as 
Explain the working of a JK flip-flop. Which are 
the Synchronous and Asynchronous inputs in a 
4000H. 
flip-flop. 
2x7=15 
P.T.O 


4) 
6675 
(b) 
Draw the pin-out diagram of an intel 8085 microprocessor 
nd explain in detail the purpose of the following 
Multiplexed Address/Data Bus; Externally initiated 
signals; Control and status signals. 
2x7=15 
() 
Draw the timing diagram of MOV D, C (code : 51H) 
instruction and explain it. 
(6) 
Using a schematic diagram explain how the AD, 
-
AD 
bus is demultiplexed and the role of ALE signal in this 
procesS. 
2x7=15 
6675 
4 
2,100

=.
*»
~~

©7)5} (°
867
> nes '
Unique Paper Code : 222401 G
Name of the Paper : Mathematical Physics [V (PHHT-411)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics
Semester : IN
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on. receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt five questions in all,
taking at least one question from each Section.
Section A

I. (a) Determine the identity element for the binary operation,

(a, b) * (c, d) = fac, be + a).

(b) Is the set {1, —1, #, -i} a group under multiplication ?


ty

(d)

(a)

(b)

( 2 ) 867
Given a set of vectors, U = {(a, b,c): aS b <c} in R3,

Determine whether U forms a subspace of R? or not.

.

Find the basis and dimension of the solution space W

of the system of homogeneous linear equations :
x+4y+2:=
2x +y + Sz = 0.
3+3+4+5

It is given that {a, B, y} is a set of linearly
independent vectors. Determine whether the vectors,
a — 2B, a + B + y, B - y are linearly independent or

linearly dependent.
Show that the transformation, T ; R? —> R2 defined by,
T(x, y, 2) = (x + 2y — 32, 4x — Sy + 62)

is a linear transformation.

(a)

(6)

867

Let T be a linear transformation, T : R3 — R3, such that,

Find the matrix representation of T, with respect to the

basis, fe}, &, 3}, where,

5+5+5
Section B

Show that all the eigen values of a unitary matrix have

unit magnitude.

Assuming that A, | — A, | —.A7! are all non-singular

matrices, show that :
(b- Ay! + (L-AT'y! = 1.

P.T.O.


( 4°) 867

(c) Show that any /wo eigen vectors corresponding to
c bs -

two distinct eigen values of a Hermitian matrix are

orthogonal. a
4, (a) Determine the eigen values and eigen vectors of the
matrix,
3 |
A =
-6 -4
6.
(6) Diagonalize the matrix,
{cos@  -—-sin®@
A= .
sin@ cos® 7
5+10
5. {a) Solve the coupled differential equations, using the
matrix method :
oe
a ie by
ty a. 7.
eee &
The initial conditions are, x(0) = 0: - =

a=
s

(6) Using Cayley-Hamilton theorem, for the matrix.

3 |
A=
2 2
determine A7!. 10-5
Section C

Consider a uniform flexible chain hanging from a support under
the action of gravity. At time ¢ = 0, the chain is given an arbitrary
displacement, y(x, 0) = ¥o(x) and is released from rest. Establish
the wave equation for this system, and solve it to determine the
displacement (x, 4) at a later time ¢. Here, x is the vertical distance

measured from the free end of the chain and )(x, ) is the

displacement in the transverse direction. 5+10
Solve the one-dimensional wave equation :
07u 07u
Pr aie c?7——, 0<x<L
or ox?
P.T.O.


867

The initial conditions are,

2k if O<x<L/2
u(x, 0) = 4b
=(t-») if L/2<x<L
ou :
ry =0. 15
tl =9 3

Derive the one-dimensional heat conduction equation, given by,

du 4 07u

ot — ax?

Find the temperature in a laterally insulated bar of length L,

whose ends are kept at 0°C, assuming the initial temperature is
given by :

x if O<x<L/2

u(x, 0) = L 15
L- x if 5 <x<L


}

4

i question paper contains 4+2 xi Zone : ;
<e Golieee pap ited pages] fy ¥/ TD
d aoe Rune TT TT TTT TTT]

cS
a . No. of & stion Paper : 868

> a)
& Zayl er Code : 222402 G
Nae of the Paper : Optics |PHHT-412|
Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) Physics
Semester : IW
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt five questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.

Use of Non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.
l. Answer any five of the following : 5x3=15

(a) Write down two conditions for observing a sustained
interference pattern.
(6) Show that when light is reflected from a denser

surface, a phase change of 1% is introduced in the

reflected ray.
P.T.O.


(2)

(g)

( 2 =) 868

What is the total number of lines a grating must
have in order just to separate the sodium doublet
(A, = 5890 A and A, = 5896 A) in the second
order ?

What are the requirements for recording a hologram ?
Give at least hwo.

Two coherent beams of wavelength 5000 A reaching
a point would individually produce intensities 1.44 and
4.00 units. If they reach there together, the intensity
is 3.04 units. Calculate the lowest phase difference with
which the beams reach that point.

The observed visibility is 0.3 with the two light beams
having intensities in the ratio | : 9. Find the degree
of coherence.

What is the radius of the first half-period zone in a
zone plate behaving like a convex lens of focal length

70 cm for light of wavelength 7000 A?

)

(A)

(a)

(6)

(a)

(4)

( 3 ) $68

Using Fermat's principle, establish the law of
reflection.

Derive expressions for the equivalent focal length and
the positions of principal points and focal points of
a coaxial system of two thin lenses separated by a finite
distance. 622
Plot the principal points and focal points for a
hemisperical glass lens of radius 10 cm and refractive

index 1.5 placed in air. 5

12

What are coherent sources ?
Derive an expression for the resultant intensity of the
interference pattern when two coherent beams of light
(intensities 1, and I, having phase difference ©) are
superposed. Find the visibility of fringes if :

() b=

(ii) 1, = 21). 722

P.T.O.


-

lu)

(d)

(a)

(d)

( 4)
868

What will be the resultant intensity when the soy
Tces

of intensities 1, and 1) are incoherent 9 2

Calculate the path difference between two consecutiy
e

reflected rays in a wedge shaped film (formed by two
plane surfaces inclined at an angle @) and Prove that
the fringe width B is given by :

h
——————————

2tan Oy? - sin2;

Where, ut is the refractive index of the film, *j* is the
angle of incidence and ‘i’ is the wavelength of the
incident light. 74
What do you mean by localised and non-localised
fringes ? Give one example of each. 4
Prove that the diameters of Newton's dark rings are
Proportional to the square roots of natural numbers in
reflected mode for normal incidence. 7
Explain how Michelson’s interferometer can be used to
determine : 4A

() the wavelength of monochromatic light

(ii) the refractive index of thin transparent film.

(a)

(0)

(c)

( 5) 868
Plane waves of wavelength A impinge normally on a
double-slit arrangement (two slits each of width a
eeparatels by an opaque space of width 5), prove that
intensity at any point P on screen (parallel to the plane
containing double slits) due to Fraunhofer diffraction

is given by ;

n T .
where, B = x4 sin 0, y = ra + b) sin 6, 0 is

the angle of diffraction ‘nh I) is the intensity at
centre on the screen. Show the intensity pattern
graphically. 83
Prove that in the limit a > 0, the above equation can

be reduced to the equation for the intensity distribution

in Young’s double slit experiment. 2

Prove that in the limit b — 0, the above equation can

be reduced to the equation for the intensity distribution

i 2
for a single-slit of width 2a.

P.T.O.


868

(a)

(6)

(a)

(6)

(6) 868

Derive Fresnel’s integrals. Calculate the value of intensity
by an unobstructed wavefront. a 62
Using Cornu’s spiral, explain the Fresnel diffraction
pattern due to a straight edge. 7
What are half period zones ? Discuss Fresnel’s
diffraction due to a circular aperture in terms of half
period zones. 2,10
A zone plate has focal length of 50 cm at a wavelength
of 6000 A. What will be its focal length at a avelenath

of 5000 A ? 3


This question Paper contains 4+2 printed pa

~ } }
ge | ~~) 32
Ses 31S

S.No. of Question Paper ; 379

Unique Paper Code 222403

Name of the Paper Numerical Analysis

Name of the Course B.Se. (Hons.) Physics

Semester - IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No, on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

Question No. 1 js compulsory.
Attempt any four from the rest.

Attempt five questions in all.

(Non-programmable scientific calculators are allowed)

Answer any five of the following

(a)

Find the dominant eigenvalue of the following matrix :
2 l
4 3

PE).


(c/)

(a)

(/)

870

h 1) ax. show that

(E+E ') f(x) =2(x)

where Lis’ shift Operator,

lind the minimum number to iterations required to attain
an-accuracy of 0.001 in the interval [1. 2] using
bisection methods.

What are forward and backward differences in a
difference table ? How are they related ?

Find the relative error in x = 0.003444, if its value is
truncated to three decimal places.

Show that the rate of convergence of Secant method
is approximately 1.62. 5x3
Deduce the Newton-Raphson method to find the roots
of the equation /(x)=0.

Find the root of the equation by any method correct

upto two decimal places :

x’ —5x+4=0-

( 3) 870
(c) Find the solution of system of linear alyebraic
equation :
4x, +x, +x, =4
X,+4x, -2x, =4
3x, +2x, -4x, =6

Using Guass-Seidel method (at least “vo iterations).

55:5

(a) Calculate :

at x = 0.70 from the table of values of x and ¥ :

x )
0.68 0.8086
0.69 0,8253
0.70 0.8422
0.71 0.8595

PTO;


870

{ 4 )
870
(/>) eee ; 5

Using Euler's method solve ; : ,

dy 5, (a) Derive second order Runge-Kutta formula.

de Vv, W0)= 1

(b) Hence find the solution of differential equation :
in the interval [0, 1] wi ;
. : with step size dy
P size 0.2. 10,5 oax-3 y(0) =!

with #4 = 0.2 on the interval [0, 1]. 5,10

and 4.5) from the following set of data : .
‘ 6. (a)
‘ } integral :
’ I= fav.
2 7 (b) Evaluate [ x’dx by the trapezoidal rule when the
interval (1, 2) is subdivided into four equal parts.
3 40
(c) Use Simpson’s rule to compute the integral :
4 55
I= Y with » = 4. 5,55
5 68 7
7, (a) Derive Gauss Legendre’s three point formula to solve

the integral :

(6) Solve using Bisection method the equation :
1 fh fond

eure]
the Least square fitting for a quadratic

(b) Discuss

in the interval [1], 2].
. curve.
P.T.O.


870

(c)

Linearly fit the following data :

x y

| |
1.5 1,3
2 1.6
2.5 2.0
3.0 24
35 34
4.0 4.1


—.

f= ‘
This question paper contains Co pages] yp
: - \

Roll No.

S.No. of Question Paper : 1129

Unique Paper Code : 235463 G
Name of the Paper : Mathematics II (Analysis and Statistics)
PHHT-413

Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) Physics
Semester oY.
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Ma

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper ee

Attempt as per directions.
Section A
Do any two questions.

1. (a) State and prove M,-Test for uniform convergence of

a sequence of functions.

(b) Show that :

cee ars sSeiwcaee for x €[-l. 1

ee ee : 6'2t+6

P.T.O.


4

(h)

(a)

( 2 ) 1129
Show that the sequence <f,> where :

nx
f, (Xx) = —  xeER
lt+nox7

is not uniformly convergent on R,

Show that if a series Y ft, converges uniformly to
/ in an interval [a, b] and its terms f, are continuous
at a point xy in the interval (a, 4), then the sum function

}/ is also continuous at Xo: 61446

Prove that if a power series :

nn

is such that a, #0, for all m and

then ¥ a,x" is convergent for |x| < R and divergent

x!
for |x| > R. Show that series 2 — > is convergent
n=l

for all x €(-I,1). Also check the convergence of this

Series at x = +1,

¢ # J 1129

(b) State Weierstrass M-Test for uniform convergence of

series of functions. Show that the series :

mal
is uniformly convergent on R. 6'4
Section II
Do any three parts :

(a) Show that the integral :

“om
n/2 sin” x
J ax

0 x"
is convergent if n < m > I.
(6) Test the convergence of :
[, eo dr.
0

(c) Prove that the Gamma function :

a x" le ax
0
is convergent if m > 0.

P.T.O.


1129

lest the convergence of :

1129

6. Do any three parts :

m2 sinx

(v) Show that :

« log(1+ ax) | s
Dye yet ana, 55555
Section II]

Do any one part : °

(a) Find a formula for the probability distribution of the

total number of heads obtained in four tosses of a

balanced coin.
(b) If X has the probability density :

ke** for x >0
f(x) = ©)

0 elsewhere

find &, the distribution function of the random variables

X and use it to evaluate :

P(0.5 < X < 1). 5,5

Find the moment generating function of the random

variable whose probability density is given by :

f(x) = je" for x >0
|

0 elsewhere

and use it to find an expression for u,.

If the joint probability density of two random variables
X and Y is given by :

x+y for 0<x<I, O<y<l

Sin=

elsewhere

Find the joint distribution function of these two random

variables.

Find the probabilities that a random variable

having. the standard normal distribution will take on a
value :

(i) less than |t2s

(ii) between 1.30 and 1.75.

P.T.O.


and pr js the Coefficient

Of correlation be
“tween them. If
‘ =X + Ky and

V=X+
(0,/0,)Y, find the Value of K So that U and

V are uncorrelated.
5,5,5,5

Do any three parts :

(a4) The means of two single large samples of 1000

and 2000 members are 67.5 inches and 68 inches
respectively. Can the samples be regarded as drawn from
the same population of standard deviation 2.5

inches ?

(6) A random sample of 10 boys had the following 1.Q’s
70, 120, 110, 101, 88, 83, 95, 98, 107, 100, Do these
data support the assumption of a population mean 1.Q.

of 100 ?

(igo at 9 df. = 2.262)

f¢2 1129

(c) Two random samples of sizes 8 and 10, drawn from

the two normal populations are characterized as

follows :

Population

Sum of squares of deviations from their

respective means

Can they be regarded as drawn trom the two normal

populations with the same variance ?

(Fo 0s for 7 and 9 d.f. = 3.29)

(d) The theory predicts the proportion of beans in the four

groups A, B, C and D should be 9: 3:3: 1. In

an experiment among 1600 beans, the numbers in the

four groups were 882, 313, 287 and 118. Does the

9
experimental result support the theory °

ei)

in
ty

an

(xpos for 3 df, = 7.815)

1129


ae,

aa a
This question paper contains 4+1 printed pages] — yy] 71/7)

S. No. of Question Paper : 2820

Unique Paper Code : 32221401

Name of the Paper : Mathematical Physics-III
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics
Semester oo: IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write vour Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
All questions carry equal marks.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.

Attempt 2 questions from Section A

and 2 questions from Section B.

Use of scientific calculators is allowed.

|. Attempt any five questions :

Determine the solutions of the equation z/ = | where

(a)

- js a complex. number. Represent the solutions

graphically.
PTX

> at oe


h)

(c)

(g)

(2)

.

fiz)= M@~2
(2° 4)

Evaluate :

32° ~6
— dz

c 272

over a circle C in the counterclockwise direction. C jg

described by |z| =n.
Find the real part of (P),

Show that x&(x)=0, where &(x) is the Dirac delta

function.

If F(@) is the Fourier transform of f{(/), then prove that

the Fourier transform of :
1
flat) =" (2)
a \a
where a is a constant.

Determine the Laplace transform of :

f(t) = sin? 2t.

be

(h)

(3) 2821)

Evaluate :
oat “
[te sin ¢ dt
0

using Laplace transform.

Section A

Attempt any fro questions from this section,

(a)

()

(a)

Verify Cauchy's theorem for the function :

f(z) = 227 + 3z-7.
if C is a square with vertices at -1+i,1+/.
Using De Moivre’s theorem, prove that : 105

cos 30 = 4 cos’ @ - 3cos@
sin30 =3sin0 -—4sin°0

Expand :

r+
(z- 1)(2:-2)

f(z) =
in a Laurent’s series valid for the given regions :
() I<) <2

(i) \r-1>1

P.T.O.


(4)

282()
) Evaluate
1 -eosnz
a | dz
€ 2
2m cz -1
around a square with vertices at ag Se at 8 10,5

J u » . ¥ j j
Using the method of contour iMtegration prove any two of

the following : YetT%4
yr dx T
(ct) i + xo ~ 3
i qo
(6) pit sin’?@ 2
; (3 6)
- —.— 2 |
o(1 + x7) (x? + 4) 2\ 3 i

Section B

Attempt any fvo questions from this section.

Determine the Fourier transform of the function /{() :

(a)
f(t)=1-¢? for|t| <1
= 0 otherwise
Hence evaluate :
ytcost —sint t
i} —_— cos raid
‘ t
(b) State and prove the convolution theorem for Fourier

8,7

transforms.

2820

(a)

(5)

(4)

(6)

)
(5) 2809

Given fi) = | for -] < <i:
= 0 otherwise
Express ft) as a Fourier integral and hence evaluate :

7 sin ®cos wt
(es
4 0)

State the convolution theorem for Laplace transform. Use

this theorem to evaluate the inverse Laplace transform

of : 8,7

F(s) =

s* (s? +1)

Using Lapiace transform, scive the following set of

simultaneous differential equations :

dx(t)
—. Hj=0
dt +)
ane — x(t)=0 given x(0) = 1; y(0)=0-

Determine the Laplace transform of a periodic function

10,5

At) wiih period T.


ee paper contains 6 printed pages. ]
\ ~ : } a e :

Roll NG@wAsaAesd.
Af ® Your Roll No
'S
Nag tue Paper: 2821 Gt-4
ing Paper ey e : 32221402
a

@

alta

aper : Elements of Modern Physics
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics
Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

I.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

Attempt five questions in all.
Question number 1 is compulsory.

Symbols have their usual meaning.

Answer any five of the following : (5x3=15)
(a) Calculate the de Broglie wavelength of an electron

accelerated through a potential difference of 100V and
IMV.

(b) Determine the activity of 1 g of ,,U**’ if its half life is
4.5 x 10°y.

caries 8


ii)

2821

The maximum energy of photoelectrons from Aluminum
is 2.3 eV for radiation of 200 nm and 0.90 eV for

radiation of 258 nm. Calculate the Planck’s constant

and the work function of Aluminium.

(d) Write two special characteristics of the light emitted
from a laser. Distinguish between spontaneous emission

and stimulated emission.

(e) Why do we associate a wave packet and not a
i ; . . 5
monochromatic de-Broglie wave with a particle ?

(f) Which of the following are eigen functions of the
operator d*/dx*>? Give the eigen values where
appropriate. (i) cos x, (ii) e’, (i1i) sin-x.

(gz) How does the uncertainty principle rule out the possibility
= . . 9
of electron being present inside the nucleus *

to

(a) What is Compton scattering ? What is the origin of
. ; i
presence of the unmodified line at all scattering angles ?

Obtain the expression for change in wavelength

AA = Ba —cos$)
il
where symbols have their usual meaning. (2,5)

(b) In a Compton scattering experiment, X-ray §
wavelength 0.24 nm is scattered at an angle 60 _—
to the incident beam. Find the wavelength of scattere

(3)
X-ray.

3.

2821 3

(c) Given a dispersion relation

w(K) =w(k) +(e, (2) “

kek

show that a Gaussian wave packet

y(x,0) = - ekoX eX” Je
a

spreads as it propagates in time.

(3)

(a) State Heisenberg uncertainty principle for measurement

of position and momentum. Using Gamma ray

microscope thought experiment Proposed by Heisenberg,
obtain an expression for the uncertainty relation.

(2,5)

(b) Show that the uncertainty principle can be expressed in

the form AEAt >

the energy and At is the uncertainty in time.

h/2, where AE is the uncertainty in

(3)

(c) An electron of energy 200 eV is passed through a

circular hole of radius 10-4

introduced in the angle of emergence ?

cm. What is the uncertainty

(5)

(a) What differences will you observe on the screen of a

two-slit experiment if you use (i) photons from a
monochromatic source, (ii) electrons from an electron

gun, and (iii) bullets from a machine gun? Interpret the

results.

(4)

PTO;


2821 4

(b) Ihe wave function for a particle moving along the

positive x-direction is given as

.(px Et
w(x,t) =A exp} i . a

5 i kinetic
Using this derive expressions for momentum and
b -

i (3,3)
energy operators in one dimension.

; i i find the
(c) Normalize the wave function given below to

> a

wall i iven that
v(x) =A exo - : J exoGikx) gi

~

[ exp(-a°x* )dx = Vo
E<V,
i ass m and energy
5 (a) Consider a particle of m sotential

-dimensional
approaching, from the left, a one-d
step given by

v. for x>0

0
0 for x<9;

ll

V(x)

\\

s equal to 1. Explain

that the reflection coefficient ee

ly forbidden .
i ics and fin
i flict with Classical Mechanic a5
oe cesio ation depth.

Show
ion i sical
how penetration into clas

expression fol penet

d an

2821 5

(b) Estimate the penetration distance Ax for a small dust
Particle of radius r = 10-6 m and density p = 104 kg/m},
moving at very low velocity v = 10-2 m/sec, if the particle
impinges on a potential step of height equal to twice its
kinetic energy in the region left of the step. (2)

(c) A particle of mass m is confined within a one-dimensional
field-free region between two perfectly elastic and
impenetrable walls at x = 0 and x =a. Obtain the energy

eigenvalues and normalized eigenfunctions for the
particle. (5)

(a) Discuss the nature of nuclear force, Plot the N-Z graph

for stable nuclei. Why do stable nuclei usually have

more neutrons than protons ? (3,1,1)

(b) A sample of the isotope 131], which has a half-life of
8.04 days, has an activity of 5 mCi at the time of
shipment. Upon receipt of the 131]
laboratory, its activity is 4.2 mCi.

elapsed between the two measurem
mean life of Sample.

in a medical
How much time has
ents ? Calculate the


2821 6

7, (a) Define mean life and half life of a radioactive substance.
Derive expressions for mean life and half life in terms

of radjoactive constant. (2,5)

(b) A nuclear reactor of 20% efficiency and an output of
700 MW uses ,,U?* as fuel. Each fission reaction gives
200 MeV of energy. Calculate (i) the number of uranium
atoms undergoing fission per day (ii) mass of uranium
consumed by the reactor per day. Given that Avogadro’s
number is 6.02310”. (3,2)

(c) What makes large nuclei (A>210) unstable ? Why do

they tend to stabilize by the emission of o.-particles

rather than protons ? (1,2)


(f
‘ Ry

=

is questi
This q “ies paper contains“4+1 printed pages]

¢z
: estion Paper : 2822
Unique Paper Code : 32221403 GC-4
Name of the Paper : Analog Systems and Applications
Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons) Physics
Semester : IV
. Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 75

(Write vour Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

Attempt five questions in all.
C

Question No. 1 is compulsory.
Non-programmable calculators are allowed.

l. Attempt any five of the following :
(a) Draw the energy band diagram of an unbiased p-n
junction diode with appropriate labels.
(b) Differentiate between Zener breakdown and Avalanche

breakdown in a p-n junction diode.

P.T.O.


(v)

(g)

(h)

2822
Ihe energy gap of the semiconducting material of an
L.ED ts 1.37 eV. What is the wavelength of the emitted
light ?
Draw the output characteristics of a transistor in CE
mode and identify the active, cut-off and saturation
regions,
Distinguish between Class A and Class B amplifiers with
the hep of load line and Q point.
Explain the Barkhausen’s criterion for sustained
oscillation.
What is the difference between differential and common

mode inputs for an Op-amp ?

For a 4-bit binary R-2R ladder D/A converter the input .

levels are 0 = OV and | = + IOV.

Find the output voltage caused by :

(i)
(ii)

(iii)

0011

1001 and

I. 5x3=15

2.

(a)

(6)

(a)

(0)

( 3) 2827

Obtain an expression for the barrier width of a p-n
junction diode, assuming a step junction.

In a Ge sample a donor type impurity is added to the
extent of | atom per 108 Ge atoms. Find the
concentration of electrons and holes in the sample.

Given N, = 2.5 « 10) electrons/em? and number of

Ge atoms is 4.41 « 1072 per cm).

Explain the working of a center-tap full wave rectifier
using suitable diagram and obtain the expressions
for :

(i) ripple factor and

' (ii) rectification efficiency.

Find the current through the Zener diode in the
following circuit when load resistance R, is :
(i) 30 kQ

P.T.O.


2822
(”) 5 kQ and

(it) 3 kQ,
96

we -

|
|

KX | (3-30 ka)

> I)

= V, =30V
60V |
| |

| = ——— ss

(a) What are the factors that affect the bias stability of
a transistor ? Compare the ‘‘voltage divider bias circuit”
with the ‘fixed bias circuit” with respect to their
stability. Explain how the self-biasing resistor improves
the stability.

(6) Obtain the general expression for stability factor S of
a common-emitter configuration. 10,5

Explain the working of RC coupled amplifier and give its

frequency response. How does the gain change at low, mid

and high frequencies ? Derive the expressions for the gain

in the mid and high frequency regions. 15

2822

(a)

(6)

(a)

(6)

( 5 ) 2322
Draw the circuit diagram of an RC phase shift oscillator
using transistor and state the conditions for sustained
oscillations. Derive an expression for its frequency.
In a Colpitt’s oscillator C, = 0.1 pF, C, = 0.01 pF and
L = 50 mH, find the frequency of oscillation. 10.5
Draw the circuit of an op-amp as an integrator and
find an expression for its output. Draw the output
waveform when the input to the integrator is a square
wave.
What would be the output of an op-amp in the inverting
mode if input resistance is | kQ and feedback resistance
is (i) 2 kQ and (i) 20 kQ for a de input signal of
=+ 14 V). 10.5

SV 2(V

sat

PE
a\, & c

[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.] é Mh / 7%
Ej “

‘ om

Your R t No... AR». Py

”
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5773 y

Unique Paper Code > 222501

Name of the Paper : Mathematical Physios V-(PHHT-515)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics

Semester : Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

2. All questions carry equal marks.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Attempt any 2 questions from Section A and any 2 questions
from Section B.

5. Use of Scientific Calculators is allowed.

1. Attempt any five questions.

(a) Determine the Fourier transform of f(ax) where a is a
constant.

P.T.O.


5773 2

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the Dirac delta
function 5(x—a).

o | 3
(c) Prove that J, te” cost dt = aa

(d) Using Bromwich Integral, determine the inverse Laplace
transform of

a

)
(e) Prove that 8 (at) = where 8(t) is the dirac delta
a

function and a is a constant greater the zero.

(f) Prove that the gradient of a tensor of order one is a
tensor of order 2.

(g) Find the Laplace transform the unit step function
U(t~a).

(h) Given ds? = A(dx,)? + 2dx, dx, + (dx,)? + (dx,)? +
4 dx, dx, + 6 dx, dx,

Find the components of the metric tensor g,..
y)

(3x5=15)

3773 3

Section A

2. (a) Determine Fourier cosine transform of e-*.

(b) State Parseval’s identity for Fourier transform and using
it the above result. Prove that

(c) Verify the convolution theorem if F.T. for the functions

(x) =8(8) {2 Se ’ (6,6,3)

3. (a) Derive an expression for the Laplace transform of a

periodic function f(t) where
f(t+T) = f(t).

(b) Evaluate the inverse Laplace transform of F(s) where

F(s)=——

(s’ +1)

PTO.


5773 4

(c) Given that U(t) is the unit Heaviside function,

Prove that Ow = 8(t). (6,4,5)

4. (a) Using Laplace transform, solve the following partial
differential equation

du(x,t) _ &u(x,t)

.. ae with the following conditions

u(x,0) = sin 4x; u(0,t) = 0; u(1,t)=0, 0<x<1, t>0

(b) Evaluate the integral |= sint a(-3) dt .

(c) Determine the Laplace transform of sin Vt . (Tydye)

Section B

5. (a) Consider 2 lines Xi =p; + sa. and x
i i i

= q; + tb;
Prove that the Condition of co

—_ Planarity of these 2 lines
1S given by .

5773 5

Sie (p; ~q;)a,b, at.

Assume that the lines intersect at a point.

(b) Using tensors prove that

(ax b).(cxd) = (a.c)(b.d) ~ (a.d)(b.c)

(c) What are pseudo tensors? Give 2 examples of pseudo
tensors. , ©, 7,3)

6. (a) Prove that strain is a symmetric tensor of order 2.
Express it as a matrix. Discuss the physical significance
of the diagonal elements of this matrix.

5, Sin in
(b) Prove that € €,., = determinant 5, im OF
& 6. 5,

and using the above result prove that &., &. = 26,,.

ijk “ijn
(6,6,3)

‘ A, s
7. (a) Given that A,, = a -

0A, dA, s .
Prove that re -A = where pq is the

1 @x* Gx?
Christoffer symbol of the second kind.
P.T.O.


3773 6

, ;
(b) Evaluate 3 | for spherical polar coordinates With

x} =r, x2=@, x7 =,

(c) Show that APB, is invariant. (7,4,4)


Sr. No. of Question Paper: 5774
Unique Paper Code : 222502

Name of the Paper : PHHT-516 : Quantum Mechanics

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics

Semester : V

Duration : 3 Hours .Maximum Marks : 75

Ins

tructions for Candidates

SS a aarp ae Oe ID

1.

nA BR WwW bw

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

Attempt five questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

Symbols have their usual meaning.

Attempt any five of the following : (5x3=15)

(a) What is the minimum uncertainty in the energy state of
an atom if an electron remains in this state for 10-8 s?

(b) Using the expression [x, p,] = ih, find [x, L,].

P.T.O,


5774 2
(c) A proton is moving non-relativistically having kinetic
energy 1 MeV. Find its de-Broglie wavelength.

(d) Determine whether the following wave functions are
physically acceptable solutions of Schrodinger wave

equation or not:
(i) Aex
(i) Ae~*

(iii) Ae’, -x0o<x<0

(e) Find the probability that a particle in a box L wide can
be found between x =0 and-x = L/2 when it is in the
first excited state.

(f) For hydrogen atom what are the possible values of /
and m, for n = 2?

(g) The azimuthal wave function for the hydrogen atom is
O(>) = Acei™®, O<O< 27.
Find the normalization constant A.

(h) An electron in H-atom is in the 3p state. Which
downward transitions (1s, 2s, 2p) are forbidden by the

selection rules?

2. An x-ray photon of wavelength 0.05 nm strikes a free
electron at rest and the scattered photon departs at 90°

from the initial photon direction.

3774 3

(a) Determine the momenta of the incident photon, the
scattered photon and the scattered electron.

[Given: tan"!(0.9542) = 43.66°, sin (43.66°) = 0.69]
(2,4,6)

(b) Determine the Kinetic energy of the scattered
electron. Se (3)

3. (a) Suppose an electron at rest absorbs the incident photon
and moves with the speed v along the direction of
incident photon. Using the laws of momentum and energy
conservation, determine the value(s) of v. (6)

(b) The photoelectric threshold wavelength for a material
is 5000 A. Find
(i) the work function of this material

(ii) the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons
if light of 4000A strikes the surface of this
material

(iii) the stopping potential for 4000 A photons
(3,4,2)

4. (a) Determine the phase velocity and group velocity of the
wave corresponding to a de Broglie wavelength of
A, =h/p = h/mv. (3,5)

(b) A free particle of mass m is described by a wave function

P.T.O,


5774 4
5774 5
w(x) = e!P; p is the momentum of the particle

(b) Determine the probability of finding this harmonic
oscillator in the classically forbidden region, if it is in
(7) the ground state. (5)

prove that the probability current density is equal to the
speed of this particle.

< 0, B=

5. (a) A particle of mass m moves inside an infinite potential | ey (x) -(2) on 2") wie, 2 Ze
well: “

he
a en

.
ond Fe du=0.843, Ee du= ~0.157|
~,x<0andx>L

Find the ene i i
Tgy eigenvalues and the normalized wave 7. (a) Prove that z-component of angular momentum operator

functions of this particle. (10) is given by
(b) Determine the average of squared-momentum, <p? > | Z = ip?
of this particle, when it is in the ground state. (5) o¢ (6)

a ; ; b) An electron in hydro is i
6. (a) A particle of mass m is moving in a harmonic potential | () yerogen atom is in the state

well, y(9, 6) = Asin? 6 e*, find
(i) A,
(ii) L, the magnitude of angular momentum

If this particle is described by a wave function | (iii) L,, the magnitude of z-component of angular

|
|
momentum
u(x) = Axe mor 2h , then find \
| 2 2
G).A | | cine: P=-W [B+ cot9 E+ cose oF =|

(ii) Energy of this particle in the given state. |

(4,6) (3,4,2)

P..1T.0.


5774 6

8. A particle of mass w and energy E moves from a region
of potential V, towards the region of zero potential, as
shown below in Fig. (1).

(a) Explain why energy of this particle should be greater
than Vi:

(b) Derive the expressions for the reflection and
transmission co-efficients of this particle. (2,13)

Physical Constants;

h = 6.626 x 10 J.s= 4,136 x 19°13 eV.s

1 eV=1.602 x 10719]

Me = 9.1 x 10°" kg, mec? = 0.51] MeV, myc? = 938.3 M

fx" e-°*" dx 3 _ (24)
O m

—
m

eV

ma

(500)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] /

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5775

rig? FO,
Unique Paper Code : 222503 —_
Name of the Paper Atomic & Molecular Physics
(PHHT-517) ‘
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics
Semester : V |

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all including Question No. 1 which
is compulsory.

3, Constants are given at the end of the question paper.

1. Attempt.any five questions :

(a) Define Bragg’s law of X-ray diffraction? What are soft
and hard X-rays?

(b) What is the importance of charge to mass ratio for any
charged particle? Write the value of e/m for an electron.

P.T.O.


5775 2

Be

(c) What is pumping in a LASER? Name any two methods
to achieve it.

(d) State and explain Larmor’s theorem.

(ec) Enumerate the differences between absorption and
emission spectra?

(f) All diatomic molecules do not exhibit rotational spectra.
Why?

(g) Why are the anti-Stokes lines fainter than Stokes lines
in Raman spectrum?

(h) Why a two level laser cannot produce lasing actions?
(5x3)

(a) Show that Moseley’s law as consstant with Bohr’s
atomic model. (5)

(b) Differentiate between characteristic and continuous x-
Tays? Using an appropriate graph/diagram, indicate 1.)
K, and Ky. (3+3)

(c) Calculate the wavelength of K, line of Ni (4 = 28), given

that screening constant =1 and K, line of Mo (4= 42)
is O.71A, (4)

(a) Why is an inhomogeneous magnetic field needed in the
Stem Gerlach experiment? Give an expression for
transverse deflection experienced by the atoms. (2,3)

3775 3

(b) What do you understand by space quantisation of angular
momentum? (5)

(c) What is anomalous Zeeman effect? Illustrate with the

help of a suitable example. (5)

(a) Show that the total magnetic moment of an orbital
electron in a state with total angular momentum J is

given by: M, = g"B JA

J(J+1)+S(S+1)-L(L+1) |

=1]+ s the Lande g-
where g 23(3+1) 1 g

factor and 4, is Bohr magneton. (9)
(b) Explain the meaning of ?5*'L,. Find S, L and J for ?P,.
State if it represents an admissible state or not with the
reason ? (6)

(a) Couple a p-state and s-state electron using (i) Russell
Saunder’s (ii) j-j coupling scheme. (4+4)

(b) Explain the doublet fine structure of D, and D, lines
“using an energy level diagram? (7)

(a) In which part of the electromagnetic spectra, the emitted
radiation lie for the rotational and vibrational spectra?

(2)

(b) Derive the expression for rotational energy levels of a

P.T.O.


5775 | 4

diatomic spectra? What are characteristic features of

Totational spectra? (5+4)

(c) Calculate the moment of Inertia of an HCl molecule
about an axis passing through the centre of mass and
perpendicular to the line joining two nuclei H and Cl and
obtain the rotational energy levels of HC1 in eV
(r=1.3 A) for J=2. (4)

7. (a) What is Raman effect? Establish the exptession for
Raman shift on the basis of quantum theory? What are

its applications? (2,3,1)

(b) What is the working principle of He-Ne laser. Using an
energy level diagram. What is the importance of adding
Ne to He to make a laser? (5,1)

(c) A Raman line for a sample is observed at 2612A
corresponding to the exciting line at 2536 A. Calculate
the Raman shift in cm”. (3)

Constants : |
m,, = 1.6739 x 10°°7 kg ©
h = 6.62 x 10°34 Js
m, = 9.11 x 103! kg
e=16x 10°79 C
R, = 1.09 x 107 m!
Rydberg Constant
(500)


—_—.

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]
Your Roll

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5776

Unique Paper Code > 222504

Name of the Paper : PHHT-518 Electronic Devices
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Physics

Semester : V

Duration : 3 Hours -Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates
pe LES

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of
this question paper.

Attempt any FIVE questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.

All questions carry equal marks.

A BB WD bp

Non-programmable calculators allowed.

(h = 6.63 x 10-74 Js, k, = 1.38 x 10°33 J/K, q=1.6*10-19¢,
c=3%x 108 m/s, €, = 8.85 x 10-2 F/m)

1. Attempt any five of the following :

(i) Find the concentration of holes and electrons in Pp
type silicon semiconductor at 300K having resistivity
02Qcm, Wy=475 m’/Vs and n,= 1.45 x 10cm,

P.T.O.


5776 . 2

cm

(ii) Distinguish between the zener breakdown and
avalanche breakdown.

(iii) Show that 1, = BI, + (1 + B) I.g9, where the symbols
have their usual meaning.

(iv) Explain the Barkhausen criterion for sustained
oscillations.

(v) How many RC networks are required for a phase
shift oscillator. Justify your answer.

(vi) For an npn transistor in CE configuration Vee = 10¥;
Vap=5V; Ry = 10KQ; R,=100Q and B = 150. Find
the value of Vig.

(vii) A UJT Relaxation oscillator has a source voltage
Von = 40V, R= 50KQ and C = 2000 pF. Find the time
period of oscillation of the firing voltage of UJT is
1sv, (3x5=15)

(i) Determine the total resistance between points A and

B shown in the figure using T and Pi transformations.

240V

5776 3

(ii) Draw the circuit diagram of a centre-tapped full wave

rectifier. Derive an expression for ripple factor and
rectification efficiency.

A
4Q L
RS 402 6Q

2,2,2

49 22

(i) Define drift and diffusion current for a doped
semiconductor.

(ii) Obtain the expression for pn diode current equation.

(iii) For an abrupt Si p-n junction diode with N, = 10cm
and N, = 10'° cm’, calculate the depletion layer width
and barrier potential at T= 300K. (Take ¢,= 12).

(4,7,4)

(i) Draw the hybrid model equivalent circuit of a common
emitter amplifier. Derive expressions for voltage gain,
current gain, for a CE amplifier in terms of h
parameters.

(ii) List the factors that affect the bias stability of a
transistor.

(iii) Explain how addition of emitter resistance increases
PTO:


5776
5. (i)
(ii)
6. (i)
(ii)
7 (i)
(ii)
8. (i)
(ii)

4

the stability for a self biased CE amplifier. (8,3,4)

Give the circuit diagram of a two stage RC coupled
amplifier, Discuss its equivalent circuits in mid and
high frequency regions. Also derive the expressions
for voltage gain for these regions.

An amplifier has a voltage gain of 100. The feedback
ratio is 0.04, Calculate (i) the voltage gain with
feedback (ii) the output voltage of the feedback
amplifier for an input voltage of 40 mV. ' (10,5)

Draw the circuit of a Hartley oscillator. Derive an
expression for the frequency of oscillation and condition
for sustained oscillation.

Explain the working of an astable multivibrator.

(8,6).

Show mathematically that the amplitude modulated
wave consists of a carrier and two sidebands of
constant amplitude. Draw the frequency spectrum of
an AM wave.

Give the circuit diagram of a diode detector and explain
its working. (8,7)

Explain the construction and working of a JFET. What
is pinch off voltage.

Draw the output and Transfer characteristics for JEET

as common source configuration. (9,6)
(500)


Co) ita

Sf -Ale- 0p Gp. 610k sere
Name of the Course: Erstwhile FYUP £ -&¢ CH} la + hed

F-G

Semester: V-8
Name of the Paper: Quantum Mechanics and its Applications y* ~*8 a,
Unique Paper Code: 2221501 may ™
4 ate r* wd
raft 7 % y>
Duration: 3 Hours q

Q ‘i
Maximum Marks: 75 Bee yy,

(Write your Roll No, on the ‘op immediately on receipt of this question paper)
| Attempt five questions in all. Question No. 1 is compulsory,

All questions carry equal marks.

I. Attempt any five questions of the following 3x5=15

(a) Give uncertainty relation between any three canonically conjugate pairs.
(b) Prove that

[x,py] = 0
[ps.Py] =e
Ly, Py] = ih

(c) Obtainthe time dependent solution of one-dimensional Schrodinger equation for a
particle movingin a time independent potential.

(d) The position and momentum of 1-KeV electron are simultaneously determined. If the
position is located within 1A, what is the percentage of uncertainty in its momentum?

(e) Give three differences between a classical and a quantum mechanical harmonic

oscillator.
(f) Find an expression for the most probable distance of an electronfrom the nucleus in

the ground state for a hydrogen atom.

(g) Prove that ox o = 2ic

(h) What do you understand by effective mass of an electron in a solid. How does it vary
with wave vector k?

2. (a) Show that the probability current density in three dimensions is given by
J = = (¥'VP — BY") 10
(b) Define the expectation values of position, momentum and energy of a free
particle. 5


. 3 in one
3 (a)Use Kronig-Penney model to obtain the energy spectrum ofan ae = eiaien
dimensional periodic lattice. Show how this model predicts the presence of 10F r
bands in the energy spectrum of electrons in a lattice.

(b) Distinguish among insulator, semiconductor and conductor on the basis of pane
theory.

4. (a) Solve the Schrodinger equation for a particle moving in one dimensional square
potential well of finite width, 10
(6) Obtain the solutions for the above problem graphicallyS S

5. (a) Solve Schrodinger equation for a linear simple harmonic oscillator to obtain its

energy eigen values and eigen functions. 12
>. 3%

(b) Draw the first three wave functions. >

6. (a) Obtain the Schrodinger equation for hydrogen atom in spherical polar co-ordinates
and solve the radial wave equation. 10
(b) What is the expectation value of kinetic energy of an eléctron in hydrogen atom if
its ground state wave function is ‘
1a tite

7. (a) Describe Stern-Gerlach experiment, Discuss the importance of the results

obtained. 10

(b) Derive the expression for the magnetic interaction energy for an atom placed in an

external magnetic field. 5


6/

Cp
S.NO. of Question Paper: > El OT

Unique Paper Code : 2221502

Name of the Paper Electromagnetic Theory

Name of Course : Brstwhie4@P B.Sc. (Hons) Physi
Semester : V

Duration: 3Hours Maximum Marks: 75

iustructions: Attempt five questions in all. All questions carry equal marks. Question No. 1 is compulsory,

Answer the following questions (any five): ($x3=15)
(a) Obtain the boundary condition for electric displacement field vector.

(b) Describe the meaning of plane polarized, circularly polarized and elliptically
polarized light. ‘

(c) Calculate the skin depth for a conductor at 1 GHz, given that o=3.8 x 10’
mho/m, p= 2.57 x 107 H/m. . *

(d) Briefly explain the concept of total internal reflection usin ¢ Snell's law.

(e) What is Lorentz gauge? Explain its use.

(f) Write down the Maxwell’s equation for linear isotropic dielectric medium.

(g) Write the constitutive relations that hold for time-varying fields in a linear,

homogenous and isotropic medium (uy, ¢, 6).

Nw

(a) Show how Maxwell modified Ampere’s law to make it consistent with the

equation of continuity. Explain the significance of the term displacement current,

(b) Show that, for an electromagnetic plane wave, the two vectors E and H are in the

same phase in a dielectric medium.

(a) Show that Maxwell’s equation can be expressed as a pair of coupled second order 10

partial differential equations in terms of scalar and vector potentials. Give

comparison between Lorentz and Coulomb gauge conditions.


(b) Show that the €xpression for time averaged Poynting vector for time varying

fields is given by:

~ i oe ve f>
<5, >= Re [sE@) x A @|

(a) Consider Propagation of e m plane waves in a conducting medium and solve for
the electric and Magnetic fields. Show that for a good conductor the time averaged
magnetic contribution dominates the time averaged electric contribution in the e m
energy density.

(b). Show. that the maximum phase difference between E and H vectors inside the

conducting médium is 7/4.

(a) Derive Fresnel’s relations for reflection and transmission. of eam Wave’s incident
on an interface between two dielecttic media, when: incident. wave has its. E vector
perpendicular to the plane of incidence,

(6) Find the expression for the Brewster’s angle at which the teflected wave is

completely extinguished, Why this angle is called polarizitig angle?

Show that electric field dominates i in the near field zone of an electric dipole,
Determine the total power radiated.’ a

Starting ‘from Maxwell’s equations, setup the wave equation for an inhomogeneous
dielestie medium. Show that there exists only one syminetric TE mode for 0 < V <

mt, in a step index planar dielectric waveguide, V being the dimensionless wave guide

parameter.

12

10

15


Cs Ao oy Ce p . : é 110

Name of Course : B.Sc. (Hons,) Physics = | ee

Scheme/Mode of Examinations : V — Semester

Name of the Paper Physics of Devices and

Unique Paper Code 21503 FP F
Duration 3 Llours

Maximum Marks 75 Marks

instructions for candidates
eAffempt five questions in all including Question Na. 1 which is compulsory.

All questions carry equal marks.

Q1: Attempt any five of the following: (3X5 = 15)

a) What are active and passive transducers’? Give one example of each.

b) Draw an equivalent circuit diagram of a UIT.

c) Draw the circuit diagram of an Astable multivibrator using transistors.

(i) Determine the bandwidth and center frequency of a “bandp ass fi fter which has a lower and
upper cutoll frequency of 445 iz and 7800 Hz, respectively.

e) Draw the block diagram ofa regulaied power supply.

Sar

What do you understand by RTD?
2) Write three main differences between active and passive filters?

eS ®

Q2. (a) Draw the schematic diagram of [nhancement and Depletion Mode MOSFETs and hence
discus their characteristic curve. 8
(b) What is a charge coupled device. Discuss its working and application. 7

Q3. (a) Discuss with the help of block diagram the principle and working of Phase Locked Loop.

8
(b) What are IC regulators? What do you understand by Line and load regulation? 7
Od. (a) Discuss the principle and working of LVDT with a labeled diagram. 7

(b) What is a position transducer? Discuss the working of strain gauve as a position

transducer and write its applications. g


- sé . _— > gas filled detector? Explain the working of an tontvation
Q5. (a) What is the basic principle of a gas filled detector? Iexplain the working of =

)
§
chamber,

(b) Briefly describe the working of a scintillation detector.
Q6. (a) What is frequency modulation? Explain ASK, PSK, FSK with proper signal diag r

: or 7 ~ o stv se yy ' » > . wf V7 eC
(6) Draw a properly labeled energy band diagram of a metal- semiconductor (n-type)

Junction in equilibrium,

Ar

Q7. (a) Draw and explain the block diagram of an electronic communication system.

Bsn lai ypriate signal diagrams. What is modulation
(b) Explain amplitude modulation with appropriate signal diagrams. What is modula ,
f
Index? ‘
(c) Discuss the working of an envelope detector.


[This question paper contains 2 printed pages]

Unique Paper Code: 2221504

Name ofthe Paper: Computer Programming and Numerical Analysis
Name of the Course: B. Sc. (H) Physics Erstwhiee¥LP

Semester : Vv

Duration : 3 hours

Max. Marks . : 75 marks

Question No.1 is compulsory. Attempt any Two from each Section A & Two from B.
Attempt Five questions in all.
All questions carry equal marks
Non- programmable calculators allowed

1. Answer any five of the following

(a) Determine the values of the following functions: ~
a. abst-24)
b. ceil(89.54)
c. tolower(*A’) Gauss

(b) Explain pivoting in Guass elimination method and its importance

(c) What is a preprocessor? Give three uses of it.

(d) How is enumerated type date defined? Give two examples.

(e) Show that Newton Raphson method has quadratic convergence

(f) What are forward and backward differences in a difference table ? How are they

related?

2. (a) Explain-the-difference between the C/C++ statements (i) break, and (ii) continue. Give
two examples of each.
(b) Write a program in C/C++ to find largest of three numbers,
(c) What are arrays? Define two dimentional arrays by giving examples.

3x5 =15
SECTION A

9x3 =15

3. (a) Bring out the difference between while and do while loops with the help of
appropriate flowcharts.
(b) Write a program in C/C++ to write the first 20 natural numbers using :
(i) while / do- while and (ii) for loop
(c) Write a program in C/C++ for the calculation of factorial of a number?


[This question paper contains 2 printed pages]

}

5x3 =15

4. (a) Beseribe Bisection method to solve an equation f(x) = 0 in the interval [a,b].

(6) Find the root of the equation by any method correct up to three decimal places

x? +1.2x? -4y-4.8 = 0
(c) Use the method of iteration to solve the equation x=e7* (take x, =0) .
| 5x3 =15
é of SECTION B
ip Semone Iti mL.

5,

(a) Bescrize G ass Elimination method to solve three simultaneous equations in three
unknown variables.

(b) Find the solution of differential equation : wy =— 2xy*?; y(0) =1 with
iy .
h = 0.2 on the interval [0, 1].

(c) Using Eulers method obtain the solution of the differential equation:
dy .

mT Et Y tM ypO)=lat x =10(h=0.25) -”

5x3 =15
6. (a) Deduce Newton Gregory Forward difference interpolation formula by the use of
forward difference operator.

(b) Given the following table of values

Evaluate f(6) by Newton’s divided difference formula.
(c) Derive second order Runge Kutta formula.

=

5x3 =15
7. (a) Find first and second derivative of f(x)at x = 1.5 from the following tabulated values:
x 1 1.5 2 a0 3
f(x) 3.23 3.19 3.0 291 2.81
Compute the result upto two places of decimal!
2 "
edx '
(b) Evaluate: J ~ Using trapezoidal rule for n = 4 correct to five decimal places
(c) Derive Simpson’s 1/3 rule of integration .
5x3 =15


S. No. of Question Paper + 6676

Unique Paper Code os 32221501 | . - HC
Name of the Paper . : Quantum Mechanics aud Applications
Name of the Course | | — (Honors) Physics oO
Semester ; | a 3 Vv
Duration : 3 Hours | | | 7 . Maximum Mada 75 .

(Write your. Roll. No. on 1 the top. immediately o on receipt of . this. question ‘on paper )
| anseies five. questions in all. Question Not is compulsory.
ae questions carry eal marks:
Non- -programmable calculators are c allowed.
I. Aiteragt any five of the following :
(a) Give. the expressions for Bierpy. Linear momentum and
Angular tt momentum in operator form.
(b) Calculate the commutator [L,..P,). (given [x, p, ] = ih)

(c) Explain uncertainty principle with an example. |


6676
(a) Derive the relation between ‘magnetic dipole moment’
and ‘orbital angular momentum’ of an electron revolving

around a nucleus.

(e) Write the quantum numbers for the state represented

AR,
by 5, -

(/) What are symmetric and antisymmetric wave functions ?

(g) What are free and bound states ? Explain. 5x3=15

Consider a particle trapped inside a one-dimensional finite
square well. Solve the time independent Schrédinger equation
for the system and obtain the bound state eigenfunctions.

Discuss how the energy levels are obtained. graphically ? 15

(a) Calculate the expectation value of the: momentum for -

wavefunction.
2, .
(2sin(™) for 0 <|x|<a
Oo. for|:|> a

(6) — Give the theory to explain spreading of a Gaussian wave, -

packet for a free particle in one-dimension. 5,10

( 3) 6676

(a) Solve the Schrédinger equation for a Linear Harmonic
Oscillator and hence obtain first three eigenfunctions.
(b) A particle of mass 1 mg is attached to a spring of

spring constant 0.001 Nm-!, Calculate its zero point

energy. . - 10,5

The ‘0’ equation obtained after applying separation for

variables to the Schrédinger equation for a 3D hydrogen atom

_ in spherical polar coordinates, is given by

6676

. 2
1 d/(. do my.
—_ — 6— |+|/A- 0=0.°
sin@ 5 (sia | ( ze
Solve the akove equation for m, = 0 (or otherwise) to show
that :
dX = 1 (41), / = 0,1,2......... , 15

(a) What is Larmor Precession ? Derive the expression for

Larmor frequency.

(b) Explain Normal Zeeman Effect with examples and energy
‘diagram. ; , 8,7
(a) What is spin orbit coupling ? Calculate the change in

the energy levels due to this.

(6) Show the result of a JJ coupling of two nonequivalent

p-electrons. : 10,5

3 Eg 1800


[This question paper contains 4 p

Your Roll No. Hy

Sl.No. ofQ. Paper : 6677 HC

Unique Paper Code 232221502 ©

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Honours)
Physics

Name of the Paper : Solid State Physics

Semester 2 V |

Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates :

(a) Write your Roll No. on the top immediately

on receipt of this question paper. —

(b) Attempt any five questions. Question No.
i is compulsory. All questions carry equal
marks

1. Attempt any five of the following ;

| OxX3=15
(a) Prove that c/a ratio in hep is
8
3

(b) Sketch the dependence of polarization in
dielectrics on the frequency of the applied
electric field clearly indicating frequency
ranges for the electronic, ionic, and dipolar
polarization.

P.T.O.


6677

(c) X-rays of wavelength 1.75 A undergoes
first order Bragg reflection from (111)
plane at 30°. What is inter-atomi
of the crystal ?

(d) Draw B-H hysteresis curve of a
ferromagnetic material on the basis of
domain theory. What are hard and soft
ferromagnetic materials ?

(ec) What is the effect of temperature and
doping concentration on mobility of
semiconductors ?

(f} Write the expression for the plasma
frequency in a material. What is the

c Spacing

difference between plasma and plasmons ?

(g) What is the difference between Type-I and

Type-II superconductors ? Give one example
of each. .

(h) Calculae the Debye cut-off frequency of Be

whose Debye temperature is 1440 K.
2. (a) What is a Brillouin Zone ? Draw and

explain first and second Brillouin zones of
@ Square lattice. 10

(b) Calculate the geometrical structure factor
of a bee lattice. Name two planes which
will be Missing from the X-ray diffraction
Spectrum. 5

4. (a

6677

3. (a) Distinguish between crystalline and
amorphous solids with one example, each.
3

(b) Show that in Einstein model of specific
heat.

0.) -%
c,=3R( et
T

where symbols have their usual meanings.
i2

—

Obtain the dispersion relation in a one
dimensional diatomic lattice.

i
(b

—

Derive an expression for specific heat of
solids on the basis of Debye model. How
does Debye model differ from Einstein
model ? Discuss the variation of specific
heat with temperature.

Obtain the values W, and W_ in the limits
(i) k> 0

(ii) k 4 2/2a where k is the wave vector and

c' is the separation between two
consecutive atoms. 8

3 P.T.O.


6677

5.

(a)

(b)

2

as

(a

(b)

Derive an expression for diamagnetic
susceptibility on the basis of classical
langevin's theory. 9

Distinguish between dia, para, ferro-and
ferri-magnetic materials with examples.
6

Obtain an expression for local electric field
inside a dielectric with cubic symmetry.
10

Derive Clausius-Mossotti formula constant.
5

| Discuss the Kronig — Penny model for a

linear lattice. How does it lead to the
formation of energy bands in solids ? Find
the energy of electron with the change in
the strength of the periodic potential under
following cases : | 9+3+3

(i} V— oo
(ii) V0

Derive London equations for a
superconductor and obtain an expression
for penetration depth. | 12
A superconducting tin has a critical
temperature of 3.7 K in zero magnetic field
and a critical field of 0.0306 tesla at OK.
Find the critical field -at 2K. 3

4 | 1800


[This question paper contai printed pages.]

Your Roll ata) |

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 8521 HC

Unique Paper Code > 32227505 . 5 COLL

Name of the Paper : Physics of Devices and
Communication md

Name of the Course : Physics: DSE \ an -,

Semester : iV , weal, ASS

Duration : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates
—eettions tor Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediate]

y on receipt of
this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all. Question 1 is compulsory.

3. All questions carry equal marks.

1. Attempt any five of the following : (5x3=15)

(a) What is the need for modulation? Differentiate between
amplitude and frequency modulation.

(b) How is cascading of an active filter used for band pass
and band rejection?

P.T.O.


8521 2
(c) What is a CMOS and where do we find its application?
(d) Describe block diagram for an Ideal power supply.

(c) What is the difference between dry etching and wet
etching?

(f) How is voltage regulation achieved using an IC

regulator?

(g) A JFET has a pinch-off voltage of 4V and saturation
current of 10mA. (a) Determine the value of drain
current if Vgs = 2V (b) Find the value of gate to source
voltage if i,=7 mA.

2. (a) Explain working of a Monostable multivibrator using

transistors. (8)

(b) Discuss the short circuit protection in a power supply.

Explain using a circuit diagram. (7)

3. (a) Define amplitude modulation and modulation index.
Derive an equation for amplitude modulated wave

and draw its frequency spectrum. Obtain bandwidth,
ated

total voltage and total power in amplitude modul
(10)

wave.

8521 3

(b) Determine the power content of carrier and each
sideband for an amplitude modulated signal having
percentage modulation of 80% and total power of
2500 W. a (3)

(c), Explain Overmodulation. . (2)

4. (a) Give pin out diagram and working of the 565 PLL
IC. (7)

(b) Determine the free running frequency (f,..)» the lock
range (f,) and the capture range (f,) when R, = 12k’Q,
C,=0.01 pF and C,=10 uF applied to a 565 PLL.

(3)
(c) Analyse circuit of a passive RC low pass and high pass
filter giving its frequency response. (5)

5. (a) Discuss with a flow diagram the process of IC
fabrication. (6)

(b) Explain the technique of oxidation for IC fabrication.

(5)
(c) What is lithography? Which is better photolithography
or electron-lithography and why? (4)

6. (a) Explain with help of a band diagram, depletion, inversion
and accumulation: for a MOS diode. (6)

PLT.


8521 4

(b) With the help of schematic diagram, explain the working
principle of Charged coupled devices. (6)

(c) Give the drain and transfer characteristics of JFET.

(3)

7. (a) Explain various lines and signals used in RS232 for serial
communication. What do you understand by handshaking
of RS232 in digital data communication? (10)

(b) What is the advantage of using parallel communication

Over serial communication? (5)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. 
Sr. 
No. of Question Paper : 1368 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
2. 
3. 
1. 
Your Roll 
: 2232011101 
:Non Chordata-Protista to 
Pseudocoelomates (DSC-1) 
(a) Mehlis gland 
oTBRARY 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
(c) Plasmotomy 
(d) Ootype 
New Deiht 49 
Attempt any four questions including Question No. 1 
which is compulsory. 
(e) Kinety 
B.Se. (H) Zoology- UGCF 
Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary. 
(b) Bilateral Symmetry 
(i) Define the following terms (any four): 
Maximum Marks : 60 
(4) 
P.T.O. 


1368 
(ii) Differentiate between the following pairs 
(any two) : 
(a) Schizogony and Sporogony 
(b) Primary host and Secondary host 
(c) Cnidoblast and Trichocyst 
(iii) 
Match the Columns: 
(a) Pinacocytes 
(b) Amphids 
(c) Comb Plates 
(d) Gastrovascular cavity 4) Nematoda 
(a) Pyrenoids 
1) Hydra 
(b) Acetabulum 
2) Ctenoplana 
of the following (any three): 
(c) Colloblast cells 
3) Sponges 
(iv) Give the exact location and one function of each 
(d) Pneumatophore 
(4) 
(4) 
(3) 


1368 
2. 
4. 
5. 
(a) Give the illustrated account of life history of 
malarial parasite in man. 
3 
(b) Describe the process of conjugation in Paramecium 
and discuss its significance. 
3. (a) Give the general characteristics of Phylum 
Porifera. 
(9) 
class. 
(6) 
(b) Give an account of different types of canal systems 
Porifera and give its significance. 
Helminthes. 
(5) 
(a) Describe Polymorphism in Cnidaria. Comment upon 
its significance. 
(9) 
(b) Give an outline classification of phylum 
Cnidaria with characters and examples of each 
(6) 
(b) Give graphic life cycle of Taenia solium. 
(10) 
(a) Give a detailed account of parasitic adaptations in 
(10) 
(5) 
P.T.O. 


1368 
6. 
Write short notes on any three of the following : 
4 
host body. 
(a) Course of migration of Ascaris larva within its 
(b) Metagenesis. 
(15) 
(c) Asexual reproduction in protozoa. 
(d) Compare and contrast flatworms with roundworms. 


[This question paper contains 4 printed papes 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1387 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
2 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
of this question paper. 
Your Roll No..FRAtay 
2232011102 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
(ii) Flippase 
(ii) Lamins 
: I (NEP-UGCF-2022) 
Answer any FOUR questions in all. 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
(i)) Plasmodesmata 
(iv) Liposomes 
: Biology of Cell : Structure 
& Function 
(v) Aquaporins 
: B.Sc. (H) Zoology (NEP) 
(a) Give the function of the following: 
New 
I Dethi-19 
Maximum Marks : 60 
(1x5=5) 
P.T.0. 


1387 
(b) Give the contribution of ANY FIVE of the 
following scientists : 
() Benda 
(ii) Peter Mitchel1 
(ii) Blobel & Sabatini 
(iv) Christian de duve 
(v) Tim Hunt, Paul Nurse, Lee Hartwell 
(vì) Lynn Margulis 
(c) Expand ANY FIVE of the following : 
(i) GPCR 
2 
(ii) MTOC 
(iii)) GERL 
(iv) CFTR 
(v) cAMP 
(vi) ATP 
(1x5=5) 
(1x5=5) 


1387 
2. 
Distinguish between ANY FIVE of the following : 
3 
4. 
(a) Microfilaments and Microtubules 
(b) Mitosis and Meiosis 
(c) Integral and Peripheral Proteins 
(d) Euchromatin and Heterochromatin 
(e) Tight junctions and Gap junctions 
() Dyneins and Kinesins 
3. 
With appropriate examples and well-labelled 
diagrams elaborate the ways in which molecules are 
passively and actively transported across the plasma 
membrane. 
(15) 
(1x5=5) 
OR 
What is oxidative phosphorylation? Describe how the 
Electron Transport Chain and ATP Synthase in the 
mitochondria help generate ATP-the energy currency 
of the cell. 
(15) 
(a) Illustrate the process of microtubule assembly with 
the help of suitable diagram. Add a note on their 
role in cellular mobility. 
(7+3=10) 
P.T.0. 


1387 
$. 
6. 
4 
(b) Discuss the role of secondary messengers in cell 
signaling. 
(a) What is Signal Hypothesis? How does vesicular 
transport take place from ER to Golgi apparatus? 
(5+5=10) 
(b) Which organelle in the cel! is also called the 
"Suicidal Bag", Enumerate its functions. 
(a) Receptor-mediated endocytosis 
Write short notes on ANY THREE of the following : 
(b) Endosymbiotic Hypothesis 
(5) 
(c) Cell Cycle checkpoints 
(d) Protein modifications in ER 
(e) Nuclear Pore Complex 
(5) 
(5x3=15) 
(1000) 


[ThËs question paper contains 4 printed 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1406 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
Instructions for Candidates 
printed pagNDHU 
Your Roll No..... 
"LIBRAAy 
1. 
2232011103 
New 
: DSC-, Concepts of Ecology 
: B.Sc. (Hon) Zoology 
: I NEP-UGCF 2022 
(i) Migration 
(ii) Natality 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt any four questions including. 
3. 
Question No. 1 which is compulsory. 
Celni 
(a) Define the following : 
Maximum Marks : 60 
4. 
Draw well-labeled diagrams wherever necessary. 
(4) 
P.T.0. 


1406 
(ii) Fecundity 
(iv) Sere 
(b) Distinguish between the following : 
(i) 
Autecology and Synecology 
2 
(ii) 
Unitary and Modular population 
(i1i) Fundamental and Realized niche 
terms: 
(c) Name the scientists associated with the following 
(i) Ecology 
(ii) Hypervolume niche 
(iüi) Ecosystem 
(6) 
(3) 
(d) State whether the following statements are True 
or False: 
(2) 
(i) Maximum theoretical production of new 
individuals under ideal conditions is known as 
exponential growth. 
(ii) Human population shows concave type of 
survivorship curve. 


1406 
2. 
3. 
4. 
3 
(iii) Complete competitors can coexist. 
(iv) Commensalism describes a relationship 
between organisms where one benefits and 
the other is harmed. 
(a) Describe various density-dependent factors that 
regulate the population size near carrying capacity 
level. 
(9) 
(b) What are life tables? Add a note on their 
significance. 
(c) Illustrate the sigmoid growth curve with the help 
of well-labeled diagram. 
(3) 
(b) Explain Shelford's law of tolerance. 
(a) Describe Lotka-Volterra model for predator and 
prey interaction with the help of diagrams and 
equations. 
(3) 
(a) Define biogeochemical cycles. 
(8) 
(3) 
(c) Describe various types of ecological pyramids. 
(4) 
(1) 
P.T.O. 


1406 
5. 
6. 
(b) Explain Nitrogen cycle with the help of diagram. 
Explain the role of microorganisms in Nitrogen 
cycle. 
(9) 
(c) Explain ecotone and edge effect. Why is ecotone 
considered as zone of stress? 
(5) 
4 
(a) Explain different energy flow models in an 
ecosystem. 
(8) 
(b) Define ecological succession. Explain the various 
theories of climax in succession. 
(c) Differentiate between pioneer and climax 
community. 
Write short notes on any three of the following : 
(a) Protected areas 
(b) Gause's principle 
(c) Light as a limiting factor 
(d) Ecological efficiencies 
(e) Resource partitioning 
(5) 
(2) 
(3x5) 
(1000)

Nw 0 DS fl
This question paper contains 3 printed pages]
Roll No. | | | |] [| | | [| |

S. No. of Question Paper . 5789

Unique Paper Code; 2282011201 / © \

Name of the Paper : Non-chordata ; Coclomates var |
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology-UGCF ie B+ wee

Semester - Il

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt any four questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
Attempt various parts of question at one place only.

Draw well labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. (1) Define the following (any three) : 3
(a) Eusociality
(6) Cephalization
(c) Evisceration
(d) Adaptive gills.
(u) Differentiate between the following (any three) : 6

(b) Atoky and Epitoky

(6) Monopectinate and Bipectinate gills

B.T.O.


(2) 5789
(c) Apposition and Superposition image
(d) Enterocoelomates and Schizocoelomates

Git) Name an organism in which the following structures are present. Write

one function of each (any three) : 3
(a) Radula

(b) Aristotle's lantern

(c) Dermal papillae

(dq) Book lungs.

(iv) Give the generic name of the following and classify up to classes (any

three) : 3
(a) King crab

(6) Sea mica

(c) Brittle star

(dq) Peacock worm.

(a) Describe the different organs of excretion present in oligochaetes. Draw

well labelled diagrams. 8
(6) Write the theories of metamerism in annelida. 7
(a) Give an account of social life in honeybees. 6

(6) Describe how insects have evolved various respiratory structures and

adapted themselves to thrive in diverse environments.

9


5789

( 3) 5789

Describe the phenomenon of torsion in gastropods. Write its significance and

supporting theories. 15

(a) Explain the ambulacral system in asteroids with the help of a well

labelled diagram. 10
(6) Briefly discuss the pulmonary respiration in molluscs. 5
Write short notes on the following (any three) : 15

(a) Evolutionary significance of Peripatus
(6) Pearl formation in bivalves
(c) Trochophore larva

(qd) Metamorphosis in insects.


i
This question paper contains 8 printed pages] 7 (| y .
Rot No. (TTT III IIT
S. No. of Question Paper : 5809
Unique Paper Code : 2232011202
Name of the Paper : DSC : Fundamentals of Biomolecules
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology - | “
Semester : Il (NEP-UGCF) \* aiid
Duration : 2 Hours “Qaximums Marks : 60
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt four questions in all.
Q. No. 1 is compulsory.
1. (@) Define the following (any four) : 4x1=4
(i) Enantiomer |
(i) Mutarotation
(ii) Plasmalogens
(w) Holoenzyme
(v) Amphipathy
(6) Distinguish between (any four) : 4x2=8
(t) Reducing and Non-reducing sugar
(ii) O-glycosidic linkage and N-glycosidic linkage
P.T.O.


(c)

(a)

(0)

(a)
(0)
(a)

(0)

(2) 5809
(i) Syn and anti-conformations
(iv) Essential and Non-essential amino acids
(v) Saturated and Unsaturated fatty acids.
Draw the chemical structures (any three) : 3x1=3
(i) Lactose
(uw) Hyaluronic acid
(wi) Adenine
(iv) Cholesterol
(v) Leucine.

Describe Watson and Crick model of double helical structure of DNA
using a well-labelled diagram. 10

Describe two previous studies that formed the basis of double helical

structure of DNA proposed by Watson and Crick. 5
Derive the Michaelis-Menten equation of enzyme kinetics. 9
What are bi-substrate reactions ? Give their types with example. 6

What are structural lipids ? What are different types of structural
lipids ? 9
A structural biologist is analyzing the polysaccharide starch, which is

composed of amylose and amylopectin.

() Draw the structure of amylose and amylopectin and explain how they
differ from each other. 3


5.

5809

( 3 ) 5809
(4) How do the differences in the glycosidic linkages between glucose

units in starch and cellulose affect their functions in living

organisms ? 3
(a) What are the various levels of organization of protein structures ?
Describe in detail. 10
(6) Describe the forces responsible for maintaining the tertiary structure of
proteins. 5
Write short notes on the following (any three) : : 3x5=15
(a) Structural polysaccharides
(6) Enzyme inhibition
(c) Structure of t-RNA
(qd) Ramachandran plot

(e) Classification of amino acids.


S. No. of Question Paper
Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 2 Hours

1.

: 2232011203 \

: 5829 (Oot |

: Human Physiology-Control and Coordination

Systems/Discipline Specific Core-6

: B.Sc. (H) Zoology

: II (NEP-UGCF)

Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

Attempt four questions in all.

Question No. 1 is compulsory

Draw well labelled diagram wherever necessary.

(a) Define the following (any four) : | 4

(i) Enteric plexuses

(ii) Second messenger

(iii) Andrology

(iv) Aponeurosis

(v) Spermiation.

P.T.O.


(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

( 2 ) 5829

Differentiate between the following : 4

(i) IPSP and EPSP .
(uz) Sertoli and Leydig cells.

Fill in the blanks : 2
WEY steevnceeci:seuciccnrenne cells of pancreatic islet secrete insulin.

(7) ne. Ge is a bundle of axon located in the central nervous

Expand the following abbreviation : 2
(i) PNS |

(uz) ACh

(wi) GAGs

(ww) TBG

Give the location and function of the following : — 83
(i) Acrosome

(uw) Chromaffin cells

(tit) Cremaster muscle

———————— a ee Se eee eT ee


(a)

(b)

(a)

(6)

(a)

(6)

(a)

)

( 3 ) 5829

Discuss the events involved in excitation-contraction coupling

cycle. 8
Give an account on microscopic organization of skeletal muscle. 7

Discuss the concept of summation of graded potential. How does
generation of action potentials take place using different types of voltage

gated channels ? 9
Compare graded potential with action potential in neuron. 6

Describe the process of spermatogenesis and differentiate it with

oogenesis. 8
Write a note on hormonal control of testicular function. 7
Describe the mechanism of action of peptide hormone with a suitable
example. | 7

Name the various hormones secreted by anterior pituitary with their

functions. How is the hormonal secretion regulated ? 8

P.T.O.


6. Write short notes on any three :

(a)

(0)

(c)

(d)

(e)

5829

Implantation

Rigor mortis

Blood-testis barrier

Structure of neuron

Motor unit.

4

5829

3x5=15

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages 1/ 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1088 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
3. 
4. 
: 2232012301 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
Your Roll NR. 
: Diversity of Chordates 
of this question paper. 
UGCF 
III 
2. 
Answer four questions in all. 
B.Sc. (H) Zoology NEP 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
(i) Operculum 
New 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
Deihi-19 
Maximum Marks : 60 
Draw well labelled diagram wherever needed. 
(a) Define the following terms (any three) : 
(3) 
P.T.0. 


1088 
(ii) Preen gland 
(ii) Diastema 
(iv) Stomochord 
(v) Opisthoglyphous fangs 
(b) Differentiate between the following terms (any 
(4) 
two): 
(1) Physostomous and Physoclistous swim 
bladder. 
(ii) Tornaria and Tadpole larvae. 
2 
(iii) Altricious and precocious birds. 
(c) Give the function of the following (any four) :(4) 
(i) Nuptial pads 
(ii) Buccal funnel 
(ii) Jacobson organ 
(iv) Keel 
(v) Crop 
(vi) Weberian ossicle 


1088 
2. 
3. 
4. 
(d) Give the scientific names and classify upto order 
(any two): 
3 
() Australian Lung fish 
(i) Hagfish 
(ii)) Duck billed platypus 
(iv) Flying lizard 
(4) 
(a) Compare and discuss the characteristics of 
modern-day living agnathans. 
(8) 
(b) Describe osmoregulation by teleost fishes in sea 
and freshwater? How does shark maintain their 
(7) 
osmoregulation? 
(a) Explain various characteristic features which help 
(8) 
bird to adapt to aerial mode of life. 
(b) A classic example of adaptive radiations can be 
seen in mammalian locomotory appendages. 
Explain with examples. 
(7) 
(a) Give an elaborative account of parental care in 
amphibians. 
(9) 
P.T.0. 


1088 
5. 
6. 
(b) Explain plate tectonic theory and comment on the 
fauna of Australian realm. 
4 
(a) 
Write a detailed note on origin of Tetrapods. 
Write short notes on any three of the following: 
(b) Briefly explain the poison apparatus and biting 
mechanism in snakes. 
(i) Wallace and Weber line 
(ii) Origin of chordates 
(6) 
(iii) Retrogressive metamorphosis 
(iv) Sphenodon 
(7) 
(8) 
(15) 
(1000) 


[This question paper contains 
printed pages. 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
sbAND 
1145 Delhi-19 
: 2232012302 
:III 
Your Roll No:... 
: Biochemistry of Metabolic 
Processes 
(ii) Ketosis 
New 
: B.Sc. (H) Zoology, NEP 
(ii) Shuttle system 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
(i) Anaplerotic reaction 
Attempt any FOUR QUESTIONS in all, question no. 
1 is COMPULSORY. 
Maximum Marks : 60 
(a) Define the following (Any Four): 
(1x4-4) 
P.T.0. 


1145 
(iv) Fermentation 
(v) Oxidative phosphorylation 
(b) Differentiate between the following (Any three): 
(i) Substrate level phosphorylation and Oxidative 
Phosphorylation. 
(11) Transamination and Deamination. 
(iii) Hexokinase and Glucokinase. 
2 
(iv) Acyl CoA and Acetyl CoA. 
(c) Expand the following terms (Any Four) : 
(i) PFK 
(ii) PLP 
(iii) UDP Glucose 
(iv) HMG COA 
(v) EMP 
(vi) PEP 
(2x3=6) 
(x4-2) 


1145 
2. 
3. 
4. 
(d) Name the co factor/coenzyme required for the 
following enzymes : 
3 
() Pyruvate dehydrogenase Complex 
(ii) Hexokinase 
(ii) Cytochrome oxidase 
(1x3=3) 
(a) With the help of chemical structures describe 
Tricarboxylic Acid Cycle. And write its energetics 
involved per cycle. 
(10) 
(b) What are ketone bodies? Add a note on it. 
(5) 
(a) Explain the sequence of reactions involved 
when one molecule of C-16 fatty acid is to be 
Oxidized. 
(10) 
(b) Comment upon chemiosmotic hypothesis. 
(5) 
(a) Explain the reactions and significance of the 
Pentose Phosphate Pathway. Describe it role in 
NADPH generation. 
(10) 
(b) *GIuconeogenesis is not just the reversal of 
glycolysis", justify the statement. 
(5) 
P.T.0. 


1145 
5. 
(a) Give a detailed explanation of the Urea cycle with 
structural formulac, highlighting the events that 
occur in the mitochondria and cytosol. 
(10) 
6. 
4 
(b) Give a detailed account of oxidative deamination 
with examples. 
(5) 
Write short notes on Any Three: 
() Malate aspartate shuttle 
(ii) Glycogenolysis 
starvation 
(ii) Cascade of metabolic events in fasting and 
(5x3=15) 
(iv) Complexes of Electron Transport Chain 
(v) 0-oxidation of fatty acid 
(1000) 


This question paper con tains 4 printed pages.] 
D. No. of Question Paper : 1347 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
: 2233012003 
Your Roll SAUHU 
LIBAARy n 
: Medical Zoology 
(iüi)) Virulence 
(a) Define the following: 
(iv) Nyctalopia 
: B.Sc. (H) Zoology (NEP) 
: III (DSE-3) 
(v) Merozoites 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
(ii) Atherosclerosis 
(i) Density-dependent inhibition 
kaji, 
New Delhi-19 
Maximum Marks : 90 
(2x5=10) 
LE 
P.T.0. 


1347 
(b) Distinguish between : 
2 
(i) Rickets and Osteoporosis 
(1) Coronavirus and Rhinovirus 
(i) Niacin deficiency and Thiamine deficiency 
(iv) Parasitism and Commensalism 
(c) State True or False: 
(2x4=8) 
(i) Severe lymphedema of limbs and genitalia 
common clinical manifestations of intestinal 
hookworm infection. 
(iii) Tse tse fly is a vector that 
schistosomiasis. 
(ii) Aphids feed on phloem of plant stems with 
their piercing mouthparts and excrete sugary 
fluid. 
Ants carry aphids to different food 
sources, and protect them from predation. 
This is an example of mutualism. 
(iv) Leptospirosis is a zoonotic disease. 
(d) Fill in the blanks : 
(1 x4=4) 
Causes 
(1x4=4) 
(i) The agents that cause cancer are called 


1347 
2. 
(ii) The epidemiological triad model of infectio 
diseases causation includes 
(ii) 
typhoid. 
called as 
(iv) Congenital hypothyroidism is also commonly 
()) SARS 
(e) Expand the following : 
(ii) HIV 
(ii) MMR 
besides environment. 
(iv) IBD 
and, 
is the causative organism 
of 
(1 x4=4) 
(a) Describe the pathogenesis of Mycobacterium 
tuberculosis. 
and metastasis. 
(7) 
(b) Explain how diabetes mellitus is different from 
diabetes insipidus. 
(8) 
3. 
(a) Write a note on life history and pathogenicity of 
Entamoeba histolytica. 
(5) 
(b) Describe the biology of tumor growth, invasion 
(10) 
P.T.O. 


1347 
4. 
(a) Explain transmission, prevention and control of 
6. 
7. 
malaria. 
(b) What are the causcs and symptoms of scurvy and 
anacmia? How is obesity linked with cardiovascular 
discases? 
(a) Write a notc on Vitamin D deficiency. 
4 
(b) Differentiate between marasmus and kwashiorkor. 
(7) 
(a) Rickettsia 
(c) Explain symptoms, diagnosis and treatment of 
Lyme's disease. 
(5) 
(8) 
(a) Give a brief account on Treponema and 
mumps 
virus with suitable diagrams. 
(7) 
(b) Grading and staging of cancer 
(c) Measles 
(5) 
(b) Describe cause, symptoms and treatment of 
Cushing's syndrome. 
(d) Crohn's disease 
(e) AIDS 
(5) 
Write a short note on the following (any three): 
(8) 
(5x3=15) 
(1000) 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages1, 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5855 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for Candidates 
4. 
1. 
:32231301 
Your Roll |No..R 
n 
Diversity of Chordata (0C) 
(LOCF) 
: III 
aji, 
Ne 
Gein 
B.Sc. (Hons) Zoology 
(i) Pneumatic bone 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt FIVE questions in all. Question No. 1 is 
compulsory. 
All parts of a question should he answered together. 
Draw labelled diagrams wherever necessary. 
(a) Define the following terms (any tour) : 
(4) 
P.T.O. 


5855 
(ii) Brood parasitism 
(iii) Zoogeography 
(iv) Adaptive radiation 
(v) Paedogenesis 
(b) Give the scientific name and classify upto order: 
(i) Sea Horse 
(ii) Lance let 
2 
(iii) Parrot 
(iv) Bat 
(v) Cobra 
(c) Differentiate between the following (any four): 
(i) Catadromous and Anadromous migration 
(i1) Eutheria and Metatheria 
(iii) Ratitae and Carinatae 
(iv) Tornaria larva and Tadpole larva 
(S) 
(v) Wallace's line and weber's line 
(8) 


5855 
2. 
(d) Give one function of each of the following 
(any five) : 
() Ampullae of Lorenzini 
(ii) Patagium 
(ii) Endostyle 
(iv) Uropygial gland 
(v) Gas gland 
(vi) Proventriculus 
3 
or false: 
(e) State whether the following statements are true 
(i) Snakes and turtles are without sternum. 
(5) 
(ii) Gills are covered by an operculum in 
Chondrichthyes. 
(iüi) Weberian ossicles are modified vertebrae. 
(5) 
(iv) All chordates have a renal portal system. 
(b) Discuss 
(v) Salmon fish is the example of catadromous 
migration. 
(a) Give a brief account on origin of tetrapoda. (5) 
retrogressive 
Urochordates. 
metamorphosis 
1n 
(7) 
P.T.0. 


5855 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
4 
(a) Describe various larval forms in protochordates. Add 
a short note on retrogressive metamorphosis. 
(b) Briefly discuss the structure of weberían ossicles. 
Define migration? Discuss the phenomenon of 
migration in birds. How do birds find their way during 
migration. 
(12) 
(9) 
(a) Explain the structure and function of various types 
of swim bladder. 
(6) 
(b) State the advanced features of vertebrates over 
protochordates. 
(6) 
(3) 
(a) Write a detailed note on the affinities of 
Sphenodon. 
() Osmoregulation in fish 
(b) Explain the structure of poison apparatus in snake 
with the help of well labelled diagrams. 
(6) 
(ii) Continental drift theory 
Write short notes on of the following (any three) : 
(ii) Affinities of prototheria 
(6) 
(iv) General characteristics of Cephalochordata 
(4,4,4) 
(200) 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6023 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
2. 
3. 
5. 
:32231303 
Instructions for Candidates 
of this question paper. 
1. 
Your Rot 
Biochemistry 
DSC-Fundamentals of 
LOCF 
III 
1 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology, CBCS 
(a) Mutarotation 
4. 
Question no. 1 is compulsory. 
This paper contains seven questions. 
Attempt FIVE questions in all. 
LIBRARY 
ka: 
New Delhi-19 
Maximum Marks: 90 
(i) Define the following terms : 
Write structural formulae wherever required. 
(5) 
P.T.0. 
sNbN 


6023 
(b) Amphoteric molecules 
(c) Holoenzyme 
(d) Epimer 
2 
(e) Hypochromicity 
(ii) Differentiate between the following 
(a) Saturated Fats and Unsaturated fats 
(b) N-GIlycosidic and O-Glycosidic bond 
(c) Cysteine and Cystine 
(d) Reversible and irreversible enzymatic 
inhibition 
(e) t-RNA and r-RNA 
(iii) Draw the structures of the following : 
(a) Thymine 
(b) a-D-Fructose 
(c) Phosphatidic acid 
(d) Tyrosine 
(10) 
(4) 


6023 
2. 
3. 
3 
(iv) 
Give reasons for the following : 
(a) Gelatin has low nutritional value. 
(b) Sucrose does not give positive Benedict's 
test. 
(c) 
Oils are liquid at room temperature. 
(d) Glycine is the only amino acid which is 
achiral. 
(e) Competitive inhibition can be overcome by 
increasing substrate concentration. 
(5) 
(v) Give name of the Scientists for the following : 
(a) Lock and Key Model 
(b) Complementarity of DNA 
(c) Secondary structure of protein 
(3) 
(a) Explain structures and functions of structural and 
storage polysaccharides. 
(b) Write a note on isomerism in carbohydrates. 
(8,4) 
(a) Give salient features of Watson and Crick model 
of DNA. 
(6,6) 
P.T.O. 


6023 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
(b) Explain different types of DNA. 
4 
(a) Describe the different levels of protein organization 
with appropriate diagrams. 
(b) Write the physiological significance of essential 
and non-essential amino acids. 
(i) Give classification of phospholipids with the help 
of structures. 
(8,4) 
(ii) Write a note on sterol-derived lipids. 
(i) Derive the equation to explain the kinetics for a 
one-enzyme-one substrate reaction. 
Write short notes (Any three) : 
(i) Cot Curves 
(9,3) 
(ii) What is double reciprocal plot, give its 
significance. 
(i) Glycoconjugates 
(iii) Denaturation of Proteins 
(8) 
(iv) Factors affecting the activity of enzymes 
(4) 
(4x3=12) 
(200)

This question paper contains 2 printed pages

io > Your Roll 3) im

Name ofthe Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology

Semester : TV (LOCF)

Name ofthe Paper: Physiology: Life Sustaining systems

Unique Paper Code: 32231402 / “
Maximum Marks : 75 ( io }
Time : 3Hr \z

Instructions for candidates:
1. Write your Roll No, on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper
2. Attempt FIVE questions in all

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory

4. Draw diagrams where ever required

Q1. (a) Define:

1) Haustral churning
2) Stroke Volume
3) Peristalsis

4) Uhtrafiltration

5) Hematocrit

(b) Differentiate between the following (Any F ive):

1) Tachycardia and Bradycardia

2) Myelinated and non-myelinated axons
3) PCT and DCT

4) Metabolic and respiratory acidosis

5) Vital capacity and Residual volume
6) Myenteric and Submucosal plexus

(c) Expand the following:

1) ANP
2) JGA
3) Tm
4) GBHP
5) GIP

a)

(d) Give location and function of the following:
1) Podocytes
2) K-cells

3) Papillary Muscles
4) Type-II alveolar cells 4


This question paper contains 2 printed pages

(e ) Write significance of the following:

1) Biconcave shape of erythrocytes
2) Presence of submucosal glands
3) Counter-current mechanism 3

Q2. (a) What is cardiac output? Explain the factors that regulate stroke volume.
(b) Comment on coronary circulation of heart. (9+3)

Q3. (a) Draw the detailed structure of a nephron.

(b) Describe mechanism of tubular absorption and tubular secretion in PCT. Discuss glomerular
capillary pressure with respect to pressure in normal blood capillaries. (3+9)

Q4. (a) How is carbon dioxide transported by the blood? What is Haldane effect?

(b) Comment on oxygen-hemoglobin dissociation curve. (8+4)

Q.5 (a) Discuss in detail mechanical and chemical digestion in the stomach.
(b) Write a note on the portal triad. (943)

Q6. Write short notes (any three):
1) Absorption of lipids -
2) RAAS.

3) Pubhnonary volumes and capacities !
4) Cardiac cycle (4+4+4)



aelsersa

(This question paper contains 2 printed pages)

Unique paper Code: 32231403
Name of the paper: Biochemistry of Metabolic Processes 7
Name of the Course: B.Sc. (H) Zoology (LOCF)-OC ea Or
} a) ae |
H 2 1 on an \
Semester: IV iy i]
O x
Duration: 3 hours \ee BS
NG ik ie
Maximum Marks: 75 ae

Instructions for candidates:

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper

2. Attempt FIVE questions in all

3. Question No. / is compulsory. Illustrate your answers with diagrams/structures wherever

necessary.

Nn

Q.1 i) Define the following:

a) Anaplerotic reactions
b) Shuttle system

c) Oxidative deamination
d) Dehydrogenation

e) Ketosis

177)

ii) Expand the following

PEPCK
NADP
HMG-CoA
PLP
UDPG

eae oP

iii) Differentiate between the following 10

Oxidative phosphorylation and Substrate level phosphorylation
Phosphorolysis and Hydrolysis

Glycogen and Glycogenin

Oxidases and Oxidoreductases

Glucogenic and Ketogenic amino acid

eonosPR


iv) Give the contribution of following Scientists: 3
a. E. Racker
b. G. Cori
c. H. Krebs

v) Write the reaction catalyzed by the following enzymes (with structures): 4
a. PDH
b. Lactate dehydrogenase
c. Transketolase

d. Glycerol kinase

Q.2 a) Elucidate the pathway responsible for the complete oxidation of glucose

aerobically. ?

b) How many ATPs are produced in this pathway. Also indicate the steps where
oxidative and substrate phosphorylation take place. 3
Q.3 a) Discuss the process of biosynthesis of Palmitic acid. 9
b) Add a note on the production of ketone bodies and its significance. 3

Q.4 How do the terrestrial animals (humans) get rid of their nitrogenous waste. Discuss
in detail the various steps involved in the process. 12

Q.5 a) Describe the chemiosmotic hypothesis along with the various electron carriers

of the mitochondrial respiratory chain. 9
b) Explain the Q cycle and its importance in the Electron transport chain. 3

Q.6 a) Describe the alternate route of glucose oxidation that occurs in cytoplasm.
Briefly discuss the role of the phases involved in the process. 9

b) Diagrammatically represent the fate of carbon skeleton of ketogenic amino
acids. 3

Q7. Write short notes (any three): (4X3=12)
a) Debranching enzyme
b) Cori cycle
c) Biogenic amines
d) ATP synthase


[This question paper contains 4 ‘printed pages. 54)

. Your Roll nol hey 205%

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 5540. 0) J
Unique Paper Code “> 9932012401
Name of the Paper : DSC — Comparative Anatomy

of Vertebrates

Name of the Course : B.Se. (H) Zoology NEP-
UGCF

Semester : IV

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Attempt four questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.

Draw well labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

(a) Define the following (any four) : (4)
(i) Corpus callosum

P.T.O.


5540 2

(ii) Neurocranium
(iii) Craniostyly
(iv) Iter

(v) Carapace

(vi) Holobranch

(b) Differentiate between the following (any two) :
(4)
(i) Amphicoclous and heterococlous centrum
(ii) Uteri duplex and uter simplex
(iii) Horns and antlers

(iv) Ductus caroticus and ductus arteriosus

(c) Give exact location and function of the following

(4)

(any four) :
(i) Fovea centralis
(ii) Spiracle
(iii) Aqueduct of Sylvius

(iv) Jacobson’s organ


5540 3

(v) Helicotrema

(vi) Foramen of panizzae

(d) State whether following statements are True/False
(any three): . (3)

(i) Mammalian skulls have a single temporal
fossa.

(11) The neurocranium of chondrichthyes is well

ossified.

(i111) Cerebrospinal fluid is secreted by choroid

plexus.

(iv) Post ganglionic fibres of parasympathetic

nervous system are adrenergic.

(v) All mammals have seven cervical

vertebrae.

to

(a) Briefly discuss the comparative account of

stomach in amniotes. (6)

(b) What are the different hard derivatives of

epidermis of skin in vertebrates? (9)

P.T.O.


4

VW

(a) Classify receptors based on their functions and

give examples. (6)
(b) With the help of labelled diagrams, illustrate the
evolution of aortic arches in vertebrates. (9)
(a) Discuss the evolution of vertebrate kidney with
the help of labelled diagrams. (12)
(b) What is the name, nature and innervations of VII

cranial nerve in mammals? (3)

(a) Explain the structure and function of mammalian
ear with the help of suitable diagrams. (9)

(b) Describe the structure of the gills in cartilaginous
and bony fishes. (6)

Write short notes on any three of the following:
(3x5=15)

(i) Fate of first two visceral arches
(ii) Swim bladder
(iii) Scales in fishes

(iv) Male genital ducts

(1000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.

N Your Roll

Sr. No. of Question, Paper : 5600 2| J
Unique Paper Code \* , : 2232092402

Name of the Paper : DSC — Developmental Biology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (MH) Zoology-UGCF
Semester : IV — NEP

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any four questions including Question No. 1
which is compulsory.

3. Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. (a) Define the following : (4)
(i) Primary Organizer
(ii) Delamination

P.T.O.


5600 2
(iii) Spermateliosis
(iv) Gray crescent

(b) Distinguish between the following (any two) :
(2x2=4)

(i) Autonomous and conditional specification
(ii) Hensen’s Node and Nieuwkoop Center

(iii) Yolk Sac and Yolk Plug

(c) Match the following : (2)
(i) J.F. Gudematsch a. Phocomelia
(ii) Thalidomide b. Salamander regeneration
(i) Spallanzani c. Epigenesis

(iv) Caspar Friedrich  d. Amphibian metamorphosis
Wolff

(d) Expand the following abbreviations : (3)
(i) AGE
(ii) DLHP
(iii) PTTH

(¢) Name the germ layer from which each of the
following is derived : (2)


5600

“ed

(1) Notochord
(ii) Lungs
(iii) Adrenal Cortex

(iv) Lens

2. (a) Describe the process of metamorphosis in
amphibians. Explain the role of hormones in
regulating this transformation. (8)

(b) What is a fate map? Describe the different
techniques used to construct fate maps. Draw a
well-labelled fate map of the blastula stage of a
frog. (7)

3. (a) Define regeneration. Explain the process of
epimorphic regeneration with a suitable example,
highlighting the key stages involved. (8)

(b) Discuss the process by which the spermatid

transforms into spermatozoa, (7)

4. (a) Define placenta and describe its different types
based on morphological and histological criteria

with suitable examples. (9)

P.TLO.



5600 4

(b) Describe the various types of cleavage patterns in
animal embryos based on the amount and
distribution of yolk. Support your answer with

suitable examples. (6)

5. (a) Describe the extra-embryonic membranes in a

chick embryo and explain their formation and
function. (8)

(b) Define gastrulation. Illustrate and describe the
various morphogenetic movements involved in
gastrulation, with specific examples from amphibian

embryonic development. (7)

6. Write short notes on any three of the following :
(3x5=15)
(a) French Flag Model

(b) Blocks to polyspermy
(c) Embryonic stem cells
(d) Teratogens

(e) Ageing

(1000)



This question paper contains 3 printed pages] ae 0.3) t] 94 WW

Roll No. | | | |
S. No. of Question Paper : 5679
Unique Paper Code : 2232012403
Name of the Paper : DSC : Animal Behaviour
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (HX) Zoology
Semester : IV (NEP-UGCF)
Duration : 2 Hours | Maximum Marks : 60

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.
Attempt any four questions in all including Question No. 1
which is compulsory.
1. (a) Define any four of the following terms : 4x1l=4
(i) Ethogram
(it) Inclusive Fitness
(iit) Mnemotaxis
(tv) Latent Learning
(v) Polyphenism

(vt) Alloparental behavior.

P.T.O.


5679
, (b) Distinguish between any three of the following : 3x2=6
(i) Orthokinesis and Klinokinesis
(ii) Hormone and Pheromone
(iii) Intersexual and Intrasexual selection
(iv) Eusocial and Subsocial species
(v) Habituation and Sensitization
(¢) Match the following scientists with their contributions :
Column B

Column A

(2) Konrad Lorenz Communication in bees through waggle

dance

(ii) Oskar Heinroth Theories of parental investment and

reciprocal altruism

(ii) W.D. Hamilton Innate behaviour patterns
(iv) Karl von Frisch Studied imprinting in birds
(v) Robert Trivers Theory of inclusive fitness and Kin selection

Explain associative learning. Add a note on Skinner’s experiment to

8

2. (a)

describe operant conditioning.

(b) Classify and explain the orientation behaviour with the help of suitable
7

examples.


( 38) h679

(a) Describe various types of dances performed by forager honeybees. With
the help of diagram explain the distance and direction component of
waggle dance. fa}

(b) What is stimulus filtering ? With suitable example explain its biological

significance. 7

What is altruism in animal behaviour ? Explain its different types with

examples. Why do some animals exhibit altruistic behaviour despite potential

risks to their own survival ? 15

Explain the concept of male rivalry in animals. Describe three distinct ways

in which males complete for mates and briefly discuss the advantages gained
by the winning male.

Write short notes on any three of the following :
(a) Innate behaviour

(6) Courtship behavior

(c) Imprinting

(d) Code breaker

(e) Artificial intelligence.

5679 3


This question paper contains 4 printed pages| (oe) pea ke

S. No. of Question Paper : 8063 Ao - Cp.
Unique Paper Code : 2233012008 7

Name of the Paper : DSE-8, Parasitology Me,

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology (NEP)

Semester : IV, (DSE-8)

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt any five questions in all, including
Question No. 1, which is compulsory.
1. (i) Explain the following terms : 5x2=10
(a) Incubation period
(6) Facultative parasite
(c) Schizogony
(d) Strobila

(e) Apolysis.

P.T.O.


( 2 ) 8063

(iz) Match the following terms in the column A with the organism in

column B : 5
‘A? . “B? :

(a) Organ of Berlese | (i) fies

(6) Promotal Comb (ii) Plasmodium vivax

(c) Sporozoite | (iii) Cimexlectularius

(d) Oncosphere (iv) Schistosoma spp

(e) Gynaecophoric canal (v) Taenia solium

(iii) Differentiate between any. five of the following terms : 5x2=10

(a) Primary host and Secondary host

(b) Parasite and Host

(c) Gravid and Mature proglottid

(d) Epidemic and Endemic disease

(ec) Monogenetic and Digenetic life history

(f) Head louse and Body louse.


( 3) 8063

(tv) Write the vector of the following : a)
(1) Cholera
(2) Malaria
(3) Leishmaniasis
(4) Elephantiasis
(5) Plague.

What is digenetic life cycle ? Explain it with reference to life history of

Fasciolopsis buski. _ . 15

Explain the life cycle, pathogenicity and control of Trichinella spiralis. 15

What are the clinical manifestations of Wuchereria bancrofti ? How is it

transmitted, diagnosed and treated ? 7 15

Discuss in detail about the morphology, life-cycle and pathogenicity of

Trypanosoma gambiense. 15

(i) With the help of a neat and labelled diagram write detailed note on the

life cycle of Xenopsylla cheopis. 7

(ii) State the habit and habitat of Xenopsylla cheopis. Give the medical

importance of this insect. 8

P.T.O.


8063

Write short notes on any three of the following :

(a)

(db)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Ascariasis

Life cycle of Entamoeba histolytica
Biology of Pediculus humanus
Vampire bat

Life cycle of Ascaris lumbricoides.

8063

3x5=15

[This question paper contains 4 (26/012 p ges <yeN

Kas  ¢ ~ \

Your Roll Boon nescscscsceecs A
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1069 \4 ‘SIRARY “|
Unique Paper Code : 2232013501 &, ve si”
Name of the Paper : Principles of Immunology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (A) Zoology (NEP)
Semester : V
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt four questions including Question No. | which

is compulsory.

3. Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. () Define the following terms (Any four): (1x4=4)

(a) Extravasation


1069 2

(b) Paratope
(c) Avidity
(d) Opsonization
(e) Anaphylatoxin

(ii) Differentiate between the following: (Any three):

(2*3=6)

(a) Primary and Secondary Immune Response
(b) Innate and Adaptive Immunity
(c) Exogenous and Endogenous Antigens

(d) Salk and Sabin Vaccine

(iii) Expand the following: (Any six): (0.5x6=3)
(a) PAMPs
(b) MASP
(c) MAC
(d) CLIP

(e) DTH


1069 3

i)

(f) ADCC
(g) ISCOM

(iv) Write the contribution of the following: (1x2=2)
(a) Elie Metchnikoff

(b) Jules Bordet

(i) Draw the basic structure of Immunoglobulin.
Compare the structure and functions of IgA and
IgM. (8)

(ii) Explain the experiments on the basis of which

Immunoglobulin structure was deduced. (7)

(i) Explain the cytosolic pathway for processing of

endogenous antigens. (8)

(ii) What is complement system. Explain Classical

pathway of complement activation. (7)

(i) Describe Gell and Coomb's classification of

hypersensitivity. (8)

(ii) What are the cardinal features of adaptive

(7)

immunity.

P.T.O.


1069 4

(i) Give an account of different kinds of vaccines.

(8)

(ii) Describe the structure and function of Class I and
Class Il MHC. (7)
Write short notes (Any three): (3x5=15)

(i) Clonal Selection Theory

(ii) Properties of Cytokines
(111) B cell and T Cell Epitopes
(iv) Autoimmunity

(v) Monoclonal Antibodies and their applications

(1000)


\a\|ptay

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. | ——

~

ly G)\
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1107 | LIBRARY ©
Unique Paper Code 32232013502 4, S y
Name of the Paper > Cell and Molecular Biology
Name of the Course : B. Sc. (Hons) Zoology (NEP-

UGCF 2022)

Semester : Vv
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt Four Questions, including Question No. 1

which is compulsory.

3. Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. (a) Define the following (Any Four) : (4x 1=4)
(i) Yamanaka factors
(ii) Ribozyme

(ili) Silencer elements
P.T.O.


1107 3
(iv) Central Dogma
(v) Split genes
(b) Differentiate between (Any Three): (3*2=6)
(i) Euchromatin and Heterochromatin
(ii) Apoptosis and Necrosis
(iii) Activators and Repressors
(iv) Totipotent and Pluripotent Stem cells
(c) Expand the following : (0.5x6=3)
(i) CPSF
(ii) CREB
(iii) NELF
(iv) RNP
(v) ORF
(vi) CAP- cAMP

(d) State the reasons : (2x 1=2)

(i) Why transcription occurs in 5’ to 3’ direction

only?


1107 3

(ii) Why primase is required for DNA replication
but not for transcription?

(a) Discuss the mechanism of DNA replication in a
bacterial cell. (10)

(b) Discuss the salient features of Genetic code.

(5)

(a) Define Apoptosis and write down its hallmark
features. Explain the intrinsic pathway in regulation

of apoptosis with the help of suitable examples.

(10)

(b) Design an experiment to prove that DNA

replication is semi-conservative. (5)

(a) With the help of suitable diagram describe the

process of transcription in Eukaryotes. (10)

(b) Write down the main differences between

eukaryotic and prokaryotic translation. (5)

(a) What is cell] Signalling and importance of
second messengers? Write the major differences
of hormone Signalling mechanism of nuclear
receptor pathway and cell surface receptor
pathway? (10)

P.T.O.


1107 4

(b) What is end replication problem? Discuss the role
of telomerase in replication of 5’ end of linear
chromosome, (5)

6. Write short notes (any three) : (3x5=15)
(a) Alternative splicing
(b) Lac Operon
(c) Synthesis of rRNA

(d) RNA editing

(1000)


\D ey

—_—
hl a One

LOX

pages.t G>|

MT
)

' [This’ question paper contains 4 of i)
1 ~ = ry Y

Your Roll Nou...

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1126 eS

Unique Paper Code > 2232013503

Name of the Paper : Fundamentals of Genetics
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology (NEP)
Semester 7 Vv

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any four questions, including Question No.
1, which is compulsory.

1. (a) Distinguish between the following (Any three)
(2x3=6)

(i) Co-dominance and Incomplete dominance
(i) Coupling and Repulsion
(ili) Sex-influenced and sex-limited inheritance

(iv) Conservative and replicative transposons

P.T.O.


1126 2

e 1x3—
(b) Define the following (ANY three) (1x3 3)

(1) Multiple alleles
(11) Episome
(111) Heterosis
(iv) Pleiotropy
(c) Give the significant contribution of the following
scientists (Any three) (1x3=3)
(i) Alfred Sturtevant
(ii) William Bateson
(iii) C B Bridges
(iv) Barbara McClintock
(d) Give reasons for the following (Any two)
(1.5x2=3)

(i) Some XX humans were found to be males
and XY humans were found to be females.

(11) A cross between Pure line sinistrally-coiled
shell female Limnaea and dextrally coiled

shell male Limnaeg yielded all sinistrally-
coiled shell progeny,

(iii) For a paracentric inversion, with rare
exceptions, recombinant chromosomes are
not stable and wil] not lead to viable
offspring.


1126

3

2. (a) What do you understand by gene interactions?

Discuss any two types of gene interactions (with

suitable examples) that cause deviation from the

Mendel’s dihybrid ratio.

(10)

(b) Explain the sex-linked inheritance with any one

example.

(3)

3. (a) A female Drosophila heterozygous at three loci-

cu/cu* (curved vs. straight wings), e/e” (ebony
vs. gray bodies), st/st* (scarlet vs. red eyes) was
test crossed with completely homozygous recessive

males. The following progeny were observed.

cu
cu”

cu

cu~

cu’
cu
cu

cu”

st*
st
st
st*
St
st*

st

+ +

+

Le e oo 0D OO OD Oo Oa

st

|

366
380
24
30
89
105
2

4

(i) Are the three genes linked? Give reason

for your answer.

(ii) What is the order of genes?

(iii) Determine the map distance and construct

a linkage map.

P.T.O.


in

26 4

(iv) Calculate the coefficient of coincidence and
interference, (2+2+3+2=9)

(b) Explain the cytological basis of crossing over with

the help of an experiment. (6)

(a) Discuss the molecular basis of spontaneous
and induced mutations. Differentiate between
aneuploidy and polyploidy with suitable examples.

(5+4=9)
(b) Describe the Ac-Ds elements in maize. Comment
on the significance of P elements. (4+2=6)

(a) Compare the mechanisms of dosage compensation
in humans and Drosophila. How many Ban-
bodies will be observed in the individuals with
Klinefelter syndrome and with Patau syndrome?

(7+2=9)

(b) Compare the phenomena of nuclear and
extranuclear inheritance. Explain the inheritance
of pigmentation in Ephestia. (3+3=6)

Write short notes on any three of the following :
(3x5=15)

(a) CIB method of detection of mutations
(b) Retrotransposons
(c) Infective heredity in Paramecium

(d) Penetrance and Expressivity

(1000)


b||ni[e2S -

[This question pape! contains 4 printe pages. L<<jiy SN
rd Ry hes 4 IN”

Your Roll/No..........0-.. &
OY , O)\
Sr. No. of Question Paper ; 1265 L ~ «|
Unique Paper Code . 2233010013 Noy oe we
Name of the Paper : DSE-13, Reproductive Biology
and Assisted Reproductive
Techniques
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology, (NEP-
UGCEF)
Semester Vv
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt any five questions in all including question

No. 1, which is compulsory.

1. (a) Define (1x5=5)

(i) Luteotrophic factors
(ii) Vasectomy

(iii) Azoospermia

(iv) Capacitation Reaction

(v) Ovulation

P.T.O.


1265 2
(b) Differentiate between any five: (2x5=10)
(i) Secondary and Graffian follicle
(ii) Mullerian duct and Wollfian duct
(iii) Adenohypophysis and neurohypophysis
(iv) Menopause and Menarche
(v) Follicular phase and luteal phase

(vi) Acrosome reaction and cortical reaction

(c) Expand the acronyms (1x5=5)
(i) HRE
(ii) MMP
(iii) GPCRs
(iv) ICSI
(v) 3B HSD

(d) Give another name for: (1x5=5)
(i) Chorionic or placental somatomammotropin

(ii) Dark region around the nipple

(iii) The white scar tissue formed in the ovary

which replaces the corpus luteum
(iv) Condition caused due to undescended testes

(v) Hormones released from pituitary that

cause the release of other hormones


1265 3

(ec) State whether the following statements are true
or false: (1x5=5)

(i) The GnRH release process is almost
invariably pulsatile in all female and male

mammals studied

(ii) Aromatisation of testosterone converts it
into 17f-estradiol.

(iii) AMH produced by the fetal Leydig cells
causes regression of the Fallopian tubes,
uterus and upper portion of the vagina in

the male fetus.

(iv) The SRY gene is located at the long arm
of the Y chromosome (Yq53.3).

(v) Measurement of the fructose content in the
semen can provide an index of the

secretory activity of the prostate gland.

2. (a) Diagrammatically explain the structure of testis.
Add a note on the functions of the various cellular

components in the testis. (9)

(b) Discuss sperm transport and maturation in the male

genital tract. (6)

P.T.O.


1265 4

3. (a) Discuss the two cell hypothesis of estrogen

biosynthesis in females. (9)

(b) What are the features of a good contraceptive?

(6)

4. (a) Diagrammatically explain the changes in the
mammary gland according to the reproductive stage
of the females. Add a note on the hormonal

regulation of mammogenesis. (8)

(b) The term “progesterone” means “for gestation (or
pregnancy)”. Describe how progesterone helps
prepare the female body for pregnancy and helps

maintain pregnancy. (7)

5. (a) What are the primary causes of infertility in
women? Discuss any three. (7)

(b) Describe any two ART methods that help in the
management of infertility in women. (8)

6. Write short notes on any three: (5x3=15)
(a) Composition of semen
(b) Diapause
(c) Negative Feedback System

(d) Hormonal regulation of menstrual cycle

(1000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed \pli>f |

rr if Bs
i pn

Your Roll NB. seseeeeaes . KN
~— 5
asti ‘4 ‘ : ~~ . may TT
Unique Paper Code : 32231501 ey, YY
Name of the Paper : Molecular Biology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Honours) Zoology,
‘CBCS-LOCF .
Semester | : Vv
Duration : 3 Hours . Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all, including question No.

1 which is compulsory.

1. All parts of this question are compulsory :
(i) Define : | (5)
(a) Replication fork

P.T.O.


5837

(b) Repressor
(c) Consensus sequence
(d) Polymerase switching

(e) Nonsense codon

(1) Differentiate between the following : (8)

(a) Group I and Group II introns
(b) Cistron and operon
(c) DNA pol alpha and DNA pol epsilon

(d) Shine- Dalgarno and Kozak sequences

(i1) Expand the following : (5)

(a) MCM
(b) RISC
(c) DNA
(d) PCNA

(e) CTD


5837 3

(iv) What is the contribution of the following

scientists : (5)

(a) Rosalind Franklin

(b) Andrew Fire
(c) Marshal Nirenberg
(d) Arthur Kornberg
(e) Yonath & Ramakrishnan
(v) Draw the structure of (2x2)
(a) C-G Base pair

(b) 5'— 7 Methylguanosine Cap

2. Explain with suitable diagrams the mechanism of
RNAi. (12)

3. (a) Explain the salient features of Watson Crick model —
of DNA double helix with suitable diagram. (8)

(b) In Eukaryotes (except cells displaying polyteny),
Replication occurs only once during a cell Cycle.
Justify the statement. (4)

' P.T.O.


5837 4

4,

tr

(a) Justify ribosomes as ribozymes. (4)

(b) Discuss briefly the post transcriptional modification

of mRNA in cukaryotes. (8)

(a) Explain the functioning of lac operon. Supplement
your answer with diagrammatic illustrations. (6)

(b) Initiation of translation in eukaryotes. (6)

(a) Explain the classic experiment performed by
Matthew Meselson and Franklin Stahl to prove

that DNA Replication is semi-conservative. (6)

(b) Explain the experiment conducted by Nirenberg
and Khorana to decipher the Genetic Code. (6)

Write short notes on following (any three): (4,4,4)
(i) Role of enzymes in transcription

(ii) Trombone model

(iii) Mis-match repair mechanism

(iv) DNA polymerase I

(200)


os mul 28
[This question paper contains 8 printec pages, |

Cte weeerasanee

Your Roll/No
fy)

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 5891 ' LIB RARY '
| . - 322315 KZ
Unique Paper Code 31502 fs,
<4, No
Name of the Paper > DSC - Principles of Genetics
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology

(CBCS-LOCF)
V

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

|. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions including Question no. 1 which

is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following terms (any five) : (1x5=5)
(i) Transposon
(ii) Synteny

(111) Phenocopy
P.T.O.


5891 7

(iv) Heteroplasmy
(v) Euploidy

(vi) Map distance

(b) Differentiate between the following (any four) :
(2x4=8)

(i) Polygenic inheritance and pleiotropy
(ii) Sex-influenced and sex-limited traits
(iii) Auxotrophs and prototrophs

(iv) Intergenic and intragenic suppressor

mutation

(v) First division and second division segregates

(c) Write the contribution of the following geneticists

(any five) (1x5=5)

(i) William Bateson

(ii) Walter Stanborough Sutton


5891 3

Gii) Barbara McClintock
Gv) Thomas Hunt Morgan
(v) Y.M. Bhende

(vi) Carl Erich Correns

(d) Give reason for the following (any two) (2x2=4)

(i) After the cross between Hfr and F-

bacterial cell, recipient cell remains F-.

(ii) Father has blood group A and mother has
blood group AB, however, daughter has
blood group O.

(iii) For a paracentric inversion, with rare
exceptions, recombinant chromosomes are
not stable and will not lead to viable

offspring.
(e) Expand the following abbreviations (Any three)

(1x3=3)
(i) CIB

P.T.O.


2.

3.

5891 4
(Gi) HGPRT
(ii) ORF
(iv) PAR
(f) Predict the sex of the following individuals with

given chromosome compositions (A= haploid set

of autosomes) (1x2=2)
(i) 2X, 3A (Drosophila)

(ii) XXXY (Human)

(a) How do epistatic interactions modify Mendelian

dihybrid ratios? Explain with suitable examples.

(7)

(b) What is Robertsonian translocation? With the help

of a suitable example, explain its consequences in

humans. (5)

(a) Discuss an experiment that provided evidence for

cytological basis of CTOSsing over (4)


5891

5

(b) In Drosophila melanogaster, kidney shaped eye

(k). cardinal eye (cd), and ebony body (ec) are
recessive traits. If the homozygous kidney, cardinal
females are crossed with homozygous ebony males,
the FI offsprings are all wild type. If heterozygous
FI females are mated with homozygous recessive

males, following F2 progenies are obtained :

(2+3+3)
Kidney, cardinal

Ebony, cardinal

(i) Are the three genes linked? Explain your

answer,

P.T.O.


5891 6

(ii) Determine the order of genes and construct

the genetic map.

(iii) Calculate the coefficient of coincidence and
interference. Comment on the significance

of interference.

4. (a) What is interrupted mating technique? How is
interrupted mating technique used in bacterial

chromosomal mapping? (7)

(b) With the help of a suitable example, explain the

concept of penetrance and expressivity. (5)

(a) What is spontaneous mutation? Discuss molecular

basis of spontaneous mutations. (7)

(b) Three different Hff strains of E. coli transfer their
genes in the order and with entry times as given
below. Using these results, construct a genetic

map of the donor cell. Show the distances between

the adjacent marker pairs. (5)


5891 7

Hf strain A markers Pro Met /Xyl =| Mal | Str |
| Entry time (in mins) 7 19 24 | 4| | 52 |
| |
| Hf strain B markers | Ade His Gal Pro | Met |
Entity time (in mins) | 9 23 48 56 | 68 |
Hit strain C markers _ Mal | Str | Ser Ade ; | His |
‘ a _ a saa — 4 - — a onl — — on — ition — senpientinenensowindamenil
Entry time (in mins) 3 14 210044 SB

6. (a) Explain extranuclear inheritance of killer trait in

Paramoecium. (5)

(b) Compare the mechanisms of dosage compensation
in humans and Drosophila. How many Barr bodies

will be observed in the individuals,
(i) with Klinefelter syndrome

(ii) with Patau syndrome? (6+1)

7. Write short notes on (any three) : (4+4+4)
(a) Chemical mutagens

(b) Ty elements in yeast

P.T.O.


5891 8
(c) Antibiotic resistance in Chlamydomonas
(d) Generalized and specialized transduction

(¢) Gene mapping by somatic cell hybridization

(200)


Moa. Lis

5v
ntains 4 prift d | | G))
{ ~
\

[This question paper Co SIR m|
Yous Roll Nowa beees

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 6003 AM i WO I

Unique Paper Code 32237909

Name of the Paper * Immunology (DSE)

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology CBCS-

LOCF
Semester V
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all, including Question No.
1 which is compulsory.

3. Draw well labelled’ diagram wherever necessary.

1. (a) Define: (5)
(i) Opsonin
(ii) Cross-reactivity
(ii) Abzymes
(iv) Clonal selection theory

(v) Arthus Reaction

P.T.O.


6003 2
(b) Differentiate between the following : (10)

sates J oo, aeeive immunizati
(i) Active immunization and Passive 1m on

(i) Affinity and Avidity
Qu) Primary immunodeficiency and Secondary
immunodeficiency

(iv) Hypersensitivity type-1 and hypersensitivity

type-2

(v) Tu cells and Tc cells

(c) Expand the following : (3)
(i) TAP
(i) ISCOM
(iii) PAMPs
(iv) CLIP
(v) ADCC
(vi) IFN

(d) Give the immunological significance :

(i) Colostrum is very much essential for the new
born infants. (2)

immune response. (2)


6003 3

(ec) Give the contributions of the following scientists :

(4)

(i) Niels Jerne, David Talmadge, and F.

Macfarlane Burnet
(ii) Edward Jenner
(iii) Karl Landsteiner
(iv) Gerald M, Edelman and Rodney R. Porter
(f) Give the function of the following : (3)

(i) APCs
(ii) MALT
(i111) CLIP
2. (a) What is delayed type hypersensitivity? Describe

immunological response during DTH. (7)

(b) What are epitopes. Describe the properties of B
cell and T cell epitopes? (5)

3. (a) What is Haematopoiesis? Discuss the various cells

of immune system. (8)

(b) Discuss the basic properties and functions of

cytokines. (4)

P.T.O.


6003 4

4. (a) Describe the initiation and activation of classical

pathway of the complement system. (6)

(b) Describe how monoclonal antibodies are produced

by hybridoma technology. (6)

5. (a) What are lymphoid organs? Elucidate the structure

and function of the spleen. (7)

(b) Describe the various barriers of the innate immune

system. (5)

6. (a) Describe the pathway for processing and

presentation of exogenous antigens. (6)

(b) Define immunogenicity. Discuss the various

factors that influence the immunogenicity. (6)

7. Write short notes on (any three of the following) :
(3x4=12)
(a) MHC-class I molecule

(b) ELISA
(c) Autoimmunity

(d) DNA Vaccine

(200)


[This question paper contains 4 print aes —

YourRol No

Ni ay \ gue

teseesbyy, oveee

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 6120 | I
Unique Paper Code : 32237909

Name of the Paper >: DSE: IMMUNOLOGY
Name of the Course : B.Se. (Honors) Zoology
Semester 7 Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Question No. 1 is compulsory.
3. Attempt five questions in all.

4. Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. (a) Define the following terms: (5)
(1) Avidity
(11) Diapedesis
(iil) Antigenicity
(iv) Cross presentation
(v) Memory cells

P.T.O.


6120 2

(b) Distinguish between the following : (10)

(i) Conformational and neoantigenic determinants
(ii) Allotype and idiotype
(iii) Cathepsins and proteasome
(iv) Variolation and vaccination

(v) Active vs passive immune responses

(c) Expand the following : (3)

(1) PAMP

(ii) MLR

(iii) TAP

(iv) TLR

(v) SMAC

(vi) GALT

(d) Write the contribution(s) of the following

scientists : (2)
(i) George Snell and Jean Daussat

(ii) Edward Jenner

(ec) Immunological significance : (4)

(i) Acute-phase proteins


6120 3
(ii) ICAMs
(ii) Adjuvants
(iv) J-chain
(f) Give reasons: (3)

(i) Cells of the myeloid lineage are the first

responders to infection.
(11) Fever is good for health.
(11) Secondary immune responses are always fast
and furious
2. (a) Compare and contrast the pathways of antigen
processing and presentation to T cells. (8)
(b) Discuss various theories of lymphocyte development

and maturation. (4)

3. (a) What is the immunological significance of

vaccines ? Discuss various types thereof. (8)

(b) Classify the cytokines based on their structure and

function. (4)

P.T.O.


6120 4

~

On

(a) Discuss various complement pathways that lead

to the formation of a membrane attack complex
(MAC). (9)

(b) Differentiate between innate and adaptive immune

responses. (3)

(a) Describe the structure and functions of class 1

and class If MHC molecules. (6)

(b) Define autoimmunity. Explain various

immunodeficiencies with examples. (6)

(a) Elucidate the detailed process of production of

monoclonal antibodies. Mention their applications.

(18)

(b) What is the principle of the technique ELISA?

Explain various types of it with suitable diagrams.
(4)
Write short notes on any THREE: _ (3x4=12)
(i) Adjuvants, their types and functions
(ii) Rheumatoid arthritis
(iii) Factors determining antigenicity

iv) Type I hypersensitive reactions
(iv) Typ (200)

This question paper contains 3 printed pages]

Roll No. | | | |_

S. No. of Question Paper : 104

Unique Paper Code : 82237910 we

Name of the Paper : DSE-Reproductive Biology io LIE |
Name of the Course : BSc. (Hons.) Zoology |

Semester : VI (CBCS-LOCF)

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

Attempt any five questions in all including question no. 1, which is compulsory.
1. (a) Define the following : 1x5=5
(i) Azoospermia
(ii) Menarche
(iii) Embryo hatching
(iv) Acrosome Reaction
(v) Infertility.
(b) Differentiate between (any four) : 4x2=8
(i) Hypothalamus and Pituitary Gland
(ii) Primary Follicle and Secondary Follicle |
(iii) Cryptorchidism and Orchidectomy
(iv) Luteolysins and luteotrophic factors

(v) Colostrum and Mature Milk

P.T.O.


(c)

(d)

(e)

»

( 2) 104
Write the sources of secretion and one function of the following : 5x1=5
(1) Progesterone
(wz) GnRH
(wi) ABP
(iv) FSH
(v) Oxytocin.
Fill in the blanks (any four) : 4x1=4
(t) Presence of endometrial tissue in fallopian tube leads to .............
(wz) Injecting single sperm in the cytoplasm of oocyte is termed as ....
(wi) False contractions during pregnancy is called ...ceeceeseecsee:
(iv) Ovulation is mediated by surge of ................. hormone.
CB): naveverveseee w+. enzyme converts the androgens into estrogen.
Expand the following terms (any five) : 5x1=5
(() AMH
(i) IUDs
(wi) GIFT
(ww) GVBD
(v) GPCR

(vi) PCOS


104

(a)

( 3) 104

Discuss various means of hormone based contraception and add a note

on their mechanism of action.

(6) Explain any two reasons leading to infertility in females and their
detection and management strategies. 6,6

(a) Diagrammatically explain the process of spermatogenesis in males.

(6) Write a note on the importance of breast feeding. 6,6

(a) Describe the steps involved in the fertilization process in humans.

(b) Give a brief note on the accessory sex glands in males. 8,4

(a) What is parturition ? Discuss the hormonal regulation of parturition.

(6) Describe the classical mechanism of action of steroid hormones. 8,4

Write short notes on (any three) : 3x4=12

(a) Placenta

(6) Hypothalamic-hypophyseal-gonadal axis

(c) Hormonal regulation of menstrual cycle

(d) Negative feedback mechanism.


~~.

This question paper contains 3 printed pages]

Roll No. | | _

S.No. of Question Paper : 105

Unique Paper Code: 32237910 [se Mw

Name of the Paper . DSE-Reproductive Biology fi wicte "
Name of the Course - : BSe. (Hons.) Zoology. Ne g
Semester - VI (CBCS-LOCF) | ei now 2”
Duration : 8 Hours . Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt any five questions in all including Question No. 1, which is compulsory.

1. (a) Define of the following terms (any five) : 5x1=5
(i) Decidua |
i) Spermiogenesis
(iit) Vasectomy |
(iv) Ectopic pregnancy
(v) Cortical reaction
(vi) Laetational Amenorrhea. —

(b) Differentiate between the following (any four) : 4x2=8

(i) Follicular phase and luteal phase
Gi) GIFT and ZIFT |
(iii) Acrosome reaction and Cortical reaction

(iv) Menarche and Menopause

(vy) IUDs and Oral contraceptive pills.
P.T.O.


(c)

( 2) 105

Expand the following terms : 1x5=5

(z)
(iz)
(vit)
(iv)
(uv)

(vi)

ICSI
ABP
HCG
POP
HSD

PVN.

(d) Write the location and one function of the following : 1x5=5

(e)

(i)
(ii)
(tit)
(iv)
(v)
Fill
(z)
(ii)

(vit)

(iv)

Sertoli cell

Montgomery gland

Supra optic nuclei . .

Uterine gland

Corpus luteum

in the blanks : | 1x4=4
sesetetseeeers is the most potent iniditigent

During pregnancy, .............. is the the most prevalent estrogen in the
female body.

veceesusecesnseceees is the site of fertilization.

Pregnancy test detects a hormone present in urine of pregnant

female known 4s ...............



105

( 3) 105

Briefly explain the mechanism of action of the peptide hormones acting

through GPCR. 12
(a) What is Socentoreneais ? Explain the steps in spermiogenesis. 8
(6) Discuss the ethical issues involved in ART. 4
(a) Describe the hormonal regulation of parturition. 8

(6)

(a)

(6)

Explain the significance of the hypothalmo-hypophyseal-gonadal axis. 4

Describe the various generations of IUD and discuss their mechanism of

action for preventing pregnancy. 7

What are the primary causes of infertility in males ? 5

Define reproductive cycle. Diagrammatically explain the hormonal profile and

the changes in the endometrial lining and ovary that occurs in.a normal

menstrual cycle.

12.

Write short notes on.any three : 3x4=12

(a):

Prevention of polyspermy

(6) Positive feedback mechanism

(c) Features of an ideal contraceptive

(zd) Constituents of breast milk

(e) Functions of placenta. ~

LJ


[This question paper contains; 4 printed pages. | \
ce NAY [S) oy 195
| Howe Roll NO.....ccccceeeee d

Sr. No. of Question: Paper, : .V315 J
Unique Paper Code : 32231601

Name of the Paper : Developmental Biology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology
Semester : VI (CBCS-LOCF)
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt Five questions in all. Question No. 1 is

compulsory.

3. Attempt all the parts of a question together.

1. (a) Define:
(i) Vitellogenesis
(ii) Window of implantation
(iii) Invagination
(iv) Decidua
(v) Nieuwkoop center (5)

P.T.O.


1315 2

(b) Differentiate between the following (any three) :
(i) Epigenesis and Preformation
(ii) Epimorphosis and Morphallaxis
(iii) Primary neurulation and Secondary neurulation
(iv) Epitheliochorial and Haemochorial placenta

(v) Radial cleavage and Spiral Cleavage (9)

(c) Expand the following :
(i) ROS
(ii) DES
(iii) IVF
(iv) ABC
(v) JH (5)
(d) Name the germ layers from which each of the
following is derived
(i) Skin
(11) Blood
(iii) Liver
(iv) Spleen
(v) Gut (5)


1315 3

i)

(e) State the major contributions of the following

scientists (any three) :
(i) W. Vogt

(ii) J. F. Gudarnatsch
(i) William Roux

(iv) Hiide Mangold _ (3)

Describe the formation of extra-embryonic membranes
in birds. Draw well labelled diagrams. Add a note on
significance of each type of extra embryonic
membrane. (12)

(a) Define gastrulation. With the help of well labelled
diagrams describe the formation of gastrula in
amphibians. (6)

(b) What is primary organiser? Discuss the
experiments that led to the discovery of induction.

(3)

(c) Explain the following statement “Of all the tissues

of early gastrula only one has its fate determined”.

(1)

(a) Describe the process of spermiogenesis with the
help of suitable diagram. (6)

P.T.O.


1315 4

nm

(b) What do you understand by embryonic induction.

Explain experiments of embryonic induction on

amphibians in detail. (6)

(a) What are teratogens? Discuss the effects

of teratogens on human embryonic development.

(6)

(b) What is polyspermy? Describe the mechanism of
fast block and slow block to polyspermy,
respectively? (6)

Write short notes on any three of the following:

(3x4=12)
(a) Fate maps
(b) Models of ageing
(c) In vitro fertilisation
(d) Regeneration in Salamander limbs
(e) Amniocentesis
(100)


¥

i <9 vour Roll WAS25

[This question: paper contains ‘a pages. |

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1316 J

Unique Paper Code : 32231602

Name of the Paper : Evolutionary Biology (DSC)

Name of the Course : B.Se (H) Zoology, 2025
May/June (CBCS-LOCF)

Semester : VI, (DSC) Theory Examination

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Do not write anything on the question paper except
your Roll Number.

3. Attempt FIVE questions in all. Question Number ONE
is COMPULSORY.

1. (1) Define the following (any five) : (5)
(a) Chemogeny
(b) Endo-symbiotic theory
(c) Index fossil

P.T.O.



1316 fA
(d) Phylogenetic tree
(e) Artificial selection

(f) Ring species

(11) Differentiate between (any five): (10)
(a) Lamarckism and Darwinism
(b) Microevolution and macroevolution
(c) Continuous and Discontinuous variation

(d) Founder’s’ effect and bottleneck

phenomenon
(e) Homologous and Analogous Organ
(f) Phyletic gradualism and punctuated

equilibrium

(III) Justify the following statements (any two):
(3)
(a) RNA world hypothesis is crucial for
understanding the origin of life.

(b) Molecular clocks are essential for studying

evolutionary timelines.

(c) Adaptive radiation leads to biodiversity.

(IV) Contribution of scientists (any five) : (5)

(a) Charles Darwin


1316 3

(b) Jean-Baptiste Lamarck
(c) Lynn Margulis
(d) Gregor Mendel
(e) Alfred Russel Wallace

(f) Stephen Jay Gould

(V) Fill in the blanks, (any four) : (4)

(a) __:Céas:s«s mth’ first fossil in

Horse phylogeny.

(b) In Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium, p+q =

(c) The K-T extinction event is associated with

the extinction of

(d) The geographical barrier induces

speciation.

(ec) __ is most closely related to

humans among primates.

2. (a) Explain the process of fossil formation and the

types of fossils with examples. (8)

(b) Discuss the geological time scale and its

Significance in evolutionary studies. (4)

P.T.O.


@)

1316 4

(a) Describe various types of natural selection using

suitable graphs & examples. (8)

(b) Explain the concept of the molecular clock with

an example. (4)

(a) Define Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium? State its

assumptions. (6)

(b) What are genetic variations? Explain the role of

heritable variations in evolution? . (6)

(a) Discuss the different modes of speciation. (6)

(b) Give a comparative account of various species

concepts proposed in evolution. (6)

(a) Describe the causes and effects of mass
extinctions specifying K-T extinction. (6)

(b) Describe various isolating mechanisms with

examples. (6)

Write short notes (any three): (12)
(a) RNA world

(b) Human Evolution

(c) Adaptive radiation

(d) Genetic Drift

(100)


i \ et _
This question paper contains 3 printed pages] ot

PS he

Roll No. im | | _]

4

S. No. of Question Paper : 1321

Unique Paper Code : $223'7903

Name of the Paper : DSE-Animal Biotechnology fz

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology eo we

Semester VE (CBCS-LOCF) tee ee”
Duration : 3 Hours . Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt five questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. (a) Define the followiag terms : 5x1=5
(i) Nude mice
(i) Phagemid
(iii) Probes
(wv) SCID
(v) Transgene.
(6) Differentiate between the following : 3x2=6
(t) Isochizomers and Neoschizomers
(ii) YAC and BAC

(i) Sanger and Next Generation Sequencing.

P.T.O.


2.

( 2 ) 1321

(c) Give the reasons for the following : : 3x2=6
(1) Use of competent cells in process of transformation.
(z) . Fluorescent bands in Agarose gel electrophoresis.
(i) Blue colored colonies in blie and white screening.
(dq) Expand the following : 5x1=5
(@) HAT ae
(i) ddNTP
(wi) RFLP
(wv) ZNF
(0) Amp®, —
(e) Write the contribution of ‘the following scientists : — xl
(i) Alec Jeffreys |
(i) Herbert Boyer
(wi) Ian Wilmut
iv) He Jiankui
‘(v) Neal Burnette.
(a) Explain the molecular diagnosis and treatment of any genetic disease.

8

(b) What are the differences between in-vivo and ex-vivo gene therapy ? 4


(a)

wo

( 3) 1321

What is Ti plasmid ? Explain, how they can be used for production of

herbicide resistant plants ? 6
(6) Explain the mechanism for the production of Dolly. 6
4. (a) Explain the concept:of Restriction and give a detailed note on different
types of Restriction enzymes. 6
(6) Discuss the principle and applications of DNA Fingerprinting. 6
5. (a) Discuss, how the gene editing techniques can be used for production of
transgenic animals ? | 6
(6) Explain a mechanism for studying the Gene Expression Profiling in a
patient with mutatjons for a particular disease. 6
6. Write short notes on the following (any three) : , 3x4=12
(i) Expression Vectors
(ii) Western Blotting

(wi) cDNA Libraries

(iv) Recombinant Insulin.

1321


90958

This question paper contains 4 printed pages] GO) m
Roll No. | | | :

S. No. of Question Paper : 1322

J}

Unique Paper Code : 32237903 & a
Name of the Paper : DSE-Animal Biotechnology Fa ei ae -
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology te _ :
Semester : VI (CBCS-LOCF) , Cia, we

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Attempt five questions in all.
Question No. 1 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. (a) Define the following terms : 5x1=5
(i) Transformation
(ii) Humulin
(iii) Cosmid
_ (iv) Gene knockout
(v) Transgene
(vi) Genetically modified organism
(6) Differentiate between the following : 3x2=6
(t) Probe and primer
(wz) Plasmid and M13
(wi) Alkaline phosphatase and polynucleotide kinase

P.T.O.


(c)

(d)

(e)

Write the importance of the following :
(i) Biosensors

(wz) Multiple cloning site

(iii) Alkaline phosphatase and polynucleotide kinase

(wv) Klenow fragment
(v) Adapter

(vit) Amp™ gene
Expand the following :
(7) BAC

(wi) NGS

(wz) SCID

(wu) EST

(v) Tetr®

Write the contribution of the following scientist :

(1) Smith Nathan and Arber
(it) Alec Jeffreys

(iit) Boliver and Rodriguez

1322

6x1=6

5x1=5

3x1=3


(a)

(b)

(a)

(6)

(a)

(b)

(a)

(b)

( 3 ) 1322

Explain any two of the following : 2x1=2
(1) Taq polymerage

(i) Transformation efficiency

(iii) Plaque hybridization

What is cloning vector ? Explain the virus vectors used for gene cloning

with suitable examples. 8

Describe colony hybridization technique for screening of genomic

library. 4

Define restriction enzymes. Elaborate on the basis of its pattern of

cleavage, classification and nomenclature of restriction enzymes. 8
Write a note on applications of PCR. 4

Describe Western blotting technique in detail with the help of appropriate
diagram. 8
Describe the use of TALEN as a tool in gene editing. 4

What is ex-vivo gene therapy ? Discuss its importance with respect to any

example. 8

Give a brief account of ethical issues concerning from transgenesis. 4

P.T.O.



1322

Write short notes on the following (any three) :

(i) Diagnosis of CFTR mutation
(ii) “Scope of biotechnology
(wi) Southern blotting

(tv) Recombinant insulin.

1322

3x4=12


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

V2; Now
Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 2 Hours

Cow

Your Roll No.......M......
5520 J
2232013601
Animal Biotechnology
B.Sc. (H) Zoology
VI NEP-UGCF

Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Answer any FOUR questions including Question

No.1 which is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following (any three): (3)

(i) Cosmid

(ii) Polylinker

P.T.O.


(iii) Plaque
(iv) Packaging cell line

(b) Differentiate between the following (any four):

(8)
(i) Expression vector and cloning vector
(ii) Knockout animal and Transgenic animal
(iii) TALEN and ZFN
(iv) Primer and Probe
(v) BACs and YACS

(c) Mention the contribution of the following scientists
to the field of biotechnology: (4)

(i) Herbert Boyer
(ii) Jennifer Doudna
(iii) Jan Wilmut

(iv) Werner Arber


5520 3

we)

(a) What are restriction enzymes? Describe their types
and their role in genetic engineering with suitable
examples. (8)

(b) Illustrate the colony hybridization method for

screening of Genomic library. (7)

(a) Describe CRISPR/Cas9 system as a targeted gene-
editing tool. (8)

(b) What is gene therapy? How can this technique be
employed to treat or prevent a disease? (7)

(a) Describe the DNA microinjection method for
production of transgenic animals. Add a note on
the application of these animals in pharmaceutical

industry. (8)

(b) Discuss various transformation techniques that can
be used for introducing foreign DNA into host
cells. (7)

(a) Explain the use of PCR-oligonucleotide ligation

assay in diagnosis of cystic fibrosis. (8)

(b) Describe the approach used for production of

Recombinant Insulin in bacterial system. (7)

P.T.O.


§§20 4

6. Write short notes on any three of the following:
(5x3=15)

(a) ASO-dot blot assay

(b) Phage based cloning vectors
(c) Knock out mice

(d) Animal cloning

(1000)
|


| Vhis question paper contains & printed pages. |

\

Sr. No. DRG@ycation: Paper :
Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 2 Hours

5560 J
2232013602

DSC - Methods in Biostatistics
B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology

VI NEP-UGCF

Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll. No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Use of simple calculator is allowed.

3. Statistical tables should be provided.

which is compulsory

Attempt four questions in all, including Question No.1

P;T.O.


5560 2

1. (a) State whether the following statement is true or
false. (1 x 4=4)

(i) Increasing the sample size decreases standard

error.

(ii) If B, = 4.15, the given distribution is

platykurtic.

(iii) The confidence intervals at 95% significance

level are narrower than set at 99% level.

(iv) F distributions are unimodal and skewed to

right.
(b) Explain the following symbols (1x5=5)
(i) Hy
(ii) 0
(iii) N
(iv) @

(v) p


Z.

5560 3

(c) Write the contribution of following scientists in

biostatistics (1 x 2=2)
(i) William Sealy Gosset
(ii) Siméon Poisson
(d) Distinguish between the following: (2 x 2=4)
(i) Type I and Type II errors
(ii) Point estimation and Interval Estimation.

(a) Calculate the mean, variance, standard deviation
(S.D.) and coefficient of variance (C.V.) from

following data. (8)

Frequency

1-3



5560

(b) Given below are mean heights and variances of

male and female students in a college:

Mean height (cm): male — 170, female- 160
Variance (cm) _: male -22, female —- 12

or female

(3)

Find out whether the heights of male

students are more variable.

(c) It is known that 30 percent of lentil seeds in a
container are infested with Callosobruchus

maculatus, an insect pest. When 10 seeds are
randomly selected from this population, what is

the probability that it will contain exactly 4 insect

infested seeds? (4)

3. (a) What are the properties of chi square distribution?

Explain main differences between ‘ y’ test of

y)

Goodness of Fit’ and ‘ y* test of Independence’.

(4)


5560 5

(b) In an experiment, a researcher classified 200
fishes according to the sex and the parasitic

infection. The data was tabulated as mentioned

below,

Apply appropriate statistical test to justify that
parasitic infection is independent of the sex of

fish (Take a = 0.05). (7)

(c) The mean length of 9 earthworms collected from
a normal population was found to be 15.8 cm with
variance 10.3. Find the 95% confidence intervals

of mean. (4)

4. (a) Distinguish between one sample and two sample

t- tests. (3)

P.T.O.


5560 6

(b) Immature mice were divided in two groups. One
group was injected with 41U FSH and the other
group left as control. The Gonadosomatic index
(GSI) was calculated in both the groups and

tabulated as follows

(Coutrst SSCS
ze

Test the hypothesis that FSH injection has

significant effect on GSI of mice at 95%

significance level. (7)

(c) The mean height obtained for a sample of 200

college students is 170 cm with standard deviation


of 2 cm. Do these data provide sufficient evidence
that the population mean of college students is
168 cm. Consider the height of students normally

distributed. (Use a= 0.05). (5)
5. (a) Define - (2)

(i) Correlation and

(11) Regression

(b) Calculate the coefficient of correlation (r) when
the coefficients of regression are by = 0.3 and

b= 2.7 | (3)

y

(c) The following data show growth, 1.e. increase in
length of body of a fish (Labeo rohita) in a pond,

as a function of time;

Time (weeks) : | 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
AD
Length (cm) : 5 13 16 2 2 35 40 #

P.T.O.


5560 8
(i) Draw a scatter diagram on graph paper,
(i) Compute the linear regession equation,

(iii) Predict the length of fish at 9th week,

(2 + 7+1= 10)

6. Write short note on any three

(i) Hypothesis testing

(ii) Confidence Intervals.

(ili) ANOVA

(iv) Applications of Biostatistics in Biological Sciences

(v) Skewness and Kurtosis (5x 3 = 15)

(1000)


This question paper contains 3 printed pages] os: Y

Rol! No. | [ [| | | | | iL Pt
S. No. of Question Paper : 5550
Unique Paper Code : 2232013603
Name of the Paper : DSC Evolutionary Biology

Name of the Course _: B.Se. (Hons.) Zoology
Semester : VI NEP-UGCF
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)
Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
Attempt four questions in all.
| Question No. 1 is compulsory.
1. All parts of this question are compulsory : 15
(a) Define the following : | 4
(i) Kin Selection
(ii) Darwinian fitness
(iii) Stromatolites

(iv) Genetic load.
P.T.O.


(b)

(c)

(a)

(b)

(a)

( 2 ) 5550
Differentiate between the following : 6
(¥) Convergent and Divergent evolution
(iz) Allopatric and Sympatric speciation
(wz) Inversion and Polyploidy mutations.
Fill in the blanks with appropriate answers : | 5

(t) In large populations ............00cccccceeeeeeees will be the primary micro

evolutionary force responsible for changing allele frequencies, while

Pee ee rece ccccccesccesescesesces

will be prominent in smaller populations often

leading to non-adaptive evolution.
(ii) Lynn Margulis is credited for the ooeccccccscsssseeeseesessseeeee .

(LiL) eeceeececcceceeeeeecceeeeeess is the largest extinction in the history of life on

(10) ne is also commonly referred to as dawn horse.

Give a brief description of theory of biochemical origin of life on earth.
How were the primary environmental conditions conducive to origin of

life on earth ? 7142

Comment on the causes and evolutionary consequences of K-T mass
extinction. 6

Discuss the different ways in which organic variations provide raw

material for evolution ? 8


5550

( 3) 5550

(6) Describe the various prezygotic isolating mechanism with suitable
examples. 7

(a) Discuss the salient features of natural selection. Detail their various types
with suitable graphs and examples. 3+9

(6) Elaborate the merits and demerits of biological species concept. 3

(a) Tabulate the trends in the evolutionary progression of horse phylogeny
with reference to important fossil records. 8

(6) Explain the various ways in which Genetic drift can operate on
populations. 7

Write short notes on any three of the following : 5,5,5

(a) Australopithecus

(6b) Neutral theory of molecular evolution

(c) Geological time scale

(qd) Lamarckism

(e)

Adaptive resemblances.


This question paper contains 3 printed pages] | é / pA} h-

S. No. of Question Paper : 8059

Unique Paper Code : 2233010017

Name of the Paper
Name of the Course
Semester

Duration :

1.

: VI (NEP-UGCF)

3 Hours

: DSE-Research Methodology

B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology

[~?

,
*

Pa
>
p)

Sy,
“ofS oa.

Maximum Marks : 90

(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper.)

(a)

(b)

Attempt five questions in all, including Question Number 1,

which is compulsory.

Define the following :
(i) Research

(i) Trademark

(iii) Commercialization
(vu) References

(v) Abstract.

Expand the following abbreviations :

(1) APA style
(ii) WIPO

(iii) CCSEA
(iv) PCT

(v) DOF.

on

Peto,


( 2 ) 8059

nal

ic) Differentiate between the following : 1
7) Primary data and Secondary data
(7) Research methods and Research methodology
(iz) Research paper and review article
(tv) Index & Appendix
(v) Systematic sampling and Stratified sampling.
(d) True or false : 5

(1) Paraphrasing means rewriting, what someone else has written in

your own words.

(ii) Acknowledging the source with a reference and placing the words in

quotation marks is required, if you use someone else’s exact words.
(iu) Patents are valid for a lifetime.
(iv) Open-access journals ‘allow free access to research papers.
(v) Research fellowships are awarded based on academic merit.

Describe the CCSEA guidelines for the care and handling of laboratory

animals. 15
(a) What is intellectual property and why should we protect it ? 5

(6) Write notes on copyrights and patent laws. 10


6.

( 3) BODY

(a) Describe the various types of research. 12

ss
~

(6) Write a note on oral presentation.

Describe the various probability sampling and non-probability sampling

methods with suitable examples. 16

(a) Define the term plagiarism. Write a note on the various types of

plagiarism. fs)

(b) Define the term citation. Why is citing sources important in research ”

~l

Write short notes on (any three) : 3x5=15
(a) Acknowledgement (Research paper/Review article)

(6) Research grants

(c) Benefits of using plagiarism detection tools

(d) Fellowships

(ce) Data presentation using digital tools (any two).

8059 3

@)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

Your Roll/No

|

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1558 \ 1S Gry mn]
Unique Paper Code > 2232011101 a aed
Name of the Paper : Non Chordata-Protista to
Pseudocoelomates (DSC-1)
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology-UGCF
Semester : I
_ Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt any four questions including Question No. 1

which is compulsory.

3. Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. (i) Define the following terms (any four) : (4)

(a) Osculum


1558 2

(b) Bilateral Symmetry
(c) Plasmotomy
(d) Ootype

(e) Kinety

(ii) Differentiate between the following pairs (any
two): (4)

(a) Schizogony and Sporogony
(b) Monogenea and Digenea

(c) Nematocyst and Trichocyst

(iii) Match the Columns : (4)
(a) Pinacocytes 1) Hydra
(b) Amphids 2) Ctenoplana
(c) Comb Plates 3) Sponges

(d) Gastrovascular cavity 4) Nematoda

(iv) Give the exact location and one function of each

of the following (any three) : (3)


(a) Pyrenoids
(b) Acetabulum
(c) Colloblast cells

(d) Pneumatophore

(a) Why man acts as primary host of Plasmodium?
Give the illustrated account of life history of

malarial parasite in man.

(b) Describe the process of conjugation in Paramecium

and discuss its significance. (9+6)

(a) Give the general characteristics of Phylum

Porifera.

(b) Give an account of different types of canal systems

in Porifera and give its significance. (5+10)

(a) Describe Polymorphism in Cnidaria. Comment upon
its significance.

(b) Give an outline classification of phylum Cnidaria

with characters and examples of each class.

(9+6)


1558 4

5. (a) Givea detailed account of parasitic adaptations in

Helminthes.

(b) Give graphic life cycle of Taenia solium.
(10+5)

6. Write short notes on any three of the following :
(15)

(a) Course of migration of Ascaris larva within its
host body.

(b) Coral reefs.
(c) Asexual reproduction in protozoa.

(d) Compare and contrast flatworms with roundworms.


()

Thi i
[ S question Paper contains 4 printed pages. |

Your Roll No..............

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1596 \* G

Unique Paper Code > 2232011102 202M y

Name of the Paper : DSC-2 Biology of Cell:
Structure and function

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology (NEP)

Semester : I

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Answer FOUR questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

l. (a) Define : (1x3)
(i) Osmosis
(ii) Aquaporins

pTYQA


1596 2
(ili) Glycocalyx

(b) Write exact location and function of the

(Any three):

(13)
(i) Lamins

(ii) Cadherins
(iii) Flippase
(iv) Signal Peptide
(c) State the contributions of (any three) : (1x3)
(1) Gorter and Grendel
(11) Benda
(iii) Peter Mitchell

(iv) Tim Hunt, Paul Nurse, L H Hartwell
(d) Fill in the blanks : (1x4)

(1) organelle is also referred to as

suicidal bag.

(ii) A structure found within the nucleus

contains much RNA, this structure is called



1596 3

(1) _______ is an intracellular protein that
release calcium from within the lumen of

Endoplasmic reticulum.

(iv) The effector protein in GPCR that releases
cAMP is

(e) Expand the following : (1x2)
(i) MTOC
(ii) NPC

2. (a) Write an account on the structure and function of

mitochondrial respiratory chain. (6)

(b) Why is Golgi apparatus termed as the “Post Office

of the Cell’? Discuss with suitable diagram.
(6)

(c) Distinguish between co-translational and post-

translational transport of proteins. (3)
3. (a) Explain with diagram the events that regulate the
cell cycle. (9)

(b) Distinguish between microfilaments and

intermediate filaments. (3)


1596 4

(c) Explain the Endosymbiotic theory. (3)
4. (a) Explain GPCR pathway with any one secondary
messenger. (7)

(b) Discuss role of protein glycosylation within ER.

(5)
(c) Distinguish between Passive and Facilitated
diffusion. (3)

5. (a) Explain the assembly of microtubules and its role
in cellular mobility. (8)

(b) What are the polymorphic forms of Lysosomes?
(4)

(c) Enumerate with diagram the organization within

nucleolus. (3)

6. (a) What are the major cell-to-cell interactions? (6)

(b) Comment with diagram upon the transport ‘cree
nucleus.
and how it is different from

(3)

(c) What is euchromatin

heterochromatin?


(Q)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

Your Roll NQ.ss...-eeeeee.
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1634 O 1 Ge,
Unique Paper Code > 2232011103 oy ty
Name of the Paper : DSC-3, Concepts of Ecology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hon) Zoology
Semester : J UGCF
Duration : 2 Hours © Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt four questions in all.

3. Question no. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following : (3)
(i) Autecology
(ii) Modular population

(iii) Detritus food chain


1634 2
(b) Distinguish between the following -
(i) Pioneer and clim

ax community

(ii) Mutualism and Amensalism

(iii) Physiological and realized mortality

(c) Illustrate the following with the help of dig

grams

(no description required) : (4
(i) Types of survivorship curves

(ii) Patterns of dispersion

(d) Name the scientists associated with the following

ry \,

terms : (2)
(i) Exponential population growth
(ii) Ecosystem
(ii) Law of tolerance

(iv) Food chain

2 equations

(a) Explain with suitable diagrams and
orms of

(8)

the Cxponential and logistic growth
POpulation.


1634 3

(b) Describe various density dependent factors that
regulate the population size near carrying capacity

level. (7)

3. (a) What are the main causes of wildlife depletion in
India? What are the different strategies for wildlife

conservation? (9)

(b) What is environmental impact assessment? Add a

note on its significance. (6)

(a) What is competitive exclusion principle? Briefly
describe the experiments conducted by Gause to

explain this principle in the laboratory. (9)
(b) Differentiate between numerical and functional
response of the predator. (6)
(a) Explain the Universal and Y-shaped energy flow

model with the help of suitable diagrams. (9)

(b) Discuss the various types of ecological pyramids.

(6)


1634 4

6.

Write short notes on any three of the following -

(3%5
(a) Nitrogen cycle

(b) Raunkiaer’s life forms
(c) Ecological efficiency
(d) Protected areas

(e) Temperature as a limiting factor

(f) Theories of climax in succession


(10)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

Your Roll No......ayu5

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4319 fej G Z2ORU
Unique Paper Code : 32231102 * ~

Name of the Paper Principles of Ecology 2
Name of the Course B.Sc. (Hon) Zoology

Semester : |

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt five questions in all. Question no. 1 is
compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following : (6)

(i) Iteoparity
(ii) Character displacement

(iii) Mutualism


(v) Niche
(vi) Isocline
(b) Distinguish between the following

(i) Species richness and species abundance
(ii) Autecology and Synecology
(iii) Unitary and Modular population

(iv) Life expectancy and life span

(c) Give the location of following National parks
Sanctuaries in India: (3)

(i) Corbett National Park

(11) Ranthambore National Park
(iii) Kuno National Park

(iv) Kaziranga National Park

(Vv) Keibul Lamjao National Park
a 4)
(d) Fill in the blanks : \
() The term Ecology was coined PY

sss


4319 3

(ii) The ecological factors related to soil and
substratum is called

factors.

(iii) Dead plant and animal remains are called

(iv) Autotrophic planktons are called

(e) Draw well labelled diagrams (no description) of

the following :
(i) Exponential and Logistic growth curves

(ii) Types of survivorship curves (4)

2. (a) With the help of a suitable diagram explain the

Gause’s Competition exclusion principle. (6)

(b) Explain the different stages of primary succession
in an ecosystem. Highlight the differences among
autotrophic succession and_ heterotrophic

succession. (6)

3. (a) Explain the various in-situ and ex-situ
conservation strategies that are adopted for the
protection of wild animals. (8)


4319 4

(b) Differentiate between r-selected and k-selected

(4)

species,

4. (a) Define a food web. Discuss with the help of
suitable diagram how a detritus food chain differs

from a grazing food chain. (6)

(b) Explain the Nitrogen cycle with the help of a
suitable diagram. (6)

5S. (a) Describe Lotka-Volterra model for predation with
the help of diagrams and equations. (8)

(b) Briefly describe vertical stratification in an aquatic
ecosystem. (4)

6. Explain the density - independent and density-
dependent factors involved in regulating a
population. (12)

7. Write short notes on any three of the following:
(a) Global climate change and its mitigation
(b) Y-shaped food chains
(c) Ecological pyramids
(d) Shelford’s law of tolerance

(e) Coral reefs (12)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ] 
Sr. 
No. of Question Paper : 1615 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 2 Hours 
2. 
3. 
Your Roll No.3024 
: 2232012303 
Instructions for Candidates 
necessary. 
: Human Physiology: Life 
Sustaining Systems / Discipline 
Specific Core-9 
: II (NEP-UGCF) 
GP LIE
kaji, 
B.Sc. (Hons) Zoology Exam 
2023 
8AN
Maximum Marks: 60 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt ANY FOUR questions in all and Question 
no. 1 is compulsory. 
Draw neat and 
well labelled diagrams wherever 


1615 
1. (a) Define the following : 
(i) Haldane effect 
(ii) Starling's law of heart 
(iii)) Macula Densa 
(iv) Portal triad 
(b) Expand the following abbreviations 
(i) MALT 
2 
(ii) ENS 
(ii) Tm 
(iv) RDS 
()) Intercalated discs 
(c) Give the location and function of the following : 
(ii) Mesangial cells 
(iii) Type II cells 
(d) Fi}l in the blanks : 
(1) ADH causes the insertion of 
(4) 
the membrane of principal cells. 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 


1615 
2. 
(ii) Endothelium derived relaxation factor is the 
other name for 
produced by endothelial cells. 
a vasod1lator 
(iii) Action potential in cardiac muscle cells 
spreads by way of 
(iv) The percentage of total blood volumc 
occupied by RBCs is called the 
(e) Give reasons/significance for the following: 
(2) 
(i) Cardiac muscle cells don't get fatigued 
(ii) Liver receives blood through a portal cm 
(a) How are fats digested and absorbed in the 
alimentary canal? 
(9) 
(b) Name the different enzymes from the pancreas 
along with their functions in detail. 
(6) 
3. 
(a) Explain various mechanisms that control the 
regulation of blood pressure. 
of a self-explanatory flow chart. 
(9) 
(b) Depict the process of blood coagulation in the form 
(6) 


1615 
4. 
5. 
4 
(a) How does the counter-current exchange 
mechanism help in the formation of dilute urine? 
(b) How do kidneys contribute to the acid-base balance 
of the body? 
(a) How is oxygen transported by the blood? Write a 
note on Bohreffect. 
Write short notes on any three of the following 
() Regulation of respiration 
(8) 
(b) What are the physiological adaptations to high 
altitude? 
(5) 
(ii) Conduction system of the heart 
(i) Salivary glands in Human 
(7) 
(iv) Juxtaglomerular apparatus 
(10) 
(5x3=15 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4164 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration: 2 Hours 
1. 
2. 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
2232011203 
Your RolVRo. 
(i)) Sertoli cells 
NDHU 
LIBRARY 
Human Physiology: Control 
and Coordination Systems/ 
Discipline Specific Core- 6 
COLLEG 
Kalkajt 
New Delhi 
B.Sc (Hons) Zoology Exam 
2023 
: II(NEP-UGCF) 
(ii) Hyperpolarization 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Maximum Marks : 60 
Attempt any FOUR QUESTIONS in all and Question 
No. 1 is COMPULSORY. 
(a) Define the following terms (Any four) : 
(4) 
P.T.O. 


4164 
(iii) Sarcomere 
(iv) Trigger zone 
(v) Perimysium 
(b) Differentiate between the following : 
(i) Myelinated vs Unmyelinated nerve fibre 
(iü) Follicular phase vs Luteal phase 
2 
(c) Give the location and function of the following: 
(i) Islet of Langerhans 
(i) Sarcoplasmic reticulum 
(iii) Nissl granules 
(d) Expand the following : 
i) PNS 
(i) FSH 
(iii) EPSP 
(iv) Ach 
(4) 
(3) 
(2) 


4164 
2. 
3. 
4. 
(e) Fill in the blanks : 
() 
3 
around the neurons of the PNS. 
is known as 
cells form the myelin sheath 
(ii) The mature and dominant follicle in the ovary 
(a) What is action potential? Explain the generation 
(10) 
of action potential in a neuron. 
potential. 
(2) 
(b) Explain the all or none principle of action 
(5) 
(a) What is Spermatogenesis? Explain the process of 
spermatogenesis. 
mammalian sperm. 
(b) Draw a well-labelled diagram of the mature 
(10) 
secretion of a hormone. 
(S) 
(a) How does pancreas regulate the normal level of 
glucose in the blood? 
(10) 
(b) Describe the negative feedback regulation of 
(5) 
p.T.0. 


4164 
6. 
5. 
(a) Discuss the role of ATP and calcium ions in the 
excitation-contraction coupling in a skelctal muscle [Th 
fibre with help of diagrams. 
(10) 
4 
(b) Give a brief account of the physiological effect of 
the hormones seccreted by the thyroid gland. (5) 
Write short notes on any three of the following : 
(3x5=15) 
(a) Oogenesis 
(b) Sliding Filament mechanism 
(c) Hypothalamo-hypophyseal portal system 
(d) Implantation 
(e) Neuromuscular junction 
3
(1000) 
Sr. 
Un 
Na 
Na 
Ser
Du 
In 
1. 
2. 
3. 
1. 


e 
e [This question paper contains 4 printed yas] 
) 
f f 
) 
Unique Paper Code 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4126 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration:2 Hours 
(8) 
: 2232011202 
Your Kl 
Instructions for Candidates 
(i) Isozymes 
(iü) Trans fats 
Pae 
(DSC) 
: II 
: Fundamentals of Biomolecules 
COLLE 
Aalkajt 
B.Sc. (Hons) Zoology 
H 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Maximum Marks : 60 
2. 
Attempt any four question including. Question No. I 
which is compulsory. 
1. (a) Define the following (Any five) : 
3. 
Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary. 
(|x5) 
P.T.0. 


4126 
(iü) RNA world hypothesis 
(iv) C-value paradox 
(v) Hyperchromic shift 
(vi) Cofactor 
(b) Expand the following (Any five) : 
(i)) PUFA 
(ii) GAG 
2 
(iii) siRNA 
(iv) ADH 
(v) LPS 
(vi) IUBMB 
(c) Differentiate between (Any five) : 
() Homotropic and heterotropic enzymes 
(ii) Hydrolase and lyase 
(1x5) 
(ii) Configuration and conformation 
(1x5) 


4126 
3 3 
4. 
(iv) Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids 
5. 
(v) Glycoproteins and protcoglycans 
2. 
Describe the salient structural features of B-DNA. 
Explain how reducing the water content around this 
molecule to about 75% would change its structure. 
Compare the two structures. 
(vi) Anomers and Epimers 
3. 
Describe how Michaelis-Menten model can be 
modified in presence of different types of reversible 
inhibitors. Illustrate with suitable graphs. 
(15) 
(15) 
(a) Explain the various levels of structural organization 
of proteins with suitable illustrations. 
(10) 
(b) Explain the physiological significance of derived 
lipids. 
(5) 
(a) Discuss isomerism in carbohydrates with suitable 
examples. 
(12) 
(b) Add a note on physiological importance of essential 
and non-essential amino acids. 
(3) 
P.T.O. 


4126 
0. 
Write short notes on any three: 
(a) Cot curves and their significance 
(b) Allosteric regulation 
4 
(c) Membrane lipids 
(d) Ramachandran plot 
(5x3) 
(1000)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ] Jed —

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1539 G
Unique Paper Code : 2232012301

Name of the Paper : Diversity of Chordates
Name of the Course : B.Se. (H) Zoology — UGCF
Semester : I

Duration . 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Answer any FOUR questions in all.
3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

]. (i) Define the following terms (any five): (5)

(a) Notochord

P.T.O.


1539 2
(b) Preen Gland
(c) Amniote

(d) Proteroglyphous
(e) Paedogenesis
(f) Rete mirabile

(ii) Differentiate between the following (any three) :

(6)
(a) Cephalochordate and Hemichordate

(b) Prototheria and Metatheria
(c) Anura and Apoda

(d) Artiodactyla and Perissodactyla

(11) Give Genus name of the following and classify
upto order (any four) : (4)

(a) Flying fish
(b) Squirrel

(c) Midwife toad
(d) Lamprey

(e) Krait


1339 3

2. (a) Discuss various larval forms of protochordates and

their significance.

(b) Give the general characteristics of Agnatha.
(946)

3. (a) Describe the osmoregulation in marine fishes.

(b) Write a note on fauna of oriental region.
(946)

+. (a) Give a stepwise account of biting mechanism of

snake.

(b) Justify the statement ‘Sphenodon is a living
fossil’. (9+6)

». (a) Describe the various adaptations of the Aves that
make them the master of the air.
9
(b) How do birds find their way during migration? |
, (9+6)
- Write the short notes on any three of the

following : (15)
(a) Origin of Tetrapods

P.T.O-


io

1539 4

(b) Swim Bladder
(c) Parental Care in Amphibia

(d) Continental Drift Theory


6S)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

Your Roll Wow. baibg bnitewees

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1577 , | Ti

Unique Paper Code . 2232012302,

Name of the Paper : Biochemistry : Metabolic
Processes

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology (NEP)

Semester > II]

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any four questions including Question No. 1
which is compulsory.

3. Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. (i) Define the following terms (Any four) :
(1x4=4)

(a) Ubiquinone

(b) Chemiosmosis


1577 2
(c) Ketogenesis
(d) Substrate level phosphorylation
(e) Catabolism

(f) Uridine Diphosphate Glucose (UDPG)

(ii) Differentiate between (Any two): (2x2=4)

(a) Phosphofructokinase I and Phosphofructokinase
II

(b) Glycogen phosphorylase and Glycogen

synthase
(c) Acyl CoA and Acetyl CoA
(d) SGOT and SGPT

(ec) Phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase and

Pyruvate kinase

(iii) Write the steps to bring about the following

conversions with Structural formula (Any two) :
(2x2=4)
(a) Pyruvate to Acetyl CoA

(b) Succiny!l CoA to Succinate
(c) Fatty acid to Fatty acyl CoA

(d) Aspartate to Glutamate


3

(iv) Give reasons for the following (Any Three) -

(1x3=3)

(a) Elevated level of glucose and acetone in
untreated diabetes mellitus.

(b) Strenuous exercise leads to an increase in
formation of lactate.

(c) Upon entering a cell glucose is
phosphorylated. Give two reasons why this
reaction is required.

(d) Role of biotin in Fatty acid oxidation

Trace the path of electrons starting from
Complex-I to Molecular Oxygen. Also discuss
oxidative phosphorylation in its reference.

(12)
Give any three reactions catalyzed by
dehydrogenases in Kreb’s Cycle. (3)

Elucidate the metabolic pathway for the
biosynthesis of palmitic acid. Give the Structure
of fatty Acid Synthase Complex. (9)

Enumerate the steps of glycolysis with chemical
Structures. (6)

P.T.O.


1577

1 the hexose Monophosphate shunt with

4. (i) Explait | ologi
structural formula and its physiological
|
importance. (10)
(ii) Explain the role of transamination in. the
catabolism of amino acids. Support your answer
with suitable examples. (5)
5 (i) Describe omithine-citrulline cycle, represent
chemical reaction with structures and enzymes
only. (10)
(ii) What is gluconeogenesis? Gluconeogenesis is
energetically expensive but essential. Explain.
(5)
6. Write short notes (Any three): (3x5=15)
(i) Fate of C-skeleton of amino acids
(ii) Omega Oxidation of Fatty acid
(iii) Glycogen Metabolism
(iv) Shuttle system
(v) Cascade of metabolic events in fasting and

starvation

(700)


(<O |]

a question paper contains 8& printed pages. |
i pnts .

Your RolVNo.........0....
FO); 202M
sr, No. of Question Paper: 1713 ‘ Ir GQ Rr.
Unique Paper Code 2233012003
Name of the Paper : DSE-3, Medical Zoology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology, (NEP)
Ill (DSE-3)

Semester
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

) Attempt any five questions in all including question

No. 1, which is compulsory.

|. (a) Define the following : (2x5=10)

(i) Epidemiology

(ii) Tetany
P.T.O.


1713

(iit) Metastasis

(iv) Merozottes

(v) Thrombosis

(b) Distinguish between : (2x4=8)
(i) Primary host and secondary host
(ii) Benign tumours and malignant tumours

(iii) Parasitism and symbiosis

(iv) Incidence and Prevelance

(c) State True or False. (1x44)

(i) Culex is the vector of Dengue vires


1713 3

(ii) Cushing's syndrome is caused by low levels

of hormone cortisol.
(iii) The SARS virus is a DMA virus.

(iv) Myxovirus parotiditis is causative agent

for mumps.

(d) Fill in the blanks: (1x4=4)

(i) In TNM staging of cancer, N and M stands

for 2 6 & respectively.

(ii) Pellagra is related to thy deficiency of

(iii) ______ is commonly, known as the giant

Asian intestinal fluke.

P.T.O.


1713 4

(iv) MMR is related to the vaccination of

(e) Choose the correct options : (1*4=4)
(i) HIV is thought to have originated from-
(A) Dogs
(B) Chimpanzees
(C) Deer

(D) Goat

e _P e ‘ection
(ii) Which one 1s caused by bacterial infec

(A) Mumps


1713 5

(B) Cholera

(C) Addison’s disease

(D) Influenza

(iii) For malaria parasite man is the-

(A) Intermediate host

(B) Definitive host

(C) Accidental host

(D) Sexual host

(iv) Marasmus is caused due to deficiency of-

(A) Vitamin A

P.T.O.


1713

(B) Protein
(C) Fat

(D) Carbohydrate

2. (a) What are the differences between acromegaly and

gigantism? (3)

(b) How is parasitism different from symbiosis and

commensalism? (3)

(c) Enlist three nutritional deficiencies along with their

treatments. (9)

. . . . \ ~ J ‘ oKreKI(L
3. What are the clinical manifestations of Wucherer!

. > . 4 \ 1 > 1; ysed
bancrofti infection? How is it transmitted, diagnt

(15)
and treated?


1713 7

* . ; 5

4. (a) Write a short note on carcinogens, (5)
(b) Describe staging and grading in cancer. (10)

5. (a) Describe iron deficiency Anaemia (5)

(b) What is the causative organism of tuberculosis?
Explain diagnosis and treatment of the tuberculosis

disease. (10)

What are the different diseases which come under

cardiovascular diseases (CVD)? Explain three of

them. (15)

Write short note on any three of the following :

(a) Cretinism.

P.T.O.


1713 8

(b) How 1s diabetes mellitus different from diabe,
es

insipidus?
(c) Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD)

(d) Osteoporosis

te) Wenge (5x3=15)

(100°


NA
[This question paper contains 4 printed A ge

2o>

Your Roll, Yo 084..
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 2264 f | G
Unique Paper Code 2934002001
Name of the Paper - Food Nutrition and Health
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology
Semester : Ul
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Question No. 1 is compulsory in each section.
_3. Answer any four question.

Draw neat and labelled diagram wherever necessary.

1. (a) Define the following : (5)

G) Ppoglycemia

P.T.Q.


2264 ;

(ii) Body mass index

(iil) Hypertension
(iv) Prebiotics

(v) Food pyramid

(b) Differentiate between : (23)

(i) Macronutrient and micronutrient
(11) Fat soluble and water soluble Vitamins

(iii) Anorexia nervosa and Bulimia nervosa

(c) Fill in the blanks : (4)
(i) Vitamin D is a _ vitamin.

(li) A disorder caused by Iodine deficie®?

iS

(il) Beri beri is caused due to deficien’) 0!
ES .

—_—

(iV) Name one x:
ame one rich source of calcium ————


2264 3

2.

(a) What are the physiological changes during ofd

age? | ; (5)
i
(b) Discuss the nutritional needs during adolescenck,

What type of foods should be included in the diets

of adolescents? (10)
(a) What are the factors that causes Diabet¢s
mellitus? — ' (7)

(b) Describe various dietary and life style modification

of a diabetic person. (8)
(a) Describe the causes, symptoms and treatment of

Vitamin A deficiency diseases. (7)

(b) Describe the various groups into which food can
be classified. Mention the main nutrient in each

food group. : (8)

(a) What do you mean by malnutrition? Discuss with

Protein energy malnutrition with examples. (10)

(b) Define the term Health. (5)

P.T.O.


2264 4

4

6. Write short notes on any THREE ot the following

(i) Vitamin K
(ii) Role of Dietary Fibre

(ii) Functions and Source of Vitamins

-
5
Si

(iv) RDA


(Th

sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code
Name of the Paper

Name of the Course

Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

« question paper contains A printed pages, |

f C4 € y

4355 G
3223130)
Diversity of Chordates

B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology,
LOCF

I]

Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt FIVE questions in all.

Ww

Question No. 1 is compulsory.

4, S\lustrate your answers with diagram wherever

necessary.

J. (a) Define :

(

ne

) Neoteny

(ii) Kealm

P.1.O.


(ili) Pterylosis

iv) Amniotes
(Iv) otes Tan

(b) Differentiate between the following :
(1) Prototheria and Eutheria
(ii) Placoid and Ctenoid scales
(11) Altricial and Precocial development

(iv) Anura and Urodela (4x2=8

(c) Give the scientific name and classify the following

upto order :
(i) Flying lizard
(ii) Mud puppy

(i111) Mongoose

x] 1/2=6)
(iv) Rat fish (4x!

(d) Mark the following statement as PRUE ort

rom
. 1 2Y ved trol
(i) Terrestrial ectotherms have evoly

the Crossopterygian fishes.


3
(ii) Tail feathers of birds are called as remiges.
(iii) Amphibians possess 4 dicondylic skull.
(iv) R.B.Cs. of birds are enucleated.
(v) Stomach of ruminants is three chambered.

(vi) Quadrate is immovable in snakes.
(6x 1/2=3)

(e) Give the location and function of the following :
(i) Jacobson’s organ
(ii) Chloride cells
(iii) Endostyle
(iv) Pecten (4x 11/2=6)

9

es

Describe the various morphological, anatomical and
Physiological features of birds for a successful aerial
life, (12)

) plain the different types of migratory movements
Of fishes. (6)

(b) £
be the poison apparatus and biting
“ism of venomous snake. (6)

miern fr


4

4355

4.

(a) Define adaptive radiation and explain the structura] —

modifications in locomotory appendages of
mammals in relation to their habitats. (8)

(b) Explain the retrogressive metamorphic changes
during the development of Urochordates. (4)

Describe the parental care and its significance in

Amphibians with suitable examples. (12)

(a) How is the internal balance of salt and water

maintained in freshwater fishes? (4)

(b) Describe the salient features and fauna of

Australian and Ethiopian regions. (8)

Write short notes on ANY THREE of the following :
(a) Archaeopteryx

(b) Plate tectonic theory

(c) Sphenodon

(d) Dipleurula concept of origin of chordates
(3x4=12)

(1000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]

Sr. No. of Question Paper :

Unique Paper Code

Name of the Paper

Name of the Course
Semester

Duration : 3 Hours

Oooo eeeaeseses

32231302

Physiology: Controlling” and
Coordinating Systems

B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology LOCF
Ill

Maximum Marks: 75

Instructions for Candidates

x

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt Five Questions in all. Question no. 1 is

compulsory.

3. Draw diagrams where ever required.

1. (a) Define the following terms: (5)

(1) Pseudostratified epithelium

(ii) Sarcomere

(iii) Graafian follicle

(iv) Gap junctions

(v) Integrating neurons

P.T.O.


coal

4409

b) Differentiate between the following : (10)
(b :

(i) Adenohypophysis and Neurohypophysis
(ii) Isotonic and isometric muscle contraction
(iii) Leydig cells and Sertoli cells
(iv) Graded potential and Action potential

(v) Autocrine and paracrine signalling

(c) Expand the following (any FOUR): (4)
(i) EPSP
(11) IGF
(iii) ENS
(iv) GABA
(v) ACh
(vi) MAO

(d) Give location and functions of the following :
(4)

(i) Islet of Langerhans
Gi) Schwann cells
Gii) Sarcoplasmic reticulum

Gv) Parafollicular cells


Coe

4409

(e) Fill in the blanks : (4)

(i) —_ gives rise to the acrosome
during spermiogenesis.

(ii) Hypersecretion of hGH during childhood
results in

(iii) Keratinized stratified squamous epithelium
is found in and nonkeratinized stratified

squamous epithelium is found in

(a) With the help of suitable examples, describe how

negative feedback loops help in controlling hormone
secretion. (6)

(b) How are blood calcium levels regulated in the
body? (6)

(a) How and where in a neuron is an action potential
generated? (10)

(b) If action potentials follow the all or none principle,
how are different intensities of sensations like pain
or touch perceived? (2)

(a) How does excitation of the sarcolemma result in

contraction of a skeletal muscle? (7)

P.T.O.


4409 4

> structural proteins ent j .

(b) Name the structural p S present in the hee,
muscle and their functions? :
“J

(a) Discuss the role of different hormones Secreted

by the pituitary and the ovaries during the fo||j¢

Ular
and the luteal phases of the menstrual cycle.
(If

’)

(b) What is the significance of the positive feedback

effect of estrogens in the menstrual cycle? (2,

(a) Describe the signal transduction pathway in the

physiology of vision. (10

(b) What is light and dark adaptation? (2)

Write short notes on any three of the following:
(3x4=12)
(a) Synthesis of thyroid hormones

(b) Histological differences between spongy <"
compact bone

(c) Male accessory glands

(d) Glial cells

(1000)


—— eo

oO )
ontains 4 printed pages. |

Your Roll No. sor.

[This question paper e

sr. No. of Question Paper; 4523 G

Unique Paper Code > 32231303

Name of the Paper > Fundamental of Biochemistry

Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) Zoology
(LOCF)

Semester > / -

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks 5 15.

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately om receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt FOUR questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory.

l. (i) Define the following (any six) : (6)
(a) Isoelectric point
(b) Cofactors
(c) Keat/Km
(d) Ampholytes
(e) Chiral carbon

P.T.O.


(f) Cerebrosides

(¢) Molecular Chaperons

(ii) Differentiate between the following (any six)

(2x6=12)
(a) Phospholipid and Glycolipid

(b) Amylose and amylopectin
(c) Competitive and Non-competitive Inhibition
(d) Reducing and non-reducing sugar
(e) Glycosidic and Peptide bond
(f) Phi-angle and Psi-angle
(g) Globular and Fibrous protein
(iii) Write structure for the following (any three) :

(1x3=3)
(a) An aromatic amino acid

(b) Deoxyribose
(c) Glycero|
(d) Guanine

) B-D Fructofuranose


4523 3

(iv) Write the contribution of following scientists:
(1*3=3)

(a) Daniel E. Koshland

(b) Christian B. Anfinsen

(c) Max F. Perutz
(v) State whether True or False: (0.5x6=3)

(a) Oleic acid is an example of monounsaturated

fatty acid.

(b) Unsaturated fats have double bond in the
carbon chain of their fatty acid.

(c) An equimolar concentration of D and L-

alanine rotates the plane of polarized light.

(d) Allosteric enzymes are oligomeric and
follow Michaelis-Menten equation.

(e) Histidine is an aromatic amino acid.

(f) Sphingomyelin is a membrane lipid that
contains an amide bond.
2 (a) Derive Michaelis Menten equation, plot a Graph
and Explain concept of ch
Vmax, under different condi
and S=Km.

ange in Velocity and
tion S<<Km. S>>Km,

(Q)

Os
[This question or oon 4 printed pages. iit =
On
[3/4] 9 i \

Y

. our Roll OnllBsoap
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 3010 a H *
Unique Paper Code : 32231402 “Wow pe”
Name of the Paper >: Animal Physiology: Life

Sustaining Systems

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology
Semester : IV, LOCF
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any FIVE QUESTIONS in all.
3. Question no. 1 is COMPULSORY.

4. Draw diagrams wherever necessary.

1. (a) Define the following terms: (5)
(i) Hematocrit
(ii) Respiratory acidosis
(iii) Haustral churning
(iv) Renal threshold
(v) Ectopic focus

P.T.O.


3010 2

(b) Distinguish between the following : (10)
(i) Bohr and Haldane effect
(ii) PCT and DCT

(iii) Pulmonary ventilation and pulmonary
respiration

(iv) Hemopoiesis and hemostasis

(v) Peristalsis and segmentation

(c) Expand the following abbreviations : (2)
(i) PCV
(ii) EDV
(iii) SARS
(iv) CCK
(d) Fill in the blanks : (4)

(i) Kupffer cells are found in _______ and _ play
a role in

(ii) The renal corpuscle consists of the
and

(e) State the location and function of the following
(Any FOUR): (4)

(i) Brunner’s glands

(ii) Septal cells


3010 3
(iii) Apneustic area
(iv) JGA

(v) Crypts of Lieberkiihn
(f) Give reason/s : (2)

(i) Tetany does not occur in the Cardiac cells.

(11) Digested lipids are mainly absorbed in the
lacteals.

2. (a) Discuss the counter current mechanism and its

role in producing concentrated urine.

(b) Explain the mechanism of GFR regulation in

nephrons. (6,6)

3. (a) Discuss the basic characteristics of alveoli for gas
exchange: Explain the role of various muscles

involved in pulmonary ventilation.

(b) Briefly explain the factors affecting Oxygen-

hemoglobin dissociation curve. (6,6)

4. (a) Draw and explain portal triad. Briefly discuss the

functions of liver.

(6) How is HCI formed in the stomach? (8,4)

PTO.


3010 4

5.

(a) Define cardiac output. Describe the various factors
that affect the regulation of cardiac output.

(b) Draw a neat labelled diagram of cardiac cycle
showing all the events associated with one
heartbeat. (6,6)

(a) Describe the three phases of digestion.

(b) Explain the factors involved in regulation of blood

pressure. (6,6)

Write short notes on Any Three of the following:
(3x4=12)
(a) Pulmonary volume and capacities

(b) Glomerular filtration
(c) ECG
(d) Carbon monoxide poisoning

(e) Formed elements of blood


74

. al ;
[This question paper contains 4 printed page SOE /¢
}

Your Roll
Sr. No. of Question Paper; 3121

Unique Paper Code > 32231403

Name of the Paper Biochemistry of Metabolic
Processes

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (HM) Zoology, LOCF

Semester : IV

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt any FIVE QUESTIONS in all, question no.
1 is COMPULSORY.

1. Define the following :
(i) Cori cycle
(ii) Fermentation
(iii) Glycogenolysis
(iv) Oxidative phosphorylation

(v) Acidosis
P.T.O.


2
3121

(b) Differentiate between the following : (2x5=10)
(i) Catabolism and anabolism
(ii) Inhibitors and uncouplers
(iii) Transamination and deamination
(iv) Hexokinase and glucokinase
(v) Glucogenic and ketogenic amino acids
(c) Give the function(s) of the following enzymes :
(1x4=4)
(i) Transaldolase
(ii) Succinate dehydrogenase
(iii) Methyl malonyl CoA mutase

(iv) Phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase

(d) Expand the following : (1x5=5)
(1) UDP Glucose
(ii) PFK
Gil) NADPH
(iv) DHAP

(v) GTP


3121

4

Wa

3

(e) Draw the structures of the following : (3)
(i) a-Ketoglutarate
(ii) Glutamate

(iii) HMG CoA

(a) With the help of structural formulae, describe the

fate of glucose under aerobic condition. (8)

(b) Add a note on ketone bodies. (4)

(a) “Gluconeogenesis is not the reversal of glycolysis”,

justify the statement. (6)

(b) Explain the chemiosmotic hypothesis. (6)

(a) Give a detailed account of urea cycle. Add a note

on its link to TCA cycle. (8)

(b) Enlist the cascade of metabolic events occur during

starving condition. (4)
Describe the B-oxidation of palmitic acid. Discuss

about fates of the end products produced in this

Process. (12)

P.T.O.


3121 4

gnificance of pentose phosphate

(6)

6. (a) What is Si
pathway?

(b) Describe the process through which glucose is

stored in the body. (6)

7 Write short notes on any three :— (4x3)
(i) Malate aspartate shuttle
(ii) Oxidative phosphorylation
(iii) Intermediary metabolism

(iv) ETC


7 YY

[This question paper contains 4 printed pa fal}

Your nf veel ts

NOHO

sr. No. of Question Paper; 4107 \G.
ty Ry

Unique Paper Code > 2232012402 “ New

Name of the Paper > DSC-Developmental

Biology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology-UGCF

Semester : IV - NEP

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt any four questions including Question No.

1 which is compulsory.

3. Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

(a) Define the following: (

(i) Gray crescent

(ii) Compensatory regeneravion
p.T.O.


4107 2
(iii) Epiboly
(iv) Capacitation

(b) Distinguish between the following (any two):

(2x2=4)
(i) Amnion and mosaic development
(ii) Involution and invagination
(iii) Totipotency and pluripotency
(c) Match the following: (2)
(i) Louis Brown (a) Aristotle
(ii) Teratogen (b) Fate maps
(iii) Walter Vogt (c) IVF
(iv) Epigenesis (d) Rachel Carson
(d) Expand the following abbreviations: (3)
(i) FAS
(ii) ICSI

(iii) NIMZ


4107 3

(e) Name the germ layer from which each of the
following is derived:

(2)
(i) Epidermis

(ii) Thyroid
(iii) Vertebrae

(iv) Pancreas

2. (a) What are three different types of regeneration
and explain epimorphic regeneration in detail with
the appropriate diagram. (9)

(b) Explain the effect of various chemicals and drugs

on embryonic development (6)

(a) What is placenta and its role in embryonic
development? Describe different types of placenta
based on the villi distribution and histology with
Suitable examples and diagram. (9)

(b) Discuss the process of IVF and amniocentesis and
add a note on its merits and demerits (6)

(a) Enumerate different morphogenetic movements
involved in gastrulation. Explain the process of
Zastrulation in frog. (9)

P.T.O.


4107 4

N

(b) Define fate map. Explain different methods of
preparing a fate map. Draw well labelled diagrams

of fate map of frog and chick blastula. (6)

(a) Describe the mechanism of fertilization in detail.
Add a note on the difference between external

and internal fertilization with examples. (9)

(b) What is aging? Enumerate various causes/theories
of aging. (6)

Write short notes on any three of the following:
(3x5=15)

(a) Embryonic induction
(b) Hormonal control of metamorphosis in Amphibians
(c) Embryonic stem cell and therapeutic cloning

(d) Types of eggs based on distribution and amount
of yolk


CY ¢) <WOHUG
, io)

(This question paper contains 4 printed pages

Your Roll Noa

sr. No. of Question Paper: 4145

Unique Paper Code : 2232012403

Name of the Paper : Animal Behaviour — DSC

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology (NEP-
UGCF)

Semester : IV

Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks : 60

Instructions for Candidates

Instructions jor Vaan
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt four questions in all including Question No.
| which is compulsory.

3. All guestions carry equal marks. All parts of a
guestion should be answered together.

|. (a) Define the following : (1x5=5)

(i) Inclusive fitness
(ii) Stimulus filtering
(iii) Code breakers

p.T.O.


4145 2
(iv) Infanticide
(v) Sexual Dimorphism
(b) Differentiate between the following : (2x3=6)
(i) Orthokinesis and Klinokinesis
(ii) Habituation and Sensitization
(iii) Klinotaxis and Tropotaxis

(c) Give the important contributions made by the

following scientists : (1x4=4)
(i) E.O. Wilson

(ii) Ivan Pavlov

(iii) Robert drivers

(iv) R. A. Fisher

«ame?
2. (a) What are the characteristics of eusocial organisms:

Describe Social organization in honey bees: (10)

(b) Add a note on honeybee communication methods

. etec {
and the related experimental studies conducted :
(o

Oo

prove communication pattern in honey bees.


4145 3

3.

(a) Describe the principles of classical and operant
conditioning in associative learning, providing
examples for each, and discuss how these
processes contribute to behavior modification and

learning in animals? (8)

(b) Describe courtship behaviour in animals and its
significance. Discuss in detail the courtship
behaviour of any bird/insect with help of well-
labelled diagram. (7)

(a) Explain the different modes of communication used
by animals by giving suitable examples. Analyze
the advantages and drawbacks of each mode in
terms of their functional relevance. (10)

(b) Explain the importance of Tinbergen’s four
questions in modern study of animal behaviour by

giving suitable examples. (5)

(a) What mechanisms drive sexual selection in the
animal kingdom, and how do they influence the
evolution of traits related to mating success?

Explain with suitable examples. (10)

(b) Explain altruism? With suitable example describe
how Hamilton’s rule provides the evolutionary

significance of altruism. (5)

P.T.O.


4145

6.

4

Write short notes on any three of the following :
(3x5=15)

| (a) Parental care

(b) Imprinting
(c) FAP

(d) Courtship behaviour in 3-spine stickleback


[This question paper contains 4 printed pagés. |

Your Roll

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4261

Unique Paper Code : 2233012008

Name of the Paper : DSE-8, Parasitology

Name of the Course : B. Sc. (H) Zoology, (NEP)
Semester : IV, (DSE-8)

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 90

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt any five questions in all including question

No.1, which is compulsory.

1. (i) Define any five of the following: (3)
(a) Definitive Host
(b) Reservoir Host
(c) Chromatid bars

(d) Ectoparasite
P.T.O.



420!

(ec) Cysticercosis
(f) Mechanical vector
(g) Parasitism
(ii) Differentiate between the following: (19
(a) Infection and infestation
(b) Epidemic and Endemic disease
(c) Anthroponosis and Zoonosis
(d) Trophozoite and Cyst

(e) Facultative and obligatory parasite

(iii) Fill up the following blanks: (3)

(a) Smallest tape worm infecting the human is

(b) The cercaria larva of ————————. "*"

bifid tail for penetration.

. oe fe \|s
(c) Presence of in liver ce

Cause relapse in Malaria.

. - . etage of
(d) iiss the infective stage

Entamoeba histolytica.


3
4261

(e) Ege stage of Pediculus humanus is known

qd. ~~.

(iv) Draw well labelled diagrams of the following: (5)

(a) Polymormorphic forms of Trypanasoma

gambiense,
(b) Internal anatomy of Fascioplisis buski

(v) Match the following: (5)

A B
(a) Entamoeba histolytica. (1) ventral sucker

(b) Plasmodium vivax (11) copulatory

spicules

(c) Trichinella spiralis (iii) chromatoid

bodies
(d) Schistosoma (iv) signet ring stage

haematobium

(e) Ascaris lumbricoides (v)_ claspers

‘@) Describe the life cycle and medical importance ot

a ra 7)
Pediculus humanus. (

and cure

b) Explain the parasitic adaptation, diagnos!s '
(s

of disease caused by Taenia solium.
p.T.Q.


4

4261

Describe the life cycle of the malaria parasite with a

schematic diagram
strategies of the vector to prevent the disease. (15)

and add a note on the contro]

Describe the morphology, life cycle, laboratory

diagnosis and treatment of Ascaris lumbricoides.

(15)

What is African sleeping sickness? How is it
transmitted? Describe its pathogenesis, diagnosis and
treatment. Give some important control measures to

prevent the disease. (15)

(a) Discuss in detail the life cycle, medical importance

and control measures of Schistosoma haematobium.

(9)
(b) Write the epidemiology of Ancyclostoma
duodenale. (6)
Write short notes on any three of the following:
(3x5=15)
(a) Pathogenecity of Wuchereria bancrofti
(b) Amoebiasis
(c) Parasite as evolutionary response
(d) Cookicutter shark

(ec) Biology of Xenopsylla cheopis (1000)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

a4 +

Your ai No 2024 |

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4337 G
Unique Paper Code - 32231501

Name of the Paper : Molecular Biology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons) Zoology
Duration : 3 Hours Maxi mun Marks i ;

Instructions for Candidates
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Question No. 1 is compulsory.
3. Attempt five questions in all.

4. Draw neat, labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. (a) Define the following terms : (1x5=5)
(i) Tautomerism
(ii) snRNPs
(iii) Polysome
(iv) Polymerase switching

(v) Replicator
P.T.O.


4337 2

(b) Differentiate between the following - (2519,
(i) EF-Tu and EF-G

(ii) DNA pol a@ and DNA pol 6

(iii) Group IT and Group II Introns

(iv) SRNA and siRNA

(v) Replisome and Replicon

(c) State the function of the following : (1x4=4)
(i) RRF
(ii) TFIID
(iii) RF-C
(iv) Xist
(d) State the most important contribution of the
following scientists : (0.5x4=2)
(i) Fire and Mello
(ii) Hargobind Singh Khorana
(ii) Arthur Kornberg
(iv) Zamecnik and Hoagland

(e) Explain the following : (S
i ti nouish
(1) DNA polymerase is able to distingu! |
Pac and
between deoxyribonucleotides “

ribonucleotides.


4337 3

(ii) The third base of codon can be recognised
by more than one base at the first position
of the anticodon.

eee B) - . . . . q 7

(iil) Prokaryotic mismatch repair system is able
to differentiate between parental DNA

strand and newly synthesized strand.

(a) Describe the experiment conducted by Meselson
and Stahl and explain its conclusion. (6)

(b) Describe the structure of double stranded B-DNA
with suitable diagrams. (6)

(a) Illustrate the process of initiation of translation in
Eukaryotes. (6)

(b) How many energy rich molecules are used per
round of peptide bond formation? Name the steps

where energy is consumed. (3)

(c) Ribosomes cannot discriminate between correctly
and incorrectly charged tRNAs. Explain. (3)

(a) Illustrate the chemical reaction which leads to the
synthesis of DNA. (2)
(b) What will be the consequence if helicase is not
present during replication? (2)
(c) Describe the function of all the domains of DNA
pol III. (4)
P.T.O.


4337 4

(d) Explain the mechanism which ensures that
eukaryotic chromosomes are replicated only once

per cell cycle (with illustration). (4)

(a) Illustrate the steps involved in spliceosome
mediated RNA splicing. (6)

(b) Explain the regulation of gene expression by

attenuation in tryptophan operon. (6)

(a) What will be the sequence of RNA transcribed
from the following DNA template (2)

5’ ATGTCTGGAGGCTAG 3°’

(b) Draw the chemical structure of two modified bases
found in tRNA. (3)

(c) Illustrate the process of mismatch repair of DNA
in Prokaryotes. (3)

(d) Explain the steps involved in processing of pri-
miRNA into miRNA. (4)

Write short notes on any three of the following :
(a) Pyrimidine dimerization

(b) Alternative Splicing

(c) Rho independent termination

(d) Lac Operon (3x4=12)

(1000)


— Zs
—_—

stion paper contains 8 printed pages. ]

Your Roll Nos. ROA2-

This que

\

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4391 \ _ IER TL
Unique Paper Code > 32231502 E Mewy OOS” :

ame of the Paper - Principles of Genetics - LOCF
Name of the Course - B.Sc. (Honours) Zoology
semester : Vv

Juration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

nstructions for Candidates

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Attempt five questions in all, including question

No. 1 which is compulsory.

(1) Define any five of the following : (5)
(a) Point mutation

(b) Hemizygous

pTQO.


4391 2

(c) Reciprocal Cross
(d) Allele
(e) Episome

(f) Maternal effect

(ii) Differentiate between the following (any four) :

(8)

(a) Test cross and Back cross

(b) Pericentric and Paracentric inversion

(c) Sex influenced traits and Sex-limited traits
(d) Incomplete dominance and Codominance
(e) Multiple alleles and Multiple genes

(iii) Justify the following statements - (4)

(a) Only specified genes can be transduced by

bacteriophage in specialized transduction.
(b) The Drosophila with chromosoms
combination as XXY 1s female.
in the

i
(c) Dominant lethal genes are rare

population.


439] 3

: ~SEnce
(d) Ds sequences can only move IM Pre

of Ac elements in the maize genome.

lowing

(4)

(iv) What are the contributions of the fol

scientists :

(a) A. Sturtevant

(b) Joshua Lederberg
(c) Calvin Bridges
(d) Sutton and Boveri

(v) Give one example each for syndromes associated

with the following conditions in humans :- (4)

(a) Monosomy
(b) Trisomy
(c) Chromosomal Deletion

(d) Chromosomal translocation

(vi) Write true or false: (2)
(a) Mutations are always harmful.

(b) In humans Sry is the master gene in sex

determination.

P.T.O.


4391 4

(c) An X-linked trait will be passed on fro,
the father to all his children.

(d) LINEs are examples of retrotransposons

2. (a) The data obtained from a three-factor test-cross

is as follows : (2+5+2=9)
| Genotype Number of progenies
| ABc/abe 367
| abC/abe 348
| ABC/abc 77
abc/abc 68
| aBC/abc 58
| Abc/abe 64
aBc/abc 10 |
| AbC/abc 3 |

ee —

(1) Based on the given data, determine the
order of the genes.
(i) Draw a linkage map and calculate the map

distance between the genes,


4391 5

Cell Line thymine kinase Human Chromosomes

PEPE ee

(iii) Calculate the coe

Interferen ce,

(b) A panel of cell lines

Mouse somatic cel] fusions.

flicient of coincidence

e and

was created from human-

Bach line was

examined for the presence of human chromosomes

and for the production of a human protein thymine

kinase. The following results were obtained -

Sa

+ + + |+ |+ - =

K
L
M
N

Which of the human chromosome carries the gene

for the thymine kinase? Explain.

(a) Describe the characteristics

inheritance.

(3)

of maternal

(4)

(b) Explain the molecular basis of mutations caused

by base analogues, nitrous acid, and acridines.

(8)

P.T.O.


4391 6

4.

(a) Predict the genotypes of the offspring in a trihybrid

cross between AaBbCC x AABBCc. (Draw
Punnet square or Forked line diagram). What

proportion of progeny would be homozygous for

all three genes. (5)

(b) How do gene interactions modify the Mendelian

dihybrid ratio? Explain with three suitable examples.

(7)

(a) What are transposable elements? Describe any
three types of transposable elements found in the

bacteria. (7)

(b) Briefly explain the basis of sex determination in

humans. (5)

(a) In complementation studies of rII locus of phage
T,, the following pairs of different mutations were
tested. From the given data, determine which
mutations are in the same cistron assuming
mutation 1 is in A cistron and mutation 2 in B

(-)

(3)

4 . . = ion,
cistron. (+) indicates complementati¢

indicates failure of complementation.


4391

(b) Explain the process of transformation with suitable
diagrams. How does this process help in the
recombination of genes in bacteria? (4)

(c) Discuss how interrupted mating experiments help

in gene mapping in bacteria.

(5)

7. Write short notes on the following (any three) :

(3x4=12)
(i) Polygenic inheritance

(ii) Extra chromosome inheritance in Paramecium

P.T.O.


4391 8

(iii) Environmental sex determination

(iv) F factor

(v) Lethal alleles

(1000)


A” A

| This question paper contains 4 printed pages. | RoQS-

sr. No. of Question Paper : 4495 \, “'G

Unique Paper Code : 32237901

Name of the Paper : DSE — Animal Behaviour and
Chronobiology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology (LOCF)

Semester : Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt Five questions in all including Question
No. 1 which is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following :
(i) Sign stimulus
(11) Polymorphism
(iii) Siblicide
(iv) Actograms

(v) Zeitgeber (2x5=10)

P.T.O.



4495 2

(b) Differentiate between the following :
(i) Intersexual and Intrasexual selection
(ii) Master clock and Slave clock
(iii) Daily rhythms and Free-running rhythms

(iv) Focal sampling and scan sampling

(2x4=8)
(c) Match the following :
(i) R. A. Fisher Imprinting
(11) Oscar Heinroth Sexual selection
(iii) E. L. Thorndike Reciprocal altruism
(iv) Robert Trivers Circadian rhythm
(v) Franz Halberg Operant conditioning
(1x5=5)
(d) Fill in the blanks/ True-False : (1x44)
(i) Infanticide is caused by Intra-sexual

selection.


1495 3

(ii) Species exhibiting altruism are relatively
more likely to discriminate against outsiders

(non relatives).

(iii) Melatonin secretion is often used as a

marker of the body clock.

(iv) In Orthokinesis, relationship exists between
the rate of change of direction (turning)

and intensity of stimulus.

(v) King Solomon’s Ring (book) was written

by Konrad Lorenz.

». (a) Describe foraging in honey bee and comment upon

the advantages of waggle dance. (6)

(b) Discuss various methods of studying and recording

animal behaviour. (6)

>. (a) What is associative learning? Explain Pavlov’s
classical experiments with dogs involving

conditioned reflex. (6)

(b) Explain the correlation between sign stimulus,
innate releasing mechanism and fixed action

pattern, (6)

P.T.O.


4495 4

4.

(a) Classify and explain various form of Orientation

with suitable example. (6)

(b) What is filial imprinting? Discuss the role of

imprinting in social development of mammals.
(6)

(a) Give a detailed account of photoperiodic regulation

of seasonal reproduction in vertebrates. (6)

(b) With the help of suitable diagram, discuss the

various components of biological oscillators. (6)

(a) Explain the adaptive significance of biological
clock. (6)

(b) What are the basic characteristics of biological
rhythm? Also state the various types of biological
rhythms with suitable examples. (6)

Write short notes on any three of the following :
(a) Chronotherapy

(b) Male-male rivalry

(c) Fisher’s runaway theory

=|2)
(d) Supernormal stimuli (4x3

14NNN)


Your Roll an

7 Ah
sr, No. of Question Paper : 4503 {4 G
Unique Paper Code | 32237909”

P
Name of the Paper ; Immunology  ”
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology
Semester ; Vv
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt Five questions in all. Question No. 1 is
compulsory.

3. Attempt all the parts of a question together.

1. (a) Define:
(i) Avidity
(ij) Extravasation
(iii) Atopy
(iv) Cross reactivity

P.T.O.


4503
(v) Opsonization (1x5)
(b) Write the contribution/s of the following scientists :
(i) Karl Landsteiner
(ii) Rosalyn R. Yalow
(iii) G.M. Edelman and Rodney Porter

(iv) Edward Jenner (1/24)

(c) Differentiate between the following :
(i) Apoptosis and Necrosis
(ii) T helper (T,,) and T cytotoxic (T,) cells
(iii) Antigen and Immunogen
(iv) Polyclonal and Monoclonal sera

(v) Sabin and Salk vaccine (2x5)

(d) Expand the following :
(i) CD
(ii) TAP
(iii) MALT
(iv) HLA
(v) SCID

(vi) TLR (1/26)


4503 3
(ce) Write the immunological significance of the
following |
(i) Nude (Athymic) Mice
(ii) Immune privileged organs
(iii) Lymph nodes

(iv) Mononuclear phagocytes (1%4)

(f) Justify the following statements :

(i) IgM is the first immunoglobin class
produced in a primary response to an
antigen

(ii) Passive immunization is transient

(iii) Dendritic cells are called versatile (1x3)

2. (a) Differentiate between primary and secondary
lymphoid organs. Write a note on structure and
function of spleen.

(b) Discuss the properties of T cell epitopes. (8,4)

3.

(a) Describe how monoclonal antibodies are produced
with the help of hybridoma technology. Write down

the applications of monoclonal antibodies.

(b) Discuss the basic attributes of adaptive immunity.
(8,4)

P.T.O.


(t~

tan

OWN

un

4

‘ns

= the basic structure of an antibody with

™
oman
t
‘

2 help of suitable diagram(s). Explain how was

s~acture of antibody deduced with the help of

-hemical and enzymatic methods?

») Differentiate between the primary and secondary

-mmune response to an antigen. (8.4)

‘we a detailed account of Gell and Coomb’s

yy

O
=
“

Fieation of hypersensitivity with suitable

examples.

%) Write a note on cytokines. (8.4)

(2) Illustrate and discuss the exogenous pathway of

antigen processing.

(b) Give a detailed account of Recombinant Vector

vaccines. (6.6)

Write short notes: (Any Three)

(1) Hematopoiesis

(i) ELISA
(au) AIDS
(iv) Clonal selection theory (4x3)

(1000)

C

/
Gey
[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. | (OV Hefty

Your Roll NoG®-......-++.

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 3095

Unique Paper Code : 32237903

Name of the Paper : Animal Biotechnolog

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology
Semester : VI (DSE)

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Answer five questions in all.

3. Q. No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following : (5)
(i) Genetically modified organism
(ii) Humulin
(iii) DNA Polymerase
(iv) Gene Therapy
(v) Gene Knockout

P.T.O.


3095 2

(b) Differentiate between any four of the following :

(8)
(i) Adaptors and Linkers

(ii) YAC and MAC
(iii) Plasmid and M13
(iv) Southern and Northern Blotting

(v) Transformation and Transfection

(c) Expand the following : (5)
(i) BAC
(ii) NGS
(a1) SCID
(iv) SCNT
(v) RFLP
(d) Write the contributions of the following scientists.

| (5)
(i) Ilan Wilmut and Keith Campbell

(ii) Alec Jeffreys
(1) Smith, Nathan and Arber

(iv) Mario Capecchi & Oliver Smithies

(v) Boliver and Rodriquez


3095 3

(c) Explain any €wo of the following : (242)
(i) Taq polymerase
(ii) Transformation efficiency

(iii) Plaque hybridization

2. (a) Describe type II restriction endonucleases and

explain their mode of action. (7)

(b) Describe colony hybridization technique for the

screening of genomic library. (5)

3. (a) Describe Western Blotting technique in detail with
the help of appropriate diagrams. (7)

(b) Define cloning vectors. Describe the essential
features of a cloning vector with suitable examples.

(5)

4. (a) Explain the method of producing insect resistant
transgenic plants by recombinant DNA technology.

(7)

(b) How was ‘Dolly the sheep’ created? Explain.

(S)

5S. (a) What is ex-vivo gene therapy? Describe in
detail. (7)

pT fry


4

3095

(b) Explain calcium chloride method of 'Tansformation
(S)
(a) Explain how recombinant Insulin is Produced using

recombinant DNA technology. (7)

(b) Describe the use of TALENS as a too} in gene
editing. (5)

Write short notes on any three of the following :
(4x3=]2)
(a) Molecular diagnosis of Sickle Cell Anaemia

(b) Production of pharmaceuticals in transgenic
animals

(c) Microarray
(d) Bacteriophage lambda

(e) Scope of Biotechnology

(1000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed page

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 3102

- a }

Your Roll

=
4, Ho
ton, se

Unique Paper Code : 32237910

Name of the Paper : Reproductive Biology

Name of the Course : B.Se Hons., LOCF (VI), DSE
Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours . Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Answer any FIVE questions in all. Question No. 1 is

compulsory.

Draw well labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

(A) Define (Any five) : (1x5=5)

(a) Negative feedback regulation

(b) Menopause
PTO.


3102

(c) varicocele
(d) rndometriosis
(ec) Necrozoospermia
(f) Fecundity

(B) Differentiate between : (Qr4-2
(a) Invasive and non-invasive implantation
(b) Adenohypophysis and Neurohypophysis
(c) Spermateliosis and Spermiation
(d) Mullerian duct and Wolffian duct
(e) Hysterectomy and tubectomy

(C) Expand the following (Any four) : (1x4=4
(a) IUD
(b) DAG

(C) RISUG
(d) HSD

(€) PMSG


3102 3

(D) Match the following - (J
*~4=4)

(a) Patrick Steptoe India’s first test tube baby

(b) Nitya Anand Contraceptive pill

(c) Subhash Mukherjee Sahel;
(d) G. P. Talwar IVF

(E) Fill in the blanks (Any three) : (1*3=3)

(a) The major hormone responsible for
ovulation is

(b) __ ig: thecondition when testes
fail to descend into the scrotal sacs.

(c) In humans the entire process from
spermatogonia to spermiation takes about

days.
(d) _w sis the primary estrogen
during pregnancy.
(F) Give the location and mention any one function
of the following (any three) : (1x3=3)
(a) Leydig cells
(b) Zona pellucida
(c) Cowper’s gland
(d) Corona radiata

P.T.O.


4

3102

oO

6.

) What 18 spermatogenesis? Explain hormonal
regulation of spermatogenesis. (6)
(b) Describe role of Hypothalamo-hypophyseal-oyaria,

axis in regulation of menstrual cycle, (6)
(a) What is fertilization? Describe the molecular
events of fertilization with the help of Suitable
diagram. (8)

(b) What is a pearl index and how does it help to
evaluate contraception? (4)

(a) Explain the hormonal regulation of lactation. (6)

(b) What are the causes of male infertility? Explain
the process of Intracytoplasmic Sperm Injection
and its significance in managing male infertility.

(6)

(4) What is the blood-testis barrier? Discuss its

importance in spermatogenesis. (6)

(b) What is Steroidogenesis? Explain the Two cell two

eonadotropin theory with the help of a suitable
diagram jin females. (6)

Write «
"le short note On the following (Any three):

') Delayeg Implantation

“) PROSY
aspect of semen

(700)


OY) Tre 2094
This question paper contains 4 printed pages. | .
ony SOG '
Your Ro Do

[

sr. No. of Question Paper: 3205

Unique Paper Code : 32237903

Name of the Paper > Animal Biotechnology

Name of the Course : B.Se. (H) Zoology
Semester > VI (DSE)

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Answer five questions in all.

3. Q. No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following : (5)
(i) Biotechnology
(11) Competency
(iii) Recombinant DNA
(iv) Transgenesis
(v) Autoradiography

TY nm fry


3205 2

(b) Differentiate between the following -

(10)
(i) Type I and Type II restriction endonuc
Case

§
(ii) Southern and Western Blotting

(iii) Transgenic animal and Cloned animal
(iv) BAC and YAC vector

(v) Genomic and cDNA library

(c) Expand the following : (5)
(i) pUC 18
(ii) MAC
(iii) cDNA
(iv) ddNTP
(v) GMO

. . ying
(d) State the contribution of the follov ‘
Pe)
Scientists :

(i) Kary Mullis
(ii) Karl Ereky
(iii) Ian Willmut
nology:

(e) Write the importance of following !" biotes (4)

(i) Reverse transcriptase

(i) DNA ligase


3205

5

ea Se
«) Tad polymera
wip 0°

(

(iv) Rthidium Bromide
iv) ©
(a) Explain the methodology of the produe

; tion ;
recombinant insulin with suitable diagram

* (7)
(b) Explain blue white screening USING suitable
diagrams. (5)
(a) Explain Southern blotting with Well-labeled
diagram. (7)

(b) Explain briefly CRISPR/Cas 9 system with suitable
diagrams. (5)

(a) What is somatic cell nuclear transfer technique?
Explain with an example. )

d for

(b) How can a transgenic animal be use
(5)

Production of pharmaceuticals?
. ; canted usilgs
(a) Describe in detail how is BT crops re" 7)
. ation.
Agrobacterium mediated transformalle

Y sated?
ants olf
(b) How are herbicide resistant plan (5)

XPlain with One suitable example

p10


3205 4

6. (a) How is cystic fibrosis detected using molecular
diagnostic techniques? Explain with suitable

diagram. (7)
(b) What is electroporation? Explain with the help of

suitable diagrams. (5)

7. Write short notes on any THREE of the following :
(4x3=12)

(i) Expression vectors
(ii) Illumina sequencing
(iii) Knockout Mice
(iv) PCR

(v) Restriction endonucleases

(1000)

MS question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

(\) Your Roll No.2 O23

No. of Question Paper: 1032 D
ique Paper Code ; 2232011101
me of the Paper : Non Chordata-Protista to

Pseudocoelomates (DSC-1)

r
) me of the Course _: B.Se. (H) Zoology-UGCF

ration: 2 Hours

ructions for Candidates

i Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

; of this question paper.

Attempt any four questions including Question

| : No. 1 which is compulsory.

| Draw well-labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

P.T.O,


1032 :
1. (i) Define the following terms (any four): (4)
(a) Eutely
(b) Polyembryony
(c) Cyclosis
(d) Metaboly
(e) Apolysis
(ii) Differentiate between the following pairs
(any two): (4)
(a) Trophocytes and Thesocytes
(b) Definitive host and Intermediate host

(c) Gonozooid and Gastrozooid

(ii) State whether following statements are true or

false: (4)

(a) Malarial parasite is a digenetic organism.

(b) The totipotent cells of sponges are the
archeocytes.


1032 3
(c) Siphonophore cnidarians exhibit polymorphism

(d) Taenia solium has a well-developed digestive

system.

(iv) Give generic names of the following and classify
up to class (any three): (3)
(a) Glass rope sponge
(b) Slipper animalcule
(c) Organ pipe coral

(d) Jelly fish

2. (a) Mention the types of locomotor organelles in
Protozoa. Explain briefly how they bring about

locomotion.

(b) Describe the various modes of asexual

reproduction in Protozoa. (9+6)

3. What are coral reefs? Write all you know about coral
formation mentioning clearly various forms of coral

reefs met with all over the world. (15)


1032

4.

can

4

it of the criterl
en classified.

ailed accoul

Give a det
@) rdates have be

Non-Cho

of which

J

(10+5)

(a) Describe the life cycle of Ascaris lumbricoides

with the help of labelled diagrams.

(b) Give its physiological adaptations towards parasitic
(10+5)

mode of life.

Write short notes on any three of the following:

(15)
(a) Polymorphism in Hydrozoa

(b) Structure and function of types of cells in sponges
(c) Syconoid canal system

(d) Sporogony

(500)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]

(5) Your Roll No.2.0202

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1051 D
Unique Paper Code > 2232011102
Name of the Paper : DSC-2 Biology of Cell:

Structure and function
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology (NEP)

Semester : |

Duration : 2 Hours

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Answer FOUR questions in all.

3. Question No. 1 is compulsory

1. (a) Define: (1x3=3)
(i) Lipid rafts

(ii) Lamins

P.T.O.


(iii) Microfilaments

(b) Write exact location and function of the following
(any three): (1x3=3)

(i) Mannose-6-phosphate
(ii) Cytochrome p450
(iii) SDH
(iv) Hydrolases
(c) State the contributions of (any three): (1x3=3)
(1) Hugh Davson and James Danielli
(11) Camillo Golgi
- (iii) David Sabatini and Gunter Globel
(iv) Christian de Duve
(d) Fill in the blanks: (1x4=4)
(i) Ion channels that open in response to binding

of neurotransmitters or other signalling

molecules are called —__W_.".


1051 3

(ii) . organelle is also referred to

as dictyosome.

(iii) Chromosome is maximally condensed at

Stage.
(iv) ions are used to generate one
molecule ATP in mitochondria.
(e) Expand the following: (1x2)
(i) SRP
(ii) MPF

(a) Describe the operation of Na*- K* pump with the
help of suitable diagram. (6)

(b) Explain the various modifications that proteins
undergo in the lumen of ER. (7)

(c) Why are Lysosomes called "Suicidal bags"? (2)

(a) How are cells organized into tissues? Explain the
various types of "Cell-to-Cell interactions". (8)

(b) Discuss how peroxisomes are involved in
detoxification process. , (4)
P.T.O.


1051 4

16.

(c) Explain Endosymbiotic theory. (3)

4. (a) Give an account of the components of Electron
Transport Chain and its,role in cellular respiration,

(7)

(b) Explain the structure of nuclear pore complex with’
well labelled diagram. (4)ni,

(c) Why Nucleolus are called RNA factory, explain@”
how various ribosomes are’.organized with well
labelled diagram? (4)""

en

5 (a) Explain cell cycle and discuss its molecular
regulation through check points. (12)

(b) Elucidate the role of cAMP as second messenger

(3)

(a) Explain treadmilling in microfilaments. How are
microfilaments arranged in microvilli? (8)

(b) What are the various models of plasma membrane?

(7)


This sti
S question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

(6) Your Roll Node QLnd

sr. No. of Question Paper: 1072 D
Jnique Paper Code > 2232011103 |

Name of the Paper : DSC-3, Concepts of Ecology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hon) Zoology

Semester - I UGCF

uration: 2 Hours

Instructions for Candidates

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
Attempt four questions in all.

Question no. | is compulsory.

Wa

1. (a) Define the following: (4)

(i) Guilds

P T.O.


1072 2
(ii) Ecosystem
(iii) Ecological efficiency
(iv) Keystone species
(b) Distinguish between the following: (6)
(1) Grazing and detritus food chain
(11) Amensalism and Commensalism
(111) Autogenic and Allogenic succession
(c) Fill in the blanks: (2)

(a) ___ is a type of biological interaction
where one species causes harm to another
organism without any harm or benefits to
itself.

(b) _Ww life tables are the most accurate
types of life tables.

(d) Name the scientists associated with the following

terms: (3)

(1) Competitive exclusion principle

(i) Ecology


1072 3

2.

(iii) Life Table

(a) Describe density dependent regulation of a

population. (7)

(b) Briefly describe Shelford's Law of Tolerance with
the help of suitable examples. (4)

(c) Elaborate the differences between autecology and

synecology (4)

(a) Describe various possible outcomes of inter-
specific competition with graphical representation

and equations. (9)

(b) Differentiate between r-selected and k-selected

species. (6)

(a) Define ecological succession? Give the differences

between pioneer and climax community. (6)

(b) Explain the phenomenon of primary succession in

a community with an example. (9)

(a) What are Biogeochemical cycles? Explain the role
of micro-organisms in Nitrogen cycle. Along with

a neat labelled diagram of Nitrogen cycle (10)


1072 4

(b) Define Food chain. Explain the differences

between Linear and Y-shaped food chain, with

examples. (5)

6. Write short notes on any three of the following:
(3 x 5)
(a) Light as a limiting factor
(b) Ecological Pyramids
(c) Types of species interactions
(d) Survivorship curves
(ce) Ecotone and edge effect

(f) Vertical stratification in forests

(500)

SI No of QP : 
Unique paper code 
Name of the paper 
Name of the course 
Semester 
Maximum Marks 
Time 
Q1. (a) Define: 
(i) Tagmosis 
(i) Ecdysis 
(iii) Trophallaxis 
(iv) Detorsion 
(v) Epitoky 
4553 
() Osphradium 
(ii) Pedicellaria 
(ii) Ocellus 
(iv) Typholosole 
(Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper) 
Answer Five questions in all. 
each category: 
:32231201 
(i) King crab 
:Non-Chordata-II: Coelomates 
(b) Namne the phylum in which the following structures are present and give one function of 
each: 
(ii) Paddle worm 
:B.Sc. (HONS.) ZOOLOGY 
(c) Differentiate between the following terms, giving examples: 
(i) Book lungs and Book gills 
(iii) Devil fish 
(iv) Brittle star 
:II 
(ii) Brachiolaria and Ophiopleutus larvae 
(e) Match the following: 
(i) Mollusca 
:75 
(iii) Apposition and Superposition image 
(ii) Leech 
:3 Hours 
(iii) Nasute 
(iv) Echinoderm 
Question No.l is compulsory. 
(d) Give the scientific names and classify upto classes giving distinguishing characteristics of 
(a) Soldier 
Rol No.D.. 
LIBRARY 
(b) Doliolaria 
(c) Mantle 
Bei 
(d) Ectoparasite 
lx5=5 
lx4=4 
2x3-6 
2x4-8 
4 


Q2. What is meant by Eusociality? Discuss social organisation in any one insect. 
Q3. (a) Explain the structure of gills in Mollusca and discuss the mechanism of respiration in 
Gastropods. 
(b) How does pearl formation occur in Bivalves? 
04. Describe the VWater Vascular System in Asterias with the help of labelled diagrams. Add 
a note on its functional role in locomotion, 
Q5. (a) Give an account of metamorphosis in Insects and discuss its hormonal control 
(b) Discuss the aftinities of Echinoderms with chordates. 
06. (a) Draw neat labelled diagrams of the excretory organs of Annelids and explain their 
working. 
(b) Justify the statement that Peripatus is a connecting link between Annelida and 
Arhropoda 
Q7. (a) Discuss torsion in gastropods 
(b) Explain the structure of compound eye and types of vision in Arthropods 
Q8. Write short notes on any three of the following: 
(a) Metamerism 
(b) Tracheal respiration in Insects 
12 
(c) Structure of the compound eye 
(d) Evolutionary significance of Trochophore 
8 
4 
12 
8 
4 
8 
4 
6 
6 
3x4=12 


[This question paper contains 3 printed pages.) 
S.No. ol QP: Y673 
Unique Paper Code: 3223 1202 
Name of the Paper: Cell Biology 
Name of the Course: 
Semester: II 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Instructions forCandidates 
2. Attempt FIVE questions in all. 
3.Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question pape. 
1. (a) Define: 
)G. Phase 
(iü) Viroid 
(iii) Oxidative phosphorylation 
(iv) Chromatin 
(b) Differentiate between the followings: 
(i) Glycophorin and Ribophorin 
(ii)) Carrier Protein and Channel Protein 
(iiü) Prokaryotic cell and Eukaryotic cell 
(iv) Intrinsic and Extrinsic proteins 
(c) Write the contribution/s of the following scientists: 
()) Frye and Edidin 
(i) Sabatini and Blobel 
(iii) Singer and Nicolson 
(iv) Paul Nurse 
(d) Give the location and significance of the following: 
(i) Cytochrome Oxidase 
LIBRARY 
(i) Signal peptidase 
(iii) Catalase 
(iv) Clathrin 
(e) Expand the following: 
(i) Cdks 
(ii) FRAP 
(iii) GERL 
Your Roll No.2023 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(4) 
(8) 
(4) 
(4) 
(3) 
se: B.Se. (Hons,) Zooly 


() Fill in the blanks: 
(i)..... 
(ii)...... 
(iii)..... 
(iv)... 
backbonc. 
is involved in protein folding in RER. 
is the organclle involved in packaging and cell secretion. 
is an lysosomal storage disease. 
2. (a) Explain the process of signal transduction through GPCR. 
is the phospholipid present in the plasma membrane without glycerol 
(b) Describe the assembly of microtubules and draw the structure of cilia. 
3. (a) Give an account on the role of RER and Golgi complex in cell secretion. 
(b) What are peroxisomes? Write a note on its biogenesis and functions. 
4. (a) Write briefly about nucleolus and the biogenesis of ribosome. 
(b) Justify that the mitochondria is a semiautonomous organelle. 
5.(a) Write about the nucleosomal organization of chromatin fibre. 
(b) What is cell cycle? Explain the role of check points in cell cycle regulation. 
(b) Write about drug detoxification in liver. 
(c) Lysosome 
8. Write short notes (Any Three): 
(a) Fluid Mosaic Model 
(b) Nuclear Pore Complex 
(d) Gap Junctions 
(6) 
(6) 
6. (a) Describe the arrangement of various complexes involved in electron transport system in 
mitochondria. 
(e) CAMP pathway 
(4) 
(8) 
(4) 
(8) 
7. (a) Discuss the transport of small molecules by passive diffusion, facilitated diffusion and 
ion channels. 
(4) 
(6) 
(b) Describe the structure of Plasma Membrane. Discuss the transport of small molecules by 
passive diffusion, facilitated diffusion and ion channels. 
(6) 
(8) 
(4) 
(8) 
(4) 
(4x3-12)

(This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper: 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration :3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
1. 
: 
Instructions for Candidates 
necessary. 
1385 
Your Roll No, 2.022 
3223 1301 
(i) Sea squirt 
Diversity of Chordates 
(ii) Midwife toad 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology, 
LOCF 
III 
Attempt FIVE questions in all. 
(ii) Glass snakes 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Question No.l is compulsory. 
4. 
Illustrate your answers with diagram wherever 
C 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(a) Give the scientific name and classify each of the 
following upto order : 
NDHU 
Kalkaj 
GOLLEG 
LIBRARY 
Wew De 
P.T.0. 


1385 
(iv) Sea horse 
(b) Differentiate between 
()) Physostomous and Physoclistous swim 
bladder 
(ii) Lacertilia and Ophidia 
(iii) Ratitae and Carinatae 
(iv) Tornaria and Ascidian tadpole larva 
(i) Gas gland 
(c) Give the location and function of the following : 
(ii) 
Uropygial gland 
(ii) Patagium 
(4x1½=6) 
(iv) Loreal pit 
FALSE: 
(4×2=8) 
(4x1½=6) 
(d) Mark the following statements as TRUE or 
i) Balanoglossus is a ciliary feeder. 
(ii) Swim bladder is present in Elasmobranch. 


1385 
2. 
(iii) Excretion in amphibians is ureotelic. 
(iv) All the reptiles have diapsid skull. 
(v) Presence of pygostyle helps the birds for 
stability in air. 
3 
(vi) Metatherians are oviparous. 
(d) Explain : 
(i) Paedogenesis 
(i) Cursorial adaptation 
(iii) Lateral Line 
(iv) Realm 
(6x1/2=3) 
(4x1=4) 
Give a detailed account of migratory behavior of 
birds. 
(12) 
3. 
(a) what are the reasons for considering Sphenodon 
as a connecting link between amphibians and 
reptiles? 
(8) 
(b) Describe the catadromous migration in fishes with 
suitable example. 
(4) 


1385 
6. 
4 
5. 
Elaborate the mechanism of maintaining the internal 
balance of salt and water in various groups of fishes 
that help them adapt to their habitats. 
(12) 
7. 
Eplain the origin and evolution of Tetrapods, 
(12) 
(a) Describe the salient features and fauna of 
Palearctic and Oriental regions. 
(8) 
(b) Explain the biting mechanism of poisonous snakes. 
(4) 
Write short note on ANY THREE of the following : 
(i) Continental drift theory 
(i) Reptilian affinity of Prototherians 
(üi) Echinoderm theory of origin of chordates 
(iv) Retrogressive metamorphosis 
(3x4=12) 


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 14 14 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
(21) Your Roll No.2.0.2 
3. 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
:32231302 
: Physiology: Controlling and 
Coordinating Systems 
2022, LOCF 
: III 
(i) Synapse 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology Exam 
C 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Attempt Five questions in all. Question no. 1 is 
compulsory. 
Draw diagrams wherever required. 
(i) Osteoporosis 
(a) Define the following terms: 
(4) 
a LIBRARY 
a l k a l l 
N e w 
D e l h i - 1 
P.T.0. 


1414 
(iii) Tropic hormone 
(iv) Epiphyseal plates 
(b) Differentiate between the following : 
(i) Diabetes mellitus and Diabetes insipidus 
(ii) Isotropic and anisotropic band 
2 
(iii) Spermatogenesis and spermiogenesis 
(iv) Compact and spongy bone 
(v) Somatotropin and somatostatin 
(c) Expand the following (any FOUR) : 
(i) ICSH 
(ii) PIF 
(ii) hGH 
(iv) IPSP 
(v) ACTH 
(vi) NOS 
(10) 
(4) 


1414 
(d) Give the location and function of the following: 
(i) Chromaffin cells 
3 
(ii) Corpus luteum 
(iii) T- tubules 
(iv) Leydig cells 
(v) Volkmann's canal 
(e) Fill in the blanks : 
(5) 
(4) 
(i) Oxygen-binding protein found only in the 
muscle fibres is 
(i) Ligand-gated ion channels are present in 
(ii) Simple columnar epithelium is specialised 
for 
and 
2. 
Compare the conduction of an action potential in a 
non-myelinated axon with that in a myelinated one. 
Which type of conduction is more energy-efficient 
and why? 
(9+3) 
P.T.0. 


1414 
3 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
(a) Describe the mode of action of lipid soluble and 
ater-soluble hormones. Give suitable examples 
(8) 
for each. 
(b) List the hormones secreted from the posterior 
(4) 
pituitary and describe their functions. 
(a) Discuss the molecular basis of skeletal muscle 
contraction. 
(b) What are 
4 
ionotropic receptors? 
(b) Draw a well labelled diagram of a neuron. 
(a) HoW are sound waves converted into action 
potentials in the auditory nerve? 
(b) Describe the functions of Sertoli cells. 
(b) Cell junctions 
(10) 
(c) Types of cartilage 
(2) 
(a) Discuss the role of different hormones involved in 
the male reproductive physiology. 
(d) Oogenesis 
(9) 
(3) 
Write short notes on any three of the following : 
(a) Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone (RAA) pathway 
(6) 
(6) 
(3x4=12) 
(1500) 


Sr. No, of Question Paper: 1432 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Course 
Name of the Paper 
Semester 
3. 
Duration:3 Hours 
1. 
Instructions for Candidates 
Your Roll No.20.22 
32231303 
(i) Eicosanoids 
Fundamental of Biochemistry 
(i) Epimer 
: B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology 
(LOCF) 
: III 
1. 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
2. 
Attempt FOUR quesiions in all. 
(ii) Amphipathy 
Question No. 1 is compulsory. 
(a) Define the following terms : 
C 
Maximum Marks : 75 
OESA 
(7) 
LIBRARY 
aikalu 
Naw Dethi 


1432 
(iv) Isozymes 
(v) Pitch of the DNA 
(vi) Plasmalogens 
2 
(vii) pKa value 
(b) Differentiate between the following pairs of terms: 
(i) Cysteine and Cystine 
(ii) Hemiacetal and Hemiketal 
(iii) Nucleoside and Nucleotide 
(iv) Cofactor and Coenzyme 
(v) Peptide and Glycosidic bond 
(vi) Phi and Psi angle 
(6x2 -12) 
(c) Give the names and structures of the following: 
(4x2=8) 
(i) A disaccharide composed of glucose and 
fructose 
(ii) 
An amino acid with aromatic R group 


1432 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
3 
(ii) A purine nitrogenous base 
(iv) A saturated C-16 fatty acid 
(a) Describe various forms of DNA 
with special 
reference to Watson and Crick Model? 
(8) 
(b) Explain the Cpt-curvesanalysis with the help of 
graph. 
(4) 
(a) 
Give an account on the structural and functional 
features of phospholipids. 
(7) 
(b) Describe the physiological importance of saturated 
and unsaturated fatty acids. 
(5) 
(a) Elucidate the Michaelis-Mentenequation for a one 
enzyme one substrate reaction. 
(7) 
(b) What factors are responsible for affecting the 
enzyme activity. Discuss. 
(5) 
(a) Explain various levels of organization of protein 
structure and their significance. 
(9) 
(b) What are essential and non-essential amino acids? 
Cite the examples. 
(3) 
P.T.0. 


1432 
6. 
7. 
(a) Give a detailed account of 'structure and function 
of any two homo and hctero polysaccharides. 
4 
(b) Describe the structural properties of Monosaccharides. 
(i) Lineweaver-Burk Plot 
(ii) Immunoglobulins 
Write short notes on any three of the following : 
(iii) Cholesterol 
(8) 
(iv) induced fit theory of Enzyme action 
(v) t-RNA 
(4) 
(4x3=12)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pagcs.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester/Annual 
Duration: 3 Hours 
Instructions for Candidates 
1. 
2. 
Answer five questions in all. 
3 
Question no. 1 is compulsory. 
(i) Dermatocranium 
(ii) Neuromast Organs 
(iii) Procoelous 
4535 
(iv) Archinephros 
32231401 
(a) Define any five of the following terms: 
(v) Venous heart 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt of this question paper. 
B.Sc (H) Zoology 
Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates 
IV 
Your Roll NoD23 
LIBRARY 
E 
Maximum Marks: 75 
(1x5=5) 


4535 
(vi) Holocrine 
(b) Distinguish between any Five of the following" 
() Larynx and Syrinx 
(i) True horns and Antlers 
(iii) Contour and Down feathers 
(iv) Rod and Coné cells 
(v) Single circulation and double circulation 
(vi) Spinal and cranial nerves 
(c) State exact location and function of the following: 
(i) Preen gland 
2 
(ii) Jacobson's organ 
(iii) Carnassial tooth 
(iv) Meibomian gland 
(d) State whether following statements are true or false: 
(i) Sebaceous glands of nammals are apocrine 
(2x5=10) 
(2x4=8) 
(| x4=4) 


5 
6. 
4535 
2. 
3. 
4. 
3 
(iü) Placoid scales arc cpidernmal derivatives. 
(ii) Craniostylic jaw suspcnsion is found in fishes. 
(iv) 
Gizzard is the part of bird stomach. 
Explain the anaton l ical details of heart in different vertebrates and draw suitable diagrams. 
(a) Discuss the succession of kidney among vertebrates with suitable diagrams. 
(b) Describe various types of uteri found in mammals with suitable diagrams. 
(12) 
(6) 
(b) Classify and give functions of various types of receptors found in vertebrates. 
(6) 
Describe the various parts of brain. Compare the brain anatomy of reptiles and mammals. 
(12) 
(a) Compare the anatomy of digestive tract among amniotes. Draw required diagrams also. 
(6) 
(6) 
(a) Explain the anatomy of avian lung with the help of diagrams and give the mechanism of 
respiration in birds. 
(6) 
(b) Describe the structure of integument in vertebrates. Draw appropriate diagrams also. 
(6) 


4535 
7. 
Write the short notes on nny three of the following,(3 x 4 = |2) 
(a) Intcmal ca 
(b) Accessory Respiratory organs 
(c) Visceral arches 
4 
(d) Scales in fishes 


(This question paper contains 4 printed pages.] 
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4690 
Unique Paper Code 
Name of the Paper 
Name of the Course 
Semester 
Duration : 3 Hours 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Instructions for 
Candidates 
4. 
1. 
: 32231402 
Your Roll NS.D3 
: Animal Physiology: Life 
Sustaining Systems 
: B.Sc (Hons.) ZLoology 
: IV, LOCF 
Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt 
of this question paper. 
Attempt any FIVE QUESTIONS in all. 
Question no. 1 is COMPULSORY. 
Maximum Marks : 75 
Draw diagrams wherever necessary. 
(i) Stroke Volume 
YBRÄRY 
(a) Define the following terms : 
(ii) Plasminolysis 
(iii) Ultrafiltration 
(4) 
P.T.0. 


4690 
(iv) Hering-Breuer reflex 
(b) Differentiate between the following : 
()) Cortical and jux tamedullary nephron 
(i)) Granulocytes and agranulocytes 
(ii)) Respiratory acidosis and metabolic acidosis 
(iv) Salivary amylase and pancreatic amylase 
(v) Tricuspid valve and bicuspid valve 
2 
(c) Expand the following abbreviations : 
(i) GIP 
(ii) ANP 
(iii) GER 
(iv) EDV 
(Any FOUR): 
(i) Podocytes 
(d) State the location and function of the following 
(10) 
(ii) Type II alveolar cells 
(iii) K cells 
(2) 
(4) 


4690 
2. 
3. 
(iv) Carotid bodics 
3 
(v) Chordae tendincac 
(e) Fill in the blanks : 
() Respiratory pigment present in the muscle 
is knoWn as 
(4) 
(i) Facultative reabsorption of water occurs 
only in the 
of kidney. 
(iii) Gastrin stimulates the secretion of 
(iv) The chamber of the heart with thickest 
myocardium is 
(f) Draw a detailed structure of nephron. 
CUrve. 
(3) 
(a) Discuss in details the mechanism of Oxygen 
transport in blood. 
(b) Comment on Oxygen-hemoglobin dissociation 
(8,4) 
(a) Discuss the hormonal regulation of tubular 
reabsorption and secretion. 
P.T.0. 


4690 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
(b) Explain the pathway of renal blood supply. (8,4) 
4 
(a) Describe the extrinsic and intrinsic pathway of 
blood clotting. 
(b) What is cardiac output? Explain the factors that 
regulate stroke volume. 
(a) Give a detailed account of mechanical and 
chemical digestion in the stomach. 
(b) Write a note on the portal triad. 
(a) Describe the events of the cardiac cycle, along 
with the diagrams. 
(b) Explain the components of a normal ECG. (9,3) 
(a) Structure and functions of haemoglobin 
(8,4) 
Write short notes on Any THREE of the following: 
(3x4-12) 
(b) Juxtaglomerular apparatus 
(c) Coronary circulation 
(9,3) 
(d) Chloride shift 
(e) Absorption of carbohydrates in small intestine. 
(1000)

[This question paper contains 4 printeq pages. |

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 1018

Unique Paper Code > 32231501

Name of the Paper : Molecular Biology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology
Semester : Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Question No.1 is compulsory.
Attempt five questions in all.

Draw neat, labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

(a) Define the following terms: (1x5=5)
(i) Replication fork WUC
(ii) Exon shuffling
(iii) Enhancer

(iv) Polyribosome



1018 2

(v) Riboswitches

(b) Expand the following ; (0.5%6=3)
(i) cccDNA
(ii) TRCF
(iii) MSH
(iv) MTE
(v) ITS
(vi) ORC
(c) State the function of the following: (1x5=5)
(i) TATA Box
(ii) TF HD
(iii) Shine-Dalgarno Sequences
(iv) RNase P

(v) Telomerase

(d) Differentiate between the following : (2x5=10)
(i) Leading and Lagging strands

(ii) RNA polymerase II and RNA polymerase
II

Gil) A-site and P-site

iv) P
(iv) Promoter and Operator


1018 . 3

bo

(v) miRNA and siRNA

(ec) State the best-known contribution of the following

scientists : (1*4=4)
(i) Roger Kornberg
(ii) Charls Yanofsky
(ili) Robert William Holley

(iv) Phillip Allen Sharp

Compare and contrast the process of transcription in

prokaryotes and eukaryotes. (12)

(a) Discuss the process of activation of amino acids
and formation of jnitiation complex in prokaryotes.

(8)

(b) Describe the salient features of Genetic code.

(4)

(a) Describe the sequence of events during DNA

Replication in eukaryotes while explaining the role

of various proteins involved in it. (8)

(b) Explain the Rolling circle replication in bacteria

(4)

with suitable illustration.

P.T.O.


1018 4

5.

(a) Explain how the deletion of the following features

would affect a eukaryotic pre-mRNA? (6)
(i) AAUAAA consensus sequence
(i1) 5) cap
(iii) Poly(A) tail

(b) Explain (with illustration) the regulation of Lac
operon. (6)

(a) Describe the structure of Globin Gene and explain
the molecular mechanism of splicing. (8)
(b) One gene may code for more than one polypeptide
in eukaryotes. Justify the statement. (4)

Write short notes on the followings (any three) :
(3x4=12)
(i) Structure of tRNA

(ii) RNA interference
(iii) Mismatch Repair

(iv) Synthesis of rRNA


[This question paper contains 6 printed pages.]

Your Roll No.dnQ2nde

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1054

Unique Paper Code > 32231502

Name of the Paper : B.Sc. (Honours) Zoology

Name of the Course : Principles of Genetics-
LOCF

Semester : Vv

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1.

1.

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper. SHU CO
q pap gO HU OS : ON

Attempt five questions in all (cluding wen No.

“wat

1 which is compulsory. 5 LIBRAR  *

(i) Define any five of the following : | (5)
(a) Tautomeric shift

(b) Barr body

P.T.O.


(c) Test cross

(d)

(e)

(f)

Idiogram

Sexduction

Chiasma

(ii) Fill in the blanks: (5)

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Genes that affect the viability of organisms

are termed as

The sex of Drosophila is

when X:A ratio is greater than 1

When a chromosome segment is reversed

180°, it causes __:Cémuuttattiionn

elements in Drosophila

causes hybrid dysgenesis

Bacterial cells that are able to take up

naked DNA in the_ process of

transformation are known as ee

cells


1054 3

(iii) Expand the abbreviations (any five) : (5)
(i) PKU
(ii) SRY
(iii) ITR
(iv) RTF
(v) HAT
(vi) C1B

(iv) What are the contributions of the following

scientists (any four) : (4)
(i) Barbara Mc Clintock

(ii) Karpechenko

(iii) T.H. Morgan

(iv) Margret Kidwell

(v) Carl Correns

p.T.O.


1054 4

(v) Differentiate between the following pairs

(any 4): (8)
(i) Pleitropic and Polygenic traits
(ii) Conservative and Replicative transposition
(iii) Nonsense and Missense mutation
(iv) Penetrance and Expressivity
(v) Auxotroph and Prototroph
2. (a) How does epistatic interaction modify the

Mendelian dihybrid ratio? Explain with 3 suitable

examples. (6)

(b) Describe Muller’s experiment to demonstrate the

role of X-rays as mutagens. (6)

3. (a) With a suitable experiment, discuss the cytological

basis of crossing over. (5)

(b) In a hypothetical plant species, fruit weight is a

polygenic character. A homozygous plant, with 20


1054 — 5.
gm fruit weight is crossed with a homozygous plant
with 50 gm fruit weight. In the F, generation of
128 plants, 2 plants have a fruit weight of 20 gm,
and 2 plants have fruit weight of 50 gm, and the
rest of ihe plants have fruit weights between 20gm

and 50gm.

(i) On the basis of this data, determine how

many genes control the fruit weight.

(ii) Determine the genotypes and fruit weights
of the progeny of a back cross between an

F, plant and a plant with 50 gm fruit weight.
(2+5)

4. (a) Diagrammatically explain the process of bacterial
transduction and differentiate between generalized

and specialized transduction. (8)

(b) Explain the genetic basis of shell coiling in Limnea

peregra. (4)

(a) Discuss sex determination in Drosophila. (6)


1054 6

(b) What are “jumping genes” ;
) Jumping genes”? Diagrammatically
illustrate the cointegrate model, 6f transposition of
‘ ‘ ® )

T i! ;
n3 elements. 6)

6. (a) Explain how the somatic cell hybridization
technique is used for mapping genes. (8)

(b) Differentiate between sex limited and sex-linked

traits with examples. (4)

7. Write short note on any three of the following :
(3x4=12)

(i) Bombay phenotype
(ii) Dosage compensation
(iii) Benzer’s complementation test

(iv) Position effect

(v) Chromosomal number aberrations

(1000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages]

(15) Your Roll No.2.Q2)_

sr. No. of Question Paper: 1158

Unique Paper Code : 32237901

Name of the Paper : DSE- Animal Behaviour and
Chronobiology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology

Semester : V LOCF

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

2. Attempt Five questions in all including Question No.

1 which is compulsory.

i. AY
{0 Q)|
* : ; rid a at} my)
1. (a) Define the following : fe LIBR ARY “|
\% os
(i) Phase \& R;
(ii) Reinforcement New

(iii) Supernormal stimulus

(iv) Code breakers
p.T.O:


1158 2

(v) Innate behaviour

(vi) Ethogram (1x6=6)

(b) Differentiate between the following :
(i) Tropotaxis and klinotaxis
(ii) Habituation and sensitization
(iii) Alpha male and subordinate male
(iv) Ultradian and infradian rhythm
(v) Classical and Operant conditioning

(vi) Allomones and kairomones (2x6=12)

(c) Give Contributions of following :

(i) Wallace Craig

(ii) Ivan Pavlov

(iii) Niko Tinbergen

(iv) Karl von Frisch (1x4=4)
(d) State true or false:

(i) Imprinting takes place during a narrow

window of time shortly after birth.

(ii) Genetic makeup and physical characteristics
of animals are adaptations over time to the

environment they are raised in.


1158 3

(ii) Animals that have parental care produce
more offspring than animals without
parental care,

(iv) An example of kin selection is that
peacocks have long, showy tails even
though it makes them more obvious to
predators and more difficult to fly.

(v) Round dance performed by honeybees has

no directional component. (1x5=5)

2. (a) Give an account of photic and non photic

zeitgebers. (6)

(b) Explain the adaptive significance of biological

(6)

clock.

6. (a) Explain proximate and ultimate causes of behavior

with help of suitable examples. (6)
(b) Explain intersexual selection. Why is it
| (6)

advantageous for species?

4. (a) Describe various methods of studying a!

l ! (6)
recording animal behaviour.
i i ‘«c role in mate
3s imorphism and tts T
(b) Explain sexual d I a

choice.

P.T.O.


1158 4

5 (a) Explain the importance of Tinbergen’s four

questions in the modem study of animal behavior.

(6)

(b) What do you understand by social behavior and

explain its advantage and disadvantages. (6)
6. (a) Explain the role of hormones in honeybee society.
(6)
(b) Give the characteristics of a reflex action.
Discuss their corresponding complex behavior
patterns. - (6)
7. Write short notes on any three of the following:
(a) Classical conditioning
(b) Selfish gene
(c) Territorial behaviour
(d) Polyethism

(e) Parasitic brood care (3x4=12)

0" (1000)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

Your Roll No.dnQd der

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 1166 C
Unique Paper Code : 32237909

Name of the Paper : Immunology

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology
Semester : V (CBCS)

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Attempt Five questions in all. Question No. 1 is
compulsory.

3. Attempt all the parts of a question together.

1. (a) Define:
/

(i) Anaphylaxis (3 |

ge”

(ii) Toxoid

(iii) Paratope
(iv) Immunodeficiency

(v) Innate immunity


1166 2

(vi) Variolation (1x6)
(b) Differentiate :
(i) Subunit vaccine and DNA vaccine
(ii) Humoral and cell mediated immunity
(iii) Immunogen and immunotoxin

(iv) Allotype and Idiotype

(v) NK cell and dendritic cell
(vi) B cell and T cell (2x6)
(c) Expand the following (any five) :
(i) ELISA
(11) PAMP
(iu) TCR
(iv) MALT
(v) DTH
(vi) TLR

(vii) HIV (1x5)


1166 3

(d) Write the contributions of (any two) -
(i) Edward Jenner
(ii) Jules Bordet
(iii) Rosalyn Yalow (1x2)
(e) Give reasons for the following :
(1) Polio drops are given orally

(ii) Older people are more prone to infections
i (1x2),

2. (a) Describe the experiments by which the structure

of antibody was deduced?

(b) What are the various antigenic determinants and

how they are useful in generating immunoglobulin.
(6,6)

3. (a) With the help of suitable diagram explain the
structure of MHCI and MHCII molecules.

adaptive

(b) Write the important attributes of the i
(8,5

immunity.


1166 *

4.

74)

(a) What is polyclonal serum? Explain the Process }
which one can generate monoclonal Antibodies

(b) Explain the mechanism of inflammation when the

anatomical barrier is broken by a cut or a bruise.

(6,6)

(a) With the help of diagram explain the cytoso|j,
pathway of antigen processing and presentation.

(b) Write the function of an adjuvant when added to

an immunogen? (8,4)

(a) What is hypersensitivity? Write Gell and Coomb’s
classification: of different types of hypersensitive
reactions.

(b) What are the different functions of complement
system? (8,4)

Write short notes on any three of the following:

(a) Properties of Cytokines

(b) Cross-reactivity

(c) Hashimoto Thyroiditis

(d) SCID (4x3)

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

(15) Your Roll NZ.

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4517

Unique Paper Code > 32231601
Name of the Paper : Developmental Biology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (H) Zoology

Examination, LOCF
Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.

Attempt any five questions in all including Question
No. 1 which is compulsory. Illustrate your answers

with diagrams, wherever necessary.

|. (a) Define the following : (6 1.5=9)
(i) Amphimixis
(ii) Capacitation
(ili) Primitive streak

P.T.O.


4517 2

(iv) Blastema
(v) Vitellogenesis
(vi) Fertilization membrane
(b) Differentiate between the following:  (5x2=10)
(i) Subgerminal and segmentation cavity
(ii) Blastula and gastrula
(iii) Splanchnopleure and somatopleure
(iv) Cleidoic and non-cleidoic eggs
(v) Progenesis and neoteny

(c) Name the germ layer/s from which each of the

following is derived. (5)
(i) Lungs
(ii) Adrenal medulla
(il) Kidney
(iv) Heart

(v) Retina


43517 3

(d) Give the contribution of the following scientists
in the field of developmental biology (any three).
(3)

(1) Walter Vogt

(u) J.F. Gudernatsch
(iil) Robert Edwards
(iv) E. Conklin
2. (a) Compare the inward movement of prospective

mesoderm and endoderm cells in frog and
chick. (7)

(b) Describe different types of animal eggs based on
amount and distribution of yolk. (5)

3. (a) Describe the process of implantation of embryo in
humans. (9)

(b) What is ART? Write a note on the Embryonic
Stem Cells. (3)

4. (a) Discuss in detail the hormonal! control of

metamorphosis in insects. (6)

(b) Explain the three modes of regeneration in animals

with suitable examples. (6)

P.T.O.


4517 4

5. (a) Explain external fertilization in sea urchin.
State the importance of sea water pH levels and
Resact molecules with respect to the sperm

motility. (7)

(b) How does the internal fertilization in rat differ

from the external fertilization in sea urchin. (5)

6. (a) Describe the process of neurulation in detail.

(9)

(b) Briefly describe the role of dorsal lip of blastopore

as a primary organizer. (3)

7. Write short notes on any three of the following:
(3x4=12)
(a) Fate map
(b) Hormonal disruptors as teratogens
(c) Theories of Ageing
(d) Amniocentesis
(e) Cortical reaction

(f) Spermatogenesis

(500)


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. ]

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4773

Unique Paper Code > 32237903

A, Met
Name of the Paper : Animal Biotechnology
Name of the Course : B.Se. (H) Zoology

Examination, 2022-LOCF

Semester VI — Theory Examination

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates
se ttions tor Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Write your Roll No., Name of the paper, Course,
Semester, and Date of examination on the first page
of answer sheet.

3. Attempt five questions in all.

4. (Question No. I is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following terms : (Sx 1=S)

(i) Expression Vector

P.T.O.


4773

(ii) T-DNA
(iu) Plaque
(iv) Pharming
(v) GMO

(b) Expand the following terms : (5x 1=5)
(i) PCR
(ui) YAC
(iui) cDNA
(iv) Taq
(v) SNP

(c) Differentiate between the following : (6x2=12)
(i) Adaptors and linkers
(ii) Cosmid and fosmid
(iii) Western and Southern blotting

(iv) Electroporation and CaCk method of

transformation

(v) Blunt and Sticky end


4773 3

i)

(vi) DNA polymerase and DNA ligase

(d) Explain the contribution of following scientists in

the field of Biotechnology : (5x1=5)
(i) Kary Mullis
(1) Maxam and Gilbert
(iu) Sir Alec Jefferey
(iv) Ian Wilmut
(v) Arber, Nathans and Smith
(a) Explain the different methods of producing
transgenic animals. (9)
(b) Write a note on nuclear transplantation technique

for animal cloning. (3)

(a) Describe the detailed Strategy which was used
for the commercial production of insulin. (8)

(b) Write a note on DNA microarrays. (4)

What is cDNA library? Explain the process of creating

cDNA library. (12)

P.T.O.


4773 4

ON

A student has labelled the cDNA from a cancerous
sample in his study with a Cy3 (Cyanine) dye and has
labelled cDNA from normal sample with Cy5
(Cyanine) dye. His genes of interest A, B, C gave the
following results after scanning;

GENE A: ARRAY SPOT COLOUR-RED

GENE B: ARRAY SPOT COLOUR- GREEN
GENE C: ARRAY SPOT COLOUR-BLACK
Explain the technique in detail and what these

results suggest about expression of the genes in two

samples. (12)

Write short note on the following (Any two):
(6x2=12)

(i) Gene Editing Tools
(i) BT cotton
(iii) Phage based cloning vectors

(iv) DNA fingerprinting


[This question paper contains 4 printed pa

Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4780

BCSY

Your Roll

Unique Paper Code > 32237910

Name of the Paper : Reproductive Biology (DSE)
Name of the Course : B.Se. (Hons.) Zoology
Semester > VI (LOCF)

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1.

bo

Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Attempt any five questions in all including Question

No. 1 which is compulsory.

(a) Define (any six): (1.Sx6=9)
(i) Endometrial receptivity
(ii) Mediastinum testis
(iii) Menarche

(iv) Cauda epididymis
P.T.O.


4780 “
(v) Ovarian reserve
(vi) Capacitation
(vil) Luteolysis

(viii) PROST

(b) Differentiate between the following (any four) :
(2x4=8)

(1) Spermatogenic cycle and wave
(1) PCOS and Endometriosis
(11) Primary and Secondary follicle
(iv) Mammogenesis and Lactopoiesis

(v) GIFT and ZIFT

c) Name the location and function of the following:
(2x5=10)
(1) Broad ligament

(ii) Paraventricular nuclei (PVN)
(11) Corona radiata
(iv) Peritubular myoid cells

(v) Seminal vesicle


4780 3

oy)

Diagrammatically explain the hypothalamo-
hypophyseal-gonadal axis along with positive and
negative feedback mechanisms in both male and
female systems. (12)
Describe the steps of spermatogenesis. Explain the

changes that happen during sperm transport and

maturation in the male genital tract. (4+8=12)

Placenta plays an indispensable role in successful
maintenance of pregnancy. Justify this statement by

elaborating the role of the placental hormones. (12)

Discuss the various causes contributing to infertility
in females. Add a note on its diagnosis and
management. (8+4=12)
Explain the hormonal regulation of menstrual cycle
and compare it with that of the estrous cycle. Discuss
the changes in the genital tract corresponding to the

reproductive cycle in female. (8+4=12)

P.T.O.


4780

7.

4

Write short notes on any three: (3x4=]2)
(a) Role of prostaglandin in parturition

(b) Pubertal changes in male

(c) Hormonal regulation of ovulation

(d) Maternal recognition of pregnancy

(e) Natural contraception


; a1d i Co,
we f

i) ote,

[This question paper contains 4 printed pages “x
 \
Your Rall Norden a
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4797 . E ~
Unique Paper Code : 32231602
Name of the Paper : Evolutionary Biology
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology
(LOCF)
Semester : VI
Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Draw well-labeled diagrams wherever necessary.

3. Attempt five questions in all. Question No. 1 is
compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following terms : (5)
(i) Adaptation
(ii) Cline

(iii) Kin selection


4797 2
(iv) Stromatolites
(v) Pscudogene
(b) Differentiate between the following (10)

(i) Coacervates and Microspheres

(ii) Allopatric speciation and Sympatric
speciation

(iii) Rooted and Unrooted tree
(iv) Stabilizing and Disruptive selection
(v) Micro and Macro Evolution

(c) State the contribution of the following Scientists

(5)
(i) Stanley Miller
(i) Jean Baptiste de Lamarck
(ii) Motoo Kimura
(iv) Alfred Russell Wallace
(v) Raymond Dart
(3)

(d) Fill in the blanks :


4797 3

(1) Morphologically similar but reproductively
isolated species are called

species.

(i) _ is the process by which
organic material becomes a fossil through
the replacement of the original material and
the filling of the original pore spaces with

minerals.

(111) The most ancestral stage of Equus was.

(e) Justify the following statements. (4)
(1) Mutation proposes, Selection disposes.

(11) Mesozoic Era is the Age of Reptiles.

2. (a) What is endosymbiotic theory and how can it
explain the origin of eukaryotic cells? (6)

(b) Explain K-T mass extinction and its biological

significance. (6)

3. (a) What do you understand by isolating mechanisms?
Discuss the role of reproductive isolating

mechanisms leading to speciation. (8)


4797 4

(ni

(b) Describe the major changes undergone during the

course of evolution of horge. (4)

(a) Define ‘fossil’. State the process of fossillization,
and the importance of fossils in the evolutionary

studies, (6)

(b) How do organic variations contribute to the process
of evolution? (6)

(a) Explain the pre-requisites for the Hardy-Weinberg
equilibrium to operate in a Population. (6)

(b) Compare and contrast the different concepts of

the species proposed in evolution. (6)

Give an account of the Darwin’s observations on the
Galapagos islands which led him to describe the origin
of species. (12)

Write short notes on any three of the following :
(a) Australopithecines

(b) Neo-Darwinism

(c) Genetic drift

(d) Globin gene family

(e) Chemogeny (12)


Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4815

Unique Paper Code : 32231403

Name of the Paper - Biochemistry of Metabolic
Processes

Name of the Course : B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology-LOCF

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

si Sh SS ee eee

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt

of this question paper.
2. Attempt any five questions including.

3. Question No. 1, which is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following terms : (1x7=7)
(i) Chemiosmosis
(11) w - Oxidation
(iii) Shuttle system

P.T.O.


4815 2
(iv) Coupled reactions
(v) Acidosis
(vi) Amphibolic pathway
(vii) Transketolase

(b) Differentiate between the following pairs of
terms : (5x2=10)

(i) Transamination and oxidative deamination

(1) Oxidative phosphorylation and substrate-
level phosphorylation

(iii) Glucokinase and hexokinase
(iv) Catabolism and anabolism
(v) Cofactor and Coenzyme
(c) Expand the following terms : (1x5=5)

(i) FAS
(ii) PLP
(iii) HMP
(iv) PFK

(v) HMG


4815 3

(d) Name the cofactor/cocnzyme required for the
following enzymes ° (1*~5=5)

Gi) Pyruvate dchydropenase
(ii) Hexokinase

(iii) Citrate synthase
(iv) Pyruvate kinase

(v) Cytochrome oxidase

2. With the help of chemical structures, illustrate the
metabolism of glucose to pyruvate. Add a note on

significance of glucose metabolism for a cell.
(9+3=12)

3. How highly toxic nitrogenous waste generated
from amino acid metabolism in peripheral organs is
converted into less toxic nitrogenous waste?
Explain the process in detail using structural

formulae. (12)

4. (a) Describe the catabolic reactions for the breakdown

of glycogen in liver cells. (4)

(b) Explain the B-oxidation of an even numbered

saturated fatty acid. (8)

P.T.O.


4815 4

(a) Give a detailed account of biosynthesis of palmitic
acid, (8)

(b) lustrate the mechanism involved in generating
ATP from reducing equivalents. (4)
(a) Describe tricarboxylic acid cycle. (8)

(b) What are the sources and fates of ketone
bodies? (4)

Write short notes on any three of the following :

(4x3=12)
(a) Gluconeogenesis

(b) Cori cycle
(c) ATP synthase

(d) Compartmentalization of metabolic pathways in a

cel]


| This question paper contains 4 printed pages.]

Your Roll Norn Co

Sr. No. of Question Paper: 4895

Unique Paper Code > 32237903
Name of the Paper : Animal Biotechnolog
Name of the Course : B.Sc. (A) Zoology
Semester > VI (DSE)

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

2. Answer five questions in all.

3. Q. No. 1 is compulsory.

1. (a) Define the following: (5)
(i) Chimeric DNA
(11) Shuttle vector
(iii) Phagemids
(iv) Transformation

(v) Reverse transcription

(b) Differentiate between any four of the following :

(8)


4895 2
(i) Restriction enzyme I and Restriction
enzyme II
(ii) Northern and Western Blot
(iil) Cloning and expression vector
(iv) Genomic library and cDNA library

(v) Probe and Primer

(c) Expand the following : (5)
(1) CFTR
(ii) SCID
(1) VNTR
(iv) ES cell

(v) Ori

(d) Write the contributions of the following scientists :

(4)
(1) Boyer and Cohen
(ii) Frederick Sanger
(iil) Kary Mullis
(iv) Karl Ereky
(e) Fill in the blanks : (5)

(i) ___ sis: a thermostable polymerase-


4895 3

(ii) __-_____ cells are the cells that can
differentiate into cells of the three primary
germ layers.

(iui) The enzyme is attached to
the CRISPR system.

(iv) The small stretch of DNA fragments that
reads same both backwards and forwards

are called as

(v) Incubation with calcium ions make the
bacterial cells _wwCétd: takes up
DNA.

2. (a) Describe the DNA fingerprinting technique and
its applications. (7)

(b) Explain the process of construction of genomic

library with help of suitable diagrams. (S)

3. (a) How can we detect sickle cell anemia using
molecular diagnostic methods? Explain with the

help of diagrams. (7)

(b) What are plasmids? Add a note on their

significance in biotechnology. (5)

4. (a) Explain the method of production of recombinant

insulin. (7)


4895 4

cn

(b) Briefly explain the Sanger’s method of DNA

sequencing. (5)

(a) What is the role of Ti plasmid in transgenic plants.
Explain the complete process of transformation of

plant cells using T1 plasmids. (7)
(b) Explain the technique of northern hybridization with
appropriate diagram. (5)
(a) Describe the method of production of transgenic
animals by DNA micro injection technique. (7)
(b) Describe the use of Zinc finger nuclease as a tool

in gene editing. (5)

Write short notes on any three of the following:
(4x3=12)

(a) Electroporation

(b) Somatic cell nuclear transplantation
(c) Retroviral mediated transgenesis
(d) Knockout Mice

(e) CRISPR/Cas9 system


[This question paper contains 4 printed pages. |

eed
(21) Your Roll fg. 2.0.2.5 %~
a on
Sr. No. of Question Paper : 4903 @ L} as
| y ARARY ¢
Unique Paper Code > 32237910 ey
[Mew DS

Name of the Paper Reproductive Biology ”

Name of the Course B.Sc Hons., LOCF (VI), DSE

Semester : VI

Duration : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 75

Instructions for Candidates

1. Write your Roll No. on the top immediately on receipt
of this question paper.

Answer any FIVE questions in all. Question No. 1 is
compulsory.

Lo

Draw wel] labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. (a) Define the following terms (Any five): (1x5=5)
(ij) Ovulation
(ii) Puberty
Gil) Azoospermia

Gv) Hirsutism


4903 2
(v) Cryptorchidism
(vi) Sperm bank

(b) Differentiate between: (Any four) (2%4 =8)

(i) Monoestrous and Polyestrous
(ii) Folliculogenesis and Oogenesis
(iii) Vasectomy and Orchidectomy
(iv) Adenohypophysis and Neurohypophysis
(v) Slow Freezing and Vitrification

(c) Write the source of secretion and any one function
of the following : (1x4=4)

(1) Relaxin
(ii) Follistatin
(iii) Anti Mullerian Hormone
(iv) Prolactin
(d) Fill in the Blanks (Any four) : (1x44)

(1)

is the key enzyme !°

conversion of androgens into estroges:


4903 3

is the non-reversible mode

(11)

of contraception in females.

(iii) Luteinization of granulosa cells takes place

under the influence of

(iv) In females, FSHR are located in

(v) Progressive movement of sperm is seen in

epididymis.

(e) Expand the following terms (Any Four):

(1x4=4)
(i) ICSH (ii) GIFT
(iii) PMSG (iv) PCOS
(v) DHEA

(f) Give the locations and mention any one function
of the following (Any two): (1x2=2)
(1) Leydig cells
(1) Inner cell mass
(iii) Zona pellucida
2. (a) Give an account of epididymal maturation of
spermatozoa. (6)

(b) Give an account of the hormonal methods of

female contraception. (6)


4903 4

an

What is folliculogenesis? List stages of follicular
development. Discuss the feedback mechanisms by
LH and FSH during the follicular and ovulation phases

of the ovarian cycle. (12)

(a) Describe the events associated with sperm
transport in the female reproductive tract. (7)

(b) Describe the mode of action of steroid hormones.

(5)

(a) What are the common female infertility disorders
and discuss the role of ET and GIFT in
management of female Infertility. (8)

(b) Write a brief note on the accessory sex glands in
males. (4)

(a) Describe the hormonal regulation of parturition.

(6)

(b) Discuss the site, significance and hormonal

regulation of implantation. (6)
Write short note on any three of the following:

(3x4=12)

(a) Blood-testis barrier

(b) Pregnancy diagnosis

(c) Preimplantation sex-selection
(d) Delayed implantation

(e) Puberty